《Kajiya de Hajimeru Isekai Slow Life》 Chapter 1 Chapter 1: 1 There is a castle in the deepest part of the demonic realm ruled by the demons. Its castle, located in the deepest part of the demonic kingdom, is of course the castle of the demonic king, the demonic king. In the deepest part of it, that is, between the thrones of the Demon King, the two confront each other. One, a slightly skinny young man who gives a peek at the strength of his core. He is wearing a silver armor, and still has a silver long sword in his hand. It is called the ¡°brave man¡± where the world is told. The other is a lady with a beautiful appearance, but her head had horns like sheep, wrapped around a robe with a disastrous atmosphere. A fine sword with a black body in his hand. This is the Lord of this castle, the Demon King, his man. The two don¡¯t exchange words, they put their swords together. The Demon King accepts the sword of the brave man, who has shaken his momentum, with his sword. A powerful blow to make you think that if it were a sword of coarseness, it would have been two blades per sword. The Sword of the Demon King is skinny compared to the Sword of the Brave, but without making him feel the difference in the fineness of his body, the Sword of the Demon King endured. The two even fly, putting their swords together again. Now the brave man takes the prick of the demon king by the flank of his sword. If it were a sword, it would have been pierced from body to body, and the thrust is sharp enough to make you think. But I accept that the sword of the brave is easy. I have put my swords together several times, but both names are moves that I have trusted in my gains. While we do that, the colors of confusion begin to float in their faces. Given each other¡¯s position, it had been assumed that the gain would be a specialty that would be passed on more than in the Divine Age. But on the contrary, it¡¯s too strange to be able to endure this much meeting between all those industries. limit (¡­) degrees (¡­) over (¡­) eh (¡­) and (¡­) y (¡­) ru (¡­). The confusion passes on to each other, eventually lowering the sword from either side.¡°O demon king, I hear things that cannot be done now.¡± ¡°Uhm, good. ¡®Cause, brave man, that¡¯s probably what I want to hear too.¡± ¡°Okay, let¡¯s ask. Who struck that sword?¡± ¡°Again? I want to know who struck that sword too.¡± ¡°Then again? ¡°Um, definitely the person your Lord imagines. It¡¯s what¡¯s gonna be that bigoted blacksmith¡¯s hand.¡± With that said, the Demon King pointed his sword patterned head at the brave. There is an engraved figure of a fat cat sitting there. ¡°Again, well, that O¡­¡± ¡°I¡¯ll tell that jerk, too, okay? ¡°Uhm. Tell A (¡­) Les (¡­) not to buy the unhappiness will be the biggest deterrent to each other. It¡¯s the hardest part of buying an unhappiness and being put on the other side of your shoulder. I don¡¯t mind.¡± ¡°Then let me do that. Sometimes we¡¯ll see each other at something, but until then, goodbye.¡± ¡°I understand. Well, I have to be ready to touch it too¡­¡± That¡¯s how they leave the spot opposite each other. There is no longer a strained air when first confronted, and as the relaxed air flows, the contrasting two think of the faces of the same person. I don¡¯t know what to say at first glance, some old man¡¯s face. Chapter 2 Chapter 2: 2 When I wake up, I see the blue sky as it falls through. I fall asleep on my back. If you wake up and look around you, the depressed forest is spreading. He seemed to have fallen asleep in a place like the square that opened up in it. From what I¡¯ve seen, the forest is no different from Japan¡¯s. But I know that this is not Japan, not even on Earth in the first place, or even that world anymore. This is a different world. In the first place it starts when I go around Teppen already in overtime after overtime and then try to leave the office to go home, I find a wildcat who walks flirtatiously. As the wildcat walked no less flirtatious to the station, I watched the cat go flirtatious towards the middle of the road. From beyond that is the truck. There¡¯s no way to slow it down at all, and the cat won¡¯t notice. Was I tired or what, the moment I saw it, I was running towards the cat. Every time I get close to the cat, the truck gets closer to the cat, too. This is pure competition. Which one of us can reach the cat first, me or the truck? Naturally it¡¯s an overwhelming victory for the truck in terms of speed, but I¡¯m pretty much closer in terms of distance. However, if you get close to it to some extent but it doesn¡¯t reach you, one of the tracks wins (leave it at once to see what it means to win). The dong shrunk between me and the cat, and my hand grabbed the cat¡¯s torso and threw it away. Immediately afterwards, Don, my body danced through the universe with all the sounds, and in a fading consciousness, I thought about the absurdity of the fire. I don¡¯t know how long it took. Is it right away, or is it a pretty long time? I was fuzzy (¡­) but (¡­) yes (¡­). I woke up, not because that¡¯s the white space and I couldn¡¯t see my body or anything. I¡¯m sure consciousness recognizes something, but I¡¯m pretty suspicious that this can be fulfilled and called ¡°awake¡±. I can say that my consciousness is clear, and I can say that it is obscure, such a vague state. There was a ¡°voice¡± that spoke there. It¡¯s a pretty young woman¡¯s voice. ¡°Hey, are you awake? ¡°If that¡¯s what you can call this state, so be it. I¡¯m awake.¡± I answered only the facts in the end. Neither does this interaction with ¡°voice¡± explicitly mean that the sound waves reach your ears and say, ¡°I¡¯m hearing you,¡± or vice versa, that I¡¯m sending air out of your lungs, shaking your vocal cords and emitting sound waves. If you want to express this feeling, it could be telepathy. It was a ¡°conversation¡± in a very far-fetched image where someone could feel themselves trying to communicate such a will, and vice versa, I was trying to communicate a will towards someone. ¡°You don¡¯t seem to have any defects in your soul for now. By nature, the preservation of the soul is a little beyond what I¡¯m allowed to do.¡± ¡°Hmm. I¡¯m not sure what you¡¯re talking about. ¡°Well, simply put, you¡¯re dead¡± in that world. Normally, a human soul that has died in any world, not just that world, is one (¡­) degree (¡­) minute (¡­) solved (¡­), to (¡­) new (¡­), to (¡­) li (¡­) so (¡­) ¨C (¡­) s (¡­) and (¡­) and (¡­) accumulated (¡­). Yeah, well, in your working style, it¡¯s like freeing up the memory you were securing. So, I locked that memory so that it wouldn¡¯t be freed, but this is not something I should be able to do with my authority. ¡° ¡°I see, I understand the state itself. So, what are we gonna do now? I was strangely calm. ¡°You¡¯re dead,¡± despite the fact that you¡¯ve been declared a very important thing. ¡°Good, you¡¯re calm. I¡¯m very sorry, but now I¡¯m teasing you a little bit about your perceptions and temporarily diluting your concept of death. If you don¡¯t, you¡¯ll break your soul ¨C because, by analogy, the memory you realized you should have been freed, would have freed GC (Gabage Collector) Nice to meet you. Then naturally, the data in it will disappear ¨C the concept of you will disappear, both flesh and soul. ¡° ¡°Hmm. I can calmly understand that now, too.¡± ¡°Yeah. Thanks. So, you saved a wildcat before this happened? ¡°Oh. That¡¯s for sure. I like cats.¡± I¡¯m about 40 years old, and I¡¯m the one with the appearance that they say ¡°look totally yakuza¡±, ¡°you don¡¯t have to go that far to look like a cat¡± etc., but I liked cute stuff for the price, and the cat loved it even more. And the strenuous work of the night after day, the strength that fell in the annual wave of stopping by, the thinking ability that fell below the limit with it, all of this miraculously meshed (albeit in the completely wrong direction), I guess I let myself take the action I said oh, I think now that it has happened. If you stick it up, you say, ¡°Because I like cats,¡± and that¡¯s the only reason. ¡°In conclusion, I¡¯m the one who¡¯s watching the world.¡± You wouldn¡¯t understand if I said that. Parallel worlds, I wonder if you¡¯ve heard of the concept. ¡° ¡°Yes. SF, fantasy guys, I¡¯ve been in touch with a lot of those pieces.¡± ¡°I see. Is that a little quicker to talk about? It¡¯s my job to cross that parallel world and see if there¡¯s anything that could adversely affect other parallel worlds.¡± I could see a little bragging from that voice (but not from it). Well, it¡¯s true that such a role has to be played by so many people. ¡°Heh, you¡¯re pretty great¡± I praised him honestly.¡°That said, it¡¯s pinky, and I¡¯m faster to count from Kiri.¡± Apparently, I¡¯ve lost it by praising you. ¡°But I guess you want me to know that it¡¯s not the kind of role that serves the rest of us. It would be tough if we missed the signs of impact on the parallel world and actually went beyond the stage where we could hit our hands. Actually, it¡¯s not my area to get my hands on, but, well, I just figured out my role, so let¡¯s get back to the commentary. ¡° Correct her residence (feels like she did), and she (seemingly signs) goes on to say. ¡°In the world where you were, I continued to serve as a¡± watchdog ¡°in the form of a cat. So you¡¯re saying that you helped me where I was dying. Finally, this is a gap between the world and the world that we can use. ¡° ¡°The one with the role of watching the world dies as much as he got stuck in a truck? I asked what I thought was simple. To say that the one with such an important role is no different from a normal organism seems to be a huge vulnerability as a system. ¡°As for that,¡± dying ¡°is only my temporary (¡­) flesh in that world, and my soul will live forever. Temporary flesh takes the appearance of a normal organism in that world, and physical strength equals it. Otherwise, it could be recorded as a highly physically potent organism. So, where my temporary flesh died, it doesn¡¯t affect the world as much. Because I originally make flesh so that it doesn¡¯t affect that world, but in your case, even if the flesh dies, that¡¯s a little bit of a problem. It goes hand in hand with the parallel world we were talking about earlier. You think parallel worlds only have subtle differences, and there are many worlds? ¡°Oh. At least in my knowledge, or in the works I¡¯ve read and played¡± ¡°For example, I thought,¡± Would you like to have a drink and go home today? ¡°And as a result, the train was delayed just in time to go home, which was terribly late, and I said,¡± No, let¡¯s go straight home. ¡°And as a result, I¡¯m branching out into a world where I didn¡¯t have to get caught up in train delays.¡± ¡°Right.¡± ¡°In short, the world hasn¡¯t. Such fine differences do not exist in the world. If you decide to ¡°drink and go home,¡± that¡¯s what¡¯s happening as the world¡¯s harmony. In this case, if you go straight home and get home early without getting caught up in a train delay, it¡¯s going to be a big deal smaller and cause problems for the world. For example, if you go home early and you hear a couple fights in the neighborhood and report them, as a result of the disturbance in family harmony there will be an unborn person, and then there will be damage to the world, etc. And then, well, the world twitches with each other. I just want you to think that there¡¯s a reason why we¡¯re doing this. ¡° ¡°Uhm, I¡¯m not subtly convinced when you ask me if I¡¯m convinced. But you don¡¯t have a choice either, do you? ¡°Right. I¡¯ll apologize for that. So I can give you the right to choose the world and some privileges in that world ¨C cheats to put it bluntly. Don¡¯t worry, there¡¯s basically no balance between the world you¡¯re going to and the rest of the world, so make a request. ¡° ¡°Right¡­¡± I think about it. This is the second life I¡¯ve ever had because of it, I don¡¯t really want to waste it. I guess it¡¯s not such an amazing ability not to lose balance. Don¡¯t you have to hesitate if that happens? I thought so and said the request. ¡°I like to make things, so I hope it¡¯s a world where I can make things and live. So I want my abilities to go with it. I wonder if you also want the ability to live there alone if you speak of greed. And then I talked chills earlier, but I like cats, so I want to have a cat if that¡¯s possible. That¡¯s about the request. ¡° ¡°Hmm¡­¡± Now the ¡°woman¡¯s voice¡± seemed more conceived. ¡°Given the world we¡¯re going to be able to send, the destination will be the sword and the magic, the so-called fantasy world, okay? ¡°Never mind.¡± ¡°Then I¡¯ll give you the ability to go with it. There¡¯s a lot to be said about making things, but hope? ¡°You were interested in blacksmiths and stuff.¡± ¡°Well, the blacksmith is the top priority, not the caster Kakiya¡­¡± I¡¯ll give priority to languages and production systems for the extra resources, and I¡¯ll turn them around to combat and everything else. Because there will also be self-defense. It¡¯s not mandatory for life, so keep the magic to a minimum, okay? ¡°Oh, that¡¯s fine¡± ¡°And then¡­ what about age? I don¡¯t care how old you are, just tell me how old you like it. I don¡¯t think that¡¯s a lot of choices from teenagers, but even in my 70s, it¡¯s okay.¡± ¡°Mm-hmm. I¡¯m not so attracted to being so young¡­¡± That said, I want to go on a second life for quite a while. I wasn¡¯t sure if it was long or short. I thought about it, and I came to the conclusion that¡­ Chapter 3 Chapter 3: 3 After I told my voice my age, I slowly lost consciousness. Then he woke up, and said, ¡°I am in this forest.¡± It was time for me to get up. There is no (¡­) Chi (¡­) Ku (¡­) et al. (¡­) I was worried about. I don¡¯t know if that¡¯s because I¡¯m younger. I¡¯ll take a look at my hands, but I didn¡¯t know if I was old enough to say it. In the first place, it¡¯s not even a site that changes so suddenly when you¡¯re at some age. Phew, my head hurt so badly when I took a breath. ¡°This¡­¡± Until just before she lost consciousness, the woman kept explaining to me. One of them is this headache. ¡°The moment you become familiar with the world, you may have a headache. I want you to rest assured that¡¯s evidence of matching your skills, knowledge and experience with your brain and body. ¡® That¡¯s what the woman said. ¡°I guess it¡¯s not a big ability, so could you have added or subtracted some more? Yeah, I look around all alone. Nothing in particular stands out. ¡®For now, I¡¯ll get you a place where you can live and blacksmith. And a little more food and ingredients. ¡° And the woman said, well, isn¡¯t it here? You don¡¯t even seem to have to bother to have it prepared away from your destination, but if it¡¯s far away, it¡¯s a pain in the ass. Worst case scenario, it could be impossible to find. The moment I thought so, my vision captured something at its edge. Definitely something I didn¡¯t when I looked around earlier. I turn to you in surprise. Then what a building too big to call a cabin there. ¡°What the hell¡­¡± According to the woman¡¯s description, you can probably live here. I don¡¯t know if what I didn¡¯t have earlier was ¡±really not¡± or ¡±invisible¡±. Given the circumstances, I wonder if it would be safe in any case. But I approach the building carefully. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s because of my abilities, but there are no signs indoors (¡­) or (¡­). At least I can¡¯t feel hostility or alarm toward me from around me. It¡¯s time to peek inside through the lattice window. It¡¯s deserted. Just in case, head to the door to avoid exposing yourself indoors while trying to get under the window. The door has a simple handle and a key, no knob to turn.When I gently pulled the handle, the door moved without resistance. It¡¯s not particularly locked. I look inside through an empty door gap. No sign or smell (¡­) (¡­). Looks safe for now. When I stand normally, I open the door. As soon as I heard the creaking sound of ¡°Karan Cologne,¡± I crept in unintentionally, but there was no particular reaction. Ho, I grab my chest and look inside, it¡¯s like a cottage I used to stay in when I went on a ski trip in the previous world. The difference is that there is no upstairs, and there is a shelf that holds kamado and dishes, not just the counter kitchen, but the soil where the Japanese houses say, and the kitchen is there. Further behind it is the door. I noticed a string stretching out there. Apparently, the sound of saying Karan Cologne earlier was heard from beyond that door. I closed the door (sounded Karan Cologne again) and noticed that there was a ¡°calm¡±, so once calmed down and inside, the large room has a table of considerable size and a few chairs. Looking up, the ceiling is pretty high. I can see something like a songko, but from the way it sounded, I guess the arr just rang. Then it means there is something else that rings the arr. If this is true, I would have had that terrible headache. The blacksmith is equipped with a small counter, with a little space beyond which, furthermore, there seems to be a door that leads outside, which is candled. ¡°I see, sales are here, do you mean¡± In other words, the other side is the living space, and this is the workplace and sales office. While you¡¯re at this workshop, it seems like a trick to say that if you forgot to knock on the door of the living space and a customer comes, the ringer over here will ring and tell you. If you look at it, you can see the string that leads to the living space on this door. When I come here, it rings over there, so I can say it¡¯s a plainly appreciated feature. That¡¯s how I check the whole way indoors, and I come back to my living room. I don¡¯t really feel like I¡¯m going to be living here completely yet. That being said, there¡¯s no way to get back ¡°over there,¡± so you need to be prepared. On the other side, he was lonely all his life, and as he died (¡­) and (¡­) had (¡­), the trouble is about the boss of the company. Well, all you have to do is practice ¡°as many as you want instead,¡± and maybe you¡¯re not in trouble. I shake my head to get rid of my thoughts and concentrate on what¡¯s to come. As soon as that happened, my stomach rang the sound of ¡°gu,¡± urging me to eat. My body doesn¡¯t lie, I sigh slightly shuddered while my body. There will be nothing but food in the kitchen. I headed to the kitchen across the door. Chapter 4 Chapter 4: 4 Open the door and go back to the kitchen. I¡¯m hungry, but there¡¯s not going to be anything as convenient as being able to eat all the time in about five minutes as in the previous world. Look at the shelves and see what ingredients they have. Beans and vegetables (almost root vegetables), smoked possibly pork meat, fit in. A peek at the bottle ¡°Kame,¡± which was salted, this one probably contained pork meat as well. In the meantime, let¡¯s boil these and eat them. Since the pan was already on the kamado, transfer the water from the large watering to the small watering and light the kamado. I was wondering if the fire had to go ¡°over¡± myself and light the firewood, and I could light my body with a little magic. The magic sort is minimal, he said, but this neighborhood, which is convenient to life, seemed to include me in the ¡°minimum¡±. It¡¯s also romantic to light your own fire, but it¡¯s troublesome when it comes to life, and I appreciate this. What bothered me was that if you could wake a fire with so much magic that it was said to be the least, it wouldn¡¯t seem strange to have something like a refrigerator, but I don¡¯t see that. In fact, the vegetables just have dried and what they look like freshly picked, and only dried about the meat. There is no particular development regarding refrigeration technology, or it is quite a luxury item if there was one, and this is probably something that doesn¡¯t seem like a place that feels a little away from people. The water in the pan boiled and turned into water, so add the salted meat, vegetables and beans cut there. The beans were like lentils and soybeans, but this time we decide to add something like soybeans. Continue heating while stirring with wooden balls. Think about the rest of your life as you look at the gras and the pot you can boil. Even if gold makes money from blacksmithing here, it¡¯s what we do with food, condiments (which for the time being would be only salt, which is used in combination with preservatives), and water procurement. I don¡¯t know if all of a sudden I can sell what I make. With that in mind, we¡¯ll have to figure out a way to procure the food here before it runs out.I woke up this morning. Let¡¯s see if time is up and in the morning or in the afternoon and what it¡¯s like after dusk in this House, and we¡¯ll do our exploration of the woods tomorrow. Anyway, I don¡¯t know how big this forest is. Maybe the geographic information is ¡±installed¡± on my head, but I don¡¯t know where this is in the first place. I want to find the closest people possible and know where this forest is, how big it is and what kind of place it is. Otherwise I¡¯m too anxious to spend the rest of my life going on for decades to come. Being a blacksmith or one of them will have visitors ¨C that said, I have no idea when ¨C and it¡¯s too weird to say ¡°I¡¯ve been living alone in this forest all my life¡± at that time. Because if this forest is such a place where people come in frequently, those who come in will wonder about this house that suddenly appears. If you ever go out in the open, you have to explore the area. Directly the leaves of the trees are out of the way and I don¡¯t see them well, but even in the afternoon the days still seem quite high, so I decide to explore a little outside. Take the sword that was left in the living space and put it on your hips. Until this time, I noticed now that I am wearing hemp clothes and trousers in what I would call a leather vest ¡°RPG villager¡± style. This outfit won¡¯t make you particularly suspicious if you suddenly run into someone. No, well, unless this was a hell of a despicable place. Either way, let¡¯s look for a water field for a couple of hours with a physical feel and if we can¡¯t find it, we¡¯ll come back. When I went outside and locked the door, I stepped into the woods. Chapter 5 Chapter 5: 5 It doesn¡¯t mean it¡¯s so dark in the woods because of the high sun or because of the wide spacing of trees. ¡°Still, I guess I¡¯ll have to come back early¡± Yes, one person markings the nearby tree with a sword and moves to the back. I don¡¯t see the house anymore, but I kind of know where the house is because I have the knowledge and experience of being ¡°installed¡± on my body. The discrepancies in the heads around here will have to be eliminated one by one. Even for a blacksmith, I¡¯m completely inexperienced in the ¡°world before¡±. I think I can do the approximate work for the ¡°installed¡± part, but that¡¯s not part of my memory. We have to eliminate those discrepancies in our daily work. I just don¡¯t have much anxiety there. While exploring the woods in this way now, I can see that my knowledge and experience become a little more familiar to my body. That said, I won¡¯t stop putting my mark in the tree just in case it doesn¡¯t know when the discrepancy will come back and I won¡¯t know where the house is headed. In addition, I will pick only the amount of herbs in my pocket that my head experience will teach me to relieve fever and suppress putrefaction of wounds along the way. It certainly shouldn¡¯t have been in the house. Saying ¡°medicinal herbs you can definitely pick up¡± is definitely quite a treasure in this world. This could be a pretty good place. Thus, after about an hour or so in the body clock, I heard that there was water. Looks like we found a water supply point that could be valuable in this world. Turning toward the noisy one, there was a lake there. Seems downstream to me, and I see a river with lake water running out a little far away. Is it a pretty big lake because the opposite shoreline cannot be seen from here? We¡¯ve been exploring herbs and stuff all the way down the road, so if we don¡¯t see anything else, we¡¯ll be there in roughly fifteen minutes.This will probably solve the problem with the water. It¡¯s possible that I have to go back and forth a few times every day, but given that I spend most of my day in that house, it would be just the right exercise. I want to make it routine as soon as possible tomorrow. I then took a peek into the lake. It¡¯s hard to tell because it¡¯s just in the water, but apparently my age is about 30 as I hoped. Well, I¡¯m more than that. I¡¯m a blacksmith with arms (which I think you¡¯ve made me, and that¡¯s what I¡¯ve done with my experience and knowledge of ¡±installing¡±), and I¡¯ve moved recently, and if so, I can¡¯t explain it to you at 20 or there. After training somewhere, a blacksmith who fled something and fluttered into the land would be suspicious without as many cover stories. Even though it is quite suspicious. My body is telling me that it¡¯s still early to set the sun, so I¡¯ll explore a little more by the lake. As I walked by the water, I occasionally stopped and gazed into the water, I made some discoveries. First, by the way, there are shrubs with fruits like kiwi strawberries and tall trees with fruits like apples. According to the ¡°installed¡± knowledge, these fruits can be eaten. Coming all the way around out of reach, I got the whole story. That animal, no, it might be rude to say animal. The person (¡­) thing (¡­) had a tiger-like head, because he was a beast tribe. He¡¯s scratched all over his body with leather armor and looks like he¡¯s going to suffer, with thin but well-fitted muscles. Despite falling into depression, I can see the leather armor on my flank torn. And its surroundings are red and black, not flashly bleeding from it, but what would be most profound is obvious without ¡±installation¡±. ¡°This is gonna suck if you don¡¯t carry it right now.¡± I¡¯ll hold him from the front. Then there is a breast that is covered in leather armor but sticks out firmer than I thought. I got giddy, but I don¡¯t have time to be doing that, so I put my head aside and strapped my whole body up to my shoulders. It is the ¡°Fireman¡¯s Carry¡± from the previous world. ¡°I guess a girl would be more romantic to hold a princess, because this one is faster. I¡¯m sorry, but I need you to be patient.¡± Contrary to its appearance, I was surprised that I was able to give it to you lightly, but I hurried back to the house. Chapter 6 Chapter 6: 6 Take on the tiger beast girl on her shoulders and hurry back home. It took extra time because we went a little deeper, but as expected, it was roughly fifteen minutes from the nearest shore of the lake to the house. More and more girls lose power in the meantime. Still, I don¡¯t feel like the plush is going to be lost, so I want to believe you¡¯ll be critical and on time. Once the girl is down gently about the house, unlock and open the door. I can hear Karan Cologne and Naruto flashly from the workplace. When I hurry inside, I head to my bedroom. When I clasped in the bedroom, there was a sheet on the cupboard, so I pulled out two of them and put them on the table in the living room. Keep going to the workplace and start looking again. Now needles, threads and blades. It took a little while, but I managed to find them both. The needle and thread seem to be used for the finishing of the sheath of the sword, but I can¡¯t even say that now. The blade is a knife for sale. I¡¯m not saying that either, so I¡¯ll bring it up. Next, move to the kitchen, strain the pan with water, add the needle inside and set it on fire. Between the time the water boiled, I went back to the living room and spread one sheet on the table, laying there the girl who had left me sleeping outside. I don¡¯t think so, but it is troublesome if someone or something comes in during the procedure. Well, I¡¯d like to take off my leather armor for a moment, but the belt is stiff with blood or something and it won¡¯t come off, so I¡¯ll cut it with the knife I brought. So I thought I could take off my leather armor, and the shirt I¡¯m wearing underneath also has blood on it and it sticks. I also cut this one with a knife (a lot more carefully than when I cut my belt). Place the detached leather armor aside, then cut the shirt out of the middle and take it off once and see if there are any other major injuries on the flank. The whole thing is covered in hair and hard to tell, but on the contrary, if you can tell right away from this, it means a huge injury. In the end, although there are cuts everywhere, it turns out that the only thing you should treat for now is a major injury to your flank. From there, there is seepage of wrinkles and blood. All this time, the girl didn¡¯t look like she was going to suffer but notice. I just checked the injury and the water in the pan boiled. Dip the sheets cut to the appropriate size in boiling water and wait a little before removing the needle and thread along with the cut sheets. ¡°When I say this,¡± install. ¡°You¡¯re so sweet¡­¡±What I had just done was also handy thanks to the ¡°installation¡± but still quite knowledgeable. I can hardly say what I¡¯m going to do without the knowledge and experience of ¡°installing¡±. Take what you took out of the water to the table and wipe your flank wound with a wet sheet. ¡°Guh.¡± A girl growls with her face crooked, but still doesn¡¯t look like she¡¯ll notice. Blood softens again on the wound I wiped. The wound is stitched together with a needle and thread. No anesthesia, so this should hurt pretty bad too. Every needle in there distorts the girl¡¯s face. Guilt irritates my chest, but this is also a procedure to help this child. I just need you to be patient. Thanks to the ¡°installation¡± survival technique, I didn¡¯t really look like a surgeon, but for now, I had a big wound suture. It may not look good because it is a technology that would be nice if I could help it. I¡¯ll apologize if I find out there. Whatever it takes to stay asleep on the table, it won¡¯t heal. When I held her in a princess cuddle position, I carried her inside through the bedroom door I had left open and put her to bed. Of course I won¡¯t forget to put a duvet on you (whatever I may say futon because it¡¯s western). ¡°Ugh¡­¡± I was tired when I did it. Although it is obvious that it is appropriate, because a major injury was treated, it is more than that that that I felt completely out of tension during the procedure. I walked outside today, and it was kind of a hectic day. I want to take a break, even if I want to eat now. Let¡¯s sit back and rest in the round chair at the side table. ¡°In the meantime, if I get some water tomorrow, I¡¯ll start working in the workplace¡­ but sometimes I have to see how this kid is doing, and I don¡¯t know what to do¡­¡± Relax, I¡¯m even more tired thinking about the future, or drowsiness has struck me. This feeling of drowsiness has been experienced several times in the previous world. The one who ¡°falls asleep¡±. ¡°If I fell asleep, I¡¯d eat¡­ but¡­¡± Though I tried to resist, my consciousness sank into a comfortable darkness, as the experience of being vain and not ¡°installing¡± showed. Chapter 7 Chapter 7: 7 I woke up feeling strange about my neck. Well, I was totally asleep. When I opened my eyes to see if she would be okay, the person at the time had one hand around my neck. ¡°Well, I didn¡¯t even think about the possibility of this happening¡± I said in a calm voice, trying. No force has been applied to the hands placed on his neck. If I had really put my strength into it, my second life would have been a start day and ended lightly with me asleep. ¡°In the meantime, are you okay with the injury? He looks like a tiger and calls out to the girl staring at this one. I guess the word was unexpected, I gave a Kyotong look for a moment, but I immediately said it back again. ¡°It still hurts pretty bad, but, well, it¡¯s going to heal¡± ¡°Well, that¡¯s good¡± I said with a heartfelt smile. I¡¯m honestly glad I saved you trying to help. Then the girl stayed in a Kyotong face this time, ¡°Ooh¡­¡± After I say, I turn away. If you want to grab this hand and take it off, now would be your chance, but it¡¯s probably up to you (¡­) to do it and break this kid¡¯s mood (¡­) (¡­) (¡­). She turns to pap and says slightly angry at her voice. ¡°You¡­ you saw that? There is a little force in her hand. I answer as I try to be even more calm than I started. ¡°I needed it to be treated. I swear, I haven¡¯t touched anything but the procedure.¡± ¡°Is that true? ¡°Oh.¡± She stared into my eyes for a while, but eventually sighed softly and gently, snagging the hand on my neck. ¡°For now, I trust you.¡± ¡°I¡¯d appreciate it if you would¡± ¡°I didn¡¯t smell human when you lied.¡± ¡°Can you see that, you!?¡± ¡°Unlike the canine beast man, it¡¯s only when my heart moves greatly. You¡¯re amazing right now.¡± ¡°Oh, oh¡­¡± I didn¡¯t need it when I was treated. If I was distracted and touched everywhere, would you say that the lie was found out earlier in the day and it was Buddha Buddha? If I did it on the second day, I¡¯d feel like I was being swept over¡­ I fish my bedroom, I give myself a change of clothes. ¡°Put this on for now¡± ¡°What about Atashi¡¯s clothes? ¡°It was Vietnamese with blood, and I had to take it off to treat it, so I cut it¡± ¡°¡­ right¡± ¡°I¡¯m sorry if it was important.¡± ¡°No, that¡¯s not true. It¡¯s just lame. Now, I turned around while wearing it. ¡°By the way, you own this house, don¡¯t you? The dressed girl asked me a question, so I turn to her and answer. ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°What are you doing here? ¡°A blacksmith.¡± ¡°Blacksmith?¡± ¡°Oh¡­. that said, I¡¯m a newcomer who just lived here yesterday¡± I¡¯m not sure how long I¡¯m going to live here, but I¡¯m going to be honest here. She probably knows this neighborhood. Because I think it¡¯s a bad idea to say bad things. ¡°I wonder if this house was in this forest¡­¡± Shit, she knows where this is. ¡°Oh, maybe. The athletes are a lot tougher than humans, but with these injuries, we can¡¯t hunt or explore for about two weeks.¡± ¡°So why don¡¯t you live here? ¡°What?¡± ¡°It¡¯s not like there¡¯s anything else. I¡¯ve just crossed over, and I¡¯m going to need some forge (¡­) metallurgy (¡­) help. You have to heal your injuries, and even if you heal, you¡¯ll have rehab for a while¡­¡± get used to it ¡±right? ¡°Well.¡± ¡°Besides, I think maybe it¡¯s better if we stay here. At least I don¡¯t have trouble cooking in the rain.¡± ¡°I see¡­¡± She thinks still. Sometimes I simply want to watch it all the time because it looks like a tiger, and when I say it, I won¡¯t say it because it¡¯s going to be annoying. ¡°Okay. I¡¯ll live here until my injuries heal and I can move normally. Then we¡¯ll think about it. So what? ¡°Ooh, I don¡¯t mind. ¡°So that¡¯s it, say hello! ¡°Whoa!¡± Thus my desire to have a cat was probably fulfilled in the unexpected way of saying ¡°live with a tiger beast girl¡±. Chapter 8 Chapter 8: 8 ¡°With that said, what¡¯s your name? ¡°Thermia¡± Does this child say Thermia? ¡°That¡¯s a good name.¡± ¡­¡­ ¡°What¡¯s up? ¡°He¡¯s cute and I don¡¯t really like him. I would have preferred a stronger name. ¡°¡­ Gonzalez or something? ¡°Buh.¡± Thermia blowing out. The next moment she¡¯s flipping to bed and laughing off. ¡°Hahahahahaha! What the hell is that!! You have no taste!!! hahahaha!!!! ¡°Ugh. Only my parents didn¡¯t give me this taste. I answer with a flashing face. The lack of naming sense is the only weakness that didn¡¯t improve after living a little over forty years in the previous world¡­. of all the others, maybe I should have gotten a cheat here. ¡°Well, I don¡¯t like you. Even so, it¡¯s the name my family gave me. You look great.¡± ¡°Ugh, thanks¡­¡­¡± The crow who cried laughed already, then no, the tiger who laughed already lit up, right? ¡°Well, do you want to get some water for now? Leaving the house for a little while, okay? ¡°Oh¡­¡­ but before that¡± ¡°Hmm? What? ¡°I didn¡¯t hear your name.¡± ¡°Oh. It¡¯s Eizou Tanya.¡± But Arrow English-made ¡°Tanya Etsu¡±. That was my name. ¡°That¡¯s a name like a Northerner. Do you have a family name?¡± ¡°¡­ well¡±According to the knowledge of ¡°installation,¡± the human race, close to the Asians of the previous world, lives in the north, not the east. So I am told that I am a Northerner. ¡°No, I¡¯m sorry, I didn¡¯t mean to pry. There¡¯s not so many family names here, so it¡¯s rare.¡± ¡°No, fine. Never mind. Looks like you know why I¡¯m starting a blacksmith in this weird place.¡± ¡°Oh. You¡¯re in trouble, too.¡± ¡°Not really.¡± So far, though. But I won¡¯t tell you that. ¡°So it would help if you could just call me by my name¡± ¡°Oh, I will. Eizo.¡± ¡°Thank you, Thermia¡± About the size of a medium, hang the two empty watermarks on both ends of the stick. It was like a watermelon for transport, with a hole in the mouth and a rope passing through it. ¡°Sounds heavy¡­¡± But if we can¡¯t do this, it will also affect our lives in the future. Thermia won¡¯t be able to help either, but if she relies on it, she¡¯ll be stuck when she can¡¯t. Operate the rebuff to raise to the appropriate temperature. When the temperature is just right, take it out, beat it with a hammer and forge it. I figured it out at this time. It¡¯s too obvious, but I have strength at this time. ¡°I see.¡± With a nigga laugh, he taps the iron plate he wants to knife to create a shape. Every beating scatters a sparkle of light. It¡¯s close to the Japanese knife process, but I won¡¯t work so delicately this time. I don¡¯t feel like I can do it in the first place. When just in shape, set aside until cool once. Lunch while you¡¯re chilling. Take your time and have lunch, then ask Thermia if there¡¯s a city nearby. About four and a half days from here, they have a city, though not big. You could do a day trip, but don¡¯t totally get to work all day¡­¡­ If I throw Thermia in the bedroom again, it goes on. Even so, the process is almost closer to the last one. The fire on the fire floor is not completely extinguished, but the temperature is dropping, so add charcoal and raise it again. Don¡¯t even need to secure charcoal. Japanese knife, in this process, I do it at night in order to identify the temperature based on the color of the flame, but in my case, I found out whether the effect of having the blacksmith maximized or the temperature even in situations where the sun is still high. Once the temperature ¡°under the knife¡± has been raised to the appropriate temperature, place it in water and cool suddenly. It¡¯s ¡°baked.¡± I don¡¯t make the part where I can¡¯t add baking this time, so I didn¡¯t paint the soil. Grinding the burned knife with a grinding wheel, the ¡°knife¡±, the first production of this workshop, was completed. I¡¯m not making a ¡°hilt¡± because I¡¯m not looking to be particularly practical. The ¡°handle¡± is also a plate-shaped iron bump, but when it is time to use it, you should wrap it around something. Now, anyway, it¡¯s important that this guy is done. In the meantime, we need to try the sharpness. It doesn¡¯t make sense to say that you¡¯re not aiming for pragmatism, but you can¡¯t slash it at all. I put a bunch of straw on the firewood before I broke it and shook the knife down. A bunch of spa straw broke. ¡­ every firewood substituted for a unit. What the hell is going on with this¡­ Chapter 9 Chapter 9: 9 With the knife I made to try, I cut a bunch of straw to try, and cut off every tree I had on the table. That¡¯s what happens if you just give the facts in a frank way, but it¡¯s a really, really unacceptable situation. ¡®Cause it¡¯s a prototype. I made it quite seriously because it has the benefit of ¡°installing¡± and it¡¯s the first time I¡¯ve made it in a prototype, but I¡¯m not looking for a cut that looks like it¡¯s even magical. It¡¯s too cut and dangerous. I thought maybe I was given a sword talent or even some cheat, and I tried to do the same thing with the knife I used yesterday to cut Samya¡¯s clothes, but although the straw bundle could be cut clean, it never even cut what I just put on the table. I mean, this result is a sword (is that a knife?) Some skill may also be involved, but it¡¯s basically the performance of the knife itself. But even in the previous world, there is a saying, ¡°Break a chicken with a cow knife,¡± but this knife is exactly that. Not many people want to use knives that would cut meat and even slabs. However, this knife may be capable as a weapon. Normally, knives are effective against unarmed opponents, but if they were also worn on leather armor, the power would be greatly diminished. But this knife is made of metal, but if it¡¯s made of leather, it looks like it can be pierced and cut. Either way, you can¡¯t make this a sale. Luckily, I made it small because it¡¯s a prototype, and let¡¯s use it for my protection. Break the tree you just slapped off into the same thickness as the thickness of the knife and cut it into the shape of a knife. Once Nikawa is applied, the plates are applied on both sides, shaped, and the leatherband of the loose dome is attached to the carp where the knife sheath says it is, it is an easy sheath completion. In the meantime, I can carry it. But don¡¯t bother if all the production can be done with this quality. I¡¯ll hurry up and get three sheets of metal the size of the knife I made this time and get the fire floor ready. I¡¯m going to forge these three now, but I¡¯m going to make them into three parts: something more powerful than yesterday, something slightly out of hand, something completely out of hand. I made it about the same size. It¡¯s a little bigger than my protection, it¡¯ll be about the size of a survival knife from what I said in the previous world. That¡¯s how I just finished hitting the three, and the sun just came down. Let¡¯s do the rest tomorrow morning. If I don¡¯t wake up Thermia, who was asleep to heal the wound. ¡°Hey, it¡¯s time for dinner. Wake up.¡± ¡°Uh-huh.¡± Thermia hits backwards with Gossogoso. Yeah, strangely colorful voices. ¡°It¡¯s important to go to sleep, but it won¡¯t heal if you don¡¯t eat. Come on, come on, get up.¡± When I pulled off the duvet, it finally happened. I¡¯ve noticed since I pulled it off, but if this was a pie who wears nothing when Thermia goes to bed, it would have sucked pretty bad. Let¡¯s be careful in the future. ¡°Is it this time already? I slept pretty good, but I slept, I slept.¡± ¡°It¡¯s after you get hurt. You¡¯re trying not to move your body to make blood.¡± ¡°Well, you know Eizo.¡± ¡°Not really.¡± I fell asleep yesterday before dark, so it didn¡¯t turn up, but there¡¯s a lantern in the bedroom that magically lights the lights. They included it in the ¡°install¡± minimum, and it can be used by me. It¡¯s a lot darker now, so I tried it quickly. ¡°Can Eizo also use magic?!?¡± ¡°Just the easy one.¡± ¡°I knew it would be amazing to have a family name¡­¡± And I was impressed by Thermia. There are plenty of people who can¡¯t use it at least, this world. Move into the living room for dinner. Add root vegetables to the soup you ate at noon in the morning and add back the fire. Food consumption has increased because it¡¯s for two, but it still looks pretty good. That said, it is not the amount that I have for two or three months as it is. In the meantime, we have to find a way to make money here.It would basically be like going to the city and selling stuff here, accepting repairs, etc. However, in the meantime, I would like not to move much out of this House until Thermia is able to move satisfactorily. While I am not in the boulder, I am too awake to wake up to the child I helped because of. During dinner, we talk absurdly. We avoid talking about being born, but Thermia talks about her normal life and the nature of the world I was in. There¡¯s a very high mountain, and I was impressed to see that snow doesn¡¯t melt at the top of it, or if that¡¯s what you¡¯re talking about, I wouldn¡¯t have a problem talking about it. Once we¡¯ve had dinner, we both decide to sleep. I decided to sleep at my desk in the study. I¡¯m used to it in the world before. I am reluctantly convinced that Thermia is going to sleep there, but at least not until the wound is blocked. Thus the second day passed. The next morning, I wake up the same way as the day before and make breakfast the same way, and wake up the thermiah the same way and eat the rice. Boil the water apart from the rice and tell Thermia to wipe her body with it before I go out and get the water. As I draw water, I take a bath. Because it¡¯s a lake, or the water is pretty cold. Still, I felt refreshed and came back with water. Well, now we can continue with yesterday¡¯s three tests, all three of which are simmered in the same way to a knife that has changed the way the three forces are put in. I try only to cut the grinding as a blade at least. When you¡¯re done, wrap a leather string around your handles to keep them from slipping. If I were to do that, it would be around noon in no time, so I would make it lunch. That¡¯s when I asked Thermia for a favor. ¡°Thermia, I¡¯m sorry, but I need a little help when I¡¯m done eating this¡± ¡°Fine, but you don¡¯t know about blacksmiths.¡± ¡°That¡¯s okay. It doesn¡¯t have to be me.¡± ¡°Well, I lay down all day yesterday, and I¡¯m doing a lot better today, okay?¡± ¡°Then please.¡± ¡°Oh, hey, okay¡± While facing me calmly, Thermia cuts the last knife for her hand, which could be called this time a blow. The sound was not pasty. There was no sound. But Thermia¡¯s knife devours as much as it does in the firewood. To a lesser extent, Thermia doesn¡¯t seem to be following. ¡°Try pulling your arm.¡± ¡°Ooh¡­¡± As soon as Thermia pulled her arm, as if it were a comic book or anime, she cheated and ran out of straw bundles and firewood. ¡°Oh, uh, what is this?¡± Thermia is in a panic. ¡°Relax, if you panic in that state, it¡¯s so dangerous¡± When I spoke to Thermia, Thermia looked at me. ¡°Oh, right. Sorry.¡± and restored a little calm. ¡°No, that¡¯s okay. I didn¡¯t explain it. I¡¯m sorry.¡± That would freak you out if all of a sudden this happened in front of you. I freak out, too. I was expecting it, so I¡¯m just not. But now it¡¯s confirmed. It was the cheat I was given to make the top blacksmith, the one with a hell of a performance¡­ Chapter 10 Chapter 10: 10 ¡°But this third one can¡¯t be a regular sale.¡± ¡°Huh? Really? Thermia says in surprise. I am. ¡°Anyway, if you¡¯re the one who knows enough about handling blades, the one who isn¡¯t, it¡¯s too dangerous if you use this cleavage thing, right? Answer. ¡°Ah, well¡­¡± Thermia looking disappointed. ¡°Well, if you¡¯re the one who knows how to handle a blade properly, you can sell it.¡± ¡°Whoa, I did it.¡± ¡°Hmm? What? You want it? ¡°Ooh. When hunting, it¡¯s easier if it¡¯s as sharp as this.¡± ¡°Then I¡¯ll do it.¡± I have a previous one, and I feel sorry to wait for the owner like this, and most importantly, Thermia is not the one I don¡¯t know. ¡°Are you sure!?¡± ¡°Oh, I don¡¯t mind. I¡¯ll make a sheath between what I normally sell, so I¡¯ll give you a minute.¡± ¡°That¡¯s fine with me. This is all I get, so I can¡¯t help but waste it there.¡± ¡°Well, wait a while¡± ¡°Whoa!¡± It¡¯s starting to feel like I¡¯m feeding something. No, I¡¯m letting you live, so it¡¯s like you¡¯re practically feeding me. In the meantime, this has set the direction for what needs to be made. Let¡¯s not make anything too awesome, but make something there, while accepting repairs with the finishing touches about the next day. If so, it seems better to concentrate on ¡±a few hits¡± for a while. It¡¯s not a big deal for me, but it¡¯s a lot nicer than normal, so there¡¯s no need to buy disapproval. Then for about five days, in addition to small swords, knives, etc., I made some quails, sickles, and axes. Newly made products are also made for me, which have good sharpness. Thermia has been quiet for the past five days. I¡¯m letting you participate in the attempt to get rid of the fact that you won¡¯t be moving your body too much, but it¡¯s not the wind that¡¯s giving you all you can at that time. If you ask me about that, ¡°No, because I want to heal my injuries quickly and use an Eizo knife or something¡­¡±I was told. Right or right. Let¡¯s make something new next time. It¡¯s weak to be praised for traveling far away, I am. So on day six, when I came to Ko (¡­) Chi (¡­) for a week, I decided to thread out Thermia¡¯s sutured scar. I¡¯m gonna pull it out now, but it¡¯s gonna hurt. ¡°Ooh, okay¡± That¡¯s how I pull out the stitched bun. Thermia seemed painful, but she endured without raising her voice. ¡°All right, over¡± ¡°Thank you.¡± Thermia wrapped around a new bandage and removed the thread. By the way, Thermia, I¡¯d like to ask you one thing. ¡°Hmm? What? ¡°Is it a problem for an Orc to go to the city? ¡°No? I just don¡¯t get there much because I don¡¯t need anything in particular, and if you¡¯re guilty or not, the guards won¡¯t stop you, okay? ¡°Is that all? ¡°Oh, the athletes move the rattles sometimes. So I don¡¯t have that much stuff in the first place.¡± ¡°I see.¡± I wonder if it¡¯s close to the hunting nation. With that said, there was a lot of talk about hunting that came up during dinner. But being willing (probably) to live here doesn¡¯t mean you can¡¯t settle. Let¡¯s hear about this neighborhood when you say you¡¯re going to live there again. And the next day, when we¡¯re done with all the morning water, we¡¯ll be ready to head out to the city. Even so, it¡¯s a day trip, so no big travel outfits are necessary. Today I decide to take a knife and a sickle, an axe and a quail, but only one because the axe and the quail are stingy. Thermia serves as an escort, so she only gets a knife. The knife that is not for sale is on my hips now and the outfit is my own clothes. I¡¯m an axe and quack in my usual clothes, multiple sickles, and I¡¯m suspicious, but, conversely, it just looks like I brought a sale. And then from the hidden shelves on the side table in the bedroom, I¡¯ve disrespected a few pieces of silver coins. Maybe mine. ¡°Are you ready? ¡°Oh.¡± With the anticipation and anxiety of being out of town for the first time in this world, we set out. Chapter 11 Chapter 11: 11 Knowledge of ¡°installation¡± taught me that the city is in the woods for two hours and out of there on the street for an hour. I mean, for six hours round trip, during this time, I can¡¯t be too cautious, because I take so much golden-eyed stuff where I can never say it¡¯s safe to say it¡¯s a forest and a street. There is a Thermia on the road, but I am not alone, and I am expected to have an intimidating effect on the one who thinks good things, saying that I am with the Beast Man, who would be more physically capable than a normal person (this one was analogous in the story of rice time). As Thermia herself said before, perhaps for the next week or so, you shouldn¡¯t exercise too hard. Now I want you to move your body slowly and regain your original senses one by one. I go through the woods with that in mind. This one still has quite a few trees, so it will go deeper into the dark than early in the morning. This, rainy days are too dark, and if you¡¯re going on a day trip, you won¡¯t be able to get to the city. And Thermia stopped pitting her legs. ¡°Is there something there? ¡°There are signs and slightly (¡­) o (¡­). I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a big black bear or anything¡­¡± When Thermia says so, she walks solo. That¡¯s the tiger beast man, in the woods, but he makes very little noise. When you reach a tree a little further away, you gently ask from there. ¡°Oh, that¡¯s Tree Deer Tree Dia¡­¡­ It doesn¡¯t smell that good. He¡¯s a pain in the ass when he pisses you off. If you¡¯re hunting and taking meat, let¡¯s ignore it today. ¡° ¡°Well, today¡¯s goal is to get to the city.¡± We¡¯ll take a detour around the ¡°tree deer¡± area. Looking back for a moment, a large deer, which had grown a similar horn in the branches of the trees around here, which had come from its name, was slowly eating grass. ¡°The corners don¡¯t catch well with such a figure.¡± ¡°No, the big ones are sometimes caught and broken¡± ¡°Oh, really? ¡°You can hunt, and I¡¯ll show you when I catch you. The big one has broken marks once or twice. Unlike the antler ones, they¡¯re a disguise we don¡¯t use to poke them, so there¡¯s nothing wrong with breaking them. ¡°¡°I see you¡¯re not well done¡­¡± It¡¯s interesting to see and hear you say this because you don¡¯t originally have biological knowledge, and you¡¯re ¡°installed¡± it¡¯s not academic. Looks like you¡¯re watching a TV show from the previous world that says so. ¡°Instead, you¡¯re in a lot of trouble when it¡¯s a melee because your body is big and you have a lot of strength on top of kicking and poking your head.¡± ¡°Heh. If I hunt, I¡¯ll be careful¡± After bypassing the tree deer for a while, I was able to proceed without anything, so I make it a break once. We went quite a distance, but I and Thermia remember the place in that house. We both talk about that while we grab a light meal. The beast man living in the woods seems to remember a little difference in smell or something. I¡¯ve been ¡°installed¡±, I¡¯ve had the knowledge and experience to live in the woods, so it¡¯s just ¡°cheat¡±. Of course, I¡¯m not going to tell Thermia or anyone about it. Maybe even for a future family that could. Take a short pause and move on again soon. Basically no more breaks from here to the city. Along the way, I came across some wood-dwelling animals, but they were basically just very dear animals, and I didn¡¯t meet the carnivorous ones. No matter how many beasts live in the woods, there are many things that can¡¯t be helped. For example, salt. Or if I needed clothes (covered in hair), I would buy fabrics and tailor them. The consideration at that time was the animal that had been hunting. ¡°The guards aren¡¯t stupid, either, so they don¡¯t come around at fixed intervals, they even let them widen. So attacking a human passing through here is quite a beating. I don¡¯t know what¡¯s coming out of the woods¡­ and I think it¡¯s normal. ¡° This guard seems to be keen on his duties. It¡¯s impressive. If even a wolf comes out of the woods while a burglar is attacking his prey, his position changes once and for all. I guess that¡¯s what you mean when you say if you should hit that beat, even if that¡¯s actually less. If I¡¯d screwed that up, I could see the city¡¯s outer walls in the distance. Come on, one more breath. Me and Thermia walked toward the city with a slightly elevated tension when we regained our temper a little. Chapter 12 Chapter 12: 12 If you see the city¡¯s exterior walls, you won¡¯t be that far behind. By ¡°outside¡± the wall, it is only ¡°the outer wall when the city was first built,¡± and now the fence surrounds it even more, among which is the city. This time, it¡¯s you we need. In other words, this is the out-of-wall market (if you will) in the first place, and of the merchants who come regularly, those who can still do it while in this city, started to live in this new city with stores, so we can go in and out without worrying about tolls, etc. If you don¡¯t live or set up a store, the money involved is minimal. Instead, those who do not pay taxes cannot receive the full asylum of their lords. That said, the trouble with insecurity is that the same people who pay taxes, so if there¡¯s a crime, the guards will take it down. But that¡¯s only protecting me with (¡­) I have (¡­). If there¡¯s a problem with human interaction in the city, it¡¯s likely that this one will be disposed of unilaterally. As I approached the entrance from outside the new town, I saw a guard glaring at the street near the entrance. Basically anyone can say they can get in, but naturally no one in this city or anywhere else who has caused problems can. They¡¯re not coming in, they¡¯re watching. ¡°Can I have a word? A guard calls out to us trying to get into the city. A young man. It is the leather armor that I wear, but I can see the marks I used. Even though you look like a Dallas, there¡¯s no alarm in your body with a short spear. He seems like a man who can do quite well, regardless of his age. ¡°Yes, what is it? I answered, trying my best. At the edge of my sight, I see Thermia laughing. Remember back and forth. ¡°Hey, this is a face I haven¡¯t seen lately, so why don¡¯t you tell me why you came to this city?¡± ¡°I will sell my made sickles, axes and knives in the Free City of Djyuyi. And Qua.¡± ¡°Anything else? ¡°Not today. Confirm? ¡°Whoa, that¡¯s a quick story. It¡¯ll help.¡± Because it would be troublesome if I were trying to bring in contraband or something. Since I was in the previous world, I have thought that when I say this, I can only behave cooperatively. Well, not once or twice, because of the way it looks, or because of the suspicion that it was rejected. ¡°All right, you¡¯re all right¡± Says the guard who was searching our luggage. I was in a bit of a hurry when they saw the knife that me and Thermia had, but they didn¡¯t say anything in particular. Maybe you thought it was the same as the seller. ¡°but don¡¯t cause problems.¡± ¡°Absolutely.¡± Now we¡¯re clear to get into town. I¡¯m getting a little excited.Visit places to people on the road and go for the Free City. The Free City may sell things there if it pays for them, and vice versa, it should not sell things outside of here. In this world, I want to live by the rules because I want to make things relaxed. I couldn¡¯t get into the city and Thermia and I got to Free City. Once you have paid the silver coins at the entrance and received the wooden plaque and sales table for the sale permit, look for an empty spot. The best places are taken by merchants who arrive much earlier than us, or by people from the local workshop, so I¡¯ll look for something a little better to form. I just got in formation, lined up the sales knife and sickle on the sales table, and left the quack and axe standing, and now I¡¯m ready for sale. ¡°Then don¡¯t ask for it today.¡± Speak to Thermia. It¡¯s an important baton of the day. ¡°Whoa, I think I¡¯m just standing there even though I put it on.¡± Thermia shrugs her shoulders and says, ¡°Well, I don¡¯t know what it is.¡± And about two hours went by without a thing. It¡¯s a good thing nothing bad happens, but I can¡¯t sell things either. Speaking to people passing nearby, they don¡¯t quite buy it. These products are very durable, so I¡¯m sure I won¡¯t even buy them again¡­ That said, nothing else is likely to be made and easily sold. I may have to wait to sell it through guts, but then don¡¯t worry about the money in hand¡­¡­ Guards trying to pull out a cane and a knife. ¡°I knew it was good, this. How much?¡± ¡°It will be five pieces in silver coins¡± Before coming here, I decided on this price in consultation with Thermia. The price that even people in the city can buy critically, seems to be around here. ¡°Is that cheap enough? ¡°Yes, of course.¡± He¡¯s a lot out of hand after a few hits¡­ ¡°Well, here it is.¡± ¡°Yes, indeed. Thank you.¡± I received five pieces of silver from the guards. This is the money I got directly from what I made myself. Don¡¯t be quite impressed, this. ¡°I would recommend this to the same guards if it had a good cut.¡± ¡°Is that okay? Thanks! I said to the guard with a delightful grin. The guard waves flirtatiously and leaves. At the end of the day, this is the only bottle I¡¯m supposed to sell. I hope it goes on next, me and Thermia got on the road, talking about that. Chapter 13 Chapter 13: 13 The day after I first went to the city and sold only one knife, I had been making knives in the morning. Not at all powerful, the ¡°few hits¡± one. And think it¡¯s hard while making it. What I found out when I went to the city was that farm tools don¡¯t sell that much in Free City. It¡¯s only natural to think about it for a moment, and the residents of the new town are mainly merchants and craftsmen who put it in. They basically don¡¯t buy farm tools. And as for the peasants going out of the old town in the walls into the fields outside the walls, the small farmers whose lords are renting the fields naturally owe them farm tools from their lords, and even to the free peasants who have their own fields, they will buy farm tools from the blacksmiths in the walls (who are also responsible for creating and repairing the farm tools the lords lend to them) and ask them to repair them. So you don¡¯t have to come all the way to Free City to buy farm tools. Now I think, ¡°To protect myself during my journey,¡± there were other stores selling knives, long swords, and long and short spears, but none of them sold farm tools. If I had noticed that, I wouldn¡¯t have had to line up the sickles in vain. This is yesterday¡¯s biggest reflection, and what to do with the sickle and quail in stock is what worries me in the future. Well, should I mow the grass around the house and plow the fields? He said, ¡°I have production skills.¡± And maybe I can handle that pretty well. For now, the main product in the future is definitely a knife. I hope the other weapons sell to the guards, but I don¡¯t think the guards, who also have aspects as Lord¡¯s private soldiers, will buy long swords and spears. Essentially because it¡¯s a supply. I guess what that guard bought me a knife is that the knife is not a treatment of a weapon paid for, but a combination of personal effects at work. That said, there will be a time for merchants and their escorts to sell if they make good weapons. We need to look between the knives and make them. In the end, however, this day depended on the production of knives all day. Because I think the earning head right now is going to be this guy. And it is time for dinner. ¡°Hey, can Eizo make arrows? ¡°Hmm? Oh. I think it¡¯s okay, but why? ¡°In a little while, I¡¯m going to go back hunting, and I wish I had an arrow with an elephant arrow at that time¡± ¡°I see. Okay, I¡¯ll make it.¡± ¡°No! I begged you! ¡°Oh. And tomorrow, I¡¯m going to the city, please¡± ¡°Oh, leave it to me! How happy I am to have you make arrows, and then I¡¯m in a good mood, Thermia. If you¡¯re so happy, it¡¯s worth making. The next day, I left the city on the same route as before. Nothing happened this time, I hope it¡¯s safer than I thought, but I have a little trouble telling you that I¡¯m totally working all day. Checked by a different guard than before, enters the city and leaves the store in Free City. It¡¯s exactly the same around here as yesterday. The difference is that only the knife is used in this case. And then the number of pieces is decreasing, so I left a bunch of straw that I tried out this time. The knife itself is the least available, but I can tell right away that it still has a lot better cleavage than a coarse knife. I thought customers would want to do it, and I have uncut straw. Come on, I¡¯ll sell you more today than before. Thus, whether it was the effect of a trial-out exhibition, by around noon, two bottles were sold to a pedestrian-style man. That¡¯s over the last time at this point. Gatspaws in my heart. ¡°Eizo, you¡¯re so happy right now¡± I got thrust into Thermia that way, but I¡¯m so glad that doesn¡¯t bother me either. ¡°That¡¯s because it sells better than before. At this rate, we can sell some more.¡± Thermia looked facetious for a moment, but soon, ¡°Oh, I hope so¡±And he returned it with a raunchy grin. But contrary to expectations, it didn¡¯t sell at all from there. I sent Thermia out for one on the way and she bought salted meat, wheat and beans for a fraction of the sales, but I spent another layer of free time there until Thermia went and came home. ¡°I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s like this anymore today¡± I suck. ¡°Well, it¡¯s over before, and it¡¯s not okay.¡± Thermia who returns it. ¡°Well, it is.¡± So, when I thought I was going to close the store today, there was a big change. About five men in leather armor showed up. I don¡¯t have a weapon in my hand, but what¡¯s in the leather armor I¡¯m wearing is the crest of this city ¨C that is, the Guard. That bunch is coming straight this way. There are indications that Thermia will put her hands on the (¡­) knife for her (¡­) minute (s). I¡¯m not sure behind the diagonal, but if anything happened, I¡¯d let him play a big stand around, without even looking at his own injuries. I don¡¯t want that to happen as much as possible. That worry of mine elsewhere, the man at the head of that group said, ¡°Is that you? I sold that knife to Marius.¡± was. I don¡¯t know the name Marius, but I do know the person who sold the knife. ¡°Come on, forty. Count me in.¡± ¡°Yes. One, two, three¡­ 39, 40. Yes, I did have it. This way, please.¡± ¡°Whoa, can I pull it out? ¡°Go ahead.¡± A man pulling a knife out of his sheath. I¡¯m even more used to unplugging than Marius. Maybe one of the guards is in a great position. ¡°You, too.¡± Hand the knife to the other guards who were there. Everyone pulls out their knives and tries to pull them off. Shit, that¡¯s a little unusual for this number of people. ¡°I knew it was a good one, this¡± ¡°Thank you¡± The men praised me, so when I gave them back, the men left satisfied. I apologize to the people around me because things were different earlier and the men in the guard armor came to Zorozolo and became obscure in the first place. ¡°I¡¯m sorry to disturb you¡± ¡°No, no, I¡¯m a little surprised, but it¡¯s a good thing things sell¡± Immediately on my side of the space, I was able to say that to a very wide merchant who was selling textiles, so I put my chest down and closed today¡¯s business. Chapter 14 Chapter 14: 14 All ten knives I made sold out. That in itself is unquestionably delightful, but naturally, it¡¯s not in stock until we make the next one. I¡¯m off to sell to the city for a while. In the meantime, I just have to work hard on the production, but there were a few things I wanted to do before that. Firstly, the development of new products. That said, it¡¯s not a big deal, and I think it¡¯s time to make some long swords. This is the thought that I wish I could sell it to a pedestrian (or mercenary of that escort). Profit would be somewhat better than a knife. If you forget to make arrows too, you¡¯ll be so stubborn by Thermia, I want to remember that there. And it¡¯s an expansion of the house. There have been more thermias, but if you think about it, there are no rooms. The house is close to the edge of the ¡°Black Forest,¡± but it¡¯s a hard distance to come from the city. If you¡¯re a regular orderer, you¡¯re still fine because you¡¯ll just be done handing over the meetings and things you made, but you can¡¯t even stay when someone like a few more in-depth friends, business partners, or someone comes along. I said, when it¡¯s kind of late, you¡¯re not even going to throw it out into the woods. I think if we just add two more rooms for now, we¡¯ll be fine for a while. It requires ingredients, but unfortunately there is no dry lumber. If we cut the trees around here, we¡¯ll get the lumber, but it¡¯ll take about two weeks early to dry. It would take more time to build a room from there. But to buy it in the city, it¡¯s a little too far away. I had no choice but to procure locally. Like I said, this place is in the woods. There are plenty of materials around, but there are tools to get them. Axe and saw. Axes have been made before, but those are only commercially available items, and I don¡¯t expect to use them. So create something dedicated for me to use. ¡­ I kind of feel like there¡¯s more to make Don, but I like to make it, so let¡¯s not worry about it, yeah. First the axe and saw. The axe is heated on a fire floor overlaid with sheet metal, beaten and thick sheet metal, then shaped and cooked to make. I made it to cut down trees, so the blade isn¡¯t sharp. The saw is finished by tapping on the sheet metal and turning it into thin gold, and once the scallop blade is made with the eyeglass, it is finished by grinding it with a yasle. I¡¯m telling you briefly, it was just a big saw and a day¡¯s work, partly because I wasn¡¯t used to it. In the breath between them, I won¡¯t forget to make arrows. The arrow sticks clay to the wood mould to make the mould, and once it is buried in the sand and templated, it is removed by flushing the iron dissolved in the ¡°furnace¡± and cooling it down. If the hot mouth is heated to create a hole that penetrates the shaft, and then sharpened and sharpened, the arrow itself is complete. After this, I have the task of fixing it to the shaft that Thermia has, but that¡¯s fine with about the day before Thermia goes hunting. Well, it¡¯s finally logging. The perimeter of the house is like a little square, but it still doesn¡¯t change that it¡¯s in a depressed forest. A few more gardens, or expanding the planned fields, won¡¯t hit the bees. While I was making the axe, I was asking Samya for non-meal chores such as water wax (but only about one half of the bottle) and other things, but today I am supposed to ask her to help me with the saw. The meal has always been in charge of me because Samya said, ¡°You¡¯re determined because Eizo makes it better than Atashi makes it! ¡®Cause it is¡­. Whatever you say, I¡¯m choosy when I get compliments, I am. I stand in front of a tree with the axe I made. And when he was in the position of knocking in baseball, he hit the axe blade on the tree as it was. Corn! and the creepy sound of it coming out to the sky sounds at quite a volume, but no change to the tree¡­. but the tree slipped to the opposite side of the cheat and fell. Zuzune and heavy vibrations shake the area.The cross section is as beautiful as it was after I put it through the lumber mill in the previous world. I¡¯m proud of the product, but this ¡°logging¡± flavour is horrible. Careful, or you¡¯ll fall this way, and your second life will be over. Think about the future and decide to cut only one more bottle. I won¡¯t forget to cut in the direction of the strike down. There was a loud noise and vibration again, and the second one was safely cut off. Axe pay for the branches of the felled trees. Normally, thin branches would be better with swordfish, but that¡¯s where I¡¯m proud of your axe. I could cut it off without any difficulty. Then you slap the axe vertically this time with the right length. Corn again! The sound sounded, but nothing seemed to have happened. But this is cut properly. To the evidence, pressing it all the way, it rolled in a chiseled length. Repeat that a few times and when you¡¯re ready to board, ¡°Thermia!¡± I called out loud to the house. Somewhat and Thermia comes out of the house with a big saw. I asked him to bring it when I called. ¡°Finally, it¡¯s Atashi¡¯s turn! ¡°Yeah, but don¡¯t be impotent. I¡¯m sure you don¡¯t need that much strength.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t laugh too much and rattle me, okay? ¡°I know! I¡¯ll be careful! In the end, it didn¡¯t take ten minutes to put the saw in once. ¡°At this rate, we¡¯re going to be able to cut it off by the end of the day.¡± ¡°Right. I know it would normally take more, because it¡¯s an Eizoo tool.¡± Lunch or breaks were to be pinched between them and the whole day was to be spent, but the work of stacking up for cutting out and drying the slabs could be completed. Well, we can finally start working on the Longsword tomorrow. Chapter 15 Chapter 15: 15 I was there for the Longsword! Kill me, but I¡¯ll do it. What are you doing? Without saying, I finally created my first long sword. Thermia saw me doing this farce on my own, ¡°What are you doing, Eizo¡­¡± And there is no harm other than being stunned. Longswords were created in a manner close to our arrowhead method. Make a wood mould (male mould), cover the wood mould with clay and dry, break it in half and make it female. The wooden mould can be used several times, but eventually (¡­) comes, so when it does, it will be rebuilt. Bury the female mold in a barrel with sand, flush the iron dissolved in the furnace into the mold, remove it when it cools, take the ¡°burr¡± part, heat it up, reshape the details a bit, and finally cook it in and grind gently to complete the body. The rest wrap leather around the pattern or make sheaths. It¡¯s basically a ¡°general model¡±, but it¡¯s a ¡°luxury model¡± with a few pieces made and only one. I decided to apply a ¡°fat cat sitting figure¡± sculpture to this luxury model¡¯s patterned head. My favorite cute cat, Ko, I saw on the previous world SNS, is the motif. Sheaths and sculptures like these are originally handled by specialist craftsmen, but that¡¯s where I have cheats for products that can be made in blacksmiths. It is difficult to say it is perfect because I am not yet familiar with the experience of being ¡°installed¡±, but I have something that can be seen. Of course I won¡¯t forget to make arrows in between. In the end, it took five days to produce a new inventory of knives and a long sword. Is it time? ¡°Eizo.¡± Just when I finished my long sword sculpture, Thermia talked to me. ¡°What? ¡°I think it¡¯s time to go back hunting or something¡± ¡°Right. Then I¡¯ll install the arrows, so bring the shaft to the workplace.¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± I¡¯ll go to the workshop first and prepare the arrows and hammers I made between these days. Thermia brought many thin sticks there. If I stick that stick in a hole with an arrow in it, I hammer it carefully and cashmere it. Once it was distorted and installed here, it naturally had a lot of impact on accuracy, so I worked with all the forces I could hold. While I¡¯m at it, it has cheats and is mounted almost perfectly. There may be some madness, but the artisans there can¡¯t get it out with precision¡­ it should, maybe. That¡¯s how when I worked ten bottles, Thermia opened her mouth. ¡°You know.¡± ¡°Yeah?¡± I respond while I work. ¡°You said you wouldn¡¯t live here before. ¡°Oops. I told you.¡± ¡°That still works, doesn¡¯t it? ¡°Of course. I don¡¯t remember saying it was invalid. ¡°Atashi, I¡¯m glad Eizo helped me. I came here and I haven¡¯t done almost anything yet, but I enjoy helping, and it was funny that Eizo would talk to me about it at dinner, and I like to see Eizo make something. So¡­¡± That¡¯s where Thermia¡¯s words stop. The beast man¡¯s age is hard for me to understand, but from his voice and tricks, he should be a lot younger than mine. A child of that age will have the courage to say that he will live with Mr. O. even if he is certain that I don¡¯t have a word (¡­) or an eye (¡­). I will wait for Thermia¡¯s words to continue as I continue my work. ¡°So you can live with me¡­? ¡°Well, I told you I¡¯d live there, so it¡¯s up to you to even be good, isn¡¯t it? Listen to that, slap me in the back with a bassin, Thermia says. ¡°Yay! Thanks, Azo! ¡°Go ahead.¡± ¡°Fine! I¡¯m so happy for you! Thermia¡¯s face, who laughs at him for saying so, was the brightest of all that she had lived with for a short time. ¡°It¡¯s Thermia.¡± ¡°Hmm? What? ¡°How old are you? ¡°How many¡­ Oh well, was it hard for humans to understand? The contents are over 40. I should go by at 30 because I was certainly the one I saw in the lake before. ¡°Thirty.¡± ¡°What¡¯s up? ¡°No, I don¡¯t know, Atashi¡¯s five years old, but when I think about the human age I¡¯ve seen him in it, he¡¯s more of an O.¡± Is it because you¡¯re an animal man, sharp guy? ¡°Don¡¯t worry, even humans aren¡¯t as good as beastmen, but thirty¡¯s already stuck one foot in Mr. O.¡± That¡¯s what I said and decided to deceive. ¡°Well, we did it while we were talking.¡± ¡°Whoa¡­ whoa! Fine!! I knew Eizo¡¯s would be nice! I am excited to see Thermia¡¯s mounted arrow. It seems slightly different to say that a raucous young maiden shakes with an arrow, but, well, I¡¯m honestly glad you¡¯re happy with your work. ¡°Thank you.¡± That¡¯s what I said. Chapter 16 Chapter 16: 16 ¡°Mr. Samya.¡± ¡°Oh, my God. That¡¯s disgusting.¡± ¡°Terrible wow. Well, anyway, I got a knife and a new product long sword, so I¡¯m going to go to the city and sell it again. It¡¯s been about a week since we went forward, hasn¡¯t it? It¡¯s a waste of time for some people to remember me, but don¡¯t go long enough to be forgotten.¡± ¡°That¡¯s true too¡­¡­ ok, I¡¯ll hang out with you¡± ¡°I¡¯m sorry to hear about the hunt.¡± ¡°Fine, nothing. I¡¯m not in a hurry.¡± That¡¯s how Thermia and I decided to get ready to leave for the city. Thermia has a bow and a knife. Even in times of need, it is better to have the means to attack from a distance. And the arrow arrows released from the bow are made of my special (¡­). I¡¯ll put the knife of the sale together and put it in Zach, and I¡¯ll put the simple meal on the road in another pouch and offer it to my hips. I wasn¡¯t sure what to do with the long sword, but I stiffened it up over Zach and tied it up. Keep only one bottle down to your left hip. I miss protective knives. And, (this outfit, the one I saw in the previous world illustrations!) and if I was delighted inside, I was firmly noticed by Thermia. ¡°What are you so happy about? ¡°No, I wish I could sell Longsword¡± ¡°Hmmm¡­¡­¡± Quite suspicious, but Thermia never pursued it any further. Are you getting used to delighting in strange places sometimes, or do you think the craftsmen have a bunch of freaks? Go through the woods. For the long sword, it¡¯s pretty heavier than usual, but with the muscle strength strengthened, there¡¯s nothing like a slow walk in particular. If this makes it necessary to rest all the time, consider introducing a luggage car, but so far it does not feel like it is necessary. However, when you get, for example, 20 short spears and 20 long swords at a time, or something like that, it¡¯s not physically difficult to carry around in the first place, so it¡¯s going to come any time it needs to be introduced¡­. maybe it¡¯s better to keep the trees cut from now on. I pinched a small pause in between, and in another half an hour I would be out on the street, and Thermia stopped. There¡¯s something here. ¡°What¡¯s there? ¡°The smell of blood is tight and hard to understand. I have the meat eater. This is a forest wolf¡­¡­ You probably noticed this way.¡± ¡°What do we do? ¡°Let¡¯s see how it goes for a second. It stinks of blood, which probably means you¡¯re catching some prey and eating, so if you¡¯re satisfied with it, you¡¯re not coming this way.¡± ¡°I see.¡± ¡°If you come towards me¡­¡±¡°Why don¡¯t you come towards me? ¡°That¡¯s when you¡¯re lowering it to Eizo¡¯s waist. That¡¯s when you can help.¡± As a forest dweller, it seems smarter to hear Thermia¡¯s opinions. Somewhat, Thermia said in a quiet voice. ¡°I knew I¡¯d stay away from the other side¡± ¡°Right.¡± I relieved myself. It helps if you have to earn something for your hips, but that being said, it¡¯s a sale, so I¡¯d like to avoid things that I won¡¯t be able to sell if I can. I¡¯m lucky I didn¡¯t have to. I asked Thermia as she walked down the street again. ¡°What are you catching a forest wolf for? ¡°What a lot. Probably a tree deer. Later, with grasshoppers and groundhogs? The tree deer hunt for the athletes, but I know they don¡¯t eat guts other than the heart, so some of them come for spills.¡± Ask about ¡°grasshoppers¡± and ¡°groundhog¡± because ¡°grasshoppers¡± have thin, green ears and look like grass. The ¡°groundhog¡± is earthy and lives with holes in the dirt, so let¡¯s see. ¡°That would be nice¡­¡­ Is that what you¡¯re selling today? ¡°Yeah, I¡¯ll sell the usual knife and the long sword from this one¡± ¡°Right. Maybe I¡¯ll see you later.¡± ¡°Yes, I¡¯ll be waiting for you¡± When you have an exchange of greetings with Mr. Marius, head to the Free City. I paid the same as before, set up a sales table, arranged a few knives there and one long sword. There was a textile dealer who was next door the last time, so I greet him with one hand up. Come on, we¡¯re open for business today. I¡¯m free for a while anyway, so I¡¯ll ask Thermia to use it in the meantime. In about a week, the food went down there, so it¡¯s replenishing. I can afford to cover the cost of the last sale. By the time Thermia came back to use it this time, she had sold four bottles. Apparently, the guards love it and there¡¯s an opportunity to see it. Besides the knife, he also sells two long swords, both bought by the same person. He¡¯s a pedestrian coming and going far, for his own use, and resells one at a distance. Even if it didn¡¯t sell, I was laughing because it wasn¡¯t something I¡¯d have trouble with. I am a pedestrian who will want to carry a little more items that I can surely sell, so I wonder if there is anything I can possibly sell. But don¡¯t admire the journey. If I could afford a mess, would I even take Thermia on an employee trip? I don¡¯t know when. And on the way home, thanks to Mr. Marius bringing in perhaps one of his colleagues, two more Longswords were to be sold. ¡°Is that good? I¡¯m grateful to be able to sell, but aren¡¯t the muggings loaned to you by your lord? ¡°That¡¯s what I use for my duties as a guard, but until (¡­) people (¡­) train (¡­) train (¡­) to (¡­) use (¡­), that¡¯s not the case, and I can¡¯t help but bring what I used for my training¡± That¡¯s what Mr. Marius winks at, only the usual multiplication of a dozen percent, seemed like a good man. Chapter 17 Chapter 17: 17 The knife was there, and Longsword was able to get excellent results, saying it was sold out except for the ¡°luxury model¡± where it ended up. I also bought food, and now I can live another week at my leisure. I come back to the house and sprinkle some of the wheat I bought in, which is ground and powdered, in a wooden bowl, with water and salt, to work it out. I put him to sleep for a while, so in the meantime, it¡¯s time to sort out the food I bought in. Thermia will be out hunting tomorrow, so they¡¯ll see how the bow is doing while the sun¡¯s still out. When the whole thing is done, stretch the condensed dough thinly and cook in a frying pan. In the world before, it¡¯s like chapati or some kind of unfermented bread. Make it dinner with this and dried meat and root vegetable soup. ¡°How¡¯s the bow? ¡°Hmm? Yeah, it was nothing. I used about two aizoo arrows, but they¡¯re perfect.¡± ¡°Well, that¡¯s more than anything. What are you gonna get me tomorrow? ¡°Hmm, I wonder if it¡¯s a tree deer or a pig¡­¡­ And then I want to get some birds.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t spread your diet if you get it.¡± ¡°Right. I¡¯m looking forward to it.¡± Thermia is clearly under tension. I guess there¡¯s also blood as a tiger beast man. This. We were out of town and we¡¯re tired, and we have each other tomorrow, so we got to the floor early that day. The next morning, he wears leather armor and drops off Thermia with the bow on his back. I let the unfermented bread I baked yesterday hold a lunch box of dried meat. ¡°Go away. If you run into a big black bear, come right back.¡± ¡°I know. Follow me.¡± Thermia quickly left. Well, shall I get to work, too? That said, today is basically a replenishment of the reduced inventory. Four knives. Longsword won¡¯t be possible today, so tomorrow. We still have quite a few stocks of iron, but this will run out in time, so we need to find a source of procurement one of these days. If it sells at the current pace, it looks like you should look for a way to wholesale it on an ongoing basis. But still, you won¡¯t be able to ask me to bring it this far. A few round-trips with the city found out, but living in this forest and being able to come and go almost without damage is pretty much due to Thermia¡¯s contribution, which will detect the prior danger. For example, if I accidentally stepped into the scene of the wolves¡¯ meal even yesterday, I don¡¯t know what would have happened. The repelling may not have been intact, and most importantly, it would have consumed a considerable amount of time. Then I was about to go back into the dark woods. How dangerous it is to say, go through the dark woods. Given that, is it time for a luggage truck? It seems okay to take the inventory for a while, but any limitations will come, so it might be a good idea to keep it in your possession right now. Let¡¯s think about the introduction. As a introduction, do you want to make your own or buy¡­. If you want to make your own, you need to cut the trees again to secure the lumber. But even if it takes two weeks, I think I¡¯ll be going to the city a couple of times in the meantime, and I¡¯ll be able to afford that much time. Because of this, I¡¯ll try to make my own, and if there¡¯s nothing I can do, I¡¯ll decide to buy it. Until around evening, I made a knife with that in mind, but the quality itself is no different from the previous ¡°general model¡±. Until then if they say it¡¯s because it¡¯s cheesy, but even if you don¡¯t concentrate so far, it¡¯s a little troubling to see if you can make something better than those blacksmiths there. However, I wonder if that¡¯s what you mean by making things and living them, and since this is my second life because of it, let me thank you for letting me take advantage of what I got.When I was wearing the knife I could, Thermia came back. ¡°I¡¯m home.¡± ¡°Hey, welcome back¡± Look at me greeting you, Thermia¡¯s messing with you. ¡°What, what¡¯s up? ¡°No, something¡­ now I¡¯m a little¡­ glad¡­¡± ¡°Oh¡­¡­ I hope you have people when you get home.¡± ¡°Ugh, yeah.¡± In the past world, I was happy I never grabbed it. I wonder about Thermia. He said he was glad I helped him, but if the Big Black Bear hadn¡¯t attacked him and normally as a hunter in the woods, would he have had a life like marrying other beasts and having kids? No, in the words of ¡°watchdog,¡± even if it wasn¡¯t me over there, someone would have helped me. Whether that was good for me or not. I¡¯m really glad it was me, I have to make sure you think about it. ¡°Uh¡­¡± I¡¯m trying to figure out where Thermia was around the sink. ¡°Oh, that¡¯s it. You¡¯ve got an arrow stabbed.¡± ¡°Oh, sure.¡± ¡°Just a little further back from there.¡± ¡°You want to go?¡± As I approached it, a large deer body was sinking in the water. ¡°First pull up to the shore. Eizo, help me.¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± The two of us drag each other with deer feet. Is it somewhat buoyant, easier than I thought? Once you¡¯ve brought it up to shore, cut down about two trees of the right size with an axe, cut it to the right length, and put it together with rope to make something like a carrier. Put another rope on its end so that it can be pulled. Once we get the deer on top of that, we¡¯re ready for transfer. Me and Thermia pull together. Whether our power is strong or lighter than the deer thought, it moves sullenly. I got home in about forty minutes. Now, we¡¯re going to dismantle it. Chapter 18 Chapter 18: 18 I¡¯ve brought the tree deer near the house, so I hang them upside down against the tree nearby and skin them. Sometimes the knife cleavage tastes terribly good, or I¡¯ll be done peeling in no time. Before I dropped my head, Thermia said, pointing to the corner part. ¡°Look here, there¡¯s broken marks.¡± ¡°Oh, really.¡± When I was told to look, there were marks everywhere as if the branches had broken. ¡°It¡¯s this size. When you rush away from a forest wolf or something, the horn really hits you.¡± ¡°Well, look at it this way and you¡¯ll see better.¡± ¡°Right?¡± Thermia says well. I think it¡¯s purely amazing that you have the knowledge to say this. ¡°I had my guts pulled out, but what¡¯s going on? ¡°Put it in there and the wolves will come and eat it. Even if you don¡¯t, I¡¯m going back to the woods.¡± ¡°I see.¡± Leave it to nature. I know there are a lot of problems when I say this in the previous world, but they don¡¯t make it a problem here. When you cut the meat apart, you line up the meat that feels like you¡¯ve seen it before in the world. ¡°What about the bones left? ¡°Go a little away from here and throw it away. Wolves eat this, too.¡± ¡°If you do something all the time, you¡¯re going to follow me¡± ¡°I hear he¡¯s here now and then.¡± ¡°I knew you were there.¡± ¡°Oh. Even if you don¡¯t follow me, the ones who smell like beasts and people are hard to get attacked. We don¡¯t have to hunt ourselves, we know we can get a lot of prey.¡± ¡°You¡¯re smart.¡± ¡°Oh. Otherwise, you won¡¯t survive in this forest.¡± ¡°I see.¡± Had I stumbled on the hunter, I¡¯d be on the hunter¡¯s side this time. is (¡­) Gu (¡­) is there and I don¡¯t suppose there will be any damage, but many of the ones who say so don¡¯t seem to. For lunch and dinner that day, I decided to cook and eat the meat of the tree deer. Hang the rest in the workplace to make it dry meat. I work with fire almost every day over there, and the temperature is high, and the humidity is basically low. But one of these days, you¡¯re gonna want a smoked cabin, a warehouse. There was also that, when the work of hanging the meat was done, I was ready to cut the trees again and turn them into wood, finishing the work for the day. Thermia¡¯s hunt is closed the next day. You think there¡¯s a custom to say that? Well, I guess it¡¯s a custom that you can¡¯t consume if you¡¯ve been getting so much meat, because you get too much to reduce the number, or something like that.So I decided to ask you to help me with some work today. It¡¯s a long sword to make today, so get some help painting the wood mould first. ¡°Something funny about this¡± ¡°Right?¡± It¡¯s a little close to playing with clay. I¡¯ll crack it and bury it in the sand. I was happy to see it shaped beautifully when I broke it. The next thing you need to do is take a burr. Hammer and drop where it sticks out of the mould and solidifies. Show me one example and get the rest done. ¡°Ooh, this is hilarious too! ¡°Well, good to see you for the rest of it.¡± ¡°Whoa!¡± I¡¯ll finish myself in the meantime. I was able to finish two bottles this day. I completed four of my reduced Longsword inventory while getting help from Thermia like this for about two days. ¡°Well, I¡¯ll be out hunting today¡± ¡°Whoa, there you go. I¡¯ll be out of town again tomorrow, so I don¡¯t really have to.¡± Thermia that can illuminate. I want you to get used to it quickly because I can illuminate this one. ¡°What did you get today? ¡°It¡¯s a wooden bird today.¡± Thermia with about two birds. It¡¯s about the size of a crow in the previous world, and when you look at it, the wings resemble the leaves of a tree around here. Are birds also simulated in this forest? This would have been hard to find and shoot off. I think Thermia is probably better at her skill, but it is also proof that she still only got two. ¡°Well, do you want to use it today¡± ¡°Oh, I¡¯m looking forward to it.¡± First, ru the feathers. The wind cut feathers had a beautiful emerald color, so I decided to take them and use them for decoration if I had the right time to use them. And then even ru. I guess if you keep the feathers of the body, you can do it on futons and pillows, but when I asked Thermia, she said, ¡°There aren¡¯t many of them that do that with wooden leaf birds,¡± so I give up. Looks like you can¡¯t even take that much. The bird feathers that are suitable for saying that are probably not suitable because I¡¯ve heard of them in the previous world when u get an amazing amount even if your body is small. When I I fry my feathers and grill my hair on a magical stove, I open my stomach and remove my guts. Maybe I can eat the liver and the liver, but this time I decided to throw it away. Thermia said, ¡°I don¡¯t eat much.¡± Once the breasts have been severed and the wings and momomo have been severed at the joints, they are ready as meat. I decide to cook and eat just salt. Today we had a slightly more sumptuous evening with tree deer soup, roasted wood leaf birds and unfermented bread. ¡°I¡¯m going to the city again tomorrow, but I don¡¯t think I need to buy salted meat.¡± ¡°Oh, I¡¯ll get you another one.¡± ¡°I asked for it.¡± I said, laughing. Chapter 19 Chapter 19: 19 The next day, me and Thermia were on their way to the city. I was worried about bringing the spear for protection, but I haven¡¯t tried it yet, so I¡¯m leaving it. I have to do it tomorrow¡­ Nothing happened this time to the city. The guard at the entrance is still Mr. Marius today. He has a short spear of supplies in his hand, but has a long sword of ¡°personal effects brought by mistake¡± on his hips. ¡°Oh, that was a little early this time¡± ¡°Yeah, because I got it in stock¡± ¡°I see. Hasn¡¯t the assortment changed? ¡°Right, it¡¯s the same today as before¡± ¡°Well. There¡¯s a long sword, isn¡¯t there? I¡¯ll tell my people.¡± ¡°I do. Thank you.¡± ¡°Uh, and¡± ¡°What is it? ¡°No, no. I¡¯ll know when I get to Free City.¡± ¡­¡­ I get it. Bye. ¡° ¡°Oh.¡± For Mr. Marius, if I did, I would catch a bad toothpick, but today the goal is to sell things while buying salt or something to go home to. We headed towards Free City. I¡¯m the only one who still has the product today, so I¡¯ll go to the sales space first. Ask Thermia to buy it in the meantime. Pay as usual, pick up the sales counter and head to the space. He¡¯s been remembered a little by the receptionist, O., and his affection was good sometime today. The same place as before was filled, so I put the sales counter a little out of place and start preparing to open the store. I don¡¯t see a textile dealer today. We came early this time, so the sun didn¡¯t match or won¡¯t come for a while¡­ If I don¡¯t know you, I¡¯m a little lonely. Today¡¯s product is the same as last time, so get ready and ready to open. Of course, in the Free City, there is no opening time, so the store is ready to open with equals. So, waiting until noon, the last time a man from a pedestrian bought me a long sword came. ¡°Hey, how¡¯s it going? I¡¯ll give it back to you the same way, because I¡¯ll call you back in a casual way. ¡°Hey, not today.¡± ¡°Not a bottle? ¡°Not one.¡± ¡°Okay, Longsword, I¡¯ll buy it for a minute.¡± ¡°What!? Are you sure? ¡°Oh. I took it before, and it looks like it¡¯s well received by the seller. I¡¯ve been told to give me a few more.¡± ¡°Oh, my God, if I¡¯d known, I¡¯d have made and brought ten more at night.¡± ¡°Hang in there, you craftsman.¡± ¡°You¡¯ve been pounding iron for a week now, and sometimes you want to worship silver.¡± ¡°I see. I can see that.¡± That¡¯s how the two of us laugh. The pedestrian man really bought me all four. Your purpose today is almost complete. I also bring the ¡°luxury model¡± today, but this cannot be sold because the customer who says it doesn¡¯t show up. But then it won¡¯t sell forever, so you¡¯ll need to cut it out somewhere, you can leave it to him when the pedestrian one comes around the next time. With that in mind, Thermia came back from the buyout. What they bought me today was salt to salt venison and a lunch stall mesh. The stall meshi is the dish with the explanation that on the hard-baked bread, the sliced meat of the roasted ino pig was served with a sweet and spicy sauce from the top. It¡¯s not like pizza or burgers, but it¡¯s quite delicious, so when you come here, this is a regular meal. There are a lot of troublesome decisions in the walls, and I think I¡¯ll have to buy them separately from each other, but this is a free city outside the walls, there¡¯s no such decision, so I can put it in these dishes. That¡¯s how I filled my stomach, and after ¡±seemingly Mr. Ichigo¡± sold me a few knives, it came. Seems like a child at first glance, but then the body is (¡­) and (¡­) the woman wandering around looking for something. When I saw it, Thermia shrugged at me with Bosoli. ¡°That¡¯s Dwarf. That¡¯s unusual.¡± ¡°Less? ¡°Not much to look at around here, then. I¡¯ve only shown you the one who came to the woods once, but that¡¯s pretty clear.¡± The woman pulls the knife out of her sheath and observes her body and pattern making. And after a while of observation, I said. ¡°Can you show me the best product you can do here? ¡°Uh, well, fine,¡± The best product¡­ I think the knife you¡¯re looking at right now can¡¯t beat those blacksmiths, but seeing that knife and saying, ¡°Show me more,¡± you¡¯re pretty sure it¡¯s there. It¡¯s something I was going to sell sooner or later, and I don¡¯t mind showing it. I took the ¡±luxury model¡± long sword off my waist and gave it to a woman. When a woman receives it like Kyou-ya-ya-ya-ya-ya-ya-ya-ya-ya-ya-ya-ya-ya-ya, she gently pulls it out of her sheath. The body that came out was quite well done even when I looked at it, not to mention how much power was put in there. Coming around here, on the contrary, even a fairly skilled blacksmith would be hard to do. If I were to sell it, I would complain even if I took ten times the ¡±general model¡±. The woman continued to observe the long sword rather more carefully than when she was a knife. I¡¯ve been observing for so long that I could afford (not to mention) to sell one knife to another guy who was interested in what he was doing. In the meantime, the woman continued to look at the sword with all her heart. And when I thought it was time for the boulders to give it back, ¡°Thank you. I¡¯ll pay you back.¡± I put the long sword in my sheath and returned it. ¡°Hi, thank you¡± And the moment I get it, the woman moves. Thermia responds to it and pulls my body back, while I step forward. But the attitude the woman took was not an attack on me, but a broken leg, hands on the ground, head down ¨C a dugout. Is this world grounded? And to my surprise, the woman screams in the middle of the Free City, still in a dugout. ¡°Make me a disciple! All I could do for a while was be Kyoton. Chapter 20 Chapter 20: 20 ¡°Or raise your face¡± I speak to a woman in a hurry. But women don¡¯t try to move. ¡°Please! Make me your apprentice! Until I make this a disciple, and (¡­) this (¡­) doesn¡¯t work¡­ People are gathering around to see what¡¯s going on. I don¡¯t want to keep this woman and, most importantly, Thermia in too much of a curious gaze. ¡°In the meantime, let me talk to you afterwards because I¡¯m going to be in the store¡± So the woman stood me up for a moment. Quite frankly, I¡¯m a bummer. I want to leave before the guards arrive. I don¡¯t really want to bother the guards. The moment I knocked out the fastest time I¡¯ve ever had, cleaned it up, held the sales counter, and the three of us tried to get to the return location, I ran into Mr. Marius. But you¡¯re taking it easy¡­ ¡°Oh, Dwarf¡¯s daughter, did you get to see her properly? Good, good.¡± ¡°Yes! Thanks to you! Dwarf woman responding with a smile. Oh, what Mr. Marius said this morning was about this guy¡­ ¡°Mr. Marius, you could have told me nothing in the morning¡± I protest loosely against Mr. Marius. ¡°No, well, from what I said, the results haven¡¯t changed, and you couldn¡¯t help it, could you? That¡¯s true, but here¡¯s the thing: prepare your mind. ¡°Besides, I was usually surprised to see you on the top of the Buddha, so it was a profit for me.¡± If I thought it had come out in good time, he¡¯d be on a patrol or something and watching from afar. ¡°It¡¯s terrible¡­¡± ¡°Well, forgive me. Well, here¡¯s what I¡¯m looking forward to.¡± I¡¯ll lend it to you. ¡°Roger that! At the end of the day, Mr. Marius stands aside and even salutes. I don¡¯t think I¡¯m a bad person, but there¡¯s a part of me that¡¯s a little bad at this kind of nori. I loaned it anyway. Mr. Marius also said goodbye, returned the sales counter and came to an inn in the new town. Most of it doesn¡¯t leak, and the first floor is the tavern and the second floor is the lodging. This Dwarf woman says she¡¯s been here about three days now. ¡°My name is Like Moritz.¡± And the woman named herself. I have a big jock ¨C not made of glass, like a small barrel with a handle on it ¨C but it wasn¡¯t the ale I was asking for, it was the grape flame wine (brandy)? ¡°Family name?¡± Bosoli and Thermia speak out their doubts. But¡­ ¡°Oh, no, Moritz is not a family name, it¡¯s a workshop name¡± ¡°Workshop name? Now it was my turn to express my doubts. Thermia is having a little ale next door. ¡°Yeah. Dwarves basically get together in a few families and have a workshop. People who are born or live there name the workshop besides their own name. I¡¯m Moritz Workshop Liquette.¡± Like naming a tribe or a village? ¡°My name is Eizo. This is Thermia.¡± Thermia looked at me for a moment. Probably because he didn¡¯t name the ¡°Tanya¡± one. I don¡¯t mind telling Mr. Riquet, but we don¡¯t know who¡¯s listening to what in the tavern. If it was a family name in this world, it would be a hassle, and I wouldn¡¯t go out of my way to risk it. ¡°Say hello.¡± Thermia says blurry. ¡°Nice to meet you. Eizo,¡­ are you from the north? ¡°Oh. I¡¯m from. I live in the Black Forest, where I work as a blacksmith.¡± ¡°I see. So¡­¡± Listen to me and think about it, Mr. Riquet. ¡°What¡¯s wrong? ¡°Oh, no, I was wondering why I didn¡¯t see a blacksmith who could make all this stuff by the time I got here.¡± ¡°Oh¡­¡­¡± I drink the contents of the cup with chibi. Wine divided by water, not so good¡­. I¡¯m vulnerable to alcohol, contrary to appearance. Well, you don¡¯t usually build workshops in the woods. They¡¯re a little closer to running water, and they move hammers with water trucks or something. I wonder if the hydraulic hammer or something used to forge in the previous world is close. In my case, it was prepared in the woods, so no questions asked. ¡°It would be helpful if you didn¡¯t pursue the situation in that area in depth¡± ¡°Right. I¡¯m not particularly interested.¡± Don¡¯t be so blunt, Mr. Riquet. ¡°So, what do you say you want to be an apprentice? I track the story. ¡°Ah, yes. That¡¯s the story, isn¡¯t it? It¡¯s a long story.¡± Mr. Lique sips the contents of the jock gubbily and exhales haha. ¡°Me and my brothers were leaving the workshop and going around visiting workshops everywhere to load the drills. If there is a workshop that I think this is, I will be allowed to apprentice there, and eventually I will return to the original workshop to use the technique, create new objects, and return them to the apprenticed workshop again. That¡¯s how Dwarves live.¡± Oh, that wasn¡¯t in the ¡±installation¡±. There is no such thing as the fine ecology of animals in it, so I wonder if there is any such thing in it. Well, that¡¯s more fun¡­ ¡°Don¡¯t we all say no to such things as technology spilling out if we do poorly? ¡°Is that okay!? ¡°Yes, but there are four conditions¡± ¡°Yes. What is it? ¡°For one thing, I hate that I¡¯m prepared to sacrifice myself, like Mr. Rike this time. Don¡¯t do it in the future¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Correct your residence and nod, Mr. Rike. ¡°Second, we don¡¯t have enough room. It starts with that architecture.¡± ¡°Yes, even in the Moritz workshop, if a family had a child, we would be fine because everyone in the workshop would build more rooms¡± ¡°Third, I¡¯ll wear it a little while ago, but I¡¯ll need a lot of help besides blacksmiths¡± ¡°Yes, because that¡¯s what discipleship means.¡± ¡°Fourth.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s not salute each other. I¡¯ll call you Rike, too. Rike, call me Eizoo.¡± ¡°No, you can¡¯t say that, parent! I heard that. Thermia is Kyoton. ¡°Oh, parent¡­¡± ¡°Yeah, I¡¯m a disciple, so it¡¯s the muscle Suzi that calls me a parent to honor! Thermia finally laughed uncomfortably. Remember that. This is how I made my apprentice who I thought would be a long way ahead of me. Chapter 21 Chapter 21: 21 Rike comes home early today. I said that I would pick you up again, so why don¡¯t you do it tomorrow, but I am eager to come by today, so I asked. If I¡¯m too messy, the sun goes down and it¡¯s dangerous, so I¡¯ll have Rike pack up his stuff too so I can get home soon. Luckily (?) he didn¡¯t know when to leave the field, so he was able to pack it up and leave at any time, and he immediately came down from upstairs. But¡­¡­ ¡°Are you all right? The luggage.¡± ¡°Yeah, that¡¯s why I¡¯m here.¡± ¡°I see.¡± Like was carrying a Zach half his size. Did you apply it during the journey or there are signs of repairs everywhere. But I¡¯m sure Rike¡¯s right, I¡¯ve come this far with this luggage, so is it okay to walk? ¡°Shall we go now? Even though Thermia is here, it¡¯s tough when the sun sets.¡± ¡°Okay, parent! Answer well, Like. In time, let¡¯s make the parent call stop¡­¡­ The three of us go down the street in a hurry. Me and Thermia, anyway, Rike swallowed a good amount of booze, and even though his luggage is huge, he¡¯s got a good foothold. Does this mean Dwarf¡­¡­ And I got to the forest entrance twenty minutes or so earlier than usual. ¡°We¡¯ll go in the woods from here on out, so don¡¯t fall off.¡± ¡°Yes, Parent¡± ¡°In case anything goes wrong, Atashi will find you, but don¡¯t shout. If it¡¯s bad, I might call it in.¡± Thermia beware. ¡°Yes. Okay.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll take a break in about an hour, so good luck with that.¡± ¡°Yes!¡± And we started going through the woods. Rike wasn¡¯t enough to worry about, but he¡¯s still not used to walking all the way through the woods, occasionally following the roots of trees, grass, etc. Still don¡¯t make us lag behind. I was able to follow you until the first break. ¡°Like, how¡¯s your leg? Can you tell me if it hurts or something? ¡°No, I¡¯m fine. Nothing.¡± ¡°Where I say this, it¡¯s the most dangerous thing to do. Tell me as soon as you¡¯re uncomfortable.¡± ¡°Yes. Okay, parent.¡± And when I left again for an hour and a little more, I got to my house. Our house is nestled in thin lights before the critical sun sets. On the road, in the end, Rike never complained that his legs hurt. ¡°This is our house, our workshop.¡± ¡°Wow, you¡¯re pretty big¡± ¡°Well.¡± At least it¡¯s big enough to suddenly show up and freak out.¡°Is your leg okay? ¡°Yes. I¡¯m fine! It¡¯s easier to walk than I thought! ¡°Right. Just get inside.¡± I used the key to unlock it and open the door. ¡°Yes!¡± Rike going in with the patties. Thermia follows after that. ¡°Thermia¡± I spoke up there. ¡°Hmm? What? ¡°Thanks.¡± I had noticed that Thermia was walkable and, moreover, had chosen a route unlikely to meet other creatures. ¡°Ooh¡­¡± Thermia enters the house feeling lit and hasty. There¡¯s some payback when Rike says he¡¯s a parent and he laughs, but this guy, he¡¯s cute at saying this. ¡°You live in the same workshop.¡± Dwarf values say equals family living in the same workshop. ¡°Sounds like it.¡± Looking at Thermia for a moment, she was shrinking and drinking soup about how much she was getting back on her feet. What do you say? ¡°Well, that¡¯s what I say, so two women go in the bedroom, a man goes in the study, by room division. This is the owner of this house, and it cannot be changed at my discretion, the parent of the workshop.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°Heh.¡± Rike and Thermia reply. Maybe you¡¯re not convinced, but I¡¯m gonna have to push you through here with this. ¡°Well, that¡¯s patience until we can have each room,¡± ¡°With that said, do you have wood? ¡°Oh. I¡¯ve got enough to make sure¡­¡­ should be. It¡¯ll be dry soon, and we¡¯ll work on it tomorrow.¡± ¡°Okay!¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± Thus, we had one more new resident in our house. Chapter 22 Chapter 22: 22 The next day, after breakfast, me and Rike were just where I loaded the lumber two weeks ago. Thermia is out hunting, with her lunch box. ¡°I¡¯d like a tree deer if I could prey today¡­¡± he said, so I¡¯d expect. ¡°Well, from today on, we¡¯re going to use this lumber to build more rooms. However, it will definitely take a lot of time, so I will build more room for half of the day and blacksmith work in the other half¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Let¡¯s get started. ¡°Yes, parent! Liquette responds well. Then let¡¯s get to work. Thermia told me that there aren¡¯t many earthquakes here, and there¡¯s not that much rain. It¡¯s been a while since I¡¯ve been here, but it¡¯s not raining. Climatically, is it close to Germany in the previous world? The name of this forest is also ¡°Black Forest¡± ¨C Schwarzwalt (Black Forest) in German. Anyway, that basically doesn¡¯t seem so jittery, so instead of putting the cornerstones down, create a room that increases in a way that fills the columns straight away. As for the previous world story, given that even in a humid Japan the ceremonial transitional palace of the Ise Shrine is once every twenty years, the pillars themselves should be the same or more, even if there is a difference here in saying whether they are the houses to live in. So I thought it would be fine in this way. Dig the holes for building the columns by reworking the patterned part of the bamboo previously made so that it is not at right angles to the blade, but parallel to it. I forgot to ask Thermia if it¡¯s just the ground around here, or if the whole forest is, but it¡¯s pretty hard dirt. I think this solidity is quite severe without a good shaft and reinforced muscle strength. I¡¯m glad I had them, and thank the one who gave me a heart metastasis. Eventually I could dig pretty deep, so I made sure the end of the lumber that would be the pillar there was applied, and I would rope the lumber and pull it. Me and Rike pulled a gouge, and eventually the end of the lumber caught on the edge of the hole, and the lumber stood up and fell ston into the hole. Stand up and slap the lumber on the pillar with a dong a few times I hold it and stiffen the bottom. After that, I suppressed the lumber and had Rike fill the hole back in so he could build the pillars for now. I repeated the same work all morning and built about two columns for two rooms. But this is still a little grassy, so I¡¯ll have to reinforce it tomorrow. It¡¯s time for a blacksmith who can¡¯t wait for Rike in the afternoon. In the meantime, in parallel with me, do you decide to have me make a long sword? I don¡¯t have a general model in stock. So make two molds before lunch. When I had lunch, I melted the iron and cast it into the mold, but this time I decided to just do the fire and the fudge (when I was alone, I was magically sending the wind) and have it rickety where I cast it. I¡¯m just trying to get out there and expand my sights and ears, and there¡¯s no precipitation on hand. I finished flushing iron into the two moulds without delay. While I wait to cool down, now I make an inventory of knives. I¡¯ll try this first, then get Rike to do it.Like I tell you, my ability to blacksmith is ¡±cheat,¡± so I can¡¯t tell you. Besides, I¡¯m a ¡°general model¡± this time, so I can¡¯t even put that much effort into it, so I¡¯m sorry it¡¯s a ¡°look and steal¡± method, but let¡¯s have this learned for today. Once the sheet metal is removed and heated on the fire floor, beat it with hammer to form it, but keep it to the extent that it creates a shape without much force. During the course of the task, Rike was left to miss out for a moment. ¡°What do you say? Did you get anything? ¡°Yeah. Parents, I knew it was awesome. Looks like you¡¯re hearing iron. But you¡¯re not serious about this.¡± ¡°You see? ¡°Of course. I didn¡¯t have any power at all. More importantly, it¡¯s one shot compared to that long sword you showed me.¡± Oh, well, Rike was looking at the ¡°luxury model¡±. Rike heats sheet metal on the fire floor, just like me, and beats it with hammers. Is it because it is a dwarf, and its appearance had strength. Eventually the sheet metal took the form of a knife. Lift it up and look at me as I grab it. ¡°What do you think? I¡¯ve been told to look at it, but it doesn¡¯t look any worse than the ¡±general model¡± I make. It¡¯s just that while I¡¯m heating it up and beating it, it¡¯s only a few, but something like a rose is coming out. I don¡¯t know, it¡¯s like the iron tissue is just so different there. This would be the difference between me (with cheats) and Rike, but what I¡¯ve seen so far is that Rike is sure to be able to make it with my ¡±luxury model¡±. ¡°Nice work. But I can still look up. I suck at teaching, all I can say is look and steal, but I¡¯ll be able to hit the long sword I showed you yesterday for sure¡± When I compliment you on that, Rike¡­ ¡°Yes! I will refine! And he responded with a hard smile. Chapter 23 Chapter 23: 23 Longsword also showed Like, but this is also a ¡±general model,¡± so ¡°It¡¯s great, but it¡¯s still not what you showed me then¡± It was a feeling to say. I¡¯ve decided to show this one tomorrow, and today I¡¯m just going to make a mould for it. When I dried the mould and dropped the blacksmith¡¯s fire, Thermia came back. ¡°I¡¯m home.¡± ¡°Whoa, welcome back. How¡¯d it go? When I heard, Thermia laughed at Nimmari. ¡°I¡¯ll take care of it. I got a big deer.¡± And I say proudly. ¡°Oh, you did it. Are you still sinking in the lake today? ¡°Oh. If we don¡¯t drain the blood and cool it down, it¡¯ll taste bad.¡± There¡¯s been one more resident, and even if we¡¯re going to secure a little more food from now on, there doesn¡¯t seem to be a problem. ¡°Then I¡¯ll do the rice routine, so you can both wipe your bodies.¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± And dinner. I¡¯m running out of root vegetables, so I make something like porridge with soup of wheat, meat and beans. It¡¯s got a lot of protein, but it¡¯s good because it¡¯s my job, Lique¡¯s and Thermia¡¯s to move their bodies. ¡°Do you want to come with Rike tomorrow to carry the deer?¡± ¡°Is that okay? ¡°It¡¯s better to have more manpower.¡± ¡°Well, I¡¯ll be with you.¡± ¡°Yeah, don¡¯t ask me¡± This neighborhood is at some stage, and it could be for just the two of us to do it, and getting used to the work by now should not be a bad thing¡­¡­ ¡°Parents, if you say so¡± ¡°Hmm? What? ¡°Isn¡¯t it time that iron stone and coal stockpiles weren¡¯t¡± at the moment ¡°in your heart? Do you have a supplier or something?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right¡­¡± Yes, it¡¯s not that boulders will be gone tomorrow, either, but it¡¯s time to worry about the amount of iron stone (iron ore) and charcoal. Until now, I have been turning it around with the materials I received, so sales have been making a whole lot of money, but from here on out it will be costly. So it will also be necessary to sell ¡±luxury models¡± with good interest rates at the same cost. But there¡¯s nothing we can do without raw materials for one or two. ¡°I started working recently, so you don¡¯t have a supplier or anything. If it¡¯s not true, it¡¯s true for about a month¡­¡± ¡°In the meantime, you have to find a way to buy it.¡± ¡°Yeah. Next time you go to the city, ask Mr. Marius or a trafficker¡­¡± ¡°I¡¯ll also try to hit (¡­)¡± ¡°Don¡¯t ask.¡± For now, there¡¯s only one battle left. Oh, yeah. ¡°Thermia¡± ¡°Hmm?¡± ¡°How¡¯s the arrow doing? ¡°You¡¯re doing great. When the deer became a big man, the skin around his back was stiff, until he didn¡¯t stab him with a blunt¡± naked ¡°arrow, but he pierced it without difficulty.¡± ¡°Right. Oh, with that said, you said your heart wouldn¡¯t do it to a wolf, right? What are we gonna do? ¡°Bury it in forest soil¡± ¡°Bury?¡±¡°Yeah. That¡¯s how you give your soul back to the woods. Then the forest will make me a new life.¡± ¡°I see. Is it like primitive faith? Rike is also ¡°ho¡± much more impressed, so it seems like a beast man or just a custom in this forest. ¡°Thermia¡¯s off tomorrow if you sneak a deer, right? Can I help you again? ¡°Whoa, okay? It doesn¡¯t matter. I hope Thermia helps me with Thermia¡¯s work. The next day, the three of us head to the lake. I bring the water and the axe. First we build a carriage platform for the Marutai, but when we cut trees with axes, ¡°Oh, my parents! This!? ¡°Hmm? Oh, this axe¡± ¡°This is really great!! and Rike got so excited. Should I have shown it to you during yesterday¡­¡­ ¡°Want to try it? ¡°Is that okay!? ¡°Oh. Be careful you can cut it so bad.¡± ¡°Yes!¡± Rike sets up the axe I gave him. Something, this makes you feel like a dwarf. Awesome. ¡°You¡¯re going! Rike strikes the axe against the tree. Korn! and sounded pleasant. But nothing seems to be happening. When I speak, I go into the lake with Zabzab towards where Thermia sank. That sounds pretty deep. Me and Thermia can afford to be tall, but Lique could be critical. ¡°Rike¡¯s gonna need a minute in this corner.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± That¡¯s how I headed around where Thermia was, and a deer of considerable size was sinking. He may be over two meters long. ¡°Oh, that¡¯s big.¡± ¡°You know, I handled it once, but it still took me a while to get away with it.¡± ¡°I guess so.¡± At this size, you must have had a hard time sinking in here. ¡°This would have been tough. It¡¯s hard.¡± ¡°Hehe.¡± Thermia is honestly happy with my compliments. First pull the deer with me and Thermia to where Rike is. From there, Like pulled with him, so he was able to pull up to shore as soon as he could. After that, as before, when you drag the deer up to the wagon station in Marutai and secure it, draw water into the water and secure it there as well. Now that we¡¯re ready to move, the three of us drag the carriage. It took me about half an hour to get back to my house. Okay, we¡¯re dismantling it from here. Only the big tits and I had a harder time lifting them than last time. The task of skin peeling itself was not so different from before, but the sharpness of the ¡°genuine model¡± knife was so surprising that Rike was again. Me and Thermia use it on a daily basis, so we don¡¯t cut extras or anything, but if we¡¯re not used to it, we¡¯re going to cut the skin, or when we remove the guts, we¡¯re going to hurt organs that shouldn¡¯t be damaged (bladder, gallbladder, colon, something like that). I¡¯m promising Rike a ¡±luxury model¡± today, but the knife could be a ¡°real model¡± for Rike. Even though the deer were big, they were swiftly turning into meat. The amount of meat is large enough for your physique. ¡°With all this, don¡¯t have room for two weeks, even if it¡¯s about a big meal for all three of us. Thank you, Thermia.¡± When I say that, Thermia¡­ ¡°Oh, yeah? Then I¡¯ll get it again! And he said happily. Chapter 24 Chapter 24: 24 Remove the broken deer meat as soon as you eat it today, and divide the rest between drying it and salting it. It¡¯s the workplace again to dry. Rike helped me with the drying. ¡°When I first came in here, I wondered why the meat was dried, so here¡¯s what you said.¡± ¡°One of these days I¡¯ll even make it in the reservoir, and I¡¯d like to dry it over there,¡± I also want a charcoal hut or a smoked hut if I can. Me, I¡¯ll hide in a charcoal hut if it matters¡­ It was noon while I was doing that, so I spilled venison steak and ¡°Shimako¡± into the wheat porridge for lunch. Seasoning is salt only but delicious enough. We talked about the dimensions of the taste of Wye and Venison and the taste of pork. It is a blacksmith job after lunch. The mould is made yesterday, so if you flow iron, you can shape it. When I magically put fire in the furnace, Rike said. ¡°With that said, parents can use magic, can¡¯t they? I used it for lunch earlier.¡± ¡°Oh. It¡¯s just the easy one¡± ¡°It¡¯s awesome to be able to do a blacksmith or something. Eizo has a family name.¡± Suddenly Thermia interrupts and boasts. No, is that what you brag about, this? ¡°Oh, really? ¡°Ah, oh. I don¡¯t know who¡¯s listening in the city and where it¡¯s going to go. I¡¯m sorry, I just named him.¡± ¡°You were. You will not be apologized for. Rather, I was convinced.¡± Thermia looks doomed next to Lique. All right, all right. ¡°What did you say your family name was? ¡°It¡¯s Tanya. ¡°Tanya. Then I¡¯m Rike Tanya.¡± ¡°Why?¡± It does! Thermia in the second half. ¡°¡®Cause what my parent¡¯s family name says Tanya, this is Tanya Workshop. In Dwarf custom, I would name the workshop name, not the family name, so I was apprenticed to say Lique Tanya.¡± When they say that, the muscles seem to be through. But¡­ ¡°That¡¯s why. When you really need it, you have to decide that the name of the workshop is Eizou.¡± ¡°Okay. So, Like Eizou.¡± Hmm, there¡¯s something embarrassing about a girl naming herself, even though it¡¯s customary. That¡¯s what you think. ¡°sloppy!¡± Suddenly, Thermia said so. ¡°Atashi will have the same name! ¡°Yep¡­¡± What are you talking about, this girl? ¡°Can Atashi also be named Samya Tanya or Samya Eizou!? ¡°Hmm.¡± Rike can¡¯t help but say that as a Dwarf custom, he names his workshop name like a family name, but Thermia has never told me that he has a habit of saying that to the Beastman¡­ But there¡¯s no reason to say no here either. Thermia is family. In the first place, I was the one who told you not to live. ¡°Well, that¡¯s good.¡± ¡°Yay! With my permission, Thermia would have done it. While doing so, the furnace temperature has risen, so add the iron stone ¡°Tatsuya¡± (iron ore) and dissolve the iron. We have time until it melts, so in the meantime we start putting fire in those on the fire floor as well. When fire enters both, it gets pretty hot inside the workplace. Sweating and securing water for drinks are indispensable, not just on the second day, but almost every day I go around here to get water. The iron melted, so I flush it into the mold. Thermia did mine better, but Rike flushed Rike¡¯s. When it is finished flushing, the furnace will drop the fire, and the sheet metal will be added to the fire floor to heat it. I¡¯m not doing it now, but in time, when someone orders it individually, I want to do a foldback workout or something. Today the knife was also meant to be a ¡°luxury model¡±¡­ but because of this, do you want to make something serious? The process itself remains the same. Focus far more than usual, tap carefully, and simmer to identify critical temperatures, and grind nerves to the feel of your fingertips. That¡¯s the real ¡°bespoke model.¡± ¡°Right. Don¡¯t ask me when you¡¯re free.¡± ¡°Whoa!¡± And then I¡¯ll take over. Unlike knives, this one is cast iron, but beats iron to homogenize and high quality while shaping it in the same way. This one is also a ¡°luxury model¡±, so I worked more carefully with the ¡°general model¡±. ¡°Oh, this is the same thing you saw back then¡± When I showed it to Rike, I returned the sentiment to say this. ¡°Right. Qualitatively it should be the same as that one.¡± ¡°But it didn¡¯t look like I was getting much more¡± ¡°Oh, if you look at an axe or a knife, you know what I mean. You¡¯re right, not at all.¡± When I answered that, Rike was staring at my hand. Silence flows through the workplace, and only the sound of saying the flaming goose of the fire floor echoes. ¡°What the hell is the parent¡­¡­ no. Now I know what I¡¯m after.¡± Rike said yes, something with a determined face. Chapter 25 Chapter 25: 25 The day ended with four knives (one ¡°special order¡± and three ¡°general¡±) and two long swords. At this pace, we¡¯ll have enough inventory by the next time we get to the city. Then about four days, on days without hunting, Samya will help, while proceeding with the prevalence of new rooms in the morning. The raised columns are reinforced with muscle crossings, while beams are passed through. On the floor, the roots and the floorboards are stretched out, but at this time the corridors are also made. The new exterior wall of the house becomes the exterior wall of the room, and the hallway stretches inside it. In this case, even if there are more rooms, it can be arranged while the light is being collected. If there are more rooms, the hallway will be a corridor and there will be a room lined up on the outside to form a courtyard. If it were to be more than that by mistake, it would have to be rebuilt, or a craftsman with proper architectural skills would have to be called in and converted into a house of more than two floors. So far, I don¡¯t have plans for it, but neither Thermia nor Rike originally planned it, so if I¡¯m ready, I don¡¯t know what to do. During this period of hunting, Thermia has captured about four birds, and the dinner that day became extravagant, but what didn¡¯t target the big guys is likely to be a little more enjoyable helping build houses and blacksmiths. I guess it¡¯s because birds don¡¯t really bother our hands. And when it comes to the ability of blacksmiths in between, there are 14 knives in total and six long swords. With all this, that¡¯s enough to sell. I need to buy vegetables, charcoal, and iron stone instead. The next day, the three of us will head to the city. It¡¯s the first time since Rike came to us. We took a break on the way, and this day we got to the city without a thing. At the entrance is Mr. Marius. ¡°Oh, my God.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°I come here mostly once a week.¡± ¡°Right.¡± ¡°Hmmm¡­¡­¡± ¡°What¡¯s wrong with you? ¡°Nah, some people want to buy knives and long swords, so they tell me what they made¡± ¡°Oh, I see¡± We basically come to Free City once a week, but that date is inaccurate. And if it is, say it in the previous world because it came on Monday, and it¡¯s not something you can always buy. It is not our desire to miss our guests. ¡°I¡¯ll think of something there. I don¡¯t know if we¡¯ll set up a store directly, but instead, we¡¯ll wholesale it somewhere.¡± ¡°Do that. That¡¯ll make you money, too.¡± ¡°Yes, thank you.¡± When I bowed my head and thanked him, Mr. Marius waved back his hand flickering. Um, if it¡¯s really time to even ¡±luxury models,¡± you can wholesale them somewhere. So far, it¡¯s more or less at a sold out pace, but with more stock to make with the addition of Liqu¨¦, I wouldn¡¯t be able to say so either. Plus when I say I buy iron stone and charcoal on a regular basis, it won¡¯t take away from us not coming, so I¡¯ll need a place to keep it in stock.Given that, it¡¯s not a bad idea for us to start doing business with a merchant who owns a store. That way you don¡¯t have to be in the city all day like you¡¯ve been, and there are many benefits. Let¡¯s think of it as a future policy. Setting up a sales counter in the Free City as usual came a pedestrian who bought me a few long swords. ¡°Oh, you. Not today.¡± ¡°You¡¯ll see. I need to talk to you.¡± ¡°Consultation?¡± ¡°Oh. I¡¯m leaving a store in this city next time. It¡¯s not a free city, it¡¯s a decent shop.¡± ¡°Oh, congratulations on that one! ¡°Thank you. So, I¡¯ve been dealing with all sorts of things, and I have them all over the place, so I¡¯m going to put them together for sale. Anyway, there are no restrictions on sales in the new town.¡± ¡°Ho, that sounds fun¡± ¡°Yeah. So what I¡¯m talking about is asking you to let me handle your blades and weapons in that store.¡± ¡°It¡¯ll help. And I¡¯d like to ask you to come to terms with it.¡± ¡°What? ¡°The iron stone we have and the rest of the coal is dwindling. I¡¯m looking for a way to accommodate you, don¡¯t you know? ¡°Oh, you know what? Then I¡¯ll look for it and buy it.¡± ¡°Are you sure? ¡°I don¡¯t mind. I¡¯ll deduct the money from your wholesale stuff, okay? ¡°Oh, that helps¡± ¡°See you again.¡± Camilo and I shook hands once again. Chapter 26 Chapter 26: 26 I will be wholesale the product to Camilo as soon as possible, but so far I have kept it to only ten knives and four long swords. I put in one luxury model each, and I also got it for that. I¡¯ll keep the remaining four knives and two long swords on hand because I took up space in Free City and I want to sell them myself. In the end, two knives on this day, and a longsword bought one by a colleague of Mr. Marius, are sales. Maybe he¡¯s already gone over to someone who feels like he¡¯s looking to buy it¡­ I¡¯m a little worried about the wholesale sales, but let¡¯s get Camilo to do his best. While doing business in the Free City, they serve Thermia and Liquette to buy dried root vegetables, salt, and wheat. I thought I¡¯d thank you if I could see you on your way home, but I didn¡¯t see Mr. Marius. I¡¯m sure they¡¯ll come wholesale once a week in the future, so it¡¯s that time again. I barely have any luggage to return to, so I was able to get home about half an hour earlier than I went. I¡¯m tired because I¡¯m kind of at work for a day, and if I shelf what I¡¯ve bought this day properly or get rid of the dirt from my journey (although it¡¯s a day trip), I decide to fall asleep early. Starting the next day, we will continue our days of construction and blacksmithing again. From now on, I¡¯m going to be a luxury model, and Rike is going to be working on a general model. And then there¡¯s the production of new weapons. That said, I¡¯m not just saying that I¡¯m going to make a short sword next time too. Three lengths of knives, short swords, and long swords, each with luxury and general models, will be the lineup of the ¡°Eizoo Workshop¡± for a while. Short swords are just different lengths, making them the same as long swords. Consider the length and application that are easy to handle and choose from. And about two days later, I finished putting up the room and hallway walls, and around I could have some stock of blacksmith work, there was an incident. Thermia went hunting, but that¡¯s when she ran into the great black bear. That brings back the sight of the day I met Thermia on my head. ¡°Hey, you okay!? Are you hurt? ¡°Ooh. I¡¯m fine. I ran away as soon as I realized it. He was pretty far away, and I think he sprinkled it, but he¡¯s got a good nose, so maybe he¡¯s coming after him.¡± ¡°Right¡­¡± Think about what you should do now, reassuring yourself that Thermia is safe first. What happens if you come after me? I¡¯ve been rolling around here for a while, and I¡¯m pretty sure it would be a hassle if we even ran into each other in a batch somewhere. The most likely person to come across is me, who goes out to fetch water every morning, but there are times when both Thermia and Rike go out of the house. If I come across it then¡­¡­I shook my head and threw a bad idea out of my head. We¡¯ll have to do something about this from here. It would be out of the question to face it with a knife, and I don¡¯t have time to prepare a long sword of bespoke models right now. But I¡¯m going to try the short spear of a bespoke model that I didn¡¯t even try, just the right opportunity. ¡°I¡¯m gonna come out a little¡± ¡°Oh, hey, no way¡± ¡°I¡¯ll clean it up if I¡¯m there. Keep the door open until I get back.¡± ¡°Then Atashi too! If I thought it was slightly darker in the woods today, it rained out. That¡¯s the first time you¡¯ve been in this world¡­ I go to the ¡°I¡¯m going to meet (¡­) but I¡¯m going to (¡­) ru (¡­)¡± direction. Usually it¡¯s the part I leave to Thermia when I go to the city, and it¡¯s hard not to really feel like it¡¯s a little dangerous. But if it¡¯s as dangerous as a big black bear, I can tell. If I¡¯m bad enough, I could die. I desperately look for the sound of the big black bear from the rain, while I get into the rain. The story I asked Thermia is that it¡¯s not strange to be out of the rain or, normally, back in the nest at all. And then my cheat check should be out of danger by now. Without it, I¡¯m still wandering around here. Maybe he¡¯s the one who remembered the taste of people, and the idea reminds me of an incident I saw in the previous world that was attacked by a bear. When that happens, it is likely that it has become a hateful thing to humans, including the beasts who already live in these woods. The rain wouldn¡¯t even clear my smell today, so I have a chance too. Then I¡¯ll have to do it today. ¡°Give me a belly, english¡± In the previous world, the one who gave his life to save one cat, but in this world, he¡¯s trying to kill one bear. The irony leaks bitter laughter. I slowly head (¡­) to the danger (¡­) How long has it been like that? I feel like it¡¯s been a long time, and I feel like it was short. My sense of danger, my survival instincts, my survival wisdom, everything else, at maximum volume, this place starts sounding alarms that it¡¯s dangerous. I found him. Chapter 27 Chapter 27: 27 ¡°Big Black Bear¡± was something I used to say, and it was definitely big. I saw it on TV in the previous world, it looks like it¡¯s about a big hippo. ¡°I wonder if this isn¡¯t the one who got Thermia attacked¡­¡± This guy doesn¡¯t have anything to do with leather armor or anything, he just feels like he¡¯s going to the afterlife in one shot. That means he must have escaped because he noticed I was approaching him, and I think he¡¯s probably a different individual. I can¡¯t abandon the possibility that I¡¯ve gotten big all at once in the last few weeks though. I¡¯m sorry, it¡¯s not like I have a grudge against you. If I may, I¡¯d like to pray that there won¡¯t be a belly-up bear in this guy¡¯s nest. I slowly point my spear tip at the bear. All kinds of abilities are informing me of danger, but I don¡¯t have a feeling it¡¯s over with wonder. I¡¯m not sure I can win, but I have cheats on me, and I appreciate the feeling now. sleigh, and the bear rises. Increasingly big. Looks like he¡¯s nearly twice my height. Still, I keep my hips down and don¡¯t stop pointing at my tips. The bear crawls on all fours again and rushes towards me. If this happens, I can¡¯t leave on my feet. Either it¡¯s me or him, or it¡¯s not over unless he¡¯s breathless. ¡°Kawawa¡± the flying bear¡¯s arm in a critical manner. If I ¡°plunder¡± lightly, I¡¯m going to suck. I really wanted to punch the spear all right, but I couldn¡¯t. Faster than I thought. You¡¯re benefiting from cheats and it¡¯s here, so if you hadn¡¯t, you¡¯d have been lightly hit. Think of stopping the spear with a horizontal twist, but it doesn¡¯t seem to work very well. The bear quickly changes his position and turns back to this one. But I was the one making the posture first. Quickly protruding the spear, the spear protrudes to the side of the bear without difficulty. It was too sharp (to do so) and had little sense of stabbing. But the feeling of cheat tells me it¡¯s ¡°shallow¡±. Because the ground was soaking wet and I wasn¡¯t stomping on it. He quickly pulled out his spear, flew away but was caught up in the forefoot of a bear with a critical, impact striking his chest. I managed to keep the impact to a minimum thanks to being flying away, but still wondered if all the air in my lungs would leave. Get back on your feet as you roll back. I¡¯m glad you¡¯re 30. Forty doesn¡¯t make it. Now he jumped forward in reverse, slurring the bear¡¯s forefoot overhead, jumping into his nostalgia. At first glance it also looks covered in bears. ¡°I win.¡± Remaining in that position, he stabbed the spear vigorously into the bear¡¯s body. I stab him without resistance with sultry. Thermia was out too much before and she said something like that, but I¡¯m not used to this feeling. As soon as the spear went deep as it was, the bear got rid of me, I rolled with a shock and my hands got away from the spear. But that one was responsive. The bear was scratching his feet to do something about the spear that stood on his chest, but eventually, how he fell. There is no damage to the spear, either because it fell laterally. Nevertheless, the bespoke models may also be more durable around the fact that they only handled the array abusively. It¡¯s worth a try next time. The bear was rampaged for a little while while while falling, but eventually it became quiet as well. One knife if anything happens, but I think it would be better than nothing, pull out the protective knife, slowly, it¡¯s time to get closer. She doesn¡¯t look like she¡¯s breathing. I hesitated a little, but I followed it at the tip of my leg to make sure it wasn¡¯t responding. Still no movement. Without breaking your guard for once, pull out the spear that remains stabbed. Gobbles and blood overflow, wetting the fur and ground, and dissolving in the ground as the scarlet spreads mixed with rain. There was no response at all during that time either.The moment I was convinced that I had stopped, I lost my hips. Naturally, I¡¯ve never had such a critical exchange of lives in the previous world. Besides, this time I totally relied on cheats and installation to do the battle. Needless to say, it was pretty critical. Huh ¨C one big sigh all the time. That made me feel comfortable. When the tension is relieved, the pain runs all over my body. Naturally, it wasn¡¯t intact when I was plunged. There are countless abrasions and bruises. I feel like I¡¯ve moved my body again and luckily my bones aren¡¯t broken. If this breaks my bones, I can¡¯t architecture or blacksmith for a while. You will still need to rest for at least a day. Look seriously at the dead bears and join hands. I¡¯m sorry. (¡­) No damage has been done, but it¡¯s too late since the damage happened. I¡¯ll live for your life. That¡¯s how the bear¡¯s life disappears, and my life stays. But what¡¯s wrong with this bear? If you leave it, the corpse carnivore (scavenger) will eat it, so I know that¡¯s a good idea, but it¡¯s the life I killed. There are parts of us that would like to eat and mourn if we could. Muscle strength has been greatly enhanced, and do your best to carry it¡­¡­ ¡°Come on.¡± Bear arms on shoulders with spears. It¡¯s so heavy on boulders. Sure, it¡¯s a little hippo male. But does it have about 250 kilograms? Heavy, but keeps dragging. It¡¯s raining, it¡¯ll bleed out, too. There are injuries everywhere, and the rain has made my feet somewhat unstable, so I don¡¯t go as far as I think. I¡¯d like to hurry because if another bear or wolf attacked me while I was doing this, it would also be a hassle, but that makes no sense if I overlook the signs of a bear or wolf. Proceed step by step. Took plenty of time to get back to the house about half the way back when I came. Thankfully, the rain leg Amame is rapidly weakening. This minute will stop you in a little while. That should get you back somewhat early. I came pretty tired of the boulder, so I tried to take a break and grate the bear¡¯s arms and spear off my shoulder, exactly then something jumped from the bush nearby. ¡°Oh, scratches and punches all over the place, and there¡¯s pain, but no major injuries.¡± Thermia jumps at me again when I hear that. Somewhat surprised me, but unlike earlier, I could take it. ¡°Good¡­ good¡­ Atashi, Atashi¡­¡± I kept stroking Thermia¡¯s head, crying. Chapter 28 Chapter 28: 28 The bushes say rustling again. Now I get it. Thermia lived in the woods, and she¡¯s a tiger beast, so she¡¯s good at turning off footsteps and killing signs, but she¡¯s not. ¡°Lique.¡± ¡°Am I interrupting, parent?¡± ¡°No, that¡¯s not true¡± No¡­ should be. Thermia is still pushing her head against my chest and saying Gusgus. Wounds and strokes hurt because they are cuddled with almost the full power of the Beast Man, but you better not say that. ¡°It¡¯s too late for your parents to return, if you¡¯re knocking them out, you should be back at all, so be it. Trying to go see how you two are doing.¡± ¡°It might be dangerous to go outside¡­¡± ¡°Well, it¡¯s about the maiden in love (Thermia), so you can¡¯t stop it. Then the smell of both the big black bear and his parents approached him together, so he ambushed him and said,¡± Maybe it¡¯s the worst. ¡° ¡°I see¡­¡± So Thermia jumped at me to get me back first? Moving with only a bear¡¯s arm on his shoulder, he can¡¯t even see the bear carrying him around his shoulder. I decided not to notice the maiden in love, and she must have come worried, and let me thank you. ¡°Thank God¡± ¡°No, that¡¯s for Mr. Thermia¡± ¡°Thank Thermia, too.¡± ¡°Yeah¡­¡­¡± Thermia has regained more calm than she did earlier, but she hasn¡¯t tried to leave yet, so here she is. ¡°In the meantime, let¡¯s go home. Huh?¡± That¡¯s what I said and urged you to stroke your head, ¡°Yeah¡­¡­¡± Thermia finally left me. ¡°So the parent, did the bear completely tail you? ¡°Oh. I haven¡¯t unplugged my bowel¡± yet, but I think I can make it into meat ¡° ¡°I don¡¯t think there are people who can survive fighting big black bears¡­¡­ Not to mention not so many people in Dwarves who can defeat you in a blacksmith.¡± ¡°There it is, for a reason.¡± Me laughing nigga. ¡°Well, that¡¯s what I¡¯ll do¡± Like sighed and flushed me for now. ¡°Okay, shall we carry it then¡­¡± ¡°Are you all right? Aren¡¯t you hurt? Thermia cares, ¡°No, well, we¡¯re about halfway there, and that¡¯s all we can do¡± And I¡¯m going into a vanity. Though I say vanity, I think maybe it¡¯ll take me a while to get home really safely. ¡°Well, I hope Eizo likes it¡± Me and Thermia drag the bear arms one by one. I let Rike have a spear. It¡¯s supposed to be a short spear, but if it¡¯s Like¡¯s height, it looks longer. Rike watches the spear form as he walks. Because I¡¯m a bespoke model. ¡°It¡¯s dangerous to walk while watching.¡± I tell Lique to watch out for walking smartphones in the world before. I told you, it¡¯s a blade, spear. Let¡¯s not do this because it¡¯s really dangerous.I came all the way to near the lake, so I decided to talk to Thermia and sink in there until tomorrow. After that, you can walk for half an hour and we¡¯ll be home. When I got home, dot fatigue struck me. But first I have to wipe my body¡­ Flirting and unpleasant footsteps lead him to the kitchen, where he magically sets fire to his body. ¡°I¡¯ll take care of the water and rice, Mr. Thermia, so get your parents to the bedroom.¡± ¡°Ooh, okay¡± Hmm, am I the bedroom? ¡°No, I¡¯m in the study¡­¡± ¡°Listen to the injured.¡± I get barometric pressure from Thermia¡¯s tone that doesn¡¯t make me say yes or no. ¡°Ooh¡­¡± ¡°Well, I¡¯ll lend you a shoulder. Let¡¯s go.¡± That¡¯s how I borrow Thermia¡¯s shoulder and go into the bedroom. On second thought, you¡¯ve never used this place before, even though it¡¯s my house. Looks like a new room. Lie down like this and the bed will be muddy, so sit in a round chair once. ¡°Say¡­¡± Not if you have abrasive wounds, but bruising seems to have come in quite a bit more painful, and it hurts everywhere. ¡°Oh, hey! Thermia calls me out in a hurry. ¡°Oh, I¡¯m fine. There¡¯s fights all over the place and that just hurts. No broken bones, no deep cuts.¡± I lay in bed again. Rike just came in there. ¡°Oh, parent. You¡¯re up.¡± ¡°Oh. I¡¯m sorry about the liquor.¡± ¡°No, that¡¯s okay. Yeah, well, Thermia¡¯s got Azo! What¡­¡± ¡°Wow!!! Suddenly Thermia shouts out. It¡¯s almost a tiger roar. ¡°Bubba, idiot! Don¡¯t say that!! ¡°Oh. I don¡¯t think so. A lighter.¡± Lightly embellished with rushing thermia. You¡¯ve got a few good liqueurs around here. Hmm? ¡°You both stopped calling me¡± ¡°Yeah. Let¡¯s do that, I discussed it with Thermia when I put my parents to bed. Right?¡± ¡°Oops. I live with you, think you¡¯re better off that way¡± ¡°Well, that¡¯s a good thing¡± I think so from the bottom of my heart. Thermia is right, regardless of how long we¡¯re going to be, it¡¯s probably better in a form that¡¯s easier to do with each other because we¡¯re going to be living together for longer than a month or so. ¡°Rickett doesn¡¯t have to be close to me either.¡± I tried to mix it up. ¡°You can¡¯t do that, parent.¡± It was a shooting down. Chapter 29 Chapter 29: 29 I¡¯m flustered, but on this day and the next, I take the blacksmith job off, and the next day, I go get the bear to the lake. Pull up the heavy bear, pull out the intestines (annoyed), bury only the heart in the dirt, and dump the rest in the bush. The bear¡¯s gall bladder seems to be a pill, but I don¡¯t know which is it, so I gave up and threw it away with me. Afterwards, transport the carriage platform to the house as usual. I couldn¡¯t get Rike to help me when I transported him with the bear¡¯s arms, but if I had a carriage deck, I could carry him with me, so I¡¯ll get help. It took slightly longer than a deer to get home. The subsequent process itself is almost no different from that of a deer. Regardless, there are skin solidity, skeleton, gut differences, etc., but the content that needs to be worked on is pretty much the same. I don¡¯t know if it would be easy to work with or anything, but if I had three cut-out knives for bespoke models, I wouldn¡¯t have said anything about it. I have also heard that the hand part is delicious, but it seems so hard when the treatment is done, I stopped using it for meat this time. I don¡¯t know if there will be a next time, but I¡¯m not going to wage that death fight again, so don¡¯t basically mean ingredients you don¡¯t talk about. I got a lot more meat than usual, so I made lunch extravagant. Was the bear meat poorly treated or somewhat badly flavored, but it was totally better than I thought. The rest are dried or salted so that they are well preserved, but there is enough for Thermia not to have to get the tree deer for a while. It would be a waste if I let it rot. I¡¯ll be off after lunch, Liquet will blacksmith, and Thermia will do the rest of the walling of the room additions. That¡¯s the end of the day. The next day, once you have completed all the work for today, tomorrow is the day to go to the city and wholesale it. I had a break yesterday, so I decided to ask Rike and Thermia to do the water intake and room addition, and I¡¯ll concentrate on the blacksmith from Ichi in the morning. The goal is three luxury models each: knives, short swords, and long swords. Make a short sword and long sword mould, flush iron and burr, concentrate a little more than the general model, shake the hammer and shape. While drying the mould or waiting until the iron cools, I also work on the knife. Finally, it was cooked together and finished with grinding. It takes a critical day to get here. Perhaps this is an efficiency that I can do because I (have cheats), and I would normally only be able to do a smaller number. ¡°I concentrated too much and wondered if I could also call Meshi at noon¡± That¡¯s what Thermia said. Having finished all the work, Thermia came as she was dropping the workplace fire and cleaning it up. ¡°Are we done for today? ¡°Oh. I figured I¡¯d figure it out. I could count.¡± ¡°Right. Well, come here for a second.¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± Thermia spearheaded me like a wolf. I¡¯ll follow and follow. When I come back to my living room with you, I feel uncomfortable for nothing. There¡¯s more to it than there¡¯s supposed to be. ¡°Oh.¡±The corner of the living room has an opening in front of the bedroom. That¡¯s who the discomfort is. ¡°You got a room? ¡°Ooh, two rooms. The hallway also connected.¡± ¡°Oh, wow.¡± ¡°Because I¡¯ve been doing it all my life except when I was a mess today¡± About after Thermia, a peek in the hallway, there was a liqueur. ¡°Oh, Rike, thank you for your hard work.¡± ¡°No, because Thermia did her best.¡± Though you were getting quite done with your recent work, you didn¡¯t think you could do it today. Uh. I see. Is that what you¡¯re saying? ¡°Well, maybe I am, but there¡¯s a lot of weirdness at the point where there¡¯s a proper study and bedroom in a blacksmith¡¯s house. This is my request. Let me put it in my apprentice¡¯s room and my family¡¯s room.¡± ¡°If you¡¯re a good parent, I don¡¯t mind. What about Thermia?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t mind if you do. I¡¯ve never lived at home in the first place, Atashi.¡± ¡°Oh, you did¡­¡± ¡°Well, by saying so. It¡¯s easy, so I need to make a hinge.¡± I feel it would be easier to make it with cheats, but unlike weapons and agricultural tools, it would definitely be a fine task. Doesn¡¯t even seem right to try and figure out how far we can handle it with cheats. I would love to keep the door on even in that sense. After the bear meat dinner, it was time to go to bed. From today on, I¡¯ll be in the study again, and the two girls will be in the bedroom. I can¡¯t use the new room yet. The women seemed to want to say that I was still in the bedroom today, but the pain was already quite off, and it was time to put it back into the routine, so I let the door continue to be selfish. Come on, tomorrow is another day out of town. Unlike before, we just wholesale it to Camilo, but if the cost of the sale and Camilo is successful in purchasing it, there is also iron stone, plus charcoal withdrawal. I fell asleep excitedly, like a pre-excursion elementary school student. Chapter 30 Chapter 30: 30 The next morning, when I did the waterlogging, I was ready to go to the city with Samya and Rike. ¡°If I unload my weapons today and purchase iron stone and charcoal, then I plan to go right home with about salt, do you want to do something about it? ¡°No, I¡¯m especially¡± ¡°I don¡¯t even have a rat.¡± ¡°Right. Then I guess I¡¯ll go straight home¡­¡­ Let¡¯s put that in working time.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± Stock shipments are shared between me and Liquette. Little girl lique for a pussy look, but only Dwarf and his muscle strength is fucked up. Thermia is also a tiger beast, but she¡¯s an escort, so I don¡¯t want her to carry too much extra baggage. The three of us go through the ¡°Black Forest¡±. Still nothing happened today, I thought, but about twice Thermia sensed signs of a forest wolf and stopped traveling or finally took a break. ¡®Cause I got rid of the bear. ¡°It¡¯s not like that, but it¡¯s time for them to have kids.¡± ¡°Feed your mother, you understand? ¡°Yes. Maybe a month from now, we¡¯ll see where we have the wolf. He¡¯s cute. You can¡¯t get too close, but he¡¯s not doing anything for just looking from afar.¡± ¡°Listen, the wolves in these woods are a lot more important.¡± Rike speaks out his doubts. I thought so, too. I thought if there were humans out there, they¡¯d come at me, but if I don¡¯t get aggressive, it¡¯s like the wolves in this forest aren¡¯t going to do anything. ¡°Oh, what can I say here, tree deer or grass rabbit, because there¡¯s so much prey, you just have to hunt that way. With so many trees, it¡¯s easy to limit your escape, and it¡¯s not that hard of a hunt for the wolves. And¡­¡± ¡°And?¡± ¡°Because Atashi and Eizo are strong. I don¡¯t know about Rike. Anyway, normal people like you in the city are attacked. It¡¯s a simple story, because it¡¯s the weakest prey. I said before, it¡¯s hard to get attacked by people who smell like people, but it¡¯s like living near a forest.¡± ¡°I see. I don¡¯t really seem better off walking alone¡± ¡°Right. When you leave, you¡¯d better take a rat or an elephant.¡± I¡¯m not saying that the arms of a martial arts stand, although I¡¯m a liqueur with muscle and chest strength, contrary to appearance. If you think about the risk of being attacked by a forest wolf, you¡¯d better take me or Thermia. ¡°Nevertheless, the Forest Wolf is probably a family thought that he will also earn his weight mother¡¯s share of prey.¡± Now that¡¯s what I thought. ¡°I¡¯m also smart. Some scholars in the capital say,¡± He¡¯s a werewolf beast, and there¡¯s a group that went back to being a wolf while living in the woods, and that¡¯s the ancestor of a forest wolf. ¡° ¡°Really? Really? ¡°No way. But enough to make you think so, you¡¯re sure you¡¯re smart. I¡¯ve heard of a traveling wolf who can¡¯t compare to a wolf on a flat ground.¡± ¡°Heh.¡± Have you developed wisdom even though prey can be hunted easily¡­¡­ No, it¡¯s easy, so you could afford to develop your wisdom? If there is no room for trial and error to say that it is okay to increase the failure rate considerably, then we cannot try it in the first place. The other world is interesting to say this. We go on through the woods, having that conversation. After all, nothing particularly happened from the streets to the city. I¡¯ve never encountered a burglar before, even though I only come and go in the streets about once a week. Even with the exception of Thermia and Riquet, there is no way that beasts and subhumans are being treated cold in the city, and this world may be an unexpected one¡­¡­ Maybe when I get inside the wall, things may be different, but I¡¯m not even going to bother checking that out.Today¡¯s guard was not Mr. Marius, but a colleague of mine who bought me a long sword with him. She tried (¡­) my long sword and (¡­) told me that she was unloading luxury models to Camilo¡¯s store, and I went to check it out later. When I went to Camilo¡¯s store I heard about it, it was bigger than I thought. Size, too, but upstairs. ¡°It¡¯s big¡­¡± ¡°Yeah. I¡¯m a little surprised too¡± I was wondering if I could wholesale it to such a big store, ¡°Oh, my God,¡± our product. When I go inside, it looks like Camilo has a lot of stuff on him, just like he said. There was a clerk and a thinker, so he came to wholesale the weapon, but I asked him if Camilo was there, and he said he would call him right away, so I took a look around the store. In dishes, baskets and other household groceries, the seasoning system not only has salt, but also sugar, spices and other things that seem a little expensive. Sounds like the liquor has firecrackers, wine and ale. My weapons are a little deep, with knives and long swords lined up with general and luxury models one at a time. ¡°If you look at it this way, it feels like it¡¯s for sale.¡± Thermia says emotionally. ¡°Right. I tend to keep it on the sales counter because it¡¯s a free city.¡± Besides, I don¡¯t have the taste for displays. Even that was a display that I felt was being treated pretty well. That¡¯s how I looked at it, and Camilo came. ¡°Whoa, you¡¯re here. In the meantime, follow me. Let¡¯s talk in the back.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± We follow Zorozolo and Camilo, and they put us in a room just about upstairs. I guess it was a room that was decorated for a business meeting or something, it was quite large and had a large desk and chairs lined up. When Camilo urged us to take a seat, he sat himself face to face. Everyone¡¯s in their seats, so cut them out of me. ¡°I brought a knife and a long sword today, as well as a short sword. How much do you want to take? ¡°Really? Then maybe you¡¯re okay. I assure you of my sword¡¯s skill and my personality.¡± ¡°Hmm¡­¡± But I want to identify myself. That said, I also come to see you every time I say this¡­ Oh, yeah. ¡°So if you come all the way to my workshop by yourself, does that mean I¡¯m gonna hit you? ¡°Are you sure? ¡°Oh, I¡¯ll tell you where.¡± If you can make it to our workshop (and home) through the black woods where the forest wolves wander, you can decide that you will also stand quite an arm. If that¡¯s what you¡¯re gonna say, you can hit it. ¡°Well, I¡¯ll say so¡± ¡°For those who thought Camilo would be good in the future, you can tell me on the same terms.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± ¡°Thermia and Rike, I¡¯m sorry, but let me do that.¡± I have no objection to what my parents say. ¡°Atashi is the same on the right¡± ¡°Sorry, thanks¡± And I told Camilo where the house was and moved on to this deal. Chapter 31 Chapter 31: 31 ¡°So, did you get the iron stone and the charcoal? I ask Camilo. ¡°Absolutely. Got a good amount in there.¡± Camilo answered the question. But there shouldn¡¯t have been such a big mountain around here, so whatever the charcoal is, the iron ore ones must be buying it from somewhere far away. Wouldn¡¯t that be a pretty good value? ¡°Well, it¡¯s for our workshop this time¡± Arrange the items you brought today. Camilo checks the quality one by one. ¡°Is the good one for this? The others are normal, aren¡¯t they? ¡°Oh. Normal this time, it¡¯s almost a liqueur production, but I assure you it can be done without embarrassment as our workshop¡± When I said that, I could see Rike looking at me with a bah. No, it¡¯s nothing. It¡¯s not graduation. You can make luxury models, so you¡¯ll have to work hard to get there. ¡°I see. Then, as I was saying, I¡¯ll buy it all out of us. So, it¡¯s iron stone and charcoal, but it¡¯s quicker for you to see it. Follow me.¡± Camilo calls a different person from the clerk who was downstairs and, of all the weapons we unloaded, gives instructions to store only the short sword, which directs him to a different staircase than he came up when he came here. Down the stairs, it was a warehouse. Pretty big. Some of the size of this store seems to be due to this warehouse as well. The warehouse is lined with narrow items. With all the connectivity and financial resources that we can collect, we could have a better store in a bigger city, but I guess there is a reason around it. I stopped asking. ¡°So, here are the iron stones and charcoal¡± ¡°That¡¯s a really good amount¡­¡± As Camilo said, it was loaded with a good amount of iron ore and charcoal. Even if Lique and I are doing everything we can to produce (¡­) Kake (¡­) in view, we can afford a couple of weeks. I think it would be okay to start with products that use more materials (Great Sword, Lance, etc.) and yet do the same thing for a week. In other words, as long as Camilo supplies this quantity every time, our workshop will have no trouble only with regard to production. Production while preserving its current quality will extend the period even further, so much so that there is no problem with it being reduced. ¡°I don¡¯t know if I can buy this amount every time. But I can probably buy this amount every week.¡± ¡°This amount would be fine with a lot less. More or less. I will stockpile it with us if I have more, so I don¡¯t think I¡¯ll have any trouble with this amount.¡± ¡°Well, good for you. That¡¯s the price¡­¡± What Camilo has told me was about a quarter of the products he wholesaled today in this quantity. Conversely, if we wholesale about a quarter of what we wholesale today every week, we will have no trouble with iron at least in the future. ¡°Isn¡¯t that a lot cheaper? You can make some real money.¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay. I still make a lot of money.¡± ¡°Really? Then don¡¯t hesitate to pay for it.¡± ¡°Basically, is this amount okay? ¡°Oh. When things change dramatically, we¡¯ll talk about it every time.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Once again, we have a business meeting. Me and Camilo shake hands. ¡°But I can¡¯t carry this amount to the boulder today.¡±¡°Well, I guess so.¡± ¡°You don¡¯t handle luggage cars¡­¡± ¡°I¡¯d say no, but there¡¯s actually one luggage truck we haven¡¯t used. I haven¡¯t used it, but I can still use it on active duty enough, and if I rework it, he¡¯ll be fine for a while. I was thinking about turning it into firewood, but when I saw that you guys weren¡¯t always using your luggage, I thought I might have a chance to give it up, so I left it.¡± ¡°If I had the means to take it home, today would be enough.¡± ¡°All right, then I¡¯ll give it to you¡± ¡°How much? ¡°No charge.¡± ¡°Free? Okay? ¡°I¡¯m not using it anyway, and I¡¯m gonna be nice to my customers.¡± ¡°Uhm¡­¡­¡± There doesn¡¯t seem to be any lies in Camilo¡¯s words. Therefore, I have embedded a blacksmith who lives in a despicable ¡°Hempi¡± place, and since the profit is low, it doesn¡¯t mean that there is something behind it. ¡°Why are you making me so good? But I¡¯ll check. I don¡¯t even think I¡¯m gonna get bored with this question if I¡¯m lying, but I¡¯m simply talking about whether I¡¯m convinced or not. ¡°Speaking of shops, I only know a lot about the inn I talked to Rike about.¡± ¡°Well, shall we look around to see where and what we have today¡± Roll around the gaya and the vibrant new city. There were lots with quite a few stores and lots of shops that were not as crude or messy as the Free City, but mostly like stalls, dealing with a variety of products. However, some stores sometimes deal with multiple genres of products, but most are single. Is it because of the number of people in the Free City that business is going around now? The number of stores is high in the first place. When I say the questions around it, ¡°This city is a relay point when you bypass the Black Forest. Whether someone from the south turns east or west, you should be going through this city. My parents usually come and go through the Black Forest, so I don¡¯t think they really feel it.¡± Rike answered me. Well, if you can¡¯t get over normal people, then you need to go around. It is unchanged in the previous world that the relay point is militarily and culturally imperative. And Thermia doesn¡¯t seem to fully understand. I live there. I wouldn¡¯t even feel it if I moved up there. Though I was similar. It was a good time to look around at all the stores that had been made, so when I returned to Camilo¡¯s store, the luggage truck was loaded with iron ore and charcoal, bags of salt and wine barrels. The luggage car is not as flat as the O8 car, there is a low fence like a light tiger carrier on all three sides except the back, and there is no fence just behind it. Basically, it looks like we¡¯ll be loading and unloading from behind here. A carriage without a horse, perhaps the closest I can imagine. From what I¡¯ve seen, there still seems to be some room for loading. ¡°Oh, are you back?¡± Now Camilo greeted me directly. So, this is the money. and has offered money stuffed in bags. I checked inside for once, but it seems to fit. ¡°Sure. See you next week.¡± ¡°Oh, I¡¯ll wait for you.¡± Thus, after acquiring the means of transport known as the luggage truck, we arrived home. Chapter 32 Chapter 32: 32 Pull the loaded luggage car with me and Lique. Thermia is an escort, so she doesn¡¯t pull, but she walks home with me without getting in her luggage. It¡¯s heavy for heavy, but thanks to the wheels, I think I can get there without slowing down a lot. I¡¯m curious if the wheels won¡¯t stack in the woods, but it wasn¡¯t a shark the way it felt when I dug the dirt before, and maybe it¡¯ll be fine. In the worst case scenario, I might need to get Thermia to push me. I don¡¯t think there¡¯s a better chance of getting attacked by a luggage truck that I know for sure has something than just three people walking zorro in the street as well. I know Thermia hasn¡¯t responded to anything before, so she wasn¡¯t there in the first place, but the risk is definitely rising when she was there. It¡¯s just that I have Thermia, a tiger beast man armed with a bespoke model bow, and I don¡¯t know if I can reach it, so I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a bit of a problem, but there¡¯s no danger. I¡¯ve never crossed it. I shall also tell Thermia about the area and ask her to be more careful on her way home than usual. At the end of the day, nothing happened in the streets, but nothing to worry about if you¡¯re ready. Let¡¯s go home with caution in the future. It¡¯s good to go. It¡¯s scary to go home. Even after I went into the woods, as I expected, the wheels sank in a lot and never stacked. I was a little worried, ¡°Can you drive between a tree and a tree?¡± As for, it is ok in the Black Forest. The cars aren¡¯t that wide in the first place. That said, it was easier to say that it was the same as a fairly well-maintained street, which was not on boulders, but rather a somewhat painstaking journey. ¡°I wonder if it would be better to build a path somewhat¡± ¡°But parent, if you do, it will be easier if you do the terms that we will come alone.¡± ¡°Or so it is.¡± That¡¯s for once, I¡¯m talking about accepting special orders for those of us who are just coming, so it doesn¡¯t make much sense to make a path and say, ¡°Come along the road, you can come.¡± That¡¯s like going to the tofu store to use it. I guess I failed a little. There was nothing major wrong with it for now and we were able to get to the house. I¡¯d appreciate it if this happened every time, but sometimes things would go wrong. I need to be able to keep it to a minimum then¡­¡­ Remove the luggage from the luggage and bring it into the house and work place. Regardless of salt and wine, bringing in iron stone and charcoal took the three of us a while there to do it. That¡¯s pretty much a day¡¯s work. I¡¯d like to think of something that would, for example, allow me to tilt and load my luggage. The day was simmered with wheat porridge and the wine (and water) that I had bought the bear meat and root vegetables that were dried, a bit of a sumptuous dinner. It feels good to lose the smell, and it was popular with Thermia and Liquette, so do you do it sometimes? The day after dawn, Rike and I would build sheet metal that would be the raw material for making weapons, but Thermia said, ¡°I¡¯ll get a bird or a raven¡± and left. It¡¯s not a deer, maybe you¡¯re willing to help again tomorrow. I think we have enough meat in stock. Compare it to the stock that was based on the quality of the iron stone purchased before making the weapon. Using the installation and cheats doesn¡¯t look that much different, although it looks slightly better to have it. ¡°What do you say? Rike, you don¡¯t look so different to me.¡± I gave Rike the two I was watching. ¡°Right. I think it¡¯s pretty much the same quality, as my parents say. I don¡¯t know who witnessed it, but you have pretty good eyes.¡± ¡°Do you want to use it from the person who purchased it?¡± ¡°Yes. Okay, parent¡± I magically put fire in a magically moving steel furnace and I put charcoal and finely crushed iron stone in it. If you wait a while and repeat the same process a few times while sending the wind with another magic, you can iron ¨C steel to be exact. Ordinary ren furnace or (¡­) et al. (¡­), you need to break the furnace every time you blow iron, you take the ball steel out of the kela, but this magic furnace doesn¡¯t give you a slug (it¡¯s the garbage you get out when you make iron, to put it bluntly), only the steel produced remains boiling without the need to break the furnace, and it¡¯s your last job to flush it outside and take it out. Sometimes I think it¡¯s bad for the people of this world to say this, but because of this, they let me use it. Because of the size there, there is also a good amount of steel that you can do if you add the raw materials to the full.¡°All right, let¡¯s do it. ¡°Yes, parent. While removing, heat the iron, which has been solidified at some size, again on the fire floor and remove. Hit me and Liquette on the gold floor, plate it, and make sheet metal. It¡¯s a lot of work there. The first one was made, so me and Liquette set the rules. ¡°Not bad.¡± ¡°Right. Rather, it looks better than what you have.¡± ¡°Right. If Rike says so, no doubt about it. Let¡¯s keep going.¡± ¡°Yes!¡± In the end, sheet metal making continued into the evening until Thermia returned. ¡°I¡¯m home.¡± The next day, after the morning watercress and breakfast, Samya, who was helping, suddenly stopped picking her hands as she was working on making short swords and long swords. ¡°What¡¯s up? I speak to Thermia. Thermia was slightly nervous, ¡°Somebody¡¯s here.¡± and the moment I saw the door of those who go outside the workshop, that door dont! and be slapped. ¡°Camilo¡¯s been telling me! I want you to strike my sword! With such a voice. I stood up and headed that way to open the door for him. Chapter 33 Chapter 33: 33 ¡°Yes, yes, I¡¯ll open it now. I speak to the door. Then the sound of knocking on the door stopped. With a big sigh, pull out ¡°Kankaki¡±. I¡¯m on guard with the short sword that Thermia made yesterday behind me. Slowly opening the door, the lady in the traveling costume stood there. Redhead hair is shortened and the body is covered with scratchy leather armor reinforced with metal (probably steel) the fortifications. I have a tool bag on my hips and two short swords down, and I guess my cape woven back carries a variety of tools in it. He¡¯s a lot taller, maybe about 180cm. With patchy eyes, he had a knife wound on his face. ¡°There you are.¡± When I speak up with a little face to face, the woman smiles and names. ¡°Are you the craftsman who¡¯s building Camilo¡¯s weapon? Atai is Helen.¡± ¡°Exactly. I¡¯m a blacksmith here, and I¡¯m an elephant making weapons. Just come in.¡± ¡°Oh. Thanks¡± Guide them to a space in the workplace and lower their hips opposite the table they keep. Thermia hasn¡¯t lifted her guard all the way behind me. I know it¡¯s probably gonna be okay, but I left it there. ¡°In the meantime, I¡¯m pretty sure you¡¯ve come this far all by yourself, huh? ¡°Oh.¡± Nodding Helen. I look at Thermia in a chill. Samya nodded as well. I don¡¯t feel any signs around me either. ¡°Weren¡¯t you attacked by a wolf or something along the way? ¡°No? I saw something like a rabbit. That¡¯s cute.¡± Hmm. It¡¯s cute, but we ate it yesterday. Perhaps the wolves decided Helen was strong. Helen continues. ¡°So, it was hard to find this place, but I saw smoke, so I could come.¡± Oh, did you follow the smoke when you blew iron? Still, it¡¯s not a half-breed thing to get here, and you can see that this has fulfilled its promise. ¡°Well, I¡¯ll strike the sword as promised, but what do you want me to say? When I said that, Helen took both her hips swords off each sheath and put them on the table. ¡°Atai is a mercenary now. This is the sword I¡¯m using there, but I need a sturdier one. A battlefield is often hard to care for, and whether or not it can be used properly in that state separates lives¡± ¡°I see.¡± Mercenaries are women. I guess a lot of hard work. I really have the most noticeable sword wound on my face, but there are various scratches, large and small, all over the place. ¡°¡­ may I see this sword? ¡°Oh. I don¡¯t mind.¡± I pulled both swords out of the sheath and took a look. I¡¯m still in a state where I can withstand practicality at all, and I make good work of it. However, one of them appears to be slightly damaged. ¡°Good sword. The guy who hit me is a good man. What do I show my apprentice? ¡°I don¡¯t care.¡± I saw Rike. Rike comes close and sees one of the two. ¡°It¡¯s a good arm indeed. If you want more than that, you may indeed have to ask your parents. At least I can only think of my parents.¡± ¡°By Dwarf, I knew you meant Atai¡¯s expected arm! Get on with Like¡¯s thoughts, Helen says. The voice is big. We don¡¯t have anything around us so it doesn¡¯t matter how loud we¡¯re going to sound, but it¡¯s loud enough to think we¡¯re going to have tinnitus. I guess it can be fatal not to have a voice if it¡¯s on the battlefield or something, but I hope you won¡¯t mind.¡°Well, how do you use it? ¡°What do you say? ¡°No, I want to know how to behave in action. Use as a reference when hitting¡± ¡°Well¡­¡­ it¡¯s hard to say in words, can I actually show you? ¡°Oh.¡± Helen goes out first, me and Thermia, Lique goes on. I don¡¯t even have that much descent from where I left the workplace door, and it¡¯s so big there that I get it set up there or waved a sword. Helen was duplicitous. That said, it¡¯s more of a move like towing on one side and slashing on the other than treating both in the same way. Amazingly fast moving. That would make it worse if you were using it for traction sooner. There¡¯s not much difference between the injuries, I guess it¡¯s rotating or something. ¡°Hmmm¡­¡­¡± Helen, who was waving her sword at an amazing rate, stopped moving. ¡°What¡¯s up? ¡°Not without someone¡­ That¡¯s right, you deal with me.¡± ¡°Me? ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°Thermia¡­ can¡¯t you be the beast man¡¯s kid over here? ¡°Because you seem stronger.¡± ¡°No, no, give me a break¡­¡± Niyah laughs and Helen hits me at a faster speed than ever before. I¡¯ll flush it out. I continued doing those things for roughly fifteen minutes. ¡°Hey, you¡¯re strong! Helen says so in a big voice and stops moving. ¡°Just watch the movement, but don¡¯t seriously hit me¡­¡± ¡°I was actually going to end the first couple of shots with inches stopped, but the one who could take the¡± Thunder Sword ¡±Atai sword, because I don¡¯t, got a little hot! Sorry!¡± The battle ethnic brain is something I want you to spare. ¡°Well, now I know better. Right¡­ they¡¯re going to finish it in two days, so come back in three days¡± ¡°Mm, do I have to go home today? ¡°What are you gonna do with me?¡± ¡°We¡¯ll meet again when we take a break¡± ¡°Then you can¡¯t strike my sword! Come on, I¡¯m home. I¡¯m home! ¡°Oh, wait! Just give me some water¡­¡± So Helen, who replenished the water, went back to the city. Well, I have to hit him with a bespoke sword¡­ Chapter 34 Chapter 34: 34 I ordered two special orders for a safe short sword, but today I decided to give priority to the production of wholesale items at Camilo¡¯s because I am now making them from ¡°Today¡±. Of course, I¡¯ll get Thermia to help me with this. Slightly fewer deliveries, but I¡¯ve been unloading quite a few so far, so no problem¡­ should be. Besides, it¡¯s Camilo who sent Helen over, and he won¡¯t have any complaints. If we concentrate as much as we can today, we can ensure a minimum limit. If that¡¯s the case, I¡¯ll finish creating and pouring out the texture and moulds, take out the burrs, and the final finish will be done by me and Rike. In the meantime, I decided to ask Thermia to do everything from creating the mould to removing the burr, and shorten the time. We all do our work silently. Thermia is fully accustomed to the work, and at this rate, it may not be impossible to have the hammer properly in time. I had quite a few short swords and long swords this day. We¡¯ll start working on Helen¡¯s short sword tomorrow. At dawn, after breakfast with the morning routine, Rike and I will move to the workplace. I asked Thermia to collect herbs and fruits. There¡¯s not much I can do to help you today¡­¡­ From the sheet metal I have made, I load the sheet metal for one short sword, heat it on a fire floor with a fire in it, beat it with Lique and me and extend it. Once extended to some extent, place the muscle (rinse) in the middle with the tagane, then beat in half there, then heat again, beat and extend. When it¡¯s roughly the length, it¡¯s my job from there. With a cheat and installation combination technique, the ingredients are homogeneous and hard when baked in, but beaten so that they don¡¯t poke at the meeting, and evoke how Helen was waving it to his head. When shaped, wait for it to cool down and then beat the whole thing again so that it has more endurance, cleaning the surface with tools like Yasuri and Kanna. Afterwards, the iron bars in the pattern are connected by heating and beating them so that they do not become brittle where they meet. After heating the fillet again on the fire floor, it is allowed to cool down with water and cook. Here, I decided to test my endurance. Bring the short sword of the general model I made yesterday and swing it down with fixed specials. Kin! and a clear sound stops the shaken short sword, but there is no scratch on the specials. I hit it a few times but it won¡¯t scratch at all so the test was good. ¡°I can¡¯t turn this short sword to wholesale.¡± I said as I looked at the short sword I had. If you look closely, there is a blade spill. This one is a general model, so I guess the blade is missing correspondingly quickly. ¡°If we grind it or rebuild it, can we turn it to wholesale enough? Rike stops the knife and says so, but I waved it for the first time. ¡°Qualitatively, yes. But selling what you used for something other than a trial run is against my aesthetics. Let¡¯s rebuild it and use it at home.¡± I guess I can¡¯t say that either if this is a more chopped situation, but fortunately the nostrils aren¡¯t warm enough, not so much trouble. If so, I don¡¯t want to do anything against my aesthetics. Listening to me say that, Rike laughs coughingly.¡°Of course, my parents are really stubborn craftsmen,¡± ¡°If so.¡± I smiled and gave it back. A little closer to what I wanted to do. That¡¯s quite a happy thing. Well, I¡¯ve tested it, so it takes a finish. Once you have polished your torso and sharpened the part of the blade, the finish on the torso side is complete. The first of my specials will have been completed by attaching hot, processed bamboo to the body, wrapping deer leather around the pattern (the one that processed Thermia), and carving a fat cat sitting on the pattern with a pair of glasses. ¡°Okay, we got the first one.¡± I put up a short sword that I could do. My body is glowing with a reflection of the flame of the fire bed. I shake it gently, remembering Helen¡¯s punch in. Feels a lot lighter than it looks, but looks good. Rike was watching, but he couldn¡¯t stay or stand. ¡°Not really.¡± ¡°Yes. Definitely¡± Rike answers me completely and truthfully. Well, I don¡¯t think it¡¯s normal either. It¡¯s a sword made of all the technology that can make a knife that smashes the whole thing, it can¡¯t be decent. I created it with a complete focus on endurance this time, so I would be able to cut it in somewhat (which is the anomaly in the first place), for example, if I cut it into a big rock with this guy, but not in the first place. But I tried to make this one using cheats and installation and found out. I can make it if I want to. It just needs to come to either endurance or cleavage with regular steel. Even if you work out with cheats, you won¡¯t be able to stand the steel that far. If you think about it that way, I don¡¯t think it¡¯s okay to make special orders while I¡¯m making them out of steel. Conversely, assuming you get a material that can combine it ¨C like what they call a misrill or an orihalcon ¨C you have to think carefully about making the best with it. I don¡¯t know if (¡­) or (¡­) will (¡­) change anything in the world dramatically with one sword, but still, if you look at it in a small area, it can be enough of a threat. I¡¯m not prepared to just carry the burden of saying that one product will become like a strategic weapon even now. ¡°What¡¯s wrong? Have I offended you?¡± Rike looks at my face worried. ¡°No, it¡¯s nothing. I was just thinking a little bit. I¡¯ve never offended you.¡± I laughed and stroked Like¡¯s head with gasp, pulling myself back to what was about to fall into a slightly scary thought. Chapter 35 Chapter 35: 35 I decided to end up hitting only one of them this day. The other bottle is tomorrow. Rike also finished the knife, so I¡¯ll drop the fire on the fire floor and finish today¡¯s work. While we were cleaning up, Thermia came back from the collection. ¡°I¡¯m home.¡± ¡°Welcome back, how¡¯d it go? ¡°Mm-hmm, sort of.¡± Thermia grated the cage with antipyretic and antipyretic herbs, fruits similar to apples, and fruits like wood strawberries. ¡°Oh, my God, you picked it pretty good.¡± ¡°If it¡¯s a good time, I picked some more¡± ¡°Hey, whatever the herbs are, the fruit will rot no more, and this is good. Thank God.¡± I followed Thermia, who feels like a mumper. Dinner was just a little extravagant with apples (fruits similar to) on the usual menu. ¡°Oh, I¡¯ve never had this before, but it¡¯s delicious¡± Eat that fruit, I say. The flavor is also almost apple, but naturally there is no variety improvement, so the sweetness is not that great. I didn¡¯t eat so much in the previous world, but the familiar flavor is a ho. ¡°Sometimes, it¡¯s so sour¡± ¡°Oh, there is. When I was a kid, I did things like which ones were sour.¡± Thermia and Lique say. Well, if it¡¯s natural, I guess so. I¡¯d like to try the heated cooked one of these days. This day was celebrated by talking about the fruit that Thermia and Lique had been eating. Sounds like Micah or some watermelon, so I¡¯ll ask Camilo one of these days. The next day. Me and Rike are still working blacksmiths today, and Thermia¡¯s going to get something to prey on. Hunt the Cycle of Thermia ¨C Help ¨C Collect ¨C Hunt ¨C Help ¨C City ¨C Take a break and maybe rest on Monday. I had plans for it. Let¡¯s keep it in mind as a future appointment. Well, let¡¯s get to the second production today. That said, what we do is in itself exactly the same as yesterday. I was exploring yesterday, but I know that today is just as good as yesterday, so I cleaned up nearly three hours earlier than yesterday. Because of this, I decide to decorate the short sword with yesterday¡¯s. Flatten the middle of your body with the same tools that have finished finishing the surface. I have to work with caution because if I deviate at all, the weight balance breaks down. When you¡¯re done flattening it, clean the surface and shake it gently to see if it¡¯s going crazy. I tried it, but there was nothing particularly uncomfortable about shaking it out. Carve the design in a flattened area with a pair of glasses. This should not be out of balance either, so with the help of the cheats I¡¯ll put in the weight balance so it doesn¡¯t go crazy. After I put both bottles in, I¡¯ll drop the burrs out. If I¡¯d done this so far, I¡¯d just spent the whole time I earned. I used to make pramos and stuff in the previous world, and I like the work of saying this¡­¡­ It was the birds that Thermia had captured on this day. At the end of the descent, turn it into a chicken (though leaf bird) steak, although there is no art. Instead, today I used the tree strawberries (fruit like) that Thermia picked yesterday and the wine we have to tailor something like raspberry sauce. ¡°Oh, that¡¯s awesome, Eizo! I am happy as if Thermia is going to jump. You look so childish sometimes. Physically, even if I¡¯m 25, I guess I haven¡¯t reached the age of 25 without saying that my spirit is five. ¡°Here, you¡¯re behaving badly, Thermia.¡± ¡°¡®Cause it¡¯s so amazing. I rarely see it.¡±¡°Right. I rarely get this in my workshop.¡± Lique also seems a little surprised by today¡¯s dishes. Never heard of it, but Rike is probably the age there, in human terms. I¡¯ve never been greatly disturbed before¡­ except for those involved in blacksmithing. ¡°Well, today¡¯s my first special order completion date. Celebrate.¡± ¡°I see. Congratulations.¡± ¡°Thanks¡± ¡°Let me congratulate you too¡± ¡°Oh, Rike got a little help. Thanks.¡± For dinner this day, I also poured wine into the drink and toasted it, making it a very exciting dinner. The next morning, when I come back with some water, there¡¯s a figure in front of the house that I¡¯ve seen. ¡°Much sooner again.¡± I spoke up. The other person laughs nicely, ¡°When I think I can see it today, I can¡¯t stay or not! I¡¯ve been in a hurry since before dawn! ¡°Can I see it? ¡°Of course.¡± Helen wonders if he¡¯s going to rip off the bah and the cloth, and it¡¯s time to slowly solve ¡°the more¡± as if the broken goods are wrapped around him. Every time I unravel it, the samurai that appears and the tension of Helen rises visibly according to it. At last, the whole thing becomes dewy. Steel gleams sparklingly, and in the center of his body is carved Ben (Hashi) Thunder. Others were simple and practical, and there was a fat cat sculpture sitting on the patterned head. There are two of them. ¡°You said thunder sword. I was allowed to put two names in the decoration. Shake it a little and see how it goes. You¡¯re not out of balance.¡± When I say that, Helen grips both horrible patterns and swings fast enough to make a noise with Hyun-hyun. I don¡¯t feel strange and dangerous, but if you put a little bit in that, it¡¯ll be chopped up in no time. The attempt as if to dance lasted for a while, and eventually stopped perfectly. Helen is breathing on her shoulders. ¡°What do you say? I speak to Helen. Helen is leaning down. throw the sword¡­¡­ I thought I left it gently on the floor of the work place as ¡°Awesome! Wow this! Perfect!! I knew it would be nice to ask you! Screaming like that, hugging me. ¡°Well, please¡­ stay! There he is!! He held me in his arms with all his might, and it lasted until Rike and Thermia were forced to peel it off. Chapter 36 Chapter 36: 36 ¡°I tried the durability once, but if anything happens, I¡¯ll fix it, so come to Camilo¡¯s or here. Hopefully before you use it in action.¡± I manage to free Helen from her barehuggs, and I tell her it¡¯s the maker¡¯s fault. If anything happens, I¡¯ll fix it, but if it happens on the battlefield, I won¡¯t come and fix it or anything. I really cared about the area more than the usual number of hits because I knew the other person¡¯s face properly and it was made in response to a request. ¡°Okay. I train all the time, so I¡¯ll come back when I¡¯m concerned.¡± ¡°Oh, that¡¯s the price.¡± ¡°How much? ¡°Whatever you want to pay.¡± ¡°Uh, okay? Atai doesn¡¯t know the market or anything? ¡°I don¡¯t mind. I¡¯m going to get him a good price for the special order.¡± Reason alone, if you¡¯re a general model, you can make quite a few in two days, so I guess that¡¯s the least you should get. And luckily, I gave him a piece of silver coin to finish, and some might say. But I want you to come this far, like you think, and I wouldn¡¯t value you weird. Except for my rent, if I can earn two short swords of iron stone and charcoal, it¡¯s a deficit, but it doesn¡¯t mean I can¡¯t make it. ¡°Hmmm¡­¡­¡± Helen is quite troubled. You said you didn¡¯t know the market. As far as I¡¯m concerned, if I could get one gold coin, it would be your word. ¡°Well, that¡¯s it¡± Helen took the bag out of the miscellaneous sachet and two gold coins and a few silver coins out of the sachet. ¡°Enough.¡± ¡°What can I say later when I get it out, is that okay? I made it a little higher than I¡¯m using it now.¡± The one I¡¯m using now has been beaten up a lot. It doesn¡¯t seem strange to say so from what I can do. ¡°There¡¯s nothing wrong with that. The original one¡¯s good. I can do it, so is mine. I think it might be a little too much.¡± ¡°Ooh¡­¡± Having thus finished paying the price, Helen bumbled her hand and said, ¡°Thanks!¡± and so on, disappearing into the woods. If that looks like it, I just ran into a big black bear on my way home, and he¡¯s going to be happy to try it out. When Helen went blind, we went back into the house from no-one. ¡°But it was an amazing force¡­¡± That¡¯s what I whined about. Isn¡¯t that about the big black bear, that power? ¡°I¡¯ve had a hard time pulling them off the elephant, even with all the help they¡¯ve got.¡±¡°You were loud, too.¡± Both Thermia and Lique seem to have had a strong impression on each of them. Well, that¡¯s not the only person I have. A human being who lets both Dwarves and Beastmen do their best is a little troublesome if he doesn¡¯t. ¡°In the meantime, make a short sword and a long sword today and we¡¯ll go to the city tomorrow to deliver¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± ¡°Okay, parent.¡± And start making short swords and long swords. I just felt like I was doing something different for two days, but I always feel like I¡¯m back. Get ready as usual, get help as usual, and make as usual. It hasn¡¯t been that long since I started living here, but at some point this sight has always been. I¡¯ve been here a while, but I didn¡¯t even have to find out about Thermia. At dinner that day, ¡°I could afford it financially, and next week I¡¯m going to quit my blacksmith job for a bit and do the house thing. The door to the room and the bed are still untouched.¡± That¡¯s what I suggested. ¡°That¡¯s right. In terms of the number I¡¯ve made, it¡¯ll be enough this time, and I think a week or so will be fine.¡± ¡°Whoa, then I¡¯ll help Atashi too! You still have the meat, don¡¯t you? ¡°I leave my luggage at the warehouse. This time I brought the usual and some sickles. I tried to sell it back in the day, but it didn¡¯t sell at my place. If you don¡¯t want it, you don¡¯t have to take it.¡± ¡°No, I won¡¯t have any trouble with it, so I¡¯ll take it. Let me calculate with you. Hey.¡± Camilo called his men and sent them to pick them up. ¡°And I can¡¯t come wholesale next week, okay? ¡°Oh, no problem¡­¡­ Is something wrong? Camilo looks so worried. I live in a black forest somewhere, so¡­ I wonder if you have any anxiety about when something might happen and stop coming here. ¡°No, nothing in particular happened. I thought I¡¯d do the house thing next week. Blacksmiths are off.¡± ¡°I see. Next week, then.¡± ¡°Oh, and if you can, why don¡¯t you have two sets of blankets on the bed by then?¡± ¡°Two sets, huh? Okay, I¡¯ll find it.¡± Then we talk about Helen, buy vegetables into salt and wine. The price is deducted from the sales. Including just now, these exchanges have not been taking place in themselves for a long time, and although they have started relatively recently, this is also becoming the norm. I hope this one always lasts a long time, with that in mind, we left the city behind. Chapter 37 Chapter 37: 37 When I left the city, I saw the guard at the fence, but Mr. Marius was still not here today. He wasn¡¯t even there when he came, so if he wasn¡¯t there the next time he came, let¡¯s ask him. There¡¯s been quite a while since he bought our knives and long swords. If anything goes wrong, I think I will bring it to Camilo¡¯s store, but I would like to know what the situation is if possible. Go down the street loaded with salt, wine barrels, iron stones and charcoal in the luggage car. Around the woods a little later, Thermia stopped. ¡°What¡¯s up? ¡°I smell blood¡± Thermia prepares the bow. Tension ran on the field. ¡°A thief? ¡°I don¡¯t know. I don¡¯t hear any noise, so I don¡¯t know if they attacked you anymore, but be careful.¡± Says Thermia as she piques her round ear. I can¡¯t even leave Like and the luggage car behind, so I decide to move on with Jirijiri. Eventually, it was a crime scene. I don¡¯t see any bodies, residues, etc., but it¡¯s creepy instead that there¡¯s blood scattered on one side of the perimeter and only misery. Multiple traces of blood follow the forest. ¡°What is this, a wolf? ¡°I guess so, but maybe the thief is doing it to make it look that way. Wolves rarely come out of the woods.¡± That¡¯s what Thermia returns when I ask. I see. If you make it look like a wolf, is it less likely to take a chase? ¡°Be careful with Thermia. Me and Rike are gonna make this a little rush.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± At the end of the day, nothing particularly happened until I got home, and thanks to my haste, it was earlier than usual, but I was getting dogged tired. My house would be appreciated¡­¡­ At the same time, I was made to recognise that there was nothing to say, that nothing happened to me about this one until now, and that I was never living in a safe place. The city guards are circling the streets, and security is pretty good, but that¡¯s not to say that they won¡¯t be attacked by thieves and wolves. It would be better to get out as much as possible when we continue to go to the city¡­ With that in mind, pack up and today¡¯s ¡°job¡± is over. ¡°So starting tomorrow, I¡¯ll build a door or something. I¡¯ll make a hinge, so don¡¯t ask the two of you for the main door.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± At dinner, meet lightly for work starting tomorrow. First the door, then the bed. If they can do these, the three of them can have their own bedrooms. We just talked that far.¡°Ah!¡± I noticed and screamed. ¡°Duh, what¡¯s wrong, Eizo?¡± Thermia is surprised. Rickett is no better than that. ¡°No, with that said, I forgot I was going to make a guest room¡­¡± I totally forgot. As it is now, there are no rooms. I¡¯m thinking hmm. ¡°Why don¡¯t we remodel the study? Yes, Like has suggested it. ¡°My parents¡­¡­ me and Thermia have used it now, but we still have a lot of room in that bedroom, and I think if you replace that chair or table over there with something from the study and enough to bring one shelf, you¡¯ll be fine. That way you¡¯ll be in bed in the study.¡± ¡°I see¡­¡± While I was fighting, Rike and Thermia were finishing the door. ¡°I have a hinge in the workplace, so you two can mount it.¡± ¡°Ooh, okay¡± Samya says with a smile. She doesn¡¯t seem to hate hunting either, but this is how she helps make house stuff, which she seems to like these days, and she wants to help out with something if she has enough meat. If you keep going, you can do it alone, and it will help you, whether you¡¯re a blacksmith or a carpenter. If you get one big shot of meat, you need to save it, and you can actively help. Like Helen, for example, when I can¡¯t make a normal one, you ask her to help me with the liqueur. It took until about evening, but the door was ready, so I¡¯m going to install it. Going in front of the room, Lique and Thermia were opening and closing the Pathan Pathan door. ¡°What do you say? ¡°Yeah, that¡¯s no problem. It¡¯s something you can open and close so lightly.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a hinge made by me.¡± ¡°I think you have that without joking.¡± With that conversation, I¡¯m going to install the door. It¡¯s time to make nails¡­ Thus the doors were attached to the two rooms, and the body of the house was finally in order. Chapter 38 Chapter 38: 38 From the day after the door is installed, it will take to make the bed as planned. I don¡¯t think it¡¯s possible to make a bed in the next six days or so that makes it a decent sale, but it¡¯s for the amateur to use it herself, so I don¡¯t even need to make it elaborate. I was lost for the room, but decided to make it somewhat crude but patient by saying that there would not be any guests staying that long. I don¡¯t know how you can say that we¡¯re nobles or anything around here, but we¡¯re just blacksmiths. The nobleman of the capital, Miyako, may come, but my condition for hitting ¡°specials¡± is to ¡°come here alone,¡± so that¡¯s not what it is, and if it¡¯s so magnificent, he¡¯ll forgive me for being somewhat crude. ¡°So as of today, it¡¯s a bed, but I¡¯ll cut it, so tell me when you¡¯re done cutting out the lumber.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± Today one is Lique and Thermia, and I¡¯ll make the other. The workplace is outside. I open it like a square only around here, so it feels good to be here in the sun. If I could cut the lumber to fit the dimensions today and get to the pre-assembly stage, that would be your word. We will assemble it tomorrow and carry it in, and finally make it for the guest room and re-model it. It will be scheduled for the next six days or so. The dimensions are a little bigger in my room, but I¡¯ll go into the new room enough, and there¡¯s plenty of room to put something else in, so I¡¯ll take that as a reference. Instead, they cut some wood to the size of the bed, and use that as a size criterion to cut out the wood. The same goes for height. That¡¯s how I cut out the dong wood. The material itself is still there enough because it has been lumbered by drying the round-tails that I made into the carriage when I caught the deer or something. Parents, please stay here. ¡°Ooh.¡± Sometimes he asks me to make the parts, chopping off the brooms. I have to make a number, so it¡¯s taking a while. I ended up making a set of parts for this day. The next day, today, it¡¯s assembly and loading. Don¡¯t assemble the parts you made. Even furniture, which was a parts sale in the previous world, is expected to take a considerable amount of time, given that it took quite a while. It¡¯s not that hard to handle a hammer, but it seems easy to say assemble it accurately. In the end, the assembly took until after noon. Bring the bed you can into the newly built room. ¡°Don¡¯t feel like a room where people live, even if the bed just came in¡± ¡°Right. Atashi originally lived without a bed or something, but since we got here, it¡¯s normal to have a bed, and it¡¯s starting to feel like a better room with a bed.¡± ¡°Dwarf may have a room, too, but it can be a miscellaneous fish sleep, so it¡¯s a little nervous to say a room to an individual¡± ¡°Is that it? Didn¡¯t Rike do the building of a room or something? ¡°I was doing it, but it basically feels like one room per family, so it could just be a shelf without a bed or anything. I never said that the same room was open to people of the opposite sex who were not family members of the boulder.¡± ¡°I see.¡±Maybe it¡¯s weirder to get used to one bed at a time. I don¡¯t know about the people in the city (both inside and outside the walls) though. ¡°Well, now you¡¯ve got the shape of home¡± ¡°Right.¡± ¡°Right.¡± This is a corner of the day so I served the wine for dinner and made it a light celebration. And the next day. ¡°It¡¯s for customers today, so make it a little elaborate.¡± ¡°What are you going to do? ¡°Er¡­¡± Be careful over there. ¡°Ooh.¡± Me and Thermia will bring a guest bed into the study. Even though I say it¡¯s for customers, I¡¯ll be using it for a while. By the time I finished hauling in, the sun was already setting. ¡°You took a while.¡± When I say the valve of reflection, ¡°Well, I can¡¯t help it. It¡¯s not the kind of work I¡¯m used to.¡± Thermia comforts me. And Rike. ¡°Well, this kind of work isn¡¯t going to happen in the future, and isn¡¯t this good enough?¡± He told me. In this way, we rushed to make a bed, and our home became our home even more. Chapter 39 Chapter 39: 39 I bummed out, but the bed was all set. Later, if Camilo had all the bedding for me when I went to the city, I¡¯d move my room and I¡¯d be done. Neither Thermia nor Rike use the furniture. I left it around (although the clothes are just like wrapping). Thermia lives to change the twist on a regular basis, and since the rooms that were in Lique¡¯s workshop are family shared, they basically only put them in the furniture for shared items. That said, it is only with knowledge that the values of the previous world are strengthened, that your daughter of your age has become a single room, and I¡¯m going to look at the folds and make furniture. I guess I¡¯ll start with the closet¡­¡­ The next day, the sixth day I started talking about the house, I kept this day as a spare day for when something happened, but I¡¯m totally free, especially since nothing happened. It is also the next day if it should be the day to go to the city and deliver it, but I am still free because I am not going this week. I also thought about hurrying to make it today and taking it, but he says he¡¯s not going to Camilo, and he hasn¡¯t had a long, seemingly closed holiday, except for the day he was injured and rested, if you think about it. So I decided to say off today and tomorrow thoughtfully. That said, there are only a few things that can be done because it is in the woods that there is not otherwise entertainment. There seems to be a lot of playtime in this world to spend, and I saw something like that in Camilo¡¯s store, but it was expensive when I did it, so I didn¡¯t buy it. It is also my hand to bring in the play of the previous world, for example Othello or chess, but I want to avoid saying that because I have come to a different world, and do what I can close to you. If so, this is where I wanted to do it in the beginning. Ah (¡­) should be done (¡­). I got ready and went to ask Thermia and Rike out. And an hour later, the three of us are coming to a fresh stream close to the lake. Yes, I¡¯m here to fish. I saw it when I first came to this lake, it hits the runaway part. It¡¯s there from the house, and the river flows away from the house, so I don¡¯t often come this way. But I¡¯m off today and tomorrow. Whatever tomorrow is, it¡¯s not a bad day to relax here. If it goes well, we can secure dinner¡­. That¡¯s what Bowes promises to say. The fishing needle was created and brought by machining the nails I made. Fishing line the thinnest thread we had, fishing rod a good looking branch (maybe a tree deer horn) picked up in the woods shaped with a knife, the bait was just flipping the river stone, use some sort of larvae long bug. When I show the bug to the needle, Samya and Lique do the same without any particular noise. Thermia lives in the woods, so I¡¯m sure she¡¯ll have a chance to see all kinds of bugs and their larvae, but it¡¯s honestly a little clapping that Rike doesn¡¯t make a scene. I asked, ¡°No, there are plenty of things to say in the mountains too. I used to play when I was little.¡± That¡¯s what I meant. I see. The three of us fall apart a little and drip the yarn. It¡¯s so transparent, I can see the fish. I can see this shadow from the other side, so maybe I won¡¯t eat it up. There¡¯s nothing forbidden about fishing, and if you do stone fishing or something, you¡¯re sure to get it, but this is just a vacation recreation. There is no need to pursue results. This is how we need to keep the line open when Bowes¡­¡­ It¡¯s lunch time, so I simmered the dried meat in wine in the unfermented bread I brought from home and pinched the loose object, cheeks like saying sandwich or tacos. Shaped to be the closest Quapao (Shredded Burger) is probably to selling it in the previous world¡¯s Chinatown or something. It tastes better than I thought, and I can feel a picnic. It should be noted that so far the catch has been zero, I wanted to say that there is one thermia and two liqueurs. Three very similar to Ivana in the previous world are swimming in smaller water bottles they brought. I¡¯m the only one with zero fishing. Thermia said ¡°Eizo can¡¯t be too murderous.¡± and so let¡¯s be aware of that area in the afternoon. In the afternoon, no one had clams for a while. Probably out of time to feed. I take a break and pick the blueberry fruit that was around. I have confirmed to Thermia that this fruit can be eaten. ¡°These woods are very similar and poisonous, so when it¡¯s just Eizo and Rike, never pick them and eat them on the spot.¡± It was also cautioned.¡°What happens when you eat? ¡°The poison turns after about two hours of eating it, but if it¡¯s bad, it stays poisoned and dies. Good and numb all day and night. Even the good guys, you know what happens when you get numb and can¡¯t move all day and night in the woods like you¡¯re gonna get there after two hours of wandering around, right? ¡°Right. I¡¯ll be careful.¡± ¡°Do that.¡± Sometimes he gets paralyzed and dies just like that, which means he probably paralyzes his respiratory organs, too. If that happens, you can have cheats, but you can¡¯t apply them by hand regardless. You have to be careful. We kill so much time, we come back to the river, we drip the yarn again. Since two liqueurs have been caught, the fish quota itself is one per person. I do, but I think it involves a bit of parenting and selling tickets as a parent. Anyway, I want to catch one and go home. If you think so, Thermia. ¡°Eizo, you caught too much! ¡°Whoa!¡± Clams! When I calmed down and awesome, I got the feeling of pulling a fright. Maybe it took you a while. Keep the pole up and roll the yarn by hand. I¡¯m still feeling it. If I¡¯m in too much of a hurry here, I can get away with it for sure. I want to avoid any promises you make over there. Attract the fish on hand so that the yarn does not relax. I pulled the yarn up and caught the fish because I drew it close. Did you manage to keep your face open with this? ¡°I caught one last one. Compared to what was caught by both Thermia and Lique, it is slightly smaller, but one is one as a catch. Without worrying about the slightly frightened Thermia, we were on our way home. That evening, because it was a corner, I torched the fire outside and burned and ate the fish I caught there. Of course it¡¯s so delicious. It¡¯s been a long time since I¡¯ve tasted fish, because it has, but I guess there¡¯s some camp-style atmosphere like this. Thus, the first day of vacation could be completed with great satisfaction. Chapter 40 Chapter 40: 40 I enjoyed fishing a lot yesterday. I managed to catch one, too, and keep my menthes tight. Today is the second day of vacation. It¡¯s the same thing we did yesterday. There¡¯s no art¡­¡­ and if we don¡¯t catch it today, we can¡¯t get back on our feet. I want to avoid the risk as much as possible. I said, if you work on a corner break, it¡¯s a workaholic straight line. So when I say it¡¯s not work, or maybe it¡¯s not play¡­ ¡°I¡¯ll make a field today¡± I put the quail I reassembled when I made the room back in its original quay shape, outside the hallway of the new room ¨C I was coming to the courtyard when there was more room. ¡°Yes.¡± Rike with a sickle answers. ¡°No, that¡¯s good, but why a field? It is also Thermia with a sickle who asks. ¡°Right now, I rely on purchasing vegetables, but I want to be as self-sufficient as possible to say this. Thermia will get the meat, and we can pick some nuts if we go near the lake, but only the vegetables.¡± Probably something like the original seed grows there, but I think there are quite a few vegetables that can be eaten in this world. In fact, the carrot-like one is closer to the carrot I know than the hatsuka carrot. So I was thinking I should produce the area. And then when you get the potatoes, I want to make sure you have a place to grow them in advance. I don¡¯t think in the previous world it had propagated to Europe by the time of the Middle Ages, but there are no divisions in this world like Europe or South America that say so in the first place (this one I know a lot about with the knowledge of installation), so it is grown with wheat and something, although there is no relying on it alone throughout the world. I just don¡¯t see it in the market around here because it doesn¡¯t appear to be out much or consumed by peasants originally. Maybe it¡¯s a rule to just produce the amount we consume ourselves or something. Explain the area to Rike and Thermia. Lique said with an impressed face.¡°I thought we were talking about it at dinner, but you know a lot about parents.¡± ¡°Right. Eizo is strangely knowledgeable.¡± It was Thermia who took it that way, but ¡°oddly¡± it¡¯s superfluous. No, because the knowledge of the previous world goes hand in hand with the knowledge of the installation, oddly enough, is it not that wrong? I¡¯ve got a complicated face, but let¡¯s just get to work. It only develops its own fields, so this doesn¡¯t even conflict with the ¡°I don¡¯t work today¡± rule I¡¯ve set myself. It¡¯s like taking care of a rented field on a holiday in the previous world. First the three of us mow the grass in the courtyard with a sickle. The general model, but the sharpness is enough. I just pruned the breadth there, and it¡¯s just around noon, so I¡¯ll stop working on it once. This would be good for spaciousness. After lunch, the three of us move to the work place. I¡¯ll take care of the finishing touches until Thermia and Liquette heat up the sheet metal that¡¯s being made and make the shape. When he put the fire on the fire floor, Rike began to heat the sheet metal. Eventually, when the sheet metal is red-hot, the liqueur is removed and placed on the gold floor. Beat there with a hammer so that Thermia is big and square. Even if there¡¯s some distortion up to here, I can fix it. Heat again what has become to some size, and do the final shape and finish of what Like has just placed on a different gold floor, I take over and slap it with a hammer. The strength is a luxury model. In the meantime, Lique and Thermia are going to heat and stretch the next sheet metal. I heat it while Thermia beats it, and Lique heats it while I beat it. Work goes smoothly at all times. Finally, I finished my second quail blade, and today¡¯s blacksmith job is over. Choose something that looks good with extra wood due to architecture or something. Now we have three quacks. The time it took was just about three hours. You can do better in the field for another couple of hours. It¡¯s just obvious because I actually finished a job, but I feel awesome and slightly unmotivated to finish a job. But the ladies can¡¯t help but find out about the use of Qua, who also actively participated in the production. Back in the field again, the three of us plow the soil. As I thought I said before, the soil in this forest is basically hard. But with the muscle strength I get with cheats, Lique and Thermia dig back into the soil smoothly with the power and youth of a luxury model quack. I¡¯ve seen a TV show in the previous world where the three of us fix a rough field and make vegetables and cook with those vegetables, but it kind of reminds me of the scene. However, unlike Arre, this one is pretty quick to work on, thanks to tools and stuff. Three hours later, I finished digging back the dirt once. However, the sun is setting, and I just dug it back yet, and it doesn¡¯t feel like a field. Slightly underdigested, but this is not to say that on the contrary it can be kept for the enjoyment of the next vacation¡­. I need to take my next vacation early so that the weeds don¡¯t grow again, but this is also, well, as an incentive to actively create a vacation, let¡¯s just say good. This is how my vacation ends and work begins again the next day. I just don¡¯t feel as depressed as I was when I had Monday in the previous world. He likes life in this world a lot, I thought so myself. Chapter 41 Chapter 41: 41 The usual work begins today. On the first day we make sheet metal for what we use, and the next day we make knives, short swords, and long swords. I also decided to ask Thermia to help me with the sheet metal from this time onwards. The three of us will do the work of melting, solidifying and telling me to extend it. I can¡¯t get my hands on what I¡¯m consolidating, but I can share the other melting and extending it, so I think the efficiency is going up. I was able to create about 1.2 times the amount when I eventually built it before. The iron stone is still there. In other words, even if I make all this, the amount that I buy is much higher than the amount that I reduce, and it doesn¡¯t look like it will ever decrease. One of these days I might have to tell Camilo that I don¡¯t need to buy it. From the next day, create weapons. With that said, I haven¡¯t asked Camilo, is it a good idea to increase the variety? Short-term spears are a bespoke model, but I know that they will be used in action, and I would like to add them to the lineup if there is no problem. Either way, make a short sword and a long sword at first. The procedure is the same as before. However, it is becoming a little more efficient. It¡¯s easy for me to melt the iron and then pour it into the mold and leave it to Thermia until I get the burr, and I appreciate it because I can focus on the luxury models. I was able to continue this work all the way through the third day and get quite a few of them together. I wonder if it will be okay if I don¡¯t have to deliver it again in the next two weeks. The next two days it takes a knife. Thermia went hunting because she didn¡¯t have anything for Thermia to help with this, and she just said it was time to stockpile meat. I also need to refill the arrow a little¡­¡­ Just like before, I¡¯m the luxury model and Rike is the general model. The procedure is always the same. I made it until about evening, and I could count there. I guess I¡¯ll make it a general model tomorrow, too. With that in mind, while cleaning up the workplace, Thermia returned. ¡°I¡¯m home.¡± ¡°Welcome back. How¡¯d it go? ¡°Oops, I¡¯ve got a big pig this time¡± ¡°Oh, I¡¯ll do it.¡± ¡°Of course.¡± Thermia bragging her chest out. You¡¯re a good hunter. ¡°Is the arrow okay? I¡¯ll check with Thermia on a matter of concern. ¡°Uh, I¡¯m not that diminished because I stab you with one shot and you¡¯re sturdy. I guess I¡¯d be glad to have a spare, I guess. ¡°Right. That¡¯s good.¡±¡°The pig¡¯s head is pretty stiff. Buzzed with one shot. Maybe even the iron helmet will pull out¡­¡± ¡°Oh well.¡± Hmm, too much firepower, I guess. Well, arrows are arrows, and it doesn¡¯t mean there¡¯s no bow arm to hit, so wouldn¡¯t it be the same thing as bringing a gun into this world? The three of us will do the math to pull it up tomorrow, and that¡¯s it for today. The next morning, the three of us head to the lake. It¡¯s sinking deep down there, so me and Thermia pull it up, but in the meantime, I¡¯ll have Rike cut the carriage table and prepare the surrounding trees. Going all the way around the landmark put on by Thermia, I saw a green-looking furry pig sinking in the water. The pigs in this forest grow something like moss (or lichens, I¡¯m not sure) in their body hair and look green throughout. Now if I crouch down, I guess it looks like a bush to pap. Even so, I heard you were a ¡°big guy¡± but you¡¯re a big guy. They have quite a few guys in the previous world about 2m, but that¡¯s how likely this guy is. Good, and he drags it out loud. When we reached the shore, Rike had prepared the marutai. The three of us will work together on that and come with rope, and if we build a carriage platform, we¡¯ll do our best to drag the pig to the carriage platform. All you have to do is pull it to the house. I¡¯m a cheat, Thermia is an animal man, and Rike has muscle power as a dwarf, so it wouldn¡¯t be so bitter if the three of us joined forces. That said, I spent plenty of an extra hour or so returning than the time I spent going. Hang it immediately in a tree near the house. After this, I peel and peel, but I don¡¯t help you, but I tear the carriage apart and lumber it. It took me a little while because I did it alone, but I was able to cut it into appropriate sizes and thicknesses. Later, around the lumber we¡¯ve been putting down, if we keep it together, we¡¯re done. When I saw how Thermia and Rike were doing because this one was done, the demolition was complete as well. ¡°It really is there, isn¡¯t it? Don¡¯t say it without any reason. You can light it. I will make knives in the afternoon. The amount there seems to be secure, and since it is a general model, I decided to let Thermia do the first one as well. Because I¡¯ve been helping a little bit, and I¡¯m good for it. That said, I¡¯m almost a de amateur, so I can¡¯t even flatter you a little before I can. I¡¯ll be the last one to finish the general model there. ¡°Parents, too, but Thermia can do pretty much anything.¡± Rike speaks to Thermia. Riquet speaks to Thermia in a tone of voice. ¡°Um, yeah? Like earlier, compared to Eizo¡¯s, it didn¡¯t work at all.¡± ¡°It¡¯s wrong to compare you to your parents.¡± ¡°I see.¡± That¡¯s what I¡¯m saying and laughing at each other. Okay, here¡¯s what I¡¯m gonna say. I felt somewhat dusty and was careful not to inadvertently build a luxury model. Chapter 42 Chapter 42: 42 The day has come to go to the city. I will wholesale the product at Camilo¡¯s today, and when I pick up the bedding, I will go home, but I am also concerned about the condition of Mr. Marius¡¯ sword, so I would also like to make sure. Build and load the inventory you create on your luggage car. Not to mention you didn¡¯t do a blacksmith job for a week, the load is more than usual, so it weighs but it¡¯s almost an error for me and Rike to pull it off. ¡°I saw that on my way home two weeks ago. Let¡¯s be very careful going today.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± ¡°Oh, leave it to me.¡± I decided to offer a short sword to my hips, too. The one who hit Helen¡¯s shortsword again before, but the sharpness is too much, so it would help protect him. Proceed more carefully than usual. It¡¯s hard to imagine that a wolf would still think that a normal person would pass through a place like this if he were a thief, but I¡¯ve never been cautious. I sandwiched one break along the way and was normally able to get to the forest exit. Pause there once and look around. ¡°What do you say? I don¡¯t feel anything.¡± If it¡¯s a sign, I can concentrate and feel it. But if the master kills the signs, he won¡¯t know. I don¡¯t think we can imitate those thieves, but it would be dangerous if there was one who could do it. I can¡¯t even turn this place off, I¡¯ll ask Thermia who can sense the smell. ¡°You don¡¯t even feel a rattle. There¡¯s no smell of blood, no smell of people.¡± ¡°Are you okay then? Take care of the streets.¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± Don¡¯t overlook the signs and go down the street fast enough to deal with any anomalies right away. With caution, I walked slower than usual, but I made it to the city safely. The guard standing is still not Mr. Marius today. This is my colleague, Mr Marius, who came with me to buy a sword. ¡°Hello¡± ¡°Oh, is that it? Hello.¡± ¡°I haven¡¯t seen Mr. Marius lately, is something wrong? I ask straight in. Doesn¡¯t seem to make much sense to me to say it away. ¡°Uh¡­ he¡¯s been going to the capital for a while.¡± A colleague who answers slightly cloudy and moody words. Well, if it¡¯s hard to answer, I can¡¯t help it. Until I hear from someone else. ¡°Really? No, I was wondering how the sword was doing. If you get concerned too, go to Camilo¡¯s and talk to them.¡± ¡°Oh well. No, I¡¯ve used it a few times, but I¡¯m fine so far.¡± ¡°Really? That¡¯s good.¡± I responded nicely, but even I felt something hysterical inside. What I made was used (¡­) and (¡­), and on top of that, my colleague said that he was safe, the only person who was eligible to use it was small or large, so it wasn¡¯t safe. It¡¯s a weapon for that. But I can¡¯t really look away from the fact that someone was hurt by what I made. But I guess I need to be able to digest this properly after I take it. Instead of turning a blind eye or blunt. Such determination remains in my chest, and I continue with my colleague Mr.¡°With that said, I saw traces of blood around the woods that I went about an hour from here two weeks ago. Traces like they were dragged by the woods.¡± ¡°Oh, you had a little report. There¡¯s been a lot of patrols lately, but if you see anything again, just let me know.¡± ¡°Okay. Well, say hello to Marius, too.¡± After all, the guards in this city are much more diligent than I think. Is it good treatment? We¡¯ll have a meeting with our colleague and we¡¯ll go into the city. Even today the boulevard is full of people pulling carriages and luggage, vibrant. There¡¯s a Camilo store a little off that boulevard, so if we turn that way, the crowd will be extremely reduced. I¡¯m not saying it¡¯s dark or extremely narrow, I¡¯m not just saying it doesn¡¯t feel like people who don¡¯t need it get too urry. We¡¯ll go ahead and pull the baggage truck. It didn¡¯t take long, so I went to Camilo¡¯s. I turn the luggage car around by the warehouse, and from there I call the store people, and when they open the warehouse door, I stick every luggage inside, and while they call Camilo, I go into the upstairs business room (and that¡¯s what I¡¯m just calling it, so I don¡¯t know what the Camilos actually call it) and wait for Camilo. Camilo and Mr. Keeper ¨C and the person I¡¯m calling inside ¨C arrived in no time. Go in the room and open it. Camilo says best. ¡°Did I make you wait? ¡°No, not at all¡± ¡°Is the product as usual? ¡°Oh. I have a knife and both long and short swords in the warehouse, not enough for two weeks, but a little more for a week. If you get any extra, leave me alone.¡± ¡°No, in two weeks, all your guys will sell. I¡¯ll take the one I brought.¡± ¡°I¡¯ve heard of a guard who¡¯s been in the capital for a while and hasn¡¯t come back. Even if a guard guarding the city is the capital, it¡¯s not the only way to go to another city, and even if that¡¯s a comeback, it won¡¯t be that long, right? He buys my knife and everything, so I¡¯m a little worried.¡± ¡°I see¡­¡± Damn it. Camilo thinks into my words. Wherever I am at the point I¡¯m thinking about it, I confessed to knowing something, but he¡¯s a merchant, and I guess he knows how to do it around there. Slightly heavy silence fills the room. Eventually, Camilo told me just a little bit. ¡°Right now, the capital is going to stink. You¡¯re another senior nobleman down there, rather than what the King says, it feels like something¡¯s going to happen around there. Maybe the guard has something to do with the area¡­. I can¡¯t even say this for you anymore¡± ¡°Right. Sorry, thanks.¡± ¡°Never mind. You shouldn¡¯t stick your neck in anything unnecessary.¡± ¡°I get it. Better than that, because you haven¡¯t been told, the information fee is for free, right? ¡°Oh, don¡¯t be a merchant when you say that! That¡¯s how Camilo and I laugh at each other. Pray so that we don¡¯t let each other get caught up in the Gotthagota of that capital. Chapter 43 Chapter 43: 43 Others have a little public talk with Camilo and leave Camilo¡¯s shop. I¡¯m just leaving as I am today. Mr. Marius doesn¡¯t seem like I can do anything about it. I¡¯m a blacksmith. I have everything I need to replenish at Camilo¡¯s, so there are some things I need to buy in at approximately. Buying seeds or something to sow in a field is quite unusual. It¡¯s been two weeks since I¡¯ve been here, so I thought it might be two weeks¡¯ worth of iron stone, but I think Camilo might be successful as a merchant, considering that we only have a blacksmith job for a week. The iron stone and charcoal loaded in the luggage is a week¡¯s worth. I looked when I left the city and the guard was the one I saw in the morning. Well, I went to Camilo¡¯s, and it hasn¡¯t been that long, so it¡¯s obvious. Pass by with a meeting. If we go out on the street, we¡¯ll have the same route later, but we¡¯ll stay alert. In the prairie as far as I can see, it feels good for a body where the wind across draws a luggage and lights a fire. I almost relax by accident, but it doesn¡¯t make sense to do that. ¡°If it feels good like this, don¡¯t relax¡± When I say that, ¡°If it¡¯s safe, it seems like a good day to go.¡± ¡°I can see Eizo¡¯s relaxed.¡± Both Lique and Thermia agreed. That¡¯s right. That said, it¡¯s hard not to say whether it¡¯s a relaxing lunch there or not. Let¡¯s at least go enjoy a pleasant day. And then we went into the woods a few more times, and Thermia stopped. From the way he¡¯s busily moving his round ear, he¡¯s hearing something. I speak to Thermia. ¡°A thief? ¡°I don¡¯t know. But it sounds like we¡¯re fighting. You¡¯re a little ahead¡­¡± That¡¯s what Thermia says and she sees us chilling. I guess I¡¯m wondering if I should go. ¡°Okay, then Thermia go ahead and see how it goes. If a thief or a wolf seems to be attacking someone, don¡¯t worry about it. We¡¯ll catch up as soon as we can. If you¡¯re in danger, get out of here.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Thermia nods and takes off her boots and runs out. It¡¯s her show of command, a tiger beast. It¡¯s fast but hardly makes any noise.¡°Well, then we¡¯re in a hurry too.¡± ¡°Yes!¡± Me and Rike pull the truck as hard as we can. Bigger vibrations, but not enough to upset and roll over. Good on the street. This speed would not have been possible if this were a forest or an untouched road. The shipment is basically built, so believe me it¡¯s okay and hurry up the road. I know it¡¯s only a matter of time, but it felt like a long time to me. I also heard voices in my ears that seemed to be heavily contested by more than one person. Yeah, stay. ¡°Rike, this guy is going to stay here for once. Follow me.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°But when we get to the crime scene, we¡¯re a little further away.¡± I pulled my sword out of the man¡¯s torso, and I lay my sword against the two remaining men without seeing if the man would fall. If the two of you are going to run away, you can run away. The advantages of numbers have been reversed, and normally they will. ¡°Fuck. But the two of us left didn¡¯t, and one of them came at me just for being evil. Women are exhausted, and Tiger Beast Man, or Thermia, is a woman, so you still think you can handle it as long as I finish it. I pulled out the knife with one hand while the other guy was packing his time. It is a short sword in one hand and a knife in the other. There was no way to be alert to the knife they had pulled out, so I took it slightly away from my body so that the blade of the knife was orthogonal. No, I don¡¯t know what to say about saying I got it. Because the opponent¡¯s sword is completely cut off from where he touched the knife. Thanks to it, it swung empty without shock and into the galloping empty torso, knocking the sword in, just like the first man, and the blade still devoured as far as the inside of the torso. There¡¯s only one left. And when he heard the sound of falling, the last one tried to flee, but Thermia shot an arrow there, and the arrow that was unleashed pierced his body, and the last one lay down on the ground. Normally, I don¡¯t think so, but that arrow is my specialty. I tried to concentrate my consciousness, but I can¡¯t feel any other signs. If there were any remnants of the party, it would have been a hassle, but it didn¡¯t seem like it either, so I lowered my chest, called Rike, and then rushed over to Thermia and the woman. Chapter 44 Chapter 44: 44 ¡°Are you hurt? I ask Thermia as I run over to Thermia and the woman. ¡°Oh. Neither Atashi nor this man are seriously injured.¡± ¡°Right.¡± I look at women while I¡¯m horrified. Unexpectedly, this woman is doing something better, and it¡¯s not possible that the men I slashed down were anything like the government constitution. Slashed down, huh? For the first time, I used what I made for myself in a way that suited the meaning of what I was made of. Naturally, I have no experience of killing people in the previous world. I was concerned that something more gritty would be born before I slashed it, but I slashed it away lightly, even though it helped with the ability I received with cheats. I¡¯m sure there¡¯s something dull and heavy in there somewhere in my mind, but it¡¯s not the kind of ¡°tug¡± that I said regret or fear. That seems creepy to me. Where I don¡¯t know what I made, I was so blamed for hurting someone. ¡°What¡¯s up, Eizo? Did you get a scratch? Thermia looks worried and peeks into my face. I am. ¡°No, I¡¯m not hurt either. Thank God.¡± and gave it back with an irresistible smile. ¡°Well, ma¡¯am¡± I ask the woman who was attacked. I didn¡¯t wear anything on my head with golden hair shining on it, and I didn¡¯t see it closely, so I looked at it painfully like a normal travel outfit, but it was just hard to see in a cape, and I also wear a shin on my chest armor and clasp (a wig). No, I guess this was only minimally equipped to look like a normal travel outfit to me. If I close the front of the cape, I can barely see the armored area. ¡°Can you tell me who your daughter is and why she was attacked?¡± ¡­¡­ ¡°Well, there¡¯s gonna be circumstances, and I don¡¯t know you don¡¯t want to talk about it, but you¡¯re in trouble when we¡¯re interrogated by the guards too if there¡¯s no more reason there than to kill all these people. So why don¡¯t you tell me that you think you¡¯re gonna help us?¡± The woman is staring me in the eye. Beautiful Amber eyes. The nose stands out, and you can tell me and maybe even the world over here is beautiful. But you look familiar. I guess she¡¯s a western actress from the previous world. ¡°First of all, thank you for your help.¡± Slightly, the woman talked about her decision to talk. ¡°I say Deanna Amur. I lived in the capital, but there was a lot going on, and I was supposed to give myself away to someone. But the chaser attacked me when I got there. What would have happened if you hadn¡¯t rushed?¡± Do you have a family name? So, is it the Gotagota of the senior aristocrats Camilo said? I shook my head beside this young lady when she saw her chill Thermia if she hadn¡¯t lied. You don¡¯t seem to be lying. ¡°I see. I see what¡¯s going on. So what are we going to do with this?¡±I see the body a little further away. If you¡¯re hiding it, hide it. If you¡¯re guzzling, a patrol will come. Some hands wait for a patrol if you want to let them know the other way around. I¡¯m a little scared of myself thinking so calmly, but I can¡¯t say so either. ¡°Let¡¯s hide it¡± That¡¯s what Deanna said when I was on tour. ¡°Are you sure? Well, I guess he¡¯s not a regular thief.¡± ¡°Yeah, I¡¯m a chaser, so I¡¯ll buy you some time until it turns out you¡¯ve been repelled¡± ¡°In the meantime, you should be able to go somewhere¡­¡± ¡°Yes.¡± I¡¯m not limited to the one with a bad chaser, but when I got here, was it the boat I boarded? ¡°All right, then let¡¯s get you in the woods. Rike, I¡¯m sorry, but I need you to pull the van.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Ho ho. Someone like me. ¡°I recently stopped by this neighborhood. They do.¡± Heh. Is it a similar situation to mine? You¡¯re a little interested in that guy. ¡°A very skilled blacksmith¡­¡± Hmm? ¡°My brother¡¯s favorite knife and sword will be in his hands, and when the matter is cleared up, he will adjust it.¡± ¡°Um, Mr. Deanna. Could it be that your brother, Marius, was a guard in the city beyond that? When I asked unexpectedly in a polite tone, Deanna¡­ ¡°Yes. Marius Albert Amour is my brother, but how do you know that? and returned it with a Kyotong face. Chapter 45 Chapter 45: 45 ¡°Mr. Deanna.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°When your brother says¡± someone, ¡±he probably means me.¡± ¡°What!? Deanna looks surprised. Right. The person who helped me was actually the one I was looking for, what a convenient story. There¡¯s no way that¡¯s true. If I were told in the same situation, I¡¯d be like, ¡°Oh, really! That¡¯s convenient! It won¡¯t be.¡± But it almost certainly is, so I can¡¯t help it. ¡°Our house is in this black forest. If you can¡¯t make it, Deanna¡¯s on the run, and she says she¡¯s going to hide it, it¡¯s probably the best place to go.¡± ¡°To meet him, first rely on the merchant who says Camilo,¡± said his brother. ¡°Well, no doubt about it. Camilo¡¯s the only place I¡¯m wholesale, and Camilo and the other one know where we are.¡± In fact, Helen comes directly to us and knows the exact location, so if it¡¯s leaking from her, we¡¯re not talking about it. That said, I don¡¯t think he¡¯s the kind of guy who leaks wheels, and you can think of just the two people who said it. ¡°May I ask your name? Deanna said as she stared at this one. That said, you didn¡¯t name it. ¡°Oh, I¡¯m sorry. I say Eizo. The beast man over here is Thermia, and this Dwarf is Lique.¡± Thermia and Lique meet lightly. Tanya doesn¡¯t have a name now. ¡°Mr. Eizou¡­¡± Deanna repeats my name. Is it because you think of it or because you don¡¯t think of it either? I can¡¯t tell by just looking at it. ¡°In the meantime, you¡¯re buying time for about two days by knocking down your chaser, right? Then why don¡¯t you come home for the rest of the day? I urge Deanna to do so. You can¡¯t be too mottled here either. It¡¯s not impossible to explain when a patrol comes in this situation, but it¡¯s a hassle to be like that in the first place, and I¡¯m sure I¡¯ll be in a situation where I can¡¯t even get my eyes on you if I get anything out of it. ¡°¡­ ok. I¡¯ll take care of you today.¡± ¡°All right, then Thermia¡¯s on perimeter alert. Me and Rike will pull the van. Deanna, if you can, stay on perimeter with Thermia.¡± ¡°Okay. Please, Mr. Thermia.¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± This is how we begin our journey. We can¡¯t just go into the woods from here on the boulder, so we proceeded for another fifteen minutes or so more than we always did around getting in before we went into the woods. And after about half an hour in the woods, I spoke to everyone. Do you want to take a break?¡°Ooh.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± The reply of the Three Kinds returns. I¡¯ll give Deanna some water and call Thermia. ¡°Thermia, hey¡± ¡°Hmm? What? Thermia came quickly. ¡°Do you know if they followed me? I don¡¯t feel anything.¡± Ask Thermia in a small voice. ¡°Hmm¡­ no, I don¡¯t think that¡¯s what you¡¯re gonna say, huh? No smell, no sign.¡± Thermia, said, was concentrating and hiking her nose, but she immediately replied so. And when I tell Deanna, Deanna¡­ ¡°No, there was a place like this in the Black Forest¡­¡± And I returned it like I was impressed. ¡°Well, like your brother said, it¡¯s only recently that I¡¯ve lived there. ¡­ and it looks like it¡¯s been cleared, so let me show you to the guest room.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Guide them to the guest room (ex-study). The bed looks a little good because it has a palace. Glad I put it on. ¡°It¡¯s not such a fancy room, but I didn¡¯t originally expect so many guests. I¡¯d appreciate it if you thought it was fancy for a blacksmith¡¯s house.¡± ¡°No, I don¡¯t. I think it¡¯s a fine room for twelve.¡± ¡°In the meantime, you should remove your gear and dust off your journey. I¡¯ll have Thermia or Rike bring some water later.¡± ¡°Sorry, that helps¡± I walked out of the room with a flick of my hand. Well, what do we do now? You¡¯ll need to ask Deanna a little more about the situation, but if you do, you probably won¡¯t be able to go back. Deanna sounds like an aristocratic lady when all she has to do is listen, but I care that a blacksmith like me has a low back and is polite. Brother ¨C because I was listening to Mr Marius, is that all you¡¯re saying? For that matter, I¡¯m being polite with Thermia too¡­ Anyway, after dinner. But I need to ask Deanna. I headed to my new bedroom to shed my dust. Chapter 46 Chapter 46: 46 I undone my traveling costume and boiled water for four. Once they¡¯ve each wiped their bodies in their own room, it¡¯s dinner in the dining room. Dinner is served with rose (pork) salted meat and lentil-like bean soup, unfermented bread and wine to it. It¡¯s pretty fancy when we¡¯re there, but let¡¯s see if it fits Deanna¡¯s mouth. ¡°I¡¯m sorry I had to say this. I hope it fits your mouth.¡± I thought I¡¯d carry it to my fearful mouth a little more, but Deanna put it in her mouth without hesitation. ¡°¡­ what do you say? Look at that. I¡¯m more afraid than you are. So I heard. ¡°It¡¯s delicious! Let Amber¡¯s eyes shine, Deanna says. But you noticed you were surprised around. ¡°Oh, su, excuse me¡­¡± It gets squishy right away. ¡°No, if it was in your mouth, it¡¯s fine. Everyone was just worried that it would fit this lady¡¯s mouth.¡± ¡°Well, I don¡¯t know about this young lady.¡± ¡°Well, it¡¯s best if the meshi tastes good. I don¡¯t think I¡¯m willing to do anything.¡± I call it smudging. Even when my job was sloppy in the previous world, I could handle it if I ate delicious meshi. ¡°Eizo had a shitty meal, too. Are you? Thermia comes on topic. ¡°Well, many times.¡± ¡°Really? Atashi thought Eizo had only eaten delicious meals all along.¡± ¡°That¡¯s not true. For example¡­¡± I start talking about the world before, and I don¡¯t know it. This is how dinner on this day is served on the topic of ¡°What Was Much Fucked About Eating¡±. Deanna was also cheering up the place by talking about eating ¡°delicacies,¡± meat that she didn¡¯t know what was pretty bad. At the end of such a fun dinner, I cut the story out. I was a little confused as to whether to ask about the details, but it would be even more so now if I got here. ¡°Now, can you tell me why Mr. Deanna was to be chased after the capital? Deanna was a little hesitant, but soon ¡°Okay. So¡­¡±and began to talk to each other. Deanna¡¯s (and Marius¡¯) home is Count Amur, who rules the territory, including around the city where we go. Count Amur had three sons and one daughter (about Deanna, of course): his eldest brother, Lion; his second brother, Karel; and his third son, Marius. Naturally, it was his eldest brother, Lion, who was supposed to succeed the Count¡¯s housekeeper. About a month ago, Count Amur and Lion took private soldiers out to crusade a bunch of demons who said they had gone out near the border. If it was meant to be, Lion shouldn¡¯t have had to leave to the Count anyway, but it seems it was time for the Count to hide completely and let Lion take over all of his real rights, which also made sense for that demonstration. Conversely, it should have been assumed that the crusade of the demons that emerged would not be a big deal if they did not move the National Army, only private soldiers, but also the Count and his trail himself. But that prediction was totally betrayed. Count, both Lyons were killed, private soldiers were devastated and defeated, and when they returned alive, they said, ¡°If I did, a strong demon would have defeated everything¡±. But Marius, who returned after the murder report, looked into it and found a number of suspicions. From the point of view of Marius, who has seen numerous ¡±slashed¡± bodies as guards, neither the Count nor Lion seemed to see that the wounds received were nails or fangs, and in the first place he asked, ¡°Was the outbreak of the demon itself true?¡± Suspicious from the point of view of Marius. Well, then it¡¯s Karel who¡¯s suddenly suspicious of Russia, but naturally he doesn¡¯t tail out easily. If you keep your mouth shut, the housekeeper¡¯s inheritance rights will come to Karel¡­ they were supposed to. But there¡¯s a big problem there. When we checked the records, Karel and Marius had the opposite order of inheritance. Because Karel is the son of his concubine and Marius is the son of his rightful wife, the order of inheritance changed at the time Marius was born. The fact was recorded by the recording officer, but since the woman, the mother, died when she gave birth to Karel, all four of them were raised in the house as sons of their rightful wives. Then Karel tries to impersonate Marius with that or this to make his inheritance rights his only. but Marius naturally guarded in another town the whole time before and after that. It is very difficult to take command as there was a ploy. So far, there¡¯s been a lot of staring, and sometimes Karel puts a little light on Marius, which is the current situation in the capital. However, this also took too long, and when Uncle Amur¡¯s absence is prolonged, it can be title-stripping, etc., so it seems that it is time for one of them to move, but it is. It seems that Deanna is being targeted because Deanna is also a legitimate wife¡¯s son, for example, and if she takes some noble son as her son-in-law, then inheritance rights may change at that point, so let¡¯s rule it out now. So Marius (probably) deposited it with me and said that Karel had just been attacked when he sensed that he had sent it away in an attempt to keep Karel safe until he had done something about it. ¡°Hmm.¡± I thought about it. Then it wouldn¡¯t be a week or two to keep Deanna. I don¡¯t have a problem with our nostalgia, but I wonder if Deanna can stand it. Mr. Marius and Deanna are both Count people. But now I know why Mr. Marius is oddly eye-catching for just a guard, and why he passes through the microscopic inside the city walls. ¡°I would say the capital¡­ or I could tell both about Mr. Marius and Mr. Deanna¡¯s situation. On top of that, I don¡¯t have a problem keeping Deanna with us, but is Deanna okay with that? Maybe I should keep my hips down more than I know I¡¯m a nobleman, but changing my attitude is also something, so I¡¯ll keep it that way. ¡°I wish I knew something.¡± Deanna reacted to what I said about Bosoli. ¡°Oh, with that said, Mr. Camilo, I was keeping that letter. ¡°Read that and you¡¯ll see¡­? ¡°Yeah, probably.¡± ¡°But I don¡¯t want to peek into other people¡¯s letters.¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s about me, so you won¡¯t mind. I¡¯ll bring it.¡± Stand up now, Deanna disappearing into the guest room. I looked at it and thought, ¡°Maybe I like the life here,¡± and so on. Chapter 47 Chapter 47: 47 Deanna brought a letter. Well, in this world, there won¡¯t be anything like the sin of opening a letter, like in the previous world. Just in case, there¡¯s no crest in the wax. I open the envelope with a knife. ¡°I think I¡¯m grasping the approximate situation of what¡¯s happening in the capital because it¡¯s about you, Lord Camilo.¡± The letter that started with the writing spelled out what we just heard from Deanna. And to the last one. ¡®At last, I want to leave my sister, Deanna, with a certain person. I don¡¯t know where I live, but I¡¯m a blacksmith with my sword. I hear he lives in a despicable place. It would be easy to hide yourself if it was at his place. He says he¡¯s wholesale merchandise to you, and won¡¯t you keep your sister until he gets here?¡¯ and. It has continued somewhat after this, but good for now if you can read here. ¡°Now you¡¯re sure. Mr. Marius was going to leave Mr. Deanna with us. So I saved you one hassle.¡± What¡¯s more, Deanna doesn¡¯t have to go to Camilo, which makes it harder to keep up with her footsteps for that matter, so maybe this was just fine. By the time you realize the devastation of your pursuers, the traces will have disappeared a lot. Listen to my words, everyone snorts. ¡°So I¡¯ll have Mr. Deanna stay with us for a while. I don¡¯t mind wandering around alone if it¡¯s to the point where the trees around the house aren¡¯t growing, but if it¡¯s further away than that, take me or Thermia. Otherwise the wolves will eat you.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± ¡°Hard to talk to a man, you should talk to Thermia or Rike¡± ¡°Best wishes¡± Deanna bows her head toward Thermia and Lique. ¡°Oh, don¡¯t hesitate to ask.¡± Thermia gives it back with a laugh. ¡°Oh, yeah, I¡¯m sorry to hear that. Why does Mr. Deanna treat ordinary people like us so politely? I¡¯m not saying no, but you¡¯re noble, so you can treat me more shattered, okay? I asked what I cared about. I¡¯ll keep it up on the shelf of my heart that this one is so disrespectful. ¡°I owe you my life¡­¡± ¡°Um, maybe I¡¯ll have a long life here from now on, and I¡¯m skittish because it¡¯s a smashed attitude! I won¡¯t say anything like that, so I think it would be easier for us to live smoothly with each other if we could just have a smashed attitude¡­¡±¡°Ok¡­¡­ not, ok. If you say so, I will.¡± ¡°Whoa, do that.¡± Oh, boy, now you can get a little closer to a relaxed life. I don¡¯t know if there¡¯s anything to relax about, but I think there¡¯s nothing to relax about. ¡°Okay, then you¡¯re tired today. Let¡¯s just get some sleep for today.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± The reply of the Three Kinds returns. So many days finally came to an end. The next morning, the earliest person to wake up is me going to the water pump. Once Rike was trying to do ¡°it¡¯s his disciple¡¯s job to say that,¡± but I feel like I won¡¯t be able to move my body much without saying this, and I keep going. Go and go back. It¡¯s about half an hour. I also get water in two bottles on the way home, so it makes for a lot of exercise. That was when I saved you. ¡°Eizo looks strong like this¡­¡± Thermia mixes it back. ¡°Isn¡¯t it extra to look like this? I argue with my mouth. However, ¡°But I don¡¯t normally think blacksmiths are that strong, parent¡± Rike¡¯s backup shooting flew into Thermia, and I dropped my shoulders deliberately, and we all laughed. Chapter 48 Chapter 48: 48 The next day, it was me and Like who made it yesterday, so today I¡¯m the luxury model, and Like decides to make the general model. That said, the procedures and personnel remain the same, including Deanna. The four of us will share the work and make it. Deanna handles a lot better than yesterday because she did it a few times yesterday. I saw the shorter sword Deanna flushed, but the likes of Mullah, are considerably less. Then all I have to do is tap this murmur carefully and erase it. The hard part is to say that if you really erase it here, you¡¯ll get close to a bespoke model. That¡¯s not going to sell well (it¡¯s a power that gets you close to something you really made anyway), so you need to keep it within the bounds of a luxury model. I stopped beating them over time and finished baking, grinding and polishing. ¡°Hmm.¡± Confirming that it can be done, it is finished as a luxury model enough. Although Deanna¡¯s sword material is much better than yesterday¡¯s, naturally it belongs to amateur work, but if it¡¯s cheat ability from there, can you normally take it to a luxury model? Awesome. That¡¯s how Deanna talked to me as I was making sure I was able to make a luxury model. ¡°Oh, what¡¯s that? ¡°Oh, this is a bit of a good short sword, unlike what I was making yesterday. It¡¯s more expensive than yesterday¡¯s.¡± ¡°Can I see it? ¡°Hmm? Oh. I don¡¯t mind. I didn¡¯t finish the grip or anything.¡± See the short sword of Deanna¡¯s Orthodox Metsu Metsu luxury model. This is what happened the first time I showed Rike, sure. ¡°This is¡­ awesome¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t it? I was surprised when I first saw it, too.¡± For some reason, Like is stretching his chest. ¡°Yeah, there¡¯s only so many blacksmiths in the capital you can count.¡± Deanna says with admiration. On the contrary, do you mean there are some people who can make it? So even if it flows to the market, it can be a ¡°good weapon¡±. In fact, what Helen had was close to our luxury model. The one I made is harder and better¡­ maybe, that¡¯s about it. That said, if I get more cancer in the future, that could mean saying, ¡°Who hit this?¡± So let¡¯s keep it on track. When I made as many as yesterday, Deanna cut them out. ¡°Mr. Eizou.¡± ¡°Hmm?¡± ¡°Can¡¯t we make it happen once? ¡°Hmm? With me?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°With a sword? ¡°Of course.¡± Is Deanna a fighting nation too? Well, if it¡¯s a distraction, okay. When I look at the window for a moment, the day is tilting there. ¡°Well, it¡¯s time for it to get dark, just once,¡± ¡°Thanks!¡± Why do you seem so happy¡­¡­ Drop the blade of the general model in case there is one. Well, if you¡¯re serious about getting hit with an iron stick, you¡¯re not safe, so I can¡¯t really argue with you when you tell me to rest, but it¡¯s a completely different degree of injury when you hit it. Exactly what we do in the workplace has a lot of problems, so we go out and confront each other. Thermia and Riquet also came out to see. Together at the tip of the sword, I salute you, and I vacate my distance. ¡°Anytime.¡±I speak freely, but Deanna has a more serious face. I¡¯ll put up my sword and pack up some room with Jirijiri. I feel like a dazed sword, too, waiting. Suddenly, Deanna bursts in so fast that she wonders if she¡¯s disappeared, and as she moves, she wields her sword aiming around her neck. I try to jump up a sloppy lowered sword and play, aiming at Deanna¡¯s shoulder mouth, which I¡¯ve stuck in with the momentum to put back in. ¡°Kuh! Now with the momentum to return the sword played by Deanna, he plays my sword and manages to ¡°Kawawa¡±. I moved from body to body and spread the time a little. Deanna¡¯s coming after us, too. Deanna is agile and precise in her actions one by one. This isn¡¯t a bit of swordsmanship. Then I have no choice. ¡°Oh, I¡¯m a little serious about Eizo¡± I can hear Thermia saying. Just a little. ¡°Huh!¡± I keep punching Deanna in from there. Shoulders, torso, head, legs. Deanna, who was able to handle it at first, is also getting a little less able to keep up with the motion. Aim there. I set up a feint for the torso. ¡°Ah!? It was critical, but he managed to catch me. Aim where your arms are lowered and slap your sword into your neck muscle ¨C inching it right in front of you. ¡°This is my win, okay? ¡°¡­ yeah¡± Now a single battle ended in my win. ¡°When you move your body so much, it¡¯s hard to come by¡± I am young at the age of thirty, and although I usually move my body there because of my watercress, blacksmith work, and so on, I still have something that I can ¡°do almost everything¡± with Ok¡¯s body. Don¡¯t move it where you don¡¯t usually move it. It wasn¡¯t this far because I was able to concentrate on killing him one day during yesterday¡¯s raid, so there was no more waste in movement. ¡°Mr. Eizou, you¡¯re still not entirely serious.¡± I thought Helen was on the loose. I thought the cheats I got were minimal to protect me¡­ and enough to defeat the bear. Is there talk? No, but if it wasn¡¯t, I wouldn¡¯t be able to live in this forest. ¡°Helen, that¡± thunder sword ¡±Helen? When I¡¯m in shock, Deanna asks me that. ¡°Oh, yeah, you did say that,¡± ¡°Were you standing under Helen¡¯s sword? ¡°I think we had a meeting at about four and a half¡­¡± ¡°So much!? What, Helen is such a strong kid? I sure thought you were strong. ¡°Helen the Thunder Sword is two names with swords too fast. As a mercenary, there are many people you know among the nobles.¡± Deanna explained to me. I haven¡¯t recovered from the shock. ¡°Instead of taking that Helen sword and being okay with it, I can¡¯t believe we¡¯re even going to have a meeting¡­¡± Deanna seems to be having another shock at Deanna. I¡¯m leaning down and thinking something. ¡°And it¡¯s over for now and let¡¯s go home. Huh?¡± I tried to put my hand on Deanna¡¯s shoulder to encourage her to come home, but there was no shoulder there. Looking down, there is Deanna, who folds her legs and lowers her head about the ground with her hands in a position where she lays low on the ground. You saw this attitude before. It¡¯s dirt. I knew this world was dirt¡­ I was focused on distracting myself from what could be expected after this. Chapter 49 Chapter 49: 49 ¡°Make me a disciple! You can ask me to stay grounded, Deanna. Um, I wonder what¡¯s wrong with this. Looking at it, both Thermia and Rike are nibbling. Remember that. ¡°¡­ once a day, after work, I¡¯ll do an audition, if that¡¯s okay¡± ¡°Are you sure!? ¡°Except I didn¡¯t learn proper swordsmanship, and I¡¯m not good at teaching, so look and learn in archaeology.¡± ¡°Okay! Thanks!¡± Deanna is confused when she does it. Hmm, shagging by saying this didn¡¯t mean I was quite a wife in my parents¡¯ house¡­ Don¡¯t let Mr. Marius struggle in his childhood. Anyway, now I¡¯m going to have one more routine of mine. It won¡¯t even be a big time, so it¡¯s perfectly fine, but if you¡¯re growing up and it¡¯s going to take time, let¡¯s reconsider. ¡°Oh, and¡­¡± ¡°What?¡± ¡°It¡¯s forbidden to call me a master, or to be afraid.¡± If I didn¡¯t tell you earlier, you¡¯d be immobilized like a liqueur. ¡°Yeah, okay¡± This is how I had a second apprentice (not a blacksmith). The next day. Regardless of what the disciple was able to do, it makes no difference that he still has to strike the sword today. Until today, we will continue to produce short swords and long swords. This is the same person as yesterday, the work content. Thermia and Deanna cast it in with the mold, and they even took it apart, and me and Rike finish it. Even today I made a luxury model, Like made a general model, and I could do as many as I did yesterday. After that, it¡¯s archaic, but even though it¡¯s a blade pull, just like yesterday, it¡¯s dangerous to do it with an iron sword, so daddy machines the wood with a ¡°well cut¡± knife to make two wooden swords. It¡¯s a little funny how cheats work to say this (because it¡¯s a production system and it¡¯s a weapon) so you can make a lot of stuff out of it, Dad. Just like yesterday, I praise you with my sword. Today, as opposed to yesterday, I decided to crack Deanna¡¯s attack. Deanna¡¯s offense is sharp and fast. I guess it¡¯s because I¡¯m learning proper swordsmanship. But I¡¯m not going to say that my flow is absolutely stronger. I believe that proper swordsmanship was done on top of that exchange of lives. If so, naturally, my self flow without that stack is only available to me, and regardless of the size of the talent, proper swordsmanship and martial arts that anyone can become stronger with training are stronger. Me and Deanna¡¯s archery is overwhelming because it¡¯s one-on-one too, but I don¡¯t care what you think of extreme stories, 100 people versus me. I can¡¯t deal with it, and I can¡¯t make 100 of them.But there¡¯s something I can do for Deanna. I think I can add to that proper swordsmanship and make it strong¡­¡­ If it goes well, Deanna might be able to make a difference. Well, I don¡¯t even know if Deanna¡¯s at home that far, but I¡¯ll hang out with her whenever I can. Something happened yesterday, and Deanna is trying a lot today. How can I break my posture? What can I do to divert my attention from where I really want to put it? So far, that attempt has not been well detected and successful by my cheats, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s wrong as a thing to do. One problem is that Deanna has no idea from the public how strong she is. I don¡¯t really understand my own strength either. If this is about blacksmiths, I know there are items that can be done, and I know how many items they are with an installation or something to try out, but if there are few samples, I don¡¯t know if Deanna is as strong as those soldiers, or if she can be called a rare swordsman. Thanks for the cheats and the feeling I get from the installation, it seems superior to the original, but I¡¯m not sure, and it¡¯s hard to grasp how far to work out. Do we have to make this a challenge for the future? We meet for about a little longer than four and a half, and that¡¯s where we end up today. ¡°What do you say? You got something? ¡°Yeah. Not much today. Because I¡¯ve tried everything. Yeah, but now that I know what I can¡¯t do with which, and how they¡¯re going to give it back, can I say I grabbed it? ¡°Right. Well, let¡¯s do it slowly.¡± When I said that, Deanna looked kyotong for a moment, but soon ¡°But I want to improve quickly.¡± ¡°Well, I¡¯ll ask Rike to help me tomorrow¡± ¡°Is that okay? ¡°Of course. Otherwise, there wouldn¡¯t be any point in being apprenticed, would there? ¡°Well, that¡¯s true¡­¡± Rike says so with a smile on his troubled face. ¡°As I may have said before, I think you can get to quite a few places if you do. I don¡¯t know how to say that to temperament, but let¡¯s not rush it and stretch it out.¡± When I say that, Rike¡­ ¡°Yes! Parents! Now he gave it back with a sunny smile. Chapter 50 Chapter 50: 50 As we were cleaning up the workplace, Thermia and Deanna returned. Were you out until this hour, and no one came, and did you have quite a lot of harvest? ¡°I¡¯m home.¡± ¡°Oh, Thermia and Deanna are back¡± ¡°I¡¯m home. There¡¯s quite a lot going on around here.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t live in anybody else, so I guess there¡¯s a lot left.¡± Thermia and Deanna have picked the ones I¡¯ve seen before, like apples and tree strawberries, and this time there¡¯s a new face. It¡¯s a tough look, and if it¡¯s the world before, it looks like it¡¯s close to a fig. Then do you want to serve this fig-like thing at dinner today? I wondered if there was a lot of harvest, and I didn¡¯t take that many in general. Well, it¡¯s a waste to rot, and it¡¯s not like there¡¯s anything wrong with it. Me and Deanna move straight to archery. I know you¡¯re tired there, but Deanna¡¯s hope made me decide to do it again today. The result was to go hand in hand, just like yesterday, and cut it off less than four and a half hours later. Exactly because you¡¯re moving badly today, and it doesn¡¯t make much sense if you can¡¯t. Deanna was about to regret it, but it¡¯s more and more impossible to talk about suddenly being strong in two or three days, so I wish I could take the time to do it. When I said that, I snorted reluctantly after a kyoton like yesterday. Supper is the usual unfermented bread with soup and fig-like fruit. This guy has confirmed to Thermia that he can eat like this. When I get rid of dinner, I get to the fig-like one. The skin was thicker than the figs in the previous world, but it peeled by hand, and you could eat it as it was, and most importantly, the flavor was almost fig. He¡¯s never eaten Lique or Deanna before, but he seems to like it. ¡°This tastes delicious with a taste I¡¯ve had before. Is it in the woods to say this?¡± ¡°There are no numbers, though. But as long as we eat at home, we¡¯ll be fine.¡± ¡°Ho. Do you feel like having fun?¡± ¡°Right.¡± I see, for the time you have to come back with that, you didn¡¯t have that much harvest. But don¡¯t make me want sugar when this happens. I want to make jams and stuff to improve fruit preservation. I should have taken a good look at the sugar price at Camilo¡¯s. I¡¯ve only seen it for a moment, so I don¡¯t remember the price clearly. I only remember something high there. There¡¯s a good amount of jam you can make. Talk to Camilo when things settle down. After this, I asked Deanna about the fruit she ate in the capital. I heard from Thermia and Rike before that there is something like a watermelon, but it seems that some of them are like regular strawberries or bananas. Um, I want to give it a try. But if this settles down, too. The next day, today, Thermia and Deanna went hunting. I still have meat, and so far I don¡¯t have to hunt one at worst, seems like a decision to make. What Deanna usually wears is clothes that feel a little elaborate, but she wore a simple one today. ¡°I¡¯ve been hunting a few times when I was in the capital,¡± he said, ¡°but maybe that¡¯s different from hunting here, and I don¡¯t think hunting is really a woman¡¯s preference¡­ but was it my grandmother and daughter after all? The next time I see Mr. Marius, I¡¯ll ask him. Me and Rike are still making knives today. Rike helps me build luxury models¡­ or he tours. I promised yesterday. Heat the sheet metal on the fire floor, tap where there is distortion or unevenness, and make it even (if). Rike concentrates on watching what I¡¯m looking at, where I slap, and if I don¡¯t miss every step of it. I showed it to Rike once the general distortion and unevenness had disappeared. ¡°I can pack this far with my current work. I can pack any more, but stop here¡­¡± No, wait. ¡°No, let¡¯s do it to the end¡± ¡°Oh, is that good, parent?¡± ¡°Oh. You just have to make a minute to give it to Deanna¡±¡°Oh, I see.¡± ¡°All right, let¡¯s do it.¡± ¡°Yes! Please! I heat the sheet metal on the fire floor again, tapping any remaining distortion or unevenness and turning it off. There¡¯s hardly any more left, but if you don¡¯t crush it with guts, everything won¡¯t go away. After several fevers I repeatedly beat him, and finally everything disappeared. The surface is shining fine. ¡°Ultimately, we can pack this far¡± Like¡¯s eyes looking at the sheet metal were sparkling. From the corner to the corner of the sheet metal I put out, I look at one of the molecules as if I¡¯m not going to miss it. What¡¯s the difference between mine and Rike¡¯s? I¡¯m cheesy and obviously understandable on a level, but Rike isn¡¯t. I need you to learn from here. Around where Rike decides he has taken a closer look, do the next task. The task of shaping. This is also where I tap with cheats and I can see how I can shape without breaking this state. Like says, ¡°I think I hear iron.¡± This task, too, will keep Rike¡¯s eyes peeled from my hand. I¡¯m trying to steal everything about where to slap it. Eventually a knife was formed. Make it look like a liqueur. ¡°You see? ¡°Yes, the quality isn¡¯t at all the same as when you showed it earlier.¡± ¡°Yes. I think I¡¯ve got it roughly. I know it takes time to make it something.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± After this, burn back against the flame of the fire bed. The temperatures at this time also taught Rike when to concentrate and be here so that he could master them. If you don¡¯t do this, it will remain brittle. After finishing baking, polish and grind. Seriously, grinding doesn¡¯t make sense if you fail here, either. Like watched this task as well. ¡°Um, maybe it¡¯s best here for a few, this¡± Whether Cheetah¡¯s sensation is getting tame or just me getting used to it is pretty good work. Show Rike what you can do. ¡°Right¡­¡­ I can barely tell the difference between you hitting me and me, but I¡¯m sure it might be a little better this way.¡± I barely showed Rike the work process back then. Maybe I should have shown it then. ¡°Well, here¡¯s where you¡¯re going¡± ¡°Yes. I¡¯ll try my best. Parent¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± I smiled and prayed for the future of a young blacksmith. Chapter 51 Chapter 51: 51 Thermia and Deanna came back when they showed Rike how to make a bespoke model, then made a few luxury models and ended up here today. ¡°Welcome back. Did you hunt the prey? ¡°I¡¯m home. Whoa, we got a pretty big deer on the hunt.¡± ¡°Oh, that¡¯s awesome. Deanna¡¯s back, too.¡± ¡°I¡¯m home. Oh, I¡¯m tired¡­¡± ¡°Oh, what¡¯s wrong?¡± ¡°Oh, Deanna had me do the Momentum. When hunting, Mochiko is about the role of kicking his prey out to the front of a bow archer. And, then, it should have run and moved around quite a bit. It¡¯s in the woods, too. Well, then you¡¯re tired. Thermia has no mercy either. ¡°That was tough. Good luck to both of you. Deanna can take the day off from archery? ¡°Yeah. You can¡¯t make a good move with this on a boulder.¡± ¡°Right. Without today¡¯s audition, then. I¡¯ll make dinner when I clear the workshop, so if you drop the dirt, rest in your room.¡± ¡°Huh.¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± That¡¯s how we both head towards the kitchen. Well, shall we clean up the workplace? ¡°Yes, Parent¡± That¡¯s how the day ended today. The day after dawn. We all head to the woods first thing in the morning. I have a water bottle, Thermia has a rope, and Rike has an axe. Still, every time I think about it, Rike has an axe, it¡¯s so Dwarf! Don¡¯t feel that. It¡¯s obvious because it¡¯s a dwarf. Deanna is the only one with a hand, but she hasn¡¯t been able to hide the excitement. I guess I¡¯m looking forward to recovering that because it¡¯s a prey I hunted myself (and Thermia) yesterday¡­. I¡¯ve stopped exploring if I was your grandmother. I don¡¯t even have to explore it. Four people go in the woods, more eyes than three, and one more person can feel the signs, so I might say that the safety has increased. In the first place, there aren¡¯t many animals trying to attack four humans, so on the contrary, it¡¯s pretty suspicious that they¡¯re going to be trying to kill us. Six days are about to pass since I hid Deanna. It would be time for the Karel faction to grasp that the chaser failed to capture Deanna. Then it should now be time to find Deanna¡¯s whereabouts, and it¡¯s not strange that one of those candidates will be raised the ¡°Black Forest¡±. Still, I think it will take a lot of time to get there because we will go through the woods that could cost our lives while searching, but at any rate, we will make a huge smoke out of it, so it is possible that we will find it as light as Helen did. Perhaps it¡¯s time to be cautious, considering the area. With that in mind, I arrived at the lake. While me, Thermia and Deanna pull up the deer, Rike cuts down the tree. While Rike and I are building the carriage deck, we¡¯ll just pump water into the water bottle at Thermia and Deanna and then pull and carry it all when we get on the carriage deck. With four pullers, it¡¯s definitely faster than before. I arrived home about 1.2 times faster than when I pulled forward. The rest of the process will be done by the three of us except Deanna. It¡¯s something the three of us are used to, and in no time the deer will be meat. ¡°This is how meat works.¡± Say it in a thought-provoking way, like Deanna was impressed. I thought maybe if I were a ¡°normal lady¡± I would graduate¡­ but I was at the scene where Thermia gutted out the day before, and it seemed like nothing in particular, so I guess I have a pretty good liver on me. ¡°Right. This is how it dismantles and becomes meat.¡± ¡°Yesterday, I chased him, and he was a live deer until Mr. Thermia put him down.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. And that doesn¡¯t change the meat that Deanna has ever spoken of.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right¡­¡±I¡¯m thinking a lot. Whatever the commoners are, nobles won¡¯t see it first. ¡°Well, shouldn¡¯t you be aware that that¡¯s how you get your life? ¡°Get a life, or¡± ¡°Yes, we¡¯re alive with that life.¡± ¡°I see¡­¡± I talked about something a little preaching smell. This is why I don¡¯t want to get old. ¡°Eizo said something about my grandfather.¡± Thermia¡¯s blow hurts my heart. ¡°That¡¯s what they taught me.¡± I give it back to you weakly. ¡°Is that what you teach in the North? You look like an animal man.¡± I said it like Thermia was impressed. ¡°I don¡¯t know what the whole North is like, but at least we were taught ¡®all things have souls''¡± In our case, it¡¯s the Japanese concept of the world before. I¡¯ve heard that. ¡°Right¡­¡­ Then why don¡¯t you try? Hands in hand.¡± We all clap. ¡°I¡¯ll have it.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll have it.¡± Everyone summons after me. ¡°Azo, what do you mean,¡± I¡¯ll take it ¡±? ¡°I¡¯ll give you your life, I¡¯ll give you the grace of nature, I¡¯ll give you the dishes you prepare,¡± thank you Lord for saying that. ¡° ¡°Heh. Well, let¡¯s keep doing it. It¡¯s Azo¡¯s house.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t mind, but are you two okay with that? ¡°Yeah. I don¡¯t mind.¡± ¡°Of course, parent.¡± In this way, the Japanese style ¡°please¡± and ¡±welcome¡± became the greetings for the meal at home. Chapter 52 Chapter 52: 52 It¡¯s a holiday, so after we dismantle the deer and have lunch, we all decide to spend until before dinner doing our thoughts. I decided to make an arrow. Thermia has some refills, but Deanna might use bows and arrows in the future. Rike was practicing knife making if I was to put a fire in the workplace. Thermia and Deanna seemed to be practicing bows in the garden (or simply in front of the house). Do you feel good about it originally, go out collecting and hunting and then get along. I don¡¯t think Deanna or Thermia have a personality that anyone cares about. I¡¯ll do an audition with Deanna about four and a half before dinner, and there¡¯s no way it¡¯s going to change that much in a couple of days, but you just have to grab something one by one. For dinner, make the venison thinly sliced and baked, grilled meat-style with figs and red wine sauce intertwined. It feels sweet and not bad. It was well received by the three of us. The next day, today, we go to the city and wholesale products to Camilo, but we can¡¯t take Deanna with us. It¡¯s not like I know what¡¯s going on. The best thing to do is to leave Deanna here and go with me, Thermia and Riquet and the three of us. That would keep our behavior exactly the same as usual, and would reduce our exposure indefinitely. However, in case you think about it, I¡¯d like to leave one other person here. Then who will you leave? I¡¯m out of the question, Thermia or Lique. Rike is incapable of fighting, and he¡¯s not familiar with this forest. Is that Thermia? If anything happens, Thermia can escape through the woods. Because I would be able to do something about it for a few days where I was once a ¡°screw¡±. Leaving Thermia here really makes me less alert on the road, but I think I can cover there. I seem to be strong when I have to. Explain them to three people. In the meantime, they convinced all three of us. ¡°Fine, I can¡¯t do anything else.¡± ¡°Sorry, for me¡± ¡°Never mind. It¡¯s not Mr. Deanna¡¯s fault.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. Deanna puts your safety first.¡± ¡°Thanks, guys¡± Deanna is crying. I hope Mr Marius will have to settle this soon. We don¡¯t even know that Deanna was supposed to be here at Camilo¡¯s about five days ago, so there¡¯s a good chance Marius might be worried. That is why I shall take the letter from Mr. Marius to Camilo. ¡°Well, then, I¡¯m coming¡± ¡°Come on in.¡± Thermia and Deanna dropped me off, and Rike and I left the house. ¡°As I said earlier, in the absence of Thermia, we will be less alert, so let¡¯s proceed with caution¡± Okay, parent. As a guide, it would take about 1.5 times as long as usual. Go slowly through the woods. I didn¡¯t say I had time to go to Camilo, and it saved me that I seemed almost fine whenever I went. I sandwiched two breaks along the way and finally came around leaving the woods. It¡¯s usually about two hours, but it¡¯s taking a little over three hours today. Peek around before leaving the woods. It doesn¡¯t particularly feel like someone is watching over this one. Get out of the woods sassy. Now you can feel a little relieved. That being said, safety is not ensured on the streets either. Proceed with vigilance, as it is a place where enough danger exists. Plug right in around Deanna was attacked. It¡¯s been a week on the boulder, so there¡¯s no more trace of anything in particular. Looks like we¡¯re the only ones who know where the chaser is. ¡°Nothing more.¡±¡°Right. I don¡¯t know what happened to this (¡­) and (¡­).¡± ¡°At least it didn¡¯t seem like we had any suspicions.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a pain in the ass when people say something right now.¡± ¡°Right.¡± With that conversation, we head to the city. After all, nothing particularly happened here, but it¡¯s still taking a lot longer than usual. This is going to just basically go back and forth today. Naturally there is no Mr. Marius at the entrance to the city. I wasn¡¯t even a colleague this time, so I decided to just meet him lightly and just head over to Camilo¡¯s. If I had a colleague, I might have been able to explore it, but, well, is that something I can¡¯t help but say now? If you go into the city, it¡¯s this one, and there¡¯s no way you can ask a blacksmith who just came to wholesale the product, assuming the chaser is rolling around here. Me and Lique went to Camilo¡¯s. As usual, let me put my stuff in the warehouse and get Camilo. I finished my business as usual, so I cut out to Camilo. ¡°Excuse me, I need to talk to you for a second.¡± ¡°Oh, what? I saw Mr. Keeper here for a while. Camilo nods too and looks at Mr. Keeper. The warden nodded, too, leaving the room softly. Make sure Pattan and I shut the door quietly, and I¡¯ll send a letter out of my pocket. ¡°Right. I¡¯ll finish this letter.¡± ¡°Oh, please. So, I can¡¯t directly support Mr. Marius because I¡¯m¡± for a reason ¡±and I¡¯m not involved. Whatever your skill, a blacksmith can¡¯t talk to nobles.¡± This is a fact without any falsehood. If there is anything I can do to help you directly, it is impossible to imitate what a blacksmith can do by turning his hand from behind to a nobleman. Camilo says with a nod. ¡°Well, that¡¯s right¡± ¡°I just want to help you if there¡¯s anything I can do to help you as a blacksmith. But I only come here once a week, right? I¡¯m worried I¡¯ll be late. It¡¯s possible to come here more often, but if you do that and you¡¯re suspicious, there¡¯s no ex or kid. I was wondering if there was any way I could get in touch with you every day. Camilo listens to me and keeps thinking. I give voice to that Camilo. ¡°Hey, after you¡¯ve gotten involved enough. Never mind if I don¡¯t get involved.¡± ¡°¡­ is that so too¡± And Camilo told me how to reach you. Chapter 53 Chapter 53: 53 Leave Camilo¡¯s and get on the road. In addition to the usual iron stones and charcoal, then salt and wine, dried root vegetables and just a little but also pepper were purchased this time. Even when I leave the city, I give a meeting to the guard and leave. If you think about it, the stand wasn¡¯t for Mr Co-worker, so I¡¯m always here with the three of us. It¡¯s hard to find out today to say two, and don¡¯t feel like it was just good. The return also takes more time than usual to proceed with vigilance. At the end of the day, it was much later than usual, but I was able to get home without anything in particular. ¡°I¡¯m home.¡± ¡°Oh, Azow, welcome back.¡± ¡°Welcome back¡± Ask Thermia and Deanna to help you carry the luggage you brought. While Thermia and Riquet are bringing iron stones into the workshop, me and Deanna will bring salt and wine into the kitchen. During that work, ¡°Oh, is this pepper? Deanna noticed the pepper. ¡°Oh. It was at Camilo¡¯s, so I bought it. I don¡¯t really want to use it in large quantities, but it definitely tastes better.¡± ¡°That, then, has Mr. Eizou ever eaten a dish made with pepper? ¡°Ah.¡± Shit, it¡¯s not extremely expensive in this world due to regional differences (at least not the same amount as gold of the same weight), but it¡¯s a pretty fancy product because of the limited cultivation area due to the climate. I¡¯ve eaten that before, that¡¯s not usually the case. That wasn¡¯t even a statement made by a human being to the extent that he happened to speak. ¡°Um, I¡¯m¡± for a reason. ¡±So I usually keep it to myself, but I have a family name that says¡± Tanya. ¡°¡± Eizo Tanya ¡±is my full name. ¡°I thought you might somehow because you can use magic, but you still do¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know if I have a family name, but I can¡¯t say that my house is going to be out for the Amur family.¡± In the first place, even if a house with the same family name existed, there would naturally not be a house for me to put out. ¡°Do the other two know? ¡°Unique. I don¡¯t think he even told Deanna because he said to keep it a secret. Keep it a secret, too, Deanna. I could get caught up in some trouble.¡± ¡°I know. I have a family name, too, so I understand how troublesome it is.¡±¡°Is that so?¡± Besides, that¡¯s exactly what I¡¯m in the middle of. ¡°Okay, I guess this is it¡± ¡°Right.¡± ¡°Expect me to have dinner tonight, will you? ¡°Yeah, sure.¡± Deanna said that with a smile on her face, and I was heartbroken. That evening I added a little crushed pepper to my usual soup. Since it is a corner, some salted meat that hasn¡¯t passed the date is also desalted and cooked, and some pepper is shaken slightly. ¡°Ooh, yummy! So don¡¯t move, keep an eye on the street. It was good at first, but after half an hour, the flesh that is never young becomes spicy. But if you move with Goso, you¡¯ll find out I¡¯m here. So move your body little by little. ¡°You sound like a sniper¡­ it¡¯s pretty much the same what you¡¯re actually doing¡± I wait all alone. Then for an hour, there were a few roads to go, none of which is my wait. Another hour from there, my waiter finally came. The waiter comes from the side of the city, peeks around in close proximity to me, confirms that no one is there, hides something in the bushes on the side of the woods by the street, and walks straight away towards the capital. While I make sure I can¡¯t see it, I also make sure no one¡¯s approaching me from around me, and I get off the tree quickly and run over to the bush. There was a bag there, so retrieve it and quickly retrieve it into the woods, checking the contents of the bag in an invisible position from the street. There was a tiny piece of paper in it, and a thin green ribbon. The paper says, ¡°Have you checked? It says:¡± When I wrote ¡°confirmed¡± on the paper with the writing instrument I had taken out of my pocket, I went back to the bush and made a thin green ribbon from the side of the street that was hard to see, hiding the letter a little further from it. All you have to do is go back to the woods and go home. This is the way Camilo and I decided to communicate. Camilo does people in a way that makes the difference between people going from city to city and people going from city to city every day. So we interact by hiding letters in the bushes along the streets. A human from the city to the capital hides the letter in one of the bushes around here. When I get it, I¡¯ll put a ribbon on the original hidden bush and hide the reply. A human going to the city from the capital collects the letter based on the landmarks and delivers it to Camilo. It¡¯s turkey, but I can get in touch with Camilo once a day, and I don¡¯t need to go to the city, and Camilo doesn¡¯t need to leave the city. However, in an emergency, Camilo indicates it by coming directly. At this time, the sighting is not what it is anymore. Well, now we¡¯re ready below to help Mr. Marius. I¡¯ll see if I can handle the request later. Chapter 54 Chapter 54: 54 When I get home, I eat lunch with three people, Thermia, Rike and Deanna, and I start making short swords and long swords in the afternoon. The amount that I wasn¡¯t able to work on in the morning will be reduced, but this pace of work will be enough to deliver. If you add pepper but make about 1/2 of what is assumed for a week, you can eat 4 people for the current wholesale price. ¡°I¡¯ll be in this system for a while, but this looks okay¡± ¡°Right. I know there will be more general models, but I was wondering if there are any particular problems.¡± ¡°Hey.¡± Rike will be working on the main thing, so I¡¯m going to build a luxury model from day one. This is the same thing as moving on to making a knife. It won¡¯t change until there¡¯s movement in the capital and I don¡¯t need to hear from you anymore. Deanna and I will be auditioning after work. I think it¡¯s starting to move a little better. It¡¯s just not a sign that it¡¯s going to take much longer to get one from me. Well, let¡¯s be temperamental. I guess it would be nice if you could tell me what I¡¯m good at. The day ends when the archery is finished and dinner is finished. I¡¯ll wait to hear from you again tomorrow before I schedule work. After all, nothing particularly happened for about three days. A fair number of short swords, long swords, and knives have been made, especially since the usual routine of exchanging letters with no major content, going back and doing blacksmith work, arching, eating and sleeping, just lasted three days. The next four days there was a change. As usual, check to hide a letter from the top of a tree in the bush to retrieve the hidden letter. Upon checking the letter in the woods, ¡±Tomorrow, I¡¯m ready to go to the capital by myself. Pick me up here. Bring anything you really need at the blacksmith job. Explain on the way to the capital. ¡± There was. That¡¯s a lot steep. Even though it sounds urgent, Camilo probably didn¡¯t come directly because he needs to pick me up tomorrow. I can¡¯t go to the city today. Speaking of what I need in a blacksmith job, it¡¯s a furnace, but I can¡¯t take it, and I wouldn¡¯t assume I¡¯d bring anything else. Nothing else in particular. Strongly put, the hammer is quite familiar with the hand, but the quality of the tools is irrelevant if it comes to cheats. To write this, and yet to call me, would be to tell me to do a blacksmith job in the capital. Well, I¡¯m not stingy if that helps Mr. Marius. I write words of acceptance, hide the letter again, tie the ribbon to the bush, and go home. When I got home for lunch, I explained that I was going to the capital. ¡°That¡¯s why the three of us ask to leave a message. I don¡¯t know how long it¡¯s going to be, but if it¡¯s going to be longer than two weeks, I¡¯ll make sure you let me go home.¡± ¡°What shall we do with the blacksmith? ¡°Go on. I have quite a few stockpiles, so I should be fine for a while. There¡¯s still plenty of meat, isn¡¯t there? ¡°Oh. If you need me, I¡¯ll get you a pair of balls.¡± ¡°I¡¯m sorry, but I asked for it. You can rest when you go to the city. They won¡¯t be suspicious because Camilo isn¡¯t here anyway and he hasn¡¯t been there for two weeks before¡± ¡°Okay.¡± ¡°Deanna, too, don¡¯t leave here¡± ¡°Okay. Sorry, for my house.¡± ¡°I told you not to worry about that, did I? ¡°Yeah¡­¡­¡±Dirty Deanna. ¡°I owe Deanna¡¯s brother, too. Just give it back.¡± I say that brightly at first. Deanna seems to have managed to fold with that, too. Your face is mostly brighter than it was earlier. ¡°Well, that¡¯s what we¡¯re gonna do today.¡± Lunch is over. I go into the workplace and say so. I¡¯m the only one who can make a luxury model. Focus on creating luxury models for your knife. Slightly more emphasis on speed than usual. Thanks to the cheats, without losing much quality, the next luxury model will be completed. Even though I didn¡¯t make the amount of creation on this day in the morning, I could usually create about 1.2 times more per day. With all this, you¡¯ll be fine to go wholesale as soon as you get back. Dinner on this day was made a little extravagant and did something like a spectacle before the expedition. Starting tomorrow, I¡¯m not the one who cooks. The next morning, watching the street from the top of a tree, cheeks a thin slice of salted meat in an unfermented bread for breakfast. I didn¡¯t bring anything in particular besides my usual protective knife. If something happens to you, and you leave a hammer in the capital, it¡¯s a hassle. As I slowly watched the streets for breakfast, a carriage came from far away. I wonder if that¡¯s Camilo. Eventually the carriage, which seemed like a dot, was quite a big carriage (even so, the way I said the horse was holding the big one), and it gets clarity that it¡¯s getting closer. I just swallowed breakfast and I stared at your face. It¡¯s definitely Camilo. When I make sure there are no people around me, it¡¯s time to get out of the trees and keep an eye on the carriage from the woods. Eventually the carriage stops and Camilo disembarks and turns towards the carrier. I approached it quickly as I peered around. ¡°That¡¯s good. But can I ask you why? ¡°Oh. Mr. Marius¡¯ house¡­¡­ I mean, the Amur family has a family heirloom sword, and they say it was stolen. From the circumstances when it was stolen, he¡¯s being poked at a ski that only an inside person knows, and Mr. Marius tramples that Karel made him do it.¡± ¡°How is that supposed to get me to hit the sword? ¡°Don¡¯t rush that. Karel seems to want Mr. Marius to disqualify his successor for stealing his family heirloom sword. Karel says he¡¯s gathering information to get his calculations back, but he probably has it at his disposal, and he¡¯s got nothing to take back.¡± ¡°How did you manage to get your precious family heirloom stolen, you don¡¯t have the qualities of a successor, I¡¯ll take it back and show you what you deserve as a successor. You mean. It¡¯s so suspicious, but no one¡¯s going in there? ¡°Karel and his bellies weren¡¯t near the capital when the sword of the family heirloom was stolen. That¡¯s suspicious instead, but the suspicion is only suspicious, beyond the connection to the one you¡¯ve stolen or anything, and if you take it home, that must be an achievement. I just took it back as soon as I started looking! Then there¡¯s too much suspicion, so I guess I¡¯m deciding I haven¡¯t found it yet. You¡¯re do-it-yourself enough to embarrass the word match pump. ¡°So it¡¯s your turn. Marius says the stolen family heirloom sword is fake. ¡°Oh, that¡¯s¡­¡± Terrible imagination turns my head. No, that¡¯s not true. But Camilo¡¯s words were exactly what he imagined. ¡°Yes, you strike the new (¡­) and (¡­) the sword of the family heirloom. Today, tomorrow.¡± Chapter 55 Chapter 55: 55 ¡°Chi, wait a minute. Does the new family heirloom sword mean my sword will be the family heirloom of the Amur family? ¡°Don¡¯t be. It¡¯s more¡± fake ¡±to be stolen, so naturally I would say that the¡± real ¡±Mr. Marius has is a family heirloom. So, that¡± real ¡±is what you made. ¡°Is it good that the sword I made should be like that¡­¡± ¡°It¡¯s not a family heirloom sword, it¡¯s not a national treasure, it¡¯s not made by a god or an elf, there¡¯s the first person to hit it, so it¡¯s the same thing.¡± ¡°When they say that, yes, it is.¡± ¡°Think I¡¯ll help Mr. Marius here and give up.¡± ¡°Hmm.¡± Well, when I say family heirloom, it¡¯s just a good sword that can be done, so if I make a sword that can be done more than that, it¡¯ll be ¡°great, that¡¯s just what I inherit as family heirloom,¡± and it¡¯ll actually be worth it. When you make a national treasure or a family heirloom of a house that has a higher ranking than the Count, you think that the material is well manufactured and just steel will go beyond the scope of being able to beat fat, but if it¡¯s about the Count¡¯s house, it would still be a critical piece of steel, or something like that, and you might be able to handle it critically. For once, ask Mr. Marius about the material of the sword¡­. ¡°Helen showed me the sword you struck, but I could tell it was a good deal. If I can hit that one, I¡¯ll be fine.¡± Camilo calls out to me thinking about it. Oh, the only one out to the public so far, did you see that one? So if you say it¡¯s okay, is it okay? I can¡¯t wipe away my anxiety right now, but it¡¯s the boat I boarded, do I have to do it? ¡°I get it. It¡¯s just tough when some conditions overlap. For example, if the material is more than steel, it becomes dangerous. Try to make something as good as possible.¡± ¡°Oh, that¡¯s fine. So, I¡¯m sorry, but there¡¯s a box there, right? Can you hide in there, please? ¡°Is this it? Sure, there¡¯s a bigger box there. But it¡¯s a little small for me to come in. ¡°Oh, that¡¯s it¡± Says Camilo, who looked back at us chilling. When I removed the lid of the box as I was told, I peered inside. That¡¯s deeper than I thought. And, I mean, obviously, it¡¯s not physically deep enough. I see, is that what you¡¯re saying? There¡¯s a luggage truck that can carry more than it looks. I can¡¯t hide from this. When I dived into it, I closed the lid myself. It¡¯s been quite a while since I hid in the box. At least it¡¯s been long enough for me to sleep lightly. It¡¯s a carriage, and I think it¡¯s a lot faster than walking because the streets are maintained, but I¡¯m still saying it went quite a distance. Then after being rocked by the carriage for another while, it rocks loudly with Gatan, and the carriage stops. It¡¯s noisy around. Apparently, you¡¯ve reached the entrance to the capital. ¡°Next! I feel like I can hear you calling me¡± here and there. Is it like the immigration screening of what the previous world called the border line? I¡¯m not sure because it¡¯s in the box. The carriage stops when it moves on from time to time. The voice the guards call is also getting closer and closer according to it.Eventually, it looks like it¡¯s our turn. ¡°Are you a pedestrian?¡± ¡°Heh. I brought some items.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll change it a little bit.¡± ¡°Heh.¡± The sound of the two walking in the luggage car ¨C that is, approaching me. I wonder if the guard-like footsteps have gone up to the carrier and they seem to be opening the lid on the opposite side of my luggage. The footsteps and the sound of opening the lid approached me one by one, cooling my liver considerably, but eventually, without coming to me, I walked straight off the carrier. ¡°All right, fine, go through¡± ¡°Heh. Thank you.¡± When Camilo returns it, he proceeds with the carriage. Eventually, the vibration of the carriage changed as we heard the hustle and bustle of whether we had entered the city. The wheels also sound different. Still, Camilo doesn¡¯t tell me to ¡°get out¡± yet. It doesn¡¯t seem to change the situation where you say you shouldn¡¯t go out on the detour or make noises. Even after you think you¡¯ve entered the city, you go quite a distance while turning the road, climbing hills, and occasionally stopping. Eventually, when I went a little further after stopping and felt the vibration of the carriage clearly different from before, the carriage stopped again. A destination, I guess. ¡°Now it seems that Mr. Marius only leaves a few craftsmen he can trust.¡± ¡°I see.¡± That¡¯s not going to make a lot of people look like they¡¯re going to create ¡°real.¡± ¡°Oops.¡± I jump off the carrier. This seems to be just where we carry our luggage in, and there are no fire floors or shards. I didn¡¯t know because I was in the box, but looking out, the sun is leaning slightly. You mean it took a lot of time in the carriage because it went over there first thing in the morning. ¡°Well, let¡¯s get ready.¡± ¡°Oops. We just got Mr. Marius to report our arrival, so I¡¯m sorry to bother you so quickly.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± I¡¯ll open the door Camilo showed me. Now, Mr. Marius¡¯ generation of help, do you want to get started? Chapter 56 Chapter 56: 56 If you look inside the blacksmith, there are all kinds of fire floors and fuigos, hammers and more. The other thing that catches my eye is a big hammer. If you look at it, the shaft extends outside at the top. You¡¯re the one who moves in the water wheel. Installation will teach you how to move it, so it looks like you can handle it. The fire floor is not magically compatible, so I need to ignite it myself. Once you put charcoal in the fire floor, take the wood skin and straw that will be the fire exit, plus the sheet metal and hammer, and head to the gold floor. When I put sheet metal on the gold floor, I hammer the edge thoroughly as I turn it upside down. After doing this for a while, the end of the sheet metal gets red heat. Straw on the wooden skin and let it touch the red-hot sheet metal there ignites the straw. Hurry up and take it to the fire bed, put it around the charcoal you laid, and then operate the fuigo until the charcoal caught fire. After manipulating the fuigo for a while, add charcoal, manipulate the fuigo, and repeat. It¡¯s the part of our workshop that¡¯s magically daddy doing around here. All you have to do is throw in the charcoal and magically light it and send the wind. If you¡¯re someone who can use more magic properly than me, you should be able to do the same on this fire bed, but somehow you can¡¯t help it because it¡¯s the least you can do. And maybe people like that don¡¯t do blacksmiths. The fire has turned enough and the temperature has risen, so stick in the sheet metal that looks like the best thing I had left and heat it up. When you¡¯re done heating up, start stretching. Place the heated sheet metal on the gold floor and hammer it. I¡¯ll try to make things as uniform as possible like the organization, but it kind of makes you feel a little different than usual. Because the hammers are different? I guess I should have had it from the workshop. This guy is a ¡°bespoke model¡± so I slap him while I concentrate and put it off. Eventually it became the length of the long sword. It¡¯s a shaping exercise from here on out. With the task of heating and beating, it creates a shape. The finished shape is a long sword with a straight blade section. The quality is rigid. ¡°Oh, you¡¯re doing it.¡± Camilo has spoken out about where he has been so far. ¡°Oh, in shape.¡± While I answer that, I put my sword in the fire bed and raise the temperature. Prepare to cook. While manipulating the fuigo, identify the perfect temperature. Eventually, the sword was heated to the temperature as I thought it would, so I take it out of the fire floor and quickly cool it with water. When the temperature has dropped sufficiently, gently warm it again to the flame of the fire floor and let it cool this time. I polished and sharpened, and now I¡¯m supposed to be done¡­ ¡°Hmm.¡± I was confused. ¡°What¡¯s going on? Didn¡¯t you make it? Camilo is worried about how I am. ¡°No, I could do it, but I can¡¯t do this¡­¡± Yes, it is. When I created the ¡±bespoke model,¡± there was no such thing as brilliance in this sword. This is a good and ¡±luxury model¡±. I know it¡¯s ¡±cheesy¡± enough to do that in this short time, but it¡¯s not good enough to say that we¡¯re going to make the next family heirloom. ¡°It looks good enough.¡± ¡°Hey. Not this one.¡± We also had firewood, just like our workshop, so we put straw on it and slash it with the sword we just struck. The straw was spat out. Firewood has a blade (¡­) Ri (¡­) Food (¡­) In (¡­) N (¡­) So (¡­) Y (¡­) Ru (¡­).¡°Oh, that¡¯s so cute.¡± ¡°Hey¡­ this isn¡¯t it¡­¡± Camilo is excited, but naturally this is not how my special-order models cut off. This is a luxury model. When I take out my knife, I cut straw and firewood with it. The straw was cut with a ston of firewood. It¡¯s still this cutaway when it¡¯s a proper bespoke model. ¡°Oh, hey, now¡­¡± ¡°Hmm? Yeah, when I mean it, I can make something that cuts this much¡± ¡°Oh, really¡­¡± Camilo is pulling a bit. Well, Helen¡¯s just really showed me the look, and you didn¡¯t show me the sharpness or anything. ¡°Don¡¯t say it all over too much.¡± ¡°I know. I mean, you wouldn¡¯t believe me if I said that.¡± ¡°No. You¡¯re not.¡± I noticed. If it doesn¡¯t work with just the ingredients here, you can also use ingredients that aren¡¯t here. When I make the fire on the fire floor strong, I heat it with a knife for my rosy protection. Remove the red-hot knife and cut into about one-third pieces. Once the smaller sheet metal and the cut knife are alternately placed on the sheet metal and wrapped in a wet thin anesthetic cloth, stick the straw burning ash there and put it in the fire floor to heat. It¡¯s red-hot and looks like a chunk. Take it out, make full use of the cheat, and hammer it so the steel on the knife you cut with the sheet metal here sticks together. I have repeated this task several times and once it has been put together, this time I will hammer it to extend, but not yet here until the desired length. Once extended to some extent, put a cut in the middle, fold it back and put it together again. This work was repeated about fifteen times. The chunks thus made are heated again and now extended to the desired length. Knock the mullahs off so that things like tissue are as uniform as possible at this time. Now I don¡¯t feel uncomfortable when I first hit it. extended to the desired length. There is no unevenness or distortion at all. Make a shape from here. Heat and beat and repeat. While taking a serious look at it so that the unevenness and distortion in the corners do not appear again. Eventually, the shape is not like the first strike, but rather the part of the blade draws an elegant curve. I wasn¡¯t aware of it when I first hit it, but if you¡¯re referring to it as a family heirloom, you¡¯d better be this elaborate on the design. I was able to cook and bake, polish and grind everything perfectly with cheese. I look at my freshly done self. This brilliance is definitely a bespoke model. Bring straw and firewood to set, and gently shake down the long sword you just made there. At the next moment, the blade of the long sword bordered the ground, and the uneven straw and firewood were scattered on both sides of it. Chapter 57 Chapter 57: 57 Now the body itself is complete. You can¡¯t literally ¡±fathom¡± with those swords there. I just can¡¯t keep delivering this. It¡¯s simple for a family heirloom. Borrow a pair of glasses (though hammers and others are also borrowed) and sculpt them all over themselves. With the help of cheats around here, we will also put in graceful texts so that they do not lose weight balance, do not lose strength, and fit the blade curve. The one that looks like a plant leaf and stem. At the tip of the sword, add a pattern that looks like a flower has bloomed. These are quite heavy labor because they will be put in the back and on the table. Wouldn¡¯t it be tougher than when you¡¯re wearing yourself out if you suck at this¡­ Well, that¡¯s why I get to be a family heirloom, I feel like. Thanks to the cheats, do not get lost and proceed with the work without a draft or anything. After quite a while, I finally finished sculpting myself. Next up is a twister and a pattern. Put in a text that also appears to involve plants. The text of the tweezer is carved in such a way that it looks three-dimensional. I also tried to put the Amur family crest in the middle of the tweezer. The pattern head is a sculpture that looks like a bud of flowers. The usual ¡±sitting fat cat¡± was placed small where it would become invisible once the leather was wrapped around it. That¡¯s a little Easter egg. I use Yasuri to clean the bali that came out when I put in the sculpture. The text has become clearer, so stop there. Seems like a pretty late hour when you realize it. I¡¯m drowsy. This doesn¡¯t make sense to keep working like this. Since I got older, I¡¯d be quicker to cut off where I said this. When I put out the fire on the fire floor, I lay down in a blanket that was inside the blacksmith. Get up. I wake up shaken by Yuyusa and someone. ¡°Hmm.¡± I loosen my eyes. It seemed Camilo was the one who was rocking me. ¡°Damn, I thought you were depressed that you couldn¡¯t do it yesterday, so I was sleeping relaxed.¡± ¡°Hey, it¡¯s not good for you all night.¡± To Camilo¡¯s words I lay back, relaxing. If this hadn¡¯t been made of the main body of the sword either, I wouldn¡¯t have been so relaxed. ¡°Is the body capital,¡± I heard a familiar voice there, unlike Camilo. I jump up in a hurry. ¡°Mr. Marius! So what I was grinning at was the face of that honorable man, who I saw scattered at the city entrance or something. My body is not that slightly worn leather armor, I¡¯m wearing fine clothes. The short sword sitting on my hips is my hit, but I¡¯m happy and ashamed. ¡°Long time no see, Mr. Eizou¡± Mr. Marius greets me politely. I guess I have a lot of hard work with the boulders here, I can see some ¡°kake¡± on my face. What, that? ¡°Mr. Marius, did you know my name? ¡°I heard it when I asked for this one. It¡¯s disrespectful to say that you don¡¯t even know your name.¡± ¡°I see¡­¡­ You don¡¯t have to be so polite to me, Mr. Marius. It¡¯s like when we met in the city.¡± Mr. Marius makes me uncomfortable when he¡¯s polite, and I can¡¯t get through the conversation. ¡°No, no disrespectful imitation for those who will be our benefactors¡± I¡¯ve been doing that since I was a guard in the city, but you¡¯re turning a blind eye, aren¡¯t you, Mr. Marius?¡°No, thank you for your concern. I owe you.¡± When I say that, ¡°So we¡¯re in the same position as each other, so stop being polite to each other, right? With a nickel of laughter, Mr Marius proposes. If I don¡¯t swallow this, I¡¯ll probably stay like this. I don¡¯t like that either. ¡°Ok¡­¡­ no, ok. Let me do that.¡± Thus, a blacksmith was born (probably the next term) who talks with the Count at Tamemouth. ¡°I¡¯m gonna wrap my leather around it for now, so just give me a minute. You got time for this? ¡°Oh, I¡¯m still fine¡± ¡°Okay.¡± I wrap leather around the pattern of my sword. I was able to quickly wrap it up with the help of cheats. ¡°That¡¯s it. Shake it.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± ¡°I mean, it¡¯s just steel¡± ¡°Exactly.¡± One is clear for now. Is it impossible to have Orihalcon or something if you are a normal person? Can I¡­ ¡°One more thing, the family heirloom hasn¡¯t been shown before? ¡°I¡¯ll bring it up during the inner ritual, but otherwise it¡¯s out of the door. Our records say,¡± The king gave me the throne and the sword, so I¡¯m sick of it. ¡° ¡°Well,¡± she said, ¡°it¡¯s not in the same shape as the family heirloom,¡± so the field won¡¯t make a scene. ¡° ¡°Don¡¯t be.¡± So, are you okay? I wondered what I would do if it had ever been exhibited or something like that in the museum feel of the previous world, but one way or the other, it seems like I¡¯ve never been exposed to the crowd with the treatment of deities or anything like that. ¡°If it¡¯s going to go away, you can compare it. If¡± fake ¡±doesn¡¯t beat this¡± real ¡±, you know which is the¡± sword given to you by the king for fear, ¡°right? Marius grinned invincibly, saying so. Chapter 58 Chapter 58: 58 ¡°Well, then you¡¯re next in the sheath¡± I speak to Camilo and Marius. ¡°Oh well. There¡¯s a sheath.¡± That¡¯s what Camilo says. If it¡¯s a regular long sword, I¡¯m done making it, especially without worrying about it, but it¡¯s just going to be a family heirloom. ¡°Well, I don¡¯t know how much you¡¯re going to make a family heirloom after this, but if you¡¯re going to call it a family heirloom, you have quite a sheath, don¡¯t you? ¡°Can you do it by tomorrow? This is Marius. ¡°Well, by the time I can, I¡¯ll finish it by the end of the day.¡± ¡°You don¡¯t have to be too gorgeous. The fake sheath wasn¡¯t gorgeous either.¡± ¡°Really? Then let¡¯s make it like that.¡± ¡°Oh, please¡± Here they left once. The next thing you know, it¡¯s time for full delivery. Okay, let¡¯s get started. The foundation shall be made of wood. Choose the old-fashioned and stuffed trees that you keep as ingredients. I also rely on cheats for my eyes around here. Even though it is a family heirloom, it will be fine because it was recently rebuilt. If it¡¯s a national treasure or an artifact, it must be pretty hard to rebuild the sheath. Put the sword on the tree, and when you measure the size, you slip the tree through the shape of the sword. I have two wooden boards that are cut out half way through, and when they are tensioned together in Nikawa, I will make the exterior shape with a luxury model knife that I have tried and made. The sculpture also looks like it could use this knife, so put only one flower stem and leaf-like writing in the middle. Clean the whole thing up with a knife once you¡¯re done with it. It¡¯s a rule of thumb. Next, apply beeswax to the whole area for the cloth. I know it¡¯s a pretty expensive product, but it¡¯s a family heirloom sheath, and it¡¯s a mess. Once you have finished applying it over a good amount of time, the next thing you know, put a fire in the fire floor. Heat the sheet metal, which is not very large, and beat it with a hammer to extend it thinly. Extended steel plates are used to edge sheaths. Normally a fairly time-consuming task, but thanks to the cheats it took me the length and shape I wanted at a time. Plates extending around the sheath will be mounted and sculpted with a pair of glasses. This is like a plant leaf. Eventually, when the sun set, the sheath was finally complete. It was early in the morning to be woken up, and Marius and Camilo didn¡¯t stay that long, so it would have taken a fair amount of time with one sheath. Still, if it¡¯s normal, I¡¯ve finished the work in a day that¡¯s going to take about January if I do poorly, it¡¯s still nothing more than say cheat. When I put my sword in the sheath, it looks pretty elaborate. This would not be inferior to a fake, one giggling damned, Camilo and Marius came. ¡°How¡¯s it going? There¡¯s no way you haven¡¯t made it, is there? Camilo asked in a flamboyant manner. You¡¯re not even thinking about fine dust that you can¡¯t do this. The trust is delightful. ¡°I was just able to do it. How about this? I¡¯ll show you the sword and sheath I just made.¡°Ooh¡­¡± Marius leaks an exclamation. ¡°This would also make it easier to counter counterfeiting¡± ¡°Right. Good for you.¡± I give it back to Marius, who smiles. I¡¯m glad you¡¯re happy with what you¡¯ve made properly, but the embarrassment is still bigger now. ¡°Azo, thank you so much¡± ¡°What, you owe me. I just gave it back.¡± Marius offers his right hand. I took that hand and shook it gutsy. ¡°Just rest for today. I¡¯ll pick you up tomorrow morning.¡± Camilo tells me. ¡°Oh, okay¡± My confusion deepens. Why bother dressing in luxurious clothes when you¡¯re just going home now? Totally tempered me elsewhere, Marius told the women he came with, ¡°He¡¯s not used to saying this about clothing. Help him get dressed.¡± I am ordering. The women nodded and surrounded me. ¡°Yes, no, wait. Why are you dressed!? I almost scream. In the meantime, the women are trying to do their orders with tequila ¨C I mean, they¡¯re trying to take my clothes off. I wait for two answers while I keep my clothes down, but they both nibble and I don¡¯t return the answers. The clothes are likely to be damaged if I put too much effort into it to contain them, so I loosen my strength for a moment, but the ladies came undressing my donkey clothes to the ski and I only got underwear. When this happens, they¡¯ll put on new clothes. There¡¯s nothing else. I certainly don¡¯t know how to dress a luxury person. There¡¯s nothing I can do, so I can stay dressed. I guess it¡¯s because I didn¡¯t even have any weird resistance. If you can put it on, things cleared up quickly. The clothes are designed to resemble Marius¡¯ clothes and do not feel aristocratic. I wasn¡¯t smart enough to keep up with the situation, but if I looked closely, Camilo¡¯s stature was pretty good, too. ¡°So? What are you gonna do with me wearing this? I¡¯m not gonna let you go home like this, am I? When I asked the two of them with a flashy look, Marius said without even trying to give up a laugh. ¡°From now on, we¡¯re going to confront my brother, His Highness. And I want you to go out with me.¡± Chapter 59 Chapter 59: 59 I got dressed, rather than dressed, and I was rocked by a carriage, along with Marius and Camilo. It makes me look so flashy. It was only salvation that Thermia and Rike hadn¡¯t seen this figure. ¡°Don¡¯t be so angry. You want to see¡± fake ¡±too, right? Camilo picks it up. ¡°I¡¯m not saying I don¡¯t want to see¡­¡± A family heirloom bestowed by the king, it would be more than that if it were, and if he asks if he doesn¡¯t care, he decides to care. ¡°This is my request. I¡¯ve got you both involved, and I want you both to know about the upside.¡± Marius says. I have no objection to that either. ¡°So why did I have to wear these clothes? That¡¯s the only thing I¡¯m hooked on. ¡°If you say it without covering it up, you can¡¯t just have a blacksmith present at the place where you say it. I think I¡¯m talking nonsense. So I put on my noble clothes.¡± Marius answers. ¡°So, Eizo is supposed to be my guest from the north. They¡¯re bringing some Karel, too, so taking a guest won¡¯t be an issue. It would be more convenient to declare a recapture in the presence of a third party, if it were Karel. Same with Lord Camilo. I guess you expect the story to spread on the pedestrian information network. Otherwise, there¡¯s no way that Karel would approve of attending a¡± pedestrian. ¡° ¡°I see.¡± ¡±Per pedestrian¡± would be Karel¡¯s word, not Marius. Marius is supposed to be the next Count, but ¡±progressive¡± for a nobleman. If you guard in the city, you will see all sorts of people, and is the experience alive? To say that pedestrians are good and blacksmiths are no good is not a story I don¡¯t understand when I think about spreading information. ¡°You mean it¡¯s all gonna be on the back.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t be.¡± Being seen by a third party that says I, or by a pedestrian with an information network that says Camilo, can only result in spreading Karel¡¯s failures. Karel¡¯s bringing in friends and acquaintances also produces the same result. I hope you¡¯ll just admit it. I couldn¡¯t help but think so. Eventually we arrive at a large mansion. Is this the house of the Earl of Amur? This is Sir Menzel¡¯s apartment. Marius tells me, but that¡¯s a name I don¡¯t hear. ¡°Sir Menzel is the Marquis of this country.¡±Camilo followed me. Does the Marquis mean one thing above the Count? ¡°Heh. You¡¯ve come to an elusive place¡± ¡°In the old knowledge that my father was Sir Menzel. Younger than my father, but I was being cordial. Even on that edge, I¡¯m entrusted with ruling on the matter.¡± It is Marius who says so. I see. I guess a report to the King would also be direct if it was about the Marquis. When you get off the carriage at the mansion, a servant, or a polite young man of your waist, will guide you and let you through to the large room. When we got here, nobody was in the room yet. Marius sat in her seat, so we sit down near there. I don¡¯t really know what to do next when I say this, but it doesn¡¯t seem as different from the world before. The sword of the ¡±real¡± family heirloom, wrapped in cloth, rests by Marius. Slightly, three men came in. One of them has an invincible grin. Anyway, it looks like Marius, so is that Karel? It¡¯s not a face that I shouldn¡¯t have. I guess I happen to be blind to greed¡­¡­ I guess the other two are people of that status, too. Karel and the others sit back in a position facing us. Until Karel got here, he was kind of chatting with us in a whisper, but he kept his mouth shut as soon as he came in. Some further from there came a magnificent man in luxurious clothes. He has a disappointing body and a perfectly groomed moustache and hair. Is that the Marquis Menzel? We stand together. When the Marquis sat in his seat, he urged us to take a seat as well. ¡°Now, the sword of the family heirloom was taken from the Amur family, and Lord Karel took it back? The Marquis asks the Karels. It makes me think that most humans would tremble if they were yelled at with this voice, with a low, quiet voice, which must be the image they receive from a disappointed body. ¡°May I have one?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t mind. Say it.¡± Marquis urges. ¡°The only reason I seemed slow was because that family heirloom was fake. The real thing was on hand, so we thought we should just twitch and hunt down the thieves. I just want you to know that I¡¯m very much reflecting on what it looked like to have my hands around, but it¡¯s the difference between cleaning it up quickly, twitching, hunting it down, and tightening it up.¡± ¡°Hmm?¡± The Marquis raises a frown on Marius¡¯ counterattack. I heard a noise saying Gatan, so when I looked over there, Karel would have stood up unexpectedly. ¡°Here¡¯s the real thing.¡± He unwrapped the cloth that Marius had placed beside him and put out a sword that fit in his sheath. Give me my ¡±real¡± sword. Chapter 60 Chapter 60: 60 ¡°That can¡¯t be right! Karel screams out loud. Actually, ¡°it can¡¯t be,¡± so that¡¯s obvious. Lord Karel, calm down. The Marquis conquers Karel. Karel takes her seat like she said reluctantly. Looking at the two people accompanying him, one is simply surprised, but the other is making it bitter. If you¡¯re surprised, you didn¡¯t tell me the details. In a way, I can also say that I was fortunate. If you¡¯re bitter, you¡¯re dressed like a nobleman, but if you¡¯re noble, if you don¡¯t remember to hide your true intentions a little more, if you go to the conspiracy swirl, they¡¯ll kill you in no time. ¡°So what do you mean,¡± real ¡±? The Marquis asks Marius. ¡°Yeah, I found out from the documents my father left, in fact, that in the Amur family, when it was a ritual or something, externally, we had¡± fake ¡±to use there, but there was actually something¡± real ¡±about it.¡± If it matters to the country, then confront the national disaster with what succeeds the governor of the house ¡°, as does the document left by my father. Marius took the paper (probably parchment) out of his nostalgia and offered it to the Marquis. The Marquis receives it and sees through it. ¡°Hmm, that¡¯s definitely Uncle Amur¡¯s letter¡± Karel¡¯s eyes open to the Marquis¡¯ words, but then you, there¡¯s no way you haven¡¯t forged them in your mind when you¡¯re talking like this. When it comes to deceiving the eyes of an old-fashioned human, you must have asked a well-armed one, but that would be Camilo¡¯s job there. When I looked at Camilo in a chill, he winked at me for a moment. Don¡¯t let the old man wink at you. Karel tried to say something, but Marius stood up ahead and ¡°My brother was late to tell you that when we found this document, he went somewhere else to come and didn¡¯t even see you until today. Unless you¡¯re very sorry.¡± That¡¯s what I say and I bow my head. Karel grated his floating hips again. Suspiciously suspicious, Tsujitsu fits. ¡°Yes, but does Lord Karel have any objections? I would like to report to Your Majesty that there is no problem without it.¡± The Marquis throws a word for Karel that is also equal to the death penalty, not knowing it. But now I¡¯m still ¡°bloodthirsty¡±, but it was my heart to take back the family heirloom. its mind and its full ¡°to settle. I may not be able to inherit the governor anymore, but I think the best thing in this place is the end of it. Then you hide yourself while Marius investigates the cause of death of your father and brother, and you just have to trade. ¡°No, it¡¯s still¡± fake, ¡°and I can¡¯t believe the word¡± real. ¡° But Karel wanted a settlement on the spot. I wanted it. Even though that is the act of placing the King before the pawn on which Marius put it. ¡°Okay. If so, let us bear witness to it.¡± Marius says without incident. It¡¯s a testament to my trust in my product, but there are some aspects that I would like you to give me a break. ¡°How do you do that? ¡°It would actually be quicker to try it. May I rent your garden? ¡°I don¡¯t mind. Lord Karel, can you do that?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Everyone takes their seats to travel. Karel stares at Marius without hiding anymore. Marius could afford it. Thus, the last confrontation was to take place in the courtyard of the Marquis Mansion. We have ¡±family heirloom swords¡± with each other, but this doesn¡¯t exactly cut us off. Mine is more protruding in the dirt of the courtyard. You look like you could be king if you pull it out while I work. A young soldier with a spear approaches there. He is the guard of this mansion ¨C the private soldier of the Marquis. From now on, I will poke the flank of the sword he has made of me. And if there¡¯s any damage to the sword, what I make is ¡±fake¡±. However, I saw a chill, but if I could do that tip, my sword would endure 50 times whether the material was just steel. A soldier poked at me about 20 times, but my spear tip just broke, and I don¡¯t have a scratch on my made sword. ¡°Stupid¡­¡­¡± It is Karel who groans so low. That would be so. You can¡¯t have something like this in just one or two days. Normally. The Marquis also praises the sword with admiration. ¡°That is the sword given to me by His Majesty the King. It combines beauty and strength.¡± Marius proclaims victory over Niccoli and the Marquis. ¡°Ugh, um. So much cleavage, if you go out on the battlefield, you will be able to work a thousand times. This is the real deal.¡± Neither is that Marquis slightly able to keep up with the events that have taken place in front of him, but if he is shown this, he will admit it or not. Surprisingly, the real one declared one or the other. ¡°Therefore, I should like to report to Your Majesty that this time there is no particular problem with the case of¡± This Time ¡°, and therefore the inheritance of the governor will also go according to the decision. That¡¯s fine, Lord Marius, Lord Carrell.¡± That¡¯s what the slightly re-held Marquis declares. That¡¯s it. I just want to take this guy off and go home. When I thought so, ¡°Wow!!! That¡¯s what Karel screamed and tried to jump on Marius. I have a knife in my hand. I was able to capture that move thanks to Cheat, but I can¡¯t make it from here. But at that moment, I caught another move. It¡¯s Marius. With Marius¡¯ right hand holding my sword, he jumps up at great speed, and as if there was nothing there, the blade ¡°Do it¡± glances over Karel¡¯s right shoulder from Karel¡¯s left hip. Cut off without sound, Karel¡¯s upper body, which cried apart, rolled to the ground before reaching Marius, making a noise saying, How? Chapter 61 Chapter 61: 61 ¡°My lord, I have dirty¡± injuries ¡°to your garden, and I can¡¯t help but open my petition. Please tell me what this punishment is.¡± Marius bows his head to the Marquis. It¡¯s dirt around here, so replacing it will be easy, but that won¡¯t be the end of it. But the Marquis was not angry, and laughed and said, even though it was such a gloomy place. ¡°No, you don¡¯t have to worry about it. No, it¡¯s a great fat thing to beat a¡± thief, ¡°Sir (¡­)¡± You just called Marius ¡°Sir¡±, not ¡°Your Highness¡±. This means that the Marquis recognized Marius as Count. And by referring to Karel as a ¡±thief,¡± as Marquis, he was already out of the Amur family. ¡°But I¡¯m going to show you the shame of home. If you need anything in the future, what can I do for you?¡± ¡°Uhm. Let¡¯s remember if we¡¯re going to say that much. Hey, those two¡± Marquis nods to Marius, who bows his head again, and speaks to the two people Karel brings. ¡°Yes, sir¡± ¡°Hey, what is it?¡± You two don¡¯t seem to be keeping up with what happened at all. Unlike us, which I was expecting somewhat, it would be completely unexpected over there. ¡°What happened here is useless. If it leaks¡­ you know what I mean? Marquis threatening with Doss¡¯ resourceful voice. It¡¯s not what I expected, the two of them shuddering and groaning. Poor thing. ¡°Okay. Hey, somebody! The Marquis called a servant and asked the two of them to pick it up as soon as possible. That would be better for both of us. We¡¯ll leave the courtyard and go back to the room where we were. Apparently, the Marquis¡¯ servant will clean it up later. It was impressive that Marius watched Karel, who would be left on the spot, only for a moment, with sad eyes. Returning to the room, the Marquis and Marius begin a meeting on future policy. We could have taken our seats off, and the Marquis seemed to want to, but Marius¡­ ¡°I can¡¯t say much to Your Excellency, and it¡¯s very distressing, but they have a right to know everything that¡¯s going on.¡± and pushed it, and the Marquis also admitted it, thus combining it with being present. First, Marius inherits the title of Amur family and Earl. They¡¯re also going to do this within another week. Even without the grand ceremony, there seems to be a feast going on inside, so I have to send Deanna home as soon as I get home. I have to calculate with Marius and Camilo later. And as for Karel¡¯s treatment. Once the body is secretly buried in the Amur family graveyard, but officially he decides to circle the country in order to acquire wisdom and later assist Marius. I can tell countries that caring and prying is useless because identity is hidden in order to obtain the unseen voice of the people of the city. Normally, if someone comes to the Count¡¯s house in another country or so, you need a lot of hospitality, but don¡¯t need that, and don¡¯t worry, I¡¯m not a spy. In the conclusions which these summarise briefly, the Gotagota of the Amur family will now call one case settled.¡°Well, thank you, my lord¡± ¡°Oh. Welcome.¡± Marius and the Marquis stand up and shake hands. Taken together, it¡¯s short, but in time, that¡¯s the end of the meeting that was there. I know it¡¯s good, but that doesn¡¯t put it on my face. I get up, too. There, the Marquis called out. ¡°Sometimes, Sir¡¯s guests wonder if you have a good deal of swordsmanship? I ask as I look at this one with the kind of eyes that get shot through. ¡°No, nothing in particular¡± I answer with a thrill inside. I really want you to stop doing these things when you¡¯re done and in the middle of nowhere. ¡°Earlier, I was reacting to his movements as quickly as possible, because that was you. I thought you remembered my arm.¡± ¡°I see¡­¡­ I can wield some swords for protection, but very much so in what can be called swordsmanship.¡± When I answer that, the Marquis¡¯ eyes are squeezed and more intimidating. ¡°If that¡¯s a human being, you can¡¯t even speak.¡± ¡°I was next door. Even though I¡¯ve been here quite a bit, I usually answer without such signs.¡± Ride Marius, and Camilo will say boo-boo. That was such an amazing thing. ¡°Your Excellency is a martial arts man. Have you ever taken command of the Great Ghost¡± Auga ¡°crusade, and then you cut yourself off from the front lines? So I¡¯ve been intimidated by some grasp of how many users Eizo is. You¡¯re completely bad.¡± ¡°That¡¯s¡­¡± ¡°I¡¯m not a bad person, so don¡¯t worry about it there. I¡¯ll go through with you, too.¡± ¡°I really asked for it there.¡± Can you keep your eyes open to anyone who might bother you any more? I couldn¡¯t help wishing Marius the best. Chapter 62 Chapter 62: 62 The three of us resign from the Marquis Mansion and head to the Amur family mansion. I want to take these clothes off as soon as possible because I¡¯ve finished everything. After I arrived in the capital, I worked first at the blacksmith and went directly from there to the Marquis Mansion, so this is the first time I have ever been to the Amur family. The Aymur Mansion is smaller than the Marquis Mansion, but it is a splendid gated mansion. Me and Camilo were put through to a fine interior room. Marius is not here now. Maybe he¡¯s dressed from somewhere else. If I wanted to get dressed too¡­ to a servant-like middle-aged man. ¡°Dear Eizo, this way, please.¡± And I was the only one called. Walk down the hallway with a servant. So was the hallway until I came to the reception room, but like the image I received in the previous world, the pot did not decorate the armor. Tapestry adorns the walls, by the way. Not that long away, there¡¯s a room, a servant opens the door, ¡°Please, come in¡± Encourage. When I honestly followed that instruction into the room, there were several female servants waiting inside. The door closes in the back. That said, something ¡°important¡± doesn¡¯t seem to happen. I have my clothes folded beside me. ¡°It must have been tough not to get used to it, right? We¡¯re here to help you get dressed.¡± A female servant takes off his tequila and aristocratic clothes. I don¡¯t know how to wear it, so it helps because it was refreshing to take it off. I learned this morning that when I resist this poorly, it takes time instead, so I will be, but I will leave it. I can wear my own clothes, too, but if you say you¡¯ll let me wear them, I¡¯ll follow them already. I guess I¡¯m used to it, I quickly finished dressing and dressed like my usual villager a. Don¡¯t really calm down. Yeah, the extravagant clothes I say don¡¯t suit me. As I enjoy the openness, the servant women are laughing couscous. ¡°Anything?¡± ¡°No, I thought Eizo seemed to like you very much.¡± ¡°Oh. I¡¯m just an uncle in the city. Besides, look, this one looks better, and you look good, right? You say that with a laugh, as I tear it up, ¡°Yeah, really¡± The servant women laughed even more. I¡¯m done getting dressed, so I¡¯m going back to the original reception room with the servant man who showed me around. Marius and Camilo, dressed inside for clothes that felt a lot rougher than they were going, were laughing as they drank tea. ¡°Oh, you¡¯re back¡± Marius was the first to react. ¡°Oh. When you get dressed, you can see very well that your shoulders were beeping. And now I know I¡¯m not for nobility.¡± I give it back with a laugh. Camilo got on with it, ¡°Must be. Neither outfit makes me feel awe of you.¡± And we all laughed back at each other.¡°Well, I took great care of this one. Thank you.¡± Marius bows his head. ¡°I told you first. I¡¯ve taken care of everything in the city, and this is what I owe you.¡± ¡°Yes, yes. Eizo, anyway, without covering it up, even I¡¯ve got a connection to the Counts, I¡¯m not making a big deal out of it, and don¡¯t worry about it.¡± ¡°I would be very grateful if you could say that¡± Marius smiles faintly. Normally, we have a serious secret about the Count¡¯s house. It seems to have conveyed our unwillingness to use it to aggressively do something. ¡°So, I can¡¯t give you a big reward, but I just want to thank you.¡± ¡°I have nothing to complain about if you keep trading. Just because you have a deal with the Counts, you¡¯ll get enough fishing.¡± Camilo makes demands. Much modest, but it would also be true that if you were to be a Count¡¯s merchant, that would only be foiled. ¡°Okay. Let¡¯s trade what Camilo is dealing with to the extent that he doesn¡¯t oppress what he¡¯s dealing with. Where¡¯s Eizo? ¡°Me? ¡°Dude¡­¡± I try to quit. But Marius stared at me and shook his head to the side. Isn¡¯t this a good idea to be very rhetorical¡­¡­ ¡°Well, I¡¯m sorry, I¡¯ll take it.¡± ¡°Oh.¡± Marius nodded this time. After the whole conversation, I asked Marius if it was time to go home. ¡°With that said, we have to take Mr. Deanna home, right? There¡¯s a feast, isn¡¯t there? ¡°Hmm? Oh, right. We have to justify our succession to the title as soon as possible.¡± What? You¡¯re stuck in a response for a second now. The atmosphere even approached Marius when he was guarding. Well, okay. ¡°Then I¡¯ll work with Camilo and take him home in a couple of days. All right? ¡°Whoa, this one¡¯s fine.¡± ¡°Well, I asked for it. I¡¯ll keep in touch with you everywhere.¡± I¡¯m done with my last meeting, and then I¡¯m just going home. I¡¯ve been away for three days, but I miss home early. I resigned from Amur Mansion and went home, suppressing myself from doing so. Chapter 63 Chapter 63: 63 I needed to be hidden, but I didn¡¯t need to go home, so I¡¯m sitting on the carriage of a wagon going down the road to the capital, looking at the landscape of the capital. He was Camilo¡¯s clerk, and Camilo sat with him on the stand. This way, I¡¯ll look like a luggage number. By the time I left Amur Mansion, it had already been more than there, and now it was enough to go around noon. That¡¯s the capital, there¡¯s a wide variety of people going out there. As with dogs, cat-like beasts, or women who are (¡­) and (¡­) ri (¡­) for being less tall, a man with a low neighbor and a thick mustache would be a dwarf. There are other Lizardmans (bipedal lizard-like people and people who seem to have scales growing in humans seem different races), a race called Marito who looks pappy but can see it differently than that in his or her physical appearance, and of course humans, people of various skin colors and hair colors, who are busy crossing paths. But, for example, there is no way that man hates the Beast Man. Everyone goes the same way, sells things, buys things. Seeing that made me feel somewhat sunny. Once we climb through the gate (that¡¯s the border between the aristocracy and the general public, they say), we go from there for another half an hour or so, and we go around the capital gates. I didn¡¯t see this go either, but when I look at it, it¡¯s big. It looks like it could be about 6 meters long. On the way home, I asked Camilo, ¡°Anything. When the old king made peace with the Titans, like the Titans let him in, it seems to be that big, but, well, it¡¯s suspicious if it¡¯s true¡± Apparently. The inheritance of saying so is something that I would like to examine at least a little bit at a time. There were checks to get there, but the return was almost bare. The guard standing just flickered his gaze at us, and he¡¯s looking right at another carriage behind us. It¡¯s not that this guard¡¯s eyes are a pit saver, it¡¯s just that we weren¡¯t suspicious¡­ In fact, whatever happens when you get here, there¡¯s nothing to answer when you stop coming home. Out of the gate, I saw the streets and rivers, as if they had drawn a line in a green carpet with brown and blue crayons. The river shines in the sun even in the distance, and you can see the streets continue from right in front of you all the way across the horizon. The green carpet is a meadow of short grass, and a field far away. When you circle your head, the mountain range, which seems quite elevated in another direction, is ¡°Sobi¡± as if it is a wall that protects you. Locally, that river looks different from what¡¯s flowing out of a lake near us. I wonder about the mountain. You don¡¯t know it because you can¡¯t see it from us. Such a view lasts for a while, first the capital disappears beyond the horizon, and the mountains diminish its height more and more, eventually invisible. It¡¯s a street from the capital, so you can be different from people from time to time, but basically you just run a carriage through a whole lot of it. Eventually I¡¯m getting tired of watching the scenery, so I chat with Camilo from time to time. For example, the presence of an elf we didn¡¯t see in the city. ¡°Is that an elf? Because they¡¯re basically self-sufficient and they don¡¯t come out of their own. You don¡¯t see anything in the city around here first.¡± ¡°Really?¡±But you¡¯re here. ¡°Oh. As much as I occasionally see the one who went on a samurai training journey to buy what I needed, even people like me who did business and went around, yeah, maybe more if I saw about two fingers in my life¡± Some of the stories I read in the previous world were familiar with the human city, but they seem to be the type of cages in this world. I¡¯ve seen quite a few species today, and once I want to see an elf. While doing so, the area began to stain orange. The carriage is paced considerably faster than on foot, so we reach the forest entrance while the sun is still in the sky. However, even if we continue through the woods now, it is imperative that it be dark along the way, so we decide to ask Camilo to give us a pine light. Maybe by the time the sun sets, they¡¯ll be able to reach the city. I got out of the carriage with the pine lights on the carrier and the firestone, thanked Camilo and broke up. Come on, one more step. ¡°Welcome back, parent¡± ¡°Welcome back, Mr. Eizou¡± That¡¯s what the three of you told me. ¡°I¡¯m home.¡± Feeling my breasts filled with warm things, I managed to say what I wanted to say. Chapter 64 Chapter 64: 64 Everyone was delighted to have me home safely. Speaking of which, I was more tired of feeling safe when I got home, so after putting a no to the three of us, I let the detailed explanation be tomorrow, dust off my journey, and as soon as I had dinner, I went to the floor. The next morning, after breakfast with everyone, I¡¯ll explain what happened in the capital as it were. I wasn¡¯t sure if I would explain Karel¡¯s final period, but Deanna also said I could tell her, so I told her honestly. ¡°Yes¡­ you are¡± Deanna was leaning over and listening, but that¡¯s what she said when she looked up. There are no more eyebrow roots. ¡°Brother Karel was kind to everyone until this happened. He used to play with me when I was a kid. Your father and brother Lion and, of course, brother Marius were close.¡± Deanna talking to Potspots. We listen to it in silence. ¡°I can¡¯t believe that¡¯s happening¡­¡± Deanna covering her face with her hands. Rike and Thermia are comforting that. Were you not initially unfriendly with your family? Was that only on the surface, in fact, carrying something depressing, or did it suddenly become so because of something? It¡¯s something I don¡¯t know anymore. ¡°I¡¯m sorry I messed up¡± Slightly, says Calm Deanna. ¡°Don¡¯t worry about it. They hear my real brother¡¯s dead, and I¡¯m not going to get along with the flat one. Besides, whatever you did before you died, if you die, we¡¯re all the same. When you get back over there, they¡¯ll keep this a secret, so mourn him while you can.¡± ¡°Thank you, Mr. Eizou¡± Deanna smiling. I shook my hand in the blindfold. ¡°Uh, so be it. I¡¯ll send Deanna to the capital first thing tomorrow morning.¡± ¡°What?¡± Deanna says in a surprised voice. No, that¡¯s cleaned up, so you¡¯d be determined to be. ¡°Gotagota is cleaned up, and they have a feast or something with the succession of titles. Besides, it¡¯s unlikely Deanna¡¯s not answering, right? ¡°That¡¯s right¡­¡± ¡°Well, I¡¯m leaving the feast, too.¡± Yes, it is. It would be weird if all the visitors just disappeared and said, ¡°Goodbye because things are clear.¡± His Excellency the Marquis is coming to the feast. ¡°Marius told me. You can¡¯t just not join me if you say so. I¡¯m sending Deanna, and I¡¯m supposed to be in. When I said that, Deanna responded to me.¡°So you¡¯re free for another couple of days, right? ¡°Don¡¯t be. I¡¯m sorry about Thermia and Rike.¡± ¡°No, I¡¯m not. But if you don¡¯t come home soon, Thermia may persevere.¡± ¡°Bullshit, what are you talking about, Like! To the liqueur I say with laughter, I turn my face (probably) bright red and Thermia eats it. The place was filled with laughter, and the place was open. Going out is tomorrow, so for today, I¡¯ll be working on a blacksmith, too. I haven¡¯t worked in my workshop in a few days, but there are only a few days, and nothing particularly fades in hand. I could make a ¡°luxury model¡± as usual. I guess the Liques have been working together the past few days, creating ¡±general models¡± with Tequipaki. Do you see this sight too? When you¡¯re done with your blacksmith job, Deanna and I are auditioning. Not so much as I can see differently, but I¡¯m definitely getting my arms up. At this rate, Slow down could be a sword user over me. I¡¯m afraid I can¡¯t see that, but I want you to do your best when you get home. Make dinner a little extravagant today. Tomorrow, Thermia and Lique won¡¯t be able to meet Deanna. Seeing the air like that, or getting along while I was gone, the three of them were having dinner sometime brightly talking. The next morning, me and Deanna were walking through the woods, finishing a series of morning routines earlier than usual. I have Deanna¡¯s stuff. Originally it was a sudden escape, so I don¡¯t have that much luggage, and if it¡¯s my muscle strength, it¡¯s light. I was able to get out of the woods much earlier than I was when I went to the city. Not so long after we left the woods, Camilo¡¯s carriage arrived. Camilo and the clerk are aboard your desk. Me and Deanna get into a stopped carriage carrier. Well, Camilo¡¯s behind the Count¡¯s house, isn¡¯t he? I guess I¡¯ll be using the area well in the future. In about an hour or so, I went through another gate (at which point the bills also showed great power) and arrived at Amur Mansion, one of the few places I know of in this city. The carriage stops and I get off first. Give me your hand, ¡°Go ahead, Miss Deanna¡± And let it stand aside, ¡°What are you talking about?¡± And he looked angry as if he was frightened, but he took a firm hand and came down. Okay, let¡¯s leave the rest to the people in this house. When I unload Deanna¡¯s stuff on the carrier and look at Deanna, I am delighted to be home surrounded by the servant women I saw before. It¡¯s been quite a long time. When I gave it to a servant surrounding my luggage, another servant took me inside. Chapter 65 Chapter 65: 65 Marius was waiting for me in the room where Camilo and I were put through. It¡¯s been about two days, but he looks like he¡¯s been upset. ¡°You look a lot tired.¡± ¡°Hmm? Well, even though the feast will be executed by a very limited number of people, it will be very refreshing to prepare the report of your sight and succession to His Majesty the King before it, and the procedure for recording inheritance.¡± ¡°Well, that sounds tough.¡± Nobles have a lot to do in nobility. Once again, I don¡¯t think I can do it either. ¡°So, when are we going to have the feast? ¡°Tomorrow.¡± ¡°Tomorrow? Much sooner.¡± ¡°It took my father and my brother a long time to inherit the title.¡± Normally, there are times when the feast is open, but this time you can¡¯t say the same. We need to finalize the inheritance as a fait accompli as soon as possible. ¡° What a nasty story for us common people. So, we¡¯re going to the feast tomorrow and we¡¯re going home the day after tomorrow. ¡°Right. Until then, take your time.¡± ¡°Okay. I¡¯ll take care of you.¡± And Marius left. Afterwards, the servant takes me again, and Camilo and I are led to the room reserved for our guests. ¡°If you need anything, don¡¯t hesitate to let me know¡± ¡°Okay. Thank you.¡± The servant left with a courtesy. A chair, a bed and a street are provided at the desk, and the walls are tapestried. The tapestry depicted some battle. On the side of the allies are knights dressed in armor, and on the side of the enemy are depicted a gruesome, perhaps demonic figure. To say that you were given a sword when you received the title is probably how the battle inspired you. After these battles, I have no desire to disguise a sword that has become a testament to the honor of one human being. There must be more to it than just the impossibility of a sword. I couldn¡¯t think of any other good way, but whether you¡¯re glad you smashed it with my hands. If you haven¡¯t thrown it away somewhere, let¡¯s keep it at our house and at least keep it at ours. Only by doing so can we perish as much. Do you want to negotiate with Marius later? Before dinner, the servant who guided me to the room ¨C when he asked me his name, he said Mr. Berman ¨C said, ¡°Miss Deanna wants to see you, how are you?¡± I was asked, ¡°so I decided to respond honestly. Probably going to do it here too¡­¡­ was once taken to the courtyard, where Deanna, an easy-to-move clothes man, waited with two wooden swords. ¡°Do you even do it here?¡± ¡°Of course.¡± Says Deanna with a nigga laugh. You don¡¯t look like a lady, so you better stop. ¡°Well, okay. Let¡¯s get started.¡± Once the cuttings of the sword are aligned and thankful, we make room and start the meeting as usual. It¡¯s been about half an hour in total, so once I stopped my hand, Deanna said it as she held her breath up. ¡°Ha¡­ ha¡­ for once, Mr. Eizou¡¯s¡­ seriously¡­ can you show me? ¡°Are you serious?¡± This is the last one today, too, and maybe once. ¡°All right, then we¡¯ll be at the end.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Set up the sword so Deanna doesn¡¯t mind where she¡¯s punched in from. After I made sure of that, I really stepped in, and I really struck in. Deanna hasn¡¯t even been able to move with Pickle. Just before my wooden sword hit my neck, I stopped the sword. ¡°This is what I mean¡± ¡°I didn¡¯t see it at all¡­¡± That¡¯s what Deanna told me. She¡¯s dropping her shoulders disappointingly. ¡°I¡¯ve got my shiny arms up in the last few days, and if you train, you can point up at me for as much as you want.¡± When I followed her like that while I drew my sword, Deanna let her face shine. ¡°True!?¡± And when he rejoiced greatly, and thought he could no longer see that smile, he learned the feeling that his chest could be tightened. It¡¯s dinner after the audition, after they let me take a bath. It was an easy-going dinner because there are only Amur family members today. The main topic of the conversation is what Deanna experienced while she was at home, and Marius is happy to hear the story. I make supplements in between, and Camilo is impressed with a lot. That¡¯s how I stayed up late. The next day, Marius headed to report to His Majesty the King in the morning. As for the country, the succession of titles will be fully completed in this report to His Majesty the King, since the procedure to the recorder seems to have been completed. Later feasts are as a home. The servants seem to be busy, including Mr. Berman. Though inside, it¡¯s quite a feast to invite guests, so we need to prepare ourselves properly. At first, we were one of the guests, but because of the priority of preparation, breakfast and lunch were left to prepare for dinner parties ¨C the point was (¡­) or (¡­) (¡­). I can also draw attention to having something decent prepared here. Mr. Berman and the other servants were trying to get it ready at first, but it¡¯s the form I said I couldn¡¯t get through. The time in between is spent roaring around the mansion so that this is not disturbing either. I haven¡¯t seen Deanna yet today, but apparently she¡¯s stuck with Marius and watched her sire. That¡¯s a shame. I don¡¯t know how successful our cooperation has been, but the preparations for the feast proceeded solemnly and we took our turn. A large table is arranged to surround the dining room at Amur Mansion, and we get to the seats that have been decided upon. There is food in the enclosed center, and the waiters distribute wine glasses poured out of the barrel. Marius rises when all the visitors have arrived and the glass has gone over. He wears clothes with elaborate embroidery. I guess that¡¯s the outfit as the main one. ¡°Ladies and gentlemen, thank you very much for coming to this feast today.¡± A good voice echoes in the dining room. ¡°Today, I, Marius-Albert Aymur, have made up the title of Count and the inheritance of the Aymur family¡± The applause rolls up. If you look chill, the Marquis also applauded. ¡°Now, pray for the future prosperity of the Amur family and their unchanging connection to you, cheers! ¡°¡± Cheers!! We¡¯ll all have a glass of wine. Pretty good wine. And now Marius, both institutionally and as everyone¡¯s perception, became Count and Amur family owner. That made me feel more fun than the power of booze. The feast supper goes on solemnly. The central dish is divided by the supplier and distributed to each person. Interesting with all kinds of dishes that you won¡¯t see in the city. I think I can imitate some of them, and I¡¯ll make them for Thermia and Rike when I get home. At the end of the dinner party, now the ball. None of them are highly formatted, but it seems to be the decision at the time of the feast to hold dinner and balls. Each is held separately when the format is higher. However, when it comes to ¡±balls,¡± when it comes to whether a history filled with enough booze and rice can dance magnificently, that is certainly not the case, so it is only the name of a ballroom, in fact, a place to stand and have a light drink and talk. That¡¯s where I found Deanna. Until just now, someone was talking to him, but now he just has a gap. ¡°Can I have a word with you?¡±¡°Oh, Mr. Eizou¡­ that¡¯s a lovely treat.¡± Yes, naturally, I¡¯m dressed like an example aristocrat. The Marquis is here, and officially Marius¡¯ northern friend ¨C that is, because in the north he¡¯s supposed to be the person of the status there. ¡°My shoulders are stiff.¡± I said with a bitter smile. With a bitter smile, but also with the heart not to be enveloped. ¡°Mr. Deanna looks good on you, too, that dress. You deserve to be called a rose.¡± Deanna naturally wore proper clothes because this is what she said. A dress with a red tone, but only gorgeous, the embroidery of suppression looks great. ¡°You¡¯re good.¡± Deanna says with a red face, but I¡¯m not sure if that¡¯s because of the booze or if it¡¯s lit. ¡°I mean it. It really suits you. But do you see this too? That¡¯s too bad.¡± ¡°Oh, I guess so.¡± Deanna says with a naughty grin. ¡°Oh, hey, what¡¯s that¡­¡± When I tried to hear the true meaning of the word, Deanna was supposed to respond because someone else, the Marquis, approached me. Marquis and I make full use of our knowledge of installation to make sure that we only talk about it once on the street, like we don¡¯t break the setting of saying we¡¯re human beings from the North. I don¡¯t know if I can talk too much into it and bore it out. But when I talk like this, I feel good about it. I was impressed when he slapped me on the shoulder when I left and said, ¡°I¡¯m going to ask for the Amur family¡±. At the end of the day, Deanna and I were able to talk only once, and the feast was divided into something to go home and something to go back to the prepared room, and I went back to my room to get dressed, and then I was drunk and fell asleep. The next morning, the day finally came when everything was cleaned up and I went home. Coming to the capital is no longer the case. I may be able to run errands that come very occasionally, and I hope to come and say hello then. I don¡¯t have any particular luggage I brought, so I¡¯ll get to Camilo¡¯s carriage early. At the carriage, Camilo and Marius, servants, were waiting. Because it¡¯s early in the morning, or no sign of Deanna. ¡°Azo, thank you so much this time¡± ¡°What, as I said before, I owe you in the city. Be a good lord.¡± Marius and I shake hands with gutter. ¡°Oh, yeah, what do you do with the example fake? ¡°Oh, that one? I hung up on the way over, and I was hoping you could fix it, and it¡¯s loaded in the carriage.¡± Do you fix it? So if you want to stay in this house, that¡¯s all right. ¡°You just have to go back after you fix it, okay? ¡°No, keep it at Eizo¡¯s.¡± ¡°Are you sure? ¡°Oh. It¡¯s unnatural to leave what you find to be fake, but that¡¯s because the circumstances are the case.¡± Actually, the real thing is that way. I know exactly how you feel, and if you can make me do that, I have no complaints. ¡°Stretching: Deanna really doesn¡¯t mind doing what she thinks.¡± There was a sentence like that, but I decided to ignore it. If I can see that smile again, though I think it¡¯s a good idea. ¡°Well, if I get this far, I can¡¯t help it. You want to come home with me?¡± ¡°Yeah! Thanks! Deanna smiled with a good smile and came out of the box. The broken fake sword and Deanna¡¯s luggage also got out of the box, the two of us got out of the carriage, waved and broke up with Camilo. I have luggage, but not a lot of weight, so I go on through the woods with Switzerland. We both have few words, but it¡¯s nothing. I¡¯m not in the mood for either. At least I just don¡¯t know what to tell you. When I walked for a while and I already followed you in front of the house. ¡°Annoying¡­¡­ was it? Deanna stops and snaps like that. ¡°Annoying? If that¡¯s what you think, you¡¯re chasing me back over there.¡± ¡°Really? ¡°Really. I¡¯m a clumsy, stubborn blacksmith. You don¡¯t have the guts to lie when you say that.¡± ¡°Oh, I see, sure¡± ¡°Don¡¯t convince me there.¡± Deanna laughs at Couscous. ¡°Look, we¡¯re going into the house¡± ¡°Hey, Mr. Eizou¡± ¡°Eizo¡¯s fine.¡± ¡°Huh?¡± ¡°If you¡¯re going to be our family, I don¡¯t need¡±. ¡° ¡°Yeah, okay, Eizo¡± ¡°Okay.¡± I start walking towards the door of the house first. ¡°Eizo! Deanna called me from behind. I look back. ¡°I¡¯m home! I laugh and give it back. ¡°Welcome back, Deanna¡± Chapter 66 Chapter 66: 66 ¡°So from today on Deanna became our family¡± When I declare back from the capital, I get a round of applause. Only two of them did, Thermia and Riquet, but everyone but me. I was relieved that there seemed to be no objection. ¡°Again, I will take care of you today. I¡¯m Deanna Amur. Nice to meet you.¡± Say hello, Deanna. ¡°Nice to meet you, Mr. Deanna¡± Deanna and I exchange greetings. We lived together until about yesterday, so we have no clue. But Rike and Deanna were having a conversation that concerned them. ¡°You know, it worked, didn¡¯t it? ¡°Yeah, Rike was right.¡± Hmm? ¡°Hey, how do you say that¡­¡± ¡°It¡¯s a maiden¡¯s secret. Hey, Deanna.¡± ¡°Hey.¡± Deanna seems to have gotten along with Rike at some point. It¡¯s a good thing, but there¡¯s also a little loneliness¡­ Oh, yeah. ¡°Deanna, give me a minute.¡± I speak to Deanna, I go back to my room, I take what I want out of the cupboard, I go back to my living room. ¡°Let me give you this one¡± ¡°What¡¯s this? ¡°It¡¯s my¡± special ¡±knife. We have every bottle for protection. It¡¯s like family proof.¡± Deanna receives the knife you gave her with glittering eyes. He pulls it out and looks at himself. ¡°I think I¡¯ve seen the sharpness, but it¡¯s gonna cut so bad, so be careful with it.¡± ¡°Okay. You¡¯re so beautiful.¡± ¡°It would! The knife is a masterpiece of a finger fold among the works of the parent! For some reason Rike is bragging about his chest. Thermia, who sees it, smiles with a smile on her face. Deanna¡¯s smile was added to such ¡°always¡±. That seemed very pleasant to me. I prepared dinner for this day. Stewed dried meat with wine and unfermented bread, root vegetable soup, and wine. It is a ¡±feast¡± of celebration in which Deanna became our family. ¡°After all, the rice that Eizo makes is the best¡± Thermia says emotionally. ¡°Really? ¡°Yep. I made meals around while my parents were gone, but I never got past the taste of my parents. I made it in my parents¡¯ workshop, too.¡± I guess Deanna has never cooked herself because she¡¯s out of her mind. ¡°Well, then, I¡¯ll be back. Hooray.¡± ¡°Especially when it comes to eating.¡± Lique laughs couscous. So everyone laughed more and more, and the flowers blossomed in the story of the dishes we had at the Amur Mansion dinner. The next day, after finishing the other morning routine, the water pump, at breakfast, I cut out the story. ¡°We have a week¡¯s worth of general models in stock, don¡¯t we? ¡°Yes, because production has been going on for a long time, even without a parent.¡± ¡°Well, that¡¯s plenty to wholesale.¡± ¡°I helped you, too, and there¡¯s a lot of them in the workplace, right? ¡°All right, then let¡¯s start building a new room today. Deanna¡¯s share.¡± ¡°Are you sure? It is Deanna who has been asking. I admit, Thermia sighed and went back to work. Then I spent five days working on adding a room. When I wake up in the morning and finish my routine, I¡¯ll work on my room, work from noon when I finish lunch, do my arches with Deanna before dinner, and when I eat dinner, I¡¯ll go to bed. That¡¯s how I spent five days, but the work on adding the room had been done before, or it went smoothly and was almost complete by day five. The front was empty where it was a penetration of the hallway, from which the hallway extends further, with two rooms lined up with the same looking rooms of Thermia and Lique. However, there are still no doors at the entrance to the room and no furniture has been put in. ¡°I can do it.¡± ¡°Hey.¡± Deanna didn¡¯t participate in it before, so she seems emotional. ¡°Tomorrow you put in the door and the bed, and that¡¯s it. I¡¯ll go to Camilo¡¯s the day after tomorrow to wholesale the product, but Deanna¡¯s coming too, right? ¡°Yeah, sure. It¡¯s family business, isn¡¯t it? ¡°We¡¯re blacksmiths. There¡¯s Dwarves on the Beast, even the Count lady, but she¡¯s only a blacksmith with a stubborn old man.¡± You¡¯re a weird blacksmith. Says Deanna laughing at Couscous. ¡°Well, you can¡¯t deny it at all there¡± I smiled and gave it back. This is also one of the new ¡°always¡± sights we have gained. Chapter 67 Chapter 67: 67 The next day, finish cutting out the tequila, bed and door materials and start assembling. I left the hinges and nails made last time, so I¡¯m saving time for that. No worries if you¡¯re ready. I¡¯ll leave the bed to Thermia and Riquet to build the door with me and Deanna. It¡¯s the door to my room, so I need you to get a little tempered. That¡¯s right. Deanna has never done carpentry work either, so I¡¯ll go ahead and teach her. The frame is distorted and the door doesn¡¯t fit, I don¡¯t care what happens, and that¡¯s all I did, but Deanna did most of the rest. Because I was waving my sword, or the first time I slapped him with a hammer, I¡¯m pretty much in the hall. ¡°It¡¯s fun to say this.¡± ¡°You know, if you do this alone and you¡¯re silent, you might get sick of it on the way, but this is how we all make one thing, right? ¡°Right. I like it a lot.¡± ¡°Sometimes I have the task of saying this, but do I look like I can do it? ¡°Of course. If it¡¯s going to make a sound to this extent, what hasn¡¯t come in the first place¡± Deanna laughs and says. ¡°That must be it¡± I laughed at it, too. The one in the bed is the work of two people who have made it before, so it looks like it was done before the door. ¡°Oh, good luck, then.¡± ¡°Okay. Is that good in the front room? Thermia asks Deanna. ¡°Yeah, that¡¯s good.¡± ¡°There you go. Let¡¯s go, Rike.¡± ¡°Yeah. Then hold Thermia that way¡± Thermia is a beast man, because Rike is a dwarf, or quite powerful. I gently lifted the bed and carried it away. ¡°All right, then we¡¯ll knock out the door too.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Then some time later the door could be done. Quite well done. ¡°Nice work.¡± ¡°Really? ¡°Oh, it¡¯s pretty hard to hit a plate without a gap.¡± ¡°Good. I don¡¯t know what I¡¯d do if they told me it was useless or something.¡± ¡°You¡¯re not gonna let me look at you like that, are you? ¡°So is that.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t worry, you can do it without flattery. Then let¡¯s go install it.¡± Even though Deanna is not as powerful as the Thermeans, there is power there. Me and Deanna will carry the door, and I¡¯ll do the mounting. The installation of the door was completed immediately, with the bed that had been brought in earlier, completing Deanna¡¯s room. ¡°From today on, this is Deanna¡¯s room. Unlike the mansion, I think it¡¯s quite small.¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay, now. Come here, you don¡¯t have the size you need.¡±¡°Right.¡± Deanna tries to get me used to this life by putting it on something. I was somewhat familiar with it at the time of my previous arrival, but I was only half a guest then. I appreciate you doing this. ¡°Now you¡¯re finally family! Rike giggles nicely at Deanna. ¡°Yeah. Nice to see you again, Rike. Samya, say hello again.¡± ¡°Oops. Well, you¡¯re guaranteed to taste good.¡± Thermia says with her chest up, but I¡¯m the one who makes it. If you like my food, well, okay. After this, Deanna¡¯s luggage was carried from the guest room and Deanna¡¯s room was completed. The next day, I go to Camilo¡¯s to wholesale the goods. It will be the first time the four of us have been there because Deanna couldn¡¯t make it to the city before. Me and Rike pull the van, Thermia and Deanna guard the area. The pace of walking is the same as before. Sometimes, I saw grasshoppers and other small animals, and Deanna was shaking. You look so cute. Hopefully it won¡¯t be an obstacle when eating later. Reach the street across one break along the way. ¡°What do you say? I don¡¯t think I¡¯m here.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t think there is one because I don¡¯t feel anything in particular either. How¡¯s Deanna? ¡°Me too.¡± Just in case, check it out when you get out of the woods onto the street. There seems to be nothing this time, more importantly. ¡°Okay, let¡¯s go.¡± We pull our bags and go down the street. It¡¯s a road we¡¯ve come and gone many times already, but today we have Deanna. Don¡¯t just feel fresh about it. The guards in that city are so enthusiastic about their work that I don¡¯t have to be alarmed at all, but I¡¯m pretty low on worrying about the burglars. I wish Marius was gone and I had the manpower for that, but I can¡¯t do all this on his behalf. If there¡¯s anything I can do for you, I want to do it as much as I can. Greetings from me are casual. Camilo found Deanna there and said. ¡°Oh, well, Miss Deanna, you¡¯re over there now.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. You guys really like the way you say it.¡± ¡°You knew that, right? ¡°I knew it. That¡¯s a lot more people.¡± ¡°Oh. Thanks to you, I make more money. Count, when you come in and out of the house, you don¡¯t just leave people in the capital to leave for the city, you have one of the shops, even if it¡¯s small.¡± In the previous world, Tokyo office at Osaka headquarters, is it like that? It¡¯s going to be tough to be a big store with warehouses in the capital from now on, but if it only has to function as a worst store, I guess anything will happen. ¡°I see, that¡¯s a good thing¡± ¡°Right? So, it¡¯s always the same today, okay? ¡°Oh, if I had two sets of fire wine and bedding this time, would you get one too? ¡°Whoa, there is. Payment¡¯s the way it always is, right? ¡°Oh. Nice to meet you¡± When I snort, Camilo glances at the warden. The superintendent nodded and left the room. Later, during the loading and unloading of the luggage, we talk about Camilo and when he was in the capital. Thermia and Riquette also seemed to enjoy what I or Deanna hadn¡¯t told them (though Deanna didn¡¯t know some parts of it). Chapter 68 Chapter 68: 68 Purchase some stuff and leave Camilo¡¯s store. The city is not as big or crowded as the capital, but it is as vibrant as the capital. One man, three women, pull a luggage car through it (though it¡¯s me and Rike pulling it off), so it stands out. However, without a luggage truck, there is a similar configuration of groups. Almost everyone remains wrapped up in their traveling outfits, but are those the ones they call adventurers? I¡¯m willing to spend my second life as a ¡°blacksmith¡± in this world, but if I had gotten another cheat, I might have traveled that way. If that¡¯s what you think and you¡¯re looking at the blurry travelers, ¡°What, Eizo, do you even want to go on a journey? Thermia blamed me. I can see in that voice that Like and Deanna cared about this one too. ¡°No way.¡± That¡¯s why we came all the way up here from the north. I¡¯m sorry about all that hard work. ¡° I make up stories and deceive. I don¡¯t know if I can find out if I¡¯m a Thermia opponent, but neither ¡°for a reason¡± nor ¡°it came from around¡± is a lie. The means of travel that has flown is just a little unusual. ¡°Well, if you¡¯re going out for a little while on the show amusement mountain, maybe it¡¯s a good idea¡± ¡°Hmm.¡± Thermia clearly seems to have lost interest in the topic. I was horrified I didn¡¯t find out for now. and at the same time I heard Rike and Deanna sigh ho. ¡°What is it, both of you?¡± ¡°Parents are dangerous, aren¡¯t they? It doesn¡¯t matter what the skill of the blacksmith is, or that someone is going to attack me, but it suddenly feels like I¡¯m going to be gone flat without foreboding. Maybe Thermia thought the same thing, and that¡¯s why she asked.¡± When Lique said so, Deanna nodded ununung next door. Well, because it¡¯s true that you¡¯ve come frazzled from other worlds. ¡°At least there¡¯s nothing to keep your mouth shut about.¡± ¡°Yes!¡± Three people, including Liquette, were laughing with relief when they heard it. On my way home, I kept my guard up, but I was able to get home safely, especially without anything. Nothing in particular has happened until today, except for one of Deanna¡¯s cases, but I guess this is quite fortunate. I don¡¯t know if there is a god in this world, but if there is, let¡¯s be thankful. When I get home, I¡¯ll carry my stuff in. Have Thermia and Deanna bring some firewine or salt to the house, and iron stone and charcoal pack into the workshop with me and Liquette. The iron stone consumption hasn¡¯t caught up with the supply. That said, I don¡¯t know what it is, and I can still save in the iron stones, so I don¡¯t have a problem getting Camilo to supply me for a while. Maybe we can build a warehouse before it¡¯s too late. So, when I¡¯m done carrying all my stuff, Thermia¡¯s calling me. ¡°What¡¯s up? ¡°I smell rain. It¡¯s going to take a little longer with the wind.¡± ¡°How long? ¡°I don¡¯t know for sure, but not for a week. Maybe three days.¡± ¡°Right.¡±There is no water bottle in the boulder that can keep three days¡¯ worth of water. It¡¯s about half an hour round trip for now, and should I go pick it up for tomorrow? When I come back to get some water, I¡¯ll prepare dinner. Today is the ¡°always¡± menu. I bought extra pepper so I put a little more in the soup. Dinner this day was celebrated with stories about Rike, who had traveled so far, and Deanna, who was sometimes taken away by her father, where they had been. It seems that the iron stones are mined from the mountains I saw when I was out of the capital. I just want to go on a tour when I get the chance. The next day, it¡¯s probably raining since after midnight. It¡¯s quite a rainy leg, so I sincerely appreciated my decision to go get some water during yesterday. I will be replenishing the sheet metal ¡°I was there¡± today. Dissolve the iron stone in the furnace and beat the iron removed. Since this time, Deanna has joined us. You don¡¯t need to be so careful at this stage. The furnace keeps spitting iron out without stopping, and we keep making sheet metal. At the end of this day a significant amount of sheet metal could be produced. Deanna also enjoys being unfamiliar with the work. ¡°You¡¯re annoying, Deanna¡± ¡°Do you guys always do this? ¡°If I don¡¯t do this once a week, I¡¯ll lose the ingredients.¡± ¡°It seems like you¡¯re strong enough to say that.¡± ¡°Thermia and Lique are sometimes strong at first. I might be.¡± I got mine for ¡°cheats,¡± though. Thermia and Rike, who were listening, are making a joke and making a rickshaw. Both Thermia and Lique are fine forces inside. When I saw it, Deanna blew it out, the workplace was engulfed with laughter, and the day¡¯s work was over. As Samya said, the rain continues the next day, but it¡¯s much better than yesterday. Let¡¯s just go sassy and pump some water. ¡°It¡¯s Halbad.¡± ¡°Halvard? Thermia doesn¡¯t seem to pin, she¡¯s leaning her neck. If you¡¯re not going to the battlefield, you¡¯re not going to see that much. The city guards also had short spears. ¡°Uh, it¡¯s like a spear and an axe combined.¡± ¡°Oh, my God, you look so strong.¡± ¡°Strong.¡± Depending on the case, Halvard, which can do a lot more than cut when poked, will also have a wider response. Listen to me, Deanna¡¯s gonna ask me questions. ¡°But what are you going to do with building something Halvard? Can you sell it?¡± ¡°Oh. I have a (¡­) to sell¡± I laughed at Deanna¡¯s question. Chapter 69 Chapter 69: 69 I keep my word. ¡°Well, it¡¯s the first one, so I was wondering if I should sell five.¡± ¡°So, where do you sell it? ¡°City Guard. And rightly so, you¡¯re your brother.¡± The guards are using short spears now. And the lord of that city who gave it is the Amur family, whoever it is. When Marius was the three boys of the Amur family, he was also on duty as a guard, which is simply the reason. I don¡¯t know what it was like not to be the captain of the guard, but I didn¡¯t like the call of Seven Lights. And Marius must have probably wanted something a little better since he was a guard. Otherwise, you don¡¯t have to go out of your way to buy a sword from me and insist it¡¯s personal. I think there was some reluctance towards my father and brother in the middle. So I¡¯m assuming that if we build Halbad this time and negotiate with the Amur family to buy it for the city¡¯s guards, it¡¯s likely to sell. You can ask Camilo if you want to buy it even if you can¡¯t sell it. If you still can¡¯t sell it, well then. I¡¯m taking full advantage of my position, but I¡¯ll make a Halvard that matches it. There may be separate training, but that¡¯s well¡­ let¡¯s try to get Marius to think about it. ¡°I see. Your brother might buy it.¡± ¡°Well, then, Like and everyone, don¡¯t ask me to make a general model.¡± ¡°Yes, parent. Then make a short sword today, Thermia, Deanna.¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± And everyone starts their own work. I heat the sheet metal and make the tip of the spear part first. In the case of regular spears, it also requires some ¡°slashing¡± function, but since it is Halvard, it specializes in ¡°poking,¡± shaping it into a triangular cone. I¡¯ll take care of the axe. If the tip is thin, the durability may become difficult, so make it thicker and shorter. In order to combine later, the roots are left a little without machining. When that shape is formed, another sheet metal is used to make the axe and the ¡°kagi¡± part. If you put two sheets of sheet metal together by layering them and pinching straw ash between them, heating them and beating them, then extend them this time to form a shape. The axe section is shaped in such a way that one of the vertices of the triangle faces towards the middle and the outer bottom section slowly curves inward. Make an extension on the other side of it. This one is shaped like an eagle couch.This completes the two parts. It¡¯s the spear part and the axe part. Once the root of the spear section and the middle of the axe and axe section are joined by spreading each thin cone into a vertically divided shape, it is time to finish. Burn in, burn back, and grind the axe to complete the head finish. This neighborhood is totally a ¡°cheat¡± ability. I controlled the temperature, beating, and quality more. Because it is a corner, this time it is concentrated there and produced with the quality of the ¡°luxury model¡±. After this, the interaction halvard is completed by fixing the head and stone poke (with a slightly pointed spike) to the pattern. The wood for the pattern is outside, so we¡¯ll see you later¡­¡­ Creation is like a combination of each weapon, but bag-shaped processing to connect the pattern to the head would not have been possible in this short time without cheats. For a short time, I said, but even relying on cheats and installations so far, it was half hand exploration, so a lot of time passed. We¡¯ll be able to make it a little sooner tomorrow. I¡¯ve only got a little clustered time, so I¡¯ll make a replacement for my protective knife, which I crushed during the Amur family noise in that time. This is a bespoke model, so it¡¯s a complete concentration of cheat full power from the time you tap the sheet metal to extend it. Stick to it and beat it so that things like steel ingredients are even, and so that things like shine emerge. Eventually, when the whole thing is clean, make a shape and finish it. It¡¯s a task I¡¯ve done many times around here already. The only difference is how far you concentrate and work. The finished knife still comes out like a strong shine. I wonder what this wasn¡¯t when I hit it in the capital. I¡¯m glad I got something decent for now. Now let¡¯s try to be good. If you noticed, the three Liquettes were taking a serious look at the knife I hit. ¡°Yeah. So I had no choice but to mix and hit my protective knife and I managed to get it right¡± ¡°Oh, so you made a special order today, huh?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. So, when I made it here, I could make it with the usual quality, so I guess there¡¯s something here¡­¡± The other three think in my words, but it never seemed to occur to me. ¡°Even so, if I said I was in trouble, I wouldn¡¯t be able to move outside of here right now, and I¡¯m not going to do it in the first place, so it¡¯s practically nothing.¡± That¡¯s what I say and I laugh hahahahahaha. But there¡¯s not necessarily a time when I have to abandon this place for something. For that time, why couldn¡¯t it be done in the capital would need to find and explore between them. To say that we don¡¯t know right now is to help someone with some expertise other than what we know (including installation), but in the first place, that¡¯s where we start. ¡°Well, it¡¯s just the right time, let¡¯s get up to work and make it better¡± When I said that, ¡°Hyah Hoo¡± and Samya rejoiced, and Rike hit me. Chapter 70 Chapter 70: 70 The next day, as Thermia said, the rain was still falling. Still seems to have weaker rain legs than yesterday. I went to get some water, but it didn¡¯t get as wet as yesterday. ¡°I hope you¡¯ll stop tomorrow.¡± ¡°Right. You can¡¯t do laundry.¡± Yes, I haven¡¯t been able to do laundry in the last three days, so the laundry is accumulating there. Fortunately, everyone has changed their underwear for about five days, so I¡¯m still fine, but if you don¡¯t stop tomorrow, I¡¯ll have trouble with the boulder. I just have to pray for all this. Even today, I¡¯m Halvard, and Rickett and the others make general models. Both Thermia and Deanna seem a little more handy. At this rate, I might not have to help with the general model. I actually had quite a few yesterday. I can concentrate on my own work. On this day, I was able to make two pieces of Halbad¡¯s head and a stone poke. The work itself is no different from what I did yesterday. However, unlike knives and stuff, there¡¯s a lot of hassle going on out of step. Mass production is unlikely to be possible, even if the quality is reduced to the general model. It¡¯s too much work, so I don¡¯t know if I¡¯ll let the liqueurs make it¡­ Then maybe a spear or something like that would be better. I had a little free time, so I left the arrow replenishment at that time. When it rains tomorrow, Thermia and Deanna will be out collecting or hunting. It¡¯s time to stock up on meat. I¡¯m fine for a week or so, and I¡¯m confident I¡¯ll let you have it for two weeks, but that¡¯s kind of lonely. It¡¯s not necessarily going to rain again. Let¡¯s get him to go refill. The next day, as Thermia said, the rain was rising. When I go outside, there¡¯s still water everywhere. Still, the morning sun, which began to rise, dyed the world golden, with the shadows of the trees of the forest. It is a painted sight. You used to say that getting up early was a virtue of three sentences. When I come back with some water, the laundry starts, but there¡¯s a lot today. It¡¯s not going to be over soon, and the water is going to be used more than usual, so I went back to pumping again. I can¡¯t really help with the laundry. Even though it doesn¡¯t feel as colorful as the previous world, I still shy away from joining women where they wash their underwear because even if they don¡¯t care, I feel like I can¡¯t help it. As a house-sharing, I want you to forgive me because I¡¯m in charge of the meal. After a slightly late breakfast, Thermia and Deanna went hunting. I was in a good mood when Thermia did it, but I¡¯m glad they refilled the arrows. I asked Rike. ¡°It¡¯s a maiden heart, a maiden heart,¡± Rike said, ¡°but what kind of maiden heart is that? We¡¯re working on the blacksmith team today, and I¡¯m continuing with Halvard, and Rike is working on a general model knife. This is the one Thermia and Deanna can¡¯t really help. Since they are both forged work, the sound of hammers is always echoed in the workplace. The sound sounds a little different because what you¡¯re making is different. That sounds like two people playing instruments of different sizes, a little fun. Between my tasks, I¡¯ll take a look at Rike¡¯s knife, but my arms are up a little bit. There are exceptionally fewer like roses than before. I guess it would be nice to be able to say here, ¡°Lord can you hear the iron too¡­¡­¡± Unfortunately I do that area with cheats, so I don¡¯t know. So all I can do is observe what I see and how I slap it, and then I get to see you in a ¡°watch and steal¡± way. They showed me Like¡¯s knife, so I get a tour of the Halvard production of different but luxury models. I¡¯ve already made the first one, so it will be the second one today. Spears, axes and picks are a combination of different things, so I hope you learn how I make each and how I combine them. ¡°What do you say? Pass the head portion of the finished Halvard. The liqueur I received looked shiatsu. ¡°While the degree of completion of each part is also increased, the joining part is also amazing. It looks like it was originally one.¡± and start the reputation as usual. For now, it seems to be finished with quality stuff that I don¡¯t have a problem with showing Lique. I relieve myself. ¡°So, you think you can grab something? ¡°Yep. Not likely to catch up with my parents, but more things to watch and try¡± ¡°Good for you then. I want to tell you something, but I really don¡¯t have an explanation.¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s usually something you can steal and remember to say. Parents are so sweet.¡± ¡°Well, Thermia and Deanna were home.¡± ¡°Oh, yeah. I¡¯m home.¡± ¡°I¡¯m home. You can handle Halvard like an elephant.¡± ¡°We¡¯re both back. As you can see.¡± I don¡¯t seem to be able to make a better move than the Longsword myself, but it seems super strong when the Longsword is, so Deanna says oh, even Halvard seems to be strong there. I was wondering if I¡¯d make about two bespoke models for home defense. ¡°Better than that, if we¡¯re all back, let¡¯s make it better. What did Thermia and Deanna get today? ¡°Yeah, well, listen to me! Today¡­¡± Talking about it, we went back inside the house. Chapter 71 Chapter 71: 71 The next day, Thermia and Deanna pulled up a ¡°big¡± pig, Thermia said, from the lake. All I¡¯m saying is that Thermia is big, and she¡¯s certainly quite a size. The previous world also says pigs weigh about 70 kg, but this is likely to be about as much even if the intestine is ¡°annoyed¡± is removed. If I skinned it and turned it into meat, I would think it would be considerably less, but it would still be a fine amount for the other two weeks. Build a carriage and pull it off as usual. The baggage is huge, but it¡¯s easy to pull it off because it¡¯s four of us. I went back and sat down, but I was still able to secure a good amount of meat. ¡°I¡¯m fine with this for a while¡± ¡°Can we get another one next week or so? ¡°Oh, that¡¯s enough.¡± I would rather have more stock. ¡°See you next week. I don¡¯t know what I¡¯d like.¡± Thermia is in a good mood for a big shot. ¡°The big prey in this forest is the bear¡­¡­ anyway, what is there but pigs and deer? ¡°That¡¯s about as big as it gets. If it¡¯s a little smaller, there¡¯s a big raccoon sometimes.¡± ¡°Big Raccoon? ¡°This is about the round one. You look a little cute.¡± Thermia represents the size by hand, about 70 cm. You sure are big for a raccoon. ¡°Delicious? ¡°Sort of¡­ It doesn¡¯t taste bad, but since deer and pigs are more numerous and delicious, I don¡¯t bother to acquire them.¡± ¡°I see. So much so that when no other prey is captured¡± ¡°Hey.¡± Salt or dry the meat while we have that conversation. Except for what we eat today, of course. On this day¡¯s lunch we served saut¨¦ed pork with flavored liquor ¨C brandy and salted peppered steak, but let¡¯s add that Thermia and Riquette, of course, were also popular with Deanna. Me and Like do blacksmith work this afternoon, but Thermia and Deanna seem to do some repairs. There¡¯s nothing big about it, but there seems to be a little bit of damage. Like, because of course it includes underwear. I certainly can¡¯t do that. So leave it to the two of us, and we¡¯ll concentrate on the blacksmith job. As usual, I¡¯m the luxury model, and Lique is the general model. I¡¯m fast at making it, but Rike has enough to make until today, so if I make it again tomorrow, I¡¯m likely to be able to secure enough deliveries. The sound of flames and hammers echoes in the blacksmith. The hammer jumped on top of it and the product took shape one after the other, dancing with bright red heated iron on stage. The next day, Thermia and Deanna, who had her lunch box held, went out to collect it. They look for fruits and vegetables. Me and Rike are still at the blacksmith today. ¡°Do you want to go outside once in a while, too, Rike? ¡°Why not? ¡°No, Rike¡¯s been working the blacksmith, hasn¡¯t he? Thermos are out.¡± ¡°If you say you don¡¯t want to leave, it¡¯s a lie, because Dwarf is for real, and it¡¯s fun enough for that¡± ¡°Right. That would be nice.¡± ¡°Thank you for your concern, parent¡± ¡°No¡­¡­ yeah¡± That¡¯s how the two of us start a blacksmith job. Even before evening, the number there could be created. Maybe more than usual at this rate. Should I take the day off tomorrow? When you think so, the door to the sales space is slammed. I¡¯m beating him pretty hard. Leaving a surprised liqueur on the spot, I heard a familiar voice as I headed to the door. ¡°Eizo, come on! Still a dumb big voice. ¡°I¡¯ll open it now, so wait! I yell back loud and open the door, no less than I lose. There stood a long, red-haired woman with a full grin on her face with a large knife wound but also a lovely one. ¡°Yo, long time no see! Helen stands up as if she thought. ¡°Hmm? What¡¯s up? I figured something out. ¡°The sword, it was so sturdy as Atai imagined. If I do, I can cut it. I¡¯ve saved your life a few times.¡± Ho ho. Then I guess I got swords with this and other unscrupulous uses. Will it be enough if I endure this much? The material itself is just steel. ¡°I don¡¯t care how much you say thank you, but let me tell you. Thanks.¡± That¡¯s what Helen says. He gives me his right hand. ¡°¡­ because this is my job. I¡¯ve decided to do my job. I¡¯m gonna do my job.¡± I hold the hand offered. The gripping hand hurt, but now happiness prevails over such a thing. ¡°Parents aren¡¯t very honest.¡± Not enough to ignore Like¡¯s words saying that with a sigh of laughter. Chapter 72 Chapter 72: 72 ¡°There are almost no blade spills or distortions, and I think we¡¯ll be fine for the other six months or so, but let¡¯s fix it once and for all¡± Keep shaking hands, and I¡¯ll call Helen. ¡°Oh, nice to meet you¡± ¡°Okay, I¡¯ll fix it. Just give me a minute.¡± ¡°Hey.¡± ¡°Hmm?¡± Helen calls out to me naughty. I thought it was rigid, but sometimes they don¡¯t. ¡°Shouldn¡¯t you see I¡¯m fixing it? ¡°No, I don¡¯t mind.¡± I don¡¯t even think I can see and understand the work, but if that¡¯s about it, it¡¯s not enough to say no. It may be necessary to shy away from danger when using fire (in some cases it is close to 1000¡ãC), but I will not use fire if I grind it and fix this amount of distortion. On the contrary, I¡¯m more afraid that using fire to burn it makes no sense to burn it back. ¡°Great! Thanks! I¡¯m gonna bang you on the back. I knew you were rigid. The word ¡°female jewel¡± suits me well. ¡°Parents, can I see it too? ¡°Oh, of course¡± Like also wanted a tour, so I accept. Rather, in the case of Lique, you should take a good look at it. I think I figured it out and said it. Take the distortion first. It¡¯s not that big of a distortion to say, so just put it on the gold floor and beat it. I will slap carefully because I can see where and how much distortion returns with the power of cheats. It sounded quiet and clear, unlike the usual blacksmith job. When I finish the first piece of work, I give the sword to Helen. ¡°Hey, check it out.¡± ¡°Aye.¡± When Helen receives the sword, she swings a little further away. I guess it¡¯s her sword skill that doesn¡¯t feel dangerous at all. ¡°Ooh!? Helen raised her voice of surprise. ¡°Awesome, Eizo! I¡¯m just as familiar with it as I was with the beginning! ¡°You fixed that distortion, and you know it. You¡¯re amazing.¡± I won¡¯t cover this up. Honestly. Skilled artisan fingers say they also know a few microns of error, but feel the same thing. ¡°So that¡¯s not a problem, then? ¡°Of course! Looks brand new! If you look again at the returned sword, as the person says, it must be quite in use, there are several signs of rewinding on the patterned leather roll. ¡°Do you want to fix the leather rolls this way, too? ¡°No, that¡¯s fine because you¡¯re familiar with Atai¡¯s hands. It¡¯s curled like that.¡± ¡°Well, I¡¯ll just fix it where I¡¯m stuck.¡± ¡°Oh.¡± I will carefully fix the other distortion. The sound of a clear hammer is echoing again in the quiet blacksmith. Both Like and Helen are lurking their breath and watching the work still, as if they think their breathing sounds will get in the way of the work.¡°Hey, Helen.¡± ¡°Hmm?¡± ¡°Is it fun to watch? ¡°Yeah. I feel like I¡¯m an artisan watching¡± ¡°No, I¡¯m an undisputed blacksmith, I am.¡± The blacksmith is close. ¡°I know that, because Atai¡¯s dad was an artisan and I watched him make a lot of things¡± ¡°Heh. What a craftsman he was. ¡°Horseware Artisan. Atai left the house after everything.¡± ¡°You¡¯re a horsemaker. That sounds interesting to me too.¡± I feel like a professional. Horseshoe and nails are part of the blacksmith¡¯s area, so maybe we can do that. We talk like that, we take a little distortion. When I corrected all the distortions, Helen said pompous. ¡°Eizo doesn¡¯t ask why Atai ran away from home.¡± ¡°Not that I¡¯m not interested at all. I basically don¡¯t want to hear about a woman¡¯s past like that.¡± ¡°Listen, have you ever had a terrible eye or something? ¡°Maybe. I¡¯ll ask you as much as you want for what you used to eat and taste good. All right, we¡¯re done here.¡± ¡°Oh, I¡¯m pimping.¡± I know Thermia because she¡¯s face-to-face when she comes forward. It¡¯s a nostalgic one, so it¡¯s easy to say hello. ¡°Helen, you said before, Helen from Thunder Sword? ¡°Hmm? Oh. Yeah, but? Deanna asked me, but it was Helen who answered. Deanna¡¯s eyes shine when she hears that. ¡°Helen.¡± ¡°Hmm? What? Eizo.¡± ¡°Instead of paying for the fix, Deanna¡­¡­ would you mind auditioning with the lady there¡± ¡°Oh, is that okay? ¡°Oh. I¡¯ll finish another bottle in the meantime.¡± ¡°Okay, I¡¯ll take care of it then! ¡°Be gentle.¡± I throw the wooden sword I always use at Helen. When Helen received it brilliantly, Deanna and I went outside. Deanna was visibly cowardly. Was Helen such a celebrity? The celebrity information in ¡°Over Here¡± is not in the knowledge of the installation. As I dropped it off, I took the sword of those who hadn¡¯t sharpened it yet to get back to my work. Chapter 73 Chapter 73: 73 Helen and Deanna came back after finishing up those who weren¡¯t sharpening, where they were finishing up after the workplace. It must be my prediction, Deanna is getting fucked up. I don¡¯t think Helen is going to let that happen¡­ ¡°How¡¯d it go? I asked either Helen or Deanna. ¡°Uh, that¡¯s it. Your daughter had a good basic move, but maybe you should learn how to do it a little less beautiful.¡± It was Helen who answered. Or Deanna¡¯s still breathing on her shoulders and she¡¯s not going to be able to answer. Helen, who is originally good at manipulating two short swords to attack, must have overwhelmed even one. Did you just say ¡°Thunder Sword¡± was impressive? I can¡¯t help but sympathize with this when I think Deanna, on the other hand, was forced to respond without knowing where the sword was coming from. ¡°You¡¯re not wearing a blind eye or anything, are you? ¡°I didn¡¯t do that. Feint took a mountain ride.¡± It just didn¡¯t seem like it was a real ¡°anything.¡± But this feint, I think it includes making it look like it when you kick it, and saying something like that. Because I didn¡¯t do it, it¡¯s easy to imagine Deanna couldn¡¯t handle the assumption that she would only use the sword. On the contrary, Deanna¡¯s sword muscles must have been too honest, and Helen didn¡¯t get through a lot of Feint either. I¡¯ve been able to get around it lately, but I can¡¯t compare it to a mercenary with up to two, who¡¯s been through numerous battlefields on boulders. ¡°But I think something about the royal palace you played in the previous game is stronger than the one at all. Your daughter was trained by Eizo, wasn¡¯t she? ¡°Hmm? Oh. I mean, the basic swordsmanship is absolute, but I¡¯ve been trying to figure it out ever since we got here.¡± ¡°I knew it. Feint¡¯s habit resembled Eizo¡¯s. It was so similar that it made it easier for me to handle it.¡± Helen¡¯s a cheesy enough one, too, to remember the habits of the person we met once and deal with next. No, if you can¡¯t deal with it at first sight when it¡¯s a battlefield, sometimes it means your end there, so naturally? I think it makes sense to increase the number of drawers and the number of situations I can handle. ¡°Eizo even had a meeting with this Helen at four and a half¡­? Deanna¡¯s breathing. She¡¯s asking me. ¡°Well, you are. Was it really duplicitous back then?¡± ¡°¡­ I knew there was as much up there as there was up there¡± When Deanna says as she drops her shoulder, Like nods yeah, pounding her dropped shoulder to comfort her. They have somewhere to go. ¡°Okay, then let¡¯s do Eizo too! He¡¯s knocking! Helen says at Nori like that.¡°Why not? I¡¯m not doing it.¡± ¡°Eh. ¡°He¡¯s just a blacksmith. Enemies of active mercenaries.¡± ¡°Fine, let¡¯s do it¡± ¡°He said he wouldn¡¯t. It¡¯s much slower than that, but what are we gonna do? I don¡¯t mind if we stay.¡± ¡°Ah. It¡¯s getting dark out there already.¡± ¡°There¡¯s plenty of way to the city, and we can get home to the dark woods, so stay.¡± I just got Deanna¡¯s room ready to use. My three daughters are nodding yeah too. Probably the strongest in the area, but it¡¯s not a good idea to return a woman in this. ¡°Mmm. Then sweeten your words.¡± ¡°Tomorrow we¡¯ll go to the city, and I¡¯ll send you back.¡± ¡°By being a hottie again, I thought the woman there wasn¡¯t a¡± thunder sword ¡°? ¡°Yeah. I kind of knew him.¡± ¡°Who the hell are you¡­¡± ¡°He¡¯s a regular blacksmith.¡± ¡°Normal blacksmiths may not know¡± Thunder Sword ¡°¡­ Well, no, don¡¯t make a scene.¡± ¡°Yeah, sure.¡± That said, Camilo would have been the one I knew in the first place, and Marius as the Count¡¯s three boys seemed to be acquaintances, and his friendship is more of a mystery to me. Either way, I¡¯ll meet the guard and pass the city entrance. I say goodbye to Helen here. ¡°I don¡¯t have anything to do with Camilo. I think you¡¯ll see how it goes when I get back again, and I¡¯ll say hello then! I¡¯ll take some souvenirs with me! That said Helen walked away towards the Free City. I couldn¡¯t help but think that it would be the best souvenir if she came back safe and could see how the sword was doing. Chapter 74 Chapter 74: 74 Helen and I broke up. We¡¯re heading straight to Camilo¡¯s. There is one more type of product to be wholesaled, but the procedure itself remains the same. When I put my luggage in the warehouse and say hello to the warehouse number person, I go upstairs to the trading room. After waiting for a while as it was, Camilo and Mr. Warden arrived. ¡°Hey, how¡¯s it going?¡± ¡°Well, well. Count, coming in and out of the house means business is starting to grow as much as credit has grown.¡± ¡°Oh, good for you.¡± I don¡¯t know how it went for Marius, but at least it seems to be turning out good for Camilo. ¡°Is it usual that you brought it today? ¡°The usual and I brought all five Halvards¡± ¡°Halvard? Why again?¡± ¡°I want you to sell it to the Countess for the guards of this city.¡± ¡°Oh, I see¡± ¡°Can we go? ¡°You¡¯re gonna be okay. There are other ways to turn it around, and we¡¯ll buy it.¡± ¡°It would help if you did that¡± Now we have a deal. Neither me nor Camilo think Marius will buy it, but in case you don¡¯t, if you have a place to sell it. So now we¡¯re talking about this one. Camilo lurked his voice a little. ¡°You said you wanted an unusual ore. ¡°Oh. Did they find you? ¡°Well. I haven¡¯t gotten the information just yet, but according to¡± My Lordship, ¡°the¡± Apoitacara ¡°flowing from the north is in the capital. If you need it, I¡¯ll hold it down.¡± Blue-borne soul ¡°Apoitacara¡± ¨C a legendary metal in the previous world also said to be the same as the Japanese scarlet gold ¡°Hihiirokane¡±, but in this world Apoitacara has more solidity than iron produced in the north, and is still a dull, blue glowing metal after processing, was found in the knowledge of installation. Not as hard as hihi-irokane, but rare enough.¡°Nice. Can you hold them off for me? ¡°Okay. I¡¯m sorry it was too late.¡± ¡°It¡¯s enough to just be found. So, how much is it gonna cost? ¡°Three gold coins¡± ¡°That¡¯s a pretty good story again.¡± I¡¯m good because I can buy the money when I hit Helen¡¯s sword and the bounty of the Amur family commotion the other day, but not at the price that a regular blacksmith can buy. ¡°But there¡¯s a way to put it in two pieces of gold.¡± ¡°I¡¯m sorry for the trouble.¡± ¡°What, it¡¯s not such a pain in the ass. I¡¯m asking you to get a true silver¡± Mithril ¡°from a different route from the Count, and turn this into a fine sword¡± Rapier. ¡° ¡°I see, the processing wage for it¡± The next day, I¡¯m worried about Mithrill, but it¡¯s better to make a week¡¯s worth of sheet metal first, so I¡¯ll handle it from then on. The four of us split up and did the work, so we could replenish a good number. And then the next day, I finally get to work on forging the missle. When it comes to forging misrils, that¡¯s not true either, so Lique is half helpful, half tour, Thermia and Deanna are tours. Grabbing the missle with yatco raises the temperature on the fire floor with the fire in it. Ordinary silver melts when you raise it to a temperature where iron can be processed, but misrills don¡¯t look like that at all. Once it is determined that the machinable temperature has been reached with cheese, it is hammered in the gold floor. Unlike iron, a clear sound, like when you tap the glass, echoes the blacksmith. Ordinary steel deforms there even with this blow, but Mithril doesn¡¯t deform unexpectedly. ¡°This is troublesome.¡± ¡°Is it difficult for a parent hammer?¡± ¡°Oh. It¡¯s hardly changed. We should have caught a few more pieces of processing money.¡± The three of us laugh at Couscous when I get so fucked up. I beat it four to five degrees while listening to it, but it was already below the temperature I could process there. I go into the fire bed again. ¡°This is going to be a lot of trouble.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a misrill, so hey. It¡¯s out of the hands of a regular blacksmith.¡± ¡°Well, I am.¡± Considering that steel has been processed as a leopard until now, there is something quite teethy about this trick. That being said, we just have to process it steadily. I shook the hammer down again on the missle I had removed from the fire floor. Chapter 75 Chapter 75: 75 Beat the heated misrill and stretch thinly. It seems like it takes about two to three times longer than normal steel to stretch to the same length. However, I think that¡¯s Mithrill because there¡¯s no such thing as tissue unevenness that¡¯s bound to occur when it¡¯s steel. I appreciate being able to focus on stretching. After that, it is easier to stretch the light ones. If you want to put it in the fire bed again and again, you¡¯ve never crossed it lightly. That said, it feels like it¡¯s going to go bad as soon as you hit it in the wrong place, and if you don¡¯t make full use of the cheats to beat them so that the ends are thin so that the cross section becomes rhomboid when stretched, it¡¯s outrageous, so beating itself requires a lot of concentration. Then there¡¯s nothing but time to work on it, but it¡¯s also fun because the sound when you tap it is so clear. The three of them seem to like this sound, ¡°It sounds beautiful.¡± ¡°Sounds like an instrument.¡± ¡°You liked Thermia and Rike. Neither do I.¡± I praise the sound on my mouth. Momentum, beating speed also increases. It also increased the speed at which it stretched just a little bit. Even if I pinch lunch between them, I¡¯m not done stretching them yet. Beat it further and stretch it. ¡°Aren¡¯t you tired? That¡¯s what I asked the three of you because the work is going on all the time. ¡°No? Pretty fun to watch¡± ¡°I will learn this too¡­¡­ And I¡¯ve never seen Mithril forge in my parents¡¯ house.¡± ¡°Yes, yes. The sound is beautiful, and I¡¯m never tired of watching you tap it and stretch it a little bit.¡± The word of denial returns to the Three Kings. ¡°Right. That would be nice.¡± I shake the hammer down again missly. Eventually, the thickest plate, about 2.5 cm wide and about a meter long, with a rhomboid cross-section and a slightly thinner tip, was able to produce a mythrilled stick with a bar-shaped grip. The tip of the plate part becomes the cutting edge of the sword, so make adjustments so that it is slightly more tapped and sharp. This completes the basic form itself. I suddenly put in the grinding from there. If it is steel, it will need to be quenched or quenched, but it is not needed for misrills. With adequate machining facilities and constant or better skill, I feel that it is suitable for mass production. If, in fact, the distribution of raw materials is not sufficient, and heating is cynical, so that computer control is possible, as in the previous world, it would still not be able to produce a bang in mass in this world, where civilization has not yet progressed that far to boulders. I was anxious to grind it with a regular grinding wheel, but I can manage to grind it with cheat maximization. This was also conveyed from my fingertips the feeling that if the angle or something even slightly uneven, the blade would be damaged in one shot. Grind slowly so as not to cut the concentration, and put a blade on your torso. Every time his body moves on the grinding wheel, a cool sound streams with Sharan, entertaining the tourists¡¯ ears. I was able to finally put on the blade after plenty of time by moving my body around like a sneak leg. ¡°All right, now you¡¯re ready.¡± ¡°Can you swing it already? Deanna tides her cheeks and asks. ¡°I¡¯m not wrapped in leather on the grip, I¡¯m not wearing a fist guard, but if you just shake it,¡± ¡°Can I try? ¡°It¡¯s dangerous to get out of the spoon, so get out there.¡±¡°Yeah, okay¡± I give Deanna Mithril¡¯s fine sword. ¡°Wow, that¡¯s light.¡± ¡°Sometimes they even say,¡± Light as a feather, ¡°but even if it¡¯s not that far, it¡¯s light as a stick cut compared to steel.¡± ¡°Yeah, this lightness will make it quick.¡± ¡°I guess. Then let¡¯s go outside.¡± We went out with Zorro. Everyone¡¯s eyes shine uniformly. Naturally, I¡¯ve never seen anything like Mithril before. I can¡¯t keep my excitement down. First, Deanna waves Rapier with nothing. It¡¯s basically a move that moves back and forth, left and right, to roll out the poke. Because it¡¯s light, or it¡¯s poking quite sharply, but it doesn¡¯t look like it¡¯s going to fall out. Even though the speed of poking also makes a difference between short swords and rapiers, it looks considerably faster. It seemed as though he was dancing, and Thermia and Lique were in motion. Rapier is a weapon that can also be ¡°slashed,¡± so he doesn¡¯t move it big enough to say ¡°slashed away,¡± but Deanna is also moving by weaving a slashing motion into a poking motion. This move also seems a lot faster than the usual time of archery. ¡°Because your weapon is light, you¡¯re moving a lot faster¡± ¡°I knew it? It kind of feels light on the body itself, and because the rapiers are light, it seems to consume less strength¡± ¡°I see.¡± ¡°Doesn¡¯t feel the same as when I was letting my poke go where nothing was earlier? ¡°Right. It¡¯s pretty much the same.¡± ¡°Then you¡¯re doing well. Give it to me.¡± When I received the Rapier from Deanna, I checked the tip part corrected and confirmed, but there was no distortion or blade spill. Now you can say you¡¯re done with your body. But I came up with one thing. Returning Rapier to Deanna brings rope and sheet metal from the workplace. I put it on the lumber that made it earlier. ¡°Okay. Now try poking this guy¡± ¡°Yeah. Okay.¡± Deanna nods honestly, standing up again and now releasing a poke in a slightly easier way than just now. Chillin and light noises echo around, and there is still a hole in the shape of the cutting-edge of the rapier on the sheet metal made. Check the rapier again, but still no distortion, blade spill, or even scratches. ¡°This may have made something a little outrageous¡± When I said that, the three people I watched nodded with a strange face. Chapter 76 Chapter 76: 76 There is some hesitation in saying that the Mithril Rapier is finished, but that it will be released to the world. I don¡¯t expect this one to make a big difference in the world. Even a few short swords hit by those blacksmiths would just not be safe if they were attacked by a hundred people with it. But if this were to crush the rocks blocking the path, for example (and I think that would be possible), it would be possible to go down a path that could not pass, and that could greatly influence the outcome of the battle. Can I let that out to the world? Helen¡¯s short sword was just steel in its own right, and there are swords and materials that have become the family heirloom of the Amur family, but they are rarely products that go outside. Even if I decided this was a good time because it was Rapier who made it, probably because I don¡¯t think it will be actively utilized on the front lines of the battlefield, I have a story to say that I will continue to worry about every time I make something like this. I guess it¡¯s time to settle for this story. ¡°Hey, guys¡± ¡°Oh, my God, Eizo¡± ¡°What is it, parent?¡± ¡°Hey, Eizo.¡± When I talk to him, he responds to the Trinity. ¡°Can I get this guy out of the world? This could be disastrous in various places if you do it badly. Can¡¯t break, can¡¯t bend, can¡¯t cut. The sharpness does not know where to stay and will crush the rock as well. I¡¯m honestly scared to let that stuff out in the world. Can I live up to what lies ahead? I¡¯m anxious, anxious, anxious.¡± I honestly reveal my present state of mind. I don¡¯t think I can stand a man over forty. The three of you were staring at me like that. Somebody might get out of here as far as I¡¯m concerned. When it did, it did. All I¡¯m saying is that my vessel was that far away. Silence comes in the garden. Once again all you can hear is the sound of the wind crossing. ¡°Phew.¡± The next thing I heard was laughter. ¡°Eizo was human, too. I thought you were indifferent to that because you make amazing things.¡± Deanna says, smiling. ¡°My parents are human apart, too, so I thought you wouldn¡¯t mind. Saying so is a user¡¯s problem, and it¡¯s not for those who make it to care. That¡¯s what I¡¯ve been taught, and pretty much everyone in the blacksmith is. I know what it¡¯s like to be careful when you make something as amazing as your parents.¡± Rickett is also nicotine.¡°Yes, yes. Whether what you make becomes the Sword of the Protectorate or the Jaw of Invasion¡± Aftermath ¡°is how the last person to get it ends up using it, so you don¡¯t have to try to take responsibility for the consequences. Eizo is not disciplined.¡± ¡°It¡¯s really heavy on Eizo, so let me take charge of you. You¡¯re family.¡± Thermia says as she bashes her shoulder. The pain is also strangely pleasant. ¡°Guys, I¡¯m sorry. Thanks.¡± I bow my head deep to everyone and gently wipe what spills out of my eyes. Someone holds that head gently. Then, now he was hugged at his feet, followed by the feeling of cuddling from behind. The family of four in the woods has been in one lump for some time. ¡°All right!¡± I raise my head, bread! and strained his own cheek. I¡¯m not lost anymore. My job in this world is to make what I want to make and to put it out in the world for someone. ¡°Whoa, you look good, Eizo¡± Steel would be expensive if you asked a mechanic, but you could make it, and you¡¯d be fine after you left my hand. Today the Liques are producing general models and do not tour. Before starting the whole work, carve the ¡°Fat Cat Sitting¡±, the mark of our workshop, with a pair of glasses, at the root of his body, in the area where he hides with a tweezer. The taganes were left to bake and grind again so they couldn¡¯t beat the misrills, so they needed some strength, but they managed to sculpt them. Heat the sheet metal into thin bars. I spent all day processing misrills yesterday, so I feel slightly easier to process. I also make use of cheats, but I can still do a thin stick at a fairly fast pace. Cut it off at some length and shaped like ? or ?. After that, combine them into a sphere. Imaginarily, it feels like a ¡°globe¡± plaything that was in a park in the previous world¡­. That was a lot less by the time I was gone from the other world, too. Either way, from the roots of his body in such a way, he completed a cage-like fist guard that combined his gripping hands to be guarded. Now that the fist guard has been completed, create a pair of boxes to combine with. Create a stick of similar thickness to the thickness of the fist guard stick, making both ends of it spherical. When it was ready, it was combined into a fist guard and once completed at hand. Before combining the parts at hand, the leather was wrapped around the grip and fastened to the patterned head to finish the grip. If we don¡¯t keep this ahead of us, it¡¯ll be a pain in the ass with fist protection¡­¡­ I was able to grip it, so I combine the fist guard with the fist guard. When I put it together, I could only say fine sword. I can¡¯t be ashamed to put this out anywhere. And I wasn¡¯t lost anymore to see if I¡¯d put this out into the world. Chapter 77 Chapter 77: 77 The day after the Rapier body was completed, the sheath had not yet been made, so I decided to make a sheath. If there was no specific designation, and I didn¡¯t like it because I made it for now, I would ask you to do something else. The Liques are still creating general models today. Cut out two appropriate-length plates from the lumber yard outside and take them to the workplace. Later work is no different from previous sheath building. Take the mould and roughly cut it out, tension it, and sharpen it. This time, I put reinforcement in the tip of the sheath and the ¡°koi¡± part of what I call the Japanese knife sheath with a plate of steel. It looks like there¡¯s reinforcement in the white sheath. I guess I¡¯ll even put some deer skin on here or put some sculpture in it if it gets stiff, but this time I decided to keep delivering it. If you want to make about one sheath, it won¡¯t take long. Not to mention this one¡¯s a ¡°in time¡± sheath. The rest of the time is in the process of creating a general model ¨C get some short swords and long swords that have just been removed from the mould, and it takes to produce a luxury model. If you look at it this way, the quality is both better, whether it was cast by Thermia than it was before or by Deanna. Of course, the general model seems to require less effort than before to make it a luxury model. Because I was pretty focused and sword-beating for about two days, or I¡¯m going to stick around and get rid of all the unevenness. But if you do that, you become a bespoke model. I have no hesitation in ¡°making what I want to make and putting it out into the world,¡± but that¡¯s not what I¡¯m talking about. In the first place, a single gold coin is a substitute (although the price depends on my mood), but there is no way I can sell it, so for the time being, the luxury model will be the finest mass production product of this workshop. As you can imagine, the item just came out of the original mould was good, so the luxury model was finished early. In time, Deanna might want me to hold just a few more hammers. A sufficient number of stocks could also be secured on this date. At this rate, if you put a knife on tomorrow, you¡¯ll be able to secure enough numbers to go wholesale. The day after tomorrow may be a good time to take a rest. After the previous holiday, I had a problem with the Amur family and I wasn¡¯t resting at all. Creating a Mithrill Rapier has been a lot of hard work, and I¡¯d like to take a break. And when I made a proposal to vacate the next day at dinner that day, it was passed unanimously. The next day I was ready for the holidays or Thermia and Deanna took me hunting. Deanna was totally bated when she got back at first, but there¡¯s still room for her after she got back here a few times. Walk and run in the woods. So I guess I have a sawdust strength on me. That¡¯s also evident in the daily archery, little by little every day, but it¡¯s getting longer to accommodate my punch in than before. I don¡¯t know the details, but as it stands now, maybe if you¡¯re a normal soldier, you can let him run out of strength and win. If we keep going, there might be some of the best in the area¡­¡­ Me and Rike¡¯s blacksmith team are going to work on the knife. Rike is the general model, and I am the luxury model. This one is almost like flow work, making crisp knives for each other. I also think that the production speed of Liquette is increasing without heart. I can¡¯t beat the boulder to my speed, but there were times when it seemed like a good match could be made. Everyone¡¯s getting their arms up a little bit. I kept making it silently at that speed, so I could secure too many to wholesale and finish the day¡¯s work before evening. There, the blacksmith rings to teach Thermia and Deanna to go home. ¡°Oh, that¡¯s just great.¡±¡°Right. I¡¯ll take care of it here.¡± ¡°Whoa, please¡± Me and Rike clean up the blacksmith and go home. Thermia and Deanna, who had just returned there, were just unloading their bags, including bows and arrows. ¡°Welcome back. How¡¯d it go? ¡°I¡¯m home. Whoa, I¡¯ve got a big deer.¡± Thermia sighs like she told him to do it. ¡°I ran into the wolf¡¯s father and son when I was finishing up the deer and pulling out my bowel. The wolf was with me, and I¡¯ve been saying it¡¯s cute ever since.¡± ¡°Oh, I see¡­¡± If you imagine a wolf like a puppy waving a patty and tail, you can also snort that mellow with cuteness. ¡°What happened to that parent and child? ¡°When I did the intestines I pulled out, I went away. You waited for me knowing they were hunting.¡± ¡°I buried my heart properly,¡± continues Thermia. The wolves in these woods are smart. But if Deanna finds out that she might be able to keep it if she feeds it well this way, she won¡¯t ask me to say she will¡­ That¡¯s all you have to do to keep it out of your ears. anyway if you find (¡­) gu (¡­) kids, then you have proper parents who don¡¯t. Me and Thermia just told each other that by looking at each other and nodding at each other. Chapter 78 Chapter 78: 78 After Deanna finished her morning routine the day after she preached how cute the wolf was during dinner, we were walking in the woods to pull up a big deer. I guess what Deanna has been soaring about since just now is that she still cares if there are no wolves today. I know how it feels when I see a wildcat parent and child in the previous world too, because I¡¯ve come to be careful if they¡¯re not there when they pass near it for a while. But that¡¯s how they rarely show up when they¡¯re looking. So did I when I was looking for a wildcat. And the wolf¡¯s father and son reached the lake undiscovered. Deanna¡¯s tension is visibly falling, but that¡¯s how people learn¡­ The pigs the Thermeans had planted before were also quite large, but this time the deer is also quite big. Isn¡¯t this about 2m long? ¡°You¡¯ve had a hard time putting this to rest, haven¡¯t you? ¡°It was a special arrow from Eizou, and I guess this time it was a good guess, almost instant death¡± ¡°Oh, that¡¯s amazing.¡± ¡°Hey, if it was a normal arrow, I think it would have been critical to whether or not the sun would set¡± Thermia praised me for turning away, so I honestly said thank you. Ask Rike to cut down the larger tree, and the three of us will pull it up hard. At first there was some buoyancy and that was easier for me, but it gets heavier as I approach the shore. Thermia¡¯s (and now Deanna to me) muscle strength is considerably stronger than that of a normal person, which makes me think that this would be a little harsh if there were just two normal people. Coupled with the pigs the other day, there would be a considerable increase in meat reserves. Drag the four of us onto a carriage made of larger trees. Even at this time, I pulled it up harder than usual. Of course, pulling and carriage can be huge, but the deer weigh more than usual, and I¡¯m supposed to spend more time on my way home. I had a hard time getting back home and hanging myself, but it hasn¡¯t changed much since. Some of them can be handled sassy with a knife that cuts, but it would also be huge that they are getting used to it. Almost every week. The meat and this time the tendons are taken at the request of Thermia. Apparently the tendon will be a bow string later. Salting it also has its limits, so this time it was decided to dry a considerable amount. There¡¯s meat hanging all over the blacksmith, kind of like a butcher. I still need to build a storage bin somewhere for smoked huts¡­¡­ Lunch is saut¨¦ed venison. And since I¡¯m totally on vacation from here, I also served wine (liqueur is fire wine) from day to day. Even if the world is different, the alcohol you drink from noon is delicious. Originally in this world it is still said to be booze from noon (although it hardly means drinking instead of water), so three other people other than me enjoyed meat and booze. In the afternoon, we¡¯ll do whatever we want. Thermia takes care of the bow, Rike makes fine works, Deanna is an archery of swordsmanship. I was about to make it into a courtyard. It was a continuation of the development of a flower bed and home garden. It had been left alone for a long time, so the weeds were growing all over the place, although the soil retained some softness. Will this be plowed back? I take the bamboo from the workplace and start plowing it. It¡¯s a lot easier than before, so I don¡¯t particularly need the help of the three of them. What you¡¯re doing is kind of like a blacksmith job, but this one¡¯s not for sale or anything, so ease is out of step. I don¡¯t hate moving my body, and I need to do field work every now and then. I managed to finish plowing the courtyard by myself. The soil is turning into quite a shark. If it¡¯s true, you¡¯d better sift the dirt here, but I don¡¯t even know how much you can do with it in the future. Let¡¯s just be careful not to let this place become a weed field again. I tried stewing venison wine for dinner. I¡¯ll buy the wine again tomorrow, so I won¡¯t mind using it. When I say this, it feels like it was a holiday. The conversation was exciting this day, and I was able to feed my English from tomorrow.The next day is the day we go to the city to wholesale our goods, so we all load up our luggage and go through the woods. I won¡¯t forget to bring two gold coins. On the road in the woods, there was no particular danger, to the extent that I occasionally ran into deer and other animals¡­. I guess Deanna was looking for a wolf more than she needed. The streets do not fail to be vigilant, but the usual, idyllic landscape is spreading. I just checked with Thermia and Deanna and nothing happened. I could get to the city just like that. My turn today is the guard I saw on my way home. I wonder what happened to my colleague Mr Marius. That guy bought my product too, so I¡¯m a little concerned. I hope it hasn¡¯t happened like when Marius was here. With that in mind, I met and went into the city. When we get to Camilo, it¡¯s the way it always is. However, today I will take Mithril¡¯s Rapier directly from the luggage car. I can¡¯t leave this on the boulder. Waiting in the trading room, Camilo and Mr. Warden showed up again as usual for this. Camilo looks at what I have as he walks into the room. ¡°Oh, you made it.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know. I had a hard time. I had a hard time.¡± I¡¯ll give Camilo the Rapier I brought. Camilo received pulls Rapier out of his sheath. The fine sword I struck was pale and luminescent in itself, divine inside as I paired it with my fist guard. Camilo looked at himself and nodded satisfactorily, ¡°Really? Well, then there¡¯s no choice.¡± I¡¯m sorry. ¡°It¡¯s not your fault, never mind.¡± That¡¯s what I say, I take two gold coins out of my pocket. ¡°In the meantime, I¡¯ve brought this guy, so I¡¯ll pay him now.¡± That¡¯s what I said, I gave it to Camilo, and Camilo received it with a good smile. ¡°Maido¡± That¡¯s what I said. Chapter 79 Chapter 79: 79 Except there was a little something special about it, which is the deal as usual. Mr. Keeper leaves the room to tell us what he¡¯s loading into our luggage. ¡°Oh, so five Halvards, though.¡± ¡°What happened? ¡°My Lord Count, you bought it quickly.¡± ¡°Well, I didn¡¯t really think I¡¯d buy it¡± ¡°So, my Lord Count, this is a request.¡± ¡°Ho. What?¡± ¡°They want me to sell about three more of those Halvards. Let the guards at the mansion have it.¡± ¡°I see. I got it.¡± If you want to make a bespoke model, you need to ask the person to come to us, but if not, simply take the request. Let¡¯s make it before we forget it when we get home. After that, as usual, we¡¯re talking about something about the situation in the world. So far, this is my only chance to hear the world move. Given that we were able to catch stories of riots on the back of the world on the Internet in the previous world, it¡¯s amazing to say that we¡¯re just listening to a limited area once a week from just one person. Would it be better to secure some other means of doing so? We¡¯re not in a hurry, so let¡¯s just take our time exploring it. Especially since I never seem to have talked about there being a big war somewhere or a troop out for a big crusade (dragon ¡°Dragon¡± or giant ghost ¡°Auga¡±), there doesn¡¯t seem to be a rush to me for a few hits. It doesn¡¯t matter if I take it or not. However, although it¡¯s not definitive information, they say it stinks, or there¡¯s going to be, or is going to be, a skirmish with a small demon in the periphery, or a skirmish over borders and water rights. Hopefully none of this will be massive. Leaving Camilo¡¯s shop and passing the city entrance, so to speak, the person on the stand isn¡¯t equipped with Halvard yet, but the training also takes a reasonable amount of time. I guess I couldn¡¯t deploy right away. I just passed through the meeting again. Nothing particularly significant has happened in the streets or in the woods. Always vigilant, but as always relaxed. As it were about the house, we all carried our bags in and the purpose of going to the city today was accomplished. From the next day on, it¡¯s a blacksmith job. Make sheet metal, I¡¯ll make Halvard, and the Liques will make other weapons. Halvard made it before, and now he made three without difficulty. The time taken so far is roughly two and a half days. Today, the third day is free. We were talking about letting the guards at the mansion hold it, so we¡¯re going to sculpt Halvard in an empty half-day.In order to put the sculpture in the misril before, did it work to fortify the glasses, Swiss and the sculpture could be applied, and the three halvards were completed. It¡¯s barely boneless to use for the ritual, but enough hattering to hold for the guards of the mansion to guard the gates. Since we have finished the production of the order, from the next day we will move on to the production of the goods to be wholesaled to Camilo¡¯s store. Lique continues to produce general models, and Thermia and Deanna go hunting. There¡¯s enough meat, so half of it would be like a forest patrol. That¡¯s how the ¡°always¡± routine began. Tomorrow the Thermeans will be off hunting, so I¡¯ll make a knife one today. Me and Rike each heat up the sheet metal and beat it, making a knife. The sound of a loose flame and a regular hammer echoes in the blacksmith. In between, the sounds of ju ¡®u when cooking and shrish when grinding intersect. I sandwiched lunch and continued it until before evening, then (¡­) came. A sound that was sounding like some kind of music mixes with another. That¡¯s the sound of knocking on the doors of the workshop and outlet. It doesn¡¯t feel as far-fetched as Helen did, it feels like a snack or something. No, compared to the knock that I thought would break Helen¡¯s door, don¡¯t get me into a lot of trouble. ¡°Yes, yes, I¡¯ll be there now.¡± I get up and go to the door. You heard the voice, knock stopped. When the door is unscrewed and opened, a woman stands there. Taller than Lique, but a little lower than Thermia. Overall, he wraps his sneaky body shape in his traveling clothes. The thin, silver-colored hair cut around the shoulder in the long cut eye is also impressive, but above all, it¡¯s the ears that caught my eye. Thin, long, pointed ears. Knowledge gained in the world before me and in the installation returns the same answer. She is an elf. When the elf woman nods, she unloads her luggage and sits in a chair (though round too) without making a sound softly. Once a simple table was also attached, and when Lique placed the beverage there gently, the woman lowered her head gently to show her appreciation. ¡°So, what do you want from me? ¡°This is it.¡± What was wrapped in cloth was removed from the unloaded luggage and spread onto the table. I look at what was wrapped inside and keep an eye out. ¡°I want you to fix this.¡± The woman looked at this one with a begging eye and said. On the table lay the sword of Mithril, which had become many fragments. Chapter 80 Chapter 80: 80 ¡°I see¡­¡± I roar forward the spread fragments. ¡°So how much would you like to repair?¡± Is it a restoration that stays the way it was, completely uninformed, or should it even be the same shape? The latter may be able to do it tomorrow, but it is clear that the former will struggle. I wouldn¡¯t do anything like restoring a fresco painting that was the world before. ¡°Of course, if you can do it exactly as it was, I¡¯ve never crossed it¡± Like a bell ringing, the description suits me correctly, says the client woman. ¡°But if that¡¯s not possible, I can do whatever it takes¡± I mean, you want me to do what I can. It¡¯s not really a big career, but it¡¯s also certain that artisan blood will make a scene when they say so. ¡°One more thing, you came here alone, didn¡¯t you? ¡°Yeah, I¡¯m alone.¡± I don¡¯t know the details because Thermia isn¡¯t around, but at least I don¡¯t think there¡¯s any sign of her around, and she doesn¡¯t seem to be lying. That condition is also a story when making it from scratch, so is it good for now? Thinking about whether or not to take it, women talk a little quicker. ¡°Um, I used hidden magic on the road, but shouldn¡¯t I have? I ask. He thought it would be better to say that I was here alone. You have hidden magic. ¡°No, whatever the means, if you came alone, you wouldn¡¯t have a problem.¡± I smiled and answered. I don¡¯t mean to be that strict either¡­¡­ The woman who heard it looks heartfelt. ¡°Then we will take on this request¡± ¡°Is it true!? Gatan and a woman standing up and shouting. That was a pretty good volume right now. ¡°Oh, su, excuse me¡­¡± Hit and change and sit back in the chair with Theosio. It was a moment, but maybe that¡¯s the ground now. Otherwise, I wouldn¡¯t think of coming here.¡°No, never mind. So, when should I get it done? ¡°I¡¯d appreciate it as early as possible, but could you do me a favor in about two weeks at the latest? ¡°Okay.¡± Two weeks. Then I think I can take it to the right place. ¡°Um, so, I¡¯m very sorry, but I¡¯d like to show you how things are going every day during the restoration.¡± ¡°Saying? ¡°It¡¯s not that I don¡¯t trust Mr. Eizo, but things are, so in case there is¡­¡± ¡°Oh, I see¡± It is certainly true that it is a misrill, but it is also something that seems to be derived from a painful look. In case I take this and electrocute it, it¡¯s more obvious than looking at a fire bed fire that¡¯s going to be a big deal. ¡°I don¡¯t mind that, isn¡¯t it hard to go through it every day? ¡°It¡¯s a craftsman¡¯s idea.¡± It¡¯s cheat, I can¡¯t say. Nevertheless, I wasn¡¯t hitting it consciously either. The woman who heard that is dropping her shoulders with gakun. I¡¯m sorry. But now I know two things. This elf guy came here to say that he would probably deliver the rape pier I hit and see it within a couple of days, then go to Camilo¡¯s and ask about our place. The other is the performance of the bespoke model I hit and why I couldn¡¯t do the same thing in the capital. From what this person has said, I guess the products made by weaving magic will be stronger. Because the magic of this place is strong, we can fully glorify it, but if it is the capital, the magic was too thin to glorify it enough, which is what happened at that time, I can guess. If you think that mixing my knife with enough magic made it work, all the stories fit together. ¡°I¡¯m not leaving that story behind once and for all, even if it¡¯s okay, I¡¯m not leaving a woman outside, and fortunately we have a guest room. I don¡¯t know if there¡¯s any inconvenience, but stay there.¡± Did the woman who was dropping her shoulders recover a little, hear the words. ¡°Are you sure? You must have three wives, right? ¡°¡­ the family has three women, but no wife, please don¡¯t hesitate¡± Camilo¡¯s the source of this information. Next time you see him, remember. ¡°Well, sweeten your words¡± The elf woman seemed a little confused, but eventually bowed her head. Helen said she was going out a long way, and I don¡¯t think she¡¯s going to have any visitors for a while, so she¡¯ll be fine. That¡¯s where Karan Cologne and the workshop ringer rang. Thermia and Deanna are back. I looked at the door that leads to the house, wondering how I explained it to the two of you. Chapter 81 Chapter 81: 81 As I thought, Thermia and Deanna seemed to be returning, and the door connecting the workplace and the house opened without a ringing. ¡°I¡¯m just¡­ a customer? ¡°Oh. Um¡­¡± Deanna asked me, but if I said so, I hadn¡¯t heard the name. ¡°My name is Liddy¡± Elf woman ¨C Mr. Liddy stood up and bowed. ¡°This is the one who asked me to repair the sword.¡± I¡¯ll supplement. Then, ¡°My name is Deanna. I¡¯m staying at the Eizoo Workshop, so please keep an eye on me.¡± Deanna thanked Hilari and the aristocrats while remaining in moveable clothes during the hunt. Whatever your outfit is, yeah, like I said. It¡¯s obvious because she¡¯s a bee countess. I wonder if you¡¯re wary of not even mentioning Amur¡¯s family name. Though I think I¡¯m finding out from my current greeting that I was quite an identity. ¡°Atashi says Thermia¡­ do you? Thermia¡¯s been acting kind of weird, but hey, you just have to remember. Shall I leave it to Deanna¡­¡­ ¡°I am an apprentice at Eizoo Workshop, my name is Rike¡± Rike bows to Pecori without graduation. Perhaps the most common one is Lique. Because it looks young, it feels very unbalanced. Anyway, this is the face of my Ayzow family. ¡°So, Rike, I think you know because he was listening, but this sword is important, so he¡¯s going to stay with us during the restoration.¡± ¡°I apologize for the impolite request¡­¡± When Ms Liddy says so, Deanna¡¯s in a delightful way. ¡°Well, you can live with the elves!? and exuberant. I keep forgetting how old I am to ask, but far above Thermia about curiosity. ¡°No, it¡¯s just like surveillance, it¡¯s a little different than living there,¡± ¡°But life is with you, isn¡¯t it? ¡°Well, you¡¯re at home. ¡°Well, that doesn¡¯t change what you can live in for a little while.¡±I am delighted because of this, and do you ever argue any more and give me water? ¡°Well, that¡¯s why, while you¡¯re cooking dinner, prepare your guest room with Deanna and Riquette¡± ¡°Okay.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Deanna and Riquet nod and go back to the house. ¡°What did the Thermeans catch today? ¡°It¡¯s a leaf bird. About five.¡± You¡¯ve still been hunting smaller ones in anticipation of enough meat savings. That said, every single one of them would be convenient because my belly would be swollen enough. ¡°Well, me and Thermia will hurry up and take out the feathers.¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± When me and Thermia tried to get back home, So now that the guest room is ready, ask Mr. Liddy to keep his luggage in the guest room. Other than Mr. Liddy and me, I tend to the tools I use. I can have dinner in the meantime. Mr. Liddy also came today and made it just a little extravagant with a chicken saut¨¦ed wine sauce. Serve wine (and liqueur is a flame wine) as well and do both ¡°I¡¯ll have it¡± and ¡°Cheers¡±. Mr. Liddy seemed confused at first, but he seemed to be convinced to say that it was our flurry to talk about what was going on that day and have dinner (although breakfast and lunch had a similar atmosphere), and he had joined the conversation a little while along the way. I don¡¯t know if you¡¯ll be spending about two weeks here, and I hope you¡¯re familiar with your life here at all. The next morning, I finish pumping water and get myself around. I still feel a little narrow when it comes to five wash buckets, but what¡¯s different from when Helen was around is the difference in body size? I don¡¯t feel as narrow as I did then. Have breakfast when they¡¯re done. A menu of unfermented bread in the usual root vegetable and salted meat soup, but Mr. Liddy seemed to have no particular complaints, and I snuck my chest out. When the living environment changes, why it breaks my heart the most is that the rice doesn¡¯t fit my mouth¡­ At least that¡¯s what I think. When breakfast is over, schedule work for the day. Needless to say, Rike asked Thermia and Deanna what they were going to do to get him to study on a tour of my work, and he wants to see them fix it too. It¡¯s nothing like saying no, so with Mr. Liddy¡¯s permission, I gave him my permission, too. Mr. Liddy is naturally watching over my work. As it turns out, today is the day everyone tours my work. Well, it¡¯s not like there¡¯s anything wrong with that in particular. I took them all and opened the workplace door. Chapter 82 Chapter 82: 82 Get into the workplace and start with the puzzle. Slightly wide-ranging sword bodies are about eight small and large fragments. Assemble this in its original form first. Naturally, the skill of blacksmiths has nothing to do with this task. The five of us, including Mr. Liddy, assembled a lively body puzzle. Ultimately, it will be said that it will come together in this form. There are many parts of it that you don¡¯t have to worry about because it¡¯s a misrill. If it is steel, it will transform tissue when reheated, so it is difficult to adjust after bonding. Mithril doesn¡¯t have it, but it¡¯s hard to bond itself in the first place, so either way as a hassle, steel is cheesy and seems to manage post-bonding adjustments, so Mithril might be harder. The area where steel can be managed by realignment is precisely cheese. Start by sticking it from the side close to the filling pattern, so put a fire in the fire floor. Magic, of course. ¡°With that said, Mr. Eizou can use magic, can¡¯t he? Yesterday, you magically set fire to Kamado.¡± Ms Liddy points out that she was watching that. It¡¯s not like our routine. ¡°Even if I said I could use it, now it¡¯s enough to make this ignition and a little wind.¡± ¡°That would have required a lot of training, but it¡¯s quite strange to say that you have little knowledge of magic.¡± Mr. Liddy says with a nickel laugh, but he¡¯s afraid to smile. I don¡¯t know about magic, I guess I don¡¯t trust you at all about saying. I got magic because it¡¯s ¡°minimal,¡± and I don¡¯t train or anything, and Thermia, of course, has no knowledge of magic at all, neither Lique nor Deanna. Strongly enough, Deanna knows more about magic than the other two, and you don¡¯t know the Countess level, so you can¡¯t possibly even know she¡¯s not as expert¡­ No, wait. ¡°Is Deanna not familiar with magic? ¡°Wow, I didn¡¯t really study that way¡± Deanna answers blindly. You were skipping this. I can easily imagine my daughter attaching importance to swordsmanship in a state where it is convenient to use, but I don¡¯t have to have trouble using it. ¡°Right. Don¡¯t worry, I¡¯m not mad at you.¡± ¡°Oh, yeah? Obviously horny Deanna. But I have a sister who says this, and I guess the Amur family was a little bright. ¡°So, I¡¯m not familiar with it either, and I don¡¯t have anything familiar with our stuff, so I¡¯m just ashamed of my uncertainty about the area¡± ¡°I see¡­¡± Mr. Liddy is thinking. I grabbed the patterned side of my torch and the closest fragment there in yatco and put it in the fire floor because the ignition had turned enough, sending the wind to heat it up. Mr. Liddy is keeping an eye on me as I think about it. I can¡¯t give you more information than ¡°I¡¯m just somehow able to use it, I¡¯m not particularly aware of anything,¡± even if the stories around magic are too scratchy.Use cheats to identify critical temperatures and remove the two at the same time. Since the part to be joined and the temperature around it is increasing, I also ask Like to help me, stick it together and shake the hammer down. If this is steel, then there is some hoe sand, but Mithril thankfully there are signs that this is going to manage to stick together. However, the temperature and the way the hammer works is more cynical than when it is normally punched out. Isn¡¯t it hard to find a blacksmith who can do this one rather than build a new Mithrill weapon? I just hit it about three times and it¡¯s already off the right temperature. Since it is critically stuck, put it straight into the fire floor and adjust the position of the charcoal to send the wind so that only the bonding part is heated. ¡°This is a pretty broken bone.¡± I snapped by accident. ¡°Is it going to work out? Mr. Liddy asks with a frown root, but was surprised by a voice from an unexpectedly close distance. My face is actually pretty close. Return the answer with a little dogginess. ¡°Well, it¡¯s hard, but I think I can undo it. However, it¡¯s going to take a while. I didn¡¯t know you¡¯d be critical if you had two weeks.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. Thank you.¡± Zui and Mr. Liddy are approaching. The majority of vision is occupied by sapphire-colored eyes bordered by long eyelashes. Close enough to feel a rough nose on my skin. When I was under barometric pressure and couldn¡¯t move, Mr. Liddy corrected his place of residence. ¡°Cohon. Excuse me. Anyway, that¡¯s magic. I knew Mr. Eizo was sensible. I just didn¡¯t know that.¡± ¡°Looks like it.¡± I see other things like tissue bias when I hit steel, but let¡¯s keep quiet over there. ¡°This has cleared one of my doubts.¡± Look at Nico and the upbeat Mr. Liddy, ¡°Thank you for your hard work.¡± I gave it back, and when I took the sword out of the fire bed, I shook the hammer down again. Chapter 83 Chapter 83: 83 As it was, it took until after noon to stick one side of the fragment together. Check where it¡¯s stuck. It¡¯s like a sparkling particle ¨C although the magic hasn¡¯t broken down for Mr. Liddy to say, it¡¯s broken once in the junction. I glanced at it with my fingers, but I don¡¯t feel a joint in particular. What this means is that this is not a material joint, but purely that magic is interrupted here. It didn¡¯t feel that way, but maybe it wasn¡¯t completely bonded inside. If you keep using it in this state, there will be some kind of problem sooner or later. It was horrible enough to be some fragments, it would be horrible again if it was repaired. It¡¯s a weapon, and if something goes wrong there, it¡¯s likely life-threatening. ¡°Mr. Liddy, do you understand here? Show Mr. Liddy while pointing to the part you just joined. Mr. Liddy stared for a while and stared, but eventually ¡°I see you¡¯re out of magic flow here. and groaned. ¡°Do you know what Lique is? I give Rike my sword. Rike had spent more time than Mr. Riddy checking, ¡°I know somehow, but you have eyes for those whose joints stick together beautifully. and returned the sword. I think it¡¯s good if you can figure it out somehow. I want you to keep growing like this. Needless to say, the other two are neither specialised in blacksmithing nor magic. Still looks a little bit like it is the nature of Mithril or was it because the two of them helped with the blacksmith job sometimes? ¡°Mr. Liddy, this is a bad state, isn¡¯t it? I know it¡¯s something I don¡¯t even need to ask, but it broke once, so I¡¯ll make it for etiquette, so you just have to look good, except for what I¡¯m talking about. ¡°That¡¯s right. Wherever possible, follow the original path, but I hope¡­¡± ¡°That¡¯s right¡­¡± I put my arms together and thought. The flatter I get, the more I might stick with it, but now I need to get it back from there. Hmm, so I feel like I¡¯m going to build a forged chunk by piling fragments on top of the parts that are already at the root and ¡±boiling them down¡± and stretching them out of there is going to go nicer. I have confidence that I can return to my original form¡­ I¡¯m asking for a cheat, but this power would probably be fine.When that happens, the question becomes whether Mr. Liddy will allow it. The materials that make up it are exactly the same, but they are almost no longer the same as the new ones. It¡¯s like the reverse of ¡°The Ship of Theseus,¡± but it¡¯s like, ¡°Fulfill it be the same thing?¡± The essence of the problem is the same. However, when you say ¡°just stick together¡± in the first place, it is likely that even fine fragments have not been recovered when broken. A literal, complete ¡°original¡± is impossible in the first place. When you think about it, you don¡¯t have to feel like it¡¯s very different to stick it together or to rebuild it. The point is that you can repair the appearance perfectly, so choose between continuity as an object or performance. I explained that to Mr. Liddy. Explain with particular consideration that the shape will be perfectly undone. ¡°In other words, it¡¯s two choices: stick the fragments together as they are or rebuild them anew. I assure you that both looks can be repaired as exactly the same. Listening to that word, Mr. Liddy is troubled. Maybe if we hit it back, we¡¯ll make it in two weeks. Unlike at the time of the fine sword, I can¡¯t shape as I please, and this time I have a wider body than then, so it will take me a while to do so. I just don¡¯t know what other issues I can take the time on, so if you want to make it, I¡¯ve never gotten over it early. The ideal, of course, is now. That said, I can¡¯t ¡°quit after all¡± after I hit it back, so it¡¯s not like I can make a decision as a wheezer. The sound of charcoal burning quietly on the fire floor flows to the workplace. Only that sound tells us that time has never stopped. We quietly awaited Mr. Liddy¡¯s decision. Tense your cheeks with bread to get in the mood. If you don¡¯t do something that Mr. Liddy is prepared to do, it¡¯s called the Eizoo Workshop Famous Break. The shape itself is a standard long sword, with no particular sculpture, etc. To record the width, length and thickness of the body, it was aligned with the same width, length and thickness as the body puzzle that was brought and assembled from the outside lumber. I was wondering if this would be easy to address along the way. Heat the stuck root part of the fragment into the fire bed. Eventually it went up to a temperature that could be machined, so I beat it with a hammer and squared the area around it that stuck together. I feel harder than when I was a fine sword. If there¡¯s a gap left inside, it¡¯s important, so slap it tight and carefully to wrap it up. After several repetitions, he looked like he had a smaller square plate on him from halfway through the sword. Above that plate, put the fragments on so that they do not collapse. Cream it to cover it with straw rope, put it in the fire floor and heat it. Unlike when it comes to steel, it can be just a little easier not to have to worry about the oxide membrane at all. Raise the outer part of the misthrill to a temperature that slightly melts, remove it from the fire floor, pay for the rest of the burning of the sassy straw rope with a hammer, wait for a moment and lower the temperature slightly, then beat it together. It doesn¡¯t feel like it came together in one go on a boulder. The previous stiff response is the same. I repeated the heating, beating and stretching so I would fold it back, heating, beating and folding it a few times, but I still can¡¯t even feel the feeling of it being completely put together. If you notice, the sun is already leaning for the most part. This misrill is going to take longer than I thought, and with that in mind, I told everyone I was going to finish today¡¯s work and get ready for dinner. Chapter 84 Chapter 84: 84 The next day, Rike and Liddy were the only visitors today, and Thermia and Deanna went to collect fruit and something ¡°because there are elf people¡±. You have an image of saying that in this world somehow. Even though Mr. Liddy normally ate meat last night, that¡¯s what I can¡¯t get out of my mind when I say image. Still unconsolidated, a chunk of Mithril sword is rammed into the fire bed and heated. When you get around to it, take it out and beat it. I also think my response is getting harder and harder without my heart. Some of the sensations have come together for that matter, but the sparkling particles ¨C like a little more magic¡­ ¡°Mr. Liddy. ¡°Yes. What is it? ¡°Isn¡¯t this more magic? ¡°You¡¯re getting more. That¡¯s right, Mr. Eizou, you¡¯re very skillful at weaving magic. Oh. So this is it. You saw particles like this a bit when you were steel. ¡°I also feel that my heart is only getting harder. ¡°I guess. I was still right to ask you. Yeah, yeah, I¡¯m just satisfied with one, Mr. Liddy. There is no particular explanation. Is Mr. Liddy that or the type of person who thinks they know what they know? You were at a company that used to work in the world. Either way, don¡¯t deny that it¡¯s getting harder, could the misrills of this world get harder when they include magic? But this didn¡¯t happen when I built the fine sword¡­ For now, I just think about throwing it out of my head and including magic makes it harder. Concentrate on the power of the cheats and beat them carefully so that nothing doesn¡¯t work out well. I¡¯ve never been conscious, but apparently I¡¯m instilling magic at this time. The response when the hammer is struck down is only slightly but heavier. It¡¯s quite a heavy labor because we also need to increase our ability to beat for that matter.Repeat the work several times. Each time the response grew heavier, but eventually stopped getting heavier. Maybe I¡¯ve come to the limit of ¡°weaving magic¡±. Thankfully so. If it is any heavier, it will have too much difficulty processing. Eventually, it took me until after noon to finish the workout. This looks like a tough job to do after this¡­¡­ We had a slightly late lunch for three, and it would continue in the afternoon. This is where you need to put your back in. Heat on the fire floor, tap and stretch. There is no difference between the steel and the process and the contents. But the difficulty is exceptionally different. The same was true when the fragments were bonded, but the temperature, which can be processed while maintaining magic power, and the point where the hammer is put in and it is OK is very cynical and needs to be reheated before it can be stretched much. ¡°This doesn¡¯t break your bones any more than it does when you¡¯re a fine sword. I am foolish by accident. ¡°Is it hard even for the parents? Thermia and Deanna, who were out collecting, had picked lots of blueberry-like fruits and leaves that smelled like peppermint. Before dinner, add the spirit to a small bottle and marinate the well-washed blueberries. Let¡¯s use some for sauce at dinner today. Even leaves that smell like peppermint, if washed well and slightly stirred, will make the leaves smell stronger than the previous world peppermint, but almost peppermint, so will they still be mint tea-style with this leaf tomorrow morning? Both the sauce for dinner and the blueberries themselves, Mr. Liddy was, of course, well received by all. I¡¯m soaking blueberries in the fire liquor, so one of these days we all swallowed them, and they were all shining their eyes. You¡¯re all girls in this place, including Mr. Liddy. Among other things, Rike was just jumping up, let¡¯s just meditate on his eyes. This is a dwarf to say¡­¡­ Dinner on this day was filled with stories of what Mr. Liddy was having inside. Like I said before, they usually eat birds and deer or something. It¡¯s just that there¡¯s a pretty big field in there, and they say there¡¯s a high percentage of root vegetables and leafy vegetables. I didn¡¯t like or dislike it when I left the inside this way, I assured you. Well, tomorrow is the day to go to the city. I have work to do from the day after tomorrow, and I have to work hard. Chapter 85 Chapter 85: 85 At breakfast the next morning, I¡¯ll also try on the usual menu something like mint tea with mint (like plant) in hot water. It also tastes slightly grassy, but the palate is refreshing and good. If you want to say this, maybe there is a place for tea. Let¡¯s think about it for a second. ¡°We¡¯re going to the city today to wholesale our goods, but what about Mr. Liddy? I don¡¯t mind you coming. Mr. Liddy, if I leave you alone, there¡¯s probably nothing to do. Four women per man, and three elves to the beast man to the dwarf. It¡¯s not remarkable, but while that Count is working hard for me, I don¡¯t think it¡¯s going to be a big deal either. My concern is the sword of Mithril. Is it okay to leave this behind? To protect this, nothing if you say Mr. Liddy will stay here. Still good. There¡¯s nothing particularly troublesome about stealing it from my dad. I wish I could earn gold again. If you insist, you want me to give you a break because I have trouble eating pot pots when they are taken. ¡°I¡¯ll follow you, too. The sword will be safe here. ¡°Okay. Then just get ready, please. ¡°Yeah, I get it. Mr. Liddy nodded and disappeared into the guest room. You wanted to accompany me unexpectedly light. What I don¡¯t know and what Mr. Liddy knows still seems to be happening in this place¡­. Well, come on, do you understand what I¡¯m saying? I went into my room and got ready to go out. It¡¯s my job and Lique¡¯s to pull the luggage. You can¡¯t even ask Mr. Liddy for a boulder. My eyes seem good when I ask, so I decided to ask for vigilance around with Thermia and Deanna. But it may also be a thought to pull with manpower forever as it is. I think there will be more luggage in time, and most importantly, it seems better to be maneuverable at all. And, there is a feeding problem when it comes to it, but should we consider introducing horses at some stage? But we¡¯ll talk about this later. In the green light, the blackish vertical line ¨C the trunk of the tree softens as we go along. The leaves of the trees noise deliberately, and the pleasant wind flows. Is the voice of the trees I said this heard by Mr. Liddy? On the boulder. Is that too much of a dream for a species that says elves? Deanna is still chilling. I know exactly how you feel. Thermia then stopped to pitch. ¡°Is that the nasty one? I¡¯ll stop and ask Thermia, too. ¡°No¡­¡­ hmm. Thermia¡¯s ears are moving piccolorly and her nose is cracking. I¡¯m trying to concentrate and find out what¡¯s out there. ¡°Oh, is this an alle? Stop moving your ears and nose, and Thermia is wandering her nostrils with Gosogoso. As soon as I took something out, I threw it poignantly near the bush a little further away. If you gaze, it is dried meat.Soon the clams and bushes shake and the little shadows pop out. A beast looking like a brown puppy, or a wolf child. ¨D¨D¨D I¡¯m screaming Cah so Deanna doesn¡¯t shout out loud and surprise me. You¡¯re clever. But I see this is adorable. It¡¯s almost like a puppy. He eats dried meat guffy as he waves his patties and tail. This is cute if you do it. Unexpectedly, my eyeballs go down. Soon Deanna, who was coming next door, banged me on the shoulder. It usually hurts. I know what you¡¯re impressed with, so calm down. Eventually the finished puppy, not the wolf, pretended his tail toward this one, ¡°Wow!¡± and rang. Another bang and shock coming on my shoulder. Calm down. The wolf was about to come this way for a bit, but when did it get closer, a soooo big wolf appeared. Situationally, I would be the mother. Then, the wolf rushes out toward the mother wolf at first sight and begins to twitch. That¡¯s a very mind-boggling sight. Deanna dropping a little shoulder. ¡°It¡¯s not good if that¡¯s the case because there are occasionally uh-huh parents who are abandoning me or detaching me. Thermia leaks like that. I didn¡¯t miss hearing that. Deanna comes back to life with great momentum. ¡°Right! All right, if there¡¯s a kid who says that, we need to help him right away! My nose is rough, and I¡¯ve been making grips for a long time to solidify my resolve. Me and Like, Mr. Liddy looked at each other and sighed unexpectedly. Chapter 86 Chapter 86: 86 There were some major happenings on the road, but there were no particular problems going through the woods and out into the streets where different dangers awaited from those in the woods. We need to be more vigilant than in the woods because we stand out clearly. Thermia is alert with all five senses, and Deanna is pointing a different gaze around her than she just did. Mr. Liddy is also wary of looking a little farther. Again, don¡¯t feel more secure when you have more eyes. Though Gotagota was there, there was no particular major trouble in the streets as to whether the Aymur family was well governed. Deanna wouldn¡¯t mind if something happened here, and I just want something not to happen. There were still people standing at the entrance to the city today who were not colleagues. The score is still short spear, not Halvard. You¡¯re starting to remember this guy¡¯s face a little too. Do you want to hear it? ¡°Hello. ¡°Oh, is that it? Hello.¡± The guard is loving, but firmly looks at Mr. Liddy and returns his greetings. ¡°I don¡¯t know, but if you and Marius were close, did they move you somewhere? You have bought my sword for that one too, so I was wondering how it went after that, etc. ¡°Hmm? Oh. He was called to the capital by Marius. ¡°I see. So you didn¡¯t see it. Thank you. I will ask when I go to the capital again. ¡°Whoa, do that for me. That¡¯s what I¡¯m gonna say. We¡¯re gonna have a meeting and go by. I¡¯m talking about the guard now, because the Count is calling me to go, so I guess I can call it glory. But is the city guard still calling you ¡°Marius¡± too? Whether this one should be taken as a loose discipline or a dear from a relationship from the time of guarding is a bit of a difficult place. Proceed deliberately to the streets that are ruined by all sorts of people. After all, Mr. Liddy, who is an elf, is in the spotlight for being unusual, and some people don¡¯t even try to hide their occasional uncanny gaze. I¡¯m just not alone with the guy who¡¯s going to give me a little bit of a surprise. Doing something far-fetched suits the terrible eye ¨C whether that¡¯s true or not, it also goes with rarity, or at least seems to be widely seen as such in alleys. I¡¯m a normal person (though an elf) for the sake of it, including the habit of knowing what I know. But wouldn¡¯t it be weird to get so much attention? That¡¯s all I was worried about. Eventually I get to Camilo¡¯s store. It¡¯s indoors from here, and Mr. Liddy will feel a little rested. Put your luggage in the warehouse as usual and head to the trading room. Camilo came after it took a little longer than usual today. ¡°Whoa, you look busy. ¡°Well, it¡¯s puffy. With that being said, Camilo usually comes and deals with himself whenever he comes. Is it because I concentrate on managing people and things and don¡¯t do the practice at all? Even so, there will be some sort of meeting. Ask around there, ¡°I¡¯ve largely decided when you guys are coming, so I¡¯m just vacating my plans around there. ¡°What if he doesn¡¯t come? ¡°I have something to do with that, so I don¡¯t have any trouble with it. ¡°I see. As far as I¡¯m concerned, I didn¡¯t think it would be a good idea to be burdened with something, but I was relieved at first because that didn¡¯t seem to happen. ¡°So it¡¯s today¡¯s deal. ¡°Oh, you¡¯re this guy first. ¡°Is what you want good as usual? ¡°Oh. There aren¡¯t many deliveries this time, so just let me know in case it¡¯s not enough. I¡¯ll pay for that in currency. From what I¡¯ve seen so far, this delivery should cover enough, but the price of some kind of product may have gone up. I also bring some money for once. ¡°You¡¯ll be fine because you can afford half of last week. If it¡¯s not enough, I¡¯ll deduct it from the next delivery, so I don¡¯t need the currency. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, that helps. And so on. Now that I¡¯m working on a special order, I¡¯m going to decide not to come next week. ¡°Oh, you did. All right. Let¡¯s get more of our stuff too. ¡°Ooh, thanks. Just like you said, if it¡¯s not enough, pull it off next. ¡°You don¡¯t have to tell me. I will. This business meeting was thus successfully concluded. Ask Camilo how the capital is doing and what else. Marius seems to be doing fine. Deanna seemed relieved to hear it, too. It just seems like the demonic movement on the periphery has been enlivening lately, and the story is that the Crusaders might be formed. When the Amur family disturbed, Karel said it was a lie, but is that becoming a reality? That¡¯s tough¡­¡­ If that happens, we need to deliver it in order to make Camilo money. Let¡¯s get ready so we can increase production as much as possible. After that, we had some conversations that had no benefit, and we left Camilo¡¯s store. Chapter 87 Chapter 87: 87 From the time I left Camilo¡¯s shop until I got to my house, nothing happened in particular except that Mr. Liddy was drawing attention to the city people. You¡¯re beautiful in the first place. I¡¯m not sure if that¡¯s because it¡¯s an elf. It was the most difficult thing to do for Mr. Liddy to get into trouble, so I was horrified that it wasn¡¯t there. When we get home, we all carry our stuff in. Apoitacara also enters the workplace. Mr. Liddy also helped bring some light stuff from root vegetables into the house. It is a vacation, as usual, once the carriage has been completed. When I say vacation, it feels like doing thoughtful work when I¡¯m out of town. Now I am ordering a bespoke model, but I decided to say no to Mr. Liddy and let him stay as usual. I also thought about touching the apoitacara because it¡¯s a corner, but it¡¯s going to be a blacksmith job, and I just decided to put this behind me and make what I wanted for the workplace. It¡¯s in the workplace, gathering the excess wood that made the sheath or something. There¡¯s some big ones there, and they¡¯re going to be enough for what I want to make. Leave it to the cleavage of the knife to cut the parts out of the lumber. I guess this cleavage had something to do with magic, too. Will you be more aware next time you make a special order? Without using nails, I cut them out to assemble just by meshing and so on as much as possible, so it took me a while to cut them out, but I manage to secure the time to assemble them, so I keep on assembling them. Eventually I was undressed but completed something like a miniature home. It is a palm size. I just made it look like it because I¡¯m not familiar with the format, but I don¡¯t think there¡¯s anything in this world that should fit in (at least it didn¡¯t seem to apply to the installed knowledge), so for now it¡¯s good. If you build a shelf out of wood, attach it to a wall, and put something shaped like a miniature house on top of it, you¡¯re done with the Kantan Shelf. As a former Japanese, I was somewhat uncomfortable not having a shrine in a place like this to say, so I made it. I might actually want to make it for the house, but personally, it seems like it¡¯s in a workplace where I say this. I don¡¯t know if it is a godly ah (¡­) ri (¡­) and (¡­) in this world, but I want you to look at it greatly. I don¡¯t even know if there¡¯s a god in this world to fit in. Place salt and water in small plates and small cups respectively from the kitchen and keep them on the shelf together. I¡¯m going to have to add a replacement for this to my morning routine. After I gave my thanks to the Shelf, I hit Kashiwaki and set out to prepare dinner. The next morning I was pumping water and I first lowered the water and salt on the shrine and replaced it with something new. It¡¯s a waste of time to throw it away, so I use it for breakfast soup. Later behavior will remain very unchanged until after breakfast. Discuss today¡¯s work-sharing after breakfast. I will naturally continue to rebuild Mithril¡¯s sword, but for a while from today, Lique, Thermia and Deanna will have the general model fabricated, two weeks from now, but we¡¯ll need quite a few deliveries. Mr. Liddy called it a tour of my work, or a lookout, well, that¡¯s what I got to do. When I enter the workshop, I go to the shrine and pray for the safety of my work today with two compliments and a round of applause. I don¡¯t know if I have a destination to receive this prayer, but I still feel like switching consciousness goes smoothly when I have to say this. This is the only thing you¡¯ve ever made.When I¡¯m worshipping (like), Rike talks to me. ¡°Parents, what have you been doing now? ¡°It¡¯s a ritual of prayer to God, passed on to our home in the North¡± ¡°What¡¯s like that unusual house? ¡°That¡¯s right¡­ it¡¯s like a simple temple to install in every home.¡± ¡°Well, the North has a habit of saying that.¡± That¡¯s what I¡¯m saying. Mr. Liddy nods, Hmm. I guess you can¡¯t help but be sure what you cared about. ¡°Parents, can we do what we were doing earlier? ¡°Hmm? Oh, I don¡¯t mind. It¡¯s not like it¡¯s a secret.¡± I¡¯ve heard it the way Rike said it was a snack, but I¡¯d rather do this with the whole family, so I agreed to it. ¡°May I, too?¡± Liddy says, ¡°so I made this one a pleasure. Teach the four of us two compliments and one round of applause, and I did it earlier, but I¡¯ll do it again. Beast man, dwarf, man and elf. I thought that people of different origins and races do the same thing this way when they say ¡°I¡¯ll have it,¡± but you have something to come for. So there was another ¡°always¡± in my house. Chapter 88 Chapter 88: 88 Once we¡¯ve all done our worship, we¡¯ll get to work. Put the fire on the fire floor, send the wind to raise the temperature, and when it comes up, stick the Mithril sword in and heat it up. Apart from that, the furnace was also kept on fire. This is for the Liquettes to work on. Remove and beat with hammer when the temperature of the misthrill rises and becomes critical among machinable temperatures. Clear, glassy sounds echo inside the blacksmith, sparkling light, beating quickly so that you can beat it more than once. But it¡¯s also not to say that you should slap it right here as soon as you can. If you go a little crazy at hand, the woven magic will be lost for that matter. We have to do two things at the same time: be careful not to do it, and beat it quickly. Surely there will be a limited number of people who can handle this. Even more so in blacksmiths where the majority do not understand magic. It would be suspicious if they told me that I truly understood magic too, but I still see a proper flow of magic. And those who can see the flow of magic properly say that if there is a fairly limited number of people in this world who can use magic, if they become wizards without being blacksmiths, that¡¯s the only thing that¡¯s cheap about their lives, so the result is that ¡°few things can handle misrills correctly in a human blacksmith¡±. Mithrill, who has built up his magic almost to the limit, sounds clear but responds very heavily and is poorly stretched. It comes off the machinable temperature while beating a few times. I put my sword in the fire bed again and heat it up, take it out, slap it. The glassy sound of me slamming a misrill and the metal sound of Rike slamming his sword to make a general model resonates loudly in the workplace. By its side, Thermia and Deanna are moulding and flushing the iron dissolved in the furnace. Fire, wind, hammer, and man make their own sounds, and do their own work. It seemed to me like this space was very comfortable. That does, and Mithril doesn¡¯t stretch me at all, so I¡¯m making very poor progress. Still, it seems like we¡¯ll make it to the two-week deadline. In the end, on this day, I was able to stretch half of the remaining 2/3, or 1/3, to where I left off. Perhaps this should still be considerably faster than a regular blacksmith, but slower progress than the usual steel sword is quite stressful. It was saved that the sound was beautiful when I hit it. If it hadn¡¯t been for that one, we might have been further behind schedule. But from now on, considering Apoitacara and other still unseen ores, you can¡¯t be snagging at Mithril¡¯s rebound either. You have to get through this and be confident. The next day, given yesterday¡¯s progress, today is the day when I will continue to beat Mithrill for a day. I will not forget the exchange of water and salt on the new and routine shrine, nor the worship. The Liques are still producing general models today. Mr. Liddy is supposed to tour my work the same way today. That said, I¡¯m just looking where I¡¯m stretching out a day hitting Mithril with a hammer. ¡°Mr. Liddy. ¡°What is it? Listening while heating with a misthrill on the fire floor, Ms Liddy replied with the same cool and clear voice.¡°Is it fun to watch? ¡°Right. If it¡¯s normal work, you might think it¡¯s boring somewhere if you watch it all day, because Mr. Eizou¡¯s work is not normal. ¡°Thanks for that. I thank you by deciding that you probably complimented me as Mr. Liddy. It¡¯s not normal, actually. ¡°Besides, the elves have a longer life span, so they feel a day shorter than a human day. Intelligent, but if I thought it was some laid-back atmosphere, I see, different times to feel it? Wait, so Thermia¡¯s five years was a pretty long day. Unfortunately, it is a feeling that I will never know, even if I get cheats, that I am a human being. ¡°Really? ¡°Yep. Steel won¡¯t do that, but Mithril is so easy to build up magic that it¡¯s purely close, and the sound is cleaner when you hit it. ¡°Ha ha, I see. I can¡¯t really make that noise. Now I know why I feel different than I did when I struck Mithril¡¯s fine sword before. Mithril was less ¡°refined¡± then this one ¨C I mean, I guess it had a lot of impurities. To say that magic could have struck with less effort without caging for that matter is not such a sloppy imagination. In time, we¡¯ll explore ways to improve refinement. That¡¯s what I thought, listening to the beautiful sound of glass. Chapter 89 Chapter 89: 89 It took me a total of three days until I ended up extending Mithril. Of course, it¡¯s just an elaborate gripping stick as it is, so starting tomorrow, we¡¯re going to need to work on creating a shape. But that¡¯s it for today. I can¡¯t work all night packing my roots. That¡¯s what even my favorite animated movie in the previous world said. The next morning, coming back from the water draw, Mr. Liddy was out of the house and laying his hands on the trunk of the tree. ¡°Good morning. It¡¯s dangerous to be out there¡­ wasn¡¯t it basic? It¡¯s dangerous, I try to say, but I recall being told that that¡¯s not true and say it again. ¡°Yep. Normal beasts don¡¯t come close with all this magic. Liddy answers with a bell-ringing, but clear voice. ¡°Do you think that would detect any danger? ¡°Right. Because where magic is thick, there are often demons. I was thrilled to hear it. ¡°There¡¯s a lot of magic around here, could there be a sudden gush of demons? ¡°No, that¡¯s rarely the case. In some cases, the beast may become a demon in this forest, but basically it doesn¡¯t change its nature from the original beast. Very rarely, though, it can become ferocious. That¡¯s a nasty story. I¡¯m sure the demonized beast will come here regardless of the dark thin of magic. Wait, I wonder if the bear I put up before could have become a demon¡­ It seems likely that when Thermia was injured (I feel like it was a long time ago already), she would say that I felt like a jerk because I was a demon afterwards. I don¡¯t know what demon it was eventually like for that one to suck, but I¡¯m glad I was able to clean it up early. Hmm? Wait. ¡°Well then, keeping animals here is¡­¡± ¡°You can¡¯t really recommend it. However, looking at the archery being done by both Eizou and Deanna, the sword arm seems to be quite standing, so I can deal with it in case there is a¡± In Case ¡°, wouldn¡¯t it be nice to say? As I said earlier, those smart wolves basically remain smart because the original beast and nature are not so different. In the real worst case scenario, you mean it¡¯s gonna be a hell of a sad goodbye¡­ that¡¯s hard stuff. Do you have the idea that it¡¯s okay because it rarely happens? All this is a tour of destiny. Besides, I was relieved that if I had a horse, it seemed okay. ¡°If it¡¯s a cave or something, the magic stars,¡± so demons come from it. This is, on the contrary, basically ferocious. They don¡¯t know what caused it, though. Mr. Liddy teaches me the mechanism of Sarah¡¯s monster birth. Really? I¡¯ve never even heard of a cave near here from Thermia or Deanna, but if I do, I¡¯ll tell them to stay away. ¡°With that said, what were you doing out there? I was convinced. When I heard that, Mr. Liddy¡¯s eyes narrowed. ¡°Oh, was it okay to ask you this? Forget the words now if there¡¯s a problem. Having received Mr. Liddy¡¯s reaction as a rejection, I rush to withdraw my remarks. ¡°You don¡¯t ask any more. Almost faceless faces and voices. I answered. ¡°I¡¯m also a man, so I¡¯m interested in a hell of a beauty like Mr. Liddy, but I just know that there are a lot of things that are better not to ask. And I laughed deliberately and niggardly, and I went into the house. I guess it was a little too cool. Today¡¯s task is for me. As always, the Mithrill Sword, the Liques decide to continue to build the general model. Mr. Liddy¡¯s either calling me a tour or a lookout, well, that¡¯s the way it is. Until yesterday I should have concentrated on stretching, but from today on I can¡¯t say that either. I need to hit it compared to the wood mould I took before I rebuilt it. Even though there are cheats, naturally the work goes poorly for that matter. How can you work with less stress? That will be the key ahead. Once you have your hands on the shrine as usual, put a fire in the fire floor and furnace and start working. Heat out the misrill and beat it with a hammer as you look at the wood mould you put aside for reference next to it when you put it on the gold floor. While using cheats to find out where to slap them. Clear sounds and beautiful sparks appear in the blacksmith after every wave of hammer. Next to me, Mr. Liddy is watching that too ¨C but today, he¡¯s just a little close. I¡¯m pretty sure the work is finally in the packing phase, and I guess I¡¯m starting to be interested. That would be a good thing. With that in mind, I stuck a Mithril sword in the fire bed. Chapter 90 Chapter 90: 90 Heat the Mithril sword and beat it with a hammer to slightly reshape. Basically this repetition. Compared to the pre-rebuild mould, he manipulates the hammer to fully mobilize the cheat to take its shape. The sound of clarity echoed throughout the day in the workplace. What I did on this day was about 1/3 of the process of shaping the sword. Does it look slightly sword-shaped? It seems so. Does that mean it will take another three or so days to get it in order and about 3-4 days to finish afterwards? Slightly more spare time in two weeks, but it doesn¡¯t feel like we can make a product to wholesale in time. It¡¯s good to skip delivery for a week. At this pace, it would be possible to put a day off in between. The next day, I returned from the water draw but Mr. Liddy was not there. I asked the other three people at breakfast not to know that and, in summary, they returned the answer ¡°It doesn¡¯t have to be every day¡±. Well, otherwise the magic won¡¯t replenish you until you get here, and it¡¯ll be difficult, of course. Today¡¯s work is basically the same as yesterday¡¯s. Do what you also did yesterday morning today and start working on it. The sound of fire and hammer echoes in the workplace. During the work, Lique, Thermia and Deanna are not working in silence. I¡¯m just talking. Sometimes Rike shuts up in situations where he needs to concentrate, but other than that, he does quite a bit of talking about his daily life here and in Deanna¡¯s capital. Nothing in particular has been said because my concentration is not interrupted by it. Working with music on a smartphone like in the previous world, that¡¯s why I don¡¯t go, so it¡¯s like radio replacement. As for me, I also talk to Mr. Liddy a little bit. It¡¯s mostly about food, and I talk and Mr. Liddy answers and snorts. I asked what I¡¯ve been wondering about today. ¡°It would be nice if I didn¡¯t tell you to answer. ¡°Yes.¡± Mr. Liddy hammers as he reflects a red-hot misrill in Cui¡¯s eyes. ¡°What is this thing that broke in the first place? Even my cheats are a difficult substitute there. It is not hard to imagine that it would have been a considerable industry from the beginning. So, it wouldn¡¯t even be like breaking it a little or softly if it were. It was there that I was wondering what the hell it was like to be smashed into pieces large and small. What can I do to shatter the misrill sword in my product? If I can reproduce it, I want to reproduce the process and make something that still won¡¯t break. It was purely a question of interest as an artisan. Mr. Liddy looks down a little. Maybe you¡¯re thinking about whether it¡¯s a good answer. He pointed his gaze at me slightly. ¡°It¡¯s about magic, so I can¡¯t give you much detail, but Mithril¡¯s weapons can be used magically by taking certain steps. That¡¯s why the sword was stored as an important object inside, for when you say you have to. Something happened inside and I had to use it, but when I pulled it out beyond the limit¡­¡± ¡°When it breaks. That¡¯s not why the current story was pointless, but it had a good harvest. The method of eliciting magic was deceived, so it is probably a secret as inside or as a species, but the mere fact that Mithril can be used as a magic battery is sufficiently useful information. Liddy didn¡¯t try to tell us anything else about what happened inside. It¡¯s easy to imagine that it¡¯s not the kind of story you¡¯re forced to ask, so I said, ¡°I get it. Thank you. Thankfully, he decided not to talk about this story. Yet another day, it was finally roughly shaped. Although the discomfort in the fine areas still remains, compared to the wood mould, it is almost complete to the point where it is barely of a suffocating colour. And then how far can you finish this guy perfectly? I had to bread my face with both hands so I could pull myself together more. Chapter 91 Chapter 91: 91 Starting today, I¡¯m finally going to get to the finish. Look carefully at the sword before work to identify corrections. I¡¯ve been in the shape of a sword a lot more than I¡¯ve been since the beginning. I have repeatedly confirmed it several times, but there does not seem to be any particular loss of magic, etc. We need to finish this one last time while we¡¯re at it. Place the sword in the fire floor and use cheats to adjust how charcoal is placed and how the wind is fed so that only where you want to process it is heated. Once it has risen to a machinable temperature, remove it and beat it with hammer. If I can beat it like I thought, I¡¯ll see if it¡¯s the same as the wood mould. It¡¯s a repeat of this. Thermia and Deanna are out hunting today. So the working conversation is between me, Like and Mr. Liddy, while comparing the sword to the wood mould, etc., Like and Mr. Liddy talk. Rike¡¯s job is to make a knife for a general model. It wasn¡¯t much of a conversation between these two in the beginning, but it looks like we¡¯re starting to break it down because we¡¯ve been living together for about a week now. ¡°I¡¯m not as good at grasping magic currents as my parents¡­¡± ¡°I hear that Dwarves are better at grasping the state of the ore itself than magic. ¡°How can I be like my parents at all? ¡°I think it¡¯s hard to aim for that one because he seems to be very much over the regular vessel¡­¡± ¡°I know that, but just something like the trick is fine. ¡°¡­ So I¡¯m not here long either, but in the meantime, shall we practice? ¡°Is that good? No, please! Like bowed his head and Mr. Liddy smiled like he was in a little trouble. You gave me that look before. Dwarves and elves, it¡¯s a good thing that sometimes people get along with each other teaching and being taught that it¡¯s the knowledge of the world before me. Thus, for a while, during Like¡¯s work, Mr. Liddy was to teach him about his magic surroundings. The director of my work said, ¡°I already know what Mr. Eizou is capable of, so I don¡¯t think that¡¯s a good idea.¡± So I was exempt. However, since then, sometimes they¡¯ve seen this one as a flicker, so they¡¯ve made the bare minimum of confirmation. Then I can feel confident in my work, too. After some work, it¡¯s the most bothersome thing to be told that this is a different place and that¡¯s a different place. How many times have you been sipped boiled water in the previous world¡­¡­ It makes me sad, so let¡¯s not do this around here. Sometimes it¡¯s just a matter of getting Mr. Liddy to confirm it with me. With snake feet, Deanna mourns that she could not see the wolf. The next morning, the five of us take each other out of the house. Of course, it¡¯s not going to the city, it¡¯s collecting pigs. Mr. Liddy didn¡¯t mind if you stayed home, but he said he¡¯d follow me, so I decided to come with him. There¡¯s just nothing particularly different about it. Thermia and Deanna take the lead, Mr. Liddy and Axe, Dwarf sensation MAX liqueur in the middle, and I walk around vigilantly, just in case I¡¯m in the hall. I arrived at the sinking spot in no time. A pig of considerable size is sinking. Me and Thermia, we¡¯ll pull up to the shore of the lake in Deanna, but in the meantime, Lique will cut down the trees and build a carriage platform. It¡¯s too much for Rike alone to cut trees, so Liddy also helped me get the rope. By the time we pulled it up, the carriage was complete, and we pulled the pig straight up onto the platform, fixed it, and after a short break, took it home. I wasn¡¯t sure if Mr. Liddy would help me pull it off, but he¡¯s not that powerful, so this time it¡¯s a drop off. I¡¯m going to forget, but you¡¯re a customer. When I get to the house, I peel or dismantle it and turn it into meat. I have a special knife except for Mr. Liddy, so I work with someone other than Mr. Liddy thinking about working efficiencies. It wasn¡¯t long before we split it it up and it became meat. I guess the same thing has been done in the elves because Mr. Liddy doesn¡¯t seem to have any particular repentance or anything around there. Just to say that we live in an area rich in magic, including forests, out of necessity, basically seems to live almost no different than humans. I also asked Like during the work, but for the convenience of most Dwarves having a blacksmith as their business, they don¡¯t live very different from humans apart from just setting up close to mines and such. Unlike elves, they don¡¯t need magic, so sometimes some ¡°weirdos¡± say they go out into the city and start doing business or embark on apprenticeship ¡°not¡± journeys. I wonder about other races ¨C like the Lizardman I saw in the capital, for example. I¡¯d love to hear it when you come as a guest. With that in mind, he went back inside to clean up and prepare for lunch. Chapter 92 Chapter 92: 92 Once you have divided the pork into those that will store it and those that will consume it soon, start preparing lunch. It is a saut¨¦ed blueberry sauce using a little brandy soaked with blueberries (¡±seemingly¡± to be exact) before. Looks as popular as ever. Above all. Start working this afternoon after lunch. Naturally I go with Mithril¡¯s sword finishing, Like is a knife, Mr. Liddy goes with magic training as he sees it, and Thermia and Deanna practice bows in the garden. Heat the sword in the fire floor, which is already getting pretty close to the wood mould. Of course the cheats are fully utilized. When the fever came up, I took it out, beat it with a hammer a few times and changed its shape just a little bit. Compare that with the wood mould and see if it is as you wish. Do that repetition again today. It¡¯s an authentic task, so it seems to be doing the exact same thing, but when properly compared to a wood mould, I have a real feeling that it¡¯s a little bit but close to it. If the misthrill is out of the best temperature range that can be processed, it will be heated again, but if you look at the liqueur (and Liddy) in between, it seems to be improving, albeit slightly. What a glittering knife you¡¯re hitting for, that is, it looks more magical¡­. Of course, just because it looks that way, I won¡¯t really take a closer look at it later. Once Lique has improved and become full of magic, the luxury model will have two meanings. The general model only performs normal machining and contains very little magic, but the luxury model performs the maximum processing of the material and the machining itself is normal, but contains quite a bit of magic. Special orders will mean both. However, if possible, I want Rike to be able to first create luxury models that are machined to the fullest with only materials. Because it would be more magical that way, and even where the magic is weak, it¡¯s a technology that works. In fact, the sword of the Ame-Le family heirloom that I struck, even before it was demonized, was quite a business to say for myself as a steel sword. I want Rike to go there first and think about another step from there. But I can¡¯t be more specific than cheat. While Mr. Liddy is here, let me remember what I can make him remember, and if you want to pull out the material, I hope I take a good look at it later. I thought about that while I was working on a series of tasks. If Thermia was here, she¡¯d say, ¡°Eizo¡¯s taking this seriously.¡± I laughed bitterly and decided to concentrate only on the work after that. Me and Like, Mr. Liddy¡¯s work is the same the next day. Thermia and Deanna are going to collect it, so I¡¯ll ask them to bring me something. We all pray for the safety between work and collection by giving two compliments and a round of applause to the shrine. Come on, let¡¯s get to work today. The work itself is no different from yesterday¡¯s. Sights and sounds. Mr. Liddy is teaching Like about magic. Mr. Liddy is tall there and Like is low. It doesn¡¯t even look like the mother is giving her daughter a hand. I finally couldn¡¯t grasp that happiness in the previous world, but maybe I can tell you that I could grasp this. I felt like my heart was relieved trying to stay focused with the same work these days. This day¡¯s work is almost complete. I can barely tell the difference compared to the wood mould. Even if I say it is finished, I can do it in no different colors, but if I use cheats to confirm it, I can clearly see that it has not yet been completed. Tomorrow¡¯s the day. As we were cleaning up the workplace, Thermia and Deanna returned. Today¡¯s harvest is for the one like Kiichigo and the one like Peach, and, ¡°Did you pick the one I asked for? ¡°Ooh, that¡¯s good, isn¡¯t it? ¡°Oh. Thank God. What Thermia has put out is the mint she has picked in the meantime, but one whole strain of roots.Keep it on the water for today and plant it in the courtyard the day after tomorrow. If it¡¯s the same as a mint, it must flourish quite a bit if you just leave it alone. It was hydroponically cultivated in the previous world, but erratic things grew. If I didn¡¯t, I¡¯d think about it when I didn¡¯t. I look forward to having mint tea if I can grow it now. The next day, I¡¯m finally going to finish, so the other four people are going to stop their work and take a tour of my work. We¡¯ll all go to the shrine. Safe work and two prayers and a round of applause for completing today. Feelings change sassy. With this feeling, I also felt somewhere like a ritual to fire into the firebed that I had been doing appropriately. Slightly after noon, there was little more to fix. Finally, identify it with cheats compared to the wood mould and finish it completely. This still has a final process. Grinding. The shape is already the original sword, but this doesn¡¯t have a blade on it, so it can¡¯t be slashed. This also utilizes cheats to carefully and carefully blade. If you grind, you will naturally have less polish for it, and you may lose your magic, so use all of the focus you have now to grind it. The feel of a stiff body conveyed his hand, and he heard the sound of a glassy sharan, and a different sound entertained his ears than when he slapped him with a gavel. ¡°All right, that¡¯s it. When I say that, four people, including Liddy, cheer at me. I can see what was done again, but I can be sure that the original shape of this sword was like this. That¡¯s what I said. ¡°Yay! Thermia stands up with great joy, hugging Lique, Deanna. I¡¯m glad too, but there was only one thing that bothered me. ¡°Um, what do you mean by¡± above ¡±what you were looking for¡­? It wasn¡¯t anger, it wasn¡¯t sadness, it was purely what I wanted to hear. Chapter 93 Chapter 93: 93 ¡°That¡¯s all I was asking for,¡± Ms Liddy said. It should be a good thing if you think about it normally. Because I was able to make something better than the level my clients wanted. However, I doubt it would have been a good thing to go beyond the original because this time they asked me to repair it and wanted it to be ¡°the same as the original¡±. We need to be able to keep things down at a proper level around here. The answer to the question then returns immediately from Mr. Liddy. ¡°Yeah. The request was for you to put it back where it was, but what it was, of course, is that the amount of magic that is woven is considerably more than the Daiyuan. In the case of (¡­) use of (¡­), I¡¯ve never crossed the many magic powers I have, so to be honest, it helps. Does that use mean a magic battery? If it does break when you pull it out more than a certain amount, there are a lot of margins there. I¡¯ve never crossed it. I figured out I didn¡¯t do anything extra for now, so I¡¯m relieved. I don¡¯t know how much of the original magic it was, but it would have been quite a lot. It is somewhat of a concern to say what it was like to use it up and break a sword. Whatever you think, it doesn¡¯t seem like it¡¯s something you can ask, so I won¡¯t ask, but I¡¯ll fix it if it breaks again. ¡°So, it¡¯s the price. Yeah, you needed something to say that. I¡¯ve learned a lot, so it¡¯s good to be cheap, but do you say it by that standard for now? ¡°If you want to be alone, you decide not to worry about the value of the customer. So please pay what Mr Liddy thinks. ¡°Really? Hmmm¡­¡­¡± Mr. Liddy thinks with his hands on his thin jaw. Don¡¯t look great saying that because you have a small face and a quiet impression. I¡¯m sure some say it¡¯s because the last guest who came to the house was the true opposite of Helen. After much thought, Mr. Liddy went back to the house, saying, ¡°Wait a minute.¡± I¡¯ll try to put up a Mithril sword that I just restored (+ ¦Á) between them. It¡¯s something I was realizing during work, but it¡¯s very light because it¡¯s a misrill. With steel of the same weight, the fat guard would only be able to do a knife or a blade a little bigger, even if overstated.I tried swinging it around and stopped it because it was a customer¡¯s item. If it¡¯s a new hit, I can swing it in the name of a trial slaughter, but this is a restoration. After just a few moments, Mr. Liddy comes back with a small bag of cloth. Maybe that¡¯s the purse or the bag with the bundled money in it. ¡°Thank you for waiting. From that bag, I took out gold coins and unfamiliar thin plates. There are about five gold coins, but the thin plate looks like a gem if you look closely. That¡¯s two. I don¡¯t know much about the market, but it should probably be quite a price. ¡°If it were you, it would probably cost more if you struck something with all this magic, because this is the limit you can pay for. ¡°Yeah. I think you saw it when you went to the city, because it feels the same way I interacted with that merchant. This isn¡¯t a discount, but one piece of gold is going home in Mr. Liddy¡¯s elf, so we¡¯re going to convince ourselves with it for now. ¡­ When I talked about Helen¡¯s sword and the gold I received during the Amur family commotion, I decided to refrain from direct reductions because Rike and Deanna were angry that ¡°if you don¡¯t get a kick out of it, you¡¯ll sell your own arm cheaply, and that won¡¯t put you in the position of any other blacksmith¡±. I really wish I could get about three gold coins this time. When he got angry, Thermia didn¡¯t seem to know very well either, but that was probably a big sum, so he just didn¡¯t feel it. I usually know the market for daily necessities. Mr. Liddy seemed to be thinking about it again, but it was slightly ¡°Then sweeten to your words. And he put the gold coin I gave him back in the bag. Maybe I could have called it Rike¡¯s tuition again, but if it¡¯s too much, it doesn¡¯t make sense. For one thing, this settled everything about this request. If so, it¡¯s a launch today. I started cleaning up the workshop just to get ready for a little extravagant meal. Chapter 94 Chapter 94: 94 For dinner I mobilized a large quantity of liquor and meat in the house, like Mr. Liddy¡¯s farewell party. Because I am a customer, it may be strange to call it a farewell party, but we live together quite a bit. With that said, he also tried to pay for the stay, but decided that the neighborhood would be offset by what he taught Rike around magic. I think that knowledge of magic is quite valuable information in this world where magic cannot be used unless you have a family name as a human being, so it is somewhat suspicious that this offsets it, but it seems to me that there is not enough money in Mr. Liddy to repair the sword, and we are comfortable with each other with that, including that, so it is good. ¡°There was a lot of very interesting stuff this time, and to be honest, it was fun. I know you shouldn¡¯t be asking so much for repairs, but if there¡¯s anything else you¡¯d like to ask for again, I¡¯d love to leave it to this workshop.¡± Mr Liddy said so at the end of the farewell party. ¡°I¡¯d love to see Eizoo Workshop.¡± I smiled and gave it back. The next morning, Mr. Liddy was absorbing magic from the woods today. ¡°The magic of the invisibility you use on your way home,¡± he said. The elves seem to be capable of handling powerful magic, but I still think the solo journey would be dangerous, so Mr. Liddy wondered if he could even stand his sword arm, and he came in a way that he said he would use hidden magic in the streets to make sure he didn¡¯t see it and disarm it just outside the city or something, so he couldn¡¯t do more than a single shield. I thought you said you used that magic even after you went into the woods until you came to us. So the five of us had breakfast, including Mr. Liddy, and when Mr. Liddy was ready to leave, we all decided to send him to the forest entrance. This way we¡¯ll be able to contain the magic consumption a little bit. Move me, Mr. Liddy, Like and Deanna in line, ahead of Thermia. I don¡¯t have a luggage truck today, so I brought the spear I used when I defeated the bear just in case. On second thought, it would have been better to make it a delivery today or something, and a system where we could send Mr. Liddy to the city. It was far-fetched. Let¡¯s do that if there¡¯s a next time. Nothing in particular happened to the forest entrance. I¡¯ve come across bird-to-bird small animals, but there¡¯s nothing they can do to hurt me. Since Mr. Liddy is an elf, I was just hoping maybe he would have a conversation with a forest animal or something like that, but I didn¡¯t have anything to say otherwise. The basic specs other than the need for magic and good handling and being long-lived are no different from those of humans¡­ ¡°Thank you all so much for your help¡± Mr. Liddy offers his right hand. ¡°Welcome. I¡¯ll be waiting for you in that house someday.¡± With that said, I hold that hand gently. ¡°See you later! ¡°By the time you come next time, you¡¯ll be practicing handling magic! ¡°Next time you come, tell me about elf swordsmanship¡± The three of them are also taking Mr. Liddy¡¯s right hand and sparing him a goodbye. ¡°See you later! I say goodbye in a surprising voice to see if Mr. Liddy could have had such a voice. We waved at each other and dropped them off until they were smaller. ¡°He¡¯s gone.¡± Says Booshiri and Thermia. He¡¯s a Thermia who was originally a lonely wolf (though a tiger), but once he forgives his temper, he remembers how lonely he is. ¡°When the stretched stem reaches the ground, the roots grow and increase from it, so check sometimes and cut the one that¡¯s dripping¡± He also said, so let¡¯s make sure he checks either before or after the evening¡¯s audition. Maybe I should move it to a window in the house when I open the house for a long time. When I get back, there¡¯s a mint on one side, and it¡¯s a little scary. I was going to make it exactly ¡±buried grass¡± until I decided what to plant in the field, but if something comes from inside Mr. Liddy one of these days, it would rather be in the way of too many, and let the mint grow it in moderation. With that said, we don¡¯t have a veranda. The laundry is dried there with a rope on a tall pile standing in the garden. Of course there is no roof. There is no washing scissors, so I do it in the form of roping or passing it through. And I don¡¯t have a roof, so I can¡¯t do any laundry on rainy days, even though it doesn¡¯t come down that much. Even in the shade, if you can dry, you¡¯ll be able to do about a little laundry of something, and cool there in the woods but in the sunny season. A planter can keep it there when there are more pot-grown plants, and it seems like there are quite a few advantages to keeping it. I know the area around the reservoir is a prerequisite, but I¡¯ll also suggest to everyone that we make it when the area is cleared up. After that, he spent the day plowing the soil in the courtyard again so that it wouldn¡¯t be full of weeds. Chapter 95 Chapter 95: 95 Starting the next day, normal blacksmith work will resume. I want to work on Apoitacara because it¡¯s mountains, and even though I¡¯ve earned enough money, I can¡¯t rely solely on requests that come sometimes if I don¡¯t do what I call ongoing work. So I¡¯m going to ask Thermia and Deanna to do up to the point of casting, and I¡¯m going to do about three days of making a short sword and a long sword of a luxury model in the form that I¡¯m going to finish from there. In the meantime, Rike is a knife maker. Camilo said that the weapon can sell quite a bit, but the knife that said this seems to sell, like it¡¯s on the border with everyday goods. However, knives are only close to daily necessities and they sell better affordable general models than high-priced luxury models. Because the weapon keeps its life, or that few people buy expensive but luxury models? So now I try to be as committed as possible to the amount of delivery that went into the sale. Unless, of course, there is a purchase order saying how many, but the fact that an order came from Camilo saying so is not other than Halvard, which was a request from His Excellency the Count the other day. So for now, the delivery is determined by my chest tip by three inches. But it will be necessary to keep it in the calculations that requests may come around here one of these days. Liddy told me about the magic, so I¡¯ll try to be aware of the first one there this time. As usual, we find things like murky and average them. There is little magic in it at this time. Though it seems to be thin, it is very slight compared to when ordered. I¡¯m still pretty sure the biggest difference between a luxury model and a bespoke order is the amount of magic. I know you have a lot of effort and talent because in luxury models you make the most of the material itself, but I can also convince you that there are some craftsmen in the capital who can make something close because even normal people can reach it. I¡¯ve thought about it before, but if you¡¯re a luxury model, it¡¯s not a problem to get a lot out into the world. Some people will spot something strange with their magic content when it¡¯s custom ordered, so it¡¯s also an idea to get a lot of cancer out here. With that in mind, the work went well for about three days to ensure a sufficient quantity by the next delivery. Lique also seemed to have been able to produce a large number of knives for the general model, and he didn¡¯t need that many knives for the luxury model, so if I made the knife the next day, it would be enough for the next delivery, not for two weeks. Even if you take a whole day off, you can figure it out. I¡¯m free for another day, so what are we gonna do there? I know it¡¯s a good idea to touch the apoitacara, but considering I struggled with the misrills, I¡¯d like some clustered time for about 3-4 days, and it¡¯s my personal belongings, and it¡¯s not an item my customers are waiting for, so I¡¯ll take some time to catch up somewhere and work on it there. So at dinner on the third day, I told the three of them to take two days off from the next day. ¡°Well, let¡¯s go fishing again¡±Thermia has then suggested so. ¡°It¡¯s not a whole two days, it¡¯s one of them, right? I don¡¯t think so, but I need to make sure. ¡°Of course.¡± ¡°So, shall we all go fishing tomorrow?¡± So I guess I¡¯ll make a fishing rod the afternoon after my day off¡­ I can¡¯t make reels on boulders, but I have Deanna¡¯s pole and needle. I think Like will probably make a knife or something out of the magic exercises he learned from Mr. Liddy, so which way will he put the fire in the blacksmith and it¡¯s convenient. It¡¯s not like I hated the blacksmith job, but even if I just did the same thing, the moment would really come out when I was disgusted, and this is how I think about my holiday plans, which was the case in the previous world, but I¡¯m curious to try my best. The rest of the day is still important. We¡¯re securing regular income, and I¡¯d like to make some more room in the future to include holidays on a regular basis. The day after that determination was renewed, me and Rike went on a knife production as planned, and Thermia and Deanna went hunting. I¡¯m the luxury model, Rike is the general model, and I have cheats, so I¡¯m going to finish them quickly. Rike is also better equipped, and although he¡¯s still slower than me if he¡¯s a general model, he¡¯s able to finish surprisingly fast compared to a general blacksmith. This is certainly something you will want to be able to make a luxury model of. Perhaps now is the best time to try for Rike. I¡¯m pretty good than those blacksmiths there, but I haven¡¯t been able to reach more than some level of skill. I guess it doesn¡¯t bother me the other way if it¡¯s talent or skill like I don¡¯t get it, but Rike has as much talent and skill as he understands it, and I guess he¡¯s desperately looking for what it takes to get to the top of the other because thanks to Mr. Riddy he got the end of incorporating magic into his blacksmith. I wish I could coach my parents well enough to say that, but somehow I can¡¯t teach mine because it¡¯s cheat-making technology. I don¡¯t know half of what I¡¯m doing. I also need to be able to understand and teach my skills properly. As I added another line to my future plans, I shook down a hammer on the sheet metal to be used as a knife. Chapter 96 Chapter 96: 96 I made a number of knives there and finished the day. From here we have the task of saying that between us we will pull up the beast that Thermia and Deanna have hunted, but basically it is the beginning of a two-day vacation. Tension rises even if the answer is no. As I was cleaning up the workplace with the wolf, Thermia and Deanna returned. Ask him what he accomplished today, and he says it¡¯s a ¡°big deer¡±. If it¡¯s big, you can use it if you leave the tendon or something. Yes. Ask Thermia, ¡°Right. It¡¯s time to let Deanna have her bow, and can I ask her next time? That was your word. I¡¯m a blacksmith, but as you can see from being able to build sheaths and stuff, it¡¯s possible to make bows as well. Of course I¡¯m talking about using cheats, and I can¡¯t say it¡¯s a specialty like something made out of blacksmith. ¡°Well, I¡¯ll see if I can make it for my next vacation.¡± Combined animal horns and bones and other composite bows is also a knowledge of installation, it seems that it is already in this world, but it takes time rather than a hassle to make it, so if you were to make it, it would be a single wooden bow. Aside from whether to try pasting or not. I thought Deanna would have a bow if she was going hunting anyway, and it¡¯s a boat to cross. Since the start of the apoitacara may be extended, it may be better to check the characteristics alone by then. Thank you, Eizo. ¡°I would also like to thank you. Thanks.¡± ¡°What, I¡¯ve never made a bow that much, and I¡¯m learning this too¡± ¡°Parents can make weapons, of course, anything from cooking to furniture.¡±Rike joins the conversation after cleaning up his own work. ¡°Well. If I had a lot of hands, I could make a lot of things.¡± I¡¯ll give it back to Rike, but this is almost a lie. Of course blacksmiths were the top priority in the cheat abilities I received, but of the remaining points (like), the priority was language, production and combat in this world. Given that I said that the combat abilities I received could be won against bears, or crossed over with mercenaries, perhaps the best of our time, I would also say that I know some general production abilities, even if they are not specialized. In other words, we can make significantly more than normal people there. I can even make the general model one step ahead of the luxury model, as I say in my blacksmith job. The scope of its ¡°production¡± is very broad, and it generally applies when it comes to roughly ¡±making¡± it. So I just can make a lot of things, and I haven¡¯t gotten a lot of hands on them. It¡¯s actually because of the cheats that my makeup is delicious. After lunch I make rods and needles in preparation for the next day. I don¡¯t make yarns because I use the thinnest yarn we have just like last time. Look in the woods for branches to be rods. Ok, but he was once a boy, so he has mastered the ¡°look for branches that look good¡± skill. I don¡¯t know if you actually have the skills to say that, but you¡¯re good at finding boys to say that. Some rods I used before, so this time I¡¯ve procured about two ¡°good looking branches¡± and shaped them with a knife. The point is to process it so that it feels good here. Of course, it is processed with cheese, so there is no pull. Now it¡¯s a needle when the rod is ready. I usually make swords and knives, but the fine work of saying this takes more concentration. Would it be salvation if the rejuvenating grace or presbyopia hadn¡¯t started at the age of thirty? Maybe it¡¯s the same thing they¡¯re building up muscle strength, and it¡¯s also enhancing my vision. I¡¯ve heard in the previous world that eyeball muscles are related to seeing close. The flashy sound of Rike, who is practicing knife making on holiday, mixes with the sound of a small chitchat and flows to the workplace. Depending on what you hear, it may sound like you¡¯re carving a high hat. A lot of things aren¡¯t enough to say music because there¡¯s no melody just rhythm, but a session to say this isn¡¯t a bad idea. There are moments when I wonder if I would use cheats for something like this, but given that needle making may affect fishing, I have to use it. Do your job well, do your hobby well. Thus, seven fishing needles (including spare ones) with all the strength I could hold were completed, waiting for the next fishing day. Chapter 97 Chapter 97: 97 The next day, today is the day we all go fishing in the nearby river. This time, unlike last time, there is Deanna who I¡¯m sure won¡¯t be used to fishing, so it¡¯s about saying there¡¯s another Booze candidate besides me. I¡¯m not competing for anything, but I¡¯d rather you had company to say this¡­ I took a basket with a fire escape, lunch, a pot for boiling water, and everything else in my backpack. Okay, let¡¯s go. The river we¡¯re going fishing on today is still a short distance from us. I also checked with Thermia and Deanna, and they say the biggest river is further away from us from here. Is this called a tributary, or is this one of the rivers running out of the lake? They say it¡¯s a little far to the big river and it takes almost as long as it takes to get to the city. That¡¯s certainly a long way to go. Plus the big river will have some water depth, so it¡¯s going to be hard to cross. I¡¯d like to take a look at it. Find a point for four that seems suitable for fishing. Seems good around fishing before, but explores if there are any other good points. Eventually there seemed to be a good place to fish, so I lay a rug on the river plain there and set aside a basket with lunch there to form a formation. Once we¡¯ve flipped those stones and secured the bait, it¡¯s time to start fishing. Deanna could also normally put a bait bug on the needle. I thought it would make a little more noise, but I clapped it out without that at all. I asked, ¡°¡®Cause when I was a kid, I said this to my brothers, so I played.¡± and. With that said, you did¡­¡­ I¡¯m just going to give you a little credit for your hard work. The four of us scatter and drip yarn on the river surface. The sun is just shining. The flow isn¡¯t that fast and the wind is nice and it¡¯s a great place to relax. I thought a calm holiday like this would be nice, and I heard the water bouncing. I hear Thermia caught it fast. ¡°Oh, you¡¯re big! I raise my voice unexpectedly, about fifteen centimetres of river fish rumbling around at the tip of the thread. I was a little worried that the thread would not cut, but Thermia quickly removed the needle as she drew it smoothly to hand. ¡°How about that! Thermia makes you seem proud by putting up the fish you just caught. I know exactly what it¡¯s like to want to do that because you¡¯re big. We clapped ¡°ooh¡± with the pole aside. Thermia took the spear, but we can¡¯t lose either. I don¡¯t know if there¡¯s going to be one more dish for dinner, and now we¡¯re all out of talking about pain sharing in Bowes. Afterwards, the clams don¡¯t quite come to see if the fish were wary of what they caught, or if they shouldn¡¯t have made a scene. ¡°It¡¯ll be just the right time, and we¡¯ll take a break for lunch once¡± When I say that, the three of us agreed, so we¡¯re all going to get ready. He searches for branches that are broken and falling, turns them into burning trees, and burns fire and boils water in pots that draw water from the river. When I simmered out the mint leaves I had picked, I poured them into a wooden cup and started lunch. In the previous world, I saw cartoons where girls camp like this or something. There¡¯s one old man mixed up now, though not very loose. Talk to Wye over lunch. Thermia, who had already caught one, had draped an explanation of how to fish with an extra look on her face. When she lived alone, she had caught it because it was like an eye rough net made of wood skin. I don¡¯t have a net in my house right now, and it¡¯s not just for eating, so I¡¯m taking it easy on rod fishing, but if I¡¯m going to fish for eating, I think it would be better to make it a net or a longline ¡°yes¡± (although I don¡¯t think it¡¯s as thick as a rope). If you¡¯re in Naokawa, let¡¯s think about making it for a moment¡­¡­When lunch is over and settled, I¡¯ll line up again where I want to think and drip the fishing line. Because the position of the sun is changing, or it looks different from the way the river shines in the morning. I hope the river fish are fooled and fed too. ¡°Cah!¡± It was Deanna who screamed small. Apparently, the fish ate it. Thermia is flying all sorts of instructions right next to her. Deanna caught the fish safely following the instructions. It¡¯s unclear if it has anything to do with routinely waving the sword in archery, but for what it was while listening to the instructions, it¡¯s not in vain for the movement. The fish caught fit so well into Deanna¡¯s hands. ¡°Look, how¡¯s it going? He shows me the fish he caught with a joyful grin. Though smaller than Thermia caught it around, it¡¯s big enough for size. ¡°We¡¯ll do it. Congratulations.¡± I praised Deanna honestly. If it was the previous world, it would definitely be a photo shoot with a smartphone, but unfortunately the smartphone doesn¡¯t seem to have any pictures in this world. Although there may be similar magic props or magic. If you tell me to give up or tell me because I will strike the Devil¡¯s Sword, I will ask you to do so when I meet someone who is likely to do so in the future. ¡°That¡¯s right. Saying this also helps each other as a family, parent! ¡°Thanks guys¡­¡­¡± The follow-ups to everyone creep into my chest. Time was also critical to the boulder, so I decided to just clean up and go home. The grilled fish was meant to be just salted that night, but I felt as strangely soggy as mine. Chapter 98 Chapter 98: 98 Sleeping overnight the next morning and getting back up slightly, I do my morning routine and get ready to go to the city. Load up the sword and knife you made in the luggage car. You can even try to get half your head to sleep with the work around here already. The loading is always wrapped together by type and wrapped in a large cloth, placed with a dong and secured with a rope. The knife only puts the same thing in a box without a lid. I also use this box to bring home small items I bought at Camilo¡¯s (like pepper), so it¡¯s quite a treasure. This luggage truck has been useful to me every time, but it¡¯s also used, and the gutter has become a little more noticeable. Not that I can handle it with one or two more rounds, but I think I need to fix it somewhere¡­. I feel like I could make it with cheats, but ball-bearing on boulders and torsion bar-style suspensions are too much. It¡¯s still me and Lique pulling the luggage today, with Samya and Deanna as escorts. A luggage car progresses gutteringly through the green landscape. Other than the bird¡¯s voice, there is only a sound of leaf rubbing when the wind blows, so the sound of the luggage car can be heard even louder. There is no ¡°Wadachi¡± left, even in this forest, which passes almost weekly, because the soil in this forest is hard to come and go every week. I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a problem that there are more ¡°example conditions¡± than there are, but I really wonder if it would be a good idea not to develop a path when I think about customers who don¡¯t come here often. It doesn¡¯t mean that wildlife stays away from mountain roads, and maybe you should consider servicing it from home to halfway. He came safely to the forest entrance while still pinching a break between them today. On the way, Thermia probably changed course a few times because there¡¯s something ahead of her. Given all that stuff, it¡¯s going to be hard to build a path on the inlet side. It can be a hassle to deal with when you run into each other on the street. From here we go down the street as usual. It is not cobblestone-maintained like the Roman Empire of the previous world, but sufficiently consolidated and walkable. It¡¯s a nice place to see, and with the guards patrolling, there¡¯s hardly any wild theft. However, the fact that it is rare also means that it leaves once in a while, so you can¡¯t be alarmed. As usual, he went on without fail to be vigilant. I reached the entrance to the city today without a thing. The guard is checking passers-by with his usual sharp eyes. I don¡¯t have the courage to confirm, but maybe even if it were normal, criminals would figure it out. Looking at me chills, I go into the city with a greeting from a guard whose gaze is somewhat less harsh. Go on a path that is sufficiently consolidated with the feet of the people who go to each other. The same luggage and carriages as ours are very busy. Of course, our luggage car feels lighter than the street. Will it be maintained in cobblestone inside that wall? I thought about that, looking at the walls that were originally the walls of the city. Unlike last time, we always do what we do when we get to Camilo¡¯s. No, wasn¡¯t it that different last time? When we talk to the store about how much we wholesale and what we want, we usually chat later. Today was just a little different. ¡°When it comes to building a lot of swords at Eizo¡¯s, how much can you make? Camilo cut me out like that. ¡°If you want to lose quality and still have one type, I think the average person should be close to six times what they are right now. As much as you don¡¯t have to make a fancy one, the amount you make increases. If I make a general model with a mass production speed priority, it can probably be made at twice the speed of a liqueur. That¡¯s three times faster because it¡¯s for three liqueurs, and if it¡¯s a sword, it¡¯s twice as fast and six times as fast if it¡¯s a sword that takes a whole lot of time to make a knife. ¡°I see¡­¡± Camilo thinks when he hears that. ¡°If you¡¯re into it, I¡¯ll do it, okay? However, you will be asked to give up other deliveries. ¡°That¡¯s what it is. Um, and Camilo is worried. They¡¯re not just retailing our products, so maybe they¡¯re thinking about what to do with your convenience. Buying it all out every time would mean it¡¯s selling right. I think Camilo is not sweet enough to buy out quite a few every time and increase the defective stock¡­¡­ It is also Camilo¡¯s trust in his talent as a merchant. Camilo left the room when he said so. I wondered why such a number was used, but if you say you need it, you need it. I dare not ask why. Camilo returned as soon as he had been declared. I have two sheets of paper in my hand. It is made of flax or cotton, not parchment paper, etc. There were several sentences written there. ¡°When you make sure the two are the same, take one. Camilo says as he gives me the paper. I looked through the paperwork. Summarize that paperwork and we¡¯ll be like, ¡°Get me a long sword of your choice by next week. Pay well at that dawn. Payment is redeemed for Longsword and this document.¡±. Camilo¡¯s signature is also on it. If you say so, this is a purchase order. I guess the reason the reward amount isn¡¯t specifically written is because it makes the delivery volume depend on this one. Fifty, for example, it could have been written specifically, but let¡¯s just think that there was a way for me to cover it in case of accidents. It¡¯s pretty vague for a purchase order, but it¡¯s held. ¡°Sure. Having checked one of the contents and confirmed that the other had the same contents and that Camilo¡¯s thumbprint was pressed as a seal, I missed the purchase order. Chapter 99 Chapter 99: 99 When we¡¯re done talking about the order, all we have to do is go home. Say hello to Camilo and leave the store behind. On second thought, maybe this is the first time you¡¯ve sold a special order or something from me and sold it to make an extra order (when I was talking about Halvard), other than something like that. I think that first was good in Camilo. Pass by with a meeting with the guard at the city entrance. When I glanced at him, all I had was still a spear. I wonder if Halvard¡¯s training is taking place, and I think it doesn¡¯t have that benefit either. I don¡¯t know that the fact that you¡¯ve been telling me to add Halvard means that you¡¯re going to be operating in this city¡¯s guards as well. If not, you just have to turn the first one over to the guard at the mansion. Well, is that what Marius thinks? I can¡¯t help rubbing my mind. I kicked Halvard out of my head and focused on keeping pace with Rike. On the way home, the streets have relaxing landscapes. Sometimes I don¡¯t think I need to be alert because there¡¯s nothing to be alert about, but sometimes there are bandits out there talking about Camilo, and a while back Helen said she had a big bandit crusade. I can¡¯t lose my mind. I don¡¯t know how to say this the moment I¡¯m distracted¡­¡­ There was nothing out on the street this day. If you¡¯re a normal person, you won¡¯t fail to be vigilant in the woods beyond, but for us, you know it. It¡¯s easier than ever. However, it is not desirable to stimulate the forest animals into mischief, so Thermia is at the centre of the vigilance to avoid encountering them as much as possible. I passed a little near the animals, but I didn¡¯t have any particular problems. Instead, Deanna never met a scorching wolf, so her tension was set to drop somewhat. When you get home and finish carrying your stuff, it¡¯s free time today from there. I decided to prepare the mould in advance for mass production starting tomorrow. It¡¯s been a long time since I¡¯ve had Thermia and Deanna do it these days. Apply clay to the wood mould to dry and make a template. Repeating that task until the time for preparing dinner is quite a few. I don¡¯t have any problems with mass production starting tomorrow. I nodded and went home to prepare dinner. The next day, time for work-sharing after breakfast. Unlike sitting at our usual post-breakfast table, we move to the workplace, worship the shrine, and then start a meeting. ¡°I know you know because I was there, but my Eizoo workshop has been asked to produce a mass of longswords. So from today on, everyone, including me, will take it or something. When I say that, the three of us return words that are different but mean the same thing.¡°Let¡¯s move as efficiently as possible. Deanna, keep moulding. ¡°Okay. ¡°Thermia is the task of pouring into the template. You don¡¯t have to take burrs today either. ¡°Oops.¡± ¡°Rike and I are going to finish it. ¡°Yes. Okay. ¡°¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡° Thus, the first mass order production of our workshop began. That doesn¡¯t start with not putting fire in the fire floor and furnace, although I¡¯m glad I put the mood in that way. Between putting the fire on and increasing the temperature, all four of us spend time working on moulding. These moulds will run out of them all as early as today. The mould will not be enough to sinter and change tissue, so it can be reused to some extent, but some of it will also lose money, so there will be a need for replenishment sooner or later. After a while, by the time this mass production clears up, new clay refills may be needed. But now we only work for mass production. The furnace temperature rises, iron stones are added in and the molten iron is removed, and then poured into the mold until it cools down, and me and Liqu¨¦ have no place to turn. At this time, the busiest person is Thermia. When the molten iron is poured into the mold, additional iron stones are thrown into the furnace. At this pace, even after we get to the finish, it doesn¡¯t seem like we¡¯re going to be out of hand. Thermia is more likely to do that, but when she does, she¡¯ll be able to turn it around with the help of moulding. Eventually I took the sword that was getting cold out of the mold, grabbed it with a yatco, beat it with a hammer and dropped the burr, put it in the fire floor and heat it up, then took it out with a ¡°good spot¡± and now beat it with a hammer to finish it. I started it first, but Like is also going to go ahead with the finish by waving a beat and a hammer. As far as chills are concerned, it¡¯s not even a luxury model, but as a general model, it can be done well inside. The sound of the two hammers sounds loud, and there mixes the sound of flames and wind, the sound of Thermia and Deanna working. I have said this from time to time, but this time it feels more like a family outing than usual because it is a proper purposeful task. So I finished the first one of the long swords out of the family. Chapter 100 Chapter 100: 100 This system is going to be quite a few once we get on the waves. As I assigned it in the morning, Deanna makes the mold, Thermia flushes the iron there, and then me and Rike finish it. The template will need to be recreated for each bottle, so perhaps the most important thing is the speed at which Deanna creates the mould. Since we can do one sooner than we can finish one, there is no indication that the mold is going to disappear at this time. In the worst case scenario, I don¡¯t have to switch to forging until the mould is replenished, but it really makes a difference in quality. If we rotate our workshop fully, we will always have a situation where we say that hot objects, also molten iron or red-hot iron, exist somewhere in multiple workplaces. I mean, it¡¯s so hot. The day after I wholesaled the item at Camilo¡¯s, I would make sheet metal, so I would have a similar situation, and even when I wasn¡¯t mass producing it, I was close to this, but this is hotter than I thought. I tell the three of them to be sure to rehydrate between tasks, and the three of them have returned word of understanding. The installed knowledge was that the climate around here is not that harsh. Regardless of Rike, who would then be experiencing a similar situation at home, because the other two are quite likely to lack knowledge of heat stroke or something. Direct injuries are, of course, what I would like to prevent from happening. On this day, I was able to prepare the previous day or make ten bottles. Isn¡¯t it a good place for daily production? Although it is the result of a considerable compromise on quality with a few hits, a proper minimum performance as a weapon is ensured. I picked up a few bad ones and tried them out, but there was nothing particularly faulty. Even if you use it for battle, it¡¯s not as good as one or two fights. If we continue to make it at this rate tomorrow, the amount that Camilo probably assumes can be exceeded. Deanna¡¯s mould for me is still there. It¡¯s a level where you need to worry about whether the clay runs out first. If a total of fifty or sixty or so numbers could be made, it would be a hand to have Deanna and the casters turn around. Let¡¯s think about that the day after tomorrow with progress. The next day I will be just as ready to gang create a ¡°few hits¡± long sword. The sound of rhythmic hammers occupies the workplace. Oh, if you say so. ¡°In Dwarf¡¯s workshop, don¡¯t you sing when you say this? I asked Lique. Because I just wanted to know if Dwarf had something like a work song, too. ¡°Huh?¡± Lique is Kyoton. Maybe not. ¡°No, I was wondering if there might be a song to sing when you¡¯re hitting a sword or something with a blacksmith. I don¡¯t have to say that in this workshop because I haven¡¯t had this job long and the¡± house ¡±had nothing to do with blacksmithing. ¡°Oh. I do. Is there one after all? ¡°Can I ask you something? ¡°Yep¡­¡± Liquette who looks embarrassed. Is it like suddenly demanding art at a banquet? ¡°It¡¯s okay if you¡¯re ashamed. Just wondering. ¡°No, I¡¯m fine. Her face is still a little red, but her eyes are caged with strength as she decided to. Shit, some people can¡¯t turn you down if your boss tells you, so should I have asked you more carefully? But he¡¯s motivated by it. I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a bad idea to say that I don¡¯t have to do it here anymore. Let¡¯s get one thing done here. Yo, yo, yo, yo, yo, yo, yo, yo, yo, yo, yo, yo, yo, yo, yo, yo, yo, yo, yo, yo, yo. ¡°You¡¯re more ashamed of this, how Dwarf it feels, than you are of being good. I didn¡¯t really care until I left the house. Sure, there are quite a few parts of me that I admire and say ¡°sounds like a dwarf¡±. It could be embarrassing if they say ¡°human-like¡± what I do casually too. It¡¯s just¡­ ¡°I don¡¯t think it¡¯s okay to sound like a dwarf. I guess I look human, too, and Thermia looks like an animal. If there was one who would say this to Rike because of his race, he wouldn¡¯t shut up about the Eizoo Workshop face. My home is connected to the Count¡¯s. Relying on it is a last resort, but if you do, I will exercise it for my family, without hesitation. Thermia and Deanna are also snorting at Unh all the time. ¡°Thank you, parent. Then you have to be a blacksmith who won¡¯t be ashamed of Dwarf¡¯s name. When Like took the hammer again, he waved in a better mood and sang a work song in a more frank voice than earlier. Chapter 101 Chapter 101: 101 We have continued to make well ever since, and on this day we were able to create nine copies. Fifty overs almost certainly seems to be achievable. On the contrary, it doesn¡¯t look like it¡¯s going to exceed sixty. Now we know the maximum number of moulds to be made from tomorrow. I would say to the limit, but you should make 55 a goal. At dinner this day, we talked about the song, and Deanna was also performing a little singing. As part of everything upbringing, nobility can sing some song for both men and women, and dancing is equally as noble as anyone can do some. And I want to have a family name when it comes to it. I guess I should really be able to sing something about songs in this world, but it¡¯s not included in the cheats, and I don¡¯t have any information about songs in my installed knowledge. I can¡¯t even say that and sing a song from the previous world. The lyrics are Japanese or English at best. Only ¡±Ninth¡± can be sung in German, but it doesn¡¯t change that it¡¯s not a word or a song from this side of the world. So I¡¯m so sorry for Rike and Deanna, but now I¡¯ve decided I can¡¯t sing at a blacksmith. I know it¡¯s outrageous, so when I get a chance, I¡¯ll remember the songs from this world and perform them¡­ The next day, tell the three of you that you have 55 final goals and that you have 36 more to reach your goals and that you need to produce nine a day to achieve them. When Deanna had 36 moulds, she told them that she wanted them to work with Thermia on pouring them into the mould. Maybe on the sixth day we have plenty of time to spare, but in that case we should take a break. You won¡¯t be able to do it for half a day. For now, if we concentrate on making it, we¡¯re almost certain we¡¯ll make it, and we need to concentrate on today¡¯s work. The sound of fire and wind sounds quietly in the workplace, and eventually the sound of hammers. When I sang yesterday, did I blow it off, and from time to time, Rike¡¯s singing became intertwined? There are also a few repertoires. Until I was told that was what the work song was originally about, but rather than singing to the rhythm of the hammer, both me and Rike were like waving the hammer in the rhythm of the song. Especially not out of the way or anything, and I even feel more focused than when I work silently. There was someone in the previous world who could concentrate quieter and someone who had better have a BGM, but I seem to be the latter. I could make ten this day. That leaves 26 bottles. Ten bottles were also made the next day, with sixteen remaining, and the creation of the mould was completed. I can recycle the clay, so I figured it out, but it looks like it¡¯s time for some inventory. I wish I could get clay near here, but I don¡¯t know, so I need Camilo to get some fine clay. Why don¡¯t you ask for it at the next delivery? Furthermore, the next day, the next day and the work proceeded and 55 bottles could be safely finished. If you think about it for a second, you could tell, but if you turned Deanna into casting, me and Rike finishing it was able to turn the job around at maximum speed, so it couldn¡¯t possibly be that way, such as surpassing ten a day, and ended up producing seven bottles on the sixth day, just enough to get some time off. It was tough, but with a clear purpose, that¡¯s a lot to accomplish after doing it. It may be a good idea to decide on the number of weeks in the future for normal production. Of course, if you have more time, you should take that portion off. Camilo could be more convenient. Will I talk to you sometime? The day after I finished 55 bottles, it¡¯s delivery day. Unprecedented quantities of long swords are rolled into every ten bottles and loaded into the luggage. The itinerary after that is always the same, but not half the weight. I feel the medium weight even when it¡¯s loaded in the luggage car. Fortunately, there¡¯s nothing like a wheel sinking into the dirt, but you have to think about it carefully when carrying more than 55 long swords. Or we can finally introduce the horses. I walked slower than usual, but still managed to arrive at Camilo¡¯s shop at a time that would only take a little later than usual. The procedure itself remains the same for Camilo¡¯s shop. The difference is that I brought a purchase order. Pass the purchase order to Camilo and the warden who came into the trading room.¡°Fifty-five long swords in total. I made it right. Well, I didn¡¯t mean to confirm the numbers. ¡°No, Eizo always doesn¡¯t exceed my expectations. Camilo said in a slightly playful tone. So I don¡¯t know how far I¡¯m serious about it. ¡°How long did you think it was? ¡°I wasn¡¯t insulting my skill, but it¡¯s not a simple story, and I thought maybe forty or so. ¡°Clay. I¡¯ll hit the pottery workshop we¡¯re dealing with. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, that helps. And I want a horse. Pulling that luggage truck manually is about to come to the limit. Honestly, it¡¯s been a long time just getting here. I hope it¡¯s almost as usual to go home, but I want to hit my hand while I¡¯m at it because I¡¯m going to have trouble when I buy something bulky or heavy. ¡°I see¡­¡­ All right. Let¡¯s try the handover. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, but I asked you. ¡°Hey, the sinfulness of letting one disciple¡¯s little workshop hit 55. That¡¯s what Camilo said and winked. You don¡¯t look good, Camilo. Chapter 102 Chapter 102: 102 ¡°So now I¡¯m talking about it from over here. That¡¯s what Camilo said and lurked his voice a little. We get ourselves out of here. ¡°I know I¡¯m predicting to some extent that this much sword is needed, which means that that¡¯s all the soldiers move. ¡°Well, that is. That¡¯s right. Speaking of situations where Camilo is going to need as many as forty long swords abruptly, regardless of whether he is a national army or a private soldier, there will be nothing but quite a few soldiers moving somewhere. ¡°So, I don¡¯t even expect that to happen to the sword you gave me, but a medical examination is coming from Longsword¡¯s supplier asking me to serve if I can. ¡°Hmm.¡± ¡°Even when it comes to service, there is little danger because it is accompanied by a rear supply unit. ¡°So you¡¯re saying the main job is to repair it at the supply position you¡¯re traveling to? ¡°You know perfectly well. Exactly. ¡°How long? ¡°Nine days, or so long. I¡¯ll be there in three days, I¡¯ll act in three days, and I¡¯ll be back in three. If it takes a day, you¡¯ll be back after a week. ¡°Hmm¡­¡± That¡¯s about it, I guess it¡¯s okay for the three of us to leave the house to be away. The question of rice will do something about it. You can¡¯t take all three of them, and I don¡¯t want to take just one of them. I don¡¯t want to leave just one of them at home, so I don¡¯t have the option to take two of them. Then it would seem good for me to go alone. ¡°Is it okay to say I¡¯m going alone? For example, do you need a squire? ¡°No, the supply corps is a bundle. Rice and stuff are done by the professionals, as is the setting up of the tent. Eizo will be in the open air, but the only repair I said was the installation of fire floors and gold floors. ¡°I see. Then what you do is really just follow and fix it. ¡°Oh.¡± ¡°Last but not least, where does the army belong and what are we going to do? ¡°Let¡¯s answer what we¡¯re going to do first. It¡¯s a demon crusade. ¡°Isn¡¯t it a war? ¡°There are skirmishes sometimes, but so far there¡¯s no battlefield in this country where you have to pull out over forty people to march. What¡¯s next, though? Camilo separated words there once. ¡°It¡¯s Count Amur¡¯s house. I left my soldiers with the king and decided to form a crusade to go. I found Deanna breathing a little. I see, Marius¡­ I¡¯m not saying he doesn¡¯t have a narcissistic ¡°Unobo,¡± but he would want to take me if he knew my skill. It¡¯s not a story that I don¡¯t know that it would be safer to have a human being around who knows what¡¯s involved in case. ¡°The Earl of Amur family was originally named after the Demon Crusade and received the title and family name, and after one bore about the inheritance. Since the Marquis has no problems at one time, there is nothing wrong with standing out, but it is harder to keep track of the results here later. ¡°I see. I¡¯d appreciate it if you could explain this story to me because I¡¯m a blacksmith and I don¡¯t come into my place living in isolation from the public, and I¡¯m not actually out of a noble house or anything. Even so, Marius is talking turkey again. ¡°If that¡¯s what you¡¯re saying, I¡¯d be happy to join you. Now Deanna gave me a slightly hobby look. She¡¯s one of the few people who knows I have quite a sword. If anything happens, I¡¯m here, and I¡¯m sure that¡¯s a reassuring point. ¡°If you say so, since when? ¡°Buying today is just as good as usual, right? ¡°Oh. I just want you to have two weeks¡¯ worth of it next week. ¡°Then this is what I¡¯m paying you for today. Camilo gives me the bag that the warden brought. When I had it, it was heavy, so I checked it, and it was a lot if I subtracted the amount of the item I bought today from 55 long swords. ¡°Sounds like a lot to me? ¡°Includes a hasty fee and a¡± then ¡±nuisance fee from him. Don¡¯t worry, you¡¯re supposed to get that from him. Express rates and less when you hit the family heirloom? I guess putting this back will be another mess. ¡°Okay, thank you then. When I received the bag, I left Camilo¡¯s shop behind. Chapter 103 Chapter 103: 103 Six days after we left, we were still normal. We make them on the usual schedule, we hunt, we eat rice. So as usual, I¡¯ll make a week¡¯s worth of numbers and get it done. I¡¯ve figured out how to make it efficient, but I don¡¯t need to do that until I don¡¯t have to. I¡¯ve vacated my house once before for quite a while, and it¡¯s reactively enough for everyone that your father travels a bit. Nothing to worry about, especially if I do it. On the morning of the day of delivery, after loading the delivery as usual, pack your favorite hammer, dried meat just in case, cloth cut instead of bandage (once boiled and disinfected) in your favorite backpack and prepare for departure after delivery. One street holds the other¡­¡­ in the previous world it comes with chin, ash and macra. That being said, the levels are very different. And then there¡¯s the Gala issue, which I hope we can negotiate directly with Marius over there. Head to the city as usual. Proceed with full vigilance in the woods and in the streets. I was able to get to Camilo¡¯s store without anything in particular. Noteworthy things don¡¯t happen every time (as often as I said when I run into deer and pigs but they run away over there right away, this one avoids them, and meets the caravan in the streets), but saying this is something that causes problems as soon as I fail to be vigilant, so I can¡¯t fail to be vigilant at any time. Basically as usual even after we arrived at Camilo¡¯s shop. It¡¯s about confirming the delivery and confirming the purchase, but since I¡¯m not going away and coming to the next delivery this time, it¡¯s a big difference that the purchase will be for two weeks instead of one. When the whole exchange is over, we¡¯re finally leaving. There will be another time about horses and clay. Probably as early as two weeks from now. I don¡¯t care what you get now. As for the clay stock, he says to make it with a knife main, so he will manage, and he says just a knife in case it goes away. ¡°Shall we go then? Camilo urges me to finish the conversation. ¡°Right. Shall we go? Everyone leaves the room and goes to the warehouse. In front of our loaded luggage, Camilo¡¯s shop carriage left two horses in front and our luggage car connected behind.¡°I¡¯ll pull in our carriage on the way. I¡¯ll put my stuff there on the way home from the capital, so you¡¯ll be fine with this. and so I decided not to hesitate to sweeten it to your words. We all got into our own luggage. The coupling carriage leaves in no time. Swinging with gutter, relax through the city with a much higher gaze than usual. I guess it¡¯s not so much speed yet because it¡¯s heavy, but because it¡¯s still all over the city, speeding would be dangerous. ¡°I knew it would be convenient for a horse to tow me. ¡°That¡¯s right. I was wondering if the load was fast because it was mostly just me (and Deanna) when I rode back from the capital before, but even if it was pretty heavy than that, it seems to be able to go faster without a relationship. You won¡¯t be able to get this speed out in the woods, but it will still be easier and faster. I should have introduced it sooner. We arrived at the forest entrance quite a bit earlier than usual. I¡¯ll say goodbye to our faces once here. When I double-check about the next week or so, I¡¯ll give you a light hug and ¡°I¡¯ll be there¡±. It¡¯s not even a lifetime goodbye. I got into Camilo¡¯s carriage, which separated our luggage, and looked back and everyone was dropping it off at the forest entrance, so I waved it off gently. The horses, whose loads are much lighter to pull, run willingly down the streets towards the capital. When I came back from the capital, I had less luggage, so I stood one head, but this time I think it¡¯s faster than then because I stood two heads. The scenery I saw on the way home is somewhat exciting. And then I entered the capital again, looking at the outer walls of the capital, which I thought I would never see again, and the mountains that swung like large walls once beyond it. Chapter 104 Chapter 104: 104 After coming to the capital for a while, I¡¯m still under barometric pressure for its vitality. Just like when we came before, so did the numbers themselves, but the number of races is out of step with the city. Dwarves, marites and beasts are at best in the city, but there are also Lizardmans, and this time someone taller said it would be double normal human, so I asked Camilo and he was a giant. They say it¡¯s rare to see it in the capital, but it¡¯s not even a strange story. I don¡¯t see the elves in the city or in the capital, but this is because, as Ms Liddy said, we need to consume magic, so we don¡¯t go much anywhere but the abundance of magic. Such people are crossing paths. I don¡¯t know what it¡¯s like in other big cities, but I don¡¯t care what race is in this city. Inn or something, chairs and beds will be considered somewhat because of their convenience, but vice versa, that¡¯s about it, at least not in the kind of situation that would make it to and from one place to the next. Technically, it seemed to me that there was a lot of progress in this world. Through the main street of the capital, you head towards the gate on the wall, which is a circle smaller than the outer wall. It seems that this wall reinforced the outer wall when this capital was first created. Is it similar to the walls in the city? When the fence in the city becomes a wall, I think it will be closer to the capital. When the gatekeeper shows Camilo probably a sign of entry and exit from the Amur family, he is lightly passed, and a carriage takes him through the inner streets of the capital paved in cobblestones. The hustle and bustle up until just now is gone like a lie when you get here, but it¡¯s not like you¡¯re still not vibrant. There is something called quiet vibrancy. Slowly the carriage proceeded all over the city, eventually reaching the tent-lined square. I see this is the garrison. The soldiers gathered here aren¡¯t here all the time. ¡°Then that¡¯s it for me. You should take this one. Camilo, who dropped me off, says as he puts out the paper. If you look at it, it says something like a blacksmith serving in this crusade, and a proof that the Amur family has invited him. Should I make this look like a reception or something? ¡°Thanks, you saved me. ¡°I mean fine. Me and Camilo waved and broke up. It¡¯s not tight to say there¡¯s Marius from here, because he¡¯s not even a military master. I guess you¡¯re with the heavy squad, so you want to keep up with those faces. Show the garrison guards the paperwork Camilo gave them. As the guard ran his eyes on the documents he had received, he called in a near-field soldier. ¡°Please wait here for a moment. That¡¯s what the called soldiers told me. Though I am afraid of the yarn, I think it may have worked to say that it is an immediate invitation to the Amur family. Whatever it looks like, it¡¯s supposed to be Mr. O. from the city. The soldier who told me to wait runs away. Later the guards and I were left behind. ¡°Are you joining this crusade? ¡°Yeah. I¡¯m supposed to follow you as a supply unit escort. The young guard answers my question with a slightly nervous face. I heard it casually, too, but I guess I shouldn¡¯t really answer to say this. I guess I¡¯m a recruit. I¡¯m starting to talk, so do you want to talk like this? ¡°I see. I think it was in the paperwork, but my name is Eizo and I was supposed to repair your weapons and protective gear in the supply unit. There will be plenty of opportunities for escorts to face each other. I introduced myself. ¡°Oh, then I¡¯ll ask you. I decided to go from my own side. I can only tell you what kind of blacksmith the Count is to greet you at the entrance to such a garrison. I just don¡¯t know where it is, so I¡¯ll ask for guidance and follow the soldier. What preceded me was a more luxurious tent than any other. ¡°Captain, I¡¯ve brought you. ¡°Have him come in. ¡°Yes, I did. Go ahead.¡± I heard voices that I no longer miss, and the soldiers urged me, and I went into the tent. Chapter 105 Chapter 105: 105 Into the luxurious tent among the garrisons, there were two faces I saw. One, of course, is Marius. And the other is Mr. Marius¡¯ colleague. They¡¯re both wearing pretty fancy clothes and shouting short swords of my fancy models. There are no other human beings in the tent. ¡°You¡¯ve come a lot, Eizo. Marius offered his right hand. I¡¯ll take that hand. ¡°What? I heard it was a good job. I said with a laugh. I¡¯m comfortable with the Count, but I only have colleagues and I¡¯m guessing he¡¯s probably talking to some extent out of Marius¡¯ attitude (although I don¡¯t think he said he built a new family heirloom on a boulder). ¡°It looks like you haven¡¯t changed either. Most importantly. Having finished shaking hands with Marius, I turned to my colleague Mr ¡°Oh. Long time no see. My colleague gave me his right hand, too. I say hello again as I take that hand. ¡°My name is Eizo. As I¡¯m sure you know, I¡¯m a blacksmith. ¡°I¡¯m Leroy. I¡¯m Marius¡¯ deputy now. Nice to see you again. And you don¡¯t have to be so polite to me, either. From a standpoint, it doesn¡¯t change that much. ¡°Then let¡¯s not hesitate to do so. I got Leroy¡¯s permission, so I decided to make it easy on these three. Because we know each other from the beginning, and we know when it¡¯s easy. ¡°So, this time it meant repairs only, but is that correct? I ask Marius. ¡°Oh. You won¡¯t have a job on the road, but after you get over there, you¡¯ll be asking me to fix your damaged weapons. ¡°What¡¯s the reward? ¡°The rice during the expedition is held this way, and the allowances for ordinary soldiers during the expedition, and the rewards are offered at a percentage for each fix of one weapon. The next person to answer is Luroy. ¡°Ho. Not a bad condition. I guess this is the condition to say because it doesn¡¯t matter whether it¡¯s me or not that you can¡¯t make more money than you normally do work. It¡¯s going to be quick to fix it if it¡¯s me, so it¡¯s a little different than normal that I¡¯m going to get more proportions than a typical blacksmith. ¡°What are we gonna do with the number of accounts we fixed? ¡°Civilians with supply units do. He¡¯s in charge of getting supplies in and out. Now Marius answers. ¡°I see, I understand. Last but not least, when are we leaving? ¡°I just finished a stretch of training yesterday. I have a day off today. Didn¡¯t you hear the sound of training? ¡°So I¡¯m leaving here tomorrow. ¡°Okay. This completes the pre-confirmation. Will you wait for me to leave now? I can tell Marius to call a soldier and lead me to the tent. I had the soldier send me to the tent where I would live with the rest of the supply team, in awe. The replenishment team tent was large inside. Carriages and horses are separately connected nearby. A little further away was the simple softness, which was making the steam rise. I thank the soldier who guided me this far, and I head to where first. There was an awesome moustache, O, with two young men, fighting the pot. ¡°I¡¯m Eizo, a blacksmith who was invited to the supply squad. Regards.¡± ¡°Are there no horses of the knights here? ¡°Because the knights have their own horse numbers. ¡°Oh, that¡¯s right. It was natural when I thought about it. People in more than a certain capacity can be exclusive to a variety of things. Marius also says that it¡¯s not weird to come with a cook or a blacksmith or anything, but because he was a guard, not to mention the three boys in the Count¡¯s house, he wants the same as everyone else. Although it seems that the boulder only has a small room and a horse number really minimal decency and is exclusive. ¡°Are the clerks in the tent? When I asked Matisse, ¡°Oh, I thought that one was back at home today. ¡°Really? ¡°Yeah. Unlike soldiers and us, there¡¯s not much reason to stay here beforehand. ¡°Then it¡¯s tomorrow to say hello. ¡°You will. Say a temporary goodbye to Matisse, and I set my foot on the tent. Chapter 106 Chapter 106: 106 The tent was huge, but there was no one inside. I don¡¯t have a lot of stuff, but I¡¯m leaving tomorrow, so I guess it¡¯s loaded in the carriage outside. Lower your bags and lie down once and for all. I¡¯ve been rocked by a carriage for a long time, so I¡¯m here on my hips and my ass. I¡¯m talking about almost a carriage for three days from tomorrow, and even though my body is young, this seems better prepared. I seemed to have plenty of free time, so I scrape the tree that was falling off with the knife I brought and make a statue to spare. After about an hour or so when the cheats for critical production worked, a pretty good looking statue of the goddess was created. I let him sit on my luggage and wish him well on his expedition. While I¡¯m doing that, it¡¯s dinner time just fine. Wye and soldiers gather near the Supply Squad tent to make rows with dishes in one hand. I was in line when Boris picked me up a tree. Going down the line, Sandro and Martin are passing the soup out of the pan. The line went smoothly and it was my turn. ¡°Whoa, you! Eat well! Sandro serves plenty of soup to me as I greet him with a big voice. ¡°Thanks!¡± I smiled and received soup and bread. Stiff bread for a while from breakfast tomorrow, but not so hard yet today. It seems that the stiff bread will continue for the next week, so it is a temporary meal. I also head around where the soldiers are gathered and sitting and start eating with my hips properly down. It¡¯s so delicious, but it¡¯s not particularly bad. The flavor is also close to the soup I make at home, but the ingredients and seasonings seem a little more delicious for us. If you can eat so much delicious food with ingredients that would still be limited, many soldiers would be glad to be part of the crusade. From tomorrow until the destination, he says it¡¯s two meals a day (there¡¯s a lunch break), and while on the move, the dried meat simmered back with something like sauce, not like soup, is the staple food on the bread. I guess it¡¯s because it¡¯s hard to prepare and remove kama while you¡¯re on the move, and washing dishes can be tricky. When you¡¯re done eating, return the dishes. Boris was in charge of the recovery. ¡°Thank you, you¡¯re in trouble. ¡°What, this is the job. Come on. It was tougher when we were at war two years ago. Boris replied with a laugh when he returned the dishes and I rang. It¡¯s a short, but guttering look when you¡¯re fit and would surely be on guard if you met him in the street. ¡°See you in the tent,¡± he said, and I went back to the tent. When the sun goes down, I just fall asleep in the garrison, except for the watchman. The Supply Squad will not be told to watch, so they will all go to bed. The job is special. I decided to go too, and I slept with Sandro and Matisse, who came back to the tent after work. I¡¯m glad you¡¯re a person who can sleep anywhere. The next morning, when I get myself together easily, I¡¯ll finish breakfast as soon as possible. Breakfast is in the same soup as last night, it is hard bread. This is soaked in soup, softened and eaten, but it¡¯s not so hard that you can¡¯t eat it without soaking it. Is it because it hasn¡¯t been that long since I baked it? I almost finished eating to pour in. You lived the experience around here when you were busy working in the previous world. Although it¡¯s an experience I don¡¯t really want to take advantage of. At the end of breakfast time, butterflies, tents and kamadu are cleaned up and loaded more and more into the carriage. Dozens of soldiers worked together to move, and in about an hour, all loads were finished. In between, Matisse connects the horse to the carriage. Your men seem to be in charge of the soldiers. Me and Sandro get in the carriage assigned to the supply team, too. There, a little woman jumped on board in a panic. ¡°Gi, you made it with a critical¡­¡± The woman receives the water bottle I gave her and takes about two sips. Anticipating a sigh of compassion, I called out again. ¡°I was recruited as a blacksmith by the Supply Squad, my name is Eizo. Go ahead and get to know him. ¡°Oh, thank you very much. My name is Frederica Schulter and I¡¯m a civilian with a supply team. When you say blacksmith, do you do repairs? ¡°Yeah. That¡¯s what I¡¯m asking. ¡°The declaration will come to me once the armament that needs repairing. I¡¯ll ask Mr. Eizou to fix what came, so it would be helpful if you could focus on fixing that. ¡°Okay. Is the repair declared? Well, I¡¯ll make money for it if I make a shabby repair, but the expense is insignificant. It¡¯s stressful to get into a shabby repair, so if you can shut me out beforehand, I can help. Thus the carriage carrying all the Supply Squad Ments slowly ran out and the expedition had finally begun. Chapter 107 Chapter 107: 107 The crusader¡¯s carriage goes outside the capital through the main street of the capital. It doesn¡¯t mean anything by appeal, but it¡¯s simply about this way that a big carriage can go through. Looking right outside the carriage, the various races as usual are dropping the line off the road with eyes that are neither praiseworthy nor disdainful. I hope when I come back, I will come back, in applause and praise. The carriage goes down the street in a different direction than going to the city. The ride is so uncomfortable. Still young Mathis, Martin, and Boris seem to be the better ones, but me and Sandro¡¯s O.M. pair are getting on my hips and ass and I¡¯m getting bogged down when Frederica has a sore ass. I don¡¯t really touch it because it makes me sexually harassed, regardless of such a concept in this world. Can I get you a cushion or something later? A break came in once before the sun passed Jomtien. We get out of the carriage and stretch out. I heard a cockroach from around my waist. Quite hard. There is a river nearby, so the water is drawn at a glance. The river is full of soldiers. Some downstream washed their faces. Those upstream also see Marius and the others. What makes the carriage journey hard is a suspended carriage that hangs rooms in chains, and they don¡¯t seem to change either. He is rubbing around his waist. Would it be better if it were a plate spring? Comparing the previous world to this one, you don¡¯t mean to spread it because it¡¯s the technology ahead. Return to the carriage and cut the dried meat out of the luggage. I never move my body again today, and if I chew slowly to say this and distract my hunger, I¡¯ll have enough until dinner. Outside the carriage, other Ments did the same. but Miss Frederica, who is in the carriage now, has nothing to say. Is it an inventory of the parallax and this replenishment, in return? ¡°Don¡¯t you eat anything? Carriage can get drunk, but you should keep something to your mouth. If you¡¯re too hungry, you won¡¯t be able to turn your head. ¡°I forgot to bring it. When I ask, Miss Frederica says without permission. ¡°You¡¯ve never had a job like this before? ¡°Yes. I usually calculate the amount of taxes collected or something. Is it usually deskwork? You still seem young, and I guess you didn¡¯t care that much.I cut another slice of dried meat and offered it to Miss Frederica. ¡°Young people need to eat properly. ¡°No, no, Mr. Eizo¡¯s scheduled consumption is crazy. ¡°I¡¯ve already cut it out, and I¡¯ve brought extra, so it¡¯s okay. Please, don¡¯t hesitate. Miss Frederica was still reluctant, but when she strongly recommended it again, she said ¡°Bye¡±. It looks like a squirrel is slowly chewing. For a while, it was moggy, but eventually I opened my eyes. As Miss Frederica said to herself earlier, it¡¯s a tax-related job. They say it¡¯s not the tax collectors, it¡¯s the work of the collected taxes. That¡¯s totally desk work. They instructed me to come here from above when we were talking about crusade formation. The chain of command is under Marius, but control is exercised by the state. Crusaders¡¯ materials are supplied by the state. I guess it would be inconvenient for the commander to manage it directly, since he will be cashing in and out of state material. I only said blacksmiths who live in despicable places. He also said that he unloaded the goods to Camilo¡¯s store and came here with the handout. If we talk about being recruited directly by Marius to the boulder, we won¡¯t be just blacksmiths. We found a suitable spot for camping well before the sun set, so we were to camp there today. Soldiers unload their bags from carriages loaded with tents and kamados. Sandro¡¯s fathers are involved in every installation, and Miss Frederica is likely to be busy managing the consumption of ingredients, with Matisse feeding leaves and water on tired horses after pulling a carriage for a day. I was the only one out of hand. I thought I¡¯d help you with something, but if I get my hands on it badly, it¡¯s going to get in the way, so with the horse who ate the leaves and finished drinking the water. ¡°You¡¯re free¡­¡± ¡°Burl¡­¡­¡± We were watching the sight together. Chapter 108 Chapter 108: 108 Eventually there are tents lined up everywhere, and smoke rises from Kamado. Firewood will be piled on the bonfire platform, but the sun hasn¡¯t set yet, so ignition is ahead. The soldiers who have finished tenting are on a temporary break until they can do the mesh. Since there is no water field nearby, the amount to be used for the mesh and the amount of water to be replenished will be covered by the amount loaded in the barrel. They¡¯re going to have another lunch break tomorrow near the water field, so the reduced amount will be replenished there again. Miss Frederica records how much water she used. Since we got to the camp, Miss Frederica seems pretty busy running around. Considering that a total of about 50 soldiers and 12 days¡¯ worth of food, firewood and 3 days¡¯ worth of water, cookware including kamado, a set of blacksmiths that can be worked on, and carriage of the leaves of the horses carrying them, quite a few carriages have been mobilized. If it is a war, I think the number of carriages will decrease in proportion because the number of soldiers travelling will be different digits, so they will be purposefully allowed to walk without carrying soldiers in carriages, and to some extent, requisitions, etc., but in any case, the barracks are difficult. When a mesh can be done, a long line of snakes can be made. This whole thing can¡¯t even be resolved. Our supply team will be on its way after we run out of lines. To join Sandro¡¯s boys for a meal. For dinner, the dried meat was simmered and returned onto a stiff dish-shaped baked bread. The bread is stiff but not beefy, so I can eat it as it is. I would say to replace the dish. There¡¯s no water here, and it¡¯s a waste of dishwashing water. The supply team eats soothing and mesh with the escorts, Mr. Delmot and the others. When we eat rice from a cauldron together in a place like this and get along, we can be concerned about helping each other out when it¡¯s time to, and most importantly, the mesh is the best way to have fun. I finished eating the meshi while talking to him about why. When the mesh is finished, it is free time until the sun sets. I asked Miss Frederica if she had any extra cloth cuts, needles and threads. Then I walk to the wagon with Patapata. You look like a squirrel walking. In general, she is a young lady full of small animals. I followed along with some relief, too. ¡°If it belongs to this carriage, it¡¯s fine. It¡¯s the Amur family material, and they say you can use it freely. ¡°I see. Thank you. As I thanked her, Miss Frederica bowed to the pepper and left with a patter. I had a little trouble finding it, but I also found a blanket and a cloth cut, and a needle and thread. It would be for repairing spares or when the clothes you are wearing are torn. There are all other spares, and if we can get them back, we¡¯ll have no problems. Back to the tent, I make bags out of cloth cuts. Fold in half and stitch both ends together without cutting them back. I don¡¯t pack cotton, so the seams can be rough. Once you¡¯ve sewn it together, turn it upside down, pack the blanket, and sew the open mouth shut, you¡¯re done with the simple cushion. Let¡¯s give it to Miss Frederica tomorrow. A woman is another tent. It¡¯s boring to have Mr. O. approaching in the middle of nowhere and getting misunderstandings. The sun set and the bonfire burned. I¡¯m just going to bed today. Everyone returns to the tent except the sleeping soldier. We¡¯re no exception. When I just wrapped myself around the blanket and lay down, I was unexpectedly tired, and the sleeper immediately took me to the world of sleep.The next morning, just before the sun rose, I woke up. The cocks seem to be awake for a long time. Don¡¯t work well. When I get up and take the water bottle out of my luggage, I take a sip and get out of the tent and move my body. I¡¯m still in the carriage all day, so I need to move my body actively. Meshi begins at the same time as the sun rises. In the morning Meshi also takes all the supply troops. Take it as wierd as we talk about today¡¯s planned itinerary. When that¡¯s over, we load everything up in the carriage and leave. We got in the carriage, too. ¡°Mr. Frederica. ¡°Yes. ¡°Here you go. I give Miss Frederica the simple cushion I made yesterday. ¡°My butt hurts a lot better. Thank you. And I was thanked. She¡¯s adorable, and I¡¯m honestly happy for you. What makes me happy with what I make is that it doesn¡¯t change whether it¡¯s a blacksmith job or saying this. I almost caressed my head unexpectedly, but I managed to catch it. After that it was a repetition of the same thing as yesterday until the destination. No bandits or beasts would have attacked where many armed humans were marching, because the weather never broke down in particular. Thus, on the evening of the third day, we began camping in the square by the cave of interest. Tomorrow morning starts setting up positions. Chapter 109 Chapter 109: 109 Last night was after the move, so we only prepared the camp here, but from today on, this will be the front-line base for the crusaders. So we need an extra setup to go with that. The tent as a living space is sufficient as it was during the camp, but a larger tent to be used as a command post will be newly established by the soldiers. In another place, piles are struck, like a simple horse house. And also create a simple blacksmith shop that will be our workplace here. I dug a hole, put up two columns, and put a roof replacement cloth on it. The triangular slope is cloth, the bottom is ground, and it may be easy to tell when others consider it an opening. Brick the fire floor to the widest opening. You have a hard time putting together bricks so the Huigo wind can be sent properly. The helpful thing is that the blacksmith cheats seem to be effective in setting up the blacksmith¡¯s yard as well, and I ¡°know¡± which neighborhood I can work in efficiency.Is it to rebuild that house when I have to abandon it for something? Looking at the tent setup, they didn¡¯t know it was an efficient setup or anything, so that¡¯s not a production or a blacksmith¡­¡­. of course. I won¡¯t put the furnace down this time. It¡¯s only until I can heat it up on the fire floor and fix it, and I¡¯m not planning on doing any more work. I guess I¡¯d better bring a furnace and iron stone if it takes two weeks or more. Mr. Delmot will also help me put the gold floor near the fire floor. Later I bring a barrel with charcoal and a barrel with water. Besides, three smaller barrels emptied so far in the march up the bottom, one as a tool on the side of that chair instead of a chair near the gold floor, and the last one as a grinding wheel table made it a lot more like a blacksmith. Later, we take the statue of the goddess from the luggage on our tent to the hammer and the tagane (the one that was specially made) and build and install the statue of the goddess on the pillar. Placing it on the ground is covered in boulders. Scoop to throw charcoal into the fire floor for tool placement, erect yatco, put the hammers and taganes brought from the house on top, and install the grinding wheel on the grinding wheel table, and you will complete Eizoo Workshop Outpost. It is likely to be taken on by any number of repairs. Looking at the outpost, Miss Frederica comes patsy and similarly gives an exclamation to see how the outpost is doing. ¡°Wow, it¡¯s amazing. I don¡¯t care what you think. I¡¯m a blacksmith. ¡°That¡¯s because I¡¯m a blacksmith. ¡°They¡¯re going to sell me knives and scissors and stuff. Miss Frederica jokes as she laughs at Nico and writes something on the paperwork. ¡°It is expensive because it is a battlefield price. ¡°Mr. Eizo is pretty gullible. ¡°Heh, I¡¯m an asshole blacksmith. Me and Miss Frederica whisper lightly with laughter.¡°Tell me when charcoal and water are about to run out. Mr. Ayzow will be at the command post for the time he can work. And, like I said before I came, I¡¯ll bring the repair request. That¡¯s all I want you to fix. Anything that doesn¡¯t let me through won¡¯t be rewarded, so I want you to be careful. So if the reward exterior is fine, do you mean you don¡¯t need to let Miss Frederica through? I thought so, but I didn¡¯t even let you out for a bite. ¡°Okay. That¡¯s what I said. I opened an outpost, but naturally I don¡¯t have a job yet. It¡¯s shabby, so I thought I¡¯d sharpen it even with the ladies cooking knives, and as I walked inside the position toward the cooking area, Lizardman and Marito soldiers in leather armor were about to return. From where he said there was a cave or something, so it¡¯s probably a reconnaissance. Walk straight to the command post. The other soldiers make fences out of trees that have been cut. There are no elves or giants on the boulder, but Lizardman and Dwarf soldiers are also in this crusade. Dwarf soldiers instructed him where to build the fence, and when they heard about it, the sights of human soldiers combining trees and erecting fences appeared in their eyes. Take that sideways to the cooking area. Sandro¡¯s old man is taking care of the knife, and I don¡¯t see any two youths. ¨C He says he¡¯s an old man, but my spirit and age aren¡¯t that different. It¡¯s just that the flesh is younger, so I¡¯ll have to call it in. ¡°Hey, man. We¡¯re all busy. Will I be busy one of these days? I guess it¡¯s not a good thing that I¡¯m gonna be busy because that¡¯s all my arsenal is damaged. Thinking about it also makes me busy. ¡°This and this and this and this? I¡¯ll check the three knives with your hand. ¡°Oh, do me a favor. ¡°There you go. I¡¯ll be back in an hour. ¡°Oops.¡± Return to the outpost with the knife in your hand. If this was the whole city, the picture would totally suck. I still suck there. That¡¯s when I saw the soldiers assembling. Is it also a stepping stone, I can see Marius¡¯ face high up. I¡¯m guessing he¡¯s skipping the jaws before he leaves. So, if you don¡¯t hurry up, you might come back in the middle of sharpening your knife. I stopped walking like I was walking with a bluff and went back to my place of work. Chapter 110 Chapter 110: 110 Holding three knives and rushing back to the outpost, I wet the grinding wheel with water and started grinding one of them. Well maintained and not in bad condition, but not to mention cheesy, that¡¯s a professional arm look. Using cheats, grind the blade at the right angle. At first I thought I¡¯d lightly rebuild the whole thing, but since time might be running out, I decided to focus on the grinding. There are limits to the range where even cheats on boulders can improve performance by simply re-grinding the blades. Well, I don¡¯t need to improve my performance that much in the first place because I have trouble with young people if I finish enough to cut the slab. I just sharpened the blade and it didn¡¯t take as long as I thought to process the three because they were originally taken care of. After the last flush with water, wipe with a cloth and return to the cooking area. I saw where the crusaders were assembling along the way, but there¡¯s no one there anymore. They¡¯re finally on their way to crusade. It would be a powerful reconnaissance to find out what demons there are today, so it would come back before the damage was nearly done. I don¡¯t seem to have much time to sell oil. When we got to the cooking area, Martin and Boris were also back, lining the cooking area with a barrel of water. Sandro¡¯s old man prepares the ingredients for dinner. ¡°Oh man, I finished it. ¡°Oh, thank you. I give the knife to the old man. The old man stared at the knife he had been given, but took the ingredients for dinner and began to cut them on the pan as he gently removed the dirt. The ingredients cut with a stunning hand fit into the pan much the same size. ¡°Brilliant. ¡°If you say that, it¡¯s mine. Azo, you¡¯re a good man. It¡¯s a waste of time letting them use it. ¡°Originally well maintained, and¡­¡± ¡°And?¡± ¡°That¡¯s what I do. ¡°I see! The old man laughed ravishly gahahahaha. ¡°I¡¯ll see if it¡¯s good tomorrow. ¡°Oh, well, then, please! ¡°Aye. I wave Hilarious and leave the cooking area behind. From behind, he said, ¡°I don¡¯t understand if you treat this guy badly!¡± The yelling was coming after me. When we stopped by our own tent on the way back to the outpost, I immediately laid charcoal on the fire floor and began to light the fire. You can start after the crusaders come back and take the request, but I want to clean it up as soon as possible, and there are some things I¡¯d like to check with you today. The fire has turned on the charcoal and the temperature has risen enough, so I grab one piece of sheet metal I brought when I stopped by the tent and put it in the fire floor with a yacht. It¡¯s just something I was bringing in for when something happened. The ladies¡¯ knives won¡¯t flake the work on the way to repair it, but they can stop the work whenever they want. I know I¡¯ll use extra charcoal, but if Miss Frederica gets mad at me, I¡¯ll have her deducted for that. Heat the sheet metal to a machinable temperature while doing the work I said manipulating the fuigo or adding charcoal. In addition to not being the usual workplace around here, the inconvenience of not being able to use magic didn¡¯t work as usual, and it took me a little longer. Place the heated sheet metal on the gold floor and beat it with your favorite hammer, wondering if the crusaders are back. Work around here will be done as usual. ¡°Mr. Eizou, I¡¯d like to ask you to repair the weapons in this barrel. This will be the list. Miss Frederica gave me the paperwork, and I took it and looked through. A few long swords missing and bent, and about two round shields. Sounds like you came right back after a bit of teasing. This won¡¯t take long. ¡°Accepted. I¡¯ll get back to you because I checked. ¡°Well, thank you. Please call the command post when you¡¯re done. Miss Frederica left with the soldiers as she thanked Pecori, and still a small animal for her movements. If you were using a bow or something, it would be difficult because there are calculations for arrow replenishment. With Miss Frederica¡¯s hard work in mind, I pulled out the barrel sword and plunged it into the fire bed to get to work on my own. Chapter 111 Chapter 111: 111 Long sword stuck in the fire floor, but having to heat it means it¡¯s pretty distorted. Normally this kind of thing is very time-consuming to try to fix properly, but this time I decide to rely on cheats. Heat only where the distortion is and raise it to the temperature necessary to restore the distortion. But you¡¯re quite distorted. How did you use this? After stabbing him, he couldn¡¯t pull it out and screwed it with stupid power or something? If so, is it the Dwarf or the Beast Man, or the work around Lizardman? The temperature has risen, so I tap the distortion and take it. If I raise the temperature to the point where I can fix it this way and soften it, it won¡¯t be like the original if I cook it again, but what I just checked there comes alive. While beating and fixing it, weave some magic and adjust it to be as hard as it is around you when you re-cook it. I will grab that salt plum with cheese, of course. Thus, when the portion of the sword that wrapped so much magic around some of it was quenched, quenched and polished, the almost original long sword was revived, both in appearance and performance. However, just to say that the sharpness is the same, naturally this is the only place that contains magic if you screw around in the same place, so you can see that it is somewhat more intense, and if you look at it, you will discover that you used magic to repair it. But I don¡¯t know, because if you put magic into the whole thing, you have to be more than a luxury model. Now let¡¯s try to be good with this repair. Beat and fix other less distorted long swords and as is without heating up about the shield. Although the shield appears somewhat distorted (snoring), it can be used at all. It was decided to only grind the long sword with a larger blade chip as a first aid. If it¡¯s too big, I might need to take over the iron pieces and fix it. I wouldn¡¯t do it normally, but it would be enough because it¡¯s a first aid in the battlefield. Although it was not brought in this time, if there are items with large cracks or broken ones, they will be disposed of without being repaired. I¡¯ll decide if I can fix it, so this time there won¡¯t have been any weapons that went that far. The big distorted one was good as well as irreparable earlier, but this time there was also confirmation that the method I did earlier would work, so I don¡¯t know what to say about this, but it¡¯s ¡°next¡±. If you make only one excuse, the aim is to establish a method to repair it quickly so that you can have the distorted one repaired and used, even if the worst spare long sword is gone¡­. No really. After a stretch of work, I head to the command post with the paperwork I had kept. I¡¯m already working on dyeing the last world of work into oranges to finish today¡¯s work, and soldiers wander around preparing bonfires for the night inside. We have to hurry. I¡¯m going to eat up all the rice. Upon entering the command post¡¯s tent, Marius and Leroy, and several other soldiers, were discussing this with each other. I guess we¡¯re extending the operational meeting for tomorrow¡¯s full-scale crusade.I found Miss Frederica fighting some sort of paperwork on a simplified desk in a corner, and I gave the paperwork to Miss Frederica. ¡°I¡¯m done for today. ¡°That¡¯s right, Mr. Eizou, it¡¯s early. ¡°There wasn¡¯t much today, was there? Miss Frederica says as she points to the list of documents. ¡°Is everything here? The night book is starting to descend around, and as the bonfire lights up the darkness, I¡¯m at your place ¨C which means when you go to the cooking area, the chills and the soldiers are also having a late dinner. Is it coming to eat at the time of shift change? The supply team said that I and Miss Frederica had already eaten everything else, so what if Miss Frederica gave it to me first? Today¡¯s menu was still a stew stewed with dried meat, but close to stews stewed with some root vegetables, potato-like potatoes, etc. Yes, it¡¯s potatoes. Crop potatoes that would be very helpful if they were planted and grown in our garden. When I get back from the expedition, I¡¯ll have to ask the old man to confirm the supplier. So determined, I cheeked on the rather delicious stew made by the ladies. Chapter 112 Chapter 112: 112 I¡¯ll finish your dinner and when I get my dishes back, I¡¯ll just go to sleep. If tomorrow is a full-scale crusade, I¡¯m sure you¡¯re busy. If you don¡¯t sleep early and feed your English, your 30-year-old body will not allow you to feel physically fit. When we went back to our own tent and lay down scratching the blanket, the sleeper visited us early to see if we were unexpectedly tired. The next morning, about the hour after the sun rises, I wake up and do some light gymnastics, and then I head to the cooking area to get myself together. The ladies were already ready in the morning, waiting for us to come and eat. ¡°Good morning, good morning. ¡°Oh, good morning! ¡°Your old man¡¯s been fine since morning. ¡°Ooh! The side that separates your energies looks snug and tight! ¡°You¡¯re a pro, man. ¡°Oh, my God! Surely there¡¯s something to be apprenticed about how energetic this guy is. I picked up some breakfast soup and bread and headed to the table. The soup is gobbled with ingredients, and the rice is solid in the morning. A soldier or something wouldn¡¯t be able to do it without eating this much. The bread is also soft compared to what has been out on the move or baked since you came over. I¡¯ll probably be busy by noon, so I¡¯ll have to eat well, too. Side by side with the soldiers eating in a hurry, I eat slowly and firmly. There¡¯s something a little painful about it, but it¡¯s different from what I do at my age, so I¡¯m going to convince you around it. That¡¯s how I ate, and Miss Frederica came over here with breakfast. ¡°Good morning, Mr. Eizou. ¡°Good morning, Frederica. Miss Frederica puts rice across from me, but she seems to sleep for a long time. ¡°Looks sleepy, but late last night? ¡°Yes. The Count was working on the operation late, so I was calculating supplies to go with it. To finish, Miss Frederica yawns fluffy and adorable.¡°Thank you for your hard work. But don¡¯t stay up too late. I hear you¡¯re the beauty enemy of young women. ¡°Thank you. But I can¡¯t help but care about beauty. Miss Frederica says so, but she¡¯s usually cute compared to the aristocratic lady I saw at Marius¡¯s party, and I think there are a lot of guys who wouldn¡¯t be left alone if they weren¡¯t wild clothes like now. ¡°I think Mr. Frederica can be more confident, though. Even compared to the noble lady.¡± I say as I carry the soup into my mouth. ¡°No, I don¡¯t¡­¡± Miss Frederica mumbles. I can¡¯t tell if it¡¯s lit or not. It¡¯s awkward in the morning too, so let¡¯s change the subject. ¡°With that said, is there going to be a lot of repairs today? ¡°Hmmm¡­¡­¡± ¡°Sorry for the inconvenience, thank you. ¡°Of course it is. Miss Frederica responded to me today with a smile like a small animal. After that, I¡¯ll finish the meal with a couple of stories that don¡¯t even hold me back. After all, you haven¡¯t heard why she was promoted to a civilian around supplies this time. Since we talked about not having actual combat experience, is it still the purpose of gaining actual combat experience? On the way to the outpost after breakfast, I saw fully armed soldiers assembling. I guess we¡¯re still ahead of us, we¡¯re not aligned. And there¡¯s something in it that I didn¡¯t see yesterday. Skinny, long-heared men ¨C are elves. ¡°I knew it. I wasn¡¯t surprised to see an elf. As I tried yesterday, there is a lot of magic around here. If so, there is no surprise at all that the elves need to absorb magic on a regular basis and can only live in such places are stationed around here. If you have demonic anxiety where you live, the thought of helping you get rid of it is natural. It is a difficult story to say that we need a supply of magic, but if there is space nearby for caves and other magical powers to stare, there is a risk of demons. With a little sympathy, I went to the outpost again to focus on my work today. Chapter 113 Chapter 113: 113 And although I tried to stick it out, there¡¯s no way I have a job even though the crusaders are still leaving. Tell your old man, he might as well have slept until after noon. I¡¯m kind of sick of saying I¡¯m going to sleep twice now¡­ and there¡¯s almost nothing I can do to help at this time just before I leave when I say I¡¯m going to help you with something. So, if so, it would be a good idea to finish the spear tip rolling unnoticeably in the corner of the outpost and make it a prep exercise. That¡¯s what I decided and started igniting the charcoal left over from yesterday¡¯s work. The fire was burning, so I manipulated Huigo to send the wind. When the fire turns enough, heat the tip of the spear I brought sneaking out of the corner. Add charcoal, operate the fuigo, and increase the temperature. The temperature has risen enough, so I take it out, beat it with a hammer, and shape it. I¡¯m not even going to give this to anyone, so I¡¯m doing it the way I make a bespoke model, but I¡¯m pretty sure this one has less magic than the black forest with the workshop headquarters. They¡¯ll bottom-up their abilities, but they don¡¯t seem to perform enough to make them over there. As for making the knife in the same way, it feels like saying that the whole table can be cut off at the head office, but at the outpost, it ends up eating 1/3 of the knife. Still, it¡¯s good enough performance. That¡¯s how I work, a soldier brought me two barrels of charcoal for about four. It was early out there, but Miss Frederica shouldn¡¯t be that busy yet either. If everyone returns from the crusade, the lid of Hell¡¯s Cauldron will open then, though. ¡°Oh, excuse me. It would be fine if you could keep it next to the barrel there. ¡°Okay. The soldiers left when they put the barrel down. The troops would have gone to the cave already, so they must be the ones left as escorts. It¡¯s possible you¡¯ve shredded your break. I¡¯m just a little guilty thinking about it, but let¡¯s get the young man ¡°Straw¡± to work fully. I try to get back to work with such black (black) thoughts on my mind. There, a dumb, big voice came along with the source. ¡°Eizo! They¡¯re here to see my knife! It¡¯s Sandro¡¯s favorite. No, you said yourself I would yesterday. Don¡¯t get oblivious when you get older. ¡°Aye. I reply without even giving a bite what I had completely forgotten. Two knives were given to me. It is in the form of two large and small cow knives. Young people¡¯s shapes were much the same, but they were two smaller ones and one bigger one, so I guess the bigger ones aren¡¯t something to use all the time either. ¡°Right, I think it¡¯ll be over in half an hour. I said as I checked the two knives. That¡¯s a good one. Care is almost perfect. Good craftsmen are top notch in the tools themselves, but their care is also top notch. My arms, my hands and my fingertips are the same. Things When it comes to just taking care of knives, there may be a part of you that surpasses Like. ¡°Do you mind if I take a look at that? The old man asks in a rare, not very loud voice (which means he¡¯s still a big voice). The lack of feeling that I said ¡°naughty¡± stems from your stature and the size of your voice. ¡°Nothing, but it could be boring, you know? ¡°Hey, I was hoping it would help when I took care of it. I see. I didn¡¯t originally have a reason to say no, but if I were to say so, I¡¯d have less and less reason to say no. I accepted your request. ¡°I¡¯ll slap you to adjust a little, but don¡¯t be surprised. ¡°Oops.¡± I¡¯ll say no to the old man for once. It¡¯s boring when you hit me all of a sudden and it hurts my mood. If you put the knife on the gold floor and check it with cheats, it must be at the hands of a skilled craftsman, it¡¯s quite something. If even accidental magic is like caging, then magic is not caged because it becomes sharp, but beaten with care so as to fix slight distortions and tissue fragmentation, but without changing its shape. Cheetah is the only one who can say this. ¡°Whoa.¡± The grinding itinerary will be scattered with care, and you may not know the details, but you will generally know what you are doing. I grind more slowly than usual. Using cheats, of course, to make it more sharp. Basically, it¡¯s an angle issue, but I think the sharpness has improved even if I grind it normally for what I just adjusted. This was also well maintained, so it didn¡¯t take long. With your skill, you won¡¯t have enough problems caring for yourself to use. ¡°Hey, this is the end of Shima. I feel like I¡¯ve seen it, and I think it¡¯s enough to take care of your old man. Pass two finished knives to the old man. ¡°Oh, I¡¯m sorry. ¡°Now you can make me a delicious meal. ¡°I¡¯ll take care of you! Always with more and bigger voices, that¡¯s what the old man promised me. Chapter 114 Chapter 114: 114 I finished taking care of your knife, so I¡¯ll work on finishing the tip. The temperature of the fire floor, which has dropped during the care of the knife, is raised again by manipulating the fuigo. The charcoal burned well so it helps that there is no need for re-ignition. Grab the tip at Yatco and put it in the fire floor, add charcoal and send the wind. The flame, which seemed calm, breathes back again, raising the temperature of the tip of the ear. Eventually, I detected in cheats that it had risen to a temperature suitable for incineration. Quickly remove from the fire bed, place in water and cool suddenly. The feeling of steel hardening on my hands came from Yatko. Cheat tells me again how it fits from that feeling and takes it out of the water. Hot air rises from the tip of his ear, as if he had begun to twitch and breathe. And then I polished the fine irregularities with a grinding wheel, and they were all ¡°if,¡± and I polished them and bladed them. Now the spear tip is complete. Troops that have gone to the cave yet don¡¯t seem to be coming back, do you want to go look for the pattern? Exit the outpost and go to the carriage loaded with materials from the Amur family. I don¡¯t need to say no to Miss Frederica if it¡¯s what¡¯s loaded in that carriage, and I think if anything goes wrong I can pay Marius directly later¡­¡­ so I¡¯ll let it be convenient. We don¡¯t know when the troops that went to the cave will be back, so we need to find them quickly. Exploring Gossogoso and the carriage came out with a bunch of sticks of all lengths. This is probably the rest of the one I used for the fence surrounding this place, not the anti-assault one. If so, I probably can¡¯t use it anymore. There won¡¯t be any repositioning, so there won¡¯t be any additional fences. I took out a stick a little longer than just right in it and went back to the outpost. Back at the outpost, I cut the stick I brought down a bit and made it the right length. Those who cut it off will use it now. I stick the tip of the stick into the area where it was spread to insert the pattern on the tip of the tip and cashmere it. Now the spear is more complete. I don¡¯t make stone clashes. Probably won¡¯t even use it in action. A short, chopped stick ¨C or knife through the chopped end to make a small cup. Put the water from the water bottle in there and leave it with you on the shelf where you keep the statue of the goddess. The spear was left under the pillar where the statue of the goddess was placed in place of devotion. It is only natural that such a thing should not come, and I hope that in the unlikely event that this thing comes to use this spear, I will have the blessing of this goddess. I don¡¯t even know what a goddess you are. That¡¯s the neck. I thought you were running out of things to do, and now Matisse is here. ¡°I want you to fix the hoof, okay? ¡°Hmm? Oh, that¡¯s good. It won¡¯t be money, but I don¡¯t think there¡¯s anything else I can say no to, so I decide to take it. I thought I¡¯d have more free time, but you¡¯re kind of busy. When I accepted, Matisse gave me some horseshoes. Check with the cheats, you do have distortions. It¡¯s not even enough to heat it up, so I¡¯m going to beat it directly on the gold floor and fix it.¡°That¡¯s a good hoof. I can tell by the cheats, but the iron I use is good enough. I have a point to make when I say this, but don¡¯t even worry about the horseshoe being a waste. ¡°Do you understand? Matisse asks in her usual prolonged, but slightly delightful tone. ¡°Oh. That¡¯s the real deal. So is the making, but the ingredients are pretty good. ¡°Right. Matisse says in an even more delightful voice. It¡¯s hard to tell because the expression doesn¡¯t change much, but maybe this guy is surprisingly honest. Though it took me a while there, I beat all my hooves and finished fixing them. I used all the cheats, and decided that it would be fine to enhance them because they were not weapons, and the magic caged there, so it would probably last much longer than a coarse hoof. ¡°Hey, it¡¯s over. ¡°Excuse me, Mr. Eizou! I want this all fixed! Miss Frederica tells me sometime in a hurry. If you look at the amount of armor you want me to repair, there¡¯s going to be quite a few injured people out there, and the command post must be very soft. ¡°I understand. Just leave me alone. ¡°Please! Miss Frederica leaves in a hurry again. There will be management of other materials from now on, and good luck indeed. ¡°Which¡­¡± When I drop Miss Frederica off, I start checking the inventory of requisitions I¡¯ve been given. Chapter 115 Chapter 115: 115 The list had lots of long swords, a few shields, and one armor bust. Make me imagine quite a fierce battle. It would be nice if I had a piece today. There are also about four barrels the soldiers brought. Maybe this won¡¯t be over by the end of the day. I took everything out of the barrel once. Four barrels of weaponry had quantities of boulder. There is a narrow line at the outpost. I¡¯ll put them in an order where I don¡¯t have much time to fix them. I want to restore one or more of the tools to usable condition by repairing one that has as little time to fix as possible. Doing so will lead to more weapons that can be used at the same time. When I say yes, one of them may divide everyone¡¯s life and death. Start by repairing the lightly distorted long sword. I don¡¯t need to prepare a fire, and it¡¯s simple to tap on the work process situation. Of course, anything that could be fixed as soon as you tap it once or twice is not recognized as faulty in the first place and you won¡¯t be bringing it. In other words, it has been established that repairs will take at least more time. But it doesn¡¯t start with not cleaning up from these guys, so when I take one, I put it on the gold floor and beat it with a hammer while checking for distortion with cheese. Slightly more forceful, but thanks to the cheats I was able to repair one without much time. This is nearly the last two digits. I don¡¯t have time to be horny or sloppy, and I put the finished fix in a barrel and started beating the next one to my hand. I have continued to repair the cancer and have finished repairing everything that needs fixing the light distortion, so I¡¯ll put something together that needs sharpening in the barrel where they came in and bring it by the grinding wheel table. I also brought an empty barrel and arranged it by the grinding wheel table. Pull one out of a barrel with a long sword and grind it while checking with cheese. Don¡¯t worry too much about what you can do, you just need to be able to use it. It is more efficient to carry out the same tasks together, so only the grinding work was adjusted so that it could be carried out together. One finishes less than that. It¡¯s a more time-consuming task if you don¡¯t use cheats, but if you do it without worrying about what you can do with cheats, it¡¯s not as good as that. After this, I took it out of the barrel and went to another barrel when it was finished with polishing, and eventually nothing disappeared in the barrel of the non-polishing. ¡°Is this the end of the long sword once and for all? Two digits and a little sword back on the front line. I would say that a few large distorted bottles still remain unrepaired, but as replenishment we were able to secure a sufficient number. Then repair the two shields. One of them can be beaten and fixed, but the other one is so dented that the hole is empty that it has to be heated to repair it, and if it is heated, the shield will take a very long time to remove the handle or something, so the person over here decides it is irreparable once.The shield of those who can beat it and fix it is sure to check with cheats that you need to beat it and fix it more than a sword. Let¡¯s get to work. The shield curves loosely. So the recessed areas need to be repaired along with it. Guess it¡¯s a good idea to hit the tree, but we¡¯ll do something about it here with cheats. First knock the dent out on the reverse side. In this way, we first restore it to near flat. After this, beat it out with the curve angled to return while allowing a little magic to enter. Normally, a fix like this would not be the original performance. In the previous world, it is like trying to undo an empty can that once recessed the center. At first glance, it may look like it¡¯s back to normal, but if you look closely, there are strains all over the place. It¡¯s the same thing that beating from behind doesn¡¯t carry things so well, but it¡¯s a combination of cheats and magic that you do something about. Eventually, the shield regained almost its original roundness. I think there are still fine distortions if you check, but it would be sufficient as a range to repair them on the front line. The sun was already leaning here. I still have some chest repair left, but is this the one that needs to be finished by the end of the day? Since the large distorted long sword is likely to take longer because it contains cracks or requires overall heating, there is confirmation there as to decide to drop off the restoration. ¡°I see. The breastplate has a spare, so it can be after tomorrow. ¡°Later, shields and swords around here are irreparable. I can fix it if you really want, but you¡¯ll be pretty first aid. ¡°I understand. I¡¯m fine with what I can¡¯t repair. I¡¯ll let you pick it up later for what I finished repairing today. Pointing to what she deems irreparable on the list, Miss Frederica takes a new piece of paper and writes something down there. It affects payments, and some of them will be like requisitions to repair somewhere else (regardless of whether they will or will not be cast) on their return, so maybe those are just a bunch of things. ¡°Then I¡¯ll bring this again tomorrow. I¡¯ll take the list I brought. ¡°I hope we clean it up tomorrow. ¡°Yeah, I hope so. I¡¯ll be behind the command post. I went back to the outpost thinking about my plans for restoration starting tomorrow. Chapter 116 Chapter 116: 116 When I get back to the outpost, I¡¯ll keep cleaning up. Between the time I came to pick it up, I did a chest check. Basically, you can fix it if you tap it, but it needs a little heating. You can only heat it to fix it, but you have to remove the belt just in case, so that¡¯s where it takes a lot of work. After the soldiers finish cleaning up, they come not so long later and pick up the weapons that they have finished repairing. Come back and work hard. All you have to do after that is go to your old man¡¯s and get dinner and go to bed. The extension of the stay is on schedule, so things like stuffing the ingredients haven¡¯t started yet. Returning to my tent with enough delicious food today, the sleeper promptly visited me. The next morning, when I wake up and get ready, I go out for breakfast. A few soldiers were also here to eat, but as far as I can tell, they haven¡¯t all lost their morale yet. Probably willing to add a piece today, and the thought of saying if you work hard today, clear and triumphant, supports them. Conversely, if we don¡¯t decide today, we¡¯ll have to attack tomorrow with a gesture of falling morale too, after the number has decreased due to injury or something. Depending on the opponent and this situation, when that happens, we¡¯ll either withdraw and come back, or we¡¯ll have to wait for reinforcements. Fly the horses early this evening, and if you work hard for about six days, the reinforcements advance will get there with supplies, and in a couple of days¡¯ time, the reinforcements¡¯ main unit will be here. But you should want to settle for it today, even if it is not, because it is easy to imagine that the failure will shed a shadow that is not good for the future of the Amur family, and the Amur family will have a greater proportionate share than the state if it were to be who will pay for reinforcements. That said, I¡¯d be enough to help with that at best. With that in mind, I ate dinner and headed to the outpost. Once at the outpost, light a fire on the fire floor and remove the belt on your chest until the temperature rises. It takes a lot of work, but I managed to get it off. The range I got the cheat from is a blacksmith, and for once it should be effective even with protective gear. I haven¡¯t made it so far because there¡¯s not a lot I can do for the hassle, and I can¡¯t sell it as a household product like a knife. The temperature came up, and a young soldier came running to where I thought I¡¯d do it now. I¡¯m a little far from the command post, but my breath is rising, so I guess I was in a pretty hurry. ¡°Excuse me, the Count is here for you. The soldier told me. ¡°The Count? ¡°Yeah. You said you were in a hurry. ¡°Okay. I¡¯m on my way.¡± I¡¯m worried about the end of the fire bed, but there¡¯s nothing wrong with leaving it, so I decided to head right over. On the way to the command post about the soldiers, soldiers with metal and leather armor were assembled where they were in the square. Leroy has received checks and other reports. I guess I¡¯ll be heading to the cave in a little while. I want you to do your best to put a piece on today.¡°My Count, I¡¯ve brought you a blacksmith! A soldier reports to Marius when he enters the tent. Regardless of your personal friendship, here is a blacksmith with His Excellency the Count. I have no objection to what the soldier said. ¡°Yeah, thanks for the hard work. Hey, guys, hold off. When Marius returns it to Eagle Deep, he pays for it. Zorro, Zorro, several soldiers and Miss Frederica left. Miss Frederica looked at us chilling with worrying eyes, but maybe it¡¯s not punishment or anything. Maybe worse. This is how the only two people in the command post were me and Marius. ¡°Even bothering to pay people is something serious? Now that it¡¯s just me and Marius, I talk in a sloppy tone. ¡°Yeah. It¡¯s no big deal, it¡¯s not a big deal¡­¡± A rare mouthful for Marius. Now that I know I can¡¯t just ask a blacksmith, I¡¯ll try to resist. ¡°Eizo¡¯s gonna have arms, right? It was useless. The Marquis also incited you during the disturbance, and Marius knows that you were intimidated at that time. ¡°Okay, okay. But just make sure the blacksmith¡¯s old man has a reason to be an escort. ¡°There he said, ¡®He became a blacksmith in pursuit of his own martial arts, with a heightened heart for martial arts. One of these days you just become more suited to your sexuality, and you stand your arm over the recruits.¡¯ So you go by. There was even a cover story already available. I shrugged my shoulders and slightly disagreed with the consent of Fujibu. ¡°You¡¯re leaving now, aren¡¯t you? ¡°Oh. I¡¯m supposed to meet up with the escort just a little while away from here. ¡°Okay. I¡¯ll get some ready then. ¡°I asked for it. When I waved and showed that I understood, I ran to the tent to pick up my belongings. Chapter 117 Chapter 117: 117 First go back to your tent and take your own short sword. I hurried back to the work place, scratching out the excess charcoal, keeping what was on fire together in the center, and putting the brick in front of me to keep the charcoal on fire from flying away. Put the decorative statue of the goddess into your nose instead and take the spear. It¡¯s about 120 centimeters long, and it would be effective if the cave wasn¡¯t quite small. As far as escorts are concerned, it would be better if there were a weapon that could be attacked in quite a distance. When I have to give up, I have to make sure I bring it home just by the tip. Grab two weapons and return to the command post again. Is it for me? I have leather armor for my torso. ¡°Are you sure this is me? There were others in the tent, including Miss Frederica, so I speak to Marius in a polite tone. ¡°Oh. Use that. Hey.¡± ¡°Ha.¡± When Marius responded to my words, she called for a female soldier nearby. The man wears me with his armor. I¡¯m not used to wearing it either¡­ But nevertheless, you¡¯re used to it, and if you look closely, you¡¯re the servant of Amur Mansion, who changed his noble clothes before. They also found out that this one had noticed, and I laughed in a crunch. Wearing armor is still like a lightweight infantry. Although I don¡¯t have enough shields to get into the Phalanx. The servant barely whispered enough to hear me when he left and said, ¡°It suits you well,¡± but it¡¯s kind of embarrassing. As I was lit, I noticed Miss Frederica staring at me. ¡°Mr. Eizou has military experience? Miss Frederica, with her eyes on her, asks me that. ¡°No, not at all. That¡¯s why I put it on. ¡°I see. But it suits you. ¡°Thank you. I smiled and met. Well, we have to leave. Chilling, Marius and the servant had almost a look on their face. No way, Miss Frederica¡¯s in command isn¡¯t for healing. When I left the command post, I lined up behind the soldiers in the square. I¡¯ll be under Marius¡¯ command later, apparently. Not so long after I was in line, Marius came out of the command post. Soldiers align and salute by ordinance. It¡¯s not a so-called thank-you for raising your hand, it¡¯s like putting a fist on your chest. When Marius raised his hand, everyone put their hands down. ¡°Gentlemen, today is the day for both those filthy men to lay down their hammers and for us to achieve complete victory! Marius says out loud as he looks around at everyone. ¡°Here is the planned point. One of the soldiers leads the way. I guess this guy is bringing someone with martial arts skills among his servants as a Kingsguard because he also remembers seeing them at Amur Mansion. I thought for a moment that I should have turned him (her) and the others to the escort of those who will now escort him, but you can¡¯t because Marius¡¯ Kingsguard will be gone. The number of trees is small to say forest, but to say forest, we go on through as many trees as a little more. Is it also managed as a lumber forest, and by the way, it is impressive that the branches below have been felled? When it took a little longer than four and a half hours, the number of trees increased slightly, and an elf woman stood looking over from us. I guess you¡¯ve escorted her so far there, some elf man holding back and having a conversation. ¡°It¡¯s that woman. A soldier who has led the way said to Marius and me. You heard that, the elf woman looks back. Silver thin hair cut around the shoulder in the long cut eyes, and long ears. A trait that I wouldn¡¯t say much about if I were an elf. But I was quite surprised. ¨C The woman in the elf to be escorted, that was Mr. Liddy. Chapter 118 Chapter 118: 118 ¡°Mr. Liddy¡­¡­? Surprisingly, I was calling Mr. Liddy by his name. It¡¯s often more convenient to keep it face-to-face, but it¡¯s too late. ¡°Mr. Eizou!? Mr. Liddy calls my name out loud for you, too. The eye of the truncated length was so open that it had never been seen during his stay, and it showed the magnitude of its surprise. ¡°Do you two know each other? Marius asks without even hiding his interest. This isn¡¯t how you heard Marius. I¡¯m not sniggering. ¡°Yeah, yeah, I¡¯ve been asked to work before. I didn¡¯t have to hide it, so I answered honestly. Mr. Liddy is back to his usual cool face now, nodding silently. But this is probably a little lit up. ¡°I see. You look like Park Min-jin and you can¡¯t quite put it in the corner. ¡°No, play. Marius says, nibbling a little. It is obviously the eye when you find a new toy. I am so desperate not to break my current position that I finally get back to you. ¡°Well, I don¡¯t even think I need to introduce you, but she¡¯s the subject of escort. The mission is to get her safely to the deepest part of the cave. ¡°I understand. I¡¯ll risk my life to protect you. Marius and I interact. Actually, I¡¯m a little embarrassed because I¡¯m close to finding out. ¡°If Mr. Eizou can escort me, I¡¯m comfortable. Nice to meet you. ¡°Yeah, I¡¯ll take care of it. Whether or not she knew how embarrassed I felt, Liddy said with a blooming smile.Speaking of escorts, there are soldiers around, and they rarely have such ferocious beasts in the first place, so it¡¯s an easy thing to do until you reach the cave. Nevertheless, minimum vigilance is not neglected so that you can stick your spear out at any time. Eventually the forest breaks off and the meadows expand. I see a mountain over there that doesn¡¯t seem as high, but there¡¯s probably a cave at that foot. A soldier who was a while ago spotted the passing trail of the main unit, and we¡¯ll follow it there. After people go by. So most beasts will be after they leave elsewhere. We¡¯re smaller in numbers, but we still don¡¯t have beasts to attack. In no time, I saw a cave with a pompous mouth open, before which about ten soldiers had assembled to guard the entrance to the cave. Looks like the others are already inside. ¡°Then we go inside too. Of the ten remaining, a captain-like man says that to us. We nodded and gave our consent. Marius and his Kingsguard say leave a message here, or there¡¯s nothing like going inside and taking command of a boulder. I think I go in when I have to. Transfer the fire from the incendiary fire that one was burning by the entrance to the pine light and make it light. I don¡¯t know if the advance team cleaned it up, or if it¡¯s going on for about half an hour, there¡¯s nothing I can come across. ¡°And that¡¯s deep. ¡°With that said, you went all the way to the deepest part and you didn¡¯t clean it up yesterday? Walking in a hurry, I ask the captain. I don¡¯t run because I just got there running, and it¡¯s hard to say it¡¯s in perfect condition. ¡°Oh. There¡¯s something a little strong. I decided to withdraw just in case. ¡°I see. What are we going to do today? ¡°I can¡¯t stop the demons gushing if I don¡¯t defeat him, but the recruits can¡¯t help it. The people in here say they know how to take them down, so now it¡¯s time to bring them in. I don¡¯t want to treat Mr. Liddy like a thing, but I¡¯ll carry the explosives I need to blow up the enemy base deep inside the enemy base, something like that? If that¡¯s the case, I¡¯ll just safely take you to the back. We moved on with our pants toward the sound of a battle that was getting louder. Chapter 119 Chapter 119: 119 ¡°Why the hell would I have to defeat my best balls or something? I asked the captain. ¡°A demon is a mass of starved magic. It wasn¡¯t the captain who answered, it was Mr. Liddy. Quiet but clear voice. ¡°Demons come from starved magic. ¡°A creature, isn¡¯t it? ¡°Yes. Whatever dragons, demons, or what originally had life become demons, demons born of magic don¡¯t live like us. It comes from magic, just more. And it strikes against what is lifelike. It¡¯s like an enemy monster coming out of a computer game in the previous world. I don¡¯t know what kind of life I live, it just appears and strikes me infinitely. ¡°What happens if I knock you down? ¡°Every magic that you live in disappears. Your body will remain if you have something alive, but your magic will disappear. I don¡¯t know if the bear I knocked down before was a demon, so that¡¯s it. I¡¯m pretty sure it wasn¡¯t born of magic, though. I thought magic was something of an energy thing, but apparently it¡¯s a little different. At least it¡¯s not like a preservation rule. It¡¯s too strange to disappear energy even though it existed. ¡°If you don¡¯t defeat your prot¨¦g¨¦, a demon will come from its magic. More demons are created based on the magic of the creatures they were born into. ¡°Yeah.¡± ¡°Well, if you leave it alone, it will increase indefinitely, won¡¯t it? A rat count is a demon count. ¡°Right. Normally, it only springs up a little bit, but when a ton of demons springs up because of some sort of trigger, it¡¯s a big deal. That happened a while ago. Here.¡± ¡°Eh.¡± You just said something sassy and heavy. I care, but don¡¯t go deep. ¡°That was painfully repelled, but there was a little demon left. We were only trying not to increase it for a while, but while we didn¡¯t defeat everything, we were sent a crusader because the same thing was going to happen again. ¡°I see.¡± Elves can defeat their best balls, but they can¡¯t make their way until they get there. Crusaders can make their way until they reach it, but they can¡¯t defeat their best balls. Let¡¯s follow each other and destroy each other, shall we? If I¡¯m going to give you the closest thing in my knowledge, it¡¯s goblin. I¡¯m just saying it¡¯s a little more civilized that it¡¯s a goblin I know, something with clothes on it, a little armed, but these guys don¡¯t have one on them, and their weapons look almost like beasts with long stretched nails and messy toothed fangs. Though they fly at soldiers, the majority are prevented from eating backlash. The truncated goblin does not raise blood or anything, but when it falls, it disappears like black ash. I see this is not a creature¡­¡­ Sometimes they jump at me and they see the mistake, or the sword the soldier shook in momentum is emptied and slammed hard by the rocks on the ground. Surely that one is distorted and lacking. I¡¯ll fix the one I can fix when I get back. Soldiers have exposed me before, so I will keep my back focused and vigilant while I protect Mr. Liddy. On the way, you came through the gaps in the soldiers, and one goblin approached you. When he sticks out the spear he¡¯s got so he can¡¯t hit the soldiers, without aiming too ¡°yama,¡± the tip grabs the center of Goblin¡¯s body and enters sully. I really don¡¯t feel good about the lack of entity I just saw and the feeling I get in my hands. Even though it has the same performance as a bespoke model, it¡¯s because it has a slight tinge feel to the meat. Quickly pulling out the spear, Goblin vanished before falling. There¡¯s nothing left after that. That¡¯s how I just crossed the hall, slaughtered about four goblins. Some of the soldiers are injured, but they are generally safe, and the goblins have considerably reduced their numbers. Behind that battle, we jumped into the deepest part of the cave, where the boss was waiting. Chapter 120 Chapter 120: 120 ¡°The deepest part is behind this! The captain speaks to me and Mr. Liddy. There¡¯s something like an entrance at the end of the hall. ¡°Protect the two of you here! We¡¯re going inside! The soldier nodded, one at a time sassy next to the entrance. I also thought when you were exposing me, would this squad be more skilled as a whole? Well, wouldn¡¯t you like to be an escort bringing in Mr. Liddy if you don¡¯t? She¡¯s also a showdown weapon, something that doesn¡¯t make sense if it¡¯s lost on the road. When I tried to jump into the entrance, I went out into a space that was not quite as big as I had just been. Soldiers deploy before us. Illuminated by pine lights, there were numerous goblins and goblins like the one that made that goblin much bigger. I¡¯m not taller, either, but I¡¯m taller than I am. But the appearance is enough to muscle a goblin, and not wearing clothes or especially armed is no different than a normal goblin. That¡¯s the big one. Call me Hobgoblin. ¡°We¡¯ll clean up the groceries around you, you guys ask for a big one! ¡°Ooh! I yell back at the captain¡¯s yelling, too. Finally. I grabbed the spear pattern. The captains kick the goblins around the hobgoblins, as they say. The captain is cutting it off with one knife, but the other soldiers are a little hassle. Hobgoblins aren¡¯t boisterous either, they¡¯re trying to attack soldiers with goblins, soldiers who cleaned up their opposing enemies, and I¡¯m covering for them to get nothing. I see you retreated yesterday after this attack. Unlike today, there would still have been a number yesterday. There¡¯s a lot of goblins between us and Hobgoblins, and we¡¯re still not in a situation where we can sit back and fight Hobgoblins. And even though he¡¯s big, Hobgoblin moves fast. I tried several times to see if I could make an attack over the goblin, but although it does hurt somewhat, it¡¯s hard to get fatal in that situation.If you hit the right spot, this spear will pierce your opponent¡¯s skin when it¡¯s easier to try to harden it somewhat, but there¡¯s nothing you can do if you don¡¯t hit it. Ask for a chance in a position where you can quickly pick up enemies when you have a path. That¡¯s how the goblins were reduced in number, and the captains suppressed the goblins, and there was a way between us and the Hobgoblins. Me and Mr. Liddy are approaching Hobgoblin. Two to one. This one is advantageous in number, but I guess that doesn¡¯t mean I¡¯m gonna end up busty stabbing this spear. I stick my spear out toward the hobgoblin to pull the goblin and the hobgoblin apart. Hobgoblin quickly avoided it, as he must have expected. At a speed no less than that, I pull back the spear and poke again. I don¡¯t expect to hit it. Hobgoblins also distance themselves from it. Repeating this, I earned my distance between Hobgoblin and Goblin. Hobgoblins also attack in between. I think you just ate some of the worst for what you¡¯re after me, but that¡¯s not going to happen if you go for Mr. Liddy, and there¡¯s some goblin jamming I noticed over here, so I desperately have to defend you. You were so right to wear battle cheats too¡­¡­ Without this cheat, it¡¯s unlikely that I can make an effort to protect people while wearing enemies. I¡¯m in my heart she was then (?). I thought I heard a laughing ¡°You¡¯re welcome¡± voice. Eventually we pulled the hobgoblins apart to a distance where the goblins wouldn¡¯t get in the way. It¡¯s time for Mr. Liddy. Is that why soldiers are taking the trouble to defeat goblins or the real reason they couldn¡¯t tailor hobgoblins even though they came in adults yesterday? You¡¯re such a pain in the ass. But I can¡¯t help it if I bother. I have to deal with Hobgoblin until Mr. Liddy¡¯s ready. I roll out the spear with the intention of retaining it, but it¡¯s quick and healing, and that seems difficult. You¡¯re not like a bear, are you? If so, it will be until we increase the hassle and prevent other things from being done. I aim second and poke the spear anyway with only emphasis on maneuvers. Sometimes I hit the body of a hobgoblin and scratch it, but it also gets blocked before so long. Hobgoblins don¡¯t stay hit either, they concentrate on me and attack me, I guess because when I targeted Mr. Liddy a couple of degrees, if I hit him, I made the kind of attack that was over. I don¡¯t know if I have feelings, but I think it was a rush. At least they have the ability to learn. He pokes a spear and fleshes out where there is some skimming and releases a kick. A kick so sharp that it sounds like a gow, the more you hit it, the less you¡¯ll be able to continue the fight. While I twisted my body and threw it out, I also threw out the spear I pulled back, but this was also removed. How long has it been like that? I don¡¯t know the exact time, because I¡¯ve been exchanging lives all my life. It would have been at least four and a half hours. Well, Mr. Liddy screamed. ¡°Get down, please! Chapter 121 Chapter 121: 121 Listen to Mr. Liddy, I¡¯ll get down quickly. So much so that it¡¯s no longer better to say you¡¯re going down than to say you¡¯re going down. A blue and white light ran over my body. Hobgoblin sees it and flies away from Susa. But the light re-orbited and chased Hobgoblin, hitting him. I hear a bash, and the hobgoblin falls on my back. If you disappear with this, you¡¯ll have defeated it, but I don¡¯t know. I wake up quickly and restart my spear. Asking how it was, Hobgoblin stood up without disappearing and could roar. ¡°Gwwwww!! Billy and the air shake. Apparently it worked on boulders. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s the same as the beast, but it could be more troublesome. This is the start of the second round. ¡°Couldn¡¯t you¡­¡± Mr. Liddy crushes behind me. Apparently it was unexpected that I withstood that. ¡°Can you do that one more time? When I asked him that he didn¡¯t seem to be able to do it somehow, Mr. Liddy shook his neck sideways, as he must have expected. ¡°All you have to do is use this¡­¡± Show the sword that Mr. Liddy lowered to his waist. Is that the Mithril sword I fixed? They can use it as a magic battery, but there¡¯s a procedure to do that. ¡°Speaking of which, what does it take to use it? Is there anything important about being here and having a patrol? ¡°It¡¯s life. ¡°Eh.¡± They say something extraordinary in an unusual tone, and I can¡¯t keep up with understanding for a moment. ¡°If you redeem your life, you can draw out your magic and use your earlier magic again. ¡°Well, without that. Mr. Liddy explained it in detail and quickly dismissed it. Somehow I think I see how Mr. Liddy brought that sword into our house, but now let¡¯s focus more on tailoring Hobgoblins than that. ¡°¡­ Yes. Mr. Liddy nodded after a little hesitation. To say that Mr. Liddy¡¯s magic is no longer available means you have to manage to tailor him with my cheats? Observing, it seems that the magic just worked on the boulder, and the movement is dull. I may not be able to do this either. I don¡¯t know what¡¯s going on tomorrow, and missing this timing doesn¡¯t seem to work. ¡°I¡¯ll fix it. I declare that to Mr. Liddy. Okay, now we can¡¯t go back. Hobgoblin targets Mr. Liddy again. I know you mean wary of that magic, but when you do it, you can skip it. I¡¯m gonna miss that, and I don¡¯t have a stepdad, so I¡¯m gonna stick my spear out. Did Hobgoblin also anticipate, lightly renouncing the attack on Mr. Liddy and avoiding it? Hobgoblin manages to regain his posture, but I won¡¯t let him do it by pushing a spear pattern growing from his abdomen. I can skip again. When I stick the short sword in my chest, ¡°Ggah!¡± And he cried bitterly and fell to the side. Now you¡¯ve got a fight. I just shook the short sword down to the fallen hobgoblin¡¯s neck, the neck separated from the torso, and eventually both disappeared. Look at that, I scratch like a broken puppet. It¡¯s the limit of health on boulders. I see Mr. Liddy running over with tears at the edge of his sight. ¡°Are you okay!? Mr. Liddy asks, leaning in to peek into my face by my side. You still have beautiful eyes. ¡°It¡¯s okay. No injuries, but not a single fatal one. Oh, I¡¯m tired¡­¡± When I said that with constant breath, Mr. Liddy gently poked Pokali and my head. Chapter 122 Chapter 122: 122 Hobgoblins were a starved mass of magic that also affected the surrounding goblins. What happens when it¡¯s gone is obvious from the situation where the troops who were escorting us started taking care of the Goblins lightly. Maybe I should help, too, but it¡¯s not the mission I was told to do, and in addition to strikes, abrasions, cuts, etc. in the battle I just had, my health gauge is empty. So hard that I can wake up my body, I make it a priority to drink water from the water bottle I was bringing to rest my body. If anyone seems to suck, let¡¯s go in the helper knife. As a precaution, Mr. Liddy has me by his side, but it¡¯s only a matter of time before this place is suppressed. The demons have disappeared from their origins and fortified sources, so nothing in supply is different from the lost army. What happens to such an army is more obvious than seeing fire. While looking at the situation, I wondered if I would ask, but I was asking Mr Liddy. ¡°Fixed sword, that was used by someone to put their life at risk and defeat the demons here, wasn¡¯t it? ¡°Yeah. Something stronger than the demon that I defeated earlier has occurred, and that¡¯s the only way I could defeat it. ¡°When it comes to being stronger than that, it must be¡­¡± I wonder if Goblin Road or Auga or something like that when it comes to being stronger than Hobgoblin. I cleaned up before there was any other damage, so I must not have gotten any information to Camilo¡¯s. ¡°Normally, if I knock one down, I¡¯ll have quite some time until the next, but this time it¡¯s faster than I imagined¡­¡± Bosoli and Mr. Liddy continue their words. So I went to the crusaders to wish? In the meantime, I managed to stop and await the arrival of the crusaders, which I can easily imagine was quite a spectacular battle. ¡°Does this mean you¡¯ll be okay for a while? ¡°Yeah. Almost certainly. Because the magic in this forest is not as intense as it has happened three times in a row. It¡¯s an anomaly to go two times in a row in the first place. I see. Is that a relief? If you notice, the sound of battle is almost gone from your surroundings. The captains destroyed Goblin. ¡°Shall I join you over there? ¡°Yes.¡± Without realizing that Liddy¡¯s usual calm voice was a little worrying, the two of us headed to the captains. ¡°You¡¯re a big deal! That¡¯s right, they¡¯re just tasked with escorting the elf lady! The captain says as he bangs my shoulder. It hurts even if the injury is removed. He¡¯s a mess, but he¡¯s fine after a triumphant excitement. ¡°I¡¯m just a blacksmith, hey. ¡°Can those blacksmiths handle spears so well? That¡¯s right. I laugh. ¡°Well, there¡¯s a lot going on. Don¡¯t play too much. ¡°I know! Let¡¯s go back! ¡°Oh.¡± Lead the captain, get out of the deepest part. Mr. Liddy is right behind me. If I stay somewhere and get attacked, I won¡¯t even be able to see you. Out of the deepest part, even in the hall, just the last goblin was being knocked down. Some look like Leroy I didn¡¯t see earlier. I wonder if he was even on the side road. Leroy looks at me chills and nods softly. I also nod lightly and whisper in recognition of each other¡¯s good fight. It spread throughout the hall as a few of the soldiers with free hands cheered when they saw us safely out. We go straight through the hall in cheer, back the way we came and out of the cave. I guess one of us ran to the report first, where Marius was waiting for us to return with a full grin. There¡¯s Miss Frederica by my side, and after seeing me come out, she looks horrible, and then looks like she mumbled at Mr. Liddy. The captains line up in front of Marius and kneel first. Me and Mr. Liddy followed suit and knelt behind the captains. ¡°With the help of Lord Eizou and Lord Liddy, we have successfully picked up the monster¡¯s best balls. The rest is now being swept by Master Leroy. But I thought it was no longer a matter of time. The captain officially presents his report. Miss Frederica seemed to be writing it down. ¡°Mm-hmm. Well done. Then I¡¯ll talk to you in the usual tone. Mr. Liddy¡¯s surprised. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s in tone or what I told you. Both. Earlier, the captain didn¡¯t tell me I was the one who did, but he also said he was the one who did it with the help of me and Mr. Liddy. On the record, me and Mr. Liddy are even cooperating, and it¡¯s not strange to say that it was someone else who did it. ¡°It¡¯s helpful to have a good guess. Marius says with a slightly troubled, sad face. The truth is, I wish I could do what I took down, but you think I¡¯m sorry I couldn¡¯t. ¡°Never mind. That¡¯s enough for me. I said that from the bottom of my heart. ¡°Thanks. Well, that¡¯s not why we¡¯re talking about the prize on this matter in front of that young lady. ¡°That¡¯s what I thought. When we talk in front of Miss Frederica, that could be the record. She is only an official seconded by the state, not a minister of the Amur family. Whether or not it would be to the disadvantage of the Amur family is up to her either way. ¡°So, what made you follow me all the way to Mr. Liddy? If you¡¯re just talking about how you treat me, you can just talk to me, so you shouldn¡¯t have to bother showing me the back of this. ¡°That¡¯s a bit of a request from her, you¡¯re getting involved in another request. And let¡¯s make allowance for the injury. Marius says in a wink. Unlike Om like Camilo and me, he looks good when he¡¯s handsome. I was given an allowance by Marius¡¯ Kingsguard, but I didn¡¯t have the benefit of it. Chapter 123 Chapter 123: 123 Marius continues the conversation. ¡°I may be listening to you to some extent, but before we crusaders were sent here, there was a massive outbreak, and there was already damage. Of course, in the elves. I ask Mr Liddy for the injury allowance, but there is no change in his expression. ¡°I think I managed to stop it at that time, but the damage was too great¡­¡± You used that sword then. Because there was a life, there were people who lost their lives. ¡°The number of people inside has dropped dramatically, and we can¡¯t even rebuild it like this. So this inner part of the elf was abandoned, and the inner people were to move to other parts, etc. ¡°What about the cave there? ¡°It will be managed by the state. If we leave it to decay, the burglars will be able to settle in, so we will garrison our troops over there, and the cave and the square we are garrisoning now will be used primarily as an exercise area for recruits. ¡°¡­ Oh, you mean an exercise ground where an infinite number of actual opponents are born. ¡°Exactly. I don¡¯t know how often it springs up, but if it were the elves, there would be some normal life, so I can¡¯t even go to the cave that often. If so, I would have said that when I realized it was wacky. In that regard, if you mean military training, you¡¯ll be able to dive or so once every two days, and if you sweep inside that way, it doesn¡¯t seem like a powerful demon will ever spring up in rare things. I¡¯m curious why you haven¡¯t done that before, but I wonder if you cared inside or something. ¡°So, what do you want from me, Mr. Liddy? ¡°Frankly, I want Lord Liddy to live in your house. ¡°What?¡± I raise my dumb voice. No, weren¡¯t the elves supposed to move inside? ¡°The people in here move on to something else. Doing so will take longer when you want to borrow the knowledge of the elves. ¡°Was this the closest place to the capital? ¡°That¡¯s right. So I want to keep one close. Then it¡¯s best to have them live in the capital, but they don¡¯t, do they, elves? ¡°Yes.¡± Mr. Liddy nods. Elves have magic refills. Where magic is rare, like the capital, it will be tough to keep living for a few days anyway. Technically, once every few days, maybe I should come to the Black Forest and replenish it, but it¡¯s not efficient. Marius continues the conversation.¡°If you could do that, you¡¯d be living in the capital in the first place¡­ so, if you ask me, you¡¯d hear that it¡¯s the closest place to the capital, the Black Forest, that is, your house is the most convenient. That¡¯s what she asked for. Mr. Liddy nods cocklessly again. We are certainly not the best when it comes to meeting the conditions. ¡°Is Mr. Liddy good? ¡°Unless it¡¯s an inconvenience for Mr. Eizou. ¡°It doesn¡¯t mean annoyance. You¡¯re just going to leave the people inside. ¡°Yeah. I know. I wonder if it would be good around there, even though there would be family or something. But I wish there were complications around there, so I can ask. I don¡¯t know how old I am because I am an elf, but I guess I am not a child, and if I say I prefer to be in person, shall I? ¡°Okay. Let¡¯s take it.¡± ¡°Thank you. ¡°Thank you from me, too. Mr. Liddy and Marius are coming to thank you. ¡°Gentlemen, thank you very much for this time. Thanks to your work, we were able to wipe out the demons that nest safely in this land. Marius addresses the soldiers in line, which Miss Frederica writes down. I¡¯m guessing he¡¯s also a nominee from the country. It¡¯s suspicious if she has that perception. ¡°As I told you before I left, I can¡¯t give you guys as much reward as you want, but I believe there¡¯s a lot I¡¯ve gained from this experience. The previous world might say ¡°rewarding exploitation,¡± but this time we¡¯ll have to convince each other with that. In fact, I think it¡¯s a big deal whether you¡¯ve been in action or not. ¡°Luckily this time there was nothing to lose my life. But there are those who have suffered severe illness by giving themselves up. Praise their dedication and courage with applause! Wah the applause rolls up. Me and Mr. Liddy applauded too. ¡°Come on, then, let¡¯s go back. Triumph!¡± The applause and cheer rolled up again, and it seemed as if it would last forever. Chapter 124 Chapter 124: 124 After a delightful drink, the soldiers return to the garrison. Mr. Liddy went back inside once with the elves and was to come back to the garrison tomorrow to return with him. When I returned to the garrison, Sandro¡¯s men prepared a meal and waited. With that said, it¡¯s almost past noon. ¡°Everybody¡¯s tired! Come on, eat up! When the old man screams out loud, unbeaten by the hustle and bustle of the soldiers, the tension is lifted and suddenly hungry conscious soldiers run to the cafeteria and head for it. ¡°You don¡¯t have to panic so much to change the amount of mesh! That¡¯s what the old man said, and the place was wrapped in the laughter of the remaining soldiers. I need to do something first, so I¡¯m heading to the outpost. The captain of the unit who escorted me there said, ¡°Hey, you!,¡± he called out. ¡°It really helped me today. And¡­ I¡¯m sorry. The captain is frowning. The captain knows I¡¯m the one who defeated Hobgoblin, so I guess he¡¯s sick that the handle won¡¯t come to me. ¡°What, it doesn¡¯t matter because I¡¯m not happy that an old blacksmith gets such an honor. It¡¯s all about money. I laughed and offered my right hand. The captain grips his hand with a troubled face. I can ask about my previous experience, with a bitter hand. Honor in battle is cheaty. I¡¯d rather have someone say this than me. That¡¯s what I thought again. When I go back to the outpost, I put the statue of the goddess of nostalgia on the shelf and say thank you for this safe trip. Unfortunately, the spear was also taken care of unexpectedly, but after thanking him in his heart, he removed the pattern and left it only on the tip of his ear. When this guy gets home, we¡¯ll put the pattern and the stone bump on him again. I¡¯m heading to the command post. It would have been more efficient to come here first, but I wanted to keep the statue of the goddess back on the shelf first. Entering the command post, it¡¯s quite noisy with joy and excitement and preparation for tomorrow¡¯s withdrawal. I looked around and found Miss Frederica hanging on my desk. I¡¯m writing right now. She should be busy for the next week or so. Perhaps the best place to rest is in the carriage on the way home. It¡¯s painful, but this is my job too, so I talk.¡°Mr. Frederica, can I have a word with you? ¡°Ah, Mr. Eizou. Yes, just a moment. When Miss Frederica finished writing to the book, she turned to us. Another story on the way, what were you doing when you got back to your old job? ¡°What is it? ¡°I want to see if there¡¯s any repairs today, and I need a bit of manpower to clean up the blacksmith¡¯s materials. ¡°Oh, I see. Miss Frederica turned the paperwork on her desk in a rash and said looking at one. ¡°Uh, there¡¯s no repairs today. I have some broken weapons, but I¡¯m going to be back in time because I¡¯m going to get them spared and put them together for repair when I get back. I¡¯m sorry for Mr. Eizou. ¡°I¡¯m sorry I let you go back and work so hard. ¡°No, because this is also my job. The soldiers, who still feel young, carry out the things in the outpost in pairs. In the meantime, I did the statue of the goddess on the shelf, and I tapped the cloth I was straining, and the outpost disappeared. It was for a short time, but I feel a little sad when I run out of my workplace. Traces of the installation of tools left in various places have unnecessarily stirred up the sorrow like when I saw the abandoned factory. ¡°I took care of you. Thank you.¡± I put my hands gently on the trail, thanked him, and I left the outpost behind. Chapter 125 Chapter 125: 125 On my way back to my tent, I saw a carriage and a few cavalry rides out. Perhaps, as a precursor to this one, I will return earlier. I was seen thriving there that night. Dancers, singers, etc. by the bonfire. I don¡¯t seem to bring the liquor, so this uplifting yet all primal (shivering), but I guess the joy of victory is still enough to intoxicate people. I¡¯m having dinner with my old man and Matisse and their supply team, watching as that happens. That one I had as a late lunch, if I couldn¡¯t wipe it out today, it was supposed to be dinner. After that, I just went home, so I got both sides of the day and evening. The ladies have more work to do for that, but the ladies¡­ ¡°Hey, it doesn¡¯t change whether you make it once or twice. And I was laughing. I definitely don¡¯t think so. It¡¯s late, so Miss Frederica, who slashed the paperwork for today, is eating with us. I don¡¯t know why, but he¡¯s sitting next to me, with a puppy he¡¯s nostalgic for. If I show Deanna, she¡¯s gonna say she¡¯s gonna take me home while she hits me in the shoulder. The story was mainly about nature and today¡¯s victory, and I followed it, and I was mainly asked a lot by the old man and the young people. Of course, I left a blur about who defeated Hobgoblin at the end. ¡°Well, Eizo is not a big money maker. That¡¯s what the old man says. ¡°I¡¯m not. ¡°Really? Well, if Eizo¡¯s convinced, fine. ¡°Thank you, old man. ¡°Oops.¡± The old man is rarely lit. Two young people got teared up and yelled at, and we laughed a lot. The next morning, when I finished my shift, Mr. Liddy was waiting for me when I tried to get to the carriage. ¡°Good morning, Mr. Liddy. ¡°Good morning. When I say hello, I reply with a fluffy voice. I¡¯ll see if I can get you some luggage, just one backpack and nothing else.¡°That¡¯s a lot less luggage. ¡°Yeah. We don¡¯t have that much stuff originally. Really? Will the long lifespan reduce my obsession with things? I¡¯m out of hand. ¡°Oh, speaking of which. Mr. Liddy makes a voice that feels a little rushed. ¡°You don¡¯t have to worry about the example, because something else moved inside is going to do it. Yes, I¡¯m going to tell you what the example is¡­¡­. oh. ¡°You¡¯re talking about crop seeds. ¡°Yeah. They¡¯re supposed to deliver it to Mr. Camilo. ¡°Well, if you¡¯re such a separate daughter-in-law, you¡¯ll make a lot of money for less! Gahaha and laughing. Oi says. At that moment I could see Miss Frederica turning her neck like a giggly and broken brisket doll and starting to stare at me. I want you to give me a break because I¡¯m a little scared. ¡°No, it¡¯s not like my wife or anything. It¡¯s pathetic to go with an old man who¡¯s hiding out for a reason. I rarely deny it. I¡¯m no different from being an irregular in this world, even though I hear it won¡¯t have a huge impact. I¡¯m still a little confused that I have a belt like that. I just said this for a reason and it¡¯s hard to say because no one understands. When I said that, while Miss Frederica took her gaze off, now Mr. Liddy started staring at me. What the hell is going on today¡­ Apart from this story, there was no particular topic that I would flirt with. I can somewhat imagine what happened when I think of two points: ¡°I hear the inside of the elf was damaged¡± and ¡°Mr. Liddy moved in with it, and that¡¯s not a marriage or anything¡±. Neither is the one going into such a minefield. Thus, during the three days of his return, the carriage safely made its way to the capital, no matter how occasionally the old man demonstrated his lack of delicacy, without a particularly awkward atmosphere ruling the place. Chapter 126 Chapter 126: 126 Day three after leaving the cave garrison. Today is finally the day to return to the capital. Everyone was as usual in the morning, but there were many soldiers who were as tidy as they could, washing their heads (of course, just flushing them with water) and wiping their faces and bodies with a wet cloth. When the rest is over and the line advances out again, you will eventually see a mountain range that swells across the capital. If you see that one, there¡¯s no great distance to the capital anymore. Seeing it, the speed is slightly faster whether Yi ¡°Hayaru¡± feelings are also conveyed to the horses. There¡¯s nothing like getting drunk because it¡¯s not as fast as running off the wind, but at this rate, you¡¯re likely to reach the capital well before the sun sets. If I did that, it wouldn¡¯t change that I¡¯m not going to be able to go home by the end of the day, so it wouldn¡¯t do me and Mr. Liddy much good, but it would be appreciated by the soldiers and the boys. And you can see the outer walls of the capital. Finally. The line is wrapped in strange silence, and only the sound of the horse¡¯s hooves and the wheels of the carriage turning can be heard in a yawning manner. The tension and silence were broken when they approached the gate of the wall. ¡°The Crusaders are back! A soldier watching over the gate screams. Various people who were in line to enter the city looked back at each other, and eventually the voices filled with applause and delight. Our line moves slowly through it this time, knocking over the gate as a matter of priority. No one is dissatisfied with it as far as I can see. Everyone is actively paving the way for me to get through. The drinks spread into the capital faster than the line, and while we went down the street, we were supposed to keep hearing about it. As soon as I got back, I guess this welcoming thanks to the team back ahead. Only if you hustle and tell us that we came back victorious first. The praise continued through the gates of the inner walls of the capital, and it did not stop until it reached the first garrisoned square. Reach the square and the soldiers line up. The guys from the squad who were back earlier are with us. Our supply team is lined up behind it. Inside the inner walls, there are many aristocrats, and some high-end residential elements, but it seems that men and women who seem aristocratic are also coming to see, including servants who are in use judging by their clothing, which is quite noisy. When I¡¯m kidding around with rarity, I see a few of them. At first I thought you were looking at me, but Mr. Liddy standing next to me ¨C I mean, I immediately realized that the elves were rare and watching. Except one. Is the Marquis surprisingly free? I had so many eyes that the deception didn¡¯t work that I just left it for a meeting, and I grinned and nodded. You¡¯re not a bad old man, are you? As I continued to chirp, the opposite Miss Frederica pulled the hem of my clothes quickly, so I stopped chirping.A stepping stone (I bring what I use as it is when getting on and off the carriage) is provided, and Marius goes up there. Quiet back like the place you were bothering hit the water. ¡°Gentlemen, thank you very much for this expedition. It is very unfortunate that much damage was done inside the elves before we headed there. I want to offer silent prayers to the victims. We all close our eyes and offer silent prayers to Mr. Liddy¡¯s acquaintance, and possibly to the victims inside that might include his family. It¡¯s quiet, so the spectators seem to be silently praying for me, too. ¡°But with all your efforts, I was able to discuss the enemy Kaki. I believe this is a good thing to be proud of. I would love to have your help when my Amur family comes forward. For the last time, I repeat, thank you for this expedition! Soldiers pull out their swords and offer sword salutes. It¡¯s spectacular even from behind. We¡¯re civilians, so we just kept our heads down gently. Don¡¯t be rude. Once again, the surroundings boil. The upper class also learned that Marius, or the Amur family, had successfully travelled. I guess keeping a bustle of success at these ceremonies will do you a lot of good in the future. ¡°See you then! You must come to the store! Delmot and Matisse have a place to clean up. I didn¡¯t even sneak in the way, so I kept it to a light greeting. Regardless of Delmot, Mathis is from the Amur family, and there will be quite a bit to see him. The other soldiers were starting to clean up, and the spectators were gone. His Excellency the Marquis has also disappeared at some point. Feeling such a bumpy aftertaste of goodbye, Marius¡¯ Kingsguard, or servant of the Amur family, came to call. ¡°Dear Eizo, your husband told me to take you home. ¡°Okay. Thank you. Well, that¡¯s another job for me, too. With that in mind, I followed the servant with Mr. Liddy. Chapter 127 Chapter 127: 127 Follow the servant woman and take the inner city path. Quite a hustle and bustle, but quiet out of step compared to outside the inner wall. Now that I have Mr. Liddy the Elf, I appreciate you not having to let him get too much attention. I don¡¯t usually have time to take a slow look because I¡¯m in a carriage, but if you look low this way, that¡¯s a lot of fun. Basically, there are many stone houses, and the roads the carriages can¡¯t get through are quite walled up. Is this the same story that makes it easier for Japanese castle towns to get lost? I was curious and asked the servant, ¡°Well, there¡¯s no purpose in saying that. But the truth is simpler. The answer returned. ¡°And say? ¡°Now we have an outer wall, but it used to be the end of town around here. So this is how the road got complicated as a result of everyone building the building properly. ¡°I see. Because it¡¯s convenient to protect, do you mean that the division was left intact even when cleaning the building? ¡°Yeah. They were all in quite a position by then, and they were tough to take up the land. It¡¯s quite a realistic story. In other words, this place has never been burned to the ground by a major war disaster. When that happens, I have nothing to take away. There won¡¯t be a proper cadastral map, and zoning will just start here. Anyway, going down such a winding road, a servant opened the metal door beside the road, ¡°Here it is,¡± he said. Probably a tactic. Me and Mr. Liddy knocked over the door. Once upon a time, it was a tactic. When I come in, I have a nice room. There is a table but the ceiling is slightly thick, and the window looks more like an arrow span ¡°Yazama¡± than a window. The window hoof is more diagonally dropped inside the room like a decoration, but this makes it easier to shoot arrows from the outside. There¡¯s just one metal door on one side that looks heavy at the exit of the room. This is not true. ¡°How does it work to repel intruders from the back door¡­¡­? ¡°You know perfectly well. That¡¯s right. You can¡¯t have been lightly broken through the back door. said the servant with a laugh. I guess it¡¯s because it¡¯s a house where the Amur family has stood up with medals rather than saying that all the nobles in this city have. It is somewhat uncertain whether the Kaoru pottery should be donned or impressed to the servant. As it were, me and Mr. Liddy were put through to the reception room where we came in before. ¡°Please wait here for a moment,¡± the servant leaves. As always, the interior is as picturesque as the quality rigid, but for a person who¡¯s not a nobleman like me, it¡¯s better this way because it calms down.I¡¯ll talk to Liddy about the future, but we¡¯ve been living together for a while, so you know exactly who lives and what kind of life. So I decided to just keep that story to myself and ask what I wanted to do. Apparently he wants to grow plants. ¡°There is a¡± Kamekaki ¡°in the field, so you can use it there. If you want to spread it out, I¡¯ll help. When I say that, ¡°Is that okay!? and make your eyes shine. I nodded. ¡°Rather, it would be helpful if someone could manage it. Me and Liquet are blacksmiths, Thermia and Deanna are hunting and gathering, and I don¡¯t have the proper knowledge, so I plowed it to leave the good stuff alone. That¡¯s why I chose a peppermint that would be fine if I barely had to take care of it. If Mr. Liddy would come, you were right not to follow the advice and plant it. ¡°I see. Then I¡¯ll take care of it. ¡°Yes. Please. ¡°Oh.¡± I joined because I had a reward. Well, if I could say no when the other nobles asked me to, I¡¯d say no. I don¡¯t know if the Marquis asked me to¡­ ¡°First, this will be the reward for what was requested. One of the servants offered leather bags, paperwork and writing equipment. Check inside, there¡¯s a lot of silver in there. Slightly less than one gold coin, I would say. I guess the soldiers are a little less, so it sounds good to see that they include proper repair bills. ¡°Sure. When I turned the leather bag into my own backpack, I signed the papers. Documents indicating that you have received a reward, with Miss Frederica¡¯s name in places like the person in charge. Does this mean this will also be one page of her war that begins tomorrow? I sent backup in my heart, thinking back to her fighting with paperwork, like when Squirrel ate. When I return the paperwork, Marius once again gives it to the servant. Now my work is done¡­¡­ If you think so, Marius will continue to talk further. ¡°So, the minute this one participates directly in the crusade, it¡¯s an extra portion of the repair percentage. Another servant offers me a small leather bag. If you try to revisit the inside, it is slightly heavy for its size. Inside, there was a gold coin in it. Chapter 128 Chapter 128: 128 ¡°Dude, what¡¯s this all about? ¡°As you can see, it¡¯s a reward. ¡°No, I know that¡­¡± I¡¯m talking about my forehead. How did you manage to dive into the cave and become such a quantity of gold coins at the rate of repair? When I tell her that, Marius says with a bitter smile. ¡°Usually for money and gold, don¡¯t be constrained about the legitimacy you get. ¡°I¡¯m just saying you can¡¯t accept money without sardines. ¡°You say things like a lousy craftsman. ¡°Well, you¡¯re a tough artisan. ¡°It was. I was accidental. Me and Marius had a laugh. ¡°That¡¯s not weird money. It¡¯s a twitch. ¡°Stick together? Marius nods and continues. ¡°Eizo would have made an important array, wouldn¡¯t he? Arr¡­¡­? Oh, a family heirloom. I guess I won¡¯t mention it specifically because Mr. Liddy is here. ¡°There it is. ¡°At that time, the amount I could move without becoming unnatural was capped at that amount, but this time there¡¯s a lot of hiding. That¡¯s when they put me up for what they didn¡¯t think I was enough. That¡¯s why we stick together. ¡°I see. At that time, Marius thought that the amount he gave me was insufficient, and now he¡¯s about to give it to me. I don¡¯t even know how to delude you. However, since it wouldn¡¯t be the normal way, I don¡¯t think it would be honest not to accept this, even if you took that means and prepared it for me. ¡°Okay. I¡¯ll take it this time. ¡°Do that. That is a legitimate reward that Eizo should receive. I put a bag full of gold coins in my back. No one would think that the bag carried by an old man like this contained enough money to play and live for a while. ¡°Well. Now we¡¯re done talking around the reward, and Eizou¡¯s just leaving? ¡°Oh, you don¡¯t have any more business. ¡°That said, you¡¯re not going home today, are you? ¡°Well. I was just thinking about taking it at the inn. I can¡¯t force myself to go home, but I don¡¯t feel the need to do that. If you take the inn somewhere (apart from Mr. Liddy¡¯s room, of course) and leave the capital early tomorrow, you should be able to reach the house on foot but within that day. ¡°Then you should stay with us. The guest rooms are empty. Let¡¯s talk while we eat even the meshi. It is a ship on the crossing. I was slightly worried that it would be okay to have Mr. Liddy stay in a regular lodging room, and let¡¯s be sweet with your words here. ¡°I¡¯m sorry. Then I¡¯ll let you. Is that all right with you, Mr. Liddy? ¡°I don¡¯t know much about the capital,¡± Ms. Liddy nodded. ¡°Well, I¡¯ll show you to your room first, though quickly. I asked for it. The second half was a word I had spoken to two servants who were here. When they nodded, ¡°Come this way,¡± they led me and Mr. Liddy to begin guiding them. They¡¯re both women, but they teach that my cheats remember martial arts. If a half-breed person is trying to push them down, he¡¯ll be the one rolling on the floor the next moment. Scary. Wow, this house. It¡¯s not brilliant, but we can go down the rigid hallway, and me and Mr. Liddy can be invited into separate rooms. ¡°I¡¯ll bring you some hot water, so relax here. ¡°No, I¡¯m just surprised, so don¡¯t worry about it. When I apologized, the servant smiled and said: ¡°How long have I been asleep? ¡°I think it¡¯s an hour or so. After I showed you to your room, when dinner was ready, I asked you here. ¡°I see¡­¡­ I¡¯m glad you gave me an extremely good wrist. Then I woke up with one shot. ¡°If Eizo does something obnoxious, we will not hesitate to do so. The servant grinned, ¡°Excuse me,¡± he said, touching my hair properly and fixing it, and began to guide me to the dining room. Dinner was served by Marius, me and Mr. Liddy. The topic is really going to be about this expedition. I elaborated on what happened inside the cave. Marius listens with interest and Mr. Liddy occasionally puts in supplements. Marius is talking about the conductor. I know how hard it is to command up there. No matter how much supplies, the management of wounded soldiers, and the command and control of each platoon are specialized, the overall command is Marius¡¯ job. Where Leroy replaced some of his shoulders, it was Marius who had to make the final decision. Marius said it was good because his goals were clear this time, and his opponents weren¡¯t the kind of opponents to change their home base, but if it was a demonic or human opponent¡¯s battle, it wouldn¡¯t be this easy. The battle is common and will be difficult to avoid, so I want Marius to be a famous commander who can get one or more of us back safely, including himself. I thought so. Chapter 129 Chapter 129: 129 The next morning, I wake up pretty early and get ready to leave. Today is finally the day to go home. I¡¯ve been vacating the house for the last ten days. When it¡¯s confirmed that you can go home, I wonder why you want to go home as soon as possible. Is that all you¡¯re saying about that house being my place? Marius told me that breakfast was with me, but yesterday today I would be more tired than I am, and I say no for that matter. Instead, I asked you to have breakfast with the servants. Of course I don¡¯t know where the servant cafeteria is, so I decide to wait outside the room filled with myself. Outside the room, Mr. Liddy stood, apparently ready as well. ¡°Good morning, Mr. Liddy. ¡°Good morning, Mr. Eizou. The two of us exchange morning greetings. From the moment I get home, Mr. Liddy will mean our family¡­ should be. I¡¯m talking about if the other three don¡¯t refuse, but I¡¯m thinking all three of them would normally accept it. If the five of us, of different races and positions, could be friendly and hand in hand with morning greetings and the shrine, it would never be better. I just told a couple of stories that didn¡¯t have any benefits, and a servant came. It¡¯s Mr. Bowman. I do remember him well because he¡¯s a pretty great servant in this house, and he¡¯s a man of a good width. ¡°Good morning, Mr. Bowman. I say hello. Mr. Bowman looked a little surprised, ¡°Good morning. Dear Eizo, Dear Liddy. I didn¡¯t know Eizo remembered me. And he said hello back. Oh, don¡¯t you normally remember the name of the servant? But I don¡¯t have a family name, but I¡¯m not a nobleman. ¡°Well, you gave me your name, so if you don¡¯t remember, would you excuse me? ¡°It¡¯s also about not having such a demise. It¡¯s not weird at all to assume that I¡¯m in quite a position because I¡¯m your husband¡¯s friend, but I¡¯m officially an old blacksmith with no position whatsoever. Me and Liddy were led to the servant¡¯s cafeteria while I mocked Mr. Bowman.They are supposed to gather at breakfast in the servant¡¯s cafeteria, except for those who have a job in the morning and those who are not on duty. However, most of the non-shift people wake up at the usual time in the morning, so it turns out that almost everyone but those who have a job now is getting together. The Amur mansion is not a messily large house, but it is nevertheless the house of the Counts, where close to double digits of people were gathered. I can also see Matisse, who was in the expedition. He¡¯s the horse in this mansion. Assuming everyone thinks I¡¯m a former nobleman who got himself into a blacksmith, I¡¯m getting a little carried away with something like ¡°an unknown lady wants to go to a burger shop¡± that¡¯s situationally in the temple of a previous world story, but it seems better not to worry. A young girl asked me about it at breakfast, so I told her about it on an expedition. I wondered if the old lady was an Amur family breeze, and she wanted to hear more about the last cave suppression than living in a position. I¡¯m a servant of the Amur family, but just in case, don¡¯t tell me I¡¯m the one who defeated Hobgoblin. ¡°It was dark, and I don¡¯t know if it was the captain or who else¡±. Mr. Liddy was slightly dissatisfied, but I¡¯m sure he¡¯ll understand why. After breakfast, don¡¯t let the servants get in the way of their work (if you ask Mr. Bowman, ¡°It¡¯s also my job to help you get out¡±), but I¡¯ll just leave. There, the face I saw appeared. ¡°Isn¡¯t that Camilo? When will I be here next? I¡¯d like to stop by your shop then. A cloud that holds plenty of water inside and makes it look heavy flows far away. This one had a milky white sky that contrasted with the meadows. It is the usual street. On the road, Camilo also asked me a lot about the expedition. Don¡¯t tell me who knocked Camilo over the Hobgoblin story as well, but you¡¯ll probably guess because it¡¯s about Camilo. He won¡¯t do anything to the detriment of the Amur family. The vigilance was not neglected, but nothing happened in the streets. Camilo¡¯s story on the road says more people are being attacked these days. The odd thing is we¡¯re just looking for something, to let it go as it is when we know we don¡¯t have it, and we don¡¯t remember who the victim was attacked. ¡°It looks like there¡¯s no real damage, but be careful the next time you come to wholesale us,¡± he cautioned, as they¡¯re increasing patrols but haven¡¯t found the killer. Get off Camilo¡¯s carriage at the forest entrance, wave and break up. He and I meet at a pace of one week, so goodbye is not a good thing. We will no longer go through the woods of our own free will. Occasionally, small animals like squirrels are on trees. Seeing it reminds me of Miss Frederica, would this be rude to the boulders? As I walked hoping I wouldn¡¯t run into a wolf or a bear along the way, I heard a sudden approaching here from afar. I don¡¯t happen to be running this way, I know we¡¯re here for sure, and I¡¯m going here. I pulled out the short sword and tried to figure out what was coming. Chapter 130 Chapter 130: 130 The Lord of the Footsteps, who came this way without a descent, finally expressed himself before me. A beastly woman covered in hair like a tiger. ¡°Isn¡¯t that Thermia? I put the sword in my sheath. The tension breaks at once, and the fatigue for that matter keeps coming. Thermia started punching me in the chest when she approached me. I know you don¡¯t mean it, but it hurts. ¡°Ouch. Ouch. What are you doing? ¡°I¡¯m stubborn¡­ or I don¡¯t know what to do. Suddenly I heard a voice from another direction. Deanna. I take Thermia¡¯s fist in the palm of my hand, which I keep beating silently. ¡°Were you in the middle of a hunt? ¡°Yeah, I thought I said,¡± I smell an elephant. ¡°I ran out of the blue. Deanna looks completely frightened. Thermia doesn¡¯t breathe that much when it comes to running through the woods. Are you getting more and more strength¡­¡­ No, whatever that is. ¡°What should I do? ¡°I haven¡¯t been back for quite a while. Happy it¡¯s been a long time, but you don¡¯t know how to sweeten it. In those words, I wondered if Thermia had stopped moving for a moment, releasing a thoughtful punch in my palm with one shot bash. ¡°Ouch! ¡°Hung. Now you should come home sooner. That¡¯s all Thermia says, turning her heel and walking as if she could hear the noise of a scarecrow. That direction is better at home. ¡°Are you sure? Apparently, Thermia is going to stop hunting today, so I asked Deanna. ¡°The big guy closed it down during this time, and we¡¯ll have plenty of room tomorrow, so it¡¯s fine. ¡°Okay then. I haven¡¯t been home in a long time, either, so I¡¯m gonna leave work alone and pick you up. So, sweet of you to say, shall we go home with you?¡°Hey, don¡¯t walk so fast! I spoke to Thermia like that, and the four of us walked down the road together. As the house approached, I saw smoke from among the trees. I¡¯m guessing Rike works in a blacksmith job. If you look at it this way, if you get close to it to some extent, then you¡¯re going to be able to reach us normally. Without that condition, it doesn¡¯t necessarily mean that no senior will come, and will some sort of measure be necessary? Talking to Thermia and Deanna as she walks about that, ¡°I don¡¯t think you need it. And Mr. Liddy squeals. ¡°Really? ¡°Yeah. Simply put, that house has a¡± avoid people ¡±on it. Other than those who are from that house, including invited guests, or who have such strong powers that avoidance does not work, or who can recognize avoidance and avoid avoidance, you should no longer know that there is that house. Mr. Liddy affirmed in a strong tone. I didn¡¯t know you had that ability in that house¡­¡­ Maybe that¡¯s what I didn¡¯t recognize when I came to this world. Speaking of which, the beast has never been visited by a stray or a beast living in a black forest. Smoke is likely to come if you can see it because it stands out, but that¡¯s why it didn¡¯t come. ¡°I definitely thought this would happen. ¡°I¡¯m a parent. ¡°Right. It¡¯s an elephant. It¡¯s nothing. Something caught me in the way I was convinced, but I was horrified because it wasn¡¯t a rejection. ¡°Bye, Mr. Liddy, no¡­¡± I have become a family, so I have no respect. I would say it¡¯s polite to be close to you, but let¡¯s take this out of our courtesy. That¡¯s how the Eizoo Workshop works. Four voices overlap, other than Liddy. ¡°¡± ¡°¡± Welcome to Eizoo Workshop, Liddy. Chapter 131 Chapter 131: 131 The first greeting to welcome Liddy was done, so we all decided to take the day off work and have a welcoming party. Everyone was so dirty before that that I decided to get rid of the dirt first. I also feel kind of nostalgic about boiling water with this combination of magic. Distribute boiling water to each of them and wipe their bodies in their own rooms to remove dirt. Liddy has his own room for visitors for a while. Again, I¡¯m the only man in my family who finishes wiping my body the soonest. Do you want to start preparing dinner for now? I have a ten-day blank, but on the contrary, that¡¯s all I have, so my body remembers enough to move. I¡¯m pretty sure it¡¯s just another story where my body moves half on its own and feels nostalgic. The women were the first to come to the living room with Like and Liddy. The blacksmith job is pretty dirty, and it¡¯s sweaty. ¡°It¡¯s better for my parents to rest. That¡¯s what Rike says. ¡°It¡¯s been a long time since I¡¯ve had this, too, so let me do it. and say no. I haven¡¯t done anything else to tire me just to travel today, and Rike was working properly, so I wish he¡¯d rest for that. ¡°How about studying magic with Liddy. From now on, you can tell me all you want. Liddy nods when she hears that. I thought you liked teaching people, but apparently that impression wasn¡¯t wrong. Looks like Like couldn¡¯t resist the temptation either, starting with how to line up side-by-side at the living room table with Liddy to see the magic flow. Look at that. I¡¯m going back to dinner again. While I hope this kind of sight becomes a new always. When I started preparing to make unfermented bread because the soup was finished, looking at the chilling living room, Thermia and Deanna are also back in the living room to join Lique and Liddy¡¯s study group. Rike swallows best from what it feels like to be watching, next is Deanna, Thermia, etc.? I also feel that this is likely to be quite a difference in compatibility with racial magic. Dinner was completed during that time, so we¡¯ll all line up at the table. The boulder doesn¡¯t have the luxury of eating at Amur Mansion last night (though it seems to be quite qualitative because of the home style). I¡¯ve had Liddy, too. It¡¯s a menu and flavor from Eizoo Workshop. Since it¡¯s a welcome party, I also act like a brandy with soaked fruit. The welcoming party ended up being my expedition debrief, because the three of us wanted to hear it. The battle in the cave doesn¡¯t even have to be deceived by these three, so I honestly told them what I defeated.How Liddy was supposed to come to us was also to be told in the course of the expedition report. ¡°Because we¡¯re here, too. Say anything. I heard that. Deanna is telling Liddy with a crying face. Except for Liddy, Thermia is subtle, but I wonder if they¡¯re all here of their own free will. Liddy was the only one who had to come here with no choice. ¡°The only man is Eizo, and let¡¯s just take it easy. ¡°I think Thermia should learn some more sophistication. Thermia and Lique are also encouraging Liddy. Like makes fun of the murky Thermia, Deanna makes fun of it, and Liddy is laughing at it as well. The rest of my life is probably going to work. It¡¯s unfounded, but I could be so sure. The next day, after a while I was able to sleep in my own bed, I went out to fetch water in a refreshing mood. The forest morning air feels good. When I came back from drawing water at the lake, Liddy was holding hands on the tree for magic. ¡°Morning, Liddy. ¡°When did you make this? Thermia tells me in a grumpy tone. ¡°On the way to the expedition. I had time. ¡°Parents, you can make these things, too. ¡°That¡¯s a lot of fun. ¡°I feel somewhat magical there. They were all worshipped as they were because they were mouth-wateringly acclaimed by the women, but not disapproved. Well, will you do your best today? Chapter 132 Chapter 132: 132 After the morning prayer, Thermia and Deanna went hunting. Rike has made enough stock of general models in the ten days to yesterday, and I¡¯ve made quite a bit of money on this expedition, and it looks like he decided to stop making for delivery and practice magic tricks with Liddy. I naturally make luxury models. Once I hit that for four days from today, I planned to go to Camilo for delivery. If we could only secure the number of general models, it would be enough for Camilo¡¯s business. I start getting ready for work, but unlike the outpost, I am able to get ready for work with Tekipaki. After all, you¡¯re not on your own with a decent workplace and where you¡¯re not. There is also a huge difference in the tools that I have. When you¡¯re done getting ready quickly, start by heating the sheet metal to your shoulder habits and building a knife. The repair and production are slightly different, but the task of shaking the hammer itself remains the same. Still, it¡¯s a familiar job in a familiar environment, and efficiency is not the same as an outpost. As hard as it is to avoid inadvertent special orders. On the way me and Like were fighting steel, once I wondered if Liddy had exchanged two or three words with Like, he fluttered out and came back as if nothing had happened again. When I asked him what he was doing, he seemed to go check on the mint. ¡°The mint is still very vital. ¡°So much?¡± Liddy snorts when I ask. ¡°It¡¯s stretching fast, even though it¡¯s barely looking like I¡¯ve taken care of it. Liddy says with a slightly happier face. This kind of place really fits the image of an elf. This looks like you should do something about the field early. Do you want to build a warehouse? If I take another two weeks off delivery, I think I can afford to build it. My family has grown, and I want to go about stockpiling properly as a stockpile. I¡¯d rather keep the dried meat that way¡­¡­ Maybe I should just say every two weeks for a while. Anything you want to build at this time is going to be built with cancer. They say suspicious thieves are urrowing, and it¡¯s not inconvenient to reduce the chances of coming across them as much as possible. If there¡¯s any inconvenience, it¡¯s about time Camilo¡¯s business was handed over. Even so, I have already wholesaled a good amount at Camilo¡¯s. There seems to be just enough sales channels to sell, but there aren¡¯t that many you¡¯ll need in two weeks. If I¡¯m in trouble, I¡¯ll think about it then. After making some fancy model knives, I concentrate my consciousness on a bespoke model knife. I didn¡¯t have an order. It¡¯s for Liddy.Some sense, in a state of, but try to take in magic, slap the sheet metal, and form it out. Heating and forging will be the task of using cheats to identify critical lines, but regardless of the bigger ones, the knife is a bespoke model I¡¯ve made so many so the production goes smoothly on boulders. I also put a sculpture with the cat as usual as an elephant. At the end of the day, it took a little longer than the luxury models to produce. That would be quite a threat if we produced 50 copies in this past week or so. ¡°Liddy.¡± Now that I have a knife for the bespoke model, I call Liddy, who has been practicing magic with Like. ¡°What is it? ¡°This is the knife I¡¯m giving you as a sign of my family. So I¡¯ll give it to Liddy, too. Pass the knife to Liddy. Liddy, who received it, looked at the knife with a shine. Well, it was like a family ID recently, or it just happened when I was giving it to you for protection. ¡°You¡¯re a deer today. It¡¯s big. ¡°You did it. It must have been a pretty big prey because it¡¯s enough for Thermia to proclaim it with her chest up. Deanna also talks about its decadence from a different direction. ¡°I had a hard time with that, though. ¡°Thank you so much. We¡¯re gonna clear this place up, too, so keep your bodies clean. ¡°¡± Yes. ¡°¡± Okay. When I declare the end of my work today, four voices sound. It¡¯s a little funny how the words are different in the hunting and production groups. This is how the new ¡°as usual¡± began again. Chapter 133 Chapter 133: 133 The next morning, after morning support and worship, we head to the lake to pull up our prey. Five, just like when Liddy was here before. Sometimes I was doing it once, or I could pull the deer up smoothly. Though as a woman there are three muscular people, it wouldn¡¯t have gone so smoothly when the three of them were. Don¡¯t let the struggle get sneaky. I¡¯ll always do the rest when I¡¯m done transporting you home, but this time to get Liddy used to the knife. I won¡¯t help, but I¡¯ll have Thermia, Like and Liddy dismantle it. Me and Deanna can carry it home from treated meat or clean up unwanted bones or something. ¡°This knife cuts really well, doesn¡¯t it? Liddy says in a blurry, but clearly audible voice. ¡°It would! Parent specials are amazing! It¡¯s not me who boasts proudly, it¡¯s Rike. This is already becoming a classic sight. I don¡¯t feel bad about being complimented on what I made properly, but I still can¡¯t get out of the embarrassment. I wish I could say from the bottom of my heart that I made it for what I made, too. Since the prey was safely meaty, lunch made something that felt like grilled meat with its meat and fruit marinated brandy. It is as popular with our carnivorous women (physics) as ever. Liddy didn¡¯t particularly dislike it either because it looked delicious, so it seems to have a taste of preference. I think I¡¯ll let you out this way next time it¡¯s a little special. It is time to spend after lunch doing thoughtful things. I work at the blacksmith for deliveries, and Like works at the blacksmith for studies with Liddy, so what I¡¯m doing just for a short time is no different than yesterday. Thermia and Deanna seem to do sword arches. I was explained to Deanna that Thermia was bowing to Deanna and that Deanna was trying to raise the bottom when she had to teach Thermia a sword¡­ Given what Camilo told me just before I got home, it¡¯s just convenient that you do that, and I want you to do your best to give me a chance of a safe return when I come and go down the street in the future. On this day I made a number of knives there and finished the work. I hear Rike is getting more magic than he did before. Is it time for me to retire from luxury model making? I joke and say that, ¡°No, because I haven¡¯t been able to get the most out of the material at all. and Like told me with a serious face. Well then, I guess I¡¯ll have to try to keep up too, because mine is cheesy¡­¡­ For the next two days, I even had Thermia and Deanna do the water injection, and I made the short swords and long swords for the luxury models in a way that I would finish the rest. I feel like Thermia and Deanna are getting better again in the last few days. Looks like he¡¯s doing the trick he grabbed during mass production. Don¡¯t help me with this from time to time. Even when my hands are free, they make more and more water to the point of filling and removing the burrs, so that it will only be necessary for me or Rike to finish it later. That way we can make a day a week or so that we¡¯re totally free and we can make it a holiday. Don¡¯t let your dreams spread. Meanwhile, Like and Liddy said that they would take some time off studying magic and fix the fields in the courtyard, so I asked them to. I¡¯m always sorry. That¡¯s how the day came to go to Camilo¡¯s store for wholesale, and the stock made by Lique in ten days is in good numbers. Lique also came quite a few places when it came to the speed of production of the general model. Load them up and pull the luggage. As usual, it¡¯s me and Rike¡¯s job. Ask the other three to talk about the mysterious thief of the example and make the perimeter more alert than usual. There¡¯s no chance the thieves are going into the woods. ¡°With that said, I don¡¯t know what I¡¯m going to do after I catch you attacking people but there¡¯s nothing of great harm. I raised my doubts as I pulled my luggage. If it¡¯s just what you hear, the thieves aren¡¯t doing particularly troublesome damage. ¡°If you¡¯re saying you attacked me, I¡¯d be letting you get some injuries, and I guess I¡¯ll be punished that way. That said, if it was no different damage than getting drunk and rambling and fighting in the city, you¡¯d end up in a cell for a day or two. Deanna answered the question. Am I to be questioned for assault? But that happens all the time, and the punishment seems light. ¡°Then he said that catching him for what he¡¯s looking for won¡¯t give him a great deal of punishment. ¡°I can¡¯t say anything because I don¡¯t know what the thief¡¯s purpose is at the moment, but I guess so. ¡°I see.¡± That said, if fewer people come and go down the street with it, they will be involved in distribution. Marius will have a hard time getting back from the expedition and having an early problem, but I just want you to do your best. Whether it was because of more eyes, or because of the work of the city guards, or because of the capture of thieves again, nothing in particular could have reached the city. It¡¯s the guard I¡¯ve seen on several occasions making his turn at the entrance. I looked a little surprised when I saw Liddy the elf, but he didn¡¯t say anything more in particular. I guess I¡¯ll be busy dealing with thieves. He was on an expedition to ask for backup. I¡¯ll probably get reinforcements in a little while, so I¡¯ll be patient until then. We walked past there in a meeting. I take the city towards Camilo¡¯s shop, but Liddy still gets my attention on the road. Even once every two weeks, will the town¡¯s residents get used to it one of these days if you do it regularly? I hope so. I made it to Camilo¡¯s store safely, especially since no one was going to call me. This again puts the luggage in the warehouse as usual, speaks to the clerk, and heads to the business room. Camilo (and Keeper) arrived a little later. ¡°Oops, it¡¯s been a long time¡­ isn¡¯t it? ¡°I got in your carriage the other day. It¡¯s been a long time since I¡¯ve seen you here. We get up and follow Camilo, who leads the way with Zorro. ¡°You said you wanted a horse before. Camilo says as he walks. Looks like it¡¯s not a warehouse ahead of us, but where is it? ¡°Oh. Think it¡¯s time to pull manpower on the boulder. You ready for this? ¡°Well, that¡¯s the place. Following Camilo, who said so, he went out like a garden behind the store. This is a difficult place to see both from the surface and from the warehouse side, probably where you usually keep your incoming luggage temporarily. Perhaps there¡¯s a reason I usually said that. Because there was something a little unusual there. ¡°Not a horse, but I¡¯ve got this one. It¡¯s a dragon. Camilo proudly says. There¡¯s a sloppy lizard-like creature there ¨C a walking dragon where Camilo says it is. ¡°Krull¡­¡­¡± And he looked at this one with his crushed eyes, raising a small voice. Chapter 134 Chapter 134: 134 ¡°Walking dragon¡­? I asked Camilo unexpectedly. Even though the knowledge of installation teaches us the general geography and common sense of this world, we don¡¯t know what the details of organisms are. ¡°Oh. I¡¯d say a runaway dragon (¡­), but they¡¯re actually close to lizards, not dragons. Calling a big lizard a dragon felt similar in the previous world. The commodore lizard said something about a commodore dragon. I guess it feels similar in this world. Zungrymucked lizard, I first thought, but the closest I could find might be a horse-sized chief dragon. I think it¡¯s the closest I can get to making the Thunder Kamiyaki dragon in the drawings a little more round and cute. Or the way you removed your wings from the Western dragons of the previous world and made them look adorable. It¡¯s an emerald green with scales as beautiful as the green python and emerald tree bore of the previous world, adding a touch of luxury to cuteness. The eyes are so-called reptile eyes, but they are crunchy and crispy. This means that if you think reptiles are cute, you have a look that you think is pretty cute. Even in our women¡¯s group, at least Deanna doesn¡¯t mean she doesn¡¯t like reptiles. My shoulder is eating a series of attacks just now. I know you¡¯re cute, so calm down. ¡°What does this kid eat? I get a herbivorous feeling from my appearance. I remember hearing things like that, because carnivore eats too much meat, my jaw and neck muscles grow and my neck doesn¡¯t get very long. It¡¯s just not like the creatures in this world have evolved the way they did in the previous world. There¡¯s something about magic, and if you¡¯ve evolved the same way in the first place, there¡¯s talk of no elves, no beasts, no dwarves, and there¡¯s a dragon itself. ¡°Eat anything. That¡¯s what I heard, I¡¯ve been doing meat and leaves since I got here, but I ate both. ¡°Right. It is just an omnivore. We have grass in the woods around us, and we can procure meat, so don¡¯t you have trouble with what we feed you? Or like a cat, it¡¯s basically carnivorous, but it could also mean eating plants. I¡¯ve seen videos of cats eating bean seedlings and basil in the previous world that look delicious. You won¡¯t know until you actually give it around here and see how much it is. Yes, quantity. Depending on the amount of food you eat, you¡¯ll have to increase your hunt for Thermia and Deanna, and you¡¯ll need to purchase leaves from Camilo¡¯s. ¡°How much do you eat in a single meal? ¡°Um, I heard you don¡¯t eat that much, but after a while here, you started eating a lot. ¡°Hmm¡­¡±Are you bulimizing because of stress or something due to changes in the environment? But it¡¯s normal that I don¡¯t eat it originally, and it doesn¡¯t fit that I started eating it after a while. That¡¯s how I figure, ¡°Mr. Ayzow, give me a ear. and Liddy calls out as she pulls the hem of her clothes. ¡°Hmm? What? I honestly turned my ear to Liddy. Liddy hears me with a voice that doesn¡¯t sound like Camilo. ¡°The runaway dragon has dragon blood in it. I¡¯m a descendant of a clean dragon. Hmm. Is that what it comes from? ¡°So the dragon also eats magic. I¡¯ll make up for what I¡¯m missing with a meal, so I was wondering if that¡¯s probably what you mean. Talking that far, Liddy walked away from me. ¡°All right, I¡¯ll keep it at home then. ¡°Maido. It¡¯s worth it, okay? ¡°Oh.¡± My home is warm now. I have quite a few gold coins from His Excellency the Count. ¡°Okay, then I sold it. Money is fine the next time you come. ¡°Oh, I¡¯m going to be next in two weeks, okay? ¡°I don¡¯t mind. You¡¯re coming, aren¡¯t you? ¡°Oh. Then I¡¯ll have some money for you then. ¡°Okay. I¡¯ll tell you to connect your luggage. ¡°I asked. And Camilo walked over to the warehouse. Chapter 135 Chapter 135: 135 Camilo¡¯s headed to the warehouse, and we¡¯re looking at the new family dragon. ¡°Can I touch it? Deanna asks me if it¡¯s a bad idea. ¡°It¡¯s our family now, okay? When I say so, Deanna gently approaches the runaway dragon. The runaway dragon sees how it is, but he doesn¡¯t look particularly alert or alert. Deanna¡¯s hand touched around the shoulder of the runaway dragon, but the runaway dragon is still just watching how it goes. ¡°Wow, it¡¯s warm. It looks completely reptile, but is it warm? As Deanna stroked around her shoulder as she was, the runaway dragon moved her neck all the way. I thought it might have been something I didn¡¯t like, but the runaway dragon is rather rubbing her head against Deanna¡¯s shoulder. It looks like that, like you¡¯re paying back for what¡¯s being done. As Deanna stroked her head, the runaway dragon narrowed her eyes and ¡°Krulu.¡± and rang. I¡¯ve heard that. Deanna¡¯s eyeballs are so down I think it¡¯s going to get to the ground. There¡¯s nothing at all that people don¡¯t like when they touch you. I don¡¯t know if the creature Walking Dragon is a nostalgia per se or if this child is a special nostalgia, but it helps not to be stressed out to be touched this way. When Deanna touched it and found out it seemed okay, the other three went to touch it. I still don¡¯t hate dragon walkers. I just rub my head against the person I¡¯m touching or ring it down a little. I¡¯ll stroke my neck, too. I do feel warm when I touch it. Even though it¡¯s nothing like a regular reptile, the comfort of touching it is so close to that of a snake that it¡¯s subjective. After stroking him for a while, he rubbed his own head against mine and was ringing ¡°Krull¡±. Eventually Camilo comes back and says he¡¯s ready to connect. ¡°That said, it¡¯s enough for you guys to have it until you get home, so when you get home, do it right. ¡°Okay. I was just hoping to refurbish it into a luggage car equipped with a plate spring, and it needed repairing, so that¡¯s convenient. ¡°I¡¯ll leave the gear aside. ¡°Whoa, that¡¯ll help. I think Camilo¡¯s store clerk is probably for horses, but I¡¯m going to wear the gear to connect with the luggage car to the running dragon. Let¡¯s remember this way. That said, it¡¯s not so complicated to watch. I know we¡¯ll have a lot of trouble with the first one or two, but we¡¯ll get used to it soon. Looking at it, the other four were seriously watching the clerk¡¯s work. He pulled a runaway dragon toward the warehouse, and the lateral bars of the handle for human pulling were removed, forcing him but extending two bars for connecting with the runaway dragon. I see. You¡¯re in a hurry. Take the luggage car from behind the walking dragon to cover it and connect it with the walking dragon¡¯s gear. This will complete the dragon car without a simple carriage. There is no platform for you, and you will be seated and piloted in a box placed on the carrier of your luggage. ¡°Right. You don¡¯t have to walk, which means it¡¯s easy to set aside the ride. ¡°And then there¡¯s how much stuff this kid can carry. Liddy goes on to tell Deanna. ¡°You mean we can afford the amount of ride that people can carry alone. I took that and I answered, but I still don¡¯t know if I can afford it or if it¡¯s a limit. I don¡¯t want you to bother carrying dead weights, so I¡¯ll say when I get a chance to try them somewhere. While we¡¯re talking about that, we¡¯ll get to the forest entrance. Nearly double faster than when the two of us were pulling our luggage. It¡¯s going to be pretty quick to get to the house this minute. With that in mind, the dragon car went into the woods. Chapter 136 Chapter 136: 136 A dragon car travels through the woods. I didn¡¯t really care if I could get through here, as I could normally get through when I was in my luggage car in the first place. I was more worried that the dragon would not be scared of this forest than that, but so far there is no sign of it. I didn¡¯t think I would be afraid of magic because it meant eating magic, but I thought it was possible to be frightened by the signs of beasts living in the woods. ¡°Exactly. Do you get scared when a bear or something comes near you? I asked Thermia. ¡°Because I don¡¯t know a walking dragon¡­¡­ But I think that¡¯s a good chance. This bear is fierce and strong. Do you know Azo well because he fought? ¡°Sort of. Enough to even feel nostalgic anymore, but it was a critical battle. If it hadn¡¯t been for the cheats, he would have definitely died then. ¡°So you¡¯re saying be careful if you¡¯re scared of walking dragons? ¡°Will it¡­? Well, when that happens, you¡¯ll notice Atashi. ¡°Right. Thermia has the best nose among us. It is unclear which is more nosy than a runaway dragon, but it is certain that you will notice it before it becomes deadly. So far, nothing dangerous has caught either nose. If it¡¯s not the ¡°weak ones¡± that will prey on the wolves, then this forest, which has less to attack, is rather safer than the streets. Going into the woods, the roads are gone, and the ground conditions are bad as opposed to the streets, but the dragon cars are progressing at quite a speed. This means that shaking is also commensurately terrible. That means you¡¯re extraordinarily faster than people pull, and you¡¯re not in this state for that long. You need to be somewhat careful with your luggage, but there is no such thing as rolling it out at the moment. They¡¯re not all loaded as is, they¡¯re in barrels and boxes. The suspension should nevertheless be worn sooner, as it can shake heavily with the gatan. Even for our hips and asses. Again, I was able to get to the house much earlier than usual. Apart from the ride, it doesn¡¯t change things much easier. I know we should have introduced it sooner, but let¡¯s make an excuse that this kind of thing is hard to figure out without actually experiencing it. While Like and Liddy are removing the runaway dragon from the carriage, the other three carry their luggage into the house. I asked him to check the fitting method again when removing it. In the previous world, you can take pictures with your smartphone and keep track of your condition, but you can¡¯t do that in this world either, so there¡¯s nothing more to it than remember. Along with cleansing our own bodies, we will wipe the dragon¡¯s body with a tightly squeezed cloth that contains warm ¡°wet¡± water. ¡°Kurrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr,¡± he was squeaking his eyes out, so it seemed to feel good. ¡°All right, well, thank you for your hard work today. ¡°Klululululululu.¡± If I slap him gently on the pet and neck muscles, he can lick Bellon in the face by a walking dragon. It¡¯s soft and ticklish because it¡¯s not like an animal in the feline family. Then I¡¯ll put water in the empty barrel and bring it to you. I still have a little left over from yesterday¡¯s meat that hasn¡¯t been soaked in salt, so I¡¯m with you on that. ¡°You can eat the grass that grows on the ground if you want. Don¡¯t go too far. When I said that, the dragon just rang out that I understood. I stroked my head again and then went back home. At dinner that day, the topic is still about the name of the runaway dragon. I won¡¯t be able to call you ¡°dragon walker¡± forever. ¡°I didn¡¯t even know if it was a male or a female in the first place. I forgot to ask Camilo. I don¡¯t feel like they say, ¡°I don¡¯t know.¡± I haven¡¯t seen any traits that can be judged outwardly like mammals. Based on the size of your body, you would have figured it out right away. ¡°When that happens, it¡¯s a name that¡¯s not weird either way. ¡°I have no objection. Neither Deanna nor Like nor Liddy seem to have any particular objections. ¡°So, Krull. Thus the dragon walked again, and Krull joined us as a member of our family. ¡°So I can¡¯t rain a krull, and I¡¯m going to build a hut just for the roof and the wall. It doesn¡¯t rain all the time around here, and it gets blocked by trees to some extent, but I feel sorry for raining my family. Nothing in particular disagreed with my suggestion, and from the next day on out we were to build a hut for Krull. Only heaven knows when it will rain, that¡¯s why. Before going to bed, we all decided on a name for Krull and when we went to say good night, Krull shouted ¡°Khu,¡± circling to the ground and closing his eyes. It¡¯s a sight that the previous world has definitely managed to bring up to grams. I ate about ten combos of Deanna¡¯s serial attacks on my shoulders and went home to prepare for the next day¡¯s work. Chapter 137 Chapter 137: 137 The next day after dawn, when I tried to go for a first water draw in the morning, Krull was already awake. Stay still while you sit down, not to roam. Perhaps even magic ingests it? As I approached him, I slowly turned my head towards him. ¡°Good morning. You want to go get some water with me? ¡°Ku.¡± Krull stands up slowly. ¡°Whoa, hold on then. I rushed back to the house and brought another bottle for the water draw so that it would hang from the neck of the Krull. ¡°Aren¡¯t you tough? ¡°Coo.¡± ¡°All right, then stay here. If I say so and lead, I follow slowly. I don¡¯t know if there¡¯s a walk in a walking dragon, but I¡¯m not even going to the city for the next two weeks, and maybe I should let him exercise somewhat this way every day. In the meantime, you go back and forth today to see how things are going. We proceeded at the same pace as usual and reached the lake. I decide to finish washing my face here. When the five of us line up in a barrel, it¡¯s narrow to boulders¡­ So I wiped Krull¡¯s body again. Then check around the eyes and nose to see if there is any eyesight or runny nose where people say it is. Nothing in particular to say that, they are not healthy. With that said, I wonder what a dragon would do if he had a cold or something. Will there be a specialist doctor? It¡¯s hard to call me a secluded place. Should we also think a little bit about when humans (including beasts and dwarves and elves) get sick? Me and Krull are just freshening up and pumping the water into the bottle. I kept about half of the bottle for now for the Krull to carry. ¡°Isn¡¯t it heavy? ¡°Krull.¡± ¡°Then don¡¯t ask for that today. Shall we go home? I go back to the house asking how Krull is doing, but I don¡¯t see how I said I was particularly flustered or stopped. Will you try to carry a little more tomorrow? ¡°Thank you. I¡¯ll see you tomorrow. ¡°Coo.¡± I¡¯ll put the bottle down from Krull¡¯s neck. When I hear about going again tomorrow, I still seem to be happy with no heart or krull, so it seems like it would be a good idea to take him every day. Lowering the bottle, Krull wraps a little around the rest of the meat he did yesterday. Looks like I only ate as much as I just did last night. If you only eat that amount per meal, don¡¯t afford it until tomorrow. Wouldn¡¯t you eat less than humans if you did poorly? Fearless ecological organisms. I went back to the house to tell Krull I¡¯ll see you later. Finish your breakfast or something and get into today¡¯s work. I¡¯d like to build a hut for Krull within a week at the latest. It¡¯s a literal digging cabin, and I¡¯m sure it¡¯ll be built soon. Dig a hole to build a pillar where it faces the courtyard. The tool is a shovel made into a bespoke model. The soil is stiff around here as well, but thanks to a bespoke model and enhanced muscle strength, the hole cleared up quickly. ¡°Looks like Krull eats a pretty small amount of rice, is that still? ¡°Right. There¡¯s more magic in this forest than any other, so I think that¡¯s pretty much enough. ¡°I knew it. Be it wild or kept after, and be smart. I don¡¯t know if I understand the details, but at least I understand what you¡¯re talking about. While the scarcity in the first place also increases, I think that the value tends to account for quite a bit of it. Well, even if you skip that, it¡¯s true that you already seem pretty cute. I¡¯m more in the mood to make a new family room ¨C albeit away from a digging shed ¨C than a cabin for livestock. I¡¯d like to finish it tomorrow. With that in mind, I was going to get ready for dinner. Chapter 138 Chapter 138: 138 The next day, when I wake up and go get some water, I head with Krull today. I had Krull carry about 3/4 of the water in more water bottles today than he did yesterday, but he still seems to be able to afford it. You can carry enough of this in a glass. Today¡¯s work basically involves putting up boards, but it comes from cutting out boards that fit the size. This will be done by me and Thermia at the lumber yard. More and more boards are cut out, and the other three and Krull carry them to the cabin. When Krull carries him, he turns the board around with his mouth and takes it quite cleverly, but in the beginning, Deanna did it and it was harassing. It is like a mother watching over her children. I don¡¯t know how you feel, but maybe you don¡¯t have to worry so much about Krull. I used a bespoke model scarecrow made of cheats, so the board could be mass-produced quickly. The wood has decreased there, but there is a way to secure it. Besides, until now, I¡¯m going to go a little further and cut it out, and I didn¡¯t do anything, but if you can carry it to Krull, I can do that too. I¡¯ll make sure you get more at some point in time. I¡¯m going to build a wall out of a plate I made. If you¡¯re going to do something elaborate, you¡¯d better dig a groove in the column and put the plate in there or something, but this time it¡¯s also a hurry, and I usually just slam the plate on the column. However, the wall should not be completely covered, but the upper one should be opened. The rain shouldn¡¯t blow in directly as it ensures roof shelter is applied. The roof itself is also plated, but we have to make sure it leaks when it rains. I¡¯m going to make sure that the plates and the ends of the plates are covered, so it probably shouldn¡¯t leak that much. Imaginarily, Xuxu¡¯s ¡°Tochibuki¡±, which was Japan, is close. I can¡¯t go that far, but doing the same would have a close effect. I made it with butterflies, but the effects of the division combined with the cheats, I managed to shape it before the sun set. I also thought about the fences and doors in case an unidentified thief came around here, but if they were human (or beastman or dwarf again. Elf or Lizardman) they didn¡¯t make sense where they made the fences and doors, and I didn¡¯t make them because everyone agreed that they wouldn¡¯t have to make anything else because Krull is also smart. There¡¯s nothing illegal about it unless you¡¯re connected like the previous world, so it means you¡¯re totally free to go in and out. At first, the cabin is in good shape, but it is still just put in like this, and so on. I converted this place to a storage unit when I seemed to get enough time, and a decent livestock house (dragon house?) It would be nice to make something else¡­¡­¡°Krull, from today on, this is your room. saying while gently tapping Petapeta and Krull¡¯s neck muscles, ¡°Krull.¡± Krull goes inside and circles around, and when he lays down in the middle of nowhere ¡°Coo!¡± And he rang and snorted with Hunce. He liked it. It would be nice if you liked it. Has it been made in a hurry? In the meantime, I will spend the next four days or so retrofitting the luggage that I think is urgently needed, during which time the Liques will have their normal jobs ¨C producing sheet metal and general models, hunting and collecting, and developing fields. As soon as I finished remodeling my luggage, I decided to go back to my regular blacksmith job and hit the door in the room and the bed making that would be Liddy¡¯s for the rest of my time once I had a sufficient number of productions. If we don¡¯t make it, we¡¯ll be making it at the beginning of the next two weeks. I don¡¯t think it would be inconvenient because the rooms are appreciated now, but I would like to work in a hurry because there is something painful even for me to say that I will always be a guest as a family. The next day I also headed with Krull for the water draw. I already waited there when I got out of the house today, so I gave him a water bottle. It¡¯s been about three days since I¡¯ve been here, but he¡¯s become a habit among the Krulls. Today I drew water all over the water bottle and let Krull hold it, but I am carrying it without any problems. It was okay to carry a heavy luggage truck, and can you afford this much? ¡°Thanks again today. ¡°Krull.¡± Me and Krull were gonna take us back on the road to the house. Chapter 139 Chapter 139: 139 Starting today, the luggage truck will be modified as planned. The luggage car now comes in a way that has one axle going through the front and rear, and has wooden wheels at both ends of it. The easiest way is to pinch the spring between this axle and the body of the vehicle, but if you think about bending it, the front wheel seems to be a better way to extend the arm from the axle and stick the wheel there. In this case, the spring would be mounted around the wheel. Unlike automobiles, the wheels themselves do not need to be reoriented, nor do they need to be considered for transmitting power, whether on the front or rear wheels. It helps that the design around it is easy. Later, we need to recreate the connecting parts that are being forced to be extended. When it comes to it, the luggage is enough to reuse the carrier part and the wheel, and the rest of it needs repair, so it¡¯s a critical place to leave the whole thing to be rebuilt. The next thing to think about is the material of the plate spring. Normally, it would be better to use steel, but the trees around here are stiff, and I don¡¯t think it¡¯s impossible to use the trees for springs. Using cheats makes it easy to create shapes that can be used for plate springs. But whether or not it¡¯s okay for a metal plate spring to go out to the public. After a little thought, I eventually decided to make it out of steel because I had just made it wooden and realized that if someone saw it replace it with steel, it would be the same thing. However, it was decided to do the shape prototyping with a tree. No matter how many cheats you say, it¡¯s a lot of hassle to adjust the size. If you¡¯re made of wood, it¡¯s easy to change shape with your favorite knife. Since the Liques should be making sheet metal starting today, ask them to make a lot of it. I guess I should really make my own. That¡¯s what I said. ¡°No, it¡¯s my disciple¡¯s job to tell me this. and was followed by Rike. I¡¯m sorry. After breaking and elongating the excess sheet material that was made in large quantities when the Krull cabin was built, make a plate that was changed in length. Boil the water and bend the plates, and once they are overlaid, they will in principle be about the same as those used for plate spring suspension. Since it is a prototype, stop the middle area with a nail and secure it to the plate instead of the pedestal so that it does not fall. I placed another plate on the plate spring, and a smaller barrel on top of it. Gently support the plate with one hand and press the barrel from the top with the other. Then, there was a gnarly response, and when I let it go, the barrel bounced poyon. This is good for the form of the spring itself. I guess this series of tasks is production handling, I was able to work quickly. I wonder how far cheats will be applied as production. The food is apparently included in the production, and possibly some sewing.I also tried the laundry, but it didn¡¯t make a big difference compared to what others do, so it seems to mean it¡¯s not produced on boulders. Even if this task is now a priority, it seems better to know what can be done. That¡¯s an improvement on the luggage car anyway. I made another plate spring set earlier, slashed the whole thickness and made four wheels (though fairly cluttered to call them), and also two axles that I picked up the appropriate sticks and processed. A front wheel and a rear wheel were formed by fixing the wheels on both ends of the axle. The front and rear wheels are fixed so that the axles can be rotated there by passing the plates in the front and rear directions one by one, left and right. The rear wheel allows a plate spring to enter between the plate and the axle, and the front wheel side earns its share of the height. The details of these tasks are more than almost cheesy. I want to be able to do it with my abilities, but I doubt I can distinguish myself from cheats where I can. Now I can definitely say that it¡¯s cheesy for a former amateur to be able to do all this work whenever he does it for the next ten or twenty years and his abilities are familiar, but fulfilling it is either cheesy or his abilities. ¡­ When I work alone, I really don¡¯t think a lot about it. Get some rest. ¡°Krull.¡± ¡°All right, then go around the garden. ¡°Kul!¡± When I say, Krull goes around the garden. Since the structure is the structure, the swirling becomes really strong. The empty barrel lay down with Goron once it bounced and fell as-is when it first bent. Look at that. Krull tried to stop, ¡°You can keep walking. When I say, I start going around the garden again. It¡¯s hard to tell because the weight on the spring is extremely light, but compared to the front and rear wheels, the rear wheels appear to be in suspension-effected motion. ¡°Do you want to go with that one for now? After I was alone, I watched the Krull happily circle the garden for a while. Chapter 140 Chapter 140: 140 Thereafter I also tried the structure of the rear wheel part to create a shape that would be the best when replaced by metal. All we have to do is apply this structure to the actual luggage car¡­ it should. The task itself will be done again tomorrow after the front wheel part can be prototyped. Because somehow the sun is already setting and the Liques are finishing up their work today. Speaking of Krull, it seems like it feels as good as having you play all day today. If it¡¯s fun, it¡¯s good. I¡¯ll have help again tomorrow¡­¡­ The next day, remove the front wheel of the prototype trolley assembled yesterday once. Referring to the rear wheel section made yesterday, make two more identical plate spring sets. Simply put, if we can pinch this plate spring in between while making the left and right of the front wheel independent, the basic structure of Eizo Workshop¡¯s special luggage car will be completed, but it will be difficult to say the easy ¡°easy¡± line ¡°kona¡±. There is likely to be a lot of difficulty in making that happen. The people of the previous world who had the knowledge of the previous world and made it with utter hand exploration are truly amazing to struggle with this much, even if it is me who knows the shape of completion. I¡¯ve tried everything, but it seems to have a good shape with wheels on the tip of the foot of the structure like a few words. Allow the top part to move in front of the trolley so that the legs that are out move independently, left and right, and place the spring on the legs that are stretched. When you attach a wheel with a round-tailed cut to the tip of your foot, you¡¯re done. Krull was still here today to visit ¨C not so much in person (Hondragon?) As for you, I guess you¡¯re here to play ¨C so after allowing the Krull to pull, just like yesterday, I had him go around the garden. ¡°Klululululu.¡± In a good mood Krull walks in the garden. Seems a lot easier to get around than yesterday. A little irregularity also appears to be able to absorb some. Because yesterday¡¯s barrel was too light, or it fell right off, so I¡¯ll try to put something with water in a smaller barrel today. Did I just say around 10 kilograms by weight? The trolley sinks slightly.¡°Okay, now you can go around again. ¡°Crew.¡± Tottotto and Krull start to circle the garden. Because it weighs, or the barrel doesn¡¯t fall right off when the trolley turns. It is soft and shaky with poyon around the thought that it is convex. The shake has spilled water, but I don¡¯t feel like I¡¯m being impacted with guttan like when there¡¯s nothing. I think I could protect Miss Frederica¡¯s ass a little bit if I put the same thing on the carriage. I¡¯m worried about loads all over the place when I look at them, but when I mount them on my luggage car, I¡¯ll be able to handle them, albeit with force moves, because I use bespoke model performance steel with cheats. I apologize to those who imitate the plate spring, but I want to leave the improvement around it to myself, including the suspension method. Even in the previous world ¡°it is not reproducible with modern technology. Making the same thing doesn¡¯t make it the same durable¡± seems to have been a bit of a story, but maybe it¡¯s the same story. I¡¯ll take one of the finished ones. It is still in the general model category, but it is almost close to the luxury model already. It also looks like magic is coming in. Rike¡¯s definitely growing up, too. ¡°That¡¯s good. ¡°No, not yet. I need to be able to make what my parents call luxury models in a stable manner. High goals are a good thing. It¡¯s wild to say this, so I just say, ¡°Good luck¡± and get to work. Let¡¯s start with the creation of an iron plate to be turned into a plate spring. Remove some sheet metal and heat one of them on the fire floor and beat it. It¡¯s been a long time since my senses and sounds have echoed on my body, and I even feel nostalgic by accident. To that feeling, less than a year after I came over here, I had totally become a blacksmith in my body and mind, and I thought I had no such benefit. Chapter 141 Chapter 141: 141 Taste the nostalgic sensation and stretch the sheet metal into an elongated plate shape. Length and thickness are better than cheats. Hardness is done with bespoke models. The first bottle can be quickly raised because it merely stretches the steel. I prepared the stretched one in the same way, because I needed about seven pieces around one spring to change the length. Only the longest one round both ends and shaped like a small cylinder attached. If I were to make a knife, I would make the shape as it is, but today I would do a process of baking it as it was before it became this knife. With that said, even in the previous world, are truck board springs just right for sharpening them out of there and turning them into knives? Now I make plate springs out of knife ingredients on the contrary. Kind of funny to think so. It was just a bit of finishing to stretch the sheet metal, so I quickly finished the work, but I used to take some time in prototyping the front wheel part, and this will be a time-up on this day. I¡¯ll see you tomorrow for fine parts and assemblies. The next morning, when I was pumping water, I decided to try a mini luggage truck for the prototype. Cover the water bottle with a lid and secure it to the mini luggage car with rope. This is also a brief reproduction of the usage of luggage vehicles when transporting goods. I did the experiment yesterday, but now I can be sure that if there is no problem, there is no problem. Krull was still waiting just outside the house this morning. Build a rope to pull a mini luggage car on the Krull. ¡°Don¡¯t ask for this today. ¡°Krull.¡±Krull starts walking with me as he pulls the galagoro and the mini luggage truck. The contents are empty water bottles but weigh more than empty barrels. It¡¯s pretty stable, and it doesn¡¯t get unstable except it rocks with guttan sometimes. The Krull is not particularly likely to be towed either, so we shall decide that there is no problem for now. The real deal is to put a bottle of water in it. Fill the water bottle about the lake. When placed on a mini luggage truck, it sinks heavily into the boulder. Because it weighs a lot¡­¡­ Put a lid on the water bottle and tangle the rope around the neck area to secure it to the luggage. Come on, how about this. The parts to be made today are the ones that hold the spring together, the ones that secure the spring to the luggage, the wheels, axles, and thin plates to reinforce the trolley by the way. With reference to the mini luggage car, the size to be attached to the actual luggage car will be made with cheats. If it hadn¡¯t been for this cheat, I¡¯d have measured the dimensions and made it¡­ or something, but that¡¯s cheat there. The parts that secure the spring to the luggage car can be complex shapes there, but the correct shapes can be created in one shot with the correct dimensions. If only I knew how it works, I might be able to build an early automobile. But I¡¯m not going to make anything like that at the moment. I just want to make something as good as possible to suit this world. Next to the smoothly flowing, shared flow work, we create butterflies and one-off parts. The sight of its true opposite even looks a little odd. The whole set of parts was complete, and I said, ¡°Whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa. Chapter 142 Chapter 142: 142 Take the parts to the rose luggage car. We¡¯re going to put these together now, but there¡¯s a different part of the world than before, so we¡¯re going to need an arrangement there. For example, we don¡¯t use nuts or bolts, but make up for them with pins or wedges. These affect serviceability and durability. I follow up on the parts made with cheats and daily inspections, but I would like to ask people who imitate them to improve themselves. First assemble from the rear wheel. Attach parts to the rear side of the carrier for coupling the plate spring set with the carrier so that the cylindrical part of the longest plate spring is coupled thereto. The plate spring is bow-shaped, so when it is stretched and shrunk, the length of the part of the string referred to in the bow changes. We need parts that will absorb it when we join them together. This shall be mounted only on one side and the other directly coupled with the carrier. Once the plate spring has been assembled with a part that is such that the plate spring set is put together, the axle is passed through the cylinder at the bottom of the first part of the part, and once the wheels are attached to both sides, it is completed as a structure. Lubricating oil is pork fat, or lard, which was used before mineral oil became common in the previous world. In our case, it is pork fat. They also use vegetable seed oil, but we are rich in pork fat. Once the front wheels were provisionally assembled here (the parts for mounting machined the lumber) and I pulled them and tried to try them out, at some point the crulle that had come was waiting roughly for his nose as well. I¡¯m not asking you to tow a long distance, so substitute the equipment with rope without wearing it. ¡°Doesn¡¯t it hurt? ¡°Krulu.¡± When I checked to see if there was a problem, I had it go around the garden as it seemed fine. The mechanism itself is working well, but there are some strange places by the way, so I repeat that you have to remove it, adjust it, and have it towed again. When the sun went down and so on, the adjustment was completed. For one thing, this will complete the rear wheel. The coupling between the front wheel and the gear is tomorrow. The next morning, I let Krull himself hold the water draw today. Krull is a pleasure. The final adjustment will be made after modification of the coupling part with the fitting. From the shape of the removed coupling part, make a new part of the coupling part. This is a diversion of wood and existing parts. Once you have made the cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha-cha, After moving slightly, adjust, and moving slightly, repeat the adjustment so that the kurl can finally tow smoothly. The next time you do a repair, you want to make it smoother¡­ Now that we can make the final adjustments to the whole thing, we¡¯ll have Krull tow the luggage again. The suspension seems to be working on both the front and rear wheels. However, there still seems to be a slight problem, so stop and repeat the adjustment. By the time I was in a satisfactory state, the sun was already setting. If it¡¯s a blacksmith-only task, it won¡¯t even take long to get here, but the production general cheats aren¡¯t as capable as blacksmiths. This is better than repeating a trial and error. Either way, this should have made the ride extraordinarily better, and I can give it a little speed for that. If it doesn¡¯t take long to get to the city, there will be more you can do in that amount of time. With a happy imagination of what I would be able to do in that time, I started cleaning up. Chapter 143 Chapter 143: 143 The luggage was completed yesterday. Thermia and Deanna were out hunting after creating general models of knives and practicing around magic with Like and Liddy. I mean, today is the day to collect your prey. The five of us have been there to collect it, but today Krull adds to it. Even the five of us had a pretty tough time when we were big guys, but I¡¯m thinking it would be a lot easier if the Krulls came in. I don¡¯t use luggage and mini luggage this time. Because what I make over there is what I tear apart and dry at home, and it stays lumbered. The place to sink into the lake is slightly different each time, as it will be near the place where the prey was captured. So some logging won¡¯t be a problem¡­¡­ should be. It is possible that I will have to think about it in time because I am missing somewhere in week 1. It doesn¡¯t change to the point where we all pull up to where we sank and build a carriage and put it on there. From today on, pulling this will be a krull, so. We also thought about getting Krull to help us with the pull up, but that¡¯s about as much as we talked about doing it ourselves. It also seems overprotective, but it¡¯s not a good way to crush it using a runaway dragon, which is not cheap to think about in cold blood. Though I¡¯ve tried to be hypocritical, the truth is, Krull seems to be happily holding the carriage. It looks good to bring this in the future. Thanks also to Krull, I was able to come back to the house earlier than usual. ¡°Thank you, Krull. stroke her neck muscles as Deanna thanked Krull. Everyone else did the same. Of course, me too. ¡°Klulululu.¡±Krull narrowed his eyes and seemed happy. Dismantle the prey that has been pulled up ¨C pigs today. Starting today some of it will be Krull¡¯s rice, so I¡¯ll split that up. I only eat enough to say I barely eat it, so I set aside what I eat today and what I only do to dry it without treating it down. Now we can secure the rice for the other two weeks or so of the Krull. The grass is eating the area when it feels like it. I checked with Liddy to see if there was any poisonous grass, but from what I saw, unless it was a mutation, I didn¡¯t stop or prepare anything in particular. The staple food is the magic of the forest, and I decided not to think about nutrients or anything. It doesn¡¯t seem like a creature that can be fattened by knowledge in the previous world. You just have to be cute. Oh, is that what you¡¯re saying? ¡°If you put the rope around your shoulder, you¡¯ll be happy to snap it. ¡°You are. Okay. Deanna popped up at a rate at which the word ¡°soaking up¡± suited her. Was that, after all, the perception that you were getting to play with as a kurl? It seems to recognize that morning water pumping is a daily job, and small luggage cars and carriages when hunting are played. I wonder about the big luggage car. I would like you to put on your gear and think it¡¯s an important job because it travels a long distance. Because of the abundance of magic in the Black Forest, he began to hear the noise of ¡°krull¡± from the outside and towing the garagolo luggage car. I was delighted to hear that there was one more item on ¡°Always¡±. Chapter 144 Chapter 144: 144 The number of productions on that day was as usual, with no particular amount or small amount. Take this because there was a blank, or even though there was a blank? If it was less than planned, would it be good? The next day, me and Rike worked at the blacksmith, and the other three and Krull headed to collect. He also followed Liddy to find something to plant in the field. Looks like Krull took a mini luggage truck. That said, I think the amount that that mini luggage truck would work great is too much picked on boulders, so I guess it¡¯s simply a walk together. I haven¡¯t made my own long sword out of mould in a long time today. I no longer miss the feeling. Pour molten iron into the mold that was made. Cheats were also used to flush slowly and carefully. Make the next mould between it solidifies. At first he said Rike would do it, but Rike refused because he had work to do in Rike. Although I¡¯m a disciple, I haven¡¯t done anything to teach you anything in particular. I asked you to make a lot of sheet metal, but even though you didn¡¯t teach me anything, it¡¯s against my aesthetics to tell me to do it because I¡¯m a disciple. That¡¯s why they apply clay to male moulds and work on making moulds. Actually, the male is the second generation. The design is the same as before, so it doesn¡¯t make any difference. Remove when the iron flowed into the mold is cold. Hmm, I knew you¡¯d like the quality in the first place if I flushed it. The amount of magic is also out of step with when Thermia and Deanna flush it. Thanks to cheats, too. In this long sword (and short sword) alone, the production speed itself seems to be the earliest to process what I flushed myself. But, of course, I only have one. I can¡¯t do what I said about moulding and pouring in molten iron while I¡¯m processing, so in terms of efficiency for that matter, it¡¯s quicker to get help from the Thermians. I¡¯m the only one who doesn¡¯t make sense. Conversely, when it comes to making bespoke models, it¡¯s the quickest I can do from scratch. That would be a good area if I were alone. I showed it to Rike, too. ¡°You don¡¯t know where to touch when they say you haven¡¯t finished it because of this. I¡¯ve been told. Maybe that¡¯s what it¡¯s like to be a liqueur who just touched the edge of a luxury model. Still, it can surpass most of the common blacksmiths in humans. With that said, what is the general level of dwarf around? In the case of human blacksmiths, even my fancy models were around ¡°there are a few of them on the same level in the capital¡±. This means that I think the general model area is around or above. ¡°That¡¯s right. Does it feel like there are ten times more things in Dwarf blacksmiths dealing with firearms than in the capital that have reached the level of parent making? When I asked, Rike answered yes. You¡¯re in for it. ¡°In the case of Dwarves, you focus more on those who draw on the power of the material than on magic or something, right? So I¡¯m a little bad at processing misrills and stuff, and I can be good at finishing silver and gold. Mithrills change their properties with the amount of magic they put in, but if they don¡¯t handle it well around them, it¡¯s just like light steel. It¡¯s amazing enough.¡°Still, overall, I¡¯m better at it than humans. I¡¯m going to take a discipleship journey, including human places, to look for that specialty. ¡°I see. ¡°It¡¯s just¡­ ¡°Just?¡± ¡°There will only be enough craftsmen in Dwarves to count, even those with the same performance, who can make something as delicate as their parents. If it¡¯s a bespoke model, whether or not even the legendary Don Dorgo should be enemies. ¡°Are you a great blacksmith? ¡°It is a man of legend that God gave him power during the war 600 years ago and struck a sword at a brave man. It was in installed knowledge that 600 years ago there was a war between demons and humans and other races. At that time, although it was good that the brave had defeated the demon king, it seemed to be a realistic line story that the brave men had been killed where they had been pushed in and other races had been exhausted by both sides, so it was a truce. ¡°Yeah, but if you¡¯re a parent, you can make the same sharpness with a smaller weapon, and yet with more delicacy, right? ¡°I don¡¯t know what I¡¯m not trying to do. It¡¯s impossible to confirm because it was 600 years ago, but depending on Don Dorgo¡¯s level of magic handling, my performance should go up even if it¡¯s the same one for longer. However, the fact that God gave me strength should be considered to have improved my handling of magic considerably, and whether I was strong enough to shoulder it. Because of this, I got my second life as a blacksmith, and it¡¯s not like I don¡¯t have the desire to have a product or work that would make me quite famous, or leave something like that anyway, but I also have a pretty good desire to live secluded and relaxed in conflict with it. And when I was old, I said, ¡°This is my work!¡± Would it be nice to put something amazing out into the world and then even live a hidden life? You¡¯re talking about the last wave before you abandon the world being the greatest masterpiece, or the middle two centers ¡°Chiujo¡± hurting even after 40. ¡°Legend. I meant to whisper, but I overheard Rike. ¡°Yes. I think maybe my parents will be. I was told that I was going back to work in the light. Chapter 145 Chapter 145: 145 I was able to make long swords and short swords in good shape as much as I could. From the selling I asked Camilo, as usual, we need this one more as a quantity of luxury models, so if we can make it for a few more days, it doesn¡¯t look like there¡¯s a problem with this one. The amount of the knife will be fine. Looks like we¡¯ll be able to get some time to build Liddy¡¯s room door and bed somehow. Not long before the sun went down, I could hear the crap and the noise coming from the outside. I guess Krull is back. That means the other three should have come back. Slightly, as I thought, three people came back to work: Thermia, Deanna and Liddy. ¡°Welcome back.¡± When I spoke up, the triplets¡¯ ¡°I¡¯m home¡± returned. ¡°What did you pick today? ¡°That¡¯s mainly fruit. And then there are a few that are going to be planted in the field. Liddy¡¯s the one who fixed it up. ¡°It focuses on things that are likely to be harvested early. Thermia answered and Liddy followed. To say you can harvest early is like herbs and leafy vegetables. Let¡¯s soak some of the fruit in the liquor and consume the rest early. It¡¯s good to have a busy dining table. Finish the day¡¯s work and prepare dinner. I also used herbs today to make something like a vanilla grill of pork. And then serve fruit that resembles an apple as it is.Fruits similar to apples have picked a good number for me, so I cut some and put them in a small pot with plenty of water. The kettle is boiled and disinfected, and the water is boiled once. At least I thought I¡¯d put a lid on it and put it in the workplace. I hope it works out. Dinner was well received. The cooking method itself is so difficult to elaborate, but the flavoring is something that I want to change as much as possible. Can¡¯t even get butter or cheese or ask Camilo¡­¡­ The next day, Thermia, Deanna and Liddy, they¡¯re going to do the field side today. Because the seedlings I brought back yesterday need to be replanted early. However, there is not enough seedlings to fill the field either. We need space when the seeds arrive from the inside of the elf, so we leave that amount free. Since it is a family of five plus one, the amount is known even if it can be harvested to the fullest on its own, but I still think whether it can be self-sufficient is important in this kind of life. Camilo also tells me that it¡¯s ¡°no problem with less,¡± so I¡¯ll cut the burden of liqueur in half with the general model today, and will you let that amount of time count on making whatever you want? When I told the story, Rike also said at first, ¡°That¡¯s so awe-inspiring,¡± but persuaded me that ¡°I need to be able to make something for myself as an apprentice in the Eizoo Workshop,¡± and I was somewhat disapproved of it. ¡°Oops,¡± but he accepted it. I feel a bit like I¡¯m wielding my apprentice, but I want you to forgive me for thinking I¡¯m occasionally selfish. I can do it with a wheezer because I don¡¯t even get that tempered when I¡¯m a general model. For a while the sound of me and Like¡¯s hammer was rhythmically echoing in the workplace, but eventually I also heard a noise called Galagoro from the outside. I¡¯m guessing Krull is giving Deanna a ride and letting her tow a mini luggage. I think it would be easier to expand the field if I made a pigeon to tow it to the Krull, but I don¡¯t think I¡¯m going to farm that much. The clarity of the collision between the metals was accompanied by the bass sound of galagoro, and me and Rike mass-produced the knife. Chapter 146 Chapter 146: 146 I¡¯ll take a look at the field between knife productions. The acres are made and the seedlings sprouts lined up nicely there are cutely aligned. The spacing between seedlings seems to be widening. Will it stretch its roots wide because it is a wild species? Not all of them seem to have been planted yet, but the work was well under way. ¡°Oh, you¡¯re doing it. ¡°Well, a little later. Deanna says with her chest up. It has a bamboo in its hand, and it is such a wind that no one trusts it when it comes to countess. You¡¯re totally familiar with life here. ¡°There¡¯s a lot of dirt and magic around here, so I think it grows a lot. That¡¯s Liddy with the bamboo, too. It¡¯s a little uncomfortable from me being an elf and an ex-world person. Doesn¡¯t sound like it, I mean. Like¡¯s axe looks unusually good on him, so maybe he just thinks so extra. I asked Liddy before I started this work, and she said that field work was normal both inside and out, so I guess that¡¯s not true personally. ¡°I¡¯ve never done a job like this, but you¡¯re pretty tough. Thermia also said with a shovel. The Beast Man in the Black Forest basically said he wouldn¡¯t farm. ¡°The beast man has power, and I think he¡¯ll get used to it soon. ¡°It¡¯s going to be sword practice, too. Liddy and Deanna said. We¡¯ve been totally close in the last few days and it¡¯s a good trend. It doesn¡¯t suit anyone, it¡¯s a lot harder when things like that happen. ¡°Well, I¡¯m going back to work. ¡°Whoa, good luck with that. ¡°See you later. Cheer from Thermia and Deanna, take a bow from Liddy, and I¡¯ll go back to work. ¡­ In an attempt to get back, before that, I noticed that I was out of the house. Krull stopped by, so I stroked my neck and took a little look around the garden. I kind of feel like I¡¯m getting a better balance when I tow. I think the mini luggage car wobble was a little bigger until about yesterday, but today it looks like it¡¯s getting less comfortable. Maybe he wasn¡¯t just playing, he was practicing. ¡°All right, all right, you¡¯re a pain in the ass. ¡°Klululululu.¡± I stroked the cruel rubbing my head off, and now it¡¯s time for me to go back to work. with the thought of getting my hair pulled back quite a bit. Afterwards, the blacksmithing work on this day could also be concluded in a connected manner. Work from the next day will continue as before. I make swords for about two days and then knives in the next two days. Like takes Liddy¡¯s cue and practises his magic tricks while he basically makes the same thing as me. Thermia, Deanna, and Liddy go hunting, collecting, and watching the field. Krull, speaking, was busy talking about raising and collecting prey and playing around the garden. See how the apples put on the water between them. So far, so good. The day after tomorrow, by the time I get back from Camilo¡¯s store, it looks just fine. The day before I went to Camilo¡¯s store to wholesale, I would make a door and bed that would belong to Liddy¡¯s room. Now that we¡¯re each fourth, say we have blanks. I¡¯m used to the work, and most of them can shorten my time with my cheats, so I cleaned them up lightly. ¡°Now this is Liddy¡¯s room from today on. There¡¯s no proper furniture in there, but if you want something, I¡¯ll make it, so tell me. ¡°Thank you. I disagree, but Samya, Deanna, Rike, and for some reason, Liddy are the faces that I obviously don¡¯t trust. ¡°For example, Mr. Helen, let¡¯s come to something, shall we? ¡°Uh, right. Indeed.¡± ¡°He likes his parents, too. Deanna, Thermia and Riquet discuss the possibility of Helen coming mouth-to-mouth. Liddy¡¯s in on it a little bit, and he doesn¡¯t really have a face for me. I said, ¡°If three women come over, I will rape Kashima.¡± But if there are four of them, it¡¯s a fornicating plus one, and I made a slight escape from reality. ¡°No, he¡¯s not coming. I managed to break into conversations. As far as I can tell, I think Helen probably likes her current life of fighting and walking around everywhere. When I say that, ¡°But sometimes you come back. It might come as a home then. Deanna disputed me. Hmm, this is bad minutes. ¡°Whoa, it¡¯s time to get dinner ready. It¡¯s the anniversary of Liddy¡¯s room! To the visible escape, the four of them said, ¡°Running away!¡± Totally, but soon he returned to the discussion about the possibility of Helen coming and whether we should build more rooms. Chapter 147 Chapter 147: 147 In the end, it seems that the addition of the room meant that it was dropped off. I asked everyone while we had a little extravagant dinner to commemorate the completion of the room, and if there are likely to be more people in the future, we just need to use the rooms first and build more in the meantime. There are many people in the house, and if you think about helping Krull, you¡¯ll be able to work much smoother than before, it seems. I wasn¡¯t talking about it because there won¡¯t be any more in the future. I really don¡¯t want to. The next day, it¡¯s the day I go to Camilo¡¯s to wholesale the goods. After finishing the morning routine, which includes water pumping, Lique and Deanna attach the outfits to the Krull. The other three, including me, loaded their baggage into the van. This renovation also includes a chair that can be easily seated by the owner and a bench that can be seated by several people. Connect your luggage to Krull¡¯s gear and Like will sit on your podium. The other Ments sat on the bench. It conveys the feeling of the spring sinking in when you board. Pairing our luggage doesn¡¯t make the spring feel like it¡¯s on the bottom. On the way home, we¡¯ll load the iron stone with charcoal, salt or something, so if it¡¯s on the bottom at this point, it¡¯s a complete failure. That didn¡¯t happen, so I¡¯m relieved. Even though I made it with cheats so I¡¯m somewhat ok, my anxiety doesn¡¯t clear up until I try riding it this way. ¡°Klululululu!¡± Krull screams loudly and walks out. It¡¯s not a rubber tire, it¡¯s not as comfortable riding as an automobile in the previous world on a boulder, but it still feels a lot better than nothing. There is little shaking to poke up with the gatun. Instead, Yusa Yusa, or there is a shake like that. The only thing that attenuates the wobble is friction between the plate springs, so it seems to be going on slightly, but it will depend on whether or not people get drunk. Krull is in a good mood to take his first luggage in a long time. It¡¯s in the woods, so the speed is suppressed, but it¡¯s still about as fast as a human jog can afford. I only got Kurl to tow me home the other day, and the suspension was unmounted, so I was keeping my speed down, but if I could run in the woods at this speed, I¡¯d be willing to put it on the city pretty quickly. It¡¯s natural because of the different speeds, but leaving the woods was considerably faster than usual, as I thought. It¡¯s a street from here. Entering the street increases the speed even more. As fast as a human runs, other than that, it¡¯s fast enough to row a bike. The shake increases for that matter, but it is not a shake that feels tight. The loaded baggage is shaking every bit, but it doesn¡¯t jump with guttan, and of course it hasn¡¯t caused a load crash. If all kinds of carriages are allowed to run at this speed, the city and the capital will be able to make day trips where it now takes a day on one way. That would increase the speed of distribution of supplies, as well as the speed of dissemination of information with it.I¡¯m pretty sure that has a variety of implications. ¡°Watchdog,¡± he said, ¡°your presence will not greatly affect this world,¡± but is it true? Perhaps ¡°the spread of things that exist as a matter of principle is not to say that it affects the degree to which the needle is advanced a little¡±. There is a limit when it comes to alert, because we are going as fast as humans run. More importantly, if the bandits are going to catch up with this loaded dragon car, they need to run and catch up, unless it¡¯s a horse. Even if you try to stop Krull from legging with a bow, it will be difficult to hit the first bullet at a goal that travels at that speed. The one who can guess that doesn¡¯t have to be a burglar, but he doesn¡¯t seem to be a burglar because there are so many avenues to eat in this world. Still, I can¡¯t be completely alert, so I don¡¯t neglect to run my gaze around and be alert. When you get to the store, you have to ask Camilo what happened to the thief. The usual guards stood at the city entrance. When I saw the weapon, it was turning into a Halvard. Finally, even the city¡¯s guards became a ritual. The guard seemed a little surprised to see the dragon car, but when he saw us, ¡°Oh, is that it? In fact, Krull walked quietly and slowly throughout the city. I guess it¡¯s because a walking dragon is rare, I feel like I¡¯m getting more attention than Liddy the Elf. If you pay attention to some gaze, some were looking around the wheel ¨C that is, the suspension part. Yeah, yeah, that¡¯s how you imitate it. Eizoo Workshop, suspension of fat cat stamps! Oh, my God, I¡¯m not willing to do this. I¡¯m talking about a world where there¡¯s no patent system, no utility model system, and I¡¯m not at all willing to make money from this. I don¡¯t know what to say instead, but I¡¯m thinking of telling Camilo if he asks. Slowly, the dragon car, which proceeded through the city at a speed of about a person¡¯s early feet, reached its Camilo store. That¡¯s the end of my first drive in an improved luggage truck. Not bad for you. You were comfortable riding. While I was thinking about it, the dragon car went into Camilo¡¯s warehouse. Chapter 148 Chapter 148: 148 Krull stopped quietly at Camilo¡¯s store warehouse. We¡¯ll all split up and uncouple the gear and the luggage. Krull, like a dog up from the water, shook his body blurry, ¡°Coo.¡± and rang small. Tell the clerk, while we get the water and the leaves ready, the back of the store ¨C we¡¯ll take him to the place where Krull and we first met. ¡°Wait quietly here. Deanna speaks to Krull and slaps her neck gently with a pom. ¡°Krull.¡± Okay, but as I said, Krull sat down on the spot. All right, all right, you¡¯re smart. As soon as the five of us entered the trading room, Camilo and Mr. Keeper arrived. The greeting¡¯s there, too, and I¡¯ll get the bag out of my nose. It¡¯s a packed bag of gold coins I got from Marius. ¡°Take the dragon price from here. When I put the bag on the table, Camilo revealed the contents. ¡°You¡¯ve been in there long enough. ¡°It¡¯s a gift from His Excellency the Count. ¡°Ha ha, you thought you were still short on that one before. By being instrumental. Camilo seems to have guessed the situation. The words are sarcastic, but the expression has become gentle. The roots are sweet. Just because it¡¯s a loss account, it also makes a cold calculation. ¡°Well, how about this? Camilo removes several pieces of gold from the bag. That¡¯s less than I thought. ¡°Is that all you need? ¡°Oh, a certain nobleman of the Empire has fallen. I scratched him from the side for the price he was having trouble disposing of. That¡¯s why I still make enough money. Empire is the country next to our kingdom. I hear there are occasional skirmishes at the border, although it does not lead to war. The person I heard was Camilo. ¡°Right. That¡¯s fine. Kim also got his mind on the possibility that Camilo had shunned, but would he decide to trust his merchant position there? And were you also extending your hand to your neighbor? I guess I don¡¯t blame you in particular, but it seems quite risky to do business in a country you¡¯re not close to. Is it Camilo¡¯s talent as a merchant who manages the area? ¡°What do you say, how¡¯s the dragon running? ¡°Oh. Smart and helpful. With that said, which one is she with a man or a woman? ¡°Hmm? From what I¡¯ve heard, it sounds like she¡¯s a female. Is Krull a girl? Um, now I¡¯m the only guy in the Eizoo Workshop left¡­ Remember a little bit of sadness, ¡°So¡­¡± Suddenly Camilo dropped his voice a little. So it makes us feel like we¡¯re going to get on with nature. ¡°It¡¯s how your luggage truck works. ¡°Oh. A suspension for a plate spring. ¡°What¡¯s that all about? You say you¡¯re ears fast, or it¡¯s amazing how much it hasn¡¯t been since you got here and you already know it. I talked about simple mechanisms and effects without hiding anything in particular. ¡°Are you saying that if you can contain the shock you get from the road or absorb the bumps, it¡¯s okay to let them run at a fast speed? ¡°There will be limits, but don¡¯t. I think if we do this right, we can make it back and forth between the city and the capital in a day. ¡°Right. If they¡¯d caught me, I¡¯d have one less worry about going home, but they don¡¯t have a story that¡¯s so good. ¡°I mean, there¡¯s no damage, but be very careful and go home. ¡°Oh. Of course. Shake hands gently and leave the business room. Krull waited quietly behind the store as he was told. If Deanna is thrilled with him, she¡¯s stroking Krull¡¯s head. If you don¡¯t do much, they might hate you. Only one to the clerk who was bringing me the leaves and water, but I give him the silver coin, connect the krull to the luggage truck and leave the warehouse behind. Today¡¯s luggage should be quite heavy because the usual items also have clay for moulding, but the kurl shall not be. The suspension still seems to hold up too, so I was horrified. It would be worse if I left. If you go all over the city, you still get the same attention as you get to go. As for the Krull, I want the suspension to be something Camilo has worked hard to get used to. If that¡¯s how you get to the city landscape, that would be a pleasure. Meet and pass the guard, after the city. The streets are as relaxed as ever and the landscape is likely to loosen its guard. But we forgot. How do I stop a luggage truck that can¡¯t be stopped by running or bowing? One person stands in the middle of a street some way from the city. The shadow held a sword in his hand and said: ¡°You guys there! Stop or I¡¯ll kill you! Yes, we just have to block the way. I instructed Rike to stop and see how the person was doing. Chapter 149 Chapter 149: 149 Krull slowly stops walking. I checked the rear chill, but no sign of it. ¡°Parents, what do you want to do? ¡°Let¡¯s just hear what I have to say. ¡°Okay. Rike stays still, holding Krull¡¯s reins. ¡°All right, don¡¯t move! That¡¯s what the shadow with the sword orders us to do. He covers his whole body with a cape or hood, and he doesn¡¯t look very good. From the sound of my voice, I feel like a woman, but I¡¯m not sure. I tell Deanna and Thermia to be vigilant about it because it would be a hassle if they shot a bow while the other one approached us. Of course, so am I. If you¡¯re a regular burglar, your buddy will appear here to become a person and a hardware, or take a krull or life, but there¡¯s no sign of it. That is not a normal burglar. ¡°Hey, is this the rumor? ¡°Probably. Thermia whispered to me. Yes, if it¡¯s not a regular burglar, it¡¯s none other than the one we were talking about before. There was no sign of it in the rear when I checked earlier. A burglar would also place people behind him to avoid being U-turned. All I¡¯m saying is that I¡¯m a thief in front of a running carriage (in our case, a dragon car) and it comes out with one body is more or less wrong. The one with a little more head turns would cripple Marutai on the road, or hit one play like he¡¯s not feeling well. You didn¡¯t do them at all, so, well, you¡¯re not a regular burglar. The thief said he had not yet caught the possibility that he would remain. So I deliberately stopped because I wanted to know what the purpose was. Otherwise, he shoots with a bow and turns back. ¡°And you¡¯re doodled. I¡¯m naturally on guard over there, but if Krull suddenly runs out for real now, there won¡¯t be a single one, will there? Could it be the first time you¡¯ve stopped a carriage? Though it¡¯s not something that might be experienced like that. ¡°You didn¡¯t get caught much before because of this. ¡°I agree. I have no choice but to agree to Deanna¡¯s whisper. There, I hear Liddy whispering with some tension. ¡°That¡¯s a demon tribe, isn¡¯t it? ¡°Is that it? ¡°It¡¯s haunting the starved magic. I stared into the shadows, but I wasn¡¯t sure. Will I learn from Liddy sometime around here¡­ The shadow pointed the cutting edge of the sword towards Kurl. Deanna¡¯s about to pop out, but I¡¯ll hold her back. ¡°All right, you there! Give me the weapon you have! The demon tribe commands Rike. Rike looks back at me, but I nodded. Rike takes his hand off the reins, takes out a protective knife and throws it with each sheath. The Demons picked it up indefensibly. Now, if I get slashed off this carrier, I feel I slashed it sparingly, but for now, I decide to monitor my feet one by one, wondering if it might also be an incentive to find out what the ¡°thief who seems to be looking for something¡± is looking for. Of course, we¡¯re getting in a position where harm hits one of us and the moment it does. ¡°Ah!¡± A demon clan raised its voice watching the knife it had picked up. We accidentally put our hands on the pattern. The air stained the air at once. When I finally thought I¡¯d have to slaughter him, ¡°Hey you guys, where did you get this! That¡¯s what the Demons ask us as we put a knife up, and we look each other in the face. The next moment, we were laughing unexpectedly. ¡°Hey, what¡¯s wrong! Tell me where you got it! ¡°I was looking for this engraved weapon. To get it. The Demons sat on the carrier said so while showing the knife¡¯s patterned head ¨C the fat cat¡¯s engraving. I see. Was it our product you were looking for? I thought there were quite a few of these out there, but I wonder if not. Camilo seems to be selling it in the Empire, so maybe the engraved luxury models are dominated by you for profit. ¡°As I said earlier, I¡¯m the one who made it. I took my knife out of my nose and showed her the pattern. Of course it has the same engraving. When you look at them, the other three look the same. There is no possibility that we all just bought Azo Workshop products, but from the side that was looking for Azo Workshop weapons, it¡¯s only a trivial ¡°small¡± story if we can get them. ¡°If it¡¯s true, I want you to make one weapon. The Demons bowed their heads to me. I guess the roots aren¡¯t the bad ones. I think I trust him a little too easily, too. This kind of place is hard to get out of recognition in the previous world. ¡°Nice¡­ I just want to say that we have conditions when we are made to order. It¡¯s about coming to us alone. I¡¯ll tell you where it is, so come back tomorrow. ¡°Okay. Let¡¯s do that. When I said that, the Demons snorted lightly. Break up with the Demons before plugging into the forest entrance to go home to us. I have a lot to worry about, but I¡¯ll listen to that when we get here. I¡¯m already taking care of it, but hopefully it won¡¯t be any more trouble. I think so. With me on board, Krull¡¯s tow truck went into the woods. Chapter 150 Chapter 150: 150 I broke up with the Demons and got home. Although Gotagota woke up, the time to go home is not so different from when he was holding on manpower thanks to Krulu. After removing Krull¡¯s gear and dusting off the dust we went to the city, we usually gathered in the living room in time to do whatever we wanted. ¡°You think he¡¯s coming tomorrow? ¡°I think you¡¯re coming. It¡¯s a consultation on how to respond to the Demons. Liddy answered my first voice. ¡°The Demons are as good at handling magic as elves. So I was wondering if I might avoid the¡± exclusion ¡±of this house as well. ¡°The chances of not being able to cross the forest¡­ didn¡¯t seem like it. I was only watched relaxed because cheats showed that if anything happened, they would cut me off instantly. Strength, to that extent, was not enough to get us through this forest. ¡°And then¡­ don¡¯t you have a problem building weapons for the Demons? Though the knowledge of installation says there was a major war 600 years ago, there has only been a skirmish or so in recent years. Then the empire from the kingdom will remain the same. If so, from me, a blacksmith who came from the North and lived on his own, it makes no difference whether weapons flow to the Empire or to the Demons, but whether they actually do. ¡°Atashi is nothing. I¡¯m surprised to see it for the first time, I guess. ¡°Me too. Thermia and Lique don¡¯t seem particularly concerned. I don¡¯t care if they call me a demon clan, or something. ¡°If your brother hides it or gives you a profit, they might say you¡¯re the one, but Eizo¡¯s just a blacksmith, isn¡¯t he? Then you don¡¯t have to worry about it, do you? It was Deanna who answered that. I guess it would be a lot to be looked at if you were beneficial to the humans of an enemy country. ¡°Assuming, when it comes to fighting the Demon Nation, it could mean hurting your brother is my bespoke model weapon, okay? ¡°That¡¯s now, isn¡¯t it? By the time Helen has your weapon, there¡¯s already that possibility in every battlefield. ¡°That¡¯s¡­ right. There is no guarantee anywhere that Helen, a mercenary, will always take part in the war as a kingdom. It¡¯s not true if you join the war as an imperial side and talk about the impossibility of Marius being dispatched there.Was Deanna ready for that already? I wasn¡¯t aware until now. I haven¡¯t bothered with what I make anymore, but you need to keep it in mind all the time¡­¡­ ¡°It¡¯s undeniably complicated as an emotion. They are born with starved magic. It would be most incompatible with us elves. But it¡¯s been 600 years since the war, and I was wondering if there¡¯s so much to care about where I built one or two weapons to do it anyway if we¡¯re talking about steady supply. Liddy answers at the end. Right, isn¡¯t it compatible with an elf who lives with beautiful magic and a demonic tribe of starved magic? I say demons come from starved magic, and if you ask me, I naturally feel incompatible. All in all, he said, ¡°I don¡¯t care, but it¡¯s nothing, okay? Something like that.¡± Well, it doesn¡¯t matter where or what the forces that don¡¯t belong provide. I get along with the Earls of the Kingdom, but nothing more than getting along. ¡°What are we going to do with the fact that we are thieves? ¡°It¡¯s usually a sin to hide a thief. ¡°Right. Honestly, I don¡¯t know if what I missed today is a nasty act there too. But. ¡°The next time I go to Camilo¡¯s store for wholesale, if my guard hasn¡¯t been lifted yet, I will ask Marius to take the document that confirms the facts. So I¡¯d like to think if Marius told the guards earlier that¡± the thief would have moved the place, so I¡¯d gradually reduce my alert ¡±it would be solved¡­ ¡°Speaking of my brother, I don¡¯t really want Eizo to owe me anything, but I can¡¯t help it¡­¡­ ¡°Right. I don¡¯t think it¡¯s that big of a thing to say I owe you, and I¡¯m ready to pay you back as much as I owe you. I know you like cutting yourself for strangers, but this is how I do it. We discussed it for a while, but settled on ¡°I¡¯ll make it when I get here,¡± ¡°I won¡¯t treat you particularly badly,¡± and ¡°I¡¯ll make you promise to go home when you get your weapon¡±. I still have some hesitation about building weapons on people who are clearly enemies with my friends, but I guess this is where I¡¯m going to be prepared to be as a blacksmith. In the end, it¡¯s just whether I make it or not. Three people who didn¡¯t know much about the Demons took their seats to prepare for dinner, watching as they asked Liddy a lot of questions. Chapter 151 Chapter 151: 151 The next day after dawn, Krull and I went to get some water, and I found a suspicious shadow in front of the house that covered my whole body with a cape or something. When I say a shadow that covers my whole body showing up here at this time, I only have one idea. That said, since there is no zero chance of someone else and just a thief, I gently lowered the water bottle and approached it so that I could pull the knife out at any time. ¡°Who. Who am I to speak up? The voice I returned was the one I expected. ¡°You¡¯re here because I tell you to come, and you¡¯re on guard if you do. Slightly dissatisfied voice, but definitely one I heard yesterday. Don¡¯t have a little trouble seeing your face in the hood and not knowing your expression. ¡°I didn¡¯t know if that was really you. ¡°Is that true, too? With that said, the Demons took the hood. Short silver hair, long ears, and brown skin are tattooed like the Tribal Tattoo in the previous world. There is a knife wound around the left eye, although it is distorted by the tattoo. Still, the whole face could normally be described as beautiful. Knowledge of the previous world. If you put it round, it¡¯s a dark elf. When the voice and the making of the face matched, I could definitely be convinced that it was a woman. Speaking of men in my acquaintance, I wonder what Camilo and Marius, and then about the ladies, and then deep ties to women are¡­ ¡°Now you¡¯ll see, won¡¯t you? Proudly said by a demonic woman. ¡°I wish you¡¯d show me your face properly this time. ¡°Mm-hmm. Even if I do that properly. ¡°Just wait there. I have to bring in some water. I went back as far as lowering the water bottle and re-charged it. If anything happens, this water bottle will crack. I have to respond. I left the Krull water bottle at the side of the house and asked Krull to keep it back in the cabin. I ask as I bring the water bottle into the house. ¡°Did you really come here? ¡°No,¡° excluding people ¡±was a bit of a hassle. I¡¯m not very good at magic. ¡°Right¡­¡­ I wish I could come for that, but let¡¯s keep quiet. ¡°You mean you¡¯re here early this morning, and you haven¡¯t had dinner yet? ¡°Oh.¡± ¡°Well, I¡¯ll feed you, so drop the dust off your journey in the guest room. Not until you clean your body. ¡°Are you sure? ¡°Guests are customers¡­ I know criminals are criminals, but whatever the heavier sinners are, customers treat them as guests. This is also what I decided yesterday. Prepare a smaller bucket of water for the customer from the water bottle they have brought in and put the water in there. Demonic woman¡­¡­ ¡°With that said, what¡¯s your name? ¡°Nilda.¡± ¡°Then Nilda, this is the guest room. Use this for water and cloth. I¡¯ll call you when I¡¯m ready, so after you clean your body, you can relax. ¡°Okay. Nilda nodded honestly and went into the guest room. ¡°Are you here? Deanna and everyone just got up there. ¡°Oh. I just told you to unpack now and clean your body. ¡°Yes. Then we have to get ready too. ¡°Right. We¡¯ll all do our morning routine. Thermia was normally in the guest room collecting laundry or something. It helps because I can¡¯t do it with a man. After one morning¡¯s work, breakfast was also done, so I let Samya go get Nilda. Everyone, including Nilda, was at the table. When we put our hands together to do what we normally do, Nilda also said that we would look at it. Hands together and whisper. ¡°Again, can you tell us all your names? I can¡¯t call you Demons or anything forever. Eating dinner, but I urge Nilda to introduce herself. Nilda looked disgruntled for a moment, ¡°It¡¯s Nilda. and I¡¯ll just introduce myself to you one word in the blink. The gaze is poured on Liddy, the elf, who, as usual, looks¡­¡­ but the fact that he has power in his eyes, or that he can see the writing letter Gogogo and Aura in the background, is like that. It¡¯s an incompatible ecology with each other¡­ I said I¡¯d hit the Dragon Tiger phase. It¡¯s starting to feel like air. Though Thermia eats molly breakfast without actually caring about being a tiger. ¡°So how did you know about our product? Ask Nilda if I can change the air. ¡°When I was sentinel on the border between the demonic and human worlds, I ran into a reconnaissance force on the human side and asked the red-haired woman who said Helen or something about being there. Nilda says the demonic and human worlds, but the world and space-time are not different. I am simply referring to the demonic world as the area inhabited by the demons, and the human world as the human world, one of the remnants of the war of 600 years ago. ¡°Redhead in Helen,¡° Thunder Sword ¡±? ¡°It was called¡° thunder ¡±when I heard it. You said you were leaving this place for a while, but you even went to the demon world? And when I realize it, two names have changed. Rapid thunder, I¡¯m sure it¡¯s fast. ¡°I ran into a force of¡± thunder, ¡°and it became a battle. But this one didn¡¯t have any hands or feet. He didn¡¯t get killed, but¡° Thunder ¡±quickly destroyed all weapons except mine. Finish your breakfast and clean up later and move to the workplace. It¡¯s a prayer on the shrine. Nilda will still see it here. He was worshipping with a look on his face. ¡°If there¡¯s something demonic about praying to a human god, you don¡¯t have to do anything else. ¡°Nothing like that. I¡¯m just imitating it because I think it¡¯s an interesting custom. ¡°I hope so. Is the Demon Race unreligious? Or is it the Demon King at the top, and it¡¯s an abbott around there? At the end of the prayer, the liqueurs will be ready to make sheet metal. I magically do the furnace ignition thing the fastest, so I put it on. Nilda¡¯s gaze pierces, but you have something to ask me now. Nilda and I move into a business meeting space at the workplace (though we just have a table and chairs) and sit face to face. ¡°So, what kind of weapon do you want? ¡°Right. The humans may not be familiar with it, but I prefer a thin, long, single-edged one, not as broad and double-edged as a sword. ¡°A weapon that cleaves. Should I be gently curved or something? ¡°Right. ¡°Hmm.¡± I scrape the wood that was rolling in the workshop with a knife. What I was able to do is varnish and apply nothing, but in the previous world the array is that one boy is bound to buy on a school trip. ¡°Do you mind if I say these shapes? ¡°That¡¯s exactly what it is. ¡°I see¡­¡± The weapon Nilda wants, it was a knife. Chapter 152 Chapter 152: 152 But a knife. As a former Japanese, the request is a bit tense. However, even if I say knife, I don¡¯t think I can make a proper Japanese knife. Production is possible using cheats, but when I use cheats in this world, the material will not be the same as jade steel. There¡¯s no point in purposefully covering bespoke model quality steel with high-end model quality steel¡­ However, since there is also training in liqueur, although this means little, it is planned to take the form of covering the steel of the bespoke model with the steel of the bespoke model. ¡°All right, shall we go out to the garden for a bit then? Bring me your stuff. I spoke to Nilda. ¡°Why not? ¡°You look at what you do with your stuff, and you decide how long or how much it weighs. ¡°I see. Nilda came right back, wondering if she¡¯d left the workplace. There is a proper sword in my hand. I opened the workplace door and went outside. Nilda follows me later. Nilda doesn¡¯t have the benefit of cutting me here or in the garden, but I repositioned the knife so that I could deal with it if I made a weird move just in case. ¡°Yikes! The moment I went out into the garden, Nilda screamed briefly. Because Krull was right next to the door. ¡°What, were you out? ¡°Krulu.¡± ¡°All right, all right. Just stay away from me. As I stroked Krull¡¯s neck as I rubbed his head, Krull honestly sat down a little further away and began to snub the grass around the area, not to say later. This is Mr. Vagina. ¡°Speaking of which, you had a runaway dragon in your house. ¡°You were carrying your luggage when we met. ¡°Ah, oh. But you miss it a lot. ¡°Isn¡¯t this how a normal walking dragon works? I don¡¯t know because I don¡¯t know any other dragons. ¡°There are also dragon walkers in the demonic world, but they are more distracting. It¡¯s not like I don¡¯t listen to you at all, but it¡¯s hard to handle because it bends the heso a lot. ¡°Heh. Are you that different from dragon to dragon? ¡°I don¡¯t know. At least I¡¯m sure it¡¯s not like the dragon in your house. ¡°Huh. I make a sound that I¡¯m not too interested in. But I had some guesses. The runaway dragon also speaks of what would normally be perceived as bait, as Krull is now eating grass, but the real food is magic. Demons say they are born with starved magic, and perhaps the land of the demonic world has many starved magic. If you continue to consume that magic as food, will your temper become more than a demon? All this is just speculation, but assuming that the difference in temperament between the Krull and the Walking Dragon of the Demonic Realm is quite significant, it seems likely that the difference in the quality of magic is leading to a difference. But then is the demon kingdom born with a demon or something? Maybe if Nilda gets used to us a little more (and if we get used to Nilda), we could ask. ¡°Should I shake it here? ¡°Oh. You can dance or train. Although it would be more helpful to move as close to the actual battle as possible. I¡¯ll show Nilda the length with both hands. It¡¯s a little long enough to call it a sidebar. Shall I call it a knife? ¡°Isn¡¯t that a little short? ¡°You¡¯re a fast move just like Helen, aren¡¯t you? I think it would be better if it were shorter and easier to move. ¡°Hmm.¡± ¡°So make something lighter, too. I¡¯ll adjust this area after it¡¯s done. ¡°Okay. I¡¯ll take care of it.¡± Now I see the final form. All you have to do is make it. I spoke to Kurl again later and went back to work with Nilda on her back with the chirping. Chapter 153 Chapter 153: 153 When me and Nilda came back to work, they were banging sheet metal inside. Basically, if three out of four people are used to pouring it into the sand mould and just processing it a little, it¡¯s not natural to improve production speed. ¡°Well, shall we get to it? All right, just so you know, when I put my arm around it, ¡°Would you mind watching me, too? And Nilda says. ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s even funny to look at today. You can walk in the woods and arch in the garden. Even if I should today, I¡¯m extending the vegetables ¨C I¡¯ll be extending them to the length I thought, so I¡¯m just slapping them. Incineration where the flowers are shaped (I think) is still an earlier process. ¡°Fine. I was more interested than ever. I want to see it now because I haven¡¯t had a chance to see it in the Kuroku Original. ¡°Well, that¡¯s fine. Answering, I¡¯m going to pick out some of the sheet metal I made before. Grab one of them with a yacht and stay on the fire bed. The first step is to train the sheet metal itself. It is supposed to drop uneven parts of the material here and elsewhere. However, in the case of my cheats, it can be homogeneous and of good quality without having to do it, so it exists as a similar process, but the contents of doing it are becoming completely different. Heat the sheet metal on the fire floor to fix the inhomogeneity and dampen the magic. It¡¯s not a luxury model, it¡¯s a bespoke model, so the cheats are full force. Some degree of heterogeneity is tolerated even in luxury models, but does not leave any heterogeneity in bespoke models. I think cheats will allow me to make high-tension steel in time, but I don¡¯t know how to use it in this world when I make it. Whatever it is, the two chunks will be made by loading the high quality sheet metal that was made so that it can be heated and forged on the fire floor. At this time, iron oxide will be formed around the perimeter, so straw ash will be placed around it to prevent it as much as possible. Heat, beat, add the glasses and fold back. This is also supposed to be at this time when I am aware of how the letter ¡°Morning¡± in the subway ¡°Jigang¡± will appear, but when I do it with a bespoke model using cheats, it will become very homogeneous, so the text will hardly appear. All we¡¯re doing now is work to make chunks. This area is a big challenge for the future. I wish I could make use of the texture that is not homogeneous while preserving cheat quality. Because it is a bespoke model, it takes longer than usual to work on. About after lunch I finally got two chunks. ¡°Rike, do you have a minute? ¡°Yes. What is it? ¡°I¡¯m going to do one of the important parts in the making of swords called northern katana, so take a look. ¡°Okay. Thank you, parent. Extend one chunk elongate and the other flat. When the elongated one is cooler, heat the flat one. ¡°Usually I use hard steel for the flat one over here and soft steel for the elongated one. Hard only breaks. It bends just because it¡¯s soft. This time it is like cheat high quality steel, so it doesn¡¯t make much difference. As for the tissue, it¡¯s soft but hard thanks to magic, because it¡¯s like. Except for products that don¡¯t do much magic like general models. The flat one went up to a machinable temperature, so I bend it to the U-shape and leave the elongated one there. In Japanese swords, the makeup known as ¡°This¡± Fu ¡°Bu is close. ¡°This is how we bring together two different properties of steel in one bottle. This way the hard steel slash flavour can be combined with the difficulty of bending and the difficulty of breaking soft steel. ¡°I see. Is this Northern technology¡­¡­ That¡¯s how I explain it, now from the outside. ¡°Klulululululululululu.¡± I hear voices. Oh, did Kurl surprise you, too? I rushed out and stroked Krull¡¯s head, which had come right next to the workplace, explaining that it was nothing. Krull seemed a little worried, but he went quietly back to the cabin, so I¡¯m relieved. After that, adjust the width, length and thickness while continuing the work of heating and extending, and stop where the dimensions are generally as intended. And when I realized, the sun was already falling, and the rest of the work was tomorrow. I told myself that overtime was not a good idea and I started cleaning up the workplace. Chapter 154 Chapter 154: 154 The next day, today, it consists of the next process of vegetarian extension. The process of finally creating the shape of a knife, fire making. From today¡¯s work, Lique will also take a tour. Thermia, Deanna, and Liddy make sword shapes. A Dwarf knife or something quite romantic. I just want you to work hard to make it. It is the task of heating, beating and making the cross section into an elongated pentagon from the state where the fire construction is still only square overall. Naturally, one vertex of the pentagon becomes the blade tip. The opposite side of the blade tip is the building (peak), and the sides of it become the ¡°Shinobi¡± ground. Heat and beat the barely stretched filaments about 10 cm at a time to prepare. After that, the shape of the stem, the part that fits within the pattern, is also created, and the tip of the incision is also trigonally dropped and tapped to shape the tip on the peak side. The cutting tip of the knife is also long or short, and it is rounded or slightly close to a straight line, but this time I kept it as a round and shorter pig ¡°I¡± neck ¡°Kubi¡± cutting tip. In the previous world, they can see, in the shape around here, what kind of artificial things are in which era, but that doesn¡¯t matter in this world, and it¡¯s basically left to my sense-based cheats. At this time, we also have to make a certain amount of inverse thinking about how much the inverse will be when we cook it later. I make it a lot easier with cheats, but don¡¯t know how awesome the blacksmiths in the previous world are doing when you make them yourself this way. As I worked on it, my familiar knife shaped up. But naturally, it is not yet complete. Wait for the whole thing to cool down before heating again. Now heat the whole thing at a lower temperature without heating it to the point of red heat before it cools.Since the surface has a coating of iron oxide, it is dropped with a grinding wheel, and then the ground and flat ground (flat part from the tip of the blade) are beaten with a hammer. This tightens and adds a slashing flavor¡­ I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s true or not because I¡¯m doing it with cheats. When that work is done, it is finally cooked¡­ Not to say how much cheat is used for the work, but it is beating metal with hammers, so the large and small have so many irregularities on the surface of the knife. Scrape this with Yasuri or a dedicated kanna (substitute with a bespoke model knife because it doesn¡¯t) and flatten it. The subtle distortions are also fixed here. The border between the stem and the body was also made at this stage. The task of saying that this will create the shape of a knife is finally over. ¡°Okay.¡± I paint a thin stick (made by cracking wood around it) for baked blade soil for my hand. I actually use a brush or something to draft blade sentences, but I leave this area to cheats as well. I told Like that I would use the brush here. You shouldn¡¯t worry that suddenly you won¡¯t be able to put the dirt down. This is how I finish applying the baked blade soil. The building side is thick and the blade side is thin. By doing so, the sides of the blade are stiff, and the sides of the building are softened for added slashing flavor and durability. I thought I¡¯d finish it until it was cooked today, but the sun is already going down. The baking itself is a pleasure for tomorrow. When we cleared the workplace, we went outside once to cover the kurl that we couldn¡¯t get him before dinner was ready. Krull was stubborn, but when Deanna and I stroked him, he started running there in a good mood. Chapter 155 Chapter 155: 155 Yesterday I even went as far as to apply baked blade soil. Get to work on finishing after baking today. I take it personally that baking is the most important thing in building a knife¡­ If we fail here, the last two days will be completely pointless. Rike and Nilda are still tours today. The other three appear to be out collecting with the field. Half of it is a walk in the Krull or something. After the morning prayer, I magically put fire on the fire floor when I dropped off three people: Thermia, Deanna, and Liddy. I still magically send the wind so that I can add charcoal and the fire will spin all over it. Eventually, there was a noise of goose, and the fire turned all over the whole area, increasing the brightness, so once the air was stopped, the whole body with dry baked blade soil was put deep into the fire floor. Adjust the position of the charcoal so that the whole body is heated without being full, while adding charcoal or adjusting the wind to be sent so that the temperature is stable. All these salt plums are grabbed with cheese. Eventually, the body rose to a temperature suitable for firing. ¡°This temperature. ¡°Yes.¡± When I spoke to Lique, I got a strong response. I was supposed to grasp the line ¡°Odd¡± in color at night to identify this temperature, but I use cheats, and Rike made it a climbing time of the day because I know the temperature even if it¡¯s not night at Dwarf. Secondly, Nilda had the effect that it was difficult to know the exact temperature even if she had some blacksmith experience, but if the Demons had the ability to detect infrared, it would make no sense, so rest. Feels like I¡¯m neglecting the blacksmith, so I guess it¡¯s hard to get over it. Now that the temperature is right, sink the whole thing into the tank all at once. The temperature of the water filled in this tank is also important in the incineration. So much so that in the previous world the disciple who had his hands in the tank to find out the temperature of the water used by his master to cook them has been cut off. It¡¯s important, but in my case, it¡¯s been confirmed with cheats, and Lique has been taught. Because I¡¯m a blacksmith in this world, and my senses are better than cheats¡­The body, sunk in the water and cooled sharply, made a noise several times after making a noise called ju, con, con. There¡¯s a feeling in my hand, too. Because the speed at which the blade soil is cooled varies, the contraction occurs due to the difference, and now it is exactly the opposite of the body. In the previous world, there were more people who likened these to their voices, but I see, I¡¯m also convinced that this seems so. The sashimi pulled up from the tank is doing the opposite as I thought. The center of the opposite is the birdhouse opposite about in the middle of the body, and the opposite itself is deep and shallow. Raise the temperature just a little by exposing the entire body to the flames of the still lit fire bed, and fix the slight appearance of distortion on a platform with round-tails cut. The baked part can also be baked back in this process. Once the distortion has been removed and cooled, now grind the whole thing with a rough grinding wheel to confirm the blade sentence. The bay is what I thought it would be. I personally think this is it when I say knife, and this is the first knife I¡¯ve ever made, so I wanted to give it a ¡°look¡±. There seems to be no problem with the whole thing, so keep grinding the whole thing. That said, it¡¯s not finished yet, but for moving on to this later process, as much as spraying a surfacer in terms of modelling, around the foundation basement in terms of makeup. As I proceeded to grind, I grew dull and glowing. I saw the famous sword several times in the previous world, but then it doesn¡¯t look too bad. I¡¯m not an expert and I¡¯m homemade, so I don¡¯t deny that I have eyes. The sharpening determined the overall appearance, so I would use cheats to carve one U-shaped muscle ¨C ¡°hi¡± ¨C over the building on the ground. They say it¡¯s for blood loss or something, but it actually seems to be just for lighter weight. It doesn¡¯t actually feel like even cheats are losing strength. Since the carving is finished, the body side is made even cleaner throughout. The paint is still done in the model and the foundation in the makeup. I brushed the area with yasles and grinding wheels neatly so that there was no unevenness. Now I¡¯ve come to the point where all I have to do is finish. Next is the stem Basket. Holes through which the nails pass are drilled, and the shapes and surfaces are cleaned by spraying them with yasles, but to make it difficult to get out of the pattern, at the end of the day, the yasles are sprayed again to leave the ¡°Yasles¡± eyes. It seems that the way this eye is left in the previous world can be different in people, workshops, etc., but I don¡¯t particularly care because I doubt you need to care about that in this world. And finally, it is the last task of reshaping. I dig the engraving of a fat cat sitting on the blade side of a nail hole first, with my glasses in my hand. That¡¯s where Karan Cologne and the workplace rings. Is it that time already? That¡¯s the end of the day with this next task. With that in mind, the Thermeans came into the workplace. ¡°Oh, what, you were still doing it? ¡°Oh. Well, that¡¯s it. When I said that to Thermia, I cut the tagane on the other side of the cat¡¯s engraving with my hand again. ¡±But Arrow English¡±,. Chapter 156 Chapter 156: 156 ¡°All right, now if you brush it tomorrow and grind the blade, you¡¯re done. ¡°Eizo. Nilda called out when I was softly surrendering. ¡°What did you carve there? Nilda points to the stem ¡°The Basket¡±. ¡°This. This one¡¯s an engraving to show that it¡¯s a product of our workshop, and this one¡¯s to show that I made it ¨C that¡¯s my name. ¡°You¡¯re the one with the tattoo over here. ¡°Oh.¡± The name was cut with ¡°Japanese kanji¡±. It¡¯s also subtly different from the northern characters in this world (and the installation told me), so you wouldn¡¯t know unless someone knew Kanji in the same situation as me. ¡°Our secret letters, don¡¯t mean. I tell him I can¡¯t teach him what it means in the dark. Nilda will also know that secrets are synonymous with life for craftsmen. Something¡¯s sparkling in my eyes, but you know that, right? Lique and other faces are impressed by saying ¡°ho ho¡± and so on. One of these days I may have to think about what happens if I write my name in kanji. Regardless of Like and Liddy, Deanna and Thermia are hard to see only a future that will be a sparkling name. ¡°Isn¡¯t this in his? I hear it with my sparkling eyes. You mean Helen. ¡°Yeah, I don¡¯t have a custom to put it in my sword, so whatever the engraving is, you didn¡¯t put the name on it. This time it¡¯s a northern knife, so I just let it in. ¡°Right¡­¡­ Right or right. Mm-hmm. Good. Good.¡± Nilda¡¯s tension rises. Helen¡¯s doesn¡¯t have it. I¡¯m glad to hear it. I think he sees it as a rival. I¡¯d smile if this wasn¡¯t a weapon. What Thermia, Deanna and Liddy were picking up today are some smoggy fruits and some herbs. Apparently the herbs will be planted again tomorrow. In disrespect of that herb, I decided to try to make something like a pork vanilla grill. I¡¯ve got quite a few herbs, too. The pig somehow tastes like a wild pig, but I think the intensity of the habit is suppressed and light. It seems to be popular with everyone, and do you do this sometimes? Smoky fruit was also quite delicious, although it had a slight habit. If you can get a lot of sugar, it would be delicious to soak it with spirits, but sugar is expensive. The next morning, after I finished preparing my morning meal, I saw how the little pot was. There is a liquid inside that bubbles out the shwashwa. Wouldn¡¯t this have worked out pretty well? Do you want to continue planting today? Eventually the whole thing was grinded up white, so I went to the tunnel to wipe it with a mixture of iron powder and oil when I forged it to make it look black on the side of the ground, or to rub it with iron bars and polish it up. The work went quite fractured, and I used cheats together, so I should have been able to do it quite quickly, but the sun is already falling today. But now I saw completion as a fighter. ¡°Okay, we¡¯re done. ¡°Oh, finally. ¡°After this, we also need a sheath or something, but the sheath itself is now complete. The contrast between the blackness of the clay and the whiteness of the blade is beautiful. If it was watered by the light of the falling sun, I could understand the blade text properly, and I finished with the wind that I said knife. ¡°I¡¯d like to deal with it quickly. ¡°Well, that¡¯s tomorrow again. I started cleaning up the workshop so I could get ready for dinner while I mopped Nilda. Chapter 157 Chapter 157: 157 At the time of the cleanup, the finished body rested once under the shrine. The shrine and the knife have an atmosphere¡­¡­ It might be possible to make a wave of the one that isn¡¯t a bespoke model and decorate it. I usually do arches with Deanna before I prepare dinner, but I have something to do first today. Washing my hands beautifully and seeing how the bread I had planted in the morning was pretty swollen. Drain the swollen dough into six pieces, then add water to the hot pot and hand over the plates to arrange the dough together. I hope this works. I headed for an audition with Deanna in that condition. When I come back, the bread is swelling again. Looks like you can bake this. Since there is no oven, use the pan to make sure the heat turns in a similar way. It¡¯s cool when it comes to dutch ovens, but it¡¯s not that good either. Make soup with one pan and kamado and bake bread with the other. A good smell comes up from both. This is going to be quite an expectation. Eventually both are finished and arranged on the table. ¡°Today¡¯s bread is different than usual. Thermia is cracking her nose. ¡°I haven¡¯t fermented my usual bread, but today¡¯s is softer because I¡¯m fermenting it. ¡°Heh.¡± Thermia is being pessimistically slapped in the hand by Lique in an attempt to protrude. We laughed and started eating. The soup tastes the same as usual, but the bread is fluffy and smells slightly like apples and good. It helps that cheats aren¡¯t as effective at this kind of thing as blacksmiths. ¡°Oh, I¡¯m really fluffy. Thermia says as she chops the bread. I cheeked as if to confirm its softness with my mouth. ¡°Soft bread is delicious, too. ¡°Right.¡± ¡°You don¡¯t look so bad compared to what you were eating at home¡­ This is Deanna. The Counts would have eaten soft bread like every day, and I can trust that Deanna rating. Like looks delicious, too, and Liddy is eating something, yeah, nodding. ¡°Eizo¡­¡­ Nilda, with her bread in her mouth, says with strange force. ¡°Hey, what is it? I glance at the strange force. ¡°Who is your Lord? ¡°I¡¯m just a blacksmith. ¡°There¡¯s no way a blacksmith can live in a place like this and have the skill to bake soft bread. Everyone but me snorts at Nilda¡¯s words. ¡°Well, a blacksmith who can do a lot of things. ¡°So what is it¡­ Obviously Nilda is frightened. But I don¡¯t know, because you can¡¯t even believe me where I said ¡°actually have cheats¡± in detail. If so, it falls into a relatively easy category to make. In my case, it¡¯s because there¡¯s a powerful advantage called cheat, but basically, if you round the sheet metal and make a hole in it, it¡¯s done. It¡¯s just too much as it is, so I kept it diluted so that the edges would come in. Now it would be easier to decorate it if you had sculpted it with a national licence if you needed it. And it¡¯s a pattern. Create a place where the stem ¡°no basket¡± enters with the tree, and also holes in the pattern to match the nail hole. Combine left and right to cover the stem and cover it perfectly with an anesthetic cloth, then wrap the leather around the rhombus shape, insert the part for ¡°Ha¡± insertion in the pattern head with steel to fasten the wrapped leather end, and it is complete. This process, which is supposed to be wrapped in pigeon skin or wrapped around a string, is both difficult to get around here, so it means my arrangement. If the Northern craftsmen had gotten them, this job might be a spray, but I just want the Southern craftsmen to laugh and forgive me as a result of their hard work. The last thing I need to do is build a sheath, but the sun is going down here. Regardless, the pattern took an unexpected amount of time because even if cheats were available, they were not specialized. Still, once I wanted to see him, I tried combining the pattern with ¡°¡±. Once is inserted into the tree and the stem is placed in the pattern, secure it with a wooden nail. When it was put together in this way, it took the form of a sword itself, which was normal but unplugged. ¡°Ooh¡­¡­ Nilda raises her voice unexpectedly. This reaction will satisfy you upon completion. With that in mind, I rested my knife under the shrine and started cleaning up the workplace. Chapter 158 Chapter 158: 158 Dinner after cleaning up but today it is as usual unfermented bread. Fermented bread is still labour-intensive, be it straight or medium seed. Don¡¯t feel like making it every now and then. When I said that, I was not dissatisfied against expectations. ¡°No¡­ it would feel like soft bread comes out every day in a regular blacksmith or any nobleman. Nilda says in a frightened voice, and everyone around her nods. That¡¯s certainly true if you ask me. No matter how much soft bread was normal in this world, it doesn¡¯t matter if civilians who are not aristocrats can eat all the time. ¡°I see. So Nilda, who was eaten by a guest, was lucky. ¡°Uhm.¡± Nilda nodded loudly and the bread story was cut off. After staying for four or five days, Nilda seems to be getting used to it, too, and has a lot of mouth count when eating. Yesterday and today he talked to me about the demonic world to the extent Nilda seemed to be able to talk. Demons need little magic supplies, borders (boundaries?) is that it is quite far from this forest, that the demonic world is even more powerful than this forest, etc. But he didn¡¯t tell me the exact geography. Well, the exact geography at any time in any world is military intelligence¡­ From what you¡¯ve told me further, he basically doesn¡¯t change his lifestyle as much as this one. Speaking of very different points, to say that demons are intense means that demons are prone to occur, but even when demons occur, demons are not basically attacked by demons. Even though the Demons don¡¯t seem to be attacked by demons, they don¡¯t seem to follow the orders of the Demons. You treat me like a wild dog we call you. It¡¯s terribly noisy for a wild dog, considering the hobgoblins I fought for. There seems to be some movement of merchants from the human world. They can¡¯t go too far back in a normal person because of too much magic, and they seem to have nothing but a deal on the edge of the demon world. Maybe Camilo has a deal too. I wouldn¡¯t bother to ask. The next day, I will finally make the final process of the knife, the sheath ¡°Saya¡±. This is also made by specialist craftsmen if it¡¯s not elaborate at all, but you can manage it with cheese.The shape of the sheath itself is not a difficult story if done with cheats. We have made knives and sword sheaths before, but they are basically the same. However, the sheath must also match the opposite, since the knife has an opposition. If this isn¡¯t the right place, the unplugging will be affected. I don¡¯t know if I¡¯d say the same thing in the North, but it¡¯s a source of ¡°inconsistent¡±. Use a knife to sharpen and roughly shape the wood you keep in the workplace. Afterwards, it is made by shredding the part of the body that can be satisfied while putting the object on. It is good that only the building and the ¡°splash¡± are in contact with the sheath, and the others are not touched, so that it is so. The kokokoguchi of the sheath is only slightly narrower than the kokokuchi, so that it does not fall out of the soap. I make one piece at a time from left to right and stick it together, but I stick it together with the paste that was originally made of rice, and because it doesn¡¯t have it, I stick it with glue ¡°Kawawa¡±. I tried to have as few glue points as possible so that it was not difficult when stripping. After the left and right tension, the exterior is neatly shaped. There is no lacquer, so it remains white wood this time. If you want something beautiful, you just have to make it with a national license. I¡¯ll try to unplug the knife into the sheath I can. It can never be too firm or too loose when you put it away or cut the carp. A knife or whatever, but I think the most important thing is that the weapon can be used properly when I want to. You can¡¯t do harm when you¡¯re not thinking about using it, or you can¡¯t use it when you¡¯re thinking about using it. So let¡¯s just say that the sheath I made this time falls into a pretty good category for me. ¡°You made it!? They ask me like Nilda can¡¯t wait. She was disciplined to tour the whole process. I don¡¯t know if it was funny or if I was monitoring you for not planting something weird. ¡°Oh. Try it outside. ¡°Okay! Nilda popped out when she grabbed the Scarecrow and the knife that fit in her sheath. Chapter 159 Chapter 159: 159 Nilda, who grabbed the knife and jumped outside, cut the carp and pulled it out of his sledge sheath as the sun did his last job. The sheath is thrown on the ground nearby. ¡°Nilda, torn. I groaned unsurprisingly. I don¡¯t think it was even that loud, but Nilda seemed to hear it. ¡°Ayzow, why are you saying that? and said with a slightly soggy face. ¡°Excuse me. Excuse me. It¡¯s an anecdote from my hometown, where a swordsman who threw a sheath at a duel was told by the other swordsman. Kojiro, tear it. Musashi Miyamoto and Kojiro Sasaki are supposedly the words Musashi said to Kojiro, who threw the sheath, when they duelled on Kirijima. ¡°¡± If you¡¯re willing to win, you can¡¯t throw away the sheath that delivers the knife after you win. ¡° ¡°I see. Sure it is. You have to be careful. Nilda says as impressed. ¡°Well, it¡¯s weird to raise it from your hips that it¡¯s your current outfit, and don¡¯t mind swinging it to try it out. ¡°Aye, okay. Nilda softly sets the knife on the upper stage and swings it down. A flash that beats through that space. It would be most correct to describe it as beautiful by telling the entity. I didn¡¯t care at all about the color of my skin or the tattoo ¡°Itsushi¡± or the outfit. At the same time I was cold sweating. Because seeing the flash now makes me wonder if I can do it and win. Did Helen beat the arr lightly? Some of them aren¡¯t used to the performance or use of the weapon when they attacked our carriage, but they probably didn¡¯t have a sword in the first place. I thought I couldn¡¯t move. They don¡¯t spot combat skills (like that) that far either. I speak calmly to Nilda, trying not to understand my inner upset. ¡°What do you say? But Nilda draws a variety of sword muscles, including lateral gibberish, cut up, and poke, without answering. As if I was dancing around a golden veil of light, I¡¯d forgotten my rush and I¡¯d often spotted it. Eventually Nilda stopped dancing. I speak up again. ¡°How¡¯s the knife? If you feel uncomfortable, I¡¯ll fix it first thing tomorrow. Again, Nilda doesn¡¯t answer. With a knife in one hand, he is shivering as he sifts. And turn your face towards Yura and me.Shit, I used a knife when I made the sheath, so I don¡¯t have it on hand right now. I checked the location of the entrance to the work place with Chirali. It¡¯s better than rushing in and responding when you have a problem. I wish they hadn¡¯t slashed me before then. ¡°Wonderful!!! Nilda screamed in a silly, big voice as I kept my inner hiatus. Thermeans jumped out to see what was going on, and Krull came to see how it was from the cabin. ¡°Oh, no. Nilda realizes it blushes and corrects her residence. ¡°Mm-hmm. This is a great thing. ¡°Oh well. Good for you. I whipped my chest down. Thermia sees it and is nibbling. Big emotional movements can be detected. Maybe I was in a hurry until just now, but I¡¯ve always noticed. I¡¯m pretty sure it was taking Nilda a a bit, so let¡¯s not protest silently or anything and reflect on it. Looks like we figured out that Krull doesn¡¯t seem to be doing anything, and then we head back to the cabin. It¡¯s hard to get out of being indifferent around here. ¡°We¡¯re supposed to get customer value for our specials, so you can have whatever you want. I think Nilda said an awesome amount of money, but I answered there trying not to care. ¡°Hmm, is that right? You¡¯re a blacksmith, but you¡¯re rigid. Isn¡¯t Eizo better to think about making some more money? Rike and Deanna nod yeah to Nilda¡¯s words. Thermia and Liddy hadn¡¯t pinned much or twisted their necks slightly. ¡°Helen showed you the excellence of our product, and now you¡¯re here, right? That way, if our reputation gets better, we¡¯ll have more customers, and specials are learning for me, so that¡¯s fine. ¡°I see¡­¡­ Nilda doesn¡¯t seem very convinced, but she seems to have accepted it for now. ¡°So is this about it? Nilda explored the leather bag with a mess and arranged the contents on the desk. Chapter 160 Chapter 160: 160 It was ten gold coins and one small gem that Nilda arranged on the table. ¡°It¡¯s around here that I think is a legitimate reward. I¡¯ll take it. I¡¯ll make sure you tell me. Gold coins were surprisingly in circulation here as well. I say we have a deal with the human world too, and is that what we got there? The gems are clear in bright red. Is it Red Ball ¡°Ruby¡±? I didn¡¯t know about the gems in the installation. I¡¯m sure it can be processed with cheese, but it¡¯s refreshing until it¡¯s seeded. It¡¯s about the size of a pinky nail. Try watering it down to the light of the lamp, something is swinging loosely inside. ¡°You¡¯re a demon gem, that. Lique told me that I had corrected the jewels. ¡°Demon jewels? ¡°The magic of starvation has hardened. Liddy answers my repeated words. ¡°Normally starved magic degenerates into demons and such, but rarely does it harden without doing so. At that time, magic is trapped inside, shaking every bit when it¡¯s watered down by the light. ¡°Is that okay? ¡°I don¡¯t spill out when this happens, so I¡¯m fine. I¡¯m afraid I can¡¯t even take it out. Liddy took the Devil¡¯s Gem in his hand, as if to show that he was fine. ¡°Beautiful. It has a high purity of magic. ¡°It will be. It¡¯s a delicacy that only comes out once in a while in the demonic world. Nilda said with her chest stretched. I guess the demon world produces quite a bit because it has a lot of magic. Maybe it¡¯s these exports that deal with humans.¡°I see. Pick up the Devil¡¯s Gem from Liddy and watch. ¡°Well, you won¡¯t go down forty pieces with gold coins. ¡°Eh.¡± I know it¡¯s expensive because it¡¯s a gem, but is this what this guy does so much? ¡°It¡¯s valuable over here, so maybe more value. Rike took over after him. Then Nilda would have given that knife a value of fifty sheets or more in gold coins. ¡°Are you sure? I was prepared for that possibility, but I¡¯ve never crossed that opportunity without visiting me at all. It would be impossible to say not to use it even on the battlefield. ¡°Even though you used¡± forgetfulness, ¡°you haven¡¯t been held captive for a long time. Sometimes it¡¯s too late for everyone there. ¡°I hope so. Go straight back without stopping by. ¡°Okay, okay. Don¡¯t say things like that about my sister. Nilda returns it with a face that looks like it chewed up a bitter bug. The sister-in-law seems like a tough guy. I¡¯m honest with you that I want you to keep your word and go home safely, but if you go back, it doesn¡¯t make sure you¡¯re safe, it evokes complicated emotions to me. I pushed that emotion to death and kept it for a nigga laugh. ¡°Bye. ¡°Oh.¡± Me and Nilda didn¡¯t shake hands. Because it felt like something different to do that to each other. The Thermians have guessed it, too, and they won¡¯t say anything. When Nilda wears her hood, she disappears into the woods. We¡¯ve been watching for a while. Chapter 161 Chapter 161: 161 We dropped Nilda off. We walked into the house from no-one. I guess I can¡¯t help but remember how lonely I am when it¡¯s our order style. I guess I should get used to it, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a good idea to get used to this. You can miss me when you¡¯re lonely. I hear Samya and Deanna and Liddy are going hunting with Krull today. The main ones are Thermia and Deanna, and Liddy and Krull are assistants who also take walks? He said the only reason Nilda didn¡¯t go hunting while she was there was because, unlike collecting, if Nilda followed you, the hunt would be more extensive and difficult to reach, so he took care not to give you information on the black forest as much as possible. I thought I hadn¡¯t been there while Nilda was around who seemed to like the hunt. I felt a little sorry for myself because I wasn¡¯t even aware of the dust. Restore your mind, me and Rike are the two of us in a blacksmith job. I have to make it in a bit of a hurry. Let¡¯s start with the knife. As usual, heat the sheet metal and beat it with hammers. At that time, I felt like I was forging a knife a little faster because I had built it. It should be cheesy and early originally, but does that mean there can be growth from it, or is your body just catching up with the cheats? I don¡¯t know which one of them is, but if there¡¯s room for a little stretch, I¡¯ll just stretch it. After that, he continued to make knives by slamming sheet metal indiscriminately, and by the time the Thermians returned, a good number had been made. I still feel more than before. ¡°Parents, aren¡¯t you early again? ¡°That¡¯s right. The fact that it¡¯s early from a liqueur doesn¡¯t seem to make it any easier. ¡°The use of hammer is not the same as that of a knife, but it may mean that the body has learned how to use it so that it can also be applied to a knife. ¡°I see. Then maybe building all kinds of weapons will make it faster and faster. Parents are awesome¡­¡­ That¡¯s what Like says without any concern. But I was flashing. I see, the more different types of weapons you make, the more likely it is that even cheats will perform. Even if we concentrate on deliveries this week, it¡¯s going to be worth a try in the next two weeks.After that realization, as I was cleaning up the workplace, the Thermeans came back. It¡¯s a little late, so I guess I¡¯ve been in the back or caught the big guy. ¡°Welcome back.¡± ¡°Ooh, I¡¯m home. ¡°Did it take a big one? ¡°Yeah? Yeah. You¡¯re a boar. Thermia is strangely quiet with high tension when she always captures a big one. ¡°What¡¯s up? Anything wrong? ¡°No¡­¡­ It shouldn¡¯t be long ago enough to say, but it feels like a long time ago already. ¡°Thermia remembered that time. So¡­ ¡°Oh. I see. That was the worst wound I¡¯ve ever suffered. Hobgoblins are definitely better up there in terms of standalone strength, but that one had support, and it¡¯s better up there in terms of life at stake when you¡¯re a bear. Besides, when you¡¯re a bear, you look at me in person. I guess it¡¯s getting a little traumatic. I want you to look at me safe around here afterwards and take your time solving this. ¡°We live in the woods all the time, and we have to weave in contact with dangerous animals and think about it. ¡°Right. According to Liddy, it¡¯s rare to come close, but normally you can even think of vandalizing a field by a pig or something. Liddy nods, as she takes Deanna¡¯s word for it. ¡°For one thing, let¡¯s watch out for both of us. Not to say it rarely demonizes, because it doesn¡¯t happen, and it¡¯s most dangerous when you¡¯re relaxed. Everyone snorts at my words. Living in the woods. I couldn¡¯t help thinking about what it meant to be next to nature. Chapter 162 Chapter 162: 162 Then we talked about it at dinner, but we decided not to put a fence on Krull¡¯s cabin. Just in case a bear breaks in, the bear lets in, but to avoid a situation where he can¡¯t get out of the Krull. If that¡¯s enough, it¡¯s better that Krull can get away with it. I think that would increase Krull¡¯s survival rate, and he¡¯ll come to let you know when it¡¯s time to go. Whatever, Krull is smart. The next morning, collect the prey with five + krulls. He was a big pig not long ago, but thanks to Krull he was able to pull up and carry it smoothly. Of course, I didn¡¯t forget about the bear. I proceeded more vigilantly on the road than usual. There was probably no trace because Thermia wouldn¡¯t say anything. Getting back and forth was nothing in particular. I hope there are a few more long-pattern weapons and projectile weapons at times like this. In the unlikely event, it would be best to attack from outside the bear¡¯s interval. It¡¯s been shelved for a long time, do you want more bows and short spears¡­¡­ Once we get to the house, the rest will always be the same. Dad peels off his skin and separates the meat from the bones. The pigs, which were of considerable size, also turned into food. Because I got a big pork, I¡¯d love to make a tongue of inotechi if it¡¯s true, but I don¡¯t have soy sauce or garlic, so I gave it up and left it to just cook with vanilla and brandy. This is delicious enough.Soy sauce, can it be found in the north? I have to ask Camilo this, too. If you can get bonito, kelp, or rice at the end of the day, it depends on whether or not you have it in the first place. Camilo will break his bones, but will you try to get him to work hard? Anyway, it¡¯s good to have some money. I don¡¯t hate Western-style dishes, and I¡¯m not very dissatisfied with them, but if you work hard, you might be able to eat Japanese food as well, because the magnitude of your hopes changes from not being able to do that in the first place. In the afternoon, I work as a blacksmith, Like and Liddy study magic (and take care of the fields), and Thermia and Deanna fix things up. It sounds good when it comes to slow life, but that means nothing more than doing your own where you should rely on others. Make your own vegetables that someone will make for you. Judge yourself the meat that someone will judge you for. Regardless of whether or not my time is diminishing, good or bad really comes out. Naturally, I don¡¯t want to live in the convenience of the previous world, but I want to rely on what others can rely on, even though the goal is to relax in this world. The knife of the day was also able to mass produce quite a few. In terms of the amount to be wholesaled, it¡¯s a little over a week, so it¡¯s efficient. As for knives, they don¡¯t sell luxury models very well, so it¡¯s a bit unfortunate that if you just produce a knife in mass production, you can make money. If this one sells well, maybe I can just make this one and hit something with my free time. I threw away such an unrealistic plan early, and I cleaned up the workplace, thinking about what to make a priority. Chapter 163 Chapter 163: 163 That¡¯s how I continued to make it for delivery for a few days (in the meantime, Thermia and the others were each doing their own work) and it was the day of delivery. There is no problem with the delivery, as the number is sufficient. Connect the cargo with the Krull while loading the delivery into the cargo. Is Krull happy to tow his luggage car for the first time in a long time, or is he in a visibly good mood? Still not too loud in my voice, I am creeping. Finish loading your luggage while Deanna tampers with it. Rike sat on your stand, and when he manipulated the reins, Krull rang out and slowly walked out. Is it the bear and the burglar who should be careful on the road? The thief would have gone back to his country by now. The history of the area was kept in a letter between productions. I need Marius to deliver this to me via Camilo. And then we have to ask Camilo about the potatoes that were shelved because we didn¡¯t know what the field was going to do. Going through the woods at that speed there. Apart from birds with high squeals and occasional hearing of the wolves from afar, only the sound of the running rags of dragon cars echoes in the woods. I was able to get out of the woods without running into a bear, partly because of the sound. Speed increases further when you go out onto the street. Even though Nilda is gone (if she keeps her promise), the danger of a burglar remains, so vigilance will not fail. There are many advantages to a weapon with a longer range in this case as well, and as a new weapon, do you make it around it first? Nothing happened in the street after all, and we were able to reach the city safely. I meet and pass the guard standing at the entrance from the car. He¡¯s not yet familiar with the whole city because this is only the second time he¡¯s been here, and often he can turn his gaze at it without hesitation. About 20% of the gaze directed is around the foot of the car, 70% is Krull, and 10% is Liddy. Each one is definitely unusual, so there are parts of it that you can¡¯t help. I¡¯ve been here a few times with less gaze on Liddy, so I guess that means I¡¯m used to seeing it for that matter. Proceed slowly throughout the city and arrive at Camilo¡¯s store warehouse. Once you put the dragon car in the warehouse, disconnect the kurl and connect it to the back of the store. I asked the clerk for water and leaves, just like before, and proceeded into the trading room knowing on my own. After chatting in the body for a while, Camilo and Mr. Warden enter the business room, as usual. ¡°Hey.¡± ¡°Oops.¡± Let¡¯s get down to business with minimal greeting. ¡°Is it usual that you brought it today? ¡°Oh. Same number as usual. ¡°Okay. I guess there¡¯s nothing in particular from Camilo this time around, I¡¯ll give the warden an eye out right away. The superintendent nodded and left the room. ¡°So I need about two favors. ¡°Eizo did? That¡¯s unusual.¡± ¡°Well, kind of. ¡°Fine, what? I took out the letter I put in my pocket and sent it out to Camilo. ¡°I want this guy delivered to Marius first. ¡°What¡¯s in it? ¡°You¡¯re talking about the thief who was out on the street. I¡¯ll tell Camilo about Nilda. Camilo was surprised, but convinced, ¡°Well, it¡¯s what Eizo does¡­¡± ¡°So, you didn¡¯t have a problem? ¡°Oh. If you¡¯d kept my word, you¡¯d already be back in the country. ¡°No, that¡¯s not it. As I tried to shy away, Camilo waved one hand to block it. ¡°I can procure as many seed potatoes as I want, but I¡¯m not strong enough to interact with the North, so it¡¯s going to take a while. ¡°Fine. I¡¯ll wait for the seasoning. ¡°It would help if you did. Are Northern condiments good for anything? ¡°Oh. Whatever you can get and save. ¡°Okay. Let¡¯s make sure it¡¯s in my name. ¡°I¡¯m sorry. ¡°I mean good. Because this is my job. Camilo laughed and said, me and Camilo were going to shake hands once now. Chapter 164 Chapter 164: 164 Now that the story has come together, I will tell you that the next time I will come back in two weeks with no other love. ¡°With that said, how about developing a suspension? ¡°Oh, so far nothing¡¯s happened that I need your help with. The prototype should be coming up by now. ¡°That¡¯s good. I come every two weeks, but don¡¯t hesitate to tell me if anything happens. ¡°Okay. Sorry.¡± ¡°I mean fine. So we left the business room and went back to Krull. Pass the chip to the naive who was watching the kurl and reconnect the kurl to the luggage car and leave. I slowly proceeded all over the city, meeting with the guards and leaving the city. Sometimes it was past the guard¡¯s replacement time before the Krull arrived, but as soon as the Krull arrived, he returned. I¡¯m still stuck twice, but I¡¯m out of town a lot faster than the time the guards take turns. There¡¯s more to this neighborhood than just the Krulls. Thanks to you, I think I¡¯ll get enough time to go home. Among the slightly heavier skies, a Krull dragon car continues along the following streets. It¡¯s a laid-back street view as usual. ¡°Nilda came out here before. ¡°You did. Rike from your desk answers my words. ¡°I hope nothing comes up today. ¡°You can¡¯t lose your mind. Thermia and Deanna are still vigilant with their eyes running all around them. I¡¯m not distracted either, I¡¯m paying attention to if there¡¯s any strange movement around or if I don¡¯t feel any signs. Liddy is not on martial arts alert, but he is on magical alert. Because there is a certain amount of magic in this world, and yet it seems that those who are hands-on can use magic, so there is a small absolute number of people who can use magic, but there is still no guarantee that the bandits will not use it. Somehow there¡¯s a blacksmith who can use magic. But nothing happened in the street this day after all. Probably because of the increased patrolling of the guards still in search of thieves and security. It is ironic, after all, that security is improving as a result.Ask around and go into the woods. Dragon cars make flashy noises there, so they don¡¯t come near except curious animals, so it¡¯s usually more reassuring from here, but now that bears are roaming the neighborhood relatively, I can¡¯t get distracted. The feeling of Krull and Thermia can be relied upon, but both are trustworthy due to their acuteness, so keep their vigilance in mind, me and Deanna¡¯s eyes, and Liddy¡¯s magic vigilance. Sometimes even in the woods something like Tanuki never happened except when he showed his face, and he was able to get to the house safely. I¡¯ll be there since I started this life, but I can¡¯t wipe the feeling that I¡¯m being overly vigilant every time. Because I was in a country that was fairly secure globally in the previous world, the habit of thinking about things with that feeling remains. Either way, I¡¯ve been spending 40 and a few years with that feeling, so there¡¯s no way I can get out of there for a few months. I hope this is going to change as I live this second life in the future. I¡¯ll get to the house and clean up all the stuff. Krull seems in a pretty good mood with his luggage. He was running around even after removing his gear. I¡¯m supposed to have some thoughtful time when I get home, but I exaggerate a little when I say that today is a meeting about my plans for the future¡­ but it¡¯s time for discussion. ¡°I think it¡¯s time for a warehouse. I¡¯m still fine now, but it¡¯s too late to build it after I need it. Best of all, that¡¯s what I cut out. Thermia¡¯s been mixing it up, so I¡¯ll make a tannic surface and answer that. ¡°We don¡¯t have any more families, so you don¡¯t want them? ¡°Really? I¡¯m going to point my gaze at Deanna not trusting you completely. That is beyond Thermia to say, neither Like nor Liddy. ¡°It¡¯s true! That¡¯s what I screamed, but the women¡­ ¡°Well, let¡¯s make it when we can afford it. ¡°Well, that¡¯s good. ¡°No objection! ¡°Right. And he wouldn¡¯t listen to my words. Chapter 165 Chapter 165: 165 The next day, start building the warehouse. Rotate near the hut in Krulu as a planned construction site and determine where to build the pillars. It¡¯s my job to dig holes once we¡¯re in position. This soil is hard. Digging holes and scratching out soil using farm tools like bamboo. In the meantime, ask everyone else, including Krull, to bring the lumber. I can carry the lumber and Krull is in a good mood, so Deanna¡¯s mood keeps getting better and better with it. Good thing. Once you have finished digging the hole and used the thin lumber to solidify the soil, set up the lumber to be a column. This place was also lightly finished for what it cost thanks to Krull sticking it out. Me and Thermia the rest of the lumber you brought me, using a wood-ground saw to board it. It¡¯s a warehouse, so I want to make the floor at a height away from the ground so it doesn¡¯t get moisture from the ground. Ask Deanna and the others who haven¡¯t made a plate to hang the roots for it. Deanna and Lique are getting used to it and it¡¯s smooth for the price. Liddy did some repairs ourselves even in the elves (we can¡¯t even call artisans every time because the inside has to be basic secluded), so it¡¯s not enough to have to worry about even if there¡¯s still something somewhat obscure. Rike is like half of a full-time job, and Deanna¡¯s adapting just a little bit strange. Does that happen when you are a wife, or does that happen when the martial arts medal is the home style that says it is a compliment to the house? When I¡¯m done hanging Root Tai, I¡¯m going to give him the beam this time. I was making a little nail (and arrow) between the blacksmith jobs, but I would cut ¡°Here¡± to secure the beam and pillar so that I didn¡¯t have to consume it as much as possible. On-site matching, but this one falls within the scope of application of production cheats, so it helps to be able to make chocolate. I finished handing over the beam and the day ended around the time I raised the building tree. Still, this should be unusually fast in two buildings. Thanks to the cheats, I also play quite a bit of credit for helping Krull. ¡°That was a lot of help. Thank you.¡±As I stroked Krull¡¯s head, ¡°Klululululu.¡± Krull shouted delightfully. The next day, I¡¯m giving you the sapling tree on the roof today. I am still making quite a bit of progress today thanks to Krull. Finishing handing over the dripping wood processed with cheese to the two buildings, finally using nails to stretch the floor. We all carry floorboards and secure them with nails to the roots. It is simple, but if there is a discrepancy in one place, the dong will no longer fit, so the floorboards need to be tensioned perfectly so as not to be uneven. That said, it is a wall plate of a building of considerable size. Sometimes the area was bigger than the floorboard, and this day ended where the walls were eventually formed. There are no roofs and doors, so at first glance it also looks like a house where the roof was skipped by a storm. ¡°I guess I¡¯ll be done when I roof tomorrow. ¡°Right. After that, I closed the door and it¡¯s perfect. ¡°Right. Me, Rike, and Thermia exchanged those words with each other and started cleaning up after today¡¯s work. Chapter 166 Chapter 166: 166 Yet another day. Today it is the production of the roof and door of the warehouse. While I¡¯m getting everyone to put up a roof plate, I¡¯m creating a door. I need two sets of kannon opening doors this time. Plus, it¡¯s a warehouse door, so we need to make it somewhat larger. In fact, the openings that are just pockingly empty right now are pretty big. That¡¯s the door to it. Cut out the lumber and make four wooden frames. I strained the plate laterally there and nailed a finely crafted wooden handle with my favorite knife. To avoid inadvertent opening, also keep the L-shaped parts passing through the ¡°Kanju¡± on top of the handle. It is not impossible to combine it with the handle, but the door is large, so I stopped it. It does not reinforce the castle gate with metal or fixed parts. It¡¯s basically just a warehouse in a land where no man or beast comes¡­ It is helpful that the cheats of production are valid even in the creation of wooden parts. Without this, it would probably take more than two days just for the door. Thanks to that cheat, the door itself was completed before everyone finished putting up the roof plate. After this, the finished door is attached to the opening, but it seems unbearable with the hinge I used for the room because it is a big, heavy door. I spoke to everyone and went into the workplace. Heat some of the remaining sheet metal and make it by tapping the iron rod that connects the large hinge to its left and right (frame side and door side), and the large nail to secure the hinge. I don¡¯t have any anxiety because the size goes with cheats. I¡¯d say the creation speed is pretty fast, too. The hinge extends the person attaching to the door much thinner to about half the width of the door. This makes it possible to distribute the weight of the door and to mount it more robustly. It might look like a castle gate in Japan if you put it on. It doesn¡¯t need hardness, so leave it without baking. Exactly, even cheats can¡¯t control the time it takes to cool naturally, so I left the workshop to help put up the roof board, too.The roof of the warehouse is also made into Xuxu¡¯s ¡°Tochi¡± renovation ¡°Bu¡± (Kuru¡¯s cabin). Thermia and Deanna are working on one side and Like and Liddy on the other. Like and Liddy work just a little faster because they have more experience at home and inside, or one or two steps. So I decided to help the other one. Turn to those not working by Thermia and Deanna and place a plate from the part that hits the tip of the house. If you strain the top half of the plate you strained first so that the bottom half of the plate you strain next overlaps and strain the plate one step up, the rain won¡¯t come that far either¡­¡­ maybe. ¡°With that said, do these guys have long rains or something? ¡°Is that close? ¡°No, I think we¡¯re at least a month away. I guess you¡¯re right because it¡¯s what Thermia, who lived in this forest, said, even though the place is a little different. If so, is it now about May where I say it in the previous world? Even though there is something like a rainy season or rainy season, the vegetation and climate are not subtropical or tropical, should this one throw away knowledge of climate zones and such in the previous world? Is it natural to say that the terrain would be different in the first place? I¡¯m even suspicious if it¡¯s round. I thanked the two of you for answering my questions and put my thoughts back to work. Chapter 167 Chapter 167: 167 I finished putting up about half the roof plate, so the parts of the door I made were well cold when I went back to the workplace to try to be good. Take them to the warehouse opening. Firstly, attach one of the hinges so that it opens externally to the frame of the opening. This is nothing because it is not just a clasp in itself. Bring the door and mount the other side of the hinge. If you want to use it for castle gates and earthen doors, you can also make the nails a little more elaborate, but this time they remain elongated and plate-shaped. I finished attaching hinged parts to both the frame and door, so I combine them and connect them with a pin (though slightly thick to say). It opened and closed smoothly, although it made a slight noise when I moved it. After that, we will only do this in three more places. Tequipaki and proceeded with the installation, and the warehouse was doored. The lumber was cut into squares, and a wedge-shaped door stopper was also made with the rest of the lumber. If you look at the roof side, the roof board was almost done tensioning, so call a krull to build a mini luggage truck. ¡°Krull.¡± Krull can get you to play! I¡¯m just happy with it. Actually, it¡¯s my job, but if you enjoy it, okay? Let Krull wait at the entrance to the work place to carry out the charcoal loaded inside the work place and put it on a mini luggage truck. After some loading, now have them take it to the warehouse. Kurl¡¯s legs seem to be in a good mood and most importantly. The floor of the warehouse and the carriage height of the mini luggage are much the same. Remove the switch, open the door and secure it so that it does not close with the door stopper, and carry it directly from the carrier of the mini luggage vehicle into the warehouse. This was repeated about two or three times and about half the charcoal in the workshop piled up inside the warehouse. Should I bring charcoal and iron stone here first in the future? I won¡¯t bring in the iron stone today. Because I will use it at work tomorrow. The dried meat is then transported in the same way into the warehouse of those who did not add charcoal. Even though there are four women, a family of five plus a runaway dragon consumes quite a bit, but it¡¯s a good reserve, so it¡¯s helpful to be able to keep them separately in the warehouse. Even if you carry meat in, there¡¯s a lot of room in the warehouse. This would make it possible to increase the number of bottles and increase the salting of long-term storage.There are really limits to putting it in the house, and I can easily imagine that when the rainy season comes, the raw meat will be painful and less likely to dry. It seems important to increase storage other than drying before that happens, so let¡¯s plan it. Placing them still seems like a lot of space, but you just have to store the wheat you bought and the crops you harvested in the fields. I mean, if you put the meat over here, it¡¯s the pantry, if you put the charcoal over there, it¡¯s the material bank. Looking up at the roof for a moment, the roof is almost over stretched. One or two more steps and you¡¯ll be done. If so, I didn¡¯t even have to help. I took two trees ¡°Ko¡± and ¡°Pa¡± after cutting the board out of the lumber, and I used cheats to sculpt them with a knife. Each will be inscribed as ¡°grocery¡± and ¡°material bank¡± in the letters of this world. That¡¯s a pretty good vibe when you nail that over the door. I¡¯ll get Krull to help me with the dry and ready to use lumber and bring it in extra. When I brought in some lumber, ¡°It¡¯s over here! Deanna says emotionally. ¡°Right. Now we can have quite a bit of storage, and I need Camilo to work hard on procurement. ¡°Parents, you can¡¯t say a very unscrupulous amount. ¡°Sometimes I don¡¯t forgive you, Eizou. ¡°No, well, I¡¯ll be careful¡­¡± Rike and Thermia put a scratch in my words and everyone laughed. Chapter 168 Chapter 168: 168 Construction of the warehouse took four days. Even though we need two weeks of deliveries, we know that if we concentrate on making them for about a week, we can secure enough quantities, so that means we can do something else for three days. And, if it does, I¡¯ll have to do the array. Yes, the creation of a bow for a group of hunters, not the blue-born soul ¡°Apoitacara¡±. I¡¯ve never created a bow yet. So I want to try first to see if building a new weapon will boost your skill. On top of that, think carefully about what to make with Apoitacara. But here¡¯s one problem. The highest level of cheats I have is only a ¡°blacksmith¡±. I¡¯m not an ¡°arms maker¡±. I also get cheats for things related to comprehensive ¡°production,¡± but they drop many steps over blacksmiths. Even though I say it falls, I can make something better than a regular craftsman. That¡¯s for sure, but how far can it go to make it? I want to combine that experiment. I talked to everyone at dinner the day I was able to warehouse that. ¡°Isn¡¯t that nice? ¡°With more bows, I can use them to help you hunt. ¡°I can help a little more, too. There seems to be no disagreement with the group (although Liddy often stays) going out hunting for Thermia, Deanna and Liddy. ¡°This is the first time my parents have ever made a wooden weapon. ¡°Right. So I might be able to do something weird. Like doesn¡¯t seem to have any particular opinions either, so from the next day on, I made a bow, and everyone else did the usual work. They¡¯re going to postpone the hunt until my bow building is done, ¡°because of it¡±. That¡¯s a serious responsibility. Basically, I use it in the woods, so I thought it would be good with a short bow of a round wood bow (that¡¯s actually what Thermia has), but because of this, I¡¯d like to come up with a few ideas. So, I¡¯m best at blacksmiths, and I decided to try to make short bows in reverse form with Composite Bow, a synthetic bow with a thin iron plate attached. First, scrape the tree to create a thin plate. Either that or this is just the foundation. With some thickness, you just have to keep it unbreakable supple when you just pull it off or let it go, not even hennya. Thanks to the performance of the cheats and knives around here I managed to find just the right salt plums. It¡¯s just a board at the moment¡­¡­ Next is the iron plate to stick to this. If the thickness of the iron plate is as thick as the suspension, it can¡¯t be cut by humans at all, and if it is too thin, it doesn¡¯t make much sense this time. Assuming what you can do, you¡¯re going to need a thickness to match the forces of the three: Thermia, Deanna, and Liddy. I took the sheet metal and put it in the fire floor. I hope the blacksmith cheats work from here on out. Chapter 169 Chapter 169: 169 Place sheet metal in the fire floor and heat to the appropriate temperature. Place the heated sheet metal on the gold floor and beat it with hammers, caging the magic to form a shape. It¡¯s an arc-painted shape while stretching it not to get too thick. Eventually we can have an elongated, curved trapezoidal plate. Heat it up again and cook it. It¡¯s not so much suspension, but it¡¯s mechanically a plate spring itself, so it combines hardness and softness. An iron plate in the water makes a noise with Joo. When the temperature dropped was right, I pulled it out of the water and put it over the fire on the fire floor, then raised the temperature a little again and cooked it back. This work was carried out three times in total by changing the thickness of the iron plate. Adjusting the thickness is entirely in the hands of the cheats, but what serves as the yardstick is observing the forces that each of us can produce in our daily lives. If not, I would have had to hold the appropriate luggage and measure it. Return to the wooden plate with three iron plates. Wood plates are processed to fit the shape of the iron plates. A blacksmith¡¯s cheat would probably be closer to the correct answer as a form. Fix the two while aligning the wooden plate with the bending of the iron plate. Wood and iron, in a way that reinforces each other. Iron can also be supple, but not as thin as wood. Trees are supple but not necessarily compared to iron in terms of hardness. I did the same work two more times and completed three bow bodies. But some of it was unfamiliar work, and by this time the sun is completely going down. ¡°Don¡¯t strain this guy¡¯s strings tomorrow. When I say that, Thermia, who was helping Rike clean up after him, answers. ¡°Oh, then let the Atashi do it. ¡°That¡¯s good. It¡¯s your bow, and I¡¯m not used to it. I have an image of the bow string somewhat like it stays tense, but when I don¡¯t actually use it, I remove it and tension it every time before I need it. Thermia strapped her strings before she went hunting, and when she came back, she took them off. Speaking of bows, I¡¯ve never worked with Thermia since it¡¯s the only one I¡¯ve ever used. I¡¯m an expert at finishing touches. ¡°Yay. Then tomorrow, string it up and try it, and then hunt. Thermia says with a wiggle. ¡°Right. I asked for it. ¡°Whoa!¡± Thermia replied with a hell of a good smile, and everyone else smiled at nothing. The next morning, I finish my morning prayer and give each bow to the three of you who are going out hunting. ¡°I¡¯m going to go with each of them for once, but if there¡¯s something wrong with you, tell me. Each of the three people I receive strings up their own bows. The string is a deer tendon processed string. An arrow is released from the squeezed bow. The unleashed arrows were running through the air as if they had wrapped around the wind, poking at the center of the target without blinking. ¡°Nice one! Thermia screamed. Apparently, you liked it. ¡°Does it look okay? ¡°Everything¡¯s fine, I¡¯ve never seen an arrow fly like this before! Thanks!¡± With his bow, Thermia embraced me with all her strength, and I was going to be worried whether I should be happy or hurt. Chapter 170 Chapter 170: 170 I¡¯ll rip off Thermia once and get Deanna and Liddy to give it a shot. Deanna stares at the arrow and squeezes the bow. I don¡¯t know how powerful this general lady is, but she¡¯s not as strong inside as Helen, so I¡¯m making it strong as it should be. When Deanna releases the arrow, she reaches and pierces it at a speed not slightly faster than when Thermia did. ¡°What do you say? ¡°That¡¯s just fine. Nothing too light or too heavy. ¡°Right, good. Deanna¡¯s doesn¡¯t seem to need any particular adjustment either. Finally, Liddy bowed the same way. I can pull with the least of her powers. When you release the arrow, it¡¯s even slower than Deanna¡¯s, but it pierces where you would have targeted it. ¡°It¡¯s just as good as mine. ¡°Hmm.¡±In the end, there appeared to be no particular problem. The three of them were ready and took Krull out hunting. The rest of us and Rike made it our day to make whatever we wanted. ¡°I could use a bow to travel to and from the city, and I might as well add a few more weapons that can attack long distances. ¡°That¡¯s right. It¡¯s good because even when Nilda knows what the other guy is, otherwise it¡¯s normal to attack and defeat them as far away as possible, and to escape while they¡¯re flinching in the attack, and it¡¯s not a bad thing to have the weapons you can use when you do that. Next is the throwing spear body. This one, even if it is somewhat heavy, can itself lead to power, so I decide not to care. Stretch the sheet metal thinly and thinly before rounding, creating a thin steel cylinder about 1 m less thick. Heat another sheet metal ahead to make a tip and connect. Since it is a throwing spear, I did not apply the blade and made it in the shape of a quadrangle cone to pierce it. The throwing spear has hardness, so not only does it cage the magic, but it also keeps it cooked and baked back. It just seems like a thin iron pipe with a spear tip stuck to it. Every task is sometimes validated by the blacksmith¡¯s cheats, who are in the main position, and this time it is of easy making, so it is completed sooner than the Thermeans come back from the hunt. ¡°Try it fast¡­¡­ I¡¯m practicing caging magic. Leaving Rike in the workplace, trying and hitting (try and throw?) went outside with a spear thrower and a throwing spear to do so. Chapter 171 Chapter 171: 171 Go out into the garden with the spear thrower and throwing spear you just made. First, I¡¯ll throw the throwing spear as it is. I also get cheats for the battle there (they seem to be quite stronger than those people) so I need to think about that minus, but it will be enough as an indicator. The garden¡­ or the surrounding area of the house is quite large enough to secure 100 to 200 m. Otherwise, we can¡¯t practice bows, and we can¡¯t afford fields or space to build more. The actual distance flown would be a good sight to see. If the time actually came to use it, there was no way to measure the distance and throw it with a laser rangefinder. Grab a spear in a straight-up outfit and throw with just a little help. The record of the previous world¡¯s takeover is about 100 meters, but naturally there¡¯s no way I could throw that far, and I flew about 50 meters by sight. Don¡¯t let this be too much if only to intimidate you. Next, set the spear on the spear thrower and throw it. The spear, which gained great power by Teco¡¯s principles, flies far more than I thought, flying roughly 140 meters and piercing deeper into the ground. It¡¯s true that even in the previous world, the artist threw a spear with a spear and broke a balloon a hundred meters away, and maybe the spear can be used there. However, it is inferior to bows and arrows in sniping, and close-range is easier to procure bullets for stone throwers (not large ones like Trebuschett, but for use by individuals called slings). The number of bullets you can carry also changes your keta literally with spears and arrows. Even though it seems to have been used since quite ancient times in the previous world, there seems to be a reason around it for the small number of areas that remained until future generations. Nevertheless, it has an impact that total iron spears fly at themselves from afar, and I don¡¯t know if there are spearmen in this soldier¡¯s family, but even if I¡¯m used to it, I can¡¯t get here where I threw them back without a spear. And by the time it arrives, it¡¯s already in bow range. Isn¡¯t it pointless that I made it that way? I checked the spear thrower I made and the spear condition, but I still have a little time, so I made about two more spare spears. Basically, it¡¯s a projectile weapon, and without a bullet, it makes less sense. Mine cleared up early, so I¡¯ll take a look at Rike¡¯s magic knife. Compared to the luxury model I make, it feels like another step, but when it comes to the general model, it is good to do it. Wouldn¡¯t this be enough for a normal workshop to go home? When I say that, ¡°If you get your hands on what your parents are making bespoke, it¡¯s your goal. ¡°I think it¡¯s been a long time, that. ¡°Of course! Otherwise there is no point in discipleship! Hunce and his nose are also rough and Rike returns them. I didn¡¯t even know about magic when I first got here, so I stepped on the idea that using iron composition as a dwarf could even be a luxury model, but now that I know that magic exists, I really might be able to reach my special order. I¡¯m sad that I can¡¯t tell you specifically because mine is cheesy, but I want you to do your best to see it. ¡°That¡¯s right. I guess I feel terribly lonely when Rike said he was going home, I thought so, but that made me smile without putting it on my face. After that, Karan Cologne and the workplace ringed as Rike and I were cleaning up after him. Looks like the group that was out hunting is back. ¡°I¡¯m home.¡± ¡°It¡¯s nice to be able to shoot before you get distracted. Deanna and Liddy go on to say. Until now, it seems like you¡¯ve only been a momentum. I feel like it would be a lot easier if I could handle the ad hoc around there. ¡°Well, I¡¯ll have to be a little extravagant tomorrow afternoon. ¡°Hyah ho!¡± Thermia rejoiced in my words, and Liqu¨¦ snorted, and there was the usual sight for everyone to laugh at. Chapter 172 Chapter 172: 172 The next morning, as usual, the five of us + take each other on the Krull to the lake. Every time, just in case, I have a short sword and Rike has an axe (although the main purpose is to cut trees). The other three are bows. Unless there is an ambush by magic, but in this world where there are not so many magic users, there are times when ¡°that¡¯s not the case¡± (Liddy talks), and I feel safe that there have been more ranged weapons. Bears will be the threat in the first forest right now. Krull seems in a good mood because we¡¯re all going out today. As I proceeded through the woods in a half picnic mood, I saw an unfamiliar beast in the distance. No, I¡¯m used to seeing it in a way. Looks like a complete tiger. Thermia ¨C there are tiger beasts, so there are tigers themselves that would have been the original. I know, but I¡¯ve never seen this forest before, not to mention a fraction of it, so I¡¯ll ask Thermia. ¡°Is that a tiger? ¡°Right. It¡¯s rare to come this way, though. Thermia answers as if it were nothing. ¡°There was Atashi. More north or west, I see some more, but this one doesn¡¯t come much because the wolves have a lot of territory. ¡°Did the bear chase you? ¡°If the bear chased me, I think I¡¯d go further north or on the other side of the lake. You¡¯ve simply been chasing other prey. It means it¡¯s rare but sometimes. ¡°You don¡¯t mean relatives, do you? ¡°None.¡±At the end of the day, I was answered to the feeling of eating. As an animal man, I don¡¯t seem to like the same treatment as the original beast. Just in case you say, ¡°Isn¡¯t that voice, my friend, Lee Tsunko? I thought it would be a bad idea, but that doesn¡¯t seem to be the case. ¡°Sorry.¡± ¡°No, fine. By the way, I don¡¯t even know what to say. ¡°I know. If you go through with it, that¡¯s what Li Zhenzi can do. The tiger seemed to be looking at this one for just a few moments, but he quickly turned his heel back and disappeared into the woods. Talk about coming after the prey, but he didn¡¯t seem that hungry. There are quite a few animals around here that can be preyed upon. Drag the transport platform, which has painstakingly fixed the pigs, with everyone, including the krulls. Again, it doesn¡¯t weigh half the weight, but thanks to the kurl, it is able to go at that speed. Pretty late than usual, but managed to come back after noon. Hang the body of the pig you brought back to the tree, struggling again. Of course I¡¯m here to help Krull. Otherwise, you can¡¯t hang a giant. The subsequent demolition work had the hardship of having a large body, but the work itself proceeds as usual. If it wasn¡¯t a bespoke model knife, I guess this wouldn¡¯t have happened. Every time I think about it, it looks like a cheat. The five of us were able to dismantle it and divide it into meat and unwanted parts in about an hour. Bring the salted and dried buns into the warehouse, except for the ones you eat right away. Glad I kept this warehouse built. If I hadn¡¯t made it, less than 300 kg of meat would have been dried to the workplace by now. It is quite a bit past noon that we have completed those tasks, but it is still quite early enough to say evening. The bellies of everyone, including me, are already teased and the loud chorus of sounds that prompt food has begun. I went back to the house with the meat I had split up to make the treat I promised. Chapter 173 Chapter 173: 173 I want to eat early because I¡¯m hungry, but I want to eat something delicious because it¡¯s a corner. So I¡¯ll have you put up with this place, including me, and get ready. Prepare the slab and use a knife on it to chop the pork. No matter how hard you try, you can¡¯t do it clean enough to use a proper mincer, but chop it as fine and ground it as possible. Place the ground beef made in a wooden bowl and pinch ¡°Ko¡± Neko, but since there are no onions or garlic, just add the salt pepper and pinch. It became a little sticky enough to form, so I divided it into five pieces and made an indentation in the middle. Put a fire in the kamado and adjust to about medium heat. The gas stove allows you to adjust it with a knob, and the IH cooker is a button, but it is basically a charcoal adjustment that makes it difficult to fine-tune. Would you tolerate some burning or something? Peel pork fat on the bottom of a warm pan and arrange a chunk of ground beef on top of it. After cooking for about three minutes, turn it upside down, add a little tar, cover the lid and wait another three minutes. Rare ones were popular in the previous world, but I don¡¯t have the courage to eat raw roasted meat from wild pigs on boulders. When I opened the lid by adding charcoal to the kamado, it smelled nice and fuzzy. Just a little more baking to finish. ¡°Ooh. Look at the dishes served ¨C boar meat hamburgers (like hamburgers to be exact, though), and Thermia makes her eyes shine. The sauce on it is always the one you make when you steak. Personally, it would have been perfect if I had an eyeball grill or cheese on it, but I can¡¯t help it without it. We¡¯ll all ¡°have it¡± and start eating. ¡°I¡¯ve eaten something similar before, but this is good too. Deanna shared her thoughts. They¡¯ve eaten quite a lot of different things when it comes to being a Count family, and I¡¯m quite familiar with the food. ¡°Is there, after all? Well, chopping chips and hard meat to soften it, and baking it until the fire passes inside because I¡¯m afraid it¡¯s raw seems awesome as an idea, and it seems obvious. ¡°Something was more cluttered. Did you just round the chopped meat or something? That said, the more you just say how you make it, the better the difference. That¡¯s why I made hamburgers that would be from a few more times in the previous world. ¡°You didn¡¯t have one of these at my parents¡¯ house. Sometimes when it comes to meat, it was mostly dried meat. It was Lique who said so. There¡¯s a limit to figuring out how hard it is to get raw meat. I hear that the previous world¡¯s golden ham is enough to have a specialty recipe book, so I think there are plenty of recipes for dried meat in this world too¡­¡­ I just don¡¯t have the image of Dwarves cooking delicately, pulled by the image of the previous world. Previously, when it came to similar stories, it meant that there were Dwarf cooks in the city where a lot of Dwarves lived, so I guess they would actually do delicate dishes as well. ¡°Okay, okay. Now when you have a little more time. The hamburger is good with a soft, firm taste of pork meat, but the difficulty is that it takes a long time to go down. I guess I can also make mincers because I¡¯m a blacksmith, but I also feel a little too ahead of schedule, so I¡¯m dropping them off at the moment. After that, we enjoyed eating as we talked about what kind of food we all wanted to try. Chapter 174 Chapter 174: 174 Then a few days I did what I always do. It is the making of knives and swords. As usual, Rike is the normal model, and I¡¯m the luxury model. But what¡¯s slightly different is that I¡¯m making it faster. I don¡¯t know if this is cheat familiar to my body, or if the level of cheat itself is going up, but it still seems like it¡¯s going to go faster every time I make something new. If so, it would be better to spend more time making something new over the next day or so. So if there¡¯s anything new that¡¯s going to sell, you can add it to the Eizoo Workshop lineup. I guess I should ask Camilo what he sells. And the day of delivery arrived. Once you have loaded your luggage and your self-defense weapon into your luggage, and you know you¡¯re going out, you¡¯re leaving when you connect your upbeat kurl. Go in the woods with Galagoro. Sometimes Rike gets used to maneuvering, which is pretty fast. Has the tiger returned to his former residence yet? I¡¯ve never come across a bear before and not hurt each other. From time to time, I was thinking about that as the birds faintly heard and the landscape flowed mixed with the sound of the wheels. Rike¡¯s manipulative dragon car goes right out onto the street. From here, the speed is even higher. The biggest difference this time around would be that there are three more projectile weapons. The other side of the forest is a plain anyway, and it¡¯s comforting to start shooting as soon as you find it. I wouldn¡¯t have known that either, but the speed took me down the street in a relaxed way, emotionally, and onto the city. Meet the guard with Halvard and enter the city. You look somewhat better than you did when you came before, so perhaps Marius gave you a proper circular. Go slowly through the city. There is less to be seen as Girosilo than when I came before. I don¡¯t come that many times per se, but does that mean they¡¯ve been known to be like that? The city is lively but feels more like a rush than that. Shall I say that butterflies are closer than busy? We arrived at Camilo¡¯s, feeling the slightly disturbing air. Put your luggage in the warehouse, take Krull behind your back, and head to the trading room. After a few moments Camilo and the warden still came in a little rushed. ¡°You look busy. ¡°Well, kind of. When Camilo clouds these words, it¡¯s not a very good time, but I¡¯ll keep it through for once. First of all, business is our priority. Camilo will also be aware of that. ¡°As usual I brought it. I have throwing spears and bows on my luggage truck, but you¡¯re not for sale, so be careful. ¡°Okay. As Camilo turned his gaze toward Mr. Warden, Mr. Warden nodded. ¡°I got seed potatoes over here. ¡°Oh well. Thank you.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t have a back shield or anything, do I? ¡°I don¡¯t expect that one. Camilo laughs bitterly at my words. The Count Amur family may be able to help, but Camilo needs to go through me. ¡°As part of the solution to that problem, I¡¯d like to ask you again to produce a large quantity of weapons. Camilo said so in a straightforward fashion. Chapter 175 Chapter 175: 175 ¡°Mass production? With me now, the production speed is even higher, so I can make more, and depending on it, there will be no problem. ¡°I don¡¯t mind, but instead¡­ ¡°Instead? ¡°Give me as much explanation as what¡¯s going on. That¡¯s what I told Camilo. I don¡¯t know anything about boulders, but I feel like it¡¯s something different to just listen to the owner and make it. Camilo always thinks before he explains it to me. Sometimes you want to tell me and avoid getting involved, but it doesn¡¯t seem like there¡¯s any other intention here. I haven¡¯t asked because it¡¯s going to be wild to ask there, but will you talk to me sometime? ¡°Don¡¯t talk this out of the way, okay? ¡°I don¡¯t have anybody to talk to. ¡°Is that true, too? Camilo laughs bitterly when he hears my words. He¡¯s one of the few people who knows where my house is. It¡¯s a whole house in the woods where almost nobody comes, and there¡¯s no first chance to talk to someone who¡¯s not here. Very occasionally, guests come, but there¡¯s no one else to talk to, so there¡¯s no reason to leak. Once I looked around everyone, I was snorting all the same. They don¡¯t have someone to talk to, either. Camilo, who saw it, said in a breath. ¡°I¡¯ll skip the details here, but there¡¯s a nearby revolution in the Empire. The mastermind says the emperor is going to defeat the emperor and carry out the political¡± Festival by Festival ¡°in the people. ¡°That¡¯s not calm. ¡°Oh. The kingdom that grabbed this information seems to be going to multiply that mess by just a little bit to expand the national territory. ¡°So, is it the Count¡¯s turn? ¡°No, my Lord Marquis. Via the Count, though. ¡°Oh, um¡­ Marquis Menzelle. Marius ¨C I mean someone in a position like the guardian of the Earl of Amur family. You think that Mitsuhito finds out to some extent. ¡°Can¡¯t we just let Marius go on and make a move? ¡°Right. If you do that, you will be told that you are, and more importantly, the Count will be overpowered. ¡°To succeed and suddenly succeed in delivering the mission twice is to say that it is the Count Amur family who was made a martial arts, and it is not pleasant for anyone to be so? ¡°That sort of thing. It seems to me that the Marquis is unwilling to give way to anything other than¡± inside ¡°. So, I nominated you this time. ¡°So, I¡¯m sorry, but I want you to bring it next week. ¡°Next week¡­¡­ ¡°Can¡¯t you? I think a little. I made 50 swords last time, but it was okay. If I make 20 of the spears, and I leave the sword to the Liques, I think it¡¯ll be critical. I¡¯m working more efficiently, too. ¡°No, I¡¯m fine. Then I¡¯ll be back next week for delivery. ¡°I asked for it. Me and Camilo shook hands disappointingly. I hope we don¡¯t get caught up in weird things with each other. Chapter 176 Chapter 176: 176 We also needed materials for mass production, so we were going to take extra for that. The superintendent should be in command by now and loading it into the luggage. We and Camilo stay and talk about something else. ¡°With that said, did you deliver the letter? ¡°Oh, I delivered it. It seemed convenient for the Count, as long as it lasted longer than that, it could have affected circulation, and the expenses of the guards to patrol didn¡¯t make him an idiot. I¡¯ll get rid of it, and I won¡¯t ask for anything in return. ¡°That would be nice. I guess the addition that despite this suspicious thief out there, he is successfully ruling the territory without any particular great damage is one of the reasons why he couldn¡¯t have been responsible for Marius this time. Even so, you have to worry about that, which is that I realize that the aristocratic world is a Fushidemon. If the aristocrats had inadvertently reincarnated me into something, I would have had to have such an exchange, and I would have had enough heartburn just to imagine. They say the suspension is being tested with prototypes on a round-trip flight between the capital and the city. The mechanism itself is not that difficult, and it won¡¯t be that far to mass production. I didn¡¯t tell you about the existence of the shock absorber, so if Camilo develops it independently, let me know, or I¡¯ll decide to sell it. Everything else was almost like chatter. Wherever the wheat seems to grow a little poorly, there are a few fewer bandits around here. It matters, but it¡¯s not a story that¡¯s going to affect my life a lot soon. That¡¯s how the warden comes to get us with a bag of silver coins. Okay, let¡¯s go home. Leaving the trading room, connect the Krull to the luggage loaded car. I said as I stroked Krull¡¯s neck. ¡°It¡¯s a heavy day, but good luck with that. ¡°Klululululu.¡± Is it the nature of a walking dragon, or is it the personality of a kurl again? I heard the kurl was heavy. It sounds more stretched and loud. Moving out was the slow thing to do, but then moving out at the usual speed. It¡¯s not a lot of speed because it¡¯s still all over the city. Sounds fine so far, but the problem is when you get out on the street.Meet the guard at the entrance and leave the city. Lique manipulated the reins to draw intent. Kurl increased his speed. Eventually it will be at the same speed as usual. It still looks fine, but I¡¯ll check with the liqueur who¡¯s actually manipulating it. ¡°What do you say? ¡°Krull, you look fine. ¡°If we have to, we¡¯ll go down and walk, so tell me if Krull is tired. ¡°Okay. It¡¯s a bit heavy, but I can¡¯t tell how far the cap is because I¡¯ve been able to afford it. If it¡¯s ok to load up some household tools, I feel safe when I have to, but I don¡¯t feel like trying. My mom (Deanna) is scared, and more importantly, I can¡¯t get on. Whatever the tools are at that time, it would be enough if you took the money and only let people ride the rest. Thermia and Liddy will need to think a little bit about how to handle it, but is it sweet that if we all go back to the town we can handle it¡­¡­ ¡°Right. Then I asked for it. ¡°Krull.¡± While slowing down because it is a forest, Krull proceeds with a firm foothold. ¡°Is the bear okay? ¡°I¡¯m not frightened of Krull, and I¡¯m not on Atashi¡¯s nose. It¡¯s easier to watch out in the woods, where the precision is about a bear or a tiger, than in the streets where you don¡¯t know what kind of guy comes out of. There¡¯s also a forest veteran named Thermia. On the contrary, it is the bears and tigers that are more dangerous when they are forced to come, but that is rarely the case. Then, listening to the sound of the birds, Galagoro and his luggage arrived home safely. Chapter 177 Chapter 177: 177 Now that we have arrived at the house, we take the Krull off the luggage, and we all get to work. Krull expressed his joy with one shot of hunce and snort. After this, we¡¯ll carry the luggage. Krull will also help me put condiments, liquor, and seed potatoes in charcoal, iron stone and clay in their respective warehouses. It was supposed to be thoughtful time when the haul was finished, but this time mass production was sometimes discouraged, making the production of moulds and sheet metal a priority. It¡¯s not like it¡¯s even half a day. The shapes are Thermia and Deanna and Liddy, and Sheet Metal is in charge of me and Lique. Everyone kept making it until the sun went down silently. From the next day on, it¡¯s finally mass production. There are two different kinds of things than before, so I will share this as well. I build the spear, everyone else is the sword. Liddy moulds, Thermia and Deanna casts, and Like finishes. First of all, how many can you make today, depending on whether you make it in six days, and then decide on the allocation. But perhaps it should be possible to go in this system. The Liques have five a day, and I have four a day as my goal, but maybe this much will get me there. Ultimately, there¡¯s a chance I¡¯ll get Rike to help me out. Place the sheet metal in the fire bed and heat. When the temperature can be processed, remove it and beat it with hammer on the gold floor, creating a shape.The cross section is rhomboid and the slope looks so long. It creates a two-sided triangle. Basically, it¡¯s a shape that only contemplates a spike. Make the slope sharp enough that it doesn¡¯t have as much sharpness as the blade, but it doesn¡¯t cut once. Create a socket for inserting the pattern fundamentally, and the tip is both cooked and baked back. The spear is characterized by its tip and length, but also by its stone protrusion. The stone protrusion also made a socket, thickening the side bordering the ground to create a protrusion. This time it will be made with the quality of the general model, not the luxury model. I can recover in case I¡¯m running out of time for something. There were five completed spears on this day. At this speed, you¡¯re going to be able to afford it and make it. Liquettes, the sword team has accomplished six of their goals, and if we go at this pace, it looks fine. Do the same thing the next day. With that being said, I think it¡¯s also getting more efficient when making this spear. It¡¯s quite possible that four bottles were exquisite before. But I¡¯m glad it¡¯s not bitter to repeat the same task now. Instead of yesterday if it was painful to repeat the same thing, there is an obstacle to daily production in the first place. Well, that¡¯s not true, so I chose a blacksmith. With that in mind, I shook a hammer down on the reddish sheet metal to make some spears. Chapter 178 Chapter 178: 178 Over the course of six days, we continued to make everything we needed to make from each other and were able to align the number of goals. We only had a little extra time, so we all planted seed potatoes in the field. Load up what you made and connect the krulls. Regardless of the sword, the spears are sometimes numbered, but some are long and bulky in boulders. I had a little trouble loading it. I decide to just leave when I¡¯m ready to leave. It¡¯s going to be rainy soon, but there¡¯s no sign of that at the moment. It¡¯s refreshing air in the woods. It seems that the tiger¡¯s worries are almost gone, but the bear has been wandering around here and around, so I¡¯ll be on guard for once. I don¡¯t think you need to be overly vigilant because you have a good nose. Getting out of the woods safely becomes a street. The blue sky that doesn¡¯t make you feel like this is about to be a rainy season either, and I wonder if this one is looking forward to rain, with a stretched meadow. It¡¯s a view that would normally be relaxing if it weren¡¯t for the other world. But of course, good security is different from Japan in the previous world. It doesn¡¯t change that you can¡¯t fail to be vigilant. Even with bows and throwing spears, I¡¯ve never crossed them without using them in the first place. Every now and then Gasagoso and parts of the meadow move, and every time everyone on guard reacts, it¡¯s almost ¡°maybe a rabbit or some kind of wildlife¡±. You don¡¯t need to come hunting this way at the moment (enough with forest creatures), so it won¡¯t be the first thing you¡¯ll see. That¡¯s how we get to the city, repeatedly nervous and relaxed. Give a meeting to the guard with Halvard. I just wanted to ask how comfortable it would be to use it someday. I guess I¡¯ll ask via Marius. The people in the city who have been gazing at us for a good percentage of their time are almost no longer caring. Occasionally, people dressed as ¡°Bobo¡± Shishiki (including the Beast Man Dwarves) just look surprised when they come from elsewhere. Arrive at Camilo¡¯s shop and head to the trading room as usual. Arrived pretty early today. It was quite likely to come at this hour when it came to today, and I guess I was making predictions. ¡°Hey, how¡¯s business? ¡°I¡¯m still working it out. Me and Camilo greet each other lightly. That¡¯s the real deal there, too.¡°So, did you prepare the number you were saying? ¡°Of course.¡± ¡°You¡¯re a boulder. Thank you.¡± ¡°It¡¯s my job. I laughed and said. Camilo laughs niggly, too. Camilo looks straight at the superintendent, who nods and leaves the room. ¡°I¡¯m talking about a revolution. ¡°Is there information leaking from somewhere? Camilo nodded again when I asked. ¡°The Empire isn¡¯t stupid either. There will be intelligence agents, and if you try to move, you can¡¯t help but be somewhat distracted. ¡°Hmm¡­¡­ ¡°As I said earlier, the revolution has no impact. The problem is¡­¡­ Camilo hesitated for a moment before continuing his words. ¡°Hi. I hear Helen¡¯s been caught on the Imperial side. Chapter 179 Chapter 179: 179 ¡°Helen!? I said in a voice that didn¡¯t hide surprises. Anyway, it¡¯s much stronger than me, and what I have is a short sword of my bespoke model. Doesn¡¯t seem like we¡¯re going to be late for the guys around here. ¡°I don¡¯t know what the situation was. ¡°Normally you lose the fight, I¡¯m sure it¡¯s not. ¡°If it¡¯s a small group of people. If it¡¯s a big crowd, you don¡¯t know. ¡°Oh¡­¡­ With a thousand heroes on one horse, it¡¯s hard to beat 10,000 armies on one horse. Was that the situation? But even so. ¡°It¡¯s just that if the army moves enough to catch him, it¡¯s supposed to stand out, but you don¡¯t have that information either. Yes, it is. If that¡¯s the case, it can¡¯t be in Camilo¡¯s ear. Even though I knew enough about this revolution. ¡°Covered up? ¡°Maybe. Or was there another factor? ¡°Hmm. I roared and put my arms together. Until then when it comes to being just a guest, but also one of the few people I know in the world over here. I¡¯d like to do something about it, but from a standpoint, I¡¯m only a blacksmith.¡°We talked about this. With that said, Camilo embarked on himself. ¡°At the Marquis¡¯s request.¡° I want you to send someone to rescue her who won¡¯t be suspected of going to the Empire, ¡°he says. So, there¡¯s only one person I think I can do that with. ¡°¡­ it¡¯s me. Camilo nods. ¡°I understand that asking a blacksmith to do such a thing is a lot of distortion (snoring), but you¡¯re the only one I know who can fight more than some degree and not move the pattern. Besides, it would be hard to say that Camilo couldn¡¯t have done it either, if it had been requested by His Excellency the Marquis. Now you can assume that whatever the upper limit of your blacksmith skill is on the Marquis, anything that isn¡¯t normal will be completely out of control. That¡¯s what happened when it happened. So I¡¯m just going to act as profitable as I can on that assumption. Later, Camilo and I continued our meeting to make our way to the Empire. Naturally, but it would be better if it were sooner, so we were to head there early tomorrow. ¡°A blacksmith stuck to a merchant and doing all sorts of repairs¡± is the cover story. Simple furnaces, etc. are necessary if this is to be followed, but they will be prepared by Camilo. The carriage on the way was also a carriage at Camilo¡¯s, which was to meet in the same way as when we had previously entered the capital. Details are to be found on the road. They also have an idea of the approximate location where Helen is being captured, but we also have to explore it, because the rescue operation details are better than we can stand after we find them. That¡¯s all we talked about, and we left behind Butterflies and Camilo¡¯s. Okay, not the main business, but don¡¯t get busy. Chapter 180 Chapter 180: 180 After I left Camilo¡¯s store, I left the city as soon as I did. Streets will also be vigilant, but priority will be given to the speed of getting home with minimum retention. Same in the woods. Full speed in the woods too¡­¡­ then my luggage jumped and we ran at that speed because we were tough too and got home at the highest speed ever. Unpack your bags and work your way through the Krull. Despite his considerable haste, Krull is in a good mood with a cheerful face and a ¡°krull¡±. Magic is also a source of energy, Liddy said, but is it possibly affecting that as well? I¡¯m not exhausted of interest, but I don¡¯t have time to try that right now. We have to leave by tomorrow morning or so. We need to get ready for that, so we pull into the house in a hurry. Cut more dried pork into pieces. What you eat is important. Later, I packed the bandage-substituting cloth that I had taken during the previous expedition into my back sac, ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°I wonder what else I need. ¡°Parents go as blacksmiths, so don¡¯t you have that tool? ¡°That¡¯s right. Place your favorite hammer and some remaining sheet metal in an empty box. Now I wonder if I¡¯m ready to go out on my own. ¡°So, I don¡¯t have to explain the details, but I¡¯m going out again. I looked over at everyone at dinner and I said, ¡°I don¡¯t know how long this time around. I might be back in a week, or maybe I won¡¯t be back in a month. I don¡¯t think it¡¯s going to be more than a month on a boulder. If I spent that much time, there would be a revolution in the meantime, and it would be quite suspicious to have Helen¡¯s life if I did. That would be the longest limit. ¡°Anything to worry about in the meantime? If there¡¯s anything you need, tell Camilo to deliver it to the forest entrance. Everyone thinks into my words. Thermia opened her mouth first. ¡°You¡¯re fine with meat. ¡°Because I know the plants that can be eaten in the woods, and there are fields. Liddy takes over afterwards. When I say it, Deanna gives it back. ¡°Because I always get a request that¡¯s different from the main business. You¡¯ve been hurt before, right? I can¡¯t even open it when they say so. When I shrink a little, Liddy does the same thing, which was one of the factors. ¡°Oh, it¡¯s not like Liddy¡¯s bad, is it? That Eizo would take care of himself a little more. Thermia and Riquet nod yeah to Deanna¡¯s words. ¡°I won¡¯t hold you back because it¡¯s your choice, but remember, it¡¯s the whole family thing that wants you to come home safe. ¡°I know. I tried not to make them worry when I saw their worried faces, but I suppressed them a little bit of would-be, laughing and saying that was the best I could do. Chapter 181 Chapter 181: 181 The next morning, after the prayer, we put the statue of the goddess in our nostalgia and grab our luggage, and we all ride in the luggage truck in Krull¡¯s tow to the forest entrance. There¡¯s some sheet metal, to say the least, and we¡¯re going to be away from everyone for a while. When you reach the forest entrance, ask about the streets a little deeper. Is it something to announce the onset of the rainy season, I see a cloud that seems heavy in the distance? Occasionally, travelers pass by in carriages, queues, and walking like pedestrians¡¯. I don¡¯t know if you want to travel as far as possible before a full rainy season. The road is muddy. It¡¯s hard to get around. Eventually a carriage came faster than those and stopped at the side of the woods. Normally, if you want to repair something, you can park it somewhat on the safe meadow side, but I parked it on this side¡­ ¡°Camilo.¡± I approached the carriage with my luggage and I spoke. ¡°Oh, there you are. A familiar face emerges from the top of the carriage. ¡°Oh. Help me. Have Camilo hand you a box containing sheet metal and pull it up. I rode straight into the carriage. Nothing else passes by now. I decided to leave in the meantime. Stand on the carrier and wave to the woods. When my family waved to make sure they responded to it, I sat down on the carrier. The carriage runs out. Somewhere along the way, I noticed the discomfort. ¡°Is this guy¡­ equipped with suspension? I didn¡¯t look closely when I got in earlier. No, maybe he was faking it so that he wouldn¡¯t know what to look at. ¡°Oh. Finally, I¡¯ve got an idea where I can use that. I¡¯m hiding it so that it won¡¯t be imitated because I don¡¯t have the purpose of mass production yet. Camilo replies to my almost solitary twinkle. It shakes all the time, but it doesn¡¯t come with gutsy thrusts like before. ¡°If this was in the Demon Crusaders carriage, I guess the back pain would have been a little better. ¡°I¡¯m going to sell in one of these days, so maybe I can get in the mounted car if I have the next one. ¡°I just want to pray that there¡¯s no next time. ¡°Okay. I¡¯d also like to know why the Marquis made the request in the first place. ¡°Oh. That¡¯s easy. The Marquis is my client for the empire. ¡°That¡¯s a lot of courtesy for a request to rescue a mercenary that¡¯s supposed to be disposable. ¡°¡­ well. You mean that¡¯s not all in this mouthful? I guess it¡¯s better if I don¡¯t tell you what I know now. I sat back deep in the carriage seat and started talking about something else. Chapter 182 Chapter 182: 182 ¡°What kind of place is an empire? ¡°Other than having an emperor instead of a king, life and buildings are hardly the same as kingdoms. ¡°Really? Because it¡¯s an empire, there¡¯s some huge military fortress, and I was hoping for something like that, but when people say what the difference is between a kingdom and an empire, it¡¯s about the difference between a head of state being a king or an emperor. It doesn¡¯t make that much difference as a power either. ¡°Oh. As a nation, it¡¯s more than a kingdom. It¡¯s almost dictatorship, with no aristocracy. Apparently, the kingdom has something like the parliament of the nobles, and a lot of decisions are made in the deliberations there. However, it does not translate into being an absolute monarch, since the final judgment means that the king (royal family) will do so. That said, even with that and this kicking, the grievances of the nobles will accumulate, and then there will be those who will disobey. Speak of kings, I mean only the head of the knight. So unless it¡¯s very unfavourable to the royal family or something like that, it¡¯s hired. In the case of an empire called Hiru, basically, only the emperor¡¯s decision exists. There is an aristocratic gathering, but it is more like an advisory ¡°servant¡± body than a parliament, giving an opinion before announcing the emperor¡¯s decision. It is up to the emperor to adopt that opinion or not. If the emperor is unwilling to hear his opinion from the outset, it will be announced as such without even calling the advisory body. And that pattern is quite a lot, apparently. If the Head of State is very capable, the Empire is more likely to develop rapidly. The speed from decision to execution is out of step.But I guess the fact that the revolution is being eliminated means it goes without saying if the emperor is capable today. ¡°Speaking up to the revolution means you¡¯re unhappy with the people? ¡°Well. Taxes have become heavier in the last few years or so. Of course, I guess that doesn¡¯t mean revolution on its own, but the direct cause is that the Imperial nobles were nostalgic about it and its taxes. The taxes I earn are used only for someone¡¯s luxury, which makes it easier to get dissatisfied. I also remember the French revolution in the previous world, in other words, that was what caused it. ¡°So when there¡¯s nothing I can do about it, it¡¯s good to be able to escape to become a kingdom, but the last push that I can¡¯t do that either because of the restrictions on movement, so¡­ ¡°And then don¡¯t let the Real Purpose be distracted? ¡°That sort of thing. Camilo says, winking at how many times it doesn¡¯t look good. We need to gather information, and don¡¯t ever need to work differently. With that in mind, I looked at the view. Chapter 183 Chapter 183: 183 Even though we need to gather information, of course they have an approximate idea of where Helen was taken. ¡°Hi. Looks like you¡¯ve been taken to a place where commerce is flourishing. ¡°Not a military city? ¡°Oh.¡± If you¡¯re going to keep mercenaries locked up, that¡¯s what seems better like a garrison, isn¡¯t it? ¡°I¡¯m sure it¡¯s because there¡¯s a lot of people in and out. One or two of the mercenaries can be hidden and put in. There are plenty of warehouses, so it¡¯s also essential for places to hide and imprison. ¡°So you¡¯re saying that there are circumstances on the Empire¡¯s side that you want to keep hidden that Helen has been captured? ¡°Probably. If so, the recapture itself may be easier. I¡¯m not supposed to be caught at all, and the cell won¡¯t be a decent one. Until we have a decision to bury ourselves in the dark from darkness, we won¡¯t even be treated badly. ¡°So that deadline is approaching. ¡°Don¡¯t be. I don¡¯t know when Camilo got the offer, but I¡¯m pretty sure he¡¯s in a hurry more than that the day after I¡¯m told to leave. Pack more and more detail during the move. I basically don¡¯t have to worry about being asked anything other than the person on board because it¡¯s a carriage. ¡°So, what am I gonna do when they find me? ¡°I¡¯m sorry, but you¡¯re a combat officer. Later, I might have you disguised as running away. I guess you don¡¯t think a normal Ok is a sword user, so is it good to get confused? Let¡¯s just say you¡¯re good. ¡°Impersonation?¡± ¡°Oh, you could be suspicious of being with us when you run away. Either way, I have a normal old man you and a couple or something to decide to get out of it. ¡°Couples can¡¯t do it. ¡°You¡¯re not, are you? A blacksmith can hardly meet a working daughter-in-law. Helen has a scratch on her face, and it¡¯s not strange to think about her hands or anything. ¡°Hmm. ¡°Well, that short redhead scratches my face. Then I¡¯ll find out, so I have a rash there, too. If you¡¯ve locked him up in secret, the guards won¡¯t be informed of the details, including the exterior, and that should work out. ¡°I see. Having a lot of contact with people means that¡¯s all the information leaks easily. For example, it is not offensive to think that the mouth of the shopkeepers is generally light. This is due to the thin concept of secrecy of information and the large number of people who come into contact. Although the guards have the concept of secret information, there are also many sweet parts about the decision which falls under it. They¡¯ll tell me what they want, too. It¡¯s out of kindness, so I don¡¯t take it too badly. Talking about that, we take the streets towards the Empire. Because this place is still kingdom territory, or I never ran into a bandit. The first day stays in a city near the border. The proximity to the border means that there are many movements of people and regular military garrisons. The lodging is a place where quite a few pedestrians have no problem staying, and every room is a room, but your people rent bedding to the lodging and sleep in the carriage. The luggage number also serves as a concurrent. It seems to be the standard if this is the case around here. There was no possibility or impossibility about the room, especially since it was not as different from our bedroom. This kind of thing is so fancy, or vice versa. It¡¯s hard to feature unless it¡¯s a very crude place¡­¡­ ¡°Okay, let¡¯s get out of here for a second! ¡°Where is it? After dinner, Camilo strained. The sun is completely down outside already. Isn¡¯t it too late to do anything? ¡°Why not? Because it¡¯s bad for your wives? ¡°No, that¡¯s family¡­¡± This world is not about monogamy. So it¡¯s not a cultural problem to marry everyone, but that¡¯s not why we don¡¯t get married. ¡°Well, it¡¯s a good idea for a few of us to go to lower the chances of pulling a hassle. ¡°Wouldn¡¯t it be suspicious if we went together and we both heard the same thing? ¡°Oh, that¡¯s¡­¡± The number one reason I don¡¯t want to go is because I¡¯m a ¡°customer¡± from this world, and I don¡¯t want to create the possibility of leaving my blood behind. Probably very little contraceptive technology. Sometimes in case this is the world. It¡¯s also why I¡¯m not going to marry or have kids with anyone in my family. This one doesn¡¯t seem to feel like it to them either, so I don¡¯t have to worry about it at the moment and it¡¯s helping. But we can¡¯t talk about this reason, so we have to deceive for other reasons. I think it went well this time, but I need to think about a lot of things. ¡°Besides, I¡¯m a lousy mouth. I¡¯ll leave it to you, who¡¯s good at gathering information. ¡°Okay¡­¡± I missed Camilo leaving the dining room with half a tobbotobo and half a cane. Chapter 184 Chapter 184: 184 It¡¯s still moving out of Ichi this morning, so both you and I were up for breakfast together. There are people around who would have the same situation for breakfast, and that also leaves there. Camilo came back there. You look so refreshed. You look so subtle that you don¡¯t. ¡°So, how¡¯d it go? I¡¯ll ask Camilo. Regardless, I¡¯m not talking about the level of the whorehouse. ¡°Oh. You¡¯ve corroborated some information. It is certain which city you are in. ¡°Isn¡¯t that usually good information? ¡°It¡¯s just¡­¡± ¡°Just?¡± Camilo looked at me and said, lurking his voice. ¡°It¡¯s going to be a little quicker than I thought. ¡°That¡¯s¡­¡± ¡°Let¡¯s talk on the road later. ¡°Oh.¡± After Camilo eats to cook the inn meal, the three of us go out together. Yesterday it was almost sundown so I couldn¡¯t see clearly, but the mountain is showing its appearance. The border should be over that mountain. We got in the carriage, headed for the border, and left the city. Carriage down the only street around here that seems to be. There are no more places to branch along the way, and the mountains are getting closer and closer. At this rate, the city I stayed in yesterday is mostly a front-line base. Eventually the carriage arrives at the foot of the mountain. There are wooden fences on the border and where I think they are, and backwoods are installed. Right next to it is a stone fort from which you can see the surroundings. A soldier with a bow on his back stands at the viewing table and where he thinks. Horses were connected to the outer perimeter of the fort. In an emergency, I guess I¡¯ll chase you with that one or skip the preaching. Where the fence has broken off, there is a simple gate, which also looks like a gateway to the previous world epoch. No, well, it¡¯s actually a place of concern as a function. The difference is that the standing guards are heavily armed and that the wind is shining with a flag painted with a crest that would belong to the Empire around the fort and gate. There was a line waiting for the passage check. Normally it seems like it would be nice to have quite a queue of people who can get out of the imperial side to the kingdom side, but there¡¯s very little there. Sounds like a ban on leaving the country is true. It just seems like it¡¯s taking a while to check your luggage for the Empire¡¯s residents. Normally, you need to go through here on your way home, but I or Camilo will probably be fine, as neither your lord nor Helen is an imperial citizen. I just wanted to say that it¡¯s good to go and go home.We stand in line for those entering the Empire. Jiri and the line went on, in our turn. The guards speak to us. ¡°State your purpose in entering the country. ¡°I¡¯m a pedestrian, and I¡¯m going to do business around the city. This is proof. Camilo takes the wooden plaque out of his nostalgia and gives it to the guard. When the guard checked the contents, he nodded and returned it to Camilo, and now he called out to me. ¡°What about you? ¡°Hey, I¡¯m a blacksmith flowing from the north called Yoshimitsu, and I¡¯m gonna stick with this guy and fix or hit a sickle or something. Come on. ¡°It¡¯s also become my business. Camilo will take my explanation. Camilo said this would be fine, but I¡¯ve never experienced anything like this. I haven¡¯t traveled overseas in the last world. My name is a pseudonym just in case. That said, I don¡¯t have a proper family registry copy or anything, and even if it did, it wouldn¡¯t exist to me, so it¡¯s really just a precaution. ¡­¡­ I laugh lovingly that I can¡¯t say I¡¯m very good at because the guards stare at my face. ¡°My daughter at the whorehouse said there have been a lot of¡± businessmen just like me ¡±in the last few days. ¡°So you were talking about how the decision was going to go faster? ¡°That¡¯s right. ¡°But wouldn¡¯t the Imperial side be suspicious if a weapon suddenly came in? ¡°That¡¯s because there is one too. If you decide before the end of the Empire¡¯s investigation, you can strike surprises. ¡°I see.¡± I am oblivious to this kind of plot, ¡°Hakuru¡±. There was no greed in the world before. Should I have read the section chief¡¯s comic strip about reincarnating into the Knights? ¡°So now I know the city that¡¯s bad for you, and I¡¯m going as far as I can without staying in the city today. You need a break, so you¡¯re in the wild. ¡°Okay. ¡°I¡¯m sorry. Hey.¡± The speaker nods and whips into the horse. Sometimes it¡¯s okay to speed up somewhat thanks to the suspension, and our carriage on board drove down the street at quite a speed. Chapter 185 Chapter 185: 185 For a normal carriage, you fly down the street at a fast speed. The surrounding scenery also changes with it. From time to time, it only slows down a little so that the suspension mount doesn¡¯t find out when it¡¯s slipping or overtaking with other carriages and travelers. Even if I say slow down, I would feel ¡°pretty flying¡±. That¡¯s about the speed. If you keep running at all costs, the horse will naturally crumble. They can move quite inexhaustibly if they absorb magic. It¡¯s not like a walking dragon. So every now and then I pinch the break. Water, salt and leaves on horses, we¡¯re portable food and water. ¡°I¡¯m still glad you told me that,¡± Camilo said, ¡°even if I pinch the break, it¡¯s going fast enough. The mountains that have passed between them are so far behind that they are invisible, and there are just a few lonely views around to say meadows. The amount of grass was less than near us, and the rocks were rolling gobbly as if they were replacements. I can¡¯t get off the carriage, so I can¡¯t look at it in detail, but the vegetation seems different. If things settle down, you might want to take a leisurely visit around here¡­. if you let me enter the country sooner when I come. Eventually the sun was about to fall, so I started preparing for the camp. The water is drawn in empty barrels along the way, so we just light the fire. Since there is no tent, I will sleep wrapped in a suitable blanket. The rice is a simple soup that just boiled portable dried meat and beans, but it is much better than ¡°kaji¡± as it is at rest. Me, Camilo and your three decided to relax and sleep while we took turns watching. At night, Yusa and I wake up shaken.¡°It¡¯s a shift. ¡°Okay. It¡¯s your wife. He will have to operate the carriage tomorrow, so he will be asked to stand on the first watch and then sleep slowly until morning. ¡°I left the tea behind. ¡°Oh, I¡¯m sorry, thank you. Good night, then.¡± They say that the sun is also a blessing of the Sun God, so it will be the part of the world that does not work in the knowledge of the previous world. In the ¡°common sense¡± of this world, the sun and the moon are in and out of the moon based on the extravagant myth that God is throwing blessings. What there are four seasons is that the relaxed Sun God feels more blessed from spring to summer, and from there, he tires of boulders for the winter, a phase in which he feels blessed. The full moon will be the same for the same reason. It seems that the Goddess of the Short Moon cycles the feeling of blessing in about a month. Watch the quiet plains with the occasional addition of firewood to the bonfire in the light of the blessings of such a short moon goddess. Occasionally, my liver gets cold when I hear some kind of beast voice, but there¡¯s no sign of that voice approaching us. That¡¯s how we spent the night relaxing on the lookout. Chapter 186 Chapter 186: 186 Now that it is the right time, boil the water in the incineration and simmer the tea to wake Camilo. ¡°Take turns. ¡°Oops.¡± Camilo wakes up spat for being woken up where she is sleeping. ¡°You¡¯re awake. ¡°When you¡¯re in business for a long time, you get to sleep and wake up sassy. ¡°I see.¡± I don¡¯t suppose this is how you keep an eye on him or anything. Not once or twice. This is what experience means to say. ¡°Tea. Serve Camilo the unspoiled tea. ¡°Oh, I¡¯m sorry. Good night.¡± ¡°Thank you, good night. I lay down in a blanket to say hello to Camilo and get some sleep. The next morning, I wake up before they wake me up. Your wife and Camilo were already awake. Camilo just stands guard and stays put. ¡°Whoa, are you awake? Good morning.¡± ¡°Good morning. They greeted me, so I gave them back ¡°good morning¡± too.¡°I think I¡¯m going to put it on the city today thanks to the board spring mechanism you taught me. ¡°That¡¯s how it works. Conversation with Camilo as he prepares to leave. Your mistress also said ¡°less spicy for speed¡±. It still feels undeniable that we have gone a little further with the needle of civilization. This will increase the speed at which the various Things flow. It¡¯s not even institutionally complicated, so we¡¯re just talking about at what stage a human being, like Da Vinci in the previous world, gives civilization a breakthrough. We¡¯re all ready to leave, so we¡¯ll all get in and take the streets. Just like the day before, fly while there are no other people (or carriages) and slow down somewhat where they are not. A little far away I can see a large rocky mountain from time to time. Ask Camilo, the empire seems to have more mines than the kingdom. Maybe Rike came from the Empire. Overall, the scenery continues somewhat desolate. Some parts of the grass are stretched, so I guess that doesn¡¯t mean they¡¯re not suitable for cultivation, but it looks like people don¡¯t live here. All I know is the elves, and then perhaps only some of the human beings in the royal palace, and so on. At least I¡¯m sure we¡¯re not talking about coming down to the Countess. Which makes no sense without allowing a stable supply of magic from where I found out. Camilo¡¯s imaginary ideal would come if there were a tool that would allow a steady supply of magic, or the development of an internal combustion engine starting with a steam engine, but at least I¡¯m not at all willing to get involved with it from myself. From the history of the previous world, it may be seen while I¡¯m alive about that end, but it won¡¯t be possible to see it until it develops. After a break, I run down the street. When the sun might set in the next two hours or so, there were more carriages on the road. ¡°Is it time? I speak to Camilo. ¡°Right. That¡¯s what I see over there. When I looked at Camilo¡¯s finger pointing, I saw the city surrounded by walls. Is Helen imprisoned there? I accidentally grabbed the edge of the carrier. Chapter 187 Chapter 187: 187 We¡¯ll line up at the end of the line of carriages. We¡¯re moving forward a little bit, but one carriage after another comes behind us for that matter, and the entire length of the line never shrinks. Boys and girls at the merchandise store roam between the waiting carriages with food and flowers. ¡°Boy, will you give me that? I called out to one of them in the hat. Give me five copper coins and receive three seemingly Micah fruits. Camilo told me that the market for what these kids sell is one piece of copper coin with one fruit. I mean, three copper coins in three, so I would have given you two extras. ¡°Every time. The kid bowed his head and I shook my hand. ¡°But you¡¯re the girl I want. When I looked at him as a gyro, the kid took off his hat. Sure, she¡¯s a cute girl with crisp eyes with just short hair. ¡°I¡¯m sorry. I laughed bitterly and took another piece of copper out of my nose and threw it at the girl. ¡°Thank you, sir. When she received it with her hat, the girl put her hat back on and went to the other carriage. Pass the fruit like the Micah you bought to your lord and Camilo. The fruit tasted close to the orange and had a lot of acidity, but it tasted good enough if you think of it that way. When I looked at Camilo with a chill, Camilo looked frightened for a moment but nodded softly. Now if you find it, you¡¯ll keep it for me. Eventually we reach the city gate. When the gatekeeper, armed with a short spear, approaches, Camilo takes out the permit for the trade and presents it to the gatekeeper.¡°What about you? ¡°At the blacksmith who followed this husband. Come on. I¡¯m going to make this one for sale. I¡¯ve asked, so I answer, and I see Giroli and I look. Well, from what I¡¯ve seen, it¡¯s the look of a thirty year-old (the contents are over forty) O. ¡°Go through.¡± For a few seconds the gatekeeper prompts the passage by hand. The three of us passed through with a meeting. ¡°Is that where the first gate breaks through first? Talk to Camilo in a less loud voice. ¡°After tomorrow? ¡°When you¡¯re done with that corroboration, you run. I think I¡¯ll get a star today. Mr. over there would have been sudden, and the cover-up wouldn¡¯t be complete. Ma, let¡¯s just settle in the inn. ¡°Okay. I look at the city from the top of the carriage. All races are urrowing and lively. This is a commercial city, so I guess it¡¯s this lively gathering of different people from different lands, but I wonder how normal cities and villages look. Could it be something with more air sinking? I¡¯m pretty sure the first thing to focus on is Helen¡¯s rescue. It¡¯s gonna be the last time I¡¯m gonna be useful, but there¡¯s no way I¡¯m going to get distracted by that. Let¡¯s get our minds together. With such a small determination, the wagon headed to the city centre. Chapter 188 Chapter 188: 188 We slowly proceeded through the hustle and bustle of the city, eventually reaching our destination, the Inn. It¡¯s a pretty good shop there in size. Camilo told the innkeeper that it was a week or so of stay and secured a room for three. This time your mistress will stay with you. This mistress, of course, is not just a mistress, she also gathers information. Carriage baggage is in the form of paying the innkeeper a separate fee to keep an eye on it. The luggage needed to stay was brought into the room and once all gathered in Camilo¡¯s room. I speak to Camilo. ¡°You made it a pretty fine place. ¡°If you¡¯re not somewhat firm, you won¡¯t get picked up and gather a lot of information. ¡°I see.¡± ¡°Plus I¡¯m going to be involved in gathering information in the future. ¡°Saying? ¡°We¡¯re looking for information on the warehouse, so we have to pretend we¡¯re making money. So, me and Eizo go out to Free City and do business. Needless to say, what¡¯s the real purpose? I nodded. ¡°¡± I¡¯m thinking of leaving a store here, don¡¯t you know the warehouse? ¡° ¡°That sort of thing. When I think Helen is still imprisoned somewhere in this city, I¡¯m tempted to help her as soon as possible, but there¡¯s nothing I can do about all this. Your mistress ¨C apparently Mr. Franz ¨C opens his mouth.¡°What about me? ¡°You¡¯re gathering information while we¡¯re out of Free City. I want you to explore where there is little luggage in and out for the larger part. ¡°Okay,¡± Mr. Franz nods when Camilo returns it. ¡°Let¡¯s just try to find out what¡¯s going on tomorrow. Me and Mr. Franz nodded again at Camilo¡¯s words and ended the day. The next morning, I¡¯ll take the carriage to Free City. It is, of course, Mr. Franz¡¯s operation. It¡¯s just a commercial city, and the free city here is pretty big. Considering that some of these merchants mostly have a fixed shop here, I think we¡¯ll know the size of it. The rules are pretty much the same as the Free City in that city I go to. The one who pays for a place according to its size and doesn¡¯t have a sales desk is borrowed and commercially available. ¡°Is it about an hour? I¡¯ll sharpen my torso, okay? ¡°Oh, of course. ¡°Well, I¡¯ll keep it. ¡°I asked. When a man flips himself, he walks away. ¡°I didn¡¯t know you were going to do a proper blacksmith job. ¡°If this builds your reputation, do you want to move over here? ¡°Don¡¯t be silly. Me and Camilo laughed at each other, and I put my sword on the gold floor. Well, do you want to do a job? Chapter 189 Chapter 189: 189 Repair the Deposit Sword. No distortion or blade spill seems to be necessary until heated. It was so distorted that it didn¡¯t fit completely in the sheath that I had to heat it up and burn it down, but that¡¯s not it. Unless it¡¯s a more important sword, I¡¯ll buy it again before it does, so if you say so, yes. Beat your torso with a hammer and take the distortion. I hear louder noises around, but I guess I¡¯m making something in the distance, it sounds pretty loud, so I don¡¯t hesitate to give it my all. I noticed I was focused at this time, but they still don¡¯t have much magic in places like this. I can fix the distortion, but the magic won¡¯t cage. I don¡¯t want to significantly outperform the original sword, so I think I can fix it to the same extent if I repair it with the feeling of making a luxury model. As I continued to slap myself, I was eventually able to put it straight back. And then you¡¯re done grinding. Just concentrate a little and grind just so that the blade spill is gone. Eventually, although there was no boulder to mistake for new, there was a sword back there by the time it was used in there. ¡°Okay, like this? ¡°Oh, you got it. ¡°Oh.¡± I show Camilo the sword I wiped clean. ¡°Does the repair belong to your hand? That¡¯s a boulder. ¡°That can¡¯t be called a blacksmith unless you can fix it, can it? ¡°Is that right? ¡°No, you weren¡¯t talking about the price. I remembered. Though I took it painfully, I haven¡¯t decided how much I¡¯ll get. I didn¡¯t ask how much that guy would be either in the first place. ¡°This kind of thing is mostly because the market is set. ¡°Really? ¡°Oh. The size of this city means five copper coins to one silver coin. When it comes to one piece of silver coin at the highest price, is it usually about the wholesale value of the model?Of course it¡¯s a wholesale value, so when Camilo sells it, expenses and money come on top of it. If so, it would be cheaper than buying a new one, so it¡¯s not a strange story to repair. ¡°So, what¡¯s this? I pointed to the sword I had just fixed. Five copper coins is mostly my labor cost, but if I turn the repair around in an hour, I can also earn the price of the place, which one can handle to eat. ¡°One silver coin, that¡¯s it. Camilo said all the same. ¡°Really? ¡°That¡¯s pretty much fixing it close to it, even if I don¡¯t say it¡¯s like new. If you have any complaints, give me one of the new ones here and I¡¯ll take them. Naturally, I just nodded once at Camilo¡¯s tone. After that, the man who asked me to fix it came back. And then I¡¯m out of hand. When magic cannot be praised, there is not enough willingness to create something new. At first, there¡¯s quite a bit of sheet metal I brought from us, and there¡¯s magic caged over there, so I can accommodate it somewhat if I use it, but if I don¡¯t leave that here, it could be an octagonal blockage. I don¡¯t have a hand in diverting it because it¡¯s my product, but I want to avoid it. I also said that I would mass-produce something that I knew was going to hit me perfectly¡­ In the end, when it came to what I could do, it was like repairing it. Speaking of Camilo, on the other hand, we make quite a bit of sales, and we don¡¯t lack information gathering. to a man who is about to buy a bunch of products, probably the same pedestrian ¡°Next time I¡¯m going to open a store over here, you know what¡¯s good? I don¡¯t have a lot of luggage in and out and I like the wide area. and so on. They are also rootless traders, so I didn¡¯t know most of them, but some told me where the warehouse seems to be empty from time to time. Helen could be imprisoned somewhere. And stay open for the day. Come on, now it¡¯s time to take the back. Chapter 190 Chapter 190: 190 Dinner that night is served in a tavern, not an inn. To gather information and retrieve it. If it¡¯s to gather information, it¡¯s better to be flashy, but if it¡¯s too conspicuous, this time they might be looking behind its purpose. I want to start doing business in this city as a cover for once, but I don¡¯t actually do, so there¡¯s a breakdown somewhere. So I¡¯ll leave you on the kata while it doesn¡¯t find out. If it¡¯s possible, it¡¯s best to get away with it by multiplying it by some confusion, but it¡¯s a subtle thing to see if you have time to aim that far. So collecting information just makes me smell like, ¡°This city looks good for business¡± or ¡°I need a warehouse to do that, but I can¡¯t build a new one, so I have to borrow it¡±. So the information we gather is not a big deal. But if you scrutinize it, you can erase another one from the information you need. We went back to the inn after gathering information like that and eating dinner (about enough booze). ¡°Well, here¡¯s the information I gathered today. ¡°How¡¯d it go? Three men gather in Camilo¡¯s room to begin the conversation. I don¡¯t like it that way, so it¡¯s basically Camilo and Franz¡¯s job to scrutinize it. ¡°There were about six places that apply, but three are silos, right? There was one place that seemed like a high degree of certainty, but there¡¯s nothing to decide. The other two are suspicious, but it doesn¡¯t mean they seem as definite as the one just now. When I heard Mr. Franz¡¯s report, I pinched my mouth. ¡°So you¡¯re gonna try and hit one of those? ¡°That¡¯s a little premature. Camilo returns my words. ¡°If we can¡¯t get a little more confirmation, sneaking in can be no different than a normal thief. ¡°Hmm¡­¡± Is that true, too? If you don¡¯t have Helen on board, you¡¯re usually just a burglar who went into stealing. I hope that¡¯s all, but it¡¯s not what I figured out about the guys holding Helen for purposefully sneaking into less luggage. Camilo seems more right to say that we should go cautiously here. ¡°Okay. Then I¡¯ll just be a little more of a blacksmith. They are all repaired with a single piece of silver coin, so they are sold quite a bit. I appreciate the positive reviews, but I¡¯m in a complicated mood because this isn¡¯t the purpose of this one. Dinner is also served at the tavern this day to confirm at the inn. ¡°I knew one case with a high degree of certainty would be crummy. It¡¯s the only place where people rarely come in or out. The other two were for people to come and go, regardless of baggage. ¡°Hmm¡­¡± Camilo twists his head on Mr Franz¡¯s report. There¡¯s no way you can keep a secret in a place where you don¡¯t know when (regardless of who contracted it) you¡¯re coming. Camilo opened his mouth thinking for a while. ¡°All right, then tomorrow if it¡¯s possible, we¡¯ll find out what¡¯s going on inside. Once confirmed, the rescue will finally begin. Finally. When the time comes, I¡¯ll give you my full strength. With that in mind, I wished Helen well for a while. Chapter 191 Chapter 191: 191 The next day, we stopped opening stores in Free City and left for the city. Camilo says, ¡°Doing business for two days and doing something else for a day isn¡¯t anything suspicious, either,¡± so it¡¯ll be fine around there. Today is finally the day to put exploration into a suspicious place. The time now has gone around a little bit in the morning. The carriage is also kept in the inn and the three of us go down the street. I also thought when I came on my first day, there are different races here as well, not unlike the kingdom. Some beasts, some marites, some dwarves. I still don¡¯t see elves here because they don¡¯t have enough magic to live by. Is it where the Giants stand out that things are slightly different from the city of the kingdom? ¡°Unlike¡± over there, ¡°you have a lot of giants. I asked Camilo. ¡°Oh, because the Giants are a species that originally lived in the Empire. It¡¯s a lot of inconvenience to travel long distances, and most of them are in the Empire. ¡°I see.¡± I don¡¯t know if a human came to the Giants or vice versa, but we¡¯ve been friends since we put our hands together during the Great War 600 years before the example (?) I guess it means living. If you look closely at the street, besides the price of the humans, it says the price for the Giants. If you need more supplies commensurate with your body¡¯s size, you don¡¯t know it¡¯s not suitable for an expedition. ¡°Any chance they¡¯ll join¡° that ¡±? ¡°That¡¯s a lot. They are also part of the Empire. The treatment is no different from that of humans. ¡°That would be mayhem. ¡°It¡¯s a lot of power¡­¡±If a weapon the size of a giant¡¯s body deserves, it goes without saying that just being wielded is a threat enough. If they joined the revolution, it would be a threat almost no different than a siege weapon. The defensive fears at that time are too much to guess. Conversely, there would be a lot of confusion in that case, so it would seem easier to get out if you were multiplied if it had occurred during the rescue. ¡°The example location is ahead of us, isn¡¯t it? Mr. Franz stopped his leg. It¡¯s a little out of town, but not nearly as far as the outer perimeter is concerned. ¡°You¡¯re closer to the center than I thought. Camilo answers when I say it. ¡°That¡¯s the outer circumference. It¡¯s noticeable. If you want to transfer it sometime, I¡¯d prefer a somewhere a little off, somewhere a little more confusing to the crowd. After going pretty far too far, Camilo spills like that. ¡°It¡¯s a warehouse. I wish I could just ask from somewhere how it went. There¡¯s no sewage or anything? ¡°There is, but there¡¯s no reason to go under the warehouse¡­¡± Mr. Franz answered my question. Then, if you were there, you wouldn¡¯t be able to use the means to escape the sewer. You don¡¯t have to have a getaway route to keep people prisoner. ¡°I wonder what¡¯s going on. Camilo thinks as he walks. ¡°I have an idea. When I saw how it was, I spoke to Camilo. Chapter 192 Chapter 192: 192 ¡°From the warehouse next door. ¡°How? ¡°With this one. I showed Camilo my nostalgia knife. ¡°Hmm? ¡°This guy cuts through the warehouse wall from the next warehouse and breaks in from it. I know it depends on the thickness of the wall, but I think if it is about 10 cm across the blade, it will cut through if it is not an extra thickness wall. ¡°I see¡­¡± ¡°The problem, of course, is that it can¡¯t be undone. ¡°That would be a bit of a hassle when you run away. You¡¯ll soon realize Helen¡¯s gone. If there was a hole there, it¡¯s obvious where he ran away from. It is also necessary to assume that you will find out to some extent because the sound does not make it at all. It¡¯s a quick story to find out who rented the surrounding warehouse at that time. Open your mouth after Camilo thinks about it. ¡°In times of confusion, as pushing through from the front, sneaking in from elsewhere can be tough if you¡¯re not going to be able to buy time. ¡°There¡¯s no other way, is there? Mr Franz answers that. I asked Camilo. ¡°Is it good for us that Helen¡¯s being held captive is a secret? ¡°Right. If you take him out, there¡¯s a chance that he¡¯ll get a piece of it. It¡¯s unfavourable in these cases to not be able to get people out to pee too much. Just¡­¡± ¡°Just?¡± ¡°It also means you¡¯re likely to come with a few elites. ¡°That would be a hassle. ¡°Oh. But you for that, right? ¡°That¡¯s sort of true. I shrugged my shoulders at Camilo¡¯s words. ¡°So, when are we gonna do this? ¡°I¡¯d love to wait for that example, but if it¡¯s too late, it could be transferred. Until the day after tomorrow at the latest. ¡°Let¡¯s give this guy to me right now and put it down. It was one wooden plaque that was removed from the nostalgia. I took it and looked at the surface. ¡°Pass? The wood tag says the letter of the pass and that the Jimmy figure has the right to return from the kingdom. ¡°Oh. In case it¡¯s just you, run away. Fine.¡± ¡°But¡­¡± I¡¯m here to take Helen back. When I went back to that, I thought Camilo and Mr. Franz were together for four. I know it¡¯s the worst case scenario, but I still want to manage to make my return with this MENTS. That¡¯s what I tried to say. ¡°Okay? But I had to honestly nod to Camilo¡¯s temper, which I rarely let him say. Chapter 193 Chapter 193: 193 The next day, I decided to rent a warehouse behind my goal for a week in the name of a temporary luggage storage area. The procedure shall be carried out by Mr Franz. Fake name, of course. Mr. Franz keeps an eye on his goal with his body of working in the warehouse. We are open in Free City, as we were until yesterday. Sales also remain normal. You got that rating there in the first two days, or there¡¯s a fix bringing in. ¡°I wasn¡¯t there yesterday, so I thought I¡¯d do something about it. I¡¯m glad you¡¯re here today. Some customers say that. I¡¯m happy as a blacksmith, but it¡¯s not complicated given the situation now and beyond. Camilo seems like a pretty good seller too, but is it in the same mood as me for a face that doesn¡¯t float a bit? ¡°And that¡¯s a lot of repairs. I speak to Camilo as I slap the sword I have deposited on the gold floor. ¡°Right. This much repaired sword means that maybe¡­¡± Camilo clouds his reply en route. When I say that I need a lot of weapons and can¡¯t talk to you very much, I can only think of one thing. ¡°Is that it? ¡°Oh.¡± It is also convincing that weapons are needed in large quantities if we consider the decision of the revolution to be close.The city is a commercial city, but on the contrary, it is also a place where large amounts of money and things are gathered. Replenishment would be advantageous if you put it there, or vice versa, it would be easier to tighten the supply on the imperial side. If all you have to do is stop supplying the Empire, you don¡¯t need to completely control anything. All you have to do is cause confusion and cause dysfunction. That being said, however, it is a fairly large city, so there will be a certain number of people. It seems that the person requesting the repair has nothing in common, but it is also convincing to assume that people of various positions need it. I can only think of one cause of the need for people of all positions at the same time in my current state. ¡°Sounds like you should be a little careful. Who answered what voice was Camilo. I open the door in a hurry. ¡°What¡¯s up? ¡°Can¡¯t you hear me? It¡¯s happening! I was asleep and it was moving and I didn¡¯t notice, but if I clear my ears, the sound of cancuns and bells is ringing. Right, here we go? I was in a hurry to get ready to go outside and the three of us jumped out of the inn. Chapter 194 Chapter 194: 194 When I go outside, the area is getting noisy. At night but naturally there is no such thing as a street light, I just see pine lights coming and going everywhere like human souls. Its surroundings are bright. I spoke to Camilo. ¡°What do we do? ¡°Push in from the front, but can you get that far? Camilo answers. Revolutionary Army everywhere (?) There is and there is brightness there, and I can¡¯t even manage to see it because it¡¯s clear. But it won¡¯t go as smoothly as it did during the day. I don¡¯t see how that hurts when fighting for a moment. ¡°Let¡¯s take the pine lights of the sale and get to where we can go without lighting them. If you run into revolutionary people along the way, pretend to join them and get a fire. Camilo suggested so, and me and Mr. Franz nodded. Mr. Franz runs quickly through the darkness. It¡¯s close to dark, but it¡¯s quick. ¡°Hey, Mr. Franz isn¡¯t a regular lady, is he? I lost sight of Mr. Franz, and I asked Camilo. Too much can be done for a mere one. It may not be what a blacksmith can say. ¡°Oh¡­¡­ Well, that¡¯s the thing. Camilo¡¯s details were cloudy, but he must not be in charge in any case. Blacksmiths, blacksmiths, pedestrians with connections everywhere. Not as many three people are suspicious as this if they know their identity. The guards of this city won¡¯t be around now.Mr. Franz is back. I have three pine lights in my hand. Looking for and bringing exactly what¡¯s in that darkness doesn¡¯t seem like a lot of skill. ¡°All right, let¡¯s hurry. He said so with no one and ran out of the inn at the best possible speed. Mr. Franz will take the lead. Just keep up with the steps that are not lost at all. I still can¡¯t get the speed to run in the daytime. Up to about an early walk at best. I want the lights as soon as possible. ¡°We¡¯re about half way there! When Mr. Franz said that, the lights were on the corner of the street. The Revolutionary Army would be nice, but being a guard is a bit of a hassle. Pulling out the short sword I left on my hips, Mr. Franz is located a little further away. The men left there still on guard. I don¡¯t know if it was a revolutionary army or a fire scene thief. But it doesn¡¯t matter now. This will increase the speed of travel, that¡¯s all that matters. We get the lights. Our travel speed increases. From about a quick leg earlier, it¡¯s about a rush. Thanks to this difference in speed, we reached the warehouse at a rate slightly slower than we did during the day. Around the warehouse the men are moving in a hurry. Has Helen been transferred yet? I have to step into the warehouse to check them out. ¡°Push through! I screamed out loud at the men Matsumi approached to be vigilant. Chapter 195 Chapter 195: 195 After I scream, I quickly replace the pine lights and pull the sword out of my sheath. Some of them escape seeing it, but some of them have stood up to it. I waved the sword down the upper stage¡­ and threw the pine light. Fired pine lights fly, naturally frightened for a moment. I¡¯ll be slaughtered without missing it. Originally, the difference in skill appeared to be considerable, but making a ski made it easy to slash and lay down a few people. Survival also comes with a weapon in my hand, but I will pay for it all with my sword and slash it away. Mr. Franz added, ¡°Leave the rest to me,¡± when he knocked down about five people, so he picks up the pine lights he threw at him and runs in with his open parts. The mess around and the sound of the battle just before seemed to have paid off the inside humans, who were quiet inside. Even the feeling of battle cheats doesn¡¯t seem to make anyone hostile to me, but if someone¡¯s lurking, it¡¯s bad. I feel terrible, but it¡¯s time to move on to the back. Originally given the danger of ignition, Matsuaki and others are places that cannot be brought in. I also had a hard time keeping the flames from moving into my luggage. I got to the deepest part of the warehouse, but I don¡¯t see him as a person. But there are signs that someone is here. I swung the pine lights and wandered around. There are boxes stacked high in the area that would contain luggage. If you look carefully, you can see a gap in that corner. Is it just enough for people to go through? Lower the pine light and pass through the gap so that the fire does not move. I feel the fever morose, but I can¡¯t care less about that.Through the gap, it was a little space there. It doesn¡¯t smell like fecal urine, but there is a little bit like a person¡¯s body odor. The signs are there too, so there¡¯s definitely someone there. There was no luggage upstairs, so when I glanced over the pine lights to see how it was, I saw a person wandering. I rush over there in panic. Falling down, but looking familiar with slightly stretched redhead hair. My legs are covered and I can¡¯t seem to get away with it. I know you¡¯re alive because you¡¯ve wandered around, but you don¡¯t seem to feel like you¡¯re aggressively doing something. ¡°Helen.¡± I spoke to the falling shadow. The shadow turns slowly to this side of the face when it is vicious. ¡°Oh, hey, Helen. ¡°Eizo, Eizo¡­¡± Speak up, but Helen grabs his arm all the time. Given Helen¡¯s hitherto, I couldn¡¯t shake it off unhindered either. Chapter 196 Chapter 196: 196 ¡°It¡¯s all right now. Don¡¯t worry.¡± I speak to Helen to calm her down and gently take off her gripping arm. Give in slowly and see how it adds up. I don¡¯t think I can break the rock itself, but the key on it is easy, so even my knife is going to break it. ¡°I¡¯m gonna sit still. Speak to Helen again and put a knife on the key to help. I didn¡¯t go as far as to spatter the boulder, but I was able to cut the thin part. The addition is worn on both legs. The other did the same and cut it off. When I look at the knife, a little blade spill is formed. You mean cutting the same iron with a knife would take about a blade spill¡­ There is something a little scary about me. But on the contrary, cutting two thin irons and causing a blade spill would make it difficult, for example, to hide my bespoke model but probably cut the iron lattice and get out. I hit Helen. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s a short sword. That short sword is obvious too, but I don¡¯t see it. Outside, Mr. Franz and Camilo are still waiting for our escape, and we don¡¯t have time to look. It hurts a little, but I can¡¯t help it, that probably spills into the hands of the Empire. I took the key off Helen, picked up the pine light, and I supported Helen with my shoulders. Helen hangs tight with her arms around my neck. ¡°Is there anything I really need to take? Ask Helen, with a fine voice. ¡°Sword¡­¡± Answer. ¡°I¡¯ll hit that one again, so give it up now. When I say that, Helen snorts. Slowly as it was, me and Helen walked outside the warehouse. I see a figure with a pine light around the entrance to the warehouse. Camilo and Franz. ¡°Are you both safe? When I rang, they nodded. ¡°Looks like you¡¯re doing well there, too. ¡°Oh. I was wondering what I would do if it wasn¡¯t here, but I¡¯m glad I got my predictions. ¡°Okay, shall we go then? When I threw Matsumitsu on the floor, I held Helen in what I called a princess¡¯s arms. I can¡¯t do a fireman¡¯s carry on a boulder, but it takes too long when it¡¯s a way to support it with my shoulders. ¡°Out of the way! We run through it. I don¡¯t know if running across Helen plays a role, or if any of us are involved. Perhaps they think he¡¯s carrying an injured man. Though it doesn¡¯t come off much. Helen is bigger than me. I also weigh well for that, but it doesn¡¯t mean I feel so heavy with my muscle strength gaining from the benefit of cheats. While I was running, I was anxious to see how things were going, but I kept leaning down and grown up. I guess I¡¯ve been caught in a boulder. With that in mind, I kept running desperately to get out of this city as soon as possible so as not to slow down. Chapter 197 Chapter 197: 197 Approaching the boulevard, it was havoc there. There is a mix of streams in which several people hold pine lights and rely on them to move together to get out of this city, and a stream that moves around to grasp this city apart from it, and a stream that tries to counter it. Here again, Camilo says, ¡°You¡¯re an injured man! Out of the way!¡± he shouted, some reason seemed to remain even in this mess, which made it easier to get by somewhat. We run through the streets, sewing in the slightest clearance that people¡¯s reason has spared us. Perhaps the mastery of this city will work. I wouldn¡¯t be planning to fail at first hand¡­¡­ I¡¯d like to think. If so, it¡¯s best to get out of this mess before it calms down. The chaos will continue for a few more hours, but if it passes, it will be harder to get out of this city. ¡°I hope our inn isn¡¯t on fire. I see some firehands up there, and even as I run, I speak to the two of them. ¡°Maybe you¡¯ll be okay. ¡°Yeah. It¡¯s not even decent to grasp this city and seize the city¡¯s people¡¯s residences and stay there. A temporary garrison should be a barracks or an inn. The two answer. ¡°I see. It doesn¡¯t make sense to burn what you¡¯re supposed to use, does it? ¡°It will. Mr. Franz took it. Mastering this city also means a lot, but that alone will not end the revolution.At least until you drag the emperor off the throne. Regardless of whether that ends in three days or takes a year, we have to keep this city that far. In some cases it will also be close to the Battle of Cage Castle. If so, is that the Imperial House of Lords? Like one or two buildings, including a show, to burn and show their righteousness? Even if you say that the aristocratic hall is large, you know how many people can accommodate in two buildings per building, and if you decide that a relatively small place doesn¡¯t affect a large number of people, it¡¯s not something you don¡¯t know. Trying to reflux the mayhem, we managed to get to the inn. The inn is standing there safely, and the looting that is common at times like this has not yet begun. Heading to where I was putting the carriage, a big watchman I saw when I came stood disciplined with a big stick in my hand. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, I¡¯m leaving already! In the meantime, when Mr. Franz brings the horse and connects, me and Camilo get on the carrier, too. I held Helen and lay in the inconspicuous rear of the carrier and covered her with a blanket. If I gently hold Helen¡¯s hand, which seems to be meticulous, she returns a gullible and powerful response. The carriage went in and out feeling it. There¡¯s still chaos in the streets, but besides us, the carriage is moving at about the speed of constant walking, and we get behind it. Me and Camilo will be on guard. I almost got rid of it, but the face is usually seen so it¡¯s care if the chaser was on it. I wouldn¡¯t be able to do a lot of things with this mess, but still I¡¯ve never gotten over caution. Everyone is traveling when they see people trying to get out of the city on foot, on guard. This means that the inhabitants of the town are almost caged in their homes, and this many refugees are mostly flowers who do business and travel. For once, I thought I¡¯d give him a ride if he had kids, etc., but he keeps spitting people out like a water mouth that spits out water ¨C which means the gatekeeper isn¡¯t doing his job anymore ¨C until we left at the gate, I never saw him. Chapter 198 Chapter 198: 198 We¡¯re not the only ones who escaped the city at night. There are many others out of the city. After I get out, I¡¯m basically moving along the street, but the road isn¡¯t that wide. People walking on one side, carriages moving away from the city on the other. Both are lit with pine lights, which together make the way of light. It is also like a highway in the previous world. Makes me think that shaking every bit is prettier than creepy. Our carriage also runs fast down the streets of light, lost in formation. The shake is only a little less than the carriage around, but it doesn¡¯t look noticeable because it¡¯s not even that fast. Most of all, it¡¯s pretty suspicious if the one who can afford to care about such details is on this street. Helen keeps her mouth shut, holding my hand all the time. Camilo took out the snails he had loaded in the carriage and handed them to me. ¡°Helen.¡± ¡°Hmm? What is it, Eizo? When I spoke, I responded with a slightly naughty face pointed at me. My complexion is somewhat better than right after I helped. ¡°I can put this guy on my head. It¡¯ll take me a while to let you know how it is, but I¡¯ll be careful with everything. ¡°Yeah. Thanks. Helen answers with a fine voice. I gently took my hand off Helen and put the scallops on Helen. A little longer blonde. Helen¡¯s hair was so short that she could wear it beautifully without holding back her original hair. Touch the tip of your hair a little so that the wound on your face can hide. You care about the wounds on your face and decide you¡¯re stretching. ¡°That¡¯s it. It¡¯ll tickle you, but be patient with me. ¡°Yeah.¡± Helen nodded honestly. It¡¯s still dark around so I don¡¯t even think I¡¯ll find out sooner, but if I wear it before it gets brighter, it won¡¯t cause problems when it gets brighter and shows up. Grabbing my hand with one hand, Helen and us messing with our hair tips with the other, the carriage ran down the street. Eventually, when there are no more people on foot from the streets, the sky comes white. We¡¯ve come a long way, so we haven¡¯t caught up with the carriage on foot. I hope each of those people is safe and sound. ¡°Once you get this far, you won¡¯t come after me like that. When Camilo says so, Mr. Franz slows down the carriage. The flames themselves aren¡¯t noticeable when they get brighter, but they¡¯re not very good in that sense, as higher rising smoke becomes noticeable. But if you don¡¯t simmer and soften it, I doubt Helen¡¯s body will accept it. As soon as I saw the pan, I decided to take on the first watch. Camilo and Mr. Franz also catch a blanket and lie down with a gobble. Eventually I heard him sleep with Suyasuya. It is difficult to encounter beast raids or the like because it can be seen far away when it is bright, but it is also easy to see from the chaser. There is no other carriage resting in the sense that I stood on the carriage carrier and looked around. Should I be careful if it hits from one end because it is possible to come here as well? He was asleep with a calm face when he saw Helen as he stepped off the carrier and watched the pan set on fire. I must not have been able to sleep satisfactorily in this place. I don¡¯t know what will happen for a while to come. I stirred around the contents of the pan, thinking you¡¯d rest tight right now. Chapter 199 Chapter 199: 199 While relaxing for about an hour, he occasionally spins the pan and adds water, while paying attention to his surroundings. As the morning sun rises, the streets are only headed for those whose hurried carriages leave the city. Did the carriage bound for the city purchase information from a different carriage on the way, not even a single one? The people who can escape will try to escape the empire as soon as possible. What is going on with that girl that I made a mistake with a boy? It may not make much sense for them to escape from that city, but I don¡¯t want them to just get caught up in the fight. The meat and beans that were simmering are getting softer, so wake the three of them up for breakfast. ¡°Were you getting the rice right? ¡°For once. It was almost just like wheat porridge. When I asked Helen, she gave me that answer. So only Helen decided to reduce the amount of meat once and add more beans. I don¡¯t think my stomach won¡¯t accept it because it¡¯s soft, but it doesn¡¯t look good to surprise me. Because the taste is only salt and stock of dried meat, and the utensils are also meat and beans (even though there is a difference between animal and vegetable) say protein only ¡°nutritional value? It¡¯s a menu that says,¡± I feel a lot different when I¡¯m putting something in my stomach than when I¡¯m not. ¡° Everyone, including me, will quietly dwell on their stomachs. It¡¯s been a while since I¡¯ve been out of that city when I asked how things were going, and it seems like I¡¯ve been getting quite well, but it seemed like it was too early to hear what was going on from Helen. At least it looks better after I leave the empire. My stomach is creeping, and the sun is totally rising, so the pan cleans up and drops the fire. I took turns watching over Mr. Franz and lay down with Camilo and Helen.I woke up wondering how long I would have slept. It doesn¡¯t seem like it¡¯s even noon yet in terms of the inclination of the day, but it seems like quite some time has passed. ¡°Oh, are you awake? ¡°Oops.¡± Camilo¡¯s been calling, so I¡¯ll respond to that. Does that mean at least it¡¯s been long enough for Mr. Franz and Camilo to change watches? I stretched out hmm. Throw the blanket you were wearing into the carriage. Still, you can roughly tell which area you¡¯re around right now and which way to go. The purpose is to get out of the empire. Camilo takes Mr. Franz, and I wake Helen up and put her in the carriage. Me and Camilo cleaned up the neighborhood and got in the carriage. The sun also rose, and more refugees on foot on the streets. In it our carriage moved relatively slowly away from the city. Chapter 200 Chapter 200: 200 A carriage takes the streets like a line of crayons drawn to a desolate plain, with rocky mountains visible in the distance. Only a few clouds can be seen in the distance, but the weather is still not bad today. The streets are not yet filled with refugees, but the number of people evacuated on foot has become noticeable. Helen said, looking at the people who go down the road without saying anything, one hand of which remains grasping the hem of my clothes. Not a day has passed since he was rescued, even though he has calmed down somewhat and his complexion has improved. I haven¡¯t been able to inform Helen of the rescue in advance, so I guess my emotions haven¡¯t caught up with the sudden change of circumstances, so I¡¯m keeping it that way. ¡°Was there another city ahead? I don¡¯t think pursuers can be so fancy in this situation right now, but I talk to Camilo with my eyes around me. ¡°Right. It¡¯s a city I passed when I was coming. ¡°I don¡¯t see any carriages from that way¡­¡± ¡°If we come out, we¡¯ll be heading to the capital of the Empire. Naturally, the opposite is true. ¡°I don¡¯t plan to do it originally, but can¡¯t I replenish it in that city? ¡°Right. I don¡¯t think I¡¯m going to let you in in the first place. It¡¯s a little off the street, so I¡¯d like to think the crowd would be somewhat better. ¡°You¡¯re a pain in the ass when you¡¯re an evacuee. Being approached by a chaser while you can¡¯t move is a hassle. Depending on the situation around the city, should we also consider going off the road? I asked Camilo about it and he said, ¡°You¡¯d better do that.¡± The answer returned. I knew it. When the sun passed Jomtien, I began to see people turning away in the distant streets. People can also be seen accumulating around the intersection of the T-shaped road and resting even if time is time. ¡°What do we do? ¡°Let¡¯s take a detour. It¡¯s not very good to stop here. When I asked, Camilo called out to Mr. Franz to go around loud. Nobody would be suspicious in this situation if I were flying a horse. That¡¯s how we made a huge detour to the intersection of the road that connects the street to the city. I was wary, but very few people are paying attention here. Almost everyone seems to be full of themselves. Most of the people who look at this one simply feel that they looked at the carriage because it was passing by, and I can¡¯t ask how they look sharp or alert. That said, I¡¯m not a professional guard, either, so I don¡¯t know if that¡¯s right. I don¡¯t know if you might be getting cheats in this area¡­¡­ The carriage goes further into the kingdom, hoping for the first time that it was possible to get past the occasion. Beyond today, the precinct is finally waiting. Chapter 201 Chapter 201: 201 Moving on for a while avoiding the rugged streets, people and carriages eventually dwindled. Almost everyone is heading out of the empire. Very rarely have we also seen people and carriages heading in the opposite direction ¨C that is, towards the centre of the Empire. Have you left your family and loved ones there? I have no reason to know why, but I want you to do your job safely. Whatever it is about others, we haven¡¯t accomplished our purpose yet either. Mr. Franz put his carriage back on the street with reduced traffic and increased his speed. Now I get to where I can go today and camp, and the last gate is literally waiting for me. Where the sun is about to set, we go off the streets again and prepare for the camp. Helen is already getting quite well, and getting ready for camp is enough to help out with Swiss. Looks fine with this yesterday today, but I don¡¯t know what triggers me to suddenly get sick. I¡¯ll leave it to my own wishes, but I¡¯ll see how it goes. Dinner is a soup and bread that throws the ingredients of the load into place. I also had some spices loaded like a pedestrian, so Camilo says no and makes me use them. If there is a problem, subtract that amount from the next payment. Camilo was slowly shaking his neck to the side though. ¡°Nobody takes it, so eat slowly. I laugh bitterly at Helen, who starts eating disappointingly. ¡°Firm, but eating fast is the norm on the battlefield, right? Helen answered in a flamboyant voice, like when she was at home. I am glad to say that things are returning to normal. ¡°No, this is a battlefield¡­ do you have one? There¡¯s still something to get over, and it doesn¡¯t necessarily mean the chaser¡¯s not on our way. I¡¯m not in a good state to get distracted in that sense either. Back in the kingdom, you won¡¯t feel safe until you get home. I¡¯m a little rushed to bring dinner to Helen¡¯s mouth. ¡°Tomorrow¡¯s customs pass is gonna take us and you guys apart. Camilo has told me where everyone¡¯s belly has been filled. ¡°Hmm? Why? ¡°Because in a situation like this, it¡¯s faster for each of us to ID each one in pieces than it is for extra people on board. ¡°Because it raises the suspicion of refugees? ¡°That¡¯s right. Either way, my ID is like a forgery, but it¡¯s not something I can prepare in this mess, so it must be somewhat less suspicious. It would still be safer to come on foot and get it out on your own than it was in a human carriage that you might be able to prepare. ¡°I get it. Helen, too, okay? ¡°Yeah.¡± She got drowsy this time when she got hungry. Helen answered with a slightly blurred feeling. ¡°Helen sleeps all the time today. We¡¯ll keep watch. ¡°Okay. When we laid Helen to sleep, the three of us decided to share the watch and fell asleep with a blanket that was caught, except for the watch. Nothing particularly happened that night. While I was on the lookout, I could see the pine lights going down the street from time to time, but there wasn¡¯t a single person approaching us. Are you saying that no one usually has time to be standing over here? ¡°Yeah.¡± When I call Helen, she follows me a little back. I miss the feeling of walking this way a little bit. It¡¯s a Krull dragon car to get to the city, and crusade expeditions and coming here were carriages. It bothers me like a long time ago that I was pulling my luggage. ¡°Are you all right? ¡°It¡¯s okay. I¡¯m fine now.¡± For quite some time, it must have been closed, and I thought my legs were shriveled more, but I was walking at a firm foothold. ¡°I know you¡¯re fine because you¡¯re wearing that, but be careful around you. ¡°Oh, sure. Helen wore a rash, smiled and said with a slightly different face than usual. We can see where people are going. Finally. Helen grabbed the hem of my clothes softly and I tightened my belt in my heart. Chapter 202 Chapter 202: 202 Me and Helen lined up behind the people at the barracks. Both carriages and people are lined up together. I thought it might be something that would stop them all from leaving the country altogether at a time like this, but it doesn¡¯t seem that way because it¡¯s slightly but the line is going. We don¡¯t know if you don¡¯t know what¡¯s going on, or if you haven¡¯t stopped it for some other purpose. But if you don¡¯t want to be pushed back without a question, it¡¯s certainly convenient. I had to be prepared to cross the mountain if I were to be driven back, but if not, it would help. People come and line up behind us one after another. Unlike the two festivals of summer and winter in the previous world, they are not lined up neatly, they are just spreading out disorderly in horizontal rows for about four to six people at a time. When I asked the previous one, I saw Camilo¡¯s carriage a little further. Mr. Franz is twitching and moving the carriage. I can¡¯t even look over here. The same goes for trouble when you find out it has something to do with it, but there are simply a bunch of people on foot around here who won¡¯t know exactly where they are. Helen sticks to me perfectly. If you come this far and anything happens to Helen, hard work is the bubble of water, and I told you to do so to protect it. I kept talking about me and Helen¡¯s ¡°settings¡± until I got here, which means there were still very few people around. Ok, a craftsman who says Jimmy who lives in the kingdom knows and marries his wife from the empire, this time he came back to the empire on business at his daughter-in-law¡¯s home, but he¡¯s done, so he¡¯s about to return to the kingdom. My parents are a small village, so we don¡¯t know exactly what happened, but I only saw this situation and found out that something had happened. This is a scenario where you say you want to return soon because once you have to return to the kingdom. Speaking all the way around it, Helen said with a surprised face. ¡°Atai and Eizo are a couple? ¡°You¡¯ll be unhappy with me like this, O., but, well, be a little patient. It¡¯s until we get out of here. ¡°No, that¡¯s fine¡­¡± Then what is it? ¡°Aizoo¡­ don¡¯t you hate it¡­? ¡°Is that why? ¡°Atai, my body is big, and I have scratches on my face. ¡°Isn¡¯t that something good? I know some people don¡¯t like it, but I¡¯m just saying I¡¯m not. I think you look cute simply because the wound stands out. I think being tall is also a slack and purely beautiful looking figure. Don¡¯t tell me, though, because there¡¯s also the possibility of tasting Helen¡¯s real fist when you get to that point. ¡°Oh well¡­¡± Hearing my words, Helen leaned down. So I never saw Helen¡¯s face bright red, or that face seemed a little happy. A lot of time has passed since we¡¯ve been in line. At least it¡¯s too much for the two of us to gut the dried meat we were hungry and putting in our luggage. For that matter, I¡¯m distracted because I¡¯m moving forward, but if I don¡¯t move on with this, it could be a riot. I look back and it¡¯s filled with people who give a shit. Looks like the boulevard of the kingdom capital. Looking forward, I¡¯m beginning to see the gates of the barracks. Looking at it, some people come from the kingdom side to enter the empire, but the vast majority seem to be turning back after seeing this situation. It was more crowded to leave when we got here, but it wasn¡¯t as good as this. Still, there are people entering the imperial side. Probably someone who originally lived in the empire. ¡°It¡¯s my kaaa.¡± I¡¯m from the Empire. ¡°You seem to be a long way off. Surprisingly frowning guard. I gently lifted Helen¡¯s hair ¨C a rash ¨C and showed her the wound. ¡°I don¡¯t know what to do with this face. I thought I was cute, so my wife gave it to me. When I said that, Helen slapped Bassin and my shoulder with a bright red face. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s an act, but the guard¡¯s face loosens slightly after seeing how it goes. ¡°Right. There¡¯s nothing wrong with the pass, and you can go. Guards show by hand gesture. I pushed and killed my inner excitement, ¡°Thank you very much. So he pulled Helen¡¯s hand, and went through the gate. Chapter 203 Chapter 203: 203 I¡¯m only going to pull Helen¡¯s hand and leave the precinct, taking care not to go any faster than the ¡°I just don¡¯t want to bother you behind¡± indication of intent. Emotionally, I just want to dash right now and get in Camilo¡¯s carriage, fly the carriage and dive into Kingdom territory, but what happens if I do that is visible. It was hard to dampen the deviant mind, but I tried to stay calm and left the scene without being blamed for the speed. Is it about 15 or 20 minutes physical? In other words, about a kilometer or two away, there was a ¡°build-up¡± of people in the flats there. We decided to stop by there. I was sure I was tired in line for a long time, and the kingdom was a few days away there, so I thought I might hear something leaking. People of deliberate ethnicity, age and gender are sitting back and resting in thoughtful places. Me and Helen find an empty spot and sit there. Helen sat on the sidelines when she did, not the usual ¡°dokah¡± and lavishly awry way to sit. They¡¯re aware of the situation for once. Remove the cup from the luggage and give it to Helen. ¡°Here.¡± ¡°Thanks.¡± When Helen gently transferred the water out of the water bag into the cup she received, she started drinking it little by little. I drink directly from the water bag, too. I was slightly worried that Helen would keep her eyes black and white even though she was a couple, but she makes it normal. If I was a mercenary and went to battlefields everywhere, I would make it normal to drink as much as a spin of a water bag regardless of whether it was male or female. I swallowed the water. Drinking water or stirring a little dried fruit (the fig-like one) got me comfortable and I could afford to look more at the situation around me than I just did. Most of them would be people who came out of the empire because they look tired. Overall, he says something like ¡°suddenly surprised¡±. Is it the person who has turned back that can ask for the bewildered look? I am disappointed when I am surprised to hear some people think they have come out of the empire. Basically, it would be the people who are trying to get into business, and if they can¡¯t do business, it would be a problem. I¡¯ve been listening for a while, but for now, nothing seems to be happening in the kingdom and anyone is trying to escape to the Empire.I mean, my family¡¯s probably fine, too. Well, as long as we¡¯re here, I don¡¯t think it¡¯s anything at all. I unwittingly sigh of relief. ¡°What¡¯s going on? I hear you saw that. Helen looks worried about this one. It¡¯s also helpful that you¡¯re changing your tone properly. ¡°No, after I got caught up in that, so I was wondering what was going on with the house. I picked the words carefully and answered them. This way of saying it, normal people would think I was talking about (¡­) Chi (¡­) Husband (¡­) Woman (¡­) ¡®s house. ¡°Oh. You¡¯re gonna be okay. It¡¯s my family¡¯s house. Helen, who on the other hand understands the meaning of the word properly, says so and squeezes his hand cuddly. I shook that hand back gently. ¡°Oh¡­¡­¡± I answered the woman¡¯s question. Something about hearing something like a riot happen on the road, but myself and my wife are going to my wife¡¯s home and I don¡¯t know more about it. I try to find out who I feel uncomfortable talking to, but I can¡¯t quite think of it. But he unexpectedly told me who he was from the other side. When I¡¯m done talking the whole way, the woman looks at me softly. Helen tried to get out in front of me, but I held it down with my hands. ¡°Rest assured, Master Eizo. I¡¯m from Amur. That face, smiling nicely, was the one who, if you ask me, guided me home on the expedition. Chapter 204 Chapter 204: 204 Probably came to pick us up, talk to the servant at Marius¡¯ house for a while. That said, we don¡¯t talk about each other¡¯s qualities in detail. I¡¯m just going to tell you a relatively unobstructed story within Kingdom territory. Similar to what I was eavesdropping on earlier, the kingdom realm appears to be heavenly Tahei so far. Speaking of which, is it possible that we could possibly be the quickest to convey the revolutionary noise of the Empire to the kingdom centre? You sound kind of like a spy. Well, the request itself was a half-spy, like wanting to wear cardboard, to infiltrate enemy countries and rescue hostages, and now it is? The break was talking, but I¡¯ve recovered enough strength, and I¡¯m not in a very relaxed position against what I see, so I decide to leave the scene. The servant of Marius¡¯s house left with us (although it actually coincides with the pre-construction) in a slightly more deliberate way with our story of ¡°going along the way for each other¡¯s safety¡±. Get away from the crap. Not many people are out in the same way, but I can¡¯t even say that there are just as many. If we take a little distance, we won¡¯t be able to talk without being asked. Walk down the streets of the plains where you can see paralysis and people. I wonder how far ahead the Camilos are. I¡¯d like to get back to my house as soon as possible. A little while later, there was no one around. The servant named his name. They say Mr. Caterina. As you know my name, I also introduced Helen. Helen says ¡°hello¡± and bows her head in peculiarity. ¡°Nice to meet you. I didn¡¯t expect to see that¡° thunder ¡°. Mr. Caterina greeted him back somewhat tensely. No, this guy, he was a militant¡­ I guess it¡¯s nice to meet someone who made a name for himself in a martial arts. So did Deanna. ¡°The name fell to the ground, too. Helen says in a dark voice. I said, holding Helen¡¯s hand.¡°I¡¯ll make you a decent new one, and you¡¯re still gonna have to start over. I just wish we were taking a break now, right? ¡°Eizo¡­¡­¡± ¡°Looking at it like this, you two look like real couples. Mr. Caterina mixes up my words. I blush unexpectedly and take my eyes off Helen. I¡¯m also a high school student, and I don¡¯t know how to deal with this kind of experience because unfortunately I don¡¯t have much to go with the previous world, although I think it¡¯s a pretty nascent thing to have O with the contents past 40. I don¡¯t know. Helen seems to be doing the same, but the hand she shook never shook off. Then I went a little further and saw a carriage stopping at the side of the road. It conveys Helen¡¯s body stiffness. Did you even flash back before you got caught? ¡°All right, then get in. When prompted, we boarded the carriage. ¡°That said, you wouldn¡¯t ask about Mr. Caterina. I ask Camilo, questioning the fact that there are more people but I gave them a light ride without asking anything. ¡°Oh. I asked the Count to come see me in a week or so. Sometimes, just in case. ¡°If you hadn¡¯t come out a couple more days, you would have seen me go into the empire and followed the Eizoo ladies. Katerina says nothing. It catches that it was not the client, His Excellency the Marquis, who asked for the backup, but Marius¡¯s, but Camilo probably had some prospects, too. Now let¡¯s just be aware that the odds of getting home safely have increased exceptionally, that¡¯s what I thought and returned an ambiguous reply to both of us, shaken by the carriage. Chapter 205 Chapter 205: 205 Gatagotto and the carriage go down the street. Some time after I left the barracks, there must have been a city. Did you stay there for one night when you arrived? Some people are as fast as they were when they flew in the empire. The only way to get that speed without worrying about the eyes is to wait for mass production. Now I know I can stand the pragmatism this time, and it won¡¯t be far that day. That¡¯s how I look forward to it, Camilo and Mr. Caterina started talking. ¡°With that said, it¡¯s already working? ¡°Right. It wasn¡¯t very massive, but there seems to be someone in the capital who noticed as well. ¡°That was really critical. ¡°Yeah.¡± ¡°What are you talking about? I asked Camilo. ¡°I¡¯m talking about His Excellency the Marquis. ¡°Oh¡­¡­¡± Are we talking about multiplying the confusion by a little bit of imperial territory? From what I just said, I guess the troops have already moved. I wonder what will happen to the precinct just now. I don¡¯t want any harm done to either of them. Think about Helen, too. Don¡¯t ask for any more details. The mountain where the guard was situated passes far away. A little bit more safety, but not when I say it¡¯s completely safe. ¡°Hey, Helen. Helen turned this way when she spoke to Helen, who was completely quiet after boarding the carriage, beside Camilo, who was asking Mr. Caterina what was going on with the capital and the city these days. ¡°What are we gonna do when we get back like this? ¡°Hmmm¡­ I don¡¯t know what to do¡­¡± Apparently there wasn¡¯t anything in particular. Helen leaned down and began to think.¡°Uh¡­ that¡¯s it, Eizo. It was Camilo who replied instead. ¡°Can you keep it with you? ¡°At home? ¡°Where do you think the safest house is looking over the kingdom? ¡°Probably us. Unless you think there¡¯s a house on the heavenly side of the mountain that you can see when you go to the capital, it¡¯s in a dangerous forest, and while there¡¯s even magic for people, there¡¯s a chance that it¡¯s one of the safest houses in this world when it¡¯s bad in the kingdom. Wooden though. ¡°I hope it¡¯s annoying. Helen is the one to answer that. But I shook my head to the side. ¡°I don¡¯t mean annoying. I don¡¯t mind if Helen does. When I say that, Camilo¡­ ¡°I guess. It won¡¯t be a revolution in the kingdom, but some of them will flee the empire, and even if they were able to suppress it quickly, the empire will remain in the country until it calms down. It is not strange that there are other countries that consider the same thing as the kingdom if that happens. And I¡¯ll give it back. Fire across the shore, even if the array that is happening a little close to it succeeds, and fails, there is no such thing as not affecting the kingdom. Camilo or something would make a lot of money multiplying that, and I guess I¡¯m already ready myself, but I¡¯m just a blacksmith, O. I¡¯ve never been able to live in peace. ¡°Just spare me the jump fire¡­¡± ¡°I won¡¯t let that happen. Me too, maybe Marius. Camilo proclaimed in a strangely clear tone, and Katerina nodded forcefully. Chapter 206 Chapter 206: 206 ¡°Are you staying in town today? I asked Camilo. It seems difficult to get back to the city by the end of the day. I was already around noon at the point of exit, so it seems certain that the sun will go down by then. Still, it¡¯s hard to get into town. Even though he hasn¡¯t arrived yet, it¡¯s the closest kingdom town to Sekiguchi. If there¡¯s a chaser, he¡¯ll definitely come looking for you. If you relax in town at that time, you will find it, and it is the bubbles of water that have kept you from finding it so far. ¡°No, I¡¯ll go as far as I can and make it wild. It¡¯s bad for the ladies, but I want to keep my distance from the barracks.¡± That¡¯s what Camilo replied. Have you chosen to keep your distance from the chasers you might be in right now and make it harder to tell where you¡¯re going? ¡°Okay.¡± When I nodded at Camilo, I saw Helen and Mr. Caterina, both of them nodding. Anyway, Helen was surprised that Mr. Caterina was fine, but with that said, this guy had come this far all by himself. Maybe he worked the same job as Helen until he worked at Marius¡¯ house. Well, women¡¯s past is limited to not exploring. I decided not to touch it any further if you two were convinced. As Camilo said, we¡¯re passing through town on the way. I only visited once, but I don¡¯t necessarily know if anyone remembers the business face, and other options than through might have been difficult in the first place. We stopped the carriage and started preparing for the camp as the sun tried to dye the streets and plains to the same orange color, pretty much passing through town. Ask the other four to collect firewood while I prepare the pan. I¡¯m supposed to be the one who cooks nature and rice, but this time there¡¯s Katerina, so I could have left it to you, right? That¡¯s what I thought, and when I looked at Mr. Caterina as I was getting ready, I looked away sassy. Well, even when I say servant, I have my own specialty. Even if you think about what you followed on the expedition or about this one, I guess you¡¯re not a specialist in cooking.When I said I was going to cook rice, in the end, I just put together the ingredients that I could preserve and simmer, and all I could do was say something like that. Still, the cheats of production apply, so it should be better than those travellers make properly¡­¡­ The sun has completely set, surrounding the incineration, the only source of light, and the pan we put on there for all. Helen and Katerina are sitting next to me, so I¡¯ll leave the contents of the pot to each of them. It¡¯s dried meat, dried vegetable and bean soup, but Camilo gave me permission and I also spilled pepper, so it¡¯s just a little bit more luxurious. ¡°Ho.¡± ¡°Thanks.¡± ¡°And Mr. Caterina.¡± ¡°Thank you¡± Regardless, Mr. Caterina decided to ask Camilo and Mr. Franz in his heart whether there was a real sense of being back within the kingdom or not, as Helen seemed to be getting back on track. At night, the women were asked to sleep, and the three men decided to stand watch. First Mr. Franz, then me, Camilo. Mr. Franz wakes me up where I¡¯m sleeping. ¡°Excuse me.¡± ¡°No, never mind. It¡¯s a spin.¡± Get up and keep an eye on the perimeter with your weapon in your hand for once. When I was in Imperial territory, I relied on the pine lights even at night, and there were people there going down the street, but no one so far because they entered Kingdom territory. If I stay away from that revolutionary noise, I¡¯m not following my head a little bit that it looks exactly the way it always is. There¡¯s absolutely no room for me to intervene, so I can¡¯t help but rub my mind, but the thought that there was something I could do doesn¡¯t quite disappear. I look up into the sky. The blessings of the goddess of the moon and the glittering stars watched us softly. Chapter 207 Chapter 207: 207 Waking up as a watchman and looking at the starry sky, I heard a noise coming from behind. It¡¯s Helen. I don¡¯t know what it is, so I left the example rash on even when I went to bed, but that was a little uneven. ¡°What, you can¡¯t sleep? ¡°No, I just woke up.¡± I also had experience in the previous world that stress prevented me from sleeping or waking up late at night, and I hope that¡¯s not the case. Helen sat down next to me in a triangle. Helen is much taller, but her head doesn¡¯t change much when she sits down. Looking slightly sideways, he stares at the burning fire. ¡°Sorry to bother you.¡± Bosoli, Helen says. ¡°I mean, don¡¯t worry about it, but you¡¯re not convinced of that, are you? Above all, I can¡¯t forgive myself.¡± I¡¯ve lived in the previous world for forty years too, not once or twice that I¡¯ve bothered others. Helen buried her face in her knees. ¡°Well, if you can¡¯t forgive yourself, you don¡¯t have to forgive me now. You¡¯re going to have to slow down and find yourself a place to drop it.¡± ¡°¡­ yeah¡± ¡°And no matter how many years it takes, you can look for it in our house until you feel comfortable. That¡¯s nothing annoying. I¡¯m a family member when I decide to live in our house for a while.¡± ¡°¡­ thanks¡± Keep your face down, Helen said. I¡¯ll put fresh firewood on the fire. Both remain silent for a while, only the sound of pussies and branches blowing up sounds. When I wondered if Camilo and I would be taking turns watching in about an hour, Helen called. ¡°Hey.¡± ¡°What? ¡°Can I lie down here? Helen says as she kneels with Mozimoji. Answer as you feel like you¡¯ve kind of got a daughter. ¡°I don¡¯t care, until you change with Camilo.¡± ¡°Fine.¡± When I said that, Helen lay her body directly next to mine. I¡¯ll fix the snails gently. I heard a restful breath, and I looked back into the street. An hour later, I wake Helen up and do it to Mr. Caterina and change watch with Camilo. I lay down and close my eyes. Family. It doesn¡¯t matter how much more this way. But I wonder why it¡¯s a situation where there¡¯s just more women. Until then if I say it¡¯s just a coincidence, is this something that goes on with all the women? It¡¯s almost universal in all races, too. Is there something interfering that ¡°Watchdog¡± hasn¡¯t told me, or something else¡­ I was thinking with my eyes closed, but my thirty year old flesh and forty year old spirit seemed to accumulate fatigue, and soon my consciousness was invited to the world of sleep. Pass the city. Around here, I know enough to say it¡¯s a garden already. I feel more like I¡¯m back. The faces of everyone in the family turn heads. I don¡¯t think it¡¯s been so long since I¡¯ve been in this world, but that¡¯s where I¡¯m going. I reached the forest entrance. Me and Helen get off the carriage. ¡°Thank you for your help.¡± ¡°Well, here¡¯s the line.¡± Me and Camilo reach out to each other and shake hands. Say goodbye for a while. I¡¯ll see you in a week, but I also have a little loneliness. Me and Helen waved to the carriage together and dropped it off. Go through the woods of your own free will. Helen has also been here a few times, so her footsteps have not been easy. The sun is tilting a lot, but I¡¯ve just been through it many times. I don¡¯t get lost, but rather go with Zunzun in a light foothold, so that I struggle not to leave Helen behind. Almost home, when I thought, a big shadow covered us. Chapter 208 Chapter 208: 208 A much bigger shadow covers me and Helen. Helen tried to get out in front of me, but I stopped it with my hands. The shadow leans closer to me and licks my face, rubbing its own head against mine. ¡°Klululululululululu¡± ¡°I¡¯m home, Krull¡± ¡°Crew.¡± The shadow was a krull. I didn¡¯t connect you anywhere, so I guess you picked me up because you perceived me coming back with a smell or something. While I stroke my neck and do it, Krull is sniffing Helen¡¯s smell. ¡°He¡¯s going to be our family from today on, he¡¯s going to be fine.¡± When I spoke to Krull like that, I still licked Pepper and Helen¡¯s face. ¡°Hih!? You tickled, Helen screams small. He said, ¡°Welcome.¡± ¡°Really? I don¡¯t know exactly what the word is on the boulder either, but sometimes I didn¡¯t like it. ¡°Give it a stroke.¡± ¡°Ooh¡­¡± Helen reaches out in horror. Helen gently touched her hand and stroked it there as Krull lowered her head to make it easy to stroke. ¡°Klulululululu¡± Krull seems in a good mood, but stopped Helen from stroking him freaking out. ¡°Ko, is this okay? ¡°Oh, I¡¯m fine because I seem in a good mood¡± People who have never heard of cats are quite freaked out. Even though I know there is such a thing, it¡¯s hard to realise which one is it without knowing specifically. I don¡¯t know what Helen¡¯s perception was, because it¡¯s a creature I rarely see this time. ¡°This kid is Krull. It¡¯s our runaway dragon. This is Helen.¡± ¡°Nice to meet you, Krull¡± ¡°Kul.¡± Krull rubs his head against Helen¡¯s face. That concludes my greeting. I¡¯m going home with a line of Krulls added to me and Helen ¨C that said, it¡¯s not a big distance anymore, but I can see the house right away. All of our families were out in front of the house. Did Thermia or Deanna notice? I waved and said it out loud. ¡°I¡¯m home! ¡°Welcome back! Everyone said welcome home, and I realized that I was the first person to come home properly. ¡°Uh, so be it. I¡¯ll be back soon¡­¡± ¡°I know. I can see it.¡± When I try to cut out Helen, Thermia blocks it. There seems to be a lot of speculation. I¡¯m nodding yeah even looking at everyone else. ¡°So, why is Helen wearing that? ¡°Oh¡­¡­¡± I could have let the rashes come off when I went into the woods, but I left them covered in case I thought about it until I got to the house. Thermia must have figured it out right away because her nose was smart and she looked familiar. ¡°Let¡¯s just talk inside¡± ¡°Oh, yeah, you are¡± I know I¡¯m fine now, but for once I decided not to get distracted until the end. It wasn¡¯t until I walked into the house that I took that off. When I enter the house, the nostalgic smell tickles my nose. I wasn¡¯t sure which priority to give to dusting off my journey, but I decided to talk to you first. We all sit at the table. I kind of miss this sight too. but i have something to do before i get emotional. ¡°Helen, you can take it off now.¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± Deanna and Rike got on there. I wasn¡¯t too worried about it either, but I¡¯m glad everyone didn¡¯t seem to have any differences. He said I was howling down my chest. ¡°That¡¯s why.¡± ¡°Hmm?¡± Thermia continued the conversation. What? What? ¡°We built more rooms.¡± He¡¯s got a bed in there, too. ¡°I don¡¯t have any bedding yet, though.¡± Like, Deanna and Liddy continued. I know what you mean, but the understanding hasn¡¯t caught up subtly. ¡°That¡¯s two rooms too! Thermia signs V with the momentum Dawn and Effect are likely to take. ¡°You guys¡­¡± This is also not trust when it comes to trust. Well, have we been able to do enough to make our own room? I decided to go ahead and talk about the future, suppressing my feelings with all sorts of thoughts. Chapter 209 Chapter 209: 209 ¡°There¡¯s been a little noise in the Empire. Helen¡¯s in trouble for getting caught up in it, so when it comes to being safe in the kingdom¡­¡± ¡°It must be our home¡± Deanna takes my word for it. Is that the perception even as Deanna? ¡°The wolves are wandering around, acting as natural guards, and they¡¯re in the woods, so it¡¯s like a labyrinth.¡± ¡°Plus this house has the magic of avoiding people. You can¡¯t reach it with a human being.¡± Both Like and Liddy appeal to safety with a nod of yeah. Thermia doesn¡¯t seem to be coming with a pin. Having lived mostly in the woods, I guess it doesn¡¯t make sense to hear that ¡°the Black Forest itself is considered a dangerous area in the first place¡±. ¡°Well, that¡¯s why I decided to live in our house for a while. ¡°What do you do when you go to the city? Thermia raises questions. I don¡¯t know if I¡¯ll take you. Leaving it behind is not my hand either¡­ I don¡¯t want to do that if possible. I didn¡¯t have to hit my hand in case, because I wanted to avoid it. ¡°I¡¯m coming with you, but you¡¯re watching. When the first round trip, we¡¯ll get a rash on, and when the situation in the Empire settles down, we¡¯ll take it off.¡± ¡°Are you okay? Taking them increases the risk of being discovered by chasers, of course. It¡¯s been witnessed everywhere with the rashes on. ¡°You¡¯re gonna be okay. He¡¯s the best person I know, and he¡¯ll be the guard at the Imperial Guard, but I think Helen and I are a couple of them, and it might be more convenient to be together.¡± In one of my words, Deanna and Thermia took a rattling seat. Like and Liddy are also twitching. What? What? ¡°¡­ of course, I didn¡¯t go through any formalities just saying that. So I¡¯m pretty sure we¡¯ll find out when we find out more.¡± Ignoring everyone¡¯s condition. When I kept talking, they all sat down. I¡¯m concerned about how horrible it looks, but I decide not to care because it seems okay.¡°As I was saying, I was expecting you, so I don¡¯t care how long we stay.¡± Deanna speaks to Helen with a calm voice. ¡°I mean, you¡¯re family now.¡± Samya has an easy-going voice too. Clattering your chair will make you feel better. ¡°There¡¯s a room.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not a customer anymore.¡± At the end of the day, Like and Liddy. Helen listened to them and looked down ¡°Thank you¡­ thank you¡­¡± Still taller than me, Helen, a lot of parts that look a little shorter in length. Helen seems to know for herself, too, and was mojimoji. ¡°Heh, isn¡¯t that weird? Deanna is a countess, so even though the clothes she has are everyday clothes, they are decorated there. Maybe it¡¯s odd that Helen wears it and doesn¡¯t have a length in this world, but I personally don¡¯t find it weird at all because I have the feeling of the previous world. So I¡¯ll be honest with you about that. ¡°No, nothing? I know it suits you.¡± Helen sat up in the chair at the table when she turned her face red. As much as that, everyone will be at the table. I pour wine around everyone¡¯s cup. I just went over to everyone and they all put up cups and said. ¡°Welcome to Eizoo Workshop! Helen!¡± Chapter 210 Chapter 210: 210 Keep eating with Wye and everyone. The topic, of course, is while I¡¯m away from here. As I thought, nothing happened here. He says he¡¯s not going to the city, and because I¡¯m not around, Krull bent his navel a little. The rest is almost as usual, but it would be a very different place than usual for everyone to discuss ¡°this must definitely bring me back¡± and decide to create a new room. Though it took some time to produce the parts without me, it was Thermia¡¯s saying that Lique was able to produce them properly there, and that building the room itself had not been as difficult as it had been since I had experienced it. ¡°I¡¯m glad you had Krull.¡± Yeah, Deanna supplements. They were able to carry lumber, lift it, and, the point is, complete it faster than they could have imagined, thanks to Krull having received work close to the heavy machinery. ¡°I just wanted to reward you with something.¡± ¡°I wonder what makes you happy? When I say it, Thermia returns it. I guess a normal animal would feed something special, but in her case, she fills her belly with magic, so she hardly needs a meal. Even if I say play, I usually play with a simple luggage truck, and there¡¯s hardly anything that makes us happy to intervene¡­ ¡°You only have enough to take me to the city again¡± ¡°Right.¡± Rike says it and I think about it. Earlier, Lique said that there was a sufficient number of general model products available while I was away.Then it will be delivered tomorrow as soon as possible, I¡¯m a little quick so I¡¯ll bring it to Camilo¡¯s the day after tomorrow. So you¡¯d be pretty happy to take Krull to the city. Wouldn¡¯t it be okay if I didn¡¯t have enough to make it? There¡¯s plenty of room for nostalgia. Camilo will have fewer variations on the sale, but I don¡¯t care if it takes a week or so. There was no delivery here in the first place, and there was no one in person. He¡¯s supposed to be the owner of the big store there, too, but his footwork is lighter. He¡¯s able to grow steadily with that, so he seems certain of his arm as a merchant. Well, I trust you there, too, to leave our products to you. That¡¯s how I finished dinner while I was listening to the house, but everyone wanted to hear it, so I was supposed to talk after I cleaned it up. All I can tell you is that I almost went and came back. I had a terrible feeling that Camilo would invite me to the whorehouse along the way, so much so that I lay low. Even though the elves at Liddy¡¯s were scattered all over the place, I¡¯m sure it¡¯s within the kingdom, and Thermia goes without saying. They¡¯re not going to get caught up in what¡¯s happening in the empire with our family, except me and Helen, who are already involved. ¡°With that said, how did Helen get caught in the first place? Thermia shook the subject without any concern. For a moment, the place solidifies. Sure, it bothered me, but whether it was a good topic to shake where we could still rescue them or not was something that everyone but Thermia was trying to grasp. ¡°Oh, hey¡­¡± Helen blocked it when I tried. ¡°No, that¡¯s okay. I want everyone to hear it.¡± So Helen started talking about the upside of this. Chapter 211 Chapter 211: 211 Pompous and Helen start talking. ¡°Atai was asked to crusade for sentinels and thieves near the border with the Empire after finishing his work near the border with the Demon Realm.¡± The job near the demonic boundary is the one that caused Nilda to come to us. ¡°Atai and the others who received it were to be looked after by a village near the border. You were welcome because you were haunted by thieves.¡± ¡°Do you always work in the troops? ¡°That¡¯s because you can¡¯t do it alone. Well, Atai doesn¡¯t belong to a particular mercenary regiment, he worked at a collection every time.¡± I asked Helen. Helen was the only one to be rescued, but if you¡¯re acting in a unit, isn¡¯t there another one that got caught? ¡°So, when the inhabitants of that village told me about the area where the thieves were, and Atai went out on reconnaissance alone. I saw strange people.¡± ¡°Weird people? ¡°Oh. He was a good figure and a fine weapon. I thought this wasn¡¯t a thief because they were the same people with money when they did it to the border thieves. There were quite a few of them.¡± Helen takes a breath there. Me and everyone were listening to Helen in silence. ¡°It was after I finished one job, and I¡¯ve done a lot of thief crusades, so I guess I was relaxed. Sneaked from behind, seized. It was a rehearsal. If you¡¯d been careful, you could have slashed him and run away. ¡° Didn¡¯t you lose by doing it from the front? Well, I have a problem with Helen and lots of the ones I can beat from the front. Deanna breathed when she heard Helen say she was seized. Helen looks at you chilling and continues the conversation. ¡°After I took away Atai¡¯s weapon, I said, ¡®Did you hear what I just said?¡¯ And that¡¯s what I¡¯ve been asking Atai about, who seems to be their best friend. As soon as I saw him, Atai shook his head to the side, but, well, you¡¯re not to be trusted.¡± ¡°If you ask, you¡¯ll say you didn¡¯t.¡± Helen nodded loudly at my words. ¡°I don¡¯t trust even Atai like that. I saw them in the first place. So they took me there.¡± ¡°Nothing was done? ¡°He asked me why I was there. It¡¯s not so cool.¡±Hearing Deanna seem worried, Helen replied sarallily. In fact, there are few visible traumas. He wasn¡¯t even treated as a guest because he was depressed when he helped him. ¡°Well, this time it¡¯s over once. Get some rest.¡± ¡°Thanks, I will¡± Helen broke his face in my words and the debriefing was open. Everyone returns to their rooms (although Helen is a guest). I went back to my room, too. I haven¡¯t slept comfortably in bed in days. I guess I owe it to everyone in the house to take care of me. On the other hand, I had feelings. Why was Helen just captured? Who were the people Helen came across? I can¡¯t help it. I hope you find out the day. While I was thinking about it, I was lightly defeated in my fight with the sleeper. And the answer came unexpectedly from the other side. I don¡¯t even think I can do what I think I¡¯m doing until rescue. It would be impossible, for example, to take command on the battlefield. All I can do is to be within my personal reach. Dragon cars continue down the streets of relaxed landscape, eventually reaching the city. I greeted the guard I was used to seeing and arrived at Camilo¡¯s shop. By the way, I kept it hidden because it¡¯s troublesome that the guard knew Helen, but I wasn¡¯t particularly to blame for it. Deposit the krull as usual and enter the trading room. The number of people over here is growing, but it¡¯s big enough so I don¡¯t feel it¡¯s too narrow yet. I also feel a little obvious, but is this some kind of paranoid paranoia on boulders? After a short wait Camilo and Mr. Keeper arrived as usual. There¡¯s just one thing that¡¯s different. Because my familiar face in this world kept coming in. ¡°Hey, Eizo, it¡¯s been a long time since I¡¯ve seen you in person.¡± And his face, which had nothing to see, was Uncle Amur, Marius. Chapter 212 Chapter 212: 212 ¡°Marius¡­¡­! I stand up unexpectedly. It was honestly surprising that he was here, whether he was free or ruler of this city, not in a good position to stay long with the whee. ¡°What the hell is going on?¡± I speak without hiding the surprise. Marius has the usual niggling laugh. I thought I¡¯d tell you what I know. ¡°That¡¯s¡­¡± ¡°Thinking about the future, I don¡¯t want to buy Eizo¡¯s unhappiness. Above all, Azo is my friend.¡± Marius said without a shudder. I guess it¡¯s to reassure me that you let me know that it¡¯s in your interest to do more or less. There are many things that are unbelievable about pure acts. It would be even worse in the aristocratic world in which Marius now finds himself. ¡°I¡¯ll take your feelings for granted.¡± ¡°I¡¯m glad you did¡± I truthfully appreciated Marius¡¯ favor. And Marius urges me to take my seat again. ¡°Well, I gather my own information, too, to the best of my ability.¡± Marius also sat down across from us and started talking. ¡°The point is, the Empire ¨C I mean, the Emperor knew, the revolution.¡± ¡°Did you know? Did you know what happened? ¡°Oh. I used it knowing it was going to happen. It¡¯s like showing off. It could already be repressed.¡± ¡°Then why did you leave Helen trapped? ¡°I didn¡¯t want them to know what I knew. If you find out he¡¯s out, you¡¯re not gonna wake him up anymore, are you? I tried not to divulge what I caught myself for the same reason.¡±Helen said she hadn¡¯t heard the details, but that the people she came across were people on the imperial side who had information about the revolution? Like she said herself, I don¡¯t know how much information she leaked. I said, did you keep him alive for a while because if you take out the body in a detour, you could be caught out of it? No, wait, that¡¯s¡­ ¡°So, how much help did Helen get if we didn¡¯t help? ¡°No, I guess not¡± Marius shook his head to the side in my words. ¡°It¡¯s true that at the time of the revolution, no matter what happened to Helen, there was no longer a relationship. But being alive means being dead.¡± The Eizoo Workshop humans, including me, were breathtaking. Marius opens his mouth again when he moistens it slightly with the tea it was serving. ¡°As an empire, you¡¯ll want to think later and not find out what you knew. Then it¡¯s not strange that he was killed at the time of the revolution. I don¡¯t know why he died, but if he gets confused, he¡¯ll never know.¡± I¡¯ll leave you to Deanna and ask Marius. ¡°I knew there was a revolution, doesn¡¯t that mean the Marquis is in danger? You¡¯re definitely going to cut territory, aren¡¯t you? Wouldn¡¯t it be great to put an ambush down?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know¡­¡± When Marius does it, he sighs almost big. Are you messing with something again, Mr. O? ¡°We¡¯re talking back there, too.¡± ¡°What?¡± To Marius¡¯ words, I couldn¡¯t hide the surprise of not knowing how many times I¡¯d been here. Chapter 213 Chapter 213: 213 ¡°That is. The land the Marquis is about to attack has been talking to the Imperial side, and it is a land that will be conceded even if it is supposed to remain silent.¡± ¡°Then why bother¡­¡± ¡°Even in exchange for something, turning over the land would be a huge loss. I will be cut off again this time, but I said, ¡®I couldn¡¯t get my hands around you with the suppression of the revolution. Without a revolution¡­¡¯ the emperor seems willing to impersonate the mastermind of the revolution with everything¡± ¡°Even so, will the land be taken? ¡°It¡¯s like we¡¯re originally too far from the center of the empire to receive surveillance, and it looks like we¡¯ve been judged to be a land without any good to have. So there¡¯s a war going on, there¡¯s just attitude.¡± Conversely, it would mean that for the kingdom, it¡¯s some kind of good land, but I guess it¡¯s a decision you shouldn¡¯t let me know you didn¡¯t mention what it was. I know there was a benefit to the empire from the kingdom as a condition of exchange for that, but what is it? ¡°The emperor suppresses the revolution and overwhelms the insurgents, and the inevitability of being cut off by the kingdom can be enhanced by armaments, reflecting on what happened to the revolution and reforming the policy of the government¡± Every Meaning, ¡°let¡¯s just say. ¡°Reflection is a lie, isn¡¯t it? ¡°Sort of. As they say, the empire was not a dictatorship.¡± Marius nodded softly at my words. Was all that revolutionary noise a farce? Helen¡¯s presence is the only irregular one. Surely Helen¡¯s presence, which could support everything being a farce, is quite troublesome for the Emperor (¡­) Country (¡­). Yeah? Wait, wait, wait, wait. Considering in the first place¡­ ¡°Maybe I painted a picture of the area¡­¡± ¡°Whoa, that¡¯s it, Eizo. Marius stops speculating on my way out. If I¡¯m right, it explains what one of the benefits was, and how he (¡­) knew Helen was being caught, even though water should have regulated the information in a leak-free system. What he knew is that the emperor¡¯s own intentions do not seem to be for the murder of Helen. but given the circumstances, you can¡¯t possibly not chase it as an empire, so can you even say it¡¯s actually safe¡­And when you think that the weapon I delivered might have been used to suppress the revolution, you have nowhere to think. That¡¯s almost a farce, too. Even if they say I¡¯m not your fault, there¡¯s something you can¡¯t break. You guessed inside me like that, Marius lowered his head, and Camilo, who kept his mouth shut while he was talking, also lowered his head ¡°I¡¯m sorry about this one. If I¡¯d noticed a little sooner, I could have stopped it somewhere.¡± ¡°Let me apologize from me, too. I didn¡¯t think you were involved until now.¡± ¡°If you two can¡¯t do it, we can¡¯t help it. Don¡¯t worry about it. Keep your head up.¡± This is my undisguised state of mind. If Marius and Camilo can¡¯t do it, neither can I. I guess he had a reason to do that with him, even if he was just a good ¡°wow¡± story and there¡¯s something he thinks and can¡¯t be broken. Tits the Great War by turning the world against the enemy, if that means I can use all the power I can to stop it, but if not, there¡¯s no reason to stop it. That¡¯s how we¡¯re all set, and when we receive the money, we get home. ¡°Eizo, hey,¡± Camilo called me as I left the trading room. Let everyone go first. Just me and Camilo, stay in the room. ¡°What¡¯s up? Anything wrong? ¡°No, well¡­ I just wanted to tell you¡­¡± Camilo is still lost in his back because of his bad teeth. ¡°It¡¯s okay if you don¡¯t want to tell me anything else. There¡¯s a lot of things in the world that you shouldn¡¯t ask.¡± ¡°No, listen to this. It could get you into trouble, but you better know it.¡± Camilo turns to me differently. The eyes also seemed determined somewhere. ¡°Helen is a Marquis bastard.¡± Chapter 214 Chapter 214: 214 The words were shocking enough, even if there was a part of it that I think is somewhat true. ¡°Is that why you requested rescue?¡± ¡°Right.¡± It was unnatural to carry out a rescue operation just because one mercenary was caught, not a knight or anything, even when it came to Ace, knowing that Helen had been captured, but now you have your last explanation. ¡°Previously, he said, ¡®My father is a horsemaker,¡¯ but you were keeping it? ¡°As soon as I was born. He couldn¡¯t have left it by the boulder.¡± ¡°What about the mother? ¡°He is dying soon after giving birth to Helen. Her parents have no blood connection.¡± ¡°Well, Helen said that¡­¡± ¡°I don¡¯t. Don¡¯t tell me, okay? ¡°I won¡¯t tell you.¡± I shrugged my shoulder and said. I may need to know the truth sooner or later, but now I know it¡¯s not the time. If you¡¯re Ok¡¯s daughter, like the one who painted the extravaganza, you¡¯re convinced of that personality. It seems more and more like parents and daughters are some of the same and delicate things Helen does around making them bother to help. If so, is the talent of the sword also conceded? The Marquis would have been delighted to see his own daughter active. There is no need to hate that it is so sweet even though it is aristocratic. ¡°So, if Gotagota happens to the Marquis in the capital because of this, he could get caught up in it,¡± he said. I¡¯m sorry. Camilo says that he seems heartfelt sorry. He must have had a grip on telling me something to get involved in because he was trying to get me involved around here. As far as I¡¯m concerned, I don¡¯t feel grateful for telling you about my family, but I don¡¯t feel resentful because I get involved with it. ¡°Don¡¯t worry about it. We¡¯re each other when we¡¯re in trouble.¡±¡°Thank you, Eizo¡± There was something about Camilo¡¯s attitude, but he was also somewhat disturbed to ask about the root digging leaves, and I gently tapped Camilo¡¯s shoulder and left the room behind. ¡°Krull.¡± When I go outside, the Krull, who is already ready to leave, rushes to say, ¡°Not yet?¡± You¡¯re a kid who really likes pulling. I¡¯ll be right there. When I got on the carrier, I had the supplies I needed and the whole family on board. ¡°Well, I¡¯ll get it out.¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± When Lique gently manipulates the reins, ¡°Klu¡± sounds and Klu runs out. But you don¡¯t have to rush through all of that. You just have to take your time and relax. I have time now, and I¡¯ve worked too much at this place. My goal is slow life. When I open my eyes, everyone talks thoughtfully. Helen was also totally familiar with Deanna and had a conversation. Thermia is talking to Liddy. Is it also talking about how to shoot an elf-style bow because it acts like it hits a bow? Like is also manipulating Krull, and yet he also looks like he¡¯s talking over the reins. Relaxed time was enveloping us. So we could finally get back to ¡°always¡±. Chapter 215 Chapter 215: 215 When I get home, I carry my stuff in as usual. Kurl hasn¡¯t been able to tow his luggage a long distance in a long time, and Huns and his nose are in a rough mood. Starting today, we have more manpower for one person, so when we split it it up, it quickly ended. I also procured bedding, so I brought it into one of the newly-added rooms and Helen¡¯s room will be there. Helen¡¯s personal baggage was newly procured today for basic items around her, so she decided to cover it. What¡¯s missing is a chase. As for the clothes, it was decided to say that ¡°my brother brought a lot of the house¡± Deanna¡¯s would be worn intact at first and then reworked. ¡°The day I go to the city, when I come back, I mean free time. Helen can do whatever she wants.¡± ¡°Really?¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± I nodded. That said, I don¡¯t think there¡¯s much I can do because there¡¯s nothing yet. ¡°Well, I¡¯m gonna go check on the runaway dragon for a second¡± Helen said in an attitude that seemed to hear a phonetic saying it was soothing. He¡¯s been wondering. ¡°I¡¯m coming with you.¡± Deanna raised her hand when she heard that. If my mom¡¯s with me, she¡¯ll be fine. ¡°I don¡¯t think so, but be careful.¡± ¡°Yeah.¡±¡°Okay.¡± Two people nod and they go outside. I called out on that back. ¡°Oh, yeah, Deanna, next time you¡¯ll have Helen put on your evening audition¡± ¡°Are you sure? Deanna¡¯s eyes as she looked back were round. Even if I told you I got caught, it didn¡¯t mean Helen had bad arms. You¡¯re stronger than me, at least one-on-one. I¡¯m also wondering if this will be an exercise to restore Helen¡¯s confidence. ¡°Yeah. I¡¯m telling Helen that story, too¡± If we think ahead, it¡¯s only welcome that our fighting power improves that we don¡¯t deny it. Since there are only women, the notion of former Earthlings and old stinky ooh raises questions where we have to leave all of that to women. ¡°Just a woman, huh?¡± I was going to do a little work, and as I walked into the blacksmith, I was all alone. It¡¯s been bothering me before, but none of us are alone with the exception of me. Krull seems to be a female, too. Would it be something I¡¯ve spent a period there without particularly choosing and get to know so many women? No, I know Marius, Camilo, and Sandro¡¯s boys. I don¡¯t have the kind of men who come to us at the moment. If you¡¯re a man of that age living in this world, you basically have a quorum, so it¡¯s certainly not a condition for you to come to us. It¡¯s not a strange story to say that, given that, it¡¯s all women who come to us¡­ And wouldn¡¯t it be too much easier? I took a look at the shrine. I couldn¡¯t help but notice that the smile of the Goddess Statue I worshipped seemed meaningful, even though it was carved myself. Chapter 216 Chapter 216: 216 It was after noon when I returned, so I did a light blacksmith job until around evening. Sometimes I still relied on cheats and repaired swords in the empire, or I didn¡¯t feel any great decay. Looks like you can start working again tomorrow with this. After a job and cleaning up slowly, Karan Cologne and the blacksmith rings. To say this one rang, maybe Deanna and Helen came back from the outside. The dwelling became more noisy and eventually the connecting door opened up momentously with Byrne. ¡°Well, you were already done¡± It was Helen who opened the door. ¡°Oh. The sun is already setting, and I haven¡¯t done a great deal of work in the first place. What can I do for you? ¡°Yeah, I told the Liques I¡¯d be over here, so I just thought I¡¯d take a look¡± Helen says in a slightly unfortunate tone. I returned it with a bright voice. ¡°I¡¯m gonna need your help tomorrow, so I¡¯m gonna get a good look at you.¡± ¡°Oh, really? ¡°Mm-hmm. You promised then, didn¡¯t you? The words I said when I helped Helen out. Maybe you don¡¯t remember, I thought. ¡°Oh, yeah. Thanks.¡± He seems to have remembered properly, and Helen says a few words of thanks as she leans down. ¡°That¡¯s fine after it¡¯s done¡±When I gently slapped Helen on her shoulder like that (although she was taller and slightly less dressed), I went back to the residence. The next morning, routine water draws with the krull. It¡¯s been a long time since I¡¯ve been able to draw water with you¡­ what do you think? I don¡¯t understand the look on the dragon¡¯s face, so hopeful observations are included. ¡°Deanna was doing it for me while I was gone? ¡°Crew.¡± Ask Krull as he washes his body with water drawn. I don¡¯t understand the details when I get back to you, but it kind of seems like you¡¯re saying ¡°yes,¡± and my heart soothes in the morning. Then I¡¯ll go home. ¡°Klulululululu¡± It is an image that somehow grabs something like a mass of force and glues, and the temperature rises and the fire ignites, like. The image is close to insulated compression. When cotton is placed in the cylinder and compressed at once with a piston, it is a burning array called a pong. Without this, it would be raised from the charcoal fire ¡°Ogibi¡± or ignited from scratch. Needless to say that in the case of a fire it is still better, magic that can be used almost with a lighter feel is easier. I doubt how many wizards there are in this world who only think of magic as a writer. When the fire turns to the fire floor, heat the sheet metal into the fire floor. In anticipation of where the temperature eventually becomes suitable for processing, place it on the gold floor and beat it with hammer. When I first struck Helen¡¯s sword, I didn¡¯t know much about magic, but now I understand the area. Therefore, he carefully slapped the sheet metal so that the magic would soften. Chapter 217 Chapter 217: 217 Heat the sheet metal and tap it into the shape of a sword. Ordinary short swords will fix the cast body, but this time it¡¯s a special order, so it¡¯s forged from the beginning. Forging is not necessarily of better quality than casting¡­¡­ We¡¯re just talking about different characteristics for each one of us. I chose to forge simply because you can do more magic that way. The more you tap with a hammer, the more sheet metal changes shape, and the magic cages. It creates quite a fantastic atmosphere with the sparkle of hot iron red and magic. ¡°It¡¯s been a little over a week, but my parents are vibrant after all¡± Says Lique, exhaling and groaning. Rike, who says so, has also become quite something about doing magic. I think I¡¯m going to be a hell of a blacksmith in the future because I¡¯m learning both Dwarf¡¯s ability to blacksmith and how to handle Elf¡¯s magic. In fact, the last sword delivered was of considerable quality both short and long swords. Enough to name our fancy model. ¡°You had your arms up while Rike didn¡¯t even look at it for a second. I can¡¯t lie to you either.¡± ¡°No, no. Not yet.¡± I laughed and gave it back, but in my case, it¡¯s cheesy. There is no other way to raise your arms than to do something new and deepen your mastery. In that sense, isn¡¯t Rike more stretchy or more limiting? Well, it¡¯s not bad to say, Master of the Legendary Blacksmith. I laughed unintentionally and shook the hammer down to the sheet metal. The usual short swords are also cast-in-one molded, so there is no hassle, but trying to do it with a forge is naturally a hassle. I kept the grip and the body together, but I broke another sheet metal and made it as a separate part. Naturally, this is a special dish for the magic mash. Determine the length with a cheat feel so that it becomes just the right salt plum when combined. If you plug the plug from the grip side to the base of the sashimi, tap and cashmere, the shape is complete. I gave Helen the shortsword she was about to make, which I¡¯ve been touring all along. ¡°I haven¡¯t even wrapped leather around my grip yet, but shake it a little bit¡±¡°Ooh.¡± Where it¡¯s a little wider around the business space, Helen shakes the short sword as a snack at first, and eventually as loud as a bunch of buzz. The condition seems to be still dancing. If the world were the world, I wonder if I could have acted as a dancer. He¡¯s slutty and tall. Everyone but me stops and sees how it goes. Deanna¡¯s expression is pretty serious. I guess I¡¯m seeing if there¡¯s anything I can learn from that. You¡¯re going to take today¡¯s audition more seriously than usual. ¡°What do you say? I can¡¯t watch it forever, so I spoke up. Pitali and Helen stop the movement. It¡¯s just a outfit with a short sword sticking out. ¡°Awesome!! Helen shouted out loud enough that the air seemed to vibrate billibly. Everyone but Helen is surprised and shocked. ¡°That¡¯s right! I scream unexpectedly. Everyone is surprised, no less than when Helen was there earlier. ¡°Helen, I¡¯m sorry, but it¡¯s a rebound.¡± ¡°What, it¡¯s such a good thing? ¡°Oh.¡± I laughed nigga, yeah, I had an alley. ¡°Rebuild with Apoitacara and Steel¡± Chapter 218 Chapter 218: 218 ¡°Apoita kara¡­¡­? You¡¯ve never heard of it. Mithril, isn¡¯t that what this is? Unpinned Helen puts her neck up. ¡°Oh. It¡¯s a special mineral from the North¡± Hopper ¡°, but it doesn¡¯t go out much. There¡¯s no point in not knowing.¡± If you are a mercenary of war, you seem to have some knowledge of minerals¡­ or materials, but don¡¯t you know Apoitacara? Well, when it comes to the minerals of the north, it would be hihihirokane. ¡°Light and strong. I wonder if it compares to orihalcon or adamantite. It¡¯s a part of it, and it might not change a bit.¡± ¡°You still change, don¡¯t you? ¡°Right. The shake may feel the same, but the difference is¡­¡± ¡°What¡¯s the difference? ¡°Glow¡± ¡°What?¡± ¡°Apoytakara glows blue.¡± ¡°Oh, really? ¡°Doesn¡¯t seem to make much sense, though.¡± Hi, they seem to be effective on ghost-based demons (and the installation fell under it), but you¡¯ll have little chance to come across them, and rarely will they be able to make more sense than decorations. ¡°So I¡¯m going to rebuild it, so just give me a minute.¡± ¡°Atai is fine¡­¡± ¡°But what¡¯s up? ¡°Are you sure? It¡¯s expensive, isn¡¯t it? ¡°It¡¯s something I give my family, and half of it¡¯s like my hobby. Don¡¯t worry about it.¡± ¡°Fine, then.¡±I¡¯ve never heard of minerals that are expensive. Can you guess? I don¡¯t know if he thinks he¡¯ll even give us two pieces of gold (though he paid for one). ¡°Oh, speaking of family¡± I give Helen the knife I made yesterday and left at the blacksmith. ¡°I¡¯m gonna do this one, too.¡± ¡°Are you sure? ¡°My family has them all, except Krull¡± When I said that, everyone took the knife out of their nostalgia and showed it to them. The picture of the four of them taking the knife out simultaneously could be a little scary if ordinary people saw it. But it is proof that it is our family. Then Helen knelt before me. Looks like a knight to be awarded a medal. ¡°Thank you.¡± Hit Kashiwaki twice and gently lift the apoitacara that is placed at the shrine. Again, it¡¯s a lot lighter for size. If you want to use it all, I¡¯ll throw it in the furnace, but I¡¯ll crack it, so I¡¯ll put it in the fire floor and heat it up. Eventually the temperature came up and I managed to get to the point where I could process it, so I use the glasses to put in the slices. Then he puts it on the gold floor and beats it with a hammer so that it bends at the cleavage. Beat it with a lot of effort, but it¡¯s hard to bend. After having managed to bend over a considerable amount of time, I repeated that I would bend it on the other side as well, and as I struggled, I divided the appropriate amount and cut it out. I leave the feeling around here to the cheats. But it¡¯s hard to break a bone just to cut it out with a pair of glasses. I feel like I have about ten apoitacaras if I were to take the ease of cutting iron as 1. Wouldn¡¯t a regular blacksmith have hands or feet? Sometimes the output is low, but I guess that¡¯s why the difficulty of processing isn¡¯t too public either. In the end, this day ended with a cut out. Note that just before I went to bed that day, ¡°Shouldn¡¯t you have melted it in a furnace and solidified it in as many parts as you needed? And I realized, that¡¯s another story. Chapter 219 Chapter 219: 219 The next day, after prayer and a full routine on the water drawer, familiarity, breakfast, and shrine, I go to Apoita Kara, which I cut out yesterday. Instead of mixing it in this time, make it in the form of sandwiches of apoitacara with steel. Sharpen the edges in this state, or apply the blade, and the area of the apoitacara will be exposed just as a blade¡­ It is the prospect that should be. He hasn¡¯t told me he can¡¯t cheat at the moment, so I think things will carry on as I see fit. I¡¯d start over if I didn¡¯t carry it, but I just have a headache thinking about what to do with the sandwiched apoitacara then, so I¡¯d like to hope not. To begin with, heat the cut out apoitacara on a fire floor and identify the machinable temperature with cheats. Heated metal usually glows red and white. That was true even in Mithril. But apoitacara glows blue. Normally, blacksmiths determine what the temperature is by its color. Fire, metal. It would be quite troublesome if that didn¡¯t work. Perhaps there are only a few possibilities that can be handled in this world. We need to get a sense of the machinable temperature from scratch. ¡°But it¡¯s beautiful¡± I squealed unexpectedly. It¡¯s puffy and blue and shiny, and the colors are different as if it was just cut there. ¡°You¡¯re not even like Mithril, are you?¡± Rike gave it back to my whining. He stares at the hot, blue glowing apoitacara. ¡°Right. It¡¯s gonna be hard to remember this color.¡± I can tell by the cheats, but Rike doesn¡¯t. Still, she would still be better than a human being because she is a dwarf.¡°I¡¯ll try my best to remember. It¡¯s a rare opportunity.¡± ¡°Whoa, come on.¡± Sometimes you can buy something like two gold coins for a boulder. This isn¡¯t about the money in my hand, it¡¯s about distribution. That¡¯s not all I¡¯m saying about being overpriced. If you¡¯re talking about the money in your hand, I have enough. When the temperature that can be processed is reached, remove it from the fire floor, place it on the gold floor and beat it with hammer. I thought it would be cumbersome to be sucked in magic and stiffened, but that didn¡¯t happen. This neighborhood is also different from Mithril¡¯s. For once, the magic seems to be absorbing more and more. Because every time I tap, I¡¯m starting to shine a little phosphor. ¡°Really? ¡°Oh, because weapons of unusual materials are traded at high prices in the first place. I don¡¯t think you know the ceiling when you add Eizo quality to it, do you? He can¡¯t even buy Atai¡¯s reward, but he still wants it. He must have sesame seeds.¡± ¡°I see. I¡¯ll use it as a reference for future valuing.¡± Almost everything I have made these days has been wholesaled to Camilo and bought at his price. That, of course, is the trust that they won¡¯t value it weird, but it might be easier to buy these unusual things by saying the price from this side, and the specials are basically getting what they think, but then you need to give them the right price yourself in case of trouble. I need Helen, who knows the price of something like this well in mercenaries, to help me remember, one by one. I repeated over and over saying I would take it out of the fire floor and beat it, and in the evening I could finally make it the length I thought it would be. Break it in two. This also still struggled, but you¡¯ll be fortunate that it wasn¡¯t hard enough to postpone it. Thus Helen¡¯s new swordmaking ended her first day. Chapter 220 Chapter 220: 220 After finishing my morning routine the next day, I tackled steel first. This is where we pinch the apoitacara today. I also thought when I touched Mithrill, this time because I struggled harder than then, or it would seem like an honest and good material if steel did it. As a matter of fact, I¡¯d appreciate it if you said it would sound if you hit it, or extend it as I thought it would. So far I¡¯m just extending my normal steel, so I haven¡¯t even toured Rike. The sound of the hammer I wield resonates rhythmically in the blacksmith. Helen is working with Deanna on a short sword template. If you look a little bit, it¡¯s pretty clever. I immediately remembered Deanna for it, but is it still easy to grasp the feeling when it¡¯s something I know well (like its related product actually)? ¡°Hey.¡± ¡°Hmm?¡± When I watched Helen like that, I heard from her. ¡°Was the one before Atai also made in this mould? ¡°No, when I made yours, I beat it and put it off and made it¡± ¡°Is something different? ¡°Uh¡­ right. It¡¯s easier to beat up the magic.¡± I got a little lost, but I decided to be honest. ¡°Heh, can Eizo do that too¡± ¡°Oh. We can do a little Rike, too.¡± When I said that, Rike made a hunch. She has a pretty good gutai on her back with her seemingly young, so she¡¯s powerful there.Though cute is far more expensive in terms of ratio. Like 7: 3. Of course, the cuter one is seven. ¡°But it was good.¡± ¡°What? ¡°Tell Atai.¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay because we¡¯re family.¡± Yes, Helen is already family. It¡¯s only been about a week since I¡¯ve been a family, but still, it must be family. When I laughed nigga, Helen turned bright red and leaned down. If you were as beautiful as Helen, you would have had one or two of the guys to tell you about, but you¡¯re overreacting to the rarity of every man¡¯s trick. ¡°You remind me of when I first came.¡± Since it is difficult to reduce the temperature of steel slightly, and the temperature of the apoitacara is also difficult to decrease, it can take longer to process than I thought. Long, albeit short. In the meantime, the machining will be carried out as much as possible. Seems to have enough magic for steel. I don¡¯t feel the disadvantage of having different materials pinched between them greatly. Cheats. I pinched lunch between them and by evening I was finally able to process them to the desired length. All I could do was two. Of course they¡¯re both the same length and the same weight. Try to tap the two lightly with your hands. It sounds slightly different than when I slapped the steel¡­¡­ but I wonder. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s my fault. Now if you shape and grind it out, it will be done once and for all. He decided to say he enjoyed the next day and finished the work on this day. Chapter 221 Chapter 221: 221 Place on the fire floor a plate sandwiched with steel by an apoitacara, something that looks like you said. That slowly heated up and eventually increased to a temperature that could be processed. Take it out and place it on the gold floor, beating it with hammers. I¡¯ve had enough lengths, so from here on out it will be a task to shape. Beat, the section of the torso is rhomboidal, and the tip is pointed from about 3/4 of the torso. Beat and flatten where it is not bladed at the apex of the rhombus. On the other hand, if you¡¯re going to have a handle, just extend it thinly. The actual handles and vibrations are made separately of steel and fixed later. The sound of beating with hammers echoes the blacksmith. This task itself is very much the same as normal ones, and I¡¯ve shown you temperatures and stuff, so the Liques are doing their own work, and the sound of Liques hitting short swords mixes with mine. It¡¯s happened a few times before, but this time it¡¯s only a little bit, not a steel sound, and it¡¯s also a mix of cool apoitacara sounds to make it more musical. ¡°There¡¯s a mixture of steel, but you also sound different from Mithril¡± When Like says so, Liddy shakes his head yeah. Like was on tour, and Liddy¡¯s the client when he repaired Mithril¡¯s sword in the first place. ¡°Really? Helen was the first to react. She doesn¡¯t know what it sounds like when she hits a misrill. ¡°That sounded clear and beautiful.¡± ¡°Hey.¡± Thermia and Deanna also respond. They haven¡¯t toured either, but they know the sound because they were working next door. ¡°Uh, you wanted to hear it.¡± Helen let him keep his mouth shut. I know it¡¯s just a matter of timing, but it¡¯s boring that I don¡¯t know just one person. ¡°Well, you¡¯ll have a chance one of these days¡± I say as I hammer my sword. Not many craftsmen can process misrills around here. If you go to the capital, there will be people who can only process it, but when it comes to magic, there is no doubt that there is no one else around here but me without love or cheese.Because in the first place, there is little magic in the capital or in the city to be able to get into Mithril. When you become a blacksmith who knows that and lives in a lot of magic, looking all over the kingdom won¡¯t be that much. I don¡¯t live here because I know that either. Either way, if so, there¡¯s a good chance you¡¯ll get to me when Mithril flows around here, and then you¡¯ll have plenty of opportunity to hear the sound. Whether Helen is with us at that time or not, I want you to let me know while you¡¯re there. When I said that, Helen nodded cocklessly and went back to her work. Again, unlike steel only, it took time in materials sanded with apoitacara. Still, when I went around noon for a little while, he managed to form me, and I lowered my chest. Afterwards, the parts of the bamboo and pattern are made of steel. Sometimes it¡¯s just steel, so I could make it quickly. The handles also bear the example fat cat stamp engraving. I still think the quality and speed are going up. I can¡¯t figure it out for myself, so I¡¯ll show Rike. ¡°What do you think? I think that¡¯s a good time.¡± Then sculpt both sides of the flattened part of the body with a pair of glasses. It¡¯s a lightning sculpture, similar to the one I made before. The sculpture cut off all the steel parts so that the apoitacara was exposed. By doing so, lightning will rise blue and full of itself. A sword glowing blue with a blade and a full lightning bolt. Its bearer is a mercenary known as a ¡°thunderbolt¡±. It would be nice if it became something similar to the owner¡¯s alias. Combine the parts made with the body and wrap the leather around the pattern. As a matter of fact, the overall shape is now in place. The sun is about to set, and the Liques are cleaning up. I give Helen both swords that she¡¯s free. ¡°We¡¯re done. It¡¯s getting a little sunny, but give it a try. I¡¯ll put the blade on later.¡± ¡°Ohh¡­ Ohh! Helen¡¯s voice, touched by the sword she could, echoed into the workplace. Chapter 222 Chapter 222: 222 Helen screamed with two finished short swords. The door of the blacksmith is knocked Gongon. Probably a surprised krull. ¡°Do you want to try it outside while you forgive the Krull? ¡°Is it good!? ¡°Of course.¡± There is no possibility that you will be asked to strike a decorative sword in the future, but at least for this one I did so with the intent of beeping pragmatically. ¡­ I wouldn¡¯t even say that there is no decorative point in purposefully using Apoitacara. Anyway, it¡¯s a sword for certain individuals to use, what¡¯s the problem with that user trying? I get up, unzip the door, and slowly open the door. I didn¡¯t mean to, and Krull was standing there worried. ¡°All right, all right, Helen. Hey, you¡¯re just a little happy, so you¡¯re gonna be okay.¡± I¡¯ll make it as wide as we can all go through and stroke Krull¡¯s neck. ¡°Klululululululululu¡± When Krull rang, he regained some calm. ¡±Slightly¡± stopped because everyone came out of the house following me. Maybe he thinks you can play. Leave that role to Rike and Liddy (Krull¡¯s favorite sounds like Deanna (Mom), but he also plays in a good mood with everyone else), me and Thermia, Deanna are tours of Helen¡¯s try. ¡°I¡¯m not wearing the blade yet, just be careful you don¡¯t slash it.¡± When I say so, Helen responds with a flickering wave and continues straight to the center of the garden. Confirming that he had taken enough distance from us, Helen began to spin the sword lightly at first, and eventually quickly enough to make a noise with Hyun-hyun. It also seems like a new gymnastics competition. When a tall, slutty Helen does it, she gets even more like that. If you¡¯re swinging two swords quickly, you even look like one weapon from time to time. Even though I just had a sword, it¡¯s like I¡¯ve been dealing with it for years.After checking on hand for a while, he now began to wave his sword using his entire body. One swing and one swing works so fast. I can manage to follow the trigger motion too, but I¡¯m almost done with the motion the next moment. ¡°Do you know when they¡¯re coming? I was asking neither Deanna nor Thermia. ¡°No, I¡¯ve seen it in archery every day since then, but I have no idea¡± Deanna answered my question. Even though she says a few days, she can¡¯t catch up at all, even though she¡¯s been dealing with Helen in an evening archery. You know how fast Helen moves. Looking at the movement with the whole body, now it¡¯s like dancing. It increases the range of motion one by one, sometimes like running water, sometimes like a wild storm. The blue light of Apoitacara chased that trajectory, as if it were a thunderous cloud. In the classic story of the previous world, you said, ¡°It¡¯s a dragon¡¯s nest¡­¡± range of motion, the speed of motion, the moment both reach the apex The next moment I put it down, I rushed out here with tremendous momentum. It must have been easy to run out because the outfit with the sword was just like a crowding start. Surprised that I couldn¡¯t move, Helen hugged me with momentum that just kept pushing me down. There is also a height difference and the area around the chest is tightened with the gyu. ¡°It¡¯s great! That¡¯s awesome, Eizo!! ¡°Stay! Add or subtract a bit!! Without being able to move at all, I raised my voice in protest. Oh, seriously, it¡¯s hard to breathe, here. ¡°I think I know exactly why Helen is called Thunder.¡± It was in such a state that Thermia expressed her smudges and feelings, and Deanna rushed to peel them off. Chapter 223 Chapter 223: 223 Deanna couldn¡¯t rip Helen off from me, of course, and she finally added Rike to Thermia. Liddy is not a part of it because he is not. Maybe he even used the ¡°sleep¡± magic, but since the story I heard before only greatly increases the original drowsiness, it may not work at all in an excited state. Of course, Krull¡¯s not in. As much as I need a Krull with a horse or two heads of power, my ribs and spine would be in danger before Helen could say that he was beyond human limits. Earlier, but it sucked pretty bad. I think I heard a misi. ¡°Oh, thanks.¡± Released. I thanked Deanna and the others. You¡¯ve done something similar before. Was it when you first struck the sword or when you took care of it? It¡¯s been less than a year since I¡¯ve been here, so I¡¯m sure it¡¯s more recent than that, but it kind of seems like a long time ago. ¡°Shh, sorry, Eizo¡­¡± Helen stood up against me. It¡¯s not a bad thing to explode that emotion because it¡¯s been a pleasure since everything happened. ¡°I had nothing to do with it, so don¡¯t worry. If you were happy, that¡¯s fine.¡± When I say that, ¡°Yeah.¡± Helen nodded and regained a little mood. The next morning, at a meeting after breakfast, I cut it out. ¡°As usual today, why don¡¯t we take the day off tomorrow and go to the woods? There¡¯s plenty of room for meat, too, right? ¡°Oh, good.¡± The first person to come on board is Thermia.¡°Right. Sometimes hunting may be a good idea to take a stroll through the woods.¡± Deanna hammered me next. Liddy is snorting cocky. They don¡¯t disagree with Rike either. ¡°Can Atai go too? ¡°Of course.¡± Helen asked me a favor, so I answered instantly. It¡¯s been a long time since I¡¯ve been in one place (one place) with a mercenary, and I¡¯m sure I haven¡¯t had a life like this in a long time, I don¡¯t know what to do. ¡°Well, by saying so. Of course, I¡¯ll take Krull with me, so will I collect the herbs and fruits when I find them?¡± ¡°I agree. When hunting and collecting, whatever the fruit is, it¡¯s hard to get around to the herbs.¡± ¡°Really? Well, I¡¯m looking forward to tomorrow.¡± ¡°I see. Something else seems to be going on.¡± ¡°Other than that? ¡°It¡¯s fast to make, isn¡¯t it purely fast? ¡°Oh, yeah? I¡¯m not getting that feeling at all, but from Lique¡¯s point of view, maybe I am. I can¡¯t figure out exactly what I¡¯m feeling today, so I¡¯ll need to verify it again later. Today Rike only makes knives, everyone else produces Wye and sheet metal. Not off, but this isn¡¯t a slow day, you know, with that in mind, I finished the day¡¯s work. Chapter 224 Chapter 224: 224 The next day, I¡¯ll just finish my routine and get ready to go out. It is the usual sweet and spicy boiled pork that is made into a lunch box, like a square-boiled burger sandwiched in an unfermented bread. Maybe if you had something like a chicken egg, you could do a few more variations, but I wonder how safe chicken eggs are in this world. Even semi-ripening will leave anxiety, but if the bacteria in this world are just as good as the salmonella in the previous world if they are heated at 70¡ãC or above, I¡¯d like to try to figure it out so I can get it someday. I couldn¡¯t help but rub my usual lunch, so I prepared mint tea, put it in a water bag, and put it together in a miscellaneous sachet. Going into the woods, everyone changed into thoughtfully moveable outfits. Just in case, me and Helen have short swords, Rike has short spears, and the other three have bows. Even though this system is a little troublesome, it would be fine to come across it. You¡¯ve enriched yourself a lot by force¡­ Let¡¯s go. My whole family responds to my words in dizzying words. When I was sure everyone was out, I locked the door of the house and kept it locked. Outside, Krull waits softly. I told you yesterday, but I don¡¯t know if you understood it or if you guessed it from how everyone was doing. In any case, I think this kid is smart after all. Think of it as a parent idiot. Deposit the miscellaneous sac in that krull. The simple luggage car sounded loud, and on top of not knowing how far it could withstand, when Krull said this, he wanted to lower it from his neck, so he used rope to lower the miscellaneous sac from his neck. Food for 6 people + water (although tea) so I think it weighs there, but the kurl doesn¡¯t look like it came through willingly either. ¡°You asked for your stuff, Krull¡± When Deanna said that, Krull was in a good mood and shouted ¡°crew¡± and the six of us and one of us started walking to the back of the woods. Walk as the sunlight from the sky illuminates the place like a spotlight. Glad it¡¯s clear today. Yeah, well, speaking of the weather. ¡°Were we about to have a rainy season? ¡°Right. If it¡¯s Atashi¡¯s account, he¡¯ll be here within a month next week or later. I think it goes on there.¡± Thermia answered my question. It¡¯s probably her word that has lived here since birth, that¡¯s for sure.¡°Well, I was wondering if I¡¯d be off delivery around there¡± If you¡¯re in a luggage truck, you can get the fabric in tomorrow¡¯s delivery and steep the front, it doesn¡¯t change that it¡¯s barely raining where you put a cloth on the krull and make it into a pair of feathers. There¡¯s so much savings that you don¡¯t have to work, and unless Camilo¡¯s side is in trouble, I¡¯d like to avoid traveling long distances, even to the city. ¡°That¡¯s better.¡± ¡°We have plenty of materials, plenty of food.¡± ¡°Well, let¡¯s do that¡± I¡¯m happier with that too, so I decided not to deliver the next week. Whether Camilo is actually in trouble or not, well, we¡¯ll do something about it. When I slowly went through the woods for about an hour after I left the house, Liddy suddenly ran out with a ¡°Ah¡± voice. We rush after him, too. Catching up, Liddy was crouching just a little further. They¡¯re picking something up. ¡°I didn¡¯t know you had this mushroom.¡± Thermia blurs with her mouth. You don¡¯t like what you don¡¯t know as the Beast Man in the Black Forest. ¡°While it only parasitizes on that violin, it only grows in this period before the rainy season. It dissolves when wet in water.¡± The so-called mushroom part of the mushroom is said to be a child entity, a combination of flowers and fruit where it is said in the plant, and the part that touches the stems and roots is spread into the soil as a fungus, but I guess this mushroom stretches the mycelium in the jaw to get nourishment from it. If this mushroom in this world is similar to the one in the previous world, it is a story of ¡°I knew the elves were knowledgeable! Helen was reluctantly impressed, and Liddy did not feel bad, but shrunk herself in the light. Chapter 225 Chapter 225: 225 Just saying Liddy was a valuable mushroom, I searched for a similar one in the vicinity, but only one of them was found in the end. If just one works for all sorts of illnesses, there¡¯s less to worry about when you say you have to. We¡¯re in the back of the woods, and even if something happens, it will often be too late for emergencies¡­ The current level of health care in this world is naturally not comparable to that in the previous world, but there will still be a huge difference in whether there are suitable drugs. Speaking of sickness, I have my doubts. ¡°Is there some magic to cure illness? I don¡¯t even know much about magic in my installation. In fact, I don¡¯t understand exactly what kind of magic Liddy showed me in the fight against Hobgoblin. ¡°I do. There must be a lot of things you can use if it¡¯s simple.¡± Liddy answered the question. She¡¯s our magic expert. ¡°Easy, to say, cure the hot one or something? ¡°Right. If you have a headache and a slight fever, I can fix it.¡± ¡°Really!? Liddy nods cocklessly. I used to have tension headaches all the time in the previous world (alongside stiffness, like a deskwork occupational disease). As far as I¡¯m concerned, I shouldn¡¯t be jealous. ¡°Still not omnipotent so¡­¡± Liddy alone can¡¯t cure an illness that causes more fever than abdominal pain or slight fever. Mushrooms and herbs at that time¡­ that is to say, medication. ¡°Even metropolitan doctors can use the magic of healing headaches and abdominal pain, but it¡¯s expensive.¡± Now Deanna answered. That¡¯s what some people say when it¡¯s about the capital. ¡°How much do you do? ¡°One gold coin for a headache, I guess.¡± ¡°That¡¯s expensive¡± I laughed bitterly at the price. If we think about the amount we get for one delivery, we should be over it. Whatever your headache is, you can¡¯t just call it in on a daily basis or call it to the Mansion.¡°So I¡¯m usually done with herbs and stuff.¡± ¡°I guess.¡± Shortly after I got here, I found some antipyretic herbs, but if you have one that works for your headache like that, it should be far cheaper that way. Or maybe I¡¯ll combine the herbs and prescribe them to help with the headache. Are the doctors in this world like a hybrid of wizards and pharmacists ¡°creaks¡±? ¡°Oh, there was¡± Liddy rushes over for another small run. Now it¡¯s like the grass itself growing there, not mushrooms or anything like that. ¡°This is an herb for abdominal pain.¡± Liddy gently picked up the herb and showed it to me. It¡¯s a grass with a slight red color. I¡¯ve never seen it around us. Would it have been worth stretching my legs a bit? I shake with a bluff, but I never say that it comes off or that the soil is shaken off. If this looks like it, Krull won¡¯t fall off if he finds out he¡¯s walking. The two holes, which were flat and empty, were blocked for once. It¡¯s like a natural trap, and even if the animals running (including beasts and humans) catch on, they don¡¯t sleep well. Afterwards he walks relaxed through the woods. The birds chirp and the breezy sound surrounds them. Moving on with no other love stories in it is a picnic or an adventure, and anyway, it¡¯s like that that that also stimulates the manhood enough. Either way, it¡¯s a pretty dangerous place if it¡¯s supposed to be. However, the momentum reassurance prevails over the hunter who is now accustomed to this forest called Thermia, because he has knowledge of the plants in general, and I too, not as far as the greatest Helen as force is concerned. Suddenly Thermia stopped, wondering if she understood such a relaxed air, or if it was the flag that got her out of her mind. It is clearly a vigilant face. Likewise, Krull is stopping and circling his neck. The fact that these two are stopping and alerting at the same time must mean something dangerous is nearby. We figured it out, and we set up our own weapons. Chapter 226 Chapter 226: 226 Thermia¡¯s round pupil in Amber¡¯s iris shrunk cuddly to represent that tension. ¡°Azo, I¡¯m sorry, I¡¯m late to notice because this one was on the wind. Big black bear.¡± Thermia apologizes as she prepares her bow. If you don¡¯t notice in Thermia, nobody will notice unless the other person is human. I also understand that that¡¯s why you¡¯re apologizing. I¡¯ll just say ¡°don¡¯t worry¡± briefly. Krull, who was circling his neck around the area, coincided with the direction Thermia would watch. ¡°Do you know what Krull is?¡± ¡°Queue.¡± Krull is nervous at all times. In the worst case scenario, let her run away. Basically, a runaway dragon who lives by ingesting magic would be able to afford to live in this forest. ¡°Do you want me to set you up from here? ¡°No, you better stop that because you¡¯re in the bush¡± What we have now is somewhat less offspring. The subject that Thermia and Krulu are wary of is where the shrubs are growing and they are not well seen. Me and Helen will step forward as avant-garde for you. Behind it lies Liquette with a spear, and further behind is Deanna, Liddy and Thermia. ¡°You think me and you are gonna clean it up? ¡°I don¡¯t think Atai¡¯s ever done it with a bear either.¡± ¡°I have one.¡± ¡°Do you have¡­¡± Helen makes a shocked voice. It was a spear then, but this time it¡¯s a short sword. I guess I should have brought a long sword. I also thought about changing the score with Like, but I reconsidered that even though I let him have a spear to compensate for Like¡¯s reach, it doesn¡¯t make sense to do so. There is a rustling noise from the bush. My nose also received a faint smell of the beast and a frizzy characteristic smell. Smells like blood. I guess Thermia feels colorful that I can even tell. I can¡¯t see the look on my face because I¡¯m behind it. After that thunderstorm had passed, the bear¡¯s left arm had been cut off perfectly. Rather than vibrant. ¡°GOOOOOOO!¡± The bear groans. Now I hope he ran away with no fear, but his eyes seemed to be burning with anger. Turn back to Helen with the speed that doesn¡¯t suit that giant. But three arrows pierced him there. They¡¯re all my own special arrows. Perhaps metal armor will penetrate as well. They easily pierce the bear¡¯s fur. The bear barks again and now tries to get his head around you. But there comes the blue light of the two strips. Helen¡¯s short sword struck the bear¡¯s neck with thunder again. The body of the bear, which had lost its head, had been in every motion for a while, but eventually, how, it fell to the ground. Chapter 227 Chapter 227: 227 Me and Helen surround the fallen bear with a liqueur a little further away. With your neck and body just crying apart, it won¡¯t help if it¡¯s a demon, but just in case. The other three want to know what¡¯s going on around them. It¡¯s not like there¡¯s another beast after this gap. I¡¯ve been watching for a while, but it still doesn¡¯t look like it¡¯s moving at all. Everyone slowly lay down their weapons. ¡°Guys, are you hurt? That¡¯s what I said, but what I got back was a voice that would let the different tones know I was safe. Well, because Helen cleaned it up in no time. There¡¯s no element of injury other than the fact that I rolled over to avoid an attack. I feel like I¡¯ve seen everyone, barely even bathed in returning blood, etc. Seeing that, my consciousness also switched from full alert to normal. It was for a moment, but the tiredness of the one I was so worried about is getting worse. I couldn¡¯t stop sitting on the spot. ¡°Was this bear about to demonize? I expressed my doubts. ¡°I didn¡¯t really feel the magic of starvation.¡± And, says Liddy. So, you didn¡¯t become a demon? ¡°The one who got hungry with the big black bear has the habit of attacking one after the other when he finds his prey.¡± It was Thermia who went on like that. Some spiders have such a habit, but in mammals I don¡¯t think of it a bit. Although I feel that this black forest is a habit because it has a relatively large number of prey and can afford it. ¡°What happens to the prey you renounce? ¡°Keep it up, whether you¡¯re lucky or not, if you were hungry when you came back, you¡¯d be hungry¡± How to hunt more prey and fill your belly anyway? Even if you can¡¯t eat it up, you¡¯ll end up being a wolf and other animals, and even if you don¡¯t, the flesh that goes back to the soil will become nutrients in the forest.Don¡¯t feel how nature works, like it¡¯s done well when you think about it, like it¡¯s not. ¡°Eizo.¡± If I was thinking about that, Thermia would talk to me with a voice that maintained some tension. ¡°What¡¯s up? ¡°You better see what¡¯s going on with the prey this guy¡¯s supposed to have defeated.¡± I can¡¯t feel it anymore because of the smell of this guy¡¯s blood, but it smelled like blood at the time this guy showed up. If that¡¯s not his thing then, I¡¯m pretty sure that¡¯s what this guy took down. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s a deer or a rabbit, but should I say that Thermia should confirm it? As for the beginning and end of the bear, it was unanimous that it could not be made into ingredients but was left to the forest. Previously, I went looking for it from here and knocked it down, so I thought it would be the sustenance to eat it, but this time it makes a difference to say encounter. In other words, this defeat is a decision that the difference in numbers is entirely mutual. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s him or her, but he¡¯s still making threats toward Canc¨²n and this one anyway. Did the wolf that is out of business cover this wolf? ¡°You mean this girl?¡± When I ask Thermia, she snorts. A wolf who lost his parents. I don¡¯t know if another beast that came by with the smell of blood would protect another herd of children, even if it were a wolf. Needless to say, if any other beast comes along. It¡¯s suspicious that I can ignore the little life that I¡¯ve noticed, if they say so. When I look at Chirali and everyone, I have the same eyes I expected. I said with a sigh. ¡°Okay, let¡¯s help.¡± I concentrated on figuring out how to get this wolf out of here safely. Chapter 228 Chapter 228: 228 The wolf keeps barking at us like a puppy. It¡¯s not good when other beasts come by with this voice. We¡¯re gonna put this kid in danger anyway. We have to shut him up soon. ¡°If I give you dinner, will you follow me¡­¡± I snapped with the boss. It would be nice to have such a simple story, but maybe not. ¡°¡­ I think they¡¯re coming¡± It is Thermia who has returned the same amount of voice to the twinkle. Are you coming? You should have cut off the meat from the bear earlier. It¡¯s not good for this kid¡¯s body, but I can¡¯t help it. Remove the lunch box from the miscellaneous sachet that is lowering from the neck of the krull, pull out only the meat from the square-boiled sandwich and come a little closer as you show it. The wolf is still barking at me, only a little backwards. Approaching some point, the wolf stopped barking and began to crack his nose. In the meantime, it stopped ringing, so I am relieved. I slowly left the meat on the ground and knelt softly away from the reach. The wolf approaches the meat placed with the jirrigiri, yotayota, as he cracks his nose. And when I get to the meat, I smell the meat carefully. He then immediately began to disappoint with a hug hug. That¡¯s cute where animal kids are eating hug hugs. I can see that from the galloping down of my shoulder¡¯s HP. I know you¡¯re cute enough, so it¡¯s time to stop it Deanna¡­¡­ Eventually the finished wolf started staring at this one. As we watched without a hand, we still approached Yotayota and this way. Just dropping by within reach, the wolf makes a mess. There is no sign of any further proximity from there. Yeah, stay. I gave my hand out of my mind, but slowly. If this bites you and you have a rabid disease, it¡¯s pretty gambling because you¡¯re out at that point. Chip is my life. The wolf sniffed cum at the hand he slowly offered. Is the first stage clear for now? After letting him sniff for a while, he began to pat his tail, so he moved his hand slowly and stroked his head softly. I¡¯m not particularly surprised to say that I¡¯m going to run away, and I¡¯m trying to feel good.¡°All right, good boy. You want to follow us? I said as I peered into the wolf¡¯s eyes. The wolf looked back at me, waving his tail ¡°One!¡± and sounded well. I¡¯ll hold him up gently, but he won¡¯t even resist. We decided to get out of here. I was not sure what to do with the wolf¡¯s remains, which would probably be my parents, but it is also the forest cycle that leaves them intact and returns to the earth. It was painful but I decided to leave it at that. Proceed slightly faster into the woods in the direction of going home. Today¡¯s picnic is, of course, cancelled. The cuddled wolf deposited it with Deanna with strong hope. The wolf looks around and smells interesting because of his higher point of view. There is no sign of an attempt to escape. It¡¯s more like you think it¡¯s fun. Proceed with vigilance with me, Helen, and three of Thermia, who have free hands. ¡°Didn¡¯t you do that? Thermia nodded loudly this time. ¡°I don¡¯t even know why. So they chased the herd. It¡¯s not a strange story in and of itself because the whole herd is in danger when you have a foot job. So I guess I ran into a bear while wandering through the woods. My mother was too stuffed to notice the bear even though she had a nostril¡­¡± ¡°Is it possible that we were just trying to plunder the bear¡¯s prey?¡± ¡°Right.¡± I don¡¯t mean to be a foot wrapper at home, and I have some strong sisters. There will always be responsibility for welcoming new lives, but when it comes to this child, he will be able to take full responsibility for it, at least until he grows up. I saw a werewolf happy to do Deanna¡¯s cheek with peroli, and I thought so. Chapter 229 Chapter 229: 229 The return was also possible with the vigilance of the whole family, or we were able to reach home without coming across anything particularly dangerous. When Deanna was prompted by me to grate the wolf, she ran around intriguingly. ¡°Don¡¯t go anywhere you can¡¯t see.¡± When I speak to the wolf running around like a rat fireworks, he stops pitterly and looks back at me. ¡°One!¡± And after I replied, I started running again. You¡¯re smart. Unpacking from the krull, the krull began to walk towards the wolf. Am I going to tell you to take care of that girl? You¡¯re my sister, if we say so. Helen isn¡¯t even pinched in between in the order in which she came to us, but she¡¯s probably better off at her age. When I say it in Krull and Thermia, it must be critical and Thermia. She is five years old at the Beast Man age. Krull probably feels younger than that. I don¡¯t know how old a dragon is, so I¡¯m just wondering. Maybe 180 or something¡­¡­? I¡¯m pretty sure the wolf is the youngest, and it¡¯s definitely above that, so you can have your sister Krull. ¡°Then I asked you, sister Krull¡± When he speaks that way, Krull sounds ¡°Ku¡± and slowly heads to the area where the wolf is running around. Deanna was about to flutter away with me, but I coughed up and stopped eating. Good, did you still have reason? Packages unloaded from the Krulu were brought into the warehouse. Example mushrooms and herbs are put in to dry. Then I cut some meat just dried. It is the portion of that wolf. We all talked about the lunch we didn¡¯t eat in the end and decided to eat it in the garden. I¡¯m back home, so I¡¯ll reheat the tea a little and boil the dried meat in the meantime to make it soft. I don¡¯t know how many months a wolf is okay with a stiff hood, but I think it¡¯s probably still a better age to refrain. So I prepare soft meat. I¡¯ll have to keep more raw meat when I get my prey in the future. Place a leisure sheet replacement cloth in the garden and prepare lunches, tea, and wolf buns of meat on top of it. Whether you smelled it, or guessed it from the way it was to be prepared, a wolf who was playing with Krull came this way a short distance away. It saves me the trouble of calling.The wolf sat next to Deanna as she sat down on the seat. When I left the boiled and softened dried meat there, which I had neither seasoned nor done anything about, I started eating it quickly. Well, it¡¯s still too early to make you remember to wait, and for now, I¡¯ll say nothing. We humans will have it, and Krull lay right beside the seat. She doesn¡¯t eat much. ¡°Well, I have to think about this girl¡¯s name.¡± I said as I saw a wolf disappointing with hug hugs and meat. ¡°Aizoo doesn¡¯t have a good idea? Deanna asks. I opened my mouth. ¡°No, I¡­¡± ¡°Eizo has no sense of name at all.¡± Thermia did a light mess. I cover my face with both hands. For once, I twist my head too. Although it resembles a bad idea to rest. ¡°Lucy.¡± Bosoli and Liddy snapped as everyone roared and thought of their names. I see, Lucy. ¡°Isn¡¯t that cute and good? I say honest thoughts. Helen doesn¡¯t seem to disagree with Thermia, Deanna, or Lique either. Deanna said she would bring down the wolf. Then your name is Lucy. ¡°One!¡± Thus, the wolf reunited, and Lucy joined our family. Chapter 230 Chapter 230: 230 Lucy said she ran around after eating as soon as possible, so by way of example, ¡°as far as I can see,¡± she replies well and starts running. It seems that Krull, who was napping, also perceived it, and slowly began to follow him after waking up with the sleigh of. Lucy also keeps her mouth shut and keeps it out of our sight. In person?) I guess you somehow understand that it would be dangerous if you went out of our sight, too. That¡¯s how the rice turned out to be quite enjoyable watching him run around. That¡¯s how after a relaxing lunch, me and Thermia lay down. Everyone else stays seated, kind of like a relaxing family in a foreign park. ¡°I wonder what Lucy¡¯s cabin will do.¡± I snapped. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s a house or a Krull cabin, but it might be a good idea to have a werewolf cabin if it¡¯s a dedicated dog cabin. Sometimes it feels like DIY is fundamental. No, I¡¯ve already built an extra room or even a dragon hut, and I¡¯m pretty sure there¡¯s nothing basic about DIY. ¡°Don¡¯t you want it? It was Deanna who said so. Maybe you should just let him stay home. ¡°When nobles have hunting dogs, do they let them in the house? ¡°No? We didn¡¯t have it, but we can¡¯t have one or two houses, so we keep a dedicated building and a janitor.¡± ¡°I see.¡± If it were to be a nobleman¡¯s hunt, I¡¯d do it with a vast wild mountain or something. I wouldn¡¯t be able to cover it with one or two heads. It is self-evident that when you get to that number, you cannot manage it without being an expert. It will cost you a fortune to administer it, and it¡¯s hard to say noble. ¡°The beast man¡­ even if he keeps it, is he with the cat?¡± ¡°They change the rattles sometimes.¡± ¡°Right.¡± Thermia¡­ or the beasts change the rattle. If you change it sometimes, you won¡¯t be able to build a cabin or anything each time. If so, you should basically be living together in a twist if you want to keep it.¡°What about Dwarves? ¡°There was a workshop with a dog, but it¡¯s a basic guard dog, so build a cabin. It¡¯s outside.¡± ¡°If it¡¯s a dwarf, I¡¯m going to make it.¡± ¡°There¡¯s that too.¡± Ricketts Dwarf is the answer I thought it would be in Dwarf. If it¡¯s enough to build an extra house, I know that Chacha and Doghouse will be built. ¡°The elves¡­¡± ¡°We¡¯ll be like shared property in the village, won¡¯t we? Because there are settlements in the woods. So there¡¯s nothing like a cabin, where dogs and wolves feel like, or coexist¡­¡± ¡°I see.¡± Liddy replied slightly to the eating mood. In the case of elves, does it simply feel like a dog or a wolf is going to live in a village? You¡¯ve come a long time for information that feels like it fits the elf view you were dragging from the previous world. ¡°If you live as a mercenary, can you take the trouble of having a dog?¡± Besides, I think it would be better to have one weapon that would also be useful in cases like this one. ¡°Is Reach Focused?¡± Rike asks in an excited voice. We¡¯re talking about weapons. ¡°It won¡¯t be easy to take too long, so you don¡¯t have a long weapon.¡± ¡°If so, is it a long sword? ¡°Hmmm¡­¡­¡± I twisted my neck. Maybe that¡¯s about the length and user-friendliness, but it doesn¡¯t pin anything. ¡°Who was making that demon tribe for you? Deanna casually said she was roaring yeah yeah with me and Like. ¡°That¡¯s it!¡± ¡°That¡¯s it! Me and Liquet all agreed. You had that hand. That¡¯s how I decided to strike a second strike. Chapter 231 Chapter 231: 231 Build my sword. I¡¯m excited to hear that, but I¡¯m off today. Rest well when you can. It is an iron rule of good work. I thought it would take a lot of living to get here, but I feel like I¡¯ve been working for a long time. Now if you¡¯re just going to eat it, you can hit the sword three days a week and you won¡¯t have any trouble. If Rike can help, my share is just a few luxury models, so a day¡¯s hitting will be enough. Well, that¡¯s also thanks to Camilo being there to buy it off steadily. I¡¯m just returning from a long journey there, and Lucy¡¯s just arrived, so we¡¯re going to be talking a little further, but I think we should take a little trip somewhere, not a picnic like this one. Of course, if we all agree. After relaxing like that for a long time, the sun tilted. I came home a little around noon, so it¡¯s obvious. We all clean up and go into the house. Krull also goes back to the cabin. Lucy says she¡¯s going into the house with us for now. Still, it doesn¡¯t seem like you¡¯re not out of alert because it was after you first saw Thermia go in. Besides, when I thought I had entered the house like that, I smelled the surrounding area and started wandering around. So far, there¡¯s nothing with fire in it, and I¡¯ve cleared out the dangerous blades, so I¡¯ll let you like it for now. You got used to it when you circled the living room and kitchen, and you started to crisp the door in my room with your front leg, so I¡¯m gonna open it and let you in. I still came out circling the room smelling it. After repeating the same thing in the guest room and everyone¡¯s room, I slept perfectly in the corner of the living room. Apparently, I remember the smell of the house, so I¡¯m going to spend some time in a comfortable place. But it also ends soon. Because Deanna and Helen went out of their room to audition with a wooden sword. Lucy rushes after the two of them. Everyone, including me left in the house, wiped their bodies clean. I¡¯ll see you two later in the audition.I¡¯ll get dinner ready. But lunch was late today, so the amount is reduced. I didn¡¯t even think about pulling it out, because Deanna and Helen are going to be hungry because they¡¯re going to arch, and you¡¯re going to shy away when you¡¯re going to prepare it for just the two of them. Boil the meat just dried first in a pan and keep it back. Some of these are for Lucy. Add root vegetables, salted meats, seasonings, and other things to simmer for what humans eat. However, the unfermented bread was left only for Deanna and Helen. That¡¯s all that¡¯s in your stomach, isn¡¯t it? Eventually Deanna, Helen and Lucy will be back from outside. The two other people besides Lucy went to their room to get the dirt off. Lucy is lying down at her favorite spot I just found. I¡¯ll lay a blanket or something¡­ After I¡¯ve arranged the dishes at the table, I¡¯ll put Lucy¡¯s meat in a plate and put it by the table, and I¡¯ll look around at Kyolo and everyone and sit down a little bit in front of the plate. And I don¡¯t start eating while sitting down. How hungry was it that I ate right at lunch? Maybe I did something a little wrong. When dinner was over and we started cleaning up, Lucy began to crisp the door to the outside. ¡°What¡¯s up? You got something? When I stop my cleaning hands and open the door, I go outside and I crack my nose, and then I start walking with Totetote. If you¡¯re curious and follow me, you¡¯re on your way to the cabin with the krulls. ¡°Oh, Krull, you want to sleep with your sister¡± When I said that, Lucy stopped and patted her tail. I know if I go to Deanna¡¯s, maybe she¡¯ll put me in bed, but it¡¯s not what she wants or what she needs to stop. ¡°All right, well, good night.¡± Crouching down and gently stroking her head, Lucy pretended her tail and headed back to the cabin. Chapter 232 Chapter 232: 232 The next morning, I woke up and took the water bottle on my shoulder as usual. Going outside, it was Krull and Lucy waiting. ¡°Are you awake, too?¡± When I speak, Lucy barks as she waves her tail vigorously. Not too loud. Am I guessing everyone else is still asleep? ¡°All right, well, then let¡¯s not go with your sister Krull¡± When I put a water bottle around Krull¡¯s neck, one and two water pumping trips (about half an hour¡¯s walk) began. The forest feels a little clear in the morning. Is it because of lower temperatures than noon? When you inhale through your thoughtful breath, that refreshing air fills your lungs and your brain, which was still half dreaming, starts to warm up. Nevertheless, the sight of an unusual line of humans, dragons and wolves moving through the unseasonable rise of the sun would seem odd from elsewhere. But this is our family. When we get to the lake, we draw water first, and then we take a bath. Krull wiped her body too, and Lucy thought¡­¡­ she was jumping into the lake herself with Bashan. Because of this, I¡¯ll keep scratching my hair and washing it. I was trying to feel good, so do I wash her sometimes? The one who wiped my body too, but I wiped Lucy¡¯s wet body while squeezing the towel I was bringing. Naturally, I wouldn¡¯t be able to wipe it off completely, but it would be better than staying wet. Starting tomorrow, I need to get another towel for Lucy. If I don¡¯t wash it, I¡¯ll have to wipe it when I jump into the lake. If you don¡¯t jump in, you just have to take it home with you. After that I normally came back home. Collect the water bottle from the Krull and carry it into the house in conjunction with my share. I saw that. Krull went back to the cabin as usual, but Lucy goes inside with me. ¡°Oh, rice.¡± I need to get Lucy¡¯s share ready first when I make breakfast today.Even so, I¡¯ll simply boil the dried meat back in water with nothing to put in first. You can boil him again at noon. The day after the hunt ¨C that is, the day when raw meat will be available ¨C will be that way. Prepare two pans for our meal and Lucy¡¯s for boiling. Lucy¡¯s portion boils faster if you have less water, and if you¡¯re ready for unfermented bread, it¡¯s just¡­ You¡¯ll be ready for about that. It¡¯s a waste, so I¡¯ll keep the boiled water from Lucy¡¯s rice and add it to ours. Some stock will be out. While Lucy is finely chopping and cooling the boiled meat while she allows herself to rush early, the breakfast is over. If everyone, including Lucy (although Lucy is just waiting) will have it, it is the usual breakfast landscape. The same, but only slightly busier, landscape was there. After breakfast, I made a routine prayer and started working on it, but since it was dangerous, Lucy tried to get me to stay outside. But grab it with cheese that the temperature is firmly rising, and when the temperature is ready to be machined, take it out and beat it. Kin and glassy, icy sounds echoed through the blacksmith. Listening to the sound, Lique says, touring the processing of the rare apoitacara. ¡°I knew you¡¯d sound beautiful¡± ¡°Mithril¡¯s a little different again.¡± That¡¯s what I gave back. In the case of Mithril, it sounds a little clearer and higher. It would be a rare opportunity as a blacksmith to be able to hear around here. Everyone else makes sheet metal. Thermia and Deanna are fine with letting them hold hammers if it¡¯s about sheet metal, and don¡¯t worry if Liddy and Helen help. You sound familiar to me. That¡¯s not my favorite sound. As if to session with the sound, I shook a hammer down to the blue glow. Chapter 233 Chapter 233: 233 Over the course of a day, an elongated plate with impurities removed from the apoitacara was formed. Speaking of Japanese sword itineraries, it will be over until the vegetarian extension. The machining difficulty should be higher than that of Mithril, which is actually difficult, but the work went smoother than I had assumed. I was expecting you to say cheat favors, but I¡¯m a little glad you¡¯re right. The fact that we¡¯ve been making a little new weapons until then (although shabby these days) seems to be affecting that we handled two special materials: Mithril and Apoitacara. No matter how many cheats you say you can handle, it feels a little different if your body moves just like that. The next process is basically no different than when I did it before with a knife on the demon nilda. ¡±Basically,¡± because it skips some processes and tasks. For example, we have already skipped the process of making and combining the skin iron ¡°Kami¡± and the heart iron ¡°Shinga¡±. Unlike steel, if it¡¯s made of total apoitacara, it doesn¡¯t have to be done at all (even though Nilda didn¡¯t make any real sense), so I didn¡¯t do it. I don¡¯t even cook it for the same reason. Then, the inverse is determined not at the time of incineration, but at the stage when the fire is finished. It may be debatable to say that it is a knife, but it fills ¡°unbroken, unbent,¡± and this time it is decided to call it a knife. Even this day Lucy had dinner with us and went to Krull¡¯s when she slept. Maybe he¡¯s trying to replace me with a guard dog when I¡¯m small, personally. The problem is that nothing that brings us closer to this house is the same for people and animals. Well, you¡¯re more likely than a watchdog to just be with your Krull sister. I don¡¯t want you to be able to do that because you are probably just a child.The next morning, Krull, Lucy and I go get some water. Lucy is a little ahead of me. It¡¯s not difficult for me or Krull to walk because I don¡¯t stop near Krull. I can ask as if I am doing so with care. If you¡¯re learning so much yesterday today, don¡¯t let Lucy be quite smart. Lucy didn¡¯t jump into the lake today. So I¡¯ll just leave you to wipe your body as gently as a krull with a tightly squeezed towel. When we get back and get ready for the morning, Krull and Lucy are outside today, and we¡¯re in the blacksmith business. I¡¯m supposed to build a blade fire, and the liqueurs are supposed to build a sword. The processing of the apoitacara itself appeared scattered yesterday. I was pretty unsure if I should show it to you today, and I don¡¯t think I¡¯ve ever been over to show it to you, either. ¡°I think you should be able to do this properly on your own¡± Was it still better because Helen¡¯s time was good to the plate, or is it some other reason, and I¡¯m going to have a hard time making stems ¡°baskets¡± and cuts ahead of me. The Liques were making swords at a slightly faster pace than usual. Like, Thermia, Deanna, Liddy, and Helen are helping me out, so I can make things the way I like them. As far as I¡¯m concerned, I also think the money I earn is a shared good, but other than household goods, I never say they want anything. The truth is that so far it has been sweetened by it. Can I repay you something here? While I was cleaning up, I let my thoughts wander around. Chapter 234 Chapter 234: 234 The next day, I manage to get my pentagon ready. Since the process itself remains the same today, Liquet and the others are asked to do their usual work. This process of making fire is completed as a body (after this, it is necessary to make a ¡°Tsuba¡±, a pattern ¡°Tsuba¡±, or a ¡°Sheath¡±), so even if some of the subsequent processes are omitted, it becomes a task that cannot be distracted more than this. First I made a cut tip. If you cut the tip diagonally to the side of the blade, tap it there to make it round and pointed. The tip of the cut this time is Dafeng (Kisaki). I got lost with the tip of the pork neck, but I tried to do this because I thought the same thing didn¡¯t have any art. Plenty of morning time was spent making cut-toed shapes. It feels quite hazy. I have no hesitation in letting weapons out into the world, and I know for myself that this is primarily for personal protection. However, if it is, it is still false to say that it has never been used before. It¡¯s doubtful how many beasts and people freak out about the Great Feng, but if the person you poke at will walk away with a little loss of will, that¡¯s enough. I finished to a good point, so I left a bunch of women (somewhat sadly, I mean everyone but me¡­) still working a little more and went back to the house to get ready for lunch. ¡°Hmm, I knew it¡¯d be cool coming back this way¡± Simply referred to as the temperature difference between a blacksmith and a house, the other side is always using fire for cancer. It¡¯s also at temperatures where iron can be processed. So the room temperature in the blacksmith is not about the sauna. There is a difference in temperature to the extent that just one door apart seems cool. Helen doesn¡¯t seem completely used to it because she hasn¡¯t been around for a while, but everyone else is totally used to it.Just saying you¡¯re used to it doesn¡¯t mean you don¡¯t sweat. Everyone sweats more than that. So I keep a water bottle at the blacksmith so that I can always rehydrate, and there are each cup by my side (wooden and carved out my name), and everyone is hydrated as appropriate. I just drank that moisture, and I sweat. So after work, me and everyone are wet and wiping with squeezed cloth. Some are charcoal and dirty in the first place, but the cloth after wiping is quite dirty. This means that there is only so much body dirt. Even the hygiene concept at this point in this world is standard around here, so I¡¯m up to it, and I¡¯m not particularly dissatisfied with it from everyone. Seeing that even Deanna, who was a noble lady, doesn¡¯t leak any particular dissatisfaction, I guess it¡¯s something similar at the noble level. With that said, even Count Amur¡¯s house was basically enough to wipe his body with water. She eats anything, but sees that plants seem to prefer and sometimes oh rather than meat. I can¡¯t get into the house with boulders, but I think I might be able to increase my chances of eating outside during this time. After lunch, go back to work. From here on out, the task will be to create the opposite, but here was one flash of ¡°Hilarious¡±. When Apoitacara exercises her magic, the color there changes slightly. This is like because the way that that part glows changes, but this time you can use it to put in a blade print? That¡¯s what I mean. I was prepared to become a bladeless knife because I would not burn it in, but if this went well, I might be able to do it the way I thought it would. I was so excited inside that I put a hammer in my shapely body. Chapter 235 Chapter 235: 235 Imagining the blade sentence on his head, he trimmed up the inversion of his body. When the blade is tapped, that side stretches and can be reversed, and because it shines for that matter, it becomes like a blade sentence due to the difference from the part that has not been tapped. That¡¯s how I make blade sentences (like this, but it turns out), so naturally, I can¡¯t cook (hitachi) everyone whose baking has gotten into the whole body, and the complicated street boy ¡°Gigi¡± will be tough. Even if it can be done, even the eyes of the other ¡°Gu¡±, ¡°Meh¡±? I slapped the knack on the tunnel so that the opposite center would come around the middle. The blade text that was put in by adjusting the beating method with cheats was the bay ¡°of¡±. It is honest to say that this neighborhood is the same as Nilda¡¯s because I envied it. I didn¡¯t realize that it would be nice to have eyes on the protective use and hit the knife for myself, but I¡¯m glad Deanna noticed that there. Thanks to this, I can strike as many swords as I want. If I hadn¡¯t, I might have even made a Corsesca (a spear that was divided into three strands from the ground up and bladed from left to right) with a reduced pattern reluctantly by now. After almost finishing the body side in this way, the stem ¡°no basket¡± is ready. Normally, this is not the right time, but every production process is not normal in the first place. The blade ¡°Ha¡± district ¡°Town¡± and ¡°Mu Town¡± in the building district were dropped with a pair of glasses and shaped with hammers. Later, the stem butt ¡°Nakajiri¡± is near-complete. The whole thing glowed thin blue and you looked quite promising. Since the sun has fallen so far this day, it will be tomorrow for the rest of the work. No, I guess if I stay up all night, it¡¯ll be done by the end of the day, but that¡¯s because I¡¯ve decided not to. Especially not what I¡¯m doing right now. Put ashes on the blacksmith¡¯s fire and it¡¯s the end of the day¡¯s work. Literal grays cover the flames that were burning red during the day. Fire floors are always on fire during work, but it would be a waste to say that the heat while not in use is wasted. Something I can¡¯t use¡­ I finished this day by worshipping my almost finished body under the shrine (the hanging table reused what I used when Nilda).The next day, I lower my body from under the shrine and then get to work. Be respectful with both hands, of course, when lowering. ¡°You¡¯ve been watching this place lately, and you¡¯re in awe of the northern fashion.¡± I say it like Helen was impressed watching it. I don¡¯t know if this world¡¯s religious view is because it¡¯s not monotheistic, but it¡¯s loose for the price. There are many gods of commerce, gods of martial arts and gods of beauty, and there are facilities dedicated to saying so, and there are clerics, but it doesn¡¯t seem to be the opposite, it seems to me that the gods they profess will just be different from each other. This also seems remnants of the time when we were divided into gods on the devil¡¯s side and gods on the human (and other races) side during the war 600 years ago. It¡¯s easy to get together when you have a common enemy. So, regardless of how enthusiastic believers are, normal people who don¡¯t either pray every day, to the extent that they somehow keep that kind of presence in the corner of their minds. So even in the capital, there is no such thing as a very large temple. That¡¯s the answer around here when I asked Deanna about it (although Rike and Helen also answered). Sharpening the blade tip was also made of a grinding wheel located in the house. I managed to suppress with cheats the feeling that it was going to blunt in no time at all. Finally, I put a pair of glasses on the stem and cut the name off. ¡±But Arrow English.¡± Now a knife with my name on it will strike this world twice. Later it¡¯s a twister, a pattern and a sheath, but not enough time to make it all. However, because it is finished, it is honest that I want to see how it goes. Therefore, it was decided to create only a pattern of white wood, or a pattern that could be easily gripped. Scrape the interior of the two planks placed on the stem into the shape of the stem and point them with glue ¡°Wax¡±. Once you¡¯ve shaped it to make it easy to grip around, it¡¯s easy to finish the pattern. Fasten stems and patterns with wooden nails. I took it and went outside. Chapter 236 Chapter 236: 236 When I opened the door, there Lucy waited pretentiously for her tail. It¡¯s dangerous. Stay away from me. I don¡¯t know if you know I¡¯m gonna say that, but I¡¯ll ring ¡°One¡± and distance myself. However, the tail remains shaken. I¡¯ve never had a dog, so I¡¯m not sure how smart this kid is, but he seems to understand quite a bit of what he¡¯s saying. Perhaps the cause of the eviction from the herd is around there, but this is an imagination I can¡¯t help but imagine. Krull is relaxing and rolling asleep a little further away. Maybe even magic absorbs it. Zorro and everyone came out from behind me. Deanna and Helen have wooden swords (Helen¡¯s is short sword duplicity) so I guess they do sword arches, but everyone else¡­? ¡°We¡¯re all concerned about what our parents have made so far.¡± Lique laughs and says. ¡°Never mind. I guess I made a mon.¡± It¡¯s Thermia who feels relaxed. Now that you¡¯ve seen all the stuff I¡¯ve made so far, you¡¯ve wondered what I¡¯ve made. Liddy hasn¡¯t uttered a word since he came out, but he¡¯s interested because his eyes are sparkling. ¡°Don¡¯t get too close because it¡¯s dangerous.¡± When I said it with such a bitter smile, a voice of acceptance returned to me with a different accent. There was just about the size of a person in the rest of the lumber left outside, so I stand him on the edge of the garden. I left it to the cheats in battle to cut him into letters. I feel more familiar with my body than any other weapon I¡¯ve ever had, and I wield a knife through (¡­) anti- (¡­). I don¡¯t make any noise other than the wind-cut sound of a bun with a knife. It is quite beautiful that the blue light rushes into the shaken orbit. As if the water had flowed. From the way it feels now, Helen could have seen the sword swung out if everyone else had noticed anyway. Deanna, Thermia could have seemed critical, but Like and Liddy wouldn¡¯t have been able to. Meanwhile, the lumber on the slashed side, to say the least, stands as if nothing happened at all. When I approached him and smashed him with a ton and a knife pattern, he split between Zuluri and up and down.¡°Awesome!! Helen screams out loud every now and then, sounding all over the Black Forest. Krull jumped up and Lucy¡¯s tail buffed and swelled like a cat for a moment, but as soon as she found out the Lord of Voices was Helen, she went back to normal. ¡°It¡¯s awesome to be able to kill without sound!! You¡¯re aware of that or not, Helen talks with high tension. The one I hit Nilda with did a good job, but the difference in ingredients is that the flavor of slashing is different. The performance of the knife itself was what I had made before and I was somewhat predictable with the feeling of the knife I had made before, but in terms of the nagging half, it felt different when I slashed it in the first place. With that said, the cheats in my fight haven¡¯t really tried the difference between weapons. It¡¯s about a short sword and a spear at best, and I¡¯m not dealing with any other weapons. Maybe there¡¯s something like aptitude, and in my case, the knife is the most suitable or something? I hope things don¡¯t come to that if I can, but it¡¯s a knife I made for protection, and if I¡¯m fit for it, I¡¯ve never crossed it. ¡°Better than I thought.¡± I can¡¯t tell everyone else what¡¯s going on around here, so I lied about it. ¡°What¡¯s your name? ¡°Name?¡± I didn¡¯t know what it meant for a moment and asked Lique the other way around. ¡°Yeah, it¡¯s a name. I was wondering if there should be a name for something so splendid. Until now, I couldn¡¯t have given my parents a name of their own by delivering it, but I guess that belongs to my parents, right? Then you have the right to be named.¡± I see, is there such a custom? With that said, even in the previous world, few weapons appeared in mythology with names. Gungnir, the heavenly jungle cloud sword. If it¡¯s a knife, how did you say Yadashi memorized Buddha and Kangsen concurrently cut his beard? There is something somewhat embarrassing about being treated like them, but it is a good knife made of rare materials made from corners, and it may be good to have a name other than my name cut, the so-called ¡°Let¡¯s¡±. ¡°Right¡­¡­¡± I think a little. It¡¯s good to say running water because the blue trajectory moves like water flows, but then it stays that way. I just want to twist a little more. This is the issue I¡¯ve been thinking about for a while. ¡°Thin Ice¡± Usukuri, this issue is thin ice ¡° Chapter 237 Chapter 237: 237 The thin ice ¡°Uragori¡± shines thin blue, but its essence is cold metal. So ice, not water. And since the blade is much thinner than the Western sword, I got it because it¡¯s ¡°thin ice¡± and the reading is ¡±thin green¡± (other knife with many aliases such as knee cuts, knee rounds, spider cuts, and bark rounds), which is the sword of the source sutra. Therefore, the reading method is not ¡°Hakuhiro¡±, but ¡°Uragori¡±. ¡°Ice.¡± ¡°You¡¯ve seen it¡± She nodded cocklessly as I reacted to Thermia¡¯s whining. ¡°It rarely snows here, either, but it¡¯s been a cold year. I was surprised when the water I was pumping was frozen.¡± ¡°I see.¡± For once, I had heard from my mother that the water would freeze during a short parenting period, so I knew that was happening, but it¡¯s still very different from what I actually see when I¡¯m just asking. Deanna joins us there. ¡°Maybe three years ago? ¡°Uh, was that about it? ¡°It was really cold that year.¡± This forest and the capital are relatively close. If so, it would be generally the same climate. This is in the woods, so there will be differences in wind momentum or something, but the experience of Thermia and Deanna in terms of weather should be similar in the last five years. ¡°My workshop doesn¡¯t get very cold, so when it comes to fun, I¡¯m looking forward to it¡± ¡°Is it because of the wind flow, my forest was also relatively warm¡± That¡¯s what it seems to say where Like and Liddy lived. It¡¯s a time when there are so many people coming and going on boulders, so I don¡¯t know what ice is like, I don¡¯t know the language in the first place, but it seems like some people have never seen it before.Do you feel like someone who lives in a province without the sea and barely sees the sea in the previous world? You¡¯ll feel like you¡¯ve seen the ocean itself many times in your life on boulders. ¡°Atai¡¯s been to Atikochi, so I¡¯ve seen some big ice.¡± Helen is a mercenary runner, so she has also been to cold areas at work many times. They say it¡¯s the coldest place with about a meter of snow. They were supposed to be able to work normally without that, but that happened with the sudden cold wave. Looks like it was too cold to get to work, but I guess so¡­¡­ It¡¯s colder in the north in this world too¡­¡­ and there¡¯s one in the installation, so it¡¯s no wonder I¡¯ve seen ice before, which means I¡¯m from the north in this world. Sooner or later, I want to go on a trip to a region that is not here and spread the word. Return to the blacksmith as they talk about the climate where each lived. Deanna and Helen remain archaic. I hear Krull and Lucy do a tour of it. Return to the blacksmith and return the knife, now called thin ice, under the shrine. Then I cleaned up, and this day was over. The next day, after completing a full morning routine, I put a fire in the blacksmith. I also have to make small items (but important parts) such as ¡°jitters¡± and ¡°habaki¡±. I can carry it¡­ but my current outfit is the so-called RPG villager style. When I work in blacksmiths, I wear a leather apron, but the basic outfit is a leather vest on hemp clothing, and the bottom feels similar, so to speak, the knife is lowered there. The discomfort is tremendous in my personal aesthetic. ¡°Hey, isn¡¯t that weird? I asked everyone unexpectedly, but they didn¡¯t say it was particularly strange. I guess it¡¯s because I rarely see Japanese clothes in the first place, this. In time, I might as well get some Japanese clothes. Or make something like a sword hanging. Problems remain, but for one thing, a powerful protective weapon is complete. Hopefully this will give me more peace of mind when I go outside. With that in mind, I laid the whole thing under the shrine. Chapter 238 Chapter 238: 238 The next morning, I came out with thin ice when I was pumping water. It¡¯s a complete excess weapon, as usual. By analogy, it¡¯s like only the sword is the final gear at the point of the first village in RPG. But there¡¯s also the word no worries if you¡¯re prepared. It¡¯s no more intrusive than I thought, and in case you think about it, you¡¯ve never crossed over to have something good. Never, never because I¡¯m glad it was completed yesterday¡­¡­ I¡¯d like to say. The water draw ended without anything. As usual, me, Krull and Lucy are beautiful, and I could draw enough water. But you can¡¯t do it this way if you want to get some bath water. We¡¯re going to need a way to get tons of water in some way. There seems to be some spring water in that lake, so that means there should be pressurized groundwater flowing around here ¨C sandwiched by an impermeable layer and an impermeable layer. If so, it is not impossible to dig a well to its formation. Fortunately, I can use the magic of the breeze. I don¡¯t have enough wind to blow people away, but I think I can do enough to send wind from the outside to the hole to ventilate. The question is, do I have to keep my magic, so it becomes someone in my family to dig? Or make waterways, as the Idol Group had made on deserted islands in the previous world. Conditions should still be better than that this time, so I can do it fast. That said, it took about two and a half years to do something else at 500 m. It could take as long to concentrate a little more and pass the waterway through the lake and house, which is about a kilometre away, even if there are no difficulties along the way.The advantage is that the water wheel will be available (depending on what you do). That way, you can move a heavy, big hammer that you want to see as a regular blacksmith, and you can hit it that easy with about sheet metal. Even if it took a while now if you¡¯re going to live here with the other decades, it¡¯s not a bad story to get those facilities in place early. We can think slowly around here in time, but the rainy season is approaching at the moment. I¡¯m not so exaggerating the facility for that, but I¡¯ll have to make a beacon in the next two weeks after delivery. On this day, I created a luxury model item as soon as I could. Are you alive with the experience of striking swords and swords in Apoitacara, you made it at considerable speed¡­¡­ Do you know the location better than before? It feels like it shouldn¡¯t remove the proper tap or force. For this minute, I wonder if I can manage enough to get to Camilo for delivery. ¡°There¡¯s no such thing as a forest wolf.¡± ¡°That¡¯s not much to be kept in the first place.¡± Thermia answers my emotions. ¡°It¡¯s rare for a human being to have been in a trailer towed by a dragon.¡± ¡°Right. I don¡¯t think the minister ever rode it.¡± ¡°Never heard of Atai¡± Riquet and Deanna, as well as Helen, wearing cuttlefish, also speak of the rarity of the krull in her mouth. Liddy also nods cocky and agrees. We arrived in the city, feeling like we were watching a little kid looking out the train window in the previous world, watching Lucy (supported by everyone to avoid falling) looking out the view from the edge of Atchikochi. Chapter 239 Chapter 239: 239 It was a face-to-face guard at the entrance to the city. He waved gently when he noticed us, so we looked back. That gaze captured Lucy for a moment, but nothing in particular was said. I don¡¯t know if you think it¡¯s usual for something to increase, or simply that dogs (although Lucy is a wolf) don¡¯t care, but I¡¯m not relieved that she doesn¡¯t even seem to say she needs a collar or lead like the previous world did. But I guess I¡¯ll make something similar with a colored string or cloth instead of a collar. I don¡¯t think that¡¯s the case with houses like those that have runaway dragons and forest wolves around here, but I don¡¯t think it would be better if there was anything to indicate belonging. Krull slowly tows a luggage car through the city. Occasionally, some people turn their odd gaze to Krull or Liddy, but the majority don¡¯t have the wind they cared about either. People I see quite a bit ¨C people who live rooted in this city. Between them, if that¡¯s what you¡¯re getting at, I¡¯m glad to hear it. Nothing in particular happened in the city, and I usually got to Camilo¡¯s shop. If I put my luggage car in the warehouse, I¡¯ll keep Krull and Lucy this time to the usual naive. ¡°Wait here for your sister Krull and your wits.¡± When I say it as I stroke Lucy, ¡°One,¡± I bark and shake my tail. You¡¯re smart. We headed to our usual trading room, watching Krull snooze in the shade and Lucy running around it. Enter the trading room and wait for Camilo for a while. ¡°With that said, don¡¯t we all want something or something? In the middle of a proper conversation, I cut it. Our income doesn¡¯t basically belong to me. It belongs to a shared workshop. That has been told to everyone in the family, including Helen, who later became a family, and everyone is convinced. Nonetheless, I am the only one who is actively using it so far. You say it¡¯s just a little bad, or there¡¯s something like guilt. When I asked what I wanted before, I wanted yarn when fixing things, cloth cut when I inherited them, etc., so I included it in the items I received from Camilo, but it was expendable and I didn¡¯t want anything. I can imagine to some extent that I don¡¯t want Thermia, who doesn¡¯t quite understand what I want in the first place, Like, who was fundamental to sharing in his life with a large family, and Liddy, who lived an almost self-sufficient life in the woods. Helen came here with nothing, so she needed something around her, but she didn¡¯t have any personal belongings because she was walking around, so she didn¡¯t have anything to want.But Deanna, an aristocratic lady, wondered if she wanted a little more of her own, but she doesn¡¯t show that bare gesture at all. ¡°It¡¯s nothing.¡± The Deanna says before. ¡°We¡¯re good because we can afford it. Clothes and stuff.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t need it to be a forest life, and I still have it when I have to. I still have it at home.¡± ¡°Uhm.¡± I certainly don¡¯t need much clothing to wear in the capital for what I live in the woods. He even fixes clothes like he wears in the capital to make it easier to move. But I don¡¯t know what errands Marius is going to call me back, so I think it¡¯s better to keep some extravagant clothes, but I¡¯m sure one of them would be enough. If you ask me, it will be at my parents¡¯ Amur house, and I don¡¯t have any trouble with clothes? ¡°Okay. Well, let¡¯s go find something to start with next time.¡± I speak to everyone. It¡¯s just the right opportunity, and we¡¯ll be fine if we talk to Camilo after this. Thermia looked surprised when she heard that and asked me. ¡°Go look for it, don¡¯t you want to make it? ¡°You can make it, but at least I¡¯m ignorant about designing accessories. Whether it¡¯s for additional processing or reference, we need something original.¡± There¡¯s no doubt that the cheats of production work, but there¡¯s also a lot I¡¯d like to learn about design in the first place. ¡°So, what do you do? Now Liddy¡¯s talking to me. She often just listens quietly, but that¡¯s unusual. I said, looking at Liddy like that. ¡°Going to the capital¡± Chapter 240 Chapter 240: 240 ¡°Is it the capital?¡± That¡¯s how Rike reacted to me. ¡°Is there something wrong? ¡°No, simply because I¡¯ve never been¡± Ask him, he didn¡¯t come through a very big city by the time he apprenticed to me. ¡°The capital is just big.¡± Deanna said in a gentle voice, as if she could deceive Rike. From the people who live there, any big city must be local. But Deanna lived in the Count¡¯s house ¨C I mean, it¡¯s upstream as a class, so I feel a little subtle when people ask me if I can guess. It is clear that it is not a flower, so I will not say anything. ¡°Well, I know it¡¯s going to be a day trip, but I hope you don¡¯t feel too bad about it. It¡¯s about a little trip. Everybody.¡± I tried to get on with Deanna¡¯s words, too, and yes I told everyone. That being the case, Camilo brought the warden into the room. Mr. Warden is pushing something like a cart. The cart has cloth on it and I don¡¯t know what¡¯s on it. ¡°Hey, have you waited? ¡°No. But you were oddly late today¡± ¡°Oh. I was getting ready for this guy.¡± Camilo gives Kurt his sight. Are you late getting ready for that because I¡¯m here? ¡°I guess getting ready to go that far is a good thing, huh? ¡°Absolutely.¡± Me and Camilo laugh at each other. When Camilo signaled, Mr. Warden nodded and removed the cloth cut from the cart. There were two slightly larger pots. The kettle is glazed, has a rugged surface, and has a glazed lid as well. Does it even contain evaporable products? ¡°Come here.¡± Camilo made the call. This is a situation, so I don¡¯t think there¡¯s anything weird in it, but we¡¯re terribly close. ¡°Let¡¯s start with this one.¡±Camilo took the lid of one pot. Everyone in my family but me looks surprised. Smells they probably never smelled. But my nose saw the smell as familiar. About a month. I haven¡¯t smelled it in a bit. ¡°Soy sauce! I shouted so unexpectedly and surprised everyone. ¡°Shh, sorry.¡± I shrink and Camilo laughs when he sees it. ¡°That¡¯s Aizoo. Yes, it¡¯s the Shaw of the North.¡± ¡°Well, this way¡­¡± I pointed to the other pot. Camilo laughs at Niyaniya. ¡°Did you say something about a miso?¡± ¡°Even miso!? I screamed again without even hiding the joy of jumping up. If you calm down, there is soy sauce, so it is normal for miso to exist. ¡°Oh. I stand by the prospect of being purchased on some regular basis, and I am willing to sell it to a gastronomer nobleman. I want you to sell your favors, and I want you to keep it that way.¡± ¡°I appreciate it as far as I¡¯m concerned¡­¡± ¡°And¡­¡± ¡°Hmm?¡± ¡°I¡¯m sure now, but if I have more, you¡¯re going to buy all the rest.¡± That said Camilo breaks his face. I make a deliberate, flashy face, but of course I don¡¯t mean it. It erupted quickly and the room was engulfed with laughter. ¡°So, guys¡± That¡¯s how I turn to everyone. ¡°Now, soy sauce and miso, can I buy it? ¡°Really now.¡± Deanna tells me like she¡¯s stunned. ¡°No one can say you can¡¯t look like that.¡± When Lique says so, everyone nods forcefully. I dropped my shoulder. Camilo laughed and asked the warden to start loading. Chapter 241 Chapter 241: 241 I am happy that soy sauce and miso have been procured, but there are other things I need to procure. Although it is the same product as usual, salt, pepper, etc. must also be an important product when it comes to food. I¡¯m the only one with a woman mostly¡­ or a man putting in a krull or a Lucy, but it¡¯s a family of six (plus two heads), so I consume a lot, especially salt, because I use it to preserve it. Above all, we should not forget that it is not directly necessary to live, but indirectly the charcoal and iron stones of the lifeline. Without this, I won¡¯t be able to create a weapon that is a source of income, so one day it will dry up. When we can finish talking about the area, Camilo gives instructions to the warden who returns from outside the room. ¡°I¡¯m sorry I just got back and had to kick you out.¡± When I say that, Mr. Keeper laughs nicely. ¡°That¡¯s the job, don¡¯t worry about it¡± That¡¯s what I said and left. So does Marius, but don¡¯t look good when a handsome guy laughs like that. Not with me or Camilo. ¡°So long.¡± Camilo cut it out, about whether or not the warden who left closed the door. I don¡¯t suppose it¡¯s a separate, confidential story to say that you can let our family hear it, but is there anything at this time? I get up a little bit and encourage ahead. ¡°I need you to make something for me.¡± ¡°What? It would be cheap if it weren¡¯t a tricky one.¡± ¡°What, it¡¯s not that hard¡± ¡°So you mean a lot¡± Camilo shrugged his shoulder in my words. Is Bingo the right answer? ¡°I¡¯m sorry it wasn¡¯t a weapon, but I need you to make a lot of shovels.¡± ¡°Bamboo.¡± It¡¯s not difficult if it¡¯s as good as a shovel. I¡¯ve made it before. That¡¯s the one I sold the first time I came to this city.I didn¡¯t sell it then, but I didn¡¯t expect the day to come when they would ask me to sell it like this. Feeling some emotional depth, I tried not to put it on my face as much as possible, and I looked at Rike. Me and my gaze fit. Like is nodding. Depending on the number, are you saying mass production is quite possible? You¡¯re getting more manpower¡­ ¡°Okay. I¡¯ll do it.¡± ¡°Right. It helps.¡± ¡°So, how many are there? In large quantities, I think I could build a sword if I were told that there are about 50 of them and I can afford them, but it might be difficult to get 100 of them. No, can we go now? I might just want to know the limits of our production capacity at some point in time. ¡°Trouble with too little, but only if there is¡± ¡°That¡¯s pretty vague.¡± Plus, if we take on all the farm tools, we¡¯re gonna get caught up in the antitrust laws. Well, aside from whether there¡¯s such a law or not, I don¡¯t want to take the bait. ¡°Well, I¡¯ll try my best to get over fifty. Next week, okay? ¡°¡­ oh, I asked for it¡± Camilo rounded his eyes for a moment on my words, but he immediately went back to his original face and said so. ¡°So now I¡¯m talking about this one, and I¡¯d like to ask Marius for a message¡± ¡°That¡¯s good, what¡¯s up? I told him to take a day trip to the capital the day after tomorrow, and that¡¯s when I asked him to keep Krull and Lucy at the Amur house. You can¡¯t just wander around the capital with a krull, and that¡¯s when I feel sorry for just Krull to be out of company, so I decided to leave Lucy behind as a bitter decision. Sometimes I can¡¯t because it¡¯s convenient here on the one hand. I¡¯ll have to give you some money and keep it at the inn. ¡°Okay. Let me tell you something.¡± Camilo and I finished this conversation and when we shook hands, we all started going home. Chapter 242 Chapter 242: 242 Leaving the trading room, I pick up Krull and Lucy on the back first. Krull was as relaxed as usual, but Lucy is stuck with Tiny, and Tiny doesn¡¯t seem to be playing with him. Seeing us come back there, Tiny panicked and bowed his head. ¡°Shh, excuse me! ¡°No, you took care of my kid, so you don¡¯t have to worry about it¡± That¡¯s what I say, and I give the chip to the frightened naive. He was also taking care of Lucy this time, so that¡¯s a slight increase from this one. ¡°Thank you for everything¡± ¡°Don¡¯t ever ask for my child again.¡± That¡¯s what I say and laugh at you naively. The problem is that I¡¯m not like Marius or Mr. Warden, and I¡¯m not handsome O., just like Camilo, so this kind of thing is important to my heart. ¡­ let¡¯s think so. Connect the Krull to the luggage loaded and everyone gets in. Lucy got in with Deanna as she still couldn¡¯t jump up the size of her body. Will Lucy start jumping on herself in time? That¡¯s the kind of complicated mood I¡¯m looking forward to then, like I want you to stay right now¡­ A dragon car towed by Krull and manipulated by Rike slowly progresses through the city. Lucy pretends to be his tail and watches with her hands on the edge of the luggage car as the hustle and bustle of the city flows. Observing, some passers-by noticed Lucy watching it that way, but she smiled without looking particularly surprised, so maybe it¡¯s a certain sight sometimes. So far, it looks no different than a cute puppy and there doesn¡¯t seem to be any unnecessary confusion, but I¡¯ll have to blur to see if it¡¯s okay when I grow up and become a wolf. I go to the city regularly, and as far as I¡¯m concerned, it¡¯s best for the people in town to get used to it. When I greeted the guard with my hand up at the entrance to the town, the guard also raised his hand and returned it. It¡¯s a street from here. Against the backdrop of a blue sky scattered with white clouds, the meadows stretch and the road stretches. Our dragon car goes on there. Krull seemed to be doing great today and was going pretty fast.It¡¯s fast enough to think that if a burglar saw it, it would stop him from freaking out and attacking. Lucy¡¯s tail is shaken at an unbeatable speed. I thought Lucy would be a little more scared, too, but you look perfectly fine. Maybe he understands it¡¯s okay because we look fine. If you go past the streets without a thing, now you¡¯re in the woods. I have recently tailored the bear, but it is in this forest that there are all sorts of creatures, and I cannot fail to be vigilant when I say that I know on my own because of the slowdown. That¡¯s how I got home safely. When I got home, I unloaded my stuff and brought it in. I share it with my family and carry it one after the other. Krull helps a little, too, but Lucy is, well, that¡¯s fine if you support her busily. Yeah. It¡¯s free time when it¡¯s all over. Me and Like had a free time meeting about the production of rice, but Thermia and Liddy went out to set up a circle with Hatake and Deanna and Helen. At dinner that day, I told everyone. ¡°I¡¯m more or less willing to make what I want if I ask Eizo.¡± Thermia mixes up my words and everyone else nods yeah yeah. ¡°What I can¡¯t even make¡­ that¡¯s not so much to say¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t it? For some reason, Rike looks like a doorman. In my case, blacksmiths are the main ones, but they also get cheats in production, so if applicable, they can make as many as the artisans there. If you want to make accessories or something, you can make them, but if you have a designer just because the original design isn¡¯t pinned, you must be able to do exactly what you designed. ¡°Well, wouldn¡¯t it be nice to touch something other than the one I made once in a while? ¡°Maybe that¡¯s true. You can see and hear.¡± ¡°Right? Okay, guys, think about it.¡± Rickety got on to my words and I was relieved to put my chest down. Chapter 243 Chapter 243: 243 The next day, we split into three teams to fulfill Camilo¡¯s request. Liddy and Helen cut the lumber and make a pattern of bamboo. Thermia and Deanna take the sheet metal, and me and Rike make the blade part of the bamboo. Quality is, of course, a ¡±general model¡±. Says it¡¯s a relinquished land, and the shape is not flat, but rather medium ¨C the tip is divided into about four pieces. Japan in the previous world seems to be the invention of the Edo period or so, but the prototype says that in the Yayoi period, the iron ones were also in the ancient tomb era, so it wouldn¡¯t be strange to have them in this world, and in case you get ahead of them, there are things that would greatly advance civilization. ¡°Let me show you how to make the first one.¡± ¡°Please¡± Heat the sheet metal made from a fire floor that has been set on fire. Don¡¯t even feel like you miss it a lot. Once the heat is around the sheet metal, add three muscles up to about 2/3 with a pair of glasses, splitting the branches, and shaping them all the way. The temperature is dropping around here, so I¡¯ll put it in the fire bed again and heat it up, but I¡¯ll show Rike the shape before I do. ¡°It¡¯s more or less like this in shape.¡± ¡°I see.¡± Then heat to a temperature that can be processed with a fire bed. The flames of the fire floor scorch my face with a gizzard, my eyes narrowed, and I wipe the sweat falling off my forehead. Still keep your eyes peeled off the fire floor.When the temperature is just right, remove it from the fire floor and leave it on the gold floor to finish. Since there is also a blade in the blade, the thinner the tip of the blade, the finisher it is. Since it is a ¡±general model¡± and machining using cheats, no minor modifications occurred. When the blade is ready, put it in the fire bed again, and now the machining opposite the blade. Successfully use the eyeglasses and hammers to process the square, pattern-mounting parts. When you can do that, it¡¯s done¡­ not. ¡°Now you¡¯re in shape.¡± ¡°Do you still have it? I dug up the dirt with a lot of bamboo. It can be dug up to a pretty deep position. At this time, if it is hard or clay, it is difficult to work with soil stuck to the blade, but if it is prepared, it is difficult to work with soil. But working in the middle hips is hard to come to the hips even in your thirties. In the previous world, there was invented a treadmill about the time of Daejong, so I can work standing still. ¡°Is this enough?¡± I slapped a ton of hips and headed back to the workplace with a shovel. Chapter 244 Chapter 244: 244 Back at the blacksmith, I¡¯ll get to the next one. Liquette also began to make her own prep for Nakatsu. Is it like a time attack from here? Tomorrow is a family vacation to the capital, so if we can have as many as ten copies together today, we will say your word. Patterns and sheet metal don¡¯t even work out while Like and I hit it. Although the difficulty of working is said to be out of step, it is also significant that the Thermians¡¯ arms are raised. Looks about 1.2 times faster than before. Doesn¡¯t seem like a big deal when it comes to numbers, but until now it makes quite a big difference when you think of it as 12 between making 10 or 60 between making 50. This is especially true if you need ¡±a few hits¡± like this one. ¡°Everybody¡¯s got their arms up.¡± ¡°Really!? When I say smudge, Thermia looks happy as she moves her ears picturesque. ¡°Oh. Hey, Rike¡± ¡°Right. I thought it was definitely improving.¡± ¡°Yay! It¡¯s Thermia who is noticeably happy, but Deanna and Liddy are each modest but happy. Helen¡­ Well, you¡¯re just here. You just have to improve slowly without haste. When I told Helen that, Helen nodded with a powerful eye and returned to each other¡¯s work. On this day, we were able to produce eleven copies beyond the target of ten. I have seven bottles and four liqueurs. ¡°I knew it wasn¡¯t for the parents.¡± ¡°Well, it¡¯s because I¡¯m a parent. It¡¯s hard to be easily surpassed by disciples.¡± I say with a laugh. At a time when I¡¯m catching up so much with the production speed of the cheats, I think Rike¡¯s arm is pretty good too, but I didn¡¯t have to say that.The next day. Today is the day to go to the capital. That said, I don¡¯t make anything special, it¡¯s not so different from the day I go to the city. The outfit is also as much as Deanna is a bit of a euphemism, not the same as usual. There are a lot more diverse people in the capital. I guess less people care about other people¡¯s outfits. Regardless, there are clothes that deserve an identity or occasion, but you won¡¯t even have to worry about those things if you¡¯re just about sightseeing the city. The kinds of weapons to protect themselves will also be loaded in the luggage, but when we get to the capital, we intend to keep the weapons carried on the body to only the minimum necessary as a knife. I don¡¯t even want to have a useless fight. While the sun is still rising and thin, connect the luggage cars to the Krull that do not have the usual deliveries on them. We all got in the luggage (Lucy got Deanna on it), faster than usual, but we¡¯re off. Rike manipulates the reins as usual, but Krull doesn¡¯t move looking back at this one. Is it because I haven¡¯t loaded my bags? ¡°I¡¯m not loading today. ¡®Cause instead, I¡¯m gonna go far.¡± Speaking to the Krull I looked back at, Krull nodded small ¡°Krull¡± and walked away. ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± I¡¯ve been to the capital a few times, so I¡¯m not uncomfortable, but Thermia¡¯s probably never been on this side before. A completely unknown landscape would be purely enjoyable because it starts from scratch, but it would be uncomfortable because it is a landscape I have not seen. Like seemed to be the same, and he gave a voice of consent to Thermia¡¯s words. No one else seems to be coming with a pin. I guess it¡¯s because Liddy and Helen aren¡¯t even used to being around here yet. Deanna originally lived in the capital, and the city is owned by the Amur family, so maybe she¡¯s used to it. As we go down the street, the morning sun rises and a world stained with cedar becomes a green, blue, and drawn brown line as if it had regained its color. It¡¯s quite a beautiful view. The more picturesque you are, the more you want to make it into a picture. For this minute, it will be a beautiful day for the capital. I hope you enjoy your day with this good fortune. I think so. With me on board, a dragon car in Krull¡¯s tow went down the street. Chapter 245 Chapter 245: 245 A dragon car with a krull towing down the street to the capital goes on. There¡¯s also the benefit of suspension, and there¡¯s nothing like speeding up makes riding extremely uncomfortable. I¡¯m suspicious because this speed on a regular carriage makes me uncomfortable to ride, or if it¡¯s a suspension mounted car, the carriage moves relatively little. But even if the dragon car is fast, he thinks ¡°there¡¯s a dragon running around¡±. This was done by increasing the speed of running one by one and seeing and confirming the reactions of different carriages and travellers. Surprised or surprised people look like they were convinced by nothing when they found out it was a dragon. Well, it¡¯s rare to walk dragons in the first place, so it¡¯s often that Krull has been seen twice. As far as I¡¯m concerned, if I don¡¯t get my eyes on the luggage truck, I¡¯ll be fine for now. As I went down the street, I could see the mountain ranges that swung to protect the capital several times for me. ¡°Ooh.¡± Thermia must be because this is the first time she¡¯s seen it, she¡¯s revealing her emotions out loud. There are mountains near the Black Forest, but the trees are hard to see in the way. Can you see your head far away when you go to the lake¡­¡­? Degree. ¡°If you see that one, it¡¯ll be the capital soon.¡± ¡°Really!? ¡°Right. I kind of miss it even though I¡¯m not that far away from it if it¡¯s a period.¡± Deanna seems to be getting a little sentimental as Thermia swoops into my words. It¡¯s not a day trip. It¡¯s not a day trip. I don¡¯t care if you stay at Amur Mansion. When I said that, Deanna sighed and let her mouth snap. ¡°Am I the only one off the hook? ¡°No, that¡¯s not what I¡¯m saying¡­¡± ¡°Huff, I know.¡± Deanna laughed mischievously at me in panic. We live together quite a bit, but we are beautiful like noble daughters, so we can be thrilled by the look on our mundane faces. Now is the time. ¡°But it¡¯s true I don¡¯t like being out of company.¡± ¡°I get it. Let¡¯s go to the city together.¡± ¡°Of course.¡± Deanna smiled again. I knew it was a beautiful, exciting smile, so that I wouldn¡¯t fall in love with it, move near Lique¡¯s seat and look forward. The familiar exterior wall looked far away. The capital is just a few moments away.Thanks to Krull we got to the city entrance quite quickly. It was originally scheduled to arrive before noon, but about an hour earlier than that. Even if it takes time to get into the capital from now on, don¡¯t get to Amur Mansion pretty fast¡­¡­ I may need to kill time somewhere at worst. I hear a familiar voice thinking about that, as I line up in the waiting line for a check (although it¡¯s Like who put me in line). ¡°Dear Eizo! There is only one characteristic in this neighborhood that calls me ¡°like¡±. The Amur servants. When I looked at the voice, there was a facial servant I knew as I thought. ¡°Oh, Mr. Caterina¡± The Lord of the Voice was Mr. Caterina. I also thought when I got back from the empire, this guy¡¯s a lot more active. She bowed deeply and said. ¡°I¡¯m up to pick you up¡± ¡°I appreciate that, but was it okay to be here so early? ¡°Oh, please keep going that way¡± Katerina, who once mopped down Lucy, points her finger and tells her where to go to Lique. ¡°Are you okay? Rike moved the dragon car to the one he was instructed to fear. ¡°Yeah, people who live in the capital¡­ especially since nobles are treated differently¡± Mr. Caterina said without permission. It seems that the aristocrats are treating each other differently. I also feel a little bad for the others that we get on there, but thank God let me exercise Conne¡¯s power. At the gate, Mr. Caterina takes something out of his nostalgia and shows it to the guards. Probably like the Amur family pass. When the guards checked it out, they saluted us and let us through. Going through the gates, the boulevard widens and there are a variety of people. I¡¯ve seen it several times, but there¡¯s something heartwarming about this sight. While I was thinking about it, I thought about today¡¯s plans. Chapter 246 Chapter 246: 246 ¡°Ooh! When I saw the big street, Thermia raised her voice. This wide of roads and people never see it in the city. Young and old, people of all kinds, even races, are crossing the streets, widening open shops, and standing talkers. Beyond it, a large castle (unlike the kind of Neuschbanstein castle in the previous world, close to a fortress in image) shows the power of the Lord of the Capital with its beauty. Deanna is local, and aside from the fact that Helen seems to have been here from time to time, her first faces shine. So is Liddy. ¡°You have a lot of people¡± With his eyes shining, Liddy said. Right now, I think the most unusual thing in the capital is Liddy the Elf, but try not to put that on the face and I¡¯ll just hang on and relax and give it back. ¡°Because the Lizardmans rarely see it in the city.¡± ¡°Giants, they¡¯re big.¡± Says Rike in an impressed voice. Looks like a human girl to me, but it¡¯s a dwarf, so I¡¯m a fine adult (apparently). If I saw it from her, it would look even bigger than us. Everyone looking around in a completely ¡°up¡± state. It is Lucy who is no less keen than that. Waving his tail patterned, he moves endlessly over the carrier to see the view moving from the carrier. A glimpse of his face from the carrier makes passers-by who were nearby giggle for a moment but quickly soothe his face. If I were an adult dog (wolf), I might win more for fear, but Lucy is still a wolf and she is adorable. Of course I know there are many people in this world who don¡¯t like dogs, but mostly armaments will go up for cuteness. That¡¯s how we soothed passers-by and open-air people, while we soothed in the car, and the dragon car proceeded to Amur Mansion. Upon arrival at the Amur residence, Mr. Caterina instructs him to stop the dragon car in a carriage stop for passengers.Servants came out of the mansion as they were trying to get Krull off the car or Lucy off the carrier. ¡°Ladies and gentlemen, welcome.¡± ¡°Mr. Bowman. And you didn¡¯t have to bother coming out.¡± ¡°No, because if you imitate such disrespect even though you have customers, it involves the name of the Amur family. Hate the Lord is out, but think of it as your own home and use it. Don¡¯t hesitate to say so.¡± ¡°Thank you¡± It was Mr. Bowman who spoke up. The atmosphere is as soft as ever. It also seems like the goodness of the width is applauding. The servants also welcomed Nico and us. They don¡¯t have Marius. Well, I don¡¯t know if the Count will be all right with his free time on a normal day. ¡°The lady seems to be doing well, above all.¡± ¡°Oh, there¡¯s something I¡¯m going to do. I¡¯m sorry if you had it ready.¡± ¡°No, my husband would go to¡± oh, ¡°he said, so with all due respect, we¡¯re not prepared. Never mind.¡± ¡°I¡¯m relieved to hear that.¡± I told Mr. Bowman about my mood. You should have contacted me well in advance. I¡¯m about to waste my meal. Even though I said I was helped by Marius, let¡¯s just say I¡¯ll be careful in the future. ¡°Hey, let¡¯s go -¡° I speak to everyone I¡¯m still talking to. It would be a shame, but if you do business quickly, you can come back and let me take my time sweetening your words. Everyone replies and leaves Amur Mansion. Looking back, Mr. Caterina was holding Lucy and waving. Okay, do you want to roll it out? Chapter 247 Chapter 247: 247 Let¡¯s start with the tummy. Towards a place, we walk the inner streets. There are still not that many public places around here where nobles live. According to Deanna, ¡°I know a lot about the outside streets,¡± and when I ask her about the location of Sandro¡¯s old man¡¯s shop, she asks for guidance because she seems to know it. It¡¯s like a secret about why I know the outside streets, but since Mr. Bowman was laughing bitterly, maybe he was out with his brothers. As you follow Deanna on her way without hesitation, you will eventually see the gate. It is the gate that separates the outer city from this inner city, but if things happen, it will also be sealed off and (naturally, the gate on the outer wall can be closed) obstructed. So the building by the gate is built higher than any other building and is a stuffing block for guards. Looking up, I saw a soldier on guard, also on the building. Deanna shows the guard the bill and passes beside him gently saluting. When I go back, I say I show this again. In case it¡¯s stolen, but someone from the Amur family is supposed to pick me up here when I get home too late. But I don¡¯t want you to have to go through all that trouble. As we head out into the outer city, the noise increases all at once. I go to the city from time to time, and I¡¯m not uncomfortable with the hustle and noise itself because I came by earlier. However, there are races like you wouldn¡¯t see in the city, and the number of people is many out of step. This could get you drunk if you don¡¯t like crowds. Deanna goes first. But if you go swimming around in people¡¯s mess, whatever Deanna or Helen or I (in the previous world) you¡¯re used to, the other three could be off the hook. When I thought about speaking up, Deanna slowed down her walk softly. Apparently, he thought the same thing. ¡°Don¡¯t let it slip.¡± I spoke to Thermia and Like and Liddy. We all pack our distance and walk. A man in a woman, that¡¯s also a situation where only one Mr. O. is disputed, three humans, three other races, and one elf. But so far there¡¯s no one to give me a weird little twist on whether the elves are too rare or thanks to Helen running her eyes around me again. If I were you, I¡¯d have to show you the sharpness of our knife, so I just want you to give me a break if you can. While I was hissing, I managed to get to your store without a problem, paying attention to my surroundings. The sign marked ¡±Golden Fang Pork Pavilion¡± is engraved with a pig relief with either gold or brass embedded as is the part of the fang. Maybe it¡¯s a different kind because it looks a little different from the pigs in the Black Forest. I guess we¡¯re both lighting up, going in through the open entrance. It¡¯s still a little early for lunch, but we have quite a few guests. Apparently, the old man¡¯s claim that it was a popular store was not a lie. ¡°There you go.¡± A young woman¡¯s clerk welcomed us in. ¡°The table is empty over there.¡±¡°Oh, thank you¡± We arrived at the table shown to the clerk in the apron in his unflashy jacket and skirt. ¡°Sa, what shall I eat? What¡¯s the specialty of the capital? ¡°Hmm, if I say it tastes good in Lower Town, maybe it¡¯s a stew of sheep¡± ¡°Ho. That sounds good.¡± Sounds like you could use some bread there or something vegetable based because it can be hard. Let the neighborhood be appropriately. That¡¯s what I thought and when I tried to order, I heard voices I remember. ¡°Is that it? Aren¡¯t you Azo¡¯s husband? ¡°Oh, isn¡¯t that Boris? How you doin ¡®? ¡°Yeah well. There¡¯s nothing but a man yelling at me.¡± That makes Boris and I laugh a lot. ¡°Oh, it¡¯s our family sitting here¡± ¡°Why, we¡¯re with you! My words were swept up by a man. ¡°Joke, joke, you¡¯re coming to the capital, so this is one of the purposes. I told you, he¡¯s coming.¡± ¡°Whoa, thanks! I¡¯m pretty sure coming here was one of my pleasures, even if it wasn¡¯t my main purpose. ¡°So, these are your kakakas? ¡°It¡¯s my family, but I¡¯m not my wife. I told you before.¡± ¡°Were you? You¡¯re all set! I couldn¡¯t even put Eizo in the corner. I didn¡¯t think so! That¡¯s what makes me laugh. I feel my family¡¯s gaze getting cold, and I change the subject. ¡°As it were, well, that¡¯s why I came, and if you have any recommendations, make them.¡± ¡°Whoa! Leave it to me! The old man made the rice kobu ¨C it was incredibly exciting to be a cook ¨C and pulled into the kitchen. Chapter 248 Chapter 248: 248 There was a tremendous meal offense after that. Don¡¯t cook with the impetus that we might bring the food forever if we don¡¯t stop. What the old man served me was starting to simmer sheep, something like roasted beef meat with a sweet spicy flavor, something like a warm vegetable salad with a little sour sauce on the boiled vegetables, something like roasted pork with a curry-like flavor, something like roasted chicken vanilla, and so on, and there was something like hardened rye bread and vegetable soup. It is a luxurious lineup for the ¡°town cafeteria¡±. All delicious. This is pretty strained for you. But if the quantity does, it¡¯s a lot. I¡¯m glad Rike and Helen are here. They eat more than normal women, though thin enough to wonder where they both disappear. ¡°Pigs and deer are delicious, but cows, sheep and chickens are delicious¡± ¡°Do you want to keep it? ¡°Hey, because the place of the house is the place¡­¡± I can¡¯t imagine a little saying that we¡¯ll have cattle and sheep in those woods. The grass to be fed is abundant there, but there is no vast lot where cattle and sheep can be herded. You¡¯ll be fine if you move it to the street every day, but with that hassle, you have to give up your blacksmith job. That¡¯s the end of the line. The chickens may be kept if the chicken coop is set up, and at that time they can obtain chicken eggs because they both have female males, which is not attractive. It just doesn¡¯t seem very realistic, after all, because management isn¡¯t a glimmer, and it would just be a treat for the wolves if they went out of the perimeter of the house frazzled. ¡°There was a cook with these arms outside the city. Azo knows a lot about you.¡± Deanna said as impressed. If it was in the mouth of an aristocratic lady, she must be quite skilled. I can also snort that it is a thriving store. In fact, people from neighborhood stores and travelers are also hiccups and tongue-in-cheek at the food. But it is. ¡°I knew Marius when I served on his expedition, so it wasn¡¯t me you knew, it was Marius, right? ¡°Huh?¡± Deanna returning it with a surprised face. That¡¯s right, it was your brother you knew. It¡¯s not me. Until I served in the first place, it was about the people of the Amur family and the Marquis when it came to acquaintances in the capital. ¡°I walked out of the house and I came here and I liked it, don¡¯t you think? ¡°You could be my brother¡­¡± Is it possible? Is that all right with you, House Amur? Well, until recently, I was a three boy, and I guess I was somewhat free in my position, and some ladies have an idea of where this store is, so no problem¡­¡­ Eventually, the store turned back. We flattened out the dishes and took a breather, and we call the clerk to do the accounting to vacate our seats. ¡°My dad said he didn¡¯t want the money.¡± It¡¯s obvious we¡¯ll win if we get into battle, but we can¡¯t spare each other the injury. I don¡¯t even want to solidify your favor until we quarrel separately in the first place. ¡°¡­ ok. Then it will be a treat. Good day! Thanks! When I say that out loud to the kitchen, it¡¯s like a lightning strike. ¡°Whoa! Come back! Come on or I¡¯ll bust you! and returned. I don¡¯t think I¡¯d even be able to bust it if I didn¡¯t come, but I couldn¡¯t help but smile at the words that sounded so good to me. Chapter 249 Chapter 249: 249 Leaving your shop, the six of us go down the street. It depends on the time zone, or when I come, the road that was a little more empty is crowded. We decided to solidify and guard against pickpockets and stuff. The three of us, me and Helen and Deanna, would be on guard and there would be very little. Helen is at the same time releasing a slight, but murderous, hand on the weapon to keep it out of sight. If it looks like this, the half-breed won¡¯t even come close. In fact, there was only a little space around our group. That¡¯s what I should call an amazing mercenary. ¡°Are you aware of that? Helen barely says it in such a voice that she can hear me. ¡°Oh. Three.¡± When I answered that, Helen still whistled small. ¡°That¡¯s great. I thought we could figure it out for both of us, all three of us.¡± What Helen is saying is the number of people who are after us. No, we, it¡¯s not accurate to say. Probably trying to grab Liddy. The tiger beast man is quite there, and the dwarf is very, not so uncommon as to say. Deanna is also beautiful, but she¡¯s not dressed like she¡¯s worth just risking approaching a hand-worked person right now. But as for Liddy the Elf, if it works, it would look like a grand chance. I thought it would be nice not to take him because he¡¯s family, but I have to let him come in disguise in the future. I should have done the same this time in the first place. I was caught off guard because I was fine in the city, it¡¯s my fault. And that¡¯s three of them, two prominent, but one well lost in the crowd. Hands in there. I said ¡°there¡± because I don¡¯t think the guys are good at what they have to do until they take a risk and we¡¯re noticed in the first place. It would be easy to get my legs on. I guess I¡¯m going to be switching the elves for gold, so I guess it¡¯s not just a chimp either. ¡°Azo, what do we do? ¡°Do you want to go after him? ¡°¡­ that¡¯s hard. There¡¯s a lot of people here.¡± That would have been best if I¡¯d put it away, but I had no choice. ¡°If we keep going like this, we¡¯re gonna get out where there¡¯s not much crowd, right? I asked Deanna. Deanna nods silently. ¡°Do you want to set it up there?¡± With that said, Helen nodded this time. The three of them arrived in a hurry, so we stopped and spoke. ¡°Well, I know you¡¯ve already noticed, but what do we do? If you want to run, let¡¯s make sure you don¡¯t do anything.¡± If you¡¯re going to walk away with this, I¡¯m going to miss it for now (I know there¡¯s going to be a mountain of sins, but that¡¯s it), but if not, I¡¯ll just deal with this one. It¡¯s like you¡¯re failing at the time you find out, and if you can, I want you to run¡­ Tension runs on the field. The three of them seem to be patrolling. It¡¯s a diminution to not be able to make a sappy decision when you say this. I reached for the nostalgia knife and asked him how he handled it. Chapter 250 Chapter 250: 250 ¡°There are three hand-worked swordsmen over here. There are dwarves and beasts, and elves use magic.¡± That¡¯s what I tried to do. Rike is to the point of being able to defend himself, and Thermia is highly physically capable, but not very good at white soldier warfare. I¡¯m sure magic can be used to get to Liddy, but if magic is as weak as the capital is, can it be fully used? That said, it¡¯s hard to tell by wearing a rash, but there¡¯s Helen and the swordsman (about me) who crossed it. Even though that¡¯s enough, Deanna¡¯s strong enough to beat those people, too. Anyway, Helen has been doing a lot of archery here lately. I don¡¯t feel like losing to a rare opponent. I mean, they¡¯re losing when we find out. The question is if they can figure it out. Three people retreating with Jirijiri. I¡¯m pretty sure you¡¯re right to walk away if you¡¯ve learned to fail. Eventually, the three of them rush out as if they were dislodged. ¡°Next time I see you, I won¡¯t forgive you! On that back I spoke out loud. Is that a paragraph for now? However, there is not necessarily anyone else aiming for this moment, so we move to our original destination without releasing our vigilance. ¡°Surprised¡± ¡°Me, too.¡± That¡¯s what Like and Liddy said on the road. Thermia knew to some extent that it smelled, but when there were many people, the smell was confusing, so it was difficult to identify. ¡°As I told them, I have four excellent escorts, hand-worked and beastly. Even the nobles can hardly hope for any more, and you can rest assured.¡± I said a little back off. I hope the tension between the two of us is at all relaxed.¡°You remind me of that forest.¡± Liddy said, grinning at the way it was going. When I went into the cave as Liddy¡¯s escort? ¡°What¡¯s that forest? Helen looks strange when she hears that. ¡°Oh, actually, Liddy¡¯s kicking ass coming to my house¡­¡± We talk about that time as we move. Until I got to the store, Helen was listening to me with her eyes sparkling. I like to talk about this. Do you want to talk about bears next time? ¡°Right here.¡± There¡¯s something amazing lined up! I guess it feels like it. ¡°Find out what¡¯s good.¡± ¡°Well, I don¡¯t know if you say so.¡± Thermia returns my words. Well, that¡¯s right, Thermia wears hair decorations, but other than that, it¡¯s simple. I guess it¡¯s going to catch me when I¡¯m lowering my necklace around. ¡°I¡¯ll take care of it.¡± Deanna strained her chest. If the noble lady stands out, there¡¯s no doubt about it. I look the same, but the contents are even better than that. I don¡¯t have the taste for it, so I¡¯ll leave it to you, but I want to avoid being in a fatherly state that goes along with shopping on holidays. He said he had to participate as much as possible, and he was more careful than he had just been on guard. Chapter 251 Chapter 251: 251 Papa and Deanna took a look at it all, and it¡¯s Thermia at first. ¡°I don¡¯t know.¡± I have a golden necklace with a wooden twig that seems to illuminate me. I thought I¡¯d pick something wilder, fang-inspired, and I was a little surprised because it was pretty calm. But of course, there¡¯s nothing wrong with it, and I think it firmly adds to Thermia¡¯s cuteness (although I¡¯m sure she¡¯s meant to be wild). It also fits the green hair decoration I usually wear. Though golden, Thermia doesn¡¯t look too flashy because her hair and hair are yellow¡­ or tiger patterned. ¡°I think you look great. That¡¯s what I honestly said. Thermia finally began to blush and mozzle. I¡¯m not used to saying this. Next is Lique. Rike¡¯s has a silver gotten pendant top fitted with small red gems, which is pretty simple. ¡°Is this the blacksmith¡¯s fire?¡± ¡°Right.¡± Deanna was the one who answered my words. A fairly small but red gem reflects the light, and yet the fire also seems to be shaking. Good view. Today¡¯s liqueur keeps exposure down more than usual (usually due to hot weather or higher exposure) I¡¯m wearing plain clothes, but it¡¯s also just a good one point. ¡°Rike looks great on you, too.¡± ¡°Eh heh, thank you¡± Lique said with a full smile. It just seems a little lit, but, well, tell me you¡¯re most used to being praised in our family, because you praise me better at blacksmiths. If everyone was all in the light of my words, my embarrassment could reach its limits and I could jump out of the store better.¡°This is for Liddy.¡± ¡°Oh.¡± And it¡¯s Liddy the Elf. Similar to Thermia¡¯s, but this is a silver necklace. Liddy has silver hair, so did she go with that? Similar in size to Lique¡¯s, this one had green gems reflecting light. I wonder if this is an image of the forest. I can combine Thermia¡¯s with Liquette¡¯s and divide it by 2 to taste it for Liddy. And most importantly, ¡°I feel like a fairy in the woods.¡± When I say that as I feel it, Liddy punches me in the chest when he pounds in silence. But unlike the rest of my family, it doesn¡¯t hurt. Are you being modest or the difference in muscle strength with other families? I managed to take it in the palm of my hand. Bread and noise, shock and numbness running in my hand. How seriously have you been rolling it out? Waving and paying for the numbness, I continued. ¡°You won¡¯t be able to put it on when you¡± work ¡±because it glows and stands out, but it¡¯s cute, so I usually wish I had it on¡± I was going to give you some candid thoughts, but Helen tried to roll a positive fist at me again, and I stopped. Instead, with a small voice like when you first resisted. ¡°Oh, thanks¡­¡­¡± And I said softly, ¡°That¡¯s more destructive,¡± I protested only in my mind. Chapter 252 Chapter 252: 252 ¡°So, which is Deanna going to do? ¡°I?¡± Deanna said with a Kyotong look on her face. I snort. ¡°Well, I guess so. I think we¡¯re all looking forward to it.¡± Everyone but Deanna nodded ununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununununun ¡°We don¡¯t have the taste to choose like Deanna. I¡¯m sorry, but you have to choose for yourself.¡± ¡°Yeah, well, hang out with Eizo.¡± Me? It was Deanna¡¯s turn to snort next. ¡°It¡¯s boring to pick it out for yourself and just show it¡± ¡°That¡¯s what you¡¯re gonna say.¡± That¡¯s what I¡¯m saying. Deanna giggles with a beautiful face. I scratched my head and approached the ornaments lined up. Uhm, I know it¡¯s beautiful and some good or bad design, but I don¡¯t even know which one is best for Deanna. All you need to know is how much you can do as a craft ¨C that is, how much you can do when you try as a blacksmith. But this doesn¡¯t make much sense from what I¡¯ve found out. Even if it were an ornament that would be the hand of an artisan said to be the hand of God, it wouldn¡¯t be worth a penny if it didn¡¯t suit Deanna. ¡°How about this, then? Deanna put a simple design necklace on her chest for her hand. The clothes I wear now are more flashy than I usually wear, but I don¡¯t feel like a ¡°noble lady¡±. It matches the clothes and Deanna¡¯s hair and looks good. ¡°That¡¯s okay.¡± On the other hand, I totally throw up comments like ¡°Dad dating shopping¡±. ¡°Are you seeing this right? ¡°Of course. I said it because I thought it looked good from what I saw¡± When Deanna swelled her cheeks just a little and I explained in a little panic inside, her swollen cheeks went back to normal. ¡°Hey.¡±¡°What?¡± ¡°You look like a complete couple.¡± ¡°Hey.¡± I hear Thermia and Lique talking in a whisper, but ignore it. Ignore it. ¡°So which one do you think Eizo should be? ¡°Another unscrupulous thing¡­¡± I put my hand on my chin and think. I think a simple necklace like the one Deanna just took in her hand would be nice, but I also feel this slightly larger blue gemstone fitted design pendant would look great. ¡°How about this? ¡°Oh, good.¡± Deanna puts the pendant I showed on her hand, on her chest. ¡°Yeah, I think you look great¡± ¡°Well, put it on.¡± Everyone speaks surprisingly of my words. The store people look surprised, too, but I guess they didn¡¯t expect to buy it. It doesn¡¯t look like I have the money while I¡­ ¡°No, it¡¯s rude to leave without buying like this. Maybe I should just buy one for someone. If you¡¯re curious, you can think of it as a reward that usually helps me with my work.¡± I make something common apart from this, but that¡¯s it, this is this. ¡°With that said, please. How much?¡± I just started accounting with my face when I told the store people to buy it while I couldn¡¯t rub it any more. It¡¯s the price there, but there¡¯s no such thing as considering what you¡¯ve earned so far. There shouldn¡¯t be. I still had quite a few left when I brought them. ¡°Thank you! The people at the store keep their heads down. I am a little dizzy, but I feel slightly uncomfortable because it is only a normal outfit. But, well, it¡¯s not a bad idea to accept someone else¡¯s appreciation in this way. Thus, we left behind the jewelry store. Chapter 253 Chapter 253: 253 Six of us go down the streets to waste in people again. I¡¯m on guard because something like that has to happen again just now, but even if I ask Deanna, she doesn¡¯t ¡°ask me a lot¡± (as to how much criminal activity in the city reaches the ears of noble daughters, anyway), and if I find out that the guys just now failed, the others will refrain from doing so. It¡¯s not easy for me to do that. I ran errands faster than I thought. It¡¯s still early time to get home, but should we get back to Amur Mansion soon, or should we take a look at the city a little bit? I¡¯m moving back to Amur Mansion, but I¡¯ve come to the capital because of it, and you can take a peek at the other shops. ¡°Thinking?¡± Not sure what to do, Deanna called out. She¡¯s been under a lot of tension since she came to the capital. Maybe one in January or something. I have a question about whether I will be taken care of by Amur Mansion each time. ¡°It¡¯s nothing like thinking. Because of that, I was just wondering what I¡¯d do to peek into the other stores.¡± ¡°I see. Isn¡¯t that okay? I¡¯m leaving Krull and Lucy at Amur Mansion, and I think we have a choice to go back. Because the capital is weak in magic, I am also concerned about the state of Kurl¡¯s belly. She consumes magic instead of meals. Conversely, where magic is weak, we need to make up for it with meals. If you are in a magical thin spot for too long, your belly should be dwindling more and more. But for now, I got Deanna¡¯s permission. And then¡­ ¡°With that said, is Liddy okay? You got a headache or something? ¡°Yeah, I don¡¯t care if it¡¯s this much time.¡± Liddy smiled. Being an elf, she also needs a regular supply of magic, but she can stand it even if it¡¯s not for a few days or so. I¡¯m not asking because I¡¯m scared if I¡¯m going to be hungry like Krull. The reason we need magic is ¡°because that¡¯s what it is,¡± but the reason the elves are long-lived seems to be a big factor in their ingestion of magic. It¡¯s magically suppressing cell aging, I guess, like that. Even though I¡¯m fine for a few days, if you have a headache or something that affects your health, I¡¯m just leaving, but it doesn¡¯t seem to be the case. Then why don¡¯t we chill out a bit in the outhouse if everyone else doesn¡¯t have any differences?¡°Is everyone else okay? I¡¯ve already served my purpose, so if you¡¯re drunk or something, let¡¯s go home.¡± ¡°It¡¯s gonna be okay.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll be fine, too.¡± ¡°And Atai.¡± Everyone seems to be fine. So, why don¡¯t we go around because of it? ¡°Well, let¡¯s take a look at the dewstore. If you want something, I¡¯ll buy it.¡± Each of my words returned a voice of understanding, and we turned our legs toward the many outdoor shoppers. There are many open stores, which naturally means there are many people. We need to be more vigilant for that, but no suspicious ones so far. ¡°Wouldn¡¯t it be a little cheaper? ¡°I¡¯m bringing the one I can¡¯t deliver to you, so I¡¯m making it cheap, and this is the key.¡± Women want paper, but it seems a little expensive. If you look at it, I see the quality looks pretty good. Well, then, it¡¯ll be hard to get the price. ¡°Okay, I¡¯ll get it out.¡± I pinched my mouth from behind. The woman looks back at this one in surprise and looks even more surprised. ¡°Mr. Eizou! ¡°Hi, it¡¯s been a while. Mr. Frederica.¡± Chapter 254 Chapter 254: 254 ¡°Why is Mr. Eizou here? ¡°A little shopping with my family. There¡¯s something I¡¯d like to make, and I hope it helps.¡± Mr. Frederica with a surprising face. It still feels squirrel-like and smiles. ¡°Azo is scratching a woman again¡­¡± Thermia with a heartbroken voice. You have a big misunderstanding. ¡°This is Mr. Frederica, who took care of him during the expedition. You know Liddy, right? Liddy nods quietly at my words. I¡¯m glad I had a witness. ¡°He was smart, wasn¡¯t he? The temperature of the field dropped to Liddy¡¯s words. So this isn¡¯t helping, is it? Whatever Rike and Thermia are, Deanna and Helen¡¯s gaze pierced around my cheek for some reason and they¡¯re still going to have holes. ¡°No, that was hard work¡­¡± Speak honestly, though in many ways. But I really don¡¯t have anything else. Liddy grinned as I panicked. ¡°I know. I was just kidding.¡± ¡°Ooh¡­¡± I grate my chest. My gaze is gone. In the meantime, I seem to have solved the misunderstanding (I decided to believe so), so Mr. Frederica was somewhere pompous. ¡°What¡¯s up? ¡°No, I thought you were beautiful wives, as Count Amur would say¡± Camilo followed by Marius, too. Can I tell you that even though I keep my own sister? Well, it¡¯s about him, so I guess I¡¯m trying not to be a problem.¡°I¡¯m not married. Although it is family.¡± ¡°Really? ¡°Yes, because I¡¯m not going to marry anyone.¡± Earlier I solved my family¡¯s misunderstanding of Mr. Frederica, but now it was my turn to solve Frederica¡¯s misunderstanding of his family. It was, but in my words, some of my family is mumbling. I sighed and added a word. Though I think it¡¯s cowardly. ¡°¡­ so far¡± That relaxed the air in the field. It doesn¡¯t feel cold anymore, as if I¡¯m in time for a swordsmith just now. ¡°I see.¡± And our lovers of cute things make their eyes shine when they see how it is. Maybe I¡¯ll tell him to call home sometime. ¡°Is Mr. Frederica off work today? ¡°No, I¡¯m just taking a break. I¡¯m not that busy today, so I¡¯m taking a long break.¡± It seems freedom works around there for you. If there¡¯s something like a norm and you achieve it, they won¡¯t complain, or something like that. Because of this, the seven of us who added Mr. Frederica to the six of us bra the dewstore. Sometimes I deal with things like crafts, but the design is considerably simpler than what I just went to the store. Some stores were handling blades. Well, quality is inferred and intelligible. But the price was also kept low for that matter. I wish I could say this and share my habitat. My skill is due to cheats. Cool the outlet store for a while and break up with Frederica about going back to work. I feel like meeting her again somewhere. ¡°Paper, thank you¡± ¡°No. It would be nice to see you again sometime¡± The whole family waved off to Frederica, who lowered her head with a peck. Well, it¡¯s time for us to make the return trip. Chapter 255 Chapter 255: 255 We met an unexpected person in an unexpected place, but we also had to look around the outhouse, and we decided to head to the inner city, or Amur Mansion. As I walked, I said something worrying. ¡°I hope Krull and Lucy aren¡¯t in a bad mood.¡± ¡°I think those kids are gonna be okay because they¡¯re good listeners.¡± That¡¯s what Deanna said to me. If that¡¯s what my mom says, I guess I¡¯ll be fine. ¡°You¡¯re not hungry.¡± ¡°That¡¯s what it is¡­¡± I hold my head to the words of Lique that follow. Lucy, anyway, is a little worried about the ¡°food situation¡±. ¡°Well, there¡¯s nothing you can do about jittering, and we¡¯ll try to get back there as soon as possible¡± When I said it, everyone heard me say yes, and I took Deanna¡¯s lead to the inner city. Show the inner city gatekeeper again the bills you showed him when you left. The gatekeeper had already taken turns, but I went too far with my head down, beside him saluting me as lightly as I did when I left. After passing the gate, I approached Helen softly and whispered. ¡°Thanks for watching.¡± Until I got here, Helen kept me on guard around (mainly behind). From here on forward is mainly where the nobles live. Compared to the outside streets, the less vigilant you should be at all. I mean, Helen can take it easy from here. So I thanked Helen. Even though they are family members, they have to work for the work they do. That¡¯s why I¡¯m here on this day trip. I heard my thanks. Helen said, ¡°Ooh¡­¡± I turned my face bright red and said so the best I could. Walk around the city a little noisy to say quiet. Liddy, an elf, is still notable, but should I say it¡¯s the boulders that aren¡¯t as glaring as the outside streets?When you return to the inner city, you will walk faster because it is also Deanna¡¯s own domain. ¡­¡­ although there will be plenty of wanting to get back to Krull and Lucy as soon as possible. Upon arrival at Amur Mansion, the guard¡¯s soldiers saluted him. With that said, there¡¯s two of them. They¡¯re equipped with Halvard. It would be the one I bought from us. It also matches quite well with the metal armor they are wearing. I don¡¯t think that¡¯s the case with people who come outside the aristocracy, but the hattering also seems to work and be good. We bowed (besides Deanna) to Pecori and crept through the Mansion Gate. ¡°One!¡± Turning to the back yard where he kept Krull and Lucy, Lucy rushes to momentum. I guess we were playing together, I¡¯m a little sorry to hear about Mr. Caterina. Lucy, rushing over at a tremendous speed, jumped at the crouched Deanna as she was. My tail is shaking with great momentum with the patter. I wonder if Lucy will be okay with this. Krull also came close to the sleigh when he rang ¡°Ku¡±. Helen and Like are stroking and doing it. ¡°My kids, didn¡¯t you bother me? Looking at Lucy, Deanna and Liddy stood up and did it. I approached Liddy softly and whispered. ¡°When Lucy did it, she ate dinner. That didn¡¯t happen at home, did it? Liddy nodded cocklessly and then, with a bowed look for a moment, thought about what I meant by what I said. And then my eyes open, and I look at Lucy. ¡°Hey, what? Deanna is surprised by the momentum, but Liddy watched Lucy with no concern and peered into her eyes so that she could hold her. Lucy seems to think only as much as her sister Liddy held her, and she¡¯s still patting her tail. Liddy, peeking into his eyes for a while, said in such a voice that Deanna and I could barely hear each other. ¡°Lucy is demonizing¡± Chapter 256 Chapter 256: 256 ¡°I knew it.¡± Liddy nods at my words as I sigh. Lucy is suddenly eating too much, even if it¡¯s a growing up. I guess this, like Krull, came up with the need to demonize and take in magic as well, but I can¡¯t do that and make up for it with a meal. ¡°Oh no¡­¡± Deanna seems pretty shocked. ¡°Well, when you say demonization, you don¡¯t always get violent, do you? ¡°Yes.¡± Liddy nods again. ¡°Whatever demons are born from purely precipitated magic, they mostly inherit the temperament of the original organism. Big black bears become ferocious only because they are so ferocious in the first place that it has been enhanced¡± ¡°Then¡­¡­! ¡°The Forest Wolf is quiet and smart, so I thought maybe Lucy would be that different now. You¡¯ll be smarter, but I don¡¯t think you¡¯ll have a problem with that.¡± Now Deanna sighed of relief. I¡¯m going to get into it now, so I¡¯m going to turn my arm around and support it. ¡°Let¡¯s just go home. Then we¡¯ll take the car.¡± Deanna nodded a little powerlessly, and we started going home. Lucy seems to have completely missed Mr. Caterina. I¡¯m rushing over and getting a stroke. Mr. Caterina, who held him as he was, will stare at us, but my kid won¡¯t do it regardless of whether he¡¯s demonized or not. We pick up the baggage we were keeping, load it up in the van, connect the Krulls and put Lucy on board, and we get in too. I don¡¯t have a lot of baggage, so I¡¯m just a minute away from leaving. ¡°Bye, Mr. Bowman, Mr. Caterina. Besides, thank you all for your help. It is my pleasure to inform the Count.¡± ¡°My husband was unfortunate not to see you either. Be sure to come back.¡± ¡°Please try again.¡± The contradiction between calling to Marius, who was more of an identity, and saying a polite word to the servants of the house was interesting to me, and I was able to help and smile. Deanna is also trying her best to smile and wave. The family, other than Rike, who is operating the dragon car, also waved, leaving Amur Mansion sparing her goodbye.As it was, it still goes through the outer streets that people bullshit about (Lucy was waving her love and lowering the stress where she went through) and through the outer gates out onto the streets. ¡°So, Lucy.¡± When I said that, Lucy rode round on her lap to see if she thought she was called or tired of seeing the view. I carry on my words stroking. ¡°He says this child is becoming a demon.¡± Everyone but Liddy and Deanna breathes in my words. ¡°That said, there is no danger so far. They say it could be smarter than a normal wolf.¡± When I hear that, everyone is horrified. ¡°So¡­ what are we gonna do? Nanny and Helen ask. ¡°Well, we¡¯ll take care of it.¡± That¡¯s what Thermia says. I guess the first thing she didn¡¯t know, though, was that it wasn¡¯t. ¡°Yeah. I don¡¯t even know if my parents were demons, or if I left the herd with Lucy without being abandoned.¡± He¡¯s just a weak kid, and if a large number of other kids were born, he could have been abandoned, but he¡¯s not. If Lucy was the only one born this time to that mother, I might not try to protect her no matter what kind of child she is. Forest wolves are smart animals. Wisdom also leads to kindness, I believe. If you¡¯re such a creature. Or¡­ No, is that another arrogance that pushes my aspirations? I shook my head and shook my thoughts off. ¡°Anyway, this kid doesn¡¯t always mean he¡¯s my kid.¡± ¡°If that¡¯s all you know, no Atai.¡± When Helen tries to soothe the place, in a bright voice, ¡°Atashi too¡± and ¡°I too¡± all raise their endorsements. In this way, our first day family vacation was successfully completed despite the turmoil. Chapter 257 Chapter 257: 257 ¡±Achishi¡± lived in the woods with all the elves. But I went to Uncle Camilo when he told me to come home because I was growing up. I¡¯m starving and I¡¯m having a hard time. Uncle Camilo was so sweet to me, but I was always connected and wondered what was going to happen. Maybe it¡¯s been like this forever, I thought no. Then my new mom and dad came for me. Dad says, ¡°Azo.¡± My mom¡¯s name is Deanna. Mommy and Daddy have carrots, but they¡¯re so sweet. That¡¯s why I like it. And then, you know¡­ of Thermia Hey Chan and Dwarf Rike Hey Chan, Elf Riddy Hey Chan. Everyone is gentle too. It¡¯s about snapping the crap out of it. Sometimes, we all go to Uncle Camilo. When I go to Uncle Camilo, my dad praises me for ¡°good luck, Krull,¡± so I¡¯m very happy. My mom is full of them. They all made us a home.Helen, hey, honey. I¡¯ve been here a long time. Helen, hey, can you fill me up when everyone¡¯s gone? My dad said you were awfully tough, but really? Helen, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey. And then a lot!! I had a sister too! She¡¯s a little stranger, and she¡¯s called Lucy. That¡¯s why it sucks! Chapter 258 Chapter 258: 258 We went on a day trip to the capital, and the day Lucy turned out to be a demon, we were totally tired of coming back, and when we finished dinner properly, we all went to bed, including Krull and Lucy. The next day is as usual. Wake up in the morning and head to the lake to clean yourself up with Krull, Lucy. Krull went a long way yesterday and had a lot of dirt and dust, so washing him off seemed more comfortable than usual. As usual, Lucy shakes her body with a pull and sprinkles water around. When I get back home with Krull and me pumping water into the water bottle, I prepare breakfast, and everyone starts preparing for the morning. They¡¯re all women, so it takes longer than me to tell them I¡¯m not going outside today. In the meantime, they make soup and bake unfermented bread. With that said, the old man has been cooking out one dish after another. Despite the fact that there are quite a few other customers. I guess that¡¯s where the difference is with the pros, but there¡¯s an overwhelming difference in power. No matter how cheesy this area is, it¡¯s the limit of my production cheats that are only a little higher than there and to the level. That said, on the contrary, there is an unbeatable degree of skill in those people, and I¡¯m sure that¡¯s moisturizing their daily lives. If that allows six members of the family to get along, that is the best. I don¡¯t want to make money with this cheat. When you¡¯re done prepping and breakfast, it¡¯s the beginning of a blacksmith job. Put the fire on the fire floor and when the furnace is ready, divide it into each and start the work. The goal for this time is 50 bottles of Norma, 10 bottles per day, and since we were able to produce 11 bottles last time, it is our estimate that we will still be fine today. Even with about thirty bottles left from there, you¡¯ll be fine in three days. We¡¯ll be there in time for delivery. The problem is then. No, it¡¯s not that Norma can¡¯t achieve it or something. The rainy season is coming. When the rainy season comes and you can¡¯t go outside, you shouldn¡¯t even go wholesale.I have a lot of weapon-like wholesale at Camilo¡¯s, so depending on Camilo¡¯s inventory, I¡¯d like to have the next delivery in a couple of weeks, in the meantime, to prepare for the rainy season or create common family accessories. It will also start with the successful completion of this delivery. The sound of a hammer waved by the family at the blacksmith. Then for four days, I did my job like a routine every day, even though I was sometimes helped by Like and Helen¡¯s singing work songs (Helen was a good singer). Fifty-six pieces of bamboo were created. I was able to outnumber my plans. Camilo can¡¯t complain about this either. On the evening of the final day of the production of the Xu, he celebrated the achievement of the Norma and gave a small celebration. Discuss future plans as they are in that seat. ¡°Well, I won¡¯t leave the basic house, I¡¯ll finish hunting early, I¡¯ll spend it with what I can in the house,¡± I think maybe the biggest problem is the Krull, but, well, if you take him to the water pump, he¡¯ll guess what¡¯s going on. He¡¯s a smart kid. ¡°See you tomorrow.¡± My words opened the day. The next day we deliver to Camilo. In preparation for the other usual, I could rest my body slowly. Chapter 259 Chapter 259: 259 The next morning, after finishing our first routine in the morning, we were carrying large quantities of handmade rice cakes into our cargo. I don¡¯t have a heart, or I feel like the tense of the Krull that was watching it is up slightly. Krull tends to tow the luggage car when it¡¯s heavy or far away. You worked hard. It¡¯s the usual way to give him a good compliment on arrival. Once we¡¯ve loaded more than 50 pieces, we¡¯ll connect the Krulls and get everyone on board. Lucy gave in gleefully as Deanna held Lucy and tried to get her on. My head is staring at the carrier. I wonder if I¡¯m trying my best to ride it myself. It also looks a bit like a cat. A bent Lucy springs her entire body and stretches out with a piong. Whoa, this is it. And I thought, but I didn¡¯t get another 10 centimeters or a little bit more. Lucy stepped straight down to the ground and just ran over to Deanna saying ¡°Mom hugs¡± as if nothing had happened. Well, sooner or later, you¡¯ll be able to come up. She was held by Deanna, whose eyes sparkled, and Lucy also boarded the carrier. My shoulders are safe because I¡¯m holding them. The dark air fills the black forest as a jimmy, as if to make you realize that the rainy season is approaching. Had I been flown here at this time of year, my impression of this forest would have changed more. I may have had some real feelings about what everyone said was ¡°horrible¡±. Thermia is cracking her nose. When I ask him, he says, ¡°It¡¯s hard to be nosey on days when you¡¯re jittery¡±. It¡¯s humid and hard to spread the smell ingredients, and phyton chids are coming out of the tree and disturbing it. When Thermia does this, the monitoring efficiency is reduced, albeit slightly. That said, Helen is here, so I don¡¯t think it¡¯s going to be that rare. As you proceed with vigilance, you can see the flickering and tree deer from a distant wooden gap. Seeing at this distance means he¡¯s a pretty big one.Whether you¡¯re seeing it or feeling it, Lucy is looking that way and patting her tail. Do you just shake your tail and not bark because you understand that it doesn¡¯t make sense to bark instinctively? If so, she is quite like this, so when I stroked her head, the speed of her tail increased. ¡°I can¡¯t eat¡­¡± When I saw how the tree deer was only slightly visible, Thermia snapped. ¡°Really? ¡°Yeah. I¡¯ll have to finish about one by the end of the week if it looks like that. Everybody just pulls back and stops coming out.¡± Does rain pull the deer too? Even if you say you have fur, it will take away your strength. Then neither the bear nor the wolf must roar in the meantime. ¡°This weather, then, doesn¡¯t look like the whole city is in a conspiracy like a picture story¡± When I saw the city, I laughed and said so. Now if the thunder goes off, the suspension is also bright blue. ¡°It¡¯s a shitty day.¡± Deanna says you must be from a nobleman and have seen such occasions of bees. Like and Liddy laughed cously, but Thermia and Helen are Kyoton. Not really, I don¡¯t know if I¡¯ve read anything like that. Do you want me to sneak Camilo next time¡­¡­ Take the streets as usual. Liddy the elf, who has become prominent in the capital, is also largely unremarkable in this city. Instead, Lucy, who is now looking out of the carrier, is more of a focus. Today I saw an open-air merchant squiddy O., who always has a store number to stare at on the top of the Buddha, sneaking his hand at Lucy so he wouldn¡¯t be noticed around him. Cute is justice, and I¡¯m not guilty of liking cute things. Thus Lucy headed to Camilo¡¯s shop as she swung her lovely one (one) onto the street. Chapter 260 Chapter 260: 260 When you arrive at Camilo¡¯s store and put your luggage in the warehouse, everyone gets off and takes the Krull off the luggage. That¡¯s when Lucy jumped off herself with Piong. There¡¯s a height there (which is definitely high enough that you can¡¯t jump on it yourself), but it looks like you got off without any particular major problems. Deanna, who was about to hug me down, has a lonely, happy look on her face. It¡¯s a demon, and maybe it¡¯s growing fast. Krull and Lucy leave a message in the backyard as usual. Ask polite to take care of him. Lucy still seems to be waving her tail with patties today and waiting for her to play. Krull, on the other hand, fell asleep in the shade of a tree and began watching Lucy. My sister is kind of totally following me on the board. We made our way to the trading room, almost like that. When I entered the trading room, Camilo showed up almost immediately. You¡¯re supposed to be busy. You¡¯re a maid. ¡°How are you doing?¡± ¡°It¡¯s going well. Finally, the Republic has a sales channel.¡± ¡°Well, congratulations to him.¡± ¡°Thank you.¡± Is Camilo lit up or he rubbed his moustache. It¡¯s purely amazing that we¡¯re expanding our business more and more. ¡°So I¡¯m gonna have to keep trying for you, okay? Camilo asks me how I look as I hit and changed earlier. ¡°As much as you want with the delivery as you¡¯ve always done. I¡¯d rather be grateful.¡± No matter how good our products are, there are limits to how well they sell. It¡¯s an extreme story, but if all households in the kingdom always have one of our knives, they can¡¯t sell it within the kingdom any more. It¡¯s not the first thing that actually happens, but the sale keeps falling. It¡¯s expendable, but it¡¯s not like it¡¯s going to work for a month or so. In that case, it is necessary to secure a new place of sale. Empire¡­¡­ will be a bummer for a while, so it is well inevitable to be a republic that you are in the middle of bordering the kingdom if you want to expand your sales channels. When I laugh and give it back, so does Camilo. ¡°Well, I¡¯m relieved to hear that¡± And I laughed.¡°Was that all you had today? ¡°Oh. I¡¯m bringing fifty and a little¡± ¡°You¡¯re a boulder.¡± This is about today¡¯s delivery. When you hear my words, Camilo sees the warden. The superintendent nods and leaves the room. I went to check numbers and quality. We are confident in both numbers and quality ¨C it was made using cheats, so the quality should be better than the ones there ¨C so I¡¯m not particularly worried. ¡°In that case, it¡¯s an empire.¡± I started talking as if Camilo was following me. I found Helen¡¯s body a little stronger sitting next to mine today. I gently lay my hands on Helen¡¯s hand under my desk. ¡°It seems that the situation has generally changed as His Excellency the Count has explained¡± ¡°The rebellion is being suppressed, the emperor is changing politics, and peace is returning? ¡°Right. That said, it still seems to be a mess.¡± ¡°Oh well. It¡¯s that time of year¡­ No, I¡¯m fine. There¡¯s plenty more to sell. There seems to be no particular problem with the proclamation of drawbacks for a while. Well, it¡¯s not just dealing with our products. There, the warden who was going to check it came back. I¡¯m nodding when I look at Camilo. Don¡¯t let it soothe you even if you know you¡¯re going to be okay. ¡°You¡¯re back in a good place. Give me more than usual to give to Azo today. You¡¯re gonna get a kick out of that.¡± When Camilo said that with a laugh, the warden guessed, and this one laughed and said, ¡°Okay,¡± he left the room again. Even though we have stockpiles, we need supplies for three weeks to pull off, which is helpful. After that I talked a little bit about the Empire again. Something about someone getting out of the empire is returning to the empire (which I don¡¯t blame because things were going on) and, conversely, some people usually come from the empire to do business. I didn¡¯t see it today, but he sees a bit of a giant clan that says it¡¯s a lot in the empire. Some of you coming from empire to kingdom will be after Helen, so you¡¯ll need to be vigilant. Eventually, the warden came back, and we received the money and started the return journey. Chapter 261 Chapter 261: 261 ¡°It¡¯s okay that you don¡¯t have any orders in particular, right? ¡°Oh. I hope you deliver as you always do¡± Make sure you check when you leave the room. Camilo nodded and undertook that it must be my perception. I¡¯ll see you in three weeks. ¡°Oh.¡± Me and Camilo broke up shaking hands. When I went to the backyard, Tiny was playing with Lucy. I gave you permission (and not nearly as much as I would say great) before, so I wouldn¡¯t be in a hurry if we saw you. Even after Lucy grows up, I hope she plays this way, because she¡¯s a wolf before if she¡¯s a demon or not¡­ she¡¯s gonna be pretty big¡­ ¡°Thank you for always taking care of my child¡± ¡°No.¡± Pass the price to Chichi for taking care of Lucy and Krull. This interaction has also been regularizing. Will one of these days he be great, or will he be taken over by a successor? Until then, I want to be a good dealer. Connect the Krull to the luggage and follow Camilo¡¯s shop. Heavy clouds cover the city, and the usually bustling atmospheric boulevards also look a little gloomy today. ¡°I wonder if it¡¯s gonna rain.¡± As I looked up into the sky, Thermia looked up into the sky just like me and moved her nose with cum. I saw that. Lucy imitated it, and my shoulder¡¯s HP is slightly down. ¡°I¡¯m not going down with Zach, but maybe a little down¡± ¡°Well, shall we hurry when we leave the city¡±In Thermia¡¯s view, it is light rain. I heard that. Rike just speeds up Krull¡¯s walk a little. We¡¯re not getting ready for rain, so it might be a little rough when it comes down. Even though the rainy season was near, it was inadvertent. When you leave the city in a hurry, you go faster than usual down the street. Kurlu said, ¡°Kurloo¡± and ran out happy, so if there is no problem, it could be good at this speed in the future. It was different from the carriage we were in a hurry along the way. I was surprised by the speed of this one, but it¡¯s still a little funny to see that, like the others, I somehow convinced myself that it¡¯s a walking dragon that I¡¯m towing. I¡¯m pretty sure our Krull is good. ¡°With that said, I wonder why there¡¯s a rainy season¡± ¡°Oh, that¡¯s right¡± Liddy answered my question. Even so, I feel that the gods of this world are emotional and have a lot of human odors, but I wonder if that is because I have the impression that some gods also had strange human odors in the Greek mythology of the previous world. I decided to keep it only in my heart because it would be boring to talk about this area and hit a bee. As we entered the woods, potpouts and droplets hit my face. They¡¯re finally starting to come down. That said, it feels like I really said light rain, so when I went straight into the woods, it stopped hitting me too hard because the trees constituted a natural arcade. ¡°It¡¯s a little better, but one of these days it¡¯s gonna buildup, so let¡¯s just go home¡± Liquet nodded at Thermia¡¯s words, and Krull shouted and rushed to the end of the family path. Chapter 262 Chapter 262: 262 I crept through the natural arcade and reached home. There are no trees growing around the house, so it is falling like fog rain. I hurried the cargo in once I got the Krull away from the luggage to keep the luggage as wet as possible. Still getting quite damp (condiments, spice tugs were fine because I had a lid in the bottle), but by the time I used it, it would be dry. Our bodies are wet too, but we¡¯ll put Krull and Lucy in the cabin first. In the meantime, Deanna brought me a towel from the house, and we¡¯re all two (pigs?) I wiped his body. ¡°Don¡¯t go out too long until it stops raining.¡± ¡°Krull.¡± ¡°Wow!¡± When I speak up, you get it. I reply well, so I¡¯ll stroke you with a good, good thing. Krull licked my face and Lucy shook her tail patsy. It¡¯s ourselves when we¡¯re done taking care of the ¡°kids¡±. When I got home and back to my room, I took off my clothes and wiped my body. I guess if I had a bath when I said this, I could warm up my body, but I don¡¯t have it at home yet, so I decided to make diluted mint tea. ¡°Because of this, I wonder if I should also build a rainwater storage facility¡± Drinking mint tea I said. I don¡¯t think it can be used for drinking water (the water in the lake is boiling and then drinking), but it can be used for domestic water, and it is not a large installation, so I think it is possible to make it this time. ¡°Sounds like a lot to use, but won¡¯t it rot if it stays stored for a long time? It was Liddy who answered. Probably because it seems relevant to farming. ¡°I¡¯m not going to turn it into drinking water, but if it rots, why not?¡± When I said it, Liddy nodded cocklessly. ¡®Cause that¡¯s where the sickness winds come from.¡¯Well, I¡¯m pretty sure germs can increase in that tank and accidentally get into your body in some kind of clap. It¡¯s rainwater that doesn¡¯t sterilize or do anything¡­ ¡°Well, I¡¯d like to make it big enough to be able to use it in a couple of days, and still be able to drain it,¡± he said. ¡°Right.¡± Liddy nodded again. I can¡¯t help but store enough water, and it¡¯s fortunate to keep it on a scale that reduces the number of times you draw water. ¡°And then we have to make a roofed terrace.¡± ¡°It¡¯s finally going to be a strange house in the woods.¡± Deanna mixes it up next. It¡¯s a strange house to have originally been in the woods, but when it¡¯s even on the terrace, don¡¯t get applauded there. ¡°If you think about laundry, wouldn¡¯t it be inconvenient not to make it? ¡°Whatever the change, I don¡¯t know about underwear¡­¡± Deanna and Helen agreed. Helen seems to be bearable for some time, as there are times when she can¡¯t change clothes due to mercenary operations, but even Helen is just tough in the long run. ¡°Hmm, Atai¡¯s a little nasty too¡± Thermia also seemed to care less from her lifestyle, but she has woken up to comfort in the past few months, especially since she started living with Lique and Deanna. Is it like I can¡¯t go back when I find out how comfortable the bathroom with the shower is? ¡°Well, the top priority is the terrace, and then the tank that stores the rainwater.¡± Before dinner, I¡¯ll schedule an appointment from tomorrow. I get busy, but when I thought the house would be full again, I couldn¡¯t help but feel excited. Looking forward to starting tomorrow. Chapter 263 Chapter 263: 263 The next day, we gathered at the lumber yard after completing our morning routine and personal duties. Krull and Lucy won¡¯t know exactly what they¡¯re going to do either, but they¡¯re getting together like nothing. ¡°Start by choosing the one to use as a pillar.¡± ¡°It rained yesterday.¡± I snort at Rike¡¯s words. You can¡¯t even stand the wet one as a pillar. I don¡¯t think it¡¯s that wet the way it got down yesterday, just in case. Fortunately, this forest tree is basically growing upright. But it¡¯s a pillar on the terrace, and even if it¡¯s slightly bent, that would make it taste good, any dry and of some length. ¡°This looks good.¡± ¡°What about this one? ¡°Oh, I think that¡¯s good too¡± We all hand-split like that, looking for lumber to be columns, and secured eight. ¡°You just have to do this.¡± ¡°Where do you make the terrace? ¡°Right¡­¡± I thought to Thermia¡¯s question. There are fields in the courtyard. It¡¯s pretty splendid because of Liddy, and I don¡¯t want to make it that way. ¡°Do you want to make it at the end of the hallway now? You still have land over there.¡± ¡°There is, but¡­¡± I said Deanna mumbles on the way. I urged ahead. ¡°But what¡¯s up? ¡°When you have to add more rooms? ¡°You don¡¯t have that.¡± When I give it back, everyone, including Deanna, will look at me with a jitsu eye. I also knew I didn¡¯t have to say what I wanted to say. ¡°¡­ in case the time comes, you can build a hallway at right angles. Let¡¯s open up the worst part of the field.¡± Everyone sighed, but he seemed convinced and got to work. The work begins with me and Rike, Deanna and Helen digging holes that build columns. The other two are the task of skinning the tree to be a pillar. The hole digger works with a shovel, and the skin peeler works with a sickle. Sometimes it¡¯s called work that I¡¯ve been through a few times, except for Helen, and I almost finished the work in the morning. In the afternoon the task is to build a pillar in the hole. This is also a scene where Krull is very active. I haven¡¯t been particularly helpful in terms of the amount of dirt I apply, but what, I¡¯m willing to say this. ¡°Don¡¯t thank me,¡± I stroked both Krull and Lucy. There are eight columns, so repeat the same task eight times. ¡°Even if the pillars just stood, I can somehow see the shape¡­¡± It¡¯s a sight I¡¯ve seen several times (I¡¯ve missed one time), but I admire every time I say this. That is the end of today¡¯s work, after which we will check the condition of the soil filled with pillars tomorrow, and if it is loose, it will be consolidated again, and the work on the floors and roofs will come from it. So I told him what to do around there right now. The sun dyes orange around. I felt like I saw a family relaxing on the terrace in the eight pillars built in it. Chapter 264 Chapter 264: 264 The next day is the task of muscling to the pillars erected, putting up roots, building trees and sapling trees. If you look at the condition of the pillars, they are quite solidified and do not glag. It¡¯s originally hard dirt, and some of it would have stuck together protrusively when putting columns in holes. Once again, I beat around the pillars with the appropriate round-tails from the top to stiffen them up. It also makes sense to pull out as much air as possible to make corrosion less likely to progress. I wouldn¡¯t go like a hamburger tare, but, well, rest easy. It¡¯s a terrace, and the wall plates don¡¯t stick, so the muscle crossing is only at the root of the column. It would be brittle during an earthquake, but just because it was a terrace, I decided to close my eyes around it. In the first place, I hear there have been no earthquakes that big in the last few hundred years either. There were several major earthquakes when I heard about it, which is what I went through in the previous world. When you wake up, that¡¯s the time. I decided to leave it to Thermia and Helen to make the root and board. We¡¯re going to put them together. ¡°This is a special saw that Azo made for real. It¡¯s gonna cut the mess.¡± ¡°Heh¡­ Wow, really. Wahaha, what is this¡± ¡°You know, you¡¯re going to laugh because you cut too much. That¡¯s what happened to Atashi first.¡± My evaluation of the product seems strange, but if it is fun to work with, is that okay? We will all work together to see what seems to be available from the remaining boards and so on. Unexpectedly light liqueur and Deanna (good at climbing trees, apparently. You shouldn¡¯t ask why the aristocratic lady is so good at it) but it¡¯s the roof job, the floor job with me and Liddy. Pulling up the lumber is usually tough, but thanks to the Krull, it¡¯s a lot smoother. ¡°Be careful not to fall.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± There are scaffolding, but I only make simple ones. Still due to physical abilities, Lique and Deanna do the work without any danger. Krull raises the building and sapling trees, and Lique and Deanna install them. In the meantime, do the work on the floor. Stretch the muscle between the columns and columns with the Japanese nails that have been made and placed. I could have cut a hozo hole and made it elaborate, but this time it is none either. I gave Root Tai over that crossing.The day ended with the completion of a roof with no roof slabs on it and a floor with no floorboards on it. It¡¯s a match for the house, but if there¡¯s no scaffolding, it¡¯s not in the middle of construction, and it doesn¡¯t even look like a collapsed away. That¡¯s not going to be the case with houses that make terraces later. Still work is going faster than I thought. Can we do this tomorrow¡­ And the next day. Thermia and Helen had also finished cutting out the boards within the day before, so I ask both of them to join me and hit the roof and floorboard. The sound is echoing around in a creepy rhythm. It sounds different from my usual blacksmith job, and this is interesting now. ¡°Tell me.¡± Instead of a creepy sound, Helen, who was slamming the floorboard, glanced. Apparently, he punched his own finger. ¡°Are you all right? ¡°Yeah, I¡¯m fine because I didn¡¯t hit you so hard¡± It is the completion of the terrace. For not having to build a wall or anything, it was easy when it came to ease. Still, it¡¯s taking three days for our family outing, so it¡¯s not something we can make. That¡¯s not how many establishments we call it¡­ ¡°Now you can breathe some air outside even if it keeps raining.¡± ¡°You can do the laundry.¡± ¡°Maybe I¡¯ll put it on the bench sometime.¡± ¡°Can I raise a kid who¡¯s vulnerable to rain here, too? ¡°Oh, the wind feels good¡± ¡°Wow!¡± Everyone in my family is discussing the terrace that I¡¯ve just been able to do with Wye. I said, ¡°All right, all right. You did your best, too,¡± I thought, stroking the Krull, and relaxing here would also make me happy to join my family ¡°always¡±. Chapter 265 Chapter 265: 265 The terrace was completed. After that, it¡¯s a tank, but I don¡¯t even have to do this in total. He meant he wanted to be out hunting once during the week, and the hunting teams of Thermia, Deanna, Liddy, and Helen decided to have him out hunting. The three others besides Helen were composite bows that I made before, and Helen was the bow that Thermia used. They can¡¯t even use their original pattern of work and bow, but they¡¯re joining Thermia and Liddy as they teach. I¡¯ll have to make a composite bow for Helen sometime. Will you adjust a little stronger to her powers then? And Lucy followed. If you get used to hunting, it¡¯ll be a huge force for the hunting team, and even if you¡¯re about to be impotent, you¡¯ll listen¡­. I¡¯m bumbling my tail around, you hear me? When I say I¡¯m worried, ¡°Wouldn¡¯t it be all right if I told you that hounds can come from puppies too? She¡¯s smart.¡± That¡¯s what Deanna said. If it¡¯s mommy¡¯s tattoo, okay? With a bow, the figure of a wolf holding back on his side is still like a mythical goddess. So far, it¡¯s not tight as a picture that the wolf is a wolf, and the outfit is wild because it¡¯s a hunt. ¡°Well, be careful¡± ¡°Ooh, I¡¯m coming¡± Drop off four people, including Thermia waving a boom, and assemble the tank with me and Lique. First, the bottom plate is laid, but like the flooring of the previous world, the meshing is made and laid. Make the convex side just a little thicker, slap it with a hammer and insert it. If it is a sufficiently dry wooden plate, it should engage more securely when it expands after this including water, and even if full waterproofing is not possible, this should help prevent leakage somewhat. It cracks if it gets too thick, so it needs to be adjusted there, but in the case of this tank, the blacksmith cheats worked better because it is similar to the blacksmith equipment. The blacksmith has a water tank that has been cut through stone, but it uses some water in its work, starting with the sintering, and it¡¯s essential for the blacksmith. When I make the bottom this way, I build and assemble four corner columns and wall plates so that I can get stuck with it.It was originally cylindrically assembled with a longitudinal plate and tightened with a metal band (as in the previous world, the reservoir on the roof of an American building), but this time it is made into a square water reservoir () because of its simplicity. Only part of the lateral plate that hits the lowest, like the water gate (though not so exaggerated) that puts water in the fields, was left to slide through the water by sliding the wooden plate. It¡¯s just work for two, but it¡¯s not even that big on top of me and Like¡¯s blacksmith group, so it was a little complicated, but it¡¯ll be finished by evening. ¡°I don¡¯t know.¡± ¡°That¡¯s about enough.¡± The two of us look at the tank we could do. If it¡¯s for drinking water, you need a lid that keeps the leaves from falling in, but it¡¯s domestic water, so it stays gallant. I was not sure if I would extend the crown from the roof, but it seems to rain quite a bit during the rainy season, so I decided to drop it off once. It is a decision to say that even after the rainy season, the rain itself sometimes falls, and even then it will be in time. I¡¯ve never heard of a hot spring around here. ¡°Right. I asked Thermia before, and she said,¡± I don¡¯t know any springs with warm water. ¡° ¡°Right¡­¡± I¡¯m not too dissatisfied with not being immersed in a hot tub in this world, partly because I was a showerer in the previous world, but as a former Japanese I sometimes want to do that. Not to mention the means to make a living today is a blacksmith job that gets sweaty every day. How sappy would you be if you could soak it in water? With Rike. Maybe Deanna knows how it feels, but you just want to teach the other mentors. Maybe this should put the family bath plan forward. That¡¯s all I thought about, and Krull came out of the sleigh and shed. Maybe the hunting team is back. Me and Rike started working on it to welcome everyone. Chapter 266 Chapter 266: 266 ¡°Welcome back¡± ¡°Welcome back¡± Me and Rike, who cleaned up the neighborhood early, and Kurl, who came out of the cabin, welcomed everyone. Except for Helen, who looks fine, but Helen looks a little tired. ¡°Looks like you¡¯ve driven your prey around quite a long distance.¡± I spoke to Helen laughing. Lucy came running over to me, so I¡¯m gonna keep stroking your head. A wolf, but I would have hung out hunting all day today, you¡¯re physically fit. ¡°I¡¯m tired¡­¡­ Why is everybody all right?¡± Meanwhile, out of strength, Helen stumbled onto the ground and let her mouth snap. ¡°Thermia lived in this forest, and Liddy was an elf and she was originally familiar with the forest, and it¡¯s been a while since she lived here. Besides, it doesn¡¯t look like you have the strength to do it.¡± When I say it, Liddy, who was by my side at some point, pounds me gently in the back. Compared to Deanna¡¯s, who¡¯s going to scrape off her shoulder¡¯s HP, there¡¯s nothing to say. ¡°Deanna¡­ you know very well. Deanna¡¯s got a wheel on Liddy, too, and she¡¯s got a lot of strength in her daily routine. Before I had a bow, I had momentum. ¡°It was¡­¡± Helen, saying so, fell asleep with a gobble as it was. ¡°Adapted, I hope you say.¡± Deanna also points her mouth at the obstinate wind, but it erupts quickly. And the laughter of the family and the chirping of Krull and Lucy surround me. ¡°Come on, let¡¯s dust it off and make it dinner¡± There was a voice in favor of my words, and we went back home. The next morning, we all head to the lake. I know we all have enough manpower on the job to make our way, but, well, it¡¯s like a light picnic. Thermia is cracking her nose on the road. You wondered, and Lucy is all over it. ¡°Hmm, I knew you were getting closer¡± ¡°Rain.¡± ¡°Yeah. Tomorrow around.¡± Lucy rang One to match Thermia¡¯s answer. Deanna hugs her and strokes her head around and Lucy¡¯s tail is bungled. Does the rainy season start around tomorrow? I should say that the preparation was critical and on time, but if anything is missing, I can only manage to endure about this year¡¯s rainy season. ¡°Isn¡¯t there a rainy season in the north? ¡°No, I do. Things will be different this rainy season. This one¡¯s been sitting around for a long time.¡± Hypohumidity is one of the characteristics of Asia (as the original world put it). Even here, the area known as the ¡°North¡± tends to be humid. Because the climate strongly affects culture, it is normal for the climate in Japanese-style areas to be similar. ¡°Atai¡¯s never been north either.¡± That¡¯s what Helen said with her hands behind her head. If you¡¯ve never been in Helen, the former mercenary who would go everywhere number one among us, you¡¯ve probably never been in our family. ¡°Some noblemen used to visit us from the north.¡± It was Deanna who said so. There will be many visitors from foreign countries if it is the Count¡¯s house. No wonder there are visitors from the North among them. ¡°Were you wearing unusual clothes? ¡°Yeah, right. When I was a little girl, I remember it very well because it was unusual clothes.¡±I don¡¯t have to say ¡°kamiyagi¡± to travel long distances to the boulder, but I might have worn it long or short on a kama-like ¡°kamama¡± or even a feather. I wouldn¡¯t have worn armor before I visited. ¡°Is that what Eizo said, too? As for Thermia, I don¡¯t know what you asked me about, but I was born in modern Japan and I didn¡¯t get that chance to wear Japanese clothes from myself. The bar mitzvah was also a suit. However, since my grandfather was a Japanese clother, when I went to my grandfather¡¯s house, I was dressed in yukata (I think, but maybe it was a kimono for children). ¡°Um, my grandfather once put me on, but my house preferred southern-style clothes¡­¡± That¡¯s what I decided to answer. It¡¯s not a whole lie. Thermia looked surprised for a moment, but seemed convinced immediately. ¡°I might want to go once if I can. To your hometown.¡± Such a voice, not sure who said it, suddenly melted and flowed in the breeze that blew. ¡°Wow, you¡¯re big! When I saw the deer sinking in the lake, I shouted out unexpectedly. I¡¯ve pulled up about two meters of deer before, but this guy¡¯s even bigger than that. They say the heraldica will be about 3 meters in the previous world, but loosely it looks like there will be 4 meters. ¡°Didn¡¯t you? I had a hard time.¡± Thermia proudly breasted and Hunce and his nose also said roughly. ¡°This is the size of it, so it took you a while to finish it off.¡± Deanna says that, and Helen reminds you of the situation, blues your face. ¡°That¡¯s an unusual smell¡± Liddy, who was approaching the back at some point, said as she peered in. ¡°It¡¯s miso and soy sauce. They¡¯re both made of soy and wheat.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. It looks delicious to me.¡± It¡¯s not vegetarianism because it¡¯s an elf, but if you ask me one way or the other, maybe it¡¯s the right condiment for her to say she likes vegetables slightly better. Time to say it was time to do it, everyone got on the table. Today¡¯s menu is a deer miso grill and unfermented bread and vegetable soup. The Japanese-style menu is abruptly misplaced. I wasn¡¯t sure whether to tailor the vegetable soup to miso soup, but I didn¡¯t know if it would suit everyone¡¯s mouth, so I stopped taking it. I want to challenge Camilo when he gets a kelp or bonito sooner or later. Ask how everyone is doing, but the smell seems fine for now. I find it intolerable for people who can¡¯t because it must be fermented food, but fortunately, no one in our family falls under it. Everyone but me carries miso roasts to their mouths and chews the mogi. ¡°What do you say? I asked terribly. It has been the first time in decades since the announcement of the passing of the qualification exam that I have been in such a mood. ¡°Good!¡± It was Thermia who shouted. Everyone else is snorting at you. ¡°The salt is a little strong, but it¡¯s delicious.¡± It was Deanna who followed, and it seems to be generally well received by everyone else. I whipped my chest down. I¡¯ll put one in my mouth, too. I felt enough miso and soy sauce, although some flavourings were insufficient. That¡¯s enough for me. Oh, I resent the lack of rice. It should be in the north, but when it comes to transporting it this far, how much will it cost? I¡¯ll have to ask Camilo this one of these days. Afterwards, over dinner, we celebrated with stories of ingredients and seasonings from the North, and this evening went even further. Chapter 267 Chapter 267: 267 The morning after I behaved miso on everyone, I woke up with unusual signs. The sound you hear is unusual. Unlike the sound of the usual wind crossing, the sound of water. It¡¯s raining. Wake up your body and force it out of bed. I change into my usual clothes and when I get out of the room it¡¯s darker than usual. I don¡¯t know the exact time because I don¡¯t have a clock, but it¡¯s generally happening at the same time¡­ it should. I get up regular every morning when it comes to craftsmen, prejudices like (?) but I do, and my dad actually did. I can see it through the window, so if she says she doesn¡¯t have to check it again, she does, but she took it off and opened the door of the house. Sleepy rain is wetting the ground. It¡¯s more chilling air than strange and jimmy. Usually the leaves and grass flowers of the greenless trees are also wet in the rain, drooling as if they were revealing their mood. The trunks of the trees were also wet in the rain, increasing their blackness and darkening the forest atmosphere, which also appeared gloomy. ¡°Oh, shit.¡± I was alone. I should have pumped some water during yesterday. That way I didn¡¯t have to go today. The tank is also made, so I may have had a couple of days to store it over there. But it does not stand in regret. I can¡¯t help it, let¡¯s go catch some rain today. When I go outside holding a water bottle, I don¡¯t see the Krull who is usually out there, or Lucy who is always with me. Well, I don¡¯t have any trouble without the amount of water Krull carries, so as I was trying to keep going, Krull jumped out of the cabin in a hurry.¡°It¡¯s raining today, so it¡¯s okay.¡± ¡°Klululululululululululu¡± When I said, I rubbed my head on me like I didn¡¯t want to, and the krull rang. I sigh, prepare the water bottle as usual, and let Krull hold it. Then Krull sounded ¡°Krulu¡± in a good mood. ¡°All right, well, let¡¯s go.¡± Lucy says, rolling over at the entrance to the cabin and looking at me. She doesn¡¯t seem willing to go out in the rain. We get to the lake and fill the water bottle one by one. The surface of the lake is finely rippled with rain. This lake is huge, so even with this much rain, it should be quite a bit of water if it keeps falling. Sounds like you shouldn¡¯t go up to the river for a while. ¡°I don¡¯t wash my body today.¡± ¡°Kul.¡± Krull bowed his head like a nod when I said it. Do you understand just because it¡¯s raining? When we finish pumping water into the four water bottles, we withdraw. Back on the way home, beaten by the rain, with a quick leg. The situation is the same as when I forgot my umbrella in the previous world, but not with wonder and misery like then. ¡°I wonder if it¡¯s because Krull is with us¡± When I snapped like that, Krull rubbed his head gently at me for hearing. Chapter 268 Chapter 268: 268 Reach home and rush the water bottle into the house. Thermia and Lique were already awake and gave me a towel (a soft woven cloth of linen). With that towel, I hurried to Krull¡¯s waiting cabin. Krull, who was in the cabin, waited for me standing properly. Maybe he understands that he can wipe his body and that it gets dirty when he sits wet. ¡°All right, you¡¯re smart.¡± ¡°Krull.¡± I¡¯ll towel a grunting krull in a good mood. It¡¯s not wetter than I thought because it¡¯s a reptile-like body and not fur. I finished wiping immediately. ¡°You¡¯re gonna make a big deal out of me at the cabin today.¡± Krull shouts in my words, (Probably) indicating Copy. Check the floor of the cabin. When I said floor, I just raised the ground a little bit, but did that boost work, and so far there¡¯s no sign of water breaking in. ¡°Okay, let¡¯s go, then.¡± ¡°Wow.¡± Krull doesn¡¯t have to eat much while he¡¯s in these woods, but Lucy needs to be taken because she¡¯s having dinner with us, whether she¡¯s growing up or preferred. It¡¯s a towel that¡¯s finished wiping the krull, but I dash it over Lucy. The cabin has been built a little apart, but maybe we could stick it more together and rebuild it or build a roofed aisle. In the case of passageways, the height must be raised to such an extent that the krull does not bump. I jumped into the house and I leave Lucy with Thermia. The hugged Lucy is in a good mood shaking her tail with a pat. Deanna (Mom) will bend the heso if she is too loving.I pulled into my room with a towel that Rike had prepared for me, took off my clothes and wiped my body. I can¡¯t wear these clothes today¡­ I couldn¡¯t say it was too much. I got dressed out and felt refreshed when I changed over there. After that, get ready for the morning as usual. I usually put Lucy in the house where I can cook, but it¡¯s a lot quicker than that today, so I look at the morning preparation and laundry everyone is doing. Deanna and Helen were a little more in the mood than usual to do the laundry. I¡¯m not in the mood for cute support. I¡¯m done preparing my breakfast a little early, so I¡¯ll help you dry your own laundry. I can¡¯t do it because there¡¯s something wrong with my family¡¯s share, but I don¡¯t have a problem with my own. Dry the laundry onto the terrace I just finished the other day. After dinner, I usually get Lucy out of the house, but it¡¯s raining today. I¡¯ve decided to keep him at home for a while now. ¡°Well, then, today¡¯s work.¡± ¡°Is it all right as usual now?¡± ¡°I haven¡¯t received any particular requests this time¡­¡± We¡¯re just talking about doing the work as usual, but we¡¯re not going to deliver it for three weeks. There¡¯s plenty of time. ¡°Make something new¡± When I say that, the look on Rike¡¯s face brightens up. I smiled bitterly when I saw it and opened the door to the blacksmith. Chapter 269 Chapter 269: 269 ¡°So, what do you make? Rike doesn¡¯t hide his excitement and asks me. Thermia looked at it with a face like, oh man. There are three kinds of directions for what you make: one is the developmental type of weapon you¡¯ve ever made, one is a weapon of a different genre, and finally, something other than a weapon. The protective gear is terribly laborious (and the installation is telling me), so I want to stop it for today. I might be able to get Deanna or Helen¡¯s chest armor if I can get a long time in the last three weeks. For example, the sickle was made as soon as it arrived here. Otherwise, it is not bad to make it because it is about the same size as in the meantime. But this time I want to build a weapon. From what I¡¯ve heard a little before, it seems Helen can handle a single weapon just by saying she¡¯s the best at short swords. If so, I just want you to make some new weapons and try them out. I have made it with swords, knives, short spears on spears, bows on halvards, and ordinary weapons, long weapons, and projection weapons. ¡°Mace next, I guess.¡± I¡¯ve never made a blunt instrument before. If you have a flanged mace, your opponent can beat you with heavy armor¡­. I feel like it doesn¡¯t have to be Mace if it¡¯s from my full cheat, but aside from that. I won¡¯t be bulky at that, but Mace would be able to use Helen as a short sword spare weapon when she returns to the main business. Even if the flange is slightly damaged, it can shock you, and if that gives you a slightly better chance of being helpful, I¡¯ve never gone over it. I need to ask Helen what¡¯s actually going on. So if you ask around it, ¡°Hmm, right. The movement is dull when it¡¯s too heavy, but I can¡¯t say Eizo¡¯s sword is much more intact, either. Maybe it¡¯s better when you say that.¡±It is the answer. Well, there¡¯s a chance it¡¯ll be okay at the other few decades level because I¡¯m using apoitacara, but it¡¯s also not something I can totally guarantee. ¡°Well, it¡¯s a mace decision.¡± ¡°Ooh¡­¡± The glitter in Lique¡¯s eyes adds even more radiance. It¡¯s Mace, isn¡¯t it? The structure itself is so simple, huh? Still say I¡¯ll tour, so I¡¯ll let you like it there. Everyone else is going to make sheet metal. Start with the flange. It¡¯s a radially popping part, and the shapes here vary, but this time I¡¯ll simply keep the curved mountain shape. ¡°This is pretty stiff,¡± ¡°It¡¯s mace. I prioritized hardness.¡± It is hardened by magic, making it easier to crack, like when the iron itself is hardened, and so on. Because if you just stiffen the iron itself, it can get pacified¡­¡­ ¡°Um, how about this? No, no¡­¡± With a bitter smile at Lique, who started talking to herself as she watched one piece of the flange, I put a small piece in the fire floor to make the next one. Chapter 270 Chapter 270: 270 A total of nine flanges were made. All nine flanges are the same without the madness of dimensions. ¡°Uh-huh, this precision seems to be the main purpose of the parent.¡± ¡°Really? I wonder if any of the other blacksmiths can do it.¡± A skilled blacksmith would give you a lot of precision. Otherwise, it would be impossible to combine complex shapes like armor, while moving them smoothly. You can even have a parent¡¯s father until ¡°pretty much the same.¡± You can¡¯t make the perfect match with something you¡¯re not used to without matching it in this short amount of time. ¡° Lique says as he lays nine flanges on top of each other. ¡°If you¡¯re a parent, you can make something decent, even in a simple blacksmith on the battlefield? ¡°Maybe.¡± There will be limits, and depending on the location of the battlefield, you can¡¯t magic it if it¡¯s a land with little magic, so the performance really drops for that matter. I guess it¡¯s a critical luxury model. While Liqu¨¦ is finishing the flange, he decides to create a pattern to hold and flange. Place the sheet metal in the fire floor and heat. Once the temperature has been raised to the point where it can be machined, beat and turn it into a stick. The patterned part has to be somewhat long, but it¡¯s going to be hard to handle even if it¡¯s too long, so I¡¯ll keep it there long. If Helen is used to handling shortswords, shortening them seems better. When it is some length, heat another sheet metal and now make a thin stick. Not as thin as a wire, but thick enough to require machining to bend. He wraps it around one end of the pattern and shakes his hand. ¡°Rike, I¡¯m sorry, I need a little help.¡± ¡°It¡¯s cheap.¡± If you can just stick it and pull it while it¡¯s hot like glass, you can handle it a little more, but it¡¯s hard for boulders to do that with steel. I also thought about heating in the furnace, but there¡¯s talk of magic around¡­ Wrap the thin bars around the bars that the liqueur grabs and holds in place with the yacht. I can do a few rounds, but it cools down after some rolling, so I heat it up again and repeat the rolling again.Once you¡¯ve wrapped it around a little longer than the width of your fist, once you¡¯ve stopped it there and circled it around both ends of the handles so that it doesn¡¯t slip out, the handles themselves are complete. And then the flange is installed. When both the flange and the pattern are heated, beat them with a thin hammer to make them look like welds. This also supports both the flange and the pattern, while having to wiggle the hammer, so I asked Like to support the pattern. If it¡¯s going to be mass produced, I¡¯ll have to build a metallurgical tool so one person can do something about it. I don¡¯t have any plans for that at the moment. The end of the gold floor was successfully used to mount nine flanges. ¡°Okay, I guess that¡¯s it¡± ¡°Oh!¡± Rike makes his eyes shine. I tried to shake the mace gently. That¡¯s how I made it, so naturally, my head is a little heavier. Maybe I could have weighed the handles a little more and balanced them. When I showed it to Rike, I started looking at the fine workmanship everywhere, saying something like ¡°ho¡­ I see¡­¡± They shake as lightly as I do. Mace doesn¡¯t fit the image subtly with Dwarf. I think the axe and hammer look too good. Even if you look at that from the side, it looks as strong as it can withstand shocks for now¡­¡­ I don¡¯t know if you¡¯ll actually try it. Helen pointed her mouth when I laughed nigga. And then I put up a soothing mace and shook it out beside my thoughts. It sounds crisp and flashy, and the wood bounces off into the wood dust. Fly. When Helen¡¯s skill and strength combine on a hard, heavy head, is it something that makes it so powerful¡­ The other thing that surprised me was that it barely conveyed a shock to me. She looked surprised when she looked at Deanna, so she didn¡¯t feel shocked either. ¡°Would you like to try sheet metal?¡± ¡°Oh, yeah.¡± Me and Deanna held onto the sheet metal with our hands, not surprisingly. To the boulder. This would be a shock to my hand, so I stood quite ready. ¡°Let¡¯s go -¡° Helen proclaims it in an easygoing way, and Mace is swinging through it again. Gakin!! And there was a flashy sound, a spark scattered, and a shock in my hand as if I had been beaten with mace itself, and I accidentally let go of my hand. That seemed to be the same for Deanna, which means that me and Deanna would have gotten their hands off each other almost simultaneously. Fly to the edge of the terrace where the sheet metal of considerable weight is never narrow. I rush to sheet metal. There was a sheet metal with a bump in the middle like a self-forged bullet in the middle. Chapter 271 Chapter 271: 271 This is amazing. Lifted sheet metal that was recessed and deformed in the middle. Pre-processing sheet metal is pretty soft, and it looks like it deformed before it was struck out because the fixation was loose just because Deanna and I had it, but if I had made the sheet metal hard and fixed it guttily, I might have been struck out by the shape of the flange. ¡°So this hits a head with a helmet or a body with a chest armor on it? With all your might?¡± Speak half squeezed as Rike lets his eyes wander. Everyone else has their eyes all round. ¡°Don¡¯t be.¡± I¡¯m pretty surprised, too, but I can calmly answer for what I made myself and the amount of trust Helen has in her prowess. That said, I don¡¯t really want to imagine what happens when you make it and it hits people¡¯s bodies. I¡¯m pretty sure it¡¯s not a scenario where rice gets better. ¡°I may not even have to ask, but how did it go? I asked Helen for the finish. The reply was not a voice, but a momentum built force. ¡°Speaking of greed, I wonder if the sturdy leather string ring is on the end of the handshake. A Little Longer One¡± ¡°Is it convenient to swing? ¡°Whoa, you know. Don¡¯t drop it on your wrist after that.¡± ¡°Oh, well.¡±You had a hand-held hammer swinging around in a movie you saw in the previous world. It would be difficult to handle, but there are ways to treat it like a flail¡­¡­ Maybe. ¡°I¡¯ll put it on again.¡± ¡°Oh, you don¡¯t have to hurry!! Helen adds as if she was in a panic for some reason. I smile bitterly and say, ¡°Okay.¡± Behind the sound of rain, we went home. Give Lucy dinner before we prepare our own dinner and put it back in the cabin. I ran with great momentum, so I left it at that for today. I ran in the rain, but at that speed, I guess I just had to be ¡°somewhat wet¡±. Mixed with the rain ¡°Amma¡± sound ¡°Oooh¡±, I thought I heard only a little of Krull¡¯s delightful voice. ¡°Right.¡± I have a light meeting with Rike. I can¡¯t go outside, so I¡¯ll be keeping a picnic of distractions for a while, and if I mass produce delivery to Camilo¡¯s while I¡¯m at it, I¡¯ll have fewer deliveries and more time off. If Helen could help me out a bit, it could be quite a mass production speed. You won¡¯t have to be able to do the least. I want to relax around here. So, as I put the fire in and prepared, even though it was a furnace, the door of the blacksmith was knocked. Chapter 272 Chapter 272: 272 Even though today is better than yesterday, I am a little bit obsessed with the fact that there are guests who want to come to the ¡°Black Forest¡± on a rainy day. I unbuttoned the door in the blacksmith and gently opened the door in case it was someone who was thinking of doing something wrong. ¡°Yes, what is it? I say a line like the one you¡¯re supposed to. There¡¯s only one reason to come here on a day like this (even if it¡¯s not a day like this) if you¡¯re not thinking about it. ¡°Oh, um, sorry, I heard you could build a weapon here¡­¡± I ended up in jail for being vigilant. With a mosquito-like voice, it was one woman with a feather on her jacket who was in front of an open door. Pretty dull. I¡¯m just pretty tall. They say Helen is about the same as me or a little higher, and she¡¯s quite tall when she¡¯s a person in this world, but even higher than that. I guess it¡¯s nearly two meters. The blacksmith door is huge there, but it doesn¡¯t fit the tip of my head. ¡°It¡¯s raining, and for now, go inside. head, be careful not to hit it¡± While urging him to do so, looking back, Helen was coming nearby. When? I wonder if Helen was the one this guy was hanging out with. When I pounded Helen¡¯s shoulder, I asked Rike to bring me a towel. The woman takes off her coat, grates down the back sac ¡°Yes¡± she was carrying under it, and then sits in a simple chair where she just smashed the whole thing I urged her to do. You¡¯d be big if you did your back sac, too. There seems to be two longer ones in there, but I wonder what. Rike came back there with a towel. Consider the size of your body, two. ¡°Thank you¡±The woman bows her head when she receives the towel. Even sitting is just a little lower than Like¡¯s, so it also kind of looks like my daughter is giving the towel to her mother. When I put that in my mouth, I don¡¯t put it in my mouth because I seem afraid of later. Fortunately for the woman, the temperature inside the blacksmith is rising because she put the fire in, and the air is drying out? It gets ¡°hot¡± sooner or later. Liddy brought me the wine divided by hot water. Mint tea feels sober, so if it warms your body, is this better? As I listened to the woman who had wiped her body all the way through, Thermia decided that Helen would be present as her escort to determine the truth of the conversation. Everyone else is on schedule. ¡°It may get a little loud, but forgive me¡± ¡°Yes, no, because I¡¯m the one who suddenly pushed¡­¡± ¡°Oh, my name is Anne. Anne named herself as she sipped a little of the hot water crack of the wine she served and puffed her sauce-eyed eyes all the time. Ugh, I take a breath, and I take the long one I just saw out of my back sac that I put aside. When I put it on the table, my eyes opened. Helen pulls out her nostalgia knife with tremendous momentum and tries to slash Anne. ¡°Wait, Helen! I managed to scream. The blade of the knife stops at Anne¡¯s critical. The two names ¡°Rapid Thunder¡± are not Dada. ¡°Hold on, please! It¡¯s not! I¡­ I (¡­) chi (¡­) am not going to do anything to you guys! Anne, who would surely have lost her hips if she had stood, insists desperately with her hands up. What was on the table was the short sword that Helen lost in the Empire, which I hit. Chapter 273 Chapter 273: 273 At once the inside of the blacksmith is filled with killing. Helen also stood critical in my words, but if I were to ring a finger, I would immediately take Anne¡¯s life. If it¡¯s to protect my family, I don¡¯t think I can do the worst, but I didn¡¯t want Helen to do that here as much as possible. If you decide you need it, I¡¯ll do it on her way home. ¡°So, can you explain the situation?¡± ¡°Yeah, of course! Shake your neck vertically as if Anne wobbles from body to body. If I lay down, it¡¯s like when Lucy¡¯s waving her tail. Everyone else has come together to stop the work. ¡°As I said earlier, as far as we¡¯re concerned, you¡¯re not going to do anything about it.¡± Anne started talking in the face of seriousness itself. It looks po (¡­) wah (¡­) but has a clear tone. I wonder which one of you was vegan until just now. ¡°You are judged to be better than the kingdom as a standing position. It¡¯s simply a connection between your place of residence and your friends.¡± Anne sipped a bite of the kook and wine hot water. Helen is still tingling. If I showed any suspicious movement at all, even one knife would quickly try to detach me from my head and neck. Sometimes, as far as I¡¯m concerned, I¡¯m not even originally from this world, or I don¡¯t really realize I¡¯m from the kingdom. For the convenience of where I live, I was only first to get to know Camilo, Marius and the people of the kingdom. If this forest, or this workshop, was more than the Empire, it could have been so with someone in the Empire. ¡±IF doesn¡¯t exist,¡± so I guess that option didn¡¯t exist for this world. Drinking a hot water split, she exhales one howl and continues. ¡°And if you are over-shouldered there, your Majesty says, you will have trouble. I¡¯ve had plenty of opportunity to try what you¡¯ve made.¡±Anne¡¯s talking about a lot of swords. The one where the Marquis said the territory of the Empire was almost abandoned and the inhabitants redeemed for almost zero-like land. Besides, there would have been time to try Helen¡¯s sword before it was placed in front of this. The revolution itself was quickly suppressed, he said. ¡°That said, we can¡¯t leave him alone in the wild without knowing anything about who he is, so he wants to see what he is.¡± ¡°Then wasn¡¯t it a mistake to imitate being wary? I expressed my doubts. It¡¯s no risk if you shut up and ask for a job to check and go home. Even if they suspect it, there is no evidence. Even though it was unexpected to the point where life might be gone, that choice doesn¡¯t seem right. Anne nodded. In other words, she would be at least killed or in a state of incarceration, in itself, to such an extent as to bring about some sort of thing between the kingdom and the empire. I think it diverges a lot from the name I just named. I decided to stick it in there. ¡°If so, isn¡¯t there something we haven¡¯t talked about? ¡°Oh, sure.¡± After a flash of atmosphere in my words, Anne gets up. Suck Helen and Thermia, Deanna came forward. Anne looked at it and frowned a little, but immediately smiled and said as she bowed gracefully to the aristocratic stream. ¡°I, Annemarie Christine Weasner, am the Seventh Empress of the Empire.¡± Chapter 274 Chapter 274: 274 Anne ¨C Annemarie named herself the Seventh Empress of the Empire and then sat down again. The three of them who were out front to protect me sit down again in the same way. You don¡¯t look more surprised than I thought, but maybe you¡¯re too surprised to feel it. However, the order of succession to the throne would be considerably lower when she became the seventh Crown Princess. The Empress alone has six people up there. Adding a prince would increase it even more. I can¡¯t believe the Empress is the only one. The trouble is that no matter how low the order of succession to the throne may be, it must be the direct line of the Emperor. It¡¯s very likely that if you treat it weird, it will be some kind of problem. This one is just a blacksmith. If you are disrespectful, you are not the one to do it, but the one to do it. On the other hand, it can also be said that as an empire we are treated fairly highly. I sent a direct line on purpose in situations where I could send someone from the side, even if I needed an identity. I mean, ¡°It would be a hostage¡­¡­¡± I groaned with a sigh. It is not a bad hand to dispatch as a hostage if you become a person whose immediate line, even though they are no longer in so much trouble. It also seems strange at first sight to send hostages from the other side, but it is a story that was also in the previous world, during the Japanese Warring States. In that case, it is usually a testament to the alliance and their subordination. I guess it¡¯s meant to be the former in this case. Anne listens to me, she¡¯s nicking. He seems to be lying around and calmly understands his position. You¡¯re the most annoying type. Except all this if what Anne is saying is true. I looked at Thermia for a moment, but she shook her head small and vertical. It means she couldn¡¯t sense the lie. I don¡¯t know if they would have lied to me without being upset at all. Again, I sighed deeper this time than I just did. ¡°Well, I understand that you and the Empire are unwilling to harm us.¡± ¡°Thank you¡± Anne bows down with Pecori.¡°Oh, let me just confirm one thing.¡± ¡°What is it? ¡°We¡± includes Helen, of course, right? Anne¡¯s sauce eyes narrowed much. It doesn¡¯t look like he¡¯s laughing, but even if he¡¯s laughing, it¡¯s that of the beast who found his prey. Helen said, staring at my face. For a little while, I was pounding my mouth, but words never came out of it. Silence came to the venue. Magic sends wind to the fire floor and furnace, flames rise, and the sound of coal blowing up echoes the blacksmith. I felt like I heard someone swallow a goku and a spit. I said head to head. I don¡¯t want to make many special provisions for rules that say this. The Mithril Rapier requested by Camilo was special, but that had the advantage of letting me handle new materials, and it was Camilo¡¯s favor like no other, so I don¡¯t know. ¡°Okay.¡± Anne stood up softly. You¡¯re leaving because you¡¯ve done your errands? I thought, when I got up, too, ¡°Now, my sword, please. A two-handed sword.¡± and Anne bowed her head. Chapter 275 Chapter 275: 275 ¡°A two-handed sword¡­¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Anne nodded at my words. I do imagine the power of a two-handed sword to be swung down from her height. It¡¯s horrible. I can¡¯t crack Tangbamboo, but would I normally crack one or two of my skulls as much as a watermelon crack? I also shook my head for a moment to see if I could swing it myself, but her body is disappointed in the whole thing just because she is tall and so hard to tell. Does it feel like you¡¯ve stretched the liqueur vertically? ¡°Are you used to handling it, are you sure? ¡°Right. Because the heads are no match for the brothers and sisters, and the little weapons are better for sister Harriet. I have a race and I have this body¡­¡± I don¡¯t think Anne would ever be stupid either. Hmm? Race? I thought you were big, but if. ¡°Excuse me, are you a giant? ¡°Yeah. You probably don¡¯t know much about the kingdom. I didn¡¯t hide it in the Empire, so nobody cares, but His Majesty is human and my mother is giant.¡± ¡°Ho.¡± I see. The giant man I saw before was a convincing size when he said three meters, but you mean the human race and the giant child wouldn¡¯t be that big? ¡°My sister Harriet is a Lizardman, and my sister Eleanor is a Dwarf, and my brother Leoporto is a Beast. Because His Majesty does not¡± separate. ¡° So Anne looked at me in a meaningful way. ¡°You, too, aren¡¯t you? You want to say,¡± I¡¯m just trying not to discriminate, that¡¯s not what I¡¯m saying¡­. Different, huh? ¡°Okay. Then let¡¯s make a two-handed sword.¡± ¡°Thank you¡±Anne bowed her head deeply as she sat down. ¡°So, what about your generation? ¡°Oh, that¡¯s if you see what you can do and pay a convincing amount¡± ¡°Eh.¡± Answering what Anne asked me, I¡¯m confused. I saw that. Like said with a sigh. ¡°My parents, they say so.¡± ¡°I see, if you want first-class artisan work, you have to be a discernible user of the price.¡± Along with Anne¡¯s temper, the wood cuts the sky by making a noise with the bun. I thought it might be a little later, but that¡¯s not true at all, and if I hit that wood now, one or two of my bones would normally break. When you say what happens when it hits your head, it¡¯s the one you can imagine. Anne said as she breathed on her shoulder after swinging the wood as if she had someone for a while. ¡°Ha¡­ ha¡­ how was¡­? ¡°Thank you. We¡¯ve decided on the general direction.¡± Even if it is natural for weight to take precedence because it is a two-handed sword, how do you balance it with the speed you shake? That would be the key to being a bespoke model. ¡°¡­ it¡¯s raining today, so no.¡± ¡°Wow, I know! I looked at Anne and stabbed Helen with a nail that was sparkling my eyes before I got ready. Chapter 276 Chapter 276: 276 The sheet metal in our workshop is roughly sized. It¡¯s only an indicative amount, but it feels like I can do a knife with one, a short sword with two, and a long sword with three. Since it is only a guide, more or less is a routine tea meal. It is appropriate in the case of items that do not fall under the above three categories. Now, if I make a two-handed sword there, I¡¯m talking about how many sheets of metal there are. Since roughly the procedure can be established for the production of sheet metal, it is not a problem in itself, but it also doesn¡¯t make much sense to make large quantities of sheet metal just for mass consumption. ¡°Do you want to start working from the furnace without using sheet metal¡± That¡¯s what I told Rike. Rike nods and says. ¡°From sheet metal, it¡¯s going to be a lot of work twice to secure the amount.¡± ¡°Right.¡± Now it was my turn to snort at Rike¡¯s words. It is very helpful to draw your intentions this way. Lique called out to the Thermeans and began putting iron stones into the furnace. We have a little time before the temperature rises enough and the iron comes out. ¡°Can Mr. Anne rest? ¡°No, if it¡¯s possible, I¡¯d like to show you the work here.¡±¡°Okay.¡± Anne looked a little surprised. If you¡¯re a regular blacksmith, you don¡¯t show a lot of workplaces that say this to people who aren¡¯t even disciples, because we¡¯re not normal. I¡¯m touring for now, so I decide to focus on my job by driving my Guest¡¯s worries and Anne¡¯s presence out of my head. Boil the iron stone until it is critical to enter the furnace and flush it down when it can be removed. Usually I keep flushing where I stop for one sheet of sheet metal and turn it into a large plate. Liddy gave Anne the cup for the guests. Even if you fall from heat stroke, there is no infusion, and there are limits to how to deal with it, so I don¡¯t want you to prevent it yourself. By the time I finished flushing iron for the second time, Anne, who was supposed to have been wet by the rain, looked no better. Waiting for the iron to cool down a little, our bodies need time to cool down too, and more importantly, it¡¯s just the right time so we¡¯re going to say lunch, and we left the blacksmith behind. I won¡¯t forget to ask Deanna to take Anne to her room. But maybe we should increase our guest rooms sometime. When another guest arrives right now, he¡¯s free. There¡¯s no other way to show him the room. Once Anne¡¯s work is done, we¡¯ll all decide what to do around it. With that in mind, I closed the door to the missing blacksmith. Chapter 277 Chapter 277: 277 Anne¡¯s clothes and coat, wet in the rain, we decided to keep them dry on the terrace with our clothes. Anne, who was led to the guest room, left her things there and changed her clothes. What she¡¯s wearing now is a Deanna piece, but it looks like normal clothes. They also wear pant-type stuff underneath to make it easier to move. ¡°Sorry, all kinds of things¡± ¡°No.¡± Anne bows her head and Deanna is responding. It¡¯s supposed to be a high-so conversation between the princess and the lady, but it¡¯s even uncomfortable the other way around because the content hasn¡¯t left the world. Like and Liddy, who were out drying their clothes on the terrace, brought Lucy back. He slept on the terrace. Do you want to be somewhere where Krull can tell? ¡°I¡¯ll have it.¡± Everyone just sat at the table lined up for lunch as usual (Lucy is waiting on the floor) and I¡¯ll have it. Anne seems surprised, too, but she was imitating us. ¡°We only have this to say, I¡¯m sorry¡± ¡°No, I¡¯m in a position to disturb you, and don¡¯t worry about it.¡± I was worried about whether it would fit my mouth, but it seemed like I was worried. Normally¡­ euphemistically, I¡¯m eating the right amount for the size of my body, so I think it¡¯s about a couple of days ahead, but don¡¯t worry. Because it¡¯s surprisingly hard to spend a couple of days without a mesh in your mouth¡­¡­ When lunch is over, go back to the blacksmith and get back to work. We have secured the iron for the two-handed sword, so everyone except Rike will be asked to go back to making sheet metal.¡°Like, come here and help me.¡± ¡°Absolutely.¡± Like grinned as she showed her unexpected strength. Making a two-handed sword on a boulder by yourself is tough, so I need help. When I say work like this, I give them a tour, and if Rike helps me, I¡¯ll have less trouble. Heat a mass of iron full of fire floors at all costs. Once the temperature is up, slapping it on the gold floor is no different than any other sword. But¡­ ¡°That¡¯s heavy and hot¡­¡± Watch the fire as you slap tongues and hips. The magical firebed lays iron on the red stomach and heats iron to the same color as the flame as if to digest it. Once removed again, tap with the gold floor to extend. It¡¯s second to none around magic because it hasn¡¯t even reached its intended length yet. Anyway, now we proceed with the work with the highest priority of length. By the side, Lucy was round on Anne¡¯s knees touring the work and Deanna was about to resent her a little. Lucy is nostalgic¡­¡­ ¡°Oh, give that kid some water, too, if you can. I¡¯ll drink it myself if I put it on this plate.¡± Lucy tends to get hot in a blacksmith for having fur. Have a special plate ready to rehydrate there. Sometimes it¡¯s dangerous to see how things go. If so, will you pull me into the house right away? With that in mind, I shook down a hammer on a much longer chunk of iron. Chapter 278 Chapter 278: 278 I managed to stretch a chunk of iron to about 170 cm for my purpose. One of the long ones naturally becomes a sword body, while the other is further processed and patterned. There¡¯s no such difference around here as short swords or long swords. However, the length of the finish is about 180 cm and it will only be close to the height of Anne. That said, a long minute of work takes extra time, because you can¡¯t complete it by yourself, and it¡¯s going to be a lot different on your own. ¡°With that said, you used to hit a long sword with Rike in the beginning.¡± ¡°Oh, you did¡± Since when did I start working alone? That doesn¡¯t mean Lique grows so fast. Not a year has passed since I¡¯ve been here. And yet I even feel somewhat nostalgic for working with the two of us. That was the same with Like, who looked emotional. ¡°That¡¯s it for today, but don¡¯t ask me again tomorrow¡± ¡°Of course! Rike responded to my words with a full grin. Dinner that day will also be lively with my family + Anne. Lucy said, as soon as she ate some of the meat she had given her, she made a noise and ran off with a slice of the larger meat to the hut with the krulls. Are you going to split it between your sisters? ¡°That one, you¡¯re smart¡± Anne said as she looked in the direction she ran from the door I opened for Lucy who wanted to go outside. He spent most of this afternoon with me, and his emotions completely shifted. I¡¯m not actually a dog, I¡¯m a wolf child living in this forest, but I wouldn¡¯t have to explain it there. ¡°You will! At some point Deanna, who was lying down, is bragging about her chest. As a mom, I¡¯d be happy if my kids were complimented. As a matter of fact, I¡¯m glad too. Even if it comes from a place where its wit is turned into a demon, I¡¯m glad to hear it. As I closed the door, I told Deanna. ¡°If it rains hard tomorrow, I guess we¡¯ll have to have them both in the cabin¡± ¡°Hey.¡± Deanna seems a little lonely, but it¡¯s a cabin built wide there, she wouldn¡¯t be bored if it was the two of us. You can take the rice from here. We went back to the table to continue our interrupted dinner. ¡°So you¡¯re saying that the Emperor doesn¡¯t really see Helen as a problem? ¡°Either that or Mr. Helen found me angrier with the captain of the unit¡± ¡°Oh, I guess so.¡± I don¡¯t know what to say, but I¡¯m just a jerk. I have to play another farce with that butt wipe. I almost guessed the Emperor¡¯s heart, though slightly. ¡°I haven¡¯t made any particular disposition, but it¡¯s going to be harder to come out.¡± very chilly, Anne said. Maybe Anne was involved in some of it, too. I thought so and finished this day¡¯s dinner with my back a little cooler. Chapter 279 Chapter 279: 279 The next morning, the rain on this day was even stronger than it had been yesterday. This would also be a hard time going for water. So I decided to give up water pumping. ¡°You were right to go while you were there yesterday.¡± Sitting in the living room, I was alone. Wouldn¡¯t this condition accumulate a good amount of water in the storage tank? That way, whatever you drink, you can bribe the water you get to work with. There¡¯s a noise coming off the hallway. Someone must have woken up. ¡°That, Parent, good morning¡± ¡°Rike. Good morning.¡± ¡°It¡¯s unusual for my parents to be home at this hour.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not going to get water today. So.¡± ¡°Oh, I see¡± Like looked out the window chillily and nodded. The rain sounds would have made an approximate guess, but it¡¯s hard to feel until you look at it this way. I¡¯ll look out the window, too. Not enough to call it ¡°heavy rain¡± in the previous world, but it¡¯s falling to the point where I think ¡°it¡¯s raining hard today¡±. ¡°Well, don¡¯t come to the cabin for a second.¡± ¡°Take care¡± When I told Liquette that, I cut the amount of dried meat I had for Lucy and the others to eat today and stuck it in my back sac. Also keep some towels, a water bag filled with water, and two deep wooden dishes in a wooden plate. Finally, wear a thick cloth from your head. I wouldn¡¯t rely on it as a replacement for Poncho, but it would be better than none. Walk in the rain towards the cabin. My feet are soaking up because of the rain that kept falling and it¡¯s a little unstable. Is the soil in this forest hard because it dries out of this state? I¡¯ll have to check around there again.I walked solo so I wouldn¡¯t get cocky, took nearly twice as long as I normally do (though not a big time because I said it was right there), and reached the cabin. ¡°Klulululululu¡± Krull welcomes me to the cabin. Velour and flashy licked his face around. ¡°Okay, I¡¯ll wipe your body first.¡± Gently dampen one of the cloths I brought with the water in the water bag and wipe the body of the krull. The floor of the cabin had not been intruded directly by the water, thanks to the height on it, but it was snug with the rain that continued to fall. I¡¯ll have to think with the crossing to the cabin by the start of next rainy season. It will be dirty one way or the other, but it will still make Krull feel different than not doing it clean once a day. After cleaning up the Krull, let¡¯s see if we can get to Lucy. ¡°Wow¡­¡± But I don¡¯t know how big Lucy will get when she grows up. The motherly wolf was the size of a big dog, but the demonized Lucy was even bigger, and that¡¯s not likely to be as big as a horse-sized kurl. It¡¯ll be hard to take you to the city when you¡¯re that big. Such a concern for my future, Lucy runs around the cabin with a clean body. Seeing that, he cut a chunk of dried meat apart and placed it on a wooden plate, adding the water from the water bag that was left in the wood dish. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, but you need to stay quiet here today. This is what it looks like out there, so don¡¯t get out.¡± ¡°Krull.¡± ¡°Wow!¡± Krull and Lucy replied to my words. When I stroked their heads, I ran back to the house. Chapter 280 Chapter 280: 280 Back home, almost everyone was awake. As usual, it¡¯s time for me to go get some water. When I got back everyone was washing their faces and I wasn¡¯t sure when they were up, but they were up pretty early. I said ¡°almost¡± because one is not awake. It¡¯s Anne. ¡°I don¡¯t know if I can say I can slam the door, but in a way I sleep in the middle of an enemy land. I guess this extra time should be said even though I¡¯m a princess, or because I¡¯m a princess¡± ¡°Mr. Anne, I think it¡¯s personal. I wonder if the princess is aware of the seventh princess. Like your brother was turned by the city guards with three men.¡± ¡°With that said, why were you on the lower end of the guard? Not the captain or anything.¡± ¡°Your father said,¡± Slow down and go to the city as a deputy and help your brother to rule. That¡¯s why we know every inch of the city. Captains often don¡¯t show up. Go as a soldier. ¡°Come on.¡± ¡°I see.¡± It reminds me of Marius standing at the entrance to the city, but in fact he also patrols the whole city and the streets. I¡¯ve never stopped by because I don¡¯t have errands, but I guess I¡¯ve been around a little dangerous areas as well. Whether or not I should know where to say that is hard for me to judge by anything that has never involved me in the administration, including the previous world, but at least I thought Marius¡¯ father (i.e. Deanna¡¯s father as well) was valid.¡°What were the deputies going to do if things went according to your father¡¯s wishes? ¡°I think you¡¯re retiring with your father. I think I¡¯ve been looking out for a hiding place. But I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s going to be like this until we find a replacement.¡± By that, I mean the incident that prompted Marius to come to us in her current position. Regardless of Thermia and Lique, the other two are not familiar with the story and I will keep the details to myself. In the meantime, Anne put him to bed and decided to start preparing for the morning, each working on his own preparation. ¡°Huh¡­ Thank you very much¡­¡± When Anne knelt to her side, she stuck her face in a grounding momentum. Look at that. Everybody gives it a whiff. After a few seconds, Anne woke up. ¡°Phew! Heh! You¡¯ll wake up! Anne has a clear voice and eyes when she hits and changes. Once again, they all looked surprised. I¡¯m the type of person who remembers a little in the previous world, but it would be pretty rare in this world. Would this also be the effect of the royal upbringing? When I told Rike to give him a towel, he went on to prepare breakfast. Chapter 281 Chapter 281: 281 ¡°So the two-handed sword is going to be able to do it today, right? ¡°Yes.¡± I nodded at Anne¡¯s words as she carried the soup she prepared for breakfast into her mouth. ¡°That¡¯s not so much work from here, is it? However, it will take all day today, so I don¡¯t think it¡¯s possible to return today. More importantly, it¡¯s this rain.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± Relax, Anne answers. ¡°I woke up,¡± he said, but I saw him as the type that would take time by the time of the book. ¡°If it¡¯s sunny, I¡¯m going to show you around the woods, but it¡¯s like this, so it¡¯s nothing.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t mind that at all. I¡¯m not good at moving my body.¡± I accidentally said, ¡°That¡¯s a lie!¡± I almost screamed, ¡°but there I glanced. It¡¯s a mistake, me. I guess it¡¯s because I thought the same thing about Thermia hiking her nose. Well, I guess they sent me in here expecting a quicker spin in my head than my actual combat ability. ¡°Well, that means Anne will be visiting again today.¡± ¡°Yeah. Nice to meet you.¡± Me and Like, two hand swords, ask the other mentors to make sheet metal today. Anne is on tour, and Krull and Lucy are leaving messages at the cabin.We all worship a shrine in a blacksmith. I told Anne, ¡°I don¡¯t care if you do anything else,¡± but she was doing it with us by imitating her appearance. ¡°This kind of thing, you keep your heart tight¡± He said, but I guess it¡¯s because his belly is creeping, his characteristic sauce eyes are slightly mellow. After this, it¡¯s just a tour, and Lucy¡¯s not here, so I don¡¯t mind if you sleep in her room. I sighed softly and got ready for work. A two-handed sword that could be extended to its intended length until the day before, but still plain in shape. I have to tap it from here to make the shape of a sword. The whole thing can¡¯t be heated at once, and it doesn¡¯t make much sense if you do. The problem when heating every part is if there is any variation in the way the heat enters, but since it¡¯s me there, there won¡¯t be a problem. Carefully tap the heated parts and the end of the pattern with a smaller hammer. Prioritize connectivity at this time, and I don¡¯t care about magic. Thus, the appearance of a two-handed sword with no wax was made. Around noon in time. ¡°Is he like this? Then let¡¯s make it look good and finish it.¡± ¡°Yes!¡± When I spoke to Lique like that, she went around telling everyone it was lunch time. Chapter 282 Chapter 282: 282 Lunch ended only with a particularly unusual story. Because I don¡¯t want to step on a mine poorly and do some afternoon work with shitty air. Things aren¡¯t the same as dinner you might forget if you sleep and wake up. It is also a virginal one worn in the previous world. Approximate shape was completed by lunch. We¡¯ll finish it later, but the important thing with our products is how much magic is there. Anne has a family name¡­¡­ or is a royal person, so it is very likely that she is quite small and has a magical heart. Then it is also possible to sense the magic that is on the product. If not, cutting it up in the right place and handing it over to ¡°Yes Here¡± would have been an option, but if Helen¡¯s shortsword had been appraised, you¡¯d find out, and you wouldn¡¯t have to cross a dangerous bridge, so you go into the task of being able to magic from here on out. This task is possible to some extent in Lique, but I have no choice but to do more than that. So as ¡°putting in a fine fix,¡± I hammer a cold sword body during lunch. The magic is carried out on the sword body with hammers so that the emphasis is on durability over sharpness. It took me a while to magic the long sword body, but I was able to reach the limit of being rubbed on steel. After that, even Yasuri eliminates irregularities. I am also in charge of this because it is the task of sharpening the magical sword body. I don¡¯t wear a blade with a grinding wheel. This guy would crack most things with weight and hardness. In the meantime, Like decided to make a part that would become a mollusk. He¡¯ll pin it later. The pattern is likely to be overloaded due to centrifugal forces, but this one is a decision to say otherwise. It also makes sense to say that if you want to change it yourself because it¡¯s about to catch your eye after that. Once I cleaned the whole place with Yasuri, I would cook it, but I made it a way to say that I would keep watering it in large quantities instead of sinking it into a regular tank because it was long. While you are heating the two-handed sword, it is a way for everyone to drain the water from the tank and keep sprinkling the water desperately. It is important to identify the timing and the extent to which the ¡°Introduction¡± and ¡°Stop¡± decrees are to be heated, but I can handle it there as well. ¡°All right, then, let¡¯s go¡± ¡°Yes!¡± I brought a hot two-handed sword over an empty tank. Everyone is waiting with something to water their hands.¡°¡­ Introduction! Everyone waters with my decree. The sound of ju and the water vapor that will soon rise wraps around the blacksmith. The heat hits us all at once, but we can¡¯t lose this. Looking around, I gave the next order. ¡°Stop!¡± Everyone stops the perfect hand. I stared at the sword and saw how it was. Apparently, it¡¯s going to be okay. ¡°All right, you¡¯re all right¡± Wow, everyone cheered. This is the first time I¡¯ve worked completely together like this, so it feels fresh. ¡°You¡¯re all close.¡± I still give this back to Anne, who relaxes somewhere, but seems a little lonely. ¡°Yeah, it¡¯s my family.¡± Chapter 283 Chapter 283: 283 I wrapped my skin around the pattern and made it non-slip while I had everyone finish the blacksmith. Now it is true completion. ¡°Go ahead.¡± ¡°Thank you¡± I gave Anne a two-handed sword. When she receives it, she moves to the business space. It¡¯s a little wider over there. Anne lifted her two-handed sword all the way up the stairs before swinging it down. There is a sound as if it breaks with every bun of air. Next up is the horizontal giraffe. It still sounds heavy. If I try to take that one with my sword, it just seems like every sword is going to be slapped off as it is. Even if I can just swing that vertically and horizontally, I can tell that I have enough muscle strength. Is it a characteristic of the race? ¡°It¡¯s like old Deanna.¡± Soon Helen, who was coming right next to me, said Bosoli. ¡°It¡¯s beautiful, but you mean it¡¯s not suitable for action? Helen snorts at my words I whispered. You mean you don¡¯t have actual experience even when you do auditions? ¡°Then I can handle it myself.¡± ¡°If you¡¯re licking it, you¡¯re gonna hurt.¡± ¡°I know, I know.¡± It must be dangerous if you let your muscle strength wield that two-handed sword. Now that I know you¡¯re worried about me, I¡¯ll slap Helen on the back with a pomp to show my appreciation.Did you convey your gratitude, Helen just backed off a little bit? ¡°Try this one¡± I¡¯ve stabbed the right Marutai with a long sword of general models, and I¡¯ll speak to Anne. ¡°Is that okay? ¡°Yeah. I¡¯ll rebuild it when it breaks¡± It¡¯s one of our prized products, but you could also use this kind of help. It can also be used as an equipment. ¡°Bye.¡± ¡°No, this is awesome. My skill is so¡­¡± Anne humbles herself with a two-handed sword in her hand. ¡°And it¡¯s really amazing¡± ¡®Cause that¡¯s the job.¡¯ ¡°No¡­¡­ well, let¡¯s just say that¡± She said so with an inclusive grin. Again, I guess it¡¯s not just a description of the circumstances and an order¡­ Don¡¯t touch it there for now. I just want you to go home without touching me like this if you can, but, well, will it do what I want? With such anxiety, I followed the blacksmith to prepare dinner. Chapter 284 Chapter 284: 284 ¡°Then celebrate the completion of your request.¡± Cheers! Raise a wooden cup filled with wine (liqueur only). For the cook, the ¡±good part¡± of the salted meat of the deer and pork that was taken was cooked by making a vanilla grill and a soy sauce-based sauce, respectively. The bread wanted to use fermented seeds if I had time, but I left it unfermented bread. The soup is the usual one¡­¡­ or a little extra meat for the rest of the day. A common man¡¯s meal would still be luxurious enough. ¡°This brown sauce has a bit of a habit, so if it doesn¡¯t seem to fit your mouth, please have this vanilla grill without having to¡± ¡°Yes, thank you¡± My family was fine, but soy sauce would have a unique smell because it is a fermented food. I can¡¯t help but think that doesn¡¯t suit my mouth. After she snorted at my words, Anne carried pork into her mouth. I stare at that unexpectedly. The meat was chewed up and swallowed up with cockroaches. I asked nervously. ¡°What do you say? ¡°It¡¯s delicious!! Anne says with almost all the momentum she just screams. I was surprised, but for now I wish it fit my mouth. ¡°Oh, excuse me¡­¡±¡°No, I¡¯m glad you said that¡± I said with the best smile I could, Thermia and Helen are still going to blow out, and Rike and Deanna are kind of weird faces. Liddy also looks like she¡¯s going to hear a voice saying, ¡°Yeah¡­¡­¡± No, I can laugh, too, can¡¯t I? I did very little in the previous world, so I just couldn¡¯t do it. ¡°What are you using? ¡°Say¡± soy sauce, ¡°it¡¯s a northern seasoning fermented with soy and wheat. It goes with a lot of things.¡± ¡°Heh, the North¡± Afterwards it thrived on a less obvious story. It is most striking that we were talking about the state of the court of kingdoms and empires in Deanna and Anne. He seemed to have had quite a few chances of going to court when he was also a countess, and it goes without saying that he would be an empress. We were listening to that story, too. The whispering but fun feast will eventually be over, and when we all clean up after, all we have to do is go to bed. ¡°Well, if the rain is better tomorrow, I¡¯ll send you to the forest entrance.¡± ¡°Yeah. Please¡± Me and Anne, the whole family say ¡°good night¡± to each other and go back to their respective rooms. ¨C And that night, my room door was knocked. Chapter 285 Chapter 285: 285 Knocked door. My family has never visited my room at such a time before. It is also inconceivable that we are here for the first time today as a possibility, but that would be unlikely. I mean, it¡¯s not our family that came. Then the answer is one. ¡°Wait a minute, please¡± When I say that, I change my sleeping clothes and put a knife behind my back just in case I take it off. Not from the front, gently from the side of the door. In the meantime, the van and the door could never be opened from the other side, so Anne stood in anticipation of opening the door herself. A large body is standing in the dark. Sometimes you¡¯ll want to go to the bathroom at night, because the magic lantern you leave on in the living room illuminates your body from behind, so it¡¯s backlit and I don¡¯t really understand your expression. ¡°What¡¯s up? I¡¯ll whisper to keep the rest of my family awake. Then the answer still came back in a whisper. ¡°I need to talk to you for a second¡­¡± Families can get into their rooms, but they can get guests into their rooms¡­. It¡¯s extremely troublesome to be called into question later for all kinds of meaningless reasons. ¡°Well, there you go.¡± I urged him to come to the living room. I don¡¯t feel like killing, but I won¡¯t forget to let Anne stand first. In the end, nothing happened, and when I let Anne sit in the chair at the table, I put a fire in my skin. When I say this, I¡¯m grateful to be able to put the fire in as soon as it¡¯s magical. Encourage the conversation while putting water up in a small pot and waiting for the water to boil. ¡°So, what¡¯s the story? Anne was cruising around looking at my face and turning around, but eventually she opened her mouth. ¡°¡­ would you like to come to the Empire? Only the quiet sound of boiling water sounds. ¡°I can¡¯t do that¡± I answered quietly. Because this is nothing kingdom, it¡¯s not something like that. Without the magic of this forest, my blacksmith life would not be. I may be able to cover some of it, but I can¡¯t produce bespoke models without the magic to do it in the first place. To my reply, Anne sighs.¡°Well, I thought you would¡± Silence reigns over the field again, and boiling water is making a copocop of noise. I drop the fire and pour water into the two cups and add just a little spirits. ¡°Go ahead.¡± ¡°Thank you¡± I sat in the table chair, too. Includes a very thin hot water split of the cup in your mouth. Anne did the same, so quiet that she thought she heard the sound of swallowing. Suddenly, Kusuri and Anne laughed. ¡°What¡¯s wrong? ¡°No, I¡¯m not talking about Mr. Eizou.¡± Anne put her mouth on the cup again. ¡°Until just now, I was hoping you¡¯d come. But when I was turned down, I felt safe about it somewhere.¡± Basically, I¡¯ve only dealt with that quite a bit outside of my family. Camilo and Marius are not family members, but they are becoming as recognizable within themselves, and Sandro¡¯s old man and Miss Frederica are close there, but there are plans somewhere. Still, I might be prepared to help out with some losses. But even if the Marquis gets pinched, I¡¯ll probably abandon him at my leisure. But can you help? If it¡¯s a candidate in anticipation, there¡¯s nothing I¡¯m not convinced of. There will be no humans in the world who combine beauty with force, but wonder we have more than one applicable person¡­ ¡°That said, you must be in a bad position to leave like this, right? ¡°Yeah, well¡± Anne nods honestly to my words. ¡°Do you want to give me a pen?¡± ¡°Can Mr. Eizou even write letters? ¡­ doesn¡¯t mean you can use magic and can¡¯t write.¡± Anne said as a little surprised, but soon convinces herself. Well, to say that magic can be used is a sign that you¡¯ve been well educated, and there¡¯s no way that a person in that position can¡¯t read or write. At least in this world. I took a seat in my room to pick up some paper and writing fixtures. Chapter 286 Chapter 286: 286 I came back to the living room with my writing equipment from my room, and I spread the paper. Thin vegetable fiber paper, but I don¡¯t know the detailed material. The ends weren¡¯t cut off and felt rough somewhere. ¡°Well, how do you write it?¡± ¡°Our demand is to keep our shoulders out of the kingdom more than necessary.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t disagree with that per se, as I¡¯m not willing to assume that you¡¯re putting it on your shoulders, but that¡¯s not the case if you seem tired of your friends.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t think that¡¯s okay¡± As an empire, if we don¡¯t ¡°supply the kingdom with the same quality of bespoke models,¡± the immediate threat can be averted, I guess. Since consent has been obtained, I will write to that effect on paper. ¡°You¡¯re good with words, aren¡¯t you?¡± ¡°Really? ¡°Yes.¡± I don¡¯t know about documents in this world, because I barely see them. I often look at signs, but many don¡¯t have letters in them. So I¡¯m not sure how beautiful I can write. ¡°I can use magic, I can write beautiful words. It¡¯s strange that you¡¯re so educated that you don¡¯t know one thing about your personality.¡± Anne¡¯s sauce eyes narrow softly. It also seemed as if the raptors targeting the prey were checking the location of the prey, even though it was sauce-eyed. ¡°There were a lot of things going on there. As you can imagine at a time when you¡¯re practically a blacksmith in hiding.¡± ¡°Yeah, that¡¯s sort of true,¡±It can be assumed that having a fairly advanced education is quite a qualification. That¡¯s usually something you can¡¯t hide if you try to. Even if he was the youngest of ten brothers. You may not know if they even let you into a common house somewhere right after you were born like Helen, but at a time when you are educated enough that magic can be used, you should be growing up as a noble family child until you are at some age. I can see where the house was sent from the house of nobility to the house of nobility. I¡¯m not born in this world in the first place, what an assumption I can¡¯t do without God. Because it makes no sense at all to be explored around there and told the truth. ¡°Let¡¯s finish this anyway. Um, I refuse to invite you, but is the Emperor the better type to write a thank you note first?¡± ¡°No, I don¡¯t think Father really cares. Because you don¡¯t like beauty phrases.¡± ¡°I see.¡± In the middle of it, I realized there was a fuss. ¡°On second thought, isn¡¯t it pretty nasty for a blacksmith to entrust a letter to His Majesty the Emperor of the Empire to send to the Empress¡­? ¡°It¡¯s okay. Unless I could have caged you, but this is one of the purposes. This time, I¡¯m basically a missionary.¡± ¡°Bye.¡± I waited for the ink to dry before wrapping the paper around and handing it to Mr. Anne. I wrote the address and my name because it was a letter, but I didn¡¯t put anything else to prove it. Because if there¡¯s something terrible wrong with this letter, we can keep each other busy. We just have to trust each other there. ¡°Thank you¡± Unlike narrowing those eyes softly, Anne usually laughed nicely and received my letter. Chapter 287 Chapter 287: 287 Anne, who received a letter from me, pulled into the guest room. ¡°Do you want me to go to bed too¡­¡± I¡¯ve taken up a lot of time, so I may not be able to sleep much from now on. But ¡°Sleep even an hour when you can¡± is one of the lessons I learned in the previous world. I tried to open my door. I put my hand on the door, I feel the signs and I stop my hand once. The hallway leading to the families¡¯ room. There¡¯s a shadow there. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, did I wake you? ¡°No.¡± Answering that in a small voice, she approached us softly. ¡°Could you have heard that? ¡°Yes.¡± She answers with few words. What did she think? Not sure if I should ask, the answer came from her side. ¡°Mr. Eizo, you¡¯re not leaving here.¡± ¡°Right. It¡¯s a flowing house.¡± Fine voice. It is her hallmark. It goes hand in hand with not being a very lively speaker, which doesn¡¯t usually come up on the table, but the truth is, she¡¯s not very popular either. ¡°What if I told you to live in an elf forest with me? ¡°¡­ right. That¡¯s a very fascinating proposition.¡± ¡°Really?¡± ¡°Not enough to think that might be a good idea.¡± When I said that with a slightly troubled face, she ¨C Liddy put her hand on my chest. It¡¯s as warm as if you cut it into hand shapes just there. ¡°Hehe, I was a little mean. For me, too, this is a house, because you¡¯re all family. Good night.¡± Smiling fluffily, she went back to her room. I put my head on Gashi and put my hands on my own door. And then I realize. ¡°Maybe you withheld me for when something happened? And then I was in a good mood. My daughters are fine¡­¡­ At breakfast, we talk about dropping Anne off. I¡¯ll show you to the forest entrance after breakfast. ¡°Yes, please¡± ¡°Everybody going too? When I ask, it¡¯s all about following me. So, you¡¯re out of the workshop. After breakfast, everyone travels in rainy weather ¨C even though enough to wear an extra coat in their outfits when they go to the city ¨C and get on the table. Anne had that big two-handed sword on her back. Each of us carries a weapon. The wolves are supposed to be pulling in when it rains, but it¡¯s not like the big black bear was just around the time we got here, and there¡¯s no wandering around. Krull and Lucy were waiting on the table, and we all started walking together as Deanna scooped Lucy around shaking. Chapter 288 Chapter 288: 288 Today¡¯s rain is weak, and when we go into the woods, it seems pretty blocked, and it doesn¡¯t hit as well as we thought. However, some rain grains fall out of the wind or can¡¯t withstand the weight. They hit my coat from time to time and made heavy noises with my bottoms. ¡°Krull.¡± They also hit a much bigger kurl of the body than we did, and every time they hit, they were raising their voices about whether it tickled. You had a similar feeling in an animated film from the previous world. Lucy says, did you get pretty guzzled, leaving Deanna to give up and run around? I don¡¯t mind the muddy on the ground either, so it was so muddy that I didn¡¯t know how the original fur was. I¡¯ll have to wash him thoroughly when I get home¡­¡­ ¡°With that said, how did you get here? People who know where they are should be very limited.¡± While walking, I asked Anne that. Did you investigate or even try to bring it to Camilo on exchange terms? ¡°It¡¯s¡­ a secret¡± Anne¡¯s answer was as she imagined it to be. Well, I didn¡¯t even think you could tell me. Whether it¡¯s the empire¡¯s investigative skills or its bargaining skills, Anne doesn¡¯t have to bother teaching them here. I whispered my nose small and showed just a little discomfort and convincing. Looking up at the green roof (although the rain leak is a lot worse for the roof) that sometimes falls. ¡°Even though it¡¯s better today, the wolves are sick of it when it keeps raining like this,¡± When I said, Thermia answered. ¡°Maybe. Maybe I¡¯m sick of deer as well as wolves. On a sunny day after a long rain, you¡¯re always standing up.¡± ¡°Easy to hunt because you¡¯re getting distracted? ¡°Right. They don¡¯t even notice where they notice it¡¯s normal. That¡¯s why they learn to hunt at this time of year.¡±¡°I see.¡± Deer has an excellent sense of smell on top of being vigilant. Hearing and vision seem to be about crowded, but vice versa also means that you can be vigilant in the crowd. If you can tailor one head after three days, you can say a well-skilled hunter. One head per day is pretty much due to the knowledge and experience of Thermia, who has lived in this forest all five years. However, the fact that it¡¯s easy for us to hunt would be the same story for wolves and bears. There seems to be a connection between wolves having children at this time of year. Thus he took a leisurely walk through the woods, talking about the ¡°animals after the rainy season¡±. Almost at the entrance to the woods, Anne cut it out when she thought. ¡°Um¡­ it¡¯s the price for this back thing¡­¡± ¡°¡­ oh¡± I totally forgot. I wish everyone in my family would say it too. ¡°It¡¯s an imperial gold coin. I was wondering if one of them would be worth about five kingdom coins.¡± As Anne puts it, it¡¯s big, and the purity of gold is different or heavy. That¡¯s about ten pieces, which means around fifty gold coins. It¡¯s simple to make just because it¡¯s big, and if you just get this, it¡¯s enough. ¡°I see. I see.¡± I threw up a regular dialogue and missed the gold coins. The exchange for kingdom gold coins¡­ one of these days I¡¯ll ask Camilo. I mean, it¡¯s not suspicious if I leave it to him. ¡°It¡¯s about time¡± I looked out of the woods when I heard Liddy¡¯s voice the size of whether or not she would be wiped out by the little rain noise. Chapter 289 Chapter 289: 289 Slowly approach the forest entrance. I have always called it the ¡°entrance,¡± but it simply feels a little open there compared to the surroundings. ¡°We¡¯ll pick you up when we get back here¡­¡± When Anne said that, Thermia came forward sassy. ¡°Smells like blood¡± Not too loud, but with a clear voice, Thermia said. I don¡¯t feel anything in my nose. It¡¯s raining, and it should be flowing pretty well as it was, but it seems to have reached Thermia¡¯s nose. When I was confused, Helen pulled out the short sword. Both back and hips. ¡°Don¡¯t be.¡± ¡°Oh.¡± Thermia and Helen nod at each other like that. Helen felt something, too, which doesn¡¯t seem to be Thermia¡¯s mistake. Thermia prepares the bow. I also pulled out ¡±thin ice,¡± a three-striking sword and knife illuminating the dim space blue. Now, it might be a bad idea if it¡¯s a night fight. Watching us move, Deanna pulled out her sword, and Liddy prepared her bow, too. Lique is lowering Krull and Lucy a little back. If you¡¯re too far away, they could be after you there, so you won¡¯t leave much. ¡°You¡¯re here!? Come out! Come out or I¡¯ll smash you through with his bow!!! Helen screamed out loud enough that she was going to have tinnitus. Thermia squeezes her bow like she threatens. Soon I was able to move with Azumi¡¯s breath, and I remembered a little touching, approximating the pressing situation. There must have been a tour of whether or not to leave, for a little while. Afterwards, about five figures appeared wrapped around his whole body in a light green outfit. I¡¯m covered in masks and I don¡¯t see my face very well. I feel like I¡¯ve seen my whole body, and I¡¯m also like a ninja. I don¡¯t even think everyone has come out with this, so you should probably think about a couple more people are on the ground. ¡°I¡¯ll ask you once, are you picking me up? Even if it was a welcome, it would be a 100% welcome to the afterlife, while I asked Anne. The reply is a bumbled and side-by-side shaken neck. ¡°Hand it over quietly and I won¡¯t get my hands on you¡± That being said, it doesn¡¯t mean ¡°I knew it,¡± either. ¡°Deanna, Liddy and Like take Mr. Anne and the Krulls back to the house in a hurry. This is me and Thermia, Helen. If there¡¯s only one person to return to¡­ leave the house and go to the capital immediately.¡± That¡¯s what I gave you. I can see the family patrolling. But he said, ¡°Hurry! Right now!,¡± he nodded like he had decided to, and began to move. Five green men (maybe some women) try to chase after us, but we don¡¯t move. They put up their weapons again. Now, can you manage to cut through¡­ Chapter 290 Chapter 290: 290 It was Sitocito. The rain only slightly but gained momentum. Anne might have had a hard time returning to the Empire by the end of the day. ¡°Five to three? Well, not even five.¡± ¡°You can afford it, can¡¯t you? Helen slaps a light mouth on my words. There is no agitation in the opponent. I wish I could take a camouflage and grab a real number of clues, but they¡¯re not that manicured. ¡°You may be, but I¡¯m an amateur.¡± ¡°Well said.¡± Helen laughs bitterly, because she¡¯s actually an amateur about the fight itself¡­¡­ The men have been packing their time with Girizilli. Thermia goes down a little to go with it. There are some attributes of what you get, but if anyone runs after you, I want you to take care of them. It stops where the siege is such that my sword will or will not arrive. ¡°This is my last warning. Go through there.¡± ¡°That¡¯s rude. That¡¯s what they said, and you looked stupid enough to let me through saying yes? The man did not utter any more words. Instead, I¡¯ve just slashed into saying it¡¯s the answer to my question. ¡°Oops.¡±I¡¯m going to slash that hand I¡¯ve been slashing with the knife I had in place. The opponent tries to take it with the dagger in his hand (although slightly shorter than the average one), but ¡±thin ice¡± easily chopped it off. I aimed at my torso this time with a literal returning sword, but a man flew away early for a moment and shook in the sky. ¡°Chip. The weapons in the north are troublesome.¡± The man seemed to think of the present as a knife trait. Since the thin ice sashimi is glowing thin blue, you will notice something somewhat special, but I don¡¯t think the performance is any different. A man threw down a dagger that had disappeared from halfway through his sword body and pulled out a dagger that would be spare. ¡°I¡¯ll tell you the other way around, if you¡¯re going home, now¡¯s the time, right? ¡°Gah!? An arrow stabs him in the head and a man raises a distressed voice. It is not a normal arrow that Thermia unleashed. It¡¯s my special arrow. It seems to be quite stiff, it also penetrates the skull of the pigs in this forest easily. It is not something that can be prevented where some protection has been provided. I kneel in as I keep spinning and run the blade to the other leg without turning around. A blue light tore off its leg. Chapter 291 Chapter 291: 291 ¡°Guh.¡± The one with his legs slit raised a groaning voice. I stop spinning and slash him with a knife to return him again. He¡¯s not the one who slit his leg, he¡¯s the leader of this group. He¡¯s the one with the arrow stabbed in the head. The arrows are deeply stabbed, so there is no doubt that the lights of life will not go out far, even if they are already out or left alone, but they will cause a glimmer of blue wind to blow around its neck. My neck and body broke up crying, and I fell. ¡°This one¡¯s good! I screamed. Helen, of course. Hearing that voice, Helen¡¯s eyes gleam. Looks more like a beast than a Thermia. Moment after moment, when I wondered if the blue lightning had run around between the three opponents, those three also fell to the wet ground and flashly bounced up the blister. ¡°What do you say? ¡°I¡¯m done. I don¡¯t even need it.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Neither me nor Helen talk much. Because you don¡¯t have to. Me and her, we head over to the guy who cut off his leg. The guy stays down and is not moving. I don¡¯t think he¡¯s slashed the aorta, but he slashed it deep there, and it¡¯ll be hard to move. After stepping on his shoulder to prevent him from moving, he kicks the sword in his hand. ¡°Now, you know what we¡¯re trying to say? ¡­¡­ It was running slightly in the rain, but I shook away the blood on my body and heard. As far as the voices I heard earlier, I¡¯m a man, but I don¡¯t care about gender at this point.The tentative man says nothing in silence. If you could talk now, it wouldn¡¯t have been easy, would it? ¡°Who told you to come here? ¡°You think that¡¯s what they¡¯re gonna ask me to say? ¡°Right¡­¡± There¡¯s no way the perky one who talks about it because it¡¯s absolutely deadly is going to be driven out on a mission like this. Suddenly Helen approaches and pierces the sword in his hand into Guthali and the man¡¯s thigh. ¡°Gu¡­¡­¡± ¡°I guess.¡± It¡¯s a poison that works fast. You¡¯ll know if you look into the details properly, but anyway, now we¡¯re out of sources. I didn¡¯t even think it would be easy to get, but I have to bring trouble to Camilo even when the rainy season is over and we go to the city¡­ ¡°Let¡¯s get this one cleaned up.¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Me and Helen, dragging five bodies into the back of the woods in Thermia. There will be battle and drag marks on the ground, so cut the branches of the leafy trees there and keep them hidden instead. Rain legs that were going to get stronger were weakening the momentum, as if to comfort me, which I felt heavier about the troubles I would be waiting for. Chapter 292 Chapter 292: 292 ¡°Which one do you think? Finished cleaning up. I asked Helen. Regarding the identity of the assassin. If you were after Helen, you¡¯d think it belonged to the hands of the Empire. But it was Anne who aimed. Regardless of how you found out about entering the Seventh Empress¡¯s kingdom, I would normally assume it was someone¡¯s gesture in the kingdom, but the possibilities of the empire are not small either. Helen answers, shrugging her shoulders. ¡°You don¡¯t get it. I think I have both. Empires and kingdoms. Even if it¡¯s an empire, it could be both, given the risks.¡± ¡°What about the Republic? ¡°There isn¡¯t. But if they find out, they¡¯ll turn both empire and kingdom against their enemies.¡± ¡°Avoid two-to-one situations? ¡°If Atai.¡± ¡°You just cleaned up a little on a three-on-one basis.¡± ¡°That¡¯s because I had to do it.¡± ¡°I see.¡± Helen also comes from ¨C she¡¯s not the Marquis¡¯ concealer, she¡¯s the horsemaker¡¯s daughter ¨C and just says she¡¯s not properly educated, it¡¯s nothing stupid. I can also read letters. You don¡¯t have to bother choosing a disadvantage no matter how awesome you are called a ¡°thunder¡± and your opponent would be out of step. ¡°Both, maybe? Thermia looks strange. It won¡¯t be much needed in the society of the Beast Man. From what she¡¯s told me, it¡¯s about the length of the gathering at best, and the point is that there¡¯s a small city shop president, so I guess I¡¯m not familiar with that or this of the nobility. ¡°I mean, the revolutionary remnants of the empire, the nobility¡­ or maybe someone in the imperial royal family, but if he hands directly within the kingdom and it turns out, it becomes a problem between the kingdom and the empire. Then it means you should ask someone in the kingdom to do it.¡± ¡°Does the imperial royal family mean Anne¡¯s brothers and sisters? ¡°Don¡¯t be.¡± ¡°It¡¯s tough being a princess¡± ¡°I think so too.¡± ¡°So what about Deanna? Helen denied what I came up with. ¡°If you want to do that, you can quickly assassinate Anne. Afterwards, if you want to assassinate him, you just accidentally lock him up and run away. If there were five of them, one of them would run away. You didn¡¯t do it because you wanted to keep Anne alive.¡± ¡°I see.¡± Now it was my turn to snort. That said, there are too few ingredients at the moment. Even if we involve Camilo and Marius and possibly the Marquis in this future, we want to lay down some policy ahead. ¡°Now, let¡¯s talk about the future. Let¡¯s catch up with everyone first.¡± When I said that, both Thermia and Helen nodded loudly and advanced early through the rainforest. Chapter 293 Chapter 293: 293 Move around making noises with Gasagoso. Animals in this forest will largely escape with this, and the families that are chasing them now will hear this sound. I¡¯d rather keep you informed of ¡°some approaching¡±. Because there¡¯s no Thermia over there, and it¡¯s going to be hard to tell who¡¯s coming by smell. This time, we¡¯re the ones chasing him, but given that this was an earlier chaser, it¡¯s more reassuring to be on guard. When I thought it might be time to catch up, a small shadow burst out of the bush. Me, Thermia, and Helen are delayed because they¡¯re not willing to kill or anything. But the shadow says, ¡°Wow!¡± and rang with a pretty voice. Yes, it was. Do you know who would have approached Lucy to some extent? If she¡¯s supposed to have a smarter nose than Thermia, she¡¯ll be able to tell if it smells familiar. I held up Lucy waving her tail with a pat in the rain. Tail movement becomes more intense. ¡°All right, then we¡¯re going home together.¡± ¡°Wow!¡± See how it goes, Helen laughs unexpectedly. I guess the fact that Lucy picked you up means everyone¡¯s right around the corner. We got our feet up even faster. In no time, I¡¯ll be able to see everyone. We¡¯re almost home from here. ¡°Hey!¡± I call everyone out loud. Everyone looked back at us. Needless to say, the tallest is Krull, but Anne also stands out because she is quite tall. It would be pretty easy from the chaser. ¡°Everybody okay? When I asked, Deanna answered.¡°Yeah, there¡¯s nothing going on over here. What about you?¡± ¡°This one¡¯s intact, too. I even cleaned it up.¡± ¡°Yes. Good. Because all of a sudden Lucy ran out¡­¡± ¡°Maybe you smelled me.¡± Didn¡¯t you turn the chaser around this way? Though I thought one or two lay low. Or¡­ ¡°I just want to get home soon, but let¡¯s search the perimeter once and get rid of the trail. Probably not followed, just in case. Helen, Thermia, Deanna, please come. Lucy, come on, too. Everyone¡¯s been here for a while now.¡± It¡¯s boring to be attacked for sleeping when you get home. Looks fine because Lucy doesn¡¯t react in any way, but it¡¯s life-threatening, I¡¯ve never been over the top of my mind. Anyway, Anne, Liddy and Like say the fight stops there. I mean, all the main forces are gathered here. I thought this was the right time if you were going for resurrection, but the lack of movement seemed to mean only those five assassins. ¡°Okay, so now it¡¯s time to go home¡± Everyone spoke in favor, and we walked home again. When I get home, I¡¯ll put Krull and Lucy in the cabin first, sprinkle the water from the reservoir (which was storing more water than I thought) and drop the mud I got to my body. I don¡¯t care because Lucy shakes her body with a pull and it hits us but it¡¯s originally wet in the rain. Then I wiped Krull and Lucy¡¯s body with a towel. You¡¯ve been very active in the last few days, towel. Let¡¯s buy more¡­¡­ Thus, the short drop-off and escape ended. I have to figure out a way to fight back from now on. I held such a slightly dim flame in my chest, and shut the door of the house, Batang. Chapter 294 Chapter 294: 294 The family back home and Anne wipe their bodies and replace their clothes with dry ones. After that, we all gathered in the living room. When I put a fire in the stove, I boil the water and distribute to everyone just a little bit of the spirits. In the meantime, no one uttered a word. ¡°Well, from now on,¡± I cut the talk. Gather your gaze on me. ¡°You don¡¯t think he¡¯ll come again once he¡¯s repelled? ¡°I don¡¯t think so.¡± Helen denied my words. ¡°If you were going to decide today, I think you would have sent more assassins, not depending on if you knew the power of Atai or Eizou. I didn¡¯t do it¡­¡± ¡®Cause you can only send them one by one.¡¯ Helen nodded at my words this time. ¡±Sequential force input is a foolishness¡±. It¡¯s a pretty fractured story, for example, if you can¡¯t knock it down until 9-1, you can knock it down 10-1. I just sent five people to the other person twice at a time, and 5-1 is just repeated twice and you can¡¯t knock it down. There¡¯s nothing more to it than sending ten people in from the start. I¡¯m not even the one who doesn¡¯t know that on the boulder, it should be. So, under some circumstances, we just have to send people on the critical line? ¡°I don¡¯t know if that¡¯s because you¡¯re an imperial person, or because moving large numbers here at the end of the capital¡¯s eyes and nose is too conspicuous in the kingdom.¡± ¡°Hmm¡­¡± I put my arms together and watched Anne. ¡°Anne seems to have a lot on her mind¡­¡± ¡°Yeah, well. Because the position is the position. If I¡¯d just given you a name, it¡¯d be sundown.¡± Whether she was used to the situation or didn¡¯t really feel it, Anne replied with a good mood for him. Even though there are several heirs to the throne above, they are royal people. Sometimes it will get in the way, and often it will seem worthwhile to use.There are nobles in the empire, and you wouldn¡¯t want to think about it, but you might have a crush on the same royal mortal. ¡°What¡¯s the most troublesome thing you can think of? ¡°In my mind, is it Brother Vladimir?¡± ¡°Inside.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Anne nods with a firm eye. ¡°That one doesn¡¯t feel very comfortable except with people like us. I don¡¯t usually put it on the table, and my first prince, Brother Leoporto, keeps it under control, so I¡¯m usually involved in the imperial politics. The second prince has nothing to do with it, because it involves selling tickets.¡± ¡°I see, that¡¯s troublesome¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t it? ¡°Then it is possible that you have asked someone of the nobility who wants to drive the mainstream away¡± ¡°Right. That said, so far, it¡¯s only a complete guess. As soon as I can go to a merchant I know to wholesale my goods, I¡¯ll go and tell them what¡¯s going on. We need to gather solid information.¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t it dangerous to go outside? ¡°Well, that¡¯s true. I was wondering if you¡¯d be quite all right without Mr. Anne at that time. So you don¡¯t see the target.¡± ¡°I see¡­¡± Regardless, there is a good chance that they will attack us, but this is me and Deanna, and Helen, too, and they¡¯ll be able to drive us back. ¡°In the meantime, I apologize to Anne, but that means you¡¯ll be staying for a while¡­¡± ¡°Yeah, I don¡¯t mind.¡± Anne smiled nicely and said so. But my last possibility, ¡°farce to make this situation¡±, kept me in mind. Chapter 295 Chapter 295: 295 When I realized, the rain outside was coming down again. The way it came down is not very different from yesterday¡¯s rain. Reflecting that, the air in the living room is gloomy. ¡°Well.¡± I said it bright enough to shake off the air. ¡°Do you want to work¡± ¡°At a time like this? When I said it, Thermia pinched the question. ¡°Too little information yet. I couldn¡¯t help but be afraid of what I didn¡¯t know. When I say this, I only concentrate on my work and force myself to change my mind.¡± It¡¯s also the trick I¡¯ve spent ten years ung in black livestock in the previous world. I can¡¯t deny that you¡¯ve been treated like a good person. With one sigh, I opened the blacksmith¡¯s door. I put a flame in the flame floor and furnace, and my family starts getting ready for work. Anne watched closely. ¡°¡­ do you want to help? ¡°Is that okay? ¡°Well, for today, if you mean a simple one,¡± ¡°Okay! Anne replied with a clear face, blowing away the pungent atmosphere. I give Rike instructions. ¡°Then give Mr. Anne an apron.¡±¡°Okay, parent.¡± Aprons are only of normal human size, so they are ¡°sticky,¡± but at least they are covered, so that¡¯s fine. ¡°Then I¡¯ll have it moulded. Liddy, tell him.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Liddy¡¯s thin hand takes the clay and presses it against the male shape. Fluffy movements are as if they were playing an instrument. Meanwhile, Anne began the same task by imitating the appearance. This hand is slightly larger. You don¡¯t have to say twice as much as Liddy, it¡¯s different for adults and children. Whatever it looks like, it belongs to a normal woman, but hands much different in size only push the clay into the mold lavishly. Me and Rike saw it and got to work on it. The plan today is to use a knife first with sheet metal and then a mould and a sword. Thermia said with a long pattern of iron covered with melted iron. It makes sense to teach Anne, and it¡¯s usually dangerous because it¡¯s of a temperature that exceeds 1,000 degrees. Thermia gently pours the contents of the pattern into the mold. Bright red iron was already swallowed up in the mold as it stood up the smoke. After placing until slightly cooled, the mold was removed and lightly beaten with hammer. The clay, hardened by the heat of melted iron, in the kachicoti, thereby collapsing with polarity. The core of the sword was not completely cooled, and it was so hot that it could not yet be held by hand that it was grabbed and lifted with yatco. ¡°¡­ well, what do you say? I¡¯ve heard Anne on her fearful, upbeat (though not very upbeat because of her height). ¡°Isn¡¯t that nice? I don¡¯t think I¡¯ll have to have a hard time finishing this.¡± When I said that laughing nicely, Anne said, ¡°Yay!,¡± he said, hi-touching with Liddy. The important thing is to say ¡°always¡± like this. From now on, every trouble will be waiting, but I have to protect this ¡°always¡±. With that in mind, I shook a hammer down my sword to take a burr that would really happen. Chapter 296 Chapter 296: 296 I¡¯m going to finish my sword as it is. It¡¯s a short sword because it¡¯s the first. I was a little confused as to which model to use for mass production or luxury, but because of this, I¡¯m going to finish it with luxury. Every time I wave a hammer and the magic hits me, something sparkles with the spark. Liddy said, ¡°It¡¯s like the remnants of the magic that went into the sword,¡± and he can¡¯t see it unless he¡¯s used to the treatment of magic. ¡°I¡¯ve been seeing a little of my parent¡¯s lately,¡± Rike said. Maybe you¡¯ll be able to see it clearly before it¡¯s too far away. Regardless of whether the iron flushing arm is good (casting also affects the ability of the injection arm) and whether the mould has good qualities, it was possible to proceed with finishing properly. After a process such as sintering and wrapping the skin around the pattern, if the blade is applied at the end, it is complete. I usually put together blades and stuff, but I¡¯m going to finish only one specially this time. As a result, it became ¡°better¡± among the luxury models, but it is not a bespoke one, so I think it would be problematic. But I can be proud to say that I¡¯ve done quite a bit of it myself. If I were to wholesale this alone, I might charge about 1.5 times the usual price. I put on my freshly finished sword. The sword shines sparklingly in orange, illuminating the flames of fire floors and furnaces. ¡°Now it¡¯s done. Oh, the sheath isn¡¯t there yet.¡±Showing Anne what she had done, she stopped her hand, which was moulding, and gazed at the sword with her characteristic sauce eyes sparkling. ¡°I¡¯ll take the shape of this¡­? ¡°Yep. It¡¯s a sword that runs iron through your mould and finishes it from there¡± ¡°Mind if I hold it? Anne lifted her sword. What a lovely voice she raised. The brilliance of the eyes is even stronger. You¡¯re like a kid who got the toy he wanted, that¡¯s how I thought. Perhaps she can completely forget her position as the ¡°seventh princess¡± only while she¡¯s pulling it off like this right now. That¡¯s pretty much the same for Deanna, and only while she¡¯s here can she act as ¡°one of the families of the Eizoo Workshop,¡± not as ¡°Countess Amur¡±. But if you go outside, you can¡¯t ignore that position, not according to your own wishes. So sooner or later, and I don¡¯t know in what way, but sooner or later, when Anne gets out of here, that title will still stick around again. It would be helpful if only a little ¡°always¡± could save her mind from this situation. Seeing her discuss the sword with Helen, I couldn¡¯t help but think so. Chapter 297 Chapter 297: 297 ¡°Have you guys been doing this? ¡°Yeah, well¡± I clouded my words. I can¡¯t even be stupid and honest with you, ¡°No, I started making it, only a few months ago¡±. ¡°I see¡­¡­ This is what my father wants.¡± Anne is bluffing for my sword. The work has stopped in the meantime, but we shouldn¡¯t even be delivering it until the long rain is over, should we just relax? We took it sideways and went back to work. And the night. God of the Sun had finished his work for so long that he had finished producing enough knives and swords for the day. ¡°If you can¡¯t get outside, the food¡¯s still monotonous¡± ¡°This is what it is. I mean, it¡¯s more like enough.¡± Thermia responds to my words, Rike, Liddy, and Helen nodding. Deanna and Anne don¡¯t seem to be pinning. ¡°I don¡¯t know about the ingredients that go out this time of year at Atashi¡¯s.¡± That¡¯s what Thermia says, carrying the salted meat from the soup into her mouth. ¡°After all, are nobles different? Now I¡¯m done swallowing meat, Rike. I¡¯m not even trying to hide my curiosity. No, I don¡¯t have to worry about whether that¡¯s more out of curiosity. ¡°Hey¡­¡­ I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s because of us, but you were just as usual. Oh, but I guess the vegetables are down.¡± ¡°It¡¯s similar to mine.¡± Deanna and Anne answer lightly. Isn¡¯t it something to hide? ¡°I hear you have a smoked cabin at your place, but it¡¯s special.¡± ¡°We had it. We have to be able to save it ourselves when we have to, or something.¡± ¡°All you can do is smoke, right? Anne says with a Kyotong face. If you just don¡¯t know the world, it¡¯s likely that that ¡°normal¡± is something of a very different level from the general eye, but it¡¯s Anne¡¯s word. You¡¯ll need to think about it subtracted to some extent, but generally it¡¯s not like we have different ¡°normal¡± standards either. ¡°Really?¡± ¡°Because the good part is it cooks right up and fits in your brother¡¯s or sister¡¯s stomach. Well, me too¡­¡± I caught sight of Rike. Seeing it at this time would be rude to the lady. If you¡¯re going to process meat into smoking that day, or something you didn¡¯t use a while ago, it¡¯s not surprising that common, common people manage to get enough meat if they work hard. After this, the focus of the topic slid into ¡°the taste of smoked meat I¡¯ve had so far,¡± and the time for dinner on this day passed. Chapter 298 Chapter 298: 298 In the end, the rain continued to fall for about three days. It may have weakened somewhat, but if you want to get to the city, it would be nice if you hadn¡¯t come down as far as possible. Especially since the situation is now. In the meantime, I went to fetch water when the rain weakened (also a walk between Krulu and Lucy), but since it was not a hunting situation, I was only solemnly pursuing the production of deliveries mainly. Anne said that we found more appropriate work than moulding, so it was mainly that way. It is made of sheet metal. Sheet metal is made to be roughly the same weight by flowing steel out of the furnace into the mold and solidifying it, but the storage is stacked in a box or a fence or something like that. Cages for puppies and kittens may be close. So some distortion or something is acceptable. But still, as flat as possible is less difficult to store, and easier to pile up when processing. That¡¯s why I also do the task of beating it as flat as possible while it doesn¡¯t flush and cool off. The steel mill in the previous world is the kind of work we do on rollers. Once I let Anne do the work, it would be due to her personality, something quite good has been finished. Helen, in terms of strength, as well as Deanna, has not lost. But when it comes to accuracy, Anne is only a little better than the two of them, and the accuracy is that Thermia is up there, but Anne works a little faster because of the difference in force. ¡°This is good.¡± ¡°Really? ¡°Yes.¡± I checked the sheet metal and gave my honest thoughts. Anne seems very happy. ¡°Look, you know how it stacks up, right? ¡°That¡¯s true.¡± Only Anne¡¯s sheet metal and only the other sheet metal are separated and stacked in several pieces. Anne¡¯s has stacked the same number of pieces, but they are lower in height than the other, and the ¡±tower¡± of sheet metal is not distorted. It is only slightly different, but it becomes more pronounced when this becomes dozens. ¡°Please ask Anne for the sheet metal because it¡¯s a corner.¡± ¡°Leave it to me! That¡¯s what Anne says and makes Mun and Likobu. There was a sound of flames and laughter at the blacksmith. With that said, I saw Rike. Rike nodded as if he had decided to. While Rike hasn¡¯t fully achieved his goals yet, there¡¯s something painful about it, but I don¡¯t have a systematic one, so I have to make it a look-see. It¡¯s impossible to tell a boulder to do a novice tour. Lique quickly begins to teach Thermia from Iloha. ¡°Hehe, now Atashi is Rike¡¯s apprentice¡± ¡°I¡¯m not great enough to take an apprentice.¡± Thus, for three days, the sound of a hammer that seemed in a good mood and the sound of a rugged but enjoyable hammer were added to the blacksmith. Chapter 299 Chapter 299: 299 Day four, it was raining loosely on this day as well. Thermia said, ¡°It¡¯s time for the long rain to end,¡± so they¡¯re going to stop like this. Still, I didn¡¯t know you¡¯d keep coming down for a week and a little bit. It wasn¡¯t raining heavily all the time, but if the dust and sand had been falling all the time, we might have also been looking at the making of the ark. In the morning, finish the streets of the water draw and proceed with today¡¯s work. ¡°When the rain stops, do forest creatures wander off? Like a wolf.¡± ¡°Well.¡± When I asked Thermia without stopping the task, she paused the task of shaping it with Yasuri and replied. ¡°I¡¯ve been stuck with it for a week, so has the food, but I need to move my body¡± ¡°I see. Then today if it moves¡± ¡°Is that something? I nodded. ¡°It may be too late, but I want to do it right if I can find the people who were picking up Anne.¡± ¡°Oh¡­¡­¡± It¡¯s not suspicious that the body was rolling around to ambush us, even though it was supposed to be home around that day. Perhaps it has been carefully covered up.I went home then to make sure I was safe first, to avoid reinforcements while I was looking for the body, and then I didn¡¯t go out there on guard. So it¡¯s been some days, but it shouldn¡¯t be too late now. At least it would be better than nothing. ¡°The rain is a lot better, and we¡¯ll go from noon. Before the forest creatures get their hands on it.¡± When I said that, they all nodded. I turned to Anne and said: ¡°Anne, I¡¯m sorry, but I need confirmation, so would you like to come with me? It could be dangerous¡­¡± Even though time has passed, there is no guarantee that the other side has given up. More than time has gone by, there¡¯s plenty of potential to bowl it in with something like reinforcements or rescue troops. Then finish your less verbal lunch and get ready. I couldn¡¯t help but sigh, but I decided to do it. I never put my coat on. I was not sure if I would take Krull and Lucy. I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a good condition to show my children that I¡¯m not a human, because I went outside once this morning when I was pumping water. But in the end, I decided to take him to his place. When something goes wrong, we can put them both on Anne and put them back in the house, and then we can handle it. ¡°Klulululululu¡± ¡°All right, all right, Anne, I¡¯m going to your friend¡¯s today.¡± ¡°Krull.¡± Are you happy with your second outing today, Krull rubbing his neck against mine? Lucy is also running around at her feet. When I stroked Krull¡¯s neck and Lucy¡¯s head, I set off with the whole ready family. Chapter 300 Chapter 300: 300 Most of the rain that keeps falling is blocked by its branches stretched out to the fullest by the trees, and it doesn¡¯t fall very far to us. Sometimes Krull shakes his head with a pull and pays for the rain. Lucy also sprinkled water flashly and raised a voice not sure if Deanna or Anne was happy or screaming. ¡°With that said, will there be no fog or mist? ¡°I¡¯m leaving. Sometimes you get so blind in front of you¡± It won¡¯t come out right now in the middle of the rain, but after the rain stops, I asked Thermia to make it easier to come out, but will it still come out? ¡°When you say that¡­ are the animals still around?¡± ¡°The Atahs do that because they have no prospects and can¡¯t hunt, but I guess the wolves and deer are somewhat wandering around because they can hear voices and smell¡± ¡°Well, if you have a good nose, you can move somewhat.¡± Sounds like it. Thermeans Even though the beasts say their senses are far more acute than humans, they are not as good as the beasts of the forest. There will be a lot of places to rely on visual information, so it would seem tough if there was fog at that time. ¡°Shit. I have to go to the city tomorrow or the day after tomorrow.¡± ¡°They¡¯re rolling, too, but they¡¯re not going to hit me all of a sudden. It¡¯s better when there¡¯s no fog with them.¡± ¡°I see.¡±In my case, where I have cheats but basically just dwell on people¡¯s realms, it¡¯s hard to deal with when they attack me when my vision is taken away by fog. I don¡¯t feel there¡¯s anything I can do about it if, for example, a bunch of wolves attack me in that place. But it is not the same story that they are more advantageous to attack with sight as well than just smell alone. Should I say that I was rather saved there by wit? ¡°Well, don¡¯t you mind if we go slow?¡± ¡°Right. I wouldn¡¯t recommend it because it¡¯s easy to lose sight of the road.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± That¡¯s what I said, shrugging my shoulders. No matter how much you know about the Black Forest, if the fog makes you look different, it¡¯s likely enough to get slightly lost. Thermia said with a downhearted face. I think the smell of blood is stopped already due to the continuous rain. Then¡­¡­ ¡°Okay. Let¡¯s go that way.¡± I said it without asking what the smell was. Deanna and Riquet don¡¯t seem to be coming by much pin. Helen immediately seems to have thought of it, slightly distorting her face. It¡¯s not frightening how Anne feels about it. I got there quickly under the smell. Covered, but not very polite. I don¡¯t know when we¡¯re coming, and I guess we couldn¡¯t have had a solid cover. Still, if you pass without knowing anything, there is a slight possibility that you will notice a strange odor, but it will pass as it is, hidden to the extent that it is said. I told Deanna and Like, Liddy and Chi (¡­) Bi (¡­) to wait on the spot, and I approached the scene. Chapter 301 Chapter 301: 301 I¡¯m glad it wasn¡¯t buried, should I say? It was covered with tree branches and the like with leaves around it, and at first glance it only looked like a descent. There were three of them. Me and Thermia can carefully remove the covered items. Then three bodies appeared. Minus the fact that it¡¯s been raining for a long time doesn¡¯t look very familiar, but this would be a disguise. Because the quality itself seems pretty good. ¡°I know it¡¯s hard, does this look familiar to you? ¡°¡­ Yes¡± Biting her lower lip a long time, Anne replied. I looked at it and put my hands together on the three bodies before closing my eyes gently. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, but the body will be buried here. As deep as possible to avoid being dug up by the beast. If there¡¯s anything you can identify, take it off now.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± As Helen guards her surroundings, Anne takes off what the body was wearing in a loose motion. That could be a necklace or a knife. Both those killed and Anne would have been somewhat prepared, but that¡¯s why there¡¯s no reason not to be shocked when it becomes a reality. I can see my hands trembling in small pieces. I wish I could say one of the things I cared about at times like this, but I couldn¡¯t find a good word for it, and I just had to shut up and stare at it.Eventually Anne leaves by the body. ¡°Are you done? Cochri and Anne nodded. I know it¡¯s not okay, so I don¡¯t ask ¡°are you okay¡±. After this, we dig a hole to bury the body, but that won¡¯t have to be done by Anne. Deanna took Anne and started mowing holes with me and Thermia and Helen. It took a long time to dig the hole. It would be obvious if it were for three human beings, because the fact that people died was heavier than that. If it weren¡¯t for Helen, who is relatively used to these situations, it might have taken him past the evening until midnight. When the three of them line up at the bottom of the hole, Anne squeezes each hand. It would be her own farewell greeting. Slowly, Anne spares her goodbyes like rain staining the ground. We stared at it. When Anne¡¯s done breaking up, it¡¯s your turn to cover the dirt. I left one of the shovels to Anne. She softly covers her soil as she nags. The movement slowed down as he became invisible, but when me and Helen covered the soil for that matter and I was completely blind, I left Anne to Deanna again. When you can cover yourself completely with dirt with me, Thermia and Helen, I¡¯ll make three grave markers out of branches around there, stab them in the little Tsukiyama, and call them all. ¡°If you wish, you can have peace over there¡± I held my hands together and lowered my head, so I snapped. Everyone else is doing the same, and the room in my mind just to try to find out about it didn¡¯t exist to me right now. Chapter 302 Chapter 302: 302 Time passed like a long, short time in the rain. We¡¯re all totally wet in the rain, and I¡¯m not sure if we¡¯re crying or not, but maybe that was better for Anne. I have feelings inside that I¡¯m not sure if I¡¯m angry or sad. I don¡¯t think I can fight back directly, but I have to do everything I can. My life with my family is in jeopardy, even though I¡¯m just involved. The people we cut off were also buried in shallow holes. ¡±If you die, everyone will be Buddha.¡± That¡¯s what I used to say. I checked to see if I had anything to identify me, but I didn¡¯t have to imitate it like a corpse stripper because there was nothing there. Everyone goes home with few words. Although Krull and Lucy were in the rain, they were supposed to be happy to take a walk, but they didn¡¯t really sneak around to see our air. ¡°Thank you, Mr. Eizou¡± ¡°No, I felt bad too if I didn¡¯t get it right.¡± Anne called out to me when I got home and was getting ready to boil water. Rather than for her, there was my keziness, too, but I¡¯m a bad adult, so don¡¯t tell me I don¡¯t have to wear it to thank you. The dizziness, including Anne¡¯s, took the boiling water to her room (although Anne was in the room) and wiped her body. The warmth of the water is pleasant on a body cold by rain.When I wipe my body and refresh, it¡¯s a good time, so I keep preparing dinner. The women seem to gather in the living room to talk about it. It would be nice to get along, even though sooner or later there will be a farewell day. Dinner is on the menu as usual, but I also served alcohol today. Aside from the number of people, three separate cups are prepared and poured there as well. I noticed Anne lowering her head with a peck, and I waved my hand flickering. The next morning, when I went outside to fetch water, the rain was completely up, and the long blue sky from the gaps in the trees had drawn the leaves of the tree as a background. ¡°Hey, you feel like you¡¯re having a typhoon.¡± Because Thermia knows this forest and has combat skills, because Liddy is not familiar with this forest, but has some knowledge of the forest itself, and because magic can be used, she decided to have it stay for when she says it has to be. Leaving Thermia, who can detect enemies with both sense of smell and signs, is quite painful, but there will have to work hard with me and Helen. Needless to say, Anne also remains. There¡¯s nothing I can do about it that I can¡¯t grasp the situation to some extent for now. ¡°Then I asked for the rest. If you have to, light a fire, but run away.¡± ¡°¡­ ok¡± Shit, including if Anne was a bug in a lion, would Thermia understand? Replying with a disgruntled face, I stroked Thermia¡¯s head and jumped onto the carrier of the luggage with which Kurl was connected. Chapter 303 Chapter 303: 303 The luggage truck that Krull tows continues to the forest entrance. Until yesterday, it has changed and the light is shining there. Occasionally, it would be the small animals that were unzarred by the long rain that the down-growing would shake. I didn¡¯t fail to be vigilant on the road just in case, but I could also see deer in the distance. After a while, the wolves must also begin to roar to fill their hungry bellies. That would bring back the usual forest. I accidentally leak a bitter smile into our situation, which is the opposite. ¡°What¡¯s wrong? Look at me, Deanna¡¯s calling. I shook my head. ¡°No, it¡¯s not a big deal. The woods are totally trying to get back together when they say we¡¯re so stuffed with chopped feathers. He said he felt kind of left out.¡± Technically, the ground is still wet. Except for that, the forest is almost ¡°always¡±. ¡°Aren¡¯t we going to have to do all this? It¡¯s not your fault, is it? ¡°That¡¯s right¡­¡± I certainly don¡¯t have a direct cause. Helen was caught saying that one of the causes of this was the spill of our product to the Imperial side, but that didn¡¯t happen if the Imperial people hadn¡¯t done it in the first place. It¡¯s almost close to a match pump when you think about it that way. That said, I am still certain that my product is like this based on it, and that the area is inseparable. But we might have to split that up as something that¡¯s already happened there. There was no way to prevent it. Only to ¡°make all products out of the door¡± if there is one, but this is unrealistic. I¡¯m already out there. I talked to Deanna two or three words about that, and I drew my consciousness back to my perimeter alert.The wet road never took the legs of a Krull and a luggage truck more than I was worried about, and approached the forest entrance at a pace just a little slower than usual. Perhaps, but what¡¯s suspicious about this neighborhood is that it¡¯s passed down to the one who¡¯s directing the raid. If you want to keep an eye out, we must stand out. It¡¯s not a horse, it¡¯s a dragon. ¡°What do you want to do? And Liqu¨¦ looked back from the table, and said, We have four options. Proceed at the usual speed, slower and more vigilant than usual, or, conversely, increase the speed and run through. The last one is here to stop and scold. They are all long and short, but I don¡¯t want to stand out much more than ¡°coming out of the black woods¡±. ¡°Let¡¯s go at the same speed as usual. Deanna and Helen are on alert. Please don¡¯t.¡± ¡°Helen.¡± When I spoke, Helen came closer to me. I know you probably won¡¯t ask, but I¡¯m checking you out with a stupid big voice, and I don¡¯t have the in-laws to tell you how stupid and honest I am. ¡°Behind you? ¡°None¡± ¡°That¡¯s a quick answer.¡± ¡°This is the kind of place that Atai is good at. I know where to look.¡± ¡°I see.¡± Are you okay with professional mercenary ink? All you have to do is be patient until you see the guards. When I turned my back on my mind, I looked around again. Chapter 304 Chapter 304: 304 Approaching the city entrance, he looked familiar. He¡¯s a familiar guard. I don¡¯t even know his name because it always passes. You¡¯d know if you told Marius or Camilo the traits, but you don¡¯t even bother to listen and find out. ¡°Hi.¡± I greet him face-to-face from a slightly slower luggage car. Deanna and Helen are looking around. ¡°Am I? I don¡¯t know what happened because I haven¡¯t seen it in a long time.¡± ¡°It was raining.¡± ¡°That said, it¡¯s been a long rain.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Two or three words, passing straight through the city entrance. Unless there¡¯s talk of a serious crime perpetrator on the run nearby, or something like this. Things are busy as usual in the city. It was raining until yesterday, or it looks like there¡¯s just a little bit of a crowd. Lucy looks out of her luggage truck and looks around Kyolo Kyolo, just as she always smiles at the people passing by. I pretended to be on Lucy¡¯s guard while I guarded my surroundings, although I don¡¯t think there would be much to set up all over the city given the risk when I failed, but there¡¯s no chance that it would come in one or eight. In the end, no one was particularly suspicious or attacking Camilo¡¯s shop. As a result, I ended up in total jail, but it¡¯s too late for that to happen¡­ When I put my luggage in the warehouse as usual, I deposited the Krull and Lucy with Polite. They¡¯ve missed both Krull and Lucy by this naive, rubbing their necks and running around their feet. ¡°Look, don¡¯t let Krull and Lucy get in the way too much.¡± ¡°No, that¡¯s okay.¡±That¡¯s what Chichi said and smiled. If Krull and Lucy were to be targeted, it would be while we were doing business after this, but I guess if I leave this naive guy to me, I¡¯d be fine. I went to the business room as usual. ¡°Tired¡­¡± While I waited for Camilo to come, I slammed into the table. I didn¡¯t even have a moment to rest my mind until I got in here. Will this continue for a while? Deanna laughs as she sees how it goes. ¡°I thought Eizo was used to these things.¡± ¡°Even though things are going on and it¡¯s coming from the north, he¡¯s basically just an old blacksmith. There¡¯s no way I¡¯m used to it.¡± I didn¡¯t know if he was after Anne this time. I figured I wouldn¡¯t have to miss the empire, so I left him to know the situation first, but if you think of a plan to miss the empire anyway regardless of that, this is the best timing that should be the thinnest, and maybe the last chance. If so, should I be seen as having any intention of not setting it up here? ¡°You need to be careful, but if you¡¯re stuck all the time, you¡¯ll crush it.¡± ¡°Right, I¡¯ll leave you to Helen on your way home¡± ¡°Oh, leave it to the main business.¡± Now Helen laughs nicely, too. A knock sounded there, and I woke up and started sorting out in my head what to ask Camilo. Chapter 305 Chapter 305: 305 ¡°Yo¡­ what¡¯s up, look like you¡¯re tired¡± Camilo raised his eyebrows and said so when he came into the room. ¡°I¡¯m tired.¡± ¡°That¡¯s unusual.¡± If you ask me, I haven¡¯t often been more tired than tired of traveling itself when I come here. Half of it was like a distraction. I said to Camilo with a bitter smile. ¡°Well, let¡¯s talk business first, as we¡¯ll talk about why you¡¯re tired later¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Me and Camilo do business as usual. Ask them to pick up the tricks and the usual items they make as usual. As Camilo glanced, the warden nodded and tried to leave the room, so I hastily added. ¡°Oh, salt or something. Ask for more for one. I¡¯ll pay for that.¡± Mr. Warden raised a picky, one-eyebrow, but said, ¡°I did,¡± and left. ¡°Is that why you¡¯re tired of being alone?¡± ¡°Well.¡± I shrugged my shoulder. I didn¡¯t even hide my intrigue when I asked Camilo for his expression. Doesn¡¯t it make sense to hide things between me and this guy? ¡°I haven¡¯t brought him in today, but he won¡¯t be able to talk if I keep it from you, so let¡¯s talk about the guests who came to us¡± So I talked about Anne. Being the Seventh Empress of the Empire is fine, as is the case with the raid. While I was talking, Camilo was listening seriously without tearing up. Does the less surprising look mean you know at least as much as you are a seventh princess? ¡°I see¡­¡± When I finished talking, Camilo sat back deep in the chair and looked up at the ceiling. It¡¯s his habit to mess with his mustache when he has some information but is not sure if he should talk. We¡¯re swallowing spit and waiting to see when we start talking. Helen¡¯s going to jump right now, but I kept that under control.Eventually, Camilo takes one big sigh and turns to us. ¡°First of all, she came here, and I was the one who told her where.¡± Helen¡¯s finally going to jump, but I¡¯ll hold her back with me and Deanna. I¡¯m getting a little tough on my own. ¡°I kind of knew what to ask for, but I thought Eizo would say no. I threatened to put some harm into the Marquis¡¯ ears.¡± ¡°Is that good to trust and receive? ¡°Of course.¡± I said with a bitter smile, Camilo flushed with a cool face. If you do think you¡¯re invited to go wheelie ¡°then¡± why don¡¯t you tell me where you are? At least that¡¯s what Camilo¡¯s gonna be in trouble for. ¡°So, you care the most, who the Raiders are¡­¡± Camilo cuts words there once. Silence ruled the room. Gokuri, I think I heard one of us swallow a bump. Maybe it¡¯s me. Like a moment, like an eternity. The words of Camilo that follow are: After that, we¡¯ll talk normal until Mr. Warden gets back. Marius seems to have worked hard in the capital to cement his stride as Earl. Deanna seemed happy to hear that, but the aristocratic world is tough too¡­¡­ Eventually Mr. Keeper came back and we left the room. Rarely was Camilo calling Mr. Keeper as he was, but is he moving me to action quickly? If so, I¡¯d be grateful. After closing the door with Batan, Helen snaps at the boss. ¡°He was angry.¡± ¡°Really? ¡°My dear acquaintance was in danger, and I know they are, but you¡¯re looking good on yourself, too.¡± It just seemed somewhat more serious to me than usual, floating and usual Camilo, but from Helen, who seems to have a long relationship there, it doesn¡¯t seem so. I bowed my head just a little to the door that was closed and I couldn¡¯t hear anything. Chapter 306 Chapter 306: 306 Going downstairs and turning to his back, Lucy stormed in with a patter and a tail wave. I kneel down and take it. There were more shocks than before, revealing her full-growth. Will I have to avoid it in time? No, don¡¯t even feel like you can see yourself (or it¡¯s Deanna) trying to take it even though it¡¯s blown up. ¡°I¡¯m always sorry.¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s outrageous¡± Saying as he handed the chip to the naive child, he answered in a scuffle. Looks like he might or might not be a teenager from what I¡¯ve seen, but I guess he¡¯s all going to be a fine young man, too. Outreach, Camilo and the warden may be waiting even on the day of drinking together. ¡°With that said, Camilo doesn¡¯t have a wife or kids? ¡°I¡¯ve never heard of you.¡± ¡°Atai too. I¡¯ve never even heard of you before.¡± Tiny and Helen answer my questions. I can¡¯t tell you about people, but it¡¯s rare in this world that Camilo, who is good old and successful, has no marriage experience. ¡°If so, your brother will marry the fastest of the three evil kids.¡±¡°What¡¯s that¡± evil kid threesome ¡±?¡± ¡°You, Mr. Camilo and three of your brothers. You¡¯re always hanging out, aren¡¯t you? ¡°No¡­ yeah¡­¡± When they say our relationship again, it really feels like there¡¯s just a bad kid. So I made no further objections. I¡¯ll grab Krull¡¯s neck and take him to the van. Krull seems in a good mood, too. Whether I¡¯m called there or not, it¡¯s not a bit frightening to send Deanna to one person as it is now. I just have to put Helen on the escort, but still, in case. The luggage truck is loaded with items bought as usual. When you think about it, it¡¯s pretty amazing to say that you can steadily procure a significant amount. I don¡¯t know because I haven¡¯t heard, but I¡¯m also likely to be asking for a little supplies for the expedition. Would that Marquis let such a ¡±convenient¡± person go free? I think that¡¯s what makes one daughter-in-law, even the younger daughter of a kinsman. Well, there must be some sort of aristocratic circumstance around there. You¡¯re going to say no, Camilo. ¡°All right, then let¡¯s go home¡± Connect the Krulls to the luggage, make sure they¡¯re all in, and I declare that to everyone. The answer was a whirl of Krull¡¯s ¡°kroo,¡± and the luggage car slowly left Camilo¡¯s shop. Chapter 307 Chapter 307: 307 On the way home from Camilo¡¯s shop, the vigilance is not lazy but relaxing time flows through the carriage. The clouds that were raining until yesterday were also perfectly clear, and the sun lit up with you, blessing not too many people. There are all sorts of people going around in such city roads as if to clear up the depression that I couldn¡¯t get out of here. There¡¯s nothing to worry about if you can, I just wanted to enjoy this time, but now I can¡¯t help it. Wasn¡¯t it time for a change yet, the guard I saw when I came was still standing at the city entrance, and we passed there with a meeting. Get out on the street and increase your speed. Krull is doing the same as usual. It¡¯s about as fast as a horse. Our luggage truck is an easy mechanism, but it has my own special suspension, so I can speed it up more than any other carriage. But from around, Krull¡­¡­ I mean, it would look fast because the runaway dragon is in tow. It¡¯s called a kind of camouflage. With that said, Camilo said before that mass production of this suspension is also close, but how far is it going now? Why don¡¯t you ask me the next time you come? Dragon cars move on among the three colors: blue, green and brown. If you¡¯re going to hit me today, this will be my last chance. We¡¯ll increase our perimeter alert. Helen told me as I ran my eyes around. ¡°I¡¯ve been wondering.¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± ¡°You¡¯re not going into the woods as soon as you get out of town? You just gotta get in from so far you can¡¯t see out of the city, okay? ¡°Oh.¡± In a situation like now, you¡¯d better spend less time on a street that¡¯s easy to target. If so, I¡¯m in and out of the woods! And to the extent that you can¡¯t just boast, it would be more beneficial to just go into the woods and let them go. It¡¯s hard to deny that you don¡¯t usually have to bother going down a prominent street for a long time. But it is. ¡°It¡¯s a missed time to get home.¡± Even though it is not an asphalt paved road, as in the previous world, it is a well-kept road there. I can get extraordinary speeds through the woods with no human hands at all without exaggeration, than I can while exploring the extent to which a luggage car can pass. ¡°No, you¡¯re okay. I don¡¯t know what the other guy¡¯s up to, but being mottled doesn¡¯t mean things are going to suck yet. If they¡¯re serious, they¡¯ll do something about it when they get out of the woods. I can¡¯t stop thinking about it.¡± Without moving her head too much, Helen continued to do so, alerting herself to her surroundings with only her eyes ¨C which look like but I¡¯m sure she¡¯s also exploring the signs. ¡°We need to keep our perimeter clear so we can go home safely.¡± When I said that and Helen nodded, the grass close to the street swayed clammy and tension ran over the luggage car. Chapter 308 Chapter 308: 308 In a quick move, Helen pulled out both swords. I hope it¡¯s just a beast, but when it isn¡¯t¡­ For a moment, the next moment Helen looked surprised, it wasn¡¯t the cute rabbit or anything that popped up. But he¡¯s not even an avenger to us. We look familiar. ¡°Isn¡¯t that Mr. Caterina?¡± ¡°Hey, hey, hey.¡± That was one of the Amur family servants, Mr. Caterina. I told Rike to stop the dragon car. Mr. Caterina is coming out of the bush with gassagoso, slapping him with patties and paying off the leaves of the stuck tree. The outfit, of course, is not from when I was at Amur Mansion, but from when Helen and I rendezvoused after we got back from the Empire, and at first glance it looks like it¡¯s just a trip outfit, but apart from the protective dagger I can see, they have some darkness to sneak up on. ¡°What can I do for you today? ¡°Well, well, that story¡¯s on the road¡± We were on the horse¡­ then no, I was responding from the dragon car, but Mr. Caterina came in without a problem. Lucy welcomes it by waving her tail. ¡°Wow!! ¡°Lucy Chan.¡± Mr. Caterina cuddles Lucy jumping into her chest. Deanna looking at it is going to regret it a little. For my own safety, I tried to get a little distance from Deanna, but she grabbed my arm disappointingly by a flash of difference. ¡°So? What¡¯s the story? Lique manipulates the reins, and on the slow moving dragon car again, I turn the water. Mr. Katerina replied, indulging in Lucy¡¯s Moffmoff. ¡°I¡¯m sure it comes with some imagination, but the story is about Mr. Eizo¡¯s guests.¡±The expression is loose, but the voice is serious. My arm, which was still grabbed, tightens. The damage has come somewhat, but I won¡¯t mention it. ¡°Let¡¯s not ask where it came from.¡± ¡°Yeah, I thought I¡¯d do that.¡± Mr. Caterina laughs niggly. Must be information from around the Marquis. I think I like this. Still, does she do such a secret job all the time? I¡¯m more concerned that way. ¡°So, for the record, the involvement of the nobility of at least one kingdom has been confirmed. I haven¡¯t been able to grasp the relationship behind it.¡± Are you saying that someone in the empire didn¡¯t go unscrupulous alone? Rather, it is the movement within the kingdom that made the Marquis perceptible. ¡°You were right not to take out customers this time. Because it was time to cut the numbness. Some of you are somewhat restrained. It¡¯s just that if you move, they¡¯ll grab your tail, but there¡¯s a chance you¡¯ll be in a beating to see if you can scratch your eyes. If you achieve your goals, you may be able to do whatever you want later.¡± ¡°Wow!! ¡°Klululululululululululu¡± And, I said hello, but I jump early or magnificently. Though I say I was slowing down because I¡¯m going into the woods, I didn¡¯t make you feel that way, even though it was out to a dangerous extent if you normally got off. If I did the same thing, I¡¯d definitely screw up my leg. ¡°Thank you -! Mr. Caterina waves loudly away from us. I see, the body ¡°tei¡± that the traveler gave me a little ride? Then we waved like that. Put it in the woods and you won¡¯t have to worry about it anymore. As I lowered my chest, I was thinking about what I had explained. Chapter 309 Chapter 309: 309 Rike¡¯s steered dragon car went into the woods. Remember what it feels like to be horny, I laugh bitterly. I haven¡¯t been in this world for a year, but from here on out, it¡¯s been a totally ¡°know-it-yourself¡± realm. From other people, it seems rather frightening, but let¡¯s say ¡°capital if you live¡±, which is the opposite of what it feels like to me at the base of my life. It is in the woods that I know on my own. The degree of vigilance decreases compared to cities and streets. Combined with the story of Thermia, it is obvious that it will be difficult to lurk because the natural guard wolves seem to be patrolling in a hungry state after the rainy season. However, if you are too distracted to be targeted by Wanchan, or if you run into a bear, it is troublesome, so you will not fail to exercise minimum vigilance. When I¡¯m on guard, I also feel like I¡¯m feeling sharper than when I¡¯m in the city, because I have a lot of magic. Maybe I¡¯ll ask Liddy again next time. ¡°I¡¯m home.¡± In the end, I reached home with nothing on the road. I don¡¯t know if you heard the noise, smell it, or if it¡¯s a sign again, but he sensed we were back, and Thermia and I were on the table. I thought you were out hunting for a distraction, but he was at home. ¡°Welcome back. Everything all right? ¡°Oh. Everybody¡¯s fine. I came home safe and sound.¡± When I say that, Thermia, Liddy, and Anne look horrible. Does that mean we weren¡¯t in the mood to go hunting worried either? Somehow embarrassing, delightful. When Lique stopped Krull, Lucy first jumped off the carrier and made a farewell in front of the Thermeans. It¡¯s like she¡¯s just saying hello, too. I stroked her head as Liddy crouched down and said ¡°welcome back¡±. Then do the usual tasks, such as removing the krull from the luggage truck and carrying the luggage into the warehouse or house. Anne helped me a little too. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, I need your help¡±¡°No, because I like to move my body. Besides, you¡¯re in trouble.¡± Anne exerted no less power than her body. My family can all be more powerful than they look except for Liddy, so it¡¯s also fresh to say it¡¯s as fresh as it looks. Though I don¡¯t inadvertently put it in my mouth because I know a lot about not being a compliment to a flattering young woman. I finished cleaning up a little earlier than usual, so it¡¯s only a little longer to do the dizziness thing. ¡°All right, let¡¯s get started.¡± Once the blacksmith is set on fire and ready to work, the sheet metal is taken and heated on the fire floor. Once the heated sheet metal was beaten and stretched until thin, it was cut in place. ¡°Parents, what are you doing? ¡°Do parents need to practice? ¡°Of course.¡± I said with a bitter smile. No matter how many cheat abilities you get, you¡¯re not experienced at all. If you¡¯re going to make something as incredibly complicated as protective equipment, I¡¯d like to grasp some sense in advance. First of all, I moved the hammer finely to create a prototype of the moving parts around my fingers. Chapter 310 Chapter 310: 310 Tap the thinned sheet metal with the trick to form a curved shape into the U-shape. A total of three machined in the same way, but of different lengths. It¡¯s a little long, medium and a shorter guy. Make small holes to face each end. This guy doesn¡¯t make it an actual product, so he doesn¡¯t open it properly with a nail and even take a burr. Make the opposite end slightly pointed. Put this stunt in the hole and articulate it there. What I use in that task is not the hammer I always use, but a small hammer that I had placed in this workshop but did not quite benefit from the opportunity to use. ¡°Hmm.¡± I roared. ¡°What¡¯s up? Doesn¡¯t it work? ¡°No, there¡¯s nothing wrong with that.¡± Conveniently, I am not anxious about the work itself, and it is working well. There are no glitches anywhere, even if you look at what you¡¯ve actually processed. It¡¯s just¡­ ¡°I¡¯ve slapped him pretty luxuriously before, so he said he¡¯s different on his own.¡± ¡°Oh. My parents worked fine, but the hammers were the same.¡± Yes, it is. I also applied a little sculpture, but the hammer I used at that time is the same one as usual. The hammer is different this time, so I feel a little uncomfortable. Thankfully it hasn¡¯t affected anything at all. ¡°I¡¯m glad I¡¯m not old eyed yet¡­¡± ¡°Cancer? ¡°Nothing. Talk over here.¡±If I had stayed in the previous world, I¡¯m sure this task would have been with my old eyes haunting me. Even though I was thirty, it would have helped to keep me young¡­ Combine the three and move with the catfish. Quite smooth. This is like the fingertip part of the cage hand¡­. My fingertips aren¡¯t tight, and I don¡¯t fit anybody¡¯s body¡¯s body, so it¡¯s big. No matter how big Anne¡¯s body is, it¡¯s completely useless in Bukabuka at this size. No, ¡°not at all¡± may be a slight lie. Because ¡°Yo.¡± I let my temper gently swing the knife down on him. For the most part, that blade, which is easily cleaved, stopped perfectly over something like a cage hand. We haven¡¯t scratched each other, so seeing this situation just seems like I¡¯m simply raising the blade of a knife. If my knife stops, most weapons won¡¯t even scratch it. To not bring even the Mithrill sword that should be in Liddy¡¯s. ¡°If Rike can vouch for you, don¡¯t worry.¡± Me and Like laughed at each other. If this can also teach Rike about protective equipment, the future of the Moritz workshop will also be cheap. At dinner that day, I told Anne about the revelations I had heard today from Camilo and Mr. Caterina. So far I have been lying low about the movements within the kingdom. ¡°I haven¡¯t gotten the exact information yet, so I¡¯ll have you stay a while longer.¡± ¡°Sorry for the inconvenience¡± ¡°No, never mind¡± Fortunately, we have an unlike blacksmith accumulation. I¡¯m a little suspicious to say that I can eat it for the rest of my life, but if there¡¯s enough to be one more person to feed for a while, there¡¯s nothing I can do about it. On the table for dinner, Thermia declared that she was going hunting the next day. Deanna, Helen, as well as Liddy, offer to accompany her. Sounds like you kind of prefer to move your body, doesn¡¯t it, Liddy? It¡¯s a corner, so Anne asks me to take her too. There is, of course, the risk of being informed of the details of the ¡°Black Forest¡± by the imperial man, but I was just saying that one of His Royal Highnesses remembered it. Whatever the destination of the situation, we were on the floor early when we had the pleasure of finishing our dinner. Chapter 311 Chapter 311: 311 Another day had passed since the rain had risen, and the jittery air, which had remained somewhat, had faded considerably. I¡¯m still going to the lake with Lucy today to get some water. ¡°I wonder what¡¯s going on with this water retention¡± There should be more water on these ground and underground than it is in the woods that can cover those trees, but not much humidity to make you feel it. Maybe you¡¯re using magic too? ¡°That sounds like a possible story.¡± I was alone watching Krull and Lucy. Krull is a runaway dragon, but it is a splendid kind of dragon. He bribes most of his body with magic to sustain his life, which is huge for horses. Lucy is also still a wolf in appearance, but a fine demon. It¡¯s going to get bigger and bigger, and the maximum size could be about Krull, Liddy said. Its body and sustenance of life are also bribed with magic. Given them, it could be enough that these trees use their magic to maintain their splendid trunks. I don¡¯t even know if the tree will demonize or Trent where I say it in a word I know when I do. ¡°Ooh¡­¡± I accidentally raised my admiration when I got to the lake. Because there was a ray out on the lake, showing a fantastic world with dawn. Beautiful forest trees with glittering lakes and red oranges in dawn light and black to tighten. If I had a slightly better camera on hand that I bought in the previous world, I would have switched off the shutter without hesitation. Come here. I think I¡¯ve never seen a landscape like this before. This kind of surprise is most welcome because the situation continues to be a bit difficult. ¡°Uh-huh.¡± When you put your hands on the lake to draw water, you always get more and tighten yourself cold. Feeling the cold of the water, I add the water to the bottle that I and Krull brought.Just a short distance away, it had nothing to do with water temperature, and just so Krull and Lucy were dangling around dangling into the lake. When I¡¯m done pumping water, I¡¯ll wipe Krull and Lucy¡¯s body clean as I always do soaking in the lake. As usual, Lucy shakes her body with a blurb when she goes up and waters me and Krull flashly. I won¡¯t stop you no matter how many times I tell you, so maybe you know what you¡¯re doing¡­ I¡¯m not going to scratch it because it¡¯s not a big deal. Back home, the usual morning had begun. No, because Anne¡¯s in on it, isn¡¯t it always? Anne seems to have a weak basic morning, but she¡¯s awake today. Then, just before I finished making breakfast and started eating, Lucy approached Anne with a tokotoko and slapped her leg with her forefoot. ¡°Huh? Huh? After breakfast, the Thermeans begin to prepare for the hunt. I thought Anne was going to let her do the momentum, but she¡¯s going to lend me the bow that Thermia used before. The power would be inferior to what I¡¯m making and giving to my family, but it¡¯s still Thermia¡¯s love product, no obstacle to practicality. ¡°Come on in.¡± ¡°I¡¯m coming¡± Me and Rike send everyone else out at the entrance to the house. Krull and Lucy, who had waited now or now to leave, also said ¡°I¡¯m coming¡± to each of them and left. Chapter 312 Chapter 312: 312 Put fire in the blacksmith after dropping everyone off. There will be a continuation of the protective gear, but it will be next week (this week?) from the delivery. ¡°Okay, let¡¯s get started.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Saying from the woodland gesture, hunting will be off tomorrow (even if there is a pull-up and dismantling), so the sword decides to make a knife or something forged today, as everyone will help tomorrow. ¡°The sword and knife don¡¯t seem to have a problem selling it, but maybe it¡¯ll fit when we can officially deliver the spear.¡± ¡°Is that it? Didn¡¯t you make it before? ¡°That was Camilo¡¯s request for temporary mass production and delivery.¡± And then it¡¯s probably the one that flowed from the Marquis to the Imperial side. In return, it seems to have gained some of the territory that the Empire had almost renounced. I¡¯m afraid of the proper details, but I haven¡¯t confirmed them yet. But if that¡¯s true, there will be more spears in my hands than in the kingdom. I wonder if I could mass produce it for circulation within the kingdom, because that¡¯s not funny, because to be honest. ¡°Is it a spear on the sword? If you¡¯re a parent, you might want to make a few spears by reducing the number of luxury models.¡± Like told me to put my hand on my chin and think about it. Her tattoo would be fine. Because unlike cheats like me, I¡¯m a person (though a dwarf) who¡¯s been making things right.But for the future, I want to know why. ¡°Really? ¡°Yes.¡± Like nods away from his jaw. ¡°It must be true that selling is not a problem, and I¡¯m pretty sure Mr. Camilo is a merchant doing it, so I think it¡¯s cheap for a while, but extreme stories, if people in this world start to have parent knives one at a time, they can¡¯t sell any more knives.¡± ¡°Camilo sells the rest¡± ¡°I don¡¯t think there are any merchants who wouldn¡¯t sell it if it was the quality of their parents.¡± As for me, I was worried if Camilo would sell it to me, so I tried to say that, but Rike denied worrying about his eating mood. I¡¯m pulling it off a bit because I¡¯m getting too impetuous to say it. ¡°Li, if that¡¯s what Like would say for sure¡­ Hit the knife first.¡± When I held it back to the point where I could maintain critical majesty, I took the sheet metal and stuck it in the fire floor. Work begins as usual, looking at the temperature, beating it, and finishing it in the shape you think. But when I decided to start something new, my hammer jumped lighter on the sheet metal than usual. Chapter 313 Chapter 313: 313 Dorsari, making a noise, Anne falls into the floor. My family looking down at it. I won¡¯t even try to wake Deanna to Thermia, Helen to Liddy, and Like. Anne¡¯s breathing is terribly rough. Eventually, that got a little smaller, and I thought I breathed in heavily¡­ ¡°I¡¯m tired. ¨C Whoa! Anne screamed. I don¡¯t have a neighbor, but if this is the apartment and the walls are thin, the wall dons from the neighbor¡¯s room are 100% definite voice volume. It happened as soon as we finished our work today and opened the front door for the hunting team that came back a little bit. ¡°I guess.¡± I said with a bitter smile. Even Deanna, the bearer of strength that I¡¯ve never been to, but can¡¯t compare to the ladies there, was snaggy in the beginning. In the previous world, wildlife sometimes runs at considerable speeds, so chasing it would break bones considerably. ¡°But it was working.¡± ¡°It wasn¡¯t in the woods, but I¡¯ve been hunting a few times.¡± Anne responded as she woke up her body lying in Thermia¡¯s words. I see. It may not be as good as Deanna¡¯s, but I¡¯m pretty sure she was your wife. Otherwise, there¡¯s no way I want a two-handed sword. ¡°And that pig was huge! ¡°Especially today¡¯s. Normally, it can¡¯t be that big on boulders.¡±¡°I¡¯ve never seen anything that big in my life, either.¡± It seems that today¡¯s prey was pigs, and Anne, Thermia and Liddy are catching on as they talk about the hunt. Anne, in particular, is through excitement after her breath is ready. I wonder how much hunting in the woods was on my skin. He still manages to stretch his big body all the way through to express the size of his prey, and he looks like he¡¯s going back to his childhood heart, as if it¡¯s inversely proportional to the size of his body. ¡°You were so big¡± ¡°I might have been in a bit of trouble if it weren¡¯t for Krull. Thermia says you can do it because you have a Krull and you have a lot of people.¡± ¡°Heh.¡± Anne was awake the next morning, worrying about me elsewhere. If I was so tired, I would have had a muscle ache and thought it would be hard to wake up. The eyes are tightly open and the movement is agile. While in doubt, as she lined up her breakfast, Anne said with the best smile she¡¯d ever had. ¡°Looking forward to pulling it up! I see. I arranged breakfast with a smile on my face. Chapter 314 Chapter 314: 314 Finish such a soothing breakfast and get ready to go out. I know on my own. In the woods, I don¡¯t just go to hog pull up, but I don¡¯t know what it is, so I carry my weapons with me each. Even if the assassins weren¡¯t wandering, there¡¯s a good chance there¡¯s more scary bears wandering around. In order to cut through most harmlessly when you come across it, you just have to knock it down quickly. Attack is the greatest defense, so. However, Anne is the selling knife (general model) she hit yesterday. If it is a short spear, it is still true that the two-handed sword is just fine, but the person seems unhappy. ¡°Mr. Eizou has such a long weapon.¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s just a lot shorter than that two-handed sword.¡± Gently deceive Anne as she points out on the fudge. Of course, I¡¯m thinking ¡°just in case.¡± Given the size of the original body on the two-handed sword, even the spear seems to have some difficulty reaching it. 90% think it¡¯s okay, but the other 10% can get hurt even if someone in the family doesn¡¯t die. I¡¯ve never been over cautious until I can decide it¡¯s 100% safe. Same reason I made it into a general model, not a luxury model. Better do as little damage as possible when something happens. Other than that, Anne walks in the woods in the same mood as Krull and Lucy. As if to reflect her condition, the light of the sun shines there today and is quite bright in the woods. I see squirrel-like creatures in the distance and deer of a different kind than I always hunt, and each time Anne asks what that is, Thermia answers. When I asked Anne if she didn¡¯t see it yesterday,¡°Because yesterday wasn¡¯t the time.¡± The answer returned. Oh, I see. In case you put it in perspective, you¡¯ve never crossed the line to like this forest. It would also reduce your chances of getting weird if it became a place of fun memories¡­. less, eh? Relax, I took more time than usual to get to where I sank. ¡°That¡¯s big.¡± ¡°That¡¯s what I told you. The hog I pulled up was still outrageously big. About two people are going to be able to hide. There was a group of hunters in an animated movie in the previous world who said they were wearing pig fur and misleading the smell, but I think this is going to do it. The gut was pulled out, but still this weight must have meant that the gut also had a significant amount. It must have been a good treat for these wolves. Together, we all manage to drag him out of the lake and put him on the carriage that Like and Liddy assembled for us. He made it bigger than usual, but still big enough to seem to stick out a little bit. ¡°All right, then I asked for it. Stop if you can¡¯t.¡± ¡°Klululululululululululululu¡± When I say that and give Krull the neck muscle, she rings a single voice like I say I¡¯ll leave it to her. Shortly afterwards, he took a step that seemed to hear him say zusili and slowly proceeded into the woods. Chapter 315 Chapter 315: 315 There is little ground mugging, but even just a krull seems to be having a little difficulty transporting this prey. Walking slower than usual. I thought we¡¯d help you if you couldn¡¯t, but I¡¯ll keep an eye on you because there¡¯s nothing slowly but at a slower pace. It may be a fantasy from my eyes, but it looks a little happy. Lucy said, ¡°Wow! ? And he was barking and dusting us. That said, we can¡¯t just dust. On the way home, Anne¡¯s chaser, of course, is carrying meat. It doesn¡¯t mean there¡¯s no beast after this guy. Bears and pigs can be a threat, of course, if even wolves flock. It¡¯s our role to make sure we don¡¯t overlook those signs. Scatter moderately to guard your surroundings. We¡¯re used to it, so we hardly have to change our language, but Anne wouldn¡¯t know very well, so I put it by my side. There¡¯s Helen behind us. If anything, you¡¯ll come up with two names: ¡°Thunder.¡± It took longer than usual, but I was able to come back safely. We¡¯re going to work on dismantling it, but hanging it on a tree doesn¡¯t weigh half as much. Branches of that thickness would break lightly there. I decided to dismantle it with it asleep because if I even hung it on its size, it would appear to be out of reach. I decide to ask Anne to help me dismantle it as well. Her knife is a general model, but I can guarantee the sharpness. As Thermia peeled her skin as she taught, she became accustomed to the grueling handwriting at first. Since the pigs are formerly big, I don¡¯t have any problems with the fat loss. After a tasty drink of water, Krull relaxes and watches over our work with Lucy. In the meantime, we proceeded to dismantle it, and the pig finally became meat as much as we went around the noon a little. ¡°When this happens, it¡¯s meat.¡±Anne said as impressed after her first demolition work. Become a figure of meat I¡¯ve seen before, such as roses and fins. I¡¯ve seen it in this state that it¡¯s noble, because it probably falls into a rare category. ¡°It is particularly conscious in this forest to say that you will get life. I guess it¡¯s because these tasks are familiar. It¡¯s not done in towns or capitals, it¡¯s just not seen.¡± I talk to Anne like that somehow. This kind of preaching seems like the old man¡¯s consciousness is coming out of color, and he feels a little embarrassed about it, but I don¡¯t think he¡¯ll have a chance to teach His Royal Highness. ¡°I see¡­¡± ¡°I¡¯ll put more on your arm today, so wait a little longer.¡± When I said that, Thermia, of course, Liddy shouted delightfully. Chapter 316 Chapter 316: 316 ¡°Here you go, ladies¡± That¡¯s what I said. I¡¯m going to put a dish on the table made of pork that I just dismantled. Because of this, the table was put out on the terrace so that Krull could have lunch with him. What I made was simply baked with salt pepper only, BBQ style with soy sauce and fruit, and then Western style with fruit sauce (although the point is local style). Each is made to be able to eat and compare using fins, roses, and loins. It is an unfermented bread there. I have some mint tea for drinks, but I also allowed alcohol by deciding that I wouldn¡¯t be able to do my job today in time. Therefore, it is not a problem that Lique was quickly pouring the liquor into the cup. Give Krull and Lucy something that has just been put through fire and has not been seasoned in any way before they cool down. ¡°I¡¯ll have it.¡± We all said that hand in hand, and then the meal started. ¡°You¡¯ll also have a preference, so just eat the one that Anne likes too¡± The ¡±smell¡± of soy sauce can also come from fermentation, and it¡¯s not found here, so it¡¯s hard for people who aren¡¯t used to it. It is a reasoning similar to how Pakchi can¡¯t do without getting used to it in the previous world. You can¡¯t get used to people who can¡¯t, though. ¡°No, it¡¯s okay¡± Anne stabbed something BBQ style with a fork and carried it to her mouth. Then the eyes are slightly opened. ¡°What do you say¡­? I got anxious to know what to do if it didn¡¯t work at all, but Anne said, ¡°It¡¯s delicious! I said it out loud. It would be nice if you liked it. ¡°This looks like a brew or something.¡±¡°Some people like that.¡± They say the BBQ has white Americans and beers, but Anne seems to be a beer. Unfortunately, we don¡¯t have ale, not beer. Well, there¡¯s no white rice, so it¡¯s a pain division. ¡°It¡¯s after the rainy season, but it¡¯s properly greasy.¡± ¡°You¡¯re not even hard.¡± Deanna rides on my admiration for pinching a slice of the salt pepper one. I¡¯ve heard that when the figure is large, it takes muscles to support it, and muscles to support heavy muscles¡­ tend to harden, and I wondered if I¡¯m losing fat for what I don¡¯t eat this rainy season, but it doesn¡¯t seem to have either. I wonder what the edibility of pigs in this forest is¡­ ¡°This shoyu? That¡¯s a pretty good seasoning.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a specialty of the North. I had an acquaintance break a bone. It¡¯s a unique flavor, but it¡¯s essential in the North.¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s not rotten¡± ¡°But you¡¯re hurting and smelling weird, right? It used to be like that when the beans rotted at my parents¡¯ house.¡± ¡°Yes, but not the way to rot eating and breaking your belly, but a good way to rot¡­¡± ¡°You¡¯re rotten.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not rotten. Same as cheese.¡± ¡°Empire sometimes lines up at our table, but cheese doesn¡¯t smell that bad, does it? Cheese can also be done by lactic acid fermentation by lactic acid bacteria and coagulation by enzymes, but nothing will smell that bad unless it is also the so-called wush type. I think I missed the choice. It is also a long way from explaining the concept of ¡±fungus¡±, which has not yet been discovered in this world. As a result, he struggled to explain the difference between fermentation and corruption. Because they¡¯re both exactly the same phenomenon. This doesn¡¯t look like we can eat natto at home¡­¡­ Chapter 317 Chapter 317: 317 That¡¯s how when I finished lunch, it turned out to be like halfway through time, short to work but long to dazzle. To practice making protective equipment, you can¡¯t make a big deal out of putting fire on the fire floor now. ¡°Do you move your body once in a while¡± If it merely means moving the body, it is moving quite a bit because of the blacksmith job or housework. But I¡¯m not on the hunt, and I haven¡¯t left the sword archery to Helen these days. I haven¡¯t started gaining weight on boulders, but I wondered if I should exercise outside of work for my health. Even in the previous world, they should have told me to ¡°exercise¡± with a medical exam¡­ That¡¯s what desk workers tend to say. ¡°That, too, Eizo? When I went outside with an archaic wooden knife, Helen called out. ¡°Oh, it¡¯s gonna be dull if I don¡¯t do it once in a while¡± In the meantime, I¡¯ll give it back, but I don¡¯t think I¡¯ll lose my skill in rare things. He bribes me with almost all the abilities I¡¯ve received. Still, there will be a difference between what you¡¯re moving and what you¡¯re not, and it¡¯s when you have to realize it. There is no harm in keeping your body moving for confirmation. ¡°Then let¡¯s do it with Atai! ¡°Oh, good.¡± ¡°Yay! Helen is so happy that you¡¯re probably the happiest since you came to us. Maybe since the first time you came to our house to order? I prepare for gymnastics. I don¡¯t want to bring in the concept of the world not too long ago, but this is all about my body. If you fail to exercise your prep and hurt your muscles, you will be stuck at work. ¡°You¡¯re in the mood.¡± I saw my prep movement. Deanna tells me to tear it up slightly.¡°If you do this, you¡¯re less likely to get hurt.¡± ¡°Really? ¡°¡­ and learned from our grandfather¡± ¡°It¡¯s funny how northern customs are. It feels like there¡¯s a lot of courtesy and merit.¡± ¡°Right.¡± Deanna interpreted it in a good way, so I decided to get on with it while exercising prep. At the end of the day, when I stretch out all over my body, I face Helen with a wooden knife in my hand. Helen also turns to me with a wooden sword (which is duplicitous) in her hand. I bow my head in gratitude, and Helen exchanges shaped gratitude for pulling the sword to her chest. Helen, who opened her time, said with a nigga laugh. ¡°Did you see it now? ¡°Only moments when Eizo spitefully outsmarts you, right? Not at all.¡± ¡°Right¡± I can hear Anne and Deanna watching the game by stopping the archery. Helen was even more temperamental, he said. I don¡¯t know, is it on fire? I gently turned my shoulders to focus my entire nerve on this fight. Chapter 318 Chapter 318: 318 I set up the wooden knife again. I can¡¯t even reach Helen with the speed of movement and tricks. Then the only way to counter it would be weight and sharpness. Even though Helen¡¯s speed makes up for the reach a lot, the physical reach is longer for me. Helen has a taller arm, but the length of the score is very different. ¡°Huh.¡± Poke out sharply in exhalation. If you were a burglar, you would have been incapacitated by this one punch. An archaic wooden knife is no different than a heavy wooden stick. But unfortunately, Helen is not one of them. He is lightly struck off with a wooden sword with one hand, and he is hit with the other as he is. I pull back the wooden knife that unleashed my thrust, whilst striking down the wooden sword that has been cut as-is. I¡¯m ready to be flanked. Advice, a wooden sword strikes an empty flank with tremendous speed. Even a wooden sword would have to prepare a single bottle of Avara if it hit. A blow. Hands back. I managed to prevent you too. (i) Attacks carried out during breathing. But Helen has been able to attack twice per attack. You don¡¯t have a good minute if you keep doing this. I was wondering if I could handle it a little bit more because I¡¯m winning more on the physical reach, but there¡¯s ¡±thunder,¡± totally wiping out the disadvantages at a rate that¡¯s not even supposed to be. ¡°I mean it now, you¡¯re after me.¡± Asking Suki, I speak to Helen. I thought it might be a little relaxing, but Helen didn¡¯t even show the fine dust or the skim. ¡°Eizo¡¯s the one who unleashed the nasty poke first.¡± And I laughed nigga. Was I the one who lit the fire? Then we have no choice.¡°It¡¯s time to go on.¡± ¡°Oops, nice! Me and Helen spread out a little bit and take one deep breath at the same time. And at the same time he inhaled deeply and hit it with all his might at the next moment. ¡°Two tornadoes seemed to be hitting each other,¡± Deanna said at dinner that day. We ended up meeting for half an hour after that, and it ended when I put down the wooden knife. Deanna¡¯s just been getting Helen¡¯s sword from time to time, and it looks like she was following me and Helen¡¯s movements there. But¡­ With meat on her cheeks, Deanna said. Even if he gets too strong, he wants me to keep him on track because I¡¯m just running out of faces to match Marius, but he¡¯s very motivated and I feel like stopping him. When I looked at Helen, who was also eating guts and meat with a troubled face, I laughed nimmari. This guy is going to work out thoroughly¡­¡­ ¡°I think I¡¯ll give it a try too¡­¡± ¡°Do you remember from the way you handled knives? ¡°Well¡­ you don¡¯t have to bother your parents when you say you have to.¡± Liddy got on to Like, who snapped with Bosoli. Oh, I see. A knife is quite a big deal. If you do get stronger with a force connotation, you¡¯ll do something in case I have one. It¡¯s very hard to stop even in that sense. My stomach cringed out a little to the pressure of the women around me getting stronger and stronger. Chapter 319 Chapter 319: 319 Starting the next day, apart from me and Rike, they make sheet metal, moulds, and pour iron into the moulds they make, and in the meantime, they make swords and knives out of me and Rike. ¡±Always¡± life. Anne is a customer, so she says she doesn¡¯t have to do it every time, but she actively helps me because she doesn¡¯t have anything to do. It was only at first that Anne was worried about mould-making clay and hitting sheet metal, but eventually she asked herself various tricks and things about Thermeans. ¡°Helen, this part of the mould doesn¡¯t work¡­¡± ¡°It feels more like a push. I¡¯m fine.¡± ¡°Here¡¯s the thing? ¡°Yes, yes. Gaps can add to the effort of the elephants.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t be a clean board like Mr. Liddy¡­¡± ¡°Right¡­¡­ try pouring it so that the flow rate doesn¡¯t change too much¡± ¡°That¡¯s pretty hard¡± ¡°It¡¯s a little different than water, isn¡¯t it? I had a hard time at first.¡± And, well, here¡¯s the thing, he¡¯s doing it with Wye with his family. It¡¯s a job, but I don¡¯t have to look forward to it. For once, slow life is the goal. ¡°Once you¡¯ve settled down, I¡¯d like to go out for a bit.¡± I whined about that one day during work. These days, it is the most calming time while working at home or something like this.Daily breaks and mealtimes don¡¯t mean you¡¯re under a lot of extra stress, but even if you have a different refreshment time, can¡¯t you hit a bee? ¡°Excuse me¡­¡­¡± Anne gets shunned when she hears that. Shit, was that a bit of a far-fetched statement? I follow in a hurry. ¡°No, it¡¯s not Mr. Anne¡¯s fault. After you¡¯ve cleared up, if you can spare a little time, Mr. Anne will come with you.¡± ¡°Is that okay!? ¡°Of course.¡± ¡°¡­ right¡± Anne said a little lonely. Do you like this life a little bit? I hope he keeps thinking, ¡°I live like this in those woods, so as an empire, let¡¯s not get our hands on it¡±. I¡¯m not too worried about the kingdom so far because Marius (and, my Lord Marquis) will stop it. Will those Marius and others be traveling east to solve this problem by now? If so, it is a thankful thing. He put his strength into the hammer striking the sword, softly thanking him in his heart. Chapter 320 Chapter 320: 320 Daily work added a few spears to the delivery this time. Even so, it is not a consolidated number, but about eight. The grade is three are luxury, five are normal, in the same shape as previously held in large quantities. You won¡¯t be told, but it¡¯s the number of copies that you won¡¯t have any trouble with if you say you don¡¯t want it or if you leave it in our house just in case. There¡¯s a warehouse now. As for production capacity, my skill is up, and neither sword nor knife had to reduce the number of luxury models. I¡¯m also talking about the extent to which it can be done, but to this extent, it would be fine. ¡°Parents make it at the same incredible rate.¡± ¡°That said, there are limits.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. But my parents are three¡­ No, I work for a blacksmith.¡± ¡°Well¡­ um, that doesn¡¯t mean I¡¯m gonna quit my job¡± ¡°You might want to put a little thought into that area. In fact, in terms of quantity alone, knives and swords are so widely distributed around here that they¡¯re delivered. As my parents said, there are limits to production, and I don¡¯t think Camilo will be saying that very soon because he¡¯s doing it extensively, but it¡¯s a pile of things to say.¡± Camilo will buy it for me, so don¡¯t hesitate to make a bang, but maybe you should think about increasing variations besides spears as it is with the total number. Not only does that sound like weapons and protective equipment, but it also sounds like fun to make something close to life like: (There are both U-shaped and X-shaped around here), saw, and pot cauldron. With that said, I gave up the production of farm tools because the people of the city would not buy them before, but if I were to wholesale them to Camilo, would there be sickles and other farm tools? However, they can be problematic again if they are gunned out with them. Will you ask me again when the product is delivered? As far as I¡¯m concerned, if the whole family doesn¡¯t have trouble eating for the rest of their lives, that¡¯s fine. With that in mind, if you spend your days, the delivery date will come. I wasn¡¯t sure if I would leave Anne this time, but I decided to ask her to come with me, although I needed to grab a cloth and pretend to be luggage, by saying that things might be progressing and that it might be more convenient for Anne to be there at that time. ¡°Is that okay? ¡°That¡¯s our line. I think it¡¯s going to make you feel a lot cramped.¡± ¡°No, I¡¯m perfectly fine with that,¡± ¡°The escort has many arms, and I guarantee your safety.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t worry because I¡¯ve seen that so much as I don¡¯t like it with these eyes anymore¡­¡­ then, please¡± Thus, the next morning, Anne joined the facade of going out. It¡¯s only heartfelt. Tension was high during the hunt, but this time it was no less. Look at that, Lucy¡¯s tension was rising, and she was groping around us getting ready to soothe everyone. I stroked Lucy as she approached me with a patty, ¡°Wow!! and proudly stretched his chest. It should also be added that Deanna then came up to the carrier looking a little lonely. Chapter 321 Chapter 321: 321 Krull rings out and the dragon car moves out. A dragon car slowly advancing through the green and black. I hear birds, and there¡¯s an idyllic air that makes us nervous. ¡°It¡¯s ironic that peace is better in the woods as long as we¡¯re doing this.¡± ¡°I think it seems like it¡¯s because you¡¯re an elephant.¡± Deanna gives me back my words with her jitsu eyes. Black forest feared (apparently) by the people of the world, but for what I¡¯m doing, it¡¯s peace itself, and I just wonder what I fear so much. But to sum up the family and Anne¡¯s story, it¡¯s pretty big here, and the animals that live there are strong, so they often get hit early, even if they don¡¯t say it¡¯s instant when enough people get in there to be strong enough. So a lot of beastmen put the rattles on the trees. There seems to be a few things around there that I don¡¯t have, or that I change the screws all the time. But for me right now, it¡¯s more peaceful in the woods where you don¡¯t have to think about the goth outside. I don¡¯t think they¡¯ll come at me. That said, there¡¯s no way you can relax and not get involved with people. Even if food can be sourced, it is difficult to obtain seasonings containing salt in a stable way¡­ In a relaxing atmosphere, the dragon car proceeded and left the forest. Before you go out on the street, ask Anne to lay down wearing a cloth. It is slightly suspicious but doesn¡¯t even look like luggage.The city guards know our faces, so nothing in particular will let us through. I can feel it deceiving, but I can¡¯t help it. The streets will be vigilant enough. If the Marquis and Marius were in motion, they would not be able to do much. This is Marius ¨C I mean, it¡¯s the Amur family. But it¡¯s too late since I was distracted and something happened, just in case. Even today, the streets seem to be empty. Something is going on behind this, the sunlight falling softly as if to cover up what you say, creating a contrast between green and blue. Too bad Anne can¡¯t see this landscape. Reach the city entrance. My nervousness is at its peak, but while I try my best to pretend to be calm, When you enter the city, there are more people. Naturally, there will be more places to look, but Lucy did a good job here. As she looked out of the carrier as usual, the people¡¯s eyes gathered there. In other words, someone who is looking at us in this situation but hasn¡¯t seen Lucy at all says be careful. As we narrowed down the point of caution, we arrived at Camilo¡¯s. As usual, the naive greets me¡­¡­ and, unlike always there, the warden waited too. ¡°I thought it was time to wait for you. I¡¯ll leave you here later, please go up.¡± That¡¯s what the warden hurries. When I told her that Anne was here, the warden seemed a little surprised, but said: ¡°That¡¯s¡­ but the capital (¡­) is (¡­) Oh (¡­) Za (¡­) Yi (¡­) Su (¡­)¡± To the superintendent who said so, on the contrary, we looked suspicious and headed upstairs as soon as we got off our luggage. Chapter 322 Chapter 322: 322 We¡¯re all going upstairs to Butterflies and Camilo¡¯s. ¡°Is your body okay? I asked Anne. For a time that was never too short, he nodded at the carrier and caught a cloth. It would have been a little tight. ¡°Yeah, I¡¯m used to not moving.¡± Contrary to my imagination, Anne smiled back at me. If you ask me, it is likely that I will have to sit still for a few hours when I am also the seventh princess. Keep that smile on your face, too. Actually, I guess I¡¯m used to it, but I was slightly uncomfortable with it being a habit, and I was the best at returning ¡°it¡¯s above all¡±. Camilo¡¯s shop is big, but it still doesn¡¯t take five minutes from the back to the upstairs business room (and the room I¡¯m calling on my own). Arrive quickly and open the door. ¡°Oh, are you here?¡± When I walked into the room, my usual pleasant beard was waiting for me. And two others. ¡°Count, it¡¯s been a long time.¡± The first thing that caught my eye was Marius in a rather simple garment. If there was no one else, I would be calling it ¡°Marius¡±. Sometimes it¡¯s Anne who didn¡¯t. ¡°The Marquis hasn¡¯t seen you for a long time either.¡± Let¡¯s stay with Marius. Because one is the marquis of simple outfits, no less than Marius. You can¡¯t just call Marius in front of the Marquis on a boulder and dump him. I bow my head and say hello to you, and you both nod back at me. Well, I was wondering what happened to Anne. ¡°I¡¯ll see you first. It is located in Annemarie Christine Weasner, Seventh Empress of the Empire. Earl of Amur, Marquis of Menzel.¡± and introduce yourself with an elegant bow. I just have to black and white my eyes next door. ¡°This is much in awe of Her Royal Highness herself. I am Gregor Wilhelm Menzel, Marquis of the Kingdom.¡± ¡°It is also in Marius Albert Aymur, Count of the Kingdom¡± The two stayed on their knees and drooled their heads, greeting them.¡°Thank you for your kindness¡± Anne¡¯s words got the two of them up. We all take our seats. ¡°Well, let¡¯s all get this far.¡± And Her Royal Highness. ¡° Dokali, says the Marquis in the chair in a low, clear voice. From here on out, there is no question and no need to say anything else. Anne nodded at the words as well. ¡°I would like to say that the beginning of this problem is Eizo¡­ but if you correct the original, it¡¯s because of what I asked you to do. Sorry.¡± That¡¯s what I say. I bow my head lightly, Marquis. Even though there is no point in saying otherwise, there is no human being who can keep his head down like this. He is a minister and marquis of this country. ¡°No, keep your head up. We should have thought about the possibility of this.¡± I said as I waved. Extreme stories, by the time our products came out throughout the kingdom, there was a good chance that they would be flowing into contact with the Empire. There are some irregulars who say it is my genuine product that has been seen, but only if it is too late or too soon. The Marquis raised his head as he said ¡°Hmm.¡± Now Marius keeps talking. ¡°Oh, come on, I¡¯m getting pretty good this time, too.¡± ¡°I know, sir.¡± Marius and the Marquis do it as if they were archaic with an invisible sword. This is still better or more like a shady exchange in the royal palace because it¡¯s between hearts and minds¡­ ¡°So? What are you gonna do? ¡°It¡¯s the Gotagota of the Empire, so basically it¡¯s suzi to have it cleaned up inside the Empire. But I¡¯m sure you don¡¯t know anything more than someone who¡¯s helped you.¡± Marius hangs up once there. I¡¯m on a roundabout talking or not talking. You know I¡¯m just as involved as I am, but you still learn to resist getting involved even more. I didn¡¯t put it into words, but by nodding I encouraged it to go on. ¡°Azo, I need to ask you something. Weapon, make me a first-class.¡± Chapter 323 Chapter 323: 323 ¡°Hey, you know the¡± terms, ¡°don¡¯t you? That¡¯s what I said, and I saw Camilo flicker. When he notices my gaze, he snorts. That¡¯s explained. That someone who wants to come to us alone. It is a rule that even made the Emperor of the Empire observe. No, did you actually loosen it once? It was when Camilo asked me to strike Mithril¡¯s fine sword. I know you probably know that and ask for it, but there are certain eyes that need to be put through. ¡°Of course, I know. I didn¡¯t even ask him where the house was¡­ but he didn¡¯t tell me.¡± He didn¡¯t even fix his musty face, the Marquis said. Probably, but Camilo probably did that to keep me out of trouble because there¡¯s nothing to say that the Marquis isn¡¯t ¡±qualified¡± enough. ¡°I want to bend that and ask for it this time. That¡¯s the best way to clean things up. This street.¡± Marius bows his head. If you just want to talk, you can just Marquis (whatever would be best to call me), but I guess this is what I went out for on purpose with Marius. It is true that you are weak when you can at least bow your head to someone who thinks I am a friend. ¡°Hmm.¡± I put my arms together and thought about it. Honestly, I don¡¯t care if I¡¯m ever tired of my family anyway. Later, if possible, also Anne. If you¡¯re a stranger, it¡¯s still a bad dream for someone who isn¡¯t to get caught up in something. That¡¯s all I thought about checking out, that¡¯s when Deanna put her hand on the desk and opened her mouth. ¡°Brother.¡± The eye is strong, staring at his brother, Marius. ¡°Hmm? What¡¯s up? Deana.¡±¡°So you won¡¯t let Eizo get into trouble, will you? ¡°Right. I¡¯m going to make sure that happens.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± That said, she took her seat again. Everyone else is nodding yeah when they hear what Marius is saying now. After that, it depends on my judgment. ¡°I have one confirmation from you.¡± ¡°What? ¡°Family¡¯s not gonna be a pain in the ass, either, is it? I can afford it in numbers, but I get a little caught up on why there are as many as four. But if you ask me why, I have a feeling I¡¯m going to get caught up in it. Hishihishi tells me. ¡°Okay. Shape it this way, okay? ¡°Oh. But I want those four shapes to be the same¡± ¡°Four identical ones, you mean? ¡°Yes.¡± It¡¯s all the more suspicious that I want four of the same things even though it¡¯s not mass produced, but I guess I still don¡¯t ask but it¡¯s called flowers¡­ ¡°Well, don¡¯t make it worse.¡± The Marquis said so nicely, but it seemed a little creepy to me. Chapter 324 Chapter 324: 324 ¡°Instead, we only do this once.¡± That¡¯s what I said while making the tannins. If it¡¯s a hassle in the first place, you¡¯re so caught up in it when Anne gets here¡­ I really want to leave it in writing enough, but I don¡¯t have anyone to vouch for the content where I made it (he¡¯s just a merchant where I let him be Camilo), so it makes no sense. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, that helps.¡± Marius looked like he was in trouble and said. Are you saying that it¡¯s not the same in the previous world or this way that the middle management is having a hard time? I¡¯ll take it into account in my heart. ¡°Mm-hmm. I¡¯d have trouble bending my navel if I said something too unscrupulous.¡± A marquis that makes a sinister surface no less than I do. I guess I have experience of some craftsman asking for something and getting his navel bent. The tannic side is more like remembering it than pointing it at me. The same seems to be true of the stubbornness of the craftsmen, both in the previous world and here. The truth is, I¡¯m in good shape to say that it¡¯s almost impossible to move out of the ¡°Black Forest,¡± but if you make me a marquis who doesn¡¯t know that, I guess that¡¯s a calculation of loss if you say too much impotence and even the Empire escapes you. So far I¡¯d better get on with that calculation. I don¡¯t even know if I can meet someone like Camilo. ¡°Well, the delivery date and the price,¡± ¡°Right¡­¡± It was the Marquis who thought into my words. I guess the Marquis has a series of plans. This O. is a good guy who doesn¡¯t have to be involved in politics either¡­¡­ ¡°As soon as possible, but when can we do it? ¡°Right¡­ in three days¡± If we were to ask for four bottles, we would have no questions about the decorations. If you¡¯re going to order the exact same thing, it¡¯s harder to distinguish it without the extra embellishments, so it¡¯s better that way.That¡¯s enough for three days if you think about taking some work time, but that¡¯s enough. I only have bad memories when they say ASAP in the previous world, but it would be better in this world¡­ it would be better, wouldn¡¯t it? ¡°So soon? ¡°Yeah, well¡± The Marquis couldn¡¯t hide his surprise in my words and raised a single eyebrow. Shit, should I have said, ¡°It¡¯s gonna take about two weeks.¡± No, I delivered 50 copies or something in a week, not to mention the general model before, and it could have been useless. Let¡¯s think so. ¡°Hmm¡­ then we¡¯ll pay fifteen gold coins per bottle¡± ¡°What!? No, Fugafuga.¡± ¡°And Mr. Anne? Camilo nods. Almost everything has already been decided, and it feels like if my spear could do it, we¡¯d move on. ¡°Okay. It sounds like it would be better not to take our family¡­¡± Look at Marius¡¯ complexion, and that¡¯s what I say. Are there a few things you don¡¯t really want to show just for delivery? Deanna seemed unhappy with what I said, but she can¡¯t be pretentious. Anyway, that completes the order for now. I¡¯ll stand up and shake hands with the Marquis and Marius. Well, will you do your best for a little while? Chapter 325 Chapter 325: 325 At the end of the whole story, Marius and the Marquis left the room. I guess I won¡¯t be able to stay too far from the capital. They¡¯ll get all sorts of guesses at the point that the Count and the Marquis aren¡¯t in both capitals¡­ ¡°Well, now it¡¯s our business meeting,¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± Camilo says casually, and I respond casually too. I felt a little calm in my heart. I know the end is a good place too, but it¡¯s something I don¡¯t want to get involved in talking about politics. I mouth a cup of tea that was letting me in, but I¡¯m totally cold. I¡¯ve even noticed there¡¯s tea now. You mean how nervous you were¡­ ¡°Is that the usual one today? ¡°No, that¡¯s it¡­¡± I told Camilo that it was time to get more deliveries, and this time I brought a new spear. The best one about quality and the luxury model. ¡°If that¡¯s the same quality as a special order, you didn¡¯t have to bother to make it now! That¡¯s what I say. Gahaha and Camilo laugh luxuriously. No, not at all. If I had known, I would have made it there. I don¡¯t even have the means to contact you from the other side. ¡°So, you can make it on your own. What, can I have it taken? ¡°Of course. If it¡¯s yours to make, there¡¯s as much to sell¡± Quick answer. Rike¡¯s got a doorman on the edge of my sight. Is this a relief for now?¡°Well, let¡¯s get you guys ready.¡± I¡¯m sorry. ¡°Hey, this is my job¡± Camilo laughs at Nihil but doesn¡¯t look a little good on him. But keep it in your chest. Now that he doesn¡¯t have a superintendent, Camilo will probably go and give his own instructions. I left the room. ¡°It¡¯s kind of moving a lot.¡± Deanna snorted at Hung and grumbled like she told him to do it. ¡°Aren¡¯t you more used to Mr. Anne? ¡°Huh? Yeah, well, somewhat¡­¡± Anne, suddenly pointed at the water, seemed to eat it for a moment, but she quickly put it back on her feet. If you think about Allecore since you came to us, you can¡¯t have the experience of saying that once or twice. ¡°Let¡¯s just do what we have to do to make sure we¡¯re safe and peaceful¡± Everyone ¨C and for some reason Anne ¨C nodded at my words. I want to get back to ¡°always¡± early. Chapter 326 Chapter 326: 326 Camilo comes back to his room when we¡¯re done talking the whole way. ¡°Hey, that¡¯s pretty good¡± ¡°Is that a spear? ¡°Oh.¡± Every time I make something new, I¡¯m sure it¡¯s a little bit better, but it does a lot of things better. It¡¯s not represented by a number as clear as the ¡°status¡± I saw in the previous world novel, but I can see that. If you gave me a heartbeat that it could be seen from Camilo, who would be a thousand mountains away, don¡¯t worry about quality. ¡°For now, this is all I¡¯ll give you¡± ¡°I¡¯m always sorry.¡± ¡°What, this is your job, right? each other.¡± Camilo gives me the usual unfit wink while he says so and gives me the leather bag. Do your job and get consideration. It¡¯s gratifying that you¡¯re doing that with whatever you want to relax. ¡°If you say so.¡± I said it like Camilo remembered. ¡°Like this one.¡± I¡¯d have prepared it if I¡¯d known. ¡±Sometimes, right? ¡°Right.¡± Especially this time. I could definitely have prepared it if you had told me in advance by some method of contact. Speaking of means of communication in any other way than to come here, it is about that means that we have made available urgently during the Amur family disturbances. But even if that method is good because the Camilo side is on the way back and forth, I need to go check the entrance to the woods. The mailbox is two kilometers away and needs to be checked every day, which, to be honest, is a pain in the ass. I¡¯d also like to avoid turning someone in my family if I can because the work stops in the meantime. The way it signals with wolf smoke or something is too conspicuous, and while it¡¯s in the woods, it¡¯s almost invisible to be signaled near the forest entrance.So far it will be an exchange every week or two. It was also true that it would take me a while to do it. ¡°You want to think of some means. There may be some urgent orders for Eizou in the future.¡± ¡°Hmm.¡± Camilo is right. But I don¡¯t think you¡¯d like to be contacted too easily. The ultimate goal is slow life, and I¡¯d like to take it easy if possible. But that makes me hungry. It will also be necessary to do quite a bit of this until we can ¡°play and live¡±. ¡°On the other hand, maybe we can get word from the Azos or something, right? I want to see the delivery this week, or something.¡± ¡°That¡¯s true, too.¡± So far, it¡¯s because ¡±Watchdog¡± did that to me, no sick-looking illness, no major injuries. But it hasn¡¯t been long since I¡¯ve come to this world, and it¡¯s not always going to be. ¡°Okay.¡± It doesn¡¯t seem like there¡¯s any trouble at the moment. Do we keep it sweet for Camilo¡¯s favor here? I¡¯ll see you in four days. ¡°Oh.¡± Me and Camilo shook hands. There came the warden, so he greeted him gently and left the room in the wrong place. ¡°Come on, we¡¯ll have to work hard when we get home.¡± To my words, the whole family and Anne offer to help. I was a little dusty about it, and I said thank you. Chapter 327 Chapter 327: 327 Today I got into the store and went up to the upstairs room, but when I went to the backyard, Krull and Lucy had me as naive as usual. ¡°I¡¯m always sorry.¡± ¡°No. Lucy, you¡¯re growing up.¡± ¡°Right.¡± Tiny said with Lucy¡¯s head in. Still a good size to say puppies (wolves) but they are getting bigger regardless of this short period of time. I can get up on the carrier myself. I don¡¯t even know if this is because this is a wolf demon, or if this is what the wolves in the woods say. If you seem to grow very fast, you might have to think about it a lot¡­¡­ I¡¯ll leave as soon as I give Ting Chi to you. Ask Anne to keep a cloth on all over the city. The amount of going and luggage is unchanged, or rather so much (mainly because of charcoal, dirt and iron stones) that neither the return nor Anne will be noticeable. Apart from when I came, a guard, who was familiar with me, stood at the city entrance, so I made a meeting even though I was a little nervous, but passed without being told anything in particular. There¡¯s no reason to stop it. A pleasant breeze crosses the meadow, as it did when it came out onto the street, and it also looks like God or something is gently stroking the green carpet with his hands. The sky shines blue in the light of the sun. Too bad Anne can¡¯t show you how to make it. There was also talk of ¡°maybe a little bit better¡± along the way, but in case you think about it, it would be better to stop until you go into the woods. If things are carried well, they will be enjoyed on their way home. ¡°Pfft.¡± After entering the woods for a little while, I take away the cloth I was wearing on Anne. Big body stretches out and looks bigger.¡°You must have been tired¡± ¡°No, it wasn¡¯t worse than I thought, so I¡¯m fine.¡± ¡°That¡¯s good¡± Our luggage carriers are equipped with suspensions of technology that are just a little ahead of their time, so they should be more comfortable to ride than regular luggage carriages. I never bothered to say it from this side. Not as much in the woods as in the streets and meadows, but you can feel the feeling of a sunny day. It¡¯s hard to tell when you¡¯re in the woods all the time, but it might be some kind of privilege to feel the smell of the trees slowly. Occasionally, Lucy reacted to deer, squirrels, etc. and shook her tail patterned, reaching home with nothing else my shoulder HP had slightly diminished (she recently learned to do a little bit less). ¡°I can give you a reason for anything there. You know, to avoid unnecessarily stimulating neighboring countries. You can¡¯t go back to Michi like that.¡± ¡°So you decide you had a meeting scheduled at the Marquis¡¯ house? ¡°Maybe I¡¯ll have to go to the Silver Palace.¡± ¡°Though seventh, I am the Empress.¡± With a slight voice, Anne took Deanna¡¯s words. The Silver Palace seems to be a mansion for royalty to meet with foreign dignitaries. By the way, he never said anything about being decorated with silver. It¡¯s one way to let the people who come know how to treat you well by keeping your name alone. I can¡¯t take that kind of spin¡­ ¡°If you¡¯re a minister and you¡¯re at the Marquis, you¡¯re not that depressed, but given your decency, royalty would be good to deal with.¡± It¡¯s about those two. I guess I¡¯ve considered that area. Sooner or later, it will be over in four days. Let¡¯s just say that to that point, sincerity, corruption in spear building and Anne¡¯s response. Chapter 328 Chapter 328: 328 The next day. After my morning routine and prep, we were all at the blacksmith. Everyone else moves and chats while I put fire in the furnace and on the fire floor. Seems like I¡¯m working part-time on opening a store in the previous world. Actually, it¡¯s similar. It¡¯s a good thing anybody¡¯s here for once, and it works as a store. It is different from a normal store that only one customer should come every month. Had I not wholesaled the goods to Camilo¡¯s store, they would have dried up right in this guest¡¯s entry. There are circumstances where you can¡¯t move to a place where guests can easily come¡­ All right, let¡¯s get started. Everyone replied to my words and started working on the location. Starting today, I¡¯ll build a spear. Four identical ones, plus their performance is equivalent to that of a bespoke item. If so, I¡¯ll have to make it in the mood. Out of the stacked sheet metal, look at some that seem to be good to the extent and keep aside. I think it¡¯s possible that everyone will make something good in the future, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a good idea to assume that. The first thing to make is a spear ear. As long as this place meets the performance, it won¡¯t be a problem for now. Of course, performance as a spear as a whole does not involve the patterned part. If that¡¯s what you¡¯re after, there¡¯s no point in breaking the pattern easily after the stab. But as long as the ho performs well on both the raven and the corner, the minimum performance will be good as a weapon, so I say concentrate a little bit there. During sorting, one sheet metal is heated in a fire bed. Sheet metal heats up in the flames of red to yellow and occasionally white, making its body red. Right here, where I say, I take it out, I lay it on the gold floor, and I beat it with a hammer with magic on it to create a shape. A different rhythm was added to the blacksmith than he was beating to make sheet metal. If it is just a spear to poke, it will be in the shape of a triangle cone or a quadrangle cone, but this time it will be made into a leaf-shaped ear of satin so that it can also be slashed to some extent. That is the principle when building a double-edged dagger. Although the cross-sectional shape is roughly diamond-shaped, the shape is slightly concave except for the central part where the pattern is to be inserted and the part of the blade. When one end is heavy with a long pattern of weapons, you need strength when you have the other end. Anything is good on the edge of the dry rod, so I¡¯ll try to hang it and hold the other one up and I¡¯ll know better.We need to wield some spears to carry out the slaughter. When the ears are heavy at that time, it becomes harder to get around, so I want to lighten them up a little bit. I can¡¯t even save some material for that, but that¡¯s sort of secondary, or the part we don¡¯t really care about. Identify temperatures and locations, hammer the right forces, and beat them with ¡°this is the only way¡±. I owe this to the power I¡¯ve received, but lately I feel like I¡¯m getting a thinner feeling that it¡¯s not mine than before. It used to feel more hand-in-hand with the power of cheats. Has power become tame to the body? Then that would be a gratifying story. It just doesn¡¯t change the fact that it¡¯s a very difficult place to be when you tell me to linguize it. Because I¡¯m totally doing it with my senses¡­¡­ I guess if I can linguize it well, I can also teach Rike¡­¡­ I¡¯m sorry, Rike. The liquor tours my work on the side. He grumbles ¡°ho,¡± ¡°I see,¡± etc. from time to time, so he doesn¡¯t seem to be absorbing anything. ¡°Hmm.¡± Four of the same ones were asked for. They haven¡¯t asked me to make it like it¡¯s out there. I was wondering if that would be because people who see it would know it was a good thing if it was a bespoke product level, but then it would be a problem to make something different (by the standards around here). ¡°All right, we¡¯ll adopt Rike¡¯s proposal. It¡¯ll take a little while, but hey, if you have three days, it¡¯s fine.¡± ¡°Excuse me, parent¡± ¡°No, that¡¯s okay. I¡¯m so glad you told me.¡± I may not be a little bit like you to say thank you, but I stroked Rike¡¯s head with gasp to show my appreciation. Chapter 329 Chapter 329: 329 Quickly, we need to recreate Like¡¯s proposal. When I worked out Nilda¡¯s knife of the Demon clan, I took such a way as to sandwich the soft heart iron into a hard leather iron with a U-shaped shape, saying ¡°armor down¡±. This time, because it is a leaf-shaped ear of satosa, I will take a method such as applying hard skin iron to all sides around the soft heart iron, saying ¡°packed in all directions¡±. Originally, steel hardness is influenced by carbon content, molecular structure, and so on, but when I do it, I can do something magical and ¡°hard anyway¡±. ¡°Unbroken, unbent¡± can certainly be accomplished, but that¡¯s also boring to say what. Therefore, we decide to change the rigidity in the state of magic. Although it would be almost a matter of mood, as the part that becomes leather iron should be very stiff. Heat again what you were trying to shape until just now, and fix it to be just a plate. This guy has done his magic once, so he can use more magic to turn it into a leather iron. In the same way, I¡¯ll have about two more of the finest things I¡¯ve done with my magic. One of them is to be split in half vertically. Now we have a plate surrounding all sides. The next thing to make is a square column that becomes heart-iron. This one can stay soft, so when I heated it to the right temperature, I just had to beat it quickly to shape it. ¡°All we have to do is combine this¡­¡± The day is already tilting, and as soon as possible the sheet metal making group that finished today¡¯s work is out for an audition (and I¡¯ll cover Krull and Lucy). The sound of wooden swords hitting each other rhythmically, as well as the sound of Krull and Lucy shaking, were heard all the way inside the blacksmith. ¡°Do you want to get to the point of consolidation?¡± ¡°Is that good? Me and Rike are the only ones left on this scene. ¡°At this rate, you¡¯ll be able to turn it around tomorrow in time. It¡¯s not a good idea to stop here.¡± ¡°Right.¡± It reminds me of a blur in my memory that I had ¡°overtime for service¡± at such a rate in the previous world. I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a very good idea because it¡¯s my favorite job, but it¡¯s going to continue from here tomorrow. So I started putting the leather iron and the heart iron in the fire bed together and heating them up. There is a sound of goose and wind giving power to the flames. The furnace dropped the fire, so the noise was heard even louder. ¡°Okay, like this¡± ¡°As always, the parent¡¯s work is fast.¡± ¡°Well, I kind of know where to slap it¡­¡± It is a true story. ¡±Somehow¡± I know. On the contrary, I don¡¯t know much more than that. But that seems to be the goal for Rike, ¡°I have to get to my parents¡¯ feet soon, too.¡± And I was excited. Chapter 330 Chapter 330: 330 ¡°Okay, here we go.¡± After all the morning, I set fire to the furnace and the fire floor, and I put my face up and tempered myself. I still need to finish what is only a stick of hard sheet metal on four sides into a spear ear today. I want to make four today tomorrow, three by the end of the day, given the stone clash and pattern. Heat the fire floor with an iron stick that just solidified yesterday. It takes a while to heat it up when you include the pasted product around it. Even if it softens only on the outside, I can¡¯t even process it on the boulder if the inside remains stiff¡­ It shapes where the heat has gone all the way inside. The eartips are not covered with hard steel before they are shaped. This place will be shaped so that the other four hard sides of steel will extend and fill just fine. Naturally, a little thickness is applied to the four sides, including the portion. Repeat heating and machining several times. When machining, of course, we do our best to weave in plenty of magic around us. The circumference of the ear was thin properly, thick according to the direction towards the center, and along the way he also applied a dent like a bamboo. This should combine hardness and lightness. The root part was not in the form of a pattern insertion, but was made of the same stem as the stem of the knife so that it would be sandwiched and secured in the pattern. This way I could have something shaped like a knife that was unopposed in appearance stuck to my back alignment. If you put baked blade soil on this and cook it, you should also be able to put blade marks on it, but you can¡¯t do the exact same thing. And I just wanted to say, maybe I could do it. However, since it may be suspicious until whether it is the exact same or not, the baking itself does the same as when making swords and knives. There are no blade marks. When the hot ear was placed in a tank filled with water to a temperature suitable for incineration, the sound of a joo familiar to the ear sounded in a sense to the blacksmith. Wait a while and pull this up again where it drops to the right temperature. Confirm the condition while searing and baking with the flame of the fire bed. The colour is still dull, but it seems to be well done as an ear. When polished up gently, Ho revealed a chiralli and silver appearance. Put a blade on the ear with a grinding wheel. Priority will be given to work there, mainly because it will use a spike at the tip of the ear.The sound of making sheet metal is now mixed with the sound of shrishli. It¡¯s also like music that¡¯s different from when you were tapping it on the gold floor. ¡°Ha, this is how you can do it¡± That¡¯s what Anne said, apparently she was looking a little sideways at my work. Even so, they¡¯re doing their work exactly. You¡¯re clever. ¡°That¡¯s right. This time my parents are doing this, but there are many other ways to do it¡­¡± Rike began to explain quickly. The way tension rises in places like this should be called a raw blacksmith, yeah. I think so. Sassy process the appropriate wood that was rolling between them with your own knife to create a temporary pattern. Keep the tip in two separate shapes and insert the ear stem there. ¡°Fine.¡± ¡°Give this guy a try¡± ¡°Here? Outside?¡± ¡°Outside, of course. Sorry I¡¯m working on it.¡± ¡°Aizoo¡¯s new work and a cheap one.¡± Helen said, catching the spear I threw Poi well. I go outside turning the shoulders of those who don¡¯t have glue and spears. So can I make sure I¡¯m good, but I was excited to have a chance to see how much Helen is a spear user, and then I followed. Chapter 331 Chapter 331: 331 Helen is doing prep exercises by turning her shoulders with glue or twisting her hips with a spear pattern against her hips. In the meantime, I set up a proper one out of the Marutai (formerly the carriage that carried the hunting prey) that I rolled into the garden. Simple. If you noticed, everyone was out there, and there was also a bunch of Krulls and Lucy who noticed that. ¡°Okay.¡± Is it accustomed to attracting the crowd, Helen putting up a spear, apparently ready without any intention? For now, it¡¯s a form of pointing the tip at the tip. He had a tight look and felt the temperature of the ambient air drop. ¡°Huh!¡± Helen poked her target with a spear at the same speed. The operation is over faster than blinking. Sometimes it makes little noise when it hits the target or it makes the speed of operation look fast. The ear of the spear is thoroughly stabbed. ¡°What do you say? ¡°Um, things are fine, but I still feel sick! Helen said that with a laugh. ¡°You¡¯re barely responding. Now it feels like a normal spear with a slight stab in the tip, but as you can see, it¡¯s a deep stab.¡± ¡°I see.¡± ¡°I guess it¡¯s okay if you get used to it.¡± You mean until you get used to it, you might be confused about the difference in response and not be able to handle it well? There¡¯s room for improvement around here in the future.Reopening it to ¡°fit the weapon¡± like an artisan would also be a means, but this time it would be ideal to produce something that is originally tailored to the individual, without discomfort to the person¡¯s senses, but with a significant improvement in performance. ¡°Well, next time you¡¯re slaughtered.¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± Helen, who pulled out the spear softly, put up a spear to shake it this time. It¡¯s dangerous, so we keep our distance. Krull and Lucy seemed to have guessed somehow that they were as far away from each other as we were. ¡°Shit! Bun, and when I thought I heard the wind cut, it was swinging through. I don¡¯t know what you¡¯re talking about¡­ leave it alone, I¡¯m sure it¡¯s super fast. The two names of Thunder are not Dada. Then, slowly, the round thickness slips diagonally. That¡¯s where they cut it off. ¡°Hmm. No, you don¡¯t. It¡¯s not unbalanced if it¡¯s a fast-track pattern. This guy wears a stone bump, right? ¡°Right. I intend to.¡± ¡°Well, I think we¡¯re good with this¡± I mean, there¡¯s just a little balance in front now, and if I put a stone bump on it, does that make it the best? For now, it means that it was not a problem as a performance test for Ho. Don¡¯t be horrified to hear that from professionals, even though you almost certainly know it¡¯s okay. ¡°Then why don¡¯t we finish three more bottles of him? Everyone can take a break.¡± That¡¯s what I say. I¡¯m going back to the blacksmith. The voices of everyone shaking with Krull and Lucy came after them. Chapter 332 Chapter 332: 332 It may be a bad way to say it, but the heart iron is more out of hand than usual. I am sure that I have no problems because I have made it with my skin iron, but I was still somewhat worried until I confirmed it. But if Helen didn¡¯t have a problem with it, there¡¯s not a big problem. If you can do one, the rest is easier than making one of them. I can set an example of what I made, and most importantly, I have the know-how to make one. Almost speaking of the power of cheats, it seems to me that the presence or absence of experience plays a major role in time etc¡­ The fact that they look the same should structurally be the same, if not to create an ornamental imitation. If so, it would be more efficient (in my case) to make the same parts and carry out the same process collectively. It was a ¡°man-hour estimate¡± of three days in anticipation of that amount, but it didn¡¯t seem to have been removed, so I was relieved. The delay in delivery depends on whether it was my factor or not, because the trauma of the previous world will come back¡­ Hehe, I just got 35 consecutive shifts¡­¡­ I put my cheeks up with my hands and put the focus back on the issue in front of me, which I had a distant eye for. First, mass-produce three parts that become cardiac iron. The only thing I care about is that if I put my strength into it here, something usually hard will come up, so I have to make sure it doesn¡¯t. ¡°Care about losing some performance¡± is also a strange story, but if you have to, it¡¯s better than doing so. Fetch the sheet metal and heat it on the fire floor. Eventually it turned red, no less than the flame. When I took it out, I put it on the gold floor and shaped it to beat. It would be better if it was somewhat neat here, as it would be a more later process to shape it exactly in the end.I was careful not to inadvertently magic it and I put it in a corner column shape and that¡¯s it. I was just about to get to the second one and everyone came back. ¡°Is that enough? ¡°Looks like we¡¯re both satisfied. We drank some water and went back to the cabin ourselves.¡± ¡°Really?¡± ¡°I¡¯ve been playing a lot.¡± ¡°That must be it.¡± Riddie the story so Anne doesn¡¯t get it. It¡¯s a special one among the forest wolves if you can¡¯t get any more delusions, so I¡¯m not going to push it through. In the first place, I wonder what¡¯s going on with the handling of demons that people are used to. In the case of this world, where the rule of law is obvious but not thorough, demonic crusades are also well-founded expeditions, crusades will not be, but if there is a law that says, ¡°If you tear me down, I will die,¡± don¡¯t be in a bit of trouble. Why don¡¯t you ask Marius when you go to the capital¡­ I put my head on and went back to my work, haunting my head where I was going. Chapter 333 Chapter 333: 333 Make the remaining two parts of the heart iron. I¡¯m getting used to this place already, and it¡¯s over soon. That would be the end of the day if I hit the leather iron. The three quarters meant that a total of twelve plates needed to be shaped, so that took a lot of time, but I managed to get it done by sundown. The next day, the Thermeans took Anne out hunting. I guess Anne will be in the process of going straight back to the Empire after she¡¯s gone to the capital, and only Anne and I are supposed to go to the capital, so there¡¯s no other way the Thermeans are going anywhere together than today. I have to make a spear, but I wish we could all have a picnic, and that¡¯s what I actually said, ¡°I can go when someone¡¯s at work¡± or something, and I just went hunting as a task. I don¡¯t care if you get the prey or not, so I hope you take it easy. ¡°Come on in.¡± ¡°Follow Me¡± Me and Rike will drop everyone off. Krull and Lucy also arrived instead of a walk. Anne was happy to say, ¡°I¡¯m coming!¡± It seemed just a little impressive when I thought I could see this waving too. Stick the forged hide iron to the angular column-shaped heart iron. I can¡¯t do it on four sides at a time, but if it¡¯s my working speed, it¡¯s not impossible to keep the other side heated while I¡¯m processing one side, in a range where the temperature isn¡¯t too high. This is also due to Huigo, who moves by magic. It was about lunch time around the end of applying two bottles of leather iron, so I talk to Lique while eating what I rewarmed with ingredients in my breakfast soup as lunch. ¡°Parents, you work fast, not anytime soon¡± ¡°I¡¯m getting used to it.¡± ¡°Wouldn¡¯t you be able to make a lot of similar ones?¡± ¡°It¡¯s a hassle in itself, so it doesn¡¯t feel like I want to do it as much as possible¡­ Keep it the same, and if you don¡¯t do something like this one that¡¯s made of heart iron and skin iron, it might take a lot of work.¡±¡°I see. But that¡¯s not much different from what I¡¯ve been making.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± If it¡¯s the same as what you¡¯re making now, it means it¡¯s better that way. It¡¯s going to sell in more common formats here than Northern-style spears. ¡°It doesn¡¯t have to be a special order, but I guess it¡¯s enough to think about it if they say they want a Northern-style spear¡± ¡°Right. It doesn¡¯t seem very good.¡± Rike¡¯s judgment around here is more cynical because of my indifference around it or because I¡¯m a dwarf. ¡°You should get a legitimate reward for a legitimate item. That¡¯s courtesy to goods and craftsmen¡± is her claim, and I don¡¯t disagree with that either, but I tend to feel ¡°no matter how much¡± because I rely on cheats very strongly. I guess we¡¯ll have to improve around here. Pinch it into the pattern, just like the prototype, hit the nail, and wrap the leather string around it from the top. I decided to nail the stone blade. I don¡¯t think so. I don¡¯t even repair it. Thus one was completed as a spear. ¡°I was wondering if you could give it a try¡± ¡°Just in case? ¡°Yeah.¡± I can do it, but I still want Helen here. With that in mind, the blacksmith just made a noise with Karan Cologne. To say this one rang opened the door of the house. ¡°Just fine, let¡¯s ask Helen¡± ¡°Right.¡± I took the finished spear and picked everyone up. Chapter 334 Chapter 334: 334 ¡°Welcome back¡± When I said that and welcomed him, seven ¡°I¡¯m home¡± came back. After tomorrow, this will be reduced to six. Given Anne¡¯s original identity, I don¡¯t have a chance to be comfortable with her from now on. I don¡¯t feel lonely there, but is life again for a while? ¡°Helen, go home. It¡¯s quick, sorry, but I need a little help.¡± ¡°Oh, you got it? ¡°Oh.¡± ¡°Fine. Looking forward to it.¡± I guess it was because I spoke with a spear in my hand, Helen, who immediately guessed, responded with a norrinoli. ¡°Bye, outside¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± Just like the first time you tried it, go outside and stand there round too. Rike distracted me and brought me sheet metal, so I kept it easily secured to Marutai. ¡°Sorry, thanks¡± ¡°No.¡± On the surface, he pretends to be calm and makes it look like he ¡°just helped his parents,¡± but as soon as he sees the glow of his eyes, he can tell. You just wanted to see what happens to this. Well, don¡¯t blame me there. Having such curiosity is the qualities needed to improve¡­. and I think. Helen bungles the spear she gave her. I treat it mildly, but as far as I had it earlier, it must have weighed quite a bit. Which contributes more to muscle strength or technology that can swing like even a hollow drying rod handles it? ¡°Yo.¡±Feeling as light as it was, Helen cut it into sheetmetal fixed to the whole thickness. The sheet metal splits up and down, falling and making small noises. Other than that, there is no sound. ¡°Brilliant.¡± We added a round of applause to the quiet garden where only the wind was heard. If you look closely, only the sheet metal is cut, and not one scratch on the marutai. Helen¡¯s skill and refined manipulation. I don¡¯t have to question Helen¡¯s skill, but if it was a bad product, it would have either not cut the sheet metal without being able to follow it, or it would have scratched the whole thing. ¡°I knew it would be totally different when you could balance it out! ¡°Something so different¡± ¡°Well, that¡¯s true.¡± You¡¯re still checking your balance, Helen said, holding it around the middle and turning it groovy. So I left it very luxurious. The meat has been served both pigs and deer, and the sauce that accompanies it has changed its type. Some accompaniments resemble grasse made with root vegetables there. ¡°It¡¯s a pretty fancy meal by our standards. It may not be enough for Anne to take¡­¡± When I said that, Anne waved her hand a boom in front of her face, ¡°No, there is no annihilation either! Even the royal palace rarely eats this! and denied it. Even if this is flattering and entertaining, that¡¯s fine. The wine is also poured on everyone (liqueur is ¡°as usual¡± spirits), so I stand up with the cup. Cohon, I said after I coughed up. ¡°Celebrating the completion of the spear and wishing Anne a safe return home! All seven after that. ¡°Cheers!¡± Chapter 335 Chapter 335: 335 ¡°So when you get back to the Empire, you¡¯re in government? ¡°I think you will. That said, as you know, my country is institutionally allergic, so there¡¯s less I can do than you think.¡± She liked it when she split the liqueur after the wine, and now Anne, in a good mood after working on three (¡­) cups (¡­) eyes (¡­), responded to Deanna¡¯s words. His face is already bright red, but the answer is firm: he can¡¯t even swallow four or five glasses or reach a kelloggy liqueur, but he¡¯s not more vulnerable to alcohol. I thought it would sound like tomorrow if I drink too deeply, but if I hardly get a chance like this in the future, I know exactly how it feels. So being vulnerable to alcohol, I still chickened out my first glass of wine and kept listening to the story. Afterwards, I fell asleep at the table, and it would be something to say that I admire you for being transported to Thermia and Helen. ¡°Don¡¯t you have a headache or something¡± ¡°Yes. I fell asleep, because I don¡¯t hang over¡± ¡°Good for you then¡± I¡¯m going to be rocked by a carriage today. If you ride with a hangover, you¡¯ll get motion sickness this time. If we get to the capital, they¡¯ll pull us out somewhere, and there¡¯s no way we¡¯re in a glocky state. After Papa and everyone¡¯s ready for breakfast, I¡¯ll have the salted meat heated and pinched in an unfermented bread for me and Anne¡¯s breakfast. My prep¡­¡­ but I¡¯m not going to have a blacksmith job this time, so all I have is thin ice and about four spears for delivery. In the meantime Anne was packing her things. It¡¯s the same day I was supposed to be able to go home, with my luggage and my two-handed sword on my back, but I also feel like it¡¯s just a little more compelling than that day. I guess they didn¡¯t work out in our hunt or something¡­¡­ ¡°Well, I¡¯m coming.¡± ¡°Come on in.¡± Me and everyone do normal things. ¡°Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for your overlapping help. Your days here will never be forgotten. Thank you. Anne bowed her head. Not as the Seventh Empress of the Empire. If it¡¯s the position of the Seventh Imperial Empress, you can¡¯t bow your head to our family. That would mean making a debt to the ordinary people (although there is one Count¡¯s house lady), which would not be acceptable. Everyone was sparing their goodbyes as they hugged and shook Anne¡¯s hand. Me and Anne are the only ones going to the forest entrance. I¡¯ve been thinking about this for a long time, but none of the benefits of making fun of me at this time. I don¡¯t get that. It¡¯s not Anne. I don¡¯t deny that I¡¯m simply bonded to feelings.The woods filled the area with pleasant leaking days and wind, without worrying about our situation. ¡°I wish I could have gone to a picnic on a day like this.¡± ¡°I was looking forward to it too, so that¡¯s all I have left to worry about¡± As a heartfelt disappointment, Anne said in a low voice. I wish things hadn¡¯t moved a little more, but I don¡¯t have to. But that also means that the day Anne returns will be extended. That would be nice. I just can¡¯t help but think that the day was not a good tour. ¡°We couldn¡¯t make it to the picnic, but we have a meal that looks like it, so please be patient¡± ¡°Yeah, I¡¯m looking forward to it¡± We walked through the woods listening to birds whimpering somewhere far away. Reach the forest entrance. I unloaded my stuff into a bush that was hard to see from a nearby street and let Anne sit down. ¡°Go ahead.¡± ¡°I wish I could have eaten in a more scenic place.¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s enough here. Delicious.¡± Anne responded with a full grin. I don¡¯t feel that look at all like an outfit. Just a little bit more time to relax would have been nice. ¡°You¡¯re here.¡± So after a brief breakfast, wandering through the shadows of the bushes about the streets, I could see a carriage manipulated by a face I saw after a while. ¡°Let¡¯s go¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Me and Anne packed up and approached the carriage. Take the fate of our home and Anne to the carriage to be carried to the capital. Chapter 336 Chapter 336: 336 ¡°Hey, good morning.¡± ¡°Good morning, Mr. Eizou¡± ¡°Oh, good morning, Eizo.¡± When I spoke to the carriage, Camilo looked out of the carrier. Your superintendent also greeted me. Camilo will also help me load my bags. The loading operation was quickly completed because the spear was long and slightly tense and the amount of luggage was no big deal except that Anne¡¯s two-handed sword was purely big. The carriage moves out when Camilo speaks to the warden. This guy also comes with an example suspension, so shaking isn¡¯t terrible for speed. When I glanced at Anne more chilly, she also seemed to notice and sent back a meaningful gaze. I looked away in a hurry, but you¡¯d find out. This technology is naturally available to the military as well. If you can maintain speed without worrying about some bad roads, that should also have an impact on the marching speed, which is neary equals but strength. To observe from our lives and conversations, Anne can¡¯t possibly not realize that she weighs more on the military than on internal affairs. It is likely that they will seek it in some sort of negotiating matter in the future. Besides, Camilo, the Marquis, and Marius can¡¯t even think of it, so I guess to some extent they¡¯re expecting it¡­. unless I¡¯m buying it up. There was nothing on the street, and we had few words. With important figures from other countries present, we cannot speak about the situation within the kingdom to the extent of public discourse. But that¡¯s the same with Anne, and we can¡¯t talk about the circumstances within the Empire (say there was an example revolutionary commotion). So naturally, ¡°It¡¯s a beautiful day,¡± it becomes a non-obvious story or silence. Even a burglar would have been more talked about showing up. The carriage reached the capital relatively quickly, without slowing down. In front of the gateway to the capital, which is ruined by people, Mr. Warden was put through as a priority when he showed the bill to the gatekeeper. An enviable, annoying gaze stabs us, and I shrink on the carrier unexpectedly. ¡°Is it good for you to have such an obvious priority? ¡°I¡¯m sure you don¡¯t want to get too noticeable, but you don¡¯t seem to know when you¡¯re going to get in. They¡¯re waiting for us, and some of them are imperial dignitaries.¡± ¡°Oh well¡± Yes, this is about keeping the empire and the kingdom secret and at ease. If so, besides the kingdom¡¯s dignitaries ¨C this time Marquis and Marius ¨C the dignitaries will be coming from the imperial side. Taking Anne also means that Anne should be someone who knows at least if she can be trusted, then someone in the royal family. That doesn¡¯t make you wait for no reason. For a blank amount of time waiting for dignitaries from other countries, the suspicions about this case are as quiet as snow, but they accumulate firmly. Even if I go inside the gate, it¡¯s not that different from outside. Anne shrugged when she saw that people of all races, genders, and ages were overflowing with wierdness, trying to serve their purpose. ¡°There are many people in the capital of the kingdom.¡± Continue down the sunlit hallway feeling the feel of a less familiar carpet on your feet. If all you¡¯re waiting for after this is an easy-going meeting, you¡¯ll enjoy this feeling and scenery a little more, but now that even looks a little scarier. It is said to be a separate mansion. It will continue through a large mansion and eventually be passed into one room. There was a big table inside, and a few people were already seated. Two of them are known faces. Marquis and Marius. It doesn¡¯t feel like a very good complexion, and I¡¯m responding to one person. When it comes to the person being responded to, he also looks like the old man there by himself, but the quality of the fabric is good for missteps. I couldn¡¯t help but laugh at the imbalance, but the moment I thought I¡¯d introduce myself first, I flew from a direction where I didn¡¯t even think the answer was. ¡°Father! It was Anne who shouted so. In other words, this person was His Majesty the Emperor of the Empire, that person. Chapter 337 Chapter 337: 337 I thought it was a fancy fabric, contrary to its normal design. To exaggerate, in the example of the previous world, could I say that UNIQLO¡¯s t-shirt feels like it¡¯s made of natural silk? I know who understands, but uncomfortable for those who don¡¯t. Knowing that the man in it was the emperor, I panicked and tried to kneel but the emperor blocked it with a hand gesture. ¡°It may be easier on this occasion. You¡¯re not the rest of the men, and more importantly, you don¡¯t look great in these clothes.¡± That¡¯s what makes me laugh. I felt a twofold cold sweat on my stretched spine. Ever since the last world, Mr. Ella doesn¡¯t like it. ¡°I said he¡¯s a blacksmith living in the¡± Black Forest, ¡°so I thought what kind of swollen man would come, but isn¡¯t he a man who just doesn¡¯t look well and seems calm to his heart¡± ¡±Bad eye¡± is superfluous, but you¡¯re complimenting me for once, aren¡¯t you? ¡°What a waste of words, I¡¯m afraid. It¡¯s in a blacksmith¡¯s elephant.¡± ¡°Yeah. The rest is Emperor Alexei Saffin Andreyev Wiesner¡± I won¡¯t kneel, but I bowed my head deeply. It is a bow of the Northern way. I¡¯m not particularly surprised, so I guess I know myself in the North quite a bit. I¡¯m glad I didn¡¯t name my family. A green eye shoots me through the orbit of a deep carved face. You¡¯re going to find out when you say bad things. Speak as honestly as possible¡­¡­ ¡°I am Camilo.¡±¡°Yeah. I took care of you this time. Leave that story to me.¡± ¡°Thank you¡± Is Camilo also involved in entering the emperor¡¯s kingdom? Yeah, you¡¯d stand out if Marquis or Marius moved even his own handkerchief. The price is to make it easier to do business within the Empire, I guess. Camilo was wondering if he wanted to eat into the heart of the kingdom any longer, but he didn¡¯t. Or maybe he¡¯s going to act like a double spy. ¡°So, Annemarie¡± But I¡¯m talking about the upper echelons of other countries (which are also the top echelons), and I don¡¯t particularly pinch my mouth because I¡¯m talking about other people¡¯s homes. I was urged to take a seat, so I take a seat. It is the form of an imperial man sitting on one side of the long table on the side of the kingdom, facing it. Of course, Anne sat down with the Empire. Let¡¯s get started. Marius¡¯ word tightened the scene at once. Now I feel like I could catch that sound even if I dropped a needle on the carpet in this room. ¡°Let¡¯s start by talking about example plans¡± Thus began the aftermath of this case. Chapter 338 Chapter 338: 338 ¡°Confirmation, but you¡¯re pretty sure the raid on Her Royal Highness was consigned by the Baron of the Kingdom and the Earl of the Empire, right? ¡°On the kingdom side, that¡¯s recognition.¡± ¡°And the Empire.¡± To Marius¡¯ words, the kingdom side was spoken by the Marquis, while the empire side was spoken by a fine man sitting next to the emperor. I guess he¡¯s more of a person of higher stature than he is in a place like this. Although it is simply too low for me and Camilo to be present. ¡°Now, take this one.¡± When Marius signaled, the door opened and a servant came in. I have two spears in my hand. I felt a strong killing spirit from the Emperor¡¯s side. I¡¯m not a fine man. It¡¯s from a woman sitting on the other side of it across from the emperor. Probably an escort. If you sum up the information so far, you might be one of Anne¡¯s ¡°mothers,¡± or a candidate for it. The servant left the spear on the table without the wind that cared about its killing. That¡¯s a lot of guts. Miss Frederica is a servant who can receive a possible level of killing until she faints¡­ The moment the servant leaves, the killer disappears. I could hear Camilo sneaking a sigh. When the emperor pointed to the spear with his jaw, the woman sitting next to him took one. As it stands, it is soaking up for me. I don¡¯t think I¡¯d point it at this one, but in case, I secretly repositioned my hips so I could kick Marius sitting next to me. Then the woman glanced at me chilly. Did you find out? With this, it is possible to spare as much as possible. But it can be a troublesome seed. I was heartbroken, but when the woman rang her nose gently, she went back to spear regulation. ¡°Indeed.¡± Eventually the woman says so quietly in a low voice, putting two spears together and behind herself. Deal is done, is that what you mean?¡°You can do whatever you want after the fact¡± ¡°Okay.¡± The emperor nodded at Marius¡¯ words. When I saw it, the fine surface opened my mouth. ¡°Well, now you have everything you need to plan¡± ¡°I don¡¯t think I have to be so cautious though. I don¡¯t care how much you say you can do, it¡¯s like going out of your way to get two people.¡± A woman puts a pussy in the detail. His fine face, which had a much cooler face to this point, was distorted. I guess the plan creep wasn¡¯t going to tell me or Camilo. That must have been the same for Marius and the Marquis. The quality of my weapon is that the people in this room know it. Marius and the Marquis have seen it, and the Emperor knew Helen¡¯s weapon and sent Anne to us, he couldn¡¯t have known. So, you don¡¯t have to do that to get stuck with a regular spear, do you? That seems to be the woman¡¯s claim. That¡¯s understandable. But if this is all, I don¡¯t see the point in bothering to have me present here. At least in my position, I¡¯m only a blacksmith, why don¡¯t you just close it out and give me some gold coins and say hi goodbye when we¡¯re done talking. Besides, it¡¯s not like the emperor came all the way out. It¡¯s the details and the woman we¡¯re actually talking about, and it should have been nice just for these two to come. The emperor will be absent for at least one day today. Is there enough talk to come until you create such a void? As I circled my thoughts, the emperor told Anne sitting next to me, as if it were nothing. ¡°Oh, yeah, Annemarie. You stay in the kingdom.¡± Chapter 339 Chapter 339: 339 ¡°Am I¡­? Anne can¡¯t hide her confusion. Of course. When I finally thought I could go home, they told me to stay. I¡¯ll barely move my expression, too, so I¡¯ll do my best. But no imperial man can overturn the emperor¡¯s immediate orders. That¡¯s even the Empress. In other words, His Majesty the Emperor himself came out on purpose, which seems to be the purpose. I suppose you wouldn¡¯t have mind writing to that effect in a letter or something if they were a little less identical, but does that mean you¡¯re not feeling well with the Crown Princess? Or did you simply want to tell your daughter directly? The emperor said in a stern voice. ¡°Mm-hmm. Because it¡¯s also included in the terms of this harmony.¡± The point is that Anne remains hostage to the kingdom. Anne seemed to be satisfied with that. I don¡¯t know how deep down in my heart it is. ¡°May I?¡± I opened my mouth to help out. The Emperor blocked it with his hand, though he sat back a little bit to see if the details were trying to tempt me. ¡°Good. Say¡± ¡°All the same, then. And was it therefore agreed as a condition? I don¡¯t know why you have to leave Master Annemarie in the kingdom.¡± ¡°Hmm.¡± The Emperor¡¯s eyes narrow softly in my words. These places look like Anne and her parents and kids¡­¡­ Anne is leaning over and doesn¡¯t really understand the look on her face.¡°To put it succinctly, here¡¯s a series of stories that happened. I can¡¯t tell you in public, but that¡¯s how I recognize the rest. On top of that, it has nothing to do with this plan, even if you (the Kingdom) want to betray it. Because the status quo remains the same. At best, it would be recognition of the extent to which skirmishes have occurred.¡± The emperor separated words there once. I put a little time aside to see if there was any objection and to see if I understood. Seeing as no one would say anything, the emperor went on. ¡°But if this one betrays you, you will lose the land where the migrants are. No matter, sometimes it will turn out that way even if you don¡¯t betray it aggressively. Because that¡¯s what happens if any of them survive. But I want to avoid that.¡± ¡°I see. Okay.¡± I also feel a little too tall as a hostage for that, but I¡¯m pretty sure there¡¯s no one else to give it to if it¡¯s very confidential. If someone wants me to get you out of my subordinate, there¡¯s no way I¡¯m not going to tell you what¡¯s going on. ¡°So long, Eizo.¡± If I say no here, it¡¯s obvious that Anne will be turned around to touch the swelling. I know it was close to the enemy but I think it¡¯s sweet myself, but by now my answer had been decided. ¡°Okay. We¡¯ll take care of it.¡± ¡°Right. I can provide some assistance, so if you have any problems, let me know.¡± ¡°No, if we¡¯re going to protect you, we¡¯re going to do it alone without (¡­) Chi (¡­), et al. (¡­), et al. (¡­).¡± I kept the Marquis¡¯ offer solidified. I want to avoid stringing it up in the name of aid. If you¡¯re going to string Anne up for the Empire, I¡¯ll cut her off somewhere, too. Niyali, while I managed to shed sight of the laughing emperor, I was so determined in my heart. Chapter 340 Chapter 340: 340 ¡°Then let¡¯s pay the consideration, not the aid¡± When the Marquis said so, a servant who had just brought a spear now brought a leather bag. ¡°It is gold coin. Take it.¡± ¡°If it¡¯s a consideration, don¡¯t hesitate to take it.¡± Receive a snug leather bag from the servant and give it a nostalgia. The number of gold coins is not obvious. I am also proud to say that I would know what would happen if I worked here in an unfaithful way, whether I was Jen, who would do something nasty in this place. ¡°Well, I hope you¡¯ll excuse me on this, as I think you¡¯ve done your errands to me.¡± ¡°Uhm, right¡± The Marquis and the Emperor nodded to Eagle Deep in my words. There is no point in staying long in a place like this. It¡¯s not something I figured out what they¡¯d ask me if I stayed. ¡°Bye.¡± When I stood up to sit in the middle, Anne stood up at the same time. ¡°Master Annemarie won¡¯t be here for a while.¡± When it comes to us, it basically becomes a life of going back and forth between the woods and the city. I don¡¯t even get to the capital that much, let alone almost none of them when it¡¯s an empire. I might go for something like a comfort trip, but on the contrary, that¡¯s the only chance I have. Even if you go on a trip, a visit with a royalty is not something that can be fulfilled by a blacksmith and his family. If so, this is the little time left to face-to-face with the flesh parents. I wish we were together for a little bit longer. ¡°No, because I have no reason to stay here either¡± But Anne turned it down. My eyes, with a little determination, looked at me. If you are prepared to speak for yourself, is it wild to say anything more? ¡°Is it Master Left? Now, if you¡¯ll excuse me.¡±That said, I bow profoundly in the Northern way. Anne also imitates. Before I left the room, I said to Camilo, ¡°I¡¯m going with my old man. I¡¯ll meet you at the Count¡¯s mansion when I¡¯m done,¡± he snorted and put out a bill. Pass. I gently slapped Camilo on the shoulder instead of thanking him. The moment I leave the door, I can speak to the emperor. ¡°Hey.¡± ¡°Why should I? ¡°I asked for it.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll take care of it¡± Is it as a parent or as an emperor? If it¡¯s a ¡±decent¡± statement, I wouldn¡¯t be speaking up at this time, so I¡¯d like to think it¡¯s the former, but I¡¯m not going to treat Anne unhindered in any case, hairy. I nodded in the eyes of the emperor, and the emperor nodded back, and me and Anne left the room behind. ¡°I see.¡± ¡°Mr. Eizou¡¯s going with that, too, isn¡¯t he? ¡°Yeah, well.¡± I still have ¡°thin ice¡± on my hips. Of course, I was going to go as far as the old man. Even though the capital says it¡¯s safe, it¡¯s not as flat left as it is fine if the women are unarmed and bluffing. There is a good chance that there will be some trouble. Does it mean that I am myself as much as possible as Anne? If the person is good, is it good? Thus, two noisy people beside him followed the Marquis¡¯s separate residence. Chapter 341 Chapter 341: 341 Me and Anne walk in the inner city with Blah Blah ¨C the inner city of the inner wall. There are two men and women who feel completely out of place in what they are wearing, which is also unremarkable because the man is a Northerner, hanging a knife in his leather belt, and the woman is a giant, tall, carrying a two-handed sword of no less than the back length. It wouldn¡¯t even look right. Anne is a princess. Deanna is also an Earl¡¯s Order lady, and I don¡¯t think she¡¯s pretty and catchy, but she¡¯s no better than that. So I guess, from time to time, there are people who come to see without hiding their interest. Whether it¡¯s the effect of a knife and a two-handed sword or because it¡¯s too out of place, I don¡¯t hear from you. Neither Anne nor I made any particular remarks on the road. Walk silently toward your destination. Eventually we reached the familiar gate, the gate of the inner wall that separates the inner and outer streets. The gatekeeper doesn¡¯t hesitate to send his gaze, but he has a way of doing his job. I took the pass out of my nostalgia and presented it to the gatekeeper. The gatekeeper indicates that you can pass the pass in advance and in a gesture. Me and Anne passed by in a meeting with Pecori. ¡°Wow.¡± I walked out the gate for a little while, and Anne opened her eyes and mouth round as she went out onto the boulevard. The capital is still full of people today. ¡°It looked a little more normal when I saw it from the carriage, but when I got down and saw it, there were a lot of them.¡± ¡°Right. It¡¯s been a long time since, and we¡¯re about to see more crowds.¡± ¡°I see.¡± It may seem dense when the point of view drops, but in this case it would be a synergy with the actual increase in the number of people. Anne looks around at the people she goes out with and the dewstores after she¡¯s convinced. Being out on the boulevard diminished the sense of misplacement about the outfit, but the combination of men and women armed, the Northerners and the Giants tend to attract attention.The salvation is that there are more people here than in the inner city, and there are not so many people here who send an uncanny gaze. ¡°This way.¡± Sometimes things haven¡¯t completely resolved yet, and it¡¯s not a good idea to get too much attention, so I just rushed Anne a little. Anne just says, ¡°Okay,¡± and follows me. The look of it was kind of like when Lucy followed me, so I accidentally almost got a zero grin, but desperately suppressed it. Your shop isn¡¯t that far from the main street. I arrive at short notice and walk Anne in through the entrance, ¡°It¡¯s here,¡± he said. You made it before the peak, and the appearance of the guests is sparse. Look at us coming in, your daughter shows her seat, and we take off our weapons and sit down. ¡°Think about it. You can¡¯t! That¡¯s what he says. He laughs out loud. What, you thought you switched daughters? ¡°Hey, if you decide to, let me help you all the time and feed you hungry.¡± ¡°Let me pay you today.¡± ¡°I¡¯m gonna have arms! Ignore my words, and the old man pulls into the kitchen. I looked at it with a bitter smile and annoyed Anne a little bit about what was going on and how she explained what was going to happen. Chapter 342 Chapter 342: 342 ¡°I¡¯ve served in the Demon Crusade before, but I knew the owner of this store there.¡± ¡°Are you in the army?¡± ¡°Yes, to repair broken weapons and protective equipment¡± ¡°I see.¡± Wouldn¡¯t Anne be very interested in the barracks? The war that needs massive replenishment doesn¡¯t seem to be going on around here for long, so maybe there¡¯s a lack of consciousness around it. ¡°My mouth is bad, but my arms are sure. If you like our meals, I think you¡¯ll like the food here.¡± ¡°Um.¡± I pinched Anne in the mouth in the middle of the conversation. It¡¯s a little messy. I opened my mouth like I had decided what I was going to say. ¡°People in Mr. Eizou¡¯s house are family, aren¡¯t they? ¡°¡­ yeah, that¡¯s right¡± ¡°So am I? That said, I¡¯m gonna wrinkle a little between my eyebrows, and I¡¯m gonna go up and look over here. Uhm. She can be clearly taken hostage to us. It would be different to say that it is clearly a family in the sense that I said so. But in that respect, Deanna, Liddy and Helen are the same thing up front. Deanna is only kept, because Liddy has a forest close to the capital, and Helen hides herself until most of it cools down. But I treat them as a family. Besides, it would be a burden to us and Anne to continue spending a period of time in other ways that we don¡¯t know how long. I¡¯m thinking about that, after a little silence, I answered. ¡°Right.¡± ¡°Really?¡± Anne said like a ho. After that, my ears couldn¡¯t reach Anne whispering ¡°Good¡± because her daughter brought ¡°Hi Wait -¡± the dish and ale. ¡°Well, if you¡¯re family.¡± ¡°Yes.¡±Anne said in a slightly tangled tone, as she tongued over a good dish, only a little booze in it made her feel bigger. There were signs of that when I swallowed it at home, but he¡¯s not a very good alcoholic. ¡°I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s hard to talk about.¡± ¡°I see.¡± I fully agree with this opinion. Regardless of his disciple, Like, or Liddy, whose tone is just polite from time to time, the rest of my family talks to me all the time and I treat everyone with what I call a tame mouth. ¡°Then let¡¯s be normal from now on. to each other.¡± I¡¯ll tell Anne to deal with the rest of the family. This curry-like stewed dish is good. Anne, who heard what I said, I don¡¯t know if it was the booze, but she turned her face red, ¡°Yeah, okay¡± I just said that I had a lot of Yale jocks. ¡°As far as we¡¯re concerned, I¡¯m a regular blacksmith, as you can see from the job itself.¡± ¡°Yeah. I don¡¯t even really want to open my hands.¡± The reason Liddy is in our house is to do something magical consultancy. But in this world, requests are rare. Liddy also said, ¡°I rarely came here before,¡± and I guess that¡¯s not the case. At least that shouldn¡¯t be enough to eat. So she¡¯s helping us with our hard work more than our natural brainwork. I think he likes the work you¡¯re doing. ¡°When we get used to it, let¡¯s all make something. If Anne¡¯s coming, there¡¯s plenty of people out there.¡± ¡°¡­ eh. Right. I need to learn to work first.¡± ¡°Well, you should take it easy on me. Because if I don¡¯t have an order, I¡¯ll only make the goods for wholesale to that merchant.¡± It¡¯s my goal to make and live whatever I want when I want to relax. I¡¯m still on my way to my goal right now, but I¡¯m not really willing to flaunt myself there either. ¡­ Let¡¯s just say it¡¯s my fault that I feel like I¡¯m being put to work quite a bit. Yeah. ¡°Hey, look forward to it¡± ¡°Then good.¡± Answering Anne, who smiled all the time, I awoke my ale. Chapter 343 Chapter 343: 343 Your dietary offense was stopped where appropriate. I need to tell you from this side. It was going to come out forever. I was smiling bitterly when I told your daughter, so maybe this is what happens when an acquaintance comes. Me and Anne are all chopped up, so I decided to give them a break. It¡¯s still critical and not peaking, so I guess the old man told me, Martin and Boris also come out of the kitchen and talk a little. Basically, it¡¯s the story of an expedition. Anne also listens with interest. ¡°So you haven¡¯t served since then? ¡°That¡¯s right. Well, honestly serving in the military isn¡¯t a good way to get in. Amur Boy¡­ When I was Count, I couldn¡¯t say no because I¡¯ve known you since you were a little girl.¡± ¡°I see.¡± Marius came through the inner city every once in a while to see me. Is it such an old relationship? ¡°But you colored me right when you did. He knows what a suzi is.¡± ¡°Ho. I¡¯ll give it a go next time.¡± ¡°Recommended Ease¡± That¡¯s what I said, me and Martin, Boris laughed. ¡°No, Aizoo¡¯s husband isn¡¯t coming to the capital? Boris said seriously for the sake of it. I shrugged my shoulders, ¡°I¡¯m flowing from the north for a reason. I don¡¯t want to be in a crowded place.¡± and returned it. Actually, it¡¯s because I can¡¯t produce enough without enough magic, but I don¡¯t have to tell the Boris. Later, I basically got the image of the capital equals troubles, and sometimes my legs are hard to face.Boris dropping gacoons and shoulders on my words like that. ¡°Really¡­¡± ¡°Is something wrong? ¡°No, the knife my husband sharpened is good, and he said I shouldn¡¯t get it out sometimes.¡± ¡°I see.¡± I understand that you want to leave it to a good grinder. As an artisan, tools want to use good things, and it would be a natural desire to stay in good shape. In my case, I didn¡¯t feel particularly inconvenient because the tools that were originally available to me were good, but I take care of them. ¡°Well, say hello to your old man. The cost¡­¡± Yes, the amount I asked for when I heard it was ¡°Martin who made Boris smile and force bubble with a nigga laugh¡±. ¡­ ¡°Keep your mouth shut and go home¡±. ¡°Okay, okay. I¡¯ll be back, but if you need me, I want you to do it right.¡± ¡°Understand. Come on.¡± ¡°Thank God. Dear treat.¡± I say thank you in a Northern greeting. Anne will also ¡°thank you¡± for the meeting. I walked back into the kitchen, waving my hand back to Boris and Martin, and I left the store, and I said after us, ¡°Come back! Come on. Uh, I don¡¯t know!¡± The roar of an old man came after him. Chapter 344 Chapter 344: 344 ¡°Well, I guess we¡¯re done over there¡± ¡°It¡¯s been quite a while, isn¡¯t it?¡± ¡°Yeah, but now it¡¯s about time they¡¯re having lunch over there. We¡¯ll hang out for a little while, then we¡¯ll go back.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Walk the streets where you hang out and people bullshit you. It¡¯s just around noon now, and stores that sell food in outdoor stores are thriving. Me and Anne are also inconspicuous today because there are people everywhere with weapons that seem to have been used for a long time. ¡°Is that the Seeker?¡± ¡°Right. There¡¯s a lot of them, so I was wondering if they even found a big ruin.¡± ¡°There are so many relics in the kingdom, I guess some haven¡¯t been found yet.¡± There is a legend in this world that there used to be (and became) a great war between the Demons and other races, but even before that there were several great wars. Several of them have been won by the Demons and several by other races. And at that time, a small number of buildings, including both ground and underground, especially those for military purposes, have been abandoned¡­ Apparently. Now they are called ¡°ruins,¡± and sometimes some of the military funds of the time or something are asleep? Those treasures that are not under control have ownership in the first person to find them. Well, it seems easier to leave some of it to the lord who rules the land. It¡¯s the Seekers who dream of grabbing a thousand bucks and searching for those ruins. That said, there are no infinite ruins. So, when they haven¡¯t found the ruins, they¡¯re doing things like convenient use and mercenaries. ¡°It¡¯s handy to get information out.¡±Anne laughs with a less good face. There is nothing globally organized like the so-called ¡°Adventurer Guild¡± in this world. but there¡¯s no way they¡¯re not secretly exchanging information in self-defense, only being treated like a burglar sleigh. If you get on there and circulate all kinds of information, you show quite a spread due to the characteristics of walking around more than pedestrians. The Empire used it, I suppose. No, well, you¡¯re doing the kingdom and the republic, and that¡¯s what the marquis is doing. ¡°Aizoo didn¡¯t think to be an explorer? And a sword¡¯s arm.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t think so. I want to relax.¡± ¡°I could have come to the Empire.¡± ¡°Yeah?¡± ¡°If you have the ore you really want, maybe you¡¯ll think about exploring it a little bit.¡± ¡°I see. At that time¡­¡± ¡°I miss you alone, so I¡¯d like to go with the whole family if I could.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Listen to me, Anne¡¯s face is barking. They guessed what was included in the word ¡°family¡±. I hope they do well with the rest of my family. While cooling the dewstore, I thought blurry about what was ahead. Chapter 345 Chapter 345: 345 Chill out various dewstores in the outer streets. I looked for it hoping it would be helpful, but I didn¡¯t see any dewstores dealing with weapons or protective equipment. I guess it doesn¡¯t usually sell that well when you say there are explorers. I don¡¯t know what to say instead, but I found an outdoor shop that deals with daily necessities. I had a store number there, 15 when I was old. Talk to a young man who looks about there. ¡°Oh, so the workshop¡¯s somewhere else? ¡°Yes, it¡¯s a little far from the capital, and I¡¯m bringing it here.¡± ¡°Aren¡¯t you going to be pissed off from the metropolitan workshop? ¡°Most of the workshops we have here are ordered by nobles. It¡¯s nothing to say. They¡¯re renting this place, so they¡¯re talking to the closest workshop, just in case.¡± ¡°Here,¡± the young man said, pointing behind his back with his chin. There¡¯s no sign or anything out there, but it seems to be some kind of workshop. I can still hear you pounding something with a hammer. I guess what we¡¯re building in this workshop doesn¡¯t compete with the outdoor ones, nor is it like opening an outdoor store and selling it. I don¡¯t even know what that is. On the other hand, just in case it¡¯s a level, we need to cut to the nearby workshop to the extent that we can talk through it. For the convenience of renting a place, just in case something doesn¡¯t bother the landlord. Conversely, it seems free if we hold onto this degree in the capital as well. It doesn¡¯t even seem harsh to say that it can¡¯t be completely free (and that¡¯s why I pay the store opening fee every time) like the city¡¯s free city. After killing time like this, relax and head back to the inner city. I was wary, but no one seems to think like when I was here on a family vacation before. Well, the one who wants to strike a man or woman with a knife and a two-handed sword doesn¡¯t. If he was, he¡¯d be the one with so many reasons. It¡¯s not like I don¡¯t know anything about it, but I can¡¯t set it up right now. It¡¯s too risky. Show the gatekeeper on the inner wall the pass and pass. Even though there is quite a crowd, an area separated from the hustle and noise outside. I don¡¯t hate this calm either, but I prefer it outside. And we were once again in the wrong place, going for the Count¡¯s mansion ¨C that is, the Amur Mansion.When we get to Amur Mansion, a familiar guard nodded and let us through, so we meet up and go through the gate. Inside that gate, Mr. Bowman was waiting. ¡°Sorry, did I keep you waiting¡± I said in a hurry, Mr. Bowman smiled nicely, ¡°No, excuse me in front of the customer, but it¡¯s been a good break and it¡¯s my job to wait¡± And he gave it back, so I grate my chest. Maybe you have a professionalism that you shouldn¡¯t say humble or frighten your guests, but if you don¡¯t care, no for now¡­ In the room where Mr. Bowman guided me through, Camilo and Marius are colluding. ¡°What about His Majesty the Emperor? ¡°Okay, so the Eizos are back, and we¡¯re back.¡± Camilo stood up saying so to replace the slightly soggy air. I¡¯ll stick it up and give it back bright. ¡°Right. You don¡¯t have to stay long.¡± ¡°Azo, come here sometimes, okay? ¡°Hey, you¡¯re gonna be busy too,¡± Giggling back at Marius¡¯ words, we left the room behind. Come on, suppose you go home with your new family. Chapter 346 Chapter 346: 346 Marius eventually came out to drop him off at the door. We waved in Camilo¡¯s carriage. ¡°Dropping off His Eminence the Handsome Count.¡± ¡°We also have Her Royal Highness the Emperor. You¡¯re way up there, by the way. That¡¯s better than the Marquis.¡± ¡°Sure. Then it¡¯s a natural response.¡± ¡°Well, me and Eizo are merchants and blacksmiths, and it¡¯s a good place downstairs.¡± ¡°Must be.¡± Leaving Amur Mansion, me and Camilo banged each other lightly and laughed. ¡°You¡¯re more comfortable with the Count than you were listening to.¡± ¡°Sort of. I can¡¯t tell Anne much, but at least she thinks I¡¯m a friend.¡± ¡°What about me? ¡°I don¡¯t know.¡± ¡°Chi.¡± Camilo pounding his tongue deliberately. Now Anne laughs with me. Thus, the carriage proceeded along the quiet inner city. At the gate stands the gatekeeper who was there earlier. He looked like he was convinced when he saw us passing by. It would be more normal to think that it was a carriage escort if you looked at the current state of affairs about the identities of two men and women who do not look like armed nobles, and maybe you thought about the area. I wondered if I would ever see it again for a while, and I looked at the smaller gate, a little smudged. I went down the boulevard, which people would waste, and through the gates of the outer walls. ¡°With that said, why is that gate so big that the Giants can go through it?¡± ¡°Really? That¡¯s what I heard. I guess it was from Camilo. He won¡¯t pinch my mouth, so I¡¯m pretty sure he has something to say. ¡°I¡¯ve heard my ancestors were bigger than they are now.¡± ¡°Ho.¡± ¡°But I doubt it was big enough to have to have those ready.¡± ¡°I guess.¡± I said as I looked at Daimon. Anne, but 4-5 people are so big that they seem to line up vertically. Maybe some of the giants were specifically big, but when I asked if they were big enough to prepare just for it, it would be suspicious there. ¡°I¡¯m small because I¡¯m a child with humans, but the giants are so big in size that they¡¯re essential for troublesome stories.¡± ¡°For example?¡± ¡°Dishes are a little small and hard to use when they¡¯re human in size.¡± ¡°And then there¡¯s clothes and stuff? ¡°Right. It¡¯s going to take a lot of time and money to tailor¡­¡± ¡°I see. Oh, should we make our dishes bigger, too? ¡°Yeah. I¡¯m fine with anything of normal size. If my mother¡¯s coming, I might as well have her ready, but I don¡¯t think she has any plans.¡± ¡°Hmm.¡± Even though Anne doesn¡¯t want it, other than Anne¡¯s mother ¨C that is, after the Emperor of the Empire ¨C it doesn¡¯t necessarily mean when a giant customer isn¡¯t coming. Do you want to make it in the afternoon when you collect your hunting prey? That¡¯s how the carriage goes down the street. The sky was still clear today and white clouds were slowly moving down the blue streets. The wind across is stroking the meadow and the grass is shaking like a tickle. ¡°Something¡¯s moving somewhere in the world, even if it looks so peaceful¡± I looked out at the landscape and pounded. Anne answers when she hears it. ¡°That¡¯s the world, isn¡¯t it? There¡¯s gonna be differences of position, but basically we¡¯re moving for ourselves, so we¡¯re gonna have a collision somewhere.¡± ¡°Right.¡± I¡¯d like to keep myself away from that if I could, but I guess there¡¯s no way I can do that more than engage with the public. In fact, Anne¡­ the Empire thought I was better than the kingdom. But still. ¡°I don¡¯t want to get involved with that.¡± If I didn¡¯t tell you that, I would feel dragged right into it, and I put it in my mouth, and Anne didn¡¯t say anything more. The carriage proceeded faster than normal and reached the forest entrance before sundown. Still, in a while, the sun will dye the vicinity red. ¡°Excuse me, can I have a pine light just in case? ¡°Oh. Take whatever you want. It¡¯s free this time. I¡¯ll take it next time.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t be silly.¡± ¡°But for the first time since I came to Eizo¡¯s house, I feel like I¡¯ve been able to slow down from the bottom of my heart.¡± ¡°Right.¡± ¡°So I¡¯m happy to be able to live that life again¡± ¡°That¡¯s fine. Well, I don¡¯t need your help with the job, but basically, we¡¯re all relaxed.¡± ¡°Looking forward to it.¡± Anne said in a raucous voice in contradiction to the darkness around her. I can¡¯t believe I¡¯m going to live in the back of the woods! I would have tried to be hard if I had, but at least I feel a little relieved because it doesn¡¯t seem to be the case on the word. That¡¯s how when the area got dark, I found a different light than the pine light. Home. Everyone is out in front of the door. Krull and Lucy also sat in front of the house. ¡°Hold that for a second, please¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± Anne received a pine light in her face saying what it was. I¡¯ll just walk away from Anne to the house and head over to Anne. At the same time, the voices of everyone, including me, echoed in the woods, where there was only the sound of the wind. ¡°Welcome back, Anne¡± Anne, who was at first Kyoton when she heard it, eventually returned it with a face she didn¡¯t know if she was laughing or crying. ¡°I¡¯m home, guys¡± Chapter 347 Chapter 347: 347 I dreamed. As a normal daughter, it was a dream to marry her splendidly, blessed by her father and mother. It is a very happy dream, something that even disappointed me that it was a dream when I woke up. Been a father and mother¡¯s daughter for years now. I say that I also had a true mother, but none of the understanding is in my memory. Everything has died since I was born, when it wasn¡¯t, he said, but it was those people who were my father and mother, at least when they came to mind. So I have always called myself Father and Mother. We¡¯ve been calling ourselves fathers and mothers every day, and we don¡¯t have a problem. I cannot marry normally at my convenience. At least not until we have a hell of a low chance of finding someone. I can¡¯t help but feel something there, but it¡¯s not bad to end your life without daughter-in-law, or to nurse your father and mother as a daughter, that¡¯s what I think. Species I also have a sister. My sister and I, who are the fathers. For this reason our words do not make sense. That¡¯s what I call you, too, but you must have never heard your father or mother speak the same language once. So every morning my father told me and my sister, ¡°Good morning, Krull, Lucy. Shall we go get some water?¡± and when we were greeted with a smile, we ¡°Yes, Father¡± And I say, that goes through. But we think that¡¯s all right.My sister is a dragon called a runaway dragon among men, I am a wolf born in this forest¡­ but because of the magic of this forest, she says I am turned into a wolf demon. That¡¯s what Mother Liddy said when it was. For this reason, my intelligence is far superior to that of a normal wolf (apparently), and my sister is closer to the superior dragon than a normal runaway dragon. My father and my sister can carry two water bottles at a time, and I have one, five of them enough for a family day, including us. We go slowly through the woods. My nose caught the sign. ¡°Sister.¡± ¡°I know.¡± When my father grated the water bottle, Bashan and his sister jumped into the lake. I follow it, too. When you dip in the water and remove the dirt on your body, get out of the water and ask your father to wipe it off. That¡¯s the daily routine. I¡¯ve never lacked it when I have a father. When that¡¯s over, bring up a water bottle with water and go back to the house. We¡¯ll all have breakfast when we get back. I¡¯m eating on the terrace today, so my sister¡¯s eating nearby, too. What¡¯s more, Mother Helen is going to play with me later today. Mother Helen is highly athletic among the mothers, so this one has to be stomached. This is how the ¡°usual day¡± begins where my father says it. I guess it¡¯s hard to send such a peaceful routine if it¡¯s true. Think about it, I even feel like I¡¯m in a dream right now. Oh, if I may¡­¡­ may such a happy day last forever. That¡¯s my dream now. Chapter 348 Chapter 348: 348 The day Anne and I got back, we had dinner everyone prepared for us (my arms were up) and went to bed early. Because I felt so tired. I suppose it was a good time to say that the time I was relative to the Emperor of the Empire was just a moment, but still I guess there was something coming spiritually. As he lay in bed almost falling, consciousness quickly fell into darkness. The next morning, when I slept well, my body was completely back on track. Well, it was the spiritual one who was originally tired, as much as the physical scissors. Make a good stretch and move around your shoulders. As I went straight outside, Krull and Lucy were waiting for me to go out with my dad. ¡°Okay, okay, let¡¯s go get some water¡± I¡¯ll stroke the two of you and do it before I prepare a water bottle. I¡¯m only letting Krull have it now, but will Lucy have it sometime? I hope we can all live safely until that day comes. Take the four water bottles and go through the woods with the blah blah. It¡¯s a beautiful morning, Dawn Light fills the woods, and feels clear with no heart or mind. You¡¯re up to it, Krull and Lucy seem to be in a good mood, Krull is walking around bouncing, and Lucy is running around me and Krull barking in a tedious, tense way. I dusted into it and breathed the morning forest air all over my chest. While temperatures still cannot rise, soothing and refreshing air fills the lungs. So I was totally kicked out of my head by the drowsiness that was just a little bit left. As soon as I fill the space for my kicked out drowsiness, today¡¯s plans run around in my head, but I want to make this time my top priority until I finish pumping water. I shook my head softly and kicked out my appointment, emptying my head. Eventually we reach the lake and fill our heads with empty water bottles no less. In the meantime, Krull was leading the way and following Lucy to the lake. It¡¯s like a bath for them. Is it because the water is gushing all over this lake, or the water is pretty cold? I haven¡¯t experienced all the seasons because I haven¡¯t been in this world for a year yet, but at this temperature in every season I would treasure it when it gets hot. On the other hand, it may be necessary to think about the cold weather¡­¡­ I wipe the water with the towel I was bringing before the two bodies that were snubbing around with Basha until I finished pumping the water cut off. If you haven¡¯t even gone away, the dirt on your body is mostly dirt and dust, not much greasy stuff. It¡¯s not that I can¡¯t wear it at all, so I think I¡¯ll have to use what the women use to take care of their hair if I¡¯m going to wipe it with warm water around the time. On the other hand, although I won¡¯t be naked either, I can wash my face and wipe my body with water here. I know it¡¯s no big deal in terms of quantity, but I want to save a little bit on the amount of water I use at home.The number of people is not the same as here recently, but as a family, there is one more person, and we can¡¯t deal with the rapid shivers. When it¡¯s done all the way through, hold plenty of water and split the heavier water bottle with Krull and take charge, then head back to the house. One hand-held, shabby Lucy is running around telling me to let her have it, but no matter how she tells me she¡¯s a demon, I can carry anything bigger than my own body. ¡°Wow!¡± ¡°Klululululululululu¡± I¡¯m guessing you¡¯re mocking Lucy for making a scene, Krull ringing in a gentle voice. Krull has also come this way since Lucy arrived, and her sister totally followed the board. Thus, the first routine of the morning, combined with a walk or something, was relaxed. ¡°My original health is too different. I don¡¯t want to take a chance on Atai.¡± Helen was the one who put it on me who disputed it. Come to us ¨C I mean, it¡¯s been a little while since I stopped being on the front line, but if she still tells me that she¡¯s a famous mercenary, there¡¯s no sound whatsoever. ¡°One of these days you¡¯ll be able to wake up at a time not too late, I¡¯m sure¡± This is our earliest wake-up liquor except for me. Craftsman¡¯s girlfriend from the beginning wakes up fast. The next was Liddy, who lived in the woods (now he¡¯s watching us interact and couscous laughing), and as much as Thermia and Helen, the last was Deanna. I wonder if the end will be Anne in the future. Well, I¡¯m not living with an accurate watch. If the morning time has been extended somewhat, and that¡¯s going to be ¡°as usual,¡± I guess that¡¯s what happens in our house. I went to Kamado to get ready for breakfast as soon as I started preparing for the morning. Chapter 349 Chapter 349: 349 Anne woke up during breakfast preparations. With sleeping eyes, everyone is helping me get ready for the morning. My body is bigger than Helen¡¯s, but somehow I look like my last daughter. I kept preparing breakfast for my big daughters. ¡°So you¡¯re gonna finish that one first, right? ¡°Oh.¡± In the hours after breakfast, I told everyone about my plans for the future. ¡°Anne¡¯s beds and building more rooms¡± ¡°You said you didn¡¯t need a new room.¡± ¡°Hey¡­¡­¡± I scratched my head at Thermia¡¯s words. Yes, I¡¯m the one who said that I don¡¯t need an extra building because I don¡¯t have any more families. But the truth is that Anne has increased, and there is no guarantee that there will be no further increases in the future, and more importantly, ¡°Not to mention the rainy season, because it looks like you should have a storage unit in your house when it¡¯s raining a lot. So, if you¡¯re gonna make it anyway, just in case? You¡¯d better be able to convert to a room, thinking about more residents, right? ¡°Yes, it is.¡± Deanna seems to have convinced me of my words. ¡°I think the assumption that there won¡¯t be any more residents is impotent.¡± It was Liddy who said it in a quiet voice. It also seems to contain something that is only slightly cold in the heart. Besides, everyone nods loudly, and Anne, the last to come in that growing family, is grinning bitterly. ¡°Stay, well, anyway, let¡¯s keep the family using the guest rooms, and let¡¯s clean it up.¡± When I said that, it was very variable, but the voice of understanding returned and I began to prepare for the work. It¡¯s an addition to the room, but at the end of the hallway there is now a terrace. So I can¡¯t stretch the new room over there. It stretches out to enclose the field and makes it a Co-shaped building. I also heard Liddy¡¯s opinion on the sunshine in the field and decided to say that it would be better to open it on the south side and that it would be problematic. If you go with even more with this, there is room for consideration as to whether to use the letter (b) or stretch it in another direction via the terrace, but if you surround it, the sunshine will just suck, so I think it will probably be a policy to build a separate building¡­¡­ no, I don¡¯t plan to increase it though. I don¡¯t know. And there were times when the number of people had grown up, and I decided to make a bed and a room at the same time.The bed will be me and Liddy, Anne, everyone else in the room ¨C Samya, Rike, Deanna, Helen, and Krull and Lucy. Lucy¡¯s role is Cheer Girl (Cheer Wolf?) But. ¡°Everyone¡¯s better at building a room than I am.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± He hugged Lucy, who Deanna could still hold, and sighed as she refilled her moffs. Even when I wasn¡¯t around, we built Helen¡¯s room and the next time it was Anne¡¯s, and even before that, we had Thermia and Riquet build their own room, so it¡¯s way above me in experience. ¡°I asked for it anyway¡± ¡°Oh, leave it to me.¡± So it is Thermia who makes the rickets. I stroked that head with gasp and took our job. Next time it¡¯s Anne¡¯s room, there¡¯s already a bed in there. Nevertheless, I make a new one because it doesn¡¯t have to fit into an existing bed, but it¡¯s still slightly smaller. As I cut out the wood for the bed, ¡°That said, the guest beds are a little big, but how¡¯d it go? ¡°A rare generation¡­¡± ¡°I think I would normally want all the wood grinding around the world just for this? ¡°I¡¯m not putting this quality thing out there.¡± If it¡¯s a ¡°luxury model,¡± I¡¯m still not willing to put a ¡°special order¡± out there, even if it¡¯s a saw. If anyone wants it, it¡¯s about getting here on your own. I¡¯m not willing to bend it because it¡¯s a condition I¡¯m demanding from the Emperor of the Empire. ¡°I know, I know.¡± Anne saw with a bitter smile, ¡°You sure are disgusting, like Thermia said.¡± Now I said that with a laugh. Chapter 350 Chapter 350: 350 ¡°Size¡­ about this¡± I cut off the board with my eyes open. Cheats work, of course, even if they¡¯re not as good as blacksmiths, so use them. If you line up a few sheets to see how big they are, they are quite large because they are tall. ¡°How big is it? ¡°Uh, come on. Yeah, I¡¯m fine.¡± When I asked, Anne lay down on the board without hesitation. My body fits perfectly and I can afford it left and right, up and down. If you¡¯re going to say bed, it¡¯s going to have to be this much. But watching it, I wondered. ¡°Wouldn¡¯t it be a little small to make a bed this size? ¡°Would you like to try? ¡°Right¡­¡± Liddy told me to carry the board home once and put it on the bed I have now (no bedding). It really looks smaller than the original room. ¡°What do you say? ¡°It¡¯s big enough, and I don¡¯t have that much luggage I brought, so why don¡¯t you be okay? ¡°Isn¡¯t the room in the house bigger? ¡°Well, if it¡¯s a palace, it¡¯s a big private room that doesn¡¯t normally let people through, and it was in a luxurious mood, but I thought I¡¯d make the most of it.¡± ¡°You know what?¡± ¡°You make an empty room, too, and you put what you want when you put it there, right? ¡°Right. Until people get in, at least one room is stored without a bed.¡± The other room is here now. I¡¯ll move the bed in this room. When you get Anne¡¯s bedding together, if you finally have the bedding ready, you¡¯ll be able to use it in the future if two guests come. I doubt even two guests will be here in a short time. ¡°Then I¡¯ll put it there too if I can¡¯t get in because I need something. I don¡¯t think that¡¯s going to happen first, and I¡¯m going to prioritize what we¡¯re all going to be able to use.¡± ¡°Okay. If the lord of the room says so.¡± ¡°If you say so.¡± I thought the story was a paragraph, but Anne seems to have something to worry about. ¡°Liddy¡¯s an elf, isn¡¯t he? ¡°Yep. As you can see¡± ¡°My father didn¡¯t marry Elf either, so this is the first time he¡¯s ever lived with me as a family, but if Elf doesn¡¯t have more stuff, you surprisingly have normal stuff¡± ¡°Right. You¡¯re not much different from all the humans and giants. If you¡¯ll excuse me, Anne has lived with other people.¡± ¡°If you don¡¯t pick a word, you do.¡± The story I heard before was that the Titans, the Beasts, the Dwarves, Marito, whatever, and Lizardman were in the royal family too, and don¡¯t really get to be on the street. Is it about elves and demons and fishermen who aren¡¯t there? The Elves and the Demons are a species that makes magic part of their food, they can¡¯t live in the faint of magic, and the fishermen don¡¯t come out of the watery realm, so even that emperor couldn¡¯t seem to marry them just right.¡°Conversely, I¡¯ve never lived with an elf before, so I was a little nervous. But if you¡¯re no different than everyone else, you¡¯ll be fine.¡± ¡°At least it doesn¡¯t make enough difference to leave with all my love for my life.¡± When I mixed it up, Liddy slapped Pocari on my shoulder. Anne smiles when she sees it. ¡°Okay, let¡¯s make it with this¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± We held the board again and went back to the table. I have to build and assemble my feet and stuff. I doubt I can do it by the end of the day, but it¡¯s not like I don¡¯t have time, so let¡¯s just relax. Work over lunch in between ended this day only by cutting out the parts of the bed. It¡¯s basically because Anne did the work, which also means getting used to working itself, but it¡¯s not a bad progress. But as Anne, he wasn¡¯t very convinced, and he was jerking off. ¡°Hmm, that¡¯s not going to be very well.¡± ¡°Well, if His Royal Highness the Crown Princess, who has never had tools before, suddenly does well, the furniture maker won¡¯t have standing. Even if it¡¯s not cut into rattles, it¡¯s good.¡± ¡°I¡¯m sure that¡¯s because of your tools.¡± ¡°My father also said that tools behave better or worse by the people they deal with¡­ and I think you can put your chest up.¡± ¡°Really? ¡°Oh.¡± Lique, who has already poured himself a third glass of firewine, said. I don¡¯t hesitate to swallow it at times like this, and I actually don¡¯t hesitate to swallow many cups, so I switch to a ceramic container like decanter and bring it. ¡°Thank you very much for your help, but even with all these people of different races and positions, we can live without major problems.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not too nervous, either.¡± This one is Liddy, a root vegetable soup in wine. ¡°Well, in my case, it was originally called living in the woods.¡± ¡°Atai was going that way, but I don¡¯t know what kind of life I have here, it suits me sexually.¡± Helen says as she pours herself lavishly into the roasted boar miso with a flame wine. Sacchirique poured the sparkling liquor into the empty cup. I thought you were going back to being a mercenary one day, but it sounds like you¡¯re going to be at home for at least a while. I don¡¯t mind if we do. Thus the welcoming party was sometimes mixed up with Krull and Lucy, and thrived with stories of life at our house. And when it opened, Anne, who looked pretty sleepy, said as she made her dripping eyes even more tron. ¡°Best regards,¡± Our answer to that was one. ¡°Welcome to Eizoo Workshop, Anne¡± Chapter 351 Chapter 351: 351 The next morning, there was nothing going down with a hangover, and everyone was up fine. If I had been attached to Rike¡¯s pace, I would have totally crushed it, but everyone around it is able to argue. ¡°What about the room? ¡°I¡¯ve got some help from Krull, and it¡¯s going well.¡± ¡°Sooner or later, it¡¯ll be over.¡± Deanna and Thermia answered my question. The day after tomorrow. Then we¡¯re gonna be in there to help. After breakfast, I will not work in blacksmiths today, but I will worship the shrines of the workplace. It was only at the beginning that Anne also seemed slightly uncomfortable, but now we usually do it together. Whatever the religious implications, it works as a change of heart. ¡°Well, I¡¯ll finish the parts, so you two can assemble. Anne just needs to ask Liddy.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± The cutting of wood is over. I¡¯ll give it to both of you when I cut off my daddy with fleas. Looks like the two who received it were Liddy supporting the parts while Anne hit them with a gavel and decided to fit them in. Little by little, Liddy directs where he hits, makes a gutsy noise, and Anne¡¯s wooden hammer slaps the parts. The parts then combine smoothly. Finish one after the other and give it to me immediately to have it assembled. I could see the bed quickly. I haven¡¯t built a palace for this one. ¡°All you have to do is straighten up the board.¡± ¡°Right.¡± I could have done the final finish, but I decided to leave it to the person using the corners. ¡°Like this?¡± ¡°Yes, yes.¡± I lifted the nail to the board and nodded at Anne as she asked me. Because I was helping with the blacksmith work for a little while, there¡¯s not much danger in shaking the hammer.There¡¯s a cone and a noise, and a nail stabs the plate and the beam underneath it. And all the plates fit where they should fit. Done. ¡°Yeah, you¡¯re gonna be okay¡± I touched all the beds I could, and I checked them out. Even if it¡¯s disappointingly assembled and I jumped a little up there if it looks like this, I¡¯m not sure I¡¯d say it would break right away. I doubt Anne will do that though. Even though the bedding is also fuzzy (Camilo is actually the one to prepare), it is probably not because it does not come in a spring¡­. No, right? Liddy and Anne were both happy with my words. I¡¯m glad you had something. I want to taste it, too, and it¡¯s like choosing to run a blacksmith. The raised bed is transported into the room via a terrace from the outside. I used to have to go through the living room for things I made outside, but I went through there for making a terrace. I was slightly concerned about hygiene, and this one carries a shorter distance, so I can tell you that I was right to make a terrace as a result. ¡°Around here? ¡°A little more that way, I guess.¡± ¡°It belongs to my family, and I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a good reward or anything.¡± ¡°Hmm. I¡¯m weak when they say that, but still.¡± I myself have been scattering things about profitability because I am family and because I am friends, so I also feel like I can¡¯t say it too strongly. But considering living in this forest like half self-sufficient, it would also be true to say that what you want is not a big deal. I¡¯m sure they¡¯ll have trouble suddenly saying what they want. I guess I just had a little too much in mind. ¡°Ah!¡± When I¡¯m reflecting and everyone¡¯s roaring, Samya pounds and hands with the meat turned. Everyone¡¯s eyes gather there. Thermia said after swallowing the meat like it was lit. ¡°How about each and every one of us and Eizo spending a day together? ¡°What?¡± Someone else said, ¡°That¡¯s a name!¡± and just wacked up. Chapter 352 Chapter 352: 352 ¡°No, is that okay? I said to control the wierd and the uplifting. Everyone¡¯s gazing at me. ¡°Something more expensive or something. Like new accessories.¡± ¡°No, I don¡¯t have what I want right now because I say so.¡± Thermia said. Everyone is nodding yeah. I bought the accessories before, and if they say I don¡¯t want them because I have them, then so be it. ¡°Besides, excellent craftsman time is expensive.¡± Now it¡¯s a liqueur. If the special-order sword doesn¡¯t bring down two pieces of money, that¡¯s about it if you¡¯re going to convert my day¡¯s time into money. I mean, even if you think purely financially, there¡¯s a good chance this one is better than something like an accessory poorly. ¡°I bought something and gave it to him, and I¡¯m pretty sure time is better than that.¡± I went on to make sure Deanna took over after Rike. ¡°Well, if everyone says it¡¯s okay that way, that¡¯s fine with me.¡± When I said that, everyone went back to talking about what to do. Naturally, I can¡¯t break into that story. I tried to stop it if it was too unscrupulous, but it didn¡¯t seem that way, so I quietly proceeded with my meal. The next morning, I finished a routine of streets and came around building additional rooms. Columns, roots, and saplings were sprinkled, floorboards were stretched on the areas that hit the corridors, and some of the walls were stretched. The normal-sized bed, which was originally placed in Anne¡¯s room, is placed so that it can be erected.I guess it¡¯s because I heard, ¡°One room will be used instead of a delivery door for a while,¡± the hallway is slightly wider, and I think I can afford to get in when carrying materials or something. So it occupies part of the hallway, but not enough to get in the way of the work. ¡°This is gonna be over as soon as possible.¡± ¡°If Eizo and the others are going to help, maybe they are.¡± Helen replied to my words, because three people are getting more manpower. Divide people into three parts, divide them into teams that make boards, put up floorboards, and put up wallboards. The team that makes the boards cuts out the roof after the floor and wall boards, and when that¡¯s done, they move on to roofing. The team members are two strong pairs, Helen and Anne (a threesome carried by Krull precisely the cut out plate). I¡¯m just doing it with ¡°somehow I know,¡± so I waved the hammer down on the nail I put on the board, remembering just a little sorry. Sounds like tonnes and hammers in the morning for noon. Make them all lunch on the terrace. Lucy and Krull are with us, of course. The menu itself is ¡±as usual¡±, but a meal that feels sunny and breezy can be unusual. After eating off, he hangs out with Krull and Lucy, who have Helen and Deanna running around in Thermia to play and do it. ¡°I¡¯m fine¡­¡± ¡°Really.¡± Anne leaks her consent to my crush. She¡¯s following the five moves with her eyes, but she¡¯s not strong enough to try to mix herself up either. Thermia of the Beast Clan, I can¡¯t argue with Deanna at all if she tells me that it would be a mistake to compare her to Helen, who has enough strength to think she is inexhaustible. ¡°Time to get back to work¡± I spoke up as Liquette and Liddy cleaned up the dishes. Well, we need to work a little harder. Chapter 353 Chapter 353: 353 Work continued from noon onwards, but no matter how fast the work was, it didn¡¯t end so quickly when it came to floorboards and wallboards for two rooms, and what I could do by sundown was ¡°I don¡¯t know if I¡¯ll be able to sleep here¡± or so. The roof board is still not tensioned at all. There are no trees around the house, so you can see the whole sky stained with cedar and it¡¯s not a bad view. With transparent materials, you might call it a lookout room for some of the rooms, or you might want to make something like a sunroom. Glassing the terrace also shook my head for a moment, but I dismissed it in my brain as it was because Krull would (physically) be unable to stick his neck in. The next day, before noon, the floorboard and wallboard team completed the work. Yang is plunged into a gallant room that is not roofed or in anything. ¡°If it doesn¡¯t rain at all, it might feel better this way.¡± ¡°Then all creatures, including us, will die dry.¡± ¡°There are creatures in the desert too, but I guess not without them at all, because they say they have moisture that they can live with in the fog and rain¡± What do you mean, ¡°judging¡±? Me and Liddy¡¯s conversation was joined by Thermia, who apparently finished cutting out the board. I¡¯ve lived in these woods my whole life. Don¡¯t you ever ask me that? Travelers wouldn¡¯t come all the way through the dangerous desert, nor would they stop by the dangerous black woods if they weren¡¯t. ¡°It¡¯s so hot with the wrath of God on earth, but there¡¯s something like no grace, little rain, and only stones and sand. It¡¯s called the¡± desert. ¡° ¡°Heh, is that where you live?¡± ¡°I hear you¡¯re getting water from under the ground, or you can even live with just a little water. I don¡¯t know because I¡¯ve never been there before.¡± According to the ¡°installed¡± knowledge, the desert of this world seems to be in a country quite far from here ¨C a multiracial, inter-tribal federation like the UAE in the previous world ¨C so it¡¯s doubtful if there will be a chance to visit even during this second life. ¡°I don¡¯t know anything about Azo.¡±¡°Well, I only had a chance to touch all kinds of knowledge,¡± The basics are the knowledge I gained from doing books in my previous life. Of course I don¡¯t tell you where it is, and I reply to Thermia so she doesn¡¯t even lie. Tell me something else. ¡°If Thermia ever comes up with something she wants to hear.¡± I answered and headed to the kitchen to get ready for lunch. We all eat lunch on the terrace and go to the roof in the afternoon with a family outing. Regardless of how useful the work is, Lucy is barking at me for running around telling me to work hard too. Thermia and Liddy, who can work at height on the roof with me and Like, tree climbing, etc. are up, and the other taller Ments + Krull are the clerks who pass the roof board from the bottom. I will be using the newly poked part of the room as a storage unit for a while. That¡¯s when I realized. ¡°I just noticed, you¡¯re not connected to the wallboard in the room and hallway.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± Deanna answers. I kept trying to ask, ¡°Why?¡± ¡°Because there¡¯s also the possibility of extending the hallway from here. It would be easier to do this then.¡± and got ahead of me, and I pulled straight into the kitchen with a polypoly on my head, without saying anything back. Chapter 354 Chapter 354: 354 To celebrate the completion of the addition to the room, I made this dinner a little extravagant. Liquor is also prohibited. No, in fact, I don¡¯t usually prohibit drinking in particular either. If there is work the next day, it should not affect the work, but if anyone wants to swallow it, it should be put out normally. But if I don¡¯t usually swallow, don¡¯t hesitate, people don¡¯t usually say they want to swallow. Even Rike. I don¡¯t swallow because I¡¯m just weak. It also explains to Anne that she can swallow, but she hasn¡¯t mentioned it either because she¡¯s good at reading the situation. So naturally it feels like swallowing during these little celebrations. ¡°So long, Kanpai.¡± ¡°Kanpai¡± Match cups to each. Liquette dries the cup quickly and takes it for the second cup. If you like it, you can usually swallow it. ¡°With that said, would two sets of bedding make two rooms? One is spare, though.¡± I casually said that in the middle of a conversation about an extra room. It was Helen who reacted. ¡°Was the other one in the storage? ¡°Right. I don¡¯t use it all the time, but sometimes when it¡¯s at home, I wish I could put something convenient there.¡± Except for those things, I put them in the warehouse next to the huts of the Krulls. That warehouse is not that far from home either, so you can only use it once in a while. ¡°So, booze or meat¡± ¡°Right.¡± The liquor and meat are now in the warehouse. Not that it¡¯s a pain to go get it after work, but if it¡¯s at home and you can pick it up, it¡¯ll be more convenient that way. ¡­ I think I need to lock up when I have to watch out for stuffing. ¡°I have to rush in, cousin, and, well, it¡¯s a chase. Anyone who wants to let me in can let me in, but you¡¯ll have to speak up then. Because I might have some adjustments with what I can put in later.¡± The voice of understanding echoes the table. Then there¡¯s the example of ¡°making time for two¡±. ¡°Well, whatever I can do, but not the day you make the delivery,¡± ¡°I know, I know.¡± Thermia is the one who says that and wrinkles around the head of his nose to make a tannic surface. Unlike the rest of the Ments, she at the top of the note, the favor could be the criterion. For that matter, I guess I¡¯m cautious about what you do.¡°Let me know when everyone else decides.¡± The voice of understanding sounded again and the dinner time of the day ended busily. From the next day, I will make the delivery. From today on, Anne will be a part of the work, but I¡¯ve had help before, so it doesn¡¯t really affect the progress of the work. ¡°Even though I¡¯ve been asked to help, there are still a lot of things I¡¯m not used to, and you can ask everyone around me.¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± ¡°Last time you came to us, Helen. But I¡¯ve been doing it for a month or two, so Anne doesn¡¯t have to try to do the same.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Busy days pass and a new ¡°usual day¡± begins with the addition of one person. The sound of the collision of iron and iron and the sound of goose and flames echoed in the blacksmith. When such ¡±always¡± lasts for a few days, it reaches the quantity required for delivery. That way we¡¯re going to deliver to the city this time, but from this time on, Helen isn¡¯t wearing a rash, and she won¡¯t hide Anne. Neither, because we don¡¯t need it anymore. I don¡¯t know that Anne is in our house, but nobody thinks Her Royal Highness is going to send her to ¡°just a blacksmith.¡± Anne has never had a face in public either, but she is going to push it through with ¡°someone else¡¯s likeness¡± if she is not so intimately acquainted. ¡°Oh.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know, it was a upheaval¡­ So, what about business in the empire? ¡°It¡¯s going well. Your Majesty, if you don¡¯t do well with your immediate mouthfeel, there¡¯s nothing else you can do to make it work because I¡¯m going to be such a hebo.¡± ¡°I see.¡± Later, after we talked about the delivery as usual, when Camilo glanced at the superintendent, the nodding superintendent called outside the room. Then the other clerk came in full of leather bags in the cage. I don¡¯t know what the contents are, but no matter what they were, there is a fair amount of them. ¡°Is this¡­? ¡°This is what the client of this says.¡± Sorry to keep you waiting. ¡°This is what they said.¡± Regards, Liddy. ¡° ¡°Elf seeds! Camilo nodded. He kept his promise one day when he repaired the Elf¡¯s treasure sword, that he would send me seeds that I could buy with one gold coin, in discipline. Stuffed leather bags of seeds placed on the table, I felt as if they were kind of glowing. Chapter 355 Chapter 355: 355 Two sets of bedding (that¡¯s the big store, spare and in stock) on the supplies we always buy, plus the seeds of the plants entrusted to Camilo by the elves, the dragon car leaves Camilo¡¯s store and leaves the city. I said on a luggage truck that runs relaxed down the street. ¡°I haven¡¯t checked the contents of the species yet, but does Liddy have any idea? ¡°Yeah, well, roughly.¡± Well, that¡¯s from where you came from, and do you have any idea? ¡°Looking forward to it.¡± ¡°Right. I grew herbs and stuff in the field, but I didn¡¯t have anything else.¡± Now, the house grows antipyretic and hemostatic herbs and vanilla in a field that serves as a courtyard. Only mints (although similar herbs to be exact) thrive to other plants when distracted, so they are grown in isolation in wooden planters made between deliveries. Watering uses water from reservoirs made during the rainy season. In addition to the water stored in the rainfall, a certain amount of water is always ensured because we try to put in only a small amount of water that we did not use in our daily water draw. Although it has been done, it is likely that irrigation water for domestic use and fire protection water that I have not been very aware of so far will become unforgivable. The amount of water that can be secured with the three larger water bottles is also known. ¡°It¡¯s time to dig a well near the house¡­¡± ¡°Then you won¡¯t need to draw water.¡± When Deanna said that, Lucy turned to me and rang ¡°cum¡±. Since it¡¯s a routine instead of a walk, have you guessed that it might go away? ¡°No, I¡¯ll keep going because that¡¯s a walk between Krull and Lucy, and it¡¯s my morning exercise. I don¡¯t mind just taking a walk, but I¡¯m more interested in going out for a purpose.¡± I exhale like Lucy is horny at my words and circle on Deanna¡¯s knees. Deanna stroked Lucy softly as she smiled. When I got home, I started my luggage luck. When you stop your luggage on the back of the house and let go of the krull, put charcoal or something in the warehouse. ¡°Shall we put the barrel of liquor in the house storage from today on? ¡°Oh, right. Please.¡± ¡°Okay.¡±That being said, Helen pulled into the house with a leopard and a barrel of liquor. Helen doesn¡¯t seem bitter, but it would be a little easier to get in from the terrace side at times like this. Likewise bring bedding and seeds to the house. After lunch, bedding was set and both positive and spare rooms were also available. It is normal on the day of delivery that it is usually time to do what you like when it is also over, but today the colour was slightly different. ¡°This is the carrot¡¯s? ¡°Oh, there¡¯s also potatoes, parent! ¡°I guess this one¡¯s a turnip¡± ¡°Looks like some vanilla we don¡¯t have.¡± ¡°What¡¯s this?¡­ the one I don¡¯t really like.¡± ¡°These are beans.¡± ¡°Right. Normally, if that¡¯s how it was harvested, I don¡¯t doubt it.¡± ¡°We Elves have learned since we started passing seeds outside too¡­¡± I¡¯m sure I got a complaint like ¡°I heard you¡¯d grow up anytime, but you wouldn¡¯t¡± and looked it up, ¡°I see.¡± The biggest reason the elves don¡¯t get out of the woods is that they need magic themselves, but they¡¯ll also say there¡¯s a crop problem. ¡°All right, let¡¯s plant some soon.¡± After an hour of discussion with Wye, I said so and everyone headed to the field. I hope this brings us one step closer to self-sufficiency. Chapter 356 Chapter 356: 356 The field is just in the courtyard with the addition of rooms from our backyard¡­¡­ Now Liddy is growing herbs and vanilla that he¡¯s been collecting in the woods, and he¡¯s blooming little flowers and smelling good. It¡¯s not like I was preparing dinner, or that Liddy was just taking care of it at the time Helen and the others were archaic, and the soil wasn¡¯t rough. However, that¡¯s how herbs and vanilla were showing their blues only in the corner of the field, while others showed brown soil. I guess he just kept taking care of me because one day something would come to grow here. ¡°So you¡¯re going to plant vanilla and potatoes in carrots and turnips and garlic this time¡± ¡°Yes, we need to widen the field a little¡­¡± ¡°We¡¯re so proud of our power, you¡¯re fine.¡± ¡°Right.¡± Liddy laughed cously. Now if the vegetables will grow, the range of dishes will also widen. Garlic is what I expect. Whether you cook meat or soup, it¡¯s different when you eat it than when you eat it. However, naturally, if you eat too much, something of concern will happen to the ladies of your age. Well, there¡¯s no one to look at besides my family, but it¡¯s not always when the guests aren¡¯t coming, and I¡¯ve never been over to be careful. There are three pieces of ¡°Kuwa¡± to cultivate. So me and Helen, Anne plow it, expand the field, and in the meantime plant that everyone else is vanilla with carrots. ¡°Yo.¡± Momentum swings up the vibrations, hips in and down. The sensation of a blade of bamboo sticking firmly in the stiff soil was conveyed in the hands. Whether it¡¯s because of rainfall, or because of magic, the soil around here is hard to do. Not even that, but without this, it would have been difficult to cultivate a home garden about the size of it. I haven¡¯t made the type of ¡°Suki¡± that cattle can tow at the moment. It would have made it easier for Krull to tow it, and she would have been happy, but I don¡¯t think I¡¯m going to make the arable land that big at the moment. It may be only a matter of time, because if you are looking for complete self-sufficiency, you will need it. We were in line for three, but me and Helen are still working fast, and Anne is a little behind. There¡¯s nothing to rush about, but Anne seems concerned about that. ¡°Eizo¡¯s supposed to have a family name, so why are you so used to farming?¡± ¡°It¡¯s just like a blacksmith job. I have to do a lot of things to live in a place like this.¡± In fact, when I was in junior high, I was the last one to help Grandpa when he told me to ¡°help¡± him at his house. The trick now is due to cheats and installations, which is even suspicious when people ask me if it¡¯s my strength. ¡°I see. Helen, what¡¯s the trick? ¡°Right¡­¡­ If you put your hips in there and stabbed me, you¡¯d pull back.¡±¡°Teaching is cluttered! ¡°I¡¯m not good at teaching people! Helen mumbles and Anne apologizes for her loss. And we both quickly regained our smiles. Because it¡¯s almost like you¡¯ve lived with your own genius, Helen. It must be hard to teach people how to feel different from me again. Say what you¡¯re seeing is different? As I waved, I asked what I was concerned about. ¡°With that said, has Helen ever worn full plate mails? ¡°Heh? Oh, there is for once. I¡¯ve never worn it on the battlefield.¡± ¡°Heh.¡± ¡°I wonder what it was¡­ I was dressed to say if it was a¡± ritual ¡°when they took me out for some sort of ceremony¡± ¡°You weren¡¯t interested in the ceremony.¡± To my words, Helen put her lower lip forward as if complaining to an invisible opponent. Even just cheats are nearly impossible to reduce the number of parts. If so, it is necessary to make a huge number of parts. What a time it takes to do one by one, at least, if Chile is also accumulated. But it is. ¡°That being said, there are things like the other day¡­¡­ Maybe we could make them like chest armor or shin.¡± ¡°Whoa.¡± ¡°Ho.¡± Helen and Anne reacted to my words at the same time. Helen has a full grin and Anne is glowing her eyes as Kieran. ¡°Of which, of which¡± When I said that, I put my eyes back in the hard dirt again. Chapter 357 Chapter 357: 357 The task of plowing the fields could be completed without difficulty. Even though one is unfamiliar, it is the task of three people who are proud of their strength, and the area is not that large. So we decided to join the sowing in turn. Technically, it is the task of planting seed potatoes where we have now cultivated them. It¡¯s not difficult to cut the potatoes in the sprouted area, add the ash (the one I use for work as well) that I brought from the blacksmith to the incision, and then plant it, but I have to do quite a few. Plant the gobbled and thrown potatoes out of the hemp bag, cutting them one by one. Along the way, Anne casually said with one potato in her hand. ¡°Can¡¯t you eat this potato like this? ¡°I don¡¯t know since I sprouted¡­¡­ If I take the sprouts and the skin turns green, I think I can eat it if I take it too. It¡¯s poisonous.¡± ¡°Eh.¡± Just in case. ¡°I will.¡± If it¡¯s the same potatoes I know, it should be mainly buds and skins that are highly toxic. It looks fine even if it feels cut, but it could actually be in a state that is not suitable for consumption, and it would be easier to stop it. Helen, who was listening to me and Anne exchange, also said while planting potatoes. ¡°Oh, so there was the one who ate potatoes and broke his stomach¡± ¡°If you eat a lot in a poisonous state, you¡¯ll die if you suck.¡± ¡°Really? ¡°Yeah. Be careful if Helen ever goes back to running mercenaries, too.¡± ¡°Okay. I will.¡± I told him to be careful, but if Helen were to return to mercenary operations, it would be a battlefield there. There is not always sufficient replenishment. Sometimes it would be, ¡°If you don¡¯t eat this, which way will you have to die¡±. In that case, I can¡¯t stop until I eat it. But I want you to avoid anything that can be avoided even if you have some abdominal pain. The activity of a total of seven + two support teams (who are, needless to say, Krull and Lucy) had put an end to sowing by sundown, and the soil was sucking water and dropping its brightness. ¡°If the beast doesn¡¯t stop by, I don¡¯t know if I need a fence.¡± ¡°Right. I made it in the village.¡± Others to watch out for are humans (including beasts, dwarves, elves, giants, etc.), but that wouldn¡¯t make much sense where we dealt with it. I don¡¯t even think that the kind of guy who comes all the way to such a despicable spot, not even big, for a field crop¡­ Even though it grows all year round, it doesn¡¯t grow enough to say, ¡°Plant it. You can do it this evening already¡± on boulders. If I did, I would hesitate to put it in my mouth. I thought about expanding the menu in the future, while getting ready for dinner this evening. The next day, from today onwards, we will be producing deliveries again. That¡¯s a knife today. Once you have done the morning routine all the way, heat the sheet metal in the fire floor. ¡°With that said, I still had Anne¡¯s share¡­¡± I shrugged as I watched the sheet metal get a little bit of heat and redness. ¡°Make? ¡°It¡¯s a sign of my family. I¡¯m not gonna make it for you.¡± ¡°Well, I¡¯ll tour¡±¡°Yeah.¡± Since Rike came to us, time hasn¡¯t passed than I thought. Still absorbing Don and various technologies, her arms had become quite good. Still, if you let her say, ¡°I haven¡¯t done that yet,¡± he says. My skills still rely on cheats, too, and I¡¯m teething about not being able to teach them in an efficient way, but this is how I get them to do something with foresight checks. Everyone in our family has a special-order level one with a knife from Eizoo Workshop. The sharpness is too great, but for once it can be used on a daily basis, it is for personal protection and a testament to the family. Conversely, I haven¡¯t put anything of this level out all over the city with a knife. This is not how the technology leak works, simply because it is dangerous. So I don¡¯t have much opportunity to produce a bespoke level knife. Don¡¯t miss that little opportunity, Rike peeks at the fire bed with me. Remove the red-hot sheet metal, place it on the gold floor and shake the hammer. It¡¯s like tapping into magic full of this ¡±Black Forest¡±. A loud noise of metal and metal bumping together sounds, and the magic that never broke through at one time, like a grain of sparkle and light, scattered around. Not to miss it all, and next door Rike watched it without even blinking. Beat, heat, beat, heat. How many degrees to repeat these. The shape of a knife full of magic was created. Of course, as it is, it is only ¡°iron bars in the form of knives¡±. Sharpen the magic you put in so that it doesn¡¯t fall out, and when you put in the ¡°engraving where the fat cat is sitting,¡± put it in the fire floor and heat it up. When it gets to a good temperature, take it out and put it on the tank. It¡¯s cold. It is suddenly hot from the side of the water. The water in the tank made a loud noise saying ¡°ju¡± and got the hot air up. Now the knife got hardness. Next up is tenacity. Feed in the wind and the temperature rises slightly, exposing the knife to the flames of the fire floor that are winding up the flames. As soon as I raised the temperature just a little, I took it off the fire. After this, it¡¯ll be finished, but that¡¯s after lunch. I spoke to everyone and went on a lunch break. After I finish my lunch, I brush the whole knife. The blade of a thinly blurred and cloudy knife gained brilliance, reflecting the flames all over the blacksmith. ¡°The rest is sharpened.¡± Like watched the knife all the time saying ¡°ho,¡± ¡°I see,¡± etc. while I cracked, pasted and shredded the wood and made the sheath. When the sheath is complete, I speak to Anne, who was working on putting iron stones in the furnace. Anne lowered the cloth she was wearing to cover her mouth. ¡°What?¡± ¡°Let me give you this one. It would have been nice to say this at dinner, but I think it¡¯s better to say this sooner.¡± Pass the knife in the sheath to Anne. ¡°Is this¡­ a knife? ¡°Oh, it¡¯s something I made for real. Be careful how you handle it because it¡¯s going to be so fucked up.¡± ¡°Okay. But why?¡± ¡°Because it¡¯s a sign of family. We all have it.¡± ¡°Really? ¡°Oh. Now that we¡¯re family, we have to give it to Anne, too¡± In my words, everyone took the knife out of their nostalgia and showed it to them. The picture scare will be all the more so now. Anne nods loudly once she sees it. ¡°Yes. Now you¡¯re really family too¡­¡­ thanks¡± That being said, Anne was trying to hold the knife she¡¯d given to her chest for a while. Chapter 358 Chapter 358: 358 After spending a little over half a day making a knife that is a testament to my family, I go into making deliveries. We can¡¯t make a lot of money for the rest of the day, but if we reach the quantity we can deliver quickly, that¡¯s all the rest of the day is approaching. Time off. Maybe I¡¯ll be spending some time with someone for a nearby holiday. It seems like we¡¯re all talking about something while I¡¯m preparing dinner, so I¡¯m probably deciding on the order and content, but I haven¡¯t been told how far I¡¯ve decided. Somehow, with half the fear and half the pleasure, he waved a hammer down on the sheet metal that eventually became a knife, taking care not to overdo the magic with excitement. Thus, the day of delivery approached. About two weeks before that, nothing in particular has been said, and the time as usual has passed. I even put in a day off in between, and I retrieved the deer in the hunt and vacated the whole afternoon that afternoon, but nothing in particular was said there. We were all just thinking about it. It also ended as usual about the delivery. Someday Camilo will tell me what¡¯s going on in the world (¡°Installation¡± doesn¡¯t even capture the current real-time information). ¡°I haven¡¯t heard anything particularly happening.¡± ¡°Even the Empire? ¡°Right. Yeah, it hasn¡¯t been made public, but they¡¯ve notified us of Helen¡¯s search in the meantime. A few of them seem to have confirmed their return to the Empire.¡± ¡°Right.¡± When I heard that, not only me, but the whole family lowered their breasts. Including Anne. I had heard that it would be resolved, but I am very pleased that the matter, which was my biggest concern at home right now, has been officially resolved. ¡°There¡¯s really nothing else. Well, there¡¯s some skirmish I¡¯ve been working on, but it¡¯s peaceful.¡± ¡°Maybe with the demon world? ¡°You¡¯re a big man now. There must be some kind of encounter between sentries¡­¡± ¡°It didn¡¯t lead to a big fight from there, did it?¡± ¡°Right. I heard rumors that there was a strong demon clan, but if they cut it off properly, they¡¯d just blow it up.¡± ¡°Heh.¡± Nilda, I guess. I hit her with a specially ordered Japanese knife. Why don¡¯t you ask Helen later about your arm? ¡°I don¡¯t even hear of demons, and nothing seems to happen for a while¡±¡°Well, should we reduce our weapons and make something else? ¡°No, we¡¯ve expanded our sales channels to the Empire, and we¡¯re selling them to the Republic, so we¡¯ll have no problem as ever.¡± ¡°Right.¡± ¡°Of course, I¡¯d appreciate it if you could make a lot of things. If it¡¯s your product, there¡¯s a lot of ways to sell it.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll do it right.¡± To Camilo I said with a laugh, I give it back with a laugh, too. Thus, the delivery of the day is over, he strokes his head with gasp as he hands over the chips to the naive, returning to the streets and woods to reach the house. The whole family splits up and carries their stuff in, gently removes Krull and Lucy¡¯s dirt (it¡¯s time to properly remove it tomorrow¡¯s water draw), and if you vertigo remove your dirt, it will be free time. I would always scatter and do whatever I wanted, but today Deanna told me I needed to talk to you, and we were all supposed to get together in the living room. When I finished getting the dirt off my dad and headed to the living room, I guess it was done as quickly as possible, Helen and Thermia were ahead and everyone else was still there. ¡°As you may have heard before, I had a bit of a thing with the Demons near the demon world.¡± ¡°That¡¯s what it is. Even Atai was saved.¡± That¡¯s what Helen laughs at. Everyone but us came to the living room with Zorro. Deanna said that Like and Liddy would prepare herbal tea for everyone about their seats. ¡°Well, shall we begin then?¡± I thought you said you wanted to talk. Deanna nodded at my words. ¡°I told you before,¡± I¡¯m gonna spend the holidays alone. ¡° ¡°Oh, I remember you.¡± ¡°I¡¯ve decided on the order of that, so I thought I¡¯d tell Eizou that.¡± I thought that was all I wanted to do, but I didn¡¯t want to talk about it. I guess it¡¯s important to them. And the first one Deanna told me¡­ Chapter 359 Chapter 359: 359 Since there were no room additions or knife making at the bespoke level, the delivery reached the expected number of deliveries immediately. But the delivery date is still ahead. If so, it would naturally be called a holiday. The day before that holiday, after work and dinner, I asked Deanna to borrow my bow. If you gently pull the string, it will return a stiffer response than you thought. ¡°You¡¯ve got a pretty strong string.¡± ¡°Sometimes you have to aim when you¡¯re far away, because when you¡¯re weak, you¡¯re bounced.¡± ¡°I see.¡± Positions will sometimes be spotted with a little movement in situations like many descendants, so you have to aim from afar, and you need to let them reach you with enough speed to pierce the prey. The vest is a place in the wind where no smell and sound can be reached by the prey, and hard to see from the prey in an open place, which is also to approach and release arrows within 100 meters, but in this forest it will be difficult to hope for that state. Nature, more often than not, takes the means to ambush them, or to push them away where they are waiting. In fact, the Thermians seem to use a lot of methods to build momentum and drive them away. I was on a hunt the other day, but Anne was coming back tired. ¡°Well, don¡¯t borrow it for a second¡± ¡°Yep. Don¡¯t break it¡­¡­ but can we fix it right away¡± ¡°Don¡¯t worry, I don¡¯t have a hobby for liking and breaking other people¡¯s stuff¡± ¡°Right.¡± Me and Deanna laughed face-to-face. The next morning, after breakfast, I was getting ready wearing bows and arrows in my usual outfit. I take the thin ice that is on my hips because of my habits, and when I leave my room, I realize it. ¡°Well, thin ice gets in the way today¡­¡± ¡°I¡¯ll leave you alone if you want.¡±¡°Right. Let¡¯s leave it.¡± I give thin ice to Deanna, who answers at home, told the holiday top batter Thermia ¨C that is, she¡¯s a professional in this forest. ¡°Clean up my room.¡± ¡°Yeah, okay. Go ahead.¡± ¡°I¡¯m coming.¡± Me and Thermia ¡°I¡¯m coming¡± to everyone and I left the house. Krull and Lucy said, ¡°Getting out!? Getting out!?¡± He comes running over looking at me. These days, I¡¯m with you all the time when I hunt, so I guess I thought you were with me this time. While I stroke those two, ¡°All right, all right, leave a message at home today. Because your sisters will play later.¡± When I say, they both say ¡°Klululululululululululululululululululululululululululululululululululululululululululululululululululululululululululululululululu¡± and honestly go back to the cabin. I called out ¡°Mr. Vagina¡± to him afterwards. That¡¯s what I said on foot. I interacted with the bear, but that was an exorcism, not a hunt. ¡°It¡¯s not that hard. I¡¯d like to fish¡­ No, I don¡¯t know, considering Eizo¡¯s fishing arm¡± That¡¯s what Thermia said when she heard my words and laughed nigga. I laughed, too, and when I gasped her head while I said ¡°this guy,¡± she laughed ¡°kah,¡± shrinking her body, but she never ran away. Would you have walked for a couple of hours while picking up some herbs on the road? Thermia¡¯s movements changed around that area, which should be quite far from home. It has a slight hips drop and a walking style that kills the footsteps of its customers. I guess it¡¯s the smell around here that¡¯s making my nose crack. And she said in a small voice, looking back at me that was a little behind her. ¡°We¡¯re going slowly from here.¡± ¡°You¡¯re after this one, aren¡¯t you? I give it back to Thermia in such a voice as to sound or not. The answer from her is a nod. When I nodded back to show my intention to understand, it was time to move forward as far as possible to avoid footsteps. Chapter 360 Chapter 360: 360 That should be the beast man living in the woods, Thermia walks away with little noise. The sound is also such that I can sense the source because I know what it is, but otherwise I may hear little confusion about the wind or something. Though I try desperately to keep out of its way, I make louder noises. I guess I should have even made boots with deer fur on the back of my shoes. I¡¯m sure wearing it usually makes me feel like a bandit. I stepped on a branch that was still falling and made a noise, and I accidentally caught a glimpse of Thermia, but she doesn¡¯t look particularly concerned. I¡¯d say you¡¯re not close enough to have to worry about that sound yet. Well, that¡¯s why I don¡¯t even have to let the beasts with good ears go around hearing this one. I want to give you a little chance to encounter it. For a while I followed Thermia as hard as possible to make no noise, and desperately not to be pulled apart, and not to be cocked, I never met my prey, but I went out to the fountain. There is a lake in this forest. It looks like there¡¯s some volatile water gushing from a nearby mountain, but that point must have been a little uneven and gushed here, becoming a fountain. Not so far from the fountain, Thermia lowered herself. I panic and give in the same way. Thermia, who has been watching the area for a while, is next making sure to crawl and check the ground. ¡°There are footprints. There¡¯s a mixture of old and not, so I think I¡¯ll be back here. Let¡¯s wait here.¡± ¡°Oh.¡± I whispered back to Thermia, too. Looks like he¡¯s going to pin down where his prey came in for water. I¡¯m sure the tiger would have acted the same way, something like that made me think, but don¡¯t say it to me. Thermia, who had been hiking her nose for a while, shrugs and squeaks. ¡°¡­ nevertheless¡± ¡°Yeah?¡± ¡°That¡¯s more.¡± ¡°Oh¡­¡­¡±It¡¯s the family story that Thermia whined about. At first it was just Thermia. Not so much. Like, and Deanna, Liddy and Tonton clapped, added Helen and Anne. To add, so are Krull and Lucy. That¡¯s just how many people are becoming that can¡¯t even be called small families. Maybe it¡¯s not funny there. I somehow turned my gaze to Thermia, who was pointing at the fountain. ¡°You don¡¯t like that? ¡°Yeah, nothing. It¡¯s fun talking to people.¡± ¡°Right.¡± Thermia shifted her gaze to the fountain. I get my gaze back again, too. ¡°Atashi, come on, I thought you were going to live a little more relaxed.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not dissatisfied with you, either.¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± ¡°It¡¯s just¡­¡± So I gently felt something warm touching my shoulder. When I saw it, I had Thermia¡¯s head. I¡¯m lying on my face and I don¡¯t know the look on your face. I wonder what words will continue next, thrilled and I will swallow my saliva. Thermia looked up, and my eyes met mine. I don¡¯t have a heart or my eyes look moist. My heart finally started hitting the early bell. Yeah, calm down. At that time, Thermia¡¯s head turned to the side. The fountain. I¡¯m cracking my nose. When I looked at the same person in a hurry, quite a large tree deer was drinking the water from the fountain. There are about three more around, smaller than drinking water. If it is the male who is drinking water, is it the female who is small? Me and Thermia gazed again and nodded softly at each other, taking the bow they had placed in their hands. Chapter 361 Chapter 361: 361 Me and Thermia gently took the bow we had left behind. The tree deer are on the other shore of the fountain, and this one has always been in a state of watching from the shade of the shrub, so you can¡¯t see clearly from the other side. Well, that¡¯s what I¡¯m saying, so I guess I even came out by the fountain. If we were totally in sight, we wouldn¡¯t have gotten close on guard. It¡¯s time to take the arrow out of the arrow barrel and lead it to the bow. The strings still don¡¯t pull. Slightly, when the tree deer might finish drinking water, Thermia tapped me lightly on the shoulder. You mean aim. I slowly stretched my left arm to the front with a pin and squeezed my bow so that the base of my right thumb hit my cheekbone. At this distance, this bow, and my power, should be able to reach the target in almost a straight line, not a parabola. So aim straight without the angle of the arrow on. ¡°Is that your head? ¡°Oh.¡± A very small voice and a very short conversation. Then the head of the tree deer, who was drinking water, lifts up and turns to this way. Have they noticed? Tree deer stare at this one so they can be identified. Conversely, it is said that it has not been made slight. I unleash the power stored in my squeezed bow. Kang! and a sharp noise sounds, and the arrow that gets the speed straight toward the tree deer. I wish I hadn¡¯t gone too far for it ¨C but whether something influenced the moment I let it go, or whether my aim was misaligned in the first place, the arrow hits the neck area, not the head of a tree deer, and pierces it deep instead of losing its speed. That would be fatal, but there¡¯s a good chance he¡¯ll get away with it. This would have been better if you had hit me on the shoulder or around the leg. I couldn¡¯t use my leg. ¡°Shit.¡± I¡¯ll tell you what, it¡¯s too soon, Kang right next door! And I heard a noise. An arrow even faster than what I unleashed pierces the head of a tree deer with an arrow hitting his neck and slightly lowering. The tree deer that was about to burst fell to the ground as it was. The tree deer, other than the clamp, escape as the shears. ¡°Have you finished? ¡°Yeah.¡± Thermia answers my question as if nothing happened. That¡¯s what you should call a forest professional, Pierce Loch. When we put our bow on our shoulders again, we started walking by the fountain to retrieve our prey.A little, accidentally Thermia laughs small. ¡°Huh.¡± ¡°What¡¯s up? ¡°No, Aizoo, but you don¡¯t like it.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. Whatever the sword or spear is, I¡¯m not used to bows.¡± ¡°I guess so¡± ¡°That¡¯s what it is.¡± That¡¯s what I said and Thermia and I laughed. When I reached my prey, an arrow was piercing my neck and head and bleeding from it. Pretty gigantic, but doesn¡¯t even work with Pickle. ¡°I¡¯m gonna move you a little bit. It¡¯s not good to make them smell too much blood by the fountain.¡± Thermia cleverly handled the knife, judging her belly and removing her gut. First around the intestines and bladders, then the liver, stomach, lungs, and the heart. ¡°You¡¯re just used to it.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. Besides, if you bring it here, the meat will get worse¡­¡± ¡°I see.¡± I don¡¯t know what logic would make that happen, but I¡¯ve never gotten past a little bit of delicious. I guess I should say I was right to leave this place to Thermia, who is a professional. I keep the other organs by my side (of which the wolf comes to eat), but only the heart. Dig and bury dirt with a knife. This will give life back to the forest and make it a new life. If you pull your guts out quickly, and later pull to the lake, what you have to do today is over. When we unloaded the suspended tree deer, me and Thermia started pulling again. Chapter 362 Chapter 362: 362 I desperately pulled a tree deer and for a while I reached the lake I see every morning. With a task that is quite powerful and gutsy, does everyone out hunting do this every time, not to mention a large number of people? When I saw the lake, I quickened my legs with neither and sank a tree deer in Dobon and the lake. I asked Thermia, breathing on my shoulder. ¡°You travel this distance every time? ¡°Yeah.¡± ¡°How did you get here before everyone else came? ¡°Well, we¡¯re going to end up close to the lake. I have a few points.¡± ¡°Oh, well.¡± ¡°I just went somewhere easy to find today. I didn¡¯t think it would be a problem to tow because I have an elephant.¡± Say it¡¯s tight, or what? If we¡¯re going to live in this forest, I guess this is how it has to be. ¡°Later¡­¡± Thermia keeps saying something in the flow, but she stopped along the way. Obviously, I almost slipped my mouth. I¡¯ll just show a little mischievous mind and ask. ¡°Later? What?¡± ¡°Nothing! Let¡¯s make it dinner! ¡°Ugh.¡± Therefore, the answer to that punch went into a good flank. I followed Thermia walking by the lake, rubbing my aching flank. I didn¡¯t realize it was through tension until I finished the tree deer, and after I did, it wasn¡¯t there, but from what I can see, the day is already a little past Jomtien. As soon as I started to recognize the area, my stomach moaned the lack of its contents. ¡°Uh, you¡¯re definitely getting hungry.¡± ¡°Right? I just don¡¯t feel like eating around there, so let¡¯s eat over there¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Thermia walking with Stasta. I follow after desperately. And around the time I said if I could see the sunken tree deer, the two of us decided to calm down. These days, you cared about my body, which I wasn¡¯t heavily exercising, and Thermia bought me firewood to get out.While she¡¯s collecting firewood for me, I collect the nearby stones to make a small kamado. Even so, it¡¯s a simple one with three or four stones lined up. Still helps enough to set the little pot I brought on fire. Draw the water from the lake into the pot when the kamado is ready. Your turn for lunch (unfermented bread pinched with sweet and spicy boiled meat) is a little further. That¡¯s how I was getting ready, and Thermia came back from picking up firewood. ¡°That¡¯s about it, right? ¡°Oh, if you¡¯re gonna boil pot of water this size, you¡¯ve got enough.¡± Put thin firewood in your kamado and light a fire with my ignition magic. When Tyrothiro and the flame peered into his face, he put the rest of the firewood on there and turned the fire up. Where the fire has stabilized, place the pot on the kamado. I haven¡¯t used it for that long, but this pot also has a coal-fired look around it that makes it look like a war. Occasionally, the flaming tongue licked the side of the pot, encouraging it to grow into an ancient strong man, while raising the temperature of the water inside. Looking at the flames, I say what I remember. ¡°With that said, going to the city is now quick thanks to Krull, but when the first two of us started going, I would have carried the product on foot.¡± ¡°Oh, I was. I was. I was. You were on your way in for a little rest.¡± And laugh. I guess not as a demeanor, but no one in this situation is to blame for that. ¡°That¡¯s good. Don¡¯t eat too hastily, okay? ¡°I know, I know.¡± The amount of lunch is not that much. Not to mention the fact that the two of us were quick to finish eating. ¡°Well¡­ you¡¯re just going home after that¡± That¡¯s what I said when I finished after the fire. Thermia¡¯s brow lowers when she hears that. Oh, boy, I can¡¯t help it. ¡°But I¡¯ll just be free to go home right now, and we¡¯ll go home on the road and pick some fruit.¡± To my words, Thermia, ¡°Yeah!¡± And I answered with a clear smile, even when I saw it. Chapter 363 Chapter 363: 363 Whether it was because I was lucky or because Thermia was straining again, I was able to pick more fruit than I thought. I have a new face this time. There were pomegranate fruits. When I ask Thermia, it means I can eat it, so I¡¯ll tear up about two capsules and throw them in my mouth. ¡°A lot of tannins, I guess.¡± ¡°But it¡¯s delicious, isn¡¯t it? ¡°Yeah.¡± Delicious with acidity and sweetness in the cuddly tannins. There was something native near my parents¡¯ house in the previous world, so I¡¯ve disrespected it at a young age, or it doesn¡¯t really change the taste. Many vegetables and fruits I have eaten since I came here are closer to the native species, and bitterness and acidity can be stronger than what I was eating in the previous world. Even though it hasn¡¯t been a year, it¡¯s not that I¡¯m unfamiliar with it because I¡¯ve been eating it for quite some time, but it¡¯s also true that eating something that tastes close to what the world was before is horrible. I guess the area was on my face or smell. Thermia asked as she nibbled. ¡°Eizo, you look kind of happy¡± ¡°Really? Well, I¡¯m actually glad. As I stroked my head and Thermia¡¯s head, she shrugged for a moment, but she was closing her eyes immediately. That¡¯s a little catty. So, me and Thermia went home. ¡°I¡¯m home.¡± I¡¯m home. ¡°Welcome Back¡± When I opened the door to the house, there were Like and Liddy in the living room. Thermia goes back to her room with Patapata. I¡¯ve moved pretty much everywhere, so I wonder if you want to get rid of the dirt early. ¡°What about the other three? ¡°I¡¯m taking care of Krull and Lucy while I¡¯m arching in the back¡± Rike answers. I smiled and said. ¡°You¡¯re doing great. What were you two doing? ¡°It¡¯s magic practice. I¡¯m starting to see quite a bit.¡± Rarely Like said with his chest stretched. Wow. Maybe we¡¯ll get outta here sometime.¡°I don¡¯t know if Mr. Rike is because he¡¯s a dwarf, but he¡¯s got good muscles. If we keep going, we might be able to use some simple magic.¡± ¡°Oh, really? ¡°Yes.¡± Liddy nodded loudly. Is this the first time you¡¯ve said that because Like is more surprised next to that Liddy than I am? ¡°It would be convenient to use only the magic of ignition for a moment.¡± In fact, I use the magic of ignition everywhere to help. Ignition is an unexpected hassle. It¡¯s a big difference between having this magic and not having it, which can ignite as easily as a lighter. ¡°Can you put a fire in the furnace when you remember?¡± ¡°Right.¡± Our furnaces, fire floors, and stoves use the magic of ignition to keep that fire in place. Normally, they don¡¯t work, but they perform differently than they would if they used magic. ¡°It would be nice if we could do the same while our parents are away¡± ¡°You don¡¯t have to rub your mind if I can do my job properly.¡± ¡°So, Deanna¡¯s next?¡± ¡°Off¡± ¡°Oh, because¡­ oh¡± I thought it was Thermia, Rike, Deanna, Liddy, Helen and Anne who came to us (though Krull and Lucy get in between), so I said Deanna next to Rike, but it wasn¡¯t. ¡°Helen.¡± Helen freaked out her shoulder a little when I said that. I¡¯d be surprised if the order was already set. ¡°You got it.¡± ¡°Helen¡¯s the first one to come to us.¡± Yes, Helen is later when it comes to the order in which she lived (¡­) Mi (¡­) started (¡­), but if she came to us (¡­) in order (¡­), she is here to request a short sword, so Helen is first. ¡°That¡¯s what I¡¯m talking about. Nice to meet you.¡± I¡¯ll say that and let you wink, Deanna. In what I said earlier, Helen¡¯s next is supposed to be hers, but what do they demand? I was half scared, half entertained, and turned the soup over to the plate. Chapter 364 Chapter 364: 364 Our Eizoo workshop is indefinitely closed. In our case, indeterminate means ¡°hands free or rest when you get tired¡±. So if someone says ¡°let¡¯s take a break¡± besides what I say, it¡¯s off except when they¡¯re being chased to delivery. And basically, we¡¯re not going to be chased to delivery. There¡¯s no busy season, and Camilo has given me the stance that ¡°I¡¯ll only sell what you make, so it doesn¡¯t matter if it¡¯s more or less,¡± so assuming the next delivery won¡¯t complain about even one knife¡­. I think it would be a little foolish. I mean, basically, you should be able to take a break whenever you ask me, but there¡¯s very little I¡¯ve said from everyone. Isn¡¯t that about what Thermia has said once or twice? Yes, about two weeks after they said, ¡°It¡¯s Like¡¯s turn next,¡± I spent my normal time making trinkets, taking care of the fields to raise hunting prey on deliveries. In other words, that¡¯s how much time passed while I was being told to ¡°take a break¡±. I can¡¯t help it if they say it¡¯s impudent, but it¡¯s just a date with Rike (?) I don¡¯t even know how to imitate it in a hurry¡­¡­ That¡¯s why when another new week started, he looked closer to me after the work. Liquet¡­ not Helen. ¡°You got a minute? ¡°Ooh.¡± ¡°I need to ask you something.¡± ¡°What? I can ask you a lot about it.¡± I said as I wiped my sweaty face with a towel. It is a family favor. I think he can ask me anything but that I or someone in my family would be in danger¡­ ¡°I want you to make Atai armor.¡± ¡°Armor? With that said, Helen¡¯s armor is gone during the revolutionary noise of the Empire. Anne also brought the sword, but not the armor. When I asked him later, he told me he didn¡¯t know. The armor is normal, so I guess they threw it away. ¡°Are you going back to being a mercenary? ¡°¡­ yeah¡±¡°Are you not?¡± Cochri and Helen nodded. It opens for a little while. ¡°It¡¯s not a strange job when it¡¯s gone, but it¡¯s been quite a while since, and I wanted to keep some of you safe.¡± ¡°I see.¡± I don¡¯t think you can forgive me for going that way, just the sword without armor. That is an understandable story. ¡°Let¡¯s stick it out and make it a full plate.¡± ¡°You can¡¯t walk a lot then. Oh, if you¡¯ll lend me the Krull.¡± ¡°That¡¯s no good because my mom (Deanna) will be sad¡± That¡¯s what Helen and I say and laugh at each other. Helen thinking again. I¡¯m looking to heaven, so I guess I¡¯m thinking about what the situation is supposed to be. The previous one was not covered by steel around the belly. Was it ¡°what would I say if I didn¡¯t hit¡± with an emphasis on movement? ¡°No on the belly. Like Deanna, just by the chest.¡± ¡°Okay. Both breasts? Or just the left, like before? ¡°With both breasts, please. I had both of those originally, but when I broke them and fixed them, I only got one. Still, I was feeling good, so I just kept it that way.¡± ¡°Really?¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± Maybe not enough to say the hidden secret of ¡°thunder¡±¡­ but you had a reason to say that. Now, if so, the biggest barrier to production remains. I don¡¯t know if I can do it, but I can do it even though I don¡¯t have the means. ¡°¡­ I¡¯ll leave it to Rike to measure¡± When I said the solution to the biggest barrier, the answer came back with a strong punch to the shoulder. Chapter 365 Chapter 365: 365 When magic is infused with the ability of cheats, steel becomes stiffer than normal. Some aspects of the knife¡¯s sharpness and short sword durability contribute to its hardness. And when it comes to hardness, it¡¯s protective equipment. Of course, it is brittle just because it is stiff, so I also need some suppleness. The day after Helen consulted me. I decided to get to work on my gear as soon as possible. The delivery is mostly done, and I have no problem working on another couple of days. ¡°What about Rike? ¡°I¡¯ll tour.¡± He doesn¡¯t have any particular hasty work to do either. Well, then, I wish I could mention the holidays, but I won¡¯t tell you that. ¡°Uh, well, can I have Helen measured, please?¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Helen and Riquet, and Anne, who was invited, pulled into the house. Because it doesn¡¯t make sense if you¡¯re measuring it here¡­ Anne will probably help. Helen is tall, so it¡¯s good to have her help from Anne, who¡¯s taller as well. I asked Rike because it is Rike who knows what the measure is. In the meantime, I began to prepare the sheet metal to be used for the chest armor. Sheet metal is quite large, but not enough for a chest armor at all. Sheet metal is rectangular. Heat it up in two stacks and beat it with a gold floor. I don¡¯t need to be kickin ¡®stuck, so I¡¯ll beat the hoe sand etc without putting it on. When it is about twice as wide, fold it in with the tagane and then bend it. Now that the sheet metal is double thick, add another sheet metal to it and beat it in the same way, repeating the work of folding.Sheet metal that has repeated the fold several times, by the time we get into the task of finally extending an object that should already be called an iron mass rather than to say, the Helens will be back. It shouldn¡¯t be that much where I have to measure, but it took a lot of time. I rarely use it on us, but I have just a little paper for when I say this, and I have some writing tools available. I suppose cheats can be used to make a precise shape just by looking at it, but to argue that it was done because I measured it, I left out the fact that I measured it. Some numbers are written on the paper handed to Rike. It seems that the units of weights and measures differ slightly between kingdoms and empires, but the ruler we have is a kingdom formula, so that would be the number we measured. It seems to fit even if you check with the installation and cheat matching moves. When I only checked the paper for chills, I just removed the hot iron mass from the fire floor. I¡¯m going to take shape from here. There¡¯s a type with split breasts, but this time it¡¯s the one with them. And in order for it to function as armor, the central part needs to be thick and thin as it goes towards the edge. My answer seemed to be as imaginary for Rike, and I didn¡¯t ask for any more details. To shape a curve, it¡¯s a little difficult on a regular gold floor. I brought a small, round-shaped gold floor from the corner of the blacksmith that I don¡¯t normally use and set it next to my usual gold floor. Place where you want to bend over there and slap the steel plate so that it is enveloped. If you don¡¯t knock it out of position one by one, you¡¯ll actually be wrapped up, so many times you wave down a candle and a tall sound while shifting toward the shape you want so that it doesn¡¯t happen, and a ray of bright red sparks, but also a magic. Then, the steel plate slowly changed its shape as if it would respond to my wish. Chapter 366 Chapter 366: 366 I kept slamming sheet metal and eventually created a silkworm cocoon-like shape. After this, also bake in and burn back like a weapon. ¡°Both stiffness and tenacity¡± is no different with protective equipment. But there¡¯s something I need to do before I do. While I was preparing the sheet metal on my back, the temperature on my chest armor was dropping, so I invited Helen. Helen, who was called, comes closer with a wipe of sweat from her forehead. ¡°What? ¡°I haven¡¯t finished it yet, but just see if it¡¯s a different size for now¡± ¡°Okay.¡± When I handed her the chest armor, Helen lifted up to her chest. ¡°I¡¯m going to do some interior tension from there or tighten it with a leather belt, so think about it and match it.¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± Helen twisting or deviating from her body while holding it against her chest. There shouldn¡¯t be anything strange about it in my senses, but it wouldn¡¯t be less if it were a little uneven and ¡°sticky¡±. I don¡¯t want to entrust the area to the feeling of the person who uses it. Being perfect is not a requirement. The only thing that makes it easy for the person to use it is the absolute condition. ¡°What do you say? ¡°Yeah, it¡¯s perfect. I¡¯m not uncomfortable with the movement either.¡± ¡°Then don¡¯t finish it with it¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± When I left my chest armor aside, I went on with my dorsal armor. In the end, this day ends to the point of shaping the dorsal armor to some extent. I¡¯ll see you tomorrow for the rest. The next day. I want to get to the point where I finish my chest armor today. The task of launching the chest armor out of the sheet metal is over, so you should be ¡±used to it¡± for that matter. ¡°Helen, I¡¯m sorry, can I touch your back for a second? ¡°Eh.¡± Everyone looked surprised by my words. You didn¡¯t have enough words. ¡°Sorry, I know the size, but I wanted to know when I molded my dorsal back¡­¡± ¡°Oh¡­¡­¡±He made a face that said it would be enough for everyone. It¡¯s just a job, or just a part of the job, and the person on the chest was allowed to do it, but if the person on the back has permission, I want you to forgive me for being critical. The red-faced Helen said it was a bad idea for me, but turned her back. Decide it means OK and touch it. ¡°Now excuse me¡­¡± I thought it was not good to touch it softly, so I touched it thoughtfully. It conveys a gusty but supple muscle feel even from the top of the garment. Even after I started living here, Deanna and I did sword arches almost every day. ¡°Can you round your back next time?¡± ¡°Like this? ¡°Yes, yes.¡± Helen knocked her torso forward. It conveys a different shape and feel than I was stretching my back until just now. ¡°Thank you, that¡¯s enough.¡± ¡°Was it good now? ¡°Oh, thank God, thank God¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you like blue? ¡°No?¡± ¡°Right.¡± When I make sure that¡¯s all, I start heating my chest armor on the fire bed. This time it won¡¯t heat up enough to get red heat. Instead, adjust to stop at a certain temperature. When the steel is heated in the presence of oxygen, the surface can be oxidized and rusted. When I say rust, it¡¯s not like red rust. What I¡¯m doing right now is making a membrane of oxide. If you make an oxidized skin membrane, rust is also hard to come out because it is originally oxidized. And when the oxide membrane is made, interference with the reflected light occurs and colors due to its thickness and so on. Call for a liqueur at the end of the heating, show me the fire floor and say. ¡°Look, it¡¯s this temperature. Take a good look.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± That said, the chest armor I removed from the fire bed, it had a bright blue color on it. Chapter 367 Chapter 367: 367 ¡°Ooh! I looked at the brightly blue stained chest armor and Like would be unexpected, I raised my voice. The faces of everyone who saw us are full of surprises. ¡°Wow¡­¡­! Among them, Helen was the one who was shining the most. Sometimes it¡¯s because it¡¯s my own, but I guess I like this purely. ¡°I¡¯m going to make the other parts this color, okay? ¡°That¡¯s a good call! Helen screamed out loud as if everything in the blacksmith¡¯s air was trembling. It¡¯s worth it when you¡¯re happy to be here. I also wanted to include a pattern with gold if possible, but even though it is blue and already noticeable enough, it is also the idea that it is too noticeable, and it seems to affect my identity, so I stopped it. ¡°This is how you color it.¡± Squeeze as Anne says she was heartily impressed. ¡°You¡¯ve seen it¡± ¡°This is the first time I¡¯ve seen you color it. She¡¯s a princess, and if she¡¯s in the royal palace, she¡¯s got more messy decorations.¡± ¡°Heh. Maybe I¡¯d like to take a look¡± ¡°Oh, the Empire is always welcome.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you dare.¡± If you are a knight in the royal palace of the Empire, you cannot be underprivileged. I don¡¯t know anything about it because I¡¯m only a blacksmith, but there will also be well-known knights in the kingdom and republic. If it¡¯s such a knight¡¯s armor, it can¡¯t be anything that stays struck out and polished. Somehow a luxurious decoration worthy of an identity should still be luxurious. The fact that it has complicated decorations means that it¡¯s all laborious and costs money for it. And if you can pay for it, you have a source of income for it ¨C that is, territory. I mean, say you¡¯re high profile. I guess it¡¯s necessary to show what you are in a place like the Royal Palace. Besides, I wasn¡¯t there during the demon crusade (maybe Miss Frederica was at the same time), but it¡¯s also important to know who wears that armor from the War Gong Recorder that ¡°I don¡¯t see the crest well, but that big lion head ornament manages to be Sir¡±. We made a big deal out of it on the battlefield, okay, but we didn¡¯t know who it was. Then there¡¯s also the possibility of a literal bone break. Regardless of the gold ornament given that, should I wear some kind of ornament? I¡¯m not going back. Leave me alone. Mercenaries would have something to do with rewards for their accomplishments on the battlefield. Think about it, and I¡¯ll ask Auntie and Helen. ¡°Hey.¡± ¡°Yeah?¡±¡°Shall I wear a wolf ornament or something¡­? ¡°I don¡¯t need it! I¡¯ve been denied it with quite a bit of momentum. Hmm, was that an extra care? That¡¯s what I think. ¡°I know what Eizo thinks, and I appreciate it, but Atai¡¯s main office is a¡± fast thing, ¡°so I don¡¯t want to weigh it down with extra decorations¡± and was followed. Sure enough, the ¡°thunder¡± is heavy on the armor and it¡¯s late. Then that doesn¡¯t make sense. Two names make me cry. Even though the back armor was aimed at the critical so as not to put on extra weight, it would be the end of the line if the decorations were applied and weighed. ¡°Well, I¡¯ll just match the colors.¡± ¡°Whoa!¡± Helen with a full smile on her face and everyone else goes back to her work. Well, I have to keep going, too. Later, the dorsal armor was made in the same way as the thoracic armor. Arm armor, shin also goes honestly with molding, coloring. Because the shape isn¡¯t as complicated as the chest armor, and the range of motion isn¡¯t that cynical, like the dorsal armor. This is how the blue alignment was made, but this is not complete. Apply a nibble on the inside of each and strain the cloth. Apply Nikawa to that cloth again and strain the deer leather, stopping at the edges with rivets (naturally made blue). They wear something like that under their armor during combat, but they take care to make sure it¡¯s okay to wear it from the top of their clothes when they¡¯re on the move, etc. That¡¯s what I had before. ¡°Just try and see if you can put it on by yourself¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Even though this is the first time she has worn everything, Helen wears it with tequila. Eventually, a ¡±thunder¡± appeared there, wearing blue partial armor. ¡°What do you say? ¡°I¡¯m not uncomfortable. There¡¯s nothing particularly tricky about putting it on.¡± ¡°Right.¡± Bend over, or knock your body back, left, or right to see how you¡¯re doing, Helen. If you¡¯re not uncomfortable with all that movement, well, are you okay? It was when I was horrified. ¡°Hey.¡± Helen took a serious look at this one. With a determined eye, I get a little barometric pressure. The next thing Helen said was a word I thought they might say. ¡°Can Eizo help me?¡± Chapter 368 Chapter 368: 368 ¡°Me? I overheard myself pointing fingers. Helen nods loudly. I¡¯m not kidding, I guess, to see the serious look on your face. I¡¯m just a blacksmith. ¡°It¡¯s a joke.¡± Everyone in the family but me snorts at the words Helen said with her mouth pointed. No, no. I want to correct the divergence of perceptions around here, but I¡¯m not going to mention it now because it¡¯s going to be defeated by a majority vote. We know we can¡¯t win. We don¡¯t fight wars. It¡¯s a doctrine. ¡°Well, how could you¡­ No, needless to say.¡± I looked at Helen, who kept staring into my eyes, and I sighed. ¡°I don¡¯t have a choice.¡± ¡°Yay! That¡¯s what we gotta do! Bassin! and slap me on the back with enough sound to sound like a blacksmith, and Helen pops out. ¡°Oh, hey, wooden sword¡­¡± I don¡¯t have long to speak up. When I sigh again, I prepare three wooden swords, two of Helen¡¯s, of course, but one borrowed Deanna¡¯s. ¡°I¡¯m familiar with it, don¡¯t break it¡± ¡°You can¡¯t guarantee that. I¡¯ll rebuild it when it¡¯s broken.¡± ¡°Mm-hmm. Okay.¡± Deanna slapped me gently on the shoulder with her pong and sent me away. I don¡¯t care, but I need to do more than do it. Going outside, Helen is circling her shoulders. If you can move all those shoulders, you seem fine with the whole move.Krull and Lucy are out of the cabin too, and they all ended up out after me, so the whole family would be in the square in front of the house. Everyone else is away, but the chickest Lucy says, ¡°What are you going to do now?¡± He looks up at me with his sparkling eyes and waves his tail patterned. Stay away from me because I¡¯m in danger. When I told Lucy that, I guess it¡¯s because I always watch Deanna and the others arch, she kind of guessed. ¡°Wow!!¡± He rang out and ran to Deanna, who was a little far away. I unwittingly loosen my face and see it. There, ¡°Okay, let¡¯s get started.¡± Helen called when she received a wooden sword from me and finished her prep movement. Its eyes are as sharp as a wolf in front of its prey. ¡°Be gentle.¡± ¡°That¡¯s what you¡¯re joking about.¡± ¡°Knock.¡± I¡¯m desperate to let go of my time and rebuild, but the speed of the ¡°thunder.¡± It was packed in time that should have been vacated in an instant, making it another side of the war prevention. It outshines Helen¡¯s onslaught as the gutsy and wooden swords make a fierce bump into each other. I can¡¯t give out any more attacks like I just gave you. There is no gap that can be rolled out in the first place. But as it is, it is jilli poor. It¡¯s been a long time too¡­¡­ I feel like I haven¡¯t grasped it in 15 or 30 minutes or not used to it. It was time to get to the limit of my health. Even though he is young, he is thirty years old, who has reached his peak; he is not as inexhaustible as he was in his twenties. At least in my case. Either way, Heba falls and ends like this. Is it better than that yet? I stayed put, and I stitched out a blow all over Helen¡¯s attacking gap. Can I say, of course, that blow couldn¡¯t tailor Helen, and conversely, my consciousness turned dark when I felt a shock in my jaw. Chapter 369 Chapter 369: 369 I was lying down. I feel like something soft is hitting my head. What¡¯s wrong with me¡­? Slowly opening his eyes, he had Helen¡¯s face in front of him that moistened his eyes. Oh well, play a mock game to try the armor with Helen¡­¡­ ¡°I woke up! When Helen said that out loud, everyone came together wacky. ¡°Are you okay?¡± Deanna peeks into my face worried. Everyone else looked the same and peered into my face. ¡°Oh. My jaw hurts a little, but nothing else seems particularly unusual¡± Everyone looks relieved by my words. Krull and Lucy licked me in the face. Here I realized my condition. In front of me is Helen¡¯s face, and to say that everyone is peeking in from a little further away¡­¡­ ¡°Wow, sorry.¡± Helen had a knee pillow on me, and I try to wake up in a hurry. But the attempt was vain and suppressed from both Helen and Deanna. It is a tremendous force. Thermia and Anne, with no Krull added to this power, can we suppress the giant ghosts (orgasms) if it takes all of us? ¡°You might be okay, but you should still be lying down a little bit.¡± Yeah, Deanna told me, and I decided to follow her honestly. It doesn¡¯t change how embarrassing it is. ¡°Hey, it¡¯s a complete defeat¡± I shrugged as I lay down. I could barely tell Helen had attacked me, but I couldn¡¯t get any help from this one. It¡¯s not hard to imagine that it would have been the only difference between being defeated late or early. ¡°You¡¯re really strong.¡± I smiled and gently reached for Helen¡¯s face. Helen grabs the hand. Helen just smiled at me as she turned to me and said it was natural.¡°Though I didn¡¯t think they would have that kind of person.¡± It was Anne who said that. This one looks totally shy. ¡°Have you been doing this that long? I only have strange memories, like it was long, short. Even when I look at Helen, she¡¯s tilting her neck, so I guess it¡¯s something similar. ¡°I¡¯ve been here half an hour.¡± It was Lique who answered. I don¡¯t think I¡¯m too frightened. No, I don¡¯t know about that either. ¡°Not so much¡± ¡°Yes.¡± That didn¡¯t lose any momentum, and Helen¡¯s sword arm, which I only had to hand out twice, would say. That also points to another fact. There is a slightly excessive amount of ambition. Even if I said that I could deal with a fierce bear or something in this forest (no, I actually dealt with him), wouldn¡¯t it have been nice to get as far as (¡­) done (¡­) with about (¡­) degrees (¡­) of major injury? I say that only women come to us, and I wonder if there is any intention. Well, you can¡¯t help but be sick of things you can¡¯t be sure of. I sighed loudly and spit out everything with Moya Moya sprung up in my head on her sigh. ¡°I don¡¯t think I can help asking you this, can I ask Eizou? Nanny and Anne say. ¡°That¡¯s good. But if you can answer that,¡± Despite what I said, Anne was still on tour. Is that so hard to hear? ¡°Who the hell is Eizo? Who? Can you tell me I have that real answer? If it¡¯s okay as it is, I¡¯d say reincarnated and have cheats, but is that all? Now I could only think of one answer to Anne¡¯s question. ¡°I¡¯m just a blacksmith.¡± Chapter 370 Chapter 370: 370 I woke up after booing a pair of Deanna and Anne¡¯s ladies who said, ¡°That¡¯s just a blacksmith.¡± ¡°So, are you okay? Helen says worried. I shrugged my shoulder like I was out of my way. ¡°I don¡¯t have a nasty body like that.¡± In fact, I don¡¯t know if it was something the watchdog gave me, or if it just happened to be a bad hit, but my jaw just hurts a little, and the rest is no big deal. Maybe he did something to shake his brain. In the previous world, I went to the hospital just in case, CT and MRI might have taken it, but I don¡¯t want to rely on my senses that it is this world. If they accidentally had an initial surgery or something, it wouldn¡¯t have happened. ¡°I hope so.¡± Helen said, looking somewhat unconvinced. I¡¯ll stroke your head. ¡°Thank God you¡¯re worried¡± ¡°Oh, wow.¡± Helen turned away, but it would be a blackout. When I smile, I turn to everyone. ¡°Everyone, I¡¯m sorry to bother you. Thanks.¡± When I lowered my head with a pepper, everyone returned the word ¡°never mind¡±. ¡°So when are you leaving? Turning to Helen again, I asked Helen. ¡°I¡¯m going to leave tomorrow¡± ¡°That¡¯s fast!¡­ No, should I say this sooner¡± ¡°Yeah. Thai thought so too¡± Unlike his anxious eyes earlier, Helen nodded with powerful eyes. Conversely, Deanna looked anxious and asked Helen. ¡°Are you okay? ¡°Well, we have all the weapons and armor for Eizo, it¡¯s rare.¡± ¡°Yes, it is.¡± Lightly convincing Deanna. ¡°Come on, it¡¯s not like I made it to prevent a dragon blow, so don¡¯t be impotent¡±¡°I know, I know.¡± Helen shrugged her shoulders. More than anything if you come back safe. Dinner this day was only a little extravagant, but no farewell or grand parties. I would if I were to return to mercenary operations, but this time I would simply go out and come back. He also said, ¡°I¡¯ll be back in about a week at the latest¡±¡­. I think I¡¯ll borrow the Marquis¡¯ man. I¡¯m sure the Marquis will lend it to you because of the circumstances. Let¡¯s trust ourselves here. It¡¯s not going to happen very often. ¡°Do you have a lot of friends? ¡°Mmm. Depends on what you call a friend, but maybe not less.¡± ¡°With that said, you didn¡¯t ask me what kind of work you were doing¡± ¡°It¡¯s mostly a sentry. Sometimes it¡¯s like a little demon crusade or an exploration.¡± ¡°The crusade of demons comes out of the army when it grows bigger.¡± Deanna, Rike is a good opportunity to take questions, Helen answers, and Anne is taking them. ¡°Right. They don¡¯t even call me there, but first of all, they don¡¯t.¡± I¡¯m done loading my stuff and Lucy jumps right on the carriage. Then when we got in and Rike manipulated the reins, Krull sounded happy and the luggage car began to move on. Wood leaks are pouring all over the woods. The weather is nice, and the wind feels good. It is a great day out. It is the same for the animals of this forest that it is a good day for us. In the distance, deer were eating low tree leaves, or there were rabbits that accidentally popped up nearby, surprised each other. The more amazingly relaxing time passed from the ordinary people, and eventually we reached the street we were used to seeing. ¡°Well, be careful.¡± ¡°Oh. Thanks¡± Helen jumps pong off her luggage. We go to the city, she turns her head to the capital. Before we went each way, we spoke out loud to Helen. ¡°Come on in! Looking back, Helen said, no less loud than us, a full grin, and waved. ¡°I¡¯m coming! Chapter 371 Chapter 371: 371 Breaking up with Helen, Krull¡¯s towing dragon car heads all the way to the city. Even today, the streets are peace itself. I hear there are quite a few burglars out there, but fortunately, I¡¯ve never come across them. ¡°With that said, what about imperial security? I was curious, so I¡¯ll turn to Anne. It didn¡¯t feel particularly bad when I infiltrated. ¡°Anyway now¡± He was Anne with a Kyoton face for a moment, but soon he prefaced so. Is it normal that there is some disturbance because there is that noise and it has only been a little while? ¡°As far as I¡¯m concerned, it¡¯s not usually the same as a kingdom. I wouldn¡¯t know if the guard captains were lying, but you wouldn¡¯t be such a boring liar in front of your father. The state of the capital was similar from what I¡¯ve seen before.¡± ¡°I didn¡¯t get attacked in the street or anything when I went there.¡± ¡°Right?¡± Anne that makes me a little proud. Is it normal not to feel bad about being well said? ¡°But why? ¡°Depending on how Helen and Krull are doing, I hope we can make it out to the Empire and the Republic for a short period of time.¡± That¡¯s what I answer Anne¡¯s question. It¡¯s mostly a round trip between the city and the woods, and it¡¯s the range of action that was our lord to occasionally go to the capital. I can¡¯t go very far because of the convenience of the work or the problem of Krulu¡¯s rice, and I haven¡¯t explored every corner of the forest in the first place, so I¡¯m sure I¡¯d like to touch a little more on the culture of other countries. ¡°Republic hey¡­¡­¡± Anne gets a little creative. Deanna or Anne would be the one who knows about foreign countries in this dragon car right now. Deanna should have had the opportunity to be received as Countess and Anne as Crown Princess. ¡°Is there something wrong with the Republic?¡± ¡°No, just that I don¡¯t like the nobility over there¡± ¡°Really?¡± ¡°Nah, my attitude gets on my nose¡­¡± The courage of a republican aristocrat to be in such an attitude toward an imperial opponent is considerable. ¡°If Anne says so, let¡¯s start with the Empire.¡± When I said that, Anne smiled, looking surprised again, ¡°Right.¡± and returned it only briefly. When we got to the city, a face-to-face guard stood as usual and we all greeted him. Go to the city full of people with Wye. It is completely peaceful in its appearance. I know there are crimes going on behind this, but at least not in a state of security that stands out and has an impact.I paid my respects to the work of the guards in my heart. Go all over such a peaceful city and get to Camilo¡¯s shop. Put the dragon car in the warehouse as usual, and Krull and Lucy follow behind their back. When I asked polite to take care of the two of them, I headed to the trading room. I know it¡¯s inside the shop, but it¡¯s a little rushed. Did you even go in for a large order? I guess this is a little at the wrong time to come. They¡¯re still paying attention to us, Camilo and Mr. Keeper came right away. ¡°Sorry, I came when I seemed busy.¡± ¡°Hmm? Oh. It¡¯s okay, don¡¯t worry about it.¡± Camilo rubbed his beard with a nigga laugh. You¡¯re hiding something from me. ¡°Is it the usual business? ¡°Oh. I¡¯d like to ask for confirmation. What¡¯s missing¡­¡± When I said what I wanted, the warden nodded and left. Now we have 80% of our errands today. It will be over. It¡¯s the usual public discourse from here. ¡°I was just wondering, what happened to Helen? ¡°Well, it¡¯s got something to do with me, but wait a minute.¡± That¡¯s what Camilo left the room, too. The rest of us talk wierd with our family, ¡°I guess what the hell¡±. Camilo came back after not so much time. ¡°Well, I¡¯d love to ask you this time, my client. I just hope so.¡± ¡°When I say that, I take it under the usual conditions.¡± ¡°Well, just listen to him for now. I hope you decide.¡± Can¡¯t we just be selfish here? I nodded silently. ¡°All right, then let¡¯s have my client come in. Nice!¡± When Camilo says so, a golden-haired, blue-eyed, honorable man enters the room. I opened my eyes. So is Deanna. Yeah, me and Deanna know each other very well. Marius Amur came in. Chapter 372 Chapter 372: 372 ¡°Hey, long time no see¡± Marius, who came into the room, said so as if nothing had happened. No, no. ¡°You¡¯re the client? ¡°Yes.¡± Marius nodded heavily at my question. ¡°What does this have to do with the fact that this store seems busy? ¡°Right.¡± Nodding again, Marius. I don¡¯t see anything linking the two. To where we are confused, Marius continues to speak. ¡°I think I should have let you know this earlier.¡± Marius cut the word there once. A moment of silence dominates the room. I¡¯m even going to hear Deanna beating. ¡°We¡¯re getting married soon, me.¡± ¡°What?¡± Normally, my first voice should be ¡°Congratulations,¡± but I, Deanna, and everyone else reacted well. I didn¡¯t know how to do it, and time was totally stopping. Marius doesn¡¯t care about it and keeps talking so he can stand up. ¡°I¡¯ve only talked about it for a long time, and it was going to be a little further. I didn¡¯t say why I came here and it was suddenly moving. So me and Camilo are getting ready for something, and it¡¯s not good. I¡¯m really skipping today¡­ I¡¯m here to check on the items that you¡¯ll be sourcing. Then I thought it would be convenient if Eizo came to deliver it.¡± ¡°Oh, wow.¡± I would normally have been stuck, but that¡¯s how I react best right now. ¡°So, what I want from Eizo is to make a ring.¡± There is also a habit of wearing rings in this world. And the habit of wedding rings. This is my installation knowledge. He wants to ask me for the ring. There are a lot of things I¡¯d like to hear, but that¡¯s the core of the story. The ring. Is it a range of blacksmith cheats? Although at least production would be more applicable. There is also talk of conditions such as ¡°coming alone to ask for a workshop in the woods¡±. That¡¯s just the condition that the opponent would be the emperor of the empire because ¡°you can¡¯t hit him with a weapon of unbelievable quality, whee.No one will have any trouble making ornaments of outrageous quality, such as something that won¡¯t break if you smack them with a battle axe, and that won¡¯t change anything in the world. Besides, this time the client is the client. If I can do something for a friend¡¯s wedding celebration, I want to do it if I can. ¡°Well, suppose I exempt you because the condition of the example is not a weapon. What kind of ring do you want? I can¡¯t believe I made it out of steel. It would be some kind of precious metal, but whether it can be finely crafted well. ¡°The other relative is strained¡­¡­ Just a little bit of two rings, but I got megistium.¡± Megistium, one of the metals present in this world that is usually soft enough to be kneaded with your fingers, but which, if successfully processed, yields unparalleled hardness,. The color is gold. This ¡°if processed well¡± is the crook, which has been challenged by a number of blacksmiths in the past, but few have been able to succeed in even one minute of the ring, it seems. It is nevertheless a fairly expensive substitute, with considerably less output and rarity in its very nature of ¡°gold that can be freely reshaped¡±. If you look at the price alone, there are no more gifts. But it is. I left my doubts intact. ¡°Did you come over Megistium knowing that the relative wasn¡¯t for the wedding ring? Yes. I usually leave it soft if it¡¯s that hard to process. And such a thing is not for the ring. Not to mention it¡¯s a wedding ring. Normally I wouldn¡¯t even think about fine dust. Still, it¡¯s a hell of a sudden story, but they haven¡¯t told me to finish all my prep there for exactly a week from there, that is, three weeks in total. ¡°The ceremony will take place at the end of next month¡± ¡°In the meantime, you mean¡± Nodding Marius. Still, get ready in about two months. Probably got a reason to rush something to the Marquis side. I don¡¯t think I¡¯m going to be aggressive because I think it¡¯s inside the royal palace. I sigh loudly again. ¡°I have no choice. I¡¯ll do it.¡± ¡°Sorry, thanks¡± I shook the hand of the friend I was offered. Chapter 373 Chapter 373: 373 ¡°Hey, hey, wait a minute! Where the story was about to come together, Deanna¡¯s time, which had stopped completely, moved on. ¡°I have a mountain or so to ask my brother, who is he for now? I mean, the Marquis¡¯ relative.¡± ¡°It¡¯s Julie from the Viscount Delangelle.¡± ¡°Oh, Julie¡­ I see.¡± Deanna looks convincing to Marius, who answered sarah. ¡°You know what? ¡°Yes.¡± When I hear it, Deanna nods and Marius takes it. ¡°The Delangeles have long been houses with the Amur family. Julie is the eldest daughter there. I¡¯m sixteen.¡± ¡°You¡¯re young.¡± ¡°If you look at it from Eizo, you¡¯re generally young.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. That, how old is Marius? ¡°Twenty-three.¡± ¡°You¡¯re young! I thought I was younger than myself, but I thought I was a little more up there because I wanted to calm down. No, in this world, I guess 23 is the age there, so is it closer to being old enough? The Marquis looks better than the Kanji late forties I¡¯ve seen, and maybe he thinks of Marius like his own child. ¡°I was wondering how many.¡± ¡°I thought it might be a little below me.¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t that how it¡¯s changed? ¡°Hey¡­¡­ From what I can tell, it¡¯s different.¡± Somehow, until I was in my twenties, I think it would be different in a three-year-old increment. My contents are forty years old, so I guess that seems extra.¡°Nevertheless, seven daughter-in-law¡­¡± ¡°It doesn¡¯t really matter how old the difference is because nobles are with each other. What was the difference at Viscount Divert¡¯s? ¡°Twenty-five.¡± When I heard that, I realized my eyebrows were going up. It¡¯s quite an age difference. ¡°Yes, he was. He was. Until then, I haven¡¯t even written a letter about my marriage, and they said,¡± What are you going to do with that house over there? ¡°And I¡¯m going to say that I¡¯m going to marry 20 at the age of 45, and the other guy is a baron, so I suspected he was going to¡± force me to do it. ¡° ¡°That¡¯s¡­¡± I don¡¯t know a bit about the surrounding suspicions, but I can¡¯t wait to think of their confusion. ¡°In the end, we met at a feast and fell in love with each other.¡± Hearing that, Anne said a little sluggishly. ¡°Romantic.¡± ¡°Right. I heard it was gonna be a play.¡± I regret the case I make, but I wouldn¡¯t be doing this without you, and I don¡¯t know what would have been best. I saw the exchange and said. ¡°As far as I¡¯m concerned, I wish my friend had a peaceful family.¡± ¡°That¡¯s what I can tell you, Eizo.¡± ¡°Hey¡­¡­¡± I understand what Marius is trying to say. I don¡¯t feel that way at all right now, just saying. When I realize it, not only Marius, but my whole family¡¯s gaze is piercing me. ¡°Well, we¡¯re done doing what we have to do, and let¡¯s go home! When I exaggerated, I heard an oversized sigh from around me. Chapter 374 Chapter 374: 374 Shortly after I declare ¡°let¡¯s go home,¡± words fly from Lique. ¡°Parent¡± ¡°Hey, what? It was a rare and cold voice for a liqueur, so I heard it with a cold feeling on my back. ¡°Didn¡¯t you forget to ask me something important?¡± ¡°Important¡­? Well, what is it? Though I was almost done asking about it. Like sighed as I twisted my neck. ¡°You can¡¯t make it unless you know how thick your fingers are. Anyway, Mr. Marius¡¯ is something you should be measuring right now, and you have your wife¡¯s share, right? ¡°Ah.¡± I completely forgot about the marriage story because it was too shocking. If megistium is so hard, it would also be hard to say make it bigger and adjust it later. If I can adjust later, I¡¯m confident that I don¡¯t know anything about joints. I saw Marius. Niyaniya is laughing. ¡°I was wondering when you¡¯d say it, but it¡¯s good to have an excellent apprentice, Eizou¡± ¡°Knock.¡± It¡¯s true that I was totally out of my mind, so I can¡¯t say anything back. I ask Marius while keeping things to myself. ¡°So, how big is it? ¡°Don¡¯t worry, I¡¯ve got it right¡± Two rings were removed from gosogoso and nostalgia. Is it Marius who is bigger because of the different sizes?It is silver and has a simple shape. Sterling silver, I guess. It doesn¡¯t seem like it¡¯s a misrill because it¡¯s not glowing blue. A very small red gem is embedded in ¡°Hama¡±, but no sculpture is found. With the knowledge of the previous world, this also looks like a wedding ring in itself. ¡°In such a short period of time, it is almost only formal, but it is necessary¡­¡­ The jewels in there are at least dressed, but seriously, it¡¯s me and Julie¡¯s ring.¡± ¡°So this is an engagement ring?¡± Marius nods. Don¡¯t know how big this is for now. ¡°Until this morning, I kept it on my finger. Camilo asked me to take care of the elephant when it came, and I took it off with me when I left it with Julie.¡± ¡°I see. Do you want to photograph the size?¡± I asked Camilo (who was no less nibbling than Marius, too) to borrow paper and writing fixtures to photocopy the size of the two rings. ¡°I guess this is okay for now. Good for you, Marius.¡± ¡°Is this it? ¡°Oh.¡± ¡°That¡¯s tough.¡± ¡°Well, that¡¯s valuable and expensive.¡± ¡°It seems better not to ask the price¡± I laughed bitterly and Marius gave me the key laughing ¡°it must be¡±. ¡°Well, I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s ready, but I¡¯ll be back in two weeks for delivery.¡± ¡°Okay. I¡¯ll let you come then too.¡± When we got in the van, we waved to Marius and Childish, who would drop us off, and left Camilo¡¯s store. Now, it¡¯s an important item for a friend to spend his life with that partner. I need to get this in the mood. Whether that conveyed my resolve or just because of my mind, I could feel Krull¡¯s pace more powerful than usual. Chapter 375 Chapter 375: 375 When we get home, the first thing we do is disconnect Krull from the luggage truck. Kurl, who was removed from the outfit, seems to regret a few things, causing his body to flutter. Lucy approached under its feet and said, ¡°Wow!,¡± Krull rubbed his head gently against Lucy¡¯s and Lucy was shaking her patty and tail. Seeing that, feeling like I really get it (and at the same time thinking about equipping myself with shoulder armor), I unload my luggage from the luggage truck. As usual, carry almost all items into the warehouse first. Place spices and condiments in the home storage. It¡¯s easier to fill it up when it¡¯s gone in the kitchen. And another item. The box, which was chained to chains, was transported to the blacksmith. Thanks to Krull again today, since I got back and brought my stuff in. But it was only about lunch time. I decide to lay the rug on the terrace and sit on top of it and have lunch with Krull and Lucy. Wye and the lunch we all eat is a fun thing, but can¡¯t help but remember a little loneliness for not having Helen there? In her case, anyway this time, it could be enough to go back to mercenary operations any day, so I guess we should get used to this kind of thing now. You cared for me like that, and rarely today has Lucy sat on my lap a bit and urged me to eat meat. ¡°Okay, okay, you¡¯re sweet.¡± Lucy shook her tail in a good mood as she stroked her head doing the meat I didn¡¯t season or do anything about it. If I had a child, would it be like this? ¡­ so far, I have no plans or plans to do so. You saw that, and Krull stuck his head in from the outside, too, so I¡¯ll stroke him. ¡°Krull.¡± He rang his throat, his face licked with perdition. ¡°Come on, you¡¯re ticklish.¡± My daughters are really good kids. When I realized that everyone was watching me with kinder eyes, I carried my soup into my mouth in the blindfold. ¡°Well, why don¡¯t you take a look?¡± Lunch was over and we were gathered at the blacksmith. Usually, this is the time to do whatever you want. But there¡¯s something different today. It¡¯s a chained box. I plug the key I left from Marius into the lock and it twists.Gachari, the lock came off when I heard a noise. I am also interested in this lock itself, but more now it is the contents of the box. When I gently open the box, it contains a small leather bag wrapped in something like cotton. When I took it somewhat respectfully, I felt quite a courtesy response. And then I give up inside¡­¡­ once before, I left it on the shrine and hit the cedar hand. Praying is, of course, the success and safety of future work. Take out the leather bag stuff as everyone stares. A golden mass appeared. Looks like a normal piece of gold by weight. ¡°Which¡± When I put it gently on the gold floor and pressed it with my fingers, it recedes slightly into the shape of my fingers, although there is some resistance. If it is pure gold, it will scratch with nails. Was it? Seems pretty soft compared to that. So it¡¯s more scalable than gold, right? They can stretch gold to nearly three kilometers in a gram. I held it in my hand and grabbed it, and the inner mold of my hand came off. Although I don¡¯t use it at all. This way it is completely clay, but the feel is that of a flimsy metal. I¡¯m not half uncomfortable. I figured out how hard it was at the moment, so I let the hopeful touch it. Well, that means everyone. ¡°Maybe.¡± I nodded at Deanna¡¯s question. Assuming that it was the blacksmith who could perform the magic involved in the machining, some of them also fit in somewhat with the success. I¡¯m not the only one in this world who can do magic. In fact, Liquette is getting a little more comfortable with Liddy, and for the purpose of using it, Elf¡¯s sword requires that skill. ¡°If that makes it easier¡­¡± If you do magic, it gets stiff and high, so if it is, it is easy for me to win. All you have to do is do some magic on Gungan. I¡¯ve never done it before, but I wonder if using cheats would also make it possible to remove magic. Then you will be able to treat it exactly freely. ¡°But it seems like it would be nice to have a few more success stories.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right¡­¡± I twisted my neck to Anne¡¯s words. The number of blacksmiths who can perform magic will be considerable, but too few have succeeded in processing megistium for that. Naturally, then, it would be normal to assume that something other than magic is involved. I have no idea what that is. ¡°Leave it for today and try everything tomorrow¡± When I said that, anticipating from Lique, everyone else raised their voices of understanding, and I rested Megistium on the shrine, confirming that everyone had left, I closed the door of the blacksmith. On the verge of closing, the megistium seemed slightly glowing in my eyes. Chapter 376 Chapter 376: 376 After breakfast, after the morning meeting, we were lined up in front of the shrine. A golden object sits on the shrine. We gave them two compliments and two applauses. I¡¯m going to start processing this megistium today. Everyone else says, have them make sheet metal first as usual. Rickett wasn¡¯t the only tour¡­¡­ he decided to have me think about how to stiffen up Megistium. So far, we don¡¯t know what to look at. Use magic to put fire in the furnace and on the fire floor. The temperature rose rapidly, and so did the temperature in the room. ¡°With that said, it¡¯s time for summer¡± I said that looking out the open window. No heart or the wind seems a little hot. Thermia, the original inhabitant of this forest, and Deanna, who lived not in this forest but in a nearby capital, say. ¡°Right. The rainy season is over, and it¡¯s time not to get hot.¡± ¡°It wasn¡¯t that hot in the capital, but is it hot in here?¡± ¡°Atashi doesn¡¯t know the capital.¡± ¡°That too? You¡¯re going to be.¡± That¡¯s what Deanna shrugged her shoulder. It¡¯s a little heavy on me to make full use of the cool material sheets and the civilized appliances that I said air-conditioning on the fan, but I can¡¯t help it there. ¡­ I wonder if I can keep a dragon that throws up ice braces or something. I shook my head and kicked him out, and I decided to concentrate on megistium. ¡°Let¡¯s start with magic.¡± ¡°Right. So let¡¯s see how hard it gets.¡± Rike nodded at my words. It is a megistium of clay-like softness, so I thought I¡¯d pull it off with my fingers, but once I cut the small pieces with my taganes. First of all, it is an experiment in this small piece. Always wield down the hammer with magic to make it steel. The sound and feel of not even the gnaw or the kid, which I did not do when I cut it with the tagane, returned through the hammer. It is also vague whether it is soft or hard. Yes, in a nutshell, ¡°Disgusting¡­¡­¡± I can¡¯t tell you how uncomfortable it feels. If it¡¯s soft, it¡¯s soft, if it¡¯s hard, I want it to feel like it¡¯s hard. Is it highly scalable in this state, or I can have a small sheet of perky gold? I gently picked it with my fingers and put it on my palm. I stare at the megistium in my hand. This¡­ ¡°It¡¯s not magical¡­? Magic looks like a sparkling grain of light to my eyes or something like that. This sheet of megistium doesn¡¯t have it. ¡°Do you see Rike? ¡°You don¡¯t even look like me¡­¡± Lique also looks at the megistium in his palm and shakes his neck to the side. Hmm. Then it doesn¡¯t seem like it¡¯s my mistake or anything. Why don¡¯t you ask the experts on that path, too? ¡°Liddy, do you have a minute?¡± As soon as I call, I stop my hand and Liddy comes running over for a small run. ¡°I¡¯m sorry I¡¯m working here.¡± ¡°No, I¡¯m fine. Can I help you? ¡°This is it.¡± I offered Megistium¡¯s riding hand. Liddy¡¯s eyes narrow softly. ¡°This isn¡¯t magical, is it?¡± ¡°If the magic doesn¡¯t persist and it stays soft, if only we could do magic on this guy, we¡¯d harden it¡± ¡°I see.¡± ¡°Well, I don¡¯t know how to do that now.¡± ¡°Right¡­¡± The two of us looked at each other and sighed. But depending on what you think, ¡°That¡¯s going to be teethy work.¡± I can¡¯t even say that. I guess my face was unwittingly loose, I say it in such a way that the liqueur was frightened and impressed. ¡°Parents, that sounds like fun¡± ¡°I¡¯m going to get over it.¡± ¡°Indeed.¡± Now I couldn¡¯t sigh. I smile instead. I¡¯ll definitely turn this megistium into something. With such determination. Chapter 377 Chapter 377: 377 ¡°Well, let¡¯s see what we can do first¡± Unexpectedly solitary when clogged is a habit from the previous world. Somehow I think these things work out better. By explaining it to the rubber duck, it might be close to rubber duck debugging to grasp the problem. ¡°Would you like to heat it up? ¡°Right. Seems worth a try.¡± For one thing, I decided to get on Rike¡¯s suggestion. If it melts down, it will be difficult, so put it in a small ¡±rutsubo¡±, then grab the rutsubo and shake it on the fire floor. After confirming that the heat on the fire floor had been transmitted to the fire floor and to the megistium, I flipped the one on the gold floor. I thought maybe the melange and megistium would drip, but unlike that expectation, with hardness not at all the same as it had been before it was heated, the megistium rolled out over the colloidal and gold floors. ¡°You don¡¯t even want to be soft, this guy¡­¡± You¡¯re a much more selfish one not wanting to be hard or soft. Anyway, let¡¯s try it before the temperature drops. When you wave down the hammer, it returns a halfway feeling, unchanged. ¡°At this rate it might not be the same.¡± Megistium changes shape every time you tap it. I beat him a few times but he doesn¡¯t look like he¡¯s going to change his feel at all. I kept beating it until the temperature dropped just in case, but in the meantime, it felt exactly the same to come back. When I touch it, I change shape with Gunigni. I knew I couldn¡¯t do it. ¡°Hmm. If you can¡¯t heat it, let it cool? ¡°Cool¡­¡­? ¡°Expose to running water for a while, wrap it in a wet cloth and swing it¡­¡± ¡°I know running water, but is it cold with a wet cloth? ¡°Yeah.¡± When you squeeze the wet cloth tightly and wield momentum well, the temperature drops slightly due to vaporized heat. Even if it doesn¡¯t get cold on the kink, it will be enough to try it. If you can get a little magic in that state, figure out a way to lower the temperature again, or just a little magic. Wet the appropriate cloth with water and squeeze it tightly, then wiggle the megistium wrapped around it. In case the wrapped megistium flies away, it¡¯s dangerous, so of course do it outside. Swinging enough to make a noise with a boom drives me to the urge to try flying, but I¡¯m patient. ¡°I might have a projectile weapon other than a bow¡­¡± A bow would be nice, but not without arrows, and most importantly, we need some skill. Although my family tends to forget because they can handle bows except for liqueurs. Conversely, we are also talking about whether to make or use anything other than a bow is like a liqueur. Nevertheless, I¡¯m sure it¡¯s not a problem, and I¡¯ll think about it when this neighborhood is cleared up¡­ With that in mind, I kept swinging the cloth. ¡°Kind of cold¡­ huh? ¡°I think you¡¯re calm, too.¡± If I stick around, I feel a little cold along with the soft feel. ¡°Let¡¯s do it before the temperature goes up¡± ¡°Yes!¡± He rushes back to the blacksmith, puts the megistium on the gold floor and beats it with a hammer. Same feeling. Now I kept beating him until the temperature came up.¡°¡­ can¡¯t¡­¡± ¡°What triggered it¡­¡± I twisted my neck with Rike as I twisted around the soft stuff in my hand. That¡¯s about all I think I can do here and now for now. When that happens, do you mean that you need to take any special steps? Is it sudden cold or sudden heat? ¡°In the meantime, do you want to have lunch¡­¡± ¡°Right.¡± Thus, I prepared for lunch and started eating, but all I have in mind is how to enchant Megistium. While carrying the rice to my mouth, yeah. I¡¯m thinking about it, it¡¯s like a shudder¡­¡­ no, you¡¯re actually shuddering back, Deanna¡¯s voice flies. ¡°Eizo is really a craftsman when it comes to saying this.¡± ¡°Hmm? Oh, I¡¯m sorry, were we talking about something? ¡°No, but whoever sees it isn¡¯t here will know.¡± To Deanna¡¯s words, the whole family nods yeah yeah. ¡°Well, it¡¯s something to do with my friend¡¯s marriage. You want to do exactly that.¡± When I say that, Deanna¡¯s face turns red somehow. It¡¯s about my real brother¡¯s marriage, and I¡¯m sure he cares. Keep the rice in your mouth, says Thermia. ¡°So, you figured something out? I¡¯ve never tried to transfer magic before. Because I didn¡¯t have that idea. If I had ever tried to work with magic, I would have stuck it. If we can do that, we may be able to transfer magic and enhance it even with normal weapons. ¡°Seems worth a try¡± When I say that, Deanna looks happy. All the goodness said was hurry, and we cut lunch with Sassa and went back to the blacksmith again. ¡°All right, then I¡¯ll give it a shot¡± I lay the magic sheet metal on the gold floor over megistium. And shake the hammer down from above it. Imagine the magic coming out of the sheet metal. It sounds like a kid and it returns a hard feel, but this belongs to sheet metal. It doesn¡¯t belong to Megistium. Shake down the hammer a few times to remove the sheet metal. There¡¯s a flattened golden object there. Stick your eyes in gold. I saw Liddy by accident. I guess Liddy was the same, just looking at me, and I nodded. ¡°Slight, but in¡± I shrugged. Aunties and Deanna called out. ¡°That means¡­¡± ¡°Oh.¡± I nodded loudly and said. ¡°Success.¡± At that moment, more heat than a furnace or a fire bed wrapped the blacksmith. Chapter 378 Chapter 378: 378 Turned out a way to do magic. And if you clear the other one, you will only proceed along it. Yes, ¡°Does Megistium get stiff if it¡¯s really magical?¡± The most important thing has yet to be resolved. The amount of magic you just entered is insignificant. When I tried to pinch the megistium that had become sheet-shaped, it turned into a really small chunk. This degree of magic has changed the hardness, not enough to tell. But if you find it hard with magic, all you have to do is do it honestly, even if it takes time. Now I can get the end of it. I thank Deanna for her inspiration. ¡°Thank you, Deanna. You¡¯ve noticed so well.¡± ¡°It¡¯s so cheap for you.¡± Deanna had a wink with Pattiri. So did Marius, but it would be like winking a beautiful man and a beautiful woman. ¡°Well, how much do we need in this amount?¡± ¡°You¡¯re in trouble when it¡¯s massive.¡± I snort at Rike¡¯s words. For example, I only go in one at a time, but I need a hundred to harden it, and if they say so, I have something very hard. Well, we still have to do it. When I placed the rounded megistium on the gold floor, I placed the magical sheet metal from the top and shook down the hammer. While transferring magic to Megistium, Lique decided to have a sheet metal with magic. I¡¯ve tried several times to see if I could transfer magic from sheet metal to megistium while using magic on sheet metal, but with cheats it seems I can only do one or the other. So charge the battery, but have the magical sheet metal ready for the liqueur. I¡¯m sorry. ¡°As I¡¯ve said before, one of the roles of the disciple is to prepare what the parent uses this way. Parents do too much on their own no matter what. There are many things you can only do yourself, so you can¡¯t help it around.¡± When Rike says that in a somewhat playful way of anger, everyone he was listening to snorts unh. As far as I¡¯m concerned, I¡¯m aware that most of this strength is cheat, so I¡¯m just aware that I have to do what I can on my own, but I¡¯m not happy with my family. I can¡¯t give up the water draw, which is my morning routine, because it¡¯s also time to make contact with Krull and Lucy, but I wonder if I¡¯ll leave it to the extent that I won¡¯t be able to do anything else that seems to be a problem with leaving it to me¡­I even transfer my magic to Megistium while I think about that. I can¡¯t compare the magic of a liqueur being rubbed on a sheet metal, but all you have to do is do the numbers for not taking the heating and other steps. The only difference with the sheet metal I did my magic on is the number of times I replaced the sheet metal. It¡¯s been awhile since I started using my own sheet metal and transferring magic with the magic sheet metal that Rike made for me. When I waved down the hammer, in addition to the sound of ¡°kin¡±, which had been heard until then, the sound of ¡°con¡± crossed slightly. Hands are slightly different when the hammer is shaken down. I tried the megistium under the sheet metal with my fingers. Only slightly, but it feels stiff. But I haven¡¯t deviated significantly from my level of responsibility yet. I also feel like I just know because I have cheats, so I drive the summarized megistium under the sheet metal again and slap it. In doing so, the sound of ¡°con¡± heard earlier increases its presence slightly. It¡¯s no longer misheard, and it¡¯s turning into more of a ¡°phone¡± than a ¡°con,¡± and a glass harp kind of sound. Beat it further and try to pinch the flattened megistium with your fingertips because you can now be completely sure that the recoil when you slap the sheet metal is not just steel. I get a good and reliable response back. Assuming the unwitting hardness of megistium is pinched and softened paper clay, this is soil clay before it is condensed. Although it is quite stiff, it scratches easily and can be easily reshaped by hand. ¡°Yes.¡± Rike, who received a small chunk of Megistium with respect from me, is squeezing Megistium with his little but firm fingertips. With the power and delicacy of a good-good dwarf, Lique created a small octahedron of megistium. ¡°Surely this is getting stiff. It¡¯s a long way off to make a ring like this, but if you¡¯re going to make a shape, why don¡¯t you start with this one?¡± ¡°Right. Thanks.¡± If this is the case, you can do the work of even rubbing magic later. The last problem is¡­¡­. ¡°It¡¯s a way to do magic while creating a circle.¡± When I say it, Like and Liddy snort loudly. But there was nothing pessimistic left between us. Chapter 379 Chapter 379: 379 Isn¡¯t it going well as a slip out on day one? At least I¡¯ve got an idea of how to work ahead of me, so I can say I¡¯m good. Nearly a week of un-un roaring and oh no. It¡¯s not a bad idea to try and error otherwise, but that¡¯s only a story when it¡¯s work for you. If it¡¯s something you¡¯re asked to do like this one, I¡¯ve never gotten over to finding a solution quickly. Because if something happens at the end that I don¡¯t quite understand, and I can¡¯t believe I can¡¯t make it, I can¡¯t even see it. Not to mention this is my friend¡¯s wedding ring. There must be no such thing as a delay. I can¡¯t get my wedding ring in time for the wedding, it doesn¡¯t matter what you think. No, Marius himself may laugh and forgive me, but if that happens in the gathering place of the nobles, Marius¡¯ future position will be completely lost. It¡¯s not Marius I don¡¯t know about that area, and I¡¯m sure that¡¯s a revelation of trust in me there. If not, I wish I thought so. I made that dinner consist of roasted meat, soup and unfermented bread as usual. It¡¯s a little early for a toast. It is like a slight celebration that the flavoring of meat is made a little elaborate with berries and wine. ¡°If you say so.¡± I had an idea, so I put it in my mouth. Everybody¡¯s eyes converge on me. ¡°Is it something we don¡¯t have to prepare to celebrate or something? ¡°Hey¡­¡­ Normally, I¡¯ll have it ready.¡± ¡°Right.¡± Deanna answered like nothing, and I nodded. Whether you¡¯re invited to the ceremony or not, it¡¯s strange to prepare a gift because a friend is getting married. For once, making a ring this time is part of the celebration, because the ingredients are taken out by the client. It may be ant to say that the rent is a celebration, but there is no such thing as loneliness. I¡¯d like to give you something in shape if possible. ¡°I don¡¯t know what your brother¡¯s position is to invite you to the ceremony, or not.¡± ¡°There¡¯s always a chance you won¡¯t be invited.¡± ¡°Right. At least on the basis of his identity, he¡¯s just a blacksmith. Neither your brother nor Julie would care about that at all, because it¡¯s not about whether the aristocratic community will allow it.¡± ¡°Well, even if you¡¯re not invited, I¡¯m not going to curse your wife¡±¡°Hey, that? ¡°That¡¯s the kind of story I have.¡± Was that a celebration of the Princess¡¯s birth? I caught the story. The most moderate version of the Grimm brothers. It seems that there are some people in this world who can actually use magic, or they were taken with a little realism. ¡°I regret that I know a little bit about the feelings on the side you didn¡¯t call me. I don¡¯t even think about cursing the boulders.¡± After I was done talking, Anne said, feeling slightly sloppy. The fact that magic can be handled in this world is often a noble class with a full upbringing. So, for people of those classes, not being called to celebrate is a story that involves Ments. On the occasion we should have called, I don¡¯t think the livered nobility of hubbling imperial humans is so, but if there were such humans, there would be people out there who would consider the imperial authority to have collapsed. That will also have an impact on governance. So you can¡¯t just not take it as a problem that you weren¡¯t called as a position like Anne. Earl¡¯s wedding in another country like this one, whatever the case may be. ¡°If Anne really tries to curse me, I¡¯ll stop her, so don¡¯t worry¡± He said, ¡°We caught him in the woods. He brought some deer meat.¡± ¡°Ho.¡± Anne answered my question. If you can take it to the emperor, you¡¯ll be fine with a souvenir. So far, I¡¯m consuming it at home, but if it seems like it¡¯s too much, do you want to take it somewhat to Camilo or Marius? ¡°Whatever the meat is, it looks like ours¡­ at home¡­¡± ¡°It must be something we can only make¡± ¡°Oh, that¡¯s settled, then¡± I flickered in Rike¡¯s words. Speaking of gifts from us, isn¡¯t that settled? I left only a ¡°secret until I could¡± for everyone who twisted my neck, and I went to clean up the rest of dinner. Chapter 380 Chapter 380: 380 The next morning, after going for a morning walk with Krull and Lucy, I think sideways about everyone getting ready for the morning, getting ready for breakfast. It¡¯s ¡±Why didn¡¯t you know how to cheat?¡± That is. I ¡°know¡± where to beat when waving hammers on sheet metal. It¡¯s due to cheats, but I didn¡¯t know how to get magic into Megistium. I also thought maybe the cheats had disappeared, but I came up with that before I prepared my breakfast, so I went into the blacksmith just a little bit, but I could still see the sheet metal and flicker how it seemed to be processed. I mean, the cheats didn¡¯t disappear, that¡¯s all. Therefore, if it is not processed directly by other factors, all cheats will not work, or the cheats of production will become better. Production can¡¯t be beaten by the craftsmen there, only at such a level. If I compete with Sandro¡¯s old man in the cooking, I¡¯m sure I¡¯ll lose the mess. After the battle, he said, ¡°I¡¯ll knock you in from scratch!¡± He seems to think of a yelling old man. Together, if it¡¯s going to be that way, I don¡¯t know if I can help but come up with a case like megistium. Maybe we should take a moment to find out what the terms apply once and for all. I don¡¯t tell my family about the cheats, so I won¡¯t go in parallel with the rest of the work. After breakfast and after the worship to the shrine, he started operating the Eizo workshop by putting fire in the furnace and on the fire floor. Today, Lique is asked to produce knives and long swords. Everyone else makes long swords of vegetables. It will be divided into a group that makes moulds and a group that flows iron.Of course I¡¯m working on megistium. First I take the sheet metal, and I do my magic on the gold floor. Something glittering gets rubbed on the dong and the sheet metal. I ¡±know¡± what to do to do this. It¡¯s proof that the cheats are working properly. After all, they didn¡¯t lose cheats from the ground up. I can feel relieved that I can confirm this clearly. I drove anxiety and doubt out of my head and immersed myself in the task of magic in sheet metal. Magic was cast on about five sheets of sheet metal. I feel like I have a little bit of a lot on my mind, but I also have a lot of problems. So at the moment, I decided not to care, and by yesterday I messed around, just a little stiff megistium, cut into about two-thirds, still soft. Mix together. For now, it¡¯s megistium. ¡°Come on, it¡¯s the real deal from here.¡± When I gently lift my cheeks and change my mind, I place the sheet metal over the megistium and shake down the hammer. I can see the sound and response of saying the kid, and the magic coming out of the steel. Repeat this over and over again, aiming first at a degree of hardness that is not difficult to process. As I slap the megistium together again, which has spread to the shape of a sheet, I guess Lique is hitting the knife, the sound of a rhythmic hammer intersects the sound of my hammer. The symphony between me and Rike¡¯s boneless sound lasted until lunch. Chapter 381 Chapter 381: 381 Finish your lunch and get back to work, but I¡¯m still working on transferring magic to Megistium. Cheats worked for the task of beating originally, but it seems like they¡¯re just getting a little smoother to see if they¡¯re getting the hang of it. The sheet metal of steel that has lost its magic power is sparkling ¨C it contains no magic at all, and it¡¯s kind of sad. I even feel the colors are dull. Well, that¡¯s not true at all. I finished transferring about two pieces of magic into Megistium over time. In terms of how it feels when experimenting, it should be quite stiff. I took the megistium that made me want to flatten it in sheets, and I pinched it with my fingers and it returned a heavy response. It¡¯s stiff and hard to work out. I¡¯m just gonna give it a little hard work and make it one chunk. I wondered if the shape would change slightly with a lot of effort. Is it as good as milk caramel? I still don¡¯t have milk caramel in this world, so I can¡¯t be sure. Don¡¯t struggle with machining if you make it harder than this. Do you only make shapes in the meantime? I¡¯ll get the paper from the house that photographs the size of the ring. It fits into this¡­ ¡°I wish I was softer.¡± It was harder than I thought, and it took me quite a while to round it up, then make it cylindrical, and even until I made a hole in the middle. It goes smoothly, so I got on with it and rubbed too much magic. When making your wife¡¯s, let¡¯s keep it down with about a piece of sheet metal¡­¡­ In the previous world, I had made a little ring out of something called silver clay that would be silver if baked, but I could do something that felt just like it was before baking. The same goes for saying it¡¯s still incomplete in this state. I look at the unfinished ring that I was able to do so, and I notice. ¡°Uh, put it that way¡­ Deanna! Anne! I immediately called Deanna and Anne, who were working on taking a long sword burr, both of whom are looking a little more like each other with hammers. ¡°What? Deanna and Anne put the hammer down and came to me. ¡°Sorry, working on it. Nah, I just wanted to know if there was anything to be decided about decorating a wedding ring. Especially if it belongs to nobles, right? I can¡¯t even look at you if you haven¡¯t kept your eye on me and I can¡¯t usually follow you.¡± I also make rough designs before baking silver clay. Because it is easier to process than after baking and turning into silver. Megistium is just like that, and it¡¯s troublesome if you don¡¯t process it before it exhibits a hell of a hardness.¡°Hmm, I¡¯ve never heard of you. How¡¯s Anne? Deanna answered, putting her hand on every one of them. I would like to think that it is not particularly around the counts of the kingdom¡­¡­ but it is also possible to say that I simply did not hear about that area because it is Deanna. I was heartbroken when Anne also asked me from myself. I don¡¯t even give it a bite because pointing this one out is going to pop a good punch in my worst belly, not on my shoulder. ¡°You¡¯ve never even heard of the Empire. It¡¯s not nice if it¡¯s too flashy, but it¡¯s just hard to wear if you make it that extravagant.¡± ¡°I see.¡± Ho, and me and Deanna snort. Is there any particular design constraint? That said, I guess you can¡¯t have an ominous motif or anything like that that reminds you of death. You can¡¯t have a design that¡¯s usually hard to wear, and then you won¡¯t be able to have this armoring thing. I guess it¡¯s in a way the best choice to take advantage of the hardness of megistium, and not as fashion, but it¡¯s too true the opposite when it comes to whether it¡¯s suitable for engagement rings. I think of a handsome couple of beautiful girls who usually use Armoring as their left-hand pharmacopoeia finger, and the bitter smile leaks unexpectedly. ¡°Hmm, so rugged, or do you want the kind of text that protects you from bad things?¡± ¡°Hey.¡± ¡°Hmm. Oh, yeah, even the Northern scriptures are fine, right? Of course. ¡°Okay, thank you both¡± You¡¯re welcome. With a slight relief, the ladies returned to work gracefully. The gap between what I just did and the work I¡¯m trying to do is a little interesting. Some auspicious words come to mind in my brain when I hear that there is no problem with the Northern script. Let¡¯s combine one or more of them to make sure it¡¯s not weird. That¡¯s what I decided to do. I lifted my hips to get a small pair of glasses to carve the tattoo. Chapter 382 Chapter 382: 382 I will use the smallest glasses in our house and carve out the literature. It is still soft, so you will be able to carve it only with the force of your hand without the use of hammers. I think I can probably carve it with a knife, but it is simply so small that I need to use the right tools. The carving literature is saya-shaped. It seems to be connected to a rhomboid shape, which has the effect of wishing the house prosperity and longevity. I¡¯ve been saying this for a long time, but even if it means different things, I decided that ¡°constantly¡° seemed appropriate for wedding rings. ¡­ I think it¡¯s probably ok, but should I just check it before work? When I showed everyone the Saya-shaped text in the extra space of the paper, there was nothing like catching it with the wax. There was a World War II in the previous world, and I was sure that it would be okay because it wasn¡¯t a problem, but in this world, the text symbolizes death, and so on, it needs to be changed. Now that I know there¡¯s no problem, I¡¯m finally getting to work. If you put extra effort into it, the ring will collapse, so don¡¯t let it happen. It is a direct workmanship on metal, I guess, I understand how much power to use with cheats. I gently put my glasses on and slowly carve the shape. I had applied it to my sword when I had done some sculptures, so I didn¡¯t have to be as cautious as I am now, but this time I am desperately controlling my trembling fingertips. Knowing where to dig and how to run it smoothly is another story. Conversely, there are places around here where I can improve with my own level (the very concept of level is not even in this world¡­ but it should be). Whatever it is, I¡¯m sure it¡¯s done making it whey and just not funny, and the occasional work that I find difficult is a good one. I also know that if it lasts too long, it will get rough. Chilli and the potato worm eat the leaves of the tree and proceed with the glasses as fast as possible. It is a very valuable material, so I also pick the scraps carved with the glasses with my fingers each time and throw them into smaller containers.It was originally bought to keep the newly bought seasonings in small pieces, but now it is a treasure pot that holds a thousand gold items, as the peppers of the previous world did. The collected Megistium scraps can be reused for every magic I put into making my daughter-in-law¡¯s share, and it¡¯s going to end up being quite a lot, so that should be a good price. Even to the extent that you don¡¯t have a cup of earring that you¡¯ve picked and put in a container now, on the outside side of the city, the other week or two is well worth living at your leisure. I don¡¯t feel like throwing something like that on a boulder as just a scrap, let alone a choro. Let¡¯s make sure I can give it back to you. Because I¡¯m a tough artisan. It took me about evening to finally finish carving the literature. I am totally tired of my eyes and am coming slightly to my hips. This is as far as cheats and nothing can be done. I got up and, um, stretched out. Not making disturbing noises from around your hips is a rejuvenating boon, albeit thirty? I guess I thought they would argue a little more, Thermia looked a little surprised. But soon, when you look outraged, ¡°Nah, I¡¯m telling you something pathetic! We still have a long way to go! Bassin and I got slapped in the back. Honestly, it hurts, but that kind of makes me feel like I¡¯m in the mood. ¡°Right, we have to work hard tomorrow¡± ¡°Ooh.¡± When I gasped Samya¡¯s head, she had a full smile. Chapter 383 Chapter 383: 383 ¡°Hmm, shit.¡± The next day. I finished my morning routine all the way and set fire to the blacksmith, and I was roaring the ring forward. Rike approaches there. ¡°What¡¯s going on? ¡°Hey, I was a little accidental. I don¡¯t know how to make it harder from here.¡± ¡°Oh¡­¡­¡± I beat it with direct magic sheet metal, as before, and the ring that I made becomes a sheet of petanco again. You won¡¯t be able to take it back if it gets so hard in that state. Probably the hardest metal sheet in the world. That might be available as a bulletproof plate in the previous world, but that¡¯s not what I was asked to do. Would it have been better to make it a little harder and then engrave it? No, this hardness would be the limit in making shapes. I¡¯m not sure I can erase the joint if it¡¯s stiffer than this. Maybe I can handle it with cheats, but if I bet on it and fail, I won¡¯t even be able to see it. ¡°¡­ would you like to surround it¡± ¡°Is it sheet metal? ¡°When I slapped him trying to do magic, I had the feeling of going in. And yet it¡¯s not in there, which probably means¡­¡± ¡°Come in and stay out of it? I snorted at Rike¡¯s words. ¡°What¡¯s okay when you transfer it from sheet metal? ¡°What if sheet metal isn¡¯t the only thing with magic? ¡°Ah.¡± Yes, there is a gold floor underneath the sheet metal across the megistium. There must be magic in that too. Although I had never been aware of it before. If it is sheet-shaped, there will be less ¡°escape¡° in the lateral direction. If it were, it would try to escape in the upward and downward directions, but there would be no escape of magical steel there, if magic remained in the megistium. Can you do magic by encircling yourself with magic and keeping it in high concentrations of magic? That¡¯s what I thought. There is one thing that concerns me about this method. ¡°I don¡¯t know if there¡¯s going to be any demons doing that.¡±Demons can occur when magic starches¡­ In fact, I have also fought the demons that occurred. Sometimes that starchy magic demonizes ordinary creatures. Lucy, the wolf we have (although it¡¯s time for the child to come off), is. So far, magic to the limit with a bespoke item has never left it in a starved state. But what if the space was filled with high concentrations of magic? Let¡¯s still borrow the wisdom of experts here today. ¡°Demon¡­¡­ is it¡± ¡°Yeah. This is how when you surround all six sides with sheet metal that¡¯s filled with magic, and you knock out magic on the inside, the magic in that space becomes quite intense, right? ¡°Oh, that¡¯s right¡± ¡°So, when we put it in that state, do we get demons coming out of it? I¡¯m just wondering.¡± ¡°Right¡­¡­¡± Liddy puts her hands on a thin piece of cake. We have one human and one elf each over here with service experience in the Crusades, and the rest of us are highly capable of fighting, even though Helen hasn¡¯t come home yet. One or so of the goblins would be able to beat him at his leisure. No more powerful demons are likely to occur in this ring-sized space to the degree of magic. ¡°Unless there¡¯s more magic in that incredible concentration.¡± ¡°Right.¡± Liddy snorts at my words again. You reacted to the word ¡°fairy,¡± everyone else seemed to stop their hands a little and pay attention to Liddy¡¯s story. ¡°Can we have a conversation? ¡°Legend has it that some people were able to do it, but most of them suck away only the magic they gathered without doing anything, and they seem to just go away somewhere.¡± ¡°No evil? ¡°Yeah. If you¡¯re fairy enough to have a conversation, there¡¯s a chance you¡¯ll do something about it that¡¯s a prank.¡± ¡°Heh.¡± I wonder if it¡¯s close to the fairies that appear in the fairy tales of the previous world. It seemed like a lot of things too, so I guess I can¡¯t say this all the time. ¡°Well, do you think I could see something unusual when the fairy came? It¡¯s surrounded by sheet metal during processing, so you won¡¯t be able to serve it.¡± ¡°Right.¡± Liddy smiles. I look at that face and expect only a few fairies to emerge. Chapter 384 Chapter 384: 384 Regardless of whether the fairy was coming or not, it was no different that I had to do the work, so I decided to have a magic full-filled sheet metal first. There are three things to prepare. It is what lays below, what can be worn above, and holes about the same size as rings. If it¡¯s a bigger one, I¡¯ll probably have six to surround it, but this time it¡¯s a smaller one, so this shouldn¡¯t be a problem¡­ I don¡¯t know if I¡¯ll give it a try. Beat the two pieces intact without even heating them up and do the magic. It was something I was quite used to already, and I was able to do my magic to the limit quickly. It¡¯s steel, and the ceiling is low. After the third one is heated, the hole is drilled into smaller pieces using what is like a corner of a gold floor, and then the hammer is used to adjust it to a hole approximately the same size as the ring. The thickness of the sheet metal is taken larger than the width of the ring. I think it¡¯s fine because I beat it cold, but when I beat the sheet metal covered with a thickness that said it was critical, it might hit the ring and distort it. Thus all three pieces of magical full-filled steel were arranged. Shiny things clutter around sheet metal. ¡°The experiment will have to be done in time to get Rike to hit this¡­¡± I was so alone. I meant to be loud enough that I could only hear myself, but Like seemed to overhear. ¡°Is that okay!? ¡°No, yeah, well, I¡¯ll try it after this one¡± ¡°Yes!¡± ¡°Tell me something from me. What, you don¡¯t have to be the one who did this to yourself? ¡°Of course it¡¯s decided that it¡¯s better that way, because I also really want to try sheet metal with the magic power up to the maximum amount before that. I can¡¯t get that far on my own.¡± ¡°I see.¡± Is it normal to think that if you have something good, you want to try it with it? I also said, ¡°I brought you a magic full-filled orihalcon, why don¡¯t you hit it? If they say,¡± Whether you can process it or not, you¡¯ll nod in two replies. What it means to have Rike hit the sheet metal that I did my magic on is mass production. You don¡¯t have to heat me up if I can just magic the sheet metal. Even if I can¡¯t maintain that magic completely, if Like can process it with most of it left behind, I can only concentrate on doing the magic and ask Like to process it more and more. That way, after I prepare the scheduled number of sheet metals, it is possible to produce them at nearly twice the speed when I simply calculate them by chasing them and processing them. When I put the hammer aside, I gently lift the sheet metal. Something glittering overflows a little out of that gap. Imaginarily it feels like when I open a box with dry ice. They were definitely full of magic in the space where the ring was placed. I removed the sheet metal as it was. There¡¯s a sparkling ring there. I poked him with my fingernails and he got the hang of it and a hard feeling back. Cheat tells me that it¡¯s almost certainly harder than it was yesterday. I sigh deeply. Good, now we can establish the procedure to completion. You just have to follow this procedure when you make the other one, so you should be able to do it pretty quickly. But it was also during the restraint that appeased, concerns had arisen at the same time as the ring. Inside the ring, in other words, where it was a completely empty space, a very small clear blue gemstone was born. Chapter 385 Chapter 385: 385 I gently pinched it up with my finger, the little one that suddenly appeared where there was no heat or anything. Watered through the light of the fire bed, it also appears slightly purple, and its interior appears slightly shaken. ¡°This is¡­¡± I looked familiar in this way. It was when Nilda the Demon paid me off. I had a red color then, but that one did rock inside too. The blue color is different this time, but otherwise you can say it¡¯s pretty much the same. That is to say. ¡°The crystal of magic¡­? Nilda gave me something that ¡±starved¡± magic clotted. This will probably mean crystals of pure magic. Maybe. Even though my amateur thought about it, it didn¡¯t make any sense, so I invited Liddy. You don¡¯t rely on me as an expert these days. Patapata, Liddy and Like came. ¡°What is it? ¡°This is it.¡± Put the magic crystal you were picking on your palm and show it to Liddy. Liddy¡¯s eyes were opened. ¡°Could this have been done? ¡°Oh. It¡¯s similar to what Nilda gave me before, but I was wondering if it really is.¡± ¡°Excuse me.¡± Liddy pinched the magic crystal out of my palm and let it shine into the light. From below, Rike is looking up to him as he says ¡°howdy¡± or something, and it looks like the kid is totally showing him the gem. Even as I look at that from the side, the light still looks shaky in the crystals, but it¡¯s too small to tell if that¡¯s the same phenomenon as Demon Gems or because the flames on the fire bed are shaking. I guess I should zoom in on something like a magnifying glass if I had one, but we don¡¯t have one. There are convex lenses themselves in this world. Crystals and other gemstones, as well as laboriously polished glass. Recessed lenses don¡¯t seem to be out yet in this world. So I don¡¯t have glasses for myopia (which is a real shame), and I don¡¯t have telescopes yet. I don¡¯t know if anyone would have noticed a concave lens on some clap, but it seems like they haven¡¯t been able to do it yet, to the point of taking it to practical use. ¡°That¡¯s an unmistakable hardening of magic. I think it¡¯s classified as a demonic gem, too.¡± ¡°I knew it.¡±¡°Yep. It¡¯s just¡­¡± Liddy frowned. Is something about to happen to the Devil¡¯s Gem? Liddy returns the demon jewel in my hand. Then, the demonic jewel collapsed and disappeared with sarah. ¡°Ah.¡± ¡°Unlike the Red Devil Gem, this one seems to return to magic after a while¡± ¡°Make a whole lot of money with one hammer, don¡¯t you think? I can¡¯t stay.¡± ¡°Right.¡± ¡°No, parent, have fun like that.¡± Liddy and Like laugh cously. I laughed back because I wasn¡¯t even thinking of making money from this. ¡°But if some kind of condition is in place, or it could be fixed like a red demon jewel,¡± ¡°Looks like it¡¯s gonna be hard to find that condition.¡± ¡°At least I¡¯ve never heard of blue demon gems this way¡­¡± ¡°Well, the blue one, I can say it¡¯s the one that collapses¡­? ¡°¡­ it¡¯s possible¡± Having said that it will collapse quickly, if it can, will it be possible at first to work with more magic exclusively in the house, even outside the house if it can adjust the speed of collapse, etc., to work with the magic out and exercise magic? ¡°It¡¯s worth a try¡­¡± ¡°I do! Grabbing Gassi and my hand, Liddy replied to the eating mood. The tension so far may have been since I repaired the treasure sword inside the elf. ¡°Oh, su, excuse me¡± ¡°No, no, no. If this goes well, we might make a lot of progress, so I know you¡¯ll be excited. and before¡­¡± I took the Megistium ring that was left unattended. While picking with his left hand, playing with his right fingertip sounded a beautiful metal sound, indicating that it was a hardness that even a pair of glasses could no longer be processed. I sigh cheeky. I¡¯m glad it went well. I don¡¯t know for sure until I try it¡­ ¡°This one¡¯s a success.¡± Boulder Parents, and Like applauding. The applause came from Liddy to everyone, and I bowed my head in a sense of embarrassment and little pride. Chapter 386 Chapter 386: 386 I could make sure the ring was stiff, so it¡¯s time for lunch. We¡¯re all still working on it, so we can get it done quickly, but we still talk about the Blue Devil Gem. With her eyes wide open to surprise, Deanna said. ¡°Can you do that!? ¡°Say you can or you¡¯ve done it¡­¡­ I¡¯m sure it will be generated.¡± ¡°If you think you¡¯re making some noise, was that it¡± ¡°Oh.¡± I snorted at Thermia¡¯s words. I¡¯m a little afraid Anne¡¯s eyes will look gleaming. ¡°Well, apparently it¡¯s unstable, and it disappeared quickly and it¡¯s gone. The magic was back in crystal, so it might be more right to¡± dissolve in the air. ¡° Drop your shoulder as easily as Anne understands in my words. If we could produce something that would be money from nothing, it would help a lot nationally as well. It¡¯s alchemy. We finished our conversation and lunch there and cleaned up later so we wouldn¡¯t get into any more depth. Back at the fire, I put the hardened ring back in the sheet metal enclosure. Since we can generate Demon Gems (though so far they haven¡¯t come out of the ¡°like¡± category), let¡¯s call them ¡°Magic Furnaces¡±. It¡¯s a simple magic furnace. Cover its simple magic furnace with magical sheet metal. If you keep tapping on the sheet metal you¡¯ve turned into a lid in this condition, the magic should be on the ring as well. I can grasp the point of saying ¡°I can¡¯t do this any more¡± when I rub it directly, but this time it is also an indirect good place, so sometimes I need to take it out of the simple magic furnace and check it out. The feel in your hand or the brilliance of Megistium itself is not so different than it was before you put it in. But I can see that it¡¯s definitely magical and it¡¯s sparkling more. ¡°Hmmm¡­¡­¡± Would it be okay if it was so hard? If I were to try it now, I¡¯d tap the ring with a light hammer. Even if it¡¯s light if it stays soft, this blow would have caused some glitch, but the ring only made a ¡°chillin¡± and cool windchime sound, no scratches in particular.All right, looks like this should do it. I tapped the ring as a rule when doing magic on sheet metal. Chile, the ring answers. Try hitting it a couple more times and put the hammer down to see how the ring looks. ¡°No¡­¡± I somehow knew by the feeling when I slapped him, but even if he tried to do his magic with stiffness, he seemed to fall out. I thought maybe if it got harder, but you mean there¡¯s no such good story. We just have to work on the tunnel. If I could do the magic directly, there shouldn¡¯t be any risk of demonic gems or fairies, so I thought it would be nice. As I sighed, I waved the hammer again to cast my magic on the sheet metal that was losing its magic. Eventually, a magical sheet metal appeared on him. When I use it as the lid of the magic furnace, I shake the hammer and tap the sheet metal so that the magic can follow the ring. Look out for the ring and see how much magic it has. ¡°As I thought.¡± Only slightly, but surely this one has more magic. And if it is. ¡°Do it without opening the lid until it¡¯s full of criticism¡± Demon gems and fairies were something I wanted to avoid if I could avoid them, but I had no choice. Neither seems harmful, let¡¯s close our eyes and focus our work. When I put the ring and lid back in, I took the hammer and went back to work. Chapter 387 Chapter 387: 387 I hammer the lid of the magic furnace. From people who don¡¯t know the circumstances, it¡¯s a sight to wonder if something was wrong. For normal tasks, even misrills and apoitacaras can satisfy even a slight sense of accomplishment because there is a slight change in shape after beating for a while. However, there has been no change in shape in this task. A little bit of magic falls out of the sheet metal, but that missing magic gets inside the simple magic furnace, and I can¡¯t confirm the state of the ring in it. I might be able to confirm it if I make a simple magic furnace with a transparent acrylic plate full of magic, but there¡¯s nothing like that¡­ That¡¯s how I kept pounding and eventually almost lost my magic from one sheet metal, so I gently open the lid. I wondered what I would do if a high concentration of magic came out of the moisture as a fog of dry ice sticking into a washer with water in it, but without that. Or I thought that a ring that had accumulated magic might be emitting light as if it were emitting light, but without it I was normally seated. At the same time, we have bigger demonic gems than we saw this morning. That¡¯s all the magic was concentrated here. The ring was removed from the simple magic furnace by placing it on a lid with the exception of the blue demon gem. It¡¯s obvious, but there¡¯s no such thing as rising temperatures. It¡¯s not emitting light, but I know it¡¯s magical. If we get here, even normal people might be able to sense us. I think so, and I decide to call Deanna to have a look. Thermia doesn¡¯t tell the beast man from his senses, and Anne would have seen magical objects, so now that Helen isn¡¯t around, Deanna is usually the closest. ¡°I see.¡± That¡¯s what Deanna puts up with the ring I gave her. By its side Anne sees a demonic gem for her hand, either because of its size or because it has not yet dissolved in the air. I also feel my eyes are $, but I guess it¡¯s my fault. Naturally, the dollar is not in this world. ¡°It might seem a little different.¡± ¡°Hmm. Something warm or something like that? ¡°Not much of that. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s magic or if it¡¯s megistium that sparkles.¡± ¡°Oh, is that so¡±It is not pure gold that I did the magic, but a special metal called megistium (although it is slightly suspicious). Is it hard to tell whether the brilliance is due to the properties of matter alone? So I bring Megistium, which has not yet had the magic left over. I heard Anne¡¯s sad voice, ¡°Ahhh,¡± so I figured the Demon Gem was more collapsed. It seems that the time to collapse depends on the size, that is, the amount of magic that has become crystalline. ¡°This is pre-processing.¡± Leave Anne alone once and place the fuzzy megistium over Deanna¡¯s hand. ¡°What do you say? ¡°Oh, you know this. The ring¡¯s a little more sparkly.¡± ¡°Oh, well.¡± I said as Deanna sparkled her eyes no less than a ring. It means that if this amount was still there, the boulder would know, even if you didn¡¯t get any magic tricks in particular. There, I felt like I could hear a very small knock. Slight enough sound to think I would have missed it if I had done the work. ¡°Did you just hear the knock? ¡°No?¡± ¡°How¡¯s Thermia? ¡°I felt like I heard Atashi just a little bit too, but I thought it was my fault. Did you hear the elephant?¡± Thermia said with her tiger ears flashing. So you¡¯re saying it¡¯s not your fault? When are you coming? Guests are guests. I¡¯ll open the blacksmith¡¯s door. ¡°Yes, yes, which¡­ ma¡± Then there was a feathered, little elf-like woman floating nicely. Chapter 388 Chapter 388: 388 The feathered little woman is floating in the air. The wings don¡¯t match up or down, so it doesn¡¯t seem to be the way to fly where the wings push the air and say what to do. The woman stayed floating and bowed to the pepper. ¡°I¡¯ll see you first. My name is Gisele.¡± ¡°Huh.¡± What a dumb reply I get in front of you. Deanna or Liddy in the back, I heard a cough, and I got a little posture right. ¡°Excuse me, what are you talking about? Come in.¡± I don¡¯t know how much of a burden it would be to Mr. Gisele to be floating, but it seems somewhat of a burden, and I¡¯ll have him sit down. ¡°Well, thank you¡± Giselle smiled with the adjective as it stood, like a flower¡¯s dust, and came in with a furrow. ¡°This way, please.¡± ¡°Hi.¡± I can¡¯t even have you sitting in a chair, so I decide to have you sitting on the table. This may be the first time we have had trouble with customers of different sizes. Anne is a giant with a big body, as opposed to Mr. Gisele, but not as big as her mother is a giant and her father sometimes says human race, or troubled. I¡¯ve made some adjustments to the size of the bed. Though I thought I would prepare the larger one at that time, the smaller one was not in my mind. But normally, if some people are so big, some are so small¡­ Be careful when you align something in the future. Ask Rike to prepare some mint tea, but Mr. Gisele¡¯s size cup is naturally not. I had no choice, so they put me in the smallest container we have. Still about half the size of Mr. Gisele. ¡°I know it¡¯s inconvenient, but here you go¡± ¡°Well, thank you. Smells good.¡± The temperatures have been getting higher lately, and the sober aroma of the mint will feel better. In the meantime, I guess the grasp of hospitality looks okay. Mr. Giselle put her mouth gently close to the cup and sipped. It¡¯s not like we¡¯re drinking from a big polybucket if we say so. ¡°Pfft. It¡¯s delicious! We don¡¯t really say this, so it¡¯s fun.¡± You look like a fairy, and do you drink flower nectar or something? Should I ask Liddy to grow flowers too? ¡°That¡¯s good.¡± ¡°Um, so that¡¯s it¡± Mr. Gisele has corrected his residence. All of us, correct our posture. ¡°Aether here¡­ magic among you, did you say? Would you like to do your refining? ¡°No, I¡¯m not purifying it intentionally¡­¡±I shook my head to the side. Demonic gems can be done because they are a by-product of the work of curing megistium, not because they are aimed at it. What I could do is unstable and disappears quickly. ¡°I¡¯ve always wondered if there¡¯s ever been an increase in magic, but today¡¯s was stronger, so I thought you were working on that¡­¡± ¡°No, it was something that needed magic to stiffen this ring, and as a by-product of it, the magic hardened. And it just disappeared.¡± ¡°Really¡­¡± When I show you the Megistium ring, Mr. Gisele drops the gacoon and his little shoulder. Will it be easy for us to understand that the motion is exaggerated? ¡°Was that what you wanted? ¡°Yeah, I don¡¯t know what to say¡­¡± Mr. Giselle looked lost for a moment. It also feels like the doll is moving because the nose is noticeably cute. ¡°You know this forest is filled with strong magic, right? We all nodded. You told Anne from me. Well, does someone talk even if I didn¡¯t? Magic is heavily involved ¡°So we fairies live in these woods, too, but from time to time, we have something sick.¡± ¡°Disease? Like fever? ¡°Yes, it¡¯s a little different from what you all take, but the magic comes out of your body.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right¡­¡± I don¡¯t want to imitate a shadow to the light I saw around the corner, but the facts are unbendable. Mr. Giselle sat back down again. Um, if I can handle this, I¡¯d like to. Oh, well. ¡°You just have to have strong magic, right? ¡°Yeah, that¡¯s right.¡± ¡°Then if anyone suffers from the disease, bring them here. We¡¯ll make crystals on the spot, so if that cures it. Until we can make sure the crystals don¡¯t collapse. So what? It¡¯s not as fine as a doctor, but if that saves the fairies¡¯ lives, it¡¯s cheap. ¡°Is that okay!? ¡°Yes.¡± Standing up again, Mr. Gisele. A flower of joy blooms on its face. ¡°Regards! Mr. Gisele lowered his head with a peck. I wonder if what¡¯s done around here is common among all races is a remnant of the old war. Mr. Giselle squeezed his finger like I was going to shake his hand when I gave him my finger. Chapter 389 Chapter 389: 389 I just got off to a paragraph, and I heard that I was a little concerned. ¡°Speaking of which, you don¡¯t appear fluffy all of a sudden.¡± When I said it, everyone else nodded small. I guess that¡¯s what the general public in this world thinks that even Liddy is nodding. Appears hooked, plays a prank and disappears hooked. And I can¡¯t hate you like a little kid, that¡¯s the image. No, did some of you quite exaggerate that it was a myth or a story from the previous world? Listening to my words, Mr. Giselle got puffed up. ¡°It is the spirits who do it. We¡¯re fairies, so we don¡¯t imitate that! She¡¯s adorable and she¡¯s about to smile unexpectedly before she apologizes. But ¡°don¡¯t imitate¡± means you can if you want to. And I could also get information that there are spirits apart from the fairy clan. There¡¯s kind of a lot going on today¡­¡­ ¡°I¡¯m sorry, thank you. I had that impression between us.¡± ¡°That¡¯s unfortunate, so I¡¯d like to ask you to improve it soon¡± ¡°I¡¯ll do it right.¡± The fairies rarely represent themselves, so they may be confused with the Spirit. Sometimes I say ¡°I met with fairies¡± a lot, and I wonder if the more we need to improve, the more normal humans will meet fairy clans¡­¡­ Think about gradually improving. shelving, he said. I don¡¯t know when it will be inventoried. ¡°So, you¡¯re going to see a disease that¡¯s going to lose its magic here, and you¡¯re going to tell all the fairies from Mr. Gisele? ¡°Yes, I¡¯m the head of this forest fairy clan, so you¡¯ll hear what I have to say¡± I realized my eyebrows were rising. Unlike the image, it comes properly from the front door, or the language is polite, rather than ¡°the fairy tribe actually was¡± is stronger than ¡°Mr. Gisele¡¯s qualities as head of the fairy tribe¡±¡­¡­ You don¡¯t have to bother pointing that out and twisting the story, so keep your mouth shut about it there. There are a lot of things I want to know, but let¡¯s just say we get another chance there. Even if you don¡¯t know, it doesn¡¯t seem to affect you. ¡°Now, if you¡¯ll excuse me,¡±¡°Oh, I have your attention¡± I stood up and gracefully thanked Mr. Gisele. I forgot what was important. ¡°We usually stay here after sunrise until it sets, but once a week or two, we head out to the city. That day, the house is empty until the sun plunges into Jomtien. And I don¡¯t really want to, but please forgive me if I leave this house for as long as January.¡± To my words, Mr. Giselle smiled and said: ¡°Yeah, sure. The disease that leads to death, I said, isn¡¯t really like dying any time soon. You won¡¯t be weak one by one, and you¡¯re sure to suffer. Ultimately, it will definitely bring death.¡± That being said, Mr. Gisele sighed small. Do you have experience in seeing those who have done so? ¡°So if you¡¯re not there, you can change the day, so don¡¯t worry about it.¡± ¡°That helps. If you are here, I will give you the magic crystal as soon as possible.¡± ¡°Best wishes¡± Mr. Gisele bows with Pecori again. ¡°Oh, yes, the human race needed a reward.¡± ¡°Well, I¡¯m sorry to bother you so long. Excuse me.¡± Floating in front of the open door, Mr. Giselle bows. ¡°Yeah, come back if you need anything else¡± ¡°Yes, thank you¡± It¡¯s already completely dark outside, but Mr. Giselle flew through it and eventually lost sight of it. ¡°He¡¯s gone.¡± ¡°He¡¯s gone.¡± Trying to close the door, I noticed two of our daughters were coming by. Both Krull and Lucy are waving their tails. Were you patient until now, and with that said, you didn¡¯t make a scene when Mr. Gisele arrived. ¡°All right, both of you.¡± While I stroked the heads of the two of them, I thought we¡¯d have dinner together on the terrace to make up for the evening, etc. Chapter 390 Chapter 390: 390 Mr. Gisele¡­ the day after the fairy chief of the ¡°Black Forest¡± arrived. I was roaring a little before the first ring I could. Blessed is good. The added value will not be a problem in itself. In the first place, it is said to be a precious item such as a ring made of megistium, where the rare value has been added. Well, the content is what it is, but if Marius hadn¡¯t made a public announcement, it wouldn¡¯t even be what he knows so well. I can¡¯t believe you¡¯ve ever seen an article blessed by a fairy. That¡¯s not true. All I care about is¡­ ¡°I wonder what the blessing is about¡­¡± That is. Based on what happened yesterday, I believe it is very unlikely that it is a curse, not a blessing. The fact that Thermia didn¡¯t interrupt in the middle of yesterday¡¯s conversation is probably not a lie. Although it may be difficult to understand the smell because it is not human and it is very small. Think of the words of yesterday¡¯s blessing. ¡°Happy to have worn it.¡± Do you feel that the parameters of the LUK have increased when it comes to RPG-style in the previous world? ¡°Hmm.¡± When the ring is exposed to light, in addition to the original golden colour of Megistium, a slightly light blue colour becomes a mixture. The blue is also distorted by a golden reflection, which I know and can tell quite clearly from what I¡¯m seeing, but if you don¡¯t tell me, it¡¯s a subtle shade to notice. When I was un-roaming in front of the ring, Rike, who was ready for today, said as he peered into the ring from next door. ¡°What¡¯s going on? ¡°I meant yesterday¡¯s¡± blessing ¡°¡­¡± I explained to Lique what I had been thinking just now as it was hard. ¡°I see.¡± ¡°I¡¯m sure it¡¯s not going to be weird, but there¡¯s nothing to prove it.¡± Um, and it¡¯s time for my mentor to arm up and roar. There, ¡°Aizoo will have to try to fit it once.¡± And there was a voice. Deanna. ¡°I wonder if that¡¯s okay¡± If this is a knife, I¡¯m about to try it no time, but I hesitate a lot because things are wedding rings. ¡°Julie¡¯s won¡¯t do it, but it¡¯s your brother¡¯s.¡±¡°Oh.¡± This one is a little bigger because it¡¯s Marius¡¯. There were also tests for production, so there was even a slight amount of heart damage when something happened to Marius¡¯s that I still know better than his wife¡¯s. ¡°So why don¡¯t you give it a try? If anything happens, you can tell me I¡¯m good in the family.¡± ¡°I appreciate it, but I¡¯m not going to say that¡± If you want to do it, do it at your own risk. It¡¯s also bad for my friend who asked me not to. So Deanna¡¯s is just advice. ¡°Well, but roaring here doesn¡¯t change anything.¡± ¡°Right?¡± I nodded. There Deanna is right. ¡°Okay, well, I¡¯ll try to fit it in a little bit.¡± Since the stone can be inserted into the medicine finger, it is not available in size, but it is time to insert it into the right pinky finger. Eventually, a bukabuka but a ring fitted his pinky finger. ¡°What do you say?¡± Karan Cologne and Naruto rang as I threw the rest of the megistium into the simple magic furnace to make it easy to process hardness. This must have opened the door on the side of the house. I don¡¯t have many customers who will open up over this time. A thief, or else¡­ ¡°I¡¯m home! Not long after Naruto, the door between Byrne and the house and the blacksmith opened, and a redhead woman came in. He wears a blue chest armor. ¡°Welcome back, Helen. That was fast.¡± ¡®Cause I got to see everybody sooner than I thought. It was Helen who had been in the capital for a while to see her friends. What¡¯s in it, my back sac is swelling in my bread. ¡°Just get your stuff down and get some rest. I¡¯ll call you for lunch.¡± ¡°Oops. Thanks.¡± Helen had a ¡°Welcome Back¡± and ¡°I¡¯m Home¡± interaction with the rest of her family before returning to her room. I thought it was rare, but when I see a scene where I¡¯m actually back safely and happy to be home with everyone, I get the feeling that I¡¯m family. Well, I hope I¡¯ll make lunch a little extravagant, but I have to get rid of my important ring job before I do. I sat back in front of the magic furnace again, waving a hammer. Chapter 391 Chapter 391: 391 He wields a hammer and casts his magic on Megistium. The purpose now is to ¡°make it easy to process hardness,¡± so open the lid of the magic furnace to make sure of hardness from time to time. Checking before noon or so, it was just about as hard, so of the rings that were photocopied in size, I make a circle to suit the smaller ones. Clean the surface where it was shaped and prepare for afternoon work. I hope this guy is as hard as this from the start. Put down a ring to illuminate the mixed colors of gold and blue, and I set out to prepare for lunch. It¡¯s mostly soup and unfermented bread for lunch, and the one that just cooked meat when prepared, but today I have something cooked in a soy sauce-based sauce and it¡¯s just a little extravagant. It should be noted that I am going to say it again at night about booze. I still have work to do today, so I was just going to shy away from it, but it¡¯s the form everyone has given me to go with it. I¡¯m not too strong for booze¡­ So it¡¯s water but I¡¯ll make a toast. ¡°Welcome back, Helen! ¡°Ha, I¡¯m home! Thus began a lively lunch, just a little different than usual, but as usual. ¡°How was the capital? ¡°Nothing in particular. It was peaceful.¡± When I hear it, Helen answers, sipping the soup. But I said it would soon be the face that came up with something. ¡°No, you had one.¡± ¡°What? Helen put the spoon down once and turned to Deanna. ¡°Deanna¡¯s brother is getting married. Congratulations.¡± ¡°Thanks¡± When Deanna puts down the fork she also had, she bows. ¡°Is Marius¡¯ marriage such a rumor as to flow to the mercenary?¡± ¡°Marriage of the Count who has been active lately.¡± ¡°After a love affair with a childhood friend,¡± he said, ¡°no one in the capital can leave you alone.¡± ¡°Is that so?¡± In the previous world, it¡¯s like getting married to a popular actor. Well, does it flow as news? I just wasn¡¯t very interested. With that said, you saw it on the TV in the dining room near the company even before you came over here. ¡°That¡¯s kind of embarrassing.¡± ¡°What¡¯s the rumor of the capital? ¡°Yeah. And hopefully it won¡¯t be too much trouble.¡± Deanna wrinkles at the head of her nose saying so. I don¡¯t know what¡¯s bothering me, but Anne seems to have guessed, ¡°Oh¡­¡­¡± and spilled. Everyone¡¯s eyes gather on Anne. I noticed that. Anne shrugged her shoulders, ¡°Whatever you think, when Deanna¡¯s brother gets married, we¡¯ll talk about when Deanna is.¡± and continued. I see, that¡¯s right. Sometimes I forget, Deanna is a clean Countess. If it were¡­ ¡°It wouldn¡¯t be weird to be married somewhere else, would it, me?¡± Deanna cut herself out that way. ¡°But that¡¯s troublesome, too. Seems like life here suits you sexually.¡± ¡°No¡­¡± As I tried to open my mouth, Deanna stared at me, where I shut my mouth. Anne is also looking at me and shaking her head beside me. It doesn¡¯t seem like a good idea to put something in your mouth right now. ¡°With that said, the fairy¡¯s here? I guess the fairy clan also lives by taking in magic that magic falls out of their bodies and dies if it falls out. Then I thought it might be somewhat close. ¡°No, there¡¯s no obstacle to answering otherwise,¡± Liddy continued, prefaced. ¡°Because you don¡¯t get that sick first. Basically, you¡¯re no different than a city or capital doctor. Fried herbs and drank. That¡¯s what I grew up with.¡± ¡°Do we all have more or less that kind of knowledge?¡± ¡°Right. I¡¯m sure the city doctors are a little more familiar. In fact, sometimes you take them to the city doctor when they¡¯re horrible.¡± If you¡¯re absorbing magic, I wonder if it¡¯s hard to get sick. With Nilda, I could have asked what the devil tribe was like. If I come back, I¡¯ll ask. If so, it may not be a normal disease for a fairy clan who lives (supposedly) more absorbing magic. Instead, it can be incurable. And if the light of treatment shines on you, is it natural that you want to rely on who they are? I realize what I put on my shoulder and make my spine a little chilly. Still, I think I can work hard for someone who asks for help. I carried the soup into my mouth, as if to hide my inner determination. Chapter 392 Chapter 392: 392 Finish a short and lively lunch and start working this afternoon. I told Helen she could take a day off today, but she¡¯s only traveling today, and because she took enough time off in the morning, she¡¯s quickly joined the work of Thermia and Deanna. I haven¡¯t done any work over here in a while, and should I think it¡¯s like rehab? I carve saya shapes into the smaller rings. A small amount of delicacy is required. I¡¯m glad the old eye that makes it hasn¡¯t started. Still, the burden on the eyes was the same before, but this time it comes quite well. Occasionally, when I hold my eyes tight, it feels jittery coming. The feeling I had tasted all the time in the previous world. It¡¯s troubling if I can miss it. When I¡¯m done carving out the literature, I¡¯m going to fix the part where I¡¯m really going to get furrowed. It was a task I had already done once, so I was able to proceed smoothly. Thus, a look-alike ring could be made that was almost no different from the finished product in appearance. Light blue light mixes in the golden glow. If I hadn¡¯t known it was megistium, I wouldn¡¯t have believed that the more I gripped this, the softer it would crumble. I gently placed the ring in the magic furnace. Of course, it is the sheet metal that is enchanted. The feeling is that the sheet metal will be hammered and the magic concentration in the furnace will be increased. If I could look inside using transparent materials for the furnace or using ultrasound, I¡¯d know what was going on, but that¡¯s not how it works, so it just really makes me feel. Increasing magic concentrations is likely to be applied in addition to megistium, and most importantly, it is likely that we will need to explore ways in the future to be efficient and prevent magic crystals from collapsing for ¡°fairy doctors¡±. It¡¯s just an iron box to look at. Beat it with a hammer. Every beating, the gakin, and loud noises echo the blacksmith, mixing with the sounds that Lique and Thermea are working on. I¡¯ve always had the same rhythm, the Liques and Thermeans changed tempo a little bit, and I thought if I could record this, it would be a pretty interesting song, etc.Same work all the way through the evening, which doesn¡¯t change much in appearance either, so pinch the break sometimes without opening the lid. Even when it comes to breaks, it¡¯s about the point of going outside for a bit and doing a bit of wrestling with the Krulls and Lucy who were also out of the cabin. Still, that¡¯s more of a good distraction than that. And in the evening. Gently remove the completely magical lid. Soon everyone else was close by. When you gently open the lid, it¡¯s a ring that hardly changes its appearance and the crystal of magic we¡¯ve seen several times, a blue demon gem. ¡°Ooh.¡± It was Helen who leaked a small voice. It¡¯s the first time she¡¯s seen this magic stone. Take out the ring that remains in the furnace and let it shine into the light of the day that still remains. The ring was receiving a little orange day light, while still reflecting a solid golden color and a hint of blue that had become stronger in the morning. If Mr. Gisele is right, there is also a fairy tribe blessing here. I gently hammered the ring. I hear a clear noise. Make it a little stronger and beat it with the force that if it were pure gold it would surely crumble. But although the ring made the noise, it shines there without a scratch. ¡°Now you¡¯re both done.¡± I shrugged and a smaller cheer engulfed the blacksmith. Chapter 393 Chapter 393: 393 The wedding ring at Marius¡¯s was completed for a whole couple, and Helen¡¯s welcome party at noon was sometimes brief because there was afternoon work, so we decided to put them both together for a little extravagant celebration as a home. Prepare three types of meat, one cooked in a simple salt pepper and soy sauce-based sauce, and one with wine and berry sauce, and of course serve alcohol. Though it seems somewhat unfortunate that the soup and bread are as usual, it would suffice to consider that they were rapidly prepared in a whole house in the woods. He carried tables and chairs on the terrace and arranged food and booze on the table. I¡¯ve had more chances to eat here, and I decided to take dinner here on a day when it hasn¡¯t rained, and I might as well get a new table. ¡°So here¡¯s to completing your wedding ring and celebrating Helen¡¯s welcome back! Cheers! To the voice of toast, the voices of Krull and Lucy were also added. Lucy rides Helen¡¯s lap and gets just heated meat without flavor. They are both in a better mood to be on their knees. Krull says, after only sticking her neck in and having Deanna stroke her head a bit, she sits nearby and relaxes. I don¡¯t eat and drink much, but I guess I enjoy being with everyone. Everyone is listening to a souvenir story in the capital that Helen didn¡¯t hear at noon. Mostly about my friends in the same mercenary corps. ¡°So, you¡¯ve been quitting a few people? ¡°Oh. But I¡¯m finding another job, or getting married, so¡­¡± ¡°Unfortunately, I¡¯m relieved.¡± ¡°Right.¡± Helen answers what Deanna has heard. She also went to tell her that she was safe this time, so I guess she¡¯s glad her friend is safe, her face was down during the other stories. ¡°Uh, yeah. I almost forgot.¡± In the middle of the conversation, Helen abruptly takes a seat. Lucy, who was on her knees, had already changed her place to Deanna¡¯s. He is a good boy who can take care of himself. Once she pulled into the house, Helen came back with her back sac in her hand a little bit. It was the arrow that was pampering me when I got back. ¡°It¡¯s not just about souvenirs. I bought the right stuff too¡­ but most of them were pushed to tell the story of everyone here.¡± The food is also reduced and on a somewhat cleaned up table, Helen takes out the contents of her back sac. A bunch of daily necessities and things that don¡¯t.I ask Helen about what happened to my eyes. ¡°What about this pot? You won¡¯t be able to get the contents, it¡¯s sealed with skin and wax and it¡¯s big there. The majority of the reasons my back sac was pampered seems to be due to the size of this. ¡°Even fragrance oil. Finally, he was familiar with the noise.¡° Keep it clean for yourself wherever you are. ¡° ¡°I see.¡± Being a mercenary doesn¡¯t change being a woman, and no matter what you do to a man, it¡¯s understandable that you want to stay as clean as possible, no matter where it is on the battlefield. I guess it¡¯s sad. I just didn¡¯t get around to it at all with my 40-year-old O. Deanna brought it herself. Like said, ¡°My hair is stiff, and I¡¯m going to lose, right?¡± so I don¡¯t think I¡¯ll have it. I¡¯ll ask Camilo next time. ¡°Even though you don¡¯t show it to anyone? To Like¡¯s words, Helen laughs nigga. ¡°What Eizo wants.¡± ¡°Me? Suddenly the story flew by, so I said surprised, Helen nodded. ¡°I only got about one grain, though.¡± Liqu¨¦ opens the lid of the small box. There was a very small ore like object shining red on the cheeks. ¡°I hear it¡¯s called hihirokane.¡± To Helen¡¯s words, I realized my eyes were full of surprises. Chapter 394 Chapter 394: 394 ¡°This is it¡­¡± Sun (H) Scarlet (H) Color (Ilo) Gold (Money), a metal with various legends in Japan in the previous world. It reflects a small but magical light and emits a red, swinging light. I pinched up a hi-irokane roughly two centimeters in size. Even at this size, I feel the weight of the scratch. The legend of the previous world suggests that the specific gravity should be slightly lighter than gold, but this response seems much heavier than gold. I put a good effort on my pinched fingertips, but I¡¯m not even scared. I was a little thrilled because it was right after I processed megistium, but it just doesn¡¯t seem like I¡¯d ever say it¡¯s softer than this one. ¡°What¡¯s wrong with this guy? It was expensive.¡± Ask Helen, who was watching me squeeze for her as she nicked. Hihiirokane is supposed to be a rarer mineral than apoitacara. Even this size could exceed one gold coin, no, two. ¡°I owe you one.¡± Helen laughed niggly this time. I think it¡¯s pretty big to lend myself a minute to catch hihihiilocane, but is it good to use that for souvenirs? I¡¯ve been to the capital for a while there, and I think I might have settled my loan. I can pursue the area, but what is it that I don¡¯t talk about but listen to? ¡°Thank God¡± I¡¯ll just say. The reply was a slightly lit face and ¡°Oh, wow.¡± It was a few words. It seems a little difficult to make Hihiirokane a product of some kind when it is this quantity. It may also be ant to make it an alloy with something, but it seems like it would be better to use it as a practice table for processing rather than mixing this amount and tailoring it to a product. Megistium was oh, and if you need to take any special steps, I¡¯d like to know as soon as possible. ¡°I wonder if this guy has magic in this state.¡±¡°Shall we see¡± Liddy reacted to my leaked words. It is the turn of the experts. ¡°Hmm, it¡¯s a little shaky and hard to understand like a red demon gem, but you don¡¯t seem to be holding out too much¡± ¡°So, if you¡¯re going to process it, we¡¯re going to find a way to do it.¡± Now Rike says as his eyes shine. ¡°You¡¯re like megistium! ¡°Right.¡± When I replied, Rike nodded satisfactorily. I can¡¯t do it right now, but if we train like this, in time, a Dwarf craftsman will be born who can process any mineral. Is it okay to produce people (dwarves) that affect the world that much? Why don¡¯t you tell Rike, ¡°I have nothing more to teach you, so get out of here now¡±? There didn¡¯t seem to be any other smelly stories in particular. The matter of the handiwork with the empire of the example also proceeded solemnly, and it did not seem to be such a big story, since being noble was not so high. ¡°It¡¯s peaceful.¡± ¡°That¡¯s why you said that at noon. Well, I had a lot of free time because of that, so I got back sooner than I thought.¡± Helen pointed her mouth at the feelings I had relaxed and leaked. Peace inevitably reduces mercenary work. Except that¡¯s what I¡¯d do if I could change my job, otherwise I¡¯d be in trouble. Such a situation would have been delightfully bad or complicated for Helen. But even the mercenaries, not as often as the merchants, who dive quite everywhere, don¡¯t listen to stinking stories, is it really peaceful, or¡­ ¡°I hope something¡¯s not happening that even Atai and the others don¡¯t understand.¡± To Helen¡¯s words, all of us ¨C Deanna was particularly big ¨C nodded. Chapter 395 Chapter 395: 395 After completing our morning routine, we worship the increased shrine of the ¡°Divine Body¡±. The wooden statue of the goddess was illuminated by the slight red light of the hihi-irokane and looked as if it was reddish on her face. Everyone, except Rike, then leads the hunt for Thermia. Helen called out to see if she was okay because it was today yesterday, but what returned was a nigga laughing smile and a gleefully powerful force, and I shook my head, man. Put the fire on the fire floor and have a working meeting with the liqueur until the temperature rises. I hear Rike makes mass production again today. When I say, ¡°The ring is finished, but that¡¯s only what I was asked to do at work. I¡¯m going to make a little gift from us and send it.¡± ¡°A gift, is it¡± I nodded. I¡¯ve already decided what looks like us. ¡°When the parent makes it, is it still something in the north¡± ¡°Right. It¡¯s not that great in itself.¡± ¡°The parent¡¯s¡± not great ¡°so¡­¡± Suspicious colors appear in Lique¡¯s eyes. When I think about the performance of our bespoke models, I¡¯m pretty sure there¡¯s nothing not great about it. I keep laughing bitterly. ¡°It¡¯s a normal knife to make.¡± ¡°Tanto?¡± ¡°I would have knifed Nilda before, wouldn¡¯t I? ¡°You did.¡±¡°The one about the size of that knife.¡± ¡°It¡¯s nice to look like us, it¡± ¡°Right?¡± Make a short knife, also known as a razor blade, and present it to Marius¡¯ wife as a ¡°protective knife.¡± There seems to be talk that the blade has bad luck because it leads to ¡°cutting off¡±, but in the case of the guardian knife, I heard that it leads to ¡°breaking off bad luck¡± and so on. In Japan in the previous world, it was also in the dowry tool, and the decision is to say that it is good¡­. You shouldn¡¯t say the theory ¡°If you ever do, hurt yourself with this knife¡±. Well, as Rike said, let¡¯s call this a ¡°blacksmith from the North¡± kind of gift. This time it is decided to strike with only one steel, without being built to sandwich steel of different hardness. If you do magic in the first place, making two steels won¡¯t change the hardness as much. ¡°Beautiful shape.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not going to let the contrary in, but you¡¯re in good shape enough.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Rike nods. Will this be the way to spread the blades of the Northern style? I don¡¯t think it will be a big knife in leather armor, but even after leaving us, I would like you to consider whether it is a certain degree of seriousness. ¡°Kiri¡¯s fine, and we¡¯ll make it dinner.¡± ¡°Right.¡± ¡°With that said, how much magic did you get to see? ¡°That¡¯s right¡­¡± I close the door to Patali and the blacksmith. I watched that as the statue of the goddess and the hyirokane watched. Chapter 396 Chapter 396: 396 After lunch we came back to the blacksmith again. Rike made a mass-production knife, and I decided to finish the knife. Before finishing the knife, I¡¯ll ask Rike. ¡°I don¡¯t have to make another one of these and use hiccups on your blade.¡± ¡°¡­ if you do that much, your family heirloom will change? ¡°Right.¡± Even though the ring is made of megistium + a ceiling unknown precious item called a fairy blessing, there¡¯s an extra ¡°I¡¯ll give you a short knife made of hihi-irokane!¡± What a shitty boulder. As Rike says, the family heirloom of the Amur family could change from an example sword to that one. Though it would be no different than a prayer, because it comes from what His Majesty the King says was given to him. Even if the treasure is no longer given to me because I hit it, it¡¯s still going on in the first place. Apart from that, we have to establish the processing method for hihijiirokane. It is going to be pursued carefully. ¡°Do you want to finish this one for now¡­¡± ¡°Right. I¡¯ll take this one too.¡±I took the guard knife, and Rike took each piece of sheet metal and went back to his work. It is made by noon until the shape and surface of the guard knife is ready. So I leave the baked blade soil in my body. If this is done, the steel tissue can be different and the blade text will appear, just like the knife. When I finished putting the dirt down, I headed to the kitchen to boil the water once. I usually use water for cooking. When cooling by sintering, the opposite occurs because the cooling speed is different where the soil is placed and where it is not. Conversely, the opposite is not much to go into if the cooling speed is not different. So I use mineral oils and the like for incineration and make sure it cools down slowly throughout, but unfortunately we don¡¯t have those. Therefore, cooling with water is aimed at the same effect as oil cooling. Hot water temperatures are not as boiling, but they need to be adjusted to temperatures that will definitely burn if you get them, and you need to put in the calculation for what goes down while you are heating your torso from now on. After that, after heating and baking again so that it is gently broiled in the fire of the fire floor, I put myself on the gold floor and fix the slight inversion and distortion that really comes out with a hammer. When I stopped the rhythmic noise that resonated with the kinks and the blacksmith, the knife was straight. Brush your torso and sharpen your blade as you change the grinding wheel¡¯s watch from rough to thin. Even knives in the previous world are such a process that there are craftsmen who specialize in them, but this place is also blessed to finish itself. Finally, if you brush the surface with an iron bar and make the blade text stand out a little, your body is finished. Even this time, the cut tip of the pig (I) neck (Kubi) and blade text are finished with a loose bay (of). I wasn¡¯t overly conscious, but it has an atmosphere like a reduced version of what I made on Nilda before. I often hear ¡°I know whose hand it will be with the traits,¡± but don¡¯t feel like you¡¯ve figured out why. Karan Cologne and the blacksmith sounded as the orange light reflected sparklingly over the falling light of the day. I guess everyone who was out hunting came back. ¡°The rest is tomorrow.¡± I started cleaning up the blacksmith by speaking to Lique as I heard the sound and stretched my back. Chapter 397 Chapter 397: 397 After the house ringed, the door connecting Bataan with the house to the blacksmith opened and Deanna jumped in. It¡¯s a lot about Thermia that jumps in at times like this, so I speak up while I think you¡¯ve seen something quite unusual. ¡°Welcome back. What¡¯s up? ¡°I¡¯m home. Can I use your water? Better not drink.¡± ¡°Hmm? Sure. I¡¯m done for today.¡± ¡°Okay. Thanks.¡± ¡°Is something wrong? Originally, depending on whether you were inside or outside, you are supposed to clean your body with water or water at the end of your daily work. Because working in a blacksmith makes you sweat, and in the case of hunting, it also adds dirt and other dirt to it. I know that too Deanna, so I came all the way out here to ask, which means there are circumstances to use it unexpectedly. ¡°I had a big pig today, and Lucy jumped in when I sank it into the lake.¡± ¡°Oh¡­¡­ It¡¯s getting a little hot lately¡­¡± The lake is gushing with water everywhere. So there are many cold places. It would seem nice to jump in when it¡¯s hot. As much as I¡¯d like to do that at the moment, and I know how Lucy feels. Deanna nodded at my words and continued. ¡°I wish I¡¯d just jumped in, but then I rolled around there, so I¡¯m drooling already. We all talked about putting it in the lake again, but if I did the same thing again, it wouldn¡¯t make sense, and I stopped because I didn¡¯t take the big towel.¡± ¡°I see. There¡¯s got to be enough water left to wash Lucy, so you can use it all.¡±¡°Yeah, okay¡± Deanna nods, bah, bah, bah. I only heard Lucy say one thing when I opened the door. I thought it would have gotten a little light-hearted, and when I asked it at dinner on the terrace, it seemed to have made a fuss, as expected. ¡°It was sudden.¡± ¡°As far as I¡¯m concerned, I guess I was going to follow everyone.¡± Says Samya and Anne with a slightly bitter smile. Anne kind of likes Lucy, too. Basically, you¡¯re a good kid to listen to. Kurl, too. ¡°Can¡¯t you catch up with¡° Thunder ¡±anymore?¡± ¡°I wonder if Krull is growing too¡± ¡°Probably. I don¡¯t know because I¡¯ve never owned a walking dragon.¡± ¡°When you grow up, you¡¯re gonna have to rebuild your cabin.¡± ¡°Hey.¡± Me and Deanna look at Krull too. I don¡¯t know if Krull¡¯s ability to improve is due to the magic of this forest, or physical growth, but if he¡¯s going to grow up, he¡¯s going to have to prepare an environment for it. It¡¯s for my cute kids, I¡¯m going to do the whole thing. When dinner was over and we started cleaning up, Krull woke up and gently lifted Lucy¡¯s roots. Lucy is left asleep or is that kind of habit. We finished the day as we escorted Krull back to the cabin to take care of Lucy. Chapter 398 Chapter 398: 398 The next morning, when I left the house to fetch water, I was greeted by a cheerful Kuru and Lucy. No matter how tired you are, why are you so young that you can recover by sleeping overnight? I envy you very much. As you get older, the amount of healing gradually decreases¡­ There is a feeling that the upper limit is also decreasing. Anyway, Krul and I have two water bottles as usual. Lucy was in a mood to tie a short string to a small pot and prepare something to tie it to her mouth. When I barked, it fell, so I was shaking my tail hard. Well, let¡¯s go. I put Kurl and Lucy¡¯s head on, and I¡¯m going to fetch water together. Today I will come to the lake again to get the prey that sinked later, but when it becomes water together with the prey of the big ones, Kurl is poor on the boulder, and they seem to be waiting for this in the morning, so it is a little troublesome but I will go for it again. When we get to the lake, we pump the water into the bottle and pot to clean up Kurl and Lucy¡¯s body. Lucy was washed yesterday because she was too drowsy, but she jumped into the lake on her own initiative. Would it be the perception that ¡°lake = place to clean up the body¡±? No, when I pump water, I don¡¯t wear it off after I clean it¡­ After all, it seems that it was hot and followed because everyone went in. I¡¯ll be home as soon as I¡¯m done. Go out again after your morning routine. ¡°I know where you¡¯re going!¡± Lucy and I followed Lucy after she walked in a good mood, leading us, spreading water from the pot quite flashly. After completing all the morning routines, the family was ready to go out and collect their prey on the lake. There are Kuru now and the number of people has increased, so it is not necessary to go with this number of people. No, but half of them are like picnics, so I can¡¯t breathe. Continue into the woods where the sun is a little stronger. Because the trees are blocking it, there is little direct sunlight, and the wind that runs through it is cool, so it is difficult to feel, but I feel the temperature is rising. ¡°I thought it was getting hot, but don¡¯t feel it coming out like this.¡±That¡¯s what I was talking about. I think I sweat a little faster than before. It¡¯s hot in the blacksmith¡¯s house anyway. Rice with an axe nods with a groan. The blacksmith¡¯s yard, where hot iron and burning charcoal are a high source of heat for almost a day, is quite hot. In a sense, the heat is getting stronger because it is forced to heat up, but if you don¡¯t feel the heat, it is another story. ¡°It¡¯ll get hotter in a little while.¡± That¡¯s what Samya said. There is no doubt about what she says about this forest. ¡°I want you to give me a break for getting out of the blacksmith¡¯s.¡± Anne said she was a little stunned when she thought about heat measures and water resources. She hasn¡¯t been here that long, so she¡¯s not used to the heat. I guess so. It¡¯s so hot that there¡¯s almost nothing but sand and rocks. ¡° ¡°Really? When I said something about the desert, Helen came up unexpectedly. I¡¯m sure he was a mercenary, but he didn¡¯t go to the desert. I nodded and started explaining the desert to Helen. Everyone is listening to the story (as well as Kurl and Lucy, who probably don¡¯t understand). In this way, our family went to the lake relaxing and fulfilling their breathing purpose. Chapter 399 Chapter 399: 399 We reached the shore of the lake where everyone seemed to have sunk their prey. Lucy is waving. ¡°If you jump into the lake, you¡¯ll jab again.¡± And when I called, I was falling back. I like to jump in myself, but I don¡¯t like to be washed. As Diana crouched down and came over, she was held honestly. He¡¯s basically a smart kid. Maybe my parents are stupid. Krul, me, Samya, and Helen and Anne have the power to pull the sinking prey. Only meat appeared from the lake, but it was a big, idiotic pig that was likely to exceed 200 kg. This is huge. ¡°Isn¡¯t it?¡± Sameer stretched her chest. The internal organs were removed on the spot before they were brought here (which is also the practice of this ¡°black forest¡±), but the original weight would still have been nothing. Well done. Previously on World Knowledge, I heard that a large pig moves safely and escapes even with some injuries. Even if the spinal cord is damaged, it seems to be moving for a while. I think it depends on the damaged area. Like and Liddy were cutting down the trees and making the transport platform while they were pulling it up, so Samir said as everyone pulled it up. ¡°Thanks to the arrowheads from the Aero Workshop, which are sturdy and deep. At this size, my skin is stiff.¡± ¡°It¡¯s tough if you don¡¯t focus on what you¡¯re after, right? ¡°Well, that¡¯s everybody¡¯s arm, including the claws.¡± One! and Lucy barked. She also seems to have done a good job. They must have run around in the woods as directed by the Therma. So it got hot and jumped in.The man who pulled up the prey also pulled the transport platform. It¡¯s a lot easier thanks to Krul, but it still feels heavy enough. Maybe you should think about a truck in the woods. I pulled the rope that was stuck to the transport platform, and I said it was slimy. Even a plate spring type suspension can be used in the woods by taking a sufficient stroke¡­ the width up and down. The problem is that the felled trees used for this transport stand remain dry for a while and are reused as lumber. If you start using a truck, you won¡¯t be able to get it, so you need to procure lumber in other ways. So far, the plan is to have a hallway going from the main house to the huts of the Kuru and possibly an additional bathhouse, so if it seems to be running out, consider the drying time and cut it out as soon as possible. It¡¯s still pretty hard to get to the lake. Helen reacted to my solitude. We don¡¯t have a transport station when we drag them from where we took them to the lake, and we don¡¯t have a team that can do it. Helen is also powerful, but it seems that it would be better to put some kind of countermeasure in place to say it is still difficult. This is not just once, but it will continue in the future. Not yet¡­ Lucy sighs at Deanna with a good sight. Ah, Lucy drooling a little. At the same time, Diana¡¯s eyebrows and buttocks fell. Doesn¡¯t this last long enough for Deanna to feel sorry for Lucy and say good? All right! I don¡¯t suppose you¡¯ve heard such weird worries about me, but with Deanna¡¯s orders, Lucy catches up with hugs and meat. I¡¯ve heard in the old world that eating raw meat is not very good, but this wolf in the woods is a monster. Should I close my eyes somewhat? The whole family is watching Lucy with a smile as she finishes eating the meat and hangs out with Kuru. I pulled myself into the house to prepare my own lunch, feeling a little happy in such a sight. Chapter 400 Chapter 400: 400 I simply baked and served meat that I didn¡¯t keep for lunch. It is also a pleasure for the day you bring back your prey. Most of the meat for a little celebration is preserved, so it¡¯s about this time that we bake fresh raw meat and eat it. If there is a very big celebration at home, I will take my prey home the day before and cook on the same day, but I don¡¯t have any plans for that at the moment. I can¡¯t believe I¡¯m going to Marius¡¯ wedding with a pig¡­ After lunch, it is often called free time. Liddy and the others went to see the fields. It¡¯s time to harvest some of the vanilla. Ricke said he would practice knives, so he set fire to the blacksmith¡¯s furnace and the fire floor. I¡¯ll finish my sword while I¡¯m at it. The sword is better, so you can make a sheath and pattern later. This time, because it is a wedding souvenir, so it will be a white tree. I can¡¯t be practical at all. No, is there any disadvantage in saying that it is not practical? The finish itself is a bespoke model, so you can cut anything you want to cut. Nevertheless, as far as Deanna is concerned, it seems that Julie is not a master of the sword in particular, so you can have it decorated somewhere. Marius knows too well that the bespoke model is too worn out (I have used it anyway), so it won¡¯t be very rare. Place the sword over the retained sheath wood, measure the overall size, and use a cheat to make the exterior with a knife. Once you have prepared two identical pieces, use a knife to cut half the thickness of each sword so that it fits. Of course, the shape is the same as the sword. Apply acne to the two sheets and paste them together. Lightly blow them with the fire on the fire floor where they were fired, and a thick sheath will be formed. I¡¯ll tie it tightly with a leather string until the Nikawa gets a little drier. Now apply the same amount of wood to the stem (basket) and do the same processing. Unlike the sheath, there is a hole through which the nails pass, and the others are exactly the same. Allow one hour and a little time to remove the leather strap on the sheath. For the adhesive to fully cure, it is necessary to leave it all day long, but it is no longer a problem as long as the exterior is processed. Shape the sheath with a knife. Every time you slip the knife out of the sheath, there is a loud noise and debris falling off the sheath. After a while of immersion in the work, the sheath eventually turned into a beautiful shape with a cross section close to the ellipse. The most I¡¯ve ever seen in the world before is a Yakuza movie. Hmm. I roar in front of the sheath. It¡¯s fine as it is, but should I put something more decorative on it? There is no need to follow the practices around here, and there is a slight discrepancy with these practices, and I feel like I¡¯m going through something that ¡°fits this area¡±. ¡°Okay.¡±Once again, I will wrap my arms around the knife and sculpt the relief of the rose flower on the surface so that there is no hole in the sheath with a cheat. I know all about where and how to carve a cheat, so the work time is short and there are no mistakes, but if it is still a fine relief, it will take a considerable amount of time. Sometimes it was the afternoon that started the work, and by the time the relief on one side was complete, the sun was already setting. A sheath of orange light revealed a full rose shining in orange. This is not bad because it is a Japanese-Western compromise. Hmm. ¡°Ah, did you do it? I noticed that Ricke, who had finished his work, was covering my sheath. ¡°Ah, I don¡¯t think this should be enough for now¡­¡± Remove the sheath from your hand. When Rice received it respectfully, she looked at the wooden structure of the sheath so as not to miss it. ¡°My parents are amazing after all. I don¡¯t even think it was originally a tree like this.¡± ¡°Hmm, is it tough to ask Camilo now?¡± ¡°I might be dealing with him, but I don¡¯t know if I can make it.¡± ¡°The rings can already be delivered, and we still have a critical time until the wedding, so would you use them if they were in the store? ¡°Is that all you got?¡± ¡°If not, think about something else. Maybe Liddy knows a plant that can be colored.¡± That¡¯s true, too. As a product of a blacksmith in the woods, it seems quite clever to use plants from the woods to color them. Ricke and I talked about coloring, how about that, and we went ahead with the cleanup of the blacksmith. Chapter 401 Chapter 401: 401 ¡°I see. It¡¯s not what we grow up in, but I think it is if we look for the forest.¡± When I talked to Liddy at dinner on the terrace, he replied. Even in the previous world, Indigo was extracted from indigo plants and used as a dye, so there might be something similar. Speaking of which, I dyed my plants and trees with free research during the summer vacation¡­ ¡°What color do you need? ¡°I wonder if it¡¯s red and green and white after that¡­..¡± ¡°Is it white¡­.¡± Liddy is thinking about it. White paint is hard to get. If you are sourcing in this forest, you will bake the shells of the shells in the lake, which is about the so-called mustache powder, but basically, the shells in the freshwater habitat are low in lime, so it seems like you have to collect a large amount. ¡°White will be difficult in this forest. I don¡¯t think I can find the ingredients.¡± There¡¯s another way to use limestone, but it¡¯ll be a bummer if there¡¯s limestone in this forest. If you go to a mountain that looks far away, it may be Wangchang, but I would like to avoid going there and pretending to be empty. ¡°I¡¯ll ask the white one at Camilo¡¯s.¡± ¡°I remember seeing several plants with roots as ingredients on the red side, so I wondered if I could use them. There¡¯s plenty of green, so don¡¯t worry.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right¡­..¡± Now it was my turn to think about it. Considering that it is a gift from us, I would like to arrange it as much as possible with what I have procured in this forest.If red and green are almost guaranteed, is it ants that make this forest even there? Are we ready to deliver? ¡°It¡¯s okay. I¡¯ve been told that there are not enough¡° ordinary ¡±ones, and there¡¯s no¡° luxury ones. ¡° When I checked with Ricke, that was the answer. The delivery to Camilo¡¯s shop, which is almost the only ¡°job¡± we can say, is stable. Maybe it¡¯s time to expand, or maybe it¡¯s time to increase the number of days off. Anyway, now we have plans for tomorrow. Before, I ran into a bear (the one that prompted Lucy to come to us), so everyone brought their own weapon to protect themselves, but Anne was also stopped to bring a sword with both hands. My thin ice is about right, but it¡¯s too big for a boulder to go around the woods. Anne was given a spear with a fairly short handle instead of a two-handed sword. Anne has a long original reach, so she can make it a little shorter. I decided to leave what I collected to Kuru. I¡¯m in a mood to hang a cage with strings on both sides of my body. Lucy looks at it and envies it, gluuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuu So let¡¯s go. Ooh! The tension was high, and our party went to the forest. Chapter 402 Chapter 402: 402 The trees in the forest are blocking the sun, which has recently become stronger and stronger. And today, the wind was stronger than usual, and it seemed like it was trying to bring coolness to the forest. ¡°There are no trees around here, but it would be a little cooler if the wind blows like this.¡± ¡°Most of the time, the wind is strong.¡± That¡¯s what Samya said back to me. There is a difference in sunshine between the grasslands and the forest, and I think the pressure difference is caused by the strong sunshine at this time. ¡°Doesn¡¯t that make the arrows harder to hit? Of course. Samya shrugged her shoulders, but immediately slapped her arm and said. ¡°Well, it¡¯s also a good idea to find out where they are.¡± It¡¯s a boulder. Well! This time it¡¯s a chest blowing samia. It is good for her not to be modest when praised. The whole family smiles in their faces. It¡¯s not like hunting today, and if you can¡¯t find the worst plants you collect, you can¡¯t find them, or they all seem to be enjoying the forest landscape at ease. However, there are many dangerous animals in this forest. You¡¯ll never get past vigilance. That¡¯s when I looked around the whole family. When we¡¯re all together, I feel like I can get rid of them with a small unit. A master of bows, a thousand mercenaries, a master of swordsmanship known in the capital, and a swordsman who can handle swords with both hands. And a monstrous wolf (though still a child) in an elf that can use bows and magic. If Kurl also uses his walking power to hit his body, he will definitely do a lot of damage. Even if I¡¯m wrong, I won¡¯t let my pretty daughter do that. Ricke is the only one that is hard to count. That said, the others are just too strong¡­ I shook my head out with a little scary imagination in my head. Lucy, who has the best nose among us, rushes to find green squirrels (it seems that she doesn¡¯t have much to eat) and leafy birds. She barks one at a time towards you and looks sad with a cune running away. Well, I suppose I¡¯m going to play with that personally. If I¡¯d stayed in the wild, I¡¯d have had more hunting instincts. Or maybe you¡¯ll wake up as you grow up.If my instincts as a monster awaken along the way, will I be ready? When I took it back, I decided that I had to deal with it, but when I lived as a family for so long, I realized that my determination was slowing down. I wonder what about Deanna, who is still decreasing my shoulder HP smoothly and fast. If that time comes, I¡¯d like to make sure I¡¯m not the only one hesitating¡­ No, let¡¯s enjoy this happy time for now. Ah, that¡¯s it. As she walked through the woods for a while, Liddy pointed at her finger. You can see something like a shrub with small flowers at the tip of your fingers. As everyone approached, the stems were more like thick grass than shrubs. I decided it was grass because the surface is not like bark, but this is a ¡°black forest¡±, no matter what plants grow. ¡°Simmer the roots of this and let the liquid dry.¡± Heh. ¡°Let¡¯s dig up that big one.¡± ¡°The redness of things that don¡¯t grow much is thin, but as they grow, the redness of the roots increases. Well, it looks like it grew for about three years.¡± ¡°Not so much.¡± Liddy nods again. Former Japanese think that it would be good to dig up such things lightly, but is this part of nature? ¡°I think this will color the wood enough.¡± Now I nod after being told. She screamed moodily, ¡°Kurrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr¡±. ¡°All right, all right, don¡¯t ask for a lot of help today.¡± With a gentle knock on Kurl¡¯s neck, Kurl shouted louder, ¡°Kurl!¡± and laughter spread to the family. Chapter 403 Chapter 403: 403 ¡°It¡¯s a waste, so if you find any fruit that seems delicious, other than the one of color, why don¡¯t you take it home? Whatever you want to plant in the field.¡± As I walked through the windy woods, everyone rose in color. Especially Liddy¡¯s eyes are sparkling. I wonder if there is something I want. Lucy probably didn¡¯t understand, but she saw everyone looking happy or swinging her tail. ¡°If you load too much, Kuru will be in trouble, so much.¡± Instead of telling Kuru to let me say such a thing, Kuru roughed his nose and nose. I¡¯ll gently slap the Kuru on the neck. Mm-hmm. ¡°Kuru, have you grown up a bit? ¡°Kuru?¡± I feel like I¡¯m slightly lifting my hands on my neck than before. Since it is a level of talk that I feel, there is a sufficient possibility of my mistake. Kurl is so cute that he leans his neck. As expected, I don¡¯t know until the age of the dragon, but if it is quite young, it is still possible that the body will get big enough. Cats are said to grow into cats in a year, but there are children whose bodies will grow up for a while. Even after the so-called period of growth, there are a lot of people whose body gets bigger (not the one who hates him around the belly). There is a big difference between living elsewhere and living with us. The strength of magic. The Black Forest itself is a magically dense area, and our Aerosol Workshop is located in a particularly magically dense area. It¡¯s not surprising to think that it affects Kuru, who is consuming magic. Lucy is getting bigger and bigger, but she¡¯s still a wolf, so it¡¯s hard to tell if it¡¯s because she¡¯s growing up. As far as I can see, this wolf in the forest is about 100 centimeters long or slightly bigger, so if it is much bigger than that, the magical influence is suspected. I think it would be better to keep an eye on my daughter¡¯s growth in various ways¡­ ¡°Ah, let¡¯s take that root home.¡± At the tip of Liddy¡¯s finger were plants with thick leaves. ¡°It works well on burns.¡±Is it similar to Aloe in the previous world? It is said to be effective against burns, but it is similar. Well, the Aloe of the previous world didn¡¯t do anything about the ingredients, so it was better not to do it. Installation knowledge is also going to work, so this is going to work in this world. ¡°Sure, I think we should meet.¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± Fortunately, despite our routine handling of high-temperature objects, there have been no accidents of more than 2 degrees of burn depth in the previous world. But a light burn is a routine matter. It is light enough to leave almost no trace, but if it is a level of burn that can be treated in the future, it has never healed quickly. All my daughters were just daughters before I got married. I was careful about my skin and sometimes I used it too much. The three of us, Helen and Anne, will dig up a strain of burning herbs. I tried digging deeper because it was supposed to be planted in our field, but the root was long enough to be cut. ¡°If you do that, Aero¡¯s the only one left.¡± ¡°Of course.¡± I nodded at Helen¡¯s words. The contents are forty, and it is quite clear from the appearance that thirty men mix there. Well, then, none. Everyone but me nodded at Helen¡¯s continued words. For some reason, Kurl and Lucy also sound like they¡¯re agreeing. Well then, if there are any clothes that won¡¯t get through even if they get wet, I¡¯ll keep them on. Oh, there¡¯s a bathing suit up north. ¡°No, it¡¯s not. If there¡¯s one, it¡¯s a story.¡± ¡°What is it?¡± Helen shook me back and hit me on the back. I said, ¡°Ouch,¡± and I thought it might not be bad for such an opportunity to come. Chapter 404 Chapter 404: 404 ¡°Why don¡¯t we have lunch here first?¡± I reached the river where I had come fishing several times. I¡¯ve been wandering around so far, it should be quite a while. Looking up to heaven, the sun was about to give the grace the strongest. There is no problem with having lunch here in Kawahara. I said everyone, including Kurl and Lucy, agreed, so I decided to get started. ¡°When I was there, I didn¡¯t get a lot of opportunities like this.¡± As she prepares for lunch, Anne says. ¡°I thought the great people in the country were hunting in the forests and mountains they managed, and tea parties in the fields. I hear that dating nobles is important.¡± ¡°Hmm¡­.¡± Anne is slightly in line with what I said. Isn¡¯t that right? ¡°I don¡¯t deny that some people put a lot of weight on that, but relaxing in the family in the first place is not really the same as socializing with the aristocrats on the battlefield.¡± ¡°I see. That¡¯s right.¡± I nodded honestly. Well, the emperor used to say, ¡°I¡¯m free today, so I¡¯m going on a picnic with your mother, Anne! Oh, how about Harriet?¡± I can¡¯t imagine¡­ no, I can¡¯t. I would rather say so. That¡¯s why I may have felt uncomfortable that I haven¡¯t done so much. But I¡¯m not too busy to think about it, so it¡¯s only natural that there aren¡¯t many opportunities. I¡¯m sure there were quite a few people around. When I said ¡°sorry,¡± Anne shook her hand. ¡°What is that?¡± ¡°Aero is doing well, isn¡¯t he? That imitation.¡± ¡°Ahh¡­..¡± In other words, I am concerned that there is no problem, but it may be a little embarrassing to be objective. But it¡¯s like a habit. Keep it in the corner of your heart.When you¡¯re ready, all of you sit in your seats and put your hands together. ¡°I¡¯ll take it.¡± Here you go. ¡°Klurrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr!¡± Today¡¯s lunch is like a sandwich¡­ It¡¯s close to the horn-boiled burger I made before, but it¡¯s also sandwiched between herbs that can be eaten raw in the field and vegetables that have been restored to their roots. ¡°Good!! It was Samya who shouted out loud at the time. She seems to like this kind of food a big favorite. I¡¯ve heard from Diana before that she¡¯s looking forward to her lunch when she¡¯s hunting. It goes without saying that I¡¯ve been putting more pressure on my arms since then. Sometimes they keep meat. Beverages are mint teas that have been brewed at home and brought with them. It is completely cold, but it can be warm on a hot day like today, and I appreciate the refreshing feeling of mint. When I said that, Liddy looked at me and shook her head vertically. Apparently her biggest concern now is the field. I suppose it¡¯s because I¡¯ve sown some elf seeds. I laughed. ¡°Okay, I¡¯ll give it priority as much as I can.¡± That said, Liddy ¡°Please.¡± I returned it with a less loud voice. You¡¯re going to dig a well¡­ I take a relaxing look at the riverbank. Samya and Helen, who had finished lunch, were playing Kurl and Lucy¡¯s tricks or chasing them. Because it is Kawahara, it is difficult to say that the feet are good, but all four are running around at quite a speed, and I even think it will become butter. One of them is a tiger anyway. ¡°Don¡¯t get too cocky or fall into the river! When I said that out loud, the four of them replied ¡°OK¡± and I poured a second cup of tea into the cup with a small sigh. Chapter 405 Chapter 405: 405 Having finished a fairly lively lunch, we started walking in the woods again. The river was much cooler because the running water was nearby, so I feel the heat in the forest more. I wonder if it¡¯s still hot. I guess so. Don¡¯t get any hotter. ¡° Samya replied to the words I leaked. ¡°I see¡­.¡± I usually spend the day in a hot blacksmithery, but I¡¯m not very good at it. There was little rain around here, but only the humidity seemed to be so high that it was saved. Nevertheless, there is some water retention power of the land itself because it is not different from the forest. The climate is not entirely dry. Even in the world before we could rely on the sharp tools of civilization, there is something very painful if we are told to deal with the heat as well as the jimejime. ¡°Well, the hottest thing is a week or so, and then it gets cooler again.¡± Well, should I put up with it for a week? That¡¯s what it¡¯s gonna be like. ¡°If you think so, you won¡¯t be able to stand it.¡± After two or three weeks, it will keep getting hot and my mind will shrivel, but I still have to do something about it for about a week. ¡°Is the North different? ¡°Hmm, it¡¯s not like this. Because it feels like it¡¯s going to be hot as a jimmy.¡± Hee. Actually, it¡¯s a subtle difference between north here and Japan in the previous world¡­. In that sense, you will experience for the first time a heat that you have not experienced in 40 years. Scary, pleasant. They also collect antiseptic and hot and cold medicinal herbs while canning through the forest. It is not difficult to store anything that is effective enough even when it is dried. I heard it¡¯s planted in the fields, but I still need a little more time before it can be used.As she wandered through the woods, Liddy ran over to the bushes. We follow in haste. ¡°There it is! When we caught up, Liddy pointed to a grass. It has a shape that is close to the yogi in appearance. ¡°When you use this, it turns beautiful green.¡± Hee. Liddy stopped Helen from reaching out to grass resembling the yogi. ¡°If you touch the leaves and juice, the color won¡¯t fade for a while.¡± Helen can pull her hand in a hurry with that word. I said without hiding my surprise. What I¡¯ve just seen is whether there¡¯s at most one share, and in the previous world, maybe about one handful of spinach. I didn¡¯t think I could get enough dye. But it was Liddy¡¯s powerful nod that answered my question. ¡°Yes, because it¡¯s thin enough for cloths and the like.¡± ¡°I wonder if it¡¯s that thick¡­.¡± In the previous world, coloring green is unexpectedly difficult, and it is good to say that there are almost no vegetable things that stain and settle on wood. If it¡¯s so thick, you can expect it to stain the wood¡­ maybe. Perhaps the green squirrel in this forest is eating this grass and turning its hair green. ¡°All right, that¡¯s what we¡¯re here for.¡± My whole family nodded. Confirm it and I declare it. ¡°Why don¡¯t you just go home and pick up whatever you like until sundown?¡± Kuru and Lucy were delighted at the words. Chapter 406 Chapter 406: 406 Flowers. I don¡¯t think so. After we talked about collecting whatever we wanted to grow in the field, and after collecting it for a while, Liddy, Anne, and Helen suggested, ¡°How about flowers?¡± It doesn¡¯t have the direct benefit of being delicious or nutritious, or being effective against disease and wounds, but it may have something like moisturizing the mind. Oh, it¡¯s not even a house where I live alone. ¡°No, it¡¯s fine. The blacksmith is too hot for the boulders to survive, but the house is always a killer.¡± I put aside what I could pick and live, and I replied that way. Liddy plays with joy. Well then, let¡¯s choose a durable one. ¡°Yeah, I don¡¯t know about the boulders, so I asked.¡± The installation also shows that there are ¡°flowers like this¡±, but unless it is medicinal herbs or the like, it is not known that it is a fine vegetation. It feels like I only know the drawings in the book. How about that, looking at the women¡¯s group (that is, other than me) about the flowers that I see, I said something sluggish and suspicious. ¡°I wonder if Western plants are coming in here.¡± The west is warmer in this world. The installation taught me that there are more deserts there¡­ If it was close to the previous world, it would be close to the original species, but I thought there were many fruits such as bananas. There are some expectations that if something like that is available and a system that boils water with the heat of a blacksmith¡¯s house, it may be possible to grow something like greenhouses. Well, even if I could, the temperature would drop at night, and the question remains as to what to do about the sunshine problem.If you build something like ¡°Crystal Palace¡± that completely covers the expensive transparent glass, it will solve the problem¡­ They¡¯ll just eat and appreciate it even if it¡¯s available for a while. However, availability is also relevant to our future fate. Probably. ¡°I don¡¯t know much about it in the Kingdom.¡± ¡°The same goes for the Empire. I don¡¯t suppose they¡¯ll ever come in.¡± I see. It was Diana and Anne who answered my question. I wonder if it is true from the words of the Countess of the Kingdom and the Seventh Emperor. Even if you ask Camilo, it must be difficult to get soy sauce and miso from the north. If that¡¯s the case, you should give priority to the northern ones¡­ The flowers that were stuck in the basket of kuru were roses. A rose is not an eight-point bloom as one would normally imagine, but a pair of poor flowers that are closer to the original species. Appreciating it as a flower, of course, the fruit is also available. Everything is sweet and sour. I think it would have been good to just watch flowers, but Liddy and the others say that it is difficult, so it can be used in addition to flowers, and it seems to be a durable thing that can be raised in the field. I was honest with myself because it wasn¡¯t wild enough to waste my favor. Well, shall we go home? I¡¯ll think about expanding the fields again tomorrow. Our family went home in the ever-increasing redness of the sun while talking about Wye and what we collected that day. Chapter 407 Chapter 407: 407 By the time I got home, the sun had fallen completely. Maybe I was a little too relaxed. Fortunately, we have some magic lights, so we mobilise them all to unload luggage from Kurl or clean Lucy¡¯s body. Of the unloaded luggage, several strains brought by root were once shallowly implanted beside the field to provide water. I think it will be okay if you keep spraying it with water, but just in case. I¡¯ll leave the herbs in the warehouse for now, and we¡¯ll sort them out tomorrow. In the dark, I do a lot of work. I decided to finish my work and start preparing dinner as soon as possible. Looking back a little as they entered the house, Kurl and Lucy also ran around with everyone, whether they enjoyed it or whether they were going to help. No matter how well-trained they were, they were walking in Nakamori for almost a day, so after dinner everyone got on the floor early. As I get into bed, my consciousness melts into darkness. How much time has passed without dreaming? I don¡¯t know the exact time because I don¡¯t have a watch, but perhaps there is still quite a time until dawn, and I wake up with signs. When I opened my eyes and was blurry, I heard a faint but crisp sound. At first, I thought I slept and heard something wrong, but apparently not. When I jump up in a hurry, I go to the front door with a light in my hand. As you approach the front door, the sound of knocking on the door that you have just heard becomes louder and louder. ¡°Open now! I answered and took the door off and opened it. There was a small woman, Giselle, the head of the ¡°Black Forest¡± fairy clan. ¡°Mr. Giselle. What¡¯s the matter with you? No way¡­.¡± Giselle nodded little at my words. When you give a signal with your hands behind you, the other fairies come holding a tight fairy. ¡°Let¡¯s move to the forgery for now. Come here.¡± When I take a clumsy fairy in one hand, I run around the house to the forgery. When I opened the door to the forgery, it was quiet inside. A sight you will never normally see. As if the tools were asleep.I¡¯m sorry, it¡¯s an emergency late-night operation. When I spoke to myself a little, I laid a clean cloth on the table after putting the light on and laid fairies gently on it. It is tight, but my breath is not rough. On the contrary, it¡¯s weak. I even feel the danger that it will woosh and disappear like this. The story I¡¯ve heard before may actually happen. Can you let me do that? As a precaution, I¡¯m glad I kept the full magic sheet metal. Combine them to create a box-like shape. Unlike when it comes to rings, there¡¯s nothing inside. Fortunately, there was no need for heating. If I had to, I would have had to put a fire on the fire floor and wait for the temperature to rise¡­ or something. Swing the lid down quickly on the lid of the assembled steel box. Over and over again. I use cheats to apply magic to my guns. I don¡¯t know because I can¡¯t open the lid, but the magic is concentrating in this box now. Unlike normal machining, there is no need to be aware of the shape. Anyway, focus on doing a lot of magic quickly. ¡°I understand.¡± When Giselle held it, she literally flew to the fairy on the table. The other fairy and the other two fix the magic gem around the belly of the sleeping fairy. As we watched for a while, the fairy¡¯s weak breath in bed eventually turned into a calm one. As soon as I thought it would be all right, the magic gems collapsed like melting. ¡°¡­ how was it? I asked Mr Giselle while I was in a position to make extra magic gems right away. Giselle checks her condition by taking a pulse, listening to her breath, and putting her hand on her forehead. After a while, Giselle sat down. I wonder if something bad happened. I finally got ready, but Giselle gave me a different answer. ¡°That¡¯s all right.¡± A mellow voice of relief and joy fills the forgery. I also laid down my hand with a knob and said, ¡°Good¡­¡± with a small voice. Chapter 408 Chapter 408: 408 ¡°Dad, come on! Dad! A girl with green hair, a girl with green clothes, and a girl with black clothes with grey hair are pulling my hand. In the usual woods, I walked without resisting the two of you. There were multiple laughters behind me. ¡°If you pull so hard, your father will be in danger.¡± Someone¡¯s voice. When I heard that, I thought for some reason, ¡°Oh, it¡¯s the usual scenery.¡± All right, bye. When I pulled the opposite hand, I held the two girls in my right and left hands one by one. The two girls are in a ¡°giggle¡±. ¡°Dad, it¡¯s powerful! ¡°Strength! ¡°Hahaha! I run straight out to the river. Many times This is a way I went fishing on my own. Behind you is a stunning voice and laughter. It¡¯s the beginning of a fun holiday. Arrive at Kawahara and spread the rug. The two girls were also hanging out with each other to help. When you have a basket packed with lunch or a water bottle filled with tea, you are ready. The straw hat that was not worn because it was moving through the woods is also necessary in this sunny riverbank, so I can wear it for both of you. I was glad to see you two face to face. ¡°All right, I¡¯ll give you two tools! I stood in front of my daughters with a fishing rod and declared that they were both clapping their hands. ¡°Don¡¯t worry, it¡¯s made by your father! ¡°Dad, I was in a good mood when I made it.¡± Diana makes a mess of my words. The excitement made it the best possible experience in the past. If you¡¯re here, you might be able to catch a leviathan. As expected, there is no mountain stream close to such a lake. ¡°Ask your mother and Liddy how to use it and take precautions.¡± ¡°Why? The green girl asks with her innocent eyes. My face was sweaty. ¡°Dad¡¯s not very good at fishing.¡± Anne laughed and said. Is it a big target? I am cleverly tying a large needle. Hearing that, Helen continued to nod. She was already feeding herself and shaking the pole lightly. ¡°Dad¡¯s too bad at hiding his intentions.¡± ¡°Helen, from your mother¡¯s point of view, most of the world is not good. I said with a sharp mouth, but my mother¡¯s opinion seemed unchanged, and I was lightly passed along as ¡°yes¡±. Each person hangs a fishing line at a considerable distance. Except next to Samya and Liddy. Each has a daughter attached to it. ¡°Oooh! ¡°Oh, that¡¯s good. That¡¯s good.¡± It seems that the pole shaken by the green daughter was able to carry the needle around the target well. Yeah, Samya¡¯s good at teaching. Yoyo ¡°Yes, yes, gently. The fish are running away.¡± Meanwhile, the black daughter and Liddy are carrying things quietly. In contrast to Samya. Eventually, cheers rose from both sides. ¡°I caught it, Sammy Mama!! ¡°Oh, you caught a good one! Ehehe The green daughter is brushing her head and moaning. ¡°Liddy, Mom, we got it! The bowling continues and leans back on the rug to rest for a while. The sky is blue as if it were empty, and the white clouds are crossing sparsely, as if they were a reminder of their existence. The wind gently strokes my body. That was enough to cool down the fish¡¯s raised head. When I calmed down, I fell asleep. When it comes to outdoors, ¡°Ah! Dad, take a nap! ¡°Me too.¡± ¡°Achishi! Two daughters clasped to their sides. They soon began to breathe faster than I did, and I became unconscious as a result. Finally, I felt like I heard a girl laughing somewhere, not my family. When I woke up, it was my room. There is nowhere in Kawahara that I should have been. ¡°Oh, shit.¡± Looking out the window with a chaotic head, it was just before the sun rose. By the time the sky dawns, that is, it is the usual time to wake up. I had quite a strange dream. I drank a little too much alcohol last night than usual, but is that the reason? When I got dressed, I drank a glass of water and then headed outside where my daughters were waiting. Chapter 409 Chapter 409: 409 ¡°Thank you.¡± Giselle sighed as she drank the herbal tea poured into a small cup with a small mouth. The same goes for the fairy who brought the sick. Giselle said it was stingy. ¡°Thank goodness you¡¯re alive.¡± ¡°Yeah, really.¡± I sipped the herbal tea Diana brewed for me. It feels more intense than usual, but it is comfortable for the body that worked all at once during the night. ¡°But I thought it might be a bit more relaxing, but it was quite sudden.¡± ¡°That¡¯s it¡­.¡± Giselle said that if it was normal, the magic should slowly fade out, but only this time, it seems to have faded quickly. The rate of escape decreased to a certain extent, but she was in a state of imminent death, so she said she brought her here in a hurry. ¡°Not only in the case of chronic symptoms, but also in the case of dramatic types.¡± ¡°Kiki¡­? No, I¡¯m talking about this. Giselle reacted to what I accidentally said. That¡¯s an unfamiliar word. ¡°¡­ just in case, you might want to stay for a while if you get sick or bring it in.¡± ¡°How long? ¡°Two to three days at best. If possible, about a week.¡± It¡¯s been a long time. ¡°Yes, if there¡¯s nothing wrong with staying.¡± I don¡¯t think it will infect others, but just in case. If a dramatic type of infection appears to be developing, it would be better to deal with it sooner rather than later. Speaking of which, it would be better for Giselle to stay at home, but she has a role as head of the fairy clan. If we can confirm the infection, we may be able to respond quickly if we send our fairies there immediately. A diseased fairy is a precaution when symptoms recur. The doctor from the previous world said, ¡°I will wait and see how it goes for 2-3 days, and if it seems okay, I will be discharged.¡± I explained such a thing to Mr Giselle. You look like a doctor around here. ¡°I see¡­.¡± Giselle puts her hand on the little toast and thinks. You think it¡¯s okay to let the fairies stay in the house of humans (beasts, dwarves, elves, giants). Perhaps Giselle is also considering the possibility of infecting others. If you¡¯re infected with this disease and have a problem at home, it¡¯s Lydia the Elf, Kuru the Dragon, Lucy the Monster. They¡¯re all alive with magic. The other family members should not have much magic in their body, so it won¡¯t be a problem if it happens. Now it was Giselle¡¯s turn to nod. Well, now it¡¯s operational as a forest fairy clinic. But for now, it¡¯s time for a break. ¡°For now, shall we all go to bed today? There are no sized bedding for fairies, but please use the spare rooms. Ah, there are two rooms, so let¡¯s separate the rooms for Giselle, Deepika, and Reja. Please don¡¯t hesitate to wake someone up if you have anything to do with Deepika or Reja.¡± Deepika nods at my instructions. [M] Mr. Giselle. ¡°Thank you very much. I¡¯m sorry, from what¡­¡± ¡°No, I live in the same forest. It¡¯s cheaper than this. I¡¯m getting an advance.¡± Giselle gave me a wink that didn¡¯t suit me, and I smiled. Reggie was to be carried by Helen. She gently put Reggia in her hand and said ¡°wow¡± in a small voice, sparkling her eyes. It¡¯s a doll, both in size and appearance¡­ I¡¯ll miss it for today. Mercy of the samurai. So I finished my midnight practice and went back to my room three or five times. Chapter 410 Chapter 410: 410 The next morning, I woke up on time as usual, with little effect on the late night. Exactly the same day as usual, but¡­ In the previous world, we did it all night long and in the morning as usual, so I wonder what it would be like to lose a day¡¯s sleep time. I am physically rejuvenated. Everyone, including the fairies, hasn¡¯t woken up yet. That¡¯s what happens when you say as usual. Most of the time, everyone gets up and starts feeding while I¡¯m fetching water. I prepared quietly for the possibility that it might happen later than usual today. When they¡¯re ready to go out, the two of our little ones are waiting as usual. ¡°Everyone may still be asleep today, so be quiet.¡± I put my finger in my mouth and told the two of them. Kuru replied quietly ¡°Kuru¡±, and Lucy only cried ¡°Wafu¡± with a small voice. All right, all right, you¡¯re smart. Put the two heads on and then hand over the water bottle. Me and Krul have two, Lucy has one small. The three of us headed for the lake. ¡°Oh, is everybody awake?¡± When they came back, they were all awake. Three fairies, too. ¡°It was a little slower than usual. But it¡¯s not too late.¡± Diana answers. I don¡¯t look sleepy as I¡¯ve always seen it. It¡¯s just for one night, so is it because I¡¯m young? I don¡¯t feel like everyone else is particularly sleepy. Except Anne. It is always the case that she seems sleepy, so it is hard to tell. I asked her if she was okay, but she waved her hand gently. ¡°As usual, I can¡¯t help it ~¡± and. Okay, no problem. Afterwards, we all ate breakfast. As I imagined, fairies, who make up most of their bodies with magic, eat very little. I can eat it if I want to, but it seems that the amount we need is about our little fingernails. He said that it is that amount in one day, so he often doesn¡¯t eat anything throughout the day. You can¡¯t say that it¡¯s a mistake in this world to say ¡°living with the nectar of flowers¡±.After that, I don¡¯t like meat very much. So, after we simmered the dried vegetables, we prepared a little bit for the fairy before we put the meat in. The seasoning itself is based on salt and pepper. I personally don¡¯t feel like I have enough meat, but when Giselle tasted it (I drank it from a teaspoon), ¡°It¡¯s delicious! That¡¯s why I decided to send you out to the fairies. There are no dishes for them, so they are divided into small cups. They don¡¯t have any teaspoons in size, so if you apologize for that, ¡°No, don¡¯t worry.¡± And I was drinking directly from the cup. Hmm, I thought I¡¯d get fairy-sized dishes after all I¡¯ve done¡­ The topic at breakfast is about the normal life of Giselle and the fairies. I wonder if some kind of division of roles has been made, rather than being intelligent and sociable, and it seems that they are doing things in rotation. They said it was everyone¡¯s business to procure food, clothes, and care for their homes. The only role that differs from these is that of Giselle, who is overseeing and coordinating them. It seems that they are ¡°adjusting¡± the trees in the forest. I don¡¯t know because they didn¡¯t tell me the specifics, but it seems like they made it easier to walk in the forest without people. Whether Lucy is going to do something with Gabriel or vice versa, the whole family will be watching with harassment. If anything happens, I¡¯m going to be on Lucy¡¯s side of the family, and I¡¯m getting closer to them. Jizz and Giselle peek into Lucy¡¯s eyes. Giselle smiled and said that she was on a tour to see if I should pull away. ¡°You¡¯re smart, you.¡± ¡°Man.¡± Giselle stroked Lucy¡¯s head. Lucy is shaking her tail. Giselle looks back at me in trouble. ¡°The monsters will eventually occur. I can¡¯t help it when it¡¯s not in our hands¡­.¡± ¡°No, I can¡¯t help it because it¡¯s a natural match.¡± ¡°Is it good to raise a parent? This child is fine. Ah, here, it tickles.¡± Lucy licked her whole head in size rather than on the cheeks of Giselle. I¡¯m flattered. Diana and Helen seem more comfortable than I am. Lucy is a monster in both cases, so if you say you¡¯ll take care of it, you¡¯ll say you¡¯ll defend it even if you fight the fairies. I¡¯m really glad it didn¡¯t happen. I somehow had more breakfast than usual because I was told, ¡°You can live in this forest.¡± Chapter 411 Chapter 411: 411 After breakfast, Mr. Giselle went back. ¡°Thank you, Leeja and Deepika.¡± Keep your head down. Fufufu flew away. I¡¯ll escort them all in line. The figure disappeared into the woods to melt. Well, let¡¯s get to work in my workshop. I turned my shoulders slightly and said so and headed for the forgery. Everyone but Liddy will do the sheet metal and long sword work as usual today. Me and Liddy colored the sheath of our sword. Tell Reggie and Deepika at the light meeting. ¡°Please rest, both of you¡­. but it¡¯s boring to stay still in the room, and I think it¡¯s hard, so you can move around this house freely.¡± The two fairies nodded with cockroach. Mr. Giselle, the chief, was somewhat ¡°used to people¡± from the standpoint, but it seems that these two are not. Well, they wouldn¡¯t normally get in trouble with humans¡­ I hope they get along for a week. ¡°Ah, my children are not connected, so they wander around freely. I don¡¯t think I¡¯ll do anything because I¡¯m smart, but if you¡¯re not good at it, be careful.¡± The two nodded again. After that, Deepika raised her hand. ¡°What¡¯s wrong? ¡°May I see you here? I raised one of my eyebrows unexpectedly. ¡°Of course I don¡¯t mind¡­ It¡¯s pretty hot, isn¡¯t it? Everyone uses the furnace and fire floor, and I use fire to boil water to extract color while teaching Liddy. The temperature and humidity will rise, and it should be quite hot. We¡¯ve gotten used to it, but it¡¯s probably an unknown heat for both of us. ¡°Yeah, I¡¯m a little interested in what humans make, so I¡¯d like to take a look.¡± ¡°I see. It¡¯s fine.¡± Should you stay within sight of me? When I nodded with that thought, they looked relieved.¡°However, please drink both at the same time we drink water. Probably fine, but just in case.¡± They seem to have a body made up of magic, so it is doubtful whether to sweat, which is the cooling function of the body, and I don¡¯t know if it will cause dehydration when I sweat, but just to be careful. The disease has settled down, but it doesn¡¯t make sense to go down with dehydration after that. ¡°Yes, I understand.¡± They nod with cockroaches. This is how work began with the fairy¡¯s sociology tour. First, let¡¯s simmer this root. ¡°Okay.¡± While boiling water in the work pan, I brought roots. It is quite red so it also looks like a blood vessel of an organism. There was a little soil left, so the redness increased after rinsing with water. When the water is boiling in the pot, fill the pot with red roots. The color of the hot water becomes red. Uh-oh ¡°No, you don¡¯t have to worry about it.¡± I tried to smile as hard as I could, but the family felt uncomfortable, and Liddy turned away from me and shook his shoulders. ¡°Thank you very much. What do you use this for? ¡°That¡¯s true¡­..¡± I brought a white wooden sheath that I haven¡¯t finished yet. There is a rose sculpture. ¡°Make this flower red.¡± My words sparkled the eyes of the two fairies. Now, we need to get some air in here. Chapter 412 Chapter 412: 412 The two fairies watched while the bright red dye was transferred from the pan to the vial. If it was a glass bottle, the red one might have been beautiful, but unfortunately it was a baked vial. Sometimes it seems necessary to check whether the moisture has come off and the viscosity has increased. The brush uses what was originally in this workshop. You might want to make brushes and brushes out of hunted pig hair. ¡°If there were any ingredients, it might have been fine if it had been golden elephant fitted to black lacquer¡­¡± While the brush contained dye, I was alone. Whatever happens to black as a wedding celebration, if you carry it with you afterwards, I think that spirals and gold figurines are pretty good on the black. It would be too much to embroider Megistium in a boulder. But there¡¯s nothing I can do about it now. Let¡¯s try it with my thin ice sheath. Place a brush containing dye on the sheath. The dye was inhaled to transfer color from the brush to the sheath. Because I dye it as it is different from paint using pigments, it should be silky to determine the color range, but I have strong cheat support. Still, it is not okay to do it properly, so I will carefully color it. Eventually, when the entire rose turns slightly red, it needs to dry a little. After this, drying and painting (dyeing) are repeated to strengthen the color. Since there is no more boiling water, even if the humidity is decreasing, drying takes a considerable amount of time. In the meantime, we decided to prepare a green dye. I bring grass like a leopard that was on the water. Of course, it is gentle so that the juice does not stick. ¡°Is this simmered too? ¡°No, I¡¯m just going to squeeze this into the cloth.¡± I see. Prepare unwanted cloth, wet into water and squeeze firmly. Originally, it would be better to use a dry one when squeezing something like this, but it seems that this grass is fairly thick (¡­), so it seems like it is a wisdom to reduce the amount of cloth. Tell me it¡¯s okay to dilute it. I grabbed the cloth and squeezed it tightly with a soft piece of deer leather. There is a vial under the cloth. The cloth was only dyed for the first 2-3 times, but the next time I squeezed the cloth, it dripped and dripped. I¡¯ll put it in a vial so I don¡¯t miss it.¡°This is hard.¡± Even though my muscle strength is getting better, I get more and more tired when I squeeze it all over again and again. If you think about making a squeezer¡­ you might be able to remove oil from crops in the field. While I was doing my best, Liddy and the fairies laughed together. Deepika laughs. That sounds terrible. ¡°Do you want to try it? ¡°Are you sure? ¡°Yes, it seems that when the juice comes in, it won¡¯t fall off, so please make it leather.¡± When I said so, Deepika turned her shoulders around. You may be tired, but your face shines with satisfaction. ¡°Hah, this is tough.¡± ¡°You two must have been really tough, huh? ¡°Yeah, but it was fun.¡± ¡°Me too! Regina is also standing up with her hands in the air. Hey, there¡¯s something tangled with Deepika, and it feels like the doll is catching on. Or small flowers swaying in the breeze. ¡°Okay, now let¡¯s finish this rose¡­.¡± When I took the new brush, I confronted the sheath again. Chapter 413 Chapter 413: 413 Apply the brush to the green dye. The tip of the brush was dyed green. Transferring the green to the leaves of the rose carved into the sheath. The dye is penetrated as it is named, dyed and colored. Only the penetrated amount is colored. The red dye didn¡¯t come with a clean red in one shot. So far, it has only become thin red. That said, this green is almost green in one shot. It¡¯s not so colorful that the woods disappear on the boulder, but it¡¯s so colorful that it doesn¡¯t need to be colored anymore. No matter how many layers of dye are applied, the wood will not disappear first, so when this is finished, the green one will be finished in one shot¡­ ¡°Sure, it¡¯s dark.¡± ¡°Am I right? Good at it, Liddy¡¯s chest tightened. But it is also strong enough to understand. Apply the paint and a thin red rose with bright green leaves. Hmm. The red roses aren¡¯t too thick, but I don¡¯t think they¡¯re beautiful even if you don¡¯t apply white pigments after that. The dye itself can be used for other applications, and there is no need to use it up. If it stays like this, the dye will flow when it gets wet in water, so it seems better to protect it with something like telepine oil. If the pigment is at Camilo¡¯s, I¡¯m sure it is, but I¡¯ll have to ask it the next time I go. ¡°Beautiful!¡± Unexpectedly, Reggia shouted as she peered into the sheath once it had finished painting. Shh, Deepika likes it. ¡°Ah, I¡¯m sorry¡­.¡± Reggia gets shuddered. I accidentally smiled and said. ¡°No, I don¡¯t mind. If it¡¯s a fairy note, let¡¯s finish it off.¡± Now Reggia smiles with joy. It¡¯s kind of like ¡°Dad¡¯s work visit¡± from a sociology tour. I remember with the fairy¡¯s tattoo, but I wonder if it¡¯s a blessing that Giselle put on the ring. All I heard was that you gave me a blessing.I don¡¯t know if they know, but let¡¯s ask them. Speaking of which, Mr. Giselle gave me a blessing, but what exactly is it? ¡°What kind of stuff? Deepika wrinkles her head. Maybe there is no type. ¡°Distress retreat, romantic achievements¡­¡± Ah. Deepika put her hands together. Well, Giselle knows that it¡¯s a wedding ring, so if there was a kind of blessing, there wouldn¡¯t be one. ¡°I don¡¯t know what kind of blessings the chief gave you until I see what blessings he gave me.¡± Oh, well, then¡­ Apparently, he paid me a broken fee as an advance on the treatment. It¡¯s an unquantifiable level in the first place, but if you think you can buy the safety of your friends and wife, you can still treat them for free in the future. ¡°Incidentally, I can¡¯t believe the other disasters I¡¯ve prevented are coming down¡­.¡± ¡°Nothing.¡± Pishari and Deepika denied it. The feeling of the previous world gives the impression of maliciously fading¡­ ¡°Thank you. There seems to be a big misunderstanding between us.¡± ¡°Oh, no, maybe just me.¡± If you have the feeling of the previous world, you may be confused by the error with this world. Maybe fairies are different in this world. I thought so. ¡°No, some people say, ¡®The fairy fools people¡¯! ¡°Ahh¡­..¡± It seems that the treatment of fairies has not changed much in this world. I soothed Deepika with a bitter smile and total indignation. Chapter 414 Chapter 414: 414 After I licked Deepika and finished sheathing the sword, I was doing the next thing. I thought Marius would miss the fact that Marius had nothing to do with his wife¡¯s sword, even if it was finished like this. ¡°I wonder if it¡¯s a knife¡­.¡± Probably won¡¯t show up in public or have a dedicated escort. Even if it¡¯s good for your wife, Marius can¡¯t have the same sword. I can¡¯t stand to have Marius explain what it is, but when she says, ¡°Please ask me to do the same,¡± if Marius can refuse, I will be in trouble if it is not. I don¡¯t want to thrive. Rather, it would be nice if you could make whatever you want so that you don¡¯t have to eat. Because it is just a gift, it is usually done by hand. But whatever he says, he¡¯ll want to wear it. Marius looks perfectly honorable, but he is neither a soldier nor an enemy. I¡¯m also involved in his brother¡¯s case, because it¡¯s highly likely that it was someone who didn¡¯t like him in the first place (or the Marquis behind him), and I¡¯ll always want to think about self-defense. Therefore, at least the appearance of the sheath should not be different from that of a regular dagger or knife, so as not to attract attention. It may be interesting to turn the sheath, Tsubaki and pattern into Western swords, and the sword into a straight blade with a Japanese sword, but I don¡¯t know if I should throw away the swordsmanship I¡¯ve just acquired and match it with you¡­ After all, is the knife ¨C the quality is the bespoke level ¨C good here? I¡¯ve thought about mythrills, apolitacaras, or hyacinths, but I don¡¯t want people to find out where they¡¯re coming from if they fold something, so let¡¯s use regular steel. ¡°Give me one.¡± I called out to Anne, who was waiting in front of the furnace to make sheet metal. ¡°Yeah, okay.¡± Anne nods honestly and gives up her place. Melted steel in the furnace is raising its temperature waiting for it to flow out. I can pour it directly into the mold, but this time it¡¯s ¡°special¡±, so I¡¯ll put some molds a little further away while I¡¯m at it. When I put on my leather gloves, I hold Yatko in my hand. Eventually, enough heated steel came out of the furnace. Temperature rises in the vicinity at once. The temperature rises and falls as if the forgery were pulsating.The spilled steel once flows into the vessel. I grabbed the vessel in a hurry. Gently pour the contents of the vessel into a mold placed a little away from the furnace. Try not to get anything uneven. Pour a few pieces into the mold at a time that you can get out of the furnace. So when I¡¯m done pouring one, I¡¯ll pour the next one, and when I¡¯m done pouring the next one. One would be enough for the knife, but I poured the other molds just like before to avoid something uneven. Phew, is this good enough? After pouring into the mold, the steel loses heat and clean sheet metal appears. It seems to contain a good amount of magic at this time. All right, satisfied, Reggie called me. ¡°Do you see magic? ¡°Hmm? Yeah¡­.¡± When I corrected it with a bitter smile, Rike, who was working beside me, nodded well. Focus on your work. [M] As Deepika was impressed. ¡°That¡¯s right. We sometimes use a little steel, but I¡¯ve never seen anything like it. I¡¯m also convinced that it¡¯s special.¡± ¡°Is it a weapon to use only a little? ¡°Yeah.¡± Deepika nodded. ¡°Anyway, this is the Black Forest.¡± Deepika winks like tea. I gave it back with a laugh. Chapter 415 Chapter 415: 415 ¡°Where do fairies get steel from? It doesn¡¯t come from nothing. If you can¡¯t produce it yourself, you should be sourcing it from somewhere. If the transaction is going smoothly, I don¡¯t want to go out of my way, but if it¡¯s not appropriate, I think I can take it with me. It¡¯s a good idea to live in the same forest, and fairies will have less movement. ¡°In general, I¡¯m asking the beast chief to bring it. In exchange for a little blessing,¡± I see. So, all of them are circulating in the Black Forest. Well, that¡¯s because there was business before I came here. ¡°Well, we rarely use weapons, so that¡¯s what I said once every few years.¡± ¡°So, you don¡¯t need that much in the first place?¡± Deepika nodded. ¡°Yes, I wish I had enough to fix it. I can¡¯t build a new one.¡± Then there¡¯s nothing we can do. When it comes to fairy size, it becomes the size for dolls. You¡¯ll have to make it, but it¡¯ll be hard to make it with dwarfs. ¡°Yeah, but with the steel here, you might want to split it up if you get a chance. I can¡¯t decide for myself because I don¡¯t have a chief right now.¡± ¡°You¡¯re always welcome to do that.¡± While listening to Deepika say thank you, I grabbed the cold sheet metal with Yatko. ¡°I knew it was different¡­..¡±Seeing the sheet metal I grabbed at Yatko, Samir leaked it. She makes the longest sheet metal among these members, even if she put rice in it. Have you come to understand the good and bad things about boulders? You know what I mean? ¡°I don¡¯t know what it is, but I know it¡¯s totally different from what they built.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not a full-time job, and I think it¡¯ll be enough to get to that point in time.¡± I don¡¯t know. That¡¯s what I¡¯m talking about. I don¡¯t intend to impose this level on everyone. There is no need to be at this level from the beginning, even though there is a difference between holding cheese and others. All right, that¡¯s it. I will protect the knife with the rose on it and lay it next to the sword. The two of them are leaning against each other as if they were a couple. Ha, what a splendid thing ~ Reggie said it with a deep impression. ¡°Thank you very much. Well, this is my job.¡± Yes, I work as a blacksmith. I cut myself slightly at this point, but there is more tension and I may lose it. I don¡¯t want to waste what I received. Well then, let¡¯s finish it up. ¡°Yes! I¡¯m watching! I was motivated by the words of cheerful Reggia, and I got Yasuri. Chapter 416 Chapter 416: 416 I set the surface of the sword with a jazz. That said, even if you use a cheat, it will leave a mark on it, and it¡¯s enough to take a sculpture frog. Clean the surface by turning it gradually into a fine palm of the eye. Finally, erase the scratched marks with a grindstone and put them into the fire floor. When the temperature rises, check the movement of the knife until it enters the tank. So far, there are no obstacles on the way. Normally, I don¡¯t care because the people around me understand what I¡¯m going to do, but there are two visitors this time. In the unlikely event that a hot knife hits you, it will be a big deal. ¡°I¡¯m going to put this in the tank now. Don¡¯t move from there because it¡¯s hot and dangerous.¡± I spoke to Reja and Deepika, who were shaking their heads vertically and vigorously. Confirming that and putting your eyes back on the fire floor, it has reached just the right temperature. When I took it out of the fire floor, I quickly put it in the tank. Make a noise called Zhu, and the steam rises. Wow The two fairies cheered at it. Of the knife-making work, flashy is the best. Wait for the temperature of the knife to drop to the desired level, then pour it on the fire floor again. After raising the temperature slightly, avoid the side and wait for it to cool naturally. When they realized it, the fairies stood there unattended. It¡¯s never safe, but the most dangerous part is over. ¡°It¡¯s okay to move now. Please don¡¯t touch this because it is still hot. I¡¯m sorry, I didn¡¯t notice.¡± ¡°No¡± Deepika waved her hand. ¡°This is what a human blacksmith does¡­.¡± ¡°Yes. Are the fairies different? ¡°Looks like it. I haven¡¯t seen the work, so I don¡¯t know the details.¡± Mr. Deepika answered with a slightly troubled face. Maybe there are fairy clan secrets. On the contrary, perhaps the technology around it is just underdeveloped. Either way, I¡¯m interested. ¡°If there¡¯s a chance, I¡¯d love to see it.¡± ¡°Yeah, sure. But that girl is so embarrassing¡­.¡± I smiled unexpectedly. It seems that the artisan¡¯s bigotry is the same for both humans and fairies. Now, when it gets cold, wrap the leather around the pattern and finish it. Sometimes sheaths don¡¯t seem noticeable ¨C that is, they¡¯re the same as what we usually deliver ¨C so there¡¯s no need to make new sheaths. Now the wedding present is complete. I¡¯ll combine it with a ring tomorrow for now.¡°Oh, I see. I don¡¯t know what to do.¡± At dinner, Samir said, ¡°What are you going to do while you¡¯re in town tomorrow?¡± and I held my head. If you think about it, you can¡¯t just leave two people here. But I¡¯m the only one left. There¡¯s nothing I can do if I leave anything else behind. But considering the delivery, I¡¯m not feeling well without me. I don¡¯t even know if I¡¯m taking them to the city¡­ As I roared, Reggia raised her hand. ¡°Ah, um¡­ can we go too? ¡°Is it okay if I go? If you¡¯ll come with me, I¡¯ve never crossed it, but it¡¯s rarer than elves. I don¡¯t know what¡¯s going to happen to the boulder. Reja nodded. ¡°Yes, we can disappear for a while.¡± It seems that it can¡¯t be erased until then. ¡°I don¡¯t think there¡¯s anything to worry about, because I think this only looks completely empty to ordinary people.¡± ¡°It doesn¡¯t look like Atai¡­ I know where he is.¡± Helen made a mess of Liddy¡¯s words. Mr. Deepika looks suspicious. ¡°You don¡¯t have any sign of it.¡± ¡°Did you find out?¡± That¡¯s right. The table was filled with laughter as soon as I was at it. If you think about it carefully, it¡¯s pretty amazing to see the signs. Thus the two fairies will go to the city. Though I thought it would be all right, I had to pray to my heart that nothing would happen. Chapter 417 Chapter 417: 417 The next morning, when she came back from the water pump, Liddy and two fairies appeared in front of her. ¡°Good morning.¡± Good morning. When I called, the three of them looked back. ¡°Is it magic that the three of us are the front? ¡°Yeah.¡± Liddy answered my question. What the fairies had to say was what Liddy answered during the confusion. The fairies are staring at Liddy. ¡°Aerosol knows. It¡¯s okay.¡± Wow. Reggia¡¯s chest fell down with joy. No, I don¡¯t think I don¡¯t understand that that cure has anything to do with maintaining my body¡­ No, but I don¡¯t know what it is, but is it possible that you only know that it will heal? In terms of medical care, I don¡¯t seem to know what ingredients of medicinal herbs are effective or said to be effective in administering medicinal herbs, and there seems to be some magic that works against disease, but I don¡¯t know how and how it will heal. I didn¡¯t really know what cold medicine was going to cure my cold in the old world (even if it didn¡¯t work directly). I¡¯m not going to town today. ¡°Yeah, so let¡¯s hear it for both of you.¡± I see. Unlike this ¡°black forest¡±, the city has little magic. Regardless of what Riddick and Kurl and Lucy, who have a lot of body maintenance to do with their diet, it may be tougher for fairies than keeping their bodies almost magical. When I asked the two of you around, ¡°It¡¯s tough after a week or two, but I¡¯m fine after about a day. Even the humans won¡¯t die without eating for a day, right? and. I see. Still, even humans get hungry after a day of eating, and sometimes they get sick. Such a state should not be reduced. Let¡¯s get out of here as soon as we¡¯re done. I finished breakfast and put the goods in the luggage. I put the two rings in a bag, put them in a small box, and separated the two shakes of the gift from the delivery. Once you¡¯ve loaded your bags, it¡¯s time for the humans. After Lucy and the whole family got in, the fairies flew in. Lucy is staring at the fairies. Because I¡¯m shaking my tail so tightly, it¡¯s not like I¡¯m alert, it¡¯s just unusual. ¡°Don¡¯t threaten the fairies.¡± ¡°Wafu¡± When I called, I just replied that I knew. It would be helpful if you were smart. Wow!! and two voices were heard. Well, there¡¯s no meadow in the woods. There is a large lake around which there are no trees, but it is not so vast as a meadow. They are sparkling their eyes on the grasslands that they will see from birth. It¡¯s a familiar sight for us. I think I completely forgot that it would bring fresh emotion if I was in a different position. I told both of them somehow with embarrassment. ¡°Sometimes you intercede with people, so please hide yourself.¡± I see! They replied with their eyes nailed to the meadow. Except they hid when they broke in with the carriage about twice along the way, they watched the meadow all the time. Chapter 418 Chapter 418: 418 ¡°It¡¯s about time you arrived, so please stay hidden.¡± Yes. When I called, the two vanished. However, I can still see the magic as thin as ever. Lucy bounced around the two of them and then circled at Diana¡¯s feet. They didn¡¯t just disappear, they just realized they were there. Although she is a monster, she is not very good at magic sensing. Still, just knowing that you¡¯re ¡°invisible¡± is smart enough. Maybe my parents are stupid. When I greeted the guard at the entrance of the city with a light hand, he raised his hand to Falcon and returned it. This is almost a face pass now. As she entered the city, Lucy, who was at Diana¡¯s feet, woke up and started looking out. I found out that the two fairies who looked thin also moved to Lucy¡¯s left and right. Wow. It¡¯s full of people. ¡° Amazing. ¡°I¡¯ve never seen it before.¡± Hey I¡¯m talking to Pepper with a small voice. Lucy can¡¯t see her face, but she¡¯s in a good mood with her tail. When you see the strong open-air aunt, Won! and rang. Surprised at that, the fairies¡¯ ¡°invisibility¡± weakens for a moment. Nevertheless, it was so long since I thought I was there that I didn¡¯t know what I was seeing, and since I can only see a little bit, it would have looked wrong or something to most people. I saw Lucy waving her hand at the edge of my sight, but I didn¡¯t see the fairies because I wasn¡¯t surprised. It would be different if there were people who could use magic (such as dwarves and elves) in the aftermath, but the possibility of coming here is unlimited. ¡°Hah, I¡¯m surprised.¡± When Deepika¡¯s voice sounded small, Lucy lowered her tail and said, ¡°Cune.¡± ¡°I¡¯m sorry. I¡¯m sorry. It¡¯s okay.¡±I heard Deepika¡¯s voice again, and Lucy¡¯s head fluttered. Apparently he¡¯s wearing his head. Lucy was totally in a good mood and her tail began to rattle. Maybe I shouldn¡¯t show it to Childish. ¡°Shouldn¡¯t we stop it?¡± I don¡¯t know. Diana answered my words. I have no taste in surprising and enjoying that simple boy. Unless he grows up eventually, I don¡¯t mind keeping it a secret for now. I¡¯m going to see Camilo. ¡°If you need any help with anything, that¡¯s better.¡± ¡°Basically, I think we can cover it, but we have to rely on it if we need supplies that we don¡¯t have.¡± Diana nods when I say so. Ultimately, I wish I could be self-sufficient for most of my life, but there are some things I can¡¯t do. Salt, for example. Unless you can find rock salt, but for now there is nothing more than purchasing it. ¡°That said, it¡¯s not good to be too well known. I¡¯m aware that we¡¯re a rare species.¡± I see. Deepika added a nail to it. I¡¯ve never been to the grasslands to disappear in self-defense. I had forgotten that it was quite rare to appear in public in the first place. Because they¡¯re cheap, they¡¯re going to misunderstand, but if they¡¯re conservative fairies, they won¡¯t follow. ¡°I guarantee the rigidity of the mouth of the guy I want you to meet. Oh, and it¡¯s not like it leaks.¡± There¡¯s no way a whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle-whistle ¡°Okay.¡± Deepika answers with a slightly nervous voice. The dragon car arrived at Camilo¡¯s shop. Now, as usual, how do I introduce you to Camilo? With that in mind, I looked at the landscape as usual. Chapter 419 Chapter 419: 419 ¡°When you get out of the van, please follow me.¡± When I whispered that, I also whispered, ¡°I understand.¡± I don¡¯t even know if you nod. When I put the truck in the warehouse as usual, it would have been lovely to hear the voice say ¡°wow¡±. The clerk who was in the warehouse (someone different from the one I call ¡°Childish¡±) looked suspicious for a moment, but Lucy yawned at the right time to see if she understood, so she thought that was it. He smiled and went back to work. Don¡¯t forget the ring and the couple¡¯s sword when you get off the truck. When Kurl and Lucy were free, they proceeded to the backyard. Childish waited in the backyard, and when she admitted the appearance of our two daughters, she broke her face. Well, thank you very much. ¡°Yes, I¡¯ll take care of it! Kurl and Lucy are totally nostalgic to him, rubbing their heads against their faces and snow. Somehow smiling, we went to the usual business room. When I go to the Opportunity Room, I hear a ¡°wow¡± voice whispering. Compared to a house in the woods ¨C a bit big to call it ¨C and a handy merchant¡¯s shop equipped with shops in the city and even a business room, the interior will have to be said to be the difference between cloud and mud. I hope you can spread the word and adopt it as a culture. The exclamation did not stop even when I entered the business room. Tapestry and carpeting to get others in, it¡¯s a luxurious interior. It doesn¡¯t make sense for us, but there aren¡¯t many occasions where we need to be bluffed like this. ¡°Isn¡¯t there a fairy tribe like this? ¡°That¡¯s right. Not even at the head¡¯s house.¡± From what I¡¯ve heard, it seems that each of the fairies has something like a home. For a moment, a fancy mushroom house is overflowing, but there must be a decent doll-sized house. ¡°If I can make something the size of a fairy, I¡¯ll give it to Giselle. I don¡¯t know when.¡± Making small sizes is likely to be a good experience. However, there are a lot of things to make before that, and I can only say that I don¡¯t know when it will really happen. Even if we make furniture, we need to set it up so the fairies can stay. Great, I think the chief will be happy too. I can hear Deepika. I don¡¯t know her expression because she is still disappearing, but she seems happy from her voice. ¡°Whoa, here we go.¡±At that time, the door was knocked, and Camilo and the warden immediately came in. I raise my hand casually. ¡°Hello.¡± ¡°Oh, how are you? ¡°It¡¯s not good or bad.¡± As usual. As usual. That said, Camilo and I laughed together. ¡°Are the usual items OK as usual? Ah. ¡°So, what¡¯s the example? ¡°No, that¡¯s right¡­..¡± Camilo goes on unusual. ¡°So, here it is. I wonder if the warden can handle it.¡± ¡°Me? I nodded. The warden also had an unusual and suspicious look. It¡¯s only natural to wonder what¡¯s on top of it in this state. That¡¯s what I¡¯d think if I didn¡¯t know. ¡°It¡¯s okay, both of you.¡± When I said so, two fairies appeared. You¡¯re either nervous about the boulders or you¡¯re trying to hide from me. ¡°Fairy Deepika and Reja. We¡¯re both here because of the circumstances.¡± The two lowered their heads silently. On the other hand, Camilo and the warden said. They both opened their mouths and eyes wide. Chapter 420 Chapter 420: 420 ¡°Well, that¡¯s why. That¡¯s why I guarantee you fairy blessings.¡± I told the warden that Camilo couldn¡¯t move with his mouth and eyes open. They stayed there for a while, but eventually the warden coughed up and Camilo coughed up too. ¡°Gohong, excuse me. I thought it was something out of common sense to make, but it was so out of common sense.¡± ¡°What should I say now? ¡°No¡­ I see. There was insanity in the presence of the Empire Empress.¡± That¡¯s how Camilo lifts the missing ring more carefully than before. ¡°Megistium, simple but patterned, and fairy blessings¡­.¡± The ring shines by reflecting light. I wonder if that was the case, Camilo narrowed his eyes. ¡°I can¡¯t put a price on this one. It¡¯s no wonder the Amur family will protect it as a family heirloom in the future, even if they don¡¯t bother to say so.¡± ¡°Not so much.¡± ¡°Of course.¡± Camillo said as if he was heartbroken. I thought it was no longer that kind of product, but that¡¯s all. ¡°I¡¯m sorry about this reward, but can I do it again at a later date? I have to ask the Countess a few more questions.¡± ¡°No¡­.¡± I kept my mouth shut trying to say, ¡°The reward stays the same.¡± Because I felt something similar to killing from Deanna sitting next to me. The two fairies also moved to the opposite side. ¡°Okay, I asked.¡± I tried my best to give it back while sweating cold. ¡°But, fairies¡­ Is there trouble again?¡± When Camilo saw the chilari and the fairies, they slowed down a little. Still, seeing where he can¡¯t hide like before, he seems to be a little used to it.¡°It¡¯s going to be a long time, so I¡¯ll just scratch it and talk, but it¡¯s not that bad. I just got to know each other for a little bit. It was the ring that triggered it.¡± That¡¯s how I point to the ring in Camilo¡¯s hand. Camilo looked at the ring again. ¡°He¡¯s not here¡­ You don¡¯t think I¡¯m in any trouble, do you? ¡°I promise.¡± I nod. Camilo sighed small. ¡°So, what¡¯s the point of showing them both? ¡°I don¡¯t want you to do something right away, but if something happens to them, maybe we¡¯ll get something to procure. That¡¯s when you talk fast, isn¡¯t it? ¡°I certainly saw the real thing, so there¡¯s no way to doubt whether it¡¯s true or not¡­.¡± Camilo put down his ring and put his arms together. If only you knew that now. I don¡¯t really want them to do anything. Except for the greetings of the hour, that¡¯s what I meant. Surprise and confusion fill my head. ¡°I¡¯m happy to invite you, but are you okay? I asked Camilo without hiding my confusion. It may not make sense to ask him. The Amur family decided to call me a northern nobleman in front of the Marquis during the disturbances, but after that, you¡¯d think they¡¯d find out who I really am. Is it okay for people like me to attend the wedding, which is essentially a place for the nobles to appeal to the upstream society? Diana and Anne are highly regarded at home, but Anne is the Empire Empress because Diana is her sister and she will not participate. I don¡¯t want to be overwhelmed. ¡°You¡¯re gonna be okay. I¡¯ll dress up pretty good. And¡­.¡± Camilo screamed once there. He said with a smile again. ¡°Is there any reason why you should call your friends to the wedding?¡± Chapter 421 Chapter 421: 421 I see. I finally managed to squeeze it out. ¡°I see¡­..¡± Push to stop something from coming out. ¡°Okay. Let me ask you something. May I have everyone¡¯s attention?¡± When I managed to make a smile and tell my family, they nodded confused. Well, I¡¯ll keep this. Remember the invitation. I felt it was slightly warm. ¡°Oh, and I wanted something.¡± I said as if I remembered. No, actually, I almost forgot half of it just now. ¡°What? Difficult to get? ¡°No, I think you can get it right away. I want pigments, the oil used for them, and varnishes that are as colorless as possible.¡± ¡°Pigments, oils and colorless varnishes? Ah.¡± Camilo nodded looking at the sword I had left behind. He seemed to know what to use it for. ¡°What color do you want for pigments? ¡°I don¡¯t care about the color. I don¡¯t know what it is for the time being, but I would like to have it arranged to some extent because I don¡¯t need it when I need it. You just need to get enough money to keep your business going.¡± ¡°Wait, I¡¯m sure they were all in stock.¡± When Camilo looked at the warden, he nodded out. ¡°And if you get this, it¡¯s lacquer.¡± Ursi? ¡°It¡¯s a northern varnish. I have black and vermilion, but I don¡¯t care if I get them.¡± The term ¡°northern varnish¡± may be different in detail, but the explanation is not a big mistake. ¡°From the north? I¡¯m going to ask you because there¡¯s a lot of confusion in Shauyu and Miso.¡±¡°I¡¯m sorry. I want to use lacquer to paint my sword sheath.¡± ¡°If it¡¯s from the north, it¡¯s from the north. Okay.¡± Camilo nodded loudly. I wish I could get the lacquer before it¡¯s too far. ¡°Is that all you want? ¡°For now. I¡¯ll tell you when he comes out again.¡± ¡°I wish I could say more.¡± ¡°Are you making money? I see. That¡¯s what Camilo and I laugh about. That way, the warden came back. I think it happened because I was nodding. ¡°I have loaded them together, are you sure? ¡°Yes, thank you.¡± Well then, you two. Got it. That¡¯s how they disappear. Even if he knew, he couldn¡¯t catch up with his understanding. Camilo and the warden turn their eyes black and white. ¡°That¡¯s brilliant. I have no idea where he is.¡± ¡°Fufu¡± Deepika laughs a little at Camilo¡¯s impressive words. I¡¯ll see you later. Ah. After I shake Camilo¡¯s hand, I leave the room. When Leeja left, Thank you, merchant. I called Camilo and wondered how I could tell Marius how many times Camilo would be today. Chapter 422 Chapter 422: 422 Back in the backyard of Camilo¡¯s shop, Chiu Chiu and my two daughters were chasing after each other. I keep an eye on it for a while because it¡¯s funny. ¡°Oh, I¡¯m sorry! Childish who noticed it rushed in a hurry. Kurl has Anne, and Lucy has Diana rush over to pet her. ¡°No, it¡¯s fine. Thanks for playing. Thank you always.¡± Rather, I¡¯m worried about my daughters getting hurt. I think it is also important to have time to contact people of our age¡­ It looks like a doll, but the fairies don¡¯t seem to be children either. I stroked Childish and Gashigashi¡¯s head and gave them the usual wages. Is it bothering you to think that my hand is a little higher than before? Looking at the stroked hand, I headed towards the warehouse. I¡¯m gonna cum¡­ As he connected Kurl and boarded in, Ricke called out to the carrier. That said, it¡¯s not for us who are completely used to it. For the invisible fairies. As the truck slowly started moving, I heard a little ¡°wow¡±. I¡¯m not in a hurry, so I guess I was just moved again by the moving wagon instead of falling. Looking at the fairies, Lucy stood in awe. Maybe I¡¯m going to protect you if something happens. Lucy is your sister in order of coming to us. The fairies are not family members but customers, but they are meeting Lucy at dinner, and some of them are sleeping at home. Should I prepare it anyway as if it were a customer? Then it would take a lot of trouble, not just the room. Looking at the three people looking out of the truck, I couldn¡¯t think so much about the future.Leave town greeting the guard. I saw the clouds flowing in the spreading grasslands, and now I heard a loud voice. It¡¯s still a familiar landscape for us. Still, the fairies must still be fresh. ¡°If you go a little further, you can show yourself.¡± Yes! A healthy reply echoes to the wagon. The smile of our family who heard that filled the wagon. ¡°There are different birds around here than in the woods.¡± Deepika, who appeared, saw a raptor spinning over the sky. Raptors dancing gently in the sky seem to be moving their necks. They must be looking for a prey. ¡°Oh, look for the rabbit and the bird from above, and when you find it, get down to the ground and catch it. I kept it at home.¡± Anne explains with her gesture. You would hunt with a raptor if you were to be the emperor¡¯s home. It¡¯s not for living, as we do, but as a hobby. When the fairies exclaimed, ¡°Oops,¡± the raptor rapidly dropped into the meadow. ¡°Are you okay with that speed¡­? Something worried Reggie. Even from my point of view, it¡¯s going pretty fast. ¡°Yeah, well, it doesn¡¯t matter if we succeed.¡± Anne nodded. Everyone in the wagon watches the raptor with a stubborn spit. The next moment I thought I¡¯d lost sight of the slightly stretched grass, the raptor flew big. You can see the prey in the rat or rabbit in the stiff leg. Wow! With such a voice from Deepika, the dragon car headed home. Chapter 423 Chapter 423: 423 Once in the woods, it¡¯s a place we know for ourselves and the fairies. In other words, it¡¯s not very interesting for the fairies. ¡°I feel like I¡¯m back.¡± ¡°It¡¯s more familiar here.¡± Liddy answers Deepika¡¯s words. Liddy doesn¡¯t come from this forest either, but as a forest dweller, there¡¯s a lot to empathize with. Liddy was born and raised in a forest where she no longer lived. It was abandoned after the Hobbgoblin incident that prompted me to come here. I was purely glad that she said ¡°familiar.¡± Bring your purchases back to your home or warehouse. I can¡¯t let the fairies help me here, so I¡¯m going to have Kurl and Lucy take care of me. Because it seems physically tough to carry the luggage of a truck rather than a customer. Perhaps you can help me with magic like that, but I don¡¯t know if you can do that. After carrying the luggage and before lunch, check the condition of Leeja and Deepika. ¡°Do you have any headaches, flushing, or burning feelings in your head or body? ¡°No¡± ¡°Neither do I.¡± ¡°Compared to the morning, do you feel sick or something? ¡°It¡¯s probably nothing more than magic.¡± ¡°Me too.¡± ¡°Hmm, tell me as soon as you feel something wrong.¡± The fairies nodded at my words. I don¡¯t forgive the predictions yet, but I don¡¯t plan on going out of the woods by the time they get back, and I¡¯m sure it¡¯ll be all right if we wait a few days and see what happens. If that happens, you will be discharged safely.It¡¯s lunch for now. I stopped trying to get ready. ¡°Shit, it¡¯s a corner, so I could buy something in town and have the fairies eat it.¡± I now realize that it would have been better to eat ordinary food in the city, which would rarely be spoken of. When it comes to making things, cheeses are not as good as blacksmith work, so I can¡¯t beat the cooks around here. It¡¯s subtle whether you¡¯re happy or not because you¡¯re cheating as it is, but it¡¯s much better than getting your mind shredded with a mess. ¡°I don¡¯t know about that¡­.¡± Anne murmured as she tried to fetch water to purify her body. ¡°After eating the avocado dishes, you can let them eat normal food in the city.¡± ¡°Doesn¡¯t that make you feel good? Helen seems to be a little too strong for her classmates, so she often looks after her ¡°daughters¡± when she teaches with Diana and Anne. ¡°If you¡¯re too tired, it may not be good for your health, so I¡¯d like you to keep it quiet if possible¡­.¡± That¡¯s what I said, but the fairies shook their heads flat. Well, I guess so. I don¡¯t seem to be feeling well, and the environment is different from usual. There are many things I want to see while I¡¯m at it. ¡°I see. You can do whatever you want, but stay where you can call someone right away if something happens.¡± Yes! Both of you gave me a good answer. I sighed a little and said, ¡°Well, I¡¯ll have free time till evening.¡± The words scattered the family around doing what they wanted to do. Now, will I do what I want to do? I opened the door to the blacksmith, following Ricke, who would do some work at the blacksmith. Chapter 424 Chapter 424: 424 Place the conjugal sword you brought back into the shrine for a while. After applauding and worshipping, I held the sword in my hand. I don¡¯t think it would have been better if I didn¡¯t have to pay for any of the work anyway, but I thought it would be better to go back and do what I put out once it came back. ¡°Now, do you want to put on your last makeup?¡± After removing the nail of the protective sword and removing the sword, leaving only the sheath and pattern, prepare the varnish that was brought to the forgery. The pot containing varnish appears to be glazed to prevent dryness, but it may be from the north. The brush was soaked in varnish and the excess was removed, and then the varnish was smoothly applied to the sheath. Now I feel like I can see a little brushed eye, but if I soak it in wood, I will hardly see brushed eye. I don¡¯t know how the varnish was processed, but the color of the colored part remained almost unchanged, and the rose of the sheath retained its color. Instead, I¡¯m more concerned about seeping when the varnish is soaked. I did it all of a sudden because I didn¡¯t feel like I was going to fail, but if I did, I would try again. Luckily, you gave me about two weeks. After applying varnish to the outer surface of the sheath and pattern, the thinly divided wood was placed where the sword should have been. This will wait until it dries, but the blacksmith is dry and the temperature is high. Even if it dries quickly, it is not enough to dry on the boulder in 10 minutes. It should take at least 30 minutes. Whatever to do during the waiting period, I looked at the blacksmith¡¯s house and stopped looking at the sheet metal. The next moment, an idea flashes. Well, that¡¯s good, too. I also heat the sheet metal while watching Ricke practice making a fine knife. Three small sheets of metal were made by putting a pair of glasses in the sheet metal that became red as the temperature rose. Reheat one of the three made sheet metal. When the machinable temperature is reached, tap with a knob to mold. Because the sheet metal is small, the chisel is not the usual one, it is the small one that is used in the workmanship. It is small but sturdy so it can also be used for processing. Without the usual flashy sound, the high sound echoed to the forgery. Heat, tap and repeat, and eventually the small sheet metal will take the form of a small knife.The smaller you are, the bigger the burden on your eyes. Maybe it would have been tougher if you had stayed at 40. It¡¯s not dangerous and it¡¯s not family, so I won¡¯t go to the bespoke model this time. I left it to the luxury model for a while. After making one shape, check the dryness of the varnish. If you touch it gently and not prominently, there are no traces. It seems to be dry. When I looked at the roses, I didn¡¯t feel anything particularly soaked. I relieve myself. I don¡¯t think it would be nice to apply a thick coat, so I wonder if it is finished after applying it once. The brush ran smoothly and finished the second varnish application. Dry the rest and polish the surface if necessary. This is going to be over by tomorrow. Thereafter, the remaining two of the small sheet metal are processed in the same manner as the first one. Does this add to the cheat¡¯s experience (like)? Like glanced at the knives lined up. Did she play with dolls when she was young? Somehow, the dwarf didn¡¯t have the image of being told, ¡°The wig and the sheet metal were toys.¡± ¡°Sometimes I wonder if I can make these little things and practice craftsmanship.¡± ¡°I see¡­.¡± Now I put my hand on my chin and came up with a rice cake. It was half a joke. ¡°Well, just listen to me in the middle of the conversation.¡± I left the forgery to prepare dinner with a silent nod of rice. Chapter 425 Chapter 425: 425 At the end of dinner, I took three little knives out of my pocket and put them on the table, usually in time to check tomorrow¡¯s schedule. ¡°Reja, Deepika.¡± Yes? ¡°I¡¯ll give you these three.¡± My words sparkle both eyes. ¡°Are you sure?! ¡°Of course, this is also the edge of something. The two of you and the other one belongs to Giselle.¡± I don¡¯t want to be cursed for forgetting one of the fairies I know (who is also long). I have prepared that part carefully. ¡°Can I touch it? ¡°Of course.¡± I nodded to Mr Deepika, who told me not to. Fearful Deepika pulled the knife out of the sheath. ¡°Wow.¡± Shine your eyes, Deepika. It is a blade so it can be used as a weapon, but it is basically a tool. Either way, I made it with all my heart. I feel stronger that I¡¯m glad you¡¯re happy. Following Deepika, she received a knife, and Leeja, who had been removed from her sheath, had the same face, so she began to shout. ¡°Thank you so much for your pleasure.¡± I¡¯m telling you, they¡¯re shaking their heads vertically. ¡°I hope this doesn¡¯t bother your blacksmith.¡± I have now spoken of my only concern. ¡°We have a house! Wouldn¡¯t you be angry with me? ¡°No, I think she¡¯s fine because she¡¯s troublesome.¡± ¡°Instead, I¡¯d say, ¡®I¡¯m glad I didn¡¯t have enough of my own¡­''¡± Really? ¡°Yeah.¡± Even before I was reincarnated, I am aware that I feel like a workaholic, but it is quite unusual to say that I am a blacksmith who is so relaxed. Oh, no, it¡¯s not. ¡°Don¡¯t you have much opportunity to use tools in the first place? That¡¯s right. Deepika nodded to my question. It¡¯s only natural to think about it. The ultimate reason for using tools is to get a living food. The fairies need little food. If there¡¯s only a few things that can be harvested naturally, that¡¯s fine. But there¡¯s still something we need. It can be self-defense or a minimal tool, but the knife is probably the most popular of them. I don¡¯t know if it will break immediately, but I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s annoying. In a way, I feel like I should aim for it. You¡¯re a master in that sense. ¡°I think I could be of some help to him.¡± ¡°Not at all. You saved my life. Besides, he¡¯s a good neighbor of the fairy clan.¡± ¡°We can¡¯t thank you enough for saving lives we shouldn¡¯t have saved.¡± ¡°If you say so, I would be very helpful.¡± So we all line up outside the house. Well, thank you very much. ¡°Honestly, it was fun. I want to come back.¡± ¡°You can come and see me any time, not sick. Hey?¡± When they see the family, they all nod with a smile. Kururu is ¡°Kururururu! And Lucy said,¡± I¡¯m sorry! But I don¡¯t think you hate it. ¡°I¡¯m glad. I¡¯ll come back when I get a chance.¡± ¡°Yes, I¡¯ll be waiting.¡± The fairies who waved their hands over and over again disappeared into the woods. We all waved our hands until we were completely invisible. Chapter 426 Chapter 426: 426 After we drop off the fairies, we¡¯ll talk about the future again. ¡°I finished delivering the product the day before and will tell you when to go with Camilo at that time¡± Yes, it is. Diana nods. I kept asking questions. ¡°I¡¯d like to check with Diana and Anne first, but how long should we go to this aristocratic wedding and when should we go home?¡± I also have some knowledge of installation. I know the manners, at least not so rude as to be suddenly attacked by a nobleman, but there is no such manners as ¡°going to a nobleman¡¯s wedding¡± in the watchdog¡¯s assumption. ¡°Oh, you don¡¯t know? Anne laughed naughtily. I¡¯ll sharpen my mouth. ¡°Even in the north, I came out before I heard such a story. I know some tricks, but it¡¯s from the north, and it¡¯s not a good idea to do things differently here, is it? Well, that¡¯s true. Anne nods with a convincing face. ¡°Mine is imperial, and I don¡¯t know what to say, but when the princess is called, okay? In other words, although the Seventh Princess is the seventh princess, it is the wedding of the Emperor¡¯s people with no problems. It is not difficult to imagine that it would have been quite luxurious, and it is doubtful how useful it would be because it would be an invitation in the main guest room, but it is not bad to know it as a case study. ¡°Of course. I don¡¯t think I¡¯d be suspicious to see a great man if I knew.¡± I see. But you don¡¯t have to be so careful. You can¡¯t go too fast, because even if it¡¯s too late, it¡¯ll keep everyone waiting. You can¡¯t wait as long as you¡¯re an Emperor. ¡° ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± I¡¯m sure some of Anne¡¯s brothers and sisters think it¡¯s good to keep you waiting because she¡¯s from the Imperial Palace, but at least Anne doesn¡¯t. It may not be possible¡­ to be rude to the organizers and attendees, but don¡¯t make the Emperor uncomfortable. That kind of backlog eventually leads to revolutionary commotion. ¡°So, it¡¯s common to go between when the sun hits Jomtien and when it sinks. All you have to do is sit in the VIP seat and smile and respond to the people who come to greet you.¡± ¡°That sounds like a big deal.¡± Well¡­ Did you remember that time when Anne put a wrinkle on her nose? I tend to think that a great man is easy, but a great man is a great man¡¯s hard work. Well then, why don¡¯t you come back and sit down and make a rough face to the person who¡¯s smiling? ¡°I see. But maybe sitting there would be the Marquis de Menzelle. Even if the royal people don¡¯t show up.¡± ¡°Ahh¡­..¡± It has to do with either the groom or the bride, and it¡¯s great. Is it the minister? It would not be an exaggeration to say that half of them are council-like kingdoms, and as non-royal people, they have won the rank of minister. It is no wonder that the Marquis comes as his guest of honor. Whether you¡¯re calling it or the other side, it¡¯s also a great place to appeal to connections. ¡°What about the kingdom? ¡°Aero was here to celebrate your brother¡¯s inheritance, wasn¡¯t he? Something like that. I usually go after noon.¡± That¡¯s it. ¡°My family is invited, and that¡¯s not good.¡± When I returned it, Samya tried to say more, but I blocked it with a gesture. ¡°You might think it might bother me if I had a rough face, but that¡¯s not what I¡¯d do with anger. Let¡¯s have fun thinking it¡¯s not such an opportunity.¡± Anyway, my brother is still here. Deanna mixes it up. But I agree with that. Samya and Ricke, and Helen nodded to Riddick, looking at us. ¡°Well then, shall we get there after noon? That¡¯s what I told Camilo.¡± The whole family replies with an understanding. Well, what happens now? I told everyone that I was starting work today, feeling a little anxiety in the fun. Chapter 427 Chapter 427: 427 When we finish the family meeting, we go back to ¡°always.¡± That said, there¡¯s nothing I can do about it. It¡¯s purely a pleasure to be involved in every celebration. Does this excitement pass on to you as well, but I feel that you can finish it faster than usual. Dinner on such a good day. ¡°Does that mean the food is delicious? The question arose from Samya. She has never been to a human wedding either. If you¡¯re a family member, you might have been taken by your parents or something. Well, it¡¯s not just Samya, it¡¯s everybody except Diana and Anne. Helen is an identity problem (not many nobles call mercenaries for weddings), and I don¡¯t know about it in the old world, and I¡¯ve never been out in this world. That¡¯s why I checked my manners. ¡°Well, basically speaking of family celebrations, it¡¯s a noble feast. It¡¯s more troublesome to be underestimated here, so you should get something decent out.¡± It was Diana who answered. Anne is nodding right next door. A nobleman¡¯s banquet is also a place to show that you have enough financial resources and connections to hold it. Therefore, if Kechi is thought to have ¡°no significant financial power or connections in that house,¡± there is also a sufficient possibility that he/she will make various rude demands. Hearing Diana¡¯s words, Samya opens her mouth again. ¡°Like eating in the city before? Samya must be talking about Ooi¡¯s shop. Apparently he likes it. Whether or not you know another shop, I¡¯m sure you can go to that shop. ¡°I don¡¯t know. I don¡¯t think my cook is a bad cook, but I can¡¯t help it compared to the master over there.¡± ¡°Maybe you¡¯ll call me.¡± ¡°Ah¡­ I think that¡¯s possible.¡± Diana nodded deeply at my words.¡°Instead of saying what Marius thinks, if I don¡¯t call him, he¡¯ll say,¡± We won¡¯t let him do it!!! You¡¯re about to yell at me. ¡° That¡¯s true, too. Now the whole family nodded deeply. Anne only goes to another time with her family, so she knows what the shop and its employees say as well as any other family. ¡°Even if Oni-san didn¡¯t make it, a few things wouldn¡¯t come out. I think you can expect that.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Samya seems convinced with that. But it¡¯s wedding food. I hear that anguish can occur between grooms and brides about what to do in the previous world. I¡¯ve never experienced it, either happiness or misfortune. The celebratory seats where Marius took over the house were lined with the ones made by the servants of the Amur family. I don¡¯t know, like the festive cuisine of the previous world, experimental cuisine is obvious, but whoever makes it, the menu is different. If you¡¯re going to be able to imitate it, maybe you can take a seat at our celebration¡­ ¡°Oh, am I the only one left? ¡°No, that¡¯s not it¡­.¡± ¡°I know.¡± Diana laughs in a way that doesn¡¯t look like a lady. ¡°Thank you, brother, but my house is this way.¡± I see. I didn¡¯t say anything more. You don¡¯t have to tell me. ¡°Now, when you¡¯re ready, will you go slowly?¡± Everyone heard me say ¡°oh.¡± Chapter 428 Chapter 428: 428 The dragon carriage moves slowly through the forest. The mood of the family is taking over, and Krull¡¯s footsteps feel light at heart. ¡±I¡¯ll bring Krull a share, too. ¡°Krululul, I called out from the back of the truck, and Krull made one happy purr. Come to think of it, is there such a thing as a ¡°little good manger¡±? If my Krull was a horse, I might have done that. ¡®I¡¯m sure he¡¯ll get it with Lucy, so he won¡¯t mind. Deanna said in dismay. Isn¡¯t it the host¡¯s duty to take care of the guests¡¯ horses and other creatures they brought with them during the feast? Lucy wagged her tail and purred, ¡°Woof. She¡¯s getting pretty big, too. I¡¯m a cat person, so I knew how long and how much a cat would grow when I was in my previous world, but I have no idea how long a wolf would grow. But based on my memory of seeing a Siberian Husky puppy on a TV show in my previous world, I think it¡¯s a lot bigger than the age they said it was. ¡®I wonder how big she¡¯ll get,¡¯ I said as I stroked her as Lucy came to my lap, patting her as she patrolled the lap of everyone sitting in the back of the truck. Her tail wags even faster. ¡®I¡¯m sure he¡¯s the biggest little wolf I¡¯ve ever seen,¡¯ Samija said as she looked at Lucy. Considering that Saamya would have seen a good number of stories about it, it would still mean that being demonized was affecting her growth as well. What if he becomes as big as the Inugami class of the animated movies that were popular in the previous world? Should I make the hut bigger? ¡±I think it¡¯s the influence of magic that¡¯s making it big. I¡¯m thinking it will be big enough to be a little bigger than Anne¡¯s height. Liddy muttered. So that would be about two meters and a little more.Of course, it would be the length of the body, not the height of the body. If he went over two meters in height for a wolf, his body length would be about four or five meters. That¡¯s a level that would allow him and Krull to tow a cart with room to spare. It¡¯s highly likely that he would want to do that if he grew to that level, but for now, it was a bit of a relief that he didn¡¯t seem to grow out of the norm. Even if we go hunting together, 4 meters long seems to be too much to carry, and the people in town will probably be scared of it. ¡±On the contrary, I don¡¯t think it¡¯ll be much more than that. It¡¯s not that Krull has grown abnormally fast either. It¡¯s just that this is, after all, the ¡°Black Forest¡±. That¡¯s true: ¡­¡­ As long as she¡¯s turned into a demon, part of Lucy¡¯s body is made up of magical power. If it¡¯s the same level of magical power as that of an ordinary forest, I would understand the impact, but my home is in this area, or perhaps the Black Forest, one of the thickest areas of magical power in this world. I don¡¯t know what effect it will have on Lucy. I¡¯ve decided to raise her as my own child no matter what, I will take care of her until the end. I said that and patted Lucy¡¯s head again, and whether she understood or not, she rubbed her head against me and then gave a loud ¡°wang¡± at one point. We made our way through the forest and down the city road. In the past, Krull seemed to wonder why he wasn¡¯t heading into town, but today he easily went the other way. A guard with a familiar face returns with a loud voice. ¡®If you thought it was unusual for a dragon car to come, it¡¯s you. Are you going to the capital?¡± Yeah, I¡¯m just running an errand. I¡¯ve just been looking around, so I¡¯m sure you¡¯ll be fine, but be careful on the road. ¡®Yes, thank you!¡¯ Lucy peeked out of the back of the truck and said, ¡°Wanan! And then the guards waved us off as we headed for the capital. And thanks to the patrol of the guards, nothing happened and we arrived at the capital. Chapter 429 Chapter 429: 429 Reach the gate, the entrance to the city. I thought it was ¡°somewhat early¡± because of the same high tide, but by the time I passed the examination, it seemed like it would be a good time. In the noise of gayagaya, the line progresses little by little. Sometimes Kurl yawns boringly, and Lucy wonders if people around her are unusual, ¡°What is that!? He waves his tail and looks out from all over the cargo bay. Looking at the situation, it seemed that Lucy and the Lizardman had been looking back at each other with a smile. Even his sense of ¡°little walnuts are cute¡± (I may be her because I can¡¯t distinguish between the sexes of Lizardman) doesn¡¯t seem to change. While the dragon car and the surrounding air were soothed, the row lengthened the entire length. We were about half way to the gate, and when I thought it was going to be a little later than I thought, there was a rush from the gate towards us. Lucy turned around and said, ¡°I¡¯m sorry!¡± barking. Katerina. When I called, Katerina jumped onto the cargo platform. It¡¯s no less powerful than Helen. Increasingly, I don¡¯t know who this person is¡­. I don¡¯t suppose it¡¯s the mysterious stepsister I could say from around me. ¡°Sorry to keep you waiting. Mr. Like, I¡¯m here on your behalf.¡± Move the cargo platform and sit Katerina on the podium. And Kuru-chan said, ¡°Say hello,¡± and began to steer the cord and move the dragon car away from the line. Kurl walks with a small noise. Katerina looked back at me from the podium. ¡°Didn¡¯t you bring the invitation? No, there is. I slapped my nose lightly. I put it in there for trouble. ¡°If you show me that, I¡¯ll get through as a priority.¡± Really? No, but¡­. ¡°It¡¯s a celebration, and I¡¯m a guest of the Earls, so it¡¯s no wonder I have the privilege to say that, but I can use it as a blacksmith. Diana and Anne didn¡¯t say anything. Incidentally, according to what I heard later, Anne¡¯s face was a face pass saying, ¡°I¡¯m mostly a guest of honor and I don¡¯t know the face of the Empress.¡± And Diana said, ¡°I¡¯ve never been to the gate because it was inside the city.¡± I don¡¯t know. ¡°I thought that would be the case, so I came to pick you up. I¡¯m still heading to the Mansion.¡± As soon as she reached the gate, Katerina took a wooden tag out of her pocket and showed it to the guards. The guard nodded and walked away. I didn¡¯t check my luggage this time. If we were carrying prohibited items, we would be in trouble, but I wonder what we¡¯re doing around here. The dragon carriage of Kuru slowly travels through the main streets of the city. People of all races, sexes and ages are still there, doing what they want to do and what they need to do. ¡°I don¡¯t hate the atmosphere.¡± It¡¯s so cute after all. ¡°It¡¯s my kid.¡± I know, I know. Deanna put a nail on Katerina¡¯s face. By the end of the banquet, ¡°I¡¯ll have my baby! I know you can say something like that. If Lucy had lost her parents, there might have been room for reflection if she were a normal wolf, but she was sometimes demonized and turned into an impossible future. If we find a normal wolf in the woods that isn¡¯t demonized next¡­ No, I can¡¯t. The child can only think of a future that will be my child. Instead of putting Lucy in foster care, Katerina wants to hear about Lucy in the woods, so Diana and Samya, who are also taking her to hunt, talk to her. While Lucy was entertaining Katerina, who was talking about the story, she noticed that the dragon car reached a familiar mansion. Chapter 430 Chapter 430: 430 Oh, it¡¯s you. ¡°Oops, hey! Arriving at the house of the Amur family and getting out of the van with a present, a man came from behind. To turn the carriage ¨C and in our case the dragon carriage ¨C backwards. And I knew the man. ¡°Mattis, how are you? ¡°Of course. A walking dragon, unusual.¡± Well¡­ It was Mattis who was on the horse guard during the monster crusade. If a strange nobleman was dealing with him, Mattis would be afraid to deal with him, but I¡¯m not a stranger to him, and I¡¯m just a blacksmith, so the greeting is easy. As usual, I feel relaxed and even remember a little nostalgia. ¡°Well then, I asked for my daughter.¡± ¡°¡­ leave it to me¡± For a moment he looked suspicious in my words, but Mattis slapped Don in the chest. He¡¯ll be fine. We¡¯re both good kids. ¡°Kurrrrrrrr¡± Won! I stroke their heads. Samya and everyone likewise stroked their heads and spared a little distance. Kurl was gently pulled by Mattis, and Lucy followed Mattis gently. Well, here we are. Katerina calls on us to escort them and Mattis. We nodded and followed Mr. Caterina. Entering through the front door, the servant of the house I knew was still waiting there. ¡°Ladies and gentlemen, please change your clothes, follow the caterina. Please follow me, Aeyou.¡± ¡°Oh, Mr. Bowman. Sorry for the inconvenience.¡± ¡°No, absolutely not.¡±This loving and modest servant is Mr Bowman. I have heard that everything is the greatest among the servants of this mansion. I wonder if it would be all right to turn such a man over to us. I don¡¯t think it¡¯s excessive, but I will obey Mr. Bowman honestly, considering that it is Marius¡¯ caring and celebratory occasion. Now, what kind of clothes can I wear this time? Mr. Bowman and I went down the hallway where we had been several times, and eventually Mr. Bowman opened the door to a room. ¡°Here we are.¡± ¡°Thank you.¡± As he enters the room after a meeting, several servants are waiting for him to fulfill his duties. I don¡¯t know how to wear it. ¡°Sorry, every time.¡± ¡°No, don¡¯t worry about it.¡± When I put the present I brought on a small table, the servants began to change my clothes. We know that resisting is only going to take time, so keep it down. I wonder if I should keep about one dress that I can wear in places like this even when I am dressed for practice. I¡¯ll keep my head down. Mr. Bowman smiled nicely. ¡°This is also how we treat our customers.¡± He told me without a doubt. As a matter of fact, it¡¯s troublesome to be asked to dig leaves and root me out, and so is Anne. I can¡¯t thank the people of this house enough. I¡¯ll bring some presents to the people of this house again. Perhaps there are people who can help me change clothes for other families, but the time it takes women to change and prepare remains the same in the old world and this world. Not to mention going to a feast this time, it will take time. So I used that time to talk to Mr. Bowman about it, and eventually I heard a knock. Perhaps our family has changed. Mr. Bowman, ¡°Here you go. Miss Aeroe needs you.¡± That said, the door was open. Chapter 431 Chapter 431: 431 I don¡¯t know if I can do it, but it was all of my family that came in with the door open. I wear dresses of different colors. Samya is orange, rice is purple, Diana is indigo, Liddy is green, Helen is red, and Anne is yellow. Knowledge of the previous world makes it seem normal, but in this world it must have been difficult to get all these dresses in different colors. Wherever I borrowed (or bought) them, they all fit somewhat. Nevertheless, without measuring the size, it seemed that it could not fit perfectly, with a lace-like cloth on the hem added to Helen and Anne¡¯s slender pair, while Ricke raised her sleeve slightly towards her shoulders. Perhaps we should hurry just to keep it for one day today. Still, I¡¯m trying to make sure I don¡¯t know if I don¡¯t have a good view. I thought it would take a while, but you spent a lot of time on it. Diana¡¯s is obvious, but it seems to be hers, and this fits perfectly. Good. If there was meat around my belly or, conversely, shoulder muscles in my life, today would have been the day to apologize to Marius. I want to avoid it on a festive day. Everyone¡¯s hair is well prepared for a banquet, and they usually wear less makeup, which is exactly what should be called a hundred flowers mess. I even remember the illusion that flowers of different colors are blooming in each. At the sight of all those people, I accidentally said so. Everyone looks good on me. That said, Samya hit me on the shoulder with a basin. A dress that has a good tail and is much less exposed than the clothes I usually wear. Anne has a reputation for being ¡°like Niisama Leopold¡¯s mother.¡± I¡¯m sure he was a lion beast. Samya is a tiger beast, but she is noble at the Imperial Queen level. Unfortunately, I don¡¯t know the queen, so I¡¯m not sure it suits me, but I¡¯m sure it suits me. It is Ricke who is solid without being illuminated. All the hair that said, ¡°It is hard, my hair¡± was flushed behind, and it was fastened with gold hair clasp. The usual pleasant feeling lingers, and oneechan¡¯s open atmosphere appears. Should I say that it looks like an adult? It looks like a dressed child, but it is an adult woman with a clearly solid atmosphere. ¡°I¡¯m not used to saying this.¡± ¡°I¡¯m more modest!¡± you said to the end. Diana smiled bitterly at Like¡¯s words. I know how Like feels. I had a lot of resistance at first. ¡°It suits you, so you should be grand.¡± ¡°Okay, Master! Rice with a full smile. It wasn¡¯t even a soothing atmosphere, it was the usual face of Rice. Is Diana accustomed to wearing it as a Countess Lady? She feels no clumsiness at all from anyone but Anne. ¡°Is that what you wear all the time? ¡°That¡¯s not true. It¡¯s like wearing it at home.¡± Diana says with a stunned voice. It¡¯s not flashy, but I can see it¡¯s embroidered everywhere and it¡¯s a hassle. Normally, the hair that has been removed is also tied up now. It¡¯s not enough to cast a stone on the sky, but it¡¯s an image of a noble lady. ¡°No, it looks too natural.¡± When I said it, Samya nodded with her arms together. I don¡¯t think you should dress like that in that dress. Part of it is thrilled. This time, Diana slapped me on the shoulder with a basin, but immediately afterwards she turned to me and said, ¡°Thank you.¡± I, uh¡­ ¡°Oh, wow. You¡¯re welcome.¡± It was best to answer with a little flickering. Liddy¡¯s hair stays the same. I put a little makeup on my face, but it also looks very thin. It¡¯s because it¡¯s an elf¡­ Dresses are less decorative than everybody else, but they still highlight proportions and facial goodness. Looks like a forest fairy. We¡¯ve actually seen Giselle and the forest fairies, but if they tell us to paint with the theme of ¡°forest fairies,¡± we¡¯ll ask Liddy for a model. I don¡¯t know how many times the shock hit my shoulder, but it¡¯s not as painful as Samya or Diana because it¡¯s Liddy. Her face remained red, but Helen¡¯s pull-ups had stopped. ¡°Anne is the queen¡­..¡± Er¡­ Anne sharpens her mouth. Her dress is the most decorative, considering her position as a princess. ¡°Princess¡¯s dress¡± is a dress that nine out of ten people would imagine. Unlike Diana, it¡¯s not her dress, but for some reason it feels like she¡¯s wearing it very tightly. I must have had a lot of experience wearing it. ¡°You look just like everybody else. I¡¯m just wondering.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a bit catchy, too. But thank you.¡± Anne, unlike the Seventh Empire Emperor, gave it back with a smile as Anne. ¡°Now, are you all ready? ¡°Yes, sorry to keep you waiting.¡± ¡°No, absolutely not. Ladies and gentlemen, please come here.¡± Mr. Bowman, who had been watching the situation with Nico all along, prompted us to follow him. Chapter 432 Chapter 432: 432 Follow Mr. Bowman through the Mansion. There are also tapestries decorated in the hallway that I didn¡¯t see when I came here. Do I decorate only when I say this? Decoration will also require routine care, so I understand that it is usually left behind. Did you notice Mr. Bowman walking and watching? ¡°This is where we have a history. It spells it out.¡± I said. Speaking of which, it seems that there are many things that describe the battle scene. It seems that the house that rang with martial arts is not Date. A similar figure has always been depicted on one side, so this is probably the main Amur family of the past. The opponent is human or something like a monster. Samya, Like, and Liddy looked at each other like they were ¡°hee.¡± Diana didn¡¯t seem to be interested at all. It¡¯s no wonder I keep watching tapestries that belong to me and have explored the house. Helen and Anne, on the other hand, seem intrigued. The former portrays the battle, while the latter seems to be seen as part of the history left by the nobles of other nations. If Marius doesn¡¯t have a big fight between us, will that demon crusade be a tapestry or a painting when we give up the governor? ¡°Is that what Anne¡¯s house says? ¡°There is, but it¡¯s in the vault, and I¡¯ve never seen it coming out.¡± Heh. The royal family seems to have a lot to offer. They¡¯re not the first emperors, and if it¡¯s decorated with majestic things, it¡¯s likely to work. ¡°I¡¯m not at all interested in what your father says.¡± ¡°Ahh¡­..¡± I nod even from the impression that I¡¯ve only met once. I don¡¯t suppose he doesn¡¯t know the effect of bluffing, but he¡¯s not interested enough to throw away the benefits. He walked down the hallway listening lightly to Mr. Bowman¡¯s tapestry. ¡°Here we are.¡± Mr. Bowman stopped in front of a door. It¡¯s not a big door. The door to this house¡¯s hall must have been so big. And the guest waiting room is where we were just now. Neither the waiting room nor the hall¡­ ¡°Is it okay to meet individually? You mean the groom and bride¡¯s waiting room. I was a friend in the previous world and I didn¡¯t show my face before the reception, but can I show my face with deliciousness? ¡°Of course, thank you. My husband told me to go through¡° your friend ¡±, so I would be angry if I didn¡¯t show him around.¡± Mr Bowman said while winking. I don¡¯t know if this is a proper technique, but we don¡¯t care about that. When I nodded, Mr. Bowman knocked on the door.¡°Dear Marius, I have brought your friend Aero¡¯s family.¡± ¡°Let me in.¡± A voice that I had heard echoed through the door. Mr. Bowman opens the door. Among them were Marius in luxurious clothes that she had never seen before, and a beautiful woman in an incredibly luxurious dress. Marius stood up to welcome us and controlled the woman to stand. ¡°Julie, congratulations! ¡°Deanna, thank you! Diana rushed to the sitting woman, Marius¡¯ wife, Julie, and hugged her. When I say this, I catch things from old and present ¨C the world is even different in the first place ¨C but it doesn¡¯t seem to change much. Don¡¯t hug me too much and fall apart. Our women are also saying congratulations to their wives. I reached out to Marius. Congratulations. ¡°Thank you. Actually, I was a little nervous about you coming.¡± ¡°So, what is it? When they asked me, I got lost for a moment. Wouldn¡¯t it be better to keep it a secret? No, it¡¯s okay to keep something hidden from me. I never said anything. ¡°That ring is protected by fairies. Neither.¡± Marius tried to laugh. Maybe you thought I was joking. But Marius looked suspicious because I didn¡¯t break the usual Buddha¡¯s top. ¡°¡­ is that true? ¡°You think I¡¯m gonna lie like that? The Fairy Leader of the Black Forest has been given the protection of the Doom, and that ring. He¡¯ll probably protect himself from trouble.¡± My words open Marius¡¯s eyes. Marius rushed to Julie and picked her up, wondering if she thought it would be embarrassing if she had something terrible in her hands. ¡°Ahahaha! My friend is an asshole! He even put fairy protection on our ring! Wonderful, Julie! Julie, who was held up, looked at Diana with her eyes wide open so that she could not beat Marius earlier. Diana nodded and Julie smiled. ¡°Yeah, yeah! And Marius and I laugh together. If I make tapestries, I might make them at this moment. You look so happy. Nevertheless, I didn¡¯t expect you to be so happy. I gently wiped away a slightly overflowing lump of emotion from my eyes, so that no one would know. Chapter 433 Chapter 433: 433 Oh, yeah. I told him to cheat on his current behavior. In fact, there is still something to give to the happy two. She leaves the knife with Like for a while and nods when she looks at Diana. Apparently it doesn¡¯t matter if I give it directly, so I put my foot back on the floor with my words and gave Julie a sword. ¡°It¡¯s a celebration from our Aero Workshop. This is Julie¡¯s.¡± Julie gently grabbed the offered sword. Brighten your eyes by looking at the rose sculptures colored on white wood. ¡°It is a custom in the north, but it is meant not to attract bad things. Of course, you can use it as a blade to protect yourself.¡± ¡°Thank you.¡± Julie thanked the adjective that sounded like a bell. ¡°It¡¯s an unfamiliar style sheath, but is it a northern katana? Marius says that she can¡¯t hide her interest. I nodded to it. ¡°It¡¯s short and it doesn¡¯t have a Tsubaki, but the sword is a good sword.¡± ¡°Ho.¡± And for you, it¡¯s this way. Give Marius the knife she left with Like. Marius glanced at it in her hand. ¡°You look normal.¡± ¡°Anyway, Julie, don¡¯t stand out when you wear it.¡± ¡°I see. Can I pull it out? ¡°If it¡¯s okay to do that before the ceremony.¡± I¡¯m sure it¡¯s okay to ask. In the previous world, it seems that some people would lose sight of ¡°bad luck¡±.When Marius pulls the knife out of the sheath, the rose with the sword represents the figure. Seeing it, Julie exclaimed. ¡°I¡¯m trying to be with Julie.¡± ¡°Ho.¡± Julie and Marius came closer to each other and lined up the sheath of the sword and the sword of the knife, and two wheels of roses were blooming there, as shown by the two of them now. ¡°Maybe this is both.¡± ¡°Ah, that¡¯s right. It¡¯s the same as that.¡± I nodded again to Marius¡¯ words, both at the same level as the special order. This means the same quality as the sword of this house¡¯s treasure. No, my arms were slightly raised and I could use a lot of magic, so this couple¡¯s sword might be of higher quality. ¡°I¡¯ll be very careful.¡± ¡°My friends are getting married, and I¡¯m not thankful enough.¡± Marius¡¯ face was distorted for a moment, but she said she would soon return to her original handsome face. ¡°Okay, okay. I¡¯ll see you later.¡± Oh. That said, I¡¯m heading towards the door. Diana and our women followed Julie after saying, ¡°See you later.¡± Outside the door, Mr. Bowman waited and started leading us. The view is a little familiar, so it looks like we¡¯re finally heading to the hall. On my way to the hall, I whispered to Deanna, who was walking side-by-side. Was that too cool? A little bit. But thank you. ¡° That¡¯s what she told me, and I felt like my feet had lightened somehow. Chapter 434 Chapter 434: 434 Go down the hallway about Mr. Bowman. There is no shadow or shape to the noise that will come. Looking out on foot, the two birds are chatting. Does it convey the pleasant atmosphere of this place to the birds? I thought that there was no such benefit. Eventually, I arrived in front of a big door. This door is familiar. It¡¯s the hall door. Mr. Bowman opens the door and prompts him to go inside. We went in with Zorosolo. ¡°Wow.¡± Who raised such a voice? Maybe it¡¯s me. During the previous festival, there were ornaments all over the more modest hall, as well as a large table that filled the hall. It would still be gorgeous at the Earl¡¯s wedding. Besides the connection between home and home, it¡¯s also a place to show off your finances. ¡°Everyone, come here. There will be other customers soon.¡± When Bowman said so, the other servants who were waiting in the hall pulled out their chairs. The place is at the end of the table, in other words, at the bottom. But I¡¯m sure he chose to keep us out of trouble rather than underestimating us, so that we could have as little contact with others as possible. If it¡¯s light in the first place, don¡¯t bother preparing separate waiting rooms or meeting separately before the ceremony. We sat honestly in the chair. The chair cushion is fluffy. I wonder if this has been arranged in total. Next to me is a samurai, looking around. It seems to be restless. I thought I¡¯d give it a try, but I didn¡¯t say anything about Diana or Anne, so I left it there. I will stand still when others come. There is a chair where no one sits on the opposite side of the samurai. I mean, someone¡¯s coming here. Now, what kind of person is coming? With that in mind, Zorosolo and the others were brought in by Katerina and other servants, as Bowman said. The thunderbolt of Samya stops sharply.Everything in them is luxurious. At first glance, it is plain, but if you look closely, it is embroidered or the hands are definitely scratched. Naturally, he shook his head gently when Bowman saw that it would be better to stand because he was above us (with the exception of Diana and Anne). They don¡¯t have to stand up. So I didn¡¯t stand sweet to your words, but I didn¡¯t look at your face carelessly. ¡­ but I caught one of my eyes. You can call yourself sturdy, wearing luxurious clothing with a medal on it. When he noticed my gaze, he smiled and sat down next to me. As I sat around and started talking, I talked to the man sitting next to me. ¡°It¡¯s a good place to sit down. Aren¡¯t you a better person?¡± ¡°What? Don¡¯t you like it? ¡°I don¡¯t like how hard I am. It¡¯s cheaper next to you. You do, don¡¯t you? Apparently, in the Marquis, I¡¯m sitting here because I wanted to avoid trouble. It¡¯s not like that. Is it a boulder or something? ¡°That¡¯s right. If she had been a strange lady next door, she would have been more nervous.¡± When I said so, the Marquis rounded his eyes for a moment. ¡°Ha ha ha! Yes, yes, yes, yes.¡± And I was in a good mood to laugh. Chapter 435 Chapter 435: 435 Our participants are seated at the long side of the table. Naturally, there are people sitting across the street. If there were fewer participants, there might have been some ¡°consideration¡± to prepare an unmanned seat for us in the meantime, but it was a low-status wedding called the Earl¡¯s House. Not to mention the fact that this time the Marquis is also biting one, we will need to show him how connected we are here. Noble societies cannot see more footprints than merchants. That¡¯s why Leroy, who was a lieutenant during the monster crusade, is sitting across from us. I haven¡¯t seen you in a long time, but I know you. It seems that Marius has thoroughly scrutinized my surroundings and consolidated them with someone I know. I¡¯m sure it¡¯s easier that way. The table is huge, so if you try to talk to the other side, the volume becomes a little vulgar. That¡¯s why it¡¯s not convenient for me and Louis to get attention. That¡¯s why I gently raised my hand in exchange for a greeting. They also noticed and raised their hands gently. The Marquis who saw it said in a small voice. ¡°Why, do you know McMahon and this little brat?¡± ¡°Yes, during the expedition.¡± Oh, speaking of which, you were a lieutenant. The Marquis nodded at my reply. I wonder if it is the nobility that is bright in this kind of thing. It¡¯s something I can¡¯t imitate. And then the Marquis wanted to hear about the expedition, so he talked. Marius has submitted a proper report in writing, and of course she has read it, but she wanted to hear from me, who is the end of the scene. Of course, I lay down that I was the one who defeated Hobbgoblin (I decided that I didn¡¯t know who was defeated while I didn¡¯t know it), but the Marquis seemed satisfied, so it wouldn¡¯t be a problem. Eventually, Mr. Bowman, who had disappeared, returned to the hall. It seems that the clothes worn have been subtly transformed into luxurious ones. Today¡¯s MC is probably Mr. Bowman, so I wonder if he¡¯s dressed up for it. The noisy place calms down naturally. Mr Bowman coughed lightly with the cohon. I guess he¡¯s nervous too. ¡°Thank you for your patience. The groom and bride will be entering.¡± The door was unlocked, different from the one we and the other guests came in. The door is facing away from the window, or the light is coming in from outside the room, and the two people are coming up.I wonder if this is how it was designed. If that were the case, I would have hired a fairly skilled craftsman. And at the milestone banquet, the light of the sun would have played a leading role, as it is now. In that history, which was by no means short, the newest family was about to be born. We welcome the two of you who will be family from now on with a round of applause. The smile you saw earlier has completely disappeared, indicating the degree of tension between the two. In that case, how do we do the ceremony? I can¡¯t see people who look like priests, so I might end up declaring it in front of everyone in public. They lined up against us in front of another table where we were sitting at the top of the table. Ladies and gentlemen, please stand up. Mr. Bowman¡¯s voice resonates. We stood up in flashbacks. Everyone is looking at the groom and bride on the spot, so I will follow suit. Only the Marquis leaves his seat and heads forward. The Marquis confronted the bride and groom at the table. Subsequently, the two brides and groom sign the document. When the Marquis changed the contents, the documents were rounded and sealed. I used the Marquis de Menzelle emblem to seal it. It¡¯s probably in there. ¡°Julie Delanger¡± ¡°Yes¡± ¡°You are Julie Delanger Amur today.¡± ¡°Yes¡± Congratulations, Julie. ¡°¡­ thank you! A thunderbolt of applause echoed through the hall, as if to envelop Julie with tears. Chapter 436 Chapter 436: 436 Well, I¡¯ll take this. When the Marquis said so, Mr Bowman gently gave the Marquis something wrapped in cloth. When the Marquis opened it, two small golden rings approached. Each of the bride and groom held a ring and confronted each other. The two gently put the rings they had on each other¡¯s fingers and stared at each other. Oh, hello. Unexpectedly, I feel like I¡¯m going to lose my mind, but my mouth is so vulgar that I kept it. I¡¯m not drunk. And they kissed each other. It¡¯s a very light kiss. Once again, thunder claps fill the hall. Both of them are now married. As I applauded, I felt my chest filled with warmth. ¡°Thank you, everyone. Please take a seat.¡± The participants sat at Mr Bowman¡¯s words. The Marquis will return to his seat, which is next to mine. The cup is immediately placed, and the wine is poured into it. The cup is made of wood, not pottery or glass that breaks for safety reasons. Although it is made of wood, it is not a slightly miscellaneous item like the one found in a commoner¡¯s house, but a clean one with carefully polished surfaces. Around there is a feast of the Earl¡¯s family on a boulder. After this, it¡¯s like a dinner party, and it doesn¡¯t seem very nice to stand and walk at this time. It¡¯s time for relatives to pour beer, pour beer, or give the groom and bride a little time in the old world, but they don¡¯t seem to do that in this world. Well, if they told me I wouldn¡¯t be doing it at the Earl¡¯s wedding, maybe not until then. ¡°Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for joining us today.¡± Marius said with a loud voice. Most importantly, the tension had slightly subsided until now, either because it had been overcome. ¡°Young people are us. And not long after I succeeded the Count. I¡¯m sure there will be many requests for your help in the future, but I hope you¡¯ll forgive me.¡± Marius sat down with a cup in her hand. ¡°Thank you very much. Cheers!¡± Raise the cup with a shout and say, ¡°Cheers!¡±. I was wondering if the Marquis would take the cheers, but it seems different. I swallow the contents of the cup just like everyone else. I think it¡¯s quite delicious, but I feel that there is alcohol there. Still, the Marquis is freaking out, but I¡¯m weak, so don¡¯t bother.Previously, it seemed like the dishes would be properly distributed, but today it seems to be in the form of one plate at a time. The shop was narrow and the servants were walking around to serve meals. While I waited for it, the Marquis spoke to me. ¡°Do you have a dwarf?¡± Yeah? Are you an apprentice? Yeah, that¡¯s right. After hearing my answer, the Marquis nodded convincingly. Hmm. It¡¯s a good drink. ¡°I can¡¯t deny that.¡± At the end of the appetizer, small pieces of meat emerged. It seems to be spiced, but I can¡¯t see the surface of the meat at all. Cut into pieces with a knife and carry to mouth. Eating this opened my eyes. Perhaps it is the spice that is applied, and the spicy taste is a good accent and it is delicious, but from the taste of this flavor, it will be made by the person I thought it was. ¡°Hey, what¡¯s this?¡± He was surprised to eat a sip of the sammy sitting next to him, and then he whispered to me. I nod. ¡°Ah, this is probably Ooi-san¡¯s.¡± That¡¯s right. With a smile of satisfaction, Samya carries the next bite. I¡¯m happy to say, ¡°Hmm,¡± so the taste is fine. Marius, who was eating at a different table from ours, had an eye when she glanced. I point to the plate. Marius smiled with her usual flirtatious face. The more I mistook myself for the mistake, the sooner that smile disappeared, the more I sighed. Definitely. This is Sandro¡¯s cooking. Maybe Boris and Martin are here. Anyway, did he get involved? I walked around the kitchen happily whilst mumbling, thinking of Bolis and Martin, who would be giving instructions aloud, and I was filled with smiles. Chapter 437 Chapter 437: 437 The meal proceeds solemnly. In the meantime, there is no one like to stand and say hello. I¡¯m sitting at the edge, so it¡¯s hard to see. I mean, if you¡¯re looking at us, nature and the Marquis are in sight, so you can¡¯t even look at us with cancer. Marius¡¯ consideration was in the form of a success, and I was impressed with his cooking. The situation is such that the Marquis does not say anything naughty. For example, there is the Empire¡¯s Seventh Princess in the audience. I¡¯ve been stacking cups at a fairly good pace since then, but I haven¡¯t stopped turning around, so I keep answering straight. However, as the alcohol progressed, he pretended to look at me from time to time and looked at me afterwards. I¡¯m not going after that gaze either, but I think I¡¯m looking at Helen. The woman seems to be cleaning up the dishes very quickly. Manners are by no means good, but not enough for others to frown. Everyone else is a little more gentle. Though it is an encouragement, did you say it was a gift of Diana and Anne¡¯s education? The Earl¡¯s daughter and the princess had their own table manners. Eventually, the meal came to an end. It can be seen from the appearance of dessert-like fruit. It is a grapefruit-like fruit, but it has little bitter and sour taste and strong sweetness. I was surprised because I ate all the fruit that seemed close to wild seeds in this world. Perhaps this is an improved variety. Looking at the fruit, Chilari and me and his family, the Marquis murmured. ¡°Sorry.¡± Maybe it¡¯s about our situation. It¡¯s not as loud as the surrounding sound. You can¡¯t know that the Marquis apologized to a blacksmith.Helen and Anne came to us in the mid marquis¡¯s temptations. Well, I¡¯m involved, too. The words of apology must have peered from the door slightly open with alcohol. ¡°What is it? I decided to leave it alone. I don¡¯t think it¡¯s particularly annoying. As the Marquis sighed small and small, he laughed bitterly. ¡°I think you could be a little sweeter to people.¡± I said. That may be so. People with different fields of expertise live under one roof as a family. If they tell me that there is no way to make use of it, I have to accept it. Nothing in particular I want to talk to except the groom and bride, and I said that I was going to be a ¡°stain on the wall¡± and I could do whatever I wanted with the rest of my family, but they didn¡¯t want to move anyway. What are you going to do with the stains on the wall surrounded by flowers? That¡¯s why I thought it would be better to dance a little rather than just solidify it with my family. ¡°Will you dance with me? Yes, he called me. Chapter 438 Chapter 438: 438 A strange woman talked to me, who was going to be a complete wall stain. She wears a pale yellow dress and bob-cut silver hair. I wonder if my height is a little lower than mine. [M] It doesn¡¯t look very decorative on the whole, but I think it is a small ruby for hair shining like silver workmanship or a golden hair decoration with red jewelry, and it seems that it stands out. ¡°Me and¡­? I pointed at myself. I feel a strange feeling of killing by my side (I feel like it¡¯s suitable for me or not), but I don¡¯t feel anything particularly suspicious from this woman. Even if Samya and Helen don¡¯t move, they won¡¯t hurt me in particular. The problem is that I don¡¯t know this woman at all. I¡¯ve dug up all my memories since I came to this world, but I don¡¯t remember seeing this person. I wonder if there¡¯s a pattern I¡¯ve seen somewhere over there that I know unilaterally. ¡°Yeah.¡± The woman smiled nicely and nodded quietly. Looking gently at Diana and Anne, Diana approached and whispered in her ear. ¡°It would be rude to refuse if a woman asked you to, so take it.¡± ¡°You don¡¯t accept the beginning of any relationship, do you? When I heard it, my back twitched. I see. Shoulder bread is not good. I smiled at the woman to keep the pain from coming out of her face. ¡°I¡¯m not used to this kind of place, so I¡¯m afraid it¡¯s ugly, if you don¡¯t mind.¡± ¡°Of course, I¡¯ll handle it.¡± A woman smiling again. I took her hand and proceeded to a slightly empty place. At that time, the song that the band had been playing until now turned from a little lively ¨C perhaps so that the conversation could be hidden ¨C to a relaxed song. Instead, the noise is getting louder. Is this a consideration to make it easier for me to dance, or is it a coincidence¡­? I can¡¯t help thinking about it, so when I take a woman¡¯s hands, I take steps to match the song. It would have been different if I had done social dance in the previous world, but unfortunately I don¡¯t have that experience. Obviously, the cheese that Watchdog gave me doesn¡¯t contain anything called ¡°dance talent¡±, so it wouldn¡¯t be terrible if people didn¡¯t see it. A little dance will expose it immediately. I felt like I could hear a voice that couldn¡¯t even take a bitter smile from the other side of the song. If this woman understands and doesn¡¯t want to be ashamed of herself altogether. ¡°So, what¡¯s the story? ¡°Oh, I just wanted to dance honestly¡­ but you won¡¯t believe me.¡± When she frowned at the naughty words for a moment, the woman gave up. It¡¯s just my eyesight, but it seems to have had an unexpected effect. ¡°Well, let¡¯s be brief. My name is Annette.¡± Annette bowed as if it were one of the dance gestures. Together, I¡¯ll keep my head down. ¡°To put it in perspective, it means the royal kingdom is involved.¡± Annette keeps moving me by pulling my hand. ¡°Well, being here doesn¡¯t interest you enough. It¡¯s the opposite, actually.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t feel like I could be honest with you.¡± I said so without changing my expression as much as possible. It¡¯s an uncovered mood. Heh. I completely shut out my feelings and replied. Annette smiles even harder. ¡°Something a little troublesome is going on. You may be able to ask for a final trump card or something close to it. Since then, it¡¯s too late to rush and connect your face, so now is the time.¡± ¡°Luckily, there¡¯s a good chance to dive in. That¡¯s right. Annette smiled nicely this time. ¡°That¡¯s what this is all about, thank you very much. Ah, please explain everything to your family. And to Her Highness. I didn¡¯t mean anything to do with your family.¡± ¡°Thank you.¡± If I had to deceive you, I had to worry about what kind of cover story I had prepared, but it would be easier if I explained it as it is. I don¡¯t care how much you trust me¡­ Annette and I will thank you for the last time and go back to where we were. A warm applause wrapped us in the opposite of the swallowing of the conversation we had. Chapter 439 Chapter 439: 439 I finished the dance and went back to everybody. A warm, non-existent look and applause come from everyone. ¡°Oh, my God.¡± ¡°It wasn¡¯t bad, but I think I need a lesson.¡± I see. You might want to remember both the kingdom and the empire. ¡° Diana and Anne laughed at my words. As with etiquette, you can call it a top class instructor. When I hear that the Countess of the Kingdom and the Empress of the Empire will personally guide me, I think there will be many young women of nobility who raise their hands. But unfortunately, I¡¯m 30 years old by appearance, and I¡¯m an incredible blacksmith. I¡¯ve just learned¡­ ¡°Soft hands, even if you do.¡± The bitter smile leaks unexpectedly. The whole family smiled at it. I¡¯m always laughing, but in light of the situation, I guess. ¡°So, what? Diana can pull in a smile. It seems to be well understood that it was not a glossy story at all. No, if it¡¯s a glossy story, can it be stuffed with real faces? ¡°It¡¯s just a greeting. A detective. Thank you, Royal Staff.¡± ¡°You mean you put your face together before it got too serious? ¡°I suppose I should say the Empress. Apparently so. I didn¡¯t feel like I was doing anything right now.¡± ¡°If this is a bad situation, you don¡¯t have time to look like this.¡± Anne makes it seem a little boring. Originally, there was something wrong with blacksmiths sticking their necks in trouble everywhere. ¡°Anyway, would it have been nice to say hello to me instead of the bride and groom?¡± I think it was the guest of honor. Anne snorted very small. If there is any part that can be used for cute family weddings, it seems that it is that kind of generosity that does not hesitate to do so. I see. ¡°If you¡¯re in trouble, you can say no.¡± Diana said to my gavel with serious eyes. If you refuse to hear from a royal detective, the Amur family may be seen by the Marquis, no, the royal family. I understand the concern that I will not shake my head vertically in any trouble after considering it. Or rather, I think so. It¡¯s more or less a friend crisis. But my priorities are already set. ¡°My priority is always to spend time with my family.¡± Hearing that, Diana displays a delightful, sad and complex expression. ¡°Apart from celebrations like today¡­..¡± I separated the words there for a moment. I don¡¯t know what to say. ¡°If my family¡¯s always about to collapse, I¡¯m going to help solve whatever anyone tells me.¡± Diana said with a small sigh. ¡°A strange, aristocratic man talking peacefully with the Marquis, but obviously not from this land.¡± ¡°Besides, there are a lot of women around, and among them are Amuel¡¯s daughter and Thunderbolt, and I don¡¯t think there are people who know how to deal with them, from elves and dwarves to beasts and even the Titans.¡± Anne took over after Diana. ¡°Well, I¡¯m a mysterious aristocrat when I look around¡­.¡± ¡°Eh, now? ¡°I thought it might be thin, but when I was told, I had no choice but to feel it.¡± That said, when I sharpened my mouth, the whole family laughed as usual. Chapter 440 Chapter 440: 440 ¡°Anyway, Diana and the girls should go to the bride and groom.¡± Looking at the two people who were free, I said. It would be nice if I went with them, but I thought they would have less time to meet overwhelmingly in the future. Especially since Diana has a chance to meet a few of her brothers and friends. Our family seemed hesitant for a moment, but soon went back to them. I don¡¯t grow too big in the back. ¡°Do what you have to do.¡± The reply was Samya¡¯s flickering hand. I wonder if I¡¯ve tricked you. [M] It¡¯s not very polite, but does anyone blame it on this occasion? Anyway, he¡¯s by the mysterious aristocracy. If I was careful, it would actually be a very great nobleman of another country involved¡­ or it could be an international problem, and it would be to paint mud on Marius¡¯ face in the first place. ¡°Holy shit¡­..¡± I sighed and turned my shoulders slightly. I think I¡¯ve been nervous since I started eating. At that time, the Marquis lay right next to me. I wonder where the Marquis is now. I don¡¯t want him to find me as alone as possible. They could say a lot of trouble. I was shouting down at you. ¡°Looking for someone? It¡¯s not the Marquis¡¯s thick voice. It seems a little lighter. ¡°It¡¯s not talking, it¡¯s the opposite.¡± I said without looking at the voice I had heard many times. ¡°I wish it wasn¡¯t me.¡± ¡°No way, I thought you might not be here.¡± I smiled bitterly at this farce and looked back towards my voice. ¡°Where have you been, Camilo?¡± In terms of physique alone, there was a figure of my business partner dressed quite luxuriously today in that body that would not draw attention to the Marquis. When I raise my hand, Camilo grabs it and slaps me lightly on the shoulder.¡°Back there. I¡¯ve got a lot to do today.¡± So you weren¡¯t at the dinner party? ¡°Oh, I¡¯ve eaten almost the same thing in another room. I just finished eating.¡± Because Sandro¡¯s cooking is delicious. That¡¯s right. Nyah and Camilo laugh. Boris or Martin, maybe we¡¯ll call the city when we¡¯re independent. When that happens, it¡¯s convenient because I can enjoy the delivery, but that¡¯s their life. Don¡¯t imitate such innocence as I say. ¡°Is it all right to say hello? ¡°There are no people here who need to connect their faces right now. I have a special greeting for the bride and groom.¡± Camilo shrugged his shoulders. When it comes to merchants, it seems that this occasion can only broaden connections. No, in the first place, should I assume that this kind of situation also includes that purpose? Even in the old world, there were two people who came as friends at the wedding. ¡°That¡¯s what I hear. Baron Kelstead is now his deputy, but he doesn¡¯t want to retire soon. There you are, talking to the Marquis there.¡± Camilo points with a small gesture. When I followed him, there was an old man with a crisp atmosphere talking to the Marquis. The old man puts his gray hair behind him and stores his whiskers. The costume belongs to the aristocrats, but the atmosphere looks like the wizard who went to abandon the ring that he saw in the movies of the previous world. ¡°It seems that Marius is holding onto this. Even if you retire, half your parents won¡¯t change.¡± Phew I replied that way, but I lowered my head deeply in my heart to my best friend¡¯s replacement. ¡°Well, ladies and gentlemen, I don¡¯t want to miss the banquet, but I think it¡¯s time to open it today.¡± That¡¯s what Bowman said with a loud voice. It¡¯s been so long. Marius entered the center of the hall. ¡°Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for coming today. I think there are many things because they are still young, but thank you for your continued support.¡± A loud thank you will clap in the hall. It didn¡¯t stop ringing for a long time, as it showed the magnitude of the blessing for both of us. Chapter 441 Chapter 441: 441 Apparently, the culture of gift-giving does not yet exist in this world. There are not so many items that are suitable for distribution, and food can cause a lot of problems due to its expiration date. I wonder if this was a culture that existed in pre-world countries. As a Japanese, I¡¯ve always thought that it¡¯s not a good idea to get a souvenir from someone else¡¯s house. When I asked Anne later if there was such a thing as sharing food, she replied I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s just common people, but when it¡¯s two noblemen, it¡¯s a bit of a risk of poisoning. ¡°Even if you get along? Still, if you die right after eating a piece of bread that someone gave you, even if the poison was planted in something other than the bread, it would be suspected that there was no poison to begin with and that he simply died suddenly, right? That¡¯s right. If someone ¡°gives you food¡± as a conspiracy and then poisons something else (such as something you eat or drink on a daily basis) and then eats the gift and gets poisoned, of course the gift is suspected, and although it is unlikely, a sudden death due to a stroke or myocardial infarction while you are eating is also possible, and you happen to be the one who died at that time. If I had eaten something that was passed by the previous world, I would have been suspicious at one point. Especially in this world, that is. That¡¯s why there was nothing special to give away, and the guests left the hall in the order they were called. In the previous world, the bride and groom and their families would be standing at the door greeting each other endlessly, but there is no such thing. The order in which they were called up seemed to be the order in which the carriages were ready. We would be the last ones to leave the venue. You have to change your clothes. The Marquis was quite late. I thought he was the first one to leave because he was also a guest of honor, but I heard that there was no such thing as the order of importance. This too, when asked by Anne later on, I found out that ¡°in order of rank, the first one to come out of the room is the most important one, and the people who want to attack him will find it convenient to send him home in pieces. I¡¯m learning a lot: ¡­¡­. I¡¯m sure you¡¯ll be able to find out more about this. I¡¯m sure you¡¯ll be able to find the right one for you. It¡¯s a pleasure to work with you. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s about the bride and groom, the kingdom, or even Helen. But it would be tactless to ask that question. I nodded my head without saying a word. It¡¯s not that I don¡¯t care about the kingdom, but I don¡¯t need to be reminded about the other two, and it¡¯s a kind of trust between the two men that it¡¯s not about the kingdom somehow. I¡¯m sure you¡¯ll be able to find a lot of good reasons for this. I¡¯m sure you¡¯ve been listening to a lot of people, but your footsteps are steady. I¡¯m sure he is not in his usual state of mind when it comes to words like that. After that, some guests left, leaving us and the bride and groom alone. Julie¡¯s family has also moved into another room, and before I know it, Camilo is nowhere to be found. Thank you so much for today, No, thank you. I¡¯m glad to have you here, and I wish you both many years of happiness. I grabbed Marius¡¯s hand as he offered it to me. I¡¯m sure many things will follow him in the future, but I hope that he and Julie will support each other to get through this. I¡¯m sure you¡¯re not going to be able to get away with it. At least that¡¯s what Giselle explained.I¡¯m sure you¡¯ll be able to find the right one for you,¡± he said, showing the other hand he was shaking. The reward for this ring is in the other room. Please take it. All right. But you¡¯re not going to give it to me? Well. Marius grins. There must be some circumstances. You¡¯re a newlywed, and there¡¯s nothing better than to leave them alone as soon as possible. I didn¡¯t say anything about it. Mr. Bowman timed it right, ¡°This way,¡± and we all followed him. As we were leaving the hall, I turned around. ¡®Those two swings are a gift, you know! When I say this in a louder voice, Marius laughs and I know! They responded with a voice that was as loud as it could be. This is the reward I received from my master. I hope you will inspect it. I understand. When I received the bag that Bowman offered me, it was heavy. If this is a gold coin, it must be quite a lot of money. Hmm, I didn¡¯t need this much this time because I learned how to process Megistium. With that in mind, I put the contents of the bag out on the table, and as I expected, I found more than a dozen gold coins. But even with this number of coins, they still don¡¯t fit the weight. When I put my hand in the bag, my hand touched something the size of my fist. When I take it out, I see a lump of blueish metal that looks like gold. ¡°Is this ¡­¡­? I couldn¡¯t help but look at Mr. Bowman and say that he has an unusually mischievous smile on his face. He looks like Marius when he¡¯s up to something. It¡¯s an adamantite. It¡¯s part of the reward for this one. The words were said smoothly, with a smile. I couldn¡¯t move for a moment, realizing what the word was. Chapter 442 Chapter 442: 442 ¡°Adamantite ¡­¡­ Yes. Ms. Bowman remains smiling. As if it was natural for it to be there. Once again, when I look at it in my hand, it¡¯s not that big for its weight. I don¡¯t know how much of it is refined, but even if it wasn¡¯t reduced nearly as much, it¡¯s enough to make a knife and maybe have a little extra for a blade. If the characteristic of adamantite is that it is rather hard, then there is a high possibility that it will make a thin but fairly unbreakable fine sword, but an ordinary long sword would be impossible. However, it was predictable that even such an amount would be worth a considerable amount of money if it was made into gold coins. It¡¯s true that it was quite difficult to process, but the materials were brought in, so to speak, and it¡¯s an unbeatable price to pay for the labor. Isn¡¯t this adamantite enough of a reward? Yes, it should be. In other words, I was going to say that the amount of gold coins is probably a lot, but it¡¯s just flowing. Hmm? ¡°By nature¡±? ¡°This means that this gold coin ¡°To ward off bad luck,¡± it said. Was it not much? ¡°No, on the contrary: ¡­¡­ It is true that the ring even has an amulet to ward off bad luck, but that¡¯s something that just happened, and above all, I didn¡¯t get it myself. Is it okay to get paid for it? I was even willing to pay for it for free. It¡¯s also something that was added without my permission. But if I¡¯m adamant about it here, it will only embarrass Mr. Bowman. It¡¯s not the kind of guy Marius is by mistake, but it doesn¡¯t stand up to him to be refused the reward he offered to pay. The responsibility for not forcing it on him will fall on Mr. Bowman. I see. ¡­¡­ Well, I mean, here¡¯s what I can¡¯t say no to, only sending Mr. Bowman and no Marius. If you¡¯re dealing with the owner of the house, you¡¯ll stubbornly push through, but if you¡¯re dealing with a guest that you can¡¯t have with a servant, that¡¯s the right choice. I understand, I give up. I¡¯ll be grateful for your help. We would be very grateful if you would do so.Mr. Bowman said and bowed deeply. I bowed my head along with him. We didn¡¯t turn into a waterfowl squabbling, but we both chuckled. Then the family trickled back in. It was Katerina who led the way. Everyone is back to their familiar look. Samija and Deanna were talking to each other as they came in. They were probably talking the whole time while moving down the hallway. Now that all the other guests have left, though, there¡¯s no one to hold back. And moreover, Deanna is essentially the person of the house. ¡®I¡¯m telling you, it¡¯s easier for me and Anne, too, this way. ¡°Really? Samija turned back to Anne. That Anne shrugged her shoulders instead of replying. She doesn¡¯t have any kind of corset yet, but that doesn¡¯t change the fact that the dress is tight. There are people who wear them all the time, but they simply don¡¯t have time to take them off because they meet people too often. Your mother blurted it out before: ¡­¡­. I wasn¡¯t, and I would spend as much time without it on as possible. Haha, that¡¯s a lot of work! ¡°Master, do you process this? ¡°Hmm? That¡¯s right: ¡­¡­ Rike said with a twinkle in her eye. I feel like the rest of the family can¡¯t hide their excitement. Unless I¡¯m mistaken. I let out a small sigh and then say, ¡°Yeah, I guess so. ¡®Yeah, I guess so. Not right after I get home, but I¡¯m hoping to make it into something sooner rather than later. I¡¯ve got some baboon money, so I¡¯ll have to wait a bit longer. To my reply, Rike said, ¡°Wow! He smiled furtively, while everyone else looked on, half-amused and half-cute. ¡®Oh, excuse me, Mr. Bowman, I¡¯m going to have to leave now,¡¯ ¡°No, no, no, no. Enjoy your stay. Mr. Bowman said, looking at Rique with eyes as compassionate as my family¡¯s. I collect the rewards I¡¯ve scattered on the table in a bag. Well, let¡¯s go home, shall we? Everyone voiced their agreement, and Bowman began to lead the way, ¡°This way then,¡± he said. Chapter 443 Chapter 443: 443 Mr. Bowman led me to the entrance of the house. I was hoping to show my face to Sandro¡¯s father, but it looks like it will be difficult. I¡¯m more behind the scenes than Camilo this time. Well, it¡¯s not like I won¡¯t have a chance in the future, I¡¯ll just have to show up at the restaurant again. When Mr. Bowman opened the front door, Krull and Lucy were waiting for him. I don¡¯t know how long I¡¯ve been here, but Katerina is mooching off Lucy. Lucy was also flapping her tail, so she probably felt like she was being played with by her big sister. ¡°Lucy, I¡¯m going home. When I called out to her, Lucy let out a ¡°woof¡± and jumped onto the cart. The way she jumped on the cart was so well-behaved that she didn¡¯t seem to be in any danger anymore. I guess she¡¯s growing up fast. Katerina, who had been mooching, looked at me with a resentful expression. I¡¯m not sure what to make of that. I sighed. I¡¯m not sure what to make of it. It¡¯s not just a wolf demon, it¡¯s our family. It¡¯s a big house, why don¡¯t you advise them to get a guard dog? A puppy? They¡¯ll get used to the environment better than an adult dog, and if you can get a puppy, that would be better. I don¡¯t know much about pets because I never had one in my previous life, but I think it¡¯s better for the dog to get used to the environment while he¡¯s still a child so that he feels less discomfort. I see. ¡­¡­ Katerina put her hand on her forehead and thought about it. I¡¯m not sure what to say. Maybe Lucy will have someone to play with when she comes back next time. I¡¯ll see you later. Thank you for everything you did for me today. Oh, I¡¯m sorry. Take care of yourself on the way. When we got into the cart and called out to her, Katerina hurriedly straightened her appearance and said, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. The way she bowed her head was graceful, unlike the impression I had just gotten. It¡¯s not a bad thing that he¡¯s uninhibited, and he¡¯s got the ability to do it. You have ¡­¡­, right? I¡¯m not sure what to make of this. Lucy is wagging her tail as much as she can, and it looks like she is waving goodbye ¡­¡­. I¡¯m not sure what to make of that. ¡°Well, it¡¯s pretty hard to be in awe. You get used to it when you¡¯re out there a lot. Deanna laughed at my words. Anne nodded her head in agreement. I¡¯m sure you¡¯ll be happy to know that I¡¯m not the only one who¡¯s had to deal with this. ¡°Yeah, ¡­¡­.This time Anne answered. There¡¯s not a lot of good reasons to gather a lot of people, and when people gather, that¡¯s more or less what happens. And when people get together, there¡¯s always more or less of that going on, especially if they think their future might be affected by it. ¡°Wow. I was aware of my face turning bitter as I bit down on it. I feel like I¡¯m going to have a pit in my stomach just listening to this. I¡¯m really not suited for aristocratic society. After all, I¡¯d rather live a leisurely life as a blacksmith in the forest. I think that would be better. I¡¯m not sure if I¡¯ll be able to do it. I¡¯m not sure what to make of it. And thanks to her, our farm is just beginning to look good. Speaking of which, are you feeling all right? Yes, I¡¯m fine. I¡¯m fine for that amount of time. Liddy smiled at me. The dress she wore earlier was beautiful, but it was still a relief to see her smiling face. I can¡¯t really imagine Eizo living out of the forest. It would be nice if things were peaceful like this forever. I said, and everyone nodded. The scenery that I could see was so peaceful. However, something must be going on in the world that I can¡¯t see. I can¡¯t stop all of it. Even with my cheats, I¡¯m just an old man in a blacksmith shop. But still¡­ I¡¯d like to do whatever it takes to keep the peace within sight. And I hoped that this would be ¡°always¡± the case. Then the sun went down, and we lit the torches and entered the forest. We were already familiar with this area. Maybe the animals in the forest are used to us, or maybe they¡¯re just used to us, but nothing caught Saamya¡¯s nose or Helen¡¯s sense of presence, and Krull was in a good mood as he led the cart. We arrived at the house in what I thought might be the shortest time from the forest entrance. Thinking that today had been quite a tumultuous day, we all unhooked the cart from Krull and somehow all lined up in front of the house. Krull and Lucy also lined up together. The house was illuminated by torchlight. Some people might call it eerie. But I felt at ease. No one said anything for a while, but then someone in line said, ¡°Se-no¡±. I knew exactly what to say after that. I¡¯m home. We all said it together, and I opened the door of my house. Thus, we were back to ¡°normal. Chapter 444 Chapter 444: 444 Ai Elephant Workshop People Aizou¡­ his full name is Aizou Tanya.Human. Male. A former Japanese man was called to the truck to help a cat, but he was reborn because it was irregular to lose his life.So I¡¯m 30 physically, but I¡¯m a little over 40 mentally. I started the blacksmith with the ability of the cheat I received at that time.He doesn¡¯t want to be very proactive because he can make products with incredible performance. From the convenience of living in the ¡°Black Forest¡±, they also receive cheats that are common to all production systems and combat abilities that they can afford to win. I wonder why all the women come to me. Samya¡­ no full name.Tiger Beast. Female.The actual age is about 5 years old, but when I change it to human age, I am about 25 years old.After being attacked by a giant black bear, Aero rescued him from losing consciousness, and then he was carried away by Aero, so he began to live with him. He also originally lived in the Black Forest, where he learned more about forest plants, organisms, and geography, and taught Aero what he needed to know in life. Like¡­ his full name is Like Moritz.Dwarf. Female. Age unknown.At a certain age, following Dwarf¡¯s custom of leaving his workshop and approaching his apprentice, he was looking for an apprentice from his parent¡¯s workshop, and he saw Aero¡¯s products and apprenticed. Unlike Aero, who received a cheat, because she is a ¡°honest¡± blacksmith, Aero makes her do ¡°retrieval practice¡± while thinking that she is sorry, and asks how the ordinary blacksmith is doing. Learning about magic from Elf Liddy, he has developed his strength and skill, and his level as a blacksmith is high, but I think he still sees it because it belongs to Aero. Diana¡­ her full name is Diana Leona Amur.Human. Female. Age unknown.The lady of the Count of Amur in the kingdom, but she¡¯s a transvestite.The Amur family flees the Amur family to avoid getting caught up in disturbances and is hidden in the Elephant workshop.After the disturbance was resolved, we decided to live together as ¡°to avoid unnecessary trouble¡±. A swordsman once called ¡°Rose of the Sword Stadium¡±.The sword¡¯s arm seems to have been given to her by her mother.My favorite work is hunting and architecture, but when Aero asks me about kingdom politics, I also describe it as the Countess of the Kingdom. Liddy¡­ his full name is Liddy Rosewall.Elves. Female. Age unknown.He lived in a different forest elf than the Black Forest.Initially, I visited the Aero Workshop to repair the broken Elf Sword when there was a massive outbreak of monsters. Afterwards, when there was a massive outbreak of monsters again in a short period of time, I was to join the crusade expedition from the capital and reunite with Aero.After a successful crusade, he decided to live in the Aero Workshop as ¡°the closest to the city and rich in magic (elves need magic to sustain life)¡±. Because he has knowledge of magic and magic, he handles magic to Like, and explains magic, magic, and monsters to Aegean. Helen¡­ no full name.Human. Female. Age unknown.He is tall and has a knife wound on his face.He is a mercenary and a two-named ¡°thunderbolt¡± (formerly ¡°thunderbolt sword¡±) with a clever and ambidextrous user. Originally, I visited the Aero Workshop in search of a good weapon.After that, he visited for maintenance, but was caught up in the revolution of the Empire and imprisoned.Afterwards, Aero and the others rescued him, but he was hiding in the workshop because he wanted to die.I¡¯m not being targeted right now, but I don¡¯t want to go back to being a mercenary because I like the life of the workshop. The sword¡¯s arm is the best in the neighborhood, and Aero can¡¯t win.Sometimes I advise Aero from that perspective. Anne¡­ her full name is Annemarie Christine Vesner.Giants. Age unknown.Empire¡¯s Seventh Princess.I was told to pull Aero out of the Empire and went to the workshop, but I was quickly refused. The mission¡¯s failure was more than expected, so I planned to have only my weapons made and returned, but I decided to live in the Aerosol Workshop as a hostage to some plot.Only for the sake of the hostages remains the Seventh Princess of the Kingdom of God. Recently, I think it is better to live here.Advise Ayzow on the life of nobility above the Earls and on diplomacy, including kingdoms and empires.Kuru¡­ no full name.Walking dragon. Female. Age unknown.Camilo acquired it on a normal route and handed it over to Aero.The blood is faint, but it is not descended from a dragon, so you can consume magic to maintain your body. I think of Aero as my dad, my other family as my mom, and Lucy as my sister.I like to carry my luggage because my mom and dad will praise me afterwards.Recently, hauling itself is becoming fun. Lucy¡­ no full name.Forest Wolf Monster. Female.Age unknown. A wolf demonized by the magic of the ¡°Black Forest¡±. As a result, both mothers and children were driven out of the herd and attacked by a big black bear, killing their mother. Now that the Aerosols are protected, they are able to thrive and take them hunting.I think of Kurl as your sister.They¡¯re going to be smart in the future. black forest people Gisel¡­ the head of the ¡°Black Forest¡± fairy clan.The fairy tribe consists mostly of magic, but in order to solve the disease, the magic unique to the fairy tribe gradually fades out, I asked Aeo to help me. Reja¡­ the fairy tribe of the ¡°Black Forest¡±.Aero helped me get sick and die. Deepika¡­ the fairy tribe of the ¡°Black Forest¡±.I brought Leeja, who was sick and dying, to the Aero Workshop. city people Camilo¡­ a former peddler who now owns a large shop in the city¡¯s new town.At first, I only bought a few Aerosol products, but I decided to formally trade them in order to set up a store with quality and price in mind. Marquis¡­ Gregor Menzel. Minister at the Marquis of the Kingdom.It was a friendly relationship with Marius¡¯ parents (= previous employer).When the Amur family was in a disturbance, they knew Aero, and then they saw him everywhere, thinking, ¡°That blacksmith who somehow put his neck everywhere.¡± Few people know how to blacksmith and fight.It¡¯s like someone painted a magnificent painting, but it seems like they can communicate quite a bit.Aizou said, ¡°It¡¯s good if politics doesn¡¯t get involved.¡± Sandro¡­ is a restaurant in the city called ¡°Gold-toothed Pork Pavilion¡±.He has a body that can be mistaken for a dwarf.I knew Aero when he was on a monster expedition.There are rumors that he was a cook with a certain skill and former aristocracy, but he is not trusted because he denies it and is personally impossible.He often cooks for free when his acquaintance arrives, and later his wife tells him to do it. Boris¡­ an apprentice working at Sandro¡¯s.It is not tall but it is stiff.The skill of cooking is there. Martin¡­ an apprentice working at Sandro¡¯s.She is tall and stiff.I don¡¯t talk much. The cooking skills are between Boris and Sandro. Frederica¡­ Frederica Schulter. The daughter of a noble family who is not very tall.I usually do tax-related work.I knew Aizou when he served as a civilian in the Monster Enemy Corps.The small animal feeling of movement is amazing.You¡¯ll grow into a tough guy later. Others Nilda¡­ the demon race.Helen broke his weapon and relied on the words he said at the time to visit the Aerosol Workshop to make his own weapon.Nilda was the leader of a reconnaissance unit in the peripheral area of the demonic world and had direct knowledge of the demon king. Nilda was the one who discovered the weapon of the Aero Workshop. Watchdog¡­ if you¡¯re ¡°observing¡± Earth with a cat, you could be accidentally hit by a truck and rescued by an aerobe.In return, he reincarnated Aero. Chapter 445 Chapter 445: 445 Coming back from Marius¡¯ wedding, we went back to life the next day as usual. The slightest difference is that Adamantite also sits next to the Hyirokane on the shrine.I left this here first when I got back. So it was there when I worshipped the Shelf in the morning. ¡°When is that going to be processed? Thanksgiving After the last thanksgiving of a round of applause, Samya asked. Which is it? ¡°Neither.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right¡­..¡± I rub my chin with my hand. Not for a while, anyway. It was not Samya who dropped his shoulder with that word, but Ricke. ¡°I think we need to find an appropriate machining method.Even if you train like normal steel, you might be able to process it quite a bit. ¡° Neither of them is as soft as megestium, so I think the properties are close to metal.In that case, it can be processed normally¡­ but there is no confirmation. Using a cheat can solve a problem in one shot¡­ It¡¯s been experienced with Megistium. Besides, I had another reason. I¡¯d also like to find a way to immobilize the Magic Gems. Magic gems are indispensable for the illness of fairies.However, the magic gems that can be produced at home are not stable, and after a while, they literally scatter the clouds. If we can make magic gems that can be maintained all the time, if we provide them to the fairies as medicine, for whatever reason, we can cure the disease even without me.As much as possible, I want fairies to live more casually, and this is what I want to prioritize. However, the problem is that magic gems are valuable as gems, and they are not so cheap either.In other words, it is a technique that produces jewels from nothing. Even if I could find a way to make it available to everyone else, the method wouldn¡¯t work.It is said that it will be lost in about 100 years, but it is dangerous to the extent that there is no way to do it. Saying such a thing, Anne nodded well.¡°I want my hands out of my throat, but if I get them and go back to my country, I won¡¯t be exposed to the light for the rest of my life.¡± I guess so. If we get infinitely gold-producing machines from infinity, everyone will take care of it.That¡¯s a story that can¡¯t be helped anymore.I would if I were a great man.In that case, there is no way to go out or lose the information. I mean, it¡¯s hard to imagine that none of the things in this world have ever been successful in producing magic gems.In other words, I¡¯m guessing it will be because it has already been lost. There must be a lot of technology that is born and lost like this.How was it in the previous world?Now I¡¯m a little interested.There¡¯s no way to look into it anymore. ¡°That¡¯s why I¡¯m doing the usual thing for a while.¡± When I said that, everyone replied with an understanding, including Rice.I wonder if you don¡¯t hate your usual relaxing work.I lighted the furnace and the fire floor with magic. The only thing I do with magic is ignition and blowing air, so the temperature won¡¯t rise for a while even if I light it.The fire floor is littered, but the furnace is watched by the thermia, and charcoal is poured in appropriately.Does ¡°parent¡± mean to look behind you? It is my job to make a fire floor when it is a special order, but as I announced earlier today, it is normal, so there is no problem even watching it like this. No, it¡¯s uncomfortable not to do anything as a feeling, but the reality is that when the two of you say, ¡°This is because I¡¯m studying,¡± I have to pull myself in. ¡°Yes, so it may be difficult to teach.¡± That¡¯s what Liddy said.I tapped the shoulder lightly. ¡°You don¡¯t have to worry about it because it¡¯s enough to use it now.I¡¯m just a little interested.Come on, let¡¯s get to work! When I said that, Liddy smiled a little.And over there, ¡°Aero is teasing Liddy! Helen¡¯s voice echoes, and everyone looks at me.It¡¯s just a puncture line of sight. ¡°No, no¡­ wait a minute¡­¡± I was working on today¡¯s work while interacting with everyone. Chapter 446 Chapter 446: 446 Then two weeks passed.It has been irregular for some time now, and nothing has changed in particular.It¡¯s like rehab. I asked Camilo at the time of delivery, but he said, ¡°The world is never lined up.¡±It seems that Marius and Julie are also living a harmonious honeymoon.You can say that the concept of honeymoon is not yet present in this world, or that there is not much movement in the mountains to see things in the first place. Travelers are ¡°strangers¡± to everybody¡­Travelers and explorers must have had a lot of trouble.If anything happens, they¡¯ll be the first to suspect it. Well, those newlyweds have rings on them, so I¡¯m sure it won¡¯t happen very often.It¡¯s really appreciated that you don¡¯t have to worry about it. Having spent two weeks like this as usual, I began to notice. ¡°Haven¡¯t you gotten a little hot lately? Um¡­ When I was having lunch with everyone on the terrace, Samya looked up at the sky.I thought it was getting pretty hot in the past, but I don¡¯t feel much cooler when I leave the forgery for dinner or breaks¡­The sweat is not as dry as it is when it is still standing still, but I feel the temperature is rising even more. ¡°It¡¯s summer already¡­.¡± Excluding the lake in the ¡°black forest¡±, where the sun is hard to plug in, it is around us.The sun shines through the blue sky, pouring its grace on the ground. It¡¯s already such a season. I¡¯ve probably come to this world around the beginning of spring.Then, after the rainy season, it was summer.Although a year has not yet passed, a considerable amount of time has passed.There are also illusions that things have happened too much in the meantime and that more time has passed. ¡°Will it still be hot? I guess so. It hasn¡¯t been that long since summer started. ¡° It¡¯s not as hot as in a blacksmith¡¯s house (it would be deserted here), but will it still be hot?Then I¡¯ll sweat no matter what I do.¡°Do you want to dig a well¡­¡± Sweating means losing moisture in your body.Besides, wouldn¡¯t it be enough to wipe your body with a cloth as narrow as it is now?I¡¯m the main one.Then you¡¯ll want to take a bath.It is the same for Kuru and Lucy. In that case, it is more obvious than looking at the blacksmith¡¯s fire that the amount of water that is being pumped now will be insufficient.There may be drinking water to replenish the water or sprinkle it in the field. If you run out, you may go to the lake to fetch it, but almost every day¡­Even if you keep pumping water, since you also take a walk, I would like to prepare the means to easily secure water in time for the coming bath plan. ¡°What do you think? I suggested that everyone dig a well.Fortunately, the delivery has just been made so I have time, so I wonder if everyone needs a well in the future. ¡°I think it¡¯s okay to have a tattoo.Anyway, Atashi and Helen, it might be dangerous for everyone else to go to the lake from here. ¡° I tell you, Diana nodded with her arms around her.I dug it all over, but after all, there was no water, and it was a broken bone.Judging by the state of the lake, it is likely that undercurrent water will become a troposphere, but there is a normal possibility that it will not pass through here. That¡¯s probably why Diana and the others don¡¯t actively agree.Having thought so much, I realized that I was a bitch. ¡°Shit, you should have asked the fairies if they were going to get water.¡± They might have known to some extent how far the water was coming.Or can you sense it?I should have asked you when I came home the other day. ¡°I don¡¯t know how to contact the fairies, so why don¡¯t we try it for now? That¡¯s what Ricke said. ¡°I see. If the water doesn¡¯t come out, think about it.¡± Diana agreed. Thus, it was decided to start digging wells at the Aegean Workshop. Chapter 447 Chapter 447: 447 When digging wells, there are generally two ways to do it in this forest. First, open pit digging, roughly speaking, is simply a shovel digging technique.When you think about the circulation of air, dig widely, surround the spring with wooden boards and stones, and fill back around it. The advantage is that fewer tools are available and it is somewhat easier to find a place to dig widely and spring water, but it is a lossy method and there is a risk of collapse.We¡¯re not going to be able to expand the places we dig indefinitely. The next digging method is called total digging.It is a way to bowl using a purpose-built tool.To do this, we naturally need to make sure that the pigeon and the tools are not so complicated.But it¡¯s faster and safer than digging in the open air. After digging, to say the least.Even if it is pumped up with a fishing bottle, it is often thought whether to make a jump fishing bottle or whether to make a hand pump. However, for the total excavation and hand pump, there is no technology around here, and securing water greatly affects cultivation and habitation. In other words, it affects the operation of the Equal Territory.If you think it¡¯s just a large barren land that doesn¡¯t have a lot of water resources and isn¡¯t suitable for people to live in, you might start boasting abundant water and productivity beneath the impermeable layer. And it¡¯s a force for the country.I don¡¯t know how to install something like that just here¡­ Even so, after dinner on the day I started digging wells, when I proposed to install fishing bottles in open pit digging, there was no particular objection from everyone. I¡¯m worried about the collapse, but given the hardness of the soil around here, it¡¯s likely to collapse. ¡°When do we start? I don¡¯t know. Samya asked me, and I put my arms together and looked up at the ceiling.The magical lantern lights are faint black, but dark enough to concentrate your thoughts. ¡°I¡¯d like to start early, but I¡¯d like to start tomorrow.¡± ¡°That¡¯s okay, isn¡¯t it?¡± Samya said in haste.Looking down, it seems that everyone has no particular objection.Nevertheless, we have to deliver it properly. Samya nodded.Thanks to eating a lot (which has recently increased), it does not become a situation of ¡°discarding something that cannot be eaten even if it is dried or salted¡±, but the amount stored also increases or decreases at a slight pace. If I brought all the food into the house and put it in a cage castle, I could keep it for about three months from the point of view of food.Without limiting the amount in particular.I can¡¯t actually get a cage castle because I don¡¯t have the means to get water in the house.In the first place, it¡¯s not a structure that can do that. Well then, let me sweeten your words and start tomorrow.We¡¯ll start by choosing a place and digging. ¡° Think about allocating work somehow in your head.It¡¯s starting to look like the work I did in the old world.It¡¯s kind of a hybrid of work, hobbies and life, so it¡¯s kind of easy. There is no due date for this anyway.Oh, great delivery date.Let¡¯s be careful not to get rough for that. Afterwards, I talked about some everyday life, and I went back to my room before everybody else. Chapter 448 Chapter 448: 448 The next day, after finishing their morning routine, they all went out.Let¡¯s decide where to dig first. I can¡¯t help it without a water pulse, but I¡¯d like to decide where I think ¡°I wish I had a well here.¡± There¡¯s no magic in exploring the water veins. I asked Liddy.When asked, Liddy is jiotong.You mean there¡¯s no such thing.If you think so, ¡°Yes, there is.¡± was returned. Do you have one? ¡°Strictly speaking, it¡¯s magic to know the direction of water.¡±It¡¯s hard to detect obstacles such as walls in between, so it¡¯s hard to find water under the ground. ¡° I see. Is it an echo?Well, I can¡¯t help but look for the principle of magic. I remember it was hard in the old world to tell if there was enough water to be pumped up around 10 meters deep.Enough if you know it by magic. ¡°If you¡¯re still good at it, you¡¯re still good at it, but I¡¯m not so good at it¡­.¡± ¡°No, that¡¯s enough.At least it doesn¡¯t make any sense to dig into this area. ¡° When I said that, Like nodded.It seems that there are still stories that Ricke¡¯s workshop was close to the mountain but far from the river, so he struggled to dig a well. In that case, Liddy used magic.I haven¡¯t seen anything like it since the Hobbgoblin Crusade. As she crouched down, Liddy gently closed her eyes and sharpened her nerves into something, pointing her palm towards the ground.The breeze crossed, but I noticed that the breeze was less cool.This is totally summer. ¡°Ooh¡­.¡± Helen speaks up.Liddy¡¯s hands are just a little shiny.The light seemed to illuminate a little more ground than the palm of a hand.It also appears that light is leaking slightly between the palm of your hand and the ground. Liddy gently opened her eyes and explained the results while crouching down. ¡°In this way, water is likely to come out wherever you dig around here.¡± ¡°Oh, is that so? ¡°Yeah.¡± Liddy nodded firmly.You can see the color of certainty in that eye.I didn¡¯t feel a bit confident before using magic. ¡°This light leads to the water.It¡¯s a little far away, but there¡¯s a lake, so I¡¯m going there, but if there¡¯s no water in this area, I¡¯m not going to go to the ground. ¡° ¡°Is the intensity of light the amount of water, or is it the magical range?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. When this magician is good at concentrating and there is water, there is a strong light.I¡¯m not good at it, so the light is weak¡­. ¡° ¡°Still spreading means groundwater isn¡¯t so concentrated, it¡¯s distributed around here.¡± ¡°Probably¡± Not all of them are so far apart, so it doesn¡¯t seem like there is much difference anywhere, but considering the frequency of use, it must be convenient for my work at all. After some discussion, we decided to dig right next to the terrace with a compromise.It¡¯s convenient because it¡¯s about the same place from where everybody wants it, and it¡¯s convenient to bring water from the terrace to the mother house and blacksmith¡¯s. All right, let¡¯s get started. The job should be for me, Helen and Anne to dig up, get everyone else to carry the soil out, and sometimes have Liddy confirm the presence of water. I got the scoop I used to build more rooms.Helen and Anne, who already have Scoop, are watching my behavior.Helen told me what was going on. ¡°Aerosols do it first.¡± Is it like a compartment?This kind of feeling is important. ¡°Well, then, I¡¯m arrogant.¡± I coughed up and shook the first scoop to the ground, praying that the water would come out. Chapter 449 Chapter 449: 449 The feeling of steel eating into the powder and hard soil came to my hand through the pattern.This is the first task. I¡¯m going to stop digging where the water comes out, but the deeper it gets, it should be about 10 meters.There¡¯s still a long way to go. You were waiting for me to put a scoop in the first place, and as soon as I dodged a swallow of dirt aside, Lucy rushed in and started digging the ground.The ground is tough, and I haven¡¯t dug much, but it feels like a child can help me. ¡°Don¡¯t get too far away from us, it¡¯s dangerous.¡± ¡°Nh!! I told Lucy to raise her voice and dig a little farther away as she was told.Kurl was cleverly sidetracking the dirt Lucy had dug.Your sister has come to talk about the board. The whole family feels dusty when they see it.I¡¯m in a hurry, but I don¡¯t need it now, let alone at work.If you can proceed in a dusty mood rather than thinking ahead, it¡¯s better that way. ¡°Okay, let¡¯s dig this area wide.I see the dirt coming out¡­ I¡¯ll put it together around there.I¡¯ll bury it back to a certain extent, so it¡¯s better if it¡¯s close. ¡° If the number of people is small or the space that can be used for work is narrow, I think it is better to dig in as narrow a range as possible while considering the danger of collapse, but this time there is a number of people and the space that can be used for work can be secured quite a bit, so we plan to dig deeper. Make sure one side of the dig is on the slope just in case.This should solve the ventilation problem while taking the safety margin when it collapses¡­The problem with digging in a narrow area is ventilation, which suffocates without ventilation even at a shallower stage than imagined.It is our prospect that this will allow ventilation, but Liddy will soon use the magic of ¡°blowing wind¡± if he suffers during the work. Yes, she can also use the magic of ¡°ignition¡± and ¡°blow.¡±The only thing I usually use is because my parents are me.It¡¯s not something that¡¯s locked. I thought about removing the excavated dirt and sand, and having the basket or something tie a rope and pull it up, but it seems that it is easier to get in and out directly and this one is less troublesome. Once the content of the work has been decided, we will only move forward.Sometimes some happiness happens along the way, but you just have to figure out a solution then.I once again drove Scoop to the ground. It¡¯s time for lunch.I¡¯ll get ready. Everybody wash their hands. ¡° When I pierce Scoop into the ground and say so, everybody¡¯s voice comes back.The weather is nice today, and Kurl and Lucy are in a good mood, so let¡¯s eat on the terrace. When I thought about working from day to day, maybe I should add a little more soup ingredients. I went home wiping off the falling sweat while thinking about that. Chapter 451 Chapter 451: 451 We finished lunch watching the water pour out.Slightly, water is accumulating at the bottom of the hole.If I had a bucket about the size of a bucket, would that be about half of it?I¡¯m not going to do it because the water is still cloudy, but today Lucy is drinking a lot.It¡¯s summer, so maybe it¡¯s a little short. Do you want to dig a little more and then surround yourself? That¡¯s right. When I say it, Liddy nods.There is no need for it to gush like this, but it is useless as a well unless you put some water on it. I would like to dig a little further, at least so that I can always get the water that I use in my life that day.Of course, if I think about the bath plan, I¡¯ve never moved on to more. ¡°Can Rickets collect the stones? Make sure you surround it at the bottom. ¡° ¡°Okay.¡± ¡°And then we¡¯re going to bury the surroundings.¡± For the first time, rather than a well, it makes a ¡°hole with no turbid water¡±.Try to keep as little debris as possible, such as fallen leaves, and keep the lid open for safety, and then make a Shia (azumaya) or fishing bottle.Since most of my family are confident in their strength, it will be no problem for a while even if the pumping is done by attaching a rope to the bucket and pumping it directly. That said, if you need strength, you will be tired for that, and it is not okay if that affects your usual work too much.Besides, if you don¡¯t make it possible for people like Liddy who don¡¯t have the strength to pump it up, I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a lot of things, but when Liddy is alone, the well won¡¯t work.I think we should get rid of it as soon as possible¡­ In any case, increasing the amount of water is a prerequisite.Me and Helen, Anne take a scoop down to the hole. ¡°I¡¯ve never been in a ruin before, but this is what it looks like.¡± ¡°I have Atai.It¡¯s too short, but it doesn¡¯t feel like it. ¡° Helen¡¯s chest tightened.Mercenary (still active), she would do things like ¡°Explorer¡± if asked. ¡°Heh, I¡¯m a little interested.¡± ¡°I wish there were just a few ruins, but those are the kinds of ruins that the Explorers are going to get into right away.¡± I see. I wish there were less dangerous ruins in this Black Forest, but I don¡¯t think so.Except for the beasts and fairies, I live in this forest now, which is not suitable for ordinary people to live in.In other words, it is difficult to imagine that the people who make the ruins lived here, whether they lived here or stayed there, which means that the possibility of the ruins being present is unlimited.Instead, outside the woods, as Helen says, the Explorers who are working on it are not to be missed. Well, I¡¯m a blacksmith living somewhere a little weird.I¡¯m interested because it¡¯s a different world, but I don¡¯t mind if I get the chance. There are also various ruins, and there are some ¡°loose ends¡± where there are no big things, and there are some ¡°wins¡± where there are gold and silver treasures ¨C originally military funds or something.The ruins are mostly large, and since magic is easy to starch, it is also Zara that monsters are welling up. If there are any ruins, the country may be moisturized with treasure enough to risk it.¡±That¡¯s why it¡¯s hard to control Explorers,¡± says Anne.I wonder if the Empire is benefiting more or less. It is, of course, a world that is quite old.Large ones are easy to find.That¡¯s why I hear that few major ruins have been found these days.Ask where Camilo found us next time.He would know. All right, let¡¯s get back to work. Yes. Two voices reply to my voice.I pierced a scoop into the ground where the water seeped out. Chapter 452 Chapter 452: 452 Me, Helen, and Anne are digging into a sandy formation, and it seems that the speed of water staining has increased.It does not spring up like this because it is not pressurized, but it seems like it will get a considerable amount of water. ¡°I think it would be good if it were this deep.Let¡¯s make a frame and see what happens. ¡° I see. Helen nodded when I said so.I think it will probably accumulate as much as I expected, but if it is not, if it is backfilled, work will be necessary again, so keep it like a tank and make sure that the necessary amount is accumulated first. Combine the plates prepared for the earth.We can¡¯t build stone piles again.Eventually, something like a reservoir made during the rainy season can be found at the bottom of the hole. I thought about using it for quite a long time, and meshed the boards well with each other, but this is just a trial, so it is a simple construction to stack the boards and fix them with a pile for now.Well, it¡¯s almost endemic¡­ I just need to see how far this accumulates.Whether it leaks slightly or collapses, it¡¯s easy to feel good, but it¡¯s not okay for me to say, ¡°Is this okay?¡± ¡°In the meantime¡­ let¡¯s build a fence until we bury it back.¡± I looked up from the bottom of the hole and said.Looking at it this way, it is quite a height of about five meters.In the previous world, it was obvious because it was about the same height as the second floor of the building.It would be hard to put this height into some kind of applause.Major injuries can, of course, cost lives. I started talking to the whole family and building a fence.Also, nail the plate to the pile that was prepared for earthing.There are boards about the waist and around the tire height, so the momentum that hit the fence will not drop, and Lucy should be protected by the lower board. The fence made by the whole family was completed in no time.It was firm in a sudden rush, and it didn¡¯t hurt as much as I hit it lightly. ¡°You¡¯re getting used to everybody.¡± Well, that¡¯s what happens when you do that. Anne answers laughing.She should still be the Empire¡¯s Seventh Queen, but while she was living as a ¡°hostage¡±, she was used to this kind of work.I am supposed to return to the Empire eventually, but when I return, is it okay for the Empress to be accustomed to working on the scene? No, that benevolence is going to say that it is good to be able to do downward work at a certain level.I smiled secretly at the thought of someone in my head. Immediately wiped out my bitter smile, I will tell everyone in my family that today¡¯s work is over.Everyone returned home enjoying the story after the well had been built. The next day, after finishing our morning routine, we gather at the well (unfinished) with our tools. Well, what¡¯s going on? A peek from above revealed that water was accumulating in the chestnut reservoir.Yesterday, the whole water was brown and cloudy, but now the water seems to be clear.We¡¯re going down to the bottom of the hole. ¡°I think the amount and quality of water are fine.Let¡¯s keep going. ¡° There was no pleasure like when the water came out, but we met each other.The next great joy is when the well is built properly. ¡°All right, let¡¯s load the stones.I have to do my best to bury it back. ¡° Samya said that I said so. ¡°Aerosols are so motivated.¡± The words appealed to me for my motivation.The whole family laughs at it. While we were in a noisy land called the ¡°Black Forest¡±, we took on each other¡¯s tasks. Chapter 453 Chapter 453: 453 The water accumulated in the tank was pumped out in a barrel before the stones were loaded.It is a waste, so keep the pumped water in a water bottle.The water bottle was happily carried by Kuru. Disassemble the tank where water is depleted enough.I only made it so that it wouldn¡¯t break on my own, so I quickly fell apart.This will be reused again. Stone the decomposed tank.The whole family said to Wye, ¡°How about this stone here?¡± ¡°No, this one fits better.¡± As they piled up the stones, they became surrounded by small stone walls. I thought it would be better to make the bottom pile of stone so that some accumulated water could come and go. Although there is no problem with the quantity and quality of water itself, I don¡¯t think it is good to keep it accumulated for a long time, so I thought of keeping it in a state like a ¡°wash away¡± if it is said that the water has changed. Worst case scenario, we could sink a wooden tank and reduce the flow of water. The outside of the stone wall is filled with excavated sand and soil.Once you¡¯re back at the height of the stone wall, we¡¯ll build a slab wall and raise it.It is assumed that water will not accumulate up to the top, so it will be fine if the soil is prevented from collapsing by the board. On this day, the work was finally completed until the masonry was backfilled.Proceeding with this is sufficient for the work to proceed. Besides, it can¡¯t be said that the well can be used as a water pumping station anymore.I need to come down here every time and it¡¯s just a little troublesome.I remember seeing places like this on TV even in the previous world. However, on the contrary, if you apply depth, it will not reach the water surface, so it would be better to equip various facilities as soon as that happens. The next morning, before I went to fetch water, I checked the condition and found that there was water accumulated in the stone pile as targeted.It seems like you don¡¯t need to go to the lake if you pump out your water because it is quite a quantity, but going to the lake is also a walk between Kurl and Lucy, and you can¡¯t wash your body here. Even for me, my body moves in my usual work, but I think it would be better to keep walking. Above all, I am anxious whether they are still there or not.Kurl threw a water bottle tied by a rope around her neck, and Lucy shook her tail with a small bottle next to her. Would you be able to disappoint them by saying, ¡°I¡¯m not going to the lake today¡± in this situation?At least I can¡¯t. That¡¯s why I decided to keep pumping water in me forever.At least I¡¯ll keep going while I can¡¯t walk that far.No, maybe he¡¯s in a car with Kurl. With such a slightly happier future in mind, me and my daughters headed for the lake. Today¡¯s work is divided into a group that puts a wooden board on a slab wall and a group that advances backfilling.The slab walls pile up and stack the slabs there.Precision is needed on the plate rather than on the soil, but if I cut out the plate, the cheese from the production will work and I can mass produce it. Helen and Anne left it to her to build the wall, but it was taller than stronger.Never cross a ladder or stepladder if you can work to that height. Everyone else is working together on backfilling.It¡¯s a coincidence that Helen and Anne didn¡¯t ¡°fill the holes they dug themselves back,¡± but the result might have been good. ¡°Aerosols do it first.¡± Well then, while you¡¯re arrogant¡­ Samya told me to drop the bucket into the well, except for the lid.Bashan sounds.When you shake the rope and put water in the bucket, pull the rope and pull up the bucket. As I pulled it up feeling its weight, a bucket appeared in front of me.In it is pure water. ¡°There¡¯s still something to make, but it¡¯s finished for now.¡± I poured a bucket of water on Lucy, who came to my feet.When Lucy shook her body with Bull, the water splashed around, and such a voice echoed in the woods, like a scream of joy. Chapter 454 Chapter 454: 454 In the meantime, now we don¡¯t have to worry about water shortages.That said, it¡¯s not a waste, but I appreciate the easy access to cold water in places where cooling equipment does not exist. Samya wants to try it, so hand over the bucket.I looked at her and said, ¡°Hey, hey, hey. ¡°I knew it wouldn¡¯t happen, but I¡¯m glad the water didn¡¯t come out.¡± ¡°Is that what happened? Samya asked without stopping to pull the rope.Does that mean there are no hot springs in the Black Forest?I nod. ¡°I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s in the kingdom, but in the north, it¡¯s quite hot.Soak in the water there. ¡° ¡°Heh¡­.¡± It seems that Samya is not very good at water.I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s because it¡¯s a tiger beast or something personal. I¡¯ve seen a picture of a tiger soaking in a spring in the previous world, so I don¡¯t think it¡¯s normal for a tiger to soak in water in this world, but I don¡¯t really know until I¡¯ve seen it. At least I¡¯m sure she cleans herself up every day¡­ so I¡¯m pretty sure Diana said it before. ¡°There are some in the Empire, too.I¡¯ve been taken.It¡¯s good for injuries and illnesses, and if something goes wrong, I put some water on it or put some water on it. ¡° Anne, who was watching her pump water next to her, said.There seems to be a concept of a hot spring resort in this world.The difference is that I don¡¯t soak my whole body. ¡°When I go, I¡¯m gonna want to soak myself up.¡± ¡°There¡¯s a special place for the Emperor, so it¡¯s okay there, right? The pulley decided to make the whole thing out of wood.It is the weight that is not made of steel.Lightness is preferred over durability because it is installed by hanging from the beam over the basic well. I think it is being repaired in the previous world, but considering that there are still quite a few wooden pulleys left, it does not seem to break so easily.Besides, it won¡¯t be difficult to repair it if it¡¯s made of wood.There are many ingredients around. Pick up just the right amount of wood from the outside.It was decided that the work would be carried out outside the forgery.It¡¯s hot in the forgery, isn¡¯t it? To be brutal, the pulley simply puts a thick plate in the well girder and puts a disc (and an axis for turning the disc) that becomes a wire ring in the middle.This will take less time with cheats, knives and fleas. As I watched everyone standing up with a pillar or cutting out a board to make a roof, I started working. Chapter 455 Chapter 455: 455 I moved to the shade of the tree to begin my work.It is hot in hot weather, but it is slightly better than indoor air. Everyone¡¯s workplace is quite shaded by the terrace and the house, so there is no sense of unfairness. I was able to put the ribbon into the frame immediately.It¡¯s cheesy, and it¡¯s not that complicated.It would be good if it were combined so that it would not easily decompose. A hole was drilled in the upper part so that it could be removed to the well yard. ¡°Klurr¡± When I heard Kuru¡¯s voice and looked at you, I was standing on a pillar.Even if I don¡¯t say so, the men who don¡¯t have pillars are digging holes and cutting out beams. If you¡¯re building that much more, will you get used to it?I don¡¯t need floors or walls this time, and everyone has strength and dexterity, so it seems like a piece will stick together.Don¡¯t think about why you built more than you can get used to. The wire ring passed through the shaft in a way that penetrated the frame after making a somewhat large disc, and the cheat was also used in combination while turning to make a clean disc. Once the disc is formed, a U-shaped groove is also carved on the outer circumference.The fishing bottle rope conveys it here.Looking around and checking for movement, Lucy approached and started sniffing the pulley. ¡°Do you care? ¡°Man.¡± I say, she barks low.Recently, Lucy seems to be interested in a variety of things, and closer to what everyone is touching, she sniffs the smell or tries to touch it with her forefoot. Because you are smart, if you are told, ¡°Don¡¯t come near me because it¡¯s dangerous¡±, it will fall back lightly, and you will not put it in your mouth until you are told that you can keep your eyes away. Especially the blacksmith learned that there were too many dangerous things (for Lucy, ¡°getting close makes her angry¡±), so she didn¡¯t get too close.Maybe it¡¯s just because it¡¯s hot. This is not that dangerous, so let me do what Lucy likes.When I gently turned the pulley at the tip of my nose, I started turning it with my forefoot because it was interesting to do so.Lucy turned around and ran toward the well yard to be satisfied. I dropped off my cute daughter, who said she was still a kid, and I started making buckets. The barrel was quicker than the pulley.With a knife that spans and cuts firewood, it¡¯s pretty easy to work with cheese.I made two buckets.Although the bucket I am currently using as a fishing bottle was originally diverted, if one bucket is needed at some point, one bucket will be insufficient.I wish I could make it in time, but if not, I decided to make a special barrel for the fishing bottle. In the meantime, pillars stand in the well yard shape, beams and saplings hang, and the roof is refurbished.Unlike houses, huts, and warehouses, there is no need to pay close attention to waterproofing, so the roof has a feeling that only boards are attached, but there will be no problem in using it.If we find a problem, we can fix it then. Hang the pulley by passing a vertical bar through a beam hanging directly above the well.After removing the rope from the bottle bucket I had been using until now and passing it through the pulley, both ends were attached to the bucket.Even if one side pulls all the ropes, the other side does not get caught by the pulley and everything falls off. The fishing bottle is a constant pulley rather than a moving pulley, so it does not reduce the direct burden, but unlike pulling it up purely by the force of the arm, it should be as easy as it can be pulled by applying weight. I wonder if this is it. A well shaped fishing bottle on a pulley.It is a splendid well in the evening landscape.There is a well by the terrace, and beyond that there is a house and a forgery.It feels like it¡¯s becoming a decent house, strangely in the ¡°Black Forest¡±. ¡°We¡¯ve never run out of water before, but we¡¯ll be fine from now on.¡± I see. I don¡¯t know what to do if I¡¯m prepared.I think that being able to do something even in a hurry has the effect of making it easier.We will continue to prepare ourselves as much as we can to make ¡°always¡± as stress-free as possible. The completion of the well made it possible to afford water resources.Anyone who has spoken with this or this before will be relieved. ¡°Yeah.¡± Mr. Giselle nodded loudly and then showed him a bit of a tour.Is it difficult to ask?If it is difficult to ask the leader of the fairy clan directly, is it not enough?I want to ask you as much as I can, but if I can¡¯t, I have to say no. ¡°As a matter of fact, there were people who wanted to see you.¡± ¡°Ah, I¡¯m sure you¡¯ll be fine just seeing someone¡­.¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s not about people.¡± ¡°Aren¡¯t you alone? I suddenly realized that one eyebrow would rise.It doesn¡¯t seem that this story is not a human race.Aren¡¯t you even a beast? Giselle said after taking a deep breath to calm her mind. ¡°Yes, I want you to meet the Lord of this forest.¡± Chapter 456 Chapter 456: 456 ¡°Lord of the Forest¡­¡± ¡°Yes¡± Giselle nodded.It is no exaggeration to say that I am the administrator of this forest, because I am sending the leader of the fairy clan to use it, so I somehow expected that it would be quite a high place, but I did not think that the existence that governs this ¡°black forest¡± would be a direct call. ¡°I don¡¯t know the details, but I don¡¯t think there¡¯s much to worry about.If it¡¯s inconvenient, I think they¡¯ve already done something about it. ¡° ¡°That¡¯s right¡­..¡± She¡¯s right, if we were to rule this forest, we would know that we ¡°showed up,¡± and we would know that we developed it afterwards. If there is a problem in the process, it should have been put under strain somewhere, and even if it is generally acceptable not to do so, it is not enough to be optimistic to be condemned. Nevertheless, it is.It is possible that they said, ¡°I¡¯ve learned recently, but you can¡¯t leave.¡± Or, ¡°I won¡¯t forgive you if you build anything more than wells.¡± The latter would be very troubled if they were the former. Well, let¡¯s just talk about it for now.I asked Mr Giselle. ¡°In the meantime, I understand.Not now, right? I don¡¯t know where he is, but it¡¯s not far from here.If you live so close, you¡¯ll find it when you go out into the woods. ¡°No, I¡¯d still like to ask you if it¡¯s okay.¡± ¡°What? Are you so close? I was flattered by hope.The sun is already falling, and it will be late at night by this world standard by the time we get home somewhat soon. ¡°Oh, don¡¯t worry about that.I¡¯ll be right there. ¡° ¡°Well, please.Everybody okay? The whole family nodded.Just in case, Like and Liddy go get the house lantern.Could it be forwarded?I¡¯ve come to this world using fine magic, but I¡¯ve never seen anything massive in my hand.I think the attack magic Liddy used on Hobbgoblin was the most flashy.You¡¯ll have no choice but to get a little excited. When Like and Liddy came back with a lantern, Giselle said with the same ringing voice, but bigger and clearer than before. ¡°Yes, please come in.¡± ¡°Please¡±? That means¡­I noticed a difference with Mr. Giselle there.Speaking of which, Giselle just said, ¡°The Lord of the Forest wants to see us,¡± not ¡°he called us.¡±I mean¡­ As I thought so, a large lump of green light suddenly appeared in front of my eyes, from which a woman dressed in relaxed clothes appeared.Green hair with loose waves and pure white skin.My eyes are closed. Since she was carrying a lump of light, there was a hint of afterlight.If you were told to imagine a Western goddess in the previous world, 9 out of 10 people would think of it. What¡¯s the matter, Fairy Leader? Giselle laughed at last. ¡°I¡¯m fine with the usual conditions for these people.I¡¯m not the type of person who cares or complains. ¡° ¡°Oh yeah? Well, I¡¯ll say it sweetly.It¡¯s just that story that makes my shoulders stiff. ¡° (Goddess?)) He said that and turned his shoulders around.All we can do is keep our eyes black and white and watch what happens. The goddess who noticed us.) I said after lowering my head with pepper. ¡°Thank you very much this time, I¡¯m Luisa.I wonder if this ¡°black forest¡± lord is what the world calls the tree spirit ¡°Dry Ad¡±. ¡° Wherever the majesty had gone, I did my best to return it to Lyuisa, who seemed so cheerful. Chapter 457 Chapter 457: 457 There is a deep forest in this world called the Black Forest.Many of the trees that have grown old have black bark, and they are thick, tall, and dark during the day.Dangerous creatures such as bears, pigs, and wolves roam around, and sometimes monsters appear, so they were called that because ¡°ordinary people can¡¯t get in and out again.¡± And that forest grower ¨C this is my nephew.From the image of such a ¡°dangerous forest ruler¡±, there is the difference between what Japan and Brazil said in the previous world.Well, the person in question (seems to be a spiritual person) knew that, and he probably had a dignified way of speaking first. Luisa said that she noticed us with black and white eyes. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, are you surprised? ¡°Hmm? Yeah, well¡­.¡± I nod honestly because there is nothing to deny poorly.In any case, she¡¯s a woman.When I think so, Luisa laughs. ¡°Ufufu, it looks like a dragon of the earth.I¡¯m just a tiny part of it.Among the dragons of the earth that I have expressed, those that live in the woods are called tree spirits, ¡°Dry Ads.¡± It can be said to be a continuation of the story in a timely manner, but can you read my thoughts?It seems that Samya can smell if she has a strong mind move, so if she is a ¡°dragon of the earth¡±, there is nothing strange about it. The ¡°Dragon of the Earth¡± is a dragon said to make up the earth in this world.It is believed that this world is built on the ¡°earth dragon¡± that fell asleep a long time ago¡­In this world, it seemed to be a common-sense story, and it was part of the installed knowledge.Regardless of whether they are real or not, in this world the gods are close to the emigrants and administrators who came after them. In other words, Luisa is part of the earth of this world.Even in this world, the god of the earth was a goddess, but the earth was seen as a woman by virtue of its grace. I¡¯ve never heard of being a woman, not a metaphor, but a woman in this world. She is called a Spirit, but even though she is extremely small, she is equal to or more than God¡­ right?There is no such feeling from the atmosphere, so I and my family are worried about how to react. No, I didn¡¯t have any trouble.It was Kurl and Lucy.Our daughters approached at ease and were in a good mood when Luisa stroked them, saying, ¡°I feel sorry for both of you when I saw them nearby.¡±At least we¡¯re going to do some harm. But I don¡¯t think it¡¯s today¡¯s goal to stroke our daughters.I stayed puzzled, but I called Luisa. ¡°Um¡­.¡± ¡°Oh, I¡¯m sorry. Let¡¯s get down to business.¡± Luisa stopped stroking her daughters and turned to us. ¡°Simply put, I want to do something for you.¡± ¡°Is this a favor¡­?¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± Luisa smiles nicely.I feel a little different from majesty. ¡°Do you know that the magic of this forest is higher than anything else? Of course, we don¡¯t imitate women¡¯s age rudely.I mean, in this case, I can only think of it as bad.I can¡¯t tell you that my life is not in danger. ¡°Giselle and the others kept their numbers down in the woods, but there was a bit of trouble.¡± ¡°Trouble? Now Luisa nodded. ¡°Yes, first of all, I want you to put an end to some monsters.¡± The words made it clear to my ears that Liddy had breathed. Chapter 458 Chapter 458: 458 I remember a confrontation with Hobbgoblin when he told me to kill the monsters.When I fought the Great Black Bear, it was pretty dangerous, but the Hobbgoblin, who said there were people around, was more dangerous.I was only able to deal with it after a while, and I¡¯m sure if I succeeded, I might have been dead.Liddy must have remembered that time when he was breathing. Are you a monster? ¡°Yes, but it¡¯s not Lucy.¡± So Luisa saw Lucy.Lucy replied in a frustrating manner, swinging her tail. If they say that¡¯s Lucy, they¡¯re going to resist the Earth Dragon.Even if it were my thin ice, it wouldn¡¯t hurt. However, the forest owner and administrator should deal with it.I thought so. I¡¯ll ask. Lyuisa and Giselle won¡¯t handle it? ¡°When I deal with it, the terrain changes.I wouldn¡¯t hesitate to do that if I had to.Giselle and the others aren¡¯t very good for battle. ¡° Giselle lowered her head as if she were sorry.No, I don¡¯t think so.There are many things that are not suitable for you. In the case of Luisa, perhaps she has too much power to fine-tune.For example, if a crater of up to 10 meters in diameter were to be made by decompressing, that would not be the case.Otherwise, if it is related to the survival of the forest, it will not be forgiven as the person has said. ¡°Why didn¡¯t you ask the Wesen? ¡°I¡¯ll be honest with you, but if you don¡¯t count, you¡¯re the strongest fighters in this forest.¡± Lyuisa¡¯s gaze catches me.Even if you basically exclude the rickets that cannot be fought, Helen, the most powerful mercenary with two names of ¡°lightning thunder¡±, and a fighter blacksmith with some strength, Anne the Giant who waves his great sword with pure power to Deanna, the sword user who is called ¡°Rose of the Sword Stadium¡±. There is an excellent veterinarian samurai and an elf liddy who is a bow and magic player. If not, it will be enough to heal, and a small army of troops will be able to drive them away. Nevertheless, if you are crushed in numbers, you may not be able to do anything, but if you are not, you may say that you are right to target us. ¡°I see¡­ I¡¯ll talk to you for now.¡± ¡°Thank you.¡± Luisa laughs. For now, there is no problem in saying that there is no reliance.I just really want to believe that I just came here to scout out the right ingredients¡­ ¡°Eizokun and Liddy know that there are two kinds of monsters: those that contain the magic that is starved in living things and those that are generated by starchy magic alone.¡± ¡°I see. But for some reason, a massive outbreak of monsters hasn¡¯t occurred yet.I wonder if it is a substitute for mass occurrence that is strong enough for the amount of magic sensed.Anyway, it¡¯s not good to be relaxed, but if we don¡¯t deal with it tomorrow, we won¡¯t be able to recover it. ¡° ¡°Hmm¡­.¡± You can¡¯t just relax and prepare for a week, but it looks like you¡¯ll be all right to prepare yourself for the day tomorrow.It is only natural that you should leave in haste rather than have an accident. ¡°So, do you know who you¡¯re dealing with? Luisa opened a moment.I hope Luisa can help us change the terrain.But Luisa told us. ¡°The demon, Troll, is a subspecies of the giant demon, Auga.¡± Chapter 459 Chapter 459: 459 Evil Demon ¡°Troll¡±¡­In the previous world, it was big and powerful, and I felt that the area was weak to the sunlight was the major area.A fairy like that?Spirits? The name is Evil Demon, but I think it¡¯s good to look out on it. There is no doubt more trouble in this world than Luisa, the Lord of the Forest, declares, ¡°We will have the greatest power in this forest.¡± ¡°Is there anything special about it? ¡°That¡¯s right¡­..¡± Luisa puts her hands to the ground.It should be part of the ¡°Dragon of the Earth¡± and close to the Spirit, but the manners smell strangely human.Maybe they¡¯re tailoring it to us. ¡°I wonder if it¡¯s characteristic of a big, powerful body, weakened by the sun.¡± ¡°Ho.¡± I think the demons of the previous world were petrified by the light of the sun, and there were characteristics like the demons of the big hit cartoons, but it seems that this demon will only weaken. It¡¯s not a waste of time to take a mirror-finished shield to reflect the sunlight and lead it into the cave to hit evil spirits, but it¡¯s not worth the cost. If we could petrify even a part of it, we could expect a significant reduction in capacity, but it wasn¡¯t just weakening.Or are you willing to bet on weakening? No, I shouldn¡¯t have come to a conclusion here now.Let¡¯s think carefully about the measures for the first day tomorrow. ¡­ even though I might somehow come to the conclusion of my brain muscles, I¡¯m now distracted. That¡¯s all for today.I told Luisa. Well, please come back here tomorrow morning. Thank you. I¡¯ll see you tomorrow. Just like when Luisa showed up, she disappeared in the light¡­ and appeared again.He invited me for a little while, so I got an ear slap when I got close. ¡°Aeyou, I know why and where you came from, that is, the dragon of the earth.Still, you can¡¯t get rid of this world until now because you can think of it as¡­ ¡° For a moment, I didn¡¯t know how to react.It seems that she has said something quite important now. ¡°Ah, thank you.¡± For the time being, I¡¯ll make small pardons. [M]I wonder if it was such a good story to hear, but for the time being, I was relieved that the future would not be ejected by the world. Luisa nodded and said to all of us, ¡°Bye,¡± and now it¡¯s time to disappear in the light.After that, we and Giselle will be left behind. ¡°Thank you very much.I wish I could do something about it. ¡° I¡¯m sorry, Mr Giselle lowered his head. ¡°No, the right materials are in the right place, and we¡¯d be better off with that.¡± I¡¯m just a blacksmith.(excuse me?)) is too aggressive. ¡°Thank you very much. Bye.¡± Giselle lowered her head again and flew away.Are you worried about disappearing and going out like Luisa? ¡°Okay, let¡¯s make it messy!! I¡¯m fine, but when I say that out loud, everyone will come back to agree, and I¡¯ll go into the house screaming.Back in the dark forest, I closed the door to the house. Monsters generated from starchy magic are not creatures.She doesn¡¯t make a sound, but she doesn¡¯t breathe, and her blood doesn¡¯t travel around the body.There is no way to burn and smoke smoke at the entrance of a blood loss or cave. However, the fact that there is no metabolism means that there is no smell.Depending on the work of the previous world, the person named ¡°Kuku¡± (?), but this is not the case in this world. It is not the case if there is no smell at all.There is a smell that drifts from the prey that the monster has defeated ¨C mostly one that is becoming rotten.I don¡¯t know how long it¡¯s been this time, but if it hasn¡¯t happened in a while, I think it¡¯s not unbearable¡­ In the meantime, as I thought I wouldn¡¯t have to worry about the smell, it seemed comforting to the female team other than Liddy who I already knew, and the tension rose a little. ¡°I don¡¯t know how to move.I don¡¯t think Luisa knows about this. ¡° If there is anything like the strategy W ¡ð ki or Wa ¡ð p, I would like to go after seeing it, but naturally there is no such thing.It¡¯s a real bump. ¡°I¡¯ll sue you for fraud and property damage!It¡¯s not much of a story, so it¡¯s good or bad. ¡°I¡¯ll talk about the details tomorrow.When it gets brighter, we¡¯ll have to go outside and check the formation. ¡° I see. I said Helen nodded and the dinner was settled. Chapter 460 Chapter 460: 460 The next morning after dawn. I prepared the water bottle as usual.Even if a well is built, it does not stop pumping water.Instead of going for a walk, the well should be operated so that it is used when the water collected is gone, so as to prevent a situation where there is no water in the event of an emergency. I peeked into the well and found that there was quite a lot of clean water accumulated, and it seemed unlikely to dry up, but I was not careful. When you get out of the house, Lucy starts by waving her tail around.There was only one small water bottle on her neck.But the water bottle looks small without a heart. Lucy¡¯s getting bigger.The puppy appearance is fading from the face.Well, that doesn¡¯t change anything cute from my point of view.As she stroked Lucy¡¯s head, she shooke her tail even harder. I also feel that Kuru is somehow getting bigger.I wonder if she was still a child.You can afford to lower two large water bottles and rub your head against me. All right, all right, you¡¯re a good kid too. ¡°Kurrrrrrrrrrrrrrr¡± I stroked his head and my two daughters went to the lake to get some water. After I had finished my morning routine, I assembled everyone on the terrace with their gear on today.However, it was a house in the woods, the most rugged being the lightweight Helen¡¯s gear, and Diana had a chest armor and a shovel.Others are unarmored and defensive. Still, it¡¯s definitely armed at the top of the Black Forest.That being said, yes. I wish I had made armor. I say, Diana sighs small. ¡°You don¡¯t wear it much.¡± I don¡¯t know. There are few opportunities for armor to be useful in the woods.It¡¯s not meaningless, but it goes without saying that mobility takes precedence over armor, so don¡¯t wear armor when Helen follows the hunt. If you¡¯re on your way to the city, I think it still makes a little more sense, but do you think it needs to be maintained once every two weeks for just a few hours? That¡¯s why I haven¡¯t made any special family armor so far, but considering that the demon Troll opponent will, of course, exterminate the demonized Great Black Bear, it might be better to make it. That¡¯s not even going to start now, so come on, I¡¯m going to change the subject to the immediate issue. ¡°Defeating evil demons in a cave is a pretty big place to be.¡± ¡°Are you taking the whole family? I¡¯ll put my arm around Anne¡¯s words. ¡°Hmm, Krul and Lucy, and I was thinking about leaving Ricke here.¡± Ricke¡¯s face turned towards us. ¡°If someone is seriously injured, they must be evacuated immediately for treatment.Assigning someone there who can actively participate in the fight will reduce their combat power, so I¡¯m sorry, but I¡¯ll take Kuru and Ricke with me. ¡° ¡°When it comes to¡­¡± I nodded. ¡°It seems like Lucy is just going to follow me here, and I can¡¯t connect because it doesn¡¯t work when I¡¯m really connected.We¡¯ll have to take him. ¡° If Lucy is left tied up, I don¡¯t think Giselle and the others can handle it, but I don¡¯t have that kind of guarantee¡­I feel that there is something different about asking. ¡°It¡¯s okay! Well, fighting can be tough, but anything else! ¡°I¡¯ll leave it to you when you say so, right? ¡°I can help you, so please rest assured.¡± ¡°Who do you think Atai is?I¡¯m excited about it in the first place, so don¡¯t worry. ¡° ¡°You wanted to try this experience once.¡± ¡°Klurr¡± Wow! My family, to say the least.I lift my head as I see something that is about to come out of my eyes. Well, that¡¯s it for Uzi Uzi.Do exactly what you decide to do.To get back to our ¡°usual¡±. Chapter 461 Chapter 461: 461 If you¡¯re an army, I¡¯ll shoot you down with an archer in front of me, so it¡¯s normal for you to make a spearboat with a spearboaster and move forward gradually. I see. Helen nodded to me.It¡¯s like a one-man army over there, and I was wondering if it might work as a small elite force. Diana puts her hand on her head. ¡°The question is, does that make sense to you?¡± ¡°Ideally, you¡¯d fall down lightly with a bow or spear.¡± ¡°Then I won¡¯t ask you to do it just because you¡¯re all right with the Beast.¡± ¡°That¡¯s true too.¡± If we could just defeat the projectile weapon, we would have made a plan to do it with the Beast clan.In that case, my request would be to prepare arrows and spears. ¡°Well then, how does it work¡­.¡± I took the wooden edges that were rolling around (probably not much when I built the well) and cut them into appropriate sizes with a knife to make something like a bear and arrange them on the terrace. After placing one of the big ones ¨C the Devil¡¯s Troll ¨C put the two small ones side by side slightly apart. Pointing at the two sides, I said. ¡°It would be nice to have Samya and Liddy play bowmen in the cave¡­.¡± ¡°It¡¯s hard to shoot diagonally.¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± I nod at Liddy¡¯s words.I don¡¯t think we can bend it.We¡¯ll have to get a direct shot, but that doesn¡¯t always mean we can get a ray. Helen moved her fingers from two columns to a big one and said. ¡°Still, I think it¡¯s good to make them aware that the next arrow might fly.Well, it¡¯s harder to shoot when the athletes are attached, but if there¡¯s a gap between the two of you, I want you to aim. ¡° Given the missfire, it goes without saying that an ally was not praised for attacking with a projectile during a melee battle.Nevertheless, Helen asked Samya and Liddy to do it, which would mean that they were buying that much strength. Both nodded strongly.These two are rare. ¡°Will it take us long to finish?¡± I put four behind Samya and Liddy¡¯s coma.Put three more behind it. Three are Ricke, Krul and Lucy, the three who are currently considered non-combatants. ¡°Hmm, I don¡¯t suppose it¡¯s completely useless.¡± ¡°Then I¡¯ll take it with me. You had better fight as far away as you can.Diana and Anne will be fine as long as they just hold back. ¡° Helen instructed Techipaki and Diana and Anne nodded.After all, this is only for professionals. So, you and I are approaching each other. Say hello, buddy. Nikki and Helen laughed.I was the one who undertook it, and I was going to run for the most dangerous place without being told, and it would be nice if you had the most powerful mercenaries nearby. ¡°All right, let¡¯s see what happens later.¡± I say, everybody looks at each other.The face was full of determination. Chapter 462 Chapter 462: 462 After having Helen move the commands and check the movement, I decided to set up a big log in the garden ¨C the lumber that had been cut out and left intact ¨C and look at it as an evil demon ¡°troll¡± and train it. Quite apart from the virtual evil demon, Helen and Samya lead, me and Lucy immediately behind, Liddy behind, Anne and Diana line up, and Ricke and Kurl form a queue called the rear. Lucy is in front of me with a sharp sense of smell and intuition, and even if I am targeted by surprise because my body is small, it is judged that I can protect myself.Of course, when the demon is encoded, it is immediately lowered back at that point. I got Helen twice daggered and mace, I got spear and thin ice, and Sammy and Liddy bowed.Anne threw a great sword and spear, Diana a great sword and spear, and Ricke a spear and an axe. Slowly approaching the virtual evil demon.As he approached the distance that he could shoot directly with his bow, Helen signaled that Samir and Liddy would come forward.Me and Helen were right behind it, and Lucy called back with a gesture. Samya and Liddy throw arrows at the virtual demon.Slightly arced, both arrows hit the top of the logs, looking up at the head.It would be easier if you ended up hitting me in the middle of a battle. ¡°Back off!¡± Helen shouted.It¡¯s a signal to lower Samya and Liddy.Follow the signal and they¡¯ll go back.Me, Helen, and Anne and Diana came forward to fill that gap. As we all move forward in that state, ¡°Crouch down!¡± Helen gave the signal again.Me and Helen crouched and Anne threw a spear shortly afterwards. That spear wasn¡¯t a hit, it was a restraint.Now, if the evil demon is stepping on it and staying there temporarily, Samya and Liddy are supposed to shoot again at that moment.If evil spirits come to us, don¡¯t move. Anne fired a spear that hit a virtual evil demon.It is not penetrated, but it is stung quite deeply.If this happens in action, it will take a lot of damage from non-fatal injuries. However, we cannot assemble tactics in anticipation of what will happen in practice.All hits so far should be treated as not hitting, that is, as if the devil were intact. Ricke¡¯s spears and axes are for nothing, and he has no intention of hitting evil demons directly.He throws a spear when he runs away, buys time, and then he throws an axe if there¡¯s nothing he can do.I¡¯m going to do my best not to. ¡°Come on!¡± Shortly after the spear hit, Helen gave the signal.At that moment, her figure disappears.As if to show off the origin of the two names of ¡°Thunderbolt¡±, she fills the gap with virtual evil in an instant. The three avant-gardes, including me, scattered to the left and right and ran after Helen like a virtual evil demon.In the meantime, Helen keeps slashing the surface of the virtual evil demon as she strokes while changing her standing position. I¡¯m sorry, but if Helen really slashes it with that sword, it will be cut into thin pieces in an instant like a log, so I begged you to help me. If this evil demon will be cut into pieces and disappear in battle, it has never been over, but I don¡¯t think it will be light, so I assume that we will join the fight. I don¡¯t know. As far as I can tell, they¡¯ve been dead at least four times. ¡°Well, I don¡¯t think that¡¯s going to work, and I¡¯d like to give it a try.It¡¯s full of arrows, isn¡¯t it? ¡° ¡°Hmm? Yeah, I bet there¡¯s quite a few of them I made looking in between.¡± ¡°Now, let¡¯s use it to practice backup shooting while Atai and the others are moving.I saw it earlier and it seems that Samya and Liddy will be hit.If it hits, it will hurt, but if it is rounded, it will not cause serious injury. ¡° Hear Helen¡¯s words and everyone will return the message of understanding.I looked up at the sky.It is fine weather today, and the sun is shining here.Somehow, there was a feeling that the light of the sun, which was still early in the middle of the sky, was supporting us. Chapter 463 Chapter 463: 463 Before lunch, I trained for backup shooting.Prepare some arrows to blunt the arrows and give them to Samya and Liddy. Three front-line teams, excluding Helen, surround the newly prepared logs and move around slightly. Yoo-hoo I stick my spear out to the point where it doesn¡¯t sting.Anne is next door, and I have to think about the reach of the big sword she swings, so I don¡¯t feel comfortable here. The logs won¡¯t attack.So Helen tried to use a wooden sword to make a little noise.It¡¯s quite troublesome to aim for a punched gap or to precisely remove the timing when it will come. In the meantime, a great shock comes to my hand from my spear.Helen is about to fall.I will immediately drop my spear and replace it with thin ice. This is also part of the training so that you don¡¯t get hurt by stepping on your hands badly, and you can replace your spear immediately if it becomes unusable.In the previous world, if a rifle fails to discharge the casing, it is like switching to a pistol immediately. Because the three of us look fine with such an attack, the two names of ¡°Thunderbolt¡± and the strongest call are not Date.The phrase ¡°I think it¡¯s okay for him to be alone¡± crosses my mind, but I don¡¯t think that¡¯s going to work either. There¡¯s no sign of Helen from Samir or Liddy.It means shoot at your discretion.While we were dealing with Helen, the moment the space between me and Anne was wide open, a sharp sound was made and an arrow flew towards the logs. The flying arrow made a dull noise and hit the top half of the logs.Because it blunts the arrowheads, it falls to the ground without stabbing them. The bow and arrow team must have been shooting carefully, and without ever hitting the front team, they shot everything. In time, the sun is just past Jomtien.Perfect for a break.It¡¯s about time I got hungry. I called everyone. Time for lunch. Yes. Speaking of training, the feeling of tension after the battle is relaxed at once.Kurl and Lucy were glad to run around. ¡°Well, what was it like when Aero and Liddy went?¡± Helen said while cheeking on the terrace during the day.Kurl and Lucy have already finished eating (although Kurl originally had a very small meal), and then they hang out together again, then go to the edge of the garden where the sun doesn¡¯t shine and start taking a nap. I never talked about the Monster Enforcement Expedition, but I never talked about how it was specifically.Because I think it might be a good memory for Liddy. When I glanced at Liddy, she nodded, so I swallowed the soup in my mouth, and then I opened my mouth. ¡°It wasn¡¯t such a big cave back then, and more importantly, there was a goblin.I left you to the soldiers. ¡° ¡°We took out the big ones.¡± ¡°I thought you beat me with Liddy¡¯s magic at first.¡± That was pretty good, too.I was proud to shout, ¡°Did you do it!?¡±, but in the end, it was the same story. After all, you couldn¡¯t get rid of it. I had a terrible time. I sipped a cup of tea. ¡°Well, I managed to take it out with a spear.Yeah, but it ended up being a sword.I threw my spear right behind me, and I stopped where I fell. ¡° Ah. Helen listened and I nodded.I nodded, but I didn¡¯t know it would come out in a fairy tale, so I gave it half to myself.It seems that I didn¡¯t get caught in the smell of Samya because I said it.Looking sideways, she was working on the third piece of meat and didn¡¯t react. Liddy didn¡¯t say anything, so I guess he¡¯s right about recognition. The Devil¡¯s Troll must be stopped. ¡°Probably. If you¡¯re going to choke my neck¡­ it¡¯s Anne¡¯s turn.¡± Anne turned to me with her spoon tied to my words.Thank you for your help. No matter how big your neck is, if you roll it, you won¡¯t have a neck you can¡¯t refuse with Anne¡¯s big sword.It¡¯s my specialty and the power of the Titans and the weight of the sword.I have seen the ¡°Executioner¡¯s Sword¡± in the previous world called ¡°Actually, I did not take the neck of a witch¡±, but it is quite large compared to that. ¡°Well, the only thing that stops moving is that Helen and I might ask for one last favor.¡± Anne nodded. Include training in the afternoon.Helen nods when I say so.Now, once you¡¯ve cleared up the mess in the afternoon, let¡¯s train and get as close as possible. Chapter 464 Chapter 464: 464 I stabbed a spear at the bottom of a log with an arrow near the apex.Diana is stabbing me on the other side as well. In the meantime, a breeze passes.Helen. She kicked the logs with that momentum.Zushin, there was a noise, and the logs fell to the ground.Deanna and I will pull out our spears accordingly, and now we will stick them in the top of the logs. Shortly afterwards, Anne rushed over with her big sword, and if the logs were the devil¡¯s ¡°Troll¡±, she would shake it down near her head.The imaginary head shattered as if the ground were shaking. It¡¯s the same as in the morning until she stops moving, but then Helen knocks herself down to the ground and then Anne checks her moves after lunch to practice.This is the first time. ¡°Good move for the first time.I guess it¡¯s because I usually hunt together. ¡° ¡°Oh, that¡¯s possible.¡± Helen and I have a conversation as we breathe on each other¡¯s shoulders.I thought you were doing a good job in the morning, but it would be helpful if you were always hunting together. I said while looking sideways at Samya and Liddy collecting the arrows that were being stabbed and played. ¡°I have to pull my leg.¡± It¡¯s me and Ricke who aren¡¯t out hunting.Anne has been out hunting a few times, and she plays the role of a cop or something.If there¡¯s a problem, I¡¯ll take care of the liqueur. ¡°Maybe we should take a little longer and stay back.¡± Hmm. Helen put her arms together.What you wear makes a noise. ¡°Aizou is good enough to play with Atai, so I want you to stay as long as you can.¡± Hmm. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s okay to call us fighting power, but if you rank with something like that, it¡¯s because you¡¯re getting a cheat, but Helen is definitely next to me.After that, it would be Diana if it were a melee battle.But there seems to be a big gap¡­Helen said that before. Then I can see that it hurts if I step back here and reduce my strength by that much. ¡°If you drop your neck, you win,¡± so I think it would be better for people around you to move along with Aero to some extent.Even if the movement gets a little worse, it should be better than letting the avocado out. ¡° I see. If that¡¯s what a fighter pro says, I¡¯ll just follow it.It is best to listen honestly to the experts. ¡°Okay, let¡¯s do it again!¡± Helen slapped her hands on the bread, and we returned to the placement with a slightly careless reply. Then I practiced a few times so that I could run out of affordable logs.Helen¡¯s direction of defeating logs was different every time, and I didn¡¯t want to assume much about the pattern of not defeating logs or killing only spears, but I also checked the movement by thinking about the case where a few people became incapable of fighting. There is something I clearly understand. ¡°I knew it, but assuming Helen was down, it would be bumpy.¡± Well, I don¡¯t know what to say myself, but it¡¯s because it¡¯s Atai. Everyone nodded, I say.You don¡¯t know, Krul and Lucy also replied, and I smiled unexpectedly. ¡°The next time either Diana or Anne or I are no longer able to fight, we will retreat. I¡¯m gonna get back on track.¡± Everyone nods again. ¡°That¡¯s all for now¡­..¡± ¡°We¡¯ll make the right decision, but if the situation is going to get worse, we¡¯ll retreat.I could try again with my life. ¡° Helen told me what I was going to say, so I nodded a lot. When I noticed, the sun was tilted a lot, and the night had already come.Is there a time limit? All we have to do is hope it works tomorrow. When I told everyone that I had finished my training, my voice of understanding came back, and I went back home to clean each one of them up. Chapter 465 Chapter 465: 465 The next morning, the mesh was lightened.Well, it¡¯s not that eating less is easier to move, it¡¯s just that everyone but Helen was nervous and couldn¡¯t eat much. Helen was eating mollusks as usual, rather than as a full-time job. ¡°That¡¯s right, aren¡¯t you nervous?¡± ¡°No? It¡¯s normal. It¡¯s someone I¡¯ve never done before.I could just cut off my stomach and be nervous. ¡° When I heard it, Helen told me the truth.It¡¯s on the second piece of unfermented bread as if the words were expressed in an attitude. ¡°I often didn¡¯t know when I was going to eat it if I didn¡¯t eat it.¡± I see. After living here, it became quite calm, but Helen is a professional mercenary.In some cases, it may have happened that she didn¡¯t drink for a few days and didn¡¯t eat.As a result, you should eat it whenever you can. Though I have been asked too much, basically, I don¡¯t think it is necessary for me, who is a blacksmith, to have a habitual battlefield attitude, but I feel relieved that professionals will have that attitude. ¡°It¡¯s not good to be too nervous, but it wouldn¡¯t be better to tease someone.Everyone¡­ I think it¡¯s okay to relax a little bit, but if you remember what you did yesterday, it won¡¯t be a lot of things. ¡° Helen quickly swallowed the second piece of bread with soup.I can feel the tense air between us relaxed a little.That¡¯s the effect of the expert¡¯s tattoo.I wonder if this is how I encouraged new recruits in my mercenary days.Or maybe you¡¯ve been so encouraged. I watched Helen in a hurry and said, ¡°Okay, get ready.¡± Kashiwate sounded in the forgery.Put your hands together in full armed condition.Needless to say, I hope everyone is safe today and the demon ¡°Troll¡± crusade is a success.The top priority, of course, is everyone¡¯s safety. A calming blacksmith. Everyone wants it, not one by one.Even though I think it¡¯s okay, it doesn¡¯t change what I want you to do in case something doesn¡¯t happen. Eventually, no one thanked me.It must have been Helen¡¯s chest that made the noise.Everyone¡¯s gear makes their own noise. When I looked up at the shrine, it looked like the statue of the goddess was shining for a moment.I don¡¯t think it¡¯s because no one is reacting and it¡¯s not a place where the sun hits me well, but I feel like I¡¯ve been blessed and I¡¯m wondering if it¡¯s going to work. ¡­ you might want to reflect the sun¡¯s light so that it only hits you in the morning and evening.The tension is relieved enough to think that there is no such benefit.That¡¯s an unprecedented benefit. ¡°Are you ready for the fire?¡± ¡°I¡¯m ready.¡± When she had the water and was trying to remember in her head whether she had put the water bottle in her luggage, the woman appeared to seep out of the air. This is Lyuisa from the tree spirit ¡°Dry Ad¡±, the owner of the ¡°Black Forest¡±.He is also a ¡°dragon of the earth¡± (part of) and the client of this demon crusade. Luisa cut out her greetings there as well. ¡°Good morning, everyone. I¡¯m going to show you around, but are you ready?¡± Our family nods loudly and forcefully.Luisa smiled satisfactorily. ¡°Thank you. I¡¯ll be on my way.¡± We nod again and walk ahead of Luisa.A step forward in the preparedness of our entire family was now taken. Chapter 466 Chapter 466: 466 We advance through the Black Forest with full armor that we don¡¯t even do when hunting.Usually, they go on alert to whether they encounter a pack of wolves or a pig or a big black bear, but now they¡¯re not. Sometimes our gear makes a loud noise and looks like a bear¡¯s elbow bell, but the best reason is because the Lord of this forest, Luisa, is leading us. I can¡¯t believe I¡¯m going to mess with the Lord of the Forest.If you were there, it would be like a monster born of starchy magic, but if you can sense a demon (troll) this time, you should be able to sense it with Luisa, and you can leave that to Luisa. Incidentally, I don¡¯t travel because it looks like a teleport to the local area, and if you say why you are traveling on foot, ¡°If you are alone, there are various problems and it takes a lot of trouble if you involve other people.¡± I didn¡¯t think of it, and I had an image like, ¡°When accompanying others, I need to write and seal the application for permission to use the telereport.¡±I haven¡¯t lost my sense of the old world yet. ¡°I don¡¯t know what to ask Luisa at a time like this.¡± Oh, that¡¯s fine. Lyuisa responded casually when I sliced myself out while walking through the forest of peace itself.Rather than trying to relieve us of our tension, I think this is simply her. ¡°Whether you¡¯re born of starchy magic or denatured by starchy magic, it¡¯s right what happens to monsters, right?¡± Yes, it is. As much as possible, Giselle and the fairies rot every day so that there is no magical starch, but it is impossible to prevent everything from happening¡­. like our Lucy. ¡°This time it¡¯s our turn because of the trouble, but what if it¡¯s not?¡± ¡°Hmm¡­.¡± Mr Giselle thought a little.I don¡¯t suppose you don¡¯t.I think he¡¯s worried about whether or not to tell us. Ah, would you mind if Aeyou and the others did it?I won¡¯t do anything about it. ¡° Eh? I stopped at Mr Luisa. It¡¯s just an abandonment. ¡°Most of the time, they hit the wolves and take them down.The weak ones are the deer, and very rarely, the beast we run into can take care of them. ¡° I looked back at the Samya behind me a little.She shakes her neck sideways with her eyes rounded.Have you at least heard of Samya? ¡°I see. It¡¯s strong.¡± When I nodded, Luisa nodded.Regardless of whether I was about to become a monster or pure strong, I once did it one-on-one.It was then that I first thought about the possibility of dying. The second time, I was able to defeat him lightly, but I wasn¡¯t alone at that time, and Helen was definitely a strong enemy just because he looked easy. In the case of monsters born with magic influencing animals, the clouds disperse and ¡°die¡± in the case of monsters born directly from magic.The big black bear that hit it will be disappointed.I cannot forbid some sympathy. Well, considering the flip, I knew why we were going out this time, and I was told to go a little further, but ¡°I can¡¯t even beat a bear.¡±In other words, we¡¯re on our way to destroy someone stronger than a bear. I thought so. I trained yesterday with that assumption, but I finally get a sense of it. I wish I hadn¡¯t listened, but with a little regret like that, we¡¯re going through the woods.Get this forest back, as usual, for that. Chapter 467 Chapter 467: 467 I walked in the woods for a while, but it was still a little longer, so I took a short pause.I decided to replenish the water with the water I brought.Everyone is lowering the water bottle, but now they are pumping it out of a small barrel carried by Kurl.This is to avoid a situation where there is little water in the water bottle when it comes to trouble. Kuru is carrying the supplies this time.In addition to the water, there are clean cloths instead of bandages, blood clotting medicinal herbs, and pineapples because they enter the cave.I have some dried meat in it, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s time. If it seems to take too long to eat with dried meat, it is better to leave and re-divide it once.If you want to put a little of it in your stomach on your way home, you might be able to play. Hmm. I drank about two sips of water and exhaled.Almost all the way there is shade and wind, so it is not as hot as I thought it would be in summer. But it¡¯s impossible to march without sweating at all.I have lost a lot of moisture from my body. I¡¯ll be there in a little while, so try harder. Luisa replied, ¡°Uh-uh.¡±This is better than being nervous. There¡¯s a cave in this area. It¡¯s not like a cave is opening a hole in the middle of a mountain, it¡¯s like a rift in the ground.I was told that I didn¡¯t need a rope to get down. Well, if you need a rope to get off, unless it¡¯s a spider or something, you need tools to climb, and in that case, we don¡¯t have to go down in such an emergency.You can think of at least getting in and out as free by the time we go. ¡°When I¡¯m hunting, I can¡¯t wait to see if I¡¯m moving.We¡¯re on a straight line now, so we¡¯re a long way from here. ¡° Oh, is that so? Samya drank water all at once, and I nodded.Since the purpose of hunting is to find prey, you will have to set a certain range and canvass it. If you think about collecting it the next day, it¡¯s only natural to be told not to go too far from home. And even though I¡¯m wearing gear now, Kuru has all the heavy luggage, so I can earn my march speed.I am also convinced that it has come farther than I thought. After a break of about ten minutes in time, we¡¯ll walk out again.As you walk, the voices of the little birds and beasts that you initially heard gradually decrease. Eventually, we couldn¡¯t hear the birds, and somehow we were talking properly, too.Only the sound of our movement resonates in the Black Forest. Luisa said when she finally started to feel like she was close. We¡¯re here. Here we are. There are pointy holes in the ground.Much bigger than I thought.If a hole of this size persists, Krul will have plenty of room for it.I may have been careless, but I felt a little excited. Lower the crowd of pine lights from Kurl and light them.Looking at the pine light in the hole, I noticed that it was going diagonally. What do you think? ¡°I think I can get through.¡± As a precaution, I asked Helen and he replied quickly.Then why don¡¯t we all go together?We ¨C Kurl and Lucy ¨C nodded face to face. Liddy, who had been concentrating his nerves for a long time, gave instructions out loud. ¡°That¡¯s the right.¡± After proceeding to the branch on Liddy¡¯s instructions, stop and watch the perimeter.At this time, Samya and Anne turn to the rear.Essentially, three people with no combat skills can¡¯t get hit by surprise.Lyuisa¡¯s story was that no one was as small as a goblin, but I don¡¯t know when she was born. At that time, the flames of Matsuaki shook behind us, that is, coming in. ¡°There¡¯s a flow of air.¡± ¡°Looks like¡­¡± Helen listened to me and looked up at her own pine.The torch is also shaking in the direction it came in.I don¡¯t think I¡¯ll have to worry about suffocating for now. We go slowly and slowly through the cave.Waving away the stacking anxiety with trust in each other. Chapter 468 Chapter 468: 468 We go deeper and deeper.As I progressed, the cool, but stiff wind stroked my skin more and more times.I heard that these caves are prone to magic.Even on my expedition, the wind was moving like this, but it seemed like a magical cave. What should I do if something like that happens here?Should we abandon our homes now and move there? No, in the worst case scenario, Luisa will be able to change the terrain.That¡¯s what she said. I don¡¯t think I can rely much on others, but I am the Lord of the Forest anyway.Let the rulers resolve the crisis in the region. ¡°If it weren¡¯t for monsters, I wouldn¡¯t be able to cool things down here.Or if there¡¯s ice, I¡¯ll take it home. ¡° Helen caught on to the words I leaked. ¡°What are you going to do about it?¡± ¡°It¡¯s better to keep food cold.¡± Heh. This ¡°black forest¡± is large.Looks like some ice holes are cooler if you look for them.If only I could store it directly, and if there was ice, I could cut it out and save some food, but in this world, it¡¯s a neck where monsters tend to hang out. We are far from the city.Fresh items are available in fields and hunting prey, but the focus is still basically on preserved foods that are dried or salted.If we could save food with ice, our diet would be expanding. ¡°A little longer in winter, don¡¯t you think? It¡¯s just like that. ¡° ¡°Oh, that¡¯s right.¡± ¡°Some of them are better chilled.¡± ¡°Ho.¡± I like some fruits cooler. [M]Besides, I can¡¯t make anything like ice cream unless it¡¯s cold in the first place.If the materials are quite available, I might as well try to make them. ¡°We had an ice room.¡± It was Anne behind us who came into the conversation.Is there an ice room as well as a palace for the Empire? Ice room? The samurai listens to unfamiliar words and leans his neck.I haven¡¯t stopped everyone from looking around for signs in the meantime. ¡°We stuff snow and ice in there during the winter and we take it out in the summer.¡± ¡°Eh, Anne, is there such a thing at home?¡± Yes, it is. Anne nods. The Samya seems impressed. ¡°Deanna¡¯s place¡­ didn¡¯t look like it.If I wasn¡¯t surprised, I wonder if it was at Aero¡¯s. ¡° Diana shook her neck small.It would be quite valuable if it weren¡¯t for the Earls of the Kingdom.Well, there¡¯s no luxury in saving winter stuff until summer. ¡°It doesn¡¯t smell¡­ but I know the signs somehow.¡± Monsters kill when they are considered creatures.But I don¡¯t eat it, so if any creatures get lost and killed accidentally, they should smell associated with it, and if the demon ¡°Troll¡± is defeated by the creature, it should smell like that creature. If there are signs of either, perhaps the devil will survive further. Let¡¯s check it out in the meantime. Helen said in a loud voice.Now that I¡¯ve already made a noise, I don¡¯t need to talk out loud. We nod and look around us.Slightly, we all nodded together again and rearranged the formation as we practiced yesterday. ¡°All right, we¡¯re on our way. Move on!¡± Helen gave the signal.We didn¡¯t scream, but we stepped into the arena with a sense of exaltation. Chapter 469 Chapter 469: 469 With Helen and me at the forefront, Samya and Liddy, Anne and Diana, and Ricke and Kurl and Lucy in formation. Everyone kept quiet and kept pace without saying anything, and now it looks like a small army. Leave the passageway as it is.It turned out to be thin and bright, blurry but large space, due to any factors. Ugh Was I the one who said it, or was it someone else?Such unconscious words leaked.It doesn¡¯t smell. Dense signs of something.I didn¡¯t even have to check with Liddy.It¡¯s¡­ Matsuaki! A sharp, but calm, Helen¡¯s voice echoed through the space.Everyone but Ricke throws the torch.The thrown torch falls to the ground and illuminates the area.Then the brightness of the space increased at once. Apparently, there are plants in this space that look like sunflowers.Some of the walls and ground are brightened.I was prepared to fight in a darker environment, but thank you. The space was like a big hall.The ceiling is dark and the height is unknown, but it seems to be quite wide.The light has not arrived properly to the back. Although the ground is somewhat uneven, it doesn¡¯t seem to stand in the way of running or stepping on it. And the giant body standing in the middle of the space.The Devil¡¯s Troll. Her rough skin covered her body with a slight amount of obesity, but she wasn¡¯t wearing clothes.He is taller than Anne and has a club of material that looks like a rock, no matter where he gets it from. There was no nose itself, but there were no eyes in the bald head with messy teeth with holes like the nostrils. ¡°Weakened by the light of the sun, it¡¯s more disadvantageous to go outside because you have no eyes.¡± Eyes also depend on the ability to spot prey and enemies early at a distance.If you don¡¯t know at night, if you go out with a saw during the day, you will be beaten up. It is not a creature but a monster born of magic, so I don¡¯t know if the blindness is caused by the process of evolution.Hobbgoblins also seem to use sensory organs, and they seem to have something in common with creatures that can be saved. I don¡¯t know why, but for some reason I still stand vague in this situation.The body looks diagonally from our perspective, but it doesn¡¯t seem to stand in the way of shooting. ¡°Engage the enemy! Prepare to fire!¡± There is no reason to wait for the opponent to get ready.Acknowledge the target and Helen will give the order.Helen and I broke up on the left and right, and in the meantime Samya and Liddy came forward with their bows in their hands.There was a rattling noise in the back.Anne must be getting ready to throw a spear. Samya and Liddy squeeze their bows and squeeze their strings. The two bows are crispy and powerful. ¡°Let go!¡± With Helen¡¯s command, two arrows flew to tear space apart.The arrow struck the devil¡¯s head brilliantly and pierced deep. ¡°Geyaaaaaaaaaaaaa!!¡± The demon raised a roar that resembled a scream that was incompatible with the giant body and cut the air.If you keep falling, it¡¯s the best development, even though it¡¯s not applaudable. But such pale expectations are shattered.When the demon moves his nostrils, he turns his noseless head toward us. ¡°Caooooooooo!!¡± I raised a different roar than the one I just heard.If I look closely, I don¡¯t have earlobes.Apparently, the smell is the only reason to know about us.Zushin, your body is also heading this way. ¡°Chi, back off!¡± Helen slapped her tongue and ordered.Samya and Liddy quickly retreat behind the command.The demon turned towards us and took another step. ¡°Crouch down!¡± Liddy said from behind us.Hobbgoblins recovered with magic, but not so fast. What a mess. Helen sighed and snapped.I¡¯ll give it back while nodding. ¡°If this happens, I won¡¯t do it.Just keep knocking him down until he disappears. ¡° That¡¯s right. Helen laughs and agrees with me.The wounded demon ran towards us.Quick for the figure, but yesterday alone, our confidence that we were attacked by a ¡°thunderbolt¡± defeats our fears. ¡°Stop!¡± Helen¡¯s sharp command. We stopped.The demon is approaching. We await Helen¡¯s next call.And it was immediately handed down. ¡°Come on!¡± Chapter 470 Chapter 470: 470 With the command, Helen disappeared.At a different speed than during the training, I filled up the gap with the demon ¡°Troll¡± at once. It is a monster who acts only in the dark.They will only use their sense of smell and skin to catch them and attack them with quick movements. But Helen isn¡¯t fast enough to catch it.When the blue light ran toward the demon, the demon was sliced from the elbow of his right arm with a stick without being able to respond. The cut arm disappears into the air as it is. All right! Diana¡¯s voice resounded. It would be great if we could seal off the biggest weapon, even if we couldn¡¯t get rid of it. I thought so. ¡°I thought it might be a bit thin!¡± I said as I rushed over.When the evil demon raised his deafening roar, the elbow of his right arm grew cheeky again.It must have been Liddy or Ricke who took a breath in the back. I¡¯ve seen cartoons in the previous world many times, but when I look at books (¡­) objects (¡­), it¡¯s a sight that has a great impact. ¡°You¡¯re using a lot of magic!¡± Liddy¡¯s voice echoed.Monsters heal with starchy magic.When I fought the Hobbgoblins, I recovered from a few cuts.This time it¡¯s not that much to talk about, but it¡¯s probably recovering fast by using a lot of starchy magic. It was no mistake that the holes in the spear stuck in my belly immediately, and I must have recovered with the same reasoning.There seems to be a reason why small things like goblins don¡¯t spring up around here.I don¡¯t think it¡¯s as hairy as trying to experiment. I don¡¯t know how much of the magic remains here, but it may heal until it runs out.I¡¯d like to avoid protracted warfare as much as possible¡­. I feel frustrated with the sweetness of my outlook before leaving the house.I should have prepared a little more, including lunch.They were all strong, and I was there, so I might have been surprised to get rid of them lightly. Maybe they were telling me somewhere in their mind. I shook my head.Reflection should be done later.Now I¡¯m focused on taking him down. Helen! ¡°I know!!¡± While quickly avoiding the evil devil¡¯s left arm, which was shaken with a dull roar, Helen cut it.This time, it is dry from the shoulder.The demon thought healing was a priority and tried to shake Helen¡¯s remaining right arm. If you cut it off, you won¡¯t get anywhere from there.And to revive it, you need to consume magic.Whether it¡¯s a little enduring or not, it¡¯s more efficient to skip it to bring it into a situation that consumes magic all the time. Get your hands off the spear with a deep thorn, and I¡¯ll release the thin ice I put up on my waist.In addition to Helen¡¯s two blues, I added another one. A slightly slow-moving demon is blocking Diana¡¯s holes and trying to pull out the spear I stabbed.At that moment Helen cut off her left arm and left foot and my right arm, which I grabbed by the spear. Evil demons can¡¯t wait to break their balance.At that moment, I slashed my right foot.I couldn¡¯t cut it off until I was in bad shape, but I hurt myself deeply. Helen exhales sharply. ¡°Fufu¡± The next moment, the demon¡¯s head broke up with his torso. Chapter 471 Chapter 471: 471 Until now, the demon ¡°Troll¡± who had stood up also made a loud noise to the boulder and fell to the ground. Anne! Helen¡¯s sharp voice. Anne exhales and waves down her big sword.There are few heads, hands and feet, and the only remaining right foot cannot be avoided without moving.Anne¡¯s great sword amputated the devil¡¯s body from where his heart was if it was a normal creature. I scream to draw attention. ¡°Don¡¯t be alarmed! If you defeat them, they¡¯ll all disappear!¡± When they all nodded, they surrounded the severed torso without interruption.I had been watching it for a while, but only the lower half of my torso disappeared.Which means¡­ Your body, which is supposed to be gone, is growing again.Without putting her hair in, Anne¡¯s great sword attacked the devil¡¯s body and mutilated it again.I don¡¯t know under what conditions this happens, but my head comes from the neck of my severed upper body. Helen cut you off at an incredible speed.Perhaps I didn¡¯t like that voice so much.Even so, I can only agree to that. Multiple amputations of the torso do not mean that the body will grow from either. When this happened, there was almost a match.Someone from me, Helen and Anne will cut it off before it plays back.It is possible to operate only on the arm, but I will leave it to Diana¡¯s spear and the bows of Samir and Liddy. The demon regenerated all the parts at the same time, but Anne with her torso, and I with one arm, Helen quickly dropped the rest of her arms and head, so the demon ¡°has no hands or feet¡±. ¡°How long will he be back¡­¡± Helen complains. I can¡¯t help it because I don¡¯t know how many times she¡¯ll cut her neck off.It doesn¡¯t matter how long the battle lasts.The battle itself continues until the evil ghost is dispersed. The salvation is the monster, so there is no bleeding, and the ¡°dead¡± part disappears.If this were a normal creature, every time it was cut, the area would have been left behind, literally a sea of blood.That said, I¡¯m sure it¡¯s not the kind of sight I¡¯d like to see many times. Let¡¯s cum! I don¡¯t know how many times this is going to happen, but Anne waved her big sword down.Once again, I cut my torso without targeting it too much.I think Anne¡¯s attack is slowing down a little. It¡¯s becoming a persistent battle whether we¡¯re fast enough to defeat evil demons, or whether we¡¯re fast enough to run out of strength, and the clouds of battle are slightly suspicious. I shake my own thin ice and slash the arms that have grown over time.I felt uncomfortable. ¡°Is it a little late to grow?¡± I see. When I asked a question, Helen agreed to fly her head, which had grown even further in time.Then¡­. Liddy! ¡°It¡¯s down!¡± When I screamed and checked with Liddy, the answer came back exactly as I thought.Evil demons regenerate with the starchy magic around them.Speaking of what happens when there are fewer things to play back¡­ When I repeated the same thing a little more, it was obvious that my condition had changed. ¡°You¡¯ve only grown your arms and your head since.¡± Liddy, who had been concentrating for a while, exhaled a lot.I ask Liddy gently. ¡°¡­ what do you think?¡± ¡°I can¡¯t catch it. It seems that the starch magic here is gone.¡± Which means¡­ I did it! Liddy said the loudest thing today, and we¡¯re all moaning with joy.The crusade was a success. Douche and tiredness are pushing in. I¡¯m sure it¡¯s the same. I saw Helen rushing towards Anne, who had fallen into the ground.Your chest is filled with joy. I stood up with a big, big breath in that state. ¡°Now, let¡¯s triumph!¡± Chapter 472 Chapter 472: 472 There is nothing left of the monster¡¯s crusade.It¡¯s just that there¡¯s only memories of that victory among us when we fought to the death (we were just surrounded and knocked at the end). Besides, I didn¡¯t join the army this time, so it¡¯s not a big triumph.As far as I know, Lyuisa and Giselle are fairies. Still, the fact remains that we fought desperately to protect our place.Each raises a torch and returns to the dark cave. I¡¯m somehow proud of what I look like.Lucy is walking magnificently, but not yet.If she were to grow up well, she would look good, too.It¡¯s a complicated feeling that you should come as soon as possible and as late as possible. ¡°I¡¯m glad Krull and Lucy didn¡¯t go mad.¡± As I go back, I praise them both.The screams of the demon ¡°Troll¡± were as easy as any of us (man and beast, dwarf, elf and giant tribe).I thought you might be in shock and running. Well, not so much in the battle, but just after the battle was over, so it was a place of great reflection.If that had been the case, we would have had to look around this complex cave.In some cases, the choice to leave behind is absolutely necessary. He stroked Kurl¡¯s neck with the free hand. ¡°We both saw each other without freaking out.¡± ¡°Maybe I thought it was just like sword practice.¡± Diana and Helen are nodding. ¡°Stay away from danger, and I¡¯ll be watching.¡± ¡°Lucy¡¯s always watching quietly.¡± Because of that, it may feel like a ¡°normal extension¡± from the two of us. It was the mountains that wanted to get out of the cave as soon as possible, but I took a break on the way.The fact that there is no major injury does not change the fact that I have used my body severely. Lightly replenish with water loaded in the crowl and dried meat brought out for emergency use. It was a failure when it came to replenishing. I see. Helen nodded when I said goodbye.She looks around with dried meat in her mouth and remains vigilant. ¡°I should have brought at least a full day of supplies at this time.Atai was also a little loose.I should have pointed it out. Sorry. ¡° When I said that, everyone nodded and finished the break. Then I walk again for a while.It shouldn¡¯t be long before we see the lights of the pine lights, but what time is it outside?I feel the gratitude of a watch that I can carry at this time. It was a job that didn¡¯t change in the previous world, but I was still checking the time with a watch (a brand that also sponsors the F1 team I bought as a bonus) in order to keep the time difference from the world. Eventually, I saw the light coming in front of me.It¡¯s an exit. Our legs will go faster.The light from the exit is getting bigger and bigger. ¡°Thank you! As the Lord of the Black Forest, I thank you!¡± ¡°Thank you from the fairy clan!¡± It was Luisa and Giselle who were waiting for us to get out of there. Chapter 473 Chapter 473: 473 I looked up at the sky wrapped in applause.The sun passed Jomtien, but there seems to be still time before nightfall. With Liddy¡¯s guidance, we went straight to our destination, and Helen and the others would have cleaned it up.I must have struggled quite a lot on my own.I have to thank my family. On the bright side, Helen¡¯s armor had a lot of fine scratches.Even if everything seemed gorgeously avoided, you were always on the verge of it. As for the dirt, I went through the cave, and everyone, including Kuru and Lucy, was happy.Upon returning, the well is likely to be very active soon. Even if I am not injured, I am dirty and tired and worn out.However, the face looks sparkly with what it has accomplished. We¡¯ll line up in front of Mr. Luisa.The excitement calmed down. I stepped out one step ago and looked Luisa straight in the eye and said. Please, are you sure you want to accomplish this? ¡°Yes, of course.¡± Luisa smiled nicely.In the back, the samurai said, ¡°I did it!¡±.The fairies are thrilled again. Nikoniko and Luisa smiled and said nothing. ¡°You¡¯ve fulfilled your request, so you¡¯ll have to pay for it properly.¡± Yes, I completely forgot, but it¡¯s a reward.As far as I¡¯m concerned, it¡¯s like you¡¯re giving it to me when you know what¡¯s going on and you¡¯re missing it, but, well, you can¡¯t say that in front of other families. It¡¯s it, let¡¯s take this. ¡°Let¡¯s start with a reward that doesn¡¯t add to your stomach.¡± Luisa said while winking like tea.As she tightened her expression, she continued to declare. ¡°I will give you the title of Guardian of the Black Kuro.¡± ¡°Black Guardian.¡± I wonder if it¡¯s called ¡°Black Forest.¡±In line with Luisa¡¯s words, several fairies, including Giselle, lined up in front of us.Leeja and Deepika are there. The fairies had something like a little brooch made of black metal.The shape of the heater shield incorporates a wooden design.When they bowed to Pecori, they put it on our chest (Helen with the vest on her shoulder). ¡°I don¡¯t know¡­ which way do I start?¡± Luisa puts her hand to her head and thinks. Well then, I guess this way.I need to show you something that looks like the Lord of the Forest. ¡° Luisa has a sparkling but a slightly naughty expression.I thought the ¡°Lord of the Forest¡± felt lighter than anything else, but I wonder if you cared. No, that¡¯s not it. That¡¯s what I¡¯d like to do. ¡°That said, let me tell you where the water pulses near your home are filled with hot water!¡± I don¡¯t know what to say, Mr. Luisa.Lucy, too, raised her chest again to confront him. Chapter 474 Chapter 474: 474 It is a hot spring water pulse with warm water.I thought, oh, but the whole family seemed to have nothing to come by.I¡¯m very happy as a former Japanese. Rice also said that there was a hot spring near her parents¡¯ house, but I don¡¯t think she feels it because she doesn¡¯t go there all the time.Because I was going to say, ¡°I wish I could do it in the winter¡±, I was not very enthusiastic about dissemination activities. Ah, that? Unexpectedly, Luisa was puzzled by the poor reaction.The field suddenly calms down. I wonder what happened. ¡°Are you glad it¡¯s there?¡± The rescue boat came out of Samya.I nod loud and affirm. ¡°Of course it will warm up in the cold of winter, but it feels good to soak your body in the water and sweat during this hot season.¡± ¡°Northwestern customs.¡± ¡°No¡­ well, that¡¯s what it looks like.¡± Of course, not all bathing concepts exist in this world.However, the practice of using precious fuel to boil a large amount of water and soak up the body is not widespread because it is impossible to say whether the upper class can do it on a daily basis among ordinary people. ¡°Thank you.¡± ¡°I¡¯m glad you¡¯re happy.¡± Luisa relieves herself.As far as I¡¯m concerned, it¡¯s true.What awaits the architecture of the hot spring moori and hot spring baths? ¡°I wonder if it¡¯s okay to say that my stomach is swelling at the end¡­¡± Oops. It was Helen who accidentally raised her voice.Mercenaries aren¡¯t very good at the rewards so far.I don¡¯t think the ¡°Black Guardian¡± will be helpful. Unless there¡¯s a direct reward.Rather than a turtle, it simply means paying a reward that is commensurate with the outcome.It may be said to be practical. ¡°The gold¡­ could not be prepared for the boulder, so I¡¯ll give you some gems.¡± That said, several red, blue, or green gems appeared in Luisa¡¯s palm, which was presented to me. I thought it would be more conceptual or even a precious metal, so in a sense, it would be natural to prepare money or something that can be replaced by reward. I nodded at Mr. Luisa¡¯s words.It could have been a map or something, and I think you can tell me verbally, but I decided that there might be some inconvenience in telling me the details of the place. ¡°Thank you very much this time.¡± Luisa gives out her hand.I grabbed the offered hand and shook it.There are several applauses. At that time, Luisa clapped and said with a voice that only I could hear.No, what I said may be flawed.Because she didn¡¯t move her mouth. ¡°I need to talk to you. I¡¯ll see you tonight.¡± The words arrived at me with clarity. Chapter 475 Chapter 475: 475 We get home in applause.Remember to tell Giselle and the others, ¡°Please come any time, even if you are not sick.¡±Giselle and the others said, ¡°Sure!¡± He smiled back at me. ¡°All right, I¡¯m tired. I¡¯m sorry, but I¡¯m in a hurry.Matsuaki will still be able to use it, but let¡¯s go home as soon as possible. ¡° After we waved big hands together, I applauded and said to everyone.Everyone seemed to have no particular objection and nodded back.Looking up at the sky, it is likely that I will be able to return home by the time the sun falls. I¡¯ll be in a hurry, but keep an eye out for the surroundings.Even after the request of the Lord of the Forest, it has nothing to do with the beasts of nature.If it is judged a prey, it will be attacked. I know that if Luisa sends me home, I won¡¯t have to worry about it.But I didn¡¯t want to take much care of you, so I decided to go home alone because I thought it meant a lot. It¡¯s odd that Luisa refused to let the fairies come. That¡¯s why we walk through the quiet forest.The wind is blowing and there is a lot of shade, just like when it came, so it¡¯s a little better, but the summer sun brings a lot of heat. I complain as I wipe the sweat flowing. ¡°I miss the coolness of the cave.¡± It was cool in there, and it was temperatures that made me wonder if the seasons were different.I know the air conditioning in the old world, so I can¡¯t help but miss a comfort like that. Maybe. So, you¡¯re moving there? Diana, who was walking next door, mixed it up.I shrugged my shoulders. A blacksmith who lives in a cave in the Black Forest.It¡¯s suspicious. ¡° If that were the case, I might not have come. Anne¡¯s voice came after me.Normally, they step on two feet at the point of advancing through the ¡°Black Forest¡± alone, but even more limited people will come to the cave behind it. Helen, who was opposite Diana, nodded.If she doesn¡¯t come to the level, no one will come. ¡°I don¡¯t like it when people don¡¯t come for me at all.¡± I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s day or night. Samya said, going out a little before me and asking about the distance.At her feet, Lucy was making her nose twitch with the same face.Maybe there¡¯s some kind of beast. The fact that Samya isn¡¯t so nervous doesn¡¯t mean she¡¯s a wolf or a bear or something.If it¡¯s a dangerous herbivore like a deer, I¡¯d say it¡¯s a detour. ¡°Guys, I¡¯m sorry I kept you company today. Thank you.¡± I thought it would be nice to stroke because I was with a family member, but this kind of thing is bad.In the previous world, even when the pig was the main character of the anime, the bandit leader said so. ¡°I¡¯m really glad that no one came back without a major injury.Well, turn around later, and the request is over! You¡¯re boring me! ¡° Wow ¨C a soft applause echoed in the darkening forest.Kurl and Lucy¡¯s joyful voice echoed together. ¡°Now, keep everyone¡¯s body clean.Let¡¯s make dinner extravagant today. ¡° Everyone returned to me a note of approval saying ¡°yes¡± (and ¡°kurrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr¡±) Chapter 476 Chapter 476: 476 Cover your head with the well water you just drained.Cold water flows down your bare skin as if you don¡¯t know the heat of summer.It cleansed and cooled the burning body with temperature and today¡¯s crusade. That said, it is the bare skin of a 30-year-old (the contents are 40 years old).I¡¯ll get my body cleaned up first and start preparing dinner. In the meantime, the women¡¯s team, that is, everyone but me, including Kurl and Lucy, are in their turn. After I rubbed my wet body with a wet cloth, I put water on my head again and wiped my wet body with a dry cloth. I feel refreshed even if I don¡¯t take a bath, and I don¡¯t think this is enough.But when I hear there¡¯s a hot spring, I¡¯m sure I miss it. I remembered a little bit of loneliness, dressed up, stopped by the warehouse, and then went home. I¡¯ll make dinner luxurious today.Even so, this is our home in the Black Forest.I can¡¯t even go to the city right now, so I use plenty of warehouse meat and seasonings and increase the amount. Even if you don¡¯t make it look like pasta lamb with a pepper machete, it¡¯s quite luxurious just because it has various flavors. Prepare to bake unfermented bread by making pork that is likely to be eaten just by baking it into miso or making dried venison like wine. Even when I work with the music, sometimes I have free time.At first, I was overwhelmed by things like, ¡°If there is a smell, it looks like soybeans and well water can make tofu,¡± or, ¡°If you dig as deep as that cave, you can make some low-temperature reservoirs.¡± No, to be precise, I dared to push my thoughts out of my head, but immediately my thoughts became ¡°what will Luisa say tonight?¡± You just want to tell me what¡¯s going on, or should I?And Luisa knows why I¡¯m here¡­ which means I¡¯m reborn.Well, if a house with a blacksmith suddenly appeared in the ¡°Lord of the Forest¡± area, I wouldn¡¯t know. I wonder if it¡¯s something around here.You¡¯ve given me a residence permit once, so I¡¯m sure I won¡¯t be told to leave in the morning, but no one will guarantee that it¡¯s not possible.It makes me anxious. Ma, is that all you have to do? I stirred around the hot pot, and I was alone.It¡¯s the rest of my life, and I wanted to be as calm and relaxed as possible. But I don¡¯t want to be too conscious, but I must still be a stranger in this world.If the landlord tells me to leave, I¡¯ll do something about it. And we¡¯ll make ¡°always¡± again from scratch.Who will follow me then? When I thought about it, the door of the house opened and Samya came out.I can hear the ringing sound from the smithery. ¡°Oh, my God, we¡¯re all done.¡± ¡°Whoa, we¡¯re almost done here, so get me out of here.¡± I threw out thoughts that tend to get dark from my head, and I tried to be bright.The Samurai will detect great emotional movements.There is nothing to worry about because it may be a worrying thing. ¡°Whoa, whoa, the avocado mess is good too!¡± For a moment, Samya looked suspicious, but called out to everyone across the door.Soon everyone will come in and bring the prepared food to the outside terrace. This could be my last feast, and with that in mind, I brought the food to the terrace. Well then, let¡¯s celebrate the success of the crusade! What time is it in the old world now?The moon is in the middle of the sky, and the moon lights are illuminating the garden.The plants and flowers reflect blue and white light and are fantastic. In the garden, I admitted a shadow of one.Of course I recognize the shadows. ¡°Mr. Luisa.¡± ¡°Good evening, Aeyou.¡± Luisa smiled nicely. Well, let¡¯s get this over with. I was somehow powerful to Luisa, who said that on the back of the moon, and I swallowed Gokuri and Tsubaki. Chapter 477 Chapter 477: 477 ¡°You don¡¯t have to be that stupid.¡± That¡¯s what Luisa said and smiled in the moonlight.If you can trust me because I was told that, that¡¯s a different story. ¡°There¡¯s nothing to stand for, go there.¡± I urged her to the terrace by hand.There must still be a chair out there. Well then, sweeten your words. Lyuisa walked out in front of me.It¡¯s not a hidden facility, and you know where it is. I expose my back in clothes that look like Toga, but I don¡¯t know if this is my trust or if I¡¯m confident that I can¡¯t harm you. The knife is nostalgic, but I don¡¯t think we¡¯ll be able to point it at Lyuisa even if it¡¯s his turn.I¡¯m not so innocent as to think that I have little chance of winning against the Lord of the Forest. Me and Luisa sit opposite each other on the terrace.It¡¯s like a conversation show I just saw in the previous world. Luisa said after exhaling. Well, let¡¯s get started. I nodded. Well, what kind of story pops out? ¡°I think I understand that you two are talking alone, but it¡¯s about Aeyou.¡± Of course. I don¡¯t have anything else to talk about. ¡°First of all, I already told you that I am the Lord of the Forest, but I also recognize the main dragon of the earth.¡±I¡¯m not from this world.¡± ¡°Thank you.¡± I bowed my head to the words.You can stay here for now. Nothing to be afraid of if you have a note.In this case, the Marquis might even be more troublesome. That being said, yes.Whether you know my heart or not, Lyuisa keeps saying. ¡°So, what¡¯s on it?¡± Oh, there you are. ¡°Sometimes it¡¯s okay for Giselle to be a child of another fairy clan, so I want you to teach the fairy¡± knowledge of the previous world ¡°anyway. ¡°The previous world¡­?¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± ¡°What would you do if you knew that? Many of the technologies in this world, even magic, are not feasible. ¡° Though not using electricity like a ¡°perpetual clock¡±, it may be possible to do something with a precise mechanism or a little electrical trick, but computers after the floor differential engine will be impossible. It has as much power as a steam engine and cannot reach an internal combustion engine.Even if an explosion occurs inside the engine by magic or something, parts cannot normally be produced with the required accuracy. If it is possible in the future, does it mean to know now?I don¡¯t know how to say this, but I don¡¯t think it makes sense to talk about smartphones with people from the Edo period. Besides, that¡¯s it. ¡°As far as I¡¯m concerned, I don¡¯t really want to influence the world.¡± For that reason, I was wondering whether to introduce a plate spring suspension, and I stopped putting a hand pump on the well. Judging by the watchdog¡¯s explanation, it probably won¡¯t affect the world as much as I¡¯m alone.Still, I don¡¯t want to do anything like push the hands of my watch with my fingers. I see. Ai Elephant is serious. Ufufu, Luisa laughed. ¡°What is the meaning of this request in the first place? If you just want to keep information, not leak it anywhere else, is there any other way? ¡° Well, that¡¯s what I usually think. Lyuisa put her hand on her cheek and sighed. ¡°This is more of a¡° main unit ¡±requirement.So I don¡¯t even know the details. ¡° ¡°The Dragon of the Earth¡±? ¡°Yeah, and I¡¯m just a fraction of that.It¡¯s impossible to figure out everything about the main unit from me.I¡¯m sorry about Aeyou. ¡° ¡°No, that can¡¯t be helped.¡± Nevertheless, it is. Then you say, ¡°I don¡¯t know, but tell me anyway.¡±Can I tell you what I haven¡¯t told anyone so far? As I roared, Luisa smiled little. ¡°You don¡¯t have to answer now.You said you¡¯d teach me the water pulse of the hot spring at a later date. If you reply to Giselle at that time, she¡¯ll tell me. ¡° ¡°¡­ okay.¡± Well then, Lyuisa waves her hand and disappears.I sat back in my chair and sighed loudly. Chapter 478 Chapter 478: 478 After Luisa disappears, I think as I look at the moon. Why does the Dragon of the Earth want my knowledge?If this world were to go through a history like that of the previous world ¨C a world with magic and different geographical conditions ¨C it would not be exactly the same history ¨C I would have come from the future. Do you want to know what will happen in the future from technical information? ¡°Is it just intellectual curiosity¡­?¡± I shook my head alone.If that were the case, I wouldn¡¯t go around telling the fairies. If possible, it is fine if the person comes and asks.There is a reason not to do that.Even if only the Dragon of the Earth knew, there was no other way. Perhaps that¡¯s what the fairies are hoping to whisper to someone? It seems more likely than any other variety of reasons. Luisa also said that if it¡¯s a feasible technology, it¡¯s a talent, and if it¡¯s impossible or impossible to understand, it¡¯s just bullshit. Besides, I can only tell the fairy, so I don¡¯t know how it affects me.Because it has a simple board spring structure, the suspension that I taught Camilo is not necessarily an inspired invention, but I can¡¯t honestly take care of it until then. Well, if it is, it is. Whatever is conceptually difficult to explain (and I don¡¯t really understand), such as a fission reaction, I may be able to tell you anything else. ¡°King¡¯s ear is not a donkey¡¯s ear,¡± but you may be able to calm your mind by not holding secrets. ¡°Okay, now you can have the fairy come tomorrow morning.¡± I stretched out and went back to my bedroom.I¡¯ll still have some time to sleep.Slowly lying in bed, I went back to ¡°always¡±. The next day, except in the summer, when it¡¯s hot, everybody behaves as usual, as if nothing had happened yesterday. Kurl and Lucy followed the water in the morning with exhilaration. Breakfast and prayers to the shrine were as usual, and the blacksmith work was split up and Wye and the place where she had to concentrate was quiet. Still, I can¡¯t make it look like nothing really happened.When it comes to mess during the day or evening, it is a topic of discussion. Even now, Helen is still cheeking on what she baked for dinner. ¡°If it hadn¡¯t been for that scream, it would have been easier for Atai.¡± ¡°I¡¯m sure there were moments when I was scared and missed the moment.¡± ¡°Yes, fortunately, it didn¡¯t smell, and there were so many frightening elements.¡± To the blacksmith. Niya and Helen laughed.The eyes tell of her seriousness. No, if you ask me if I feel romantic there, I feel it.I¡¯m not excited about having a secret weapon in my house. Even a boy in his 40s. Well, for example, even though it is rare to come without me, Helen and Diana, it is more obvious than seeing a fire on a fire floor that a bear or something will get in trouble if it comes here. It is hard to say that it is absurd to think that it would be better to have a weapon that can cope with such a time. I¡¯ll think about it. In response to that, not only Helen but also Rice sparkled her eyes, and I smiled a little bitterly. Chapter 479 Chapter 479: 479 Apart from our fortification plan, there are a few things to keep in mind for now. Kuru¡¯s hut and corridor to the warehouse. Samya sucked the spoon and said.Normally, Rice is just about to finish, but she is busy eating meat with her fourth glass of liquor. ¡°Yeah. If there¡¯s a hot spring nearby, you can build a hot spring there, right? I want to connect to it later. ¡° ¡°Yudo?¡± A thermya that leans its neck while sucking on a spoon. ¡°¡­ even in a¡° black forest ¡±where no one comes, how can you take a bath where you can see it all from around you? I¡¯m going to build a building that will be blindfolded. ¡° Hee. ¡°Wouldn¡¯t it be convenient if you could undress in that building? I don¡¯t have to worry about anything while we¡¯re at home. ¡° I am wiping my body in my room now, so if I don¡¯t break into the room, I won¡¯t see the female team naked.If you want to stay in the room for a long time. But I have a rush outside the room (which is mostly a menstrual phenomenon), and I don¡¯t have to run into something at that time. However, if it is independent as a structure, there is almost nothing to worry about.I feel comfortable walking around the house. I guess so. Samya said with a wrinkle on her nose.I think you cared if I saw it the first time I helped you, but is this a sign of peace of mind for your family?It is a delicate feeling of happiness and catching. ¡°Well, sometimes we build them all together after the hot spring place is confirmed, but it¡¯s definitely impossible in a day, and if you know what you need, you should build them from what you can build in the meantime.¡± I defeated that many monsters, and they won¡¯t spring up for a while.If so, there should be nothing to do if we deliver as usual for the time being.If you want to get rid of what you know you¡¯ll need later, that¡¯s all you have to do¡­. I get busy saying things like that. ¡°If you build additional hallways afterwards, are they shape-shaped? You might want to design it in a nice way from the beginning. ¡° Liddy said in a quiet voice.It cannot be denied that it is common for there to be some sort of impossibility in the aftercare facility. ¡°Unless it¡¯s in the middle of the field or something, I think it¡¯s quite accommodating, but it¡¯s sweet.¡± When I return it, Liddy puts his hand on the thin clasp and tells him to snap. ¡°I don¡¯t mind.¡± ¡°You can tell your parents.¡± ¡°There¡¯s absolutely nothing I want to do, and it¡¯s fine.¡± And Atai. ¡°I agree with you if you want to live better.¡± Regardless of whether it was aggressive or not, everyone agreed.Now you don¡¯t have to worry about rain when you put things in and out of the warehouse, and you can easily go to Kuru¡¯s huts on rainy days.I wish I could live my usual life on sunny and rainy days alike. Although it was a small improvement in my life, I started thinking about what I would do with it. Chapter 480 Chapter 480: 480 For the next few days, I was making an item to deliver.In the meantime, the summer heat was harsh, but I was able to live without falling.I¡¯m a family member who originally worked at a hot blacksmith¡¯s, but I¡¯m glad I was able to make it without an accident. So far, I thought it was good to dig a well. After the demon Troll was eliminated, I was able to clean it while cooling my body once, and the rest was enough with the water I had pumped. But there were days when I thought it might be missing, so if it was really missing, then it would be the well¡¯s turn.It is worthwhile to hastily make it if we think that there is enough chance that it will happen in the future. So, the date of delivery. As usual, Kurl¡¯s truck carries us through the woods with his luggage.The sun was still shining today, and even in the woods it was quite hot. ¡°I wonder if it¡¯s this hot in this shady forest.¡± ¡°Because my parents are from the north, or because they are vulnerable to the heat.¡± ¡°No¡­ yeah, maybe so.¡± To be precise, I think there is a big side to getting accustomed to years of air-conditioning life (almost just traveling home and work by train, and it¡¯s all working), but it¡¯s only about Luisa that I can talk about and understand, so I decided to do that. In fact, it seems to be as hot and humid as summer in Japan.This is true of installed knowledge.There is a lot of humidity here, but the sunlight feels directly hot, and the quality of the heat is different, so there are some cases where the body is confused. I wonder if the streets are hotter. Diana said while stroking Lucy on her lap.It should be noted that Lucy is not in the heat, she is simply relaxing. ¡°The grass in the meadow was growing, but it¡¯s not going to be blocked by the sunlight, so it¡¯s hot, right? Maybe we should give Lucy some cloth or something to shade her. ¡° When I said that, Helen fished out the luggage and took out the cloth.I don¡¯t wear it because it¡¯s still in the woods.Looking at Lucy patting her tail, Helen broke up. I rubbed the truck and said. I think it would be better to improve this and wear it under the guise.It blocks the sun and allows you to move your luggage even when it rains. ¡° ¡°But I¡¯m going through the woods.¡± Probably hit a branch. Anne looked around and said that Samya took it back.It is a gloomy forest.The trees stretch out their branches in exodus.Fortunately, you won¡¯t hit the branch while you¡¯re sitting, but Anne can see some branches that would hit her head if she stood up in this state now. And I want the front to be high enough to stand inside.This meant that it was easy to imagine that if I made a cover at that height, it would catch everywhere. Well, let¡¯s think about something. That¡¯s what I¡¯m going to say and turn my gaze back.I can see the forest exit and see the sun shining stronger beyond it. The swaying green grasslands are spreading.I can see places that are as tall as people¡¯s backs, whether they are looking for sunlight everywhere. ¡°Kurrrrrrrrrrrrr¡± I asked Like, but he replied.That voice feels good when you¡¯re in a good mood, so I¡¯m sure you¡¯ll be fine. ¡°When you get tough, stop right there.¡± ¡°Crew¡± Okay, okay, but Kurl shook his head gently and shouted.I guess I said something extra to make you feel better. I don¡¯t know if there is, but if the period of rebellion comes to Krul, I must be in considerable shock.Looking at Diana, she seems to have a complicated look on her face, so she¡¯s thinking the same thing¡­ maybe. With the worries of such a future in mind, Kuru¡¯s dragon carriage continued along the road to the city in the hot summer sun. Chapter 481 Chapter 481: 481 The sunlight burns your body.It might be better to put something like a roof on it, even if it doesn¡¯t have to be a cover. If you put up a long bar in four corners and it¡¯s like stretching cloth, it might be because it folds up in the woods or when loading and unloading luggage. The problem is that it doesn¡¯t look good, but there¡¯s nothing that gives priority to convenience.It¡¯s not like we roam other countries, nor are we aristocrats.No, there are about two nobles. Still, it¡¯s not as summer as in the previous world, and even if the wind blows, it¡¯s not as cool as in the woods, so let¡¯s think about it if it gets even hotter. I can do it right away. Is it because it¡¯s hot and waiting for the prey is life threatening, or the bandits don¡¯t come out, they arrive at the entrance of the city. Hi, it¡¯s hot today. I always call the guards I see at the entrance.He replied lightly with his hands up. ¡°Oh, my goodness. It¡¯s all summer.¡± He said so and drank a sip from the water bag he put up on his waist.That¡¯s because I¡¯m wearing metal armor and I¡¯m standing still.Knowing the importance of hydration must come more from empirical rules than from scientific ones. Phew, he takes a breath, and when he flies his gaze at us for a moment, he immediately turns his gaze back to the street. We can go through.Even if you are familiar with your face, only minimal checks (though really minimal) are essential. I lowered my head as I passed by, praying that nothing would happen to him. The bustle of the city is not so different.I wonder if there are a few people out there, and the clothes of people who would live in the city are slightly lighter. On the other hand, people who seem to come from other places are slightly dressed up.It would be purely physical protection rather than cold protection.I don¡¯t think it¡¯s enough to take it off because I can¡¯t stand it.I mean, maybe I¡¯m the hottest person here. The stall owner, who sat staring at the street with his usual strong face, waved his hand at Lucy on the carrier, slightly thinner than usual.I¡¯ve been a little rough since I could see Kuru, so I¡¯m a little happy to think he¡¯s looking forward to it. I realized Lucy was like, ¡°I¡¯m sorry!¡±When I shook my tail, I fell apart a little.I don¡¯t know who that person is, but I¡¯ll let you stroke him sometime¡­ When I put the truck in the warehouse of Camilo¡¯s shop and took Kuru and Lucy out of the truck to the back, the usual Childish jumped out.He also has short-sleeved shorts.The word ¡°boy¡± suited me well as it was. Hey, it¡¯s hot. ¡°That¡¯s right. Ah, Kuru-chan, go away.¡± A long wooden plank stands on the wall ahead of what Mr. Chochi pointed out.Quite a wide area, and I think Kuru can sit with plenty of room. ¡°It¡¯s going to shade over there.¡± ¡°Oh, I¡¯m sorry, thank you.¡± That¡¯s how I stroke Childish¡¯s head.After a bit of tickling, Chiu Chiu moved with Kuru and Lucy.Lucy is rubbing her body against her feet, but she must be trying to wrap Childish¡¯s legs around her. ¡°Hey, don¡¯t hesitate to get mad at me.¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s okay!¡± Zhaozhi-san grabbed it and went into the shade.We drop it off in a smiling mood and go inside.My shoulder HP was decreasing steadily. I¡¯m sorry it¡¯s getting hot. Camilo came into the business room and said the most.The warden isn¡¯t here. I think I went to check the product first. ¡°It¡¯s work. I can¡¯t eat food without the income from this place.¡± I smile bitterly and give it back¡­. I did, but speaking of lies is a lie.Even if there were nine members of my family, including Kuru and Lucy, I would have managed to save as much as I could for a while. Moreover, food and fuel are procured on their own to some extent.If it were to be like terminating the contract at this moment, it would be about a year or two.If there¡¯s nothing we can do about it, we¡¯ll all have to move on to our places, but that should be a long time ago. And it¡¯s easier to carry things, which means it¡¯s easier to transport the army or something.Until what it causes, I don¡¯t know what God ¨C even the dragon of the earth ¨C is. I¡¯m more than happy that the world will be as peaceful as possible.Maybe Luisa has come into contact with something around here. ¡°And now that I can carry it a little farther, I¡¯m taking your stuff farther.So far, it¡¯s selling well. ¡° In Camilo¡¯s words, it was Samya and Ricke who said ¡°oh.¡±Wholesale items here also include what they can get.It would be pure pleasure to hear that it sells well.I¡¯m happy there, too. ¡°I see. Increasing the number¡­¡± Camillo shook his head when I said that. ¡°Well, if you bring it here, I¡¯ll fix you as much as you want.You don¡¯t have to bother to increase it. ¡° Fufu, it was someone in my family who sighed.I didn¡¯t know who it was.I opened the door and the warden came in.Camilo continues his words. ¡°So, with that suspension, this time it¡¯s this much.¡± The warden placed the leather bag he had on the table.I¡¯ll check inside. I didn¡¯t think so from the sound of it, but it was packed with lots of gold. Chapter 482 Chapter 482: 482 ¡°Whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa.¡± ¡°What? Money.¡± ¡°No, I know, but¡­.¡± I smile bitterly at Camilo for returning a vague answer.I¡¯m sure he understands that what I want to hear is not there. ¡°That¡¯s for the suspension.¡± I thought you said you didn¡¯t want it. When I said so, Camilo sighed a lot. ¡°That¡¯s right, Aero.I¡¯m going to make money on the suspension.Well, I haven¡¯t sold it elsewhere yet, so this is my prediction. ¡° I nod. From the knowledge of the previous world, I think I can almost certainly sell it.Since there is almost no concept of rights around it, it will be imitated as cancer, and it will be overwhelming sooner or later, but until then, it will be Camilo¡¯s monopoly. Camilo, he must have devised a strategy to extend the time to his head.Otherwise, he won¡¯t be able to get out. ¡°If I was making money for free at that time, I¡¯d feel sorry for you every time I sold it.¡± I snort small. ¡°Heh, you¡¯re such a¡­ mama.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know. It¡¯s delicate.¡± Camilo looks deliberately sad.But I¡¯ll be right back smiling. ¡°Well, anyway. You better learn to make a little more money.¡± Like, Diana and Anne nodded loudly.It¡¯s what they often say, but I don¡¯t really feel it anymore¡­ The main reason for this is that the various products I make so far are made with the help of cheats.It is the power of ¡°borrowing¡±, so it makes you feel uncomfortable or something. But I can¡¯t tell everyone, including Camilo, why.I put my arms together and twist my neck. Hmm, I guess so. ¡°Well, it¡¯s true that I don¡¯t feel more comfortable doing what¡¯s right for me.¡± Camilo laughs funny. When I look at him, both the warden and I meet, but he nods cheerfully. ¡°If that¡¯s the case, I¡¯d appreciate it.¡± I tried to tighten the mouth of a bag full of gold coins¡­ and before that, I pulled out about ten of them and put them on the table.Looking at it, Camilo raised one eyebrow.From the position of the voice, it seems to be Anne¡¯s, and I also heard the voice ¡°Ah¡±. ¡°¡­ what is this?¡± ¡°Prepayment. I want you to get something called¡± comet ¡±in the north.I don¡¯t think about growing it, so it¡¯s fine as food. ¡° Rice grown in paddy fields, as imagined by the Japanese in the previous world, requires extremely harsh climatic conditions and work.If land rice is inferior in taste and yield compared to rice, it would be a one-chan in that forest.For now, even if it¡¯s not as delicious as it was in the previous world, I want to keep the rice in my mouth for once. I¡¯m a former Japanese. ¡°And¡­.¡± ¡°Is it good to make an advance on your own?¡± ¡°No¡­ well¡­ I think it¡¯s okay¡­¡± I said that feeling a little cold sweat on my back.Ten pieces of gold are quite a lot of money, but as a blacksmith, we have an inappropriate amount of money, and even if I get it now, I still have a lot of gold left in the bag. Diana sighs again. ¡°It¡¯s okay because you made it, right?¡± Diana said with a bitter smile that there was something slightly sharp in her tone.Everyone is nodding. In the meantime, this is an ex post facto agreement, but I got the consent. Well then, I¡¯ve finished my errands, so let¡¯s get out of here.I¡¯ll be back in two weeks. ¡° I take a seat in a hurry.Camilo laughed the most today. Oh, goodbye. and ended the ¡°usual¡± deal. Chapter 483 Chapter 483: 483 When I leave the business room, I feel that the heat has increased slightly.The hallway is sunny¡­ Anne talked to me as I went down the stairs to the backyard. Was the jewelry good? ¡°Hmm? Oh, that?¡± Anne must be talking about the gem that Luisa gave me as a reward for killing the evil demon Troll. ¡°I don¡¯t have to redeem it right now, and it¡¯s more bulky if I keep it than if I were to exchange it for gold.¡± ¡°Well, yeah, some of it seemed pretty valuable.¡± ¡°The blacksmith¡¯s point of view didn¡¯t seem very interesting.¡± As soon as I checked it with a cheat, it didn¡¯t contain any rare metals.It¡¯s really just a story, but it¡¯s nothing but jewelry. It doesn¡¯t seem to make much sense to know the value now, and it will be our asset for a while. ¡°But maybe it¡¯s time to think of a place to keep the gold coins and jewelry.¡± This is my home in the back of the ¡°Black Forest¡±, where no one else comes, even though I almost forget to go back and forth with the city at a rate of once every two weeks.It¡¯s not a place where you can get around easily. Some wolves are acting as natural guards in the lush trees that get lost when they step into the loose.Bears, pigs, and deer are inherently dangerous creatures, even though they become irregular.If you run into it, you won¡¯t be safe. The magic of ¡°avoiding people¡± hangs around that house, even if you can come near it.If we can¡¯t break through it, we can¡¯t get home.It¡¯s like living in a heavily guarded base. Conversely, people who can break through all of these (such as Helen and Anne) have the strength and luck that they deserve, so if such a person is targeting them away, it doesn¡¯t make sense to do some crime prevention. Therefore, it is inevitable that there is a tendency to take crime prevention lightly.But that¡¯s not a good reason to remain defenseless in the future¡­ ¡°Even if you go too far to hide the safe, you might need something nasty to steal.¡± ¡°If I¡¯m serious, I think I can make a safe that I can¡¯t shatter without a treasure sword, and I¡¯ll make it and keep it in the warehouse.¡± I struggled to get it out of the warehouse, and I checked the contents a little further away¡­ but the surroundings were all ¡°black forests¡±.Danger is always present while checking the contents. Taking a heavy safe out of the woods would be a lot of trouble.That¡¯s not true of those who want to steal something like that. ¡°That¡¯s¡­ right.¡± Even within the kingdom, it is almost connected to the highest level of human beings, but it does not guarantee safety.For example, it is very difficult, but not impossible, for His Majesty the Emperor to do it directly. From a stranger¡¯s point of view, I¡¯m just a blacksmith.Actually, I¡¯m just a blacksmith. And I¡¯ve always wondered who helped Karel (the Amur¡¯s second brother, who was lying down, but now deceased) during the disturbances at Marius¡¯ house Amur. Marius and Diana both said, ¡°It¡¯s not something Karel can do alone,¡± and I¡¯m sure she saw the right person guiding her.It is also the view of all the people involved.If you think about it¡­ ¡°Hmm, should we take into account the fortification of our home and the construction of an evacuation house¡­?¡± My little words leaking out of my mouth mixed with a pleasant voice and a pounding voice and echoed in my backyard. Chapter 484 Chapter 484: 484 It was in the backyard of Camilo¡¯s shop.Surrounded by large rising wooden planks, it also seems like a fortress. No, that¡¯s too much for a boulder.In the shadow that Chochi made for me, my two daughters were not asleep, but rolled around. Chiu Chiu, who was sitting next to her daughters while she was lying down, stood up when she noticed what we had done. Ah, thank you. ¡°Thank you all the time. This has been tough.¡± ¡°No, everyone at the store helped me.¡± Hee, I see. I always thought it would be bad if I borrowed it as an amulet, but I don¡¯t know, everyone in this shop might be watching the interaction between Zhaoxiao and my daughters with a smile. Then I kept a lot more chips than usual.Do not reward me for my work.I feel subtly unconvincing even if I say so. ¡°Just like everyone in the store who helped me.¡± ¡°I¡¯m always sorry.¡± ¡°What, you¡¯re here?¡± I stroked Childish¡¯s head with pepper. When she noticed, Kuru and Lucy got up, and Lucy ran around Diana with Totetote. Hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey. What are you saying? I can¡¯t hide it from Deledelet.Lucy was at my feet, so I wasn¡¯t with Diana.I mean, my shoulders are fine for now. Kurl followed Ricke and Liddy to the warehouse.It seems like you fully understand what to do, but is it a parent idiot?Well, I¡¯m proud of my daughter, but I can¡¯t help it. As soon as we connect the cars, everyone gets in and leaves the city.If nothing happens, the next one will be in two weeks. Will this city change its shape the next time I come?Or is it the same? With that in mind, I was looking at the people of the city. On the way home, nothing happened, and I was able to get home safely.Basically, nothing happens, so I¡¯m going to mistake this world for being safe. ¡°Giselle, are you here?¡± Looks like it. Probably came to talk about the location of the hot spring.If he was sick, he would have waited.I¡¯m glad to hear about the location of the hot spring, but it¡¯s not a problem even if it¡¯s too late. Do you want to entertain me the next time I come? ¡°I think I¡¯ll make something to know when I say it.¡± It is a house with few visitors, and there are many customers who wait if there is a purpose, but still, the bees don¡¯t get hit because of the convenience of people who come here occasionally. ¡°Very nice!¡± And when I put Riquet in the house, excited about making something new, I took my luggage down and headed towards the truck. Chapter 485 Chapter 485: 485 ¡°So, I¡¯m going to create a hallway.¡± About a week after I went to town for the delivery.I declared myself so at the dinner table the day I finished making the knives, swords (both long and short) and spears that I would deliver next.Everyone applauds me for saying, ¡°Ooh!¡± ¡°I told you, but you haven¡¯t decided what to make yet.¡± ¡°What is it? Is there a type in the hallway?¡± Samya leaned her neck. I nod. ¡°Whether we do it or not, whether we raise it from the ground or not.¡± ¡°If it¡¯s too high, you won¡¯t be able to cross the hallway.¡± That¡¯s what Liddy said.Except for Krul and Lucy, I think she owns the most garden in her family. Ricke doesn¡¯t go out much in the garden, and the other four go out to practice every day to the front yard, but not to the backyard with fields, dragon huts, and warehouses.Because I don¡¯t just have so much work to do. I nodded again. ¡°Kurl and Lucy aren¡¯t connected, so if it¡¯s too expensive, they won¡¯t be able to move around, and it won¡¯t be expensive.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right¡­..¡± Diana twists her neck with her hands on the cheek.As long as we can accommodate ¡°mom¡± ¡®s opinions about the daughters. ¡°Normally, of course, but it¡¯s not a good idea to inhibit their movements in times of need.¡± I don¡¯t know. For example, it is important to block the escape area in the event of a fire. Of course, when it comes to trouble, I intend to protect Kuru and Lucy, even if I destroy the corridor and the house in any way, but it is not always possible. If you don¡¯t have to regret it at such a time, you¡¯re prepared to take advantage of everyday comfort, convenience, design, and everything else. It was Liddy who slowly raised his hand and started talking. ¡°If we can achieve the goal of going to the hut and warehouse in case of rain and slowly going to the hot spring baths, is it okay to lay a board on the ground?That makes it relatively easy when the plan changes. ¡° ¡°If you put a roof on it, will it serve your purpose?¡± Cochri and Liddy nodded small.It¡¯s not necessarily just hot spring baths that can be built from now on.Would it be easier to make a new one at that time?Looks like rattling will come when you lay it on the soil, but when it does, you should maintain it every time. It is also a place to go everyday, and if it is dangerous, you will know immediately, so there will be no problem if you repair the dangerous place as soon as you find it. Besides, it won¡¯t be a problem if it takes some time.Unlike before, I am sure I would be happy if it happened, but there is nothing to be troubled with right now. If it is, it is. I want to have a little fun doing the same thing, and if there¡¯s anything else I want to do, I want you to give it priority. Fortunately, there was no family to say anything else.Well, it¡¯s not like I can do anything different from the city¡­ The lack of entertainment is a disadvantage of this forest life.There are quite a few things that need to be done on a daily basis, such as repairing things around you, including repairing things, so it is not obvious so far. ¡°Okay, let¡¯s get started. I¡¯m going to pull down the hallway, and I¡¯m going to build a pillar along it.¡± A voice of approval echoes in the forest.It was also like a small voice that produced something new whispering in this forest. Chapter 486 Chapter 486: 486 I put up a stick next to the terrace and pulled a string.The string is stretched with a pin and held at its limit. And then if you draw a line along it, it¡¯s almost straight.Even if some distortion occurs, it is affectionate. The ground is hard, so I use the stone thrust of my spear (which is not for sale, of course) to draw a line.A longer straight line was drawn than expected, but this is only the first stage. Once the strings were collected, another stick was prepared.It¡¯s about a meter long.So we¡¯re going to draw a parallel line at the beginning and end of the line that we just subtracted, one meter apart.It is wide enough for two people to line up, so it will be enough for a hallway.Although it is, Kuru can also pass through. Repeating the same thing, the hallway, which had not even existed yet, led to the vicinity of the hut.Between the cabin and the hallway, there will be no problem with the roof.I don¡¯t know how much the roof means because I have to earn a height. Stretch the line laterally from its end point.We arrived at the warehouse this time.You have now finished drawing a line.All we have to do is put up pillars, put roofs on them, lay down trees, and turn them into aisles.It¡¯s easy to put it in words, but it¡¯s a pretty tough job. Well then, let¡¯s split up and work. When I say so, the voice of approval returns.Of course, the voice ¡°Kurrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr¡± ¡°is also with me. The work on pillars and roofs has become quite a familiar task in our house, which has repeatedly built more rooms.Drill holes at regular intervals, harden the bottom of the hole, and place trees in the hole.This was handled by powerful Ricke and Helen, Anne, and Kurl. Of course, the other members were not relaxed in the meantime.Samya and Liddy had cut out a wooden board for the roof, and Diana and I had cut out a tree to lay down in the aisle. ¡°Is this how you say it?¡± Diana said she had the tree.It is a square column with a long side of 10 cm, a short side of 5 cm, and a length of about 1 meter.They¡¯re cut out of thick trees, so they should be able to cut out quite a few. ¡°Yes, it¡¯s about the right size.¡± I nodded. Instead of the ¡°laying the board¡± method, if you bury a plate like a pillow tree and lay it, it will come up slightly from the ground, so it may not come up as long as it is not too high.If you really want to accumulate water, you can also think of a drainage ditch. I wonder if I can help you someday. Maybe so. Lucy folds the branches from the tree and carries them with pride to Samir and Liddy.Looking at it, Diana and I said.Diana¡¯s eyes are completely down.Probably the same for me. It¡¯s cute how you look at your hard-working daughter for parents.Even if Lucy were to become a super giant wolf two metres tall in the future, it would never change. Lucy walks through a hallway that is still only drawn to the line.For a moment, I saw a small body passing through a path that was not yet a small road, a beautiful wolf walking through a fine corridor. Chapter 487 Chapter 487: 487 All day long, the pillar team is almost done, and the roads and roofs team will finish cutting out the ingredients and start assembling after tomorrow. ¡°Sometimes I do, but sometimes I like to do things like this.¡± I finished my work and finished cleaning up. I was alone.Samya, Diana, Helen, and Anne¡¯s sword training crew, after cleaning up with Tekipaki, jumped back into the house to take the wooden sword for training. It seems that the other three, who are being taught daily by Helen, who is the most powerful person here, are building their strength and strength. ¡°One more month, two more months, or so, I think you¡¯ll be stronger than the Knights of the City.¡± And Helen said recently.It turns out that Luisa pushes the strongest power and thrill of this forest. Regardless of the Samya, the other two are supposed to be kept.For example, I don¡¯t know if Anne would be the most powerful swordsman in the Empire (well, I think the Emperor might be pleased), but when I saw Helen talking to Niconico, I did my best to return ¡°so much¡­¡±I¡¯m sure Kuru and Lucy will still be watching over you today and spending time with Wye. While abandoning the four of them, he took charge of the tools he was using, and he looked deeply emotionally at the situation around him.I¡¯ll take a look around. At first, it was just a small house and a blacksmith¡¯s house, but with more rooms and more terraces.The backyard becomes the courtyard, and there is a field that has become splendid thanks to Liddy.In the corner of the front yard, there is a temptation for testing and training, and it looks like a training ground. And Kurl and Lucy¡¯s huts were built, and there were two warehouses next to them.And we¡¯re building a hallway that connects the main house, the hut, and the warehouse.Water is still being pumped into the lake, but there are wells, so there won¡¯t be much trouble with the water shortage.The hot spring is also scheduled to spring this time. The room also has an empty room now, but if the alley is filled and more rooms are added, I intend to stretch it more and more so far.But it might be better to build something more remote than that. Like said as if she had noticed that I thought so. In the meantime, won¡¯t this place become a village? ¡°Uhhhh¡­.¡± Saying such a thing to Like, she said with sceptical eyes. ¡°There are republics here, and parents are prone to trouble.¡± ¡°Yes¡­ I¡¯ll be careful¡­¡± I was rude to the four of them, but I shrunk myself, thinking it was like a mother who tamed a kid who kept picking up abandoned cats. Chapter 488 Chapter 488: 488 At dinner, I was told that we had kingdoms and empires.At that time, he answered, ¡°What is the current position of the Aerosol Workshop?¡± In conclusion, Anne said it was important to decide in advance how to behave when something happened. ¡°I told you before, but as for the Empire, there¡¯s nothing to complain about unless you put it on the shoulders of other countries.¡± ¡°We are a kingdom, but so will your brother.¡± ¡°I told you before, I don¡¯t really have the consciousness to belong anywhere.¡± It just so happens that I stayed here¡­ or that the house I received was the ¡°Black Forest¡±, and if this were the Empire¡¯s mountainous region, I would have lived there. Judging by Luisa¡¯s attitude, I understand that the Black Forest has some intent.This is a circumstance that cannot be told to other families. ¡°Just because you made friends above the kingdom by crossing settlements doesn¡¯t mean that when the kingdom and the Empire came to be at war, ¡®Well, let¡¯s help the kingdom¡¯.If it means helping Marius as an individual, I don¡¯t disagree. ¡° As far as I¡¯m concerned, I¡¯ve never seen the king of the kingdom, but I¡¯ve seen the emperor of the empire.In terms of the flow alone, the Empire still feels closer.That¡¯s why no empire or kingdom will change if we don¡¯t try to help. But I¡¯m sure I don¡¯t want to abandon my friends.Anne sighs loudly. ¡°Doesn¡¯t it end up in the kingdom? If the Count asks you to do that, you mean you¡¯re going to do it? ¡° ¡°Hmm, well, that might happen¡­.¡± What if Marius says, ¡°I¡¯m sorry, but I need a hundred swords.¡±Even if I don¡¯t prepare the best, I¡¯m willing to accept it. ¡°In the sense of behavior, I don¡¯t basically refuse a request that comes in, and I don¡¯t think that¡¯s going to happen.Isn¡¯t there a request from the Empire? ¡° Oh, that sounds like it. And I¡¯m not going to say no to that either. With distance and routes, Marius¡­ the Kingdom side is easier to talk to, and the Empire now has routes in Camilo, so we should be able to ask for them even if it¡¯s a little difficult. In that sense, Camilo may be closer to home.Well, my family calls it the ¡°Bad Friends Trio.¡± ¡°My¡­ what we made hurts people, and I think I have no choice but to swallow it.I¡¯m not going to forget that. ¡° ¡°And so is Atai.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t really¡­¡± Samya, who lived in this ¡°Black Forest¡±, has no sense of state.I wonder if it¡¯s the Beast tribe that lives in the town. Helen is a mercenary.The faction doesn¡¯t seem to have much to do with it if you pay for it properly.The Empire has unpleasant memories, so I think I might choose a kingdom under the same conditions. As for Liddy, it¡¯s like an elf, and it¡¯s kind of isolated from the world¡­ ¡°I will follow my parents¡¯ choice!¡± And it was Ricke who strongly declared it.Looking at that, everyone around me had a mixed expression of ¡°I knew it¡± and ¡°oh my God,¡± and the story was over. Chapter 489 Chapter 489: 489 At dawn of the night, we work again on the building of the hallway.Anne and Ricke from the pillar team were transferred to the roof team, and Helen was on the road board team.The reason why I didn¡¯t turn the tall Helen toward the roof is that Rice is more accustomed to building the roof.Instead, the tallest Anne in the house turns to the roof. Kurl, who had been very active as a heavy machine for erecting pillars, would be carrying it.Lucy, the cheerleader (Wolf?), decided to continue her important role. The roof team assembles the beams and girders to connect the pillars to the pillars.It won¡¯t be over with the boulder today or tomorrow, but it¡¯s early enough to think it¡¯s possible. On the other hand, the road board team dug the ground with shovel and lined up the sleepers to fill in the sleepers, which are ¡°like¡± because there is no railroad.This will not end today or tomorrow. I would like to finish it early, but it is not a work that needs to be done urgently, and since we have already made something to deliver on the next delivery date, it is good for the time being if there is no impact on the next delivery. Well, I¡¯ll dig it up, so everybody line up the trees. Yes. It seems that the cheese of the producer is also applicable to this work, so I decided to dig according to it and arrange and bury the sleepers with everyone else.It may not be slightly flat, but unless it¡¯s too difficult to walk, you¡¯ll have to close your eyes.If you don¡¯t care about some irregularities in the road, you have to carry things carefully enough to put them in the warehouse in the first place. Enhanced muscle strength and cheese make this forest increasingly concave on the hard ground.Sometimes stones come out, but Helen removes them¡­ or the smaller ones throw away at great speed. I keep throwing in the same direction, so even if there are people approaching, it¡¯s good to avoid approaching from that direction, but if there are deer who have been lucky enough to pass by, maybe they¡¯ll be taken down¡­Neither Samya nor Lucy will react, so I think it will probably be okay. The holes made by removing the stones are filled with excavated soil and lightly tapped to consolidate.Lay the sleepers side by side and repeat the task of filling the gap with soil. In the meantime, Lucy picked up the stone that Helen threw with joy and bravery, and there was a scene of praise or bad (after all, I went to pick it up again because I praised it), but the work progressed smoothly, and when I tried to call for the work to be finished because the sun was getting dark, I heard a memorable voice. ¡°I¡¯m sorry.¡± ¡°Yes, yes.¡± Turning towards her voice, she looked like a small doll.I am Giselle, the leader of the fairy clan.I apologize with my head down first. I¡¯m sorry about the other day. ¡°I came to tell you where the hot springs are.¡± Even though I know that¡¯s the story, I¡¯m still happy about what I¡¯m happy about.As for my joy at that time, Diana looked back and said, ¡°I thought I would be so happy even if I had a child.¡± So she was pretty happy. ¡°Here you go.¡± Having floated so far, I was able to take Mr. Giselle home to clean up and let my family dazzle me. Chapter 490 Chapter 490: 490 ¡°I¡¯m sorry I kind of rushed you.¡± That¡¯s what Giselle said and lowered his head.Now for dinner, I have just served the same to Mr. Giselle.I wave in front of my face. ¡°No, it¡¯s no burden to me as much as Giselle.¡± In fact, Giselle and the fairies don¡¯t eat as much as they should.That¡¯s because, like Kurl, he practically maintains his body with magic. Besides, they don¡¯t like meat very much.That¡¯s why we¡¯re only going to have a spoon or a little more soup, but it¡¯s decided that it won¡¯t be a burden at all. There is a little soup in front of Giselle in the smallest cup we have.Even though it is small, it looks like a polybucket from the size of Giselle¡¯s body. ¡°It¡¯s time we got dishes and furniture for you.¡± There are no dishes or furniture for humans or similar races, such as giants or fairies.Though I think I have to prepare it someday, it is not essential, so I don¡¯t have to prepare it after all.I knew Giselle would come to tell me where the hot springs were, so I should have taken them before the hallway. For the Titans, it¡¯s about Anne¡¯s mother (that is, the queen), so there shouldn¡¯t be any haste at all¡­I am troubled if the Empress comes to Whihoi. That said, if we don¡¯t make them forever, we¡¯ll have trouble when ordinary giant customers come, so I¡¯ll make them both after I¡¯ve built the hallway and before we go to the hot springs¡­ Giselle opened her eyes with open eyes.It¡¯s so cute because it looks like a doll.Diana and Anne are thrilled. ¡°No, no!¡± ¡°It¡¯s just right for us to practice as well.You may be staying. ¡° Maybe everyone in the family thinks it¡¯s about ¡°treating the illness.¡±However, in my case, it also includes the request of the ¡°dragon of the earth¡± to teach the fairy people the knowledge of the previous world.It may be suspicious to stay for too long, but often having a short stay is a good thing about living in the same forest, so it is not very suspicious.I will watch and tell her during the stay. ¡°Hmm¡­ there¡¯s also a way for me to bring it¡­¡± ¡°I¡¯m a blacksmith.Cups are made by shredding trees, so please leave spoons and forks to yourself. ¡° ¡°We elves are closer to magic.That¡¯s what it feels like to be human. ¡° ¡°In Giselle¡¯s words, an elf like me would be a little closer to the magic of a human being.¡± The two smiled as if they were sisters, unlike the size of their bodies.You can only see the smile in your heart.I see, I¡¯m worried about Anne. It¡¯s around here that the amount of magic you need is different. That¡¯s right. Yeah, well, Anne says with her neck swinging vertically, and both of you give it back together.I took a sip of soup thinking it was really like a sister. Chapter 491 Chapter 491: 491 After dinner, Mr Giselle declared. Well then, especially Aeyou is talking about the long-awaited hot spring! Your applause is pounding.Giselle is a little proud. ¡°I¡¯m sorry to say that, but do you have anything to write about?¡± Mr Giselle, who looks sorry immediately.Liddy brought ink, pens and paper from a cabinet in the corner of the living room. I have writing equipment, but it¡¯s not fairy size.Maybe I¡¯ll use a pen with that tiny body.That¡¯s what I¡¯d like to take a look at.Diana and Helen had similar thoughts and their eyes were sparkling. ¡°I can show you the area.I wanted to show you a few thanks. ¡° That said, Giselle slightly opened the lid of a small pot with ink (we don¡¯t have a glass bottle).If I was sitting next to Diana right now, my shoulders would be running low on HP¡­ Giselle gently tied her hand in front of the ink pot and closed her eyes.You look like you¡¯re praying to God.Eventually, Giselle shined blurry and pale pink. ¡°Beautiful¡­¡± Who said that?The doll-like figure is wrapped in a pale glow, and the place to pray certainly feels more divine than cuteness. Light also caught up in the ink pot.A slightly shiny ink pot looks like a surf¡­ and thin threads come out of it. Something like yarn is like ink.The ink swells gently as if it were originally an organism, landing the tip on paper while stretching out the body. The ink spreads from the landing point.It¡¯s not like a black dot swallows your surroundings.It was drawing something.It was depicted as if it were roasting, and it took the form of a familiar building. ¡°Is this¡­ us?¡± Looks like it. I said peeking, and Deanna agreed to peeking.There is a chimney, brick and wooden walls, as well as a part of an expanded room, cabins and warehouses with Kurl and Lucy in the courtyard fields, and wells.They are gradually depicted somewhat diformistically. I also drew a familiar terrain around the house, which eventually stopped when I and my daughters reached the edge of the lake where they were pumping water. What¡¯s there is a symbol that is deformative and cute, but its location is a pretty elaborate map of the neighborhood.That said, this is a ¡°black forest¡±, mostly covered with trees.However, places that are a little bit taller are also well represented. Before we make the map, we applaud.Mr. Giselle was in shock. ¡°I don¡¯t do this much, but this time it¡¯s special.¡± I said, hey, you showed me something nice. On the other hand, Is that magic? ¡°No, I¡¯ve never heard of that¡­.¡± ¡°If you¡¯ve never heard of it in an elf, don¡¯t ordinary people know it?¡± Anne and Liddy are having a conversation quietly.Well, if you can make a magical and accurate map, you¡¯ll want it.Maybe it¡¯s better if you don¡¯t want to be made on your own. This is good. ¡°Why?¡± It looks like the hot springs are just west of our cabin.In that case, the hallway should be made via the front of the shed, and there seems to be no need to change the plan of the hallway now being made. I planned to be able to make a change if I had to, but there was no change, but it never happened.I calm down with my heart. I wasn¡¯t the only one who chested. ¡°Great. What if I should have guided you from the beginning?¡± ¡°No, thank you for saying that.¡± Even if we omit information about the location of the hot spring, we are very grateful at this point in time for the map of the neighborhood.You can¡¯t buy Homeland Geographic Institute maps in a bookstore in this world¡­No, if I told you that I should have made it, there would be no word to return it.I would like to use this for future building research. Giselle shares the map with Wye to discuss the terrain around here.I didn¡¯t realize I was walking, but there were unexpected ups and downs and stuff like that. It was time for Giselle to go home. Chapter 492 Chapter 492: 492 ¡°You could have stayed another night.¡± As I said, Giselle shook her head quietly. ¡°I¡¯m glad, but I have a lot to do.¡± Well then, I guess I can¡¯t help it. ¡°Yes¡± So our family and Mr. Giselle smiled.Fluffy away with a wave of hands.Unlike Lyuisa, she doesn¡¯t do ¡°shabby¡± things like suddenly coming out or disappearing. ¡°Well, then, let¡¯s clean it up and get ready for tomorrow.¡± Yes, I put everyone in the house (Lucy ran to ¡°oneechan¡±), and I closed the door. Moon light is coming in through the window.Waking up from the bed and looking out, the moonlit garden is fantastic. I didn¡¯t wake up asleep.I wasn¡¯t asleep in the first place. Slowly break out of the bed and open the door of the room to avoid making footsteps.I don¡¯t wear my usual vest now and my footwear is soft, so I left the room almost silently.Well, even if you think it¡¯s silent, there might be a lot of noise around the samurai. Leave the house without making any footsteps.It¡¯s like meeting a woman in private.No, isn¡¯t it wrong to be in a closed meeting? Gently close the door of the house.I hate that Naruko is connected to our door at this time.Fortunately, Naruko didn¡¯t make any loud noises, and the door separated me from the house. This clears up one small assignment.I was relieved to hear a bell ringing and a small voice. ¡°Good evening.¡± Good evening, it¡¯s been a while. I was expecting a voice, so I was able to return the greeting without having to say ¡°yah¡± or anything.It was Mr Giselle who was supposed to be back there. ¡°Even though Leeja and Deepika were fine based on the map I made, I thought that¡¯s what Giselle would say, but was it?¡± ¡°Aerosol¡¯s feelings were very good.¡± ¡°What would you have done if I hadn¡¯t come?¡± This time, we did not talk about a slightly complicated mechanism such as that used in steam locomotives, but only about the part where the turbine is turned to work under steam pressure.If you¡¯re telling me everything, that¡¯s when the night starts. ¡°If you could think of it as a mechanism for turning the windmill with boiling water instead of wind, it wouldn¡¯t be that different.Reason is as I told you earlier. ¡° ¡°There was something like that at Aeyou¡¯s place¡­.¡± Well, ¡°internal combustion engine¡± was a bit more complicated, but let¡¯s do it again. ¡°Yeah, I¡¯m kind of hungry today.¡± Giselle smacks herself in the stomach.I suddenly started laughing loudly, and I hurriedly pulled it in and laughed together.Giselle left immediately afterwards, saying, ¡°Well then, I¡¯m really going home.¡± So, after my first late night class, I opened the door of the house so that I could sleep properly. Chapter 493 Chapter 493: 493 A quiet house. I remember the first time I came into this house.It hasn¡¯t been that long since then, but this house has become quite lively, and I accept it as it has been before. I wonder what I would think if everyone had left this house.With such thoughts in mind, I hang on. Looking back, there was a figure.For a moment I was about to scream, but I desperately swallowed it. ¡°What, Liddy?¡± It was Liddy who was there.I wasn¡¯t supposed to be in the house when I saw it earlier (unless, of course, I overlooked it), so I guess I just came here. ¡°Were you outside?¡± ¡°Huh? Ah, yeah. I was thinking of looking at the moon a little bit.¡± I¡¯m glad it wasn¡¯t Samya.She would have found out 100%. Really? Liddy smiles quietly. However, I somehow feel the so-called ¡°pressure¡± of the place.I think Helen might be under a lot of pressure. She is an elf, slender, not too tall, so the atmosphere is more vibrant or soft, but sometimes she feels strangely powerful like when Nilda arrives¡­ Don¡¯t worry, I didn¡¯t do anything weird. Good, then. That said, Liddy returns to his room without any footsteps. ¡°Let¡¯s go to bed early too¡­..¡± You won¡¯t sleep honestly because of the tension, but if you don¡¯t sleep at all, it will definitely resonate with tomorrow ¨C the date seems to have changed by the previous world standards.I went back to my room and fell asleep sooner than I feared lying in bed. The next morning, the weather is cloudy today.The summer temperatures are combined with the forest atmosphere, which brings some gloom.Even though the temperature is high, is it at least easier to spend a little time without sunlight? I wonder if it¡¯s going down. Looking up at heaven, I said, Samya looked at the sky in the same way, and then she moved her nose. ¡°Hey, this is okay.¡± ¡°When you connect like this, it feels like part of the house.¡± That¡¯s what Anne said.The whole family nods at the words.When it comes to a remote building, it still feels like it¡¯s separated, but even if it¡¯s open air, it feels like it¡¯s becoming part of the main house. ¡°I¡¯m glad you made it early.¡± I make a deliberate face. [M]The first thing I came back with was a bitter smile. ¡°Well, it¡¯s a results-based theory.Kurl and Lucy won¡¯t get out of the way. ¡° ¡°That¡¯s right,¡± said Deanna.So when we finished lunch, we went back to connecting family and family. Chapter 494 Chapter 494: 494 By the time the sun fell, I had lined up the roadboards.After filling the gap with soil, there was still work to be done to tap and tighten it lightly, but anyway, the cabin and warehouse were connected from the house all the way. It is necessary to connect all the hot springs that no one knows the location of, and the roof is not yet on everything, so it is not complete as a work, but there is a sense of accomplishment when it is connected in this way.Yes, but¡­ ¡°I¡¯m glad I didn¡¯t have to cobble.¡± I whispered that unexpectedly.What reassured me was not that it didn¡¯t take long.If it were a cobblestone, it would be like a street, and even if it was just a story like this became a town, it would have been credible, but it wasn¡¯t. I¡¯m really glad I kept it in a plank aisle that wasn¡¯t too difficult even if it wasn¡¯t easy to change¡­ The next day, I turned Helen over to the roof team and decided to do the rest with Diana.The roof is also made of more than half, blocking the sun that is shining brightly today.If it rains, it should block it, but it won¡¯t rain that much around here, so next year¡¯s rainy season will come when it¡¯s at full strength. Now fill the gap between the sleepers and the earth dug to lay the sleepers, and slap the dondong and the whole thing with logs.There was a machine in the old world that worked like this.Rummer. Well, you don¡¯t need the speed, force, or finish that much, and I don¡¯t even think about it. Diana shovels the soil.Drop it between the pillow trees and I¡¯ll beat it with logs.The volume decreases slightly, so I put a little more soil on it and hit it again. Repeat that. I always thought it was the same job for the two of us¡­ but I needed another help. It¡¯s Lucy. I thought you were watching our work from afar, and I went to the end of the work and lifted both of my forelegs to get up and put my weight down.It has been repeated many times. After doing it for a while, change the location and repeat. ¡°Maybe you and Mom are doing the same thing.¡± I stopped and asked Deanna.It goes without saying what happened to Diana, who was watching Lucy. It¡¯s a sight I¡¯ve become quite familiar with, but I can¡¯t help but understand what I have to do.I wonder if it is because it is a dragon, so it is smart.I¡¯m anxious about the future. The sound of nailing is also heard from the roof.Now Deanna and I are stopping, but until the other day, Deanna was probably covering the soil, and I was beating with logs. It must have resonated in the ¡°Black Forest¡± like a little concert.It¡¯s a little bitter that I can¡¯t appreciate it objectively myself. It is an immediate physical thing called a crossing corridor, but each work is connected to create one thing.I thought, stroking Lucy¡¯s tail to praise her for coming to my feet and saying, ¡°I should always be like that.¡± Chapter 495 Chapter 495: 495 With Lucy¡¯s help (spiritual help is ¡°Kokahabatsuku¡±), the laying of the pavement was completed by evening.You can say that the roof is almost finished. It is likely to be over by lunch tomorrow.Looking at it, I told Deanna. ¡°Tomorrow we¡¯ll be done as soon as we can help.¡± ¡°Well, I¡¯m getting used to it, too, and as soon as it gets faster.¡± Wow! Looks like Lucy¡¯s gonna help me out again tomorrow.I don¡¯t know how many times it¡¯s gonna be. I finished this day¡¯s work with Lucy. The next day, before noon, all the roofs will be completed.The calm BGM is about to hear a narration saying, ¡°What do you mean?¡±I wonder if that TV show still works in the old world. Anne hit the last nail and clapped in the woods.The person said, ¡°Is it okay for me?¡± But the whole family said, ¡°This is experience.¡± Thus the blacksmith in the forest, his warehouse, and his cabin were connected.Once the hallway is complete, there will be another ceremony. Well, if you¡¯ll excuse me. That¡¯s why I walk down the hallway from the front of the warehouse to the main house.You thought it would be fun, Krul and Lucy walked after me.Should I say ¡°at the beginning¡±? Anyway, that¡¯s how it feels. I also tried to say, ¡°I don¡¯t care who used it first,¡± but ¡°I don¡¯t feel comfortable here if my parents used it first,¡± and I decided to do this with the opinion of the whole family, just like when Anne used it. It¡¯s just walking down the hallway, but somehow it feels tough.I wonder if I should get the clothes I need from the north in time¡­ As I walked down the hallway to my mother¡¯s house, my family clapped again.Kurl and Lucy were glad they didn¡¯t understand each other and were running around the garden. That¡¯s why I went luxurious from noon today.They bake plenty of meat, mobilize all the seasonings in the house to serve a variety of flavors, and both wine and sake are banned. Like heard about it and quickly brought it from a barrel warehouse to the terrace via the crossing corridor.The work of handling fire with liquor in the boulder is dangerous, so even if I have time in the afternoon, I can¡¯t allow it there, but it seems that everyone was going to rest slowly for today, so there is no problem. ¡°Here¡¯s to completing your new building and connecting your family!¡± ¡°Cheers!¡± In this way, in the ¡°black forest¡± during the afternoon, a small banquet began, which would look quite out of place if a stranger saw it. Chapter 496 Chapter 496: 496 The days between the completion of the hallway and the delivery were all spent doing what they wanted. I have put the hot springs on hold for now.Because it is a place directly communicated to the ¡°forest lord¡±, it may not be digging 100 meters, but considering the maintenance of the hot spring baths, there is nothing to be done in a few days. There is plenty in the woods, so there are some people who think it is better to install something like a collision at first. We are in the back of the Black Forest.Well, that¡¯s not the only reason people don¡¯t come, but few people do. Then you don¡¯t have to be so careful, I¡¯m sure you will.My daughters are still my age.I don¡¯t think you can be too careful¡­ That¡¯s why I used to go hunting, repair damaged items around me, and make extra ones. I¡¯ve had a lot of things going on so far (about half of them are caused by me too), but I didn¡¯t do anything new, but I just took care of the farm tools and added them. The processing of sunflowers and adamantites is normal, and I don¡¯t know much about generating magic gems¡­ The date of delivery. Load the luggage in the truck as usual and continue through the woods.The sun is strong today, but I also feel that it has become a little weaker. I said looking up at the sun as if it were burning the ground from the gaps in the trees. ¡°It¡¯s a bit cool today. I wonder if summer is about to end.¡± ¡°Yes, it¡¯s not that long.¡± Samya looks at it the same way.The leaking day struck his face, and Samya narrowed her eyes. ¡°Even so, it¡¯s still a little warmer.It could be tough on Aero. ¡° Looking at me, Nyah and Samya laugh.I shrugged my shoulders. ¡°No matter how hot it is in the forgery, no matter how hot it is out there, I want it to end soon.¡± Absolutely. It was Diana who took over after my words.It seems that she is not very good at hot, either.It wasn¡¯t enough to attract people to the summer resort. Laughter echoes in the forest.This is one of our ¡°usual.¡± Nothing happened in the woods, the streets, or anything.The summer sun is just trying to do its last job ¡°one more step¡±.Wildlife thieves may not be willing to work in this heat. Say hello to the guards at the entrance to the city and follow the path that has only slightly diminished.Looking forward to Lucy¡¯s arrival, the only person with a strong face was still waving to Lucy today, sweating on the top of the Buddha. Eventually, I saw Camilo¡¯s shop.When I went around the back and put the truck in the warehouse, Zhaoxiao rushed over.His face is also sweaty.In his case, he was working, maybe, but the heat would have pushed him. It¡¯s still hot. That¡¯s right. Childish said with her usual unfaithful smile.It¡¯s good to be well. Looking at it, the shade I made before stays the same.I¡¯m sure that Chiu Chiu and my daughters will still be there today. ¡°Well, I¡¯m sorry, but don¡¯t ask me again today.¡± Yeah, I¡¯ll take care of it. After Chi Chi Chi, who beats her chest and begs her, and Kuru and Lucy, who rub her head, we went to the business room. After talking as usual in the business room, Camilo came out. ¡°I¡¯m gonna ask you something.¡± ¡°Hmm? What?¡± It is unusual for Camilo to say ¡°just in case¡±.He wouldn¡¯t bring such a story to me in the first place.You shut yourself out, and you won¡¯t listen to me. Failure to do so is probably a story from where you have to create a track record that you have heard only formally. But one of the reasons I¡¯m there is magic.Without that magic, production would not be able to go.There¡¯s no such thing in the city. But the biggest reason I refused to go to the capital in an instant is not magic. ¡°Even though I have a family, I like living in the Black Forest.¡± Camillo laughed at my words. ¡°You¡¯re a completely black forest people now.¡± ¡°I meant it from the beginning.¡± I said with a smile.Whatever happens in this world, I¡¯m a blacksmith and I want to be the people of the Black Forest, and I intend to be. As my family leaked a reassuring voice, Oh, thank you. I felt like I heard Luisa¡¯s voice. Chapter 497 Chapter 497: 497 Yoyo I lowered what I had in my arms.No, ¡°stuff¡± is rude to them. After all, there are two daughters in love. Yoyo Yoshio ~ The two with green hair and gray hair stood on the floor and said so. Wash your hands first. Ha, ha. The two ran away towards the patina and kitchen. This is my workshop in the city.Protected by the Count, I live here as a ¡°good arm¡± skilled blacksmith. There is no magic in this city anyway.I can¡¯t shake my arm completely in that situation. However, I couldn¡¯t help but nod when my ¡°moms¡± persuaded me that it was better for my daughters to experience life in the city once. Even though there was no magic, the cheese seemed to be usable unchanged. Thanks to that, I was able to maintain the skill of being said to be ¡°the same as or more than the royal hug¡±, and I was able to support my family, including my two daughters. ¡°It¡¯s been about two years since I started living in the city.¡± While I was having dinner, I murmured.Sure¡­ what time did you clean it up? Something big happened¡­ so Marius asked me to move to the city, but I can¡¯t remember the main event. If it¡¯s such an important thing, I won¡¯t forget, but will you say you can¡¯t beat the approaching waves?No, but¡­ Such discomfort is wiped out by the words of Samir. I wonder if that¡¯s going to happen. ¡°You¡¯re getting used to this life.¡± Liddy picked up Samya¡¯s words.Is that it? I¡¯m sure Liddy¡­ ¡°I wasn¡¯t uncomfortable because I was originally here.¡± ¡°I¡¯m just like you.¡± Diana and Anne said it would wipe out any new discomfort. Atai hasn¡¯t settled down yet. It was Helen who sharpened her mouth small.It must have been because it had always been a grassless life.Of course, unlike in the Black Forest, there are a lot of people here.Yeah, yeah, I¡¯m nodding, so I guess Samya feels the same way. ¡°I¡¯m neither.Even though it was a mountain, it wasn¡¯t that far away. ¡° That¡¯s what Like said.It¡¯s just unusual for our original workshop to be in the ¡°Black Forest¡±, and there aren¡¯t many workshops that are located too far from home. In the previous world, it was cheap in some regions and times, but now the world is different.Having a workshop close to the residence is rarely a problem (although it is possible to be whispered in noise etc.). If you lived nearby, not to mention living in a town, you wouldn¡¯t feel very uncomfortable living in the city. Incidentally, the original workshop in the ¡°Black Forest¡± remains intact.Sometimes we treat the fairies there in case of an emergency, and eventually we return there from the capital. It is said that the house is being taken care of at the cost of treatment, and Giselle and the others occasionally pay for the dust that has accumulated. I came back because I only needed treatment for the fairy once in the past two years, but it was pretty beautiful at that time, so perhaps it was cleaner than I thought. ¡°Where were you and Dad today?¡± Ha, ha, ha, ha, ha, ha, ha, ha. When Helen stroked her green hair, her daughter was delighted to say ¡°woosh.¡± ¡°What did you see in the market?¡± Liddy smiles softly and asks a girl with grey hair. ¡°Ugh, it¡¯s full of sparkling stones and knives like Daddy¡¯s! Sandro, Boris and Martin¡¯s uncle gave me a lot of things to do! ¡° ¡°You¡¯ve been around a lot.¡± ¡°Yeah! It was fun!¡± Liddy gently strokes her grey hair.¡±Ufufu,¡± the grey-haired girl laughed. Samya and Ricke were also asking what they were doing today and where they wanted to go this time. When they finished eating dinner and wiping their mouths, they seemed to be completely restless and rowed the boat.Like Anne was stunned, ¡°I can¡¯t help it,¡± but holding a green girl without hiding her happy voice.The girl with gray hair is Helen. When I saw them in bed, I thought, ¡°Maybe this isn¡¯t bad either.¡± No, it¡¯s strange. I¡¯ve been living like this for two years now¡­If so, this should be ¡°always.¡± When that discomfort swells up, my consciousness diminishes.With that strange sense of peace of mind, you can go back to it. Chapter 498 Chapter 498: 498 Since then, the delivery date has passed again.Meanwhile, the sun is completely weakening, and the wind is telling us that the next season is approaching due to its coolness. In the meantime, nothing in particular happened, and every day passed slowly.In a way, I couldn¡¯t help but say I enjoyed the slow life I wanted. However, I was aware that there was a lot of work to be done, and I felt a little impatient. On this afternoon, when we pulled up the prey of the samurai hunting team, Liddy and I were working on harvesting the crops we had planted in the fields (some vegetables and vanilla) and then plowing them for planting. After doing the same work until now, the sweat that was flowing like a waterfall is not so much now.Wipe the sweat on the forehead with a hand soap that was applied to the neck.It feels good that the wind blows just in time. Summer¡¯s over. That¡¯s right. Liddy said as she wiped her sweat and looked at the trees.These trees have many broad-leaved trees, not only shrubs, but also tall trees, and leafy birds are simulated in the leaves of those trees. Most of them seem to be evergreen trees, Samya says.For this reason, many leafy birds and pigs have a green body color, but some seem to fall (strictly speaking, evergreen trees always fall little by little, and new leaves just grow little by little, and not all of them fall at all), but there are also twinkles of trees whose overall color is changing. Maybe it¡¯s because of the low humidity, or maybe it¡¯s because of the magic of this forest that there are a lot of evergreen trees in a cool but very normal climate¡­ I should have asked Luisa-san. ¡°It would be helpful to make it easier.¡± ¡°Fufu, Aeyou really doesn¡¯t like the heat.¡± ¡°I see. Maybe the cold is stronger.¡± It¡¯s not that I¡¯m from a snowy country, but I can endure the cold in the winter because I came from the previous world. I heard that people in the snow country heat up cancer, so maybe it¡¯s because it¡¯s not a snow country, but it¡¯s pretty cold. ¡°Was it recently that Aerosol came here?¡± ¡°I think it¡¯s been a long time, but it hasn¡¯t been a year.I don¡¯t really know how cold it is here just because Samir told me about it. ¡° ¡°I don¡¯t know about this black forest, but it was really cold around there.¡± Hmm, should we prepare for the cold? What does it mean to be cold resistant here?Is it the fur of a pig or a bear?I smiled bitterly when I imagined myself thinking of myself as if I were a scallop. Speaking of which, they all had leather coats.It may be part of the outfit, but if it blocks the wind and rain, it will also help protect against the cold. No, wait, when it¡¯s cold, there¡¯s something most important. ¡°It¡¯s time to start preparing the hot springs¡­.¡± One of the things to do is to have a hot spring.I was expecting a lot, and I knew the location in detail on Giselle¡¯s map, so I just had to work on it later, but considering the hot spring baths and all that, I couldn¡¯t do anything about it. ¡°Very good. I enjoyed digging wells.¡± ¡°It would be helpful if you could say so.¡± I give back a bitter smile.I finished my field work for the day, calming down Liddy who said, ¡°It¡¯s true.¡± ¡°So, it¡¯s time to go to the hot spring.¡± Wow! When I stroke her, she shakes her tail.The amount I eat has increased, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s commensurate with the size of my body because she¡¯s become a monster and probably only eats enough to grow her body as an entity. ¡°Maybe we need to think about expanding the hut, or maybe we need a hut just for Lucy.¡± Ricke said as he watched us.I say with my eyebrows raised a little. ¡°That¡¯s a lot to do.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you get tired of it?Atashi likes to do a lot of things. ¡° With the last remaining meat in his mouth, Samir said, ¡°Indeed, the whole family nodded and this day is over. Now, what if we start again tomorrow? Chapter 499 Chapter 499: 499 The next morning, I prayed to the shrine that the whole family was safe for today¡¯s work and went out, and the sun was shining like yesterday.But it¡¯s not like the sunshine that comes out in the summer. It has a calorific value that cannot be said to be as warm as winter.It seems easy to spend when the wind passes. Looking at the map, it is near her eyes and nose, but Kurl has her luggage such as tools and lunch (she herself is in a good mood) and travels only about 100 meters. This is around here, right? I said, pointing alternately at the map and the actual land.It looks like a normal, slightly grassy ground, no different from the rest of the world, but it looks like this is where Giselle¡¯s map literally shows herself. ¡°Looks like you look like you¡¯re in trouble.¡± Me too. Samya, who originally lived in this forest, and Liddy, who is not here but a forest dweller, agreed. If they look at this map, they¡¯re wrong. I slightly opened it and unloaded the luggage in Kurl.Kurl rubbed Diana¡¯s nose and looked a little sad, but today is the real day.Important work of transporting excavated soil awaits.I¡¯m going to give you a full compliment when you¡¯re done. It is difficult to locate other buildings without first leaving the hot spring in the rabbit or in the corner.It is more obvious than seeing the fire in the furnace that the hot springs started to gush right under the strip building first. ¡°It¡¯s not exactly the right place, so it might be a bit of a hassle to dig around.¡± ¡°I see. Isn¡¯t it better to take it off strangely?¡± Anne said comparing the map to the scene.Diana and Helen are also nodding, and Lucy is barking. All right, let¡¯s dig around here. When I declared that, everyone replied with an understanding.I often have tools in my hands. Me and Ricke, Helen and Anne¡¯s ¡°strength¡± team are in charge of excavation, and Samya, Deanna, Liddy and Kurl carry out the work of carrying the soil out and carrying the earthen planks.I wonder if Lucy is involved in healing¡­ It seems that I am in charge of the first digging, so I put the shovel on the ground while watching my family.The cheet-enhanced shovel pierced the hard soil of the ¡°Black Forest¡± and removed the first platter from the earth. The birds clap in the woods.This led to the start of work on the hot spring digging, which would take quite a long time. At first, the four of us dig into the ground silently.Sooner or later, if you dig so hard that you can¡¯t come out, you¡¯ll have to fix the landfill and slope.I think the air is fine because it is open-air digging¡­I was able to manage it when I was at the well. Hmm, is the effect of hot springs good for plants? Oh, I see. Each hot spring is different, but the quality of the spring is different.The potency varies depending on the ingredients that are blended in, but if, for example, sodium chloride is a salt spring that is blended in, it may not only grow plants but also ¡°destroy cartagos¡±. ¡°We¡¯ll have to try it one by one after another.¡± That¡¯s right. Liddy nodded. That said, we might need to prepare something to measure the pH. I swallowed cheeky boar meat sandwiches along with the calculus of the hot spring that hasn¡¯t heated up yet. Chapter 500 Chapter 500: 500 Then, a few days later, it was lunch.A fairly deep hole surrounding the slab wall was formed, as when the well was dug.There¡¯s only one place on the slope. It should be getting closer to the source¡­ but if it doesn¡¯t come out, ¡°I wonder if it fits here¡­.¡± Potsli and Anne muttered.Well, there¡¯s some anxiety. I think so too. ¡°No matter what you think of it as a map, it¡¯s here.¡± Look at the map where Ricke is stuck to the plank wall.In order to avoid contamination and loss, only the area around the house and the hot spring has been newly reproduced, but perhaps due to the cheese produced, it is fairly accurately copied. ¡°No way, I really have to dig deeper.¡± Helen asks me, throwing a pile of dirt behind Shovel. ¡°How long has it been gone?¡± ¡°To the mountains.¡± When I returned it, Helen said, ¡°Uh-huh.¡± In the previous world, if you dig 1000 or 1500 meters around Tokyo, the hot springs will spring up in about¡­ that¡¯s right.I can¡¯t tell you the truth anymore. Anyway, if this hot spring were the same, we would have to drill down a thousand meters. Regardless of bowling, if you do it in an open-air excavation, that is to say, there is only 1,000 meters of residual soil that can be piled up, so even if it does not reach such an altitude, it becomes a story that you create one mountain with only manpower (dragon power and wolf power).That¡¯s futile. Should we reconfirm Luisa¡¯s location, even via Giselle?No, I don¡¯t know how to contact them in the first place.It¡¯s a good thing I¡¯m not too busy, but I want Camilo, Marius, and Giselle to have some way to get in touch in case of an emergency¡­ ¡°Well, let¡¯s dig a little more today and tomorrow.If it doesn¡¯t work, we¡¯ll have to stop and check the location. ¡° When I say so, the three of you reply with an understanding.It would be helpless if you didn¡¯t feel very well. I kept digging even harder the next day.I¡¯ve come quite far in depth.It¡¯s getting deeper than a well.I haven¡¯t had any trouble breathing so far, but maybe it¡¯s time to be careful. On top of that, we still haven¡¯t seen any progress.Dig the earth for ever, and it will be carried out by the Kurls. We need to figure out what to do with the rest of the soil that we backfilled. Half of my thoughts were to escape reality. Oops. Helen, who was throwing the dirt and trying to dig up the next one, shouted. I mean, this is probably¡­ ¡°Rock. Probably get out of here.¡± When I say so, the three of you cheer.They were delighted to tell Samya, Deanna, Liddy, and Kurl and Lucy who stopped by and said, ¡°We¡¯re almost there.¡± Now, for the time being, ¡°We need something to crush the rocks.¡± When I say that, Sin calms down for a moment. ¡°Let¡¯s make it.¡± In that words, Ricke was the best, but the whole family cheered again. Chapter 501 Chapter 501: 501 Well, how do we do that? The next morning, I put my hand on the shrine, then I set fire to the furnace and the fire floor, and then I put my arm around the customer service space. Everyone else seems to be making deliveries for now.A sufficient number of them were able to be made stable in a week or so, but he said, ¡°If you make extra time, you can deliver it in an unexpected situation.¡± When I asked him if he would go hunting, he said, ¡°I have enough meat.¡±I think we consume quite a lot, but if we don¡¯t wholesale it somewhere, we¡¯ll be spending more and more.Sometimes it kills extra people. For now, it¡¯s a tool for crushing rocks.If you think honestly, it will be a lullaby.It depends on how thick the rock is, but I think it is teppan that digs and crushes little by little. And then there¡¯s the scum.The scum is poured in with a jar and split to remove it. The problem with these methods is that it is difficult to avoid when water is ejected from the aquifer where pressure will be applied. Depending on how hot the water is, it will not change much in any world if you are exposed to hot water at 80¡ãC.I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s a world with a standard metal scale. Based on Luisa¡¯s condition, I think the temperature is such that even if it is directly applied, it will not lead to a major accident.I¡¯ll warn you if it leads to an accident that kills me, because of his ¡°purpose.¡± However, there are people on different scales.If you think about the possibility of ¡°forgotten teheperos,¡± you may want to be careful. Then let¡¯s borrow some of the wisdom of the previous world¡­ ¡°Let¡¯s use it a little bit.¡± ¡°Go ahead, there¡¯s nothing ahead of your parents¡¯ work.¡± She laughed and said, shouting at Like, who was using a fire floor to wear a dagger. Personally, I don¡¯t think it¡¯s important because Ricke¡¯s work leads to a livelihood, but I¡¯ve decided to take it easy. Stack three sheets of sheet metal together and place them on the fire floor.The red fire envelopes the surface, and the steel is red. Once the temperature is high enough, take it out and tap it into a lump.The purpose here is to put it together, so I can¡¯t put in magic yet. It¡¯s not going to be easy. Once the finished mass is heated up again, it becomes cylindrical.I think the amount of steel is more than usual, and the sound when I hit it is slightly lower. A fairly large, heavy steel cylinder was formed.It feels like SWAT removed the battery gram handles it used to break down the door in the previous world.If you hold onto this, you can actually use it for that purpose. But of course, I didn¡¯t make it for that purpose this time.The one side of the cylinder is flattened with magic using a cheat.It took time for the size to be just the size, but it was shaped like the tip of a flat head screwdriver. Pick a slightly larger item and take it out from where you put together the edges that came out when you built the house or built the hallway.I just want to avoid breaking the floor by trying something to crush the rock at home¡­ Because I ate lunch, I was aware that it took longer than that, but when I put down the edges and looked up at the sky, it was about time that the sun was almost over. It¡¯s taking longer than I thought to think that the sun might be going down earlier in the fall.I can¡¯t help it because it was quite the size. Anyway, it¡¯s an experiment now. I¡¯m going back to the forgery. Yoyo The tip of ¡°rock crushing¡± is buried in the soil as if it were proportional to the loud sound.Success as an experiment¡­Shall I try it on the ground tomorrow? ¡°Did you succeed?¡± Samya said pointing to the ¡°rock crushing¡± that stood on the ground. I nod. ¡°Yes, I think we¡¯ll break that rock relatively safely.¡± Ooh. It¡¯s a boulder! A heartfelt samurai.A loud voice echoed through the ¡°Black Forest¡± as the sunset approached. Chapter 502 Chapter 502: 502 ¡°Of course, but I can¡¯t even make that kind of stuff.¡± Anne swallowed the venison in an elegant manner. ¡°Well, it¡¯s much simpler than a knife or a sword.It was a lot bigger, but Anne¡¯s swords were much bigger. ¡° Is that so? Yeah, yeah, and Anne nods with her arms together.Is it influenced by the surroundings, or was it originally like this? When eating, Liddy comes into the conversation very rarely, listening quietly. ¡°Is it pragmatic?It¡¯s pretty rough. ¡° ¡°I¡¯m planning on using it this time, and I haven¡¯t even lost my eyes¡­.¡± ¡°I think it feels natural.¡± Oh, I see. That¡¯s what bothers you.I don¡¯t know whether the person is conscious or not, but unlike when Ricke has an ax, he feels ¡°like.¡± The ¡°likeness¡± of holding an axe continues to be huge. ¡°Is there anything else you want to use this time?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t have any other use.I¡¯m sure you can hold on to it, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s going to work out for us. ¡° That¡¯s right. If we actually try that, maybe we can crush it at the gates of the city.Whether it is crushing or cutting. Well, if you do that, you¡¯ll definitely get to the rope, so I don¡¯t want to know. Or you could just stick it in the garden of the house and pretend to be meaningful.¡±Don¡¯t come in here,¡± or ¡°it shows the existence of a trap,¡± and it says there¡¯s nothing there. Speaking of which, in the old world, there were iron pillars that India told me not to rust.I keep taking care of the knife and sword because it is troublesome if it cannot be used at times of need, but perhaps it would be wild to try to see how much of the magical steel does not rust. Of course, it¡¯s quite distracting to let go of what you¡¯ve made at the corner. ¡°If you suck, what¡¯s in this house might be the most dangerous.¡± Anne said when she heard that the castle was broken, she sparkled her eyes for a moment. ¡°It¡¯s heavy, but you can carry it by yourself, and maybe even a steel door will open in one shot?¡± I see. That¡¯s not safe. When I nodded at Anne¡¯s words, Helen took them with a bitter smile. ¡°I can¡¯t think of one or two scenes where I could have been saved.¡± Siege warfare is rare, but Helen is persuasive enough to say that he is likely to have a lot of experience attacking the fort. ¡°I made it for real, and I¡¯m not letting it out.It¡¯s pretty heavy, so it¡¯s gonna be tough to steal. ¡° Then, the scaffolding was guided with logs so that the place where it fell was constant.The friction will slightly reduce the rate of fall, but that¡¯s my product made of cheese.I believe it will have the power to cover it¡­. there is, right? The hole was not narrowed because if it does not spring up and erupt after some crushing, it will be judged to be particularly thick in the rock and the position will be shifted. I remember actually dropping ¡°rock crushing¡± in a more complex shape, but it¡¯s too special to remember well.I hope you¡¯ll do me a favor. ¡°If you pull this up and let go of my hand, it will fall from the high ground and crush the rock.¡± ¡°I didn¡¯t catch a pin when they told me, but I don¡¯t know how to look at it.¡± Samya said with an impressive face.My ears are moving so it seems that the tension is rising. All right, let¡¯s get started. When I said it, Kuru shouted loudly and the family laughed in the woods. Chapter 503 Chapter 503: 503 Kururu sucked the end of the rope attached to the ¡°rock crushing¡±.From time to time, we may be able to help, but this is the first step towards the hot springs. ¡°Kurrrrrrrrrrr¡± Kurl pulls the rope at a light pace.Even if the direction of travel is slightly different, the suspended pulley moves accordingly, so there is no problem, but Kurl pulls the rope beautifully straight. As the ¡°rock crushing¡± rises slightly above the original ground, he calls out to Kurl. ¡°Kuru, let go of me!¡± ¡°Klurr¡± When Kurl releases the sucked rope, the ¡°rock crushing¡± is pulled by gravity (I think it was gravity that caused the object to fall) and falls, hitting the rock. The ¡°rock crushing¡± that hit the rock did not stab the ground as it was, unlike the earth, but jumped lightly to be played and landed again. I went down the hill to the bottom of the hole.When I found out that the hot spring was coming out, I somehow felt that it was getting hot, and I didn¡¯t think it was cash in my body, so I smiled bitterly. At the bottom of the hole, a ¡°rock crushing¡± stands on the rock.I¡¯m not stabbing you, I¡¯m just supported by a guide. I¡¯m slowly approaching ¡°rock crushing.¡±I don¡¯t think there will be a sudden eruption of the hot spring in that blow, but you can be careful. Looking at the tip like the tip of a cautious flat head screwdriver, I can see that it is slightly embedded in the rock.There¡¯s fine sand and pebbles around, so I think it¡¯s probably shredded. In the meantime, no matter how much we have to do, this seems to help.I shouted upwards. It looks good! The cheers rose from the family who were peeking into the hole.Eventually, I saw the sulfur and ¡°rock crushing¡± rise in front of me and left the bottom of the hole. I wonder if the rock digging is going well¡­Too much experience for the first time, I don¡¯t know, but occasionally I let Kurl rest, and the whole family pulled up ¡°rock crushing¡± (and Lucy joined in with me with little effort), and then I hit the rock crushing permanently. In the previous world, some machines used compressed air, but in my blowing magic, it is not like ¡°compressed¡±.It¡¯s the same in the ridiculous class. Incidentally, I asked Liddy that the maximum wind speed she could get up was ¡°short enough to walk toward the wind.¡±It seems that the twigs are broken, so I think it is fine. Not to mention, if it is a machine that uses compressed air in the first place, it is certainly a long way from civilization and cannot be made, so it is better to repeat the work in the tunnel. There may be a way to stand on the ground and slap it with a hammer, but in that case, it looks like you¡¯re still going to be wearing the water that¡¯s erupting¡­ I repeated the work several times and decided to take a lunch break around the time the ¡°rock crusher¡± sank his body to the rock. Rice said as she cheeked on the horn-boiled sandwich. Even that level of stuff made by my parents takes time. Well, it was the opponent¡¯s rock¡­ and Diana returned it to Riquet. ¡°It belongs to Aerosol, so you might say it¡¯s so early.¡± ¡°Ah, well, I¡¯ve narrowed down the list of candidates, but not yet.¡± Hmm. ¡°If Helen¡¯s got a deal, you can go ahead.¡± ¡°Yeah, I¡¯ll keep the order.¡± Both of them are the same story for me, so even if you give them away, ¡°I don¡¯t mind,¡± Helen has some discipline. ¡°Let me know if you decide without haste.As you know, I have time because I¡¯m a despicable forest blacksmith. ¡° When I say that, Like, Yes. and replied.Together with shaving the rocks, we can take the family one step at a time.While stretching out a lot to start the afternoon work, I thought so. Chapter 504 Chapter 504: 504 There was a word in the old world about wearing rainbow stones.I wonder if there are similar words here, beyond what can happen as a phenomenon. Rather than rain falling on the bedrock now, it is a steel blade. ¡°Rock crushing¡± falls along the guide halfway, and it falls into its own hole.The total length was not so long, but it wasn¡¯t long enough to hide him in the hole. After a while, Samya and Helen descend to the bottom of the hole.To scratch out the rocks that have been stored in the holes. In the previous world, it seems that after moving the tip with compressed air, the mechanism is used to discharge the air out, but as you can see, it is used at this site.I haven¡¯t done such a stylish thing. ¡°Be careful!¡± I know, I know. When I called, Samya waved her hand back with ease.They gently approach ¡°rock crushing¡± and scratch it out with a scoop. This work is harassing no matter how many times it is repeated.The ¡°time¡± is definitely approaching, and there may be some kind of applause, Dokan. Samya and Helen are in charge of the work because they have fast feet.I think it would be better to be a little faster when it comes to the dockers, but even if there is a slight difference in the speed of the feet when it actually happens, because that¡¯s what it is. Looking at the work with the feeling of praying in heaven ¨C in this case, should I pray honestly to Luisa ¨C the two people who had finished safely came back slowly. Repeating this, the ¡°rock crushing¡± appearance became quite invisible, and the sun began to hide its appearance as if it matched it, so I decided to finish the work. If you don¡¯t work hard tomorrow, you¡¯ll try somewhere else.I just wanted you to be like that, but I told you that you only know the dragon of the earth, which is not God. Ah, that¡¯s pretty dirty. ¡°Well, that would be the case with Samya.I mean, Atai¡¯s pretty good, too. ¡° ¡°Ahahah, should I slap you on the back?¡± ¡°Please.¡± While cleaning up, when Samya and Helen slap their bodies, the dust begins to dance.This is where the hot springs come in, but I remember a strange oddity about what happened in that work. ¡°This is one of the good things about hot springs so you can flush your body with water at this time.Maybe a little more, so let¡¯s do our best. ¡° There is a lot of work to be done, including the construction of a hot spring bath, but the hot water can be stored, blindfolded, and if there is no drainage problem, it can be started. Once you have a hot tub, you should be able to take a bath and soak up the stylish atmosphere even during construction. But the drainage. I think the boiling water will be flushing.In other words, the water accumulated in the bathtub drifted into the forest.It¡¯s quite far from home, so I don¡¯t think it needs to be elaborate, but do you think about it somewhat?There is also the possibility that a warm river will emerge. I¡¯d like to check with Luisa-san by then¡­It¡¯s still urgent to establish a means of communication¡­ The next day, I went to the hole thinking it would be good to leave today.If it¡¯s not working today, we¡¯ll have to change the location, but we need to do the usual work of delivering the goods before that happens.It means that I will keep it for a while. When I arrived at the hole, I begun to prepare for today¡¯s work, asking the Dragon of the Earth to do nothing else. I¡¯ve seen it over and over again.I feel like I¡¯ve done too much substitution and nothing has happened. At that time, there was a sound of ¡°pish¡± that I had never heard before. ¡°Oh, hey, just now¡­¡± You heard me. I say, move your ears a little and Liddy will take over.The other family also nodded.Something¡¯s changed¡­ Soon after I thought so, the change came. He made a noise and the water came out of the hole.It does not reach many meters, but it does erupt. Seeing the sight, we shouted joy at each other and hugged each other. Chapter 505 Chapter 505: 505 In the meantime, I can¡¯t be too happy.Instruct Kurl and Samir, and Helen and Anne to recover the ¡°rock crush¡± and take the wooden planks, piles, and hammers to the bottom of the hole. The water erupted, but apparently the pressure increased as the ¡°rock crushing¡± stopped it from erupting, and it seemed to have erupted flashy. Now that the Krulls pulled and the ¡°rock crushing¡± completely escaped, it didn¡¯t erupt flashy, but it was like a spring that gushed out rolling (no, it was a hot spring because it was a hot spring). There was only a little water at the bottom of the hole.I soaked my hands for a moment, but I don¡¯t feel the heat.Then, I tried to touch it slowly, but it was still warmer than it was hot.With a pleasant warmth, this temperature seems to be immersing.Is the temperature considerably lower because it is far from the outlet? If the original water temperature is low, bathing may require boiling water.Well, it¡¯s not like I¡¯m obsessed with running 100 percent of the source spring, so it¡¯s okay to cum. It seems okay to take off your shoes and come in, but I want to avoid injury to the soles of my feet.When I was on a little tour, I heard a faint noise. Looking at it, Lucy got in early and was still running around the bottom of a hole with a low water level.Probably the same feeling as when I was going to the lake¡­. and now Diana is rushing over in a hurry.No, I don¡¯t think we¡¯re gonna make it. Anyway, it¡¯s obvious from looking at the two of us, but it seems to be okay, so I¡¯ll go into the bottom of the hole with my shoes.It¡¯s not like I¡¯m going to soak in the water here today. Warm water comes into your shoes.It¡¯s just as pleasant as it is, but I wonder if the source is a little warmer than here. For the time being, I will approach the outlet. It gets closer and closer, little by little, but the heat doesn¡¯t come all the way to my feet whether I¡¯m used to it or if I wear shoes.It stays warm even if you soak your hands. As it stayed, I approached it at once, almost to the outlet, but the momentum is not serious at the temperature. Does it have a high thermal insulation effect with some ingredient?Pasha Pasha, Lucy and Ricke, and Diana and Liddy approached. ¡°Normally, I think this kind of thing is the hottest place.¡± That¡¯s right. Rice nodded. I suppose so was her local hot spring.In other words, my perception should work here too¡­ ¡°But it¡¯s usually warm.¡± Won! ¡°Yeah.¡± Liddy nodded strongly. My eyes are serious. ¡°Should I call it the Black Forest?¡±Or maybe it¡¯s because he just taught me. ¡° I accidentally swallowed your spit.I wonder if there is anything wrong with this water.If you can become immortal, you have to be careful of the leaves and heel. Liddy continued his words gently. ¡°The magic concentration of this water is very high.¡± Chapter 506 Chapter 506: 506 ¡°Magic¡­?¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± Liddy nodded. The boiling water falls off the palm of your hand little by little.It¡¯s sparkling, but isn¡¯t it because it not only shines with the sun, but also because it contains magic? ¡°It¡¯s not as concentrated as Magic Gems, but it¡¯s quite concentrated.¡± Magic Fountain, I suppose? ¡°I don¡¯t know what else is in it, but that¡¯s what it means most.¡± I see. I put my hand on my jaw.Not as much as a magic stone means it can¡¯t be used directly to treat fairy disease.However, it seems to be sufficient for post-treatment hot water treatment.Next time Mr. Giselle comes, I¡¯ll talk to him. If you think about it carefully, the ¡°Dragon of the Earth¡± is at your knees in a sense, so the magic concentration of this ¡°Black Forest¡± is high.Perhaps this is also the influence of the dragon of the earth.As well as these forest animals, let the beasts and fairies dig underneath the rocks! I don¡¯t think so, so I didn¡¯t know it was like this before. There may be a natural spring somewhere, but it is a vast ¡°black forest¡±.I don¡¯t think many of you have found it, and it¡¯s another question of whether you can detect a lot of magic even if you do. And then I realized, let go of my jaw. ¡°Hmm? Then why doesn¡¯t the temperature of the water change much here and over there?¡± ¡°Probably caused by magic.¡± ¡°It¡¯s troublesome to say that the temperature doesn¡¯t go down forever¡­..¡± If you think about drainage, it would be acceptable to say that it is warm for quite some time, but if the temperature is maintained for a long time, it will not be good to go to the river. ¡°That doesn¡¯t seem to be the case.The magic will gradually fade out, and I don¡¯t think the temperature will last forever. ¡° ¡°Did the water accumulate here produce monsters?¡± I asked Liddy, who drank the water again.Liddy answers as she stares at the hot water in her palm. ¡°I don¡¯t know for sure, but I don¡¯t think so.Because magic seems to be moving in the water. ¡° Fortunately, it¡¯s not spraying up tens of meters, so we can manage to move forward.I made a mini-well with Kurl and Samya, and Helen and Anne. Because there is a lot of spring volume, it is overflowing from the place where it is made, but I covered it with a lid and covered it with soil from the top.Then, although there is a slight leakage after losing the pressure, it seems that you have managed to catch it.Well, let¡¯s just say it doesn¡¯t leak. It seems that the slight accumulation of water has also been absorbed into the surrounding soil, and the amount has been reduced, so it will be another task from tomorrow.Lift your face up and the cut sky is already orange.You ate a lot of time. ¡°Okay, that¡¯s it for today.If this place is messed up, let¡¯s think about it then! ¡° Yes, when I declared it, the voice of approval echoed in the woods at dusk. Chapter 507 Chapter 507: 507 ¡°Yes, a means of communication. Camilo, this is Marius, too, but so is this one, and I want to establish a way for Giselle and Luisa to communicate with each other.¡± At dinner, I swallowed a slice of roasted deer meat that had been salted. ¡°Camilo seemed like nothing else at Diana, so I went to the entrance to the woods to check my letters every day, but I didn¡¯t have anything to do with it.¡± Even though the post at home was four to five kilometers away, there are not many people who like to go to see it every day.Once again, I miss the way the world used to communicate. Somehow, I grabbed my phone and said, ¡°Oh, how can I send an email¡­?What the¡­?¡±Luisa, who was confused, suddenly expelled her from her brain. ¡°Well, if it¡¯s the right number of people, make a mailbox near the forest entrance, and maybe someone will take it around to see it¡­.¡± After all, the entrance to the forest is the neck. I see. I nod to the rice cake that is working on the second cup of liquor.Regardless of Samya, Helen and Anne, Ricke, Deanna and Liddy are at risk of going into the woods alone.There is no guarantee that the samurai will always be safe.Especially since Samya came to us.It¡¯s not necessarily the same thing. And, at least nominally, Diana, Helen and Anne are hiding here.I don¡¯t want strangers heading alone to the forest entrance. Well, shall we go alone? ¡°Either way, I don¡¯t know if I could expose myself¡­.¡± ¡°No, not now.¡± Hmm. I put my arm around Diana¡¯s words.If you ask me, I will go to the city frequently and now.If so, can Diana put Kuru and Lucy in the combination of those who are good at fighting and those who aren¡¯t? Fortunately, once the hot spring baths and crossing corridors are completed, nothing will be built for a while¡­Even if there is more family, it is OK because there is an empty room, so is it possible to build more warehouses or cabins as there is architecture?If that¡¯s the case, I don¡¯t think I¡¯m in trouble because I don¡¯t have enough staff for a while. Maybe Kurl and Lucy are just taking a walk, and I¡¯ll do it for the time being. ¡°In the meantime, if it¡¯s not too much trouble for everyone, let¡¯s do it.I¡¯ll be back as soon as I think it¡¯s bad.If it takes time, I¡¯ll go and see what happens to the rest of them, so I¡¯ll try again. ¡° The words of consent came back from everybody.Now you have a new routine.I hope this will work.I hope it doesn¡¯t go too well and one eye doesn¡¯t look like a monster boy¡¯s post for my father, but I don¡¯t think anyone will understand that, so don¡¯t tell me. ¡°The problem is the way Giselle and Luisa communicate.¡± Samya said to me with her arms tied. ¡°Something we see each other every day.¡± ¡°If you say so, you¡¯ll see.¡± If you have business from the other side, you can do it.Basically, we¡¯re here. We¡¯re sure to be ¡°gone¡± when we deliver once every two weeks, and sometimes we leave the house for other unexpected reasons. ¡°I¡¯m sure you¡¯ll come to us once a day.¡± ¡°What is that? Is there such a custom in the north?¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s not a boulder.¡± It is unlikely that that rich man will be reincarnated into this world.It became Ninja, too. Anyway, after dinner, how about smoking a wolf, hammering a tree and making a loud noise? For example, if it was a ¡°dragon of the earth¡±, could it not pierce the ground and let it know, and presented a noisy appearance, all of which had to be decided, but the discussion stopped temporarily with the sound of knocking. ¡°Yes, I¡¯m on my way.¡± And Liddy answered and opened the door, and there was a sight there. ¡°Looks like you¡¯re in trouble.I knocked because Giselle was so noisy that I had to knock. ¡° It¡¯s Luisa. From heaven, no, in this case from the earth, I invited Lyuisa in thanks to my heart. Chapter 508 Chapter 508: 508 ¡°I told you I was in trouble, but it was like a hot spring, so I came and said I was in trouble.¡± Luisa sat at a table where dinner was completely gone (when she asked if she wanted to prepare dinner, she said, ¡°I don¡¯t eat dinner¡±) and leaned her neck.Being a beauty, it moves (¡­), but I get the image of being leisurely and ticklish. At least he¡¯s the owner of this Black Forest. ¡°Well, thank you for coming.I can¡¯t get in touch with you. ¡° When I said so, Mr. Luisa hit Pong. ¡°Oh, that¡¯s right.I can sense a big anomaly, but you can¡¯t change the terrain every time you call me. ¡° ¡°Of course.¡± I smiled bitterly. Whether it is possible or impossible, I think it would be possible to do it to some extent with the current total family outlay. However, when it comes to the effort and impact on the environment, it is one thing that is clear: ¡°Call Lyuisa.¡±There is no denying that the purpose and means have been replaced. ¡°So, what I was in trouble with was the exact means of communication.There was something I wanted to ask you this time, and we were just wondering what to do. ¡° When I explained, Luisa smiled. ¡°If it takes a while, tell Giselle and the others, and they¡¯ll tell me.¡± ¡°Hey, how long has it been?¡± Here, ¡°Nh, a year!I thought it was Luisa who could say, ¡°Well done. ¡°Could be a week at most.The sooner the next day, the better. ¡° Luisa answers with a heartwarming response from her family. But Liddy said with her finger on the back. ¡°Oh, so the fairies should be treated by Luisa?¡± I suppose so.Luisa is a tree spirit, Dry Ad, and part of the Dragon of the Earth.You should have enough magic. If there is a way to send a message from the fairy to Luisa, you should tell her and have her treated¡­ But Luisa shook her head to the side. ¡°I don¡¯t want to do that for you.I can¡¯t deal directly with certain creatures.If you do that, there will be no accidental deaths in this forest? ¡° ¡°Sure.¡± Liddy nodded small. But Anne keeps questioning. ¡°What happened to the demon Troll?¡± Indeed, during the demon crusade, Luisa said that if we failed the crusade, ¡°the terrain will change, but we will do something about it.¡± If we had failed, we would have dealt directly with a creature called a monster.Well, there is room for doubt as to whether monsters born of pure magic can be called creatures, and perhaps the conversation will change again between helping and killing them. Luisa shrugged her shoulders. I nod. I won¡¯t tell you to face the boulder, but I won¡¯t be in touch with you for a while as soon as it¡¯s done. For some time after I replied, Lyuisa was thinking in arms.Well, maybe Mr. Luisa was also a no-plan. The silence persisted. Lyuisa opened her mouth when she began to think it might be a long time ago that we should come up with something. ¡°Dig into the shallow pond on the south side and store it there.I¡¯ll let it flow underground from there. ¡° ¡°Okay.¡± I nodded again. That solves the problem.I¡¯ll work on it tomorrow¡­ At that time, Lyuisa stepped out.I¡¯m thrilled for a second. I was nervous about what they were going to say. Luisa slowly opened her mouth. ¡°Besides, how long will it take you to get in?¡± Families other than me and Liddy, who are so stubborn.¡±Not yet,¡± said Liddy calmly, somehow relying on him. Chapter 509 Chapter 509: 509 ¡°I¡¯m sorry, but the hot water has just come out, so I¡¯ll have to bury some of it tomorrow and build a hot spring bath¡­¡± ¡°Oh, I see. I¡¯ll be looking forward to it.¡± As if nothing had happened, Lyuisa nodded at me.The sense of time will also be different, and I told you it was a little bit earlier. ¡°Oh, yeah, can you send me a message to ask Giselle to come here once?¡± ¡°This way? Yeah, we¡¯re talking about contacts.¡± ¡°Yes, I can¡¯t help but have regular contact with Giselle in the first place.I¡¯m at the hot spring, or I¡¯m here.I¡¯ll be back around noon when I go to town. ¡° ¡°Okay.¡± Luisa nods again. Okay, I think we can get in touch now.Well, in the case of Luisa, I¡¯d have to see it for a week if I could get in touch with her¡­ Well, I¡¯ll see you later. ¡°Oh, I¡¯ll also check the contact route when the hot spring is finished.¡± ¡°Thank you.¡± Luisa stood up and smiled.The whole family dropped her off at the front door, and, unlike when she came in, she went home quietly. The next morning, I went to the hot spring I dug earlier.I was worried that the ¡°lid¡± had not been blown off, but there was no such thing and it was only a little leaking from the gap. ¡°Does that have any effect on backfilling?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. It looks okay.¡± When I say it, Ricke nods strongly.I¡¯m sure she¡¯ll be fine with her tattoos.Nevertheless, I can¡¯t relax much.I would like to finish the pond for backfilling and drainage by today, if possible.The size and abilities of our family should make that possible¡­ Maybe. Turn Samya and Liddy toward digging the pond and bring all the other people back to the bottom of the hole.It should be tough just to bring the dirt, but Kuru is very active there. Crull carries the soil gently to heavy machinery and lowers it.There is no doubt that her work is quite progressing.It is acceptable that Lucy¡¯s love for Kuru decreases her shoulder HP from time to time.It affects the work if it is done too much. What needs to be done is not much different from when it comes to wells.Repeat the task of erecting a slab wall, laying soil outside it, and consolidating it.Once completed, you¡¯ll climb a square hole and the water will reach the top¡­ This is why we build walls so that they become fairly thinner holes than when we were in the well.That means there is a lot of soil to return, so how long would it have taken without Kurl? ¡°Oh, it¡¯s warm.¡± ¡°Which one¡­ really?¡± ¡°When this happens, you¡¯ll suddenly be looking forward to it.¡± I¡¯d like to build a hot spring bath soon. I hope it works for my injuries. ¡°Doesn¡¯t it work?¡± As we strolled all the way, we thought of the still unknown hot spring baths, and gradually moved on to a short road after the ¡°warm pond¡±, which was raising the water level. Chapter 510 Chapter 510: 510 In the meantime, even if it wasn¡¯t soaking up, the stage of building the bathhouse, including the bathtub, and building the facilities around the hallway came. I think I have to go and see it again, but for the time being, the hot spring has been gushing and draining, so if even the worst blindfold is made, it will serve as a facility for bathing. ¡°Not to mention that.¡± The next day, in the forgery where everyone is starting work, I murmur and shake down the sheet metal I grabbed with Yatko.Even though there is sufficient storage, it belongs to one man, six women and two daughters.Even if nothing is done, it is not enough to say safe in the future. ¡°This is how I need to make my daily living.¡± I shook down the crow again with a mood of vomiting.A hard sound of metal and metal meeting to wipe it out.I did, but I¡¯m not otherwise dissatisfied with this life. I¡¯m thankful to be able to live with my favorite work like this, and it doesn¡¯t mean I can¡¯t do anything else because I¡¯m being chased by it.In addition, it seems better to continue to engage with society somewhat. Suppose you had ten trillion yen worth of assets in the previous world, would you spend every day on them? If you ask me, I¡¯m a person who wants to work outside and connect with society, even if it¡¯s only a few days a week.In that sense, it is certain that even if it is said to be a workaholic, there are aspects that cannot be helped. While considering that there is no such benefit, we will proceed with our work.After I threw the sheet metal into the fire floor, Rice looked at me and said. ¡°It¡¯s cheating to be able to do it properly even though you¡¯re yapping.¡± ¡°Oh, did you hear that? How about that?¡± I didn¡¯t think you¡¯d be too loud, but it sounded good to me.It is very embarrassing for my disciples to hear this kind of vomiting. Even though it¡¯s covered with cheats and there are many things to be ashamed of, it¡¯s bad that I was bothered.I can¡¯t make something ashamed of myself as a ¡°persuasive blacksmith¡± and a ¡°blacksmith¡¯s parent¡±, so let¡¯s put ourselves in and do our work properly¡­ At the end of the day¡¯s work, the whole family went to see how the hot spring was, and it didn¡¯t mean that the water was overflowing from the pond for drainage and there was no river, just that there was water in the pond.I don¡¯t think it will be a problem if I leave this alone for a while. Although it is a pond, it has a flat inverse pyramid shape in which the edges are slightly shallower rather than a great depth, with a capacity of about the amount of penetration work of the day.It¡¯s a little tough for us to soak up¡­ The wolves and the tanuki-like ones were soaking in the water together, asking where they had come from.It seems to be just right for them, with their eyes closed and standing still.My ears and nose are moving, so I think I¡¯m on my guard, but we didn¡¯t seem to get away even if we were relatively close.We¡¯re not going to bother you right now, so we¡¯ll keep a close watch. For a moment, a bear in the foot bath went over his head.I don¡¯t mind if you keep it peaceful, but it¡¯s dangerous¡­ ¡°It¡¯s the grace of the woods.I want to share with everyone in the Black Forest. ¡° A short time back from the hot spring, Liddy said nicely.She was watching the wolves bathe with her sparkling eyes.Helen was just as tense. If they are happy, we will keep that pond intact.Returning with that in mind, the little figure I saw waves his hand in front of the house. ¡°Hey, elephants! Good, I didn¡¯t make a mistake getting in. ¡° A fairy, Giselle, came to us.Now, I had to be a little serious again, and I returned the greeting as I tightened my loose head again. Chapter 511 Chapter 511: 511 I see, maybe that¡¯s better. After having dinner with us, Giselle took a sip of tea with a small mouth.This is in response to my question, ¡°Perhaps it would be better to have regular contact.¡± The problem is, ¡°Giselle doesn¡¯t have much to offer.¡±With some exceptions, we¡¯re not moving from here.If Giselle wants to get in touch with you, she can come here and help you. Whether or not you will help us beyond that for the benefit of this. ¡°Well, if it¡¯s a normal human counterpart, I don¡¯t want to secure the means to get in touch with you regularly, but it¡¯s the Aeyou and the others.¡± Fuyari, Giselle smiles.Helen must have endured something shaking his shoulders, but it would be a samurai¡¯s mercy to pretend otherwise. ¡°Thank you.¡± No¡­ When I lowered my head, Giselle waved. ¡°That¡¯s the way it is, but what should we do?Is there a place to see it regularly? ¡° That¡¯s right. Giselle puts her finger on the little toast.Now Liddy was pulling.My family likes a lot of cute things. ¡°We also patrol the woods regularly.To see if there are any magical spots, I¡¯d like to stop here. ¡° ¡°I think this is a little off the road, okay?¡± ¡°Yeah, it doesn¡¯t change that much, and knowing this place is good for us, considering the disease.¡± Oh, I see. The fairy tribe is mostly made of magic, but there is a disease whose magic is decreasing. At that time, I need to come to this workshop and make up for the decreased magic with the magic crystals I make. Therefore, it would be a good advantage for any fairy to know the location of this workshop. Well then, I¡¯ll prepare something like a message board. ¡°Yes, I will leave a message there whenever there is anything from here.¡± Well, it¡¯s pretty much in there, and even if it¡¯s under the magic of ¡°exclusion of people¡±, that¡¯s not how it gets there. Well then, I¡¯ll see you later. ¡°Yes, thank you if anything happens.¡± ¡°Yes, of course.¡± When it was time to go to bed, Giselle left.I said I should stay, but I have business.I¡¯m sorry I called you. As I watched Giselle float away and disappear into the woods, I was distracted by what kind of message board I was going to make. Chapter 512 Chapter 512: 512 Two days before I went to deliver, I had one delivery.In other words, tomorrow we will be free again.That said, it is. ¡°It¡¯s subtle to make a hot spring bath.¡± In the morning, while I wiped Kurl and Lucy, I murmured.The hot spring baths will not be completed in one day, so you can proceed until tomorrow, but then the delivery will be free for one day, and if you think about putting in work for another week afterwards, I don¡¯t think there is much need to hurry tomorrow¡­ ¡°Let¡¯s make a message board¡­.¡± That said, making the blackboard itself¡­ I don¡¯t know.I remember that blackboards and chalk had certainly come out of the old world quite a while ago. Shaped like a mobile white board, make the white plate part black steel, use a stone pencil, or go back to the blackboard.I make Hisashi to avoid too much rain, and it is strong against water wetting in the first place, so it will be well used.If you rub it, it will disappear.The letters may get a little thinner, but they should be enough to read and write. If it¡¯s not elaborate, I think I can make it today.I thought it might be necessary to mark the delivery, so I also bought some pencils from Camilo.There aren¡¯t so many deliveries, so it hasn¡¯t been very useful so far, but now is the time to be useful¡­ Run through the morning routine and Rick and I will send everyone else out.They¡¯re going hunting today.I haven¡¯t been far from here, so I guess it¡¯s just the right time to breathe. ¡°Welcome. Be careful.¡± Ooh. Say that and wave loudly at Samya and the rest of the family, and say, ¡°I¡¯m sorry!¡±As Lucy ran around barking and disappeared into the woods, Like and I waited and waited. ¡°Well, it may not be easy to work on, but let¡¯s get started.¡± ¡°Yes, Master.¡± I went back to the blacksmith with Ricke, who was in a good mood, and I set the furnace on fire and boiled the iron.In the meantime, the sand that is usually used to make the sword is the sand that is made by making the wooden board into a male shape. It is a matter of mass productivity not to sand the sword, but this time it is completely one-off and it would be better if the surface were rough. Stick the sand filled with sand with a stick of wood.My muscle-enhanced rice and Dwarf¡¯s rice cake all worked together, and they hardened me pretty tight.Split it in half, take out the wood board, pull out the stick that was stuck in the mouth of the water, and return to finish the sand form. In this way, the sand is poured into the furnace until the temperature rises and the steel can be poured in.The sand mould takes melted steel in to drink up the bright red, thick liquid. Eventually, the steel came up to the water mouth, so I stopped pouring it there.Hot air is already rising around here, humidity and temperature are rising, and Rice and I are sweating. Until the iron plate is cold, Ricke and I will leave the blacksmith¡¯s yard and evacuate. ¡°I always thought it was hot, but it was hot today because it was different in size.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, but it was amazing.¡± ¡°I just flushed it.¡± ¡°We¡¯ll decide more than half at that point.¡± Well, that¡¯s true. It¡¯s a little distracting because it¡¯s just a cheat to adjust the addition and subtraction.Will I be able to identify myself someday?That¡¯s where I need to study as much as Like¡­ Ricke clapped.It looks like an information board on a mountain road in the previous world.That concrete is turning into a branch of a fake tree.The difference is that nothing is drawn on the information board, and there is a black iron plate standing. I tried writing three characters on the finished message board with a pencil I brought from the warehouse. ¡°All right, you can read it.¡± ¡°What does it say?¡± ¡°Hmm, maybe it¡¯s a secret letter¡­.¡± ¡°Heh, you know that too, parent.¡± ¡°No, yeah, well, yeah.¡± Black iron plate, last three letters of the previous world alphabet.I smiled bitterly at myself and rubbed it off and wrote in the words of this world, ¡°I have no message today.¡± Chapter 513 Chapter 513: 513 It was likely that everyone who went hunting would have some time to come back, so I put the workshop mark on the rolling piece of wood with a knife and attached it to the message board. But if someone who doesn¡¯t know what¡¯s going on sees this, they don¡¯t know who to hit¡­ Speaking of which, we didn¡¯t have a sign. When I saw the message board that was ready, I murmured.Well, there are very few people I can see when I make them. ¡°How was Ricke¡¯s family?¡± ¡°At home? I was wearing it.It was a simple one with only ¡°Moritz¡± in the hammer and gold floor. ¡° Oh, is that how it¡¯s decided? ¡°No, there are some places I don¡¯t wear it.In my case, it seems to have been made by the first generation. ¡° I see. I¡¯ll give it back to Ricky, who smiles bitterly.I¡¯m sure the first generation made it on their own accord. ¡°Among other things, would you like to make a sign with our mark on it?I don¡¯t think anyone sees it. ¡° ¡°First generation is a big responsibility, right?¡± That¡¯s what Like says and giggles.I laughed when I said, ¡°Yes,¡± and we both went home. The next day, today is the day of delivery.I didn¡¯t say when I would go to Camilo¡¯s shop, and it would be collected and dismantled quickly if I split it up (not to mention that Kuru owes a lot to me), so I suggested I should collect the prey I took out yesterday first, but it seems that I will do it when I get back. Everyone says they¡¯re going out, but most of their itineraries are in the truck that Kuru is carrying, so are you okay?I wish they hadn¡¯t eaten me by the time I recovered it. That¡¯s the time. There were times when they ate me even when I went there in the morning. ¡° When I conveyed my concern while loading the luggage into the wagon, the same Sameer who left the luggage in the wagon said so accidentally.I¡¯ve never heard such a story since she started living at home.It sinks deep into the lake, making it harder to smell, and I¡¯m sure it won¡¯t take away a few things physically, but I guess I was lucky enough to help. Well, there¡¯s still plenty of meat left in our pantry.There are also vegetables that have been harvested, and they don¡¯t starve early. Well, let¡¯s go. ¡°Kurrrrrrrrrrr¡± My voice rang loudly and the wagon slowly went through the woods. Whether in the forest or on the street, the wind is no longer showing signs of summer, and the smell of autumn is coming on.What is it like this autumn?As I keep looking around, I think so. And then Lucy, sitting on Diana¡¯s lap, came into her eyes.I don¡¯t really feel it when I look at it every day, but I¡¯m sure it looks like this. Lucy, you¡¯ve grown up. ¡°Yes, it is.¡± While stroking Lucy on the lap, Diana said.When I was protecting her, I felt like I was stroking on Diana¡¯s lap, but now I¡¯m sitting still. Maybe it¡¯s time to graduate on your lap and get round on the floor.You¡¯ll miss Mom, but it¡¯s also growth. My face has become slightly more daunting.Still, the cuteness is strongly felt because Lucy is still young or because she is a parent idiot. ¡°Neither.¡± I turned my eyes to the grasslands shaken by the wind. Arrive in the city as usual, gently raise your hand to the guards, greet them, and arrive at Camilo¡¯s while soothing the open-air audience. When I took Kuru and Lucy in the back, Childish flew in as usual.Did you clean it up somewhere today, or did you just sell it? There¡¯s no shade of wood.It seems unnecessary for the coming season. Thank you all the time. And I reach out to Childish¡¯s head.I noticed a discomfort. ¡°Have you grown a little?¡± ¡°Huh? Really? Ehehe¡± Childish who looks delighted.This kid is growing up, too.He put his head on and said, ¡°Please don¡¯t do that.¡± I said, ¡°I¡¯ll take care of it!¡±Leaving him with his chest open, we went to the trading room. Afterwards, the story of the delivery of Camilo and the warden was finished unharmed.After that, once every two weeks, there¡¯s a precious ¡°Camilo News¡± time for me and my family to get that information¡­ but there¡¯s something I need to do before then today. Now that I¡¯m done, I¡¯m done talking. ¡°Yes, I¡¯m trying to establish contact.¡± I don¡¯t know how to contact you. I nod to Camillo, who said that with a mustache. ¡°It¡¯s okay to have this opportunity once every two weeks, but there¡¯s an emergency you want to go faster than that, right? Well, you know where my workshop is, and you might be able to do something about it because you don¡¯t have to ask me to, but I think we should have a way of communicating. ¡° ¡°Hmm¡­.¡± Anne frowned. ¡°Well, it sounds like it¡¯s in exchange for a means of communication, so I hope it¡¯s not too bad.¡± ¡°If the avocado is good, but if it¡¯s obviously bad, I¡¯ll keep my mouth shut.¡± ¡°Do it there.¡± I told Anne with a bitter smile.From my point of view, if the Empire¡¯s Seventh Emperor¡¯s words were true, Camilo would not listen. Eventually, the door opened.Camilo wasn¡¯t the only one who came in.There is a woman following behind it. On her shoulders are small dragons ¨C not four legs, but wings that touch the front leg and are also like birds. It is also an eye-catching part, but she has a reptile-like tail.And scales that will probably cover your whole body.His face looked almost human, but there were scales everywhere. It¡¯s called the Lizard Man everywhere, or the Dragon Newt. Camilo said it was a little out of place. ¡°This is where I came for you.¡± In Camilo¡¯s words, the woman bowed¡­ ¡°Nice to meet you. My name is Karen Katagiri.North (¡­) way (¡­) or (¡­) and others (¡­) came (¡­) Her longitudinal pupil, which raised her head like that, narrowed slowly.I didn¡¯t know immediately whether it meant a smile or something else. Chapter 514 Chapter 514: 514 ¡°From the north?¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± Unexpectedly, Mr. Katagiri nodded.Camilo opens his mouth. ¡°She¡¯s on the edge of my business with the North.Didn¡¯t you say you wanted a comedy before? ¡° I see. It is no exaggeration to say that as a former Japanese, I want the number one thing at the table.Even if the difference in varieties is not comparable to the taste of the previous world. ¡°¡®Why would a merchant from the south want a piece of rice? That said, they¡¯ve been looking for food from the north lately. ¡° I see. I sighed small.That¡¯s exactly what I did. But that¡¯s not all. Mr. Katagiri said with a clear glass bell. ¡°I wanted to see what Aeyou made and see the special order.¡± Mr. Katagiri didn¡¯t give me my family name.Of course, if you know the family name on any land, it is normal courtesy to call it there. I don¡¯t call Marius ¡°Marius¡± officially, but Count Amur. And yet, you didn¡¯t tell Tanya that you didn¡¯t know my family name.It¡¯s no wonder I¡¯m not a blacksmith. ¡°Excuse me, is that a sword?¡± Mr. Katagiri points to the ¡°thin ice¡± I kept standing beside him. ¡°Yeah.¡± ¡°May I see it?¡± ¡°Go ahead.¡± I handed the thin ice to Mr. Katagiri.Helen must have touched his specialty by making a small metal noise on my side. Mr. Katagiri bowed respectfully and removed the thin ice from the sheath.(12) The blue glowing sword appeared, and it was as if the temperature had dropped. ¡°Wow! It¡¯s a blue raw soul [Apoitakara]!¡± ¡°Yeah, I got it with a little help.Well, from this Camilo. ¡° To be precise, Marius got me the information, and from there I paid Camilo to get ahead. ¡°There was someone who could do this¡­.¡± Mr. Katagiri stares at the thin ice with a crisp expression.Like nodded loudly with her arms tied together. ¡°Thank you.¡± Would you mind bothering Mr. Aizo¡¯s workshop? Mr. Katagiri looked me straight in the eye and said.I can hear a big sigh from the surroundings. ¡°That¡¯s the condition for lending out the dragon.She doesn¡¯t know where your workshop is right now, and she¡¯s not strong enough to go alone. ¡° Camillo adds it while touching his mustache. I see. ¡°You didn¡¯t ask me to strike Katagiri-san¡¯s weapon, did you?¡± I looked straight back at Mr. Katagiri¡¯s eyes.If you ask for a weapon, you¡¯ll get caught up in the condition that you come alone, but otherwise, it¡¯s our three-inch problem. ¡°Yeah, that¡¯s definitely true. I don¡¯t want Aerosol to make it.¡± Mr. Katagiri raised his eyebrows small.Maybe I have the same face.She keeps her face down. ¡°You don¡¯t know even if I say so.I¡¯m not asking you to tell me.You can just look at it from the side, so you have to be able to make a dagger with my hand. ¡° That said, her face raised up no longer had the colour of a patrol, but only determination. Chapter 515 Chapter 515: 515 ¡°Somehow I understand the situation.¡± Bye! I took control of the snail that approached us. ¡°Nevertheless, there were circumstances where I couldn¡¯t even accept ¡®yes?¡¯¡­.I don¡¯t think it¡¯s easy to talk about, but may I ask about your situation? ¡° When I said so, Mr. Katagiri was able to swim his eyes.She would be the same person who told me to ask her about the situation and said, ¡°Yes or no?¡± Nevertheless, I am not an ex-human of this world.I don¡¯t know if there¡¯s a Tanya house in the north.Besides, as she may have already heard, Diana and Anne are hiding behind us, not to mention how they actually are. In addition, there are people (not strictly human) and fairies who are close to the dragon of the earth, the lord of the Black Forest. Well, if you¡¯re a customer for a couple of days, or at least a week, it doesn¡¯t seem like that¡¯s all you need to hear about earlier.Unless you¡¯re so good at it, I wouldn¡¯t ask you to do that in the first place. After a little tour, Mr. Katagiri nodded loudly after looking at me once again with a determined look. ¡°Okay, I¡¯ll talk to you later.¡± Katagiri exhaled and kept breathing. ¡°My house is Samurai ¨C well, I¡¯m sure you know Aeyou, but it¡¯s like a knight or a nobleman here.¡± Here¡¯s what she said.Lizardman¡¯s (but not Dragon Newt¡¯s) ancestors were summoned by the lords (who called them Daimiao) to fight during the war with the Demons 600 years ago. Since then, they have steadily consolidated their footsteps and become quite heavily used in the territory.When this happens, it becomes very important that you connect with your home. In fact, there are brothers and sisters everywhere, and in the kingdom, it¡¯s like the Marquis. When that happens, most of the girls who are born become the ingredients of political marriage.The world seems to be advancing considerably for women, but from the previous world, there are still quite a few parts that are still in the old state.This is the same as Diana and Anne are today.Of course, Katagiri-san was supposed to do the same. ¡°One day, I saw the sword of a family treasure.¡± She said illuminatingly. ¡°If I wanted to make something like that, I couldn¡¯t stand or be there, and I went in and out to the blacksmith that my father knew.¡± When I began to think that I might have seen my sword, my father found out about it. ¡°My father had already told me to slay the blacksmith in Canc¨²n for a while, but I managed to get it stopped.Well, I wish I had given up. ¡° Mr. Katagiri sighed bitterly. ¡°I complained that I really wanted to hit myself with a sword.That¡¯s what my father said¡­.. ¡° ¡°So, as I said earlier,¡± ¡°Yes, it is.¡± Mr. Katagiri looks me in the eye again.The point is, you want to join me as an apprentice, including revealing your father¡¯s nose. Hmm, I¡¯ll put my arms together.Honestly, there¡¯s nothing I can teach you.Because it¡¯s not my own power.If I had been asked to do this without Rice, I might have refused. But now I can rely on Ricke, even if I have feelings for him as my parent.She came into my apprenticeship by pretty aggressive means. Feel the gaze on me.It¡¯s not from Katagiri.It¡¯s from my family. Even if I talk to you, I¡¯ll say, ¡°I¡¯ll leave it to Aero.¡±I sighed heavily. ¡°Okay, I¡¯ll let you stay for a while.¡± After listening to my words and seeing the catfish with a happy smile like a flower, I thought in my head how I would deal with it from now on. Chapter 516 Chapter 516: 516 ¡°Thank you!¡± The snail lowers its head.Combined with her long, dark hair, she even feels like she has returned to the world a moment ago. I¡¯ll tell Mr. Katagiri. ¡°No, I haven¡¯t achieved anything yet¡­For now, let¡¯s go home. ¡° Mr. Katagiri raised his face and nodded ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°You¡¯ve heard about the little dragon, haven¡¯t you?¡± That said, when I looked at Camilo, he raised his thumb.No, we left the trading room as usual with one more. Go to the backyard to pick up Kurl and Lucy.Both of our daughters are friendly.While playing with Childish, other clerks sometimes rush by when they arrive. Therefore, even if the number of snails is increasing, I think there is no particular problem, but I don¡¯t understand that I won¡¯t let you meet all of them.If one of you completely dislikes Mr. Katagiri, it¡¯s before you once said it¡¯s good, but you¡¯ll have to refuse. In conclusion, it was a total worrying thing. When they both saw Katagiri, Kuru rubbed his face and Lucy ran around his feet vigorously shaking her tail. The two small dragons stopped on Katagiri-san¡¯s shoulder, and as Kuru rubbed his face against him, he jumped to Kuru¡¯s back and began to lick and care for his wings as if they were hairy.Kurl didn¡¯t seem particularly concerned about it, and Lucy didn¡¯t threaten two of them. If there is a problem, my shoulder HP is decreasing steadily.Would it be better if I had a shaggy shoulder back? ¡°These two are like my daughters¡­ the walking dragon Kuru and the wolf Lucy.¡± Nice to meet you. When Katagiri stroked each of them and greeted them, they both sounded happy and welcomed each other. Katagiri¡¯s luggage was also loaded into the van, leaving town with a light greeting to the guard, who looked slightly stunned.When we said we were used to each other, we got used to each other.It is no wonder how the situation of a man filled with women in a luggage truck can be seen from around me. ¡°Yes!? A hot spring!?¡± Mr. Katagiri was shocked by the road running under the clear sky, alongside the grasslands that were losing their green color.While we were talking, Diana said there was a hot spring. ¡°Yes, it¡¯s not ready yet.¡± It may be enough to pump water into the bottle and use it at home, but there is only a pond for water source and drainage and a waterway connecting it in the wilderness where there is nothing, so even if you ignore the sanitary aspects, it is not a state where a young woman can bathe. ¡°The response to the hot springs is from the north after all.Aeyou was also very happy when she found out that the hot spring was coming out. ¡° Liddy said it was stingy and everyone else nodded well.In my case, it¡¯s because I¡¯m not exactly a Northerner but a former Japanese, but I can¡¯t say or say that. Samya shook her fingers. Thereafter, the habits of the house continued.He was surprised at what I was doing, not Like, an apprentice who was pumping water, but he was convinced to explain that both exercise and his daughters¡¯ walks were going on. While doing so, Kuru¡¯s dragon carriage approaches the entrance to the forest.The name ¡°Black Forest¡± seems to be spreading northwards. ¡°This is the Black Forest¡­¡± Katagiri-san swallows gokuri-zaba and strengthens his body. ¡°Yeah,¡± ¡°If you get lost, you¡¯ll never come back.¡± ¡°There¡¯s a fierce beast wandering around.¡± I smiled unexpectedly and kept on. ¡°This is where my beloved home is.¡± Chapter 517 Chapter 517: 517 Wood leaks in the gloomy forest and cool winds pass through.Is it a wolf or a pig that runs through the bushes?Far away from the gap between the trees, deer eat something like a tree bud. The branches of the trees contain birds and squirrels, and the birds sing occasionally. ¡°Always¡± scenery for us.This ¡°Black Forest¡±, which seems much safer than the street, is not yet the case for one person. For one of them, Katagiri-san, this is an obscure magic beyond the control of the Beast clan.However, since the two small dragons that are stuck on the shoulder are relaxed and lacking, it seems that they are not as scary for her (I heard they are both females) as we are. ¡°Once you get used to it, you¡¯ll feel the landscape relaxed.¡± ¡°Eh, yeah¡­.¡± When I called, Mr. Katagiri smiled.Ricke and Deanna were just familiar with it so I guess this kind of reaction is normal. ¡°Well, there¡¯s nothing dangerous about it when you¡¯re with the athletes, so make yourself at home.¡± It is unusual (and rude to say so) that Samya laughed and said that she cared about Katagiri-san.In fact, it¡¯s also ¡°the strongest power of the Black Forest¡±¡­. You probably don¡¯t know that, but Mr. Katagiri¡¯s expression is somewhat soft. Lucy climbs onto her lap and smacks the catfish in the face. ¡°Yik!? Hey, tickle! Ahahaha!¡± Lucy¡¯s offensive relieved Katagiri of all tension, and by the time she got home, she had been able to take a lazy look around. When we get home, we¡¯ll unload the luggage, but we¡¯ll leave the catfish to Liddy and we¡¯ll unload it ourselves.There are no plant-based products such as seeds in the product this time, so there will be no problem. The work of carrying luggage to the warehouse and house is done quickly.And normally, after that, each of us is free time, but today we have another job. ¡°I don¡¯t mind if we stay, but this is a good opportunity for you to come with me¡­¡± It is the recovery and dismantling of the prey that I took out yesterday.There will be a sufficient number of people and there won¡¯t be so many opportunities to help, but it would be easier for them to see it and experience it once than to have no experience at all when they want to help. The luggage was a spare room next to the storage room, so I told Catagiri that I would put it in Catagiri¡¯s room for a while, and she said, ¡°Definitely.¡± Reassemble outside the house.Two small dragons remained on Katagiri¡¯s shoulder, but she spoke to one side ¡°before going out.¡± Well then, if you¡¯ll excuse me, Arasi. ¡°Yeah.¡± When Mr. Katagiri stroked Hayate¡¯s head, Hayate narrowed his eyes with pleasure. Say hello, Hayate. When I raised my eyes to Hayate, he cried ¡°Cu¡± short.You don¡¯t seem to be showing any signs of intimidation or attack, so you should think that you¡¯ve responded. ¡°There will be more lovely families.¡± Oh, well then, I¡¯ll have to say hello too. When my mom (Diana) said hello to Katagiri-san after she refused, everyone in my family, including Kuru and Lucy, greeted me, and the Petite Welcome party before the prey recovery continued for a while. Chapter 518 Chapter 518: 518 Well then, let¡¯s go. Everyone, including Katagiri-san and Hayate, replied with an understanding.Kurl and Lucy were happy to go out for the second time today, and they both walked along to jump. Everyone walks slowly through the woods.The view is different from the one I saw from the truck earlier.If the prospects are getting a little worse, and someone who doesn¡¯t know the forest well, it¡¯s no use feeling afraid.Neither Helen nor I can hang out without warning. Ms. Catagiri said as she glanced around. Even so, it¡¯s a very deep forest. It looks like it¡¯s going to be huge. I answered as I looked around.In my case, I¡¯m on the lookout. ¡°I haven¡¯t been to the other side yet, have I?The workshop is on the east side from the entire Black Forest. ¡° Technically speaking, the location of the workshop is Southeast.Samir looked at me.She was originally from the west to the north, but she came to the east to circle the lake¡­ so she met me. ¡°I don¡¯t know where I¡¯m going because I¡¯ve never been out of the north or west, but I heard it¡¯s not that different.There¡¯s a mountain, and I¡¯ve seen it. ¡° Samya continues. The mountain has never been seen from the lake, and I was surprised to hear that there are mountains in the north that never melt snow, so it¡¯s probably not that high. But a mountain near the Black Forest.The ¡°Dragon of the Earth¡± will also be involved, and I think it would be better not to stop by much if it is not necessary. If there are herbs and fruits of choice that can help small dragons, I thought about securing them for future gathering, and while teaching Mr. Katagiri where the roads are growing, I reached the shore of the lake. ¡°Wow, it¡¯s huge!¡± ¡°Yes, nobody in my family knows the exact size.¡± I nodded to the amazing snail.Whatever the mountains are invisible, this lake is so wide that you can¡¯t see the other shore.It seems to exist from the east to the center, but I don¡¯t know the exact size because Samya has never turned to the south. Should a boat be built and surveyed to take a walk in the west of this forest?If only the cheetah worked well at that time. But when that happens, we¡¯ll build a pier and build a boat shed¡­ and it¡¯ll be a lot of work, so it¡¯ll definitely be next time.Besides, there are people who operate boats somewhere, not just around here. First of all, it¡¯s not a bad idea to go around the lake and find out if anyone¡¯s using a boat.There may be a specific form of this lake. ¡°Oh, so when did you cut this out? You didn¡¯t have much time to pull it up, did you? Did you cut it out by the day before last? ¡° ¡°Fufu, it¡¯s my master¡¯s axe! Any thick tree is a blow! ¡° In response to Mr. Katagiri¡¯s question, Ricke flipped back with his axe on.Previously, it was so disgusting that it was scattered, but it seems to be proud of its performance. ¡°¡­ j, out of common sense¡­!¡± I looked at the amazing catfish again and wondered how amazing this person would be in the future. Chapter 519 Chapter 519: 519 After carrying heavy prey, Kurl literally lifted the prey and the whole family, including Diana, worked hard to make him feel better. After that, she always says, ¡°You and Lucy can play together.¡±However, Lucy the Wolf spends a lot of time watching everyone dismantle. But it¡¯s not like you never play.After the demolition, Lucy and I would normally run around.I think they simply like to see what they¡¯re doing. The demolition of the deer itself was done quickly with a reasonable number of people.Leave materials such as tendons, furs, and horns dry before putting them in the warehouse, and turn the meat that is not consumed immediately into salt or dryness. After all this, it was almost time for the sun to begin to set.It seems that Diana and the others are going to practice again today.Mr. Katagiri says he will visit it with Hayate. I have to start preparing dinner.If so, the remaining raw meat is natural. ¡°Cheers!¡± The house sounds like a toast.Welcome to Mr. Katagiri¡¯s welcoming party. Well, it¡¯s a workshop in the woods where there¡¯s nothing to do, so I can¡¯t give you anything serious. If I say so, the catfish who incited the wine, ¡°No! Oh, my God! I¡¯m so sorry for the lavish hospitality.¡± That actually makes you shrink.Today¡¯s menu has catagiri-san, and it is grilled with venison marinated in miso, and garlic-like meat and soy sauce picked from the grilled venison (before the seasoning, part of it fits Lucy and Hayate-chan¡¯s belly).Unfermented bread and the usual vegetable and salted pork soup.It¡¯s a little laborious, but it¡¯s not that different from the usual diet. The garlic soy sauce was quite popular with both Katagiri and my family.As for me, I feel the taste of the previous world and the moment when my heart dances a little. ¡°Well, there are many of you.¡± Mr. Katagiri said. In the middle of the welcoming party, at the end of their introduction, they said, ¡°We have many races.¡±Tiger beast, dwarf, elf, giant, and lizardman. Because the human race is me, Diana, and Helen, it is the same as before, but if we talk about the human race and the rest, then the human race will be less. ¡°Yes, please don¡¯t hesitate to say anything racist or otherwise.I think we can solve most of the problems. ¡± It was Riquet who nodded to Catagiri¡¯s words.It¡¯s no exaggeration to say ¡°oneechan¡± in my house because of the care¡­She cares a lot, so I¡¯ll keep up with her, but I¡¯ll be careful not to overburden her. Perhaps it is natural that the most talked about it is about Katagiri-san¡¯s life in the north.Sometimes I don¡¯t talk much ¨C but I don¡¯t talk much ¨C and I was asked about clothing and culture. ¡°In our case, don¡¯t worry too much because it stands out.¡± Dried a glass of wine and Diana said.I¡¯m sure she¡¯s referring to the species we talked about earlier.Anyway, there are even elves.It is inevitable to stand out wherever you go. When I say that, Helen makes a strange face and then blows it out, and the laughter spreads to the family.Liddy quietly said that I was confused. ¡°Even if we¡¯re all human, I think it¡¯s remarkable that we¡¯re alone.¡± ¡°Ahh¡­..¡± After I drooled, I unusually poured the strange complacency into my chest with a torch. Chapter 520 Chapter 520: 520 ¡°Master, you¡¯re really pumping water yourself¡­¡± ¡°Ah, well¡­¡± The next morning, when I came back from the watering hole with Krul, Lucy, and Hayate, Karen, who was awake, told me and I returned. The change in the call goes back to the end of last night¡¯s welcome party. ¡°Ladies and gentlemen, thank you very much for setting up such a celebration venue today.¡± When everyone started to ask if it was time to open up, Mr. Catagiri cut it out. ¡°I will take care of you for a while.¡±Please don¡¯t hesitate to call me Karen. ¡° The words attract approval and welcome from the family.Although it is subtly out of sync with the family, it is not an exaggeration to say that it is a family with Nearly Equal. So, how do you call Ezo-san? I¡¯m the master, right? ¡°I see¡­¡± Karen puts her hand on her cheek and thinks about it.I¡¯m finally getting used to the sudden feeling of calling ¡°master¡± ¡ª whatever happens as a matter of reality, it¡¯s only become routine to be called that way, but if I was alarmed that the number of strange calls would increase again, ¡°Well then, I¡¯m the¡± ¡°Master¡± ¡°.¡± It¡¯s the same as Senpai Taruke-san. ¡° It was. I thought it was the way to turn around, but my family, especially Rikete, accepted it, so even I didn¡¯t nod in disdain. I¡¯ll explain that to Karen again. ¡°Well, like this, it¡¯s my job to collect water in the morning in this workshop.¡±Krul, Lucy, and now Hayate.It¡¯s a big place to walk and bathe.If you run out of water, use the water from the well on the surface.You don¡¯t have to tell anyone. ¡° Understood, Master. Karen nodded loudly. It¡¯s gradually getting used to this kind of thing.Each other. It was actually a little surprising that Hayate was following the water, but if you did it the same way as the other two, you would probably follow tomorrow because you were in a good mood and you were squeaking ¡°Cui Cui¡±. Speaking of which, yesterday is today, and I thought it might be a little late to get up, but it¡¯s early to get up. That¡¯s what I told Karen.By the way, Anne hasn¡¯t woken up yet.I¡¯ll wake up a little after I¡¯ve fetched some water, so it¡¯s as usual. Wow, you really have a sacred shelf. After dinner, Karen first woke up on the shelf.I haven¡¯t seen it in Camilo¡¯s shop or at Marius¡¯s house (although there may be a small altar somewhere that customers won¡¯t see it), so it would be like this in our northern part. ¡°Niri, give me a round of applause.¡± Got it. Even in the previous world, at Izumo Taisha Shrine, it was not a bow of applause, and I thought it would be a problem if there was such a thing, so I turned it down, and Karen nodded honestly and gave a bow of applause with everyone.Even in the north, it seems to be a method known to the public (although Karen¡¯s parents are samurai, so it¡¯s a bit special). This is how my day at home began, praying to God for the safety of my work today. Chapter 521 Chapter 521: 521 Well then, first of all, let¡¯s start by looking at where we¡¯re making the knife. Yes! I told her that Karen was very responsive.It¡¯s a good thing to have a good temper¡­ but ¡°my master suddenly travels a little to the boulder¡±, so instead of showing it to me, Riquet made it and showed it to me first. I don¡¯t think it¡¯s okay for me to make it, but I can only remember when I look at it. There are some things that I think are too great, so I honestly followed Riquet¡¯s words. Heat the sheet metal, tap it on the metal floor to form a shape, quench it, and sharpen it.Riquet smoothly and quickly carried out the series of tasks.It is faster and more polite than before.It looked like my magic power had improved a lot.The amount is different from before. I wonder if I could be the blacksmith of the Imperial family anytime, anywhere. Karen said as she saw Riquet taking shape in the middle of the task. Are you at this level with ¡°disciples¡±? Well, yeah. I shrugged my shoulders.Karen once again concentrates on Riquet¡¯s work.Sometimes I move my hands to try to figure out the tricks. While doing so, Riket showed me the finished knife. Master, what do you think? I take it and take a good look.Even if you check it with a cheat, it doesn¡¯t look like my ¡°luxury model¡±.In fact, I don¡¯t know if I can mix it at all. ¡°Nicely done.¡± I think it¡¯ll work everywhere. ¡° ¡°No, that¡¯s not true. Not much compared to my master¡­¡± ¡°The levels are too different for the elephants.¡± Anne breaks into Riquet¡¯s conversation.I gave Karen the knife Riquet made. Honestly, I think your father would be happy if you brought him back to the Empire instead of the elephants. Well, then, does my idea of becoming a blacksmith for the Empire fit?I feel like I will be turned down when I ask myself. ¡°Well, there¡¯s nothing you can do if you don¡¯t feel like it at all.¡±I¡¯m a hostage. ¡° Anne winks at me for saying that.Riket also looked at it and laughed.I called out to Karen, who was staring at Riquet¡¯s knife. ¡°Now, it¡¯s Karen¡¯s turn.¡±For now, try it the way you thought it would. ¡° ¡°Y-Yes! Now then¡­¡± ¡°W-What do you think¡­¡± I took the knife offered and looked at it.It wasn¡¯t like there was a lot of unevenness in the organization, or that there was little magic, but it would be enough.Words are never inferior to blacksmiths everywhere. Still, Karen¡¯s father¡¯s glasses weren¡¯t an enemy¡­ I might not have wanted to admit it, but either way, if it didn¡¯t work out in this state, I¡¯d have to be more than a blacksmith. ¡°I don¡¯t think it¡¯s bad as a thing.Well, there¡¯s still a lot of work to be done¡­.. ¡° ¡°Yes¡­ I felt pain when I saw Mr. Riquet¡¯s face¡­¡± Karen dropped her shoulder. I tap that shoulder lightly.Then Riket said with a mischievous smile. Well then, let¡¯s make it a little bit more painful for you. When I sighed, I caught a glimpse of Yatko.Now, shall we meet the expectations of our youngest disciple? Chapter 522 Chapter 522: 522 Basically, what I do is no different than what Ricky and Karen do.The accuracy is only different.Well, I was sure the difference was huge. The sheet metal placed on the fire floor increased redness.Unlike the other two, I can clearly see how much heat is best.Place the sheet metal removed from the fire bed on the metal floor and tap it with a bowl. The sheet metal that was smashed smoothly changed its shape.Of course, the amount of magic power that can be held in place with every swing of the hammer is also limited. Master, you¡¯re getting faster again. ¡°Well then, there¡¯s a chance it¡¯ll get even faster than this¡­?¡± I bet you do. ¡°Yeah¡­¡± With Rike and Karen¡¯s voice murmuring like that, I deepened my concentration and repeated the work with the same tempo.It would have been like some kind of machine.Even if everyone in the family did not know what ¡°machine¡± was, they might have the impression that it was a mechanism for its operation. Eventually, I heat up the shaped knife.At this moment, I took it out of the fire floor and sank it into the water, making a noise and the knife became stiff. When it was the best time, I pulled it out of the water, lightly adjusted it on the golden floor, and carved the mark of the Elephant Workshop cat, and then sharpened its entire body with a grinding wheel to complete it. I look at it overhead. Yeah, I guess that¡¯s a good one. A dull knife that reflects the fire of a fire bed or furnace.I had magic power in my body, and it seemed like it was almost zero.No, the part that didn¡¯t actually get through is overflowing and scattered, so if you stick to it any longer, it will come to nothing. I handed the finished knife to Riquet.Rikete, who was grateful to receive it, was holding the knife against the light and was glaring at it. If you were to make something like this early, there would be a lot of blacksmiths who would quit. As expected, we can¡¯t mass produce it. ¡°That¡¯s right. If this kind of thing overflows into the world, it will be very serious.¡± I nodded with a bitter smile at Riket¡¯s words.There is no doubt that a knife that cuts iron is not good for the world. Riquet hands Karen the knife.More than Riquet, Karen received a knife like a knight given a sword by a king. Karen looks at my knife as if she doesn¡¯t want to miss a particle. ¡°Be careful with the blade.¡± ¡°Yes, I know.¡± I¡¯m a little suspicious that you really know that, but since you have a serious expression on your face, I didn¡¯t say anything more. I won¡¯t go until the sun goes down, but after spending a lot of time looking at the knife, Karen gently returns the knife to Riquet. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, it¡¯s been a long time.¡± No, it¡¯s okay. Riquet smiles. I decided to mix it up with a little mischief. The first time Rike saw my sword, it was even longer. Don¡¯t tell me I can¡¯t do this without Cheat¡¯s help. ¡°Just remember that there are some things that you aim for.¡± Yes! ¡°So, this is yours.¡± ¡°Huh!?¡± ¡°I have all the¡± family ¡°who live in my house.¡±I¡¯ll give it to you, too. ¡° Karen received a knife.I was more surprised than I had seen before. ¡°Be careful because it cuts well.¡±Ask Samir or Riquet how to handle it.You can do the handles and stuff yourself. ¡° Karen nodded quietly, staring at the knife in her hand. After that, he said, ¡°What is this?¡±I heard a shout from the front, but it was another story. Chapter 523 Chapter 523: 523 My work is over, and I¡¯m halfway to another job from now on, so after I¡¯ve finished my work today, I¡¯ll take Karen out with everyone who practices sword training and clean up the forge for a while. Why don¡¯t you go fetch some hot water for the hot spring? It was Diana who said that.Even though autumn is getting darker and cooler, the heat in the forge is enough to sweat, and if you move your body in practice, it will be even hotter.Even if you don¡¯t soak in the hot spring water, it will feel good if you can purify your body. In that case, everyone in the family had no particular objection, and Krull and I came together for a little walk instead of taking a little walk, even if it was enough¡­ The sight of peace itself was there.My shoulder HP keeps falling. There were wolves and ravens, deer, and mackerel soaking together in a drainage pond.What do you call this without saying peace?His eyes are uniformly closed and he is enchanted.Is it the consideration of each other that is spaced apart quite a bit? However, in this situation, the time zone is different, and it is highly likely that pigs, bears and tigers are also coming to soak.Well, I¡¯m not going to stop doing anything unless I do something ¡°bad¡± around here. Looking at Krul, Lucy, and Hayate feels like ¡°everyone is here¡±, and there is no particular vigilance or intimidation, so it seems that animals that work badly are acceptable at the moment. Maybe you¡¯re turning your hand so that that¡¯s what¡¯s going to happen around Lewisa¡­ or maybe she¡¯s in there at noontime when we¡¯re not going to be there. ¡°Wow, that¡¯s amazing.¡± Karen said with her eyes shining.Although the stay will be for a while, it will be a sight to be seen several times in the future, but if you can enjoy it, you will never get over it. ¡°Everyone¡¯s soaking, so let¡¯s pump it down the canal.¡± That¡¯s right. When I said it, Samya nodded.I¡¯m sorry to bother everyone in the woods, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s hygienic. Pour about two empty bottles of water into the waterway.By the side, Karen was putting her hands on the water.Of course, it is on the downstream side of the bottle. ¡°You really have a hot spring.¡±You¡¯ve done a good job of finding it. ¡± Well, yeah. I replied to Karen with admiration, but in fact, I heard about the location of the part of the spiritual body of the ¡°Earth Dragon¡± that is the Lord of this ¡°Black Forest¡± and the root of this world, so I can¡¯t take it off. I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a good idea to tell Karen about it now, so I¡¯ll just leave it to boast modestly. You haven¡¯t immersed yourself, have you? ¡°Everyone in the forest is soaking in a drainage pond.¡±I know you¡¯ll have to immerse yourself in it, but I don¡¯t recommend it because I don¡¯t have any blindfolds, and I haven¡¯t prepared it to be immersed in it. ¡° Is that what you¡¯re saying about making a bathhouse or something? When I came back, I found a small shadow on the message board.Me and the rest of the family. ¡°Porcupine! You¡¯re back!¡± Karen told me that the porcupine flew toward me when I heard a short ¡°cuckoo¡±.The legs are quite small, but they are wrapped up like letters.It¡¯s a transmission from Camilo. ¡°Can I open it?¡± ¡°Yes, of course.¡± Karen nods to my words.I gently removed the letter from the porcupine¡¯s leg, and opened it in the sight of the family watching with a sticky sip of saliva. Chapter 524 Chapter 524: 524 I wonder if it was Camilo¡¯s autograph, or if it was written in a letter that could not be said to have achieved much, it was not much. To summarize, ¡°Since I¡¯m leaving the city for a while, is it okay to deliver the next delivery in three weeks? I can still accept the delivery in two weeks¡¯ time, so I don¡¯t care which way, but which way?It is a story. ¡° In the capital, the Marquis and Marius seemed to be dumbfounded, but the details were currently unknown, although it was added that it was like a little piece of news. ¡°I just wanted to see if I could get a letter more than anything.¡± I was sure that I wanted to check whether the delivery date was three weeks later, but if either is fine, I just need to leave Mr. Nobuto.There was no need to use Xiaolong, which was a valuable means of communication in this world. The families who were ready to take care of themselves completely dropped their shoulders and said, ¡°Nah.¡±I¡¯m emotionally close to you. Well, I don¡¯t know if it actually arrived when I had to use it. ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± When I said it, Liddy nodded.She may have thought that the forest she lived in was going to be a big deal, and that if she had this kind of high-speed means of communication at that time. I think it makes sense that it is better to check in advance with this relatively good content so that there is no trouble at such a time.Worst of all, if I don¡¯t hear back from you, I¡¯ll leave you alone and you¡¯ll have no problem. ¡°Well, maybe I should return it early.¡±Are the porcupines okay when the sun goes down? ¡° I said to Karen.It is getting dark around here.If you rely only on sight, you should stop giving it back today and do it tomorrow morning.I don¡¯t get lost.But Karen nodded. ¡°I think I already know how to get there because I¡¯ve been going around here and there once.¡± ¡°All right.¡± I wonder if Camilo arrived at this time in anticipation of the situation.It is not necessarily clear weather during the day, so it is natural to anticipate some adverse conditions. Well then, I¡¯m sorry, but let¡¯s write a sloppy reply. As soon as I tell you, Riquet jumps home and comes back with paper, a pen, and ink.I received it after saying ¡°thank you¡±, and the paper briefly wrote ¡°well, in three weeks¡±. I¡¯m concerned about the Marquis and Marius, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s going to be much of a problem right now. Confirming the letter, Karen peeks in from the side. It¡¯s a beautiful script, isn¡¯t it? Is that so? Yeah. Karen nodded, now look me in the eye and say: ¡°After all, I received (¡­) the (¡­) education (¡­) that was (¡­) (¡­) (¡­) (¡­) (¡­)¡± No way. I shrugged my shoulders at Karen with a strange look on her face.Whether the ¡°Tanya family¡± actually existed in the north or not, the details did not tell me the knowledge of ¡°installation¡±. If it exists, it will be called ¡°Hidden child¡¯s run¡±, or if it does not, it will be called ¡°pseudonym¡±.For now, I¡¯m not leaving this ¡°Black Forest¡±, and I¡¯m going to spend a relaxing time here as a blacksmith.In other words, as long as you know that ¡°the blacksmith who lives in the Black Forest¡±, I don¡¯t care about the name¡­ Karen wants you to think about it, but is it a little too good for you? A moment of silence and nervousness ran, but in the end Karen didn¡¯t mention my family name ¡°Tanya¡± anymore.Instead, Karen strokes the head of the porcupine. Well then, please. The porcupine chirped ¡°Cui Cui¡±, Hayate¡¯s ¡°Cui Cui¡±, Kruru¡¯s ¡°Kruru¡±, and Lucy¡¯s ¡°Puppy!¡±I was sent to Camilo¡¯s shop, and I flew away. ¡°Well, if you wipe your body, it¡¯s time for dinner!¡± When I saw it off, I yelled and opened the door.It¡¯s hard not to be suspicious of Karen, thinking about what she explained. Chapter 525 Chapter 525: 525 The hot spring water is probably because it contains magic power, but it was still warm enough after a long time. We take water to each room and wipe our bodies.According to Riquet and Helen, it¡¯s a ¡°luxury story¡±, but it¡¯s hard to see a lot of women in the living room taking off their scaly skin and being reincarnated¡­ It seems that Lidy lived in a private room, but she lived with her brother, and Samya lived in the woods in the first place, so it seems that things around here don¡¯t come to a close.In other words, it is a category that should say, ¡°Any pair is fine.¡± Of course, Anne, Diana¡¯s ¡°Lady Team¡± didn¡¯t feel uncomfortable because she had a personal room at her parents¡¯ house.So, ¡°Wipe your body in your own room!¡±This is a situation that reinforces the theory that I was a former nobleman. And when I asked Karen at dinner, ¡°Is it your room? There it is.¡± It was about me. When I asked about the house, it seemed like I had said ¡°samurai house¡± as I imagined. ¡°Huh!? It¡¯s separated by a piece of paper!?¡± I was surprised that Diana just jumped up.It seems the same in this world that there are things like barbs and bamboo shoots.There are masonry parts in this workshop and blacksmithy that are also heat resistant, but they are basically made of wood. I smiled bitterly and told Diana. ¡°It¡¯s a little misunderstood that it¡¯s separated by a piece of paper, because it¡¯s stuck to the drawing door with a different wooden frame¡­¡± If you can show the real thing on your smartphone, it will be solved lightly, but there is a part where you can¡¯t help but misunderstand just by imagining it.It¡¯s like Marco Pollo from the previous world. ¡°Of course, some of them are made of trees alone.¡±That¡¯s true of my room. ¡° I wonder if it is the type that does not stick paper with the so-called board.In the previous world, there were Japanese paintings on the hammerboard, which I thought was pretty good.It¡¯s not like introducing it into a modern household (as it was in the previous world). ¡°I don¡¯t have a tatami mat in my house, but if you think it¡¯s inconvenient, I¡¯ll ask Camilo to tell me.¡±I think I can make the dojo. ¡° At my grandfather¡¯s house, I remembered that it was a futon on a tatami mat, and I said it with a little nostalgia.It¡¯s impossible to replace the walls with stones, but it¡¯s okay to replace the doors with doors.It would be possible to lock it with a clamping stick.No, for me, a nostalgic screw-in would be fine. ¡°No, it¡¯s okay.¡± I was able to sleep normally last night.The master got used to it, didn¡¯t he? ¡° ¡°No¡­ yes, that¡¯s right¡­¡± In my case, I¡¯m used to living alone in my parents¡¯ home, but I¡¯ve only been in bed in the western world.I¡¯ll leave it without telling you.It is true that beds are more used to the western world. Let¡¯s build a bathhouse! But Karen was the first to say that. ¡°Eh, is that okay?¡± It¡¯s going to be late to go home, right? ¡° Samya was the one who asked the right questions.Yeah, and the rest of the family nodded and looked at Karen worriedly. ¡°Yes! The water was very good!¡± I¡¯d like to dip in it quickly! ¡° With sparkling eyes, we sent such a complicated gaze to Karen, who said in the tension that she was probably the most energetic today, that our family looked at such a pathetic and unfortunate child. Chapter 526 Chapter 526: 526 And we started building the bathhouse.Of course, the goal is to complete in the last two weeks (technically, less than two weeks), but I am also aware that it is tough. Because what should be made is different from the construction of additional rooms, and the number of them is quite large.In other words, half of it would be a snoop. I think cheats will make things easier, but they¡¯re still limited.Well, if the women¡¯s baths can be maintained at a minimum, it can be said that the goal is achieved.Men¡¯s baths are like ¡°hot water¡±. Nevertheless, even if it is a big difference between what is not and what is, I decided to start with the blueprint first, but barely seemed to have the scope of the cheat to help me, and I was able to make the blueprint without much time. Rikete surrounded it and said: ¡±Haha, you¡¯re going to take off your clothes here?¡± ¡°Yes, yes, and then you wash your body here, and then you soak in hot water here.¡± It was Karen who answered.Helen peeked in from behind and asked a question. ¡°Can¡¯t you just go in there?¡± Atai keeps it that way when he¡¯s bathing in the fountain. ¡° ¡°In the case of hot springs, it¡¯s not very well-behaved in the north¡­¡± Huh? Helen nodded in amazement at Karen¡¯s answer.The water bathing during the march was particularly relaxing. In the first place, there would be no concept of warming up in cold water, and I think it is unavoidable. That¡¯s it. How many times do I have to clean my body before I go in? It was Samya who said that.Well, that¡¯s what happens. I understand what you¡¯re saying.This time it is flushed, so the water will be changed, so if you ask me if I need to worry about the dirty water, I may not be able to go that far. Soak it in and you¡¯ll see. I don¡¯t think so. ¡°That¡¯s not true.¡± Tell me, I laugh small.I don¡¯t know if I¡¯m used to that feeling.There is magic at home, and it is difficult to feel it, but hot water is naturally fuel and water consumed. Even though there are medicinal products, it is difficult to understand that consuming a lot of precious fuel and water is basically only to warm the body. At first, Hayate didn¡¯t have anything special to do, and I thought it might be the answering machine, but Karen said, ¡°I want to follow you,¡± so I brought it. I looked between the lumber transports, and now I¡¯m relaxing on Lucy¡¯s back, which seems to be taking a short break from support.Lucy grew up looking like this.At least it¡¯s time for the werewolf to graduate.It could be a small wolf. I knew I¡¯d be a fine wolf eventually.I will keep a close eye on the outcome of her choice at that time. Before sunset, I finally finished transporting the wood I needed.If we don¡¯t get enough from here, we¡¯ll be sourcing from the surrounding trees.Lewisa said, ¡°Don¡¯t worry, the trees here aren¡¯t as few as they are.¡±There will be no significant impact in the future. ¡° Well, that doesn¡¯t seem to be much, but above all it increases the working time ¨C logging is an instant ¨C so I hope that every time I pull up this prey will be enough wood. Looking at the blueprints, everyone caught up on things like ¡°take it off here¡±.There was still a long way to go, but I felt like I could see my family relaxing there. Chapter 527 Chapter 527: 527 If you look at it like this again, it¡¯s quite a scale. You¡¯re okay with this, right? The day after I got ready for the building, Diana returned my words to me as I looked at the partition and I nodded. Is there as much space as our warehouse for women¡¯s baths?On the contrary, it is the size of a building that has already been built.So, I¡¯m not really worried about you. Rather, it is the hot tub that bothers me.We need to dig up enough space, and we need to bring water to that point.Thanks to the magic power, it is difficult to cool down inside, so if you can secure the flow route of the water, it will be saved. The hot tub is supposed to be a large wooden tub for now.Digging the installation site is to lower the edge height and make it easier to flush the water, so it is not to be left in the bathtub. The open-air bath in the previous world. I thought I¡¯d put it together with a stone, but I stopped.Of course, there are stones in this ¡°Black Forest¡± as well.It rolled to the point where I thought it would be a slingshot, and when I plowed the fields, there were quite a few of them. But it¡¯s also true that it¡¯s a little tough when it comes to getting the right size and number for a large tub.It wouldn¡¯t have been so easy (albeit a tough task) if it had been buried in large rocks, and if it had been dug into, it would have become a bathtub. It doesn¡¯t even start if you¡¯re stupid about it.When I held the shovel, I poked it into the hard soil. It¡¯s my job and Helen¡¯s job to dig.Krull, who is usually expected to be active at this time, is working hard as a heavy machine in architecture. Anne, one of the most powerful teams, also makes use of her height, so she¡¯s turning to architecture.Samir and Riquet have more experience in architecture than I do, so they both went to architecture. Well, I¡¯m not that far away from everyone else, so if it gets tough, I just have to ask for Samir, Riquet, or Diana¡¯s help. Okey-dokey Discard the soil on the shovel vigorously toward the unaffected side.Excavated soil changes the color of the ground like paint.When we¡¯re done digging, we need to pack up the soil and put it somewhere.The stones are also somewhat mixed, so let¡¯s split up the larger ones appropriately later. There was no doubt that Helen¡¯s strength was in her speed.But it makes sense that you can¡¯t defeat your enemies fast enough.Her tight flesh is at a sufficiently high level of strength. Right now, I¡¯m unhappily using that power in front of me, shoveling a big pudding and digging the soil as fast as I can. That said, Helen¡¯s strength is not inexhaustible as she digs twice or three times while I dig.Well, it was a fact that I thought it was inexhaustible. She took a breath and I spoke to her. ¡°I always thought it was amazing, but I haven¡¯t seen it in a long time.¡± What are you talking about? ¡°It¡¯s your speed and your power.¡± Is that so? Helen turned to digging and made a rumbling sound that made her shovel into the ground. ¡°Not that I hated fighting, but let me stay here for a while.¡± Helen throws out a lot of dirt from the shovel.Perhaps too much force was exerted, but it was scattered over a wide area.She said, ¡°Achaa,¡± and summed it up where the soil digged with the shovel was becoming a small mountain. If she wants to be here, I don¡¯t have a reason to say no. Of course, I won¡¯t kick you out. When I said that, Helen laughed and poked the shovel into the ground. Chapter 528 Chapter 528: 528 Thanks to Helen¡¯s enthusiastic digging, the excavation of the place where the bathtub was to be installed proceeded smoothly. There is a small hill next to it, and when you look back, you can see the columns lined up like the Parthenon in the previous world.Karen is the one who¡¯s sitting there alone. I drink the water from the bottle I brought into the cup.On the side, Helen rehydrates in the same way. After filling another cup with water, I offered it to Karen. ¡°Take a moderate break.¡±Drink some water, too. ¡° ¡°Yes, that¡¯s what everyone told me.¡±That¡¯s why I¡¯m resting here. ¡° Drinking all the water from the cup, Karen said as she slapped the ground with her tail.Perhaps because it would interfere with my work, my long, stubborn hair has now been put together.I wonder if it was ¡°everyone¡¯s sister¡± Riquet who did it. Karen exhaled and looked at everyone who kept moving without hesitation, wondering if they were comfortable. ¡°You also made the room where I am, right?¡± That¡¯s right. The first things I had prepared were a study and bedroom in the living room, a kitchen in the bathroom, a simple dwelling and a forge.They built it themselves from Samir and Riquet¡¯s room. I wonder if it is okay to say that Karen¡¯s residence building¡­ has been added to the expansion. Well, it goes without saying that there is only one room available instead of the storage room. I wonder if there will be more construction there in the future.Maybe it¡¯s time to think about two floors, but if the hot air from the forge blew in, it would be troublesome, so if it did, I¡¯d have to think about it. I wish I had had that kind of experience, too. ¡°No, I¡¯m sorry to say it, but we¡¯re just strange.¡± I smiled bitterly at Karen¡¯s words, sighing again.The Elves and Dwarves, as well as the Countess and Empire Princess, who are experienced architects, are strange to think of. ¡°I heard that Anne-san is a very well-established person.¡± Yeah. It¡¯s like I¡¯m not sure if I¡¯m going to be given a place of worship. Now, as a mere Anne, she is giving instructions and helping me and my family, but I am only the oldest blacksmith in the world, and even though I am the lowest class in inheritance rights, I can¡¯t afford to make a mistake for someone who is named after the Imperial family. It¡¯s true! When I made fun of him, Karen deliberately made him angry.She is the only one who sees the goal.I could see Riquet, but it was so far away that it was a no-can. It won¡¯t be that long, but I hope you¡¯ll get used to it. ¡°Karen! Can you help me out here?¡± Yes! I¡¯m coming! Anne called Karen, and Karen ran.Apparently, my worries are coming to an end.Somehow, with pleasure, I went back to work with Helen. Chapter 529 Chapter 529: 529 When it comes to the bathtub, it seems to be a large one, but the main thing is that it is the same as the water reservoir that I built before.This time, there are people inside, and the bottom is made up. Incidentally, the water reservoir is completely out of service due to the fact that a new well has been built and the water of the day is no longer troublesome, but it still acts as a fire extinguisher and other emergency water. I don¡¯t use it for drinking or cooking, so I wonder if it will give me the feeling of sadness and loneliness that it feels good to moss.Karen was the only one who could understand it right now.If it¡¯s just black mold or something. The space for the tub was large enough.That means the tub will be the right size. Fortunately, I don¡¯t know if I can say that, but the original wood that was made is large enough to make a ¡°frame¡±. For now, don¡¯t decide on the size. ¡°Ohh!¡± I called out to Helen and quickly rectangled the planks.Cut the edges into concave and convex shapes, mesh them, and pin them.The nails are like a semi-fixture, and the boards inflated with water mesh with each other¡­ I think the problem of loosening under water pressure can be solved by burying it in a dug hole¡­Perhaps it is the judgment that it is very close to production, but there is not a lot of vest around it. For the time being, I quickly put one row together and try to match it to the hole.Since this is a bursting production, I found out that it was the perfect size in one shot.After this, it is finished if the bottom and side are attached. For the convenience of stacking the plates on top of each other, the part that hits the top and bottom edges is also machined so that the convexity engages.In the case of bottom plating, it is necessary on the left and right sides. I decided to concentrate on carving the bumps and leave it to Helen to assemble, because I would do almost the same work over and over again.She has power, and the influence of her parent is quite dexterous. It is the wind of the previous world that is not completely dexterous (?) To tell you the truth, the gene is the Marquis.Even though he painted a magnificent picture, he was a wise man, but he was by no means dexterous. I thought of the marquis who dexterously embroidered the figure in my head and shook my head to kick it out.Well, I was also a bit into handicrafts (needle felt and crochet) in the previous world, so it might be rude to say ¡°no¡± for appearance and gender and age. ¡°This may not take two weeks¡­¡±No, it can be assumed that even if the building does not take time, it will take quite a long time to carry out work such as drawing hot water afterwards. We still have time.Don¡¯t be in a hurry, if you have more time, let¡¯s do it with enough feeling to make it a holiday.It is a facility that should be taken care of for decades to come. Alright, let¡¯s end this today. When I said that, everyone replied ¡°Yes¡± (from Krull, Lucy, and Hayate, of course), and we folded the tools in one place and followed a short path home.Of course, it goes without saying that I took the hot spring water before I left. Chapter 530 Chapter 530: 530 I feel like dinner will progress on a day when I¡¯ve made something concrete like today. In terms of workload, yesterday¡¯s timber transportation and territory was quite difficult, and I can even say that Helen and I used our bodies more severely yesterday, but it¡¯s not like how much the body wants to eat. Well, that¡¯s why the side-by-side rice is slowly decreasing.In the animated film from the previous world, there was a scene where the sky bandits were like this.It was a girl who cooked and a man who ate. There¡¯s enough stockpiles of ingredients, right? Everyone eats so much that such worries come out of their mouths.After hearing my words, Lidi elegantly swallowed what was in her mouth. There¡¯s no shelf for food, but there¡¯s still a lot of salted and dried food in the warehouse. Well then, in terms of securing food, don¡¯t you really have to go hunting? That¡¯s right. Lydie nods, by the way, she only looks elegant, and she eats as fast as anybody else. Our ingredients are stored at a slightly faster pace than consumed.The number of preserved foods in the warehouse is gradually increasing.It is okay to consume the old product now, but it is quite possible that it will be disposed of soon. Therefore, if the product can be stored for a long time by smoking, the storage period will be extended.Therefore, it would make sense to build a smoking hut to make smoke. But it¡¯s not like we have to increase the amount we can store that much, because we¡¯ve consumed a little bit more alone, and the balance between consumption and storage has improved.What to make after the hot spring bathing hall is over may be a separate thought. That being said, it was a shame. Currently, the blacksmithy is useful as a drying facility for ingredients.The fact that it handles fire and hot objects, has long periods of high temperatures, and the air is dry is certainly suitable for drying something. I¡¯m sure, but I¡¯ve been caught up in feeling overwhelmed.Well, if you think of it as a forge of life in the forest, you can¡¯t say that it has style, and if it¡¯s said that the forge is also part of the living space, then so be it. With a stove-like shed where you can choose whether or not to discharge smoke from the chimney, you can use it as a drying shed or as a smokestack, and it will also solve the problem of living in the forge.¡±Aside from when to cut it out, I¡¯ll try to make a statement sometime¡­¡± It would be too much to live like this in the woods. It¡¯s Karen who says that to Helen as she sips the wine.Helen laughed as she said, ¡°That¡¯s right.¡±It¡¯s only been two days since Karen arrived, but she¡¯s getting used to our workshop.Could it be the effect of ¡°the same kettle of rice¡±?Even now, they are eating mollusks while saying ¡°Oh¡­ this is¡­¡± to boil pork like pork with soy sauce and fruit-based sauce. It¡¯s true that you don¡¯t even need to say alcohol, but you¡¯ll want rice. Is that so? ¡°Well, I¡¯m not used to it right now, but you are, and I think you¡¯ll get used to it soon.¡± Karen said that and laughed tinyly.Anne continues with a glass of wine. Since your hand is dexterous and you understand what you¡¯re told quickly, there¡¯s nothing to worry about so far. I see, I¡¯m sorry it wasn¡¯t for blacksmithing for a while, but I asked you to do it. Yes, Master! When Karen replied with a joke, the laughter resounded at the dining table.And it definitely turned into tomorrow¡¯s vitality. Chapter 531 Chapter 531: 531 At first, I doubted my own eyes.However, it soon turned into comprehension. I knew this would happen someday.It couldn¡¯t have happened that way.It was only natural to think about it until now. I put what I saw into words. [M]As if to confirm the sight. ¡°It¡¯s a tiger¡­ right?¡± ¡°You¡¯re a tiger¡­¡± Samya returned the words I uttered.My shoulder HP is still decreasing today. What we see is a tiger in a relaxing bath with deer, ravens and raccoons.Beside them, the birds also roll up the water with their feathers to make it feel good. The water is quite cold to the tiger, but the tiger is relaxed with his eyes closed without any wind through his will.And since those ears are facing this way, you must have noticed our presence. Still, the tiger remains soaked in hot water. ¡°Well, if you¡¯re just soaking without doing anything in particular, I¡¯ll leave you alone¡­¡± ¡°That¡¯s right¡­¡± Samia and I looked at each other and said that.Now, let¡¯s get to work¡­ ¡° Today¡¯s work is the so-called ¡°continuation of yesterday¡±.Helen and I will build the bathtub, and the rest of you will build the bathtub.The sounds of nailing and shredding trees echo through the woods. There is not much conversation between people at work.Sometimes there are even small voices of instruction and consultation.There, from time to time, Lucy said, ¡°Wow!There is a mixed voice. After a brief look, Lucy and Hayate were chasing each other.According to Karen, Hayate is already an adult dragon of that size, regardless of his age.I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s bigger than that. In any case, Hayate, the ¡°uppermost sister¡± (because Krull is not yet a dragon), is playing with ¡°sister¡± Lucy. When I was a child, my father looked at me with such feelings, and while feeling a little emotional, I tried to return to my work.Helen called out to her. ¡°Elephant, you¡¯ve got some really sweet eyes right now.¡± Is that so? Yeah. ¡°Well, you¡¯re my pretty daughters.¡±If my parents see it, they will too. ¡° Hayate too? Yeah, you¡¯re like my daughter anymore. It hasn¡¯t been that long, but there is a recognition that it may be a little bit hot, such as, ¡°It¡¯s the family that is kind to my family.¡± To my answer, Helen smiled gently, saying, ¡°I see,¡± and she returned to her work. I look at the bathtub again. It¡¯s a bathtub half buried in the ground.I know it¡¯s a hot tub because it¡¯s still very bright, but it might act as a kind of pitfall in the middle of the night. I¡¯ll be here again tomorrow, so even if some animals fall and can¡¯t go up, I think we can rescue them, but if there are a lot of them, it will be troublesome, and I¡¯m not really going to make them feel scared for a while. Patty and Helen came back carrying the planks.It¡¯s a light footprint, even if it¡¯s heavy.I¡¯m sure you¡¯re glad the bathtub is finished. I brought it! ¡°Oh, thank you. Now, let¡¯s lighten up.¡± ¡°All right.¡± Helen and I quickly hit the board with fewer nails on top of the tub.At first glance, it looks like a big well. I started clearing out my tools, hoping to get a quick look at where I had put the water instead of the wooden planks. Chapter 532 Chapter 532: 532 The next day, the sky was still blue and high, and the hot springs for everyone in the forest were busy.No carnivores have come today. But is there something about wild animals soaking up the springs? There seems to be no trouble at the moment, and I don¡¯t think there is any negative impact because Liddy hasn¡¯t said anything, so I don¡¯t think I¡¯ll deal with it in particular.Do you know when we¡¯re going to be immersed? ¡°Today is the same as yesterday, it¡¯s like a man¡¯s bath.¡± ¡°All right.¡± When I told Helen, who was carrying the shovel, she nodded loudly. What we are going to do today is exactly the same as until yesterday.However, the extent of digging the ground is narrow and the bathtub is small.And the proficiency level is maintained in work that has been done recently. If so, naturally¡­ ¡° It was pretty quick to clear up. That¡¯s right. Now Helen told me and I nodded.There is a bathtub buried in the ground in front of me.It¡¯s not the size of a girl. It can fit two or three people.There aren¡¯t many men in our house for some reason.If I could ask why, I¡¯d like to question the Watchdog. Time hasn¡¯t passed yet since we finished lunch.I think I can make another one by nightfall. ¡°I¡¯ll help you out today.¡± That¡¯s right. While spinning around my shoulders, Helen and I head for the bathhouse where everyone is playing.That said, it was almost right behind me. Even in the bathing hall, the floor was roughly covered, and I felt that only part of the wall and the roof were left behind. I call out to Diana, who was in command. I wonder if you¡¯re already this far ahead. ¡°Oh, elephants. That¡¯s right. Karen¡¯s guidelines are also good, and we can split them up.¡± Diana glanced towards the tub and answered me.Karen¡¯s dexterity was known to me for her blacksmithing skills, and she seemed to be fine when she saw him working here. I haven¡¯t heard all about what you¡¯ve done before coming from the North, but I think it¡¯s good to know that there are no obstacles to working in our workshop. Shall I help you? ¡°Hmm, that¡¯s right.¡± Diana puts her finger on her cheek and thinks.It¡¯s not a good idea if we come in poorly and the work is delayed.I¡¯ll leave that decision to Diana, who was in charge of the work. After a while, Diana made her decision. ¡°I think I¡¯m fine with the current members.¡±Instead, it might be better to pull out the hot water, or have them prepare the corridor to this point. ¡° ¡°I see, that¡¯s right. Okay.¡± Nice to meet you. ¡°Oh, I¡¯m in charge.¡± I saw the direction of the house.Even if you take a route that doesn¡¯t cover trees as much as possible, there are a few trees on the route if you don¡¯t avoid them.They will be harvested and removed and, thankfully, reused as wood. I got close to the tree I was cutting. ¡±This¡­ this¡­ this¡­ this¡­ here too¡± I¡¯ll mark it with a knife to make it easier to tell which one to cut.When the product is applied too deeply, it becomes difficult to use, but when it is shallow, it is difficult to see it this time.It¡¯s just a marking, so I went somewhat cautiously because I don¡¯t work a lot with cheats. I¡¯ll take care of it! After finishing the marking, Helen holds an axe in front of one of them and swings it vigorously.A splendid swing for the previous world¡¯s professional baseball players.When it hit the tree, a loud but creepy sound called ¡°cone¡± resounded in the forest. At first glance, nothing has happened to the tree that was hit by the axe.But we know.What will happen after this? And it came to pass, as I thought, that the tree slipped from the place where it had been struck, and the axe struck, and eventually fell down with a rattling sound.The cutout is as beautiful as if it had been made of lumber. What¡¯s next? Helen keeps looking for the next target, saying she¡¯s not interested in the prey she¡¯s defeated.As expected of a battle-scarred mercenary, with a strange sense of admiration, I directed my next target as ¡°that one.¡± Chapter 533 Chapter 533: 533 Even if you cut down trees, it¡¯s important.It¡¯s ¡°the end of the stump.¡±Usually, after cutting down trees, they are left alone. Said Samya, ¡°If the roots are alive, they can grow again.¡± It seems that the forest environment has been preserved in a conservation sense.I guess that¡¯s why Mr. Lewisa said, ¡°You can cut whatever you want.¡± It will take a lot of time to grow up the next time, but if you don¡¯t die, you¡¯ll have the next time. But it is true. This time through the corridor.If that happens, having a stump will naturally get in the way. All right, let¡¯s go ~ ¡°Ahh! Good¡­ let¡­ me¡­ ahhh!¡± ¡°Krrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr I call out and, together with Helen and Krull, pull the rope tied to the stump. Even if you say that Helen and I have better muscle strength than the rest of the family, we decided to borrow Krull¡¯s help for a while because we need help with heavy equipment. It¡¯s going to be a little less efficient over there, but there are a lot of other families that are proud of their power. ¡­ except for Ridi and Karen.It is my judgment and Diana¡¯s judgment that the work of erecting thick pillars and beaming is completed, and the rest is about a plate, so it is not enough to say that the efficiency will drop. I¡¯ve told you to let me know when your progress has gone bad. The stumps were lightly dug up, including the surroundings, and the thick roots were cut, but the roots that supported the giant were not yea.The words, ¡°Um, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, oWas that a turnip? It was a stump that had been resisting for a long time, but it was not always resistant.Eventually, it was pulled off the ground, twitching and twitching. And then she fell sideways, making quite a loud noise.The thickness and length of the roots tell the story of this tree.After that, there is a big hole and a big hole. ¡°I¡¯m sorry.¡± I unexpectedly put my hands together.In fact, in this world where there are gods, ¡°earth dragons¡±, and tree spirits such as the fairy race, this tree also had a history of this tree.That made me want to do it somehow. Seeing that, Helen and Krull closed their eyes and lowered their heads.When I stroked Krull¡¯s head, he groaned happily, ¡°Krrrrrrrrr¡±. ¡°That¡¯s the limit¡­¡± ¡°That¡¯s right¡­¡± ¡°Krrrrrrrrrr¡­..¡± All three of them were exhausted.No, Krull looks like he¡¯s just hanging out with us.Usually, it¡¯s okay to carry heavy luggage.But, with marathon power and short-range power, the amount of power will be different, and the effect will be somewhat different. ¡°Alright, let¡¯s go home¡­¡± That¡¯s what I¡¯m saying, and I¡¯m telling everyone to finish the job.While listening to the voice of approval from everyone, I thought it would be good if I could not move tomorrow because of my muscle pain, but I slapped my hips. Chapter 534 Chapter 534: 534 It¡¯s quite helpful, isn¡¯t it? Did Karen get used to it at dinner? It became a story. Well, I haven¡¯t been here in a while, so I can¡¯t avoid talking about it all the time. So this is what Diana gave me back. ¡°I¡¯m dexterous, and above all, I know about¡± hot springs ¡°, so I know what to make.¡±If it hadn¡¯t been for Karen, I would have had to ask Ayzo something. ¡° Oh, I see. By the way, there was nothing to be stopped by Diana and the others when filling the bathtub or working in the crossing.When I noticed, the work was progressing, and the floor, walls, and ceilings were growing in size. The credit goes to Karen.Karen¡¯s eyes sparkled a little bit as if she was happy with Diana¡¯s evaluation. I took a sip of my cup of tea and said to Diana: ¡°Well then, let¡¯s leave it to you completely.¡±If you don¡¯t know, you can ask Karen first. ¡° ¡°No, is that okay?¡± Isn¡¯t it the embodiment of the master¡¯s ideal? ¡° That said, Karen¡¯s eyes widened.I¡¯ll give you a bitter smile. ¡°No, not as much as you can embody.I just don¡¯t know anyone else who knows what it¡¯s like to be in the North. ¡° ¡°Hmm. But aren¡¯t you being too much of a crowd right now?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t have anything to do with it even as soon as I get here, so don¡¯t worry about it.¡±If Diana and the others ask you anything and you get lost, don¡¯t hesitate to turn it over to me. ¡° I feel that it¡¯s quite black to suddenly throw supervision at someone who hasn¡¯t been here long, but I will follow it, and now that the bathing area has been built quite a bit, there should be few things that need to be checked again. Then I¡¯ll leave you to it, and I¡¯d better concentrate on my work¡­ Isn¡¯t it sweet to say?Sometimes it¡¯s easier to get along after a bit of difficulty.It seems that in the previous world, we sometimes get along suddenly in preparation for the cultural festival. It¡¯s not good to be too carefree, so just be moderate. I smile a little bitterly and carry the remaining venison soy-based yakiniku (wind) in my mouth.I love it, too, but I think I liked Karen more than anything.I may have been hungry for work, but I carried it to my mouth at a pace that was no less than that of our best Kenjo family. Samir and Diana talked to Karen about hunting, and Karen was going to follow them for the next hunt. Is it okay to think that the effect of the friendly operation was immediately effective?If you go hunting, you will have less chance to see the work of blacksmithing for a day, but you have already done something completely irrelevant, such as the construction of a bathhouse, and you are going to entrust the supervision of that place, so this is probably the more serious story. As I watched Karen¡¯s life here become a little bit more enjoyable, and as I watched the family meeting about what to hunt, I took another piece of grilled meat to my mouth. Chapter 535 Chapter 535: 535 Relaxed, but surely the construction of the bathhouse and crossing hall progresses.By the time I first started working for a week, the exterior of the bathhouse was ready. Perhaps Karen, who had been assigned to supervise it, had fallen through, and the Japanese-style¡­¡­ in the front, something like a northern-style windbreaker had also been installed.I get the overall impression that it is Northern. No, I was looking at it thinking it was pretty good, and Diana came next to me and looked up at the roof. It¡¯s still around the hot tub, though. Well then, are you done around the cloakroom? Yeah. Diana answers with her chest open.The rest of the family is proud.Then, it was also confirmed, and I was asked to put it in the clothes hangers. The entrance is divided into men and women at the front.This time, it¡¯s bigger, that is, it¡¯s going into the women¡¯s bath.I can only let you in now. While feeling somewhat bad, he enters the entrance marked ¡°woman¡± in the north and around here, and opens the sliding door just behind him.There was a song attached to the door, and it rang flashily.If anybody comes in, I¡¯ll know. In view of the presence of animals in the drainage pond, there is a door here to prevent them from entering the bathing hall.Let¡¯s see if we can¡¯t expand and increase the number of folds over there¡­ I caught something in my eye that I was afraid of.There is a shelf lined with cubic boxes.There was a small box in the lower section and a larger box in the upper section. Oh, there¡¯s a separate lower foot box. ¡°Is it a cockroach¡­?¡± When I was impressed, Liddy bowed her head.It¡¯s normal to put everything together when you¡¯re naked here, so you¡¯re not familiar with it.I won¡¯t take it off. ¡°I¡¯m just going to put the shoes in.It¡¯s a different matter to keep the undressed clothes in. ¡° Huh? In the previous world, I¡¯ve certainly heard that there was a reason to keep the former grasshopper as a hostage.I wasn¡¯t sure if it was true. When it comes to the bottom leg box, the wooden key is a classic, but there is no door here, and it remains open.I only use the basic family. That¡¯s right, your eyes are high, Master. No, I¡¯m worried about the people of the North Karen told me to scratch my head, and when I looked around, there were two benches about half the size in the corner of the dressing room.Maybe it was made by Riquet from the end material.Because it is an end material, the size is halfway there.It seems like it would be a good time to cool down in the hot spring. ¡°It¡¯s good, isn¡¯t it?¡± The men¡¯s bath is the same, isn¡¯t it? ¡° I looked back and said so, and everyone who was building the bathhouse cheered. Well then, let¡¯s take a day off tomorrow. Is that okay? Samya¡¯s eyes glowed.I guess I was looking for the right time to go hunting.I promised to take Karen with me next time, so I must have been impatient. Yeah. When I nodded to Samya, I assumed that everyone including Samya would go hunting and start talking about who did what¡­ I wonder if this will be the place to talk about it in the future.With that in mind, we left the bathhouse behind. Chapter 536 Chapter 536: 536 What? Master and senpai aren¡¯t going? ¡°Huh? Oh, Rike and I are on the answering machine.¡± Karen said with her eyes wide open, and I nodded.I¡¯ve been asked a few times, and I don¡¯t have any physical problems with Riquet, but I¡¯m reluctant to get my feet and hands together.I¡¯ve been with Samir once, and I¡¯m not used to handling bows, so I almost let the prey go. Even so, since I had never dealt with a bow in the previous world, I didn¡¯t completely lose my aim and fly the arrows in the direction of the day after tomorrow, I think I have received the ¡°minimum¡± ability that Watchdog says. That said, the mochi is a mochi shop.In this system, it would be good to entrust everything to the professional Samya of the ¡°Black Forest¡±, and then go with the person who wants it. Yes, it was Karen who said something, but when everyone prompted her, she took the bow and left.And he took Hayath with him in case of any thing. Until now, we didn¡¯t have a way to get in touch with each other, so we had no choice but to stay home and wait.I¡¯m fine around the house, but there¡¯s a risk of getting lost if it gets any worse. Hayate is here this time, so if anything happens, she will fly in as fast as the wind blows, as her name suggests.If she didn¡¯t come back with the letter, there would have been a considerable emergency.I would be grateful if you could just find out. In the previous world, I felt like I understood a little bit the feeling that my parents made me hold a pager (although I later switched to a mobile phone). Well, let¡¯s do a little work, shall we? I grew quickly as I returned to the house. In a week¡­ no, I could have all the deliveries in three to four days, so I had plenty of room, but I didn¡¯t have to prepare it in advance to lose money. After spending a lot of time, I went out to relax, and even if I told Karen that I was skilled at blacksmithing, she would teach me how to practice and Riquet. Morning worship is done before everyone goes hunting.When I entered the forge, I set fire to the fire. A fire caught fire on the fire floor, raising the heat to a temperature suitable for processing sheet metal.Grab the sheet metal with the Yatko, put it on the fire bed, and heat it.Eventually, when the temperature reaches an appropriate level, the metal floor will be shaped in the form of a bowl. The sound of a beating of concrete and heated steel echoes through the forge.Eventually, it became like a ensemble along with Riquet¡¯s. When I finished finishing some knives, Riket said, looking at the sheet metal that Riket put on the fire floor. It¡¯s about time I found my prey. ¡°If we¡¯re lucky, we¡¯ll be.¡± The time is a little before noon. If you can¡¯t find your prey, you¡¯re probably asking me to make it a lunch, but if you¡¯re lucky, you might already be chasing your prey.I wonder if it¡¯s a pig or a deer today. Well, it doesn¡¯t matter if it¡¯s lucky for Karen who has to play Megako. To find the prey quickly means that the role of Zeko will be turned around as soon as possible.The role of driving the prey out where the archer awaits, that is, it needs to move. Lucy seems to be an excellent hunting wolf if she is a hound these days, but it is our tradition to first play gestures and learn about the state of the forest¡­ ¡°, said Samia and Diana when Anne was young. I don¡¯t know when it became tradition.I don¡¯t think it¡¯s been that long since Diana came to this forest, but I¡¯m sure Diana is more familiar with it than I am. It wasn¡¯t that long when I first did it, but it was still completely out of place. By the way, Anne was lying on the floor.Was it before I started living here or soon after?It seems like a long time ago. ¡°The movement of the forest is different from that of the meadows and towns.¡±I can¡¯t help it if I¡¯m not used to it.But it took a little while to get used to it. ¡° Helen said that while helping Anne.If it was Helen who was proud of her health, it would probably have been tough on Karen.Helen was a little used to being a monster. I call out to everyone¡¯s back as I retreat into each room. ¡°Let¡¯s get ready for dinner, so everyone can keep their bodies clean.¡±Please feel free to use the water, as I have it to drink. ¡° ¡°Yes,¡± everyone replied (although Karen was rather weak), and I headed to the kitchen.Now, let¡¯s make it a menu that will help you recover from fatigue. Chapter 537 Chapter 537: 537 The next morning, Karen was rubbing all over her body.From what I¡¯ve heard, I don¡¯t think I¡¯ve had that much fun, so it¡¯s more of a muscle ache than a beating or a scratch.Is it better not to rub it because muscle pain is an inflammation? I don¡¯t know why, but I got a moist compress with a paste (the smell is not very good) that grinds down Liddy¡¯s handmade antipyretic herbs, so it will heal quickly.Looks like you¡¯re young. If you ask me, you¡¯ll come the next day in the first place, as a sign of youth. I¡¯m a little young too, so I¡¯m not that young right now, but before I came to this world, I had a hard time coming.¡±I guess it¡¯s going to be slower in this world year after year¡­¡±I¡¯m a little doubtful about how often I can move my body so much. Well, don¡¯t push yourself too hard today. Yes, Master. Karen dropped her shoulder. When Samir tapped her shoulder lightly, Karen felt a little bit of pain, and Samir groaned and turned to Helen. ¡°It will heal soon, and it¡¯s not life-threatening, so it¡¯s okay¡± I was taught to do so.It seems that Samya has never had muscle pain.I envy you, but I don¡¯t. Karen is in such a state, but for the time being, as a routine at home, we decided to involve her in the recovery and dismantling of the prey we took down yesterday.Of course, all she has to do is watch to see what she does, not to do her hard work. As usual, everyone, including Krull and Lucy, went to the lake, pulled the prey ¡ª which this time was an unbelievably large pig ¡ª up to the shore, and then pulled Krull back on the carrier table that was cut down the tree. By the way, today, Lucy was also helping him pull a little.Walk slowly through a part of the rope pulled by the krull.I don¡¯t know how much you¡¯re helping me, but this is a matter of feeling.My shoulder HP is down today, though. The help didn¡¯t last long, and Lucy immediately started to walk in line a little ahead of Krull¡¯s neighbor and reached home.I¡¯ve grown considerably, and I¡¯m starting to think that I can take the ¡°child¡± from the wolf, but I still don¡¯t have enough strength to fully fulfill Krull¡¯s help. Lucy herself didn¡¯t bother too much, and seemed content to be able to help a bit. When she got home, she was wagging her tail in front of Kurulu.And my shoulder HP is going down again.I think you should be more worried about my shoulders than Karen¡¯s shoulders, but that would be a huahua to say the least. The whole family is used to it, and the big pig quickly takes the form of meat.Karen looked at it with glittering eyes and said. Ladies and gentlemen, you¡¯re good with knives. ¡°I¡¯ve already done that many times already.¡± When I said it, I heard a voice of approval from everyone.And I call out to Karen, who tries to take the tools. Mr. Karen, you have a serious job to do. Karen looked strange when she was told that.I coughed with Ahem and sentenced him. ¡°I¡¯m going to order you to be Lucy¡¯s playmate for the rest of the day!¡± As long as your muscle aches don¡¯t get worse! ¡° Lucy shakes her tail and rejoices, and Diana¡¯s face already says, ¡°That¡¯s what I want to do.¡±Instead of Karen, who was a little daunted, my workshop family went to the Yuden building with their tools. Chapter 538 Chapter 538: 538 Gale. The speed seems to be the right thing to say.Unlike the flying dragon, which was named Hayath with the same meaning, this wind ran over the earth. A black gust of wind rushed through the land and back again. ¡°Wow!!¡± When I put the thing that was caught in the wind in front of Karen, I wagged my tail and shook it properly.Needless to say, it was about Lucy. I threw the ball Karen made with the rope again, struggling with muscle pain.Lucy drew a parabola and ran to spot the falling point of the flying ball, catching it before it fell to the ground. ¡°You¡¯ve grown so much in no time at all.¡± I watched Karen and Lucy interact as I carried the wooden planks laying down as a crossing on my shoulders.No, I knew that my body was getting bigger.The moment has now come when she realizes what will happen if she unleashes her abilities, which she normally refrained from suppressing. Helen, who was also carrying the wooden board, looked at Lucy, who was throwing the ball again and running with all her might. ¡°I take them with me every time I hunt.¡±It runs at an incredible speed even though the ground is rattling.I don¡¯t know because I didn¡¯t take her to the mountains, but if it was flat, including in the woods, it would be faster than Atai. ¡° Is that so? Helen nodded. She boasts the speed of packing in an instant for quite a while, but if it¡¯s faster than that, it doesn¡¯t sound strange to me. As she kept working, Lucy didn¡¯t seem very tired, even though she was going back and forth at that speed.Perhaps the most important factor was the fact that it was becoming a monster. Karen, whom I appointed as Lucy¡¯s playmate, had already noticed that ¡°even if she¡¯s just a wolf, she has a stamina¡±, but she didn¡¯t ask me anything, so it seems that she¡¯s convinced herself that this is the ¡°Black Forest¡±. Well, it¡¯s not a misunderstanding, it contains the truth, so I¡¯m not going to explain to Karen how Lucy is doing for now. However, it would be tiring to throw the ball far away.I maintain it to some extent because I am taking a break, but the distance to reach it is gradually shorter. That way, Lucy would be back sooner, and it seemed that the circulation would increase as she threw the ball more often.If you do too much, it will be a burden on your body. I turned Helen down and stopped working for a while.From the log storage area, pick up the half of the wood and process it with a knife.The production cheat listened to me and I was able to process it as quickly as I wanted. The result was a very thin wooden disc.I took it and went to Karen, who was throwing the ball. When I went, Karen was just resting, and Lucy was wagging her tail.I call out with a bitter smile. I ordered you to play with me, but you should rest even more. ¡°Yes. I¡¯m taking a break too, but Lucy¡¯s glittering eyes still tell me it¡¯s still there¡­¡± I swallowed saying, ¡°That¡¯s it.¡±I know that when Lucy waits for her to play and rest, she feels like she¡¯s doing something wrong. For now, please use this. I¡¯ll show Karen the disk I got.She tilted her head. What¡¯s this? ¡°This is¡­¡­ Lucy¡± Go! Without a single shout, Lucy was in a hurricane.The distance from the disk is getting closer and closer, and eventually about 60 meters. If you catch the disk that has started to drop at that distance, it will return at the same speed as when you went. Alright, alright. You¡¯re really clever, aren¡¯t you? Wow! If you stroke your head like before, Lucy¡¯s tail will shake even more vigorously than before.I told Karen to hold back the urge to keep doing this. Well, I¡¯ll leave the rest to Karen. ¡°Ah, yes. Should I do the same?¡± ¡°Yeah, you can take a break.¡± And I¡¯ll get back to work.I felt the envy of Karen¡¯s ¡°wait¡± and ¡°go¡± voice, and it lasted until nightfall. Chapter 539 Chapter 539: 539 Because of the magic of this forest, or because of your youth, it seems that the pain of Karen¡¯s muscles abated the next day. I¡¯ll do my best again today! That¡¯s what he said.She said it while swinging her tail, so she seemed to be getting back on her feet.I checked my condition for a while, but it was definitely moving normally. I didn¡¯t think it was becoming a monster. Just in case, I secretly checked with Ridi during the break between work, and I was shaking my head to the side, so it wasn¡¯t like that. In the first place, people rarely become monsters. Liddy said quietly.In this case, ¡°man¡± includes not only the human race, but also the Lizard Man, the Beastman, the Dwarves, the Elves, and the Giants. Well, I can¡¯t say that it was the Demons that rarely happened. The demon tribe was almost identical to the elves when it followed the main body.The Elves need magic power to keep them alive.That¡¯s why Lydie is in my workshop in the Black Forest, because it¡¯s a hindrance to living in cities and capitals with low magic power. In other words, the demons need magic power just like the elves, but it is the result of those who only obtained stunning magic power adapting.Besides the fact that the skin is brown, the physical characteristics are the same as the elves except for individual differences, which may be a testament to the fact that it was originally of the same race. On the other hand, that¡¯s all I have. That¡¯s right. In other words, unless it comes from pure magic, there are no human monsters in this world, such as the vampire Banshee (is this close to a spirit or a fairy?).It seems that there is no knowledge that can be applied to the installation, but I do not know whether it is not originally or just the installation. ¡°Anyway, I wish it wasn¡¯t important.¡± ¡°I think that¡¯s okay.¡± Having been certified by an expert, I concluded that Karen¡¯s recovery would be young, and I envied her for being young. The construction of the bathhouse and the walkway went smoothly.The bathhouse is finished with the floor where you bathe.The hallway is finished building pillars, so it¡¯s long, but it¡¯s just repeating the work on the pavement and the roof. In two days, each job was done. The crossing was all finished.Now you can move from the house to the hot spring without getting too wet from the rain.The bathing hall is also almost complete.Like ¡°suzuko¡±, the floor where the hot water does not accumulate was a little above the ground.The water that fell from the floor to the bottom flows into a small pond for drainage (separate from the one everyone in the forest is soaking in) by the bathing hall. This means that the soil does not get dirty after washing your body or taking a bath, and it is difficult for the water to accumulate and waste the wood.Of course, regular maintenance will be necessary, but I don¡¯t think the number of rainfall is much if it¡¯s dry here¡­ And they were out of the sponge and out of the cylinder.Yes, the wall hasn¡¯t been built yet.There is one reason why the wall is not made. Most of them came up.At this point, it was quite emotional, but there was still stuffing work to be done.I put my hand on my waist in front of the bath. ¡°Now, the work is overloaded.¡±First, we need to pull the water out. ¡° Riquet nodded, looking back at the family that had gathered in time, and they nodded. Towards completion, we returned to our homes in the dusk of the woods to cultivate our spirit today. Then, when I returned home, there was a figure I had seen.I¡¯m not a human type. The figure of a small dragon.It¡¯s a pear going to Camilo. The porcupine sits on the message board, and when it notices us, it cries and flies to Karen.The cylinder with the letter in it was wrapped around his leg. When I sent you the contact at this timing, it was said that three weeks later because I was going somewhere, but did you plan to return home sooner? With that in mind, I opened the letter. Chapter 540 Chapter 540: 540 It was written on a large piece of paper for Xiaolong to carry, which was basically as follows. Camilo went north this time.That said, the north is not a ¡°near field¡± that can be reached in a week or two.Even if the suspension was built into the carriage. Then there was an errand where we could reach it, which meant that there were people coming south from the north ahead, and they met along the way. It seems that the person they met was from the Catagiri family.It didn¡¯t seem to be the owner.To put it mildly, it seems that Karen¡¯s arrival here was due to a miscalculation. Even the countries that make up the North thought that they would go to training in it, but sometime they had a hand in the South merchants, and they relied on it and flowed to the South, so the Catagiri family seemed to be in quite a hurry. He also told me to bring him back right away.At the moment, the plan seemed to be rejected, and Karen was relieved to read it out.Well, then the owner says, ¡°Get out! Don¡¯t come back till you¡¯re a public figure!In front of me, I said, ¡°I didn¡¯t think I¡¯d get that far, so come back.¡± It¡¯s hard to say. Even Karen came out with the goal of ¡°definitely making me say gaffe in public¡±, and she was prepared to do so firmly, so she said, ¡°Oh, I¡¯m sorry¡±, and said, ¡°Really?Then I¡¯ll go home. ¡° This is a contradiction, I wonder if it will end with a wahahaha.Apparently, the person they met was in advance and the owner was right behind them. I don¡¯t think we¡¯re talking about bringing Karen back, but I don¡¯t know what it is.The details of that are said to be three weeks after she left, and from now on, it will be a week and a little later. I¡¯m sure it¡¯s not about bringing Karen back anyway, just like I told you before, because I¡¯m supposed to be listening to her from someone who knows her beforehand.Although there is a good chance that it will return as a result. ¡°In summary, I don¡¯t know until I hear from this person, but I didn¡¯t expect to come here, so I think I¡¯d like to have a discussion and decide on the future.¡± I tried to break the silence, but I said it out loud. ¡°Let¡¯s complete the hot spring. Even if we decide to come back in a week, I want Karen to remember¡± I¡¯ve been to a splendid hot spring in the south ¡°. What do you think?¡± Everyone didn¡¯t respond.However, a clear nod came back.Don¡¯t get too busy tomorrow. I thought so, but I worked my pears and went into the house. Chapter 541 Chapter 541: 541 After cleaning up the dirty body and finishing dinner, everyone went to bed saying, ¡°Well, let¡¯s do our best again tomorrow.¡± I gently step out of bed and slowly open the door to my room.Sin, a quiet house. The moonlight came from outside, lighting up the house slightly, but it accentuated the tranquility. Slowly, he reached the door to the outside of the house with his unplugged feet. He slowly removed the hood and opened the door slowly and went out. I looked at the sight in front of me and whispered softly. Ooh! The garden in front of the house was like a little stage in the moonlight.If you do an emotional opera here, it will be very exciting. I didn¡¯t get that cheat from Rikishi, and it¡¯s not that romantic from now on. I gently cross the garden and walk into the trees where the moonlight shines everywhere, hiding in the shadow of a tree trunk. And often waiting. A figure came out of the open door.I knew at first sight that it was the person I was waiting for. When I stepped out of the trunk of the tree and summoned the person with a hand gesture, you must have noticed that I was approaching. An upright face illuminated by moonlight.And tall. Anne is the one I¡¯ve been waiting for. ¡°I¡¯m sorry.¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s okay.¡± Anne smiles at my words.The word ¡°Beauty Tsukishita¡± crosses my mind.Well, that¡¯s the name of the flower, but it¡¯s pretty enough to be likened to a flower. Drive it out of her head, and Anne and I hide in the trunk of the tree again. ¡°What do you think of that story?¡± If you say it¡¯s a coincidence, then until then, I think it¡¯s a little too timed. That¡¯s right. It¡¯s been two weeks since Karen left for the north.Enough time to grab something. Her blacksmithing skills were good, so it wouldn¡¯t be a lie to have blacksmithing experience.If you don¡¯t know the possibility of returning early, I think it would be appropriate for you to give priority to hot springs as a northerner. But what if my reason for coming here isn¡¯t to gain experience as a blacksmith? What if I was good at making knives because I practiced making them, and I wanted to go hunting so that I didn¡¯t have to make anything else? ¡°I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a good idea to throw away the possibility that you wanted to do something other than blacksmithing so that you don¡¯t get bored as much as possible.¡±You didn¡¯t know I was building a bathhouse.If it hadn¡¯t been for the bathing hall, I might have decided to keep my knife to myself. ¡° Anne turns to me after glancing towards the forge. You wanted to ride it like that, didn¡¯t you? Actually, if blacksmithing doesn¡¯t matter, I don¡¯t have any more in-laws to teach you. I sigh. If you really wanted to be a disciple and came to my house, I¡¯ll slap you in as much as I can after this¡­ I can¡¯t, so I should have told you that Camilo would continue to produce an amazing number and not miss out on all of that. But a little suspicion arose and I wasn¡¯t convinced I was innocent.So I decided to continue with the bathing hall. If Karen wants to be a disciple and it¡¯s time for her to return, then it¡¯s a pity. In that case, I¡¯m really sorry.Let¡¯s accept the reproach of our conscience and the resentment from Karen. ¡°Well, in that case, what was the purpose?¡± ¡°¡®Do you think that losing your parent is a huge loss for the North?''¡± ¡°Hey, Riquet, you know what I mean.¡± ¡°I¡¯ve been told before.¡±Look at the sword I made. ¡° Was it not long before Riquet came here?I said, Anne nodded. ¡°I think Riquet is right.¡±Recently, good knives and swords from the south have been flowing out from time to time.¡±What kind of guy made it? What? The Northerners? You say that the one who can make this has left from the north of my country! ¡®¡± Anne whispered, but said in a playful manner.It is quite a place to improvise.I might have applauded if it hadn¡¯t been for this situation. ¡°So, did you really want to know if it was me, and who I am?¡± I think so. Should I have turned down my apprenticeship? I don¡¯t know about that. ¡°If we just bring them back in the first place, we can wait for Camilo at the time of delivery without bothering to tell her. In two weeks¡¯ time,¡± he says. That¡¯s right. I put my arms together.Anne sighed smallly. ¡°I don¡¯t want to suspect anyone who might have become a family member, and I think that everything happens to be the same¡­ but you should be careful.¡± It may be quite late, and I can¡¯t change my attitude anymore. ¡°Well, the marquis and count won¡¯t let go.¡±If you let go there, you should be pulling yourself into the Empire. ¡° I hope so. I smiled bitterly. Anne taps me on the shoulder. ¡°For now, I won¡¯t change my attitude from tomorrow.¡±If it looks bad, I¡¯ll talk to Camilo and Marius later. ¡° I think that¡¯s a good idea. ¡°Thank you. Thank you.¡± You¡¯re welcome. Under the moonlight, Anne smiles.Just like when Anne and I arrived, we staggered the timing and went home quietly and quietly so that no one would wake us. Chapter 542 Chapter 542: 542 The next morning, I finished various things in the morning as if nothing had happened. There was nothing unusual about Karen¡¯s condition either.Even if the purpose was to dive in, even if they found out they were diving in, ¡°Huhahaha! Yes! I was going to dive in here!¡± ¡°What, what!?¡± I don¡¯t think so.Either way, there¡¯s another week or so.After that, Karen decided to leave.I need to think about what I¡¯m going to do then. I kick it out of my head for a moment.Starting today, it¡¯s time to make a mackerel and pull the water from the source.With the tools lined up outside the house, Krul, Lucy, and our family, including Hayate, headed for the hot springs. A hot spring that gushes out of the water.When we all went to check the drainage pond gently, the forest hot springs were still frequented by thousands of people today, and they felt a continuous shock on their shoulders. It¡¯s kind of impossible to do construction here, isn¡¯t it? What a surprise. When I say it, Diana, who was shocking her shoulder, puts her hand on her cheek and says: I think it¡¯s something that will come back eventually just by being away for a while, but it¡¯s not my intention to surprise you. Fortunately, there is a distance from the source spring to the drainage pond, and the drainage side from the bathhouse should be connected to the ditch there. When I suggested to my family what to do with it, it was said that it might not be a problem, so I decided to proceed with it.The drainage side can be slightly accommodated later, so if it is difficult, it should be renovated. Well then, let¡¯s split up and move on. Ohh! Thus, the final process of the bathing hall began. The work is divided into a group that makes a bowl, a group that builds a pillar to support it, and a group that digs a drainage ditch from the drainage bowl of the bathhouse. At the beginning of drawing water from the source spring, you need a branch so that you do not go to the bathhouse with a small board, so you can also make it.When cleaning or something like that, I turn off the water before using it. Looking at the direction of the struts in between the work, they were progressing at a fairly fast speed.The bathing area is a bit far from here (because it is too far from the house if it is too close to the source spring), so it seems that the leafless trees are growing regularly. As for the width, I have handed over a piece of wood with the same width as the bottom of the bamboo, so I have it accordingly. Eventually, the bamboo shoots assembled here will carry the water to the bathing hall. And the water accumulates in the tub, and it heals us, as the animals in the forest do in the drainage pond now. I returned to the task of making a centipede while looking ahead at the pillars lining up for such a sight. Chapter 543 Chapter 543: 543 In the end, work progressed on the bracing and drainage ditches without any particular problems. Even if Karen had something black, she wouldn¡¯t be able to touch anyone. Now, it¡¯s clear who the bad guys are if anything, and Karen doesn¡¯t have the ability to get out of this forest on her own. This was based on feedback from Helen and her swords being combined several times, so I didn¡¯t know if it was carefully concealed. We proceeded solemnly and proceeded to install the bamboo.The hot water flowing from the bathtub to the bathtub was divided into men¡¯s and women¡¯s baths with the bathtub branching off from the trident. One is a ladies¡¯ bath, one is a men¡¯s bath, and the other is directly to the drain.For the time being, it can be a route where the hot water does not go to the bathing hall by the hot water source, but it is possible to stop both women¡¯s and men¡¯s hot water here, leaving only the drain route so that the hot water does not come to each. Of course, you can block the men¡¯s hot spring route and leave the women¡¯s hot spring and drain so that the women¡¯s hot spring will go to the women¡¯s hot spring, or vice versa.If there is no need for maintenance between the hot spring and the hot spring, and you want to stop the hot water a little, it is decided that it is better to do it here. Finally, the installation of the wall surrounding the bathing hall was started with the front and rear walls.In order to prevent peeking in from the outside, I also put a lid on the front and back of the wall, so that there is no gap between the lid and the wall. That¡¯s the kind of place we need to devise, and all we have to do is build a wall.The wall beats wooden planks against a chicken on the sidewalk.In the order of the front, back, front, and back of the Yokogi, each end overlaps. This way, you can ensure a certain degree of breathability while not being seen from the outside.Well, the walls are set away from the bathtub and washroom, so I don¡¯t see them unless I get close. From the roof to the upper edge of the wall, it is quite clear, and the steam escapes from it.Bathing is possible even on rainy days, but it may blow in on too strong a day.In the first place, it would get wet from the rain while going through the corridor. That way, tomorrow we¡¯ll have to start making delivery items.In other words, I said it out loud just three or four days before I took Karen to Camilo. Alright, let¡¯s do it then I¡¯m a little far away, so I hear ¡°oh¡±.I am at the switching part between the bathing hall and the drainage side.It has been confirmed many times that the women¡¯s and men¡¯s baths are flushed with water in the switching part of the bathing hall. In other words, it is now on the drainage side, and the water flowing to the drainage side is switched to the bathing hall side with a sound, and finally the water is turned to the bathing hall. Yoshisa I pull out the plate of the stopcock on the side of the bathing hall and send it back to the side of the drainage.Then, the hot water began to run vigorously. ¡°Oh, here it is!¡± The samyas clapped and the others clapped.Lucy was also happily held by Deanna as she said, ¡°It¡¯s getting really heavy.¡± She looked at the state of the bowl and shook her tail vigorously. It may take a while for the hot tub to heat up, but I think it will be enough after cleaning up after this place and getting another sweat. I¡¯m looking forward to soaking after this! Karen was the first to say so.I think that she has been working hard for the last two weeks. The suspicion is not clear, but we should work purely on that part.Yes, I smiled at her, ¡°That¡¯s right. I can¡¯t wait to be a Northerner.¡± You¡¯ve done your best. ¡° That¡¯s what I was saying. Chapter 544 Chapter 544: 544 I decided to start using the finished bathing area today.It¡¯s finished, but I¡¯m not saying it won¡¯t be used. First, I cleaned up all the tools I had used earlier.The sun is going to fall a little bit sooner, so I can¡¯t help but be in a hurry.I can prepare a magical light, and I think it¡¯s sunny today and the moonlight is enough, but I don¡¯t really think about taking a bath after the sun has completely set. I washed the tools with well water, drained the water, and then lined up at the forge.I think it¡¯s time for some maintenance. It¡¯s time for you to tidy up and return to the warehouse. That¡¯s right. When I said it, Diana nodded.There are tools lined up in a cluttered reception space, giving a strange sense of life.I¡¯m a little troubled when guests arrive, but let¡¯s all throw them in the locker. Once we¡¯re done, we¡¯ll all walk down the corridor.From what I expected, everyone¡¯s footsteps are light.That doesn¡¯t change me either.Krul and Lucy, Hayate got lost and said, ¡°Are you coming?When I asked, all three of them headed towards the cabin, so I decided not to take Diana with me.I have to clean it up in the morning. As a precaution, I prepared magic lights for the men¡¯s and women¡¯s baths one by one.Of course I can use the men¡¯s bath. [M]As for the lady¡¯s bath, Liddy said, ¡°No particular problem,¡± so I decided to leave it to Liddy. Well then. ¡°Ohh!¡± Samya raises her hand and pulls her back into the ladies¡¯ bath.I raised my hand and responded.You don¡¯t have to wait up there like a song from the previous world.Basically, it¡¯s a short distance to get home in sequence, but I¡¯m going home anyway. However, just in case, Rike, Lidi, and Karen go home with someone like Samia, Diana, Helen, and Anne.Karen¡¯s eye contact is also included, so Anne is probably going to get it. When you open the door, it is small, but it is equipped with a shelf that stores what you take off like a ladies¡¯ bath, and a shelf that replaces the bottom leg box.When I took off my shoes (boots) and threw them in the bottom box, I also took off my clothes, lightly removed the dirt, and then folded them up and threw them on the shelf. It reminds me that I used to go to super public baths from time to time in the previous world.I didn¡¯t know what the sauna felt like after all¡­There is cold well water and a hot spring, so it may be worth a try to see if you can ¡°get along¡± in this world. When I entered the bathing area, a modest hot spring greeted me.The reason for this is that the windy street is good, the temperature of the hot spring is not very high, and the ambient temperature is not that low. The bathtub is overflowing with sound and hot water.By the time you get here, the ladies¡¯ bath should be spinning, but it¡¯s still a good amount. Pour the water into the bucket and scratch it from your head.Unlike the usual cold water of the lake, it feels like warm water is flowing through your body.About half a year after I came here, even if I boiled water, it was like wiping my body with it, and I didn¡¯t want to cover it with luxurious warm water. Fill the bucket again with hot water and cover it.It was the first time in a long time that I was emotionally surprised that it was like this.I feel like I want a shower when I say greedy. It¡¯s true that there were showerheads in ancient Greece or in ancient Rome that used to use the bladder of a cow or something, and I don¡¯t think it would be a problem to incorporate something similar in this world, so let¡¯s think about it for a moment. I usually use a cloth that contains boiling water to wipe my body.It would be nice to be able to use the warm water as it is instead of using the water that cools down little by little. If you don¡¯t clean it a little bit, you can¡¯t soak it! I heard such a voice from the lady¡¯s bath.I could hear her clapping with the cocker earlier.In the woods where there are not many others.The wall between the men¡¯s and women¡¯s baths is so tall that you can¡¯t peer through it, and there is nothing nearby that would make it a scaffolding, but it is empty on the top and the voice is clear. The voice of the Lord seemed to be like Karen.From the voice of grievance, which was only heard a little afterwards, it seems that Samya tried to break into the bathtub by putting on the hot tub.It is easy to imagine that I could not see it as a northern man¡¯s manners. Basically, there is no one else to enter, so I don¡¯t really need to worry about it, but it helps whoever it is that it teaches us the basics. Well, I don¡¯t feel like I should have told you before. Well, okay. I¡¯ll think about it if I get discontented, but let¡¯s enjoy this pleasure for now.To dissolve all my worries in the hot water, I sank deep into the tub. Chapter 545 Chapter 545: 545 Think about the future while dissolving fatigue in hot water.Karen¡¯s sincerity may be in the form of a delivery, or perhaps a direct cut-out when her family picks her up. So I was wondering if you could teach me a lesson, but if I knew how to get out, even if it was part of my true intentions, it would be in your own words. I don¡¯t know what Anne thinks, but I think it¡¯s possible for me to directly question her intentions.If you¡¯re stuck, you can be convinced that that¡¯s what it¡¯s all about. I wish you could melt your troubles away. I¡¯m so big that I can¡¯t hear you next to me. [M]The folly flowed away at the sound of the flowing water. It is the supper of the day.Although it is natural, the topic of hot springs has arisen. ¡°I guess I¡¯m not used to hot springs yet¡­¡±It feels kind of weird. ¡° Samya said she wasn¡¯t used to immersing herself in water. Riquet laughed fufuly at Samya¡¯s words.The two of them sometimes went to the lake to clean their bodies shortly before Diana arrived, but it seemed that Samya was not used to it anyway, and recently the number of times had decreased. Only when it got quite dirty did all the women take it to the lake, but if the number of times in the hot spring increased in the future, the tiger would also enter, and maybe it would feel good eventually¡­ In contrast to that, It¡¯s hard to find a hot spring like that! It was Karen.Yep, it¡¯s Anne who¡¯s nodding. This has nothing to do with plotting.I¡¯m sure you¡¯re just being honest with me about your opinion.Anne said that she had been to the hot springs in her own country, so it seems to compare with that time. Helen said after swallowing the flesh in her mouth. I¡¯ve heard of aristocrats who soak in hot water every day, but I can understand that. Well, it¡¯s just a small part of it. It was Diana who took it.Diana drains the cup before continuing. ¡°To have enough hot water to soak your body every day at just the right temperature usually ends with a word of ¡®ridiculous''¡± ¡°When I told Atai and the others, they said, ¡®Are you crazy?¡±They say so.¡± Isn¡¯t that right? Boiling water with precious fuel for soaking is still not common in this world.Depending on the location, there isn¡¯t a lot of water available. There were plenty of trees to fuel it like this, and even a watering hole nearby that seemed to be fine to pump, I couldn¡¯t get to the point of making a bath. This time, it was just made because we were able to secure a hot spring that did not directly consume the precious fuel and water resources. But thanks to that, I feel refreshed. I wonder if magic or something is affecting it. Usually, even if I offset the sales and the cost of household goods I buy from Camilo, I have enough to earn here.If you don¡¯t have enough sales, you just pay the difference. I always ask for ¡°a little more than I plan to consume¡± for household goods. As a stockpile, there is only enough for about a month or two, and there is no problem if the amount that can be obtained is reduced once.We built a warehouse to stockpile them. It¡¯s okay, right? ¡°Yes, I think so.¡± Riquet nodded firmly to me.So, Samir, who was still a little lost, Well then, let¡¯s go. and leaning toward going lightly.When I say, ¡°You can go, too,¡± I say, ¡°Me too,¡± and ¡°Atai too,¡± and I say that we all go hunting together. And Karen was among them.Anne and I exchanged gazes.I didn¡¯t think my troubles would go away just yet. Chapter 546 Chapter 546: 546 I finished my morning routine and saw off the whole family.As usual, it¡¯s the usual morning.As I set fire to the forge, the temperature grew wobbly.I like this time a lot.As the temperature rises, so does the motivation. But today it was just a little different.Gazing at the firebed and furnace, which slowly increased in redness, he poured his thoughts blurry. Samir sees through the lie. However, since it is due to the smell, it is difficult to understand if you are not aware of ¡°exposing¡±, and it is difficult to discover if what you are saying is ¡°not a lie¡± (although it is the sense of smell rather than the eyes that you use). In other words, what Karen said, it¡¯s hard to know if it wasn¡¯t a lie. To quote what she said, ¡°I came to disciple you because you told me not to come back until you had been kicked out of the area and become a full blacksmith.¡± This means that even if you say, ¡°Be a disciple for a while, in the name of being kicked out of the local area on a mission and becoming a full blacksmith¡±, Daiso is not lying.From what I said, it¡¯s not true. You can still ask questions now, but in that case, there is a possibility that the final intent will be revealed. ¡°¡­ hey, my lord!¡± Oops. Riquet calls you and pulls you back.The fire bed and furnace were hot enough. ¡°Excuse me, let¡¯s get started.¡± Yes! For a moment, he looked strange, but Riket replied cheerfully.Now, we have to do our best for today. I made a knife just before lunchtime.Heat the sheet metal on the fire floor, strike it at an appropriate temperature, use magic power to create a shape, and then sharpen it after quenching and tempering. Anyway, in the case of custom models, this time it is a luxury model, and it is not an unusual material, but a steel that is used to handling.The work proceeds smoothly. Honestly, I don¡¯t think I can even close my eyes, but I can¡¯t lick that much.I have to take responsibility for each product. The sword had to wait for the mold to cool down, so I poured more and more molten steel into the mold that everyone had prepared for me.When I flush it into the mold, I can tell by the cheat how the container is tilted, so I will follow that. Hmmm. Rikete, who was helping her out with lunch when she finished flushing it all down the toilet, scratched her neck.Did you make a mistake?Rikete said that she didn¡¯t feel too comfortable today, and she didn¡¯t think it would be nice. No, I was wondering. Wonder? Now it was my turn to bend my neck. [M] Rikete nods. I wonder why Karen-san went that way. ¡°Ahh¡­¡± Well, I doubt it.I don¡¯t know about Samir, but I think Diana seems to think it¡¯s too faint. For now, let¡¯s do it over lunch. ¡°Huh? Ah, yes, I see.¡± I¡¯ll drop the flame and the furnace.I only stopped the air blowing on the fire floor.Then the two of them went back to the house. ¡°Are you a detective¡­?¡± Riquet said after swallowing the soup.I nodded as I cheeked my bread. Well, it¡¯s possible. I went ahead and explained to Riquet that I talked to Anne the other day. Sometimes it was because he was a sister disciple, and Riquet was concerned about Karen, so I thought I¡¯d be a little more shocked. I see. The reaction was unexpectedly mild.The usual expression that makes you look more or less cute is not so cloudy. You¡¯re not surprised, are you? ¡°Oh no, I¡¯m surprised. just¡­..¡± A flash of smoke ran over Riket¡¯s face.However, it had disappeared at the same time as the sound of the wind outside. I don¡¯t know what to say, I felt uncomfortable. Uncomfortable? ¡°That¡¯s¡­ that¡¯s right¡­¡± It¡¯s so simple that I wonder why I didn¡¯t notice it.I gave her the bespoke model.Everyone will understand that it is an amazing thing to use, but if a housewife in the city knows how it works, they won¡¯t know. In the previous world, when comparing Zollingen with Sakai and Seki knives, everyone knows that all of them can be cut well, but there are not many people who know which product it is. If our suspicions aren¡¯t just suspicions, then Karen needs to know which product it is, and she needs to be more discerning than she needs to be.In other words, it¡¯s tough if you don¡¯t have much more experience than that. In that case, Karen¡¯s true forging skill was¡­ ¡°Master¡± Rikete called out worriedly to me when I thought about it again. If my master asks me if I should go back to the north, will I go back? Riquet stares at me. I immediately shook my head to the side. ¡°No. I think this is the end of the house.¡±You¡¯re not going back north, are you? ¡° Try to be bright, I said.There is no one in the north.What I want to protect is ¡°always¡± here, and nothing else. For the first time in a long time, I stroked Riket¡¯s head, which sighed heavily. Chapter 547 Chapter 547: 547 After lunch, the two of them concentrated on making a sword. Flush the steel into the mold, wait until it is cold and solidified, then remove it from the mold, heat it to shape (and use magic power), quench, burn it back, and blade it. Because it is the work of two people who are used to it, the work proceeds smoothly.I thought I¡¯d run out of molds along the way. Eventually, quite a few swords were piled up in one corner of the forge.The knife is in a wooden box.Naturally, the individual packaging is not used, but the blade is not damaged because it is put in the sheath. If it¡¯s a number, it¡¯s like this I think that¡¯s enough. The forge was still full of hot air.Riquet and I watched today¡¯s ¡°loot¡± as we sweated.Until the day before yesterday, it was very different to being able to take a bath and sweat afterwards. Ordinary ones will be mass-produced from tomorrow, so I think we¡¯ll be able to afford this in time. Well, it¡¯s strange to say that mass production can be done at such a speed. ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± I usually use it for three whole weeks.I might have spent three weeks when I first got here. But I¡¯ve been making a lot of things since I got here.Some of them could not go without a rope.I¡¯m still relying on cheats, but there¡¯s a sense that they¡¯re getting used to it. If the sole purpose is to live as a blacksmith, it¡¯s probably not bad to do it loosely now.Well, it¡¯s a cheat I got. I want to know how far I can go, so I think I¡¯ll do my best. It was a little early, but today it was up, and when I was finishing cleaning up after the fire, I heard voices from inside and outside.Apparently, everyone who was out hunting was back. Riquet and I decided to go out and greet him.And what we saw there. ¡°Wow, it¡¯s drooling, isn¡¯t it?¡± Even the pigs who enjoyed bathing in the Nuta Square were not this far, so much so that they were like a family that were covered in mud from the top of their heads to the end of their feet. ¡°I was chasing a pig today, but there was something muddy along the way.¡± said Samya, who was clinging to the mud on the hair growing on her limbs, with a wrinkle on her nose. ¡°I dropped a little of this when I sank it into the lake, but I thought it would be better if I went home early and entered the hot spring.¡± It was Diana who was smiling half at her daughters and half at her troubled face.I think it is good to use it effectively because it is a well-established facility. But when I dropped it, it was even worse before I dropped it.I wonder if everyone will ever have a tired face (although it is difficult to understand Anne because of the mud). ¡°Riquet and I have just finished our part of the day, so let¡¯s go soak in the hot spring.¡±Don¡¯t give the house any mud.Shoes should be flushed clean with well water before entering the hot spring. ¡° When I said that, a reply that could never be called a flashback came back sparsely. Chapter 548 Chapter 548: 548 The next day, the hot springs showcase their immediate benefits.We plan to collect prey this morning and produce mass-produced products this afternoon. I finished my dressing up and ate breakfast. Speaking of which, the breakfast here isn¡¯t Northern-style, is it? Karen said in a relaxed voice.The suspicions that existed in the beginning, such as the gathering of information, bring it to my mind, but it can¡¯t be anything if I know this much. ¡°I got the miso and the soy sauce, but I still have the rice.¡± If you ever get it, how about the north? Fish is dried or from this forest, so maybe it¡¯s good once in a while. I said, carrying a soup without miso soup in my mouth.It has the salty taste of salted meat and the taste of dried vegetables.If you put miso here, the salt is too strong, so I won¡¯t, but you may want to drain the meat and add miso. If possible, I would like kelp and bonito, but in the previous world, I heard that the early miso soup was made by melting miso in hot water without any stock and adding fruit. It seems that there are similar things in this world, so I would like to eat it with rice eventually. ¡°Great. I wanted to try it.¡± Karen talks about being completely returned to her hometown.In Camilo¡¯s letter, it wasn¡¯t immediately reversed, but as for her, it is likely that she sees a good chance of being reversed. ¡­ whether or not it¡¯s really part of the plan. ¡°If you talk about not going home, you can eat.¡±It¡¯s not like I¡¯m going home in the first place. ¡° That¡¯s what Samir said when he flattened his breakfast first.Is the Lizard Man close to the Beastman, or is it because we went hunting together? The Samir is relieved of Karen. Depending on the future development, it might make Samir feel sad, but it was somehow difficult to convey my doubts to Samir. Even though I told Anne and Riquet, I thought it was strange or halfway, but even if my suspicions were true, I might have wanted to have a family who didn¡¯t know anything about Karen and remembered it as just a memory. I had no choice but to look at Karen in a complicated way, laughing, ¡°I see.¡± After breakfast, I cleaned up lightly, and worshipped on the shelf.Karen¡¯s family from the north is no better than the rest of the family. After praying for a safe day of work, the whole family went to collect the prey. The afternoon work started when the forge furnace and fire bed were lit.This is something that everyone is familiar with, and I¡¯m going to work with Takipaki. I decided to let Karen take a look at my work.I don¡¯t know if I¡¯ll be studying, but I thought it was unnatural not to show it here. The difference in finishing between mass-produced products and high-end models from today does not mean that they will be completed by beating a few times with a bowl.Aside from whether or not you have any thoughts, there must be something to look at. Karen nodded one or two times when I told her the drill.And you¡¯re watching me raise my hand and don¡¯t miss out on all of it for a second. When I looked at Karen like this, I realized that my suspicions were just melancholy, and that I was only freaking out at unwanted ghosts.Even if that¡¯s the case. I realized that this was the first time I had made a knife quickly and was going to teach it properly. Chapter 549 Chapter 549: 549 During the three days ¨C two and a half correctly ¨C he made a sword and a knife, and Karen took a look at it and repeated that he would put it into practice at the end of the day. According to Riquet, ¡°it is improving slightly¡±.The same thing happened to me.It was too early to judge. The day before the delivery, there was no confirmation, but I made the dinner a little more luxurious as a farewell party.Though they may return to the north, they also have a northern flavor, so they are saut¨¦ed in wine and brandy sauces with their favorite venison and boar meat. Salads¡­¡­ are impossible, so vegetables and herbs that were in the hot water, fruits, etc. are lined up on the table. ¡°The place is the place, so this is the best I can do.¡± ¡°No, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no. It¡¯s Karen waved her hands in front of her face.After a toast, Samir and Helen are chewing meat and Riquet is sipping alcohol.Diana and Liddy eat relatively moderately, but the wine is a little faster than usual. Along the way, everyone was asking Karen what to do in the north at a time like this.Karen replied, wagging her tail slowly. ¡°That¡¯s right, what you do doesn¡¯t change that much.¡±There¡¯s a feast, there¡¯s a drink. ¡° Northern liquor? Riket heard and Karen nodded.Karen explains that there are some sake distillers that distill alcohol from sake, such as sake and sake in the previous world. When it comes to shochu, Riquet¡¯s eyes shine with love.If you can still get something from the north in the future, I¡¯ll ask Camilo for help. In terms of feast, unheated fish meat may be eaten as it is, like sashimi, but basically, it is like vinegar.After that, it seems that the main thing is boiled and grilled a little mountain meat. In other words, it takes time and effort, and items that are highly obtained from the ingredients themselves are lined up as delicacies.This place is no different from the world before it. Some of them are like kabobs, and Karen likes them.I didn¡¯t even know if she was a lizardman, or if she was a personal one. I¡¯d like to try it if it lasts, but I guess it¡¯s impossible. Let¡¯s make it this way. Krull and Lucy, running around like they are today, are flying with a small chirp.Well, maybe you¡¯re ashamed as your sister. That¡¯s how we connected the Krull and the wagon, and when everyone got in, we left.Lucy also got tired of jumping on the wagon.I think my physical fitness has increased somewhat. Even so, I still think it¡¯s a cute little girl, but I think it might be a good time to take ¡°child¡± from ¡°wolf¡±¡­ No, a cat should still be able to be called a last-minute kitten at about the age of one.In other words, if the wolf thinks the same way, you can call it ¡°the wolf¡± for another half a year or so. I don¡¯t know if you know what¡¯s inside me. I gently stroke the head of my child who rubbed my head against my foot. With a Kururu and the voice of Hayate stopping in her head, the wagon headed all the way to the city. Chapter 550 Chapter 550: 550 The rattles and the wagon sway. Unhappily, when I went out, the sky was full of clouds, and the spotlight that illuminated the ¡°Black Forest¡± dropped all the lights. This dark forest gets even darker on sunny days.Even if I¡¯m used to this darkness, I think I¡¯m getting creepier, so I¡¯m more likely to be a human who doesn¡¯t live in this forest. ¡°You¡¯ve been in an amazing place again, haven¡¯t you?¡± Karen said as she looked around.She has stayed longer than anyone else here right now.I don¡¯t know if that¡¯s the way it feels. ¡°That¡¯s true, because sometimes I think so too.¡± Me, too. Diana and Liddy got on it too.Anne and Helen didn¡¯t say anything, but they nodded, so it seemed that the feeling would remain.Anyway, isn¡¯t it a problem that Riquet isn¡¯t nodding? Well, that¡¯s why we¡¯re all here. ¡°Black Forest¡± is said to be ¡°you can¡¯t escape death if you enter the Uka-katsu.¡±The biggest advantage of staying in my house is that I can¡¯t live in such a bad cousin, but I can¡¯t help it if I know that I lived there. This is not superficial, but we also have the magic of ¡°avoiding people¡±, so there are only a limited number of people who can reach it. Speaking of which, what will happen to the Hayate if Karen returns to the north?I glanced at the hayate that was stopping on Krull¡¯s head. She is now cleansing part of her wings like a bird.The expression is like buying, so there is no reason why we should return the Hayate when Karen returns. However, it is a case of finishing the training and returning to happiness, and there is a good chance that it will become ¡°all costly¡±.In that case, of course, the Hayate people will not be bought.I am willing to stick to it because I have paid the price. Still, when we get back together, we need to build a new channel of communication.At that time¡­ I wonder if Camilo should procure another Xiaolong. I think the name at that time should be Kogarashi, Fubuki or Hayakaze.Dexterously, I was distracted when I saw Hayate trying to fall asleep on Krull¡¯s head, hoping that she would not have such a future. It was a street that showed me the pleasant blue sky and meadow on a clear day, but it was still a cloudy day with raw hatred, and there was no usual pleasure, and there was a gloomy feeling, and the wind gently stroking the grass was also somewhat violent. Now and then, there was no such thing as a raptor dancing gracefully in the sky.We have increased our vigilance around us. ¡°I don¡¯t know what will happen on a day like today.¡±The wind is strong, so let¡¯s be a little more vigilant. ¡° ¡°Thanks to the Count, it¡¯s pretty safe here.¡± Helen gave me back my words.His tone was casual, but his eyes were sharp around him.While moving her head, Samya kept watching out for the smell. We occasionally go out into the city like this, but we don¡¯t even spend half a day in public.However, it is a regular event, so if you intend to attack it, this is the right time. However, there are Samir and Helen who are good at detecting anomalies like this.Then we will immediately retreat into the ¡°Black Forest¡±. It¡¯s been a long time since the streets were able to pass peacefully, as usual, except for the unfortunate cloudy weather. You can see the entrance to the city for the first time in three weeks.I feel like I¡¯ve been nostalgic for only a week. As we approached the entrance, we just passed the guards who seemed to be going out on the street patrol.I wore an armor with a reduced armor and a spear in my hand to make it easier to move.I wore a sword on my waist and it was quite majestic. As I lined up, there was a familiar face, so I called out. It¡¯s fine now, but I guess I¡¯ll have to say I can¡¯t cum sooner or later. Wouldn¡¯t it be nice if you didn¡¯t bite? Diana stroked Lucy¡¯s back and said. ¡°If you show me a little bit of that kind of gesture, you¡¯ll be fine, right?¡± ¡°There¡¯s no such thing as city rules¡­¡± That¡¯s right. This is what the sister of the lord of this city has to say.Every now and then, I almost forgot.Anyway, I don¡¯t have much to argue with that either.I nodded to understand. Eventually, the wagon arrived at Camilo¡¯s shop.Is it because of the cloudy weather, or because I think that what I¡¯m waiting for later is probably not very pleasant? For the first time in my life, this place looked a little creepy. Chapter 551 Chapter 551: 551 Anyway, my impression is that Camilo¡¯s store is there as usual.The store seemed to be busy with people, and when the streets were outside, the noise was heard. We don¡¯t need it at the store, so we go around the back.As usual, there was a bit of laid-back air flowing through you, and a tender-hearted person who recognized us rushed over. Good morning! Oh, good morning. I haven¡¯t put the wagon in the warehouse yet, so I¡¯ll ask Daisy-san to help me put the wagon in the warehouse.The rest of the work is not our business. ¡°Well then, I¡¯ll be glad to see you today.¡±Maybe it¡¯s too late to come out today, but¡­. ¡° ¡°It¡¯s okay! I¡¯ll take care of it!¡± Don and I slap each other in the chest and commit to it.With a pen and a hand on my head, I headed to my usual trading room. Normally, we¡¯d go into the deal room first, and in the meantime, the clerks would let Camilo know about our arrival. But today, when I entered the business meeting room, Camilo and Bantou-san were already waiting.I didn¡¯t take the trouble to put the wagon in the warehouse, so I¡¯ve been here all morning.There are some documents spread out on the desk that I don¡¯t usually keep. I accidentally opened the door in my usual way, and I was a little bit taken aback. Oh, you¡¯re here. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, I opened the door all of a sudden.¡± I apologized honestly to Camilo, who greeted me in the usual way.There may be another customer today.It was bypassed to open the door all of a sudden. Camilo smiled bitterly and waved his hand. Hey, I didn¡¯t say anything around here. It¡¯s my fault, too. ¡°Thank you.¡± That¡¯s why we¡¯re seated.For the time being, it is today¡¯s business meeting.The deal itself is advancing relentlessly. ¡°I wish I was doing something else.¡±There should still be plenty of deliveries, so check it out. ¡± ¡°All right, do you have anything extra we need?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t think I have anything in particular right now.¡±I would like a new one from the north to come in. ¡° Not this time, I don¡¯t think. I think so. I shrugged my shoulders.In this case, Camilo went on a business trip directly. Even if he was purchasing and wholesaling on a different route, it was definitely not the case. Camilo signaled, and Bonjour left the room once and came back immediately.It seems that I have entrusted some of today¡¯s things to another person. Well then, let¡¯s get down to business for today. I wonder if it was me or Karen or someone else who swallowed Camilo¡¯s spit. Camilo looked again, and Mr. Ban left. I need you to turn around. ¡°Um, me¡­?¡± Karen raised her hand.We¡¯ll move to Camilo¡¯s seat for now. ¡°Your daughter¡­ is coming this way¡± Karen turned to us when she was told.I tried to stay on the edge, so I had it moved to the middle. It was a little tight, and the door to the Opportunity Room could be opened.The first person who came in was Mr. Seki, and he was urging them to enter by hand. A few Rizzards followed suit.Everyone was wearing northern-style clothes ¨C in other words, kimonos from my point of view.The face is not a lizard-like face, but there is something like a scales on the face of a very ordinary Northern person. The most distinctive feature is not the face but the body, and everyone has a lizard-like tail.Because of that, it seemed that it was difficult to enter the room side by side, so I came in a little spaced apart. Looking at Clinton and Karen, they opened their eyes wide.If you think this is no longer possible, ¡°I¡¯m Kanzabrow Katagiri, Karen¡¯s father.¡± That¡¯s what the young lizardman said and lowered his head.Karen¡¯s father in Catagiri. It was thought that he would not come this time.According to what I hear, he should be quite a great man in the banner, but contrary to the previous information, his hips are low and his footwork is light. Well, the emperor of the Empire was lighter in footwork than any greatness I¡¯ve ever met. ¡°My name is Kenzabrow Katabuchi.In the south, you can think of it as the ¡°accompanying person¡± of the Catagiri family. ¡° That being said, a young lizardman of the year lowers his head.Altogether, the two young lady lizardmen bowed their heads and called each one out in a not too loud voice.Hello, both of you look like ¡°souvenirs¡±. And apparently, it was Mr. Katabuchi who came as a message. ¡°Yeah, I¡¯m an amateur.¡± When we enter the store, we don¡¯t take anything off our hips.It gets in the way when I sit down, so I¡¯ll put it aside for a while.Of course, my ¡°thin ice¡±, but Anne¡¯s two-handed swords would also hinder her ability to sit on her back. Anyway, I offered what I had put aside. ¡°Please take a look.¡± Helen snapped at me diagonally.She wears both because she is a short sword.Diana stood on the other side of me. When I had to, Diana pulled me down and Helen responded. Well then. Karen¡¯s father lowered his head and pulled out the thin ice.A thin blue, glowing blade made of apoitakara reveals itself.I had the illusion that the temperature in the room had slightly dropped. Karen¡¯s father looked at the blade of the thin ice for a while, staring at it with his blue eyes (when Helen put her hand on the handle) and lying down to see it shine. After Karen¡¯s father did all that, the ¡°thin ice¡± once again subsided in the sheath. The ¡°thin ice¡± I got is not back in my hand yet.I felt a little more murderous coming from behind, probably because I told Helen about my ¡°home¡± before. Karen¡¯s father took a big breath at one point.I don¡¯t even know if it¡¯s an admiration or a shock. And he said this in a loud voice. I have one favor to ask of you, Ezo-sama. Chapter 552 Chapter 552: 552 With Camilo¡¯s strong recommendation, we are now Lord Aimur, or Marius, temporarily moving to the city he ruled. The reason for this was that a large order came to Camilo.This time I was asked not only for weapons, but also some farming tools, and there was no amount of them. However, they didn¡¯t even have to be luxury models, and it seemed like they were mass-produced products.Then you don¡¯t have to rely on the magic of the Black Forest. Sometimes it¡¯s necessary to go back to the forest to gain magic power, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a problem to stay for a while. Then I thought it would be a good idea to have less hassle in delivering, so I asked Camilo to look after my home and workplace. There was no house with a blacksmithing yard on the driftwood, so I was asked to make small modifications to the house that could secure the work space, and put a fire bed and furnace there. Since it is not necessary to give birth to the blacksmith who is inside the wall, we are only supposed to deliver all the products we make to Camilo. ¡°Delivery¡± is said, but every evening or so, the people at Camilo¡¯s shop should have come to pick it up, and we should have concentrated on making it. ¡°Father! Still at work!?¡± A short-cut girl wearing green clothes and green hair similar to clothes pulled my sleeve.The twin woman shrugged. ¡°No, Krull.¡± Don¡¯t let your father get in your way. ¡° ¡°So is Lucy.¡± Don¡¯t let Mother Riquet get in your way. ¡° As she approached Riquet, she tried to imitate her sister Krull, a girl with long black hair and gray clothes whose hair tips were pointing wildly randomly¡­¡­ Lucy stopped pulling her sleeve with a twitch in her voice. Both twins were dressed in blue and gray.When I saw a reptile-like tail, it looked like a lizard man. No, it doesn¡¯t sound like it.I knew that the two of them were lizardmen, but I didn¡¯t know that they were lizardmen. I smile bitterly at the sight of it. Well, we¡¯re almost done here. You don¡¯t have to be so blunt about Hayate or Arachi, do you? I told you, the twins all looked at us.With a sharp gaze, I almost shrunk myself with Krull for a moment, but the two of them could not beat me and their eyesight was not very good. Though not very tall, the two men said that they seemed to be grown up from the look on their faces. ¡°My father will spoil you.¡± ¡°Krul and Lucy are sweet.¡± The tip of the wave-shaped attack by the two of them came towards me.I¡¯m gonna pull myself back a little bit. ¡°In time, instead of being sweet, there will come a day when the opposite direction will be reversed. Until then, it¡¯s a little more like this. It is best to argue that much.Looking at me like that, they sighed. These are the children that Karen, the lizard man, brought with her.It seems that it is not related to blood, but if three people stand side by side, they only look like sisters. ¡°I know you¡¯re both cute, but it doesn¡¯t bother my father very much.¡± ¡°Excuse me, Mother Karen.¡± Karen was ashamed of the two.I think it¡¯s kind of nostalgic to think that I¡¯m going to be a single mother as a disciple because I¡¯m talking about my mother. I told everyone that I was going to finish my last job today. Okay, I¡¯m ready for today. Let¡¯s go to the cafeteria. Ohhhh! By coming to the city, various ingredients became relatively easy to obtain, and the repertoire also increased. However, the choice of eating out was great in terms of diet.In the ¡°Black Forest¡±, the only way to eat out is to ask, ¡°Where should I go?¡± As a result, they occasionally rush out to the city¡¯s cafeteria.Although it is called a ¡°cafeteria¡±, it is basically like a tavern.In the previous world, Izakaya rice is close. However, initially that was why I went to the tavern ¨C and occasionally, my mothers demonstrated their high combat abilities ¨C but a while ago, I found a shop that was bigger than the cafeteria, and I liked the coziness and good food there. Since then, when I said ¡°go to the cafeteria¡±, it became that shop. After we cleaned up the forge, we cleared it of dirt and took it to the city. ¡°Welcome¡± When I opened the door of the dining room, a young woman greeted me.She is the owner of this shop and has been working alone since the loss of her parents. The opinion of my family that I want to support them is also a reason to use this store a lot. I saw the same reason why an old man was sitting at a table relatively close to the entrance and eating slowly.The old man also noticed that we had come in. ¡°You guys. Good evening. Oh, isn¡¯t Krul-chan and Lucy getting big again?¡± ¡°Good evening. I don¡¯t know. I see it every day, so I don¡¯t know the small changes¡­.¡± ¡°It¡¯s fast for a child to grow up.Don¡¯t miss out. ¡° ¡°Yes, of course.¡± The old man, a regular of the shop, smiles half bitterly and half respectfully. And the old man told Krull and Lucy, Good evening, Grandpa! ¡°I have kids, too.¡± All right. Thank you. ¡° ¡°No, take your time.¡± The shopkeeper¡¯s lady said so and left the table.It is time for a busy meal.In order to relieve my fatigue today and satisfy my hunger, I put my hand on the dish that seemed to grill the chicken meat on the table. The food was slowly disappearing into the family¡¯s stomach, and it was time to go home. The two chicks were satisfying their appetites and going to fight the desire to sleep. ¡°Onee-chan, cuddle up!¡± Piggyback. ¡°Yes, yes, I can¡¯t help it.¡± Well then, I¡¯ll pamper Lucy. No, I realized that there was no way to resist Sleep.I lifted the white flag lightly and called for help from the twin sisters. The twins cuddle happily as they raise their troubled voice.I think it seems very spoiled when I said ¡°don¡¯t spoil it¡± before I came, but I don¡¯t know how to do it without saying it. Hurrying to pay, I went home to see how my two daughters were asleep. Normally, before going to bed, Samya would do something a little bit like a cuddle, Anne would hug and play, or Lidy would talk, but today I don¡¯t have time to go to the world of dreams, and I feel happy. Hmm, maybe this makes me happy. I feel uncomfortable in one corner of my head.Did Krull and Lucy look like this? Was Karen familiar with this? Why do you think Hayate and Alassi are lizardmen? When I try to think about them, it seems that my thoughts have been overwhelmed.Once I swallowed them as such, I decided to enjoy this ¡°always¡±. Chapter 553 Chapter 553: 553 Kanzabrow ¨C Karen¡¯s father placed the ¡°thin ice¡± on the table.I felt the murderous aura fade slightly from behind. I held the thin ice and opened my mouth. ¡°I¡¯m sorry to bother you before you ask, but is there anything you haven¡¯t told us?¡± I was going to talk about my suspicions about Karen.I¡¯m not good at it, but it¡¯s in the form of a kimono.Sending her gaze to Samya, she nodded tinyly.Now you can tell when you¡¯re lying. Karen¡¯s father picked up his eyebrows and raised them one by one.Did I make you irritated?Sadly, the irrational anger has become resistant in the previous world, so it won¡¯t move at all. But contrary to my concerns, Karen¡¯s father lowered his head deeply. ¡°I¡¯m so sorry about this.After taking care of my daughter, I should have first thanked her for her hard work. I¡¯m so sorry. ¡° ¡°Ah, no¡­¡± When there was trouble in the previous world, I went to explain to the customer that it was not our defect, and the president there lowered his head, and I was devoured. But now it¡¯s still smoky.Let¡¯s try stepping in a little bit. ¡°No, not you, but you need to tell me what Karen really wants.¡± Karen¡¯s father looked strange this time.Could it be that Karen¡¯s espionage suspicions were utterly grievous¡­? If so, it¡¯s up to us to apologize. ¡°Nothing really¡­¡± ¡°Father¡­ no, uncle, it¡¯s better to be honest.¡± After a moment of silence, Karen laughed as she blocked her father from trying to talk.The look I used to show sometimes.This time, Karen¡¯s father¡­¡­ no, my uncle¡¯s face will be disgraced. Because the beastman Samya says, ¡®I know the lie.¡¯ Uncle Karen looked at Samir with a dull face and then looked at me.I nod. You talked to me when I was hunting. ¡°With all due respect, I was prone.¡± I thought it would be a bitter face or I would leave the room outraged, but Uncle Karen is serious about it.I don¡¯t think he¡¯s lying, but he¡¯s considering how far he can go. At least I don¡¯t think I¡¯m going to deceive you into being angry. ¡°Karen is not a ¡®thinker¡¯, but someone who has some experience of proper blacksmithing, and as a craftsman, she serves one person.This time, I only came to look at my skills and find out who I was, and I saw that the apprentices were going to be cut up halfway through the process. ¡° I heard a small ¡°Eh¡± near me.It¡¯s Anne¡¯s voice, which I didn¡¯t think I¡¯d say, and Diana¡¯s voice, which I didn¡¯t talk about¡­. I¡¯ll apologize to Diana later. You don¡¯t have to go this far to be honest.But if you deny it, if it involves lies, you know that. If you¡¯re going to be lying to me this time of year, I¡¯m just going to leave.I might put mud on Camilo¡¯s face, and then we¡¯ll have to find another place to wholesale. If that happens, it will cause trouble in all directions, and I know it¡¯s my fault, but I don¡¯t really want to put up with living in this corner world. ¡°Well, it¡¯s roughly right.¡± But it¡¯s only half of it. ¡° Unexpectedly, it was Anne who held her mouth shut. Karen smiles bitterly. It may have ended up like that, but it¡¯s not really that. ¡°There are many problems in forcing things that have left the North back from the Kingdom.¡±So I did Karen. ¡± Uncle takes Karen¡¯s words. So, please¡­ Yeah. Uncle Karen nodded. ¡°I¡¯m sorry for talking so much, but I¡¯d like you to become my niece¡¯s disciple again¡± Say that, and bow your head to Uncle Karen.I had to think about it again. Chapter 554 Chapter 554: 554 ¡°It¡¯s so hard to say ¡®I¡¯m going to take care of you¡¯, but I¡¯m honest.¡± I said that, but I¡¯m not extremely disappointed in Uncle Karen and Karen. ¡°I¡¯ve been spying on you, but I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s okay to be a disciple.¡± It seems that I understand that there are not many people who say ¡°yes¡±. I didn¡¯t get any response from my family.Rather than abandoning me, you probably think that if you¡¯re talking about disciples, it¡¯s basically up to me to decide, and it¡¯s hard to say. ¡°I understand the leakage of technical skills from the north, but I don¡¯t have enough heart to put as an apprentice those who can no longer be trusted. I¡¯m sorry, sir.¡± For a moment, but at least as a courtesy, I lowered my head. After that, I was able to show you what was on my waist, and there was a sweet feeling that Helen would protect me.Helen was going to be mad at me later. It doesn¡¯t change the way you get my skills.I was told that it was the custom of dwarf discipleship, but I didn¡¯t have the knowledge to install it, so there would have been plenty of room for doubt. Well, there¡¯s not much to install except for the trouble of living in this world. For example, in order to treat the nobles with extreme disrespect and not to be beheaded, I have knowledge of simple ceremonies in the area, and I have knowledge that may be important in carrying out life activities such as whether or not animals can be eaten, medicinal herbs that are effective against wounds and heat, but I have not included details about the customs of regions and races, and the ecology of animals. I think that it would be more like watchdogs to have fun researching or acquiring such things themselves. Anyway, it was a breakdown at first, but unlike Riquet, who gained credibility after starting from scratch to this point, Karen had a negative start. It¡¯s hard to accept it unless it¡¯s at least zero. ¡°¡­ I see.¡± Lowering his eyebrows, Uncle Karen exhaled.Rather than sighing, it¡¯s like exhaling something you¡¯ve used. ¡°I¡¯m so sorry.¡± ¡°No, I¡¯m here. I¡¯m doing too well.¡± Once again, Uncle Karen bows his head to me.I only lowered my head once so as not to be a single one. I looked up at Karen when I raised my head.I don¡¯t feel very disappointed.Now, I don¡¯t know what kind of emotion it is right now, because I don¡¯t make it any cheerful. ¡°Well then, excuse me.¡±Xiaolong is fine as it is. Surprisingly lightly, the Northern missions (though they were like) left the room.Mr. Bantou walked out in a little panic.I was a little ready to bite down a little bit, and I pulled out. Hayate and Araki nostalgically missed Karen, and I felt like they had done something a little bad, but once I drank the conditions, I thought it was a legitimate procedure¡­ As a result, an air of relaxation suddenly flows into the room.But there was one more thing I had to check out. So, that¡¯s it. I looked down on Camilo. How far did you know? Camilo touched his moustache with a serious expression.It¡¯s his habit when he¡¯s worried about what to tell him and how far to tell him.I can see that Helen is anxious about the atmosphere, but I don¡¯t mind hurrying here. Camilo opened his mouth slightly. So, I felt like I was pulling back a lot. Once I switched, I hit Camilo with a question about what was going on. ¡°After this, they¡¯re going to the capital.¡±That said, I didn¡¯t expect to get this far quickly. ¡° ¡°Huh. Oh, maybe.¡± Something came to mind for me: three weeks ago, when I was last here, I talked a little bit. ¡°Yes, I¡¯m going to see the Marquis and the Count.¡± ¡°The content is¡­.¡± Camilo shakes his head to the side.They say I don¡¯t need to know much. ¡°I¡¯ll tell you as soon as I have something.What, I¡¯m not gonna fuck you this time? ¡° Camilo laughed, smiling angrily. Chapter 555 Chapter 555: 555 For now, I have nothing else to do.We decided to go home for today. ¡°Next time, in two weeks, okay?¡± As he rose from his chair, he asked Camilo, and he nodded. ¡°Yeah, I¡¯ll call you if anything happens.¡± ¡°All right.¡± This time, I nodded and left the room after receiving the price of the products that I had delivered minus the ones I had bought. As usual, I gave a tip to Daisy-san (Hayate¡¯s price has increased slightly since this time), and when I picked up my daughters, I started by connecting a wagon full of things I had bought for Krul. During this time, everyone said almost nothing.It was certainly quite quiet, as the naive one tilted his neck. As Riquet steered the reins, the wagon rattled out into the street. The streets are full of people as they were when they came.The Sky Goddess is about to start spilling tears at last, and many people are trying to finish their errands early, holding their luggage in their hands. The wagon went out of the city as Krull split the waves of the man well. Well, then, Liddy. Say hello to the guards at the entrance to the city for a while.I called out to Liddy.Liddy turns her face to us. ¡°Can you take a look?¡± ¡°¡­ oh, I see.¡± It was Lidy who had a question mark on her head for a moment, but then I reached out to Hayate and nodded. Whether you understand that Karen isn¡¯t there or not, Hayate has been calm since she moved into my arms. Lidy gently clasped her hand at Hayate.Hayate tilts her head, but she doesn¡¯t particularly dislike it. Moving her hand to stroke for a while, Liddy moved her hand away. How was it? It looks like it¡¯s going to be okay. I stroke my chest with relief.Hayate began to care for her wings.Diana, who was looking at it, asked like that. ¡°What did you do?¡± You checked to see if there was any magic in the Hayate. All I cared about was whether Hayate¡¯s eyesight and hearing were magic to share. If something like that were on, we might be losing it.Well, it wasn¡¯t a painful stomach to be searched for, and I didn¡¯t mind until then. Well, suppose that you can use far-sighted magic, so if you had just left right away¡­ You might be disappointed by now. Niccoli and Lidi smile. It seemed that the magic of ¡°far vision¡± could only be used if I knew the place to a certain extent.Even if Liddy could use far-sightedness, she wouldn¡¯t be able to see the north from here. Maybe it was the intentions of the neighborhood that brought Karen to our house.That¡¯s what Liddy added. Well, for the time being, I¡¯m glad nothing happened. Well, that¡¯s it. Diana reacts to what I say. When you get home, you¡¯ll explain it to me, right? The expression was vivid, but I had no choice but to nod to Diana, who was definitely strong and clear. Chapter 556 Chapter 556: 556 Well then, you noticed along the way. I don¡¯t think so. After dinner when I got home and finished my whole errand.Diana and Liddy sighed and Samia was impressed. ¡°That said, I¡¯m not convinced.¡±¡±If you think this way, you¡¯ll have the most convincing explanation.¡± As a result, you¡¯re only saying that it was correct.It¡¯s just an excuse. ¡° When I say it, Diana sighs again. ¡°Well, I get it.¡± It¡¯s hard to say whether it was us or Anne who drew the poor lottery. ¡° Anne shrugged her shoulders when she heard that.It¡¯s a point of reflection that I got a little involved in extra things, but from the perspective of the surroundings, it might not be more than just because of my imagination. Atai said, ¡°I¡¯d rather give you the thin ice.¡± ¡°Oh, that¡¯s¡­ no, I¡¯m sorry¡± I bow my head honestly to Helen.He was totally spoiled by Helen. I was fine this time, but that grandpa¡¯s doing pretty good. Is that so? Yeah. Helen nodded. Immediately, she laughs. Well, we¡¯re also an Apoitakara weapon, so I think we could do something about it. ¡°Well then¡­¡± You don¡¯t have to worry so much, do you?Such optimistic words did not last.Helen¡¯s gaze became serious. That¡¯s why you have to understand that it¡¯s not okay to give it to me. ¡°¡­ yes¡­¡± My ¡°thin ice¡± is made of apoitakara.If I tried to take it with an ordinary sword, I would be able to slash it with every sword. Even if they say that it would be bypassed to give such a thing to a suspicious opponent, it can¡¯t be helped.I think it might be a good idea to shake the sideways with steel, considering the possibility of showing it in the future. ¡°Besides, that¡¯s all.¡± Unfortunately, I was forced to change the subject, but everyone seemed to be on board, and my gaze was focused on me. ¡°Why do you think Karen and the others are coming?¡± I mean, everybody figured it out.Anne opened her mouth slightly. When you say you¡¯ve been to the capital, it¡¯s possible that you¡¯ll force yourself to burst in from above. ¡°I wonder if niisama will do that.¡± ¡°Count Amur won¡¯t shake his head vertically, considering his friendship and his disadvantages.¡± Diana felt relieved somewhere.Lydie sandwiched her mouth. Is that a marquis? If you¡¯re coming¡­ ¡°But¡­¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, if you lose the elephant¡¯s mood, you¡¯ll think you might go to the Empire¡­¡± Anne¡¯s words made me talk. ¡°You look like such a paranoid dude.¡± Anne puts her hand on the heel.Even if my disobedience creates some disadvantages for the Kingdom, it certainly does not mean that I know. I¡¯m sure, but¡­I put my hands together behind my head. I don¡¯t really have much reason to actively say no after all, do I? I thought I was a disciple, but I was an industrial spy! It was like this, but if you simply want to learn the technology and go home, it¡¯s a disciple. There is no possibility that the tiredness of the family will be caused, but I will not be able to do that and finally move away from the North.In that case, it¡¯ll only be my emotions afterwards.Actually, what I turned down at Camilo¡¯s store was also a big mood problem. And that¡¯s a big reason, but I can¡¯t help but swallow what I had to swallow.I didn¡¯t think I¡¯d break your belly. I was told that the Marquis and the Count would have the merit of making a loan and how to balance it out. ¡°I want to put it in the best possible shape¡­¡± When I thought that, the door was knocked on.The house was silent like water, and the sound of Kachari and Helen holding the knife burned. I couldn¡¯t hear Krul, Lucy, or Hayate making a noise.I think I may know you, but I don¡¯t think you should be too careful. Yes. As I tried to hear clearly, I gently headed towards the door. Chapter 557 Chapter 557: 557 I felt Helen following me behind me, but I removed the hood and gently opened the door.I was there. Isn¡¯t that Mr. Lewisa? Thank you. Ms. Lewisa came in as light as ever.If you think about it carefully, Mr. Lewisa can suddenly leave and disappear, and since she is the manager of the ¡°Black Forest¡±, she can come directly into this house. As he guides you to the table, he turns to the water. ¡°Because that¡¯s bad manners, isn¡¯t it?¡± That¡¯s what Giselle said. ¡° It was about me. That¡¯s true, though.Mr. Lewisa will preach to Mr. Giselle. ¡°Besides, it¡¯s a little tough if the living plants aren¡¯t nearby.¡± Huh, is that so? I¡¯m a tree spirit (dry ad). Oh, I see. In any case, the sense of strange sister will stand first, but because it is a tree spirit, it is better to have live plants nearby.Maybe you¡¯re just acting as I imagined you would. How can I help you today? ¡°It¡¯s not a big deal.¡± Like her aunt in the previous world, Ms. Lewisa waved her hand.I¡¯m much older than me by 1000 years, so even my aunt doesn¡¯t make a lot of mistakes, but I can¡¯t say or think that, so let¡¯s be careful not to inadvertently. I heard you had a hot spring. Yeah. I kind of bumped into it and forgot to report it.The bulletin board should still have the message ¡°Nothing¡± written today.¡±Even if it¡¯s your usual delivery, I¡¯ll write it down when you go out¡­¡±There may be an ¡°emergency¡±. It was okay if you went in silently instead. No, it would be awkward if I were the first to be stoned. Ah, that¡¯s what you care about?I was wondering if it was more of a bystander.As expected, I thought that I would not soak the animals in the drainage pond, but I assumed that I would enter the bathing hall without knowing. And we¡¯re not the kind of people that care.Well, I guess I felt some disappointment. ¡°¡­ will you all follow me?¡± Everyone nodded lightly when I asked them to do it. I wonder if they like it even though they took a second bath.I, the man, can¡¯t help the woman of the race anyway. I light up the magic lantern, leave it with Liddy, and I see everyone off to the bathhouse.Confirming that the soft light had drifted away, I tried to enter the house for a moment. Basari, I heard the sound of the wings.At first glance, there was a familiar small dragon on the board.It¡¯s not Hayate. It¡¯s a porcupine.There is something like a letter at my feet. Speaking of which, I didn¡¯t see the porcupine when I left the store.Did the Northern Expedition take us to the capital and bring us here directly? From what I¡¯ve heard from Karen, Pearl remembers this place.If you have enough range, you can come here. My lazy head flies somewhere and inadvertently swallows my saliva.And I took the letter at the foot of the porcupine. Chapter 558 Chapter 558: 558 Good job, good job. When I removed the letter and stroked the head of the porcupine, she rubbed her head against my hand and then flew away with a short, ¡°cuckoo¡± squeak.I don¡¯t have time to say hello to Hayate. I wonder if the porcupine will return to the city or the city.With that in mind, I watched her fly away like an arrow slashing through the darkness. After the pears disappeared in the dark, I opened the letter.I don¡¯t recognize the letter itself.But I was able to guess the writing instruments that I would have used: a brush. Written in fluent brushstroke, it closely resembles the Warlord¡¯s letter seen in previous lifetimes.When I checked the signature before, I found Karen¡¯s name, but I don¡¯t know whether it was her autograph or whether Mr. Katabuchi signed the euphemism. Marius¡¯ name was also signed next to Karen¡¯s name, so I¡¯m sure he confirmed this as well.Even if you are lying, there is a problem that is difficult to understand. The content of the letter was not significantly different from what I expected. Interaction with the kingdom of the northern kingdom, Handing over a good blacksmith from the north. ¡°Such a person has not settled in the Kingdom.¡±Isn¡¯t it flowing somewhere? ¡° I see. I¡¯m sorry. It seems to have been settled.It seems to have happened, at least in the official documents. I mean, I don¡¯t live in the Kingdom on official documents. This is the story that Marius and Camilo told me when I thought I had to ask about taxes, but it is true that the ¡°Black Forest¡± is in the Kingdom, but it is not.Therefore, it is a recognition that is in Kingdom territory and not in the realm.I wonder what my treatment of the Monster Crusaders was like. In fact, the beasts of the forest did not collect the tax, and apparently did not grasp the population, and Samya also said, ¡°I have never done that.¡± In other words, I live in the ¡°Black Forest¡± and my family will be treated the same.It¡¯s convenient to hide because you don¡¯t have full jurisdiction over the kingdom. If I had some arms, even if I joined my apprentice, I might quickly say goodbye to the license. It is possible that I was hiding my strength to avoid it, and I don¡¯t know whether this is the truth or what kind of cover. In any case, I can¡¯t help but think that if you had said so from the beginning, things would have been carried more honestly. Anyway, the problem is the subsequent sentence. At the same time, I don¡¯t want Ezo-sama to look at his skills as an advisor every now and then. That¡¯s what it said.Counselor¡­ I¡¯d like to talk to you about how to do this, so you can tell Camilo when it¡¯s convenient for you.Hayate only knows Camilo. I was worried about how to respond, and I went back to my house. Chapter 559 Chapter 559: 559 It¡¯s none of Mr. Lewisa¡¯s business to talk about the letter, so I thought I¡¯d let her go when she got home, but she seemed to be a long-looking person. After slowly soaking in the hot water, I waited for them to fully rest in the dressing room and came back, and it was quite late at night. I decided to turn the conversation over to the next day, and after seeing off Ms. Lewisa, who was in a good mood, they all went to bed. There was so much going on today, from morning to evening.With that thought, as I entered the bed, the Sleepy Son quickly came and mowed down my consciousness. The next day, after dinner, I finished my usual work ¨C today was a mass-production knife. ¡°Actually, I got a letter like this yesterday.¡± I showed the letter to everyone and told them what was inside. [M]I¡¯ve talked to everyone about my reflections, but I also thought there might be a change in my routine. I see. Anne put her arms together. ¡°There aren¡¯t many suspicious things.¡±Why do you keep the elephants there? I still have a few questions. ¡°Sometimes I stop by to live in the city, but I don¡¯t think so.¡± ¡°I want you to actively look at what you can do, so you want any disciple to think about it.¡± Rikete nodded to Anne¡¯s words. With my master¡¯s skill, I don¡¯t think it would be strange if there was a surge of hopes for apprenticeship. ¡°Hmm, that¡¯s kind of¡­¡± My skill was generally due to cheat and magic, and it was difficult to say that I was fully capable.In that state, if there are only about one or two more people, it¡¯s a lot to say. Well, first of all, I¡¯d like to talk about this advisor. Do you want to take it or not? Diana said, and I nodded. I think it depends on the conditions, but I wonder what the conditions are. There¡¯s no way to be sincere about the conditions. If you pay a few silver coins for each look, it¡¯s a pretty broken condition. I don¡¯t really want to try that kind of method. The one who tries is tried. That kind of interaction in the previous world was a million dollars and painful for me.At the very least, there¡¯s not much more we can do to protect our lives here. Of course, there are things that have been done, so it is certain that it will not be OK at all. ¡°It¡¯s not pointless to be able to connect to the north with us, and I want to avoid breaking the connection and becoming¡± invisible ¡°here.¡± Anne said. Samir and Helen were yawning.Liddy is laughing at Nikon, but I don¡¯t think she knows that much. ¡°Ah, of course, ¡®here¡¯ is about this workshop.¡± Anne adds in a hurry. I said with a bitter smile. ¡°I¡¯ll leave it to you, too.¡± ¡°So am I.¡± Everyone else is the same.I nod slowly to confirm my intentions. ¡°All right, thank you everyone.¡±¡­¡­ and then there¡¯s the date and time¡­.. ¡° ¡°Next delivery in a week, that¡¯s fine.¡± Diana said lightly, and everyone else nodded.Even reliability. This time I shook my head vertically with a smile. ¡°Alright, let¡¯s put it over there.¡±I¡¯ll have to write a letter soon¡­.. ¡° I stood up and went to my room to get my writing instruments. Chapter 560 Chapter 560: 560 The next morning, after I finished fetching water with my three daughters, I entrusted the letter to Hayate.A small leather cylinder is wrapped around the leg of the hayate, and the lid can be closed with a belt.I rounded up the letter I wrote on the tube. [M] Well then, please don¡¯t say hello. ¡°Cuy¡± With a scream, Hayate flew into the blue sky.The letter on her leg says the date and time of the next delivery, and that the advisor will do it at that time.I added that it depends on the conditions whether or not you want to talk to me. Now we can see how the conversation rolls before we go. When I started working that day, it was about time for lunch, and it got a little noisy outside. When I opened the doors of the forge to see what had happened, Krull and Lucy were screaming at Hayate, who seemed to be back now, playing and playing.Although it is a smiling sight, Hayate¡¯s work is not yet finished. Hayate couldn¡¯t help but fly to my right shoulder.Then, I entered Krull and Lucy¡¯s sight, who followed him with their eyes, and said, ¡°Your father is here!I thought, ¡°Both of them rushed over.With the hayate on my shoulder, I stroked their heads. Diana and Helen (although all of them came out), who came out with me, took over. Krul and Lucy, let¡¯s play with moms over here. ¡°Mom!? Atai too!?¡± Huh, now? While doing so, when I offered my left arm to the right shoulder hayate, she suddenly moved over to you.It would be rude to say something about a woman¡¯s weight, but it doesn¡¯t weigh as much as it seems.Is it a bird-like bone structure?¡±I¡¯m using magic power to make up for my weak parts¡­¡± There was a lot of interest, but now it¡¯s in a cylinder on Hayate¡¯s leg. ¡°Could you get me a cylinder instead?¡± I give Riket the left-handed Hayate.Samir, Liddy, or Anne were good, but Riquet¡¯s dexterity was the best.You don¡¯t have to frustrate me. And Riker nodded, and removed the cylinders that were on the leg of Hayath.Then Hayate flew to Krull¡¯s head.This is the end of her work.Krul and Lucy can also play with their sister. When I received the tube offered by Riket in my free hand and checked the contents, there was a letter in it.It was quick to reply, and I thought Hayate might have just returned it, but it wasn¡¯t. ¡°I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a big deal in time, but¡­¡± Even though Camilo¡¯s autograph cannot be said to be beautiful, I can ask after paying attention to the words, and I think he has some thoughts on this matter. Maybe. Let¡¯s see the finishing touches later. I say that and look up at the sky.The sun was still shining brightly today, saying that I had never known what was going on down there. Well, you can¡¯t help rubbing your heart anymore.I said with a big stretch. ¡°It¡¯s early, but let¡¯s have lunch.¡± Let¡¯s eat on the table. ¡° In the woods, the family¡¯s joyful voice spreads.It was unclear whether she understood it, but Krull, Lucy, and Hayate seemed to be pleased with each other. It might just be a little bit ahead of time, but for now, let¡¯s just relax and spend the ¡®usual¡¯ time.With that in mind, I opened the door to the forge. Chapter 561 Chapter 561: 561 While I was in this ¡°Black Forest¡±, I was literally ¡°isolated¡± from the world.No, now that I¡¯ve got a way of communicating with Hayate and Alashi, it¡¯s hard to say that it¡¯s completely the same. But if we ignore it, we won¡¯t be out there.If you think about meat, you¡¯ve come quite close to self-sufficiency, and I think it¡¯s possible to stay in the ¡°Black Forest¡± for quite a while. In fact, there will be insufficient necessities such as salt and fuel, and iron stones for blacksmithing, so it is not realistic to live completely in the woods. However, whether it was Camilo or Karen who refrained from contacting her, she hadn¡¯t heard from her for less than a week.Thanks to this, we spent a relaxing week of ¡°always¡± getting ready to head to the city. This time, it was usually just a knife and a dagger, and I didn¡¯t make many high-end models. Krull finished loading the truck, and Samir said. ¡°Hmm, it¡¯s been a while.¡± It¡¯s the only thing I can make. ¡° ¡°Yeah, I¡¯ve been in town every other week.¡± I nod and remember the old days.At first, I didn¡¯t know what to do, so I couldn¡¯t make much.Now I can finish it quite quickly if I just mass-produced it. I¡¯ve been used to cheats, but Riquet, Samir, and everyone else has improved their work.I wonder if Diana would be able to hold a cup if it was mass-produced. I don¡¯t know when it will be for Helen, but if she can take care of it herself when she returns to mercenarism, it will often be helpful. Even though Liddy is in the forest, there are plenty of places to make iron products.Anne is not likely to be a very useful scene, but even if it is a specific thing, the technologically bright people are on the side of the politicians and will not suffer. ¡°There were a lot of things going on back then.¡± That¡¯s right. I nodded again at Riket¡¯s words.I tried to move a little faster to a system where I could enjoy slow life, and somehow I felt like a workaholic. When I think back, I feel like I tend to live a life without a sense of slow life. The luggage on the luggage carrier is considerably less than usual today.However, I was going to repeat ¡°as usual¡±, but it means that there are more things besides my family. The count won¡¯t be able to start a battle on his own, and even if the marquis is involved, it won¡¯t be the cause of the great expedition. If there is anything about Anne who is supposed to be staying in the Kingdom under a different name, the Emperor himself may have taken command of this, but it would also be behind the scenes. On the other hand, just in case, I think it would be difficult for the North to actively reach out. Just one blacksmith has left the North, and even if we check it, we won¡¯t be leaving a workshop with a long-standing technology ¨C it¡¯s only natural because we don¡¯t know who it is ¨C but we don¡¯t see the risk of getting one of them back or harming them. But that doesn¡¯t mean it¡¯s impossible.It will be difficult to predict what kind of behavior will occur if forgiveness becomes an emotion. ¡°Okay, let¡¯s be more careful today.¡± My whole family nodded.Lucy understood the story, and she said, ¡°Wow!¡±He exclaimed, and the wagon was wrapped in laughter. Chapter 562 Chapter 562: 562 Usually, when alert on the street, it¡¯s mainly to prepare for the appearance of bandits.I¡¯ve never been lucky enough to run into any of the city¡¯s guards because of their enthusiasm. We live in the Black Forest, so we know that wolves rarely leave the forest.It¡¯s possible to catch prey in the woods without having to take the risk on the streets and meadows. Apart from my family, only the beasts who live in the forest know it. They don¡¯t seem to actively teach the residents of the city, and ordinary people seem to be concerned about raids from the forest. And now we say, If you hide the signs, Atai will be troublesome. ¡°My nose is good, so I¡¯ll cover it.¡± I¡¯m looking at Atai, too, but I¡¯ll take care of it. ¡°Ohh!¡± We¡¯re watching for an attack from the Northern Expedition.They have mixed skills.Some will be able to get rid of the signs. Helen is more skilled than that, but it¡¯s hard to find her when she¡¯s completely cleared of the signs.However, the smell can¡¯t be eliminated. If I try to get rid of it, there will be an impossibility somewhere.I missed it.) It¡¯s not as sweet as Samya.And if I could find Samir and Liddy¡¯s bow, even if I got close, Helen, Diana, and Anne would still be there, so if I could just find them, I could take care of them. Thus, he went down the street with more vigilance than usual. In terms of the results, vigilance was a complete sadness.Being vigilant was obvious, so you may have been wary of it.At least if there were bandits lurking around, they wouldn¡¯t be willing to do anything about it. When I see a guard standing at the entrance of the city, seemingly blurry ¨C of course not at all ¨C the tension dissipates for a moment. But I quickly tightened up.Until I get to the store in Camilo, I will not lose my mind completely.Even if I greeted the guard as usual, I didn¡¯t let my guard down enough to make me look weird for a moment. Entering the city doesn¡¯t take your vigilance off.That said, there are a lot of crowds, and Lucy is making a face around the wagon as usual. If you think Lucy might find you, you¡¯ll have to step on two legs.I just wanted to look around. No, my nose is twitching a lot today.Perhaps she is aware of the atmosphere of the wagon and is vigilant.When I get home, I¡¯ll give you a nibble. With that vigilance, I arrived at Camilo¡¯s shop without being attacked anywhere in the city. Yes! Leave it to me! As he stroked her head, he grunted, then called out to Krull and Lucy and ran out. As usual, ¡°Krrrrrrrrr¡± ¡°Woah.¡± As if to say, ¡°Wait a minute,¡± two daughters chased after each other. After watching it with a smile, I walked through the door that Helen had just opened, thinking about what I would be waiting for. Chapter 563 Chapter 563: 563 Helen leads me.In the meantime, it was the Opportunity Office. There may be some deception on the street, but if anything happens in this building, it¡¯s Camilo¡¯s fault and Mentes¡¯ fault. Well, from the point of view of the country, I am an irresistible blacksmith, and Camilo is known for his name, but he is only a merchant, so I can¡¯t say for sure that nothing will happen. Half of what Helen is wary of is probably an occupational disease.Even if it ends in vain, it is a ¡°good¡± story, so I will not let it stop. Helen opened the door to the Opportunity Room.There was no murderous aura coming from inside, nor was there a sword or spear sticking out. That¡¯s not how it¡¯s supposed to be, so I¡¯m relieving my chest.Your stomach may hurt from now on, but you¡¯re used to it. When I entered the business meeting room, there were two people besides the familiar Camilo and Bonjour. One of them is Karen. I can¡¯t go as far as Nikoniko, but at least it doesn¡¯t look strange. The other is Count Aimur, the lord of the city ¨C that is, Marius. The other people of the north are not here.I might be in the next room. Hey, Elephant. Marius raised his hand casually.I raise my hand and respond. ¡°Oh, come on, honeymoon.¡± ¡°It¡¯s more fun than I thought.¡± ¡°That¡¯s good. Really.¡± That¡¯s what makes me smile.If you live happily with that wife, it¡¯s better as a friend. So Camilo puts his hand against the bread. ¡°Well, let¡¯s start with business¡­¡± ¡°As usual.¡± This time, I don¡¯t have what I want.Next time is fine. Unless there¡¯s something I want to sell. ¡° ¡°No, there¡¯s nothing I want to sell you today. Thank you.¡± Camilo nodded, and when she looked at Mr. Bantou, he also nodded and left the room. Well then, let¡¯s talk about this right away. It was Marius who opened his mouth.In the meantime, I¡¯ll be listening. Before that, Karen didn¡¯t seem to have anyone from the north anyway. Unusually, Diana clutched her mouth.She was sitting next to me with her hips slightly raised.The tone of voice is somewhat cold and sounds angry, but it doesn¡¯t seem to have burst into emotion yet. That said, it is a statement that there is something Diana thinks about at the time of floating her hips and sandwiching her mouth. ¡°Oh, there¡¯s no malice there.¡±I want you to understand that I¡¯m not underestimating the elephants. ¡° If that¡¯s the case¡­ Marius returned with a slightly bitter smile, and Marius gestured to Diana, who ate her and continued to follow Karen. ¡°I know it¡¯s rude to be involved in the north, but I don¡¯t want to face each other very much,¡± he said.We¡¯re already heading north, and it¡¯s been a few days. ¡± Do you mean that the people of the north avoided facing each other in a strange way and the conversation became twisted? Regardless of how far the explanation made sense, Diana sat down. I pounded on my shoulder and expressed my gratitude silently.A big sigh was heard from next door, and it seemed to settle down. Marius continued with a small exhale. ¡°Well, you know the outline from Lord Camilo, and I understand that it depends on the terms offered here, but this is about Lady Karen and the North.¡± Naturally, her gaze gathered on Karen, and she shrank a little. I don¡¯t want to rush you here, so I¡¯ll tell you a stupid story. I nod. If it¡¯s not a bad story, it won¡¯t hurt to accept it.There are emotional stories, but it doesn¡¯t matter what you leave out. ¡°As for me and the Marquis, even if it is close to a secret detective, I think this would be a great benefit if I could strengthen the connection with the North, which has not been very connected to the Kingdom until now.¡± ¡°It will also be a score for the Marquis.¡± Bosso and Anne mixed up.Marius continued, smiling bitterly. ¡°And I want the elephants to stay in the kingdom.¡±In that case, the conclusion is to present the conditions to the elephant workshop as good as possible and get a single vehicle. ¡° ¡°So, here¡¯s the deal for you guys¡­¡± For some reason, the scene was silent. I feel like I heard someone swallowing their swallows. ¡°Once or twice a month, I will send something made by Lady Karen to this Camilo.The elephant confirms that and decides what it can do. ¡° Hmmm. This is where I was listening.There is no particular doubt or dissatisfaction. ¡°I¡¯ll pay you this much silver for every check.¡± I think there¡¯s a lot of them. The number of fingers Marius put out was about the same as when he hit something between a luxury item and a bespoke item.With this monthly income, I hardly need to work. No, I don¡¯t really mean to make a lot of money and say, ¡°I did it, I quit working.¡± I¡¯ll tell you what, but there¡¯s only one thing I want you to know. What? I urge Marius to go first.But it was Karen who answered. ¡°I won¡¯t say it right away.I want you to admit your apprentice someday. ¡° Having said that, Karen lowered her head deeply.I hear a small sigh.I didn¡¯t know for a moment whether it belonged to me or to someone in my family. Chapter 564 Chapter 564: 564 ¡°We know that it¡¯s a good story about insects.I¡¯m sorry I initially hid half my purpose. ¡± Karen said with her head down. ¡°I won¡¯t say it right away.I can¡¯t even tell you¡­ ¡° Karen raised her face. I don¡¯t have any more vague feelings.Though it is crisp and tight, there is also a danger of crying. I looked around my family.Everyone nods small when their eyes meet mine.¡±I¡¯ll leave the decision to you.¡± Speaking of emotions, including mentees, you can also refuse and yell at them.Probably, it¡¯s acceptable. There is no urge to do so. However, calmly thinking about the future, it is effective to have one person who can understand the movement.The most frightening is the blow from the darkness. If we avoid that, it would be useful to keep her here in the Kingdom.She may have already told others, but she¡¯s not a hearsay, she¡¯s a person who knows how to get to us. Then I think it¡¯s okay to accept the story itself.I am aware that I cannot say that there is no side tied to my feelings by throwing out the finishing touches. However, I am saying that I can be a disciple for many years, and if I can really trust her, I can just welcome her into my home at that time. If she gives up by then, that¡¯s it.At that time, I might have to fortify the area around my house or find some magical land. And, well, if you ask me if I have any imperfections at all, that¡¯s fine.¡±Because I can¡¯t understand it anyway¡± and ¡°the truth of what I call being from the north¡± are not revealed to anyone, and I still hold a secret. Silence flows. It even feels like time itself has stopped. I opened my mouth slowly. Got it. That¡¯s the word that came out of my mouth.Karen¡¯s face turns bright. ¡°But¡± But I won¡¯t forget to add it. ¡°Just this one, think not next time.If there¡¯s anything I can do, I can move somewhere. ¡± I found Karen breathing.Marius must be laughing bitterly because he thought that the second stage would also include holding him back.Even if I didn¡¯t hit it, it was from a distance. A friend is not an unconditional friend.Interests can arise there, and it doesn¡¯t always get to prammi zero.I think how much you care about it is the difference between family, friends and others. Got it. Karen bows her head deeply again. No, thank you very much. I bow my head like her, too.It may be on top of the position, but it is not a head that can be lowered and reduced. I wonder if it¡¯s all together now. Marius sighed so small that he couldn¡¯t tell if he wasn¡¯t careful. I don¡¯t know. When I raised my face, I laughed.Unlike Marius, I didn¡¯t want to be a charmer. ¡°I¡¯ve got a lot of misunderstandings, but let¡¯s proceed from scratch.¡±You and me, too. ¡° I held out my right hand to Karen, who raised her face.It¡¯s ¡°Southern¡±. ¡°¡­ yes!¡± Karen took my hand when she regained the brightness.Let¡¯s start a new relationship from here.I don¡¯t know what lies ahead of that relationship, but maybe my family and I can manage. Marius went back with Karen.There¡¯s Camilo and our family in the room.When I was talking to Camilo, Mr. Gozu came back, so we decided to come too. My heart is clearer than when I came.I didn¡¯t go as far as my footsteps, but I tried to leave the room lightly, and Camilo was the only one who could stop me. Everyone goes first, and only me and Camilo remain in the trading room. Camilo said after a breath. ¡°I won¡¯t tell you personally, so I¡¯ll tell you for now¡­¡± ¡°¡®The North just picked up the blacksmith? It wouldn¡¯t be strange to hear you say ¡®hand it over before you get mad¡¯. ¡° Oh, well, that¡¯s it. Now it was my turn to smile bitterly.Except for being a cheat at the moment, I¡¯m just a blacksmith.There is no reason why such a thing should be defended at risk. If you try to protect it, it¡¯s like proving that you¡¯re ¡°more important than you¡¯re saying.¡± Marius is the one who set the conditions for you to be in your city and Miss Karen to stay in the city. ¡°I see¡­¡± I thought it was a bit of a strange condition, but my friend seemed to be cutting himself more than I thought. I say it with a smile. I¡¯ll make it up to you so you don¡¯t know it next time. ¡°Just do it.¡± In the same way, Camilo laughed. Camilo dropped me off and said, ¡°See you later.¡± Thus, I returned to the ¡°always¡± that changed the shape. Chapter 565 Chapter 565: 565 There are no trees around us.Liddy said it was because of the magic power. So when I checked the stumps of the trees I had cut before, I noticed that the ¡°hikobaye¡± (buds that grow around the stumps), which should grow around the ordinary stumps, did not grow to some of us. In other words, the only parts of the garden that do not have trees are the soil and stone blocks, which is strange because grass flowers normally grow. The crops in the field also grew rapidly, fully demonstrating the characteristics of the elf¡¯s seeds that ¡°can be harvested immediately¡±. Helen, Diana, and Anne¡¯s enthusiastic voices resounded as they practiced their sword training in such a pocket of empty space.The sky brings orange, and in a few moments we¡¯ll bring darkness. Sukon, Ridi, and Riquet are making a good sound to Samir, who is practicing his bow.Ricketts offers to at least practice long-range weapons if you¡¯re behind him, and Samir and Liddy teach you. Krul, Lucy, and Hayate were chasing after each other.It seems that Hayate is slightly advantageous because he can fly in the air, but if he flies, he will use his strength. Sometimes he rests on Krull¡¯s back. In the corner of such a busy twilight garden, I laid a knife in the light of a magical lantern. I knew it was beautiful. The date of delivery came again from the day I signed a contract with Karen.It was handed over by Camilo at that time.It was three knives. The cloth wrapped individually in the knife was very difficult to read, but each had a name written on it.Boris, Martin, and Sandro.It¡¯s the face of the Golden Fang Pig Pavilion. Previously, he said, ¡°If you send it to me, I will sharpen it and adjust it.¡± So he sent it to me. When I look at the knives before I get to work, I can see their faces on each side. Everyone in the ¡°Golden Fang Pig Pavilion¡± has a gnarly style, but the handling of the knife is very polite.Without the cheat, I might not have noticed the slightest distortion or subtle chips. With such a distortion, you don¡¯t need to heat it up to fix it.It seems that the gold floor can be repaired even by a small one, not the one I always use, so I want to take it outside with a set of sharpening tools and work while taking a breeze. After checking the lights and the subtle distortion, I slammed the knife on the golden floor with a very light force.Even if this kind of work leads to cracks and breaks, I can help. ¡°Don¡¯t get too close because it¡¯s dangerous.¡± If I say so, the three of you will understand and raise your voice.I carefully and slowly proceed with the sharpening work, but I guess I can¡¯t help but feel a bit of enthusiasm.Since it was Sandro¡¯s hello knife, I might have had some temper in it either way. Rinse the knife back and forth on the grinding wheel several times, and finally rinse it with water and wipe it with a cloth.As the area was getting a little darker, the knife still shone sharply as the lantern lit up, and the three daughters raised their voices to stand up. When I heard that, I felt proud, and it was time to finish the ¡°always¡± of my home, when the footsteps of winter approached. Chapter 566 Chapter 566: 566 A moment while having breakfast.I still don¡¯t think it¡¯s cold, but I feel that the temperature is getting cooler in the morning. To put it mysteriously, autumn is over and winter is approaching.Though Diana was told by Samir that it rarely snows around here before, she still needs to be prepared. There is something at home that warms up your very nice body, such as a hot spring, but because of the gushing place, construction, and architectural convenience, it is set up a little far away, and you can¡¯t always soak in water. You¡¯ll need something to heat up the whole house before winter. The newly added room over there is separated. Diana said that and looked out of the room into the hallway.There is also a room in the hallway, but it is bent at a right angle along the way, and there is also a room in the upper part of the Ko-shape. The heat from the Kamadoya blacksmithy may have flowed somewhat to this area of the living room where we are eating right now, but it is impossible to let it spread throughout the house while we leave it to ourselves. Yes, we have a forge that emits high temperatures.Since a furnace is provided where the steel melts at a high temperature, I hope that the heat can be used. The problem is, when you¡¯re not working, you¡¯re putting out the fire. I said with my hand on my chin.Not only at night, but also when I don¡¯t use the furnace.Even if you don¡¯t use a furnace, there is often a fire in the fire bed, but the temperature it emits is lower than the furnace. It might be a bad idea to get cold in the middle of the night Just like me, Diana puts her hand on her chin.Samir and Helen were laughing at it. ¡°By the way, there¡¯s no fireplace in this house.¡± Anne said as she looked around.I don¡¯t know what the watchdog thinks he skipped, but she¡¯s right, this house doesn¡¯t have a fireplace.You might say, ¡°You¡¯re making it by winter, right?It might have been just a little trial. ¡° ¡°Yes, but what about the Beastmen?¡± Is it a bonfire? ¡° No, just put it on. I asked Samia, the original resident of this forest, and she gave me a very simple answer.I see. If it doesn¡¯t snow, I¡¯m sure it¡¯ll work. ¡°I¡¯m different from everyone else, so I can endure it, but I don¡¯t know if we can endure it.¡± I see. Samya continued, and I nodded.I see, it¡¯s back to the Beastman¡¯s body (?) I have animal hair.In Samya¡¯s case, it was a tiger.All I know is the cat itself, but it¡¯s quite thermally insulating. Without it, I don¡¯t know if we can endure a winter just by wearing the same.Rarely does it snow, on the contrary, occasionally. No, there was a fireplace in the Aymur residence. ¡°I have that.¡±Visit for extra chapters. As soon as I asked Diana, the fireplace at Amur Mansion was heated to give it central heating, and the chimneys were filled with heat. ¡°I had a fireplace, too.¡± Before I asked, Anne answered.The mechanics are not very different from those of the Aymur residence.However, it seems that there were some differences in the scale, the difference in the identity, and the place where the fire was burned with this. We weren¡¯t that cold! Rikete said to lift her chest.I heard that the mine was close to where she lived, but it seems that the temperature won¡¯t drop that far due to geothermal heat or something.We are sleeping together in a place that is not very large, so I added that it is also there.You can¡¯t be ridiculous, people fever¡­ In another place, like Samya, Liddy¡¯s house in the woods had a simple fireplace, or something close to an enclosure.They say it will get us through the winter. Helen, a mercenary, did not live where she was meant to be.He laughed that if it was warmed by a kindling, it would be his word, and sometimes he would get together with friends. ¡°Now that you¡¯ve narrowed down your policy, I¡¯ll make a fireplace, and I¡¯ll just leave you a warm blanket.¡± I¡¯ll count with my fingers up. So, whether you¡¯re building a fireplace, or you¡¯re building a heating fireplace, or you¡¯re using the heat from the forge, or you¡¯re pulling hot springs over, or you¡¯re going to be in a complex. Making a fireplace takes time, doesn¡¯t it? Riket says in a relaxed voice.I nodded. I¡¯ve spent a lot of time at the hot spring recently.It was time to focus on my blacksmithing work. That said, I¡¯ll make it after it gets cold, but I can¡¯t make it in time.I bought it like a stove, and it¡¯s not good to install it. Huh? The stove? I flashed a little.Yes, you did. ¡°I have a good idea.¡± Oh, I thought this was a bad guy myself, but I explained the contents to everyone. Chapter 567 Chapter 567: 567 I wondered if it would be possible to incorporate the things that came from the world a long time ago and advanced in culture, but as a matter of fact, they are extremely simple and not very technical. It seems good to hear that prototypes were born in the previous world in B.C., and to think, like suspension, ¡°sooner or later, the same or similar things will come out.¡± ¡°So, Dora¡­ why don¡¯t you light a fire in a cylinder and warm it up with that heat?¡±If smoke goes out in steel tubes, you should get some heat from it. ¡± The point is a wood-burning stove. It was really simple to make.The main parts are the part that burns the fire and the chimney that emits smoke.We have plenty of charcoal and trees to sell. Since the house is made of wood, it may be necessary to make it difficult to disperse the powder of the fire, or to keep the fire place away from the floor, but that is all that is needed. If we can dismantle it, we can leave it in the warehouse when it¡¯s not in use. It¡¯s fine, isn¡¯t it? Everyone nodded as Samya rode into my account. ¡°Well, let¡¯s make it a little bit.¡±It¡¯s business as usual today. ¡° When I said that, everyone came back with a voice of approval.In the meantime, let¡¯s do our best for today. After dinner that day, the story turned to the stove. Helen said as she drank the steaming tea that Liddy had brewed for her. Is that the one from the north? No? Well then, the invention of the elephant.It looks like a wagon. ¡° ¡°Hmm? Hmm. Well¡­ that¡¯s right¡­¡± I affirm with a little twist in my neck.Seeing that, Samya had a strange look on her face.It¡¯s not true.Of course, I didn¡¯t develop a wood-burning stove in the previous world.It was the American who managed to develop a decent wood-burning stove. But I¡¯m the first person in the world to create it.Well, in this world, there¡¯s no bigger difference than what I invented. If it is finished normally after this, it will be a good technology that can emerge globally as well as suspension.The explanation for watchdogs was that there was no large IF. In that sense, it seems that if you can¡¯t do it on your own, it will stop, but since you don¡¯t know what will happen in the process of being stopped, it is better to keep it to a minimum. ¡°Anyway, I¡¯ve gotten to the point where I can get all my deliveries.¡± Would you like to make it soon? Rikete listened without hiding his excitement, trying to get out of the way. ¡°Hmmm, there were a lot of things, and I wanted to stretch my wings, but I had to make one eventually, and now I don¡¯t have a lot of orders, so I¡¯m going to clean it up while I¡¯m free.¡± When he answered that question, Riket clapped his hands and agreed.Everyone else is not going to agree like Riquet, but there seems to be no particular objection, so I decided to make a stove next. That said, it won¡¯t be as big a deal as when you built the hot spring bathhouse.At most, by drilling a hole that protrudes through the chimney or creating a mechanism to block it, it seems that the goods will be ready in no time. So if it becomes a problem, rather than the stove itself, How many do you make and where do you put them? Visit for extra chapters. Our living room is somewhat warm, but it¡¯s a little suspicious to say we can warm it up enough.If that were the case, we would need one here. We¡¯ll see what we can do about each other¡¯s quarters. It¡¯s okay to have one in one room, though. Resistance to cold varies from individual to individual.Samir is somewhat resistant to cold, but Riquet is not. If you want to be able to regulate the temperature, I think it would be better to leave it to the individual to manage the fire in one room. The problem in this case is that there are quite a few of them.¡±There¡¯s even a guest room¡­¡± ¡°Do you want to leave one in two or three rooms and put the stove in a cold room?¡± And my room. ¡° My room isn¡¯t a privilege, it¡¯s for sending heat through the chimney without a stove in the guest room.It would be safer that way. When she was saying which room to put it in and how to turn the chimney, Liddy suddenly cut it out. By the way, what kind of heating do you have in the north? ¡°Heating in the north¡­¡± I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s Karen, but maybe she put a futon on a small table and put a small fire pit in it. ¡° Needless to say, it¡¯s a trick. It¡¯s a demon heater that once you put your foot in it, you¡¯ll never get out again. Will you not make it? ¡°Hmm, I¡¯ll use charcoal where I can¡­ I think I¡¯m more afraid of accidents¡­¡± If it¡¯s an electric heater or underfloor heating with hot spring heat, I¡¯d still like to be a little cautious if it¡¯s a fire. I heard from my grandmother in the previous world that there was an accident in which an animal entered unknowingly using a kotatsu made of soybeans. When I blurred the story of the previous world and told everyone that Lucy might be like that in my case, That¡¯s nothing for us!! Diana declared so lofty that we laughed and agreed firmly. Chapter 568 Chapter 568: 568 There was a certain amount of confusion about the heating equipment.It won¡¯t take much effort to make it.Anyway, it was going to look good. ¡°Ah, and then¡­¡± I had a few things I wanted to make. Riket¡¯s been practicing his bow lately, right? Yeah. When I say it, Riket nods.I don¡¯t know how much the dexterity of my hands affects the arm of the bow, but I see that Samir and Liddy praise me, so it boasts a lot of accuracy. ¡°That¡¯s fine, but I thought I¡¯d better make a crossbow.¡± In the previous world, it was ¡°prohibited for Christians¡±.Well, it probably meant ¡°you can¡¯t take the ransom if you die.¡± Besides, I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a good idea to make a few crossbows that lack recurrence but are very powerful. Riquet was muscular. Strong strings can be pulled even with a bow, and as far as the usual blacksmithing work is concerned, the spine muscles are quite strong, so even a crossbow that pulls the strings up with its hips should be able to draw strings of considerable strength. The bow can be fired with a bow and is useful, but I don¡¯t think it will hurt if I think about confronting ¡°something¡± in the future. Not only would it be useful in a monster crusade like the time of the evil demon, but it would also be useful in the unlikely event that something happened here.At that time, I also needed to take measures against artillery. Crossbow, that¡¯s unexpectedly troublesome. Helen, who was listening to the story, looked up to the sky.You must be thinking about the mercenary era. ¡°Even Helen¡¯s legs.¡± No, well, I have to do something about it. I swallowed the word ¡°do¡±. ¡°If I hit it fast, it will cause a fatal injury.¡±If it¡¯s hardened, it¡¯ll hit someone. ¡° ¡°Is it effective if the travel route is somewhat narrow?¡± ¡°Like this forest?¡± With my hands behind my head, I grinned at Helen, who was pointing her face at me. There are places that are wide enough for the wagon to pass, but there are many places that are narrower than that. Well, shouldn¡¯t we think about Barista too? Helen smiled bitterly when I said it. Well, there¡¯s no harm in defending it, but if there¡¯s such a thing, it¡¯s finally a fortress. Black Forest Fort? Diana¡¯s eyes glowed.Speaking of which, you like this kind of thing a lot, Diana¡­ First of all, I don¡¯t want to have to go to the barista. Anne said with a sigh.That¡¯s true, too. ¡°In the meantime, I think it¡¯s good to just have a few crossbows that you can carry.¡±Regardless of whether I can use it, Samir, Helen, and Anne will be able to pull the strings. ¡° Says Lidi, who drank tea with Kokuri.Considering Anne¡¯s height and muscle strength, it looks like her Troll (Augur) could be blown away.It was going to be a barista. Ah, more. ¡°Are you still here?¡± Samya said in amazement. I nod.Visit for extra chapters. Maybe it¡¯s better to have some easy-to-use weapons in the woods. There¡¯s already a dagger, right? Sell it. Riquet returns my words, Diana gets on, and her family laughs. I think that¡¯s valid, but it looks like a mace. I see. Somehow, I think I can do something about it. Helen clenched her hand. Maybe a weapon that won¡¯t kill me anymore. ¡°Bora or something?¡± I wonder if it¡¯s online. Bola is a weapon in which multiple spheres are connected by strings, and when it is thrown, the strings become entangled with the opponent due to the weight of the sphere.The net is basically a net for people and beasts.Sometimes they are made of thin ropes, and sometimes they are braided with thin chains. If the chains hit poorly, it was likely to be quite a fatal injury. ¡°Why are you doing that again?¡± ¡°If that¡¯s the case, I¡¯ll use it when I¡¯m about to kill the other person.¡±It doesn¡¯t matter if the opponent keeps it quiet. I see. Helen looked up to heaven again.They don¡¯t seem to have much interest in non-lethal weapons. But you can¡¯t make that, can you? Anne said with a big sigh. I nod. ¡°In the meantime, let¡¯s build the necessary heating for our lives, and then we¡¯ll put the crossbows together.If I¡¯m free, I might be able to distribute it to Camilo. ¡° ¡°I think you want a crossbow.¡± Diana was a little stunned and said, ¡°It must be.¡± Helen laughed, and the laughter of the whole family echoed like she was being caught. Chapter 569 Chapter 569: 569 I was making my usual deliveries before I even built a stove or crossbow. Speaking of which, do you only make weapons here? Suddenly, Anne said something like that. ¡°No, I didn¡¯t specifically decide that.¡± Say, I fetch water from a potable water bottle in the forge into a cup with a handle and drink it up. When I first went to town, there was a sickle, right? That¡¯s what Samya said, as if she were nostalgic.It¡¯s been more than half a year, hasn¡¯t it? After that, Riquet came to Camilo, focused on weapons, and began to unload the goods¡­ ¡°In the first place, the axe I¡¯m using right now is the one I¡¯ve made since I got here.¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t that easy to use and sell?¡± Anne told me again.Well, I thought so at first, and I took the sickle to the city with enthusiasm. Well, it¡¯s not that easy, is it? There is a lordship in the city, that is, the blacksmith of the Aymur family, who makes and repairs farm implements. I don¡¯t think I can sell it because it¡¯s not enough, but basically nobody buys it. The knives I still make are bought by people who don¡¯t farm in the downtown area, so I managed. ¡°I didn¡¯t think I¡¯d be able to sell anything else.¡± Pot or something? I see. If it is damaged, I will buy a new one, but there are many houses that continue to use it after repairing a little hole because it is the casting shop¡¯s responsibility. In that case, it is not something that can be sold.From the feel of people in downtown, it¡¯s not cheap.¡±Well, I might have been aiming for that occasional opportunity, but I¡¯m going to stretch out¡­¡± However, small items are more profitable than the labor of making them. There is no demand for metal utensils that are not big.The soup bowls and spoons we use are also made of wood.Visit for extra chapters. On the other hand, there are metal spoons at Marius¡¯ place, but they are also made of silver.Of course, I couldn¡¯t afford to buy such a thing for ordinary people. There seems to be some demand for things like nails and scraps, but making a few for that effort doesn¡¯t make a lot of money. Over and above that, we¡¯re going to have a lot more weapons to make money out of the hassle. That¡¯s right, but Camilo-san already buys most of the stuff. That¡¯s true, though. I shrugged my shoulders at Anne¡¯s words.Whatever you make, you¡¯ll buy it by saying, ¡°I have something to sell.¡±That¡¯s what silverware is¡­. I wonder if the blacksmith¡¯s cheats are the best when making dishes out of silver. And it was probably Camilo¡¯s genius who actually sold it.It¡¯s too self-conceited, but as I¡¯ve told you before, you can¡¯t sell what I made when you can¡¯t. And Camilo is not the type who has bad stock all the time.Maybe that¡¯s why we were able to reach out to the Empire and the North. If you¡¯re sure that you can do it a little more relaxedly, it might be nice to make that kind of thing as the main thing. I mean, for some reason, Anne smiled. Well, to the extent that Camilo is not in trouble, but¡­ Everyone else laughs now. Well, let¡¯s continue. Everyone¡¯s voice of understanding and the sound of fire echoed in the forge, and we returned to our usual work. Chapter 570 Chapter 570: Winter Outfit Is there nothing the world can do? That¡¯s right. When I said it, Camilo nodded with a mustache. So, just before we started making stoves for the winter, we had all the deliveries, so we came to Camilo first. Of course, I have contacted Hayate in advance. Hayate saw some confusion at the beginning when Karen stayed in the capital and the ¡°Northern Mission¡± returned to the north, but now she seems to be accustomed to living in a relaxed place. If it seems better to skip it from time to time, I thought I would skip it to Camilo even if I didn¡¯t have much work to do, but apparently I didn¡¯t need it, so I was relieved. Anyway, I heard a lot from Camilo at the time of the delivery, but it seems that there is no movement in the capital now. There was no special contact from the north. Karen might soon send us something she made, and Marius¡¯ territory ¨C in other words, this city ¨C doesn¡¯t seem to be causing any major problems, especially no expeditions. No, the expedition seems to be going on a little bit, but after Marius succeeded his housemaster, he produced pompous results, so it seems that there is no such ¡°easy-to-understand¡± job for a while. The Marquis seems to be busy, but he doesn¡¯t seem to be coming around to me anyway. ¡°There¡¯s a part of you that cares about you,¡± Camilo said. ¡°Then don¡¯t hesitate to contact me if anything happens.¡± Next time, it¡¯s three weeks from now, just like I contacted you. ¡° Yes, we had the delivery in a week or so, so we had to take a long time to deliver it first and prepare the winter dress there. We put in the winter dress and other work for just under two weeks, and then we scheduled the delivery and delivery in the following week. If the work is finished early, I think there will be a little outing before it gets really cold. If the cold were to come, I¡¯d have less chance of going outside. Then I finished the delivery and when I returned to the wagon, in addition to the things used for work such as charcoal and iron stone for three weeks, there was a large item on the list. Cloth and wool. Families (¡­) people (¡­) minutes (¡­) Those weights are, in any case, quite large in appearance. By the way, there¡¯s heating, so it¡¯s cold in the house when you go out, anyway. ¡°Well, we all have coats.¡± Or is there something good in the north? ¡± Visit for extra chapters. ¡°That¡¯s right¡­¡± Oh, there is. The room is just right for you. It¡¯s not a good fit, but it¡¯s enough to wander around the neighborhood. ¡± Along the way, Diana and I had such a conversation, feeling a rather cold wind. If the ingredients to make it were at Camilo¡¯s, they would be made. While I¡¯m building the stove, Riquet and I will be the main ones, and even though everyone else may need a little help, they¡¯ll be more available. It was also the elimination of the handlessness. As usual, I tipped him, went down the street, greeted the guards, and left the city. On the street, on a slightly cramped loading platform, Liddy said, looking at the cramped mountain that caused it. Was it ¡°Dotella¡±? It¡¯s like the clothes Karen wore, isn¡¯t it? ¡° It¡¯s close, but I wonder if her uncle is wearing it any closer. Mr. Kanzabrow wore a woven feather. I explained that it was a coat that only felt like the upper body, and that it was made of cotton and wool, but it seemed to have somehow been passed on. It seemed that Helen was quite convinced that it was something like ¡°under armor¡±. Riquet, who was born and raised in a blacksmith, was convinced by that, but Diana and Anne said, ¡°I see! I wonder what that face looks like. It doesn¡¯t seem strange for some reason, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s any strange now. Well, it¡¯s something like that, but there¡¯s no difference between wearing it and wearing it. The women (that is, all but me) seem to have appliqu¨¦s that let them know who they belong to, regardless of the design, but they are excited about what to do with Krul and Lucy. Krull¡¯s towing wagon continues down the street as he gazes at it. Then, just before the wagon entered the forest, the extremely cold wind blew on it, and even if it did not respond, it was conscious of preparing for winter. Chapter 571 Chapter 571: From the warmth Gougou and the flames of the flame bed soared, and Gungan and Sheet Metal slammed and prolonged. What I¡¯m making right now is a thin, elongated board. Not far away, Samir and Riquet were also tapping the sheet metal. It¡¯s not that I can¡¯t, but Samir isn¡¯t very good at sewing. It¡¯s mainly because of the structure of the hand, but I thought it was okay to force sewing. I¡¯ll make Samya¡¯s share for you. Diana told me that, so on board, Samia decided to borrow a hand at the stove. I told Samir and Riquet about the structure of the stove. That said, it is not a complicated structure that can burn up to a second time like in the previous world. Since there are no heat-resistant glass windows, it is like a ''steel fire pit¡± or a ¡°wide-mouth rocket stove¡±. And now Samir and Riquet are making the stove body part. So, what I¡¯m making is an exhaust pipe. There are several ways to make a pipe. There is a quick way to make a cylinder and make a hole by stretching it so that it can be pulled out, and there are fewer joints. The problem is that you can¡¯t make more than the length of the tool to pull out, so you have to separate them and make them into long pipes. On the other hand, how to wrap thin plates in a spiral shape and follow the edges. This will only seam for the length, but in theory, it should be able to seam as long as possible. This long-jointed method doesn¡¯t seem like a good fit for pipes that emit smoke, but with the help of Cheat, I can literally make pipes that don¡¯t leak water. On the other hand, I¡¯m the best person in my workshop. So, in order to make that pipe, I¡¯m putting hot sheet metal on the metal floor to make a thin, elongated plate, and I¡¯m tapping it hard. There seems to be a considerable demand for thin metal plates, and there is no doubt that our work is convenient, so I sometimes wonder if it is okay to make something like a rolling mill. There is a question of how to use the power source in our workshop without using the power of a water wheel, but it is not impossible to pull the water from the hot spring that is still gushing, or you can ask Krull to use it only sometimes. However, in the previous world, it was in the idea sketch of Leonardo da Vinci, and I think it would be difficult to introduce it, but in this world, I think it is a little new. If I don¡¯t care about that, I think I can do anything. Apart from the bullets, we¡¯ll be able to handle a handgun. I just don¡¯t want that to have a negative impact on the world. Even if the forces of the world did not work. Moreover, in this case, if you make a rolling mill, it is a ¡°machine that can make a large number of homogeneous metal plates in a stable way¡±. I don¡¯t think that Diana and Anne will go out very often, but if other guests go out, there may be a big difference in military power. Well, suspension will also lead to a difference in military power, but I think it is only indirect, and it is a little different from (maybe) what leads to the mass production of weapons. I want to avoid creating a power gap between countries if I can. On the other hand, for example, I would give the same weapon to both the hero and the demon king. Well, I don¡¯t think there¡¯s ever been a chance like that. That¡¯s why we¡¯re working hard to make boards by hand. Huh. Biron and a stretched steel plate were wrapped around a wooden stick. ¡°I think I can use this on Zen Mai¡­¡± In the previous world, I saw a video of the dough extended by the noodle machine being wrapped around a stick, but it was just like that. Are you with me in principle? How about you? Visit for extra chapters. Well, well done! I called out to Riquet as I took a breath, and a clear voice came back. Something like a metal box is trying to show a little shape. Side by side, Samya waved the beak and shaped it in the same way. I don¡¯t think it should be compared to Riquet¡¯s, but it doesn¡¯t look bad if it isn¡¯t. That¡¯s a good muscle. I see. It¡¯s the impact you¡¯ve been helping me with. Samya sometimes helps Riquet with his work. Just like now. By the way, it¡¯s been a long time since these three were alone at the forge. Ah, that¡¯s right. I feel like it¡¯s a long time ago. In response to Riket and I, Samia, who had stopped her hand, looked around and said: Quietly and firmly raised fire floor. Other than that, we¡¯re the only ones who¡¯ve been around since Diana came. ¡°It¡¯s slowly increasing and there is now, isn¡¯t there?¡± Rike, look at my grandmother. ¡°Hey! Hey, Samir!¡± Rikete is angry at me for saying that. Samir and I laugh, and Riquet laughs. Now, for the sake of the family that has grown from here, let¡¯s push harder. Chapter 572 Chapter 572: their winter Speaking of which, do these animals get into the winter? After dinner, I asked Samya while sipping tea. I also wanted to know about biological stories, but what you care about is like ¡°bonus¡±. ¡°I was wondering if securing food was going to be a problem.¡± Right now, our pantry is well-stocked. If it is built as a multi-functional defense facility that includes a house and a pantry, it should be able to withstand for about a month without supplies from the surrounding area. It was well equipped to refill weapons. Well, the last one was going to be pretty miserable. That said, if it is a family of nine, the intensity of consumption is much more than that, and Krull and Lucy hardly eat, but they still consume according to their physique. Some of Riquet¡¯s, Helen¡¯s, and Anne¡¯s favorite meals were even better. I don¡¯t think it¡¯s better not to eat anything else. Hmmm, it gets cold here, but it rarely snows, and the grass isn¡¯t buried. Hmm. How about a hunt? ¡°Yeah, but I don¡¯t go out much, so I think it¡¯s going to be a little tough. I was alone, so I wasn¡¯t in too much of a hurry, but when the elephants told me, I thought I¡¯d need more people. Isn¡¯t it common to bring a little more in the meantime?¡± It¡¯s not slow enough to hibernate, but will it slow down? Your calories burn more when you move when it¡¯s cold. It should have boasted some of the highest calories in Northern Europe in the previous world¡¯s military renaissance. Even if you travel the same distance, the calories you should consume will increase, and if you move to consume them, the calories you consume will become inefficient. It works well when humans are on a diet (although it may not be a very relevant concept in this world), but it is a matter of life and death for wild animals. Where are the wolves? ¡°Sometimes, but they don¡¯t move very much.¡± I often look at the place where I¡¯m sleeping hard. ¡° Samya said, and Diana heard the sound of a gatan. I understand that you want to see the scene. In the fox village of the previous world, I remembered the place where the fox of the fox was hardened and sleeping. If you had the chance to see where the wolves were sleeping, even if you hunted a little more, the pantry would still be empty, right? ¡°I¡¯m free.¡± During this time, it seemed like it was enough when the potatoes were put in. ¡° Visit for extra chapters. It was Lydie who answered. She¡¯s in charge of the field in the courtyard, harvesting crops from Elf seeds and transporting them to the pantry, so she¡¯ll be fine if she answers immediately. It is customary for beasts to say, ¡°The day after the hunt is not immediately available for hunting.¡± I guess it¡¯s just to make sure we don¡¯t hunt too much. Speaking of this vast ¡°Black Forest¡±, the number of animals gradually decreases as all beasts begin to hunt every day. We have no choice but to prevent it. But on the other hand, it means, ¡°If you wait for a while, you can go hunting again.¡± In fact, it seems that ¡°there is no certainty that it should not come out twice a week¡±. In fact, aside from whether to leave at that span, I decided to go regularly between the production of the stove and the crossbow. Meanwhile, the main Riquet and I are still working at the forge, so the work speed is too slow to be called bad. Maybe. ¡°I wonder if the deer and the pigs are storing fat¡­¡± ¡°Ah, that¡¯s right. Maybe that¡¯s why they¡¯re slow.¡± Fat is very effective in maintaining life activities. It wouldn¡¯t be a good idea if it was too romantic, but I don¡¯t think the wild deer and pigs need metabolic concerns. The word ''smoker¡± crossed my mind. I¡¯m just building a stove, and I think I can improve it. ¡°However, if the blacksmiths are free¡­¡± ¡°In the meantime, I¡¯ll leave that to you, so if you have a good day to go, let me know.¡± ¡°All right.¡± Samya nodded heavily. After I saw it, I drank up my tea and, as usual, said, ¡°I¡¯ll go to bed first. Good night,¡± he said, retreating to his bedroom. Chapter 573 Chapter 573: A little growth The cooling down in the morning, which was gradually getting tougher, and the sunset, which was only getting faster, showed that autumn was over and entering winter. I don¡¯t think I¡¯m going to add deer fur to my bed futon yet, but it looks like I¡¯ll do it soon. The concept of airtightness in a house in the woods is not very relevant. To some extent, the gap is blocked, but air with different temperatures flows in from all over. Well, is it good news that you don¡¯t seem to get acid deficient when using the stove? The heating efficiency is going to be poor. I am continuing to make the stove today. Samir and Riquet are the main body, and I am the chimney. In the meantime, make something like a prototype and try it in the living room where you always eat dinner. The sounds of guns, cancans, and metals clashing together resound in the forge. My lord, this is the place. Every once in a while, it was quiet except for Riquet asking. Samya nods sideways as I teach her, but she doesn¡¯t utter a word. The flames soared, and once again the sound of the blaze echoed. It is such a time. The door between the buttons and the forge opened. When I stopped for a moment, it was Diana who was there. No, Diana¡¯s not the only one. Beside Diana is Lucy, who has grown considerably compared to when she was helping. ¡°Here, take a look.¡± Diana let Lucy out softly in front of her. is dressed in bright peach-coloured clothes and having her tail clapped. I heard that Lucy¡¯s Dotela was made. ¡°Did you make it out of Lucy¡¯s hand? ¡°It¡¯s small, and unlike Hayate, it¡¯s not a wing.¡± It was just right for practice. ¡° ¡°I see. It¡¯s hot in here. Let me see it.¡± What¡¯s the job? It¡¯s a good time to get together, let¡¯s do it at noon. When I say that, Samir and Riquet nod and put the work tools back where they belong. I tried not to drop the fire completely and closed the door of the forge. We were spreading our meals under a cold but high heavenly sky. Because it is a corner, there is also a desire to show it to Krull and Hayate. The lunch is a lineup of grilled dried meat, baked unfermented bread, and soup with tea. It¡¯s basically warm enough to overtake the cold. The blacksmiths were working in the heat until a while ago. Lucy flattened her tail and ran around. My legs were put through a loop of strings attached to Dotela, and I didn¡¯t think I¡¯d slip much even as I ran around. Then Krul and Hayate chase after him. From the earth is Krul, and from the sky is Hayath. Lucy skillfully interwoven the two pursuers into a feint. A nimble movement that contrasts with the cuteness of the flower appliqu¨¦, which is only attached to one side. Are you doing that in the evening these days? While I was preparing dinner, everyone in the family was outside to cool off and practice swords and bows. At that time, it seems that my daughters are playing in chase. Visit for extra chapters. When I saw it before, it didn¡¯t feel like it was over there, but like the little ones were really messing around. ¡°The other day, Attai got mixed up in a chase and caught Lucy.¡± It was Helen who said that. Her legs, named ¡°Thunder¡±, were very fast. In the old world, he would have become a famous track and field athlete. It may have set a record for humanity. If she had pursued me, I would have counted her as the fastest creature in the woods, and Lucy the Wolf couldn¡¯t beaten. It was supposed to be a sight that happened many times. ¡°Then, suddenly, Krull and Hayate started doing it like that.¡± For now, it seems that it¡¯s more important than Atai and the others, and they don¡¯t play much. ¡° Helen pointed her mouth slightly. Now I don¡¯t know which one is the parent. I smiled bitterly. ¡°If you¡¯re confident that you can beat Helen, you¡¯ll do it again.¡± What if Lucy can¡¯t win? That¡¯s another training day, isn¡¯t it? ¡°I think I¡¯m going to lose on purpose¡­¡± It¡¯s Lucy, so don¡¯t you think she¡¯ll find out? ¡°Grrrr¡­¡± Helen gritted her teeth. Well, as a parent, I¡¯ll keep an eye on my child as he grows up. ¡°The day will come when you will be defeated with dignity.¡± That¡¯s what I said. At that time, what choice does Lucy make? If I were to leave this house, it would be very lonely, but at the same time delightful. With that in mind, she followed Lucy as she ran around the ground like a peachy wind. Chapter 574 Chapter 574: Warmth After dinner, we gathered in the corner of the living room. There sits a square box. The box was made of steel and had four legs. A pipe stretches from the box, and it goes out through an empty hole in the wall. It goes without saying that the settled box is a finished stove. It was decided not to consider radiant heat from pipes as a stove to be installed in the living room. The stove is engraved with a little sculpture and the markings of my elephant workshop. I also placed a fence around the stove. Krull is not allowed in the house, so as not to be touched by Lucy and Hayate. They are both wise, so you will understand to some extent, but just in case. For a moment, I remembered that in the previous world, there was a method that ¡°deliberately touched me at a temperature that didn¡¯t cause serious burns¡±, but it immediately swung away from my head. I don¡¯t want to be too noisy. There is broken firewood piled on the side of the stove, and the living room is a little narrower, but it doesn¡¯t affect daily life. ¡°It¡¯s quite spacious as it was¡­¡± Our firewood¨Cor the wood dries fast. It was only recently that I learned that it was much faster than usual. Before installing it in the living room, I tried putting firewood in the fireplace to burn when I could really just say the box, but at that time, Rikete muttered a word. ¡°I always think that the¡± ¡°Black Forest¡± ¡°tree dries up quickly.¡± In response, Samya and I rolled our eyes. Because I thought it was normal for it to dry up after about a month at most. The felled wood that was actually rolled into the corner of the garden (including the one that rose the prey carrier) was about that much, or a little shorter and dried, so it was used as fuel for building materials. The rooms where my family lives have been added, so they are all made of wood. Krul, Lucy, and Hayate¡¯s cabin. ¡°Eh, is that so¡­?¡± Surprised, Samya was the one who asked me a question. I couldn¡¯t speak well. Didn¡¯t you know? Riket said to Samir, and I and Samir shake their heads vertically. Usually, it takes about half a year, or about a year or so. That¡¯s right. With a sigh, Diana says and Lydie takes over. Aside from why Diana knows, what Lydie says is that ¡°I thought you knew exactly what happened to Atai.¡± Likewise. Helen and Anne sighed like Diana. It seems that the only people I didn¡¯t know were me and Samya. When I asked the whole family, they thought, ¡°This is the Black Forest,¡± except for me and Samia. Since Samya and I only know about the ¡°cut-out tree¡± here, ¡°the tree is slippery and like this¡± ¡ª in my case, I just assumed that this world would get to my head, but I didn¡¯t say anything, so everyone seemed to think, ¡°I don¡¯t think it¡¯s too obvious.¡± It is a great misunderstanding. In the meantime, when the firewood was thrown into the stove and ignited by magic, and the sound of banging began to resound quietly, it was said why it dried so quickly. There is nothing to be troublesome because the drying is quick and the bending and distortion does not increase, and it seems that the soot does not come out when it is burned, but I don¡¯t know because it feels badly stored. I¡¯m one of them. Because there¡¯s not much rain? No, that wouldn¡¯t change in the city. Where else would it be sooner? The Empire was relatively early, but when we talked about things like this forest, Perhaps the trees in this forest also use magic to grow. said Liddy. If you use magic like Krull, it¡¯s no wonder that even if you have less water and nutrients, you¡¯ll grow bigger. There¡¯s not much water, so it dries quickly. Diana said, followed by Anne, and Lydie nodded. Visit for extra chapters. Although there are mountains in the distance, I thought it was strange that there was a vast forest in the middle of the plain. The biggest problem is that even during the rainy season, the rainfall is not significant compared to the size of the forest. I suspected that other than springing in the lake, there was underwater flow and that the trees had spread to this point. If you actually dig, the well will sprinkle and the hot spring will come out. There were places where it could be drained, and I didn¡¯t think it was a strange guess. It¡¯s still my magic power to be avoided¡­ hmm? No way? ¡°Even if the crops in the field are normal¡­ they¡¯re normal for Elf crops, why aren¡¯t they especially withered anyway?¡± The field is in our courtyard. In a sense, it was supposed to be in the most magical place. Elf crops grow faster due to their magic power, and some can be harvested several times a year. Liddy said that if you grow outside of the Elf Forest, it will be different from normal crops because of the presence or absence of magic power. ¡°I think it¡¯s because we¡¯re not absorbing inexhaustibly just like the elves.¡± The Elves need magic power to keep them alive. This is why we rarely see elves in the city or the capital. And it came to pass, after the Elves¡¯ Liddi were pursued through the woods of their homeland, that they came not unto the cities, but unto the cities, but unto the magic. And even though she was in the dark ¡°Black Forest¡±, Liddy wasn¡¯t ¡°magic intoxicated¡± because she wasn¡¯t sucking up magic. The Elf¡¯s crops may not have the will, but if they don¡¯t absorb a certain amount of magic power by some mechanism, it¡¯s not strange to grow up normally. ¡°Hmm¡­¡± I roared with my hand on my chin. Huh? I¡¯m starting to feel like I¡¯m at the forge somehow¡­ Ah, I see. When I look around, the stove is starting to heat up just because I say I¡¯m here. So the warm air came to me, and I felt like I was putting fire on the fire. Oh, it¡¯s nice and warm. ¡°That¡¯s good, this.¡± Diana, who doesn¡¯t seem to be very resistant to the cold, comes to my side and puts her hand on the stove. ¡°Don¡¯t get too close.¡± ¡°I know, I know.¡± With a small, bitter smile on Diana¡¯s face, she put firewood and rice in the open stove¡¯s mouth. Chapter 575 Chapter 575: Forest Animals I¡¯ll go then. ¡°Come on, come on.¡± Meet the Samias at the exit of the house, ready to go. They are going hunting now. All but Riquet and I will accompany Krull to Lucy and Hayate. Hayate got a little lost, but she didn¡¯t have anything to contact her, so she asked me to accompany her, and if there was anything, she told her to go back here instead of writing a letter. If Hayate returns and doesn¡¯t have a letter, I (and Riquet) will hurry to the last place released. Even if I hadn¡¯t stayed on the spot, the range I was looking for would be somewhat narrower, so it was better than no hint at all. In the worst case scenario, I would consider relying on Ms. Lewisa to tell me where she is, but I would like to use that as a last resort. Rather than being particularly hostile to her, she ranks quite high in terms of friendliness, but at the end of the day, she is beyond human imagination and power. I think it would be better not to borrow too much. I feel like I have a lot of people to borrow at the moment, so I might be able to use that area as a shield. Well, if we were in any danger, it would be us more than the Samyas. ¡°There¡¯s a huge difference in power anyway¡­¡± Maybe I should think about making it a fort. Even if it is not a trap that can cause injury, would it be better to have one that warns intruders if they suddenly approach, or one that sends an alarm to the house with a trick? Let¡¯s think about this one more time. During the hunt, Hayate seemed to be stuck on Krull¡¯s back. Krull does a great job carrying his hunted prey. Everyone has their own basic hunting tools, so there¡¯s no luggage like the Krull can carry along the way. So, it seems that Hayate¡¯s favorite Place on the move is Krull¡¯s back, relaxing and swaying. You¡¯re supposed to be the oldest at human age, but you shouldn¡¯t spoil your sister. The biggest body was Krull. Other than Krull¡¯s back, I heard Anne often stops on her shoulder or head. I think it¡¯s because I¡¯m quite tall. When I told this story, I asked Anne if it was not heavy, but she said, ¡°There is some weight, but not at all¡±, and she didn¡¯t say anything because she seemed a little happy. Krull was quick to move and seemed to be an excellent force. Meanwhile, it has no role as a resting place for Hayath. It seems that the hayate is also rising up the tree and squeaking, so we don¡¯t know, but it¡¯s Samya¡¯s guess that he¡¯s giving instructions in ¡°words that only make sense to his daughters¡±¡­ Visit for extra chapters. Lucy was getting pretty big, and she had more places to hunt. Although it seems to be a monstrous influence, it is quite clever, and sometimes it literally ¡°eats¡± the prey when it is not a hound, but if Lucy does not do such a thing at all and seals off the movement of the prey, she will not do anything more until she is told. Around here, Diana was narrating while lowering her eyes. There aren¡¯t many animals near us. Since the magic power was so strong, I naturally understood that there was a risk that if I made a mistake, I would become a monster just like Lucy. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s a substitute, but animals often come to hot springs with a little less magic power. To be precise, I don¡¯t put it in the bathhouse, so it¡¯s a drainage pond. There come wolves, pigs, deer, as well as raccoons and tigers. Squirrels and birds can be seen bathing in shallow waters in the smaller ones, so you¡¯ll see a whole bunch of animals in the forest besides bears. In the previous world TV show, there was a saying that the deer was staying in a surveillance hut in the jungle and making noise that it was a tiger, but here, various animals could be seen during the day without such a thing. By the way, the main thing is to check that the pond is not overflowing, and not to dust the animals that are soaking in the water. It was the implicit understanding of our family that the animals in the pond were not to be targeted for hunting. Even if they say it¡¯s no big deal what you¡¯re doing, I can¡¯t help but feel at home. That¡¯s why Riquet and I waved until the trees in the woods covered the figure of our three daughters, who looked back sometimes. Chapter 576 Chapter 576: Small Harvest Festival A few days later, we took the table outside and had dinner outdoors. It will be colder from now on, and it will be a tough season to do this. Therefore, we should pay for it as soon as possible. Today I use plenty of vegetables from the fields. It is not a raw vegetable, but I also prepared a dressing of warm vegetables with wine vinegar (not bought on purpose, made with the rest when I bought a new wine). Also, saut¨¦ the pork and venison in hot water with potatoes and carrots. There is usually only one magic light and one kindling, but today we are increasing the number of kindling to two. That¡¯s not why, but I also prepared meat that hasn¡¯t been cooked yet, just skewers and salt and pepper. Sometimes I thought it would be good to grill it and eat it appropriately. With wine and fire there is a modest but sufficient feast. The cheers are clear, and the stars resound in a small harvest festival under the night sky. There were guests today at a banquet that usually consisted of only a small group of family members ¡ª even though it was a large band of 10 people in total. ¡°This is the first time I¡¯ve had a taste of northern flavors, but it¡¯s delicious!¡± That said, it was Lewisa who chewed meat and drank wine in a big mood. She is the Spirit of the Tree [Dry Add], and is connected to one of the roots of this world, the ¡°Dragon of the Earth¡±, and is like the Lord of this ¡°Black Forest¡±. ¡°I¡¯m glad you¡¯re happy, but¡­ is it okay?¡± I didn¡¯t expect to say that. Because Luisa, the natural pinnacle of the forest, didn¡¯t feel any discomfort when she was tonguing at what she had picked up in the forest (although the wine was different). But she has her eyes wide open. Huh? What? No, let it out, but I wonder if the meat belonged to the animals in this forest. Yeah. Ms. Lewisa smiled nickily. If she asks me to paint a picture titled ¡°Mother¡¯s Smile¡±, I might model on her now. ¡°Isn¡¯t it one of nature¡¯s ways to be captured and eaten like this?¡± Ayzo-kun doesn¡¯t have to worry about it. ¡° Well, that¡¯s fine. I smiled bitterly. That¡¯s not what I wanted to ask, but if the person in question says it¡¯s OK, I don¡¯t mind. Visit for extra chapters. And beside it, Whoa, whoa. It was like a little puppet that raised its voice. It was Giselle, the head of the Fairy Clan. The freshly broiled meat was cut by Diana, and it looked like it was cheeky. ¡°I don¡¯t usually eat such things, so¡­¡± Ms. Giselle turned to Diana, who was smiling and grinning, and said lightly. Because they are small, they will be limited to rabbits if they are caught, and the meat of pigs and deer will not have much fate. I had a meal when I came to my house before, but it was different. If you are happy, I will let you out. As to why there were two of them, Mr. Lewisa stopped by the hot spring at the same time, and Mr. Giselle came to check whether there was any contact, and just then she ran into the place where we were preparing and invited her. At first, Giselle refrained from saying, ¡°No, I¡¯m sorry,¡± but she was interested in convincing me that there was enough, and that she would not eat that much even in terms of physical size in the first place, so she decided to participate. Ms. Lewisa had decided to join us when she explained her preparations before we invited her. You helped me prepare. After all, it seems that the forest animals are starting to prepare for winter. It seems that Mr. Lewisa came to the hot springs only after his rounds. I said it, but¡­ In the same way, Mr. Giselle came to see how the plants were doing. Reeja and Deepika aren¡¯t having that strange illness these days, and they say they¡¯re staying healthy. ¡°It would be good if all life could be lived regardless of other life, but that¡¯s not the case.¡± And I think it¡¯s great to thank you for that. ¡± Giselle, like a fluffy doll, laughed. Somehow she feels more like the main character of the ¡°Black Forest¡±, and she¡¯s rude. Thus, the Harvest Festival, which greeted the biggest guests in the forest without anticipation, lasted until the bonfire was extinguished. Chapter 577 Chapter 577: It¡¯s winter, come on¡­? And a few days passed. The stove is well aligned and has a chimney for transferring heat. There is a large one in the living room (this is the first one to be completed), and one in my room, which also warms the guest room. Of course, we can¡¯t let customers handle fire in many ways. Diana and the others were to put one in Diana¡¯s room. It was because she was the coldest. Heat up Diana, Samia, and Riquet¡¯s room. The three men, accustomed to being relatively cold, were to be placed in Anne¡¯s room. Liddy lived in the woods, Helen was a mercenary, and she was resistant to harsh environments (although she said differently), so even though the Empire was a little colder than here, it became Anne¡¯s room. He said, ¡°I don¡¯t care,¡± but he said that there was a fireplace in the house, and he concluded that it would be better. If you can¡¯t meet the deadline, we have two highly-identified people¡­ and they think so, then everything in the living room, including me, was set up in the high-identified (highly-identified) human room. Diana and Anne seem a little excited, so maybe that¡¯s good. Opinion broke about the Krulls¡¯ hut. Since I had time, I even talked about building another one and putting it in the shed. But naturally, it comes with danger. It was a fire, and the cabin was made of wood. You can keep it from burning naked, but it doesn¡¯t prevent accidents. I want to avoid the fact that Krull, Lucy and Hayate were burned when I woke up in the morning. Even so, the opinion was expressed that it was poor to be cold. Well, I know a lot about that. I don¡¯t care if it freezes under the cold sky. Besides, my daughters are very clever. I nod if they tell me I wouldn¡¯t do something like a burn. However, it was decided not to place the stove in the shed. It was after the dinner that we talked about. ¡°Lucy was born in this forest.¡± Thinking about the future, it might not be a good idea to make it too cozy. ¡± That¡¯s what I said. Lucy has grown up and is losing her child, but she also has the option of living away from it in the future. If she makes that choice, it¡¯s always the case that I¡¯m not going to stop it. ¡°That¡¯s right¡­¡± Diana slightly pointed her mouth. She understands that, but she may not be satisfied with her emotions. That¡¯s understandable. I¡¯m not going to change that either. ¡°You¡¯ll be around forever, Krul and Hayate¡­ maybe Hayate, but I know there¡¯s something going on between you two, too.¡± ¡°If the dragon is a large, warm creature¡­ but most of the dragon is living in the slightly cold forest.¡± Some Elf villages seem to have dragons on a large scale. ¡° My words were followed by Liddy¡¯s. If she¡¯s right, Krull is used to living in the woods, and even if this is the first time, it¡¯s unlikely to end up in an extreme situation. Well, Camilo wouldn¡¯t have given it to me if it had been a bad idea. So, Hayate was born in the North, right? More Summers followed. Not that the northern part of the world is a very cold region, but it seems that it is colder than this in casual conversation with Karen. Hayate, who grew up there, will be fine. Visit for extra chapters. There is also a pond near the hot spring, so if it¡¯s cold, why don¡¯t you go? It was Helen who said that. A pond is a pond where animals from the forest come to soak and drain the hot spring. It¡¯s quite spacious over there, and it¡¯ll be enough to warm you up. I¡¯m worried about the hot water. By the way, it seems that Helen is taking advantage of the speed of her legs to see the animals in the pond when doing sword training with Diana and Anne. Diana was jealous of mega layers. There won¡¯t be more of them, ¡°Thunder¡±. That¡¯s why Anne tells Diana that she¡¯s recently had more opportunities to interact with Diana. Besides, if you wear Dotela, you¡¯ll be fine, right? I see. Yes, they were making Dotela while me, Samir and Riquet were making the stove. It also gives priority to the rights of the daughters over those of man. So I see Lucy in peach, Krull in pale green, Hayate in yellow, and Dotela in a different color running around these days. As usual, I think you¡¯ll be fine if you let them wear their clothes. Everyone in the tea drank their own wine, which they had left over for dinner, and Riquet said. My daughters also want to take off their clothes because it gets hot when they move their bodies. So I put it together without wearing a string, and when I put it on, we started taking it off ourselves, so I¡¯ve been doing it from the beginning recently. It seems difficult to put your legs through the boulder, but even if it scratches, it seems that we can do it ourselves (mostly Krull gives it to the other two), and if we notice, we scratch Dotela and utter it. And the HP on my shoulder is going down. Nevertheless, in such a case, it was decided that we would not install a stove that was more dangerous. Now the winter gear for my ¡°Elephant Workshop¡± is ready. What would be my first winter in this world? I fell asleep that day, feeling half anxious and half excited. Chapter 578 Chapter 578: What to make You don¡¯t make armor after all? ¡°Armor¡­¡± After all the winter preparation, I started working on the crossbow prototype in my free time, and Riket asked me if I should try to build a mechanism first. I answered without stopping. ¡°I made Helen¡¯s family, but it still takes too long.¡± I don¡¯t make everyday items because I don¡¯t want to mischievously increase the chances of other blacksmiths becoming business enemies, but I simply don¡¯t make armor because it¡¯s a hassle. It doesn¡¯t matter if it¡¯s just like an iron plate (it¡¯s like a bikini armor) that covers the required space, but it doesn¡¯t. If you do not inhibit the movement of the body, but you have to protect the deadly part, you need to take a lot of time even if you can make a shape with a cheat almost in one shot. Also, if only the sheet metal part can be made, and there are chains and chains there, wouldn¡¯t it be possible to hold a cheat in a month? ¡°Well, after making the rings one by one, you have to connect them¡­¡± And even so, only one person can make it. Is it because the first thing I made was a knife or a sword, or is it because of the occupation in the previous world, or I have a strong desire to have a large number of people use my product if possible. Even if you are rejuvenated for the second time in your life, you will not be able to do it forever. After 10 years, you will catch up with the physical age of the previous world. It is not surprising to wonder if it would have been better if it had been a little younger, but if it had been a blacksmith with more skill than that, it would have been too suspicious for geniuses in their twenties. It¡¯s still too suspicious to be true. I¡¯m interested in the armor my master makes. ¡°I wonder if I could get some very rare materials¡­¡± Like a dragon scales, for example. I¡¯ve never seen one, Dragon. Adamantite has hydrangeas in the house, and I¡¯m thinking of tailoring them to some kind of weapon, so if I can get materials that are unlikely to be used for swords, such as dragon scales. ¡°Hmm, sorry.¡± Visit for extra chapters. I stroked Riket¡¯s head like I was deeply disappointed. There is no one else in the forge right now. The Samyas are still hunting today. That said, I got enough meat, so half of it was like a holiday, and Samya said that I would do something close to patrolling. It was said that bears who had lost their hibernation in the previous world were ferocious. In fact, there have been cases in which there has been significant damage. What the Shamirs are going to do is check for signs. There¡¯s no footprints wandering around, no traces of weird eating. Of course, Samia is good at tracing the trail of the former, but Helen is also a mercenary. ¡°Recently, she has become able to understand the beast.¡± I guess I could become a [Ranger] in the end. I shake my head as I think of Helen changing her mind like a game from the previous world. It seems that Liddy knows about the latter. ¡°It¡¯s the same in the sense of the danger of the forest.¡± That¡¯s the forest where Lydie and the others lived. This ¡°Black Forest¡± seems to be the most dangerous place here, but at some point in the forest, it doesn¡¯t change to a certain degree. Living here makes me forget a lot of things. After all, it seemed like the Black Forest¡¯s main accreditation was ¡°the strongest force.¡± There were parts of the blacksmith¡¯s body that I felt deeply sorry for. In any case, while exploring the dangers of the forest, the Samias are on a critical mission to collect the nuts and medicinal plants that can be picked at this time of year. ¡­ I think my three daughters think it¡¯s about a picnic. Thinking of my daughters running around in the woods exhaling white breaths, I got back to my work. Chapter 579 Chapter 579: Crossbow teasing The mechanism of the crossbow is that if you say it very roughly, you put up a clamping stick on the string of the bow you put up, and if you remove it, the arrow will be released. That said, it really doesn¡¯t work with the mechanism as it is, so we need to make it a slightly more elaborate mechanism. The mechanism actually incorporates a portion of the disk that is fixed to the center is chipped into the concave shape and catches the strings strung thereon. Of course, the disc turns around with the tension of the string, and the arrow is immediately released. Therefore, a cutout is made on the opposite side of the concave shape, and a different part is combined to suppress the rotation. When the part moves, the rotation that was suppressed is performed with the tension of the string, and at the same time, the string that was caught in the cutout is released and the arrow is released. A moving part is the part that hits the trigger that is also present in the gun. It was similar to releasing a fixed strike iron in conjunction with the reverse force. After the trigger is pulled, it must be returned to its original position. It may simply be used around the tension coil spring, but this time, the plate spring is made into a U-shape. In the previous world, firecracker guns are similar in shape to pine leaf gold, furry gold, or pop gold. Because practical coil springs are a little bit ahead of the world today. In the previous world, that great genius, Leonardo da Vinci, had left a sketch, so if a similar genius appeared, the time would be faster. But I¡¯m not going to be Da Vinci much. The original technology has existed for quite a long time ¨C that¡¯s why bows are also possible in a sense ¨C and I think that suspension in the application of leaf springs is a very tight line. Speaking of which, Zenmai, a form of whirlpool spring, thinks that it may be almost OK, but for now, I don¡¯t have the opportunity to use it, so I won¡¯t be here for a while. ¡°I can¡¯t think of anything but Lucy¡¯s toys to do with Zenmyi Power¡­¡± And the trigger was not a thin shape that I could think of as a trigger, but a lever-shaped one. The parts of what is called the Engineering Department will be made into tricks. The work goes smoothly thanks to cheat. It¡¯s good to be able to get help, even if it¡¯s not just a product like a sword or a sword. Well, if you want to make a sword or a sword by yourself, you¡¯ll need to build parts, so maybe you can help me as a ''sword¡±. Not only tapping with a hammer, but also occasionally chopping it off with a handkerchief. Then combine each. Instead of a shaft, the nail is fixed to a mere wooden board. If we just check the operation for now, this won¡¯t be a problem. Are you going to try it? ¡°Oh, you see?¡± Of course! Riquet, who seemed to be praising the situation, answered vigorously. There is no doubt that Krull and the others would have come to see what would have happened. The disk has a concave notch, and the notch is facing upwards. On the opposite side, it was cut into the shape of a beam, and the tip of the lever that triggered it to fit there was holding back the rotation. A hairpin-like leaf spring is laid under the lever tip, and the lever tip is pushed upward under tension, and the rear end is pushed down about the axis. I put my finger on the concave shape of the disc and put tension in front of it. I decided to ask Riquet to operate the lever because it was a big deal. Visit for extra chapters. Is that okay? ¡°Just watching the moves, no problem.¡± Do it. ¡° Ok, then. Terrified, Riket pushed up the back end of the lever. The lever tip is lowered and the lever spring is compressed. When the tip came off the disk, the suppressed rotation began, and the concave notch turned forward. If this is a bow string, it will be released and arrows will be released at this point. On top of the lowered lever tip, a small portion of the disc is inserted so that it can sit. When I release my fingers from the disk and get my hands off the lever, the lever tip rises due to the tension of the lever spring. The disk that was not subjected to any force is pressed against the lever tip and rotated so that the concave notch is raised. Then, the disc and the tip of the lever meshed again and were fixed. This brings us back to the original state. When it is actually used as a crossbow, after this, the bow strings are tensioned to enter the notch again, and the arrow (it is a special thick arrow) is held and ready for firing. You¡¯re doing great. Yeah, let¡¯s see if we can actually team up and move properly. Even if it works when I try it like this, it¡¯s normal to say that it doesn¡¯t work when I actually put it together. Even in the previous world, it was successful during development, but it was not difficult once or twice without the operation that I thought would be the real thing. As I prayed not to, I removed the mechanism I had put together in order to move it to production. Chapter 580 Chapter 580: Gun Bed I think the most important part of the crossbow is definitely the Engineering Department, but the pedestal for connecting the Engineering Department and the bow part and directly pressing it against the body ¨C speaking of a gun, the part that hits the gun base will also be important. If you don¡¯t build this well, you won¡¯t fly where you¡¯re aiming. It is true that some margins of error are acceptable, but in the previous world, William Tell shot out an apple on his son¡¯s head. In other words, it¡¯s possible to have that level of accuracy. Well, as I said, ¡°If I were to shoot my son off the first shot, I would have killed you on the second shot,¡± I¡¯m sure it wasn¡¯t a sure thing. In any case, the pedestal is not part of the barrel. There is a good chance that the blacksmith¡¯s cheat is not active. Cheats work in production, but they are a few steps inferior to blacksmiths. For example, if I were to make furniture (although I actually do it several times), I could make some kind of thing. There is something like, ¡°Can I get money for this?¡± However, Helen is superior in battle, and Sandro¡¯s dude is superior in cooking. There are people in the world who can make more furniture than I can make, and I¡¯m no match for that person. But I can¡¯t help it if I¡¯m sick and rotting. In my family, let¡¯s make it big enough to be used by other families while matching the body of Riquet, who is a small but firm person. There are no plans for mass production of crossbows. If you make 10 units and 20 units, you can make jigs to produce the same items, but that¡¯s not the case, so with the help of cheat, measurements are made with so-called ''spot matching.¡± First determine the overall size. Place the floor tail on Riquet¡¯s shoulder and have her take a stance. I¡¯ve been a little bit into survival games in the world before, and I¡¯ve got a sniper-style stance, but I¡¯m sure it¡¯s close enough. The position of the arm when in position was lightly chopped on the board, and it was decided to make it slightly larger than that. A little bigger for Riquet, but not too cramped for the rest of the family. Attach the engine section to the plate. To see an approximate location. Especially if you bring the lever to a strange position, it will not be where you shoot, so I want you to decide carefully. Place the lever so that it is in line with the bullet bed, specifying the size, and specifying the shape from the landmark when standing. The rest is cut and processed. In such a case, if there is a thread saw, it will be finely cut, but it will be cut roughly with a knife and then rectified. ¡°I guess I¡¯ll be on my way in the future, and I¡¯ll make a thread saw¡­¡± Of course, the knife I use is a ¡°cutting knife¡± that I like to use. And thanks to cheat, the machining itself goes smoothly. Eventually, when the acquaintance saw it, he could say that even the upper bullet bed was flat. No, it was exactly the same as the gunpowder. Ask Riquet to stand there once. How about the size? It¡¯s a little big, but it doesn¡¯t seem like it¡¯s too hard to hold it. What¡¯s the weight? Visit for extra chapters. If you can ride here a lot, maybe Liddy can go as well. ¡°So it¡¯s okay. However, I can see it and it¡¯s powerful¡­¡± Liddy¡¯s body is luxurious and she looks like an elf, but her strength is not weak, as you can see from her field work and her handling of quite strong bows. If the sword is a master, a giant, a dwarf, a beastman, or if the muscle strength is augmented by a mysterious presence, the surrounding area is only ¡°too strong¡±, perhaps from an average point of view, the muscle strength is strong. I¡¯ll tell Liddy about it. ¡°Please don¡¯t do that.¡± I returned a bitter smile to Riquet, who was smiling. If we were to talk about who we shouldn¡¯t offend in our family, Dantoz would name Lydie. The leaderboard itself didn¡¯t come out because I bought my anger. I don¡¯t seem to care about myself, but I don¡¯t care about God who doesn¡¯t touch me. ¡°Is that from the north?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, it means you don¡¯t have to do anything extra to get into trouble.¡± I see. That said, this time I laughed calmly. I thought I¡¯d say something back, but when I realized it was the God of Touchless, I went back to my work to incorporate the Engineering Department into the barrel. Chapter 581 Chapter 581: []/(v1, v Repeated engravings and sharpening to incorporate the Engineering Department sounded the songs of Karangkorong. ¡°It¡¯s not time anymore.¡± I remember spending lunch in between work, but after that, I concentrated on my work. I looked out the window and the sun was starting to fall. Since it looked completely like winter, it was natural for it to be early compared to summer. When I realized that I had completely left Riquet alone, I looked at her and saw that she had quite a number of knives. Oh, that¡¯s amazing, isn¡¯t it? I checked with Riquet¡¯s eyes and she nodded. Grab one of the side-by-side knives. Looking at it, by applying magic power, I was able to suppress the variation in speed. As a general model, it¡¯s too good to be true. Riquet raised his eyebrows a little. ¡°No, I need to be able to finish with my strength just like my master.¡± This is because there are also small tips. ¡° It¡¯s good enough as a knife, and I¡¯ll turn it into a wholesale knife, okay? ¡°Yes, of course.¡± Riquet nodded with a smile. Whether it¡¯s because of a race called the Dwarves or because it¡¯s Riquet, I remember it quickly around here. I think the speed of finishing is also considerably increased. It¡¯s because the master is good. ¡°Noo¡­¡± I scratched my head. Basically, I can¡¯t teach the part by cheat, so I think it¡¯s very embarrassing. Seems like you can handle magic power pretty well now, too. ¡°No, actually, for now, that¡¯s the limit¡­¡± This time, Rikete scratched her head. Riquet had been receiving magic tricks from Liddy for a little while recently. For now, Riquet was the only one who wanted to learn about magic and magic, and it seemed that the other ladies were all more important with their swords. ¡°Liddy says it¡¯s a stack, so let¡¯s do it in a hurry.¡± That¡¯s right. Riket said so, but the door between the gacha and the blacksmith opened. Welcome back. ¡°Oh, welcome back. Everyone too.¡± Samir was the first to come in. Diana and Liddy are missing, but Diana is still out there with her daughters, and Liddy has gone to see what¡¯s going on in the fields. How was it? When I asked Samya, she looked a little ingenious. ¡°What¡¯s the matter? Did something bad happen?¡± ¡°No, I don¡¯t think so¡­¡± I have a bad toothbrush for Samya. As a reminder, there are signs everywhere that the cold is going to be a little bit harsh this year. It seems that it is the fruit of the fruit, the appearance of wandering animals, and judgment from places that I and other family members do not know. Liddy agreed, and Anne said that she was drinking her own brewed tea sometime, so I guess I could say for sure. It feels like the stove is working. As I said, Samya nodded. Visit for extra chapters. I¡¯ll go check on you a few times already, but I¡¯m sure you¡¯ll be glad it happened. I want it to be useful because I¡¯ve made it, but it works great! In other words, it¡¯s a cold and erratic time, so I¡¯m not happy about letting it go. ¡°In the meantime, let¡¯s make sure we can get some firewood or something.¡± In some cases, we can reduce the delivery to Camilo. If it¡¯s too cold, you can¡¯t carry it far enough, and you¡¯ve already sold a lot of it. ¡± I don¡¯t know where the road gets frozen, but if it does, it will be desperate to travel by carriage. Business in that city, but considering the quantities that have been wholesale so far, it seems unlikely that it will sell well. Everyone, including Riquet, nodded at my words. I thought the winter dress was completely finished, but it seems that there was still work to be done. By the way, when Helen thought it was quiet, she was watching something fluttering. Of course, it was the base of the crossbow. We haven¡¯t incorporated the Engineering Department yet, but it seems that we are concerned enough to stand alone. ¡°Okay, I can hold it.¡± Helen let herself down for a moment. My gaze moves towards me in horror. Now that my eyes meet, I¡¯ll nod and urge you. [M] Well, then¡­ Having said that, Helen slowly stood up. It was a little bigger for Riquet, but it seemed as small as I thought it was Helen, who was a little taller than me, and she stood with her arms shrinking. How about that? It¡¯s a little cramped, but I can¡¯t hold it, so I think it¡¯s good. Helen, who was slightly bent over, woke up. Hmm. We¡¯ll be fine if we can handle Helen. Well then, let¡¯s give it a try. The next candidate was Anne. If she¡¯s the biggest of the Giants, there¡¯s no one we can¡¯t handle. Aside from the skill. Anne was shrinking her arms even more than Helen, but she seemed to be on the brink. What I¡¯m saying is distracting, but I thought she was too big to get in the way, but it didn¡¯t happen. With this, we¡¯ll be all right. I thought so, but in the end, I said that Samya would do it, and Diana and Liddy, who came back from the outside, wanted to try it, so they all tried it. Chapter 582 Chapter 582: Crossbow Complete The next day. Riquet worked hard on the delivery knife, so I bought some time, so I decided to focus on Crossbow again today. The Samirs were out hunting, and they were going to be out hunting today. I asked the patrol to collect any firewood or burning branches that I could use today. Usually, when I followed in the woods, branches fell everywhere. I usually have enough and I don¡¯t pick it up because I have other purposes, but it should be a good amount if I pick it up separately. Today, Krull may feel better with a lot of things on his back. Hayate would have to think of somewhere to ride a little. ¡°Come on, come on.¡± I¡¯m coming! ¡°Krrrrrrrrrrrrrrr!¡± ¡±,¡° Cue ¡±, and the voices of the daughters join in. Seeing everyone disappear into the woods, Riquet and I pulled back into the house. Today, it depends to some extent on finishing. We¡¯re going to incorporate the Engineering Department and attach the bow. Incorporation of the engine section should be slightly sharpened and the engine section should be pinned. I think it would be good if it could be used to fasten screws, but the principle is not something you can use anyway. It seems that it has become commonly used in the previous world since the lathe was built and it was able to make a lot of things with good accuracy. If you crush the head of the pin a little and don¡¯t pull it out easily, there will be no particular problem. I repeatedly hit the Engineering Department a few times to see how it went, scraping the bullet bed, and then hit and saw how it went. Eventually, when the bow string was caught, the lever and spring all fit neatly. When you get here, attach the bow and some parts to the back and you¡¯re done. The bow was made of a combination of wood and metal, but I decided to make it of metal that could only be forged. If I adjusted the hardness and elasticity with magic power, I would be able to find something close to the composite material. Because it is a crossbow, it is said that it is a little stiff, or it is said that there is no problem even if it takes force to pull it. Heat the sheet metal on a flame bed with fire in it, then tap and stretch the sheet metal on the flame bed. At this time, with the help of cheat, I will focus on elasticity rather than hardness and use it as a bow, while identifying the part that gets a little stronger. Finally, make a notch to secure the string, and the bow is complete. Of course, before strings are strung and afterwards, the direction of turning is reversed¡­ but I don¡¯t know much about it in its current state. Attach the bow to the tip of the barrel. To prevent the bow from shifting up and down, I prepared a Ko-shaped metal fitting, but the metal fittings are D-shaped together. It was also made by tapping the sheet metal. This one is made with durability in mind. We also made several other durable parts. Attach and secure multiple pins to the tip of the bolt along with the bow clip. The D-shaped hardware jumps out from the tip of the barrel, which acts as an ¡°abrasion¡± when pulling a string. You can pull strings and use instruments directly by stepping here. ¡°Excuse me, can you give me a hand?¡± Yes. I called out to Riquet. I can¡¯t do the work from here by myself, but it would be easier if I had some help. Particularly strong strings that Samya used to make (tree deer tendons). Deer have longer legs than pigs, which means they have longer tendons). Now, you can do it by fixing the bow facing forward on the opposite side while turning it in the opposite direction, but of course, it¡¯s not like you can do it with half a force. However, if I and my dwarf Riquet were to be able to do something about it, I would be able to do something about it. ¡°Okay, let¡¯s do it.¡± ¡°Yes! Three, two, one!¡± Pull timedly so that the bow is quickly vertical with one side tilted in the opposite direction. The two of them put on weight and while I was holding back, Riquet fixed the string on the other notch. Ooh! Finally, I was able to attach a bow to the barrel. A crossbow has been completed in the form of a crossbow incorporating both the abrasive and the engine parts. ¡°Thank you very much, thank you.¡± No, it¡¯s normal for an apprentice to do his job. Riquet laughed as I thanked him. Well then, we¡¯re one step closer. Isn¡¯t this finished? Well, it¡¯s fine to say it¡¯s finished. There are two or three more things to do. I heat up the sheet metal again. It is shaped like a shoe holster that covers the area where the engine section strings are fixed. Riket points at it and asks. What¡¯s this? ¡°This is to make sure that you don¡¯t get too sloppy when pulling strings.¡± I see! Riquet¡¯s eyes glowed. If you pull the string between this shoe and the clasp, the clasp will strings well¡­ and you won¡¯t even touch the clasp inadvertently. Visit for extra chapters. At the end, I attach a small ribbon to the shoe compartment. Ricky asked me again. ¡°What is this part?¡± ¡°This is¡­¡­¡± I caulked the hook-shaped parts on both ends of the slightly shorter string in the forge. I got something like a reed. ¡°Do this to me.¡± I stepped on the crossbow¡¯s paw and hooked the reins of the reins to the right and left on the string. ¡°And so¡­¡± I caught the center of the rope part of the rope on a small crossbow. When I lifted it with both hands, the reins became M-shaped. ¡°I¡¯ll do it.¡± Pull up the apex of the M-shape. The strings were not so modest, but they were lifted lighter than expected. The point is that the part of my hand that serves as the pulley is pulling the string with a little less force. I¡¯ll just pull up the string and dive under the shoelace. The strings are pulled and kept in shape as you gently release the force. I took off the loose reins and tried to lift them gently, and the string was inserted into the concave shape of the clasp. Now all we have to do is catch an arrow. Ricketts and Ricketts clapped. I offered Riquet a crossbow. ¡°There are no arrows, but try it once.¡± Eh, is it okay for me? I¡¯m going to use it mainly, so I think it would be better if Riket tried it out. Sure. Riquet nodded unexpectedly. I¡¯d like to try it, but right in front of me. You don¡¯t have to worry about it. And now, Riquet receives the crossbow and hits the floor and tail of the musket bed against his shoulder. The right hand rests on the lever and the left hand holds the front of the barrel. ¡°Bowgun¡± is a name that was originally a trademark in Japan, but it is exactly what we call a gun-like bow. I¡¯m coming! ¡°Ohh!¡± Rikete declared that, and put her strength in her right hand. The lever released the clasp, and the string was released with a sound. Binh, the sound of the string ringing unexpectedly resounded in the forge. In the meantime, it works as a crossbow. Mechanical durability is a lot of stuff. How about that? Awesome! I used it for the first time, but it didn¡¯t feel uncomfortable! Alright then, let¡¯s try it out right away. While putting my hand on Riket¡¯s head, which was shining with sparkling eyes and rough nose, I said with a bitter smile. Chapter 583 Chapter 583: Trial The arrows used for the crossbow are different from the regular arrows. That said, it has an arrowhead, a shaft, and an arrow vane for a steady flight. Is there a difference in thickness? The ones used for bows are fine, but the ones for crossbows are slightly thicker. I don¡¯t know what effect it will have, and I haven¡¯t even shot at it in the previous world, so I don¡¯t know the details, but I can only see that the kinetic energy increases by that amount if I can project heavier objects faster. Well, on the other hand, I don¡¯t know anything more than that. ¡°Okay, I got it.¡± I made a slightly thicker arrow, recalling the arrow that Samir usually makes (I make the arrowhead, but Samir makes the adjustment of the arrow wings herself). Even if I didn¡¯t know the reason, I could do it well thanks to cheat¡­. maybe. Riquet What is it? If that¡¯s the last one, let¡¯s give it a try. When Rikete, who was waving a hammer, raised a thick arrow lightly and called out to her, her eyes glowed. Yes! While Rikete finished about two daggers, I also made a few arrows. Me and Riquet went out. The sun has long passed by the sky. It feels a little better to go out from the hot blacksmithy when it¡¯s getting cold. I didn¡¯t really like sauna in the previous world, but when I tried this, I thought it would be good to go in a little more. I can¡¯t even make it here. There are hot springs, and stones can be collected from everywhere (it seems that any stone is not okay because it can be watered), but it would be quite a while after making it¡­ Besides that, I wrapped up the little thick iron plate I had in my hand like Samir and Liddy used to practice bows all the time. Both the arrowhead and the iron plate had plenty of magic power. For practice, I hope that it will last a little, but when I realized that the contradictory story was as it is, I smiled bitterly. It¡¯s slightly open behind the door, so that when it deviates, someone doesn¡¯t suddenly show up and hit it. Maybe we should take care of the shooting range of the guns in the previous world. There is still some soil left around the hot spring. Well then, can you load it yourself? Yes! When he placed his legs on the abrasions, Riquet prepared to pull up the strings using tools. If it¡¯s hard, I¡¯m going to use the lever principle to pull strings, or I¡¯m going to use it to pull gears. Visit for extra chapters. Yep. Riquet pulled the string up at once. Hook the string on the clasp as it is. Now the first thing to do is to pull the strings. Next, I put the thick arrow that I offered in the groove carved into the bullet bed, and then slid it in front so that the rear end of the arrow came to the part where the string was fixed. Then, I put my tail on my shoulder. In the previous world, it might be a scope or a dot site, but naturally there is no such thing in this world. There is no iron sight on the rifle, so the aiming is like a bow. Riquet grabbed the lever. ¡°Kang!¡± sounds and arrows are fired. The arrows flew like lines in the air, and eventually hit ¡°Vacan!!¡± With a flashy sound and spark, it fell down. At least the contradiction didn¡¯t go unnoticed. When I finally approached it, the spot where the arrow hit was quite dented. Wasn¡¯t this one intact? When I picked up the arrow, the tip was crushed. In the previous world, I had seen a video of an iron plate not being pierced by a gun, but the iron plate and arrows were just like that. I can¡¯t say it¡¯s as powerful as a gun. This time, Riket¡¯s skill was released from a very close range. But it will still be enough as a weapon. Even if you have a shield in place, it¡¯s going to penetrate and stick as it is. Rikete said while stroking the tracks of the iron plate. I nodded. That iron plate was reinforced by magic. That way, you can prevent penetration, which means that you can¡¯t prevent penetration with an ordinary iron plate if you return the back. I wonder if I can defeat the dragon anyway. I wonder if I can cum. I said it as a joke, but I only bitterly laughed at Riquet¡¯s words, which contained the air of truth. Chapter 584 Chapter 584: Failure I knew it was powerful enough¡­ or somewhat excessive. After that, it¡¯s durable. I don¡¯t expect it to last forever, but it is troublesome if I don¡¯t use it for a certain number of times. ¡°¡­ yeah?¡± When I checked the crossbow after Riquet shot it, I felt uncomfortable. It should have been moved only twice, but I used it more than that, or it seemed to be damaged a little hard to think of. With the help of Cheeto, the bow area appears to be distorted. Hmmm. What¡¯s wrong with that? While I was twisting my neck with a crossbow in my hand, Riket peered in. ¡°Yeah, look here for a second.¡± ¡°Yes. Now excuse me¡­¡± I handed the crossbow to Riquet and pointed at the bow. Riquet is clinging to that part. Eventually, I grabbed my eyebrows and crushed them. ¡°Ahh¡­ this is¡­¡± Isn¡¯t it distorted? Yeah. Riquet nodded as he returned the crossbow to me. It was still distorted. I think it¡¯s getting more or less damaged, but is it faster than normal? No, that doesn¡¯t make it a weapon. That¡¯s right. Instead of taking time from firing to reloading and re-firing, I think the advantage of crossbow is that it is easy to handle and powerful, but if you can only use it twice or three times, wouldn¡¯t it be a bit harsh as a weapon? There weren¡¯t many people who wanted to take a demon sword that would break if they slashed it twice. It¡¯s not that I don¡¯t want to use it. Hmm, I think I made a mistake. Assembling or something? ¡°I don¡¯t think that¡¯s the place¡­¡± If it was wrong at the time of assembly, I think the blacksmith or the production or the cheat in the area could have figured it out. The fact that I didn¡¯t understand it doesn¡¯t mean that there was a mistake until it was completed. Well, what happens afterwards? But I guess. ¡°I only moved it twice.¡± ¡°Well, that doesn¡¯t seem to break it.¡± So, if you¡¯re guessing the cause, ¡°Well, what¡¯s the matter with you two?¡± I heard Samya¡¯s voice. Looking at the voice, there are all the dirty family members on the soil. ¡°No, I got a crossbow, but what¡¯s the matter with you guys?¡± Huh? Yeah. For a moment, Samya had a strange look on her face, but she immediately noticed what was happening to her. Unusually, there¡¯s a Nuta field on the way. Uh¡­ I figured it out. Nutaba is a mud field where pigs bathe in mud to remove dirt and insects from their bodies. Visit for extra chapters. If you look at Lucy, what¡¯s the matter? She¡¯s leaning her neck slightly, but she¡¯s pretty muddy, too. Maybe Lucy charged. It seemed like I could hear my anus screaming at that time. Lucy wagged her tail. It was so innocent that the desire to be angry did not sprout anywhere. So, what about you? ¡°Huh? Yeah, this is it.¡± When I pointed at the crossbow I had in my hand, everyone gathered. Among them, Helen came out in front of me. Well, if it¡¯s about weapons, it¡¯s about her. ¡°I only shot him twice, but the bow is already warped.¡± While saying that, I offered a crossbow. Helen gazed at the bow and traced it with her finger as she took it. Helen paused her hand in a crooked manner and said in a quiet voice. Did you catch an arrow twice? ¡°Hmm? No, I wanted to see the movement at first, so I couldn¡¯t catch the arrow¡­¡± As I said, Helen let out a small breath. ¡°That¡¯s right. If you shoot a bow without using an arrow, you¡¯ll get hurt.¡± It¡¯s not good to have all the power to shoot arrows in the bow, is it? ¡° ¡°Huh, is that so!?¡± That¡¯s what I said without concealing my surprise. Helen laughed when she heard that. Oh dear, there¡¯s something even elephants don¡¯t know. ¡°I told you, I¡¯m just a blacksmith.¡± But you should have checked that area properly. ¡° Tell you what, I fell down. I may have been a little chronic. It is a mechanism that releases such a powerful arrow. It should have been assumed that the load would be heavy. But that¡¯s exactly what the elephants are made of. You didn¡¯t have anything until the second shot, did you? Oh, yeah. Ricky shot me, but I hit him real good. I point at you personally. Helen narrowed her eyes and confirmed it. ¡°Is that dented!¡± I knew it! ¡° Helen laughs as she slaps the van on my shoulder. With the unusual shoulder shock and the embarrassment of being praised, I was completely puzzled about how to react. Chapter 585 Chapter 585: Repair ¡°Mm-mm¡­¡± I was roaring in front of the crossbow. Helen told me the day before that shooting in the sky with a crossbow was strictly prohibited. I had to fix it because I had to shoot it in the air, which was strictly forbidden, and it was distorted, but that¡¯s the direction. One is the direction of increasing endurance. It will be difficult to pull the string, but there will be no problem if you use aids such as instruments. When you shoot in the air, you make it a little harder to break. The other direction is to simply fix it normally and end with that. I know it¡¯s not good, and I¡¯m not going to be so detached as to shoot in the air, so if you handle it with care, that¡¯s fine. The crossbow can be handled like a gun, but it doesn¡¯t seem to keep it firing like a gun for long. It was explained to Helen at dinner the day before that that the string would be strung and the arrows would be connected after the possibility that it should be fired, so in essence there would be no sky shooting. Well, even in the previous world, when the gun is not used for a long time, it seems that the bullet is pulled out, the strike iron is dropped, and the safety device is put on, so it¡¯s the same. After sunrise, I consulted with Riquet and Helen and decided to fix it as usual. When it is necessary, it is decided that it is better to pull the string by force alone if possible. Even though the crossbow is alive, it is Helen¡¯s opinion that it is better to avoid only the situation where the equipment is broken and it cannot be used. If you think about the case when it becomes a standing situation here, you have no choice but to agree. Maybe I should think about setting up a trap. Looking at the trees outside, I muttered without a word. The trees don¡¯t make you feel much that the seasons are around, but the wind that comes in is cold. It felt like winter was already a good time. ¡°I don¡¯t know. In the first place, it¡¯s like a land patrolled by natural guards.¡± Helen muttered to me, looking outward in the same way. What she calls ¡°natural guards¡± are mainly wolves. Pigs, tigers, and bears join them. Of course, I couldn¡¯t expect a dragon. And then Riquet went on. Visit for extra chapters. You won¡¯t protect Ms. Lewisa, will you? ¡°I don¡¯t know. Depends on whether you like us or not. Anyway, if she wants to protect this place, she¡¯ll have to change the terrain.¡± Lewisa is the master of this ¡°Black Forest¡±, but she doesn¡¯t have any direct means of attack. So, if she tries to damage the land of the sandbox game alone, just like she has to change the terrain, she needs to do the same. Of course, that¡¯s not good for this forest. If you decide it¡¯s worth protecting, you¡¯ll do it, and if not, you won¡¯t. I wish you could change the terrain. It doesn¡¯t matter if it¡¯s a hot spring. Well then, let¡¯s get started. I stretched out. Riquet went to his work, and Helen went out with the rest of the family. Today is not a forest patrol, but the cultivation of the fields¡­ or the last harvest of the year. Some of them are grown in winter, and although they are the seeds of elves that grow in all seasons in the first place, they do not make the facts too widely known, and they are fallow during the winter to rest the soil. Even if there is no serial disorder, is there a problem with nutrients? Anyway, from the outside, I could hear yi yi (occasional kurrulu, one-one, queue), but I had to remove the bow of the crossbow and put it on the fire. Chapter 586 Chapter 586: Trap The crossbow repair was almost finished. It¡¯s not just about returning the distorted part, but it¡¯s not something that can be fixed just to fix it. But in my case, there¡¯s help. Still, it¡¯s not easy enough to fix, but the work speed is different from general repairs. It was a crossbow that I fixed, but somehow I didn¡¯t feel like trying to shoot it, so I decided to leave it in the corner of the forge. It has been confirmed that the mechanism itself operates normally and that it can handle liquefaction. There is no problem. Somehow I feel like a shotgun in self-defense in a former world gun power. It¡¯s not something I¡¯ve actually done or seen, so it¡¯s just an image. Well, the next time you go away or to the city, it¡¯s like you¡¯re really going to do your part. I said, looking out the window, a little noisy. It¡¯s cold outside, isn¡¯t it? How was your morning? ¡°It was cold.¡± Replying to Riket¡¯s words, Riket laughed. I went to the lake with my three daughters in the morning, but it was cold enough that I didn¡¯t feel like bathing in the water that I used to do all the time. Is it salvation that my breath is not white enough yet? It took time and effort to build the hot spring, but it was good to hurry. At least the cold hasn¡¯t been the reason I can¡¯t cleanse myself. Rather, they are actively involved every day. Well, I had a lot of opportunities to sweat the blacksmithy because it was hot and I moved my body, so I took it for granted. Suddenly, rather than a drainage pond¡­, I remembered the ¡°animal hot spring¡± that had become a place for animals to relax. For some reason, wolves, bears, and tigers don¡¯t seem to care if there¡¯s a buck or a deer that they usually eat. Even if we discover it from a distance, we will leave the scene immediately. We are spending time on the flat left side of the alright, as if we claim that all animals have equal rights in that place alone. It¡¯s not as far from my house as that ¡°animal hot spring¡±. The magic around the building was too strong for ordinary animals to get close to, as Liddy explained when she didn¡¯t live in this house yet. Krull was a dragon, and Lucy looked like a wolf, but she was a wolf monster. Hayate is also a type of dragon, so she doesn¡¯t seem to care much. On the other hand, if there are other animals like that, they will come without any particular concern¡­ I wonder if there are any monsters attracted to it In the sunshine, where the cold was somewhat less, I said, cheeking my rice. ¡°It¡¯s dirty with soil, so it¡¯s hard to eat at home¡­¡± It¡¯s still cold enough to be outside, and there¡¯s still work to be done. ¡° And, in the opinion of everyone who was out, we were having lunch outside. Of course, I have my hands washed. Visit for extra chapters. And when he had eaten the scraps of the flesh of the pork of the hayath, which rested on his shoulder, Lydie said, ¡°I don¡¯t know. As we talked about before, even if you¡¯re a monster, the animals like Lucy have a lot of influence on the original animal temperament, so if any animal is interested in hot springs, they might come over.¡± Lucy, whose name came up, shook her tail happily, and Diana stroked her head. There were two kinds of monsters. Both are affected by the stunning magic, but the stunning magic like Lucy degenerates the creature, and the ¡°pure¡± magic that ¡°emerges¡± from the stunning magic like a goblin. Of course, there is a possibility that the ¡°pure¡± monster will also come here. Yeah. When I said it, Liddy nodded. I don¡¯t know why, and there was no reason to install it, but the pure monsters try to kill the creature anyway. Even if there is no hot spring, there are only a few living things that settle nearby. If it occurs nearby, this is where we want to go. ¡°Whether to fortify this place or not, let¡¯s create a trap.¡± I don¡¯t think it¡¯s harmful, but I think it¡¯s better to use warnings and alarms as a primary role. I want to avoid unfortunate accidents. ¡° Both humans and animals will want to avoid getting hurt unexpectedly when they meet in the hot tub. It¡¯s pretty much the same now, but I think that a lot of things have come out, and there¡¯s finally enough room to think about it around here¡­ Hugh and Helen whistled, their eyes gleaming, and Anne¡¯s face glowing. I smiled a little bit bitterly, ¡°It¡¯s soft in your hands¡± That¡¯s what I said. Chapter 587 Chapter 587: Calculation of the trap I decided to set up a trap or an alarm, but even though I had repaired the crossbow before lunch, I couldn¡¯t leave the delivery to Riquet. Since I am a disciple, I can leave it to you. There is also a direction. In fact, Riquet says that, but I can¡¯t let it go because it is my job. In the previous world, I didn¡¯t leave it to the junior to do it myself, and I did it myself, but it felt similar to that. ¡°It¡¯s not very good, that¡¯s why¡± was scolded by the junior, but it didn¡¯t come off very well. Well, the delivery is not just an exchange of money or goods, but also a material for obtaining information. In this world where there is no mass media or the Internet, what Camilo teaches is the main source of public ¡°current¡± information. I don¡¯t go to the city or the capital very often. Camilo was originally mainly a pedestrian, and now he has a shop, but there are people everywhere, so it is easy to gather information about Ichii. In the first place, for people who do business like him, such information becomes more and more important in business. Besides, his sources are nobles ¨C mainly Marius and the Marquis ¨C so he can get both. That¡¯s why I think that the information he collects as a news program every two to three weeks is useful, but I have to do it myself. So now, I¡¯m waving my head over the sheet metal as usual. When I was out eating, I felt a little chill, but now I¡¯m totally against it. Today, the furnace is not moving (there are enough daggers to finish it), so it¡¯s better to do that, but the fire bed alone will be at a good temperature, and I will wave my hammer with all my strength. I¡¯m sweating a lot. So far, I don¡¯t think I need to worry about the cold conditions because I won¡¯t be cold from the tip of my sweat, but I don¡¯t think the heat will continue. However, this makes me feel like I¡¯m working on something. I don¡¯t dislike waving my hammer carelessly. It seems a bit like a workaholic, too. Oh, that¡¯s right. And as I finished a few knives and rehydrated in between, I came up with this idea. You can bring Camilo¡¯s information to the porcupine, right? I can meet Hayate as well, and I can get regular information on the span of about a week. It seemed like a good idea. I think it¡¯s a good idea to ask Diana and Anne about this once. I decided to go back to my work. ¡°Hmm. I think that¡¯s a good idea.¡± Dinner after a day of work and getting dressed in the hot spring (quickly returning home to avoid getting cold). Anne twisted her neck at me when I cut out the story. Something bothers you? If Xiaolong comes and goes regularly, you might be suspicious. Diana replied instead of Anne and continued. I don¡¯t know how far I can go, but if I¡¯m curious, I¡¯ll follow you. ¡°I wonder if I¡¯ll even come into the Black Forest¡­¡± It¡¯s going to be a bet. Anne was the one who took it. This time, she went on to say: ¡°In his case, he was originally a well-known pedestrian, and he set up a shop and grew up. It¡¯s possible that such a merchant would use Xiaolong to interact, so there might be few suspicious people in the first place.¡± For a moment, relaxed air flows through her, but Anne goes on. Well, on the other hand, people who are suspicious of it may be quite skilled. I felt like the temperature in the room had dropped. Was it me or was it somebody else who swallowed the raw spit? It¡¯s true that people who wonder, ¡°It¡¯s not strange.¡± Visit for extra chapters. I feel that the sound of firewood blowing in the stove is too loud. There, Samya said with a seductive feeling. So it¡¯s the right thing to do to set up a trap. Oh, yeah, that¡¯s true. Anne nods. There are ¡°Forest Pros¡± (Liddy) and ¡°Black Forest Pros¡± (Samia, of course) here, and I will make the tools for them. I¡¯m sure you can catch a trap with some skill¡­ I hope you can do it. ¡°There¡¯s nothing useless about that, and even if it¡¯s just what Camilo has, it¡¯s certainly attractive for regular information¡­¡± Anne crushes as she puts her hand on the cheek. Diana raises her hand small. ¡°Shall I send a letter to niisama and ask him to send it to me?¡± ¡°Do you want me to deliver something from over there too? Yeah. After all, Camilo¡¯s place is still the same. He won¡¯t let Marius¡¯ information get in the way. ¡°That¡¯s right, and that¡¯s not very good for you.¡± After that, we discussed this and that together. I think my family is quite lively at times like this. Is it because they are directly involved in their own lives? Eventually, I decided to call Camilo at the next delivery. If you don¡¯t mind, I¡¯ll have Diana deliver a letter to Marius. In that letter, Marius asks us (officially, including Anne, the seventh princess of the Empire) to send us information as appropriate, to the best of our ability. I was worried that I might end up using the Countess on my chin, and that I might be suspected of spying. ¡°I¡¯ll send a letter to my sister. My brother will go through.¡± and Diana said casually, so I decided not to worry about it. It was even better in the first place. Of course, I¡¯m willing to pay Camilo and Marius their fair share. The installation of the trap was not in a hurry, and after the next delivery, if the temperature there seemed somewhat harsh, it would be good even after spring. For a while, it seemed like it was going to be a bumpy, relaxed life. With that in mind, I was going to start cleaning up dinner. Chapter 588 Chapter 588: Going out in the morning The traps were shelved once, tricks and deliveries continued to be made, and in the meantime, the hunting team went through the forest several times, and the day of delivery came. In the morning, when I woke up, the fire in the stove was completely extinguished, and when I rolled the blanket, the cold came over me. ¡°This way¡± feels cold, too I have experienced quite a cold temperature difference in the previous world, but there was support from the sharp instruments of civilization. So far, I haven¡¯t felt the freezing cold to the bone marrow, but will it be cold enough to recognize the gratitude of the sharp instruments of civilization? Get ready to leave the house quickly and go outside holding a water bottle. I noticed that my exhaled breath was faintly white in shape. It seems that it is not just my skin feeling that is getting colder day by day. When I closed the door to the house, the butterflies and three of my daughters came up to me. Their breath is also white. It seems natural that Lucy¡¯s breath is white, but Krul and Hayate¡¯s breath is also white. They are both dragons or similar species, so they look like reptiles and receive the image of warm animals. However, when you touch it, it feels as smooth as a snake, and it certainly feels warm, so there¡¯s no doubt that your body is exerting heat. This is a place where the common sense of the previous world does not make sense at all. ¡°There¡¯s no bathing today because it¡¯s cold.¡± When I declared that, Lucy lowered her tail and expressed her condolences and regrets. I smile bitterly and stroke Lucy¡¯s head. Compared to before, the distance to succumb¡­ well, that¡¯s what¡¯s decreasing. Even now, just by bending my hips without putting my knees on my head, my hands are still reaching my head. In the evening, I¡¯ll have the mothers wipe it with hot water. Adding that to it, Lucy, who had completely recovered her mood, barked as if her tail was faking. That voice was so sophisticated ¡ª whether it was an appropriate word for a girl or not ¡ª was coming along. Still, I like bathing in the water as much as I did at a young age, so Alright, let¡¯s go then. Krull and Hayate stroked him, felt the warmth in their palms, and then we headed for the lake. ¡°Hmm, it¡¯s even colder after all¡­¡± The lake is rough and frozen, so it seems to be irrelevant for now. However, the wind that runs on the lake surface is originally cooled to a cold place, and the cold is coming one step ahead of the other, which describes as cutting yourself off. ¡°As soon as we fetch the water, we¡¯ll go back. I have a delivery today, so I¡¯m going out.¡± The daughters applauded the words. Maybe. There are hot springs to cleanse the body, and wells for farming. Therefore, water is only used for basic drinking and cooking, so when I drank less than in the summer, I got home quickly. When I returned home, the stove was active and a little warmth enveloped my body. The last time it happened, Anne seemed to have finished washing her face with a totally different expression than when she was ''serious,¡± and she was wiping her face with a towel. There was a hint of steam from the Tarai. I asked her about it, and Helen said, ¡°I went for a run¡± Visit for extra chapters. And I¡¯ll return it to you in a nutshell. Hmm, is it better to have water drawn once every two days, or ¡°hot water drawn¡±? Then I can wipe my daughters in the morning with hot water. I have to make sure it dries quickly so it doesn¡¯t get cold. When I said that, Helen shook her head to the side. ¡°Evening training alone could be dull.¡± and. I was right there, and I was convinced that it was like a little jog, and I didn¡¯t say anything more. Meanwhile, Riquet combs Anne¡¯s hair with the expression of half a bitter smile and half a wink. It seems that Riquet is looking forward to tying three pieces of knitting and making various hair styles. ¡°I tried to give it to my sister, but my hair looks like this.¡± Riquet¡¯s hair¡­ or Dwarfs generally seem to be quite stubborn, and have fewer hairstyles to do. I don¡¯t often feel sorry for being a dwarf, but I hope this is just a slightly softer-haired race. I¡¯ll ask the elephant to buy some good perfume oil for my hair next time. Diana, who was watching the situation, mixed it up. Riquet waved his hand to the side. ¡°Huh!? No, I¡¯m sorry.¡± When spring comes, you can pick some good herbs for your hair, so let¡¯s go look for them. There, Huns and Liddy joined with a rough sniff. Her hair seems to flow smoothly without passing through the comb. I thought it might be because it¡¯s an elf, but maybe it has some kind of secret. ¡­ I¡¯ll ask you a lot before forty goes around again and my forehead starts a retreating battle. It seems that the hair is one of the strong concerns of women in this world, and the story about how Wai Wai and the perfume oil were good, and the herbs were highly effective, and the ones there weren¡¯t very good, is buzzing. I put my hand gently on the forehead of the BGM and started preparing breakfast. Chapter 589 Chapter 589: Walk in the Winter Forest Are you ready? ¡°Ohh!¡± I¡¯m fine, too. Samir and Riquet replied with a little clothes added to their usual outing clothes. It can¡¯t be said to be close to an inn when you go far away. That¡¯s what it was like when everyone came here. With the exception of Samia, who originally lived in the Black Forest, and Helen, who rescued her from the Empire, she usually made a little trip to get here. I remembered what I looked like at that time. Well, when I think about moving, I can¡¯t help it. That¡¯s what Anne was wearing. I didn¡¯t think so at first, but once I showed it to her, it was a pretty solid fabric and it seemed like there was no problem going further. It¡¯s fair to say that a princess can¡¯t dress badly. As expected, there was nothing in the design that showed the princess. Diana said as she entered the wagon looking at the clothes like Krul, Lucy, and Dotela dressed in Hayate. If it gets a little colder, maybe we should put it on. ¡°In the meantime, I¡¯d like to retract to my home as much as possible.¡± I¡¯ll give it back as I get into the wagon. We have a good stockpile of food, fuel, and ingredients, and we¡¯ll be able to withstand them for a month or two. If it doesn¡¯t change even if you stay at home like in the summer, if you¡¯re comfortable with a cage, you don¡¯t have to leave much. Lucy jumps into the wagon with herself and proudly stands up. Diana, who had stroked her head ¡°Ehrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr¡±, was disfavored by the fact that her face was made of perori. Hayate stays on Krull¡¯s back. I thought it might slippery because of Dotela, but it seemed to be ok, and I quickly shifted to the position of retreating myself. Krull¡¯s dragon car pulls us through the Black Forest. As usual, it¡¯s quiet today in some kind of noisy forest. It¡¯s not so quiet, but it feels like there are quite a few birds and insects. When I asked Samya, I wonder if the winter months have begun sooner. and said, looking around. Does it mean that some people think that it has never been over early? Samya looked around and said she¡¯d look at me. I told you earlier that I was going to retreat to my house, but are we going to winter soon? Visit for extra chapters. I think about it while I stroke my chin. ¡°I¡¯d like to talk to you about whether or not you have a basket of food.¡± I don¡¯t like the timing¡­ my food is running out faster than I thought. By the way, it doesn¡¯t necessarily mean it¡¯s snowing or freezing on the ground, so I think it¡¯s better to go to Camilo when I can¡­ ¡° The snow itself is troublesome, but if the ground freezes and mud is born when it melts, it won¡¯t be able to move for a while. Both the frozen ground and the mudflaps were powerful men who had stopped Chobi Beard¡¯s army from attacking in the previous world. Even though it¡¯s rarely the case, if it does, I don¡¯t think I¡¯m going to stand up to those mighty men. Before that, I want to prepare for life in the ¡°Black Forest¡± by gently gathering food for the army that will be camping in winter. I think it¡¯ll be okay for a while, including what Atai will get today. It was Helen who said that. She is also wearing a newly tailored coat with a newly obtained cloth. Diana and Liddy were the main ones, but it seemed that they had done some tricks themselves. Anyway, that¡¯s what the mercenary, or maybe even the winter camp professional, says, but it¡¯s wrong to say that it¡¯s not a quantitative problem. I don¡¯t know what it is, so I agree that it¡¯s best to secure it as much as possible. ¡°Hmm¡­¡± I¡¯ll stroke my chin again and think about it. As soon as we talk about the information, let¡¯s talk to Camilo about the possibility of being caught in the forest without extending the delivery time. When I said that, the whole family ¨C Riquet couldn¡¯t because he was taking care of Krull ¨C nodded. And then, the dragon car went on to the road that might be the last to pass this year. Chapter 590 Chapter 590: From the street to the city On the street, the grassland that had lost its summer momentum spreads brown. It¡¯s an inconvenient season for bandits and animals to hide. Animals anyway, bandits don¡¯t know when they¡¯re coming, and it¡¯s too little to wait under the cold for the patrol guards to find them. Therefore, Anne said that there seemed to be relatively little occurrence of bandits in winter. Well, I know the Empire, but it¡¯s not that different in the Kingdom. And Anne closes. ¡°There aren¡¯t many people who like it and want to be active in winter.¡± Even though Helen said that, she didn¡¯t fail to be vigilant by letting her gaze run around her. ¡°There will be wild thieves who have been pushed to the point of betting on one or eight¡­¡± I brought it here, but I¡¯ve never had to go without him. I lifted a crossbow by my side. The strings are not set. It seems unnecessary in view of the current situation. There¡¯s a shotgun, and there¡¯s two archers. As I approached, the twin swords of Thunderclap, I of Thin Ice, the Rose of the Swordsmanship Academy, and the great sword of Her Royal Highness intercepted me. And Riquet, who would use it, was holding Krull¡¯s reins. There will be little time for this. Everyone nodded on the wagon. A chilly wind blows. It¡¯s not as cool as the wind that came across the lake, but the winter breeze is still cold. Still, Krull held on to the luggage truck. Although Riquet is holding the reins, recently, it¡¯s only half-formed, and if nothing happens, just say ¡°I know it on my own,¡± and Krull goes down the street at his own speed. If Samir or Helen spotted anything suspicious, Rikete would control the reins and Krull would slow down. Recently, Riquet hadn¡¯t had to manipulate it, but he slowed down himself. Well then, why don¡¯t Riquet stop grabbing the reins? I don¡¯t think so, but I can¡¯t give you instructions in case, so Rikete is in charge. However, I think someone will do it because there is talk that other people would be better off soon. It goes without saying that Diana was the first to raise her hand when this story came out. Anyway, apart from the occasional cold wind, the dragon car that took us for a leisurely ride along the peaceful streets of the city. Visit for extra chapters. ¡°Oh, you¡¯re right.¡± Thank you. A familiar guard called out as he approached the entrance of the city. Unlike summer and autumn mouth, they wore cloak-like cloaks from the top of their armor. The cloak was adorned with a familiar sigil. Needless to say, it is the emblem of the Aymul family, the lord of this city. I think it is worn as a heat shield, but it does not show how much it is standing in that role and how cold it looks at all. Maybe they have their own secret to winterization. I¡¯d like to ask if I get the chance. It¡¯s getting cold. Well, be careful not to get sick from the cold, too. Of course. So are you. ¡°Yes, thank you.¡± As soon as I usually exchanged greetings, the guard who was on the street made an unusual seasonal greeting. At that time alone ¡ª ¡°Relatively¡± would be a necessary precursor ¡ª it would be peaceful. I thought it was less crowded, but it was more crowded than I expected. It¡¯s not yet a full-fledged winter, and will the people of the city be prepared for it? Krull¡¯s luggage carts were filled with crowds as he looked sideways at Lucy¡¯s ruthless, open-air old man, who was sneaking up on Lucy as she grew older. Chapter 591 Chapter 591: The first one. People and horses go around in the cold. Some horses have rushed early, and some have slightly steaming water from their bodies. Seeing that people seemed to be busy everywhere, the words ¡°Master Leave¡± crossed my mind. I suddenly saw the smoke rising beyond the wall. The fire¡­ I don¡¯t think so. Probably a house in the wall with a fire in the fireplace. By the way, I met Marius a long time ago, so I don¡¯t know what kind of people live in this city. I¡¯ve never been inside a wall. Towns in the capital, which are originally difficult to access, are still familiar. ¡°Oh, there are a few other knights besides the deputy. It¡¯s quite spacious, so it¡¯s my place.¡± When I hear ¡°lord of the city¡±, I feel like I¡¯m the only ruler of this city, but of course, it seems that the farmland around here is also a territory. I heard that the Knights were assisting me, and the deputy was covering the whole area. Diana said that it was they who would be the first to stand on the arrow and fight when something had to happen, and Anne supplemented it everywhere. Let¡¯s keep our eyes peeled for what Anne seems to know about her neighbor¡¯s situation¡­ ¡° Luluoi came over, and now the deputy is in hiding in the sun. ¡°Anyway, I think so.¡± My brother said it before. ¡° Will that little new city become the usual one? I thought of that a little bit. Ah! After putting the wagon in the warehouse of Camilo¡¯s shop, a bright voice resounded in the backyard where they took their daughters with them. I¡¯m a naive person in this shop. There is a color of joy in the sharp eyes. ¡­ when I think about this child, I wonder if it¡¯s too poor not to come during the winter. The people at the store seem to be doing good, and I¡¯m sure they have friends in town, but I think spending time with my children at this time is a good experience for a humble person. However, unless you are asked to do so by another child, Camilo, or Bungo-san, if you are too carefree, you may dislike it, so should you refrain from doing so? ¡°It¡¯s getting cold.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. So¡­¡± A naive man looked in the corner of the garden. It was on my eyes when I entered the backyard, but there was still a red burning fire there at noon. ¡°Did you prepare it for me?¡± ¡°Yes, I have to be cold.¡± It will run around eventually, and the sweat will certainly warm the body, but if it cools down after sweating, it may not be good to lose body temperature. I think I can adjust the flame with the flame. ¡°Thank you.¡± When I stroked her head, I walked into the store through the back door that was completely familiar to me. As soon as I entered the usual business meeting room, Camilo and Bantou-san came. ¡°Hey, it¡¯s suddenly getting cold.¡± That¡¯s right, fire is essential at night. You need fire day and night. ¡°Well, thank goodness.¡± I exchanged stories with Camilo. I¡¯m cutting it out because I just got to talk about the temperature. ¡°Speaking of cold, it¡¯s cold. I¡¯m thinking of putting off the next shipment. It¡¯s not too cold to go back and forth.¡± Brew some kind of herbal tea that was brewed by Bonjour. I felt the warmth stain my body from my throat. ¡°That said, if you¡¯re having trouble stretching it, it¡¯s not like I¡¯m going to kick it in until winter.¡± I was wondering about that. ¡° Hmm. That¡¯s right. Camilo looked up at the ceiling while teasing his mustache. ¡°It¡¯s honest to say that I¡¯m only happy to have one.¡± Even if there is a little stock, there is still a place to sell it. ¡° ¡°Hmm¡­¡± ¡°Well, I don¡¯t care if I don¡¯t have to.¡± As expected, it won¡¯t last forever¡­.. ¡° ¡°As expected, I don¡¯t intend to come until it¡¯s completely spring and the trees are green.¡± ¡°I¡¯m relieved to hear that.¡± As expected, it¡¯s hard to keep selling out. ¡° Camilo laughed naggingly. When I think about it, I tighten my expression a little. ¡°So this time, you¡¯re going to take it for about six weeks?¡± Can you carry it? ¡° Camilo says, ¡°I look up to Ricky and Liddy.¡± They both nodded. It looks like it¡¯s going to be okay, I¡¯ll take care of it for the first time in a long time. Come on, don¡¯t break your body like that. ¡°I¡¯m still fine.¡± Visit for extra chapters. For now. I already know that it will be tough in ten years. ¡°If anything happens to you, please give me a porcupine.¡± ¡°Yes, I will.¡± Having said that, Camilo looks toward Bandou-san. Mr. Bonjour left the room to do his usual work. Oh, it¡¯s a pearl. What, is there something else? I nodded to Camilo with a bitter smile. ¡°Look, there¡¯s always something to talk about here.¡± Oh, it¡¯s a rumor they¡¯re buying all over the place. ¡°Can you put that together in a letter and send it to me as a pearl about once a week?¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t there any other way to get to know the world?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± That shouldn¡¯t cause any trouble right away¡­.. ¡° ¡°There are some things you should know.¡± I nod again. And I tried to talk to Marius. Well then, let¡¯s ask the Count about the city. ¡°I was going to ask for that, too.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. I want to talk to you.¡± I can guess. ¡° Camilo exaggeratedly shrugged his shoulders. If you¡¯re a merchant, how can you think of this? As much as I could think of, I was a blacksmith. ¡°Of course, I¡¯ll pay you.¡± ¡°Oh, it¡¯s going to make a lot of money.¡± ¡°It¡¯s soft in your hands¡± Camilo laughs loudly, and I smile bitterly. ¡°But the money is a little good¡± ¡°Hmm? Take the money and the labor money that it took properly.¡± You¡¯re more comfortable with each other, aren¡¯t you? ¡° Noooo¡­ Camilo said that and scratched his head. ¡°I thought it would sell well not only with you, but also with others.¡± That¡¯s the discount. ¡° It seemed a little bad, but Camilo said, his eyes shining like a boy. ¡°Maybe I helped with something like the beginning of a newspaper¡­¡± No, it¡¯s not until you can print on a large scale that the information will spread on a large scale. The big announcement is made by scratching the surface of the beeswax-coated plaque. Don¡¯t make too much money, I thought I¡¯d sneak up on Camilo. Chapter 592 Chapter 592: Cloudy sky So, what about the capital? ¡°Hmm? Oh, there¡¯s nothing big¡­¡± Camilo sipped his tea. When I take a sip, I play with my moustache. It¡¯s a trick when he¡¯s not sure if he wants to talk. I drank tea myself and waited for Camilo to decide whether or not to speak. There was a sign that Helen was anxious. ¡°For the time being, I¡¯ll put it in your ear.¡± We talked about selling it. ¡° Camilo looked at me as he sipped his tea again. There are people from the north, right? Yeah. It was an unfortunate encounter caused by various mistakes. Speaking of which, Mr. Karen¡¯s work (?) You promised to look at it. ¡°When I arrive, I¡¯ll be out in the city¡­¡± ¡°At that time, I took it from behind.¡± So, I decided that it was okay. Otherwise, I won¡¯t do it to you. ¡° I nodded deeply to Camilo¡¯s words. I have a lot of trust around here. So, after that, I checked again, but I feel that the information that came to me was intentionally obstructed. Huh. It would be odd if I had multiple sources and networks as long as I was a Camilo. That¡¯s why Marius doesn¡¯t even know. If you have enough power to sabotage it¡­ ¡°Duke.¡± ¡°That¡¯s why I¡¯m scolding you.¡± Well, I¡¯m not one of those people that pulls out their tails. ¡° Visit for extra chapters. I think so. If I could just grab my tail, Sassa, the Marquis, and Marius would be eliminating it. If you just stop fighting a faction called the ¡°mainstream¡±, you won¡¯t inadvertently do it. ¡°That¡¯s why it¡¯s possible that the story of selling it to you will be mixed with what has been obstructed.¡± I¡¯ll give you the earl¡¯s sock as it is, but remember, it¡¯s only a ¡°mainstream¡± story. ¡° ¡°All right.¡± Well, information can be more or less mixed with subjectivity. You can call it black stripes on a white zebra, or white stripes on a black one. In the case of zebras, the latter actually seem to be the case. Nevertheless, what I expect from a ¡°newspaper¡± is the air, or the smell, of the whole world, and I want to know what¡¯s going on roughly. Basically, I have a cage in the Black Forest. Anyway, for example, if I go on a trip tomorrow, the scope of my knowledge in this world will be quite narrow. I think that¡¯s a good life, but if you want to do that, you¡¯re saying that to your watchdog. In that regard, even if Camilo does not move himself, various stories must come from everywhere. If Xing were to ride it, she might be able to buy something quite far away. Well, it would be nice to have something like a blacksmith¡¯s tip. I didn¡¯t think my rare minerals would make it. Well, for now, I¡¯ll ask you to do it. ¡°Ohh!¡± Thus, we ended the deal that might be the last of the winter, and we left the deal room behind. Chapter 593 Chapter 593: ¡°Duke¡± Quit the trading room and we¡¯re going back to the backyard. Then, my daughters and four of them were running around. No, Hayate was flying around. The other clerks are still watching with a smile. I don¡¯t think I¡¯ll see this sight for a while, but I feel a bit of regret, not to mention my own decision. Ah¡­ When she noticed us, Daisy rushed over. It seemed to be running around quite a bit, and the whiteness of his breath told it. The daughters who followed in a panic from behind were no less beaten and exhaled white breaths, which further corroborated. Daisy said about the cause with a short, white breath. Lucy-chan, you¡¯re getting faster. Is that so? ¡°Yes, very much. My body is getting bigger and bigger.¡± Daisy smiles. He seems to be losing his childlike qualities somewhere. No, human growth isn¡¯t that fast. I stroke his head and give him an amulet and a pocket money. Daisy bows her head. Thank you! Thank you very much for being here. Tender-san waved his hand vigorously until the Dragon Carriage left, and Lucy¡¯s tail, who was looking at it from behind the wagon, was also vigorously waved. As well as Diana¡¯s inexplicable cheers after discovering it, my shoulder¡¯s health has decreased for a long time. ¡°What do you think?¡± I told everyone that Krull¡¯s towing dragon car with loads of luggage had left the city (Lucy lovingly relieved the guards). ¡°That boy?¡± ¡°No, no, no¡­¡± Diana says, ¡°I smile bitterly.¡± There is no doubt that the naive person is a good child. You don¡¯t even have to ask. If there is such an incredible backbone, I will not fall into human distrust for a while. About the Dukes? Yeah, I don¡¯t know how to say that. ¡°I see¡­¡± Anne took over the story. I¡¯m supposed to have a family name from the north, but it¡¯s not really like that at all, and there¡¯s a lot of things that don¡¯t come to me that are political or courtly. I think it¡¯s too luxurious to say that the area is full of experts, but I¡¯ll leave it to Diana and Anne. ¡°I think Camilo is right. Even as a¡± duke ¡°, you can¡¯t stretch the forces of the¡± mainstream ¡°any further.¡± It was a faction that was said to be ¡°mainstream.¡± Even though it¡¯s still a big force, I don¡¯t care if it grows bigger. However, it was a mistake. If the story of a group in the north is properly passed on to Camilo, will the forces grow? ¡°Elephants are unconscious around here.¡± I may have left the north because I said that. ¡° Anne sighed heavily. It¡¯s big enough to get past the sound of a rattling wagon. Visit for extra chapters. ¡°Look at the people around you.¡± Just like I said, I¡¯m going around my head. I stroked Lucy¡¯s head in the middle of the meeting, but I felt like I knew what Helen was saying. Just the people here, the Black Forest Beastmen, the Dwarves, the Countess, the Lady Dowager, the Elves, the well-armed mercenaries, and the Empire Princess. Anne broke her finger. The samyas looked strange for a moment. ¡°If there is no one here, the head of the¡± mainstream ¡°may be the marquis, the countess, and the up-and-coming merchant.¡± A civil servant with a kingdom. Ichi also has a lot of friends and acquaintances. ¡° When she broke all her fingers, Anne opened her hand. The faces of the people I just mentioned are in my head. I know you haven¡¯t grasped all the details, but I heard that the demons had asked for it, and that the Lord of the ¡°Black Forest¡±, Luisa-san, and the Fairy Clans were also there. That¡¯s right. ¡°Aside from what to do, you¡¯re the one who¡¯s connected to all of them, elephant¡± Anne¡¯s expression tightened tightly as she said that. ¡°If Camilo gets the information there, it might be better to explain it from the front, and the story might be neatly organized. In that case, in addition to the people I just mentioned, I will also have a connection to the north.¡± That¡¯s it, Anne, laughing. Well, the jamming has failed by more than half. Because Karen-san is still in the city. Anne nodded. ¡°It¡¯s still maintained as a connection.¡± The count must have rushed to the point where he wanted to solve the situation, but he must have obstructed it. The stronger the connection, the weaker the connection. ¡° ¡°Hmm. I¡¯m just a blacksmith, so I don¡¯t think I¡¯m going to exert such influence¡­¡± ¡°You¡¯re right. I¡¯m sure the ¡®mainstream¡¯ think so.¡± But the Dukes don¡¯t know that, and they won¡¯t believe it when they explain it directly. ¡° Anne looked far away. Is it vigilance or something else? You might need to be a little careful. Everyone on the car has a happy face. I couldn¡¯t tell whether the cold running on my back was caused by the cold wind I just blew or whether it was something else. Chapter 594 Chapter 594: Cold Wind Hmmm, if it¡¯s a little dangerous, maybe we should just make an alarm. I said, on the road to the end of the delivery. In the meantime, if I hooked my legs into a string, it was fine just because Sonako rang flashily with Karan Koron. It doesn¡¯t matter if we actually hear it or not, the goal is to make the intruder think they may have heard it. There was a loud noise, but nothing happened and I couldn¡¯t hear it. Haven¡¯t you noticed this, or are you preparing for an ambush in some way you don¡¯t remember?¡­ if they think it is possible to retreat at that time. We live in the Black Forest. You can literally take advantage of the land. Being alert to ambushes will probably give you a sense of its limitations. Of course, it would be good as a warning if you could fly the arrow together, but for the time being, there is no problem. and explain it to everyone. I noticed that the forest was quiet with Xin. ¡°That¡¯s right¡­¡± Lidy is putting her hand on her shoulder. Helen seemed to think the same while listening to the story earlier and still keeping a vigilant gaze everywhere. ¡°If we go into the woods, it¡¯ll be safer for us than the streets¡­¡± Still, I¡¯m not at all distracted. When I look around, there aren¡¯t many animals that should be around. I only saw one tree deer that seemed to be quite far away, whether it was a flock or something. I thought it was okay to wait for spring, but let¡¯s just put on the songs. That¡¯s what Liddy said, her face slightly dumbfounded. Helen also nodded. ¡°We have some good kids, but we should try to stop them.¡± If you don¡¯t know if you¡¯re coming or not, I think you should prepare for it. ¡° Having said that, Helen stroked Lucy. She is a wolf monster. If she has grown so much recently, she will be a terrible guard. But basically, it seems that Helen doesn¡¯t want to make my children do too much noise. The wolves are off this time of year, too. If that¡¯s the case, then it¡¯s superfluous. That¡¯s right. Visit for extra chapters. If it¡¯s a little warmer, the wolves are walking around in the ¡°Black Forest¡± like the guards, so you can leave them to be somewhat vigilant, but in the winter, Samya said that the movement is dull, and they are not patrolling to protect us in the first place. Excessive expectations are forbidden. ¡°Alright, let¡¯s do that tomorrow.¡± Let¡¯s take a full day off today. ¡± When I say that, everyone will come back with a voice of understanding. The voice resounded in the woods, where the winter winds crossed and only the sound of leaf scraping could be heard. The next morning. I come home after my cold morning routine. In the living room, everyone was dressed in hot water. I put a fire on my fingers and warmed my hands lightly. It was going to rain somehow. It¡¯s not too loud, and I¡¯m on my own. When I went to fetch water with my daughters, I noticed that the clouds were covering the sky. For the rain¡­ the clouds didn¡¯t seem heavy, so if it were to rain, it would be snow. I heard that it was still a little early in the winter, but ¡°Santa Claus of Awa Tamborine¡±. When I finished breakfast thinking about it, Riquet and the two of us prepared wood and string for Naruko to do today¡¯s work, Wow! And I heard everyone¡¯s voice from the front. Somehow, when Rikete and I jumped out in a hurry, it was like cotton wool falling from the sky. Yes, the snow came down to dye the ¡°Black Forest¡± white. Chapter 595 Chapter 595: white Is it coming down? When I saw the snow that was falling, I said: Haha, Diana, who exhaled a large white breath, came next to me. Do you want to accumulate it? ¡°I don¡¯t know. I remember not having a lot of this.¡± That being said, it is also the knowledge of the previous world. Large rainfall cooled the ground and then turned into powdery snow, which was beautifully piled up. It¡¯s raining a lot now, but the amount of snow is not that much, so I wonder if I can do it. If you look at it suddenly, my three daughters are jerking around. Hayate seems to be an adult dragon who is not an adult anymore, but will it return to the child¡¯s heart if it is mixed with young children? No, the girls aren¡¯t the only ones around. The daughters, ¡°Mom¡±, are also the same. Samir and Helen and Anne were running around together. Liddy grabs the snow in her palm and looks at it with interest as Riquet peeks in from the side. Lucy began to put the snow that was falling dexterously into her mouth. Since there are particles that become the nucleus of snow, it is not beautiful contrary to its appearance, but I wonder if it would be wild to make too much noise. ¡±If you eat too much, you¡¯ll break your stomach and stop.¡± I said, Lucy, look at me. Wow! and a loud shout. After that, I began to chase the pure snow with Krull and Hayate without much hype, so I seemed to understand. Feeling a continuous blow on my shoulders, I retreated to the forge to pick up the tools and materials I would use for the rest of my work. Okay, let¡¯s get started. Oh! ¡°Krrrrrrr!¡± ¡°Wow!¡± ¡°Cue!¡± When the cold got harder, I declared the fire in front of me, and a cheerful reply came back. I wondered what I would do if the tension dropped due to the cold snow, but it seemed to be a complete sadness. We¡¯re all splitting up, talking about how good it looks here, how good it is over there. Since then, it has been snowing and dyeing the ground white. The momentum has weakened considerably, so I don¡¯t think it will accumulate even a centimeter. Suddenly, I remembered on the previous world TV show that there was a time when I was building a treehouse in the snowy forest. Visit for extra chapters. ¡°It¡¯s a treehouse¡­¡± When it comes to treehouses, it feels like a synonym for slow life after a log cabin. I wonder if parents would make America a secret base for their children. In my case, it seems difficult to enter even if I make it because Krull¡¯s physique is his physique. Either way, it will be like adults spending their leisure time away. No, it¡¯s probably like the animal shed we used to do on the same show. There are many animals just by not coming over. Or a surveillance shed. In light of the circumstances, I don¡¯t think it would be a good idea to make it for that purpose. Maybe I should talk to Helen or Anne. I just wanted to make it, but it was hard to deny. ¡°Let¡¯s do one thing here.¡± Me, Diana, and Liddy are not here, not there, and weaving away from home, Liddy eventually points to a corner that still leaves a lush undergrowth in the winter months. This place is almost invisible from the house, which makes me think that ¡°I may have heard it¡±, and on the contrary, it seems that the presence of an alarm device will not cause the location of the house to fall apart. Well, let¡¯s set a trap here. When I said it, they nodded. While watching the two people stretching their ropes, I wish there wasn¡¯t much that this could do. I thought so. Chapter 596 Chapter 596: Vigilance Network When I finish making some songs, I¡¯ll hand them over to Liddy and the others. When Diana shook, Songko made a frivolous sound. It¡¯s quiet ¡ª strictly speaking, I hear my family clattering ¡ª but it echoes unexpectedly loudly in the ¡°Black Forest¡±. Someone might notice you working at the forge. That¡¯s right. That¡¯s what Diana said. Liddy also nodded. By the way, it seems that the elf Liddy has long ears, but she doesn¡¯t hear any special sounds. Compared to humans (and dwarfs and giants), it sounded a little different. The one who ears the most is the Beastman Samya. It seems that they found their prey in their hearing during the hunt. Besides, this echo will be enough to let anyone who gets caught know that they¡¯ve stepped on it. Okay, I¡¯ll take care of it. ¡°Yeah, I got it.¡± Diana nods. I left to see where the other alarms are. Fufufufu Helen is laughing unstoppably. I haven¡¯t seen much of a bad mood since I got here, but I think I¡¯m in a particularly good mood today. I wonder if it would be a pleasure to set up a trap for a long time. When I looked at the way she looked, I noticed that the rope was quite conspicuous. Even the unfamiliar amateur seems to know how to put it up right away. I don¡¯t think Helen stood out inadvertently. If so, it seems unlikely that¡­.. Dummy? I approached and gently stepped out. [M] I didn¡¯t stop, so when I grabbed the rope, I heard a high-pitched sound. All right, all right, all right. Looking back, Helen, who seemed satisfied, had a high-five with Anne. It¡¯s more like the result of emotions moving like that than there is such a thing in culture. While thinking about it with a little smile, I looked at it admiringly and suddenly realized that there was another rope hidden in the undergrowth. When I grabbed you, I heard a song with a karan cologne. At the same time, the rope that I thought was dummy swayed a little. Haha, are you connected? Your Name Answer The rope was set up in an exquisite position so that it could get caught even if it got past the dummy. Even if it seems like a dummy in the first place, if it contains even one tinnitus, you must be vigilant about everything. So if you try to get over it with vigilance, you¡¯ll say it¡¯s there too. Should I call it a boulder pro? Even though it was only for a short time, I was working on a model booby trap. Visit for extra chapters. It¡¯s a boulder, isn¡¯t it? Helen listens to me and laughs. Behind Helen, Anne, who had a golden hammer, stood with her arms crossed. I slapped them on the shoulders and headed towards Riquet and Samir. ¡°Oh, this is¡­ again¡­¡± It seemed that the Samyas were similar to Helen and the others. I had my gaze fixed and set up in a blind spot. I was caught in the middle of nowhere, listening to the flamboyant sounds of Karangkorong. If I move to get caught in one of them and move away from it, I will get caught in the next one. I almost got caught from one end by the law, but I can confirm the position well, so I want to keep the result as Aurai. This is so sophisticated again When I was honestly impressed, Samya¡¯s nose and sniffle stretched out. It seems to be an application of traps to catch animals. Huh? Riket says, ¡°I¡¯ll look around.¡± From where it got caught, this is just about the center of the trap. I see, it¡¯s been set up to cast a large net. In time, they would be brought to the center. When I was hunting, I had to use my bow to take it down when I got to the center. This time, if I set another trap, I might get a high effect. It¡¯s a boulder, Samya. It¡¯s stunning. Once again, my admiration made Samya¡¯s nose worse than before, and her chest was even more tight. Chapter 597 Chapter 597: under the cold sky In the end, the snow stopped falling early. My daughters are touching the snow around the edge, which seems to have turned slightly white. If we kept coming down at the initial momentum, we would have accumulated quite a bit, so it would be a shame for our daughters. However, saying that it will rain and pile up is nothing more than saying that it will continue to be cold, and it seems that it is not very good. This is just the right amount of salt and pepper to play with. All you have to do is cage me. When I¡¯m alone, the words turn white and come out of my mouth. The temperature seems to be as low as ever, although it is somewhat circular during the day and the snow has stopped falling. Because I moved my body, it probably had some effect on my temperature. You can¡¯t say you¡¯re completely caged, but you can¡¯t go out of the woods without a hunting break. Samya said, holding the rope tied to her arm. At the end of the day, at most, the days begin so that the hot springs are hot or that they go to pick up something. Deliverables will continue to be made in the meantime, and there is life, but for six weeks¡­ that is, it is the first time to spend a month in a barren state, including in the previous world. I wanted to live relaxedly, but I¡¯ve had some busy days. After that, the days of going to the delivery once every two weeks will start again, but there will be no punishment if you stretch your wings slightly. We¡¯ve got plenty of time, and we can try processing rare minerals. Okay, it¡¯s late, but I¡¯ll do it at noon. I look forward with excitement to the relaxing time that is coming, and everyone in my family replies. It sounded like a silent ¡°Black Forest¡± winter cage and a single shout. By the way, is the field okay? Hatake? I put the dried meat back together and fried it with the vegetables from the field, and I asked Liddy. After harvesting this vegetable a little while ago, it was dried and preserved, mainly carrot-like root vegetables. I¡¯ll eat the leafy vegetables as soon as I pick them up¡­ The few exceptions are dried cabbage (like vegetables), which is also added to this stir-fry. Even in the original world, it was a vegetable that was still sweet enough, but the vegetables in this world are a little strong. Even in the original world, when the cabbage is exposed to insects, it is said that it produces ingredients that cause suffering in an attempt to protect itself, but it must be in a state close to that. I think that if I could continue to improve the variety and protect it from insects and other harm, it would be a sweet and delicious cabbage-like vegetable, but if I wanted to do that, I should have gotten a farmer¡¯s cheat instead of a blacksmith. ¡°You¡¯re a farmer relaxing in another world¡­¡± It seems that the house will gradually develop into a village with a lot of children. It might have been a good life, too. That being said, cabbage that is dried or slightly bitter is naturally taken in the field, and even if you say that the elf seeds grow unusual by magic, it will not grow so quickly in the cold wind. Visit for extra chapters. ¡°You don¡¯t get your vegetables killed in the cold?¡± Yeah. Lidy clapped her hands at the pong. ¡°The root vegetables are the main thing, and there is a lot of magic power here.¡± As expected, the leaves and vegetables are a bit harsh. ¡° Even if it¡¯s a root vegetable, it won¡¯t grow if the leaves are smashed. ¡°You know it well.¡± Liddy¡¯s eyes narrowed dramatically. Didn¡¯t you say something you didn¡¯t know by accident that you weren¡¯t a specialist? ¡°Can you tell when you¡¯re looking at other vegetables?¡± But a helper ship came out of that Lydie. I¡¯ve been watching the field for quite some time, so I can draw analogies from it. I was on that helper boat. It doesn¡¯t matter if Liddy was going to help the ship or not. Oh, that¡¯s right. I see. Liddy nodded again in satisfaction. Inwardly, I sat down with my chest, and Samya¡¯s face seemed strange for a moment. So, what kind of crops do you make during the winter? ¡°Um¡­¡± When I turn to the water, Liddy starts naming the vegetables she¡¯d like to grow in the future. After I and my family heard the name of the vegetable, we were exuberant about the flavor and the dishes we could make. Chapter 598 Chapter 598: Sometimes it¡¯s relaxing. Afternoon after lunch. That said, lunch was originally late, so it¡¯s a short time to put fire in the forge and work. Of course, it would be tough to go a little far. I can walk around the neighborhood. That¡¯s why I decided to do what I liked this afternoon, that is, to take a day off. The afternoon break¡­ it sounds nostalgic. Having said that I was at home, I had a lot of time to work, and it would not be a bad idea to increase my relaxation time in proportion to that. ¡°Now, what do you want to do?¡± I thought I¡¯d clean up¡­ but I¡¯ve been cleaning up a bit, so I don¡¯t have much to do. There aren¡¯t many things in the house in the first place. Because there aren¡¯t many items needed for life here. If we¡¯re going to live, we¡¯re going to have to abandon this place today. Well, if you¡¯re going to be a blacksmith, jumping out of here in full clothes can be a big pain, so I just wanted to keep it to myself. Magic fireplaces and furnaces aren¡¯t something you can easily get. I¡¯ll leave the girls to Samir, Diana and Anne, as they leave. I don¡¯t think I have any problem joining you, but I go to fetch water with you every morning. I want to leave it to other family members whenever I have the chance. Riquet and Lidi are going to take care of the fields. I left it to you completely, so I thought I would help you once in a while, and the bottom of my clothes was pulled off. At times like these, Helen, who usually leaves with me, is unusual. ¡°What¡¯s the matter? You can tell me anything you want.¡± As you know, I¡¯m free. ¡° No, no, I want you to see how the sword is doing. Yeah. Her short-swing, a steel sandwich of apoitacolor, a special ore that glows blue, is rarely damaged, as I made it with a full cheat. But that¡¯s not true if it means no damage at all. Some distortion is inevitable. Even though the opportunity is really far away, they say that the turnout sometimes comes around during hunting and other activities. As long as I¡¯m listening, I don¡¯t think I need to light a fire. That¡¯s fine. We did it! If you can take a little distortion with a crack, you can do it without putting a fire on the fire floor. Perfect for spending time preparing dinner (Helen is practicing her sword in the evening). I unexpectedly tell Helen to bring me a short sword and then open the door to the forge. The sound of Karan Cologne and songbirds sounded a little moody. ¡°None of them¡­¡± I look at the short sword Helen handed me. Of course I was using cheat. I guess I¡¯ve taken care of myself, but the shine of the steel part has never been cloudy. There was a mark on the gripping leather of the handle that was rewound. From the frequency of use I¡¯ve heard, I feel that the leather grips are hurting quickly¡­ ¡°Hmm? Yeah, that¡¯s why I sometimes train over there.¡± Pointing that out, Helen came back. It doesn¡¯t have to be slashed at something, but it¡¯s fine to just wield it. ¡°I can rewind it, but what do I do?¡± No, it¡¯s fine. I¡¯m familiar with Atai. ¡°All right.¡± Visit for extra chapters. I think it¡¯s best to do this in a way I¡¯m familiar with rather than in a bad way. Even if this were the sharpening of the sword, I would think so. Even if I am more accurate and sharp, it is only a matter of time before I can use it. And the part of the blade was not particularly chipped. It must be a trait of Apoitakara. It just looks a little dull, so I think I need to sharpen it. The whole thing is slightly distorted. With this, we could make some adjustments. How about that? If it¡¯s like this, I¡¯ll fix it soon. Helen asked me a few worries, so I gave her my honest opinion. Helen snapped her chest down. I thought, ¡°What if it¡¯s bad?¡± ¡°Then I¡¯ll just hit you again.¡± Is that okay? ¡°There are some minerals I just want to try.¡± ¡°Shit. What time is it for Atai?¡± Helen swells up deliberately. I smiled bitterly, We need to use precious ore to keep it out of the hands of more than one user. ¡°I know, right?¡± I know. Helen and I laugh face to face. Now, the sword of love of the most powerful man of our time. I will return it as if it was a new product. Chapter 599 Chapter 599: Flame Shard Kochikochi, and the sound of a modest centipede echoes in the quiet forge. The forge is pretty quiet when the fire isn¡¯t on. Even if Helen¡¯s short sword is slightly distorted, she doesn¡¯t have to beat it too hard. And he slaps, and pounds, and slaps again against the light of the day that is yet shining in. Little by little, the Short Sword recovers its form when it was born. Thanks to the cheat, there are almost no marks left. Finally, I evened out the faint scar with a grinding wheel. ¡°Yes, how about this?¡± I¡¯ll hand Helen one of the finished adjustments. Helen, who had just received it, shook her head a little bit away from me. Bun and Bun, not metaphorically, actually sounds like that. Even the air is ripping open, and even the ¡°I don¡¯t care¡± is about to happen. ¡°If you were slashed with that momentum, it wouldn¡¯t make much sense to have a shield standing up¡­¡± If I could prevent the slashing with my shield, I wouldn¡¯t be able to prevent the impact. It may not go as far as the boulder, but it may break and come off. At least I¡¯ll be numb and unable to use it for a while. Almost with the strength of my arm. Helen has another weapon called Speed. It¡¯s hard to imagine how powerful that Slash could have been when it was at that speed. That¡¯s right, you¡¯re an elephant, aren¡¯t you? Helen, who had been waving her short sword for a while, said as she gazed at the short sword, taking a breath on her shoulder. ¡°Are you all right?¡± ¡°I¡¯m not really worried about that at first.¡± It¡¯s just for the record. ¡° When I checked my condition again, Helen returned with a smile. I smile bitterly. I couldn¡¯t deny that it was half-blind. I grabbed the other one and put it on the golden floor. ¡°Hey, hey, hey.¡± Yeah? It¡¯s a blacksmithing area where the sound of a modest centipede still resounds. Helen whispered something that I couldn¡¯t imagine from her usual loud ¡ª I think she had a professional character. What are you going to do with the elephants? ¡°Hmmm¡­¡± As he thought about it, he glanced at Helen¡¯s eyes, which were poured on the golden floor. Did I ask you unexpectedly? ¡°Before I came here, I was too busy, so I wish I could live here relaxed all the time.¡± I¡¯m busy, but Helen¡¯s content is totally beyond her imagination, but it¡¯s hard to imagine. I feel like something stinging and guilty pricked my chest. ¡°Are you trying to be great?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t think so. I¡¯m a blacksmith.¡± That¡¯s more than I can handle. ¡° It¡¯s a quick answer. Well, yeah. I didn¡¯t say that because I¡¯m still getting into enough trouble. If you become great, you are more likely to get into trouble than you are now, and I just want to refrain from that. So you¡¯re gonna be here forever. Visit for extra chapters. ¡°I¡¯m going to do that. I don¡¯t know what the world says, but it¡¯s easy to live here. I think it¡¯s enough to relax.¡± Tell you what, I put the short sword in the sunlight. Kirari, the white light shines with the blue light. I think it¡¯s almost over. I don¡¯t think I¡¯m gonna leave here for a reason. There are stories of fire beds and furnaces, or magic, but the most important thing is that I like it here. That¡¯s right, I¡¯ve never felt that my life was in danger, and I counted it many times in a short period of time, but it¡¯s like being in love with nature. When you die, you won¡¯t be able to imagine it until then, but you may be close to it. Well then¡­¡­ When I put the short sword on the golden floor, Helen tried to say something in a whisper that she could barely hear. I¡¯ll stop swinging my tongue to hear it. That¡¯s when it happened. Huh? I felt a slight fever. It¡¯s a fever I¡¯m used to. But you shouldn¡¯t feel it now. There is no fire on the fire floor or in the furnace. There should be no heat source in this forge right now. Helen, who was about to say something, stopped on the way. ¡°Hey, hey, elephant¡­¡± Perhaps this was not the word I was going to say, but the words overflowing from Helen were stunned. I turned my face towards the fire floor where I felt the heat. And I opened my eyes unexpectedly. There was a flame on the fire floor¡­ no, it was like a little human in a flame. The figure said. Hello! ¡°Oh, hello.¡± Good afternoon. A laughing voice. There was no enemy there. It was a scene to be alert, but Helen and I were totally upset and returned the greeting as usual. Chapter 600 Chapter 600: Son of Fire Its appearance is, in a word, ¡°burning Mr. Giselle¡±. She looks like a girl like a doll, but she¡¯s burning. The clothes are properly wrapped, but Giselle is relatively breezy in this world, and she wears a piece of cloth that looks a little more ancient in time. In the previous world, would the clothes of ancient Greece be close? The area around my waist is dazzling, and it looks stylish. I thought I felt a lot of heat from her earlier, but it doesn¡¯t look like there¡¯s a little charcoal left on the fire. It was just that she was wrapping herself around the flame, and the heat she had felt just now wasn¡¯t there. I¡¯d like to ask you a lot of questions, but please wait a moment. I¡¯m that person¡­ no, obviously not human, but I¡¯m going to turn down the person who¡¯s burning up there anyway. She nodded vigorously and asked Helen to call everyone. I¡¯m a little worried about hearing from Helen and I alone, and I¡¯ve never heard too much of her head. I don¡¯t know whether to drink it or not for the time being, but I decided to let you take off your seat for a little while to prepare the hot water. I don¡¯t want to get hot while everyone is gone, but I decided it would be okay to look at the current situation. When I gently closed the door to the house, I saw her waving her hands as she emitted bright colors, and I let out a slight sigh of relief. The elephant workshop team gathered at the forge. I didn¡¯t know if it was good to go through the living room, so I decided to ask you to stay on the fire for the time being. We all sat down with a chair or a simple chair with a log cut from the meeting space. The fire floor is a bit of a stage, and we are like that audience. Hello. Burning she bowed to Pecori. It is more and more like an idol concert. I don¡¯t think any of you know that kind of culture. Hello and I say hello. Of course, so did I. ¡°My name is Maribel. Well, I guess that¡¯s the spirit of fire that you¡¯re all talking about.¡± So Hoof and Maribel laughed. The flames wrapped around her waved around her. I don¡¯t feel any heat. ¡°Is it a spirit¡­?¡± Yeah. It was Liddy who spoke up. Maribel nods. Speaking of spirits, Lewisa-san was also a spirits. Except for my behavior, I feel like a relaxed sister, so sometimes I almost forget. Visit for extra chapters. Is it true that spirits come to this place? I accidentally asked Liddy in front of me. ¡°That¡¯s right¡­ The monster is born from a magical force, isn¡¯t it?¡± Is the Spirit born of pure magic? Correct! Maribel clapped her hands. The flames are shaking, so I have the illusion that the firewood has exploded. You¡¯ve been doing a lot here, right? ¡°Yes, I¡¯m a blacksmith.¡± ¡°Start the work of blacksmithing¡± Use your magic powers, too? That¡¯s right. I nodded. It would be pointless to keep secrets from the spirits. Not to mention that he was born here. I often deal with flames here, and you all pray to that altar almost every morning, right? That¡¯s what Maribel pointed at. Beyond that is a simple shelf I made. All of our families nodded. ¡°Well, that¡¯s why I was born here.¡± So your children are the same! ¡° We all looked at each other in the face at the words of a clear declaration. [M] Chapter 601 Chapter 601: a small cohabitant The location of this elephant workshop is magical among the ¡°Black Forest¡±. The trees don¡¯t grow very long, and the flowers are limited. I don¡¯t know if it is suitable as an expression in such a place, but if it deals with a high concentration of magical power, and if it actually acts as if there are gods (it is said), it is not surprising that one or two spirits are born. No, I don¡¯t think that¡¯s the case with Rock, but for now, there¡¯s nothing I can do but believe what Maribel says. Even so, even though you¡¯re newborn, you have a unique name and intelligence. I asked a question. No, ¡°Maribel¡± is not a unique name, but the name of the flaming lizard [Salamander], and I might have named it that way. Ah, that¡¯s it. Ms. Maribel scratches her cheeks with her fingers. Then, when I noticed our somewhat suspicious gaze, I waved my hand in a panic in front of my face. ¡°It¡¯s not a lie to be born here. It¡¯s just, there might be a bit of a flaw.¡± Cheatin ¡®huh? When I said it, Maribel nodded. ¡°Yes, I was born that way, but I remember the¡± ¡°the past¡± ¡°.¡± ¡°Before I die¡­ no, this is about the raw (¡­) leaves (¡­) weird (¡­) ru (¡­) before (¡­)¡± There is the concept of reincarnation (although I don¡¯t know what it is actually). It is a story that falls so sadly to me that I have been reincarnated from the world, but what about my family? When I sneaked up on her, they all looked like they knew each other. What a concept of ¡°rebirth¡± in itself. By the way, it seems that Diana and Anne were always talking about a sad story like ¡°We¡¯ll be together even if we¡¯re reborn.¡± That¡¯s right. I¡¯m going to be born with a new body, so I have a name, and I can talk to you properly. ¡°This body¡­¡± ¡°It¡¯s magic. There¡¯s a Tree Spirit [Dry Ad] in this forest, isn¡¯t there?¡± In her case, she was born from the body and magic of the Dragon of the Earth. But it must have happened before that. ¡° So, the Dragon of the Earth did not give her a name. ¡°I think so. Well, I didn¡¯t know it was centuries or millennia ago¡­ oh, I told her this in secret.¡± That¡¯s what Maribel said when he winked. However, as soon as she corrected her residence, she stretched her pin and spine. Well then, it seems that the elf behind you is also concerned, so I¡¯ll tell you my immediate purpose. Visit for extra chapters. Lydie retreated. A little laughter leaks between the families. ¡°That¡¯s not a big deal.¡± I just want you to show me what everyone does here. ¡° Is that all? ¡°Yeah. That¡¯s all.¡± Mr. Maribel laughs. I stood up for what I was going to say, and I completely beat out of it. ¡°I can help you light a fire or something, but it¡¯s a little tough.¡± Because it¡¯s ¡°newborn¡± after all. ¡° I see. You¡¯re mentally grown up¡­ no, you¡¯re actually pretty old, but your body is like a baby. There was a limitation on how much power I could wield. Ah, I don¡¯t need so much rice like Krul, Lucy, and Hayate. You can eat a little, can¡¯t you? With the magic power here, I can¡¯t eat at all, but I¡¯m a little lonely. Having said that, Mr. Maribel laughs mischievously. Well, there should be enough stockpiles to feed less than one person. Well, for now, thank you. Mr. Maribel held out his hand. I¡¯ll give you my finger. For a moment, the fact that it was burned out crossed my mind, but without that, Maribel-san grabbed my finger. As a result, there was another cohabitant in my house. Chapter 602 Chapter 602: Meals ¡°I don¡¯t need a room,¡± said Mr. Maribel. He said he usually wants to be with Krul, Lucy, and Hayate. ¡°I can get warm.¡± At first, it was a somewhat confused way of speaking, but it has become a more and more cumbersome way of speaking. It¡¯s a quick way to get used to it, but it¡¯s not a problem. It seems that when you go to bed in earnest, you can retreat to the Divine Shelf. Finally, I feel like a god. Maybe that goddess also contributed something. No, let¡¯s not think too deeply. Well then, if it gets cold, I¡¯ll ask for it. I¡¯ll take care of it! Mr. Maribel who creates a gurgling¡­ no, Maribel. It¡¯s not very convenient to use, but as a sister, I¡¯ll let you take care of my sisters a little bit. ¡°Oops, this is the time.¡± When I suddenly looked outside, the sun was tilting. I¡¯ve stopped everyone¡¯s hand, so could you come back a little? Meanwhile, I¡¯m preparing dinner. Oh, well then, let¡¯s say hello to Krul, Lucy, and Hayate, too That¡¯s what Maribel said when I told him I was going to leave for a while. When I looked towards Samya, I nodded tinyly. For now, I think we can leave it to everyone. ¨CIf so, I¡¯ll ask Liddy and Helen, but I don¡¯t want to think about your possibilities. I shake my head and head to the kitchen to shake off my bad thoughts. [M] Ah¡­ When I opened the door to my house, I noticed that it was frightening. I forgot to use Maribel¡¯s hand to light the fire. Well, listen. It wasn¡¯t like I couldn¡¯t use my ignition magic anymore, and it was an excellent magic razor that caught fire quickly. I scratched my head and closed the door. For dinner, it¡¯s the usual unfermented bread, soup, and salted meat. Maribel looked like a one-plate dish, served small on a plate. Visit for extra chapters. Maribel grabbed the roasted meat and carried it to his mouth. Tasty! I see. I¡¯m glad it matched your mouth. It seems that they don¡¯t actually need food because they are spirits, but they can eat food and they know the taste. Does it burn in the body instead of digesting it? I¡¯m talking about a woman¡¯s body, so let¡¯s stop prying. Everyone in the family smiles at you as you eat vigorously. In terms of mental age, she may be the oldest of the daughters, but in the order in which she came here, she is the youngest. Although it is a suddenly formed family, it is simply adorable that a girl with a figure like a doll (wearing a flame that is not hot) smiles when she carries a puffy meal in her mouth. It¡¯s adorable¡­ but¡­ Hmm, I knew I¡¯d make my own dishes. For today, I¡¯ve been served on a plate and grabbed by my hand, but I¡¯m still not good at manners. Giselle and the others were from the Fairy Clan, so I decided to make some small dishes as soon as possible. I don¡¯t know if courtesy is a good thing, but with the Countess and the Princess, I can teach you exactly. I¡¯m not the one to tell you. It is unlikely to be official, but if you haven¡¯t had a chance to learn such things in the past, it would not be a bad idea for you to remember it as a memory of ¡°this time¡±. Of course, I asked Maribel. Did you think the same thing? Diana and I nodded to each other. In addition to the three daughters, what can we do for the new ¡°daughter¡±? I swallowed that little happy thought with the soup I scooped into my spoon. Chapter 603 Chapter 603: Go to the lake with your daughters. After dinner, Maribel¡¯s hands, of course, became sticky. Diana wipes it with a little joy. The body size of Maribel, a spirit, is too small for the children of humans (and beasts, dwarves, and elves, of course), so it is not like a parent and child, but there is something close to it. Maribel is quite intelligent, but sometimes she treats me like a child because of her appearance. There is no difference at birth, and I am wiping my mouth now, but I don¡¯t seem to dislike it, so I think it would be good to deal with it with the intention of ¡°being a little smart daughter¡±. My daughters are all wise¡­ and the only person who can understand a word is Maribel. Maribel¡¯s hands and mouth were refreshed, and she opened the door so that the other daughters could go to sleep. She called out to him to let him go, but Maribel said, ¡°It¡¯s okay!¡±. Well, since it¡¯s at the end of my eyes and nose, I don¡¯t think it¡¯s rare. If there was anything, it would be Krull, Lucy, and Hayate. Maribel, who glowed a little bright in the dark, flew away to Krull and the others. The next morning, even in the winter, I kept drawing water. It¡¯s getting harder and harder, and I¡¯m adding fur to my usual clothes. If I had a hunting gun, I might look like a Matagi. There was Lucy the Wolf, the Hound, and Hayate the Dragon, the Hawk. By the way, you¡¯ve defeated bears before. At first, it was not long before I came here. It¡¯s when the seasons don¡¯t change. It seems like a long time ago. Next time, when I protected Lucy. It was a bear that seemed to have harmed Lucy¡¯s mother. The first difference was that Helen was already at home, and I was able to defeat her lightly enough to think that I was having a hard time. It wasn¡¯t a good thing, but it was both memorable. With such an event in mind, I walked out the door carrying the water bottle. Good morning! ¡°Krrrrrrrrrr¡± Wow! Cuu ¡°Oh, good morning. Everyone¡¯s fine.¡± Our four sisters were waiting outside the door, and Maribel greeted her cheerfully. Meanwhile, Krull, Lucy, and Hayate roared, probably saying the same thing. Visit for extra chapters. I stroked each head, lifted a bottle of water around Krull¡¯s neck, and everyone walked out to the lake together. Haha, so you¡¯ve been doing well since morning? Maybe. Maribel is the Spirit of Fire. Even now, there was still a brilliant flame on his body. However, it was the same when I left home last night, but I don¡¯t feel any brightness or heat. On the way to the lake, I heard that both the light and heat could be adjusted. It seems that the daughters were able to spend a pleasant time. If you can¡¯t adjust it, you¡¯ll be dazzled at night, and the fire will be lit everywhere. ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± I don¡¯t know how much spirits are involved with people, but it seems that they are not doing well either. I don¡¯t know what Maribel did to us, even if the will around us is involved. Maybe it¡¯s a bad idea for us. Recently, things have become less pleasant, so a little bit of vigilance sends a small signal in the corner of my heart. However, as I headed to the lake, I saw the figure of Maribel hanging out with the other daughters, and in the meantime, I decided to ignore the signal. Chapter 604 Chapter 604: Return of Minoh Water Drawer When I fetch water, I immediately return to my house. ¡°Maribel is there, and if you ask her, she¡¯ll keep you warm and dry, but it¡¯ll also burden my daughter¡­¡± Therefore, there is no water bathing today. Even in the evening, Diana and the others should clean up in the hot spring. By the way, is it okay for Maribel to soak in water? I asked Maribel as he carried a water bottle full of water. The Spirit of Flame seems to have a story like it¡¯s weak in the water. It is not RPG, so if you say so, it will be until then. ¡°I¡¯m fine.¡± Maribel said that lightly. ¡°If you wear it for days, it¡¯ll get weaker.¡± ¡°That¡¯s us, too.¡± In other words, you¡¯re going to die normally. ¡° I don¡¯t think it¡¯s an intelligence torture. It was more amazing to just be weak. It was a spirit that seemed to exist higher than a fairy. Well then, we¡¯ll take a bath, too. Bath? ¡°Yeah, lots of hot water.¡± We have a hot spring right there where the water springs from the ground, and we store it up, so we can put some people in. ¡° ¡°Wow, that sounds like fun.¡± ¡°Looks like everyone likes it.¡± Yesterday, Maribel came and quickly brought hot water to wipe the body, but when we had a moment, we all headed to the bathhouse. Krull and Lucy and Hayate are also going together, but it seems that Krull once went outside with the ¡°everyone in the forest¡± and was cleaned up afterwards. I mean, I¡¯m staggering a little bit. After preparing dinner lightly, it is a lie to say that there is no embarrassment. That¡¯s why the time is a little different. As soon as I walked in, the women left. I¡¯m a man¡¯s hot tub, so I get cleaned up and get warmed up in the hot tub. It might be nice to take a hot bath at noon somewhere after taking some time. In the previous world, I used to go to the supermarket and do it occasionally. I was looking forward to the fruit milk from the bath. I think it¡¯s quite a luxury in this world. Can I come in too? ¡°Of course, that¡¯s why I asked if the water was okay.¡± Visit for extra chapters. I did it ~ Maribel flies around and reveals his joy. Hayate was flying around together, and Lucy was running around. Whether Krull is a sister or holding a bottle of water, he is watching the situation with a smile. Sometimes, Hayate, who seems to have grown up in spiritual age, loses his wings. On the way to the city, of course, the gap was cute because it seemed like it was sloppy when hunting. After all, she¡¯s our daughter, too. ¡°Don¡¯t jump around too much and hit a tree.¡± I won¡¯t¡­ Maribel looks small and swollen. However, while saying that, he slowed down the speed at which he jumped around, and he cared about his surroundings. The trees in the ¡°Black Forest¡± are naturally out of reach. There are places that are spaced apart enough to allow a wagon to pass when going hunting or going through the forest, but there are also many places that are much narrower than that. Even if you say that it is open for one person, if you jump around, you will hit it immediately. If you don¡¯t have to check if you can get plump on the head of a spirit, you can¡¯t go beyond that. Maribel and Hayate fly around in pairs, whether it¡¯s happening or not. Of course, be careful not to collide with the trees. Underneath that, Lucy was running around losing. ¡°Father,¡± I said, ¡°Be careful.¡± That¡¯s what I said, watching with a smile. Chapter 605 Chapter 605: It¡¯s small. Breakfast was still bustling. Well, even without Maribel, it was usually busy. Simple but adequate breakfast of unfermented bread and soup. Maribel is able to eat bread without any problems, but the soup seems to be a little tricky. ¡°I¡¯ve never had a proper meal before.¡± And the customer himself said that. Well, I¡¯ve never heard of spirits eating dinner. Giselle-san and the Fairy Clan ate, but Lewisa-san, who is the same spirit, just missed dinner time, so we never went around the table together. On the other hand, it¡¯s possible that they came after eating something we don¡¯t know about. I remembered the drama in the previous world where the salaried man Oshi-san ate dinner alone and the OL drank alone. Oh, Mr. Lewisa, that sounds like a good idea. After I finish that breakfast, I¡¯ll get ready for work. The fire bed and furnace were set on fire. Maribel asked me if I could do it, but I decided to use my magic because it was my job. I think I can borrow her power somewhere, so I want her to borrow it with full capacity. Today I decided to make a knife. However, the main thing today is the general model of what we wholesale to Camilo. With Riquet as the main focus, Thamya also has a slightly worse yield, but is now able to sell enough, and Diana and Helen are also quite good. As a result, production volumes are also significantly higher than before. Liddy is a matter of strength, and Anne is not clumsy, but there is a slight disadvantage in the large parts of her body. Nevertheless, I hope that you will be able to create something that suits each one of them. In other words, I can join the production, but on the contrary, there is no major problem without joining. Of course, if there seems to be a problem, I¡¯ll join you soon. So today I decided to say no to everyone, and I decided to make something else. The first thing we need is a small piece of iron. After heating the sheet metal, cut it into small pieces with a tarpaulin. It¡¯s pretty small, so if I drop it off with caution, I¡¯ll lose sight of it. It reminds me that in the previous world, I tried to assemble a small part of the plastic model by flying ¡°Pachin¡± and searching for a small amount of time. It¡¯s not the kind of place where you can think that you don¡¯t have to have such parts, is it? I don¡¯t really want to have that kind of experience in this world. Heat a piece of iron and beat it with a small bowl (usually used for sculpting). Don¡¯t forget to ask for Cheat¡¯s help. Usually, it makes a pretty flashy sound, but today it¡¯s a clich¨¦ and a modest sound. I¡¯m glad I didn¡¯t come here at the age when I started to develop presbyopia. I had to start by making reading glasses and magnifying glasses. Just because it¡¯s so small doesn¡¯t change the shape of what you make. I don¡¯t know, but that¡¯s the only thing that¡¯s going to make the difficulty jump up. Even if I subtract the fact that I didn¡¯t have the experience of a blacksmith in the first place, I can even imagine that it would have been difficult to make a move without a cheat. After a while, the pieces of iron changed their shape and became familiar figures. It is a set of knives on a spoon and fork. That¡¯s a few sets. Of course, these belonged to Maribel and the Fairy Clan. In the previous world, forks began to be used after the era came to an end, and they were not used yet by the time they were about the same as in this world, but there are many places in this world where they are already used by any element, and they are used normally among the common people, so they were made together. Visit for extra chapters. I only make one extra knife. I don¡¯t use it for meals. It¡¯s the same thing that we keep in our pockets. It goes without saying that I have prepared this. Wow! That¡¯s amazing! Like a flutter in the sky¡­ no, Maribel, who actually came dancing in the sky, said. ¡°Starting with dinner today, you¡¯re going to eat with this too.¡± Diana and Anne will teach you how to use it. ¡° Got it! Maribel laughs niccoli. Perhaps because her name came up, Anne wiped off the sweat after she finished pouring out the molten iron. Isn¡¯t it necessary for the elephants to learn a little bit? ¡°Yeah¡­¡± Diana nodded her head beside Anne, looking at me puzzled. ¡°If you think about dating an elephant, you might have to go out to such a place, so you won¡¯t lose your memory.¡± Diana smiles as she says that. I¡¯ll drop my shoulder. ¡°Please keep your hands soft¡­¡± My words filled the forge with laughter. Chapter 606 Chapter 606: Beginning of table manners Well, I made the cutlery. All that¡¯s left is vessels. We usually use wooden vessels. Things like mugs may be metallic, but trees in this forest can be hard and workable. If I was serious about my magic, I could make a very sturdy iron mug ¡ª that¡¯s just enough to make a little hammer ¡ª but sometimes it¡¯s called a ¡°house in the woods¡±. When I came here, it was made of wood, so I made it with wood when I made an extra one. In this case, it would be impossible to use a different material than that of Maribel. I also prepared some for the fairy tribe when they came. It¡¯s not blacksmithing, so I don¡¯t need your help with the cheats. Instead, the production cheat seems to help. You can make as clean and dry wood as possible, and use the tools you usually use to process sheaths, and your own knives to make plates, bowls, and cups. It would be helpful if it wasn¡¯t as small as the cutlery. I¡¯m making a shivering, unusual sound as everyone rattles on the iron. While making the sound, a small plate was made. Lucy would have been glad when she was a wolf, but now she¡¯s a little small. In the same way, the bowl and the cup are shredded to make a tree. Our reinforced tools, high-quality ¡°Black Forest¡± wood, and the help of cheat can be combined to process it with Sweet Sweet Sweet, but normally this doesn¡¯t work. Even one cup should take a lot of time. By nightfall, I painted a small wooden dish with vegetable oil. These take a little time to dry out. You can¡¯t make it to dinner. Yeah ~ Maribel was delighted with the finished vessel, but when she learned that it could not be used for dinner today, she was flabbergasted. Well, you¡¯ll be in time for breakfast tomorrow. The blacksmithy, which is hot and dry, will also drop the fire from now on, and there will be cold outside and it will soon cool down, but the heat will remain for a while. Even in winter, the drying time should be short. When I say that, I did it! Visit for extra chapters. Maribel literally flies around the forge. A smile spills out of my family. My youngest daughter watched the dishes lined up happily while we cleaned up the forge. The next morning, a sparkling Maribel sat at the dining table. In front of you is a small set of cutlery and wooden dishes, and the dishes served there. Next to such Maribel are Diana and Anne. I don¡¯t think I¡¯m going to teach you hard at first. ¡°No one can wield a sword so well from the beginning.¡± That¡¯s what Diana said, but it¡¯s Diana who brings out the sword. The menu this morning is a standard meal of unfermented bread with cut meat and soup, so the meat is basically a fork, and the soup is a spoon. Unfermented bread is eaten by hand. Therefore, it can be said that there are not many etiquette. I didn¡¯t hold it well in the first place. Anne taught Diana how to gently rearrange the hand holding the spoon so that she could grab it and carry it well in her mouth. This was the beginning of the table manners between the Countess and Her Royal Highness. Samir, who was a little suspicious to hold the spoon, was also impressed to hear what the two of them taught, and Helen¡¯s method of holding the spoon was ¡°I don¡¯t have to do it now, so let¡¯s eat like this¡±, but I was listening to the content from the side seriously. I mean, in preparation for the Spartan education I might be waiting for, I was asking more seriously than Samir or Helen in a sense for preview. Chapter 607 Chapter 607: World of Silver For a few days, I was making knives, short swords, and spears to deliver with them. The production speed in my workshop is a little bit too much, but I can mass-produce a number that may be a little difficult in an ordinary workshop. Therefore, if it becomes a long-term ¡°forest mantle¡±, there will be a good day when it is not necessary to make it at all in a pace. Before winter, I used those days to go there. Even if you can¡¯t get to the city or the city, you can take a walk in the woods or go fishing. I used to rely on fishing for dinner (aside from my catch), but I think it¡¯s time to be strict in my family. You won¡¯t want to go out fishing purely for leisure. And since it was such a ¡°holiday¡± today, I thought I would go for a walk around the neighborhood, whether it was better to know what kind of things were nearby, such as the walks of Krul and Lucy, and Hayate, but I woke up in the morning and immediately returned the plan to the blisters. Prepare a water bottle and open the door. Without sighing, the exhaling breath is white. The four daughters tried to come up to me with a white breath. I was doing it, but it felt like I didn¡¯t have a bundle of my feet, and I didn¡¯t have the usual quickness. Because the surroundings of my house are dyed pure white. Yes, there was snow during the night. There are no trees around my house. It usually brings me good sunshine, but can I say that it is completely counterproductive when this happens? Anyway, there was nothing to block, so he didn¡¯t hesitate to stow it. I¡¯m not sure which is better to spend time careful of the snow falling from the tree. My daughters came to me with the sound of snow stomping on them. Maribel can fly (it seems that she can¡¯t take much altitude), but she also walks because she enjoys the feeling of snow. Is it okay if it¡¯s cold? Yeah, I¡¯m fine. ¡°I see. I¡¯m so glad you¡¯re here when it¡¯s cold.¡± ¡°Really? Ehehe¡± When I say it, Maribel looks happy. It is still slightly warm and the snow is quite loose around her. It must be this cold, and Maribel must have shared the warmth with his sisters last night. I stroked the head of my youngest daughter. Krull rubbed his head against my face like that. I am urging you to give me the water bottle. Isn¡¯t it cold? Krrrrrr? After putting the water bottle around his neck, Krull leaned his head back. It doesn¡¯t seem to be cold and harsh. Because it looks close to reptiles, I think it¡¯s rude to Krull to hibernate, but it seems that it¡¯s still a dragon. Visit for extra chapters. Wow! Is Lucy okay, too? Wow! Lucy also said, ¡°Stroke your head!¡± and lift the front half of the body. I gave in and stroked him. Lucy looked like a normal wolf, so I was worried that the soles of her feet might get frostbitten. However, the previous world¡¯s Xinlin wolves and the like might be sleeping on the snow, so it might be okay. Samya also said that it can get pretty cold around here, and it must be prepared as a creature. Maybe it was because they were monsters. By the way, the hairless feet are longer than in the summer and the hair density is increasing¡­ I feel like the body is getting more frizzy. Hayate was the only one of my daughters who didn¡¯t like the snow on the ground, and after being on Krull¡¯s back, she moved to my shoulder. Still seeing Lucy running around, she stood on the ground for a moment. Pssh When it cries briefly, it comes back to my shoulder again. ¡°I feel the same as you.¡± Cuu I¡¯ve wrapped a lot of cloth under my feet to deal with it, but it¡¯s still naturally not moisture-absorbing, heat-generating or waterproof, so it¡¯s wobbly and cold. Maybe I¡¯m the closest person to the frostbite. ¡°Alright, it¡¯s cold, so let¡¯s get this over with today!¡± However, please do not mock me. ¡° I say that to my daughters and go out into the woods. As I grew older, I was told that the snow was melancholy, but the snow color that progressed with my daughters was somewhat tense. Chapter 608 Chapter 608: Battle Gear ¡°No, it¡¯s cold!¡± After taking a little longer than usual to get back from the water draw, I take off my shoes with the cloth that I had wrapped around my feet and place my feet on the stove that someone in my family had set on fire for me. The heat of the stove melts my legs. It warms me up, but it¡¯s also wet, so I need to dry it off. Seasonally, it may be okay, but I don¡¯t really want to allow the bacteria to reproduce. I need to know that there is no place for you to live on my feet. ¡­ maybe I should ask Liddy about magic or medicinal herbs or something that might work sooner rather than later. The heat from the stove keeps the room warm. If you ask, Maribel will also work as a heater, but here it is not. Anne, who was combing her hair for Riquet, was puffy, but it had nothing to do with the warmth of the room. It was the usual sight. Riquet had been doing things for his sisters before, but it was every morning, so he was completely used to it and tied his hair quickly. Next to that, Helen, who had finished all the preparations, was stretching with Samia, and Diana was combing her hair and chatting with Lidi, who was wiping Maribel¡¯s legs. A picturesque and peaceful morning was flowing. I usually go to the kitchen immediately, so it¡¯s a sight I don¡¯t often see, but sometimes it¡¯s good to make a day to look at it like this. It warmed up and my feet dried up, so I added water to a pot instead of a humidifier on the stove, and I headed to the kitchen to prepare breakfast. Oh, you¡¯re out there. ¡°Ohh!¡± At breakfast, snow became a topic of discussion. It was Samya who replied to my words. I would have noticed that the situation outside was very different from usual, if I had woken up. It¡¯s very quiet when it snows. Maybe because the snow plays a role like a sound absorber. So if you look outside from inside the house, it¡¯s clear that the landscape is changing. Therefore, I thought that everyone who was not used to the snow didn¡¯t go out and had a cage in their house, but it seems that Samya, Riquet, and Helen only went out a little. Diana and Liddy weren¡¯t very good at being cold, so Anne was just too weak in the morning to get out. This isn¡¯t my first time, but it¡¯s fun. Visit for extra chapters. But since it¡¯s cold and I¡¯ve prepared for the morning, I¡¯ll be right back. Samir says, Riquet adds. There was something for the women to do in the morning. The part of the ¡°black forest¡± where no one comes from the usual way, not to mention the snow accumulation, until it is said that there is no one, but it can be said that there is no one at home. I think that the preparation at home is O-san, so there is an honest place, but it is a flower, no matter what I think. Atai could have stayed a little longer. Saying that, for some reason, Helen turns around. Hmm. ¡°I was going to take a break today, but with this snow, it seems difficult to go far.¡± ¡°Staying home all the time?¡± That¡¯s what Diana heard when she took a sip of soup. I¡¯ll think about it for a second, then I¡¯ll shake my head. ¡°No, it¡¯s a corner opportunity.¡± Since the snow has stopped, it will melt today, so let¡¯s enjoy it with our daughters. It¡¯s cold, though. ¡° I told you, Samya¡¯s coming in. ¡°What do you do for fun?¡± Samya¡¯s eyes shine with anticipation. This will not be possible without meeting expectations. We have many active children, including her. ¡°¡­¡­ if it were¡­¡­¡± I looked around and I said, Let¡¯s play snowball. Chapter 609 Chapter 609: Snow Match Okay, let¡¯s get started. Ohh! ¡°Krrrrrr¡± ¡°Wow!¡± ¡°Cuu¡± Everyone raised their arms to my words, and the daughters who couldn¡¯t raise their voice. From now on, we will start a snowball match at home. Me and Samir, Riquet, Diana, and Krull and Maribel¡¯s Krull team. The opponents are Lidi, Helen, Anne, and Lucy and Hayate¡¯s Lucy team. I get the impression that the Krull team has a lot of strength, but Helen is pretty strong by herself. At first, he didn¡¯t say, ¡°Even Helen is fine.¡± However, it was a bit of a stone¡­ and I had to balance it out without any trouble. Though Samir and Helen are usually dressed with a lot of exposure, they are wearing tight clothes all day and are in a slightly mocking state. No, they¡¯re all alike and close together. Diana, who can¡¯t say that she is very good at the cold, is also mobilizing fabric that is not clothes, so she is extra mocking. Lucy, who has been furry in winter for a little while, is a bit cool. Riquet and Liddy are wearing more than usual, and Liddy is wearing a hat that she doesn¡¯t usually wear. It was Anne who was relatively thin. Is it possible that the body is large? That said, it doesn¡¯t change that it¡¯s more moco than usual, even if it doesn¡¯t have one more than Samir or Helen. Unusual is Maribel, but she¡¯s the Spirit of Fire. It seems that the temperature is not particularly good. It doesn¡¯t disappear when it touches the snow. Our garden is quite spacious. It is now pure white with snow. Far as it goes, there are traces of Krull and Lucy. It must have rushed around while we were eating breakfast. Everyone gathered in the white garden, and the Krull and Lucy teams confronted each other. Visit for extra chapters. I¡¯m confronted, but there¡¯s no such atmosphere as trying to beat you. Samir, Diana, Helen, and their four daughters all look motivated. ¡°Well, let me explain the rules.¡± That said, I made a snowball and threw it, and when I thought I¡¯d hit it, I left. ¡° Everyone nodded quietly when I said it. Even just breathing, white breaths come out of everyone¡¯s nose, and it looks like they¡¯re breathing in. ¡°Yes, yes! Krul, Lucy, Hayate?¡± Maribel raised his hand and said, ¡°It will be difficult for the three of you to make a snowball on a boulder and throw it.¡± My gaze has gathered. ¡°Everyone will make it and give it to me. I¡¯ll throw all three of them¡­ I¡¯m sure I can throw them together.¡± I¡¯ve witnessed Krulls throwing toy wooden balls several times. If I could do it, I would be able to participate, regardless of the range and accuracy. At first, you might crush it without being able to grasp it, but you¡¯ll get used to it as soon as you go through it. In the previous world, there were also proper rules for snowball matches, and it seems that the size of the obstacle is determined, but if we only do it as a recreation, we don¡¯t need strict rules. In the first place, it wasn¡¯t about how to win or lose. ¨CIt shouldn¡¯t have happened. ¡°Why do my kids get serious like this?¡± When I started to leave early, I was looking at the snowballs flying at an incredible speed from a distance from the ¡°battlefield¡± and the whole family running around at an incredible speed. Chapter 610 Chapter 610: End of the War ¡°Don¡¯t grip too hard!¡± When I was watching the game, I made snowballs and said to myself. Snowballs that were stiff and hardened to the brink of ice chunks could normally turn into murderous weapons. Especially for our family. Throwing stones tends to have the image of a slightly dangerous child playing, but it¡¯s also powerful enough to kill normally. Of course, there are parts that depend on human ability to throw stones. However, in terms of ability, there are many humans who can make stones into weapons capable of killing¡­ It goes without saying how dangerous it would be to throw a block of ice with that force. I put the snowballs I made on the edge of the field, smiling bitterly at all the replies. It was soon after we started the snowball match. The snowballs flew at such speed that I thought there would be a gust of wind. Uuuu I leaned back and barely avoided it. If I hadn¡¯t had some combat prowess, I would have finished lightly at this point. Shit, that was impossible. It was Helen who said that with a small tongue. My eyes are pretty serious. I quickly picked up the snow beneath my feet as I tried to throw it back. It¡¯s going to collapse if I grip it tightly, so I grab it slightly weaker and throw it with the baseball pitcher¡¯s guidelines, but without putting too much force. The white sphere I released flew towards Helen at a fair speed. It¡¯s a lot slower than the one that attacked me earlier. As expected, Helen avoided it. Oh my God! However, another white bullet flew away after Helen dodged it. The Samaritan that fired the next bullet from my shadow. It flew like Helen was sucking me in at a pretty fast rate. Oops. Even if you¡¯re a swordsman to a certain degree, you can¡¯t beat this two-stage position like that. You should be able to defeat it with a second shot of Samaritan. However, Helen was not an easy swordsman. The two names ¡°Thunder¡± showed that they were not Date. Visit for extra chapters. Contrary to her leisurely voice, Helen dodged the snowballs fast enough to think that she could disappear. On top of the accumulated snow, I think I will never be able to do everything in my power, but it is still overwhelming. Hmm, I guess Helen could have done it by herself. And I couldn¡¯t just pay attention to Helen. The body is large, and although it¡¯s disadvantageous in that respect, Anne, with her limbs, also throws quite a few balls. Riquet and Diana are holding Anne back now, so they don¡¯t come to Samia and me much, but there are snowballs flying in and out of Helen¡¯s comfort zone. The girls were losing and throwing snowballs, not to mention the distance and speed. Instead, snowballs sometimes fly, but Krull and Lucy run the land faster, and Hayate and Maribel fly quite sparingly. All four of them are running around happily and jumping around. Even if they saw this, it was worth the offer. So, maybe ten or twenty minutes after the start, I avoided Helen¡¯s snowballs, and I avoided Anne¡¯s snowballs that came ahead. But what I felt was the impact of something a little heavy on my back. The snowballs hit. Well, I thought I¡¯d dodged both Helen¡¯s and Anne¡¯s, and when I looked back, I saw Liddy smiling and nicked. That¡¯s right, she¡¯s been waiting so long for a Special Opportunity to disappear. I raised my hands and walked out of the room, thinking, ¡°Who is the one you shouldn¡¯t piss off the most?¡± Chapter 611 Chapter 611: []/(exp, adj-i) (uk) inconclusive It was hard to compete. It was because there were two people left, Samir and Helen. No, technically, four daughters were ¡°no-can¡± (all four had hit a snowball), so only six were moving. The two of them are throwing snowballs while moving at a tremendous speed despite the snow. When I saw the sight, I remembered a man named ¡°TAS-san¡± who was very good at the game in the previous world. You¡¯re above the limit, aren¡¯t you? Let¡¯s go! Krrrrrrrrr! When Maribel on Krull¡¯s back issues an order, Krull runs. Maribel throws snowballs from his back. Krull¡¯s speed and Maribel¡¯s aim caused the snowballs to float fuzzily, so that Helen, who was avoiding the snowballs of the Samya, could suck them in. Helen¡¯s posture collapsed. I¡¯m definitely eating snowballs¡­ no, I think I fell flashy before that. But Helen wasn¡¯t either. I dodged the snowball and regained my position. The samya was losing, playing Helen¡¯s high-speed ball, and dexterously avoiding Lucy¡¯s throwing snowballs and Hayate¡¯s throwing snowballs from the air. Every time they dodge, applause and applause arise from their families. The content is very attractive for the game. ¡°It¡¯s getting worse¡­¡± There was not much competition, so I reopened it at an appropriate place. He said that he would fight one more fight before lunch, and if he still wanted to, he would have lunch and then start again. After all, after lunch, I continued to go to two battles because everyone was tired, except for Helen. Is the samurai of the Rock too harsh? Speak out to the samyas who are hanging out on the terrace floor. She raised her hand and shook her head. Apparently, it¡¯s worth millions of dollars to speak up. There is steam rising from her body. It¡¯s hard to know how much exercise you¡¯ve exercised. Once again (or rather, all four battles), everyone except me who left early and had a complete temperature drop also resembled or dropped by. Diana was also trying to dissipate the heat by taking off some of the pieces that had been put in her mocha. It seems to have been hot on the boulder. ¡°Don¡¯t let your body cool down too much.¡± When I said it, I replied in pieces. By the way, you didn¡¯t come. I left about the next time, and Liddy, who was perfectly ready to breathe, called her a sledge. ¡°What? Who?¡± Lewisa-san. ¡°Ahh¡­¡± Visit for extra chapters. Between noon and recreation for quite some time, I always wondered if Ms. Lewisa would come to join me and say, ¡°Which way do I go?¡± At least, ¡°Can I watch here?¡± I think I¡¯ll take a tour. ¡° Well, she¡¯s also the owner of this forest, so she must be busy. I¡¯ve been to the hot springs a lot, though. ¡°That¡¯s what you said.¡± It seems that Mr. Lewisa has been passing by since the onsen started at my house. Someone in my family reported it to me the day we came in, and from there, the frequency is pretty high. Do you think she¡¯s gonna miss all the fun she¡¯s got? It¡¯s certainly a little hard to think of. It was a disdainful thought for the ¡°Lord of the Black Forest¡±. ¡°I hope nothing happens¡­¡± To put it mysteriously, it¡¯s called a flag. If you put it a little emotionally, you might say that the insect informed you. Bhu, when I thought the cold wind was blowing, Ms. Lewisa appeared there. Everyone who was lying down accidentally wakes up. I hadn¡¯t even gotten up yet. Ms. Lewisa was not her usual soft expression. Our expressions tightened in response to Ms. Lewisa¡¯s ever serious face. ¡°I¡¯m sorry all of a sudden, Ezo-kun¡± ¡°No¡­¡± Ms. Lewisa cut out herself like that. Looking like this, I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a good idea to listen to it with much ease. That¡¯s right, I was correcting my place of residence and getting ready to listen to Ms. Lewisa. Chapter 612 Chapter 612: Education¡­? It doesn¡¯t seem like a very good story, does it? That¡¯s how it got cut out of me. When I realized it, everyone who was lying down gathered around me. ¡°I see¡­¡± Ms. Lewisa puts her finger on her cheek. It looks a little strange, so at least we¡¯re in danger. ¡­ that said, I don¡¯t think Naruko will be of much use in this snow. The sound will be difficult to hear, and it may not sound because of the snow. It seems that we rarely accumulate this much, but do you have any thoughts? Ms. Lewisa gestured. Not for me. To Maribel. Maribel looked at me after tilting his head. I nod. Mr. Lewisa is the Lord of the Black Forest. I¡¯m not going to hurt the mood of the ''strongest force in this forest¡±, and if anything, it¡¯s about the end of the ¡°Black Forest¡±, so I¡¯m going to ask you everything I can. Maribel levitated through the air like that and approached Ms. Lewisa. For a moment, Ms. Lewisa¡¯s face became loose. Could it be that I just wanted to see the new Spirit of Flame. I thought so, but soon the face that was shaking tightened slightly. ¡°It¡¯s you. You were born here recently.¡± Maribel nodded to Ms. Ruisa¡¯s words. Ms. Lewisa is looking at the situation. Perhaps, Maribel was born in an irregular situation, and he came to check on it. I also grasped the occurrence of monsters that could affect the ¡°Black Forest¡± ecosystem. Even if I know it¡¯s not dangerous, it¡¯s not strange to come and check the real thing. I don¡¯t know, I just don¡¯t know. Then it would be nice not to come all this way during a snowy day. It should be enough to change the date and meet our family when we go to the hot spring. In other words, it seems that they are in a hurry. ¡°You were born in a good place.¡± Maribel, who seemed a little frightened, broke her face when she was told to do so by Ms. Lewisa. Ms. Ruisa also smiled and stroked Maribel¡¯s head. Well then, Ezo-kun. Yes. Lewisa looked me straight in the eye. I¡¯ll look Mr. Lewisa in the eye. Silence broke through. It¡¯s always going to be a sinister air. It¡¯s probably because of the snow. In addition to absorbing the sound itself, the air feels cooler and quieter. Ms. Lewisa, who had been sulking for a while, opened her mouth. ¡°I want you to leave this child with me for a while.¡± I opened my eyes unexpectedly. I think the other family members had similar or close facial expressions. It¡¯s only been a few days since Maribel came to our house, but we¡¯ve been treating her as our daughter. Visit for extra chapters. ¡°How long will it be?¡± ¡°I can¡¯t make that clear.¡± I don¡¯t think the seasons are going to change all the time. ¡° You can¡¯t even tell me why, can you? ¡°Yeah, I¡¯m really sorry.¡± But I promise you, I will never do anything to hurt her. ¡° Now it was my turn to think with my hands on the ass. [M] The ¡°Lord of the Black Forest¡± keeps it and says he will give something to my daughter. Will you provide education or something like that? Both Lewisa and Maribel were spirits. There may be various things that are unthinkable to man. I thought it would be nice to hear it from you. I look at my family. Diana looks worried the most, but you can say they¡¯re all alike or close. There¡¯s no way you¡¯re going to be able to steal my cute youngest child from your hand for a while. Not to mention I don¡¯t know why. ¡°How about Maribel? Are you sure you¡¯re okay to go?¡± I asked Maribel. It is not a very good means. I don¡¯t know if I can make the right decision around here, but it would be strange to be told that it is irresponsible to leave the decision to me. Still, I thought I¡¯d have to ask Maribel. Maribel looked troubled. And I look towards Ms. Lewisa. Do I have to go? ¡°I see¡­ If you don¡¯t come, I won¡¯t punish you, but it¡¯s better for you if you come.¡± For the sake of the elephants. I promise to be the Lord of the Black Forest. ¡° Mr. Lewisa with serious eyes. Maribel leaned down. I accidentally bit my lip. I didn¡¯t know if it was to deceive me or if it was something else. Eventually, Maribel raised his face. Chapter 613 Chapter 613: Let the little one travel. I¡¯ll go, I¡¯ll go. Maribel said. It¡¯s small, but there¡¯s a decent determination on its face. It was a firm determination to treat her like a mere child that would make her feel a little embarrassed. It may be said that the ¡°previous life¡± will be inherited to some extent, but it seems that it is not the only one. ¡°If that¡¯s what¡¯s going to help everyone, I¡¯d better do it.¡± ¡°All right, thank you.¡± I didn¡¯t say I was sorry. I thought that if I told her that, I would let go of what she had cherished. Well then, let¡¯s go right away. Huh? Really? In response to Mr. Lewisa¡¯s words, I breathed a little. The neighborhood is quiet. ¡°Yes, there are many things.¡± It¡¯s better to be quick. ¡° ¡°I see¡­¡± It was very sudden. I was thinking of giving you something like a farewell party. No, let¡¯s think about it. For a short while, I¡¯ve never heard of a farewell party every time I go on a school trip or something. Lewisa assured me that she¡¯d be back eventually, so I¡¯ll just have to trust you to go now. That¡¯s right, I stroke Maribel¡¯s head a little rough. Then a hand stretched out from the side and hugged Maribel. It¡¯s Diana. Maybe she wants to say, ¡°You don¡¯t have to go.¡± At least you don¡¯t have to be right now. It doesn¡¯t matter how much time we spend together, and I¡¯m the one who threw the decision at Maribel, but it doesn¡¯t matter how much Diana thinks. Everyone but Diana did the same. Shake hands, or stroke your head more violently than I do. Tears don¡¯t come to my mind, but I¡¯m sparing my youngest son a lot of farewells. Krull, Lucy, and Hayate came to see us. When Diana lowered the Maribel she was holding onto the snowy ground, the three of them started to beat each other. ¡°Everyone, I¡¯m tickling you.¡± That¡¯s what Maribel says. And when they heard it, Krull chuckled, and they were angry with it, and they heard a laugh from all of them. The coldness of the snow is relentlessly cooling our feet, but we are so wrapped in a smile that we don¡¯t care. Some of us will be away for a long time to come. I¡¯ll keep the farewell party at that time. Laughing, I thought so. I¡¯ll try to get you home as soon as possible. Ms. Ruisa put her hand on Maribel¡¯s shoulder and said so. Maribel is chest up. I don¡¯t even know if it¡¯s empty. However, even if you were in the air right now, you should be really well soon. ¡°Oh, yes, I have to ask before I go.¡± Visit for extra chapters. When I said it, Maribel tilted his head. ¡°When you get back, what do you want to eat? Anything¡¯s fine.¡± ¡°Eh, whatever!?¡± Maribel¡¯s eyes sparkle. This is what it looks like, or what it says. Maribel began to wrestle with his arms and become a hmmm. ¡°You can request anything you like¡± seems to be the problem for O-san at lunchtime, and the Spirit of Fire. ¡°Ah, I want to eat the one who baked the fine meat!¡± ¡°Hamburg?¡± That¡¯s right! Samir nodded as I gazed at her. Seems like the meat I have saved will suffice. ¡°All right, leave it to me.¡± I¡¯m gonna slap Don in the chest. Maribel did it! and raised his hands and rejoiced. I¡¯ll see you soon. I¡¯m coming! Maribel announces his departure in a loud voice. Of course, we said loudly that it would melt in the snow. Welcome! Chapter 614 Chapter 614: New Weapon When we finished greeting, Luisa and Maribel disappeared. I felt a stinging pain in my chest, but I immediately shaken it off. You¡¯re gone, aren¡¯t you? Diana muttered. That¡¯s right. When I say it, everyone else nods. Cucumber and hayate crowed thinly, and Krull and Lucy also crowed in a much smaller voice than their usual energetic voice. After that, I was originally tired, so I tried to remove the fatigue and dirt that I used to run around the hot spring. ¡°Ahh ~¡± When you soak in the hot water, your mouth leaks out. I think that Oshi-san is kyuu, but it¡¯s actually Oshi-san, so I can¡¯t help it. It feels like the tiredness slowly dissolves into the hot water. Is it because it is not a carbonated spring or a sulfur spring, but a ¡°magic spring¡±? No, it would normally be the case if I was to soak in hot water. Looking at the sky, where the sun hasn¡¯t yet fallen. The snow clouds had long gone somewhere, and the white clouds were floating idyllically. Phew I take a small breath. My white breath mixes with the steam rising from the hot tub. I thought it looked like I was tired of dissolving in hot water. Tiredness comes out of nowhere. When I closed my eyes, Maribel¡¯s face, which laughed for a moment, came out of the hot water, and my consciousness came out in the same way. Aizoo! The next time I regained consciousness was when I was called. It seems that she has completely fallen asleep. ¡°No, no, no, no, no.¡± I¡¯m all alone. I¡¯ve heard that sleeping in a bath is almost like fainting in the previous world. Not a very good trend. I wonder if I was tired. I think it would be better to consider spending the type of holiday that doesn¡¯t get out of bed once. Aizoo!? ¡°I¡¯m sorry! I¡¯m awake! I¡¯ll be right out!¡± She returned it in a panic when she called out to me again, thinking about it in the hot tub. I noticed that the sun was going down. If it is time, it will have been in for more than one hour. Whether it¡¯s a super public bath or a sauna while soaking in the hot tub, there¡¯s never been a single hour of soaking here. I don¡¯t think it would be a good idea to worry about it. When I rushed out of the bathtub, I quickly wiped my body, put on my clothes, and jumped out of the bathtub. And at dinner. Sure is. Visit for extra chapters. Helen nodded as she held the cup in her hand. I¡¯ll tell you after I swallow the soup. Isn¡¯t that right? Today, I tried playing snowball and thought it might be a good idea to increase the number of weapons with a range. It¡¯s in the woods, but it¡¯s open around here, too. Yeah. I nodded. I made the crossbow for the liqueur. Everyone else could control the bow¡­ but I thought it would be better if I had a slightly more casual way of attacking it, after eating the snowballs a few times today. It¡¯s like throwing rocks. It is also one of the things that proved in today¡¯s snowball match that it can get enough weapons. So you¡¯re collecting stones? Samya asked me. I¡¯ll keep the spoon on my arm. ¡°Bad manners,¡± Diana said in a panic as she pulled the spoon out of her mouth. Well then, it¡¯s not like an elephant workshop, is it? ¡°Do you want to make something?¡± This time, Riquet¡¯s eyes were shining and I heard it. ¡°That¡¯s right¡­¡± There are many parts that are slightly different from blacksmithing, but it is also a winter cage, and we have confirmed that there are a lot of ingredients. Do you want to make it? When I told everyone that, a voice of approval came back. Okay, well, let¡¯s make it. I realized that it would have been better to have a lazy day after I dived into bed. Chapter 615 Chapter 615: Sling It¡¯s pretty tough, though. Helen shrugged her shoulders as she was weaving a thin strip of leather. She¡¯s the only one who knows the horror of stone throwing in real life. Everyone had experience fighting monsters, but Helen was the only one who had ever been to the battlefield where armies fought against each other. The only other possibility is Anne. With the exception of Riquet, we are all strong enough to forget, but we were originally strong enough not to be like the princess. Then there may have been something like going to the front and being inspired. However, it is unlikely that we will be able to interact with the dugongs. It would be difficult if something happened. I knew it. I said, and Helen nodded. ¡°Same goes for the bows, but the numbers will fly more than that.¡± I can¡¯t ignore all of them if they¡¯re here, let alone fly in a sling, right? ¡° That¡¯s right. ¡°I don¡¯t want to go around to the side of the eater.¡± Helen let out her tongue. Yes, this time we¡¯re going to make a sling. Simply put, there is a part that sandwiches stones or a part of a cup where stones are placed, and the strings are only stretched from both ends. Set the stone by tying one of the stretching strings to the wrist, etc., and grab the other one and swing it around. When the speed increases, the stone will fly away¡­ well, that¡¯s how it works. That¡¯s why they¡¯re all gathered at the forge, but there¡¯s only a large workshop here, and today we don¡¯t use fire in particular. I don¡¯t mean to be aware of Maribel, but it¡¯s kind of like being sinned to make her aware of her absence. Now, everyone is knitting and stringing the finely chopped leather that Samya and Liddy have tanned. It can also suit my body. After all, the best thing to make was Riquet. I hand-knottedly braided the Sweet Sweetheart and the string. In the previous world, there were people who were good at knitting Misanga and Paracord bracelets, but it also looked like that. This way, Rike is no match for me Is that so? I¡¯m by no means a bad player thanks to cheat, but I¡¯m not a blacksmith, and the appearance of production has dropped a few steps. My knitting is quite uneven compared to Riquet¡¯s. Visit for extra chapters. Helen was the next best after Riquet. Surprisingly, she seems to be mad at me, but I¡¯m dexterous. I thought I¡¯d take care of the details of the blacksmithing work. Unless, of course, I hated Helen. Liddy was also good, and she had a subtle different knitting style, and the pattern was beautiful with the knitting. Because it is different from Riquet¡¯s, it is difficult to compare the actual points. Samir, Diana, and Anne weren¡¯t bad either. Neither Samir nor Diana did anything like that. Anne¡¯s hand was a big disadvantage, but it seemed to be a little messy, but considering that she would use it herself, there was no problem. This time, considering the portability, I decided to attach the part wrapped in stone with leather to the center part instead of the cup. Isn¡¯t that big? Diana pointed to Helen. According to Diana, the stone is about 1.5 times larger than everyone else¡¯s. ¡°This is all right with Attai.¡± ¡°Well, it¡¯s powerful¡­¡± In terms of pure output, Riquet, Samir, and Anne are pretty good, but Helen still has a long day to use her powers well. The kinetic energy is proportional to the weight, so if you can throw a big stone, you¡¯d think it would be better. I tried to turn the sling that I had created into my mind. Of course, I can¡¯t spin well because I didn¡¯t set the stone, but it doesn¡¯t seem like I¡¯ll let go in such a state. Alright, let¡¯s try it then. When I heard back from them, we came out with the sling in our hands. Chapter 616 Chapter 616: the horror of stone-throwing The snow had almost disappeared. It was cold, but not enough to maintain the snow. It seems that it has accumulated especially in a place where the sun is slightly sunny. Our garden is sunny because there are no trees. So, yesterday¡¯s snowball match only left a few barricaded clumps in the field. Kururu¡¯s nose, Lucy¡¯s forefoot, and Hayate¡¯s nose left behind, sparing the remnants of the snow. It was worse than when I drew water in the morning, but it was even less than then. It rarely rains, so it may be next year. Until then, it should be a long goodbye, so I want my daughters to touch just a little while now. Well, if there¡¯s still snow, it¡¯s hard to find stones, so we should be grateful for the climate. Collect stones of appropriate size by scattering them appropriately. Of course, it is not convenient to swing around with a pinch of too large, so I chose something that is not very large. When we split up for about half an hour, we gathered quite a few people. It is a small mountain. If you don¡¯t get together this quickly, you won¡¯t be able to take advantage of the fact that it¡¯s easy to get ammo when you have to. Alright, let¡¯s go from Atai! ¡°Give me a good example.¡± Oh! Helen circled the string on one side of the sling so that it would be fixed to her wrist through her hand. Next, I grabbed the end of the unbroken wrist. It also looks like you have a large leather ring in your hand. Then, when you pick a piece of stone, set it in a place that looks like a cloth. There is no irritation because it is proceeding slowly. I must have used it on some battlefields in the past. ¡°Yo, shh.¡± Helen said that and began to swing around. Of course we¡¯re keeping our distance. I don¡¯t think Helen is the only one, but it goes without saying that it¡¯s better to have an accident without being careful. Visit for extra chapters. Targets are always used to practice bowing. I have used it many times and the surface has become worse. It was almost time to replace it, and there was no problem if it was hit and crushed. At first, I was swinging loosely, but I thought I swung quite quickly a few times, and it acted like a normal throw. ¡°Bread!¡± a flashy sound echoed around. Everyone shrugs for a moment. The sound is not a flying sound. The tip of the releasing rope wave exceeded the sound speed for a moment, and the shock wave caused a rupture. It is also a phenomenon that occurs when waving a whip. In a nutshell, if you wave a long chain, the tip will eventually sound beyond the speed of sound. On the other hand, the flamboyant sound of the stone flies in a pompous mood. I should have practiced quite a bit to fly to where I was aiming, but the stone that flew into the low mountain flew toward me and hit me brilliantly. Pacan and the stone shattered. It didn¡¯t seem to be a very hard stone. Well, I don¡¯t think there was much damage to it. It may have been quite damaged in the past, but the place where it was hit is shattered into stone. If it hits the head, it will definitely be a fatal injury, even if it was wearing a helmet. We¡¯re looking at it with our spine a little chilly. ¡°This is it. Okay, let¡¯s practice!¡± We nodded to Helen, who talked vividly. Chapter 617 Chapter 617: To protect you. A pounding sound crosses the forest. A part of it was trembling in the forest trees. It was the sound of Samya throwing rocks in a sling. Because she is used to handling bows, she hits them dexterously. Each time I hit them, my three daughters were shouting out their voices. It¡¯s a boulder, isn¡¯t it? and Helen was watching with her arms crossed as she stepped back a little. Helen keeps looking away from me. ¡°It would be great if it was almost the first time I could guess.¡± I think so. I can only agree with Helen¡¯s assessment of Shamia. Whatever expertise is required, such as blacksmithing, Samir dexterously takes care of anything that is not. In that sense, my family will be the best. Even now, before I tried it, I only heard a few tricks from Helen, and I hit her with a pom-pom. Each time, my daughters boiled. Diana took it off from time to time, but it was generally clustered around the area. I think I¡¯ll need a little more practice if I¡¯m going to use it for hunting, but it¡¯s far more accurate than enough to keep us safe here. Protect me¡­¡­ I said in a small voice as the sound of a pitter-patter echoed. For now, this kind of preparation can only be said to be ¡°overthinking¡±. Even so, I could be prepared for a few elites, or I could be prepared for monsters, and I wouldn¡¯t have any trouble attacking without approaching them. I have never had to use it as much as possible. I don¡¯t think I¡¯ve done enough to get to Mogi. ¡°Ahh¡­¡± Helen scratched her head a little. Inverted shrubs are installed with sharpened branches on the other side ¨C in our case, facing outwards ¨C to prevent intrusion. Historically, it is quite ancient in the previous world. When it came to dealing with monsters, I thought that barricading a reverse shrub might be a good idea. It would also be useful for human opponents. It was a different story to see if they would both give up to the extent that it was inversely shrubbery. Even if you work a lot and have a little bit of merit. Besides, there is no guarantee that accidents will not occur after installing such things. I don¡¯t think we¡¯re going to get to the point where we lose our lives. ¡°I don¡¯t think it¡¯s meaningless, but it¡¯s hard to take care of.¡± Visit for extra chapters. ¡°Ahh¡­¡± Now it was my turn to scratch my head. I see, even if there is not as much humidity as the Japanese forest in the previous world, if it is made of wood, it will be damaged and it needs to be repaired and maintained. It¡¯s not something I have to do often, but I was told that I might have to install it until it cost me a lot of time to take care of it¡­ ¡°I think that¡¯s good when you know that the opponent is coming in a big army.¡± Not just around here, but a little further away. ¡± I see. I nodded. No, actually, the existence of the barbed wire had passed over my head. I can almost certainly make it. There are barbed wire and razor-shaped ones, but there must be no problem with either. However, it will be a long way ahead in this world. I thought it was just in the woods, but I don¡¯t know when everyone will leave here, and it¡¯s hard to stop after I¡¯ve taught them something extra. ¡°Well, there¡¯s also Attai here.¡± I won¡¯t let you do anything rare. ¡° Helen¡¯s eyes narrowed as she looked at everyone who was still throwing stones. At least if she¡¯s the strongest in the region, they¡¯ll have to have more power than that. That¡¯s true, too. When I say that, Helen laughs, ¡°I see, I see,¡± and unusually slaps me on the shoulder. Diana¡¯s shock and pain were different. Normally, I¡¯d feel uncomfortable, and I¡¯d learn to rely on it. Chapter 618 Chapter 618: []/(exp, v1 That means you have each of the slings, so I think we should all train to protect the house when Maribel returns. Maybe because I practiced slinging for a while, I said, rubbing my damaging arm. Now is the moment after dinner. I also soaked in the hot spring, but it didn¡¯t seem to be effective against muscle pain anyway. Should I be happy that my muscle aches came earlier than I expected? In the previous world, it was normal for me to come the next day. I don¡¯t care if it¡¯s a rejuvenating blessing. Like at the time of the monster crusade? Diana said, warming herself by carrying a chair near the dining stove while drinking a glass of wine broken in hot water. It seems her favorite thing to do at night after winter. I nod. ¡°If you don¡¯t train everything, your body won¡¯t move like you think when you have to.¡± If you hadn¡¯t trained at the time, you wouldn¡¯t know how to move. ¡° I think it would be better for Atai to see what each of them does. This is Helen, who was sipping fire with Riquet. ¡°Everyone¡¯s sword is much better.¡±¡­¡­ Diana was only too honest with her sword muscles, and she was stronger than any soldier before. ¡° Perhaps there is alcohol in Helen¡¯s words, and Diana¡¯s face shines puffily. I¡¯ll teach you something, but maybe you should take a little less time to practice. Me too, right? Helen and a piece of Rikete, who was sipping fire, looked at me and said: She¡¯s the least capable of fighting, but she can still defend herself. Riquet is probably worried that he won¡¯t pull his leg. I don¡¯t recall her being torn apart during the Monster Crusade, so I thought it was totally sad. It¡¯s just that the other faces are more powerful. Especially Diana and Anne. I got a mentor named Helen, and I was getting more polished. Helen said, putting her hands behind her head. ¡°Well, just in case.¡± Well, not every day, but once a week¡­ right, I¡¯ll do it on the day I¡¯m out of town. ¡° Visit for extra chapters. ¡°That¡¯s all right, that¡¯s all.¡± Rikete exhaled with a small breath. As a blacksmith, I thought that I was going too far to improve my fighting abilities, so I agreed with Helen¡¯s pace. The Lord of the Black Forest was rightly said to be the strongest. ¡°Let¡¯s think over what to do specifically.¡± There¡¯s no one to deal with right now. ¡° That¡¯s right. Helen nodded and drank up the cup of liquor on the table, then headed to the kitchen to rinse the cup. It seems that everyone is still awake after I retreated to my room, and they are tired because they tried to make sling and practice today. Helen¡¯s move opened the door. And a few days later, it was time to go to Camilo for delivery. I thought I had to check the number of deliveries. When I cleaned up the forge in the evening, the door was opened vigorously with the van. It was Samya who opened it. She¡¯s also out there with Liddy tending the fields and practicing her bows. ¡°Elephant! Here comes an elephant!¡± Samya told me the name of the dragon at Camilo¡¯s. Usually, the newspaper carries letters informing me regularly about the situation in the Kingdom. I heard that the world is nothing at all. Samya is a little anxious that the letter will be delivered early in the morning ¨C about the time I go to fetch water and come back ¨C but this is not the time, nor is it the time for the ¡°newspaper¡± to arrive. I mean, I got an urgent call. I cleaned it up and ran outside through the door that Samir opened. Chapter 619 Chapter 619: Makoto! Usually, only a cylinder containing letters and newspapers is enclosed in the legs of the porcupine. However, it seems that there was also another large package attached to it today. It was so big that Diana took it off as soon as the pears arrived. That¡¯s what I¡¯m looking at right now. When I took it back and put it in my hand, it was heavy. If this is to be carried by birds, it seems to me that it has to be carried by large raptors. Proving that the porcupine is a dragon would be enough to carry it safely. Well done. When I stroked his head, the porcupine grunted. I wonder if they are happy with me. As soon as I started jumping off with Hayate, I didn¡¯t really know how it was. Well, well, well. I¡¯ll take the cloth that¡¯s wrapped in something a little heavy. It¡¯s disturbing, but it feels like a present somewhere, and everyone is a little excited. Then, after removing the cloth, a small knife appeared from the inside. ¡°This is¡­¡± When the knife appeared, Riquet, who was shining the first shine, was stunned. No, I could have lost as well. The shape of the knife that appeared looks familiar. That¡¯s because it¡¯s a form I¡¯ve seen many times. The knife was the shape of my workshop. ¡°Hah, this is¡­¡± Anne is scratching her knife. Now I bring the lights to the terrace, where I have a knife review. Every time Anne moves her knife, it reflects a glittering light. Anne put the knife on the table and said with a sigh. ¡°Hmm, I know it¡¯s not, but it¡¯s hard to say what it is. I know that the elephants are prettier than they are made of. ¡°It looks just like the shape.¡± I look up to the sky I can¡¯t see. [M] Wooden ceiling. Our family built it. I¡¯m not the only one with a knife. There are many parts of my family that have cooperated with me in making sheet metal. How about that? said Diana. Whether the performance is such as to threaten our home in the long term, would be to say. If something like that comes on the market, it¡¯s going to go into business. I glanced at the knife that was dullly reflecting the light on the table and said: ¡°Well, it doesn¡¯t fit our ¡®luxury model¡¯.¡± I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s a ¡°general model¡±. Sometimes we might have a good fight. I don¡¯t think we¡¯re going to win. ¡° Hearing that, Diana sighed in relief. The appraisal is of course a cheat. From the look of it, the variation after tapping is quite noticeable. The shape is the same in the first place, but it is easy to see that coarse remains everywhere. ¡°The letter from Camilo is also about the knife.¡± Liddy said in a quiet, but overtly angry voice. Helen peers into her open letter from the side. ¡°I found it in the city of the capital¡­ I can¡¯t believe it.¡± Visit for extra chapters. ¡°No, I don¡¯t think so.¡± That¡¯s right. What I denied was that it was Karen who made this. She is in the capital now. And I know my knife. Even the cat¡¯s engraving. The stamp of the cat was firmly in this knife. The first thing I found was Samir. I also trained in blacksmithing. I can¡¯t help but think of the first thing that comes to my mind when I¡¯m told to name a suspect who can make this knife. But she has no merit in doing so. If you don¡¯t get our cooperation in the future, there¡¯s no point in staying in the capital until now. It would still be better for her uncle to go home with him. I wanted to think so, but I couldn¡¯t deny it. ¡°It seems like you¡¯re out a lot.¡± So I got the actual goods and sent them to check. ¡° It¡¯s possible that we started spinning it on the other side. Camilo has promised to wholesale the product. But that¡¯s not a promise with a contractual limitation. In that case, if we have good conditions, we can also spin the goods there. That was true of the elephant workshop on Camilo¡¯s side. No matter where Camilo buys from, there¡¯s no reason to complain as long as he buys from us. ¡°It¡¯s a fake¡­¡± The concept of registering and protecting trademarks and designs is not yet in the world. The aristocrat emblem is a terrible way to use it, but it doesn¡¯t mean the same thing. ¡°So, after all, what about this knife?¡± Said Samya, sitting on the railing on the terrace with her legs hanging around. I¡¯ll give it back with a bitter smile. ¡°I don¡¯t know what exactly this means.¡± Samir snorted his nose small. I¡¯ll keep my mouth shut. ¡°However, I don¡¯t think it¡¯s likely that this was an attack on the Elephant Workshop by someone¡­ or someone¡­¡± When I said that, they turned their faces towards me. That face is starting to fill with the will to do it one by one. That¡¯s what it looked like to me. Chapter 620 Chapter 620: What I want to protect ¡°Well, even so, there¡¯s not much I can do.¡± To put it mightily, I¡¯d say to Camilo, ¡°This is definitely fake.¡± ¡° Rattlesnake and the whole family have lost their physical balance. As for the body, it was squeaky. I¡¯m sure that this fake distribution will be an attack (I¡¯m sure), but I don¡¯t see the intent or ultimate purpose of the attack. ¡°If it was a fake¡­ well, it¡¯s a fake, but it¡¯s Camilo who suffers the most.¡± I don¡¯t want to wait for you to go to the city, but I think that¡¯s why you sent it to me in a hurry. ¡° If a fake product is sold, it¡¯s not surprising that it¡¯s simply sold less. I don¡¯t think that knives are priced that well, and whether it¡¯s a dagger or something else, it¡¯s not like selling guns at a high price, but I don¡¯t think you can be stupid considering that Chile can also be loaded. Since we received the money from Camilo every time we wholesale it, it doesn¡¯t matter what happens after that. Only Camilo lost his form. But you can¡¯t say it¡¯s the same as this, right? Anne said in a quiet voice. I nod. ¡°If this situation continues and ours can¡¯t be wholesaled to Camilo, then the business will go up.¡± If you can¡¯t wholesale it to Camilo, you won¡¯t be able to wholesale it anywhere else. ¡° The main thing is that there is no demand for the products of the elephant workshop. Camilo, whoever it is, won¡¯t take it back and sell it. If that happens, we¡¯ll all dry up eventually. ¡°Everyone has less information.¡± Let¡¯s leave that part to Camilo for now, and we¡¯ll decide the policy with that information. ¡° I have no idea what to do to defend or intercept right now. I took the fake knife. There were two shapes, but Cheat taught us that performance was inferior to the ¡°general model¡±. I thought to myself how much money I had. [M] It is a little tough for the whole family, but if you work hard, it will last about a year or two. I think we can afford to have some sort of regrouping, even in the worst case scenario. Either way, that¡¯s not what I want to protect with a lot of enemies. Krul, Lucy, Hayate, and their families, and their ¡°usual¡± lives are the best, but otherwise, the product will be evaluated. Unlike my direct reputation (which I didn¡¯t originally want), it¡¯s an insurmountable fear as a craftsman that what I create here and send to the world may be treated as ''something I can¡¯t take away¡±. Visit for extra chapters. Even if I came here ¡ª I mean, for the first time in a blacksmith ¡ª less than a year ago. Besides, I have other knives made by Samir and Riquet. I feel that the gut will boil down because the reputation and reputation around it will be diminished. It was said in Camilo¡¯s letter that it hasn¡¯t happened so far. The writing instruments and paper that Diana had brought me in time. There, I simply wrote ¡°this is a fake¡± in a grand and dignified manner. Round up the paper and put it in a cylinder on the leg of the porcupine, and I¡¯ll stroke your head. Well then, thank you. ¡°Cuy¡± The porcupine was short and flew away with a sharp chirp. It leaves in no time at all, as the dusk slashes through the sky. The faces of our Elephant Workshop have been waiting for a while to see off the porcupine that was carrying a part of the future of the Workshop even after it disappeared. Chapter 621 Chapter 621: What you can do ¡°¡­ are you okay?¡± Diana asks me if I dropped off the pearl. All of a sudden, everyone was looking at me with a little concern. ¡°Yeah, well, I¡¯m a little upset, but I can¡¯t help it if I¡¯m jittery.¡± I thought I answered with a smile, but it didn¡¯t seem like I was laughing well to see how Diana looked with a strange expression. Originally, I don¡¯t like smiles, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s like that now. In the woods, there are only a few hits. In the world before the Internet, you can think about what to look for and how to respond by email, but there is nothing you can do in this world where such a convenient means is not widespread. At most, I think Hayate asked me to deliver a letter to Camilo. It is not very helpful to dither in that state, or to rub your mind more than necessary. I don¡¯t panic when I can¡¯t help it. It¡¯s one of the few useful things I¡¯ve learned (although it was black) from my previous work in the world. I thought so, but apparently I didn¡¯t think so at the bottom of my heart. I didn¡¯t think there might be any fakes out there anyway. I looked up at the sky. The stars are already beginning to shine in the sky where the porcupine was cut open. ¡°Of course I want to know where it came from, but I think the most I want to know is the motive¡­¡± ¡°That¡¯s a motive.¡± Helen said, and I nodded. ¡°There must be a reason why we¡¯re making fakes. That¡¯s probably why we don¡¯t like it.¡± ¡°Did you just want to make money?¡± That¡¯s right, we¡¯re going to bump into each other from the front. Small bitter smile at Samya¡¯s words. Because it is the most convincing and likely possibility. In that case, the pie is taken away from each other by those who sell the same things (although their performance is different). However, in some cases, it may be the quickest. For example, if you make something that should be called a ¡°mass production model¡± that has dropped more performance than the ¡°general model¡±, you can wholesale it to Camilo, and Camilo can wholesale it to the people with fake knives and make money by doing so. My burden will increase, but if you can increase the speed of making it, you can actively help Anne, who hasn¡¯t been helping me much until now, and if you are throwing away anything, you can ask Karen in the capital to make it ¨C there¡¯s no way you can take a position like an OEM. The last one would be quicker to take it to his disciple than to do it. I just said that it was a little too deliberate. In any case, if the purpose of making money is to make money, I will let you make some money together, and if you can fit in well, you will be ten thousand years old. ¡°And¡­¡± Visit for extra chapters. ¡°Well, there¡¯s something else¡­ well, whether it¡¯s to make money or not, if that¡¯s the case, I think I¡¯ll help you, then it¡¯s better to do so.¡± I don¡¯t have a problem with looking at you from above, but I don¡¯t have any complaints as long as things settle down peacefully anyway. At least that¡¯s what my brain says for now. I don¡¯t know if it depends on how upset my mind is. I wonder if it¡¯s sweet. It¡¯s sweet, isn¡¯t it? It was Anne who said it was a piercing. Contrary to the appearance of the apparent title, Anne, with her cold heart, will not forgive her business enemies. Anne sighed heavily there. Well, isn¡¯t it like an elephant? That¡¯s right. Diana takes Anne¡¯s words. Samya and Riquet nodded. ¡°In the end, if you ask me in such a situation, I will go to the rescue without cutting you off.¡± Samya said as she nodded. Yup, yup, everyone in the family nodded loudly. It looks like the girls are doing the same without a heart. ¡°There¡¯s nothing I can do for now, so let¡¯s get ready for tomorrow¡¯s work.¡± When I declared that, I heard a voice from everybody. I look up at the sky again. The moon floating in the cold sky is looking down on us. Hopefully, it doesn¡¯t roll in the wrong direction. Yes, I prayed softly to the goddess of the moon who was pouring blessings on the ground. Chapter 622 Chapter 622: []/(n) sk Everyone was to cook dinner for me on this day. I said that I didn¡¯t have to be so careful, but I decided to give it a spoiler because I was told that it was not good to be too stubborn. ¡°I¡¯m restless¡­¡± Usually, I¡¯m preparing dinner. I was soaking in hot water. Even if I stayed at home, I seemed uncomfortable, and I came to relax a little, but I still feel uncomfortable here. I¡¯ve been living in this world for almost a year. Because it¡¯s something I do almost every day, even without a clock, my body seems to have remembered the time. If you¡¯re in the capital, on an expedition, or in a completely different environment than usual, your senses will probably feel different again, but you¡¯re usually at home now. Looking up at the sky, the moon is advancing in its steps, saying it¡¯s not good to waste the goodwill of your family. When I put the hot water in my hand, the moon was there. It¡¯s quite the wind. I didn¡¯t get it as a gift, but I get the illusion that it¡¯s in my hands bonsai-like. The moon is different from what we saw in the previous world. The shape of the apparent circle (I think it is a sphere because it is full, but there is nothing that can confirm it) is the same, but there is no crater in this world¡¯s moon. The moon, which seemed to be vague, was glowing pale. I don¡¯t know whether it is due to reflection or whether it is emitting spontaneously, but I am sure that it is a light that I am not tired of looking at as in the previous world. I watched the moon while I warmed my body for a while, then released the moon on my hand, and I dived into the hot tub with Zabun and dived out of the hot tub. Oh, it¡¯s delicious! After cheeking a piece of meat, nature and feelings sprang up. It is grilled in a sauce with garlic and vegetable oil mixed with soy sauce. Sometimes I get close to what I do. Diana stretched her chest at my impressions. That¡¯s right! I remember the taste very well, Riquet. Next to Diana, Samya said as she souped around. Diana objected with a slight wolf. ¡°I burned it, too.¡± That¡¯s true. Well, baking is also important. Visit for extra chapters. Rikete follows up with a slightly troubled face. I see. Regardless of the seasoning, Diana seems to be quite good at decongesting and cooking. We¡¯re putting in the vegetables we picked today. Little by little, Lydie offers me a broken soup. It contains orange-like vegetables that I didn¡¯t have in it when I made it in the morning. ¡°Oh, this is good, too.¡± The orange one had a carrot-like taste. I put the dried product in well, but it is difficult to put it in as soon as it is removed. I still feel that the taste is fresher than the fresh one¡­ I don¡¯t dislike the feeling that the taste is condensed after drying. When I said it, Liddy smiled fluffily. I feel a little jumpy. I rushed to see the unfermented bread in the middle of the table. And then, did the three of you do this? Samir, Helen, and Anne nodded. In other words, there are three people in the power system. I don¡¯t need that much force to knead the fabric, but when I take a piece of it, I feel that my teeth are stronger than when I made it. Until they chewed and swallowed, silence came to the dining table, and the three of them looked at me. ¡°This is good, too.¡± When I say it, the three of them snuggle their chests down. Even though some of the things I made were cheats, they weren¡¯t really amazing, so I didn¡¯t have to worry about it. But it might be a good idea to do it on duty. Thinking like that, Samir leaks. ¡°Hmm, I still feel like the elephant is the best¡± Everyone but me nods at the words. Looking at that, I felt like I had heard the sound of the shift plan crashing with a little joy. Chapter 623 Chapter 623: To the Winter Forest I spent the next three to four days as usual. Meanwhile, Maribel never returned, and Camilo never reported back. I just made a pale product for the delivery date I had previously set. I¡¯m curious about the situation with the newspaper, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s the right time to focus resources on it. When I finished the work of the day and cleaned up, I saw that the finished products were piled up. I told Riquet that I was cleaning up as well. Hmm, that¡¯s quite a number. That¡¯s right. It was just getting worse, but the amount of concentrated product is quite large. Six weeks is a shameful amount to say. ¡°For now, I wonder if it will be on the Krull.¡± We¡¯ll ride, too. ¡° Hmmm. Riquet puts his finger on the heel. ¡°I think it¡¯s okay.¡± I feel like I can still afford to go back and forth. ¡° Hmmm. It was Krull who usually held the reins of the dragon car. I¡¯m sure that she will say it. Sometimes it¡¯s a bit heavier than others, and it feels like it¡¯s going to stretch out. ¡°We¡¯re only going to be heavy, so when we have to, let¡¯s take care of ourselves.¡± It¡¯s getting late, but I can¡¯t help it. I had no choice but to use Manpower to some extent. Fortunately, my family is all alone. You can¡¯t hold your luggage at the same speed as Krull, but I think you can go faster than the average person. Speaking of which, when there was no wagon, I would have been responsible for it. Oh, that¡¯s right. I think it took about a day back then. Since then, I¡¯ve been going back and forth a lot faster. I¡¯m going home early this time, so if I¡¯m a little late, I¡¯ll have no problem. Would you like everyone else to stay for now? I told the story to everyone at dinner. It was different depending on the person, but everyone seemed to understand, and there was no particular objection. Rather than judging at that time, Diana and the others seemed to suggest that it would be better to do so from the beginning, so I didn¡¯t even have to say it. Visit for extra chapters. Well, then, do you have a moment tomorrow? Samya said when the next delivery was over. I nod. Of course not, if you ask me if I¡¯m free, but I can afford to take a break. Originally, the number of deliveries was not promised. It¡¯s a very casual contract, but I¡¯ll keep it that way while you tell me it¡¯s okay. It doesn¡¯t necessarily mean that one day you¡¯ll be able to make up your mind. Thinking about it, Samya stepped forward a little. Okay, let¡¯s all go to the woods together for a bit To the forest? I was told that there was no prey, so I stayed at home, but would I go hunting? When I asked Samir about it, I don¡¯t have any prey, but I think we should go see if the forest has changed. It was about me. Is it risky to go back to hunting without knowing what was going on in the woods for about five weeks? Okay, I¡¯ll leave it open for tomorrow. In the meantime, Camilo¡¯s letter¡­ I mean, the porcupine may come, but it won¡¯t make you wait a whole day. It¡¯s not like the dragon is going to kill me. I¡¯m going to the amusement park tomorrow, and I¡¯m going to talk like a kid and cheer everyone up. Because of the bustle, it¡¯s worth going to, even if the delivery of a day¡¯s supply is reduced. I thought so. Chapter 624 Chapter 624: Walk through the woods Hmm, it¡¯s cold! As I stepped out of the warm house, a pew and a breeze blew. It was as cold as a mixed blade. There are no clouds, so I think it would be better if the sun rose more. Diana and Riquet put ornaments on Krull. On the way, if there was a good place, I decided to take time for lunch and fishing, so it is an ornament for loading the luggage. When I finished wearing it, there was a cage on Krull¡¯s back. Inside were rugs, lunch boxes ¨C like wooden luggage ¨C and utensils stacked in tools. From the side of the basket, there is a bag for putting water down, and I put the water I brought in in the morning. There are other cylinders for keeping slender items, and you can put a spear here if you have to, but now it has a fishing rod in it. Krull breathed out of his nose in satisfaction as he finished loading the package. Lucy looked up at it with her glittering eyes. I¡¯m sure you¡¯ll think that one day, too. But Krull is supposed to be an expert, and Lucy is not. But if you¡¯re about the size of a wolf everywhere, you¡¯ll be able to run around with Maribel on your back. Hmm, I wish Maribel had come too. I see. Looking at Katya and the chattering girls, Diana said, and I nodded. If I had a fourth daughter here, it would have been more lively. I¡¯m excited to go out for the first time, and it seems that I can see myself with the three of them. I wish I could see it now, but it hasn¡¯t been that long since Maribel went somewhere with Ms. Lewisa. It was something I didn¡¯t want. After all, there is a lot of encouragement for Lewisa to return to, so let¡¯s save the fun for a little bit longer. I see. Why don¡¯t you come home soon? Diana doesn¡¯t want to hide her unfortunate feelings. And the nod of consent from my family comes home. Anyway, now we¡¯re ready. Okay, let¡¯s go then. Oh! ¡°Krrrrrrrrr¡± ¡°Wow!¡± ¡°Cuy¡± With each call, we kept walking into the woods, just saying what the cold wind was going to do. It¡¯s not like we have a purpose today, so the speed of moving through the woods is slow. Neither Samir nor Helen were so hard on their surroundings. I¡¯m much more vigilant when I go down the street. When I asked Samir about it, I¡¯m used to it around here. Visit for extra chapters. That¡¯s what it was. Then Helen picks him up. ¡°Basically, people don¡¯t come, and there aren¡¯t many big beasts.¡± You don¡¯t have to be so nervous about Atai. ¡° I see. There are wolves around here at best, but they don¡¯t attack us very often. If they attacked me, it would be like a bear or a monster, but even if my nose wasn¡¯t that good, I would notice. There are humans on the street, so it¡¯s troublesome for Atai. I¡¯m sure he¡¯s got a sharper gaze. When I said it, there was a light impact on my shoulder. Compared to Diana¡¯s succession, it¡¯s not a big shock. Well, there aren¡¯t so many beasts at this time of year, so it doesn¡¯t have to be that tingly. Samya said as she looked at the situation in a somewhat daze. It seems that some animals have cages because of winter, and some choose to go out, and sometimes the bushes and branches of the trees sway and chirp in small voices. What is that thing? ¡°That¡¯s right¡­¡± Anne pointed to the little birds and squirrels that were just showing up, and Liddy replied. So we went for a leisurely walk through the winter forest. Chapter 625 Chapter 625: Winter Flowers There are various animals in the Black Forest. So there are a variety of plants that support it. There are many evergreen trees in this forest. At first, I thought that there were usually many evergreen trees as a species, but it seems that there is also the influence of magic, Ridi said, ¡°That tree was in the forest where I was, and all the leaves fell in the winter.¡± There seemed to be quite a few trees. I don¡¯t know how that affects the whole forest, but I can¡¯t understand it without the spirits of the forest. ¡°No, even if I ask Mr. Lewisa, I don¡¯t think she¡¯s going to say¡± I don¡¯t know ¡°¡­¡± Anyway, from time to time, it seems that the fruit that is supposed to be out of season can be harvested, but it also has characteristics around it. It seems that there was no discomfort as it was normal for the Samya. Well, if it¡¯s ¡°normal,¡± it¡¯s only natural. If I hadn¡¯t asked Liddy, she¡¯d have thought the plants in this world were like that. There is not much knowledge of plants and animals in the installation. Fatal and dangerous plants, such as the trichlorfon in the previous world, contained the shape of its leaves. If you accidentally eat it or take it as medicine, it will be over. Anyway, in this ¡°Black Forest¡±, like the elf seeds, the fruit may come in different seasons. That said, it seems that the winter is not a peak, so the number will decrease considerably. Some of them would be better if they were picked one-tenth of the way. Said Samya. Usually, 20 pieces can be picked, and it is better to pick 2 pieces. It is not a good thing to expect a collective amount. In fact, it seems that the amount collected during hunting has decreased since the temperature dropped and it became winter. ¡°Elf seeds can grow quickly, but spring and summer are better than winter.¡± and is the word of Lydie. It seemed like it was being harvested steadily, but that seemed to be Liddy¡¯s arm. It¡¯s just grown with handmade salt. That¡¯s how we all walked, and we noticed Diana staring over here. Even Kasari and I are watching you when there is a sound. She¡¯s the cutest hunter in the house, and I¡¯m sure she¡¯s looking for something cute. Helen and Anne are reacting in the same way, but in their case, it would be pure vigilance¡­ but nothing in particular makes them feel a little disappointed. You haven¡¯t changed much with Diana. Well, as a result, the surroundings are on alert. Besides, today it¡¯s not a hunt, it¡¯s like watching over something funny, and it¡¯s not a senseless act, so I won¡¯t make a mistake. Ah¡­ Diana shouted as she walked through the woods where the sun was shining. Helen put her hand on the sword on her waist. A faint sound reached my ears. ¡°Oh, I¡¯m sorry. I didn¡¯t find anything dangerous.¡± Visit for extra chapters. Helen let go of the sword in response to Diana¡¯s words. Is that it? Anne seemed to have found the same thing and put her hand over her eyes and looked at it. I¡¯ll take a look at the tip of my gaze. Hmmm? I don¡¯t know what I saw. Even though it¡¯s winter, I can only see the lush leaves. It seemed that Tototo and Diana had seen something. ¡°Hey, hey, hey.¡± We¡¯ll go for a little run after that. Krull and Lucy and Hayate were with them. ¡°Look, there!¡± Diana pointed to us, who caught up with us. After that, little white flowers are gathered and blossom like a little snow. Together, they were considerably smaller than ordinary flowers. However, I don¡¯t feel like I¡¯m unreliable or unreliable. In the cold of winter, it is as if we say this is our way of life. I can see it, and I think of something. [M] ¡°You¡¯re living in a big tree.¡± It¡¯s like us. ¡° Diana told me what I thought. Everyone is nodding, wondering if they thought the same thing. I nodded, too, That¡¯s right. That¡¯s what Pyon Pyon said as he held Lucy, who was about to jump in and watch with her. Chapter 626 Chapter 626: []/(n, vs) As I brought Lucy close to the flower, I waved my tail and smelled the smell of the flower, but now I know I can¡¯t eat it. Now I¡¯m going to put it down and twist myself a bit. I dropped it on the ground as I asked. I think she¡¯s grown up, but she¡¯s still a child. I guess that¡¯s true, but it¡¯s stronger to smile. Lucy descended to the ground and began to smell the hum and air. I wonder if there¡¯s anything nearby. Seeing that, I told her that Samya would move her nose just like Lucy did. After Lucy, Krull, and Hayate, Samir had a good nose. ¡°Hmm, I don¡¯t know.¡± Samya shook her head to the side. Liddy closed her eyes and did so for a while, but still shook her head to the side. ¡°There is no particular disturbance of magic power.¡± It seems that there are no monsters nearby. ¡° ¡°Hmmm¡­ well, then, there¡¯s nothing in particular.¡± But I wonder if Lucy will react without anything. That¡¯s what Diana continues to do. Although there are many childish parts, they have grown up, and they are smart. Diana¡¯s doubts are valid. Helen calls out to Samir. ¡°Want to explore a little bit?¡± Hmmm. Samia put her hand on the side. The purpose of this check was to check for any anomalies or signs of them. With that in mind, it might be a good idea to switch exploration to main, rather than end up here. ¡°Yeah, let¡¯s take a look around.¡± I¡¯m also curious about you. ¡° Samya nodded and said so, trying to look around at everyone. I guess this is what it¡¯s like when I¡¯m out hunting. I will judge each of them by their opinions, mainly the Samya who has lived in this forest for a long time. I felt like I could see a little of everybody I didn¡¯t know, and I was somehow happy. Look around the flowers to see if there¡¯s anything to draw the vortex around. Of course, it is easy to understand such as footprints and bloodstains, but it is also difficult to understand such as smell. But if what you¡¯re looking for is clear, it¡¯s hard to find what you don¡¯t know. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s true or if it¡¯s overlooked, even if I don¡¯t think it¡¯s nothing. I guess there¡¯s nothing there after all. Visit for extra chapters. Anne looked around from a position about one head higher than ours. Her role is to use her height to explore the area for anything. Anne¡¯s radar didn¡¯t seem to hit anything. However, Lucy stopped from time to time and her nose twitched, and although it was infrequent, it was also krull. Judging from their appearance, it seems that there is really nothing to say. From the frequency of Lucy¡¯s nose twitching, it was time to find something. On the other hand, it was too late to cut it up. Hmm, okay! The samyas who were bending over and searching for footprints (both human and beast, of course) rose up. I wonder if it is judged that there is no abnormality. Riquet, who was looking for the bush, stopped his hand and looked towards Samya. Samya nodded as she noticed it, as did Riquet. ¡°It¡¯s about time¡­¡± That¡¯s what Samya said. Wow! A little further away, Lucy began to bark at the bushes. I can¡¯t hear anything from the bushes. Even though it sounds cute to us, I wonder if we can stay completely unresponsive to the barking of a solid body wolf. If ''something¡± like not putting Lucy on her teeth, would you ignore it if she barked? In that case, the danger is¨C. It seems that Deanna and I came up with the same thing at the same time. We both split between Lucy and the bush at Helen¡¯s speed. Soon, Diana calms Lucy. After I saw it, I gently stirred the bushes that Lucy was barking with a ¡°thin ice¡± sheath. Chapter 627 Chapter 627: 6 Volume Launch Special Edition "The First Job of the Day" It was fluffy and I felt a little better. If you say so, it¡¯s like you¡¯re soaking in warm water. I somehow know what this condition looks like. I¡¯m totally asleep now. For some reason, I was objectively aware of it. Normally it would be almost time to wake up in this state, but for now, there¡¯s no sign of it at all, and it¡¯s kind of caught on. ¡°Father.¡± At the same time, your body is shaken. This voice sounded familiar. I open my eyes slowly. In front of her, the girl¡¯s face looked exactly as I expected, with a full smile on her face. ¡°Lucy.¡± ¡°Ehehe¡± With a deeper smile, I¡¯ll stroke your black-haired head while lying down. It used to be easy to reach my head even when I was lying down, but now it is a little tough. My face has grown up somewhat. ¡°The child is growing up fast¡­¡± ¡°All right, wake up.¡± Krul and Hayate are also waiting for you ¡°Okay, I¡¯ll be right outside.¡± ¡±Ahhhh!¡± Lucy left the room for a run. The door was left open. I wake up with a bitter smile. From the open door, Hyoi and another face peered. Green eyes on silver hair cut off around the shoulders. It¡¯s Lydie. She usually gets up early, but it seems that Lydie got up early today. I knew it was Lucy after all. ¡°Yeah. I left it open.¡± Well, I¡¯ll be right out. ¡° When you grow up, it doesn¡¯t change anything, does it? Having said that, Lidi laughs. Lucy¡¯s hair is black, but it¡¯s a little gray, so she really feels like a parent and child. Sometimes Lucy would be happy to say, ¡°I went to the field with Liddy¡¯s mom,¡± so maybe that¡¯s what she thinks. I said, ¡°Get ready to go out quickly¡±¡­ but I just wore my jacket, wore my shoes, and curled up my hair, but I finished it and left the room. ¡°There¡¯s a wooden scrap on my shoulder.¡± Riddick and Riddick took my shoulder off. ¡°Thank you. I wonder if the sheath I made yesterday was still there.¡± Well then, I¡¯ll go. ¡° ¡°Yes. Come on in.¡± This time, Papa and Liddy wave. ¡°Mom¡± dropped me off and I left the house. ¡°Dad, it¡¯s late!¡± When I left home, I was fooled by a girl with short green hair, Krrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr. I¡¯m already on my feet running. There was a water bottle at the side. Krull, I don¡¯t have much to say to my father. That was Hayate, a black, long-haired lizard man. I¡¯m older than Krull, so I¡¯m acting like an older sister. ¡°I might have been a little sleepy today.¡± ¡°My father did a lot of work until yesterday, so I have no choice.¡± Visit for extra chapters. Speaking of which, I feel like I¡¯ve done some hard work. Is that how you made the sheath? I fell asleep, so I fell asleep and tired in bed¡­ and I have memories of it. ¡°It¡¯s been three or four days since we went to fetch water together.¡± ¡°In the meantime, I went with your mother!¡± I also asked Anne to draw water during the big work. Because she is quite high in terms of power. In fact, during the work interval, Krull was excitedly talking about ¡°Anne¡¯s mother was amazing¡±. Anne¡¯s mother was listening to it with a complicated expression on her face. Alright, let¡¯s go then. I have water bottles one by one. Even though Krull and Lucy were still small, they lightly put a water bottle on their head and walked out. After that, Hayate and I follow slowly. Now, let¡¯s get to work in the morning. Krull and Lucy are on the safe trail. You know exactly what you want. Since you helped me from a young age, I might be able to reach the lake at my leisure even if I winked my eyes. ¡­ I won¡¯t say it because I¡¯ll inadvertently try to do it. Karen and the porcupine haven¡¯t returned from the north yet, have they? If you stayed a little longer the day before yesterday, you would have just received a message. Is that so? Yeah. Both Karen and Porcupine were lizardmen. At first glance it seemed like she was a sister, but she wasn¡¯t really related. When I thought that Arachi and Hayate were similar, they were real twins. They left us at their convenience and returned to the north. I think he said he¡¯d be home soon, but he¡¯s a little late. ¡°My father really thinks of me as a family member.¡± I see. Yeah. Having said that, Couscous and Hayate laughed. Half looks up at the sky shimmering. The blue sky is falling through the trees. It seemed to me that the ¡°always¡± morning was there. ¨CWith a little discomfort at the same time. Chapter 628 Chapter 628: Forest Child Among the bushes scattered with sheaths, there was one that was slightly smaller than a bayonet, brown and mocking. The mocking is repeatedly shrinking. Looks like she¡¯s breathing. At first glance, it¡¯s like a cushion, but it¡¯s more than breathing. If you look closely, you can see something that looks like a pin and a pointed ear. ¡°¡­ a creature?¡± But I guess Diana didn¡¯t expect it, and that¡¯s what she said. However, if you don¡¯t respond to Lucy¡¯s voice, your liver is sedentary¡­ but it¡¯s not responding too much. Even if we decided that it wasn¡¯t enough to take Lucy, we used to wander around there a while ago, and now that I¡¯ve scratched the bushes, I can wake my head up and look here, even if it¡¯s a bear or a tiger. Besides, the breathing is not relaxed, and it seems to be slightly faster. It looks hard to see, but I wonder if you¡¯re injured. It didn¡¯t smell like blood. Samir¡¯s nose is twitching. The fact that she didn¡¯t touch her nose is probably not a serious injury. ¡°Well, it could be a disease.¡± ¡°If that¡¯s the case, I¡¯d like to help you¡­¡± Diana said with a puzzling colour in her words. If I was sick, I could explain that there was no disturbance of magic power or smell of blood. ¡°But in that case, the problem is¡­¡± If you¡¯re sick, of course it¡¯s Krul, Lucy, and Hayate, but it¡¯s not for us. That¡¯s right. Lydie nods. Fortunately, after spending less than a year, she feels a little sick, and the sick family doesn¡¯t include me. In the unlikely event of a fever, various medicinal plants are collected and stocked in the warehouse, such as those that are effective against pain and abdominal pain, but they are not necessarily effective against all diseases. If this creature has a nasty disease and we catch it, there¡¯s basically nothing we can do in this Black Forest. For example, if it was rabies as in the previous world, it wouldn¡¯t help. No, even in the previous world, it was a disease that would not be saved if it developed. Even if the disease is not so fatal, the closest place to the city is if you want a cure, but there is no guarantee that anything bad with this forest herb will be cured in the city. Giselle-san and the Fairy Clan still knew what the cure was. Or maybe I owe Mr. Lewisa a lot, but I¡¯m a little suspicious that you can move at your convenience. Regardless, whether or not you risk them to help this creature. There is already a risk in checking whether we should help. It doesn¡¯t necessarily help if I reach out here. I put my hand out and got some kind of illness, but I couldn¡¯t help it. I couldn¡¯t even put my eyes on it. Visit for extra chapters. Diana¡¯s puzzle must be something she was concerned about. It¡¯s not that she¡¯s cold, but I think it¡¯s a natural concern when you think about your family. ¡°I can¡¯t say that.¡± I crushed without telling anyone. [M] I can¡¯t help but leave it to nature. Even if it was the way it should be. Let¡¯s reach out. I¡¯m here because I grabbed a hand that was stretched out in a way. ¡°It¡¯s a bad dream to be worried all the time about what happened. Let¡¯s at least see if it¡¯s okay. I¡¯ll help you if I decide it¡¯s better to help you.¡± Everyone nodded to my little determination. However, just because you¡¯ve made up your mind does not mean that the risk is reduced. Of course I do. I reach out to my mockingbirds. Kachari was heard from behind. Perhaps Helen is ready to ¡°deal with¡± something. My hand came quite close. If it¡¯s okay, it¡¯s ok to jump out around here. But the mockingbirds didn¡¯t move. Finally, my hand touched the mockingbird. I thought it was soft and fluffy, but it felt pretty stiff. It was also rough. Stiff is normal for a wild animal to have stiff hair, but it¡¯s the soil that¡¯s getting wobbly¡­? I wonder if the soil was about the hair and it was difficult for Samya to sense the smell. The moment my hand touched it, it twitched for a moment. And then slowly and slowly, where there were two sharp objects, that is, I turned my head around here. My crisp eyes are looking at me. The whole face is a little raccoon-like. His eyes were full of surprise for a moment, but he kept his eyes on Koten and me and knocked his head down. Still, it doesn¡¯t seem to be in very good shape. ¡°Excuse me a moment.¡± That¡¯s what I said, Raccoon.). I was probably assuming that my body temperature was high because I was a beast, but I still felt that it was quite hot. And the raccoon is left to me. It¡¯s strange that a natural beast is held by a human in a drifting stone and is irresistible. Something must be wrong, as I was worried about it. Everyone nodded again as I looked toward them with the raccoon in my arms. I quickly headed home from no one. Of course, to keep Lucy away from me (although he wanted to know what was holding me). Hu and the cold wind stroked my skin. All my worries had disappeared from my head. Chapter 629 Chapter 629: Forests, beasts, people. As the sun rises, we move fast through the somewhat bright ¡°Black Forest¡±. I wonder if Lucy also sensed the situation to some extent from everyone¡¯s appearance. She followed the leading Samya right behind her, without much scratching. I pray to keep the shock out of my arms and the warmth out. There was Helen behind me. There is a ¡°black forest¡± where no one comes, and I don¡¯t think the beasts have walked that way because it¡¯s still cold, but it¡¯s not that there are no beasts at all. Helen and Samia were as vigilant as I was even as fast. Compared to the two of us, I fall a lot. [M] Helen is looking behind us because Samia is leading the way. There was a difference in speed between looking for a lot of things and going straight ahead without getting lost. I was able to get home soon. All the returning families began to prepare themselves. Set up a bed in the corner of the living room, boil water, and fry herbs to relieve heat. They go on while I say nothing. It seemed that they were able to work together without saying anything about blacksmithing, and it seemed that they were also demonstrating it at such times. I forgot something and felt a little happy, but I shook my head and kicked it out. The provisional beaver has been quiet for a long time. You don¡¯t want to move your body much more than just be quiet. ¡°Yes, yes, slowly, slowly. You¡¯re a good girl, aren¡¯t you?¡± Lying on the finished simple bed, Liddy brought the concocted antipyretic drug and offered it to the rabbit¡¯s mouth. The keys I was offered gradually diminished, and eventually disappeared. Although it is a medicinal herb from the ¡°Black Forest¡±, it does not recover in a small amount of time. Even so, it seems that your breathing is getting calmer. Visit for extra chapters. It was for the time being the policy to take turns while giving medicine regularly and watching the situation. At first, I buy it and go out. If this child gets sick, it will develop from me who has been in contact for a long time. I looked at the raccoon, who seemed to be sleeping. This time, it happened that we ¡ª or Lucy ¡ª found this child, and we might be able to do something about it, so we could bring him home, but it¡¯s not always possible, and we can¡¯t protect him from one end. Whether it¡¯s a bear or a tiger, if it¡¯s protected, it will become like the animal family in Hokkaido that was in the previous world. That might give you a relaxed life, but it¡¯s not the direction I¡¯m looking for. I don¡¯t think I got that cheat. As a person living in this forest, I think we need to think about where to drop it. I think, when you put it in front of your eyes, you can see that this beaver is gradually getting ready to breathe in front of you. I¡¯ll gently stroke the raccoon. I think my breathing is somewhat better, and the fever when I was holding it seems to be calming down. Now, what if she gets better? I have to talk to everyone again. Seeing the sleeping face and fighting a little with the sleeping demons, I thought about it. Chapter 630 Chapter 630: Black Forest Man Take care of the hypothetical beaver about twice. First Riquet, then Liddy. Meanwhile, the raccoon gradually calmed down. I was a little distant from everyone. It looks like I¡¯ll be fine if I¡¯m about 2 meters away, but it¡¯s not that far away, and I¡¯m honestly relieved¡­ It¡¯s a bit confusing to tell too much about the area. I think it¡¯s okay. That¡¯s right. I¡¯m just going to wait and see how things are going a little longer. Liddy gently strokes the raccoon. The raccoon snorted his nose slightly as his eyes twitched, but soon fell back into bed again. In this case, the same medicinal herbs should work even if they fall on us. Then we¡¯ll manage at worst. It might have been a bit of a sneak peek, but I wanted to think of it as Owlie. It seemed like I could do a bit of blacksmithing in time, but the loud noise could also interfere with this child¡¯s sleep. Therefore, while I was not nursing, I was watching everyone in the corner of the room. In that case, I also thought that I should have been nursing by myself all the time, but I had no choice because everyone told me to ¡°change some¡±. Maybe they wanted to keep an eye on him a little bit. Well then, what should we do about this girl? I grabbed a chair and sat next to Liddy. I was wondering what to do, but if I am at home, I am starting to wonder if that is okay. I think it¡¯s better to leave it to her. That¡¯s what Diana said when she came next to me. I think she was making up for it, but I wonder if she could take a break. Besides, I thought Diana would say, ¡°Please stay at home,¡± but it wasn¡¯t from her mouth. When I looked at Diana with a little surprise in my eyes, Diana said without trying to make eye contact. Visit for extra chapters. ¡°If there were circumstances like Lucy, I wouldn¡¯t say that every time. And¡­¡± Diana looked at him like she was looking at a distance. ¡°If you¡¯ve lived in this forest for a long time, you might meet again.¡± ¡°¡­ yes, that¡¯s right.¡± I nodded. The Black Forest is large. It is one of the largest forests in the world. Once the raccoon returns to the forest, the chance of the next encounter will be infinitely low. But that doesn¡¯t mean nothing. If so, you may encounter it sometime if you live for years to come. Then I¡¯m in favor of continuing to live in the woods and hoping for a reunion. But that¡¯s not the end of the story. I¡¯m going to live in the woods forever, and Diana said with a little euphemism that she¡¯s going to do the same. In other words, Diana doesn¡¯t want to go to the city or the capital for the time being. I don¡¯t know how I¡¯m supposed to take it¡­ but I don¡¯t want to make it clear right now. Chapter 631 Chapter 631: "[]/(exp, n) (1) (uk Leaving Ridi (and Diana) to work later and preparing dinner, I heard a crispy scratch on the door. When Papa Papa and Samia ran to open the door, Lucy came in with a rough sniff. Lucy rushed up to me when she entered the house and slapped me in the leg. What, are you hungry already? It¡¯s a little early for the usual meal time. I went out, and I¡¯m hungry faster than usual. Fortunately, it doesn¡¯t taste like Lucy¡¯s rice, so I prepared it first. I have reason to say that I can¡¯t get it out with too much heat. Anyway, even if you ask for it now, you can get it out right away. Wow! Alright then, let¡¯s get ready. Crouching and stroking her head, Lucy shakes her tail. When I get up, I take the meat I baked and cut off first and carry it to the side of the table. Meanwhile, Lucy gurgles under my feet, waving her tail. ¡°Hey, hey, hey, hey.¡± ¡°Woah.¡± Be careful not to get kicked. It is not particularly spilled, but it has become as prudent as carrying soup. Aeye elephants are sweet on Lucy, aren¡¯t they? Samya, who was gazing at the situation, put her arms together and said with a sigh. Oh, it¡¯s sweet on Krull and Hayate, too. Diana, who was supposed to be watching the beaver with Ridi, turned around. For some reason, it was a bit of a doya face. Hmm, I don¡¯t know much about it, but I feel that way when I¡¯m told. Even though it wasn¡¯t my time, I was still trying to feed Lucy. ¡°No, but this is it¡­¡± And, I tried to resist knowing that it was useless, but I got a gaze from everyone at the scene that just said, ¡°That¡¯s it.¡± Isn¡¯t that right? I shrink myself a little and put the plate by the table. Lucy began to gulp down the meat on the plate. There is no more process to watch the fire, so I look away to see Lucy eat. ¡±It¡¯s getting bigger¡­¡± I see. At some point, Diana came next to me. Looking toward Hirari and the Raccoon, Anne looks to replace Diana. Samya, who had just opened the door, had been taught to sew by Riquet in the corner of the living room. The most dexterous of all of us is Riketo. Samir¡¯s hands were bigger than his body, so he seemed to be struggling a bit. That¡¯s why it¡¯s me and Diana who are looking at Lucy right now. ¡°Obviously, the plate looks smaller.¡± Yeah, the plate was bigger than the head before. Of course, the size of the plate has not changed. Which means Lucy has grown up. Well, there were various moments of real growth, such as the momentum at the time of the bump, and the momentum that could be raised to the wagon in one shot, but if you look at it like this, you can feel it again. I wonder if I¡¯ll be confused anytime soon. ¡°Like the children of the forest?¡± Yeah. The wolves in this ¡°Black Forest¡± are basically shuddered. Lucy¡¯s mother did the same. One day, Lucy would be a dazzlingly handsome wolf. Although technically a wolf monster, Liddy said that the basic appearance would not change much. ¡°At least I don¡¯t want to be crumpled because of what I¡¯m eating.¡± Visit for extra chapters. ¡°That¡¯s¡­ yeah, maybe.¡± Diana nodded after a short time. I know what she thinks. Isn¡¯t it nice that Lucy¡¯s so crumpled up? I think it is almost like this. I thought so, too. But there is no veterinarian in this world. Even if you break your body with obesity, it will be difficult to treat it. We need to make sure we don¡¯t put a burden on them. Eventually, Lucy was satisfied, and she did it with a perfume around her mouth. However, if you look at it, there is still a slice of meat left on the plate. ¡°Lucy, there¡¯s still¡­¡± When I tried to tell Lucy, she took the remaining meat. Do you mean it¡¯s a dessert instead? Speaking of which, sometimes I take the meat back to the cabin. Since it is not every time, it may be a souvenir for the sisters when they feel like it, or it may be a night meal later. I thought it would be the same thing this time, but it was different. Lucy kept her flesh in her mouth, and when she approached Totete and Raccoon, she laid her flesh beside Potelli. It¡¯s been a long time since I¡¯ve had a shock on my shoulder. ¡°By the way, I haven¡¯t been a bit apart lately¡­¡± That¡¯s clever. Diana¡¯s face is invisible to me, but anyone who hears Dreddere¡¯s voice will know that they don¡¯t need to see it. The beaver, which was placed near the flesh, moved. My head grows like a hairy mass on my fuzzy legs. The head is still round and looks like a beaver. The raccoon goes around his head. When I approached the side with the flesh on the tip of my nose, I got up. A form in which the head and feet appear to grow in a mass of hair. I still had the impression of being a beaver, but it looked even more round. It looks like the tea kettle part of the Wenfu tea kettle is also furry. Of course, I¡¯ve never seen such a creature in the world before, so it must be the only one here. I didn¡¯t think it would be a problem to call it a beaver. When I got close to the meat, it started to choke on me. I ate it from the floor. Lucy¡¯s fine, so you should have brought me a plate. With such an impatience, the raccoon quickly flattened the flesh. When I thought that I had completely put everything in my stomach, I made a movement like a small bump. No, maybe it just looked like a bump in time, maybe something else. Raccoons look around. Right now, our family and Lucy are in front of us. The next moment the beaver¡¯s eyes seemed to be slightly open, the beaver fell to the ground. Sigh, I was worried that something had happened, but the next thing I heard was Suya and a restful sleep. It doesn¡¯t seem like a dangerous thing for now, but why is it best to give it to you next time you wake up? I thought about it while stroking Lucy¡¯s head with ¡°Ehhhh¡±. Chapter 632 Chapter 632: Farewell or not Lucy looked at the raccoon for a while and then left immediately. Looks like you cared about her. I see. Diana said as she looked at the door that was already closed. When I came back, the kids were close by. I couldn¡¯t let him get anywhere near me because I didn¡¯t know how it was. For now, I¡¯ll prepare dinner. The raccoon is still asleep as usual. After eating meat, I fell asleep, but Liddy put it back where it belonged. Liddy looks at us and nods. The raccoon didn¡¯t seem to matter for the time being. I went to the kitchen, groping my shoulders. ¡°That¡¯s right¡­¡± I looked up at the ceiling. After dinner, it¡¯s time to finish cleaning up and enjoy everyone¡¯s favorite drink. Of course, the topic of discussion was the raccoon who was still sleeping with Suya in one corner. ¡°Me and Diana, and Liddy. I¡¯ll leave the three to her, and we¡¯re in agreement.¡± When did you get here? Anne was the one who said that and rolled up her eyes. Just a little while before we start preparing dinner. ¡°Yeah, that time.¡± I nod. Anne is shaking her head, I wonder if she¡¯s convinced. ¡°But if three people say that, and one of them is your master, are you sure?¡± Riquet said with a sip of fire. Me, Diana, and Liddy, but not Samia, Ricke, Helen, and Anne. There are many people who are not determined by the number of people, but it seems that the difference of one person is irrelevant. Well, when the head of the household says so, doesn¡¯t it feel quite opposed in this era of the world? Or rather, I thought I was going to do that. Atai, too. Samia, followed by Helen, expresses her opinion. The number of people has now surpassed the majority. The flow made Riquet and Anne miss the ride. I¡¯m not against it, am I? ¡°Even if I disagree with you alone¡­¡± There¡¯s no reason to disagree. ¡° In the end, it was unanimous. There¡¯s no reason why you should keep anything¡­ but you can say nothing in particular. In the first place, neither Krull, Lucy, nor Hayate changed. It wasn¡¯t connected to anything in particular. Especially if Lucy goes back to the woods, that¡¯s how she respects her choices. Even if it was a monster, Lucy was born in this ¡°Black Forest¡±, so it was more natural. That said, it is not immune to irresponsible accusations that you will give up what you decide to keep in one place. If he¡¯s gone, we¡¯ll find him. Visit for extra chapters. Almost certainly not because of a sense of responsibility. Samir would be half joking, so he raised his hand and said. Well then, shall we open the door a little? ¡°Surely, it might be better if you could leave on your own when you wake up in the morning.¡± We don¡¯t care about each other. ¡° Isn¡¯t that right? I nodded to Samya, who was a little too good at it. It¡¯s lonely to say goodbye, even if you only have a small amount of time to deal with it. It would be lonely to end with ¡°Oh, is he not here?¡±, but in that case, I think I will give up immediately. If you think about security in addition to the presence of malicious things, it would not be a praise response at all, but I think it would be fine if you opened the door of the house in the ¡°Black Forest¡± a little overnight. Besides, there is a separate room in the dormitory, and it won¡¯t be a bad thing immediately. I told everybody that. Sure is. Yeah, it was Diana who was nodding. ¡°Even if everyone is asleep, if anything happens, Atai will wake up.¡± Helen stretched her chest. I¡¯m a professional mercenary, even though I¡¯m totally used to living here. The training of swords in the evening ¡ª it seems that it¡¯s getting closer to training than training ¡ª but listening to it doesn¡¯t seem to be dull. ¡°There are songs all around, and they¡¯re on the door.¡± If you leave it open enough for the beaver to pass through, humans will know if they do. ¡° And this is Anne. It¡¯s slowly becoming a fortress, my friend. I was wondering if I could make some kind of enhancement to the entrance. Alright, let¡¯s go with Samya¡¯s plan. The voice of understanding from everyone resounded relatively low. The raccoons are asleep. Is he sleeping there, or is he gone again, when he is up? Either way, I left everyone saying, ¡°I¡¯m going to bed early today,¡± and I pulled back into my room. Chapter 633 Chapter 633: Come in the morning. I woke up to the crunch and the sound of scratching doors. Well, I wake up thinking that my child had such a habit. The fiery air strokes her back and makes her body shiver. And when he had worn the jacket that was there, and opened the doors, the Lord appeared, who was scratching the doors. Do you know that it¡¯s early in the morning? Without barking, you¡¯re shaking your tail. All right, all right, that¡¯s embarrassing, Lucy. I whispered that and remembered that I left the door open last night. So Lucy came in. After all, Lucy raised the speed of her tail without shouting. Hmm, this is Cat¡­ no, not even Dog¡­ but maybe we should think about setting up the Wolf Door. But this child should grow older in the future. Considering the size of the adult wolves I¡¯ve seen in the woods, the dwarves and marijuana are a relatively small species that will have to make a hole to fit in. That¡¯s a bit of a security problem. I want to see Lucy walking around the house in a good mood every morning, but I think I should give up on that. Lucy picks her up and goes out to fetch water. Before I left the house, I took a look at one corner of the room. The reason I left the door open was because I was there last night, and if I wanted to leave, I should have left it open, so if I was careful, I should not have been there. However, there was a figure of beaver that was sleeping there quickly. Are you completely relieved or are you stretched out without being round? Wildlife is being lost. Well, that shouldn¡¯t be a problem. Our food situation can¡¯t get worse with more raccoons. Many vegetables, including root vegetables, are still purchased from Camilo, but there are some weeks when I don¡¯t dare to go hunting because the Liddy field is doing well, I¡¯ve been using quite a bit of what I picked there recently, and I have enough meat for storage. Even if the blacksmith has no money, he will have it for a while. Well, rather than being able to achieve the goal of living relaxedly, the opposite goal of being able to castle here is being occupied. Anyway, when I saw what it was like to live here again, I put my index finger in Lucy¡¯s mouth. Seeing that, Lucy stood still and shook her tail vigorously. Me and Lucy slipped out of the house to avoid making footsteps as much as possible. And he took a fountain of water with Krull, and with Lucy, and with Hayath. As usual, I feel that the coolness of the water was slightly loose. I¡¯m sure it¡¯s cold all year round because there¡¯s water everywhere in the summer, but it seemed much better than when I went in the middle of winter. That said, I didn¡¯t have the courage to jump into cold water in the cold even though it wasn¡¯t water [Mizu] or dirt [Goui], and if I wanted to clean my body, there was also a hot spring, so I kept it to wash my face. The daughters seemed to have the same idea, and they stood on their feet and walked around with Pasha, but they did not go deep into the water. ¡°In the evening, I¡¯m going to ask my mothers to take me to the hot spring.¡± When I said that, the daughters gave a small voice of understanding. Everyone was waking up when they came back home after the draw (Anne had just woken up), and the usual morning scenery was there. Unusual is the presence of a beaver in one corner. I wonder if it has completely improved. I woke up and just sat down. Everyone was getting ready for the morning, and my eyes were dazzled. The raccoon noticed when I came back, ¡°Pukiu¡± said out loud. For a moment, I didn¡¯t think it was the voice of the beaver. I honestly wondered what it sounded like. Visit for extra chapters. It was again he (her) who found out that it was the voice of the raccoon.) raised his head and uttered the same voice. ¡°Eh, does this girl sound like this?¡± ¡°It¡¯s cute.¡± It¡¯s definitely cute. Wow, my team of women gathered on the side of the raccoon. And the raccoon three times, ¡°Pukiu¡± said out loud. Now I¡¯m going to keep my head down. It seemed like a thank-you to me. No, I didn¡¯t think I was the only one. Did you just thank me? You thanked me. Diana and Anne said. Everyone else nodded. Everyone seemed to appreciate it. However, to say thank you at this time¡­ ¡° As I thought, the raccoon wakes up and heads towards the door. I¡¯d better get out of the house. In a hurry, I opened the door for Samya. The raccoon slowly went out through the door. I could tell from behind that Diana was trying to hold him back. The raccoon finally looked through the door into the house. ¡°Pukiu¡± She lowered her head and disappeared across the door. Chapter 634 Chapter 634: Daughter of the Forest ¡°You¡¯re out.¡± The raccoon didn¡¯t come back after the last salute. For now, I¡¯ll start preparing breakfast. [M] Everyone else was looking out the door after leaving for a while, but eventually they returned to their own time. It was the Raccoon¡¯s choice to get out of here. I¡¯m not saying it¡¯s okay to bring him back. If I live, I will meet you one day. Instead of hurting my heart with too much remnants, I thought I had more acquaintances, so I had better go back to my usual routine. How many similar encounters will there be in the future? It may not be a bad thing to have more and more acquaintances in the woods like this. I thought so and put parsley and salt in the boiling water. This day we split up. Me and Riquet are left to make the delivery, and everyone else is ¡°yesterday¡¯s continuation.¡± I interrupted yesterday with a raccoon commotion, and if it was like an epidemic, there might be other weak beasts as well. Riquet and I remain because we are sure that the main thing is the production of the deliverables, but it is not necessarily because someone in the forest did not come to consult about the disease that the beaver suffered yesterday. A message board has been installed as a means of communication, so the communication itself can be made. However, in case of an emergency, if Lewisa-san, the ¡°Lord of the Forest¡±, shows up in front of us as Hyoi (Giselle-san says it¡¯s a ''shameful¡± method), but Giselle-san and the Fairy Clan won¡¯t do it. Worst case scenario, you¡¯ll be looking for us in the Black Forest. Assuming that was the case, it was better for someone to stay. Then, Riquet and I would stay and make a delivery, and it was settled. Unlike wandering through the woods, it¡¯s a task I¡¯m used to doing at home. I went on without delay. Eventually, daggers and knives piled up in the forge. Riquet¡¯s production speed was also very fast. And my magic was getting better. This skill of mine is based on cheats, but after seeing and remembering the cheats, I also wore the magic treatment with Liddy¡¯s guide and grew rapidly in less than a year. I don¡¯t think any blacksmith around here already, but a dwarf blacksmith would be good enough to fight like that. Then, the dwarf enters as an apprentice and absorbs the technology to a certain extent, and returns to his workshop to convey the technology. It usually looks like you¡¯ve worn it in less than a year, where it would take years. You might even think that the real cheat is Rikete, but even if you talk about it, Rikete shakes her head to the side, No, not yet, for example ©¤ ©¤ and commenting on things you don¡¯t want to do. I don¡¯t think you have to be so humble, but if you want to learn something from me, raise your goals high, and move towards it, you better stop it. I just said, ¡°I see,¡± and I usually start cleaning up after myself, and today I finish my day¡¯s work almost like that. Visit for extra chapters. It was everyone who came back from the outside who noticed it. I usually come into the house right away, but today I¡¯m making some noise outside the house. I don¡¯t usually notice it until I get into the house, but that¡¯s what I notice today. Riquet and I face each other and go outside through the entrance of the forge. It seems to be the front door of the house that is making noise. Riquet and I went there. ¡°Ah, elephant, lique¡± When we showed up, Diana at the front door waved her hand. Me and Riquet are getting close to you. Everyone else is wrapping around the front door and looking at something. The grass jumped into my eyes when I got there. Herbal? Yeah. It was Liddy who nodded to my words that accidentally leaked out of her mouth. ¡°This is a medicinal herb that works against various diseases and injuries. It should be quite difficult to find. That said, Liddy turned her eyes back to the herb. Only a few of what Liddy would say were arranged at the end of the street. There is dirt on the roots and they are not dry. Apparently, I collected it today and brought it here. ¡°I don¡¯t even know who asked¡­¡± I think I¡¯ve received a lot of gratitude for this. ¡° Everyone nods when I say it. That raccoon must have brought it to me. Indeed, it is a lawful thing to say. From this day on, medicinal herbs were sometimes placed side by side in the house. We made a table at the foot of the house, and we kept the dried meat there, and the dried meat was bound to disappear on the day the medicinal herbs were placed. Chapter 635 Chapter 635: tail And about two weeks passed. The cold still remains, but it is quite loose, and there are days that tell the skin that spring is coming. I went around the forest again in two weeks, but it was peaceful in contrast to the public reputation, which said that if I walked a few steps, I would be eaten. Well, the ¡°Lord of the Forest¡± is the ¡°most powerful force¡± that the Origami has ever seen. I guess that means that there was no one who wanted to attack me like that. Unlike the world¡¯s reputation, we rarely get attacked by beasts, which is a favorable state for us, so we don¡¯t want to dispel it. In the blink of an eye, the story of ¡°not a big deal¡± flowed, and even a large-scale colonization happened. The concern around there was, ¡°No, I really don¡¯t like it when it¡¯s just normal strength,¡± and Samya contacted me confidently. It seems that the beasts of the ¡°Black Forest¡± will not live with their families among their children until they exceed the ¡°normal strength¡±. Maybe there¡¯s some kind of stand-alone ritual. I¡¯d like to hear it again sometime. Looking around, deer and wolves stood out from the pigs. I can feel that spring is finally coming. After a while, a child may be born. As a business of nature, I want everyone to grow quickly and smoothly, even if there is no other way to interact with life. Lucy came to my house because she didn¡¯t, but there aren¡¯t many kids like her. By the way, I didn¡¯t see the raccoon. I didn¡¯t think I¡¯d go far because every time I came here, they left me medicinal herbs, but I didn¡¯t show up. I have no way of knowing why. It¡¯s most likely that they¡¯re simply passing by in a wide forest. In the meantime, no fake information came from Camilo. Once, I received a ¡°newspaper¡± stating the situation in the capital, that a request to sharpen a knife had been received from Sandro¡¯s toy, and that at the same time Karen¡¯s handwriting had arrived, but it did not contain any fake information. Didn¡¯t you see anything? ¡°Yeah, I didn¡¯t write a word.¡± When I asked Anne about it in the paper, I lowered the paper a little bit and answered. It is written that the products received from the capital will be handled at the next delivery, but there is nothing else. Anne put her hand on her chin and said: ¡°Didn¡¯t get any information?¡± Visit for extra chapters. Hmmm. I look up at the ceiling. ¡°If Camilo hadn¡¯t really caught anything, I would have said, ¡®I don¡¯t have any information.''¡± As a merchant, he¡¯s a surprisingly attentive man. It is hard to think of not following up afterwards while keeping the conversation going. At the very least, he should be able to tell us how things are going. Anne leaned down to bury her nose in her hand against her chin. ¡°And yet it doesn¡¯t say anything. I mean¡­.¡± I grabbed something big and small, but I guess you¡¯re wondering if you should tell me. Is it good or bad for a merchant to be unable to appropriately lie here? At least that¡¯s what I like about it. No, maybe it¡¯s more of a judgment than a judgment of lying badly and buying upset. ¡°Whatever you ask, whatever you do, it¡¯s time to deliver.¡± When I said that, Anne nodded. Now, let¡¯s see if there¡¯s a demon out there or a snake out there. What shape is the tail of trouble? Chapter 636 Chapter 636: To the Spring Way The trees sprouted flowers, and one day, we were getting ready. I look up to the sky while loading a lot of knives (in a barrel) on the loading platform. I wonder what the road looks like. I don¡¯t think it¡¯s going to be blue yet. Samya said while placing a barrel with a knife next to it as well. Normally, one barrel is enough, but today there are two. ¡°When it¡¯s summer, it gets tiresomely long, but now it¡¯s a little early. It doesn¡¯t stretch that fast.¡± By the way, that was it. Well, it¡¯s been a year since I¡¯ve been here. Don¡¯t even get the illusion that you¡¯ve been here for years. I could see it all the way out there until summer came. Isn¡¯t that right? Yeah. The sight of meadows spreading like green carpets across the street is still clearly remembered. The vastness of the landscape that I came to see for the first time. You may have realized that that time was the most different world than when you came to this Black Forest. Of course, I realized that there were animals that I had never seen in the original world or that I had come to a different world when I met Samir. However, while I was conscious of it again, I thought, ¡°I can¡¯t go back,¡± and I feel that it was at that time that I felt like I had cut it off without any help. ¡°For me, it¡¯s the first time I¡¯ve come here.¡± I¡¯m looking forward to it. ¡° When I said it, Samya didn¡¯t say anything, just gave it back with a smile. Luggage is gradually loading up on the luggage carrier. As expected, six weeks of deliveries will give us quite a lot of money. It¡¯s like a family escape at night¡­ no, it¡¯s like a midday escape. It¡¯s a pity that the classic tongue is not piled up. I wonder if I should try to make it at some timing. I am able to spend time without any inconvenience, so I tend to wait for the products around me. Hmm, I wonder if Krull can tow it. Krrrrrrrrr! Diana, who is getting worries from her mouth, screams out loud when she asks herself, ¡°What¡¯s the problem?¡±, as she drives this luggage truck to the city. I said to Diana while stroking her neck. Visit for extra chapters. I said, ¡°I¡¯ll take care of it.¡± Seems so. Diana smiled bitterly. Well, if you¡¯re okay with it, that¡¯s fine. That said, I¡¯m sure there¡¯s quite a lot of them, so if we have to, we¡¯ll share them. Of course. Diana arrives with a patch and wink. I have no idea where the brush was applied. When I gave it a bitter smile, I got on the loading platform. If Lucy jumps on the luggage carrier, it¡¯s time to leave. It has already become the norm to jump on your own. In the beginning, I had to cuddle him, so I couldn¡¯t go. Hayate had long been doing something like leisurely padding on Krull¡¯s back. Rikete sends a signal to Krull with his reins. Normally, I¡¯d go for a stroke, but today I¡¯d go for a stroke. It would be good if the speed increased, otherwise it would stop and unload the luggage for a while. Either way, the wagon slows down little by little. Oh, that¡¯s amazing, Krull. It¡¯s hard to see, but Krull is growing. When we do that, the wagon speeds up even further. I thought I could show off my childlike side, but physically I still had room to grow. While feeling the growth of my child as a wind, I was able to feel the scenery that I had not yet seen on the street. Chapter 637 Chapter 637: Spring Road There is little winter air left in the woods. There is a slight hint of cool air, but a soft breeze pushes it across the forest. Looking further afield, you can see the deer leisurely ripping leaves from the branches of the tree. The carnivores, such as wolves and tigers, are not known for any reason, but they are not found. So we were able to enjoy the relaxing woods without fuming. ¡°Krrrrrrrrrr¡± Krull is in a good mood to tow his luggage truck for the first time in a long time. It¡¯s chirping like it¡¯s chirping. If Krull shows a tired gesture, don¡¯t hesitate to tell Riket to stop immediately. However, when I saw that it was flying at a fast speed, it seemed that I was finished with anxiety. No, there¡¯s no woods left, there¡¯s roads. Is it forbidden to be alarmed? The suspension wasn¡¯t too soft either. Because there was no proper damping device with a simple mechanism, it seemed like it would continue to shake softly and softly. Now that the work has been accomplished, even if the luggage is fully loaded, the bottom is attached ¡ª and the weight is not applied until the spring is not extended ¨C. Sometimes there is a shock that pushes up the suspension, so there is a feeling that the suspension function is slightly impaired. ¡°I¡¯ll check if I¡¯m okay when I get back¡­¡± Anyway, I needed some maintenance. Leisurely, but at a reasonable speed (although it is Krull who is speeding), we pass through the woods. When the trees that had covered our heads were gone, the light filled the place all at once. For a moment, when the dazzled eyes got used to the light, there was a blue spread on one side. Wow. No, I let out an unexpected exclamation. I thought it was quite a sight when I saw it for the first time since I came here, but now I¡¯m impressed by the double. Flowers. ¡°Yes, it only blooms for a few days at this time of year. I was lucky.¡± Samya narrowed her eyes and said. When I arrived, it was already out of time, blooming while I was retreating into the woods, or it was definitely not the right time. ¡°But it¡¯s brilliant.¡± If I knew it was going to bloom, I¡¯d have wanted to see the flowers. ¡° Hanami? Anne looks at me from a distance. I nodded. ¡°There¡¯s a cherry tree in the north.¡± That¡¯s when the flowers bloom, and we gather to see them. ¡° Huh? ¡°Half of it was before the founding, and the real purpose is to drink and eat dinner while looking at the flowers.¡± ¡°Oh, but I see. That¡¯s good, that¡¯s good.¡± Anne rolled her eyes and smiled. ¡°Sure enough, there were trees in the forest that blossomed¡­¡± Saying that, Samya twisted her neck. Lydie nodded tinyly. ¡°Then maybe I have a clue.¡± There were probably the same trees in the forest of my hometown. ¡° Oh, let¡¯s find it next time we¡¯re hunting. Yes, that¡¯s right. Visit for extra chapters. Samya and Liddy laughed face to face. Me too! Of course. ¡°Wow!!¡± All right, all right, you too. Wow! Cui! Hayate, of course. Diana, Lucy, and Hayate ran for the cherry tree, and Samia stroked Lucy¡¯s head. Helen looks at her like that. Is Helen okay? Well, I¡¯ll follow you anyway. That¡¯s right, too. Basically, all of us were in the hunt, except me and Riquet. Helen followed suit, too. Of course, my skill as a hunter is also purely as a fighting force, but I can say that there is no one going to the right in the vicinity of this area, so it is very helpful to go with me. I didn¡¯t really care if the flowers would bloom Helen looked at the flowering meadow. I said to the side of it. I think you should learn a little bit of it. Helen looked toward me and kowtowed, but immediately smiled. That¡¯s right! That¡¯s what I said out loud. And Krull¡¯s luggage towed to the entrance of the city. Chapter 638 Chapter 638: Spring Town At the entrance to the city, as usual, the guards kept an eye out for any suspicious people who went down the street. He was a familiar man. He had a steep face, but he flattered his face a little. I heard a loud voice from a little distance. Oh, you guys. Thank you. I raise my hand and say hello to the guard. Everyone else lowered their heads lightly. ¡°I haven¡¯t seen you for a long time.¡± There was snow or something. It rained lightly in the Black Forest, and it should have rained here and there. The good news is that all the snow clouds may have dodged this city, but it must have rained somewhere else, and the guards must have heard that story. There¡¯s nothing particularly uncomfortable about me talking about snow. As I thought, the guard nodded. ¡°Oh, that¡¯s a little surprising.¡± I just waited until it got a little warmer. I see, be careful. ¡°Yes, thank you.¡± When I gave the audition, the guard waved his hand and pointed his steep face at the street again. Even if you say that there are a lot of people, it shouldn¡¯t be that much time, but today it is a crowd that is not inferior to be beaten at peak times (I found out when I was still in the free city at the peak), and the streets are full of people. ¡°There¡¯s a lot of people today.¡± It¡¯s spring. Helen said as she looked around. That said, isn¡¯t it strange that Helen knows this neighborhood? It¡¯s time to get over the mountain, and the merchants are getting ready. I see. When I and the rest of Helen¡¯s family looked around, it certainly felt like a lot of people. The same merchant is probably dealing with different things, and the size of the luggage on his backpack and horse is very different. Lucy is also jumpy, but in her case, it¡¯s just unusual for her to have a lot of people. Even though the finesse has appeared on my face, I still think that I still have a cute face with an unbroken sense of sophistication. In fact, there are quite a few people who like to look at Lucy mildly, even for a moment as usual. The usual open-air O-san also looked surprised for a moment, but he lost touch for a short time. Krull loses his grip on the crowd, even though he¡¯s carrying heavier loads than usual today. On his back, Hayate looked around with a crisp face. Maybe that¡¯s what keeps us alert. Visit for extra chapters. There are a certain number of dragons and dragons in this world, and this city has a lot of people coming and going (because if you avoid the ¡°Black Forest¡±, you will almost certainly go through it), so there should be plenty of opportunities to see them, but they are also rare. Therefore, there are not many people who are surprised by the sight of dragons and dragons. Feeling such a gaze, we both stretched our hearts and watched the situation with a smile. What changed in the spring was still here at the end of the day. The backyard of Camilo¡¯s shop is filled with flowers. The wagon was put in the warehouse, and Krull, who had become self-contained with his family, and Lucy and Hayate were brought here. Hello! When she saw us, Daisy ran wild. This child also seems to have a masculinity in his face¡­ no, if you don¡¯t see the man for three days, you can scare him and say, ¡°Look, that¡¯s too much.¡± But I don¡¯t want to feel a little squeaky. ¡°Hi, I¡¯m glad you look well. Are you getting a little bigger?¡± I don¡¯t think I¡¯d ever say anything like my relative Oji. Well, when you say something similar, you mean something similar. Daisy is a little distracted, Huh? Really? and laugh. I nodded. ¡°Yeah, it¡¯s going to get bigger before I even see it a little bit.¡± ¡°Ehehe¡± I stroke Kushari-san¡¯s head. After being a little ticklish, Ding¨Csan called out to my daughters. Well then, thank you. Yeah, I¡¯ll take care of it! We left the girls to the naive, and we went into Camilo¡¯s shop. Chapter 639 Chapter 639: Celebrate There was a completely spring breeze outside, but the inside of the store ¨C in the case of the previous world breeze, this was the backyard ¨C was the same as the previous time. As I walked up the stairs, I said to Samya, who was following me right behind me. ¡°No, it¡¯s been a year now.¡± ¡°Hmm? Oh, that¡¯s right. It¡¯s been a while since the elephants came and started selling in the Free City.¡± That¡¯s right. Open the door of the business meeting room while talking like that. Are you busy? I still don¡¯t see Camilo today. It is not uncommon for Camilo to be absent. Although we generally know how long we¡¯ll be here, we¡¯re not making an appointment based on the exact clock, what day of the month, what time of the day. That¡¯s why waiting times often arise like this, and in the meantime we spend time talking inside ourselves. I see, it¡¯s been about a year since the elephants came here. I don¡¯t think so. Anne was interested in talking to Samia a little bit earlier on the stairs. So when I came here (of course, I fell asleep because I had been reincarnated from another world), I briefly told Camilo¡¯s store how I decided to unload the goods. I thought there was a lot of research going on, but I didn¡¯t seem to have grasped most of the things around here. Everyone didn¡¯t go out of their way to talk about it, and I didn¡¯t hear it, so I couldn¡¯t confirm it. I wonder if we need to celebrate. Hmmm, I don¡¯t know about this store anyway. I smile bitterly at Anne¡¯s glowing eyes. I¡¯ve only been aware of games and events that play on my smartphone since I passed 40 years ago, and for the anniversaries that are close to me. Usually, the 10th consecutive is free and you get a stone. Of course, I don¡¯t remember the anniversary of my birthday, so it¡¯s been a year since I came here, so I honestly won¡¯t come to celebrate the anniversary. This store is a friend¡¯s store, and there are two in-laws that are held by each other at the counterparty, and I think it is good to celebrate. No, no, that¡¯s what I need! It was Riquet who insisted that he should speak up a little. I¡¯m stepping out a little bit. Sitting next to Riquet, Ridi nodded quietly, as opposed to Riquet. Visit for extra chapters. ¡°I¡¯m not saying it¡¯s impossible, but that house is the same, right?¡± Then I think it¡¯s better to do it. ¡° Diana said. This time, Helen nodded vigorously. The house has changed a lot, and it¡¯s divided, so is there any way to be grateful here? That¡¯s right! Rikete¡¯s eyes glowed. Usually, it was a little more calm, but today the tension was strangely high. Hmm, let¡¯s do it then. When I say that, Ricky and Liddy take each other¡¯s hands and make them smaller. From Riquet¡¯s point of view, it is easy to imagine that I would strongly recommend it as the anniversary of my father. ¡°And¡­¡± I think I¡¯ll ask Camilo for a nice drink. In Riquet¡¯s case, this area is probably one of the purposes. Her eyes glowed even brighter. Well, I guess we¡¯re in for a bit of a rush, huh? Everyone nods as I continue to do so. Everyone and I have the same face in our heads. I want to celebrate with her after she comes home. The face, which looked like a chunk of familiarity but was tidied up like a doll, smiled in my head, and the door of the gacha and the business room opened. Chapter 640 Chapter 640: Jobs and Challenges It was Mr. Gozu and Camilo who opened the door of the Opportunity Room and came in. It may be said that they are the two usual people. The bearer has something wrapped in a cloth in his hand. I don¡¯t feel like it¡¯s been a long time. ¡°That¡¯s because I haven¡¯t been here much in January.¡± I shrugged at Camilo¡¯s words. Even if the time is free, it comes once every half a month, so it makes sense to feel longer if the time is doubled¡­? Well, let¡¯s say there is. You brought it as usual, didn¡¯t you? ¡°Yeah, the quantity is in line with the time period.¡± I nodded this time. I just brought roughly three times as many as usual, and the goods I delivered remained the same. It might have been nice to bring something unusual, but this time around. So, this is the next one. Camilo said that, and placed the cloth on the table. There were two of them, one was the size of the cloth and the other was the size of the cloth. I unwrapped it. The bigger one has three knives, the smaller one has a small knife¡­ rather than a knife. I will check the knife. It is carefully cleaned and it seems that there is no particular problem when looking at it, but the cheat tells me that there is some distortion and the blade is blunt. One of the three pieces is used to smash the bone or something, and it is distorted as if it is wavy. Maybe this is Mr. Sandro¡¯s good night. Boris is concentrating the damage at the edge of the blade, so I wonder if Martin is in the middle. It¡¯s just that it looks like it¡¯s somehow characteristic. ¡°I¡¯ll keep it for sure.¡± I fixed the knife. I¡¯ll fix these when I get back. Now, the other problem is the other way around. This way? When I asked Camilo, Camilo nodded heavily. This is what Karen made. I gently took the sword in my hand. Kirari glistened as his blade reflected the light that was streaming into the room. Polished evidence. Of course, there are no buffs that can be rotated by electricity, so it should have taken a lot of effort. I shone a light on the blade and moved it, but the light didn¡¯t twist. In other words, the blade is not warped. I put my thumb against the blade and checked the condition, but it seems that there is nothing to complain about. Of course, it was the same for the demonic power, but the quality seemed to be high overall. I give the little sword to Riquet, who is soaked next to me. ¡°Take a look.¡± Yes! When Rikete greeted her, she immediately began to sample the small sword. In the meantime, let Rike decide without listening to me. Visit for extra chapters. Just like I did, Riquet checked his sword. The rest of the family looks at the situation with interest. Eventually, Riquet placed the sword gently on the winding cloth. And then she sighed tinyly. Nah, we swallowed our spit. This is a good thing. That said, Rikke laughed nickily. There was a little confusion between Karen and my family, not mine, but I don¡¯t hate it. Rather, I think I remember the joy of knowing that people have made good things. And it¡¯s the same with me. ¡°Yeah, I think it¡¯s really good to be able to do it basically. Well, there are some places I think I can pack a couple more¡­¡± Slightly unbalanced or part of the blade is uneven. Well, I just figured it out by cheating, so I won¡¯t have any trouble using it normally. When I explained that, I told Camilo to let Karen know that Riquet had no particular objection. ¡°So, Karen will judge me.¡± You can come to my house officially, or you can work harder in the city. I might say, ¡°Okay, I¡¯ll be fine with this one,¡± but first I¡¯d like to know what I want to do on my own. ¡°All right.¡± Camilo nodded deeply today. And raise your face. ¡°So, this is the point¡­¡± There you are. I thought so. It¡¯s a topic that hasn¡¯t been touched so unnaturally so far. If I¡¯m going to go back like this, I think I¡¯m going to cut it out of me. I had to sit back in my chair and figure out what words would come out of Camilo next. Chapter 641 Chapter 641: Fake ¡°About you and this knife fake.¡± What came out of Camilo was what everyone in this room expected, but it was still a little breathtaking. I exhaled and sighed. So, what kind of tail did you grab? I say Camilo sighs this time. For a moment. I don¡¯t think I¡¯m much of a merchant around here, and I trust you. I haven¡¯t grasped everything yet, though. Camilo opened his mouth. ¡°I know where it came from.¡± A blacksmith of the Duke¡¯s nobility. The original knife was easy to get, so it wouldn¡¯t have been difficult to imitate the shape. ¡± Good to see you. ¡°I hid it well, but I¡¯m a merchant.¡± I¡¯d like to say that I can hide it¡­ but eventually, there is a sign that it was woven. ¡° Anne was the one who reacted to it. ¡°¡­¡­ did you leave it to a fairly low end?¡± ¡°Exactly. Your insight¡± Camilo smiles and tea. ¡°He¡¯s usually not in the city, and even if I ask Diana, she¡¯s a baron, I don¡¯t know if she remembers him or not.¡± Having said that, Camilo told Diana his name. Diana shook her head. I don¡¯t remember. ¡°I don¡¯t know, it¡¯s no wonder you don¡¯t know, because it¡¯s not a house with something particularly striking.¡± Hmmm. Anne put her hand on the heel. ¡±Even if you can afford to follow me that far¡­ is it beyond that?¡± Yeah. Camilo nodded to Anne¡¯s words. ¡°No matter how you look at it, you can¡¯t go to the capital on your own.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t remember Diana.¡± Camilo nods to my words this time. A city is a place where the most important people gather in the kingdom. On the other hand, we can say that interest rights are intertwined. It must be said that this is harsh when it comes to whether anonymous aristocrats, so to speak, who have no particular interest in such places, can distribute their goods. There are already various places to sell knives to the capital, and Camilo would not have been able to secure a sales channel without the support of the Marquis and the Count ¨C Marius. If so, it would be difficult for the Baron to bring goods to the city without some kind of backstop. It doesn¡¯t matter what happens if you put it in the city, but the walls are high until then. If that¡¯s the case, we¡¯ll soon know who¡¯s behind us. Duke. Camilo nods again. ¡°I guess that¡¯s the top one.¡± But knowing that you¡¯re a duke, and I helped you, you can¡¯t imitate me that easily. ¡° ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± ¡°At least I don¡¯t know what I¡¯m after, but I think it¡¯ll go through around ¡®I thought it was a sale of something else''¡± If it turns out that you helped with the distribution of fake products, it¡¯s a huge failure. Even if the duke¡¯s status and position could be maintained, there was no doubt that movement would be greatly restricted. As an aristocrat, I know that¡¯s something to avoid. I wonder if I can maintain the head of my faction by not making such a fool of myself. Well then, shall we finish off by cutting off the lizard¡¯s tail? I told Camilo. Anyway, if we can get the fake knife out of the market, it shouldn¡¯t be a problem for the time being. Anyway, they¡¯re going to hit the next hand, but we can buy them some time. We¡¯re still taking small amounts of damage. It is not a mistake to clean up afterwards. However, Camilo¡¯s mouth came up with a different word than I thought. That¡¯s fine, but that¡¯s not enough damage to the other side. Visit for extra chapters. So, what do we do? Camilo laughed when he heard it. It¡¯s not a very good laugh. As a matter of fact, there will be envoys from the Empire in the Kingdom next time. Gatari and Anne made a noise. My waist is quite floating when I look at it. Anne sat down again with a slight redness on her face. ¡°Gohong, because the revolution has completely calmed down late, in the name of checking if there is any trouble.¡± Hmmm. ¡°Therefore, the ambassador has a souvenir from the kingdom.¡± The Marquis screwed it in. ¡° Camilo paused there for a moment. Is it difficult to say? ¡°Knife with cat marks,¡± that is, I want to have something that is not a normal material. Hmm? ¡°Knife with cat marks¡± means that it belongs to our workshop. Do you want the Empire¡¯s messengers to have it? I¡¯ve travelled a long way around the corner, and I¡¯ve made the most popular thing in the alley of the kingdom with special materials, so please bring them with you. But you brought the knife to the Empire, didn¡¯t you? Yes, there should be a sales channel in the Empire with the direct support of His Majesty. ¡°Well, it¡¯s already woven in there.¡± As a kingdom, I appeal to you that it is made in our country. ¡° To tell you the truth, Camilo has a wink that doesn¡¯t suit her. I pushed ahead with my eyes. [M] ¡°So, the Empire¡¯s envoy says.¡± This has been a topic of discussion in the Empire lately. It¡¯s hard to get, so I bought one after I came here. ¡° ¡°Isn¡¯t this a bit fake?¡± It was Anne who went on to say that Camilo was a little playful. ¡°So let it be a souvenir for now as a real thing. It is the kingdom¡¯s mentality to let the fake be grabbed by the messenger even though I am appealing now. Find out who is making the fake!¡± I don¡¯t even know if it¡¯s flowing into the Empire! and the Marquis get angry with Ella¡¯s sword screen. What happens then? ¡° If the Marquis told me that, the Kingdom would have to move accordingly. I¡¯ll put my hand on my cheek. Camilo laughed a little strangely. ¡°Isn¡¯t that right? Well, even if I can¡¯t reach the duke, I might be too greedy to go before him, but I¡¯m sure I can go after him to some extent.¡± ¡°If you have to do it, you¡¯re going to do it, and you¡¯re going to pressure me to do it thoroughly.¡± That¡¯s it. Look straight at me, Camilo. I smiled bitterly. So, you¡¯re gonna have to make it. That¡¯s it. Having said that, Camilo looked sorry and smiled as complicated as if he was having fun. Chapter 642 Chapter 642: Materials So, what¡¯s the material? When I hear it, Camilo looks back at Mr. Gogan. Mr. Sekou nodded and left the room once. ¡°This neighborhood is a bit of a farce¡­ I¡¯m sorry I always let you hang out with me¡± Right now, right? ¡°That¡¯s true, but can¡¯t you say it a little more gently?¡± Camilo smiled bitterly. Oh, you don¡¯t have to be nice to each other, do you? That¡¯s true, though. Then Mr. Sekou returns to his room. I had a sturdy box in my hand. The size is not big enough. The cat is big enough to be joyfully packed. When the bearer offered it to Camilo, he took it and placed it on the table. The shape of the box is like a treasure chest that appeared in the computer RPG in the previous world, but the top is not a mountain shape, but flat as a willow suitcase. Well, here it is. Camilo opened the box. Then, an object with a dazzling glow appears. The shine immediately calmed down. It was like a magic light. Let¡¯s ask Liddy later. The shiny object had a golden colour, but the sunlight reflected rainbow colour. Looking at the colour alone gives me the impression of being sprayed with oil. Camilo nodded as I glanced towards her. I gently reach for the object in the box. When it touches you, the dizzy feeling is transmitted to the finger that touches you. I tried pressing it hard, but there was no dent. Whatever the color, it feels like metal. It is not as soft as Megistyium or feels slightly warmer than Hydrocannabis. When lifted, it weighs quite heavily in relation to its size. It¡¯s heavy. Well, I guess so. ¡°What is this?¡± At least not Adamantite, Hydrangea, Apoitakara, or Megisteum. ¡° Visit for extra chapters. All of them are minerals I¡¯ve seen before. All of them are different. Strongly put, Adamantite was the closest, but this material showed something completely different. I mean, none of that. ¡°Didn¡¯t you know anything about it?¡± ¡°It¡¯s all I don¡¯t know, sometimes it¡¯s dented.¡± My blacksmith cheats often don¡¯t tell me the details of the materials or the processing method. ¡°Installation¡± packed with knowledge systems, whatever is likely to be directly related to life, is otherwise rude, or there is no information in the first place. I can say that I have the pleasure of knowing for myself, but there are also quite a few scenes where I want to know quickly, so it¡¯s good or bad. Anyway, looking at this metallic material, nothing flashes in my head. I raised my hands. ¡°No, I don¡¯t know.¡± Camilo accelerated his condition even further. That one¨C Gokuri. The silence that makes you feel like you¡¯ve heard someone swallowing their spit. It¡¯s Oriharkon. Everyone stands up. Beyond that line of sight, I almost took it off, Oriharkon. ¡°This is¡­¡± Indoors when it is quiet again. Oriharkon laughed, reflecting a rainbow of light. Chapter 643 Chapter 643: Oriharkon Oriharkon. A mineral in the godland that bears its name. Mithril is also close as a combination of lightness and toughness, but it seems that the orihalcon is several steps higher. If you make a blade with this, it won¡¯t rust, it won¡¯t bend, it won¡¯t spill, and it should be light. I¡¯ve repaired Mithrill¡¯s sword. It was in a shattered state, but I could see the marks of slight use. In other words, even if it is loose compared to ordinary metal, it will wear out even if it is called misrill, but the Oriharkon does not have it. What happens when my blacksmithing skills (although it¡¯s a cheat) are added to it? A sword would do something terrible. ¡°Since the Demon King is invading us, I don¡¯t want to make him a hero unless it¡¯s something like that.¡± ¡°I wonder if I have any special abilities.¡± Like, call for water or something. ¡° ¡°Like an apoitakara glowing?¡± Well, that¡¯s just Hikaru, but I¡¯ve never noticed anything else. Is that so? Yeah. Maybe we can get some water, but unfortunately it¡¯s not. ¡°I¡¯ve never actually seen anything like it.¡± As I said, Diana sighed tinyly. I know how you feel. In other words, if the water came out, my tension would have been one step higher. Anne¡¯s in for a talk, too. Oryharkon told me to call the thunder. ¡°Where?¡± ¡°The bard who came to my house told me.¡± I see. Of Anne ¨C the palace of the Empire. Since it is the story of the bard who was called there, can I accept it as a fair story? God is real in this world, so even if you think it¡¯s absurd, it may actually happen. In the first place, my cheat is ridiculous. However, basically, it is people who tell stories, so even from Anne¡¯s casual expression, it seems that it is better not to take it too seriously. It seems that if it¡¯s a story that is passed down to us, it can cause the ground to shake. ¡°If that happens, the weapon¡¯s performance will no longer be relevant¡­¡± ¡°Right, I think it¡¯s good to have that kind of impact.¡± It seems to have been conveyed in the Dwarf Riquet¡¯s house. Although this is not an aristocrat, there is a very long tradition of dwarves, and the story is told in the house of blacksmiths. It is difficult to cut it out of your head and throw it away, but as Riquet said, perhaps what was said metaphorically probably came to refer to itself one day. What was said to be ¡°fast as flying¡± is said to be ¡°flying¡± one day. Camilo said, mocking his moustache. I didn¡¯t know I could do anything amazing, either. But if you say you have no other ability, can you give such a precious thing to the Empire? Uh¡­ Camilo scratched his cheek. Actually, the origin of Oriharkon is the Empire. Visit for extra chapters. I realized that my eyebrows were rising. Anne also began to soisowa. ¡°That¡¯s why, as a matter of fact, the Empire¡¯s things return to the Empire.¡± ¡°I trusted you very much.¡± It was probably the Oriharkon that was brought in undercover. If the kingdom decides not to exist, the Empire will be stolen from Oriharkon. ¡°That¡¯s not the measure of the Empire¡­ but it¡¯s a little bit of a flaunt, isn¡¯t it?¡± When I put a question mark on his head, Camilo said, tinkling with his mustache again. An appeal that even if we were to take this amount, it would be okay. ¡°The Empire has more.¡± I looked towards Chiras and Anne, but since I tilted my neck, the exact amount of holdings seemed to be a secret. In such a place, the national power will be unexpectedly¨Cno, in this case it will be quite explicit. In any case, it will be effective in diplomacy later. I thought it would increase my credibility when I let the Oriharkon fluff up. So, what do we do? Camilo, who had regrouped his arms, asked me. I have a question mark on my mind that I don¡¯t know how many times it will be today. What is it? Camilo sighed heavily. Would you like to take it? Did you bring the knife of Oriharkon? Camilo nodded this time. I laughed. You look a little bad, and you realize it. ¡°Do you think you have a choice not to accept it?¡± Dodo and the trading room are filled with laughter. Well, he¡¯s got to be a little bit of a temper. Chapter 644 Chapter 644: Accepted ¡°I¡¯m relieved.¡± What should I do if I¡¯m turned down? ¡° No way. I shrugged my shoulders a little deliberately. I¡¯m sure it¡¯s a nuisance. Camilo smiled bitterly when he heard it. ¡°I feel bad about that.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll trust you.¡± I also smile bitterly. Well, Camilo has a position around here, and I was going to take some trouble. There¡¯s no pure friendship, but if you¡¯re thinking about doing business, you¡¯re going to get some credit here. It would simply be nice to be able to challenge a new material called Oriharkon without having to think about it. It¡¯s a material that normally takes a lifetime to see or not to see. No, we have a lot of such materials, but it¡¯s still pure excitement to have the number one popularity among them. Even if it has high visibility, the trouble is that I don¡¯t know why the details are there. Even cheats don¡¯t know the processing method just by looking at it like this. ¡°That was when Megistrum was born¡­¡± ¡°I¡¯ll take it, but what¡¯s the delivery date?¡± From the experience of the previous world, I am accustomed to the casual delivery time (I think I can¡¯t do that myself), but as expected, it is very casual¡­ ¡°I won¡¯t ask you to bring it next week, but I would like to ask you in two weeks if possible¡± I have to say that even two weeks is a very sloppy schedule if you think about doing it by hand from the processing method. In the previous world, I would have asked for the postponement of the schedule first, and then the premium. I¡¯ve never been through it. ¡°All right, but we¡¯re losing our usual groceries, right?¡± That¡¯s right, there shouldn¡¯t be less than half. ¡± If I fall in love with Oriharkon, I¡¯ll leave the usual stuff to Riquet and the others. I¡¯m going to have to produce less for myself. But no matter how high my cheat production capacity is, it¡¯s not the same speed as the whole family. It¡¯s only natural, because the family is up. I¡¯m a little bit lonely, like a happy person. ¡°I don¡¯t care. I¡¯m the one who¡¯s imposing. Don¡¯t worry about it, there¡¯s not a single one.¡± Yeah, I¡¯m fine. I answered lightly. Camilo suddenly reached out. I held that hand. ¡°Closing the deal.¡± When Camilo opened his eyes to Bonjour, Bonjour nodded and left. I went to check the delivery. After this, as usual, we¡¯ll talk about nothing but love. I haven¡¯t been here in a long time, but I know some of the things in between in the newspaper, so I¡¯ll focus on talking for the last two weeks or so. Visit for extra chapters. The city is basically peaceful ¡ª except, of course, for our fake story, but ¡ª apparently. Basically, it seems that the information about the ¡°ruins¡± found in the kingdom was just after the previous newspaper arrived, and the ¡°Explorers¡± aiming for a thousand dollars are overflowing the city. ¡°Is it possible that they spread fakes around?¡± You¡¯ll notice that the current route was found out, won¡¯t you? ¡° Hmm, I don¡¯t think we can leave it to the Explorer. Camilo shook his head to the side. ¡°There is a limit to the number of people you can bring in. That¡¯s why, if you leave it to a lot of people, the risk of exposure will increase.¡± I see. People come from all over, but it would be suspicious if there were a lot of knives in the luggage. You might think it¡¯s smuggling. The only way to avoid it is to narrow down the number, but now we need to increase the number of people. There is a saying in the previous world that ¡°there is no door in a person¡¯s mouth¡±, but if one in 100 people divulge information, it will definitely be divulged if it is left to 100 people. Actually, my mouth should be a little lighter, but if it is, it is more likely to leak. Camilo and the others seem to be watching, saying that such a dangerous bridge will not be crossed. It seems that the presence of the Explorers in the capital is purely a business opportunity for the merchants, and it seems that it was helpful that we brought the knives together this time. ¡°Actually, I thought I¡¯d miss the opportunity because I didn¡¯t have any inventory.¡± Well then, after this? ¡°Yes, but I¡¯ll bring it to the capital soon.¡± Camilo said. I hope that will reduce the number of fakes. Still, it was time to put up with it. The last thing I¡¯m going to do, I¡¯m going to make an Oriharkon knife. When I thought about it, I still had a little strength in my hand that I couldn¡¯t even grasp. Chapter 645 Chapter 645: Time to go home Mr. Gozu comes back and tells him that the confirmation is over. We¡¯re almost free. As I walked out of the room, I looked back at Camilo. ¡°That¡¯s right, we¡¯ll do something about it in two weeks.¡± Hmm? What¡¯s the reward? ¡°Ahh¡­¡± I¡¯m scared of a lot of things here if I don¡¯t ask. To be honest with me, it¡¯s fine at the price I was told¡­ ¡° Well, I don¡¯t think so. My gaze is still pouring through my cheek. ¡°In the meantime, I¡¯m supposed to get this for gold.¡± Kingdom gold coins, though. Camilo showed the number with his fingers. That¡¯s a pretty good forehead. Even if you think that the opponent is Oriharkon, you can say that the processing fee is broken. It seems like the average family in this world could eat for about a year. I refused to accept the Kingdom Gold because it would have a different value than the Empire Gold in circulation in the Empire. The Imperial Gold is slightly larger, and the gold used is more pure. In other words, the value as a currency is a little higher than an imperial gold coin. Considering the origins of Oriharkon, it¡¯s not strange to be paid in Imperial gold, but there must be some kind of kingdom there. Well, if you¡¯re sure you¡¯ll pay, that¡¯s fine. When I said that, it felt like the winter sign was coming back to the air for a moment, but it was also coming back in an instant. ¡°Don¡¯t fap¡­¡± When I regained my temper, I waved and waved, and now it¡¯s time to leave the room. The Oriharkon was cherished in the box and is now in Riquet¡¯s hands. You can¡¯t even smell it when it¡¯s in the box, and you can see it as much as you want when you go back home (but not until it¡¯s delivered), but it seems that it was a valuable material that could not be suppressed. Riquet was on his way home, so I couldn¡¯t even see the box. No, I could look back a little bit. Let¡¯s do what we want to do now. When I walked out into the backyard, Ding Ding, who had found us, rushed over with my daughters and porcupines. Visit for extra chapters. ¡°Oh, thank you again for today.¡± I stroked his head and gave him the change. ¡°I¡¯m always sorry.¡± ¡°No, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no. When I said that, Daisy clutched the handed change to her chest. Krull and Lucy rub their heads against him like that. ¡°Oh, I hate it. You did a goodbye.¡± ¡°You¡¯re always clever, aren¡¯t you?¡± That said, with a gentle expression on her face, Daisy stroked the two of them, and they both rejoiced. Well then, I¡¯ll see you soon. Yes, I¡¯ll be waiting for you. Daisy waves her hand wide. Krull and Lucy stepped on the ground with great enthusiasm. The Hayate stays on my shoulder gently. I hope this scene will last forever. Connect the wagon to Krull. Everyone gets on with it. Then, however, the wagon moves slowly and forcefully. A small box that didn¡¯t exist when I came to the wagon. I thought only a little about the future that was stuck in it. Chapter 646 Chapter 646: trial and error In the spring, beasts and insects that had remained calm during winter, not to mention hibernation, began to move vigorously everywhere, and trees and grasshoppers began to sprout. It was the same for the creatures of the Black Forest. And it seems that the people who travel around this city remain the same. A wave of people tossing and turning. The krull¡¯s luggage truck progresses relatively slowly. I didn¡¯t think the Oriharkon was piling up on a dragon car that was slowly advancing in this spot, even though it was a rare dragon that was being towed. There are times when people close their eyes, but there are not many people who look at us anymore. Well, if there¡¯s someone outright looking at us, I¡¯m sure Helen will notice and warn us. Each carries an unusual amount of luggage at other times, and they are crossing the road. It seems that this city is waking up from its winter slumber and trying to sing its spring songs. I watched the rattles and the people walking down the road as if it were the blood of the city, letting themselves be swayed by a suspension that couldn¡¯t absorb it. When I left the city, the same guard who was looking at the street at the entrance to the city was the same guard who came. I raise my hand and say hello to the guard. I¡¯ll see you soon! ¡°Oh, be careful.¡± The guard responded by raising his hand to the eagle. The next two weeks will come, and I hope they will be able to stay calm in the meantime. The breeze runs through the meadow in the same way as when it came. It would feel good to have a picnic. The smell of spring was the same after returning to the ¡°Black Forest¡±, and there were deer who were struggling with the wind running through the forest and the swaying branches. It is not until two weeks later that we can see such a sight, except in the case of watering. If Oriharkon cleans up by that time, you will be able to see it along with the hunt or something, but it is a little difficult to weave it into the schedule, so let¡¯s take a rest somewhere after the delivery (and the handover of the Oriharkon knife) in two weeks¡­ Visit for extra chapters. When they arrived at the house, they split up and brought the food, groceries, and consumables they had bought from Camilo for two weeks to the warehouse, the forge, and the house. Thus, the first delivery of spring was successfully completed. Do you have any idea? ¡°No, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no. I¡¯m gonna try At dinner that day, I shrugged my shoulders when asked by Riquet, whose eyes were sparkling. At first, I would normally heat it up and pat it, and then expose it to a high concentration of magic power like when using Megistrum, or conversely, I might completely drain the magic power. There was only a small amount of magic in the city. It was just that it wasn¡¯t the concentration needed for elves and demons to live in. If it has the property of amplifying a little magic power and possessing hardness and heat resistance, I think that it can be processed if the magic power is completely removed. Either way, the trial and error around here is tomorrow when I lightly tap it with a bowl and see how it goes. I explained it to Riket, and I thought it would be good if it didn¡¯t have too much tooth texture, with a bitter smile on her face, which shines her glittering eyes. Chapter 647 Chapter 647: Divine Metal You can draw water in the morning, prepare breakfast, and complete breakfast as usual. I think it would have been better to be a little more severe if I thought about what I would start working on today, but I thought it would be good to be too arrogant, so I made it as usual. With your hands together, I will ask the hydrangea and Adamantite that were placed in front of the Divine Shelf to step aside for a moment. I guess I¡¯ll have to give it some shape. Place the Oriharkon in the free space. Could it be because of my mind that it seemed slightly shiny? And Erlie took a bow. It¡¯s the usual morning habit. But my prayers are going to be long. From now on, though there are thoughts in the swing, there are also mixed wishes. When that wish is conveyed, I pray for a long time. I don¡¯t know who to pass it on to, but I do. It¡¯s my mysterious goddess that¡¯s been enshrined here¡­ Well then, let¡¯s get started. A quiet forge with Xin. To add the sound of fire to it, I started preparing for magic. Kin! A clear but flashy sound resounded in the forge. I put the Oriharkon down from the shelf on the golden floor and slapped it with a bowl for now. It stays vegetal without heating or doing anything. Even if something strange happens after a flashy slap, it¡¯s troublesome, so I¡¯ll slap it lightly first. Ordinary steel can scratch a little, but I¡¯m pretty sure Oriharkon doesn¡¯t have a single scratch. ¡°Ohh¡­¡± I was going to tap it lightly, but there¡¯s a little bit of a scratch on the hammer. Hmm. All right. I grabbed the adjusting hammer and decided to apply magic power to the hammer I normally used. While making a dull sound, something sparkling and glowing ¨C though it was magical ¨C entered the cage. I stopped my hand at the point where I couldn¡¯t get enough of it. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s like this. The soft sunlight pouring in through the window sparkles with magic. If you hit me with this hammer, most things will change their shape in one shot. Well, there are three possible exceptions to this. Come on. Beat with the same strength as before (it¡¯s really the same strength because there is a cheat). The sound was clearer than before, but there was no change in the sound or the orihalcon. When I checked the diapers, there was no scratch this time. That said, it¡¯s simply hard. Visit for extra chapters. Rather than digging out as impurity mixed ore in mines, etc., Oriharkon is discovered in the form of cubes and combinations of crystals like bismuth crystals and salt crystals, and is mined in a way that is said to be like excavation, removing the surrounding rocks. Other Explorers may find it from the ruins, but it will be the same after it¡¯s been mined. If this guy had been buried in the rocks, he would have been able to clean up his surroundings, but he didn¡¯t have any deformities. In other words, it¡¯s hard enough to do just that. I¡¯ll slap you harder than before. I swayed it down a bit, Khan! And the loud sound echoes in the forge, and the shock comes to your hand, saying that it¡¯s just a change of the sound. I-I ¡®m sorry. For a moment, I lowered my head at the blacksmithy where the coal on the firebed only burned. The sound of work was coming back to the forge. I checked and found that there were no scratches or deformities on the hammer or orihalcon as usual. No, only the head was not deformed by the hammer, and the connection with the shaft was somewhat loose. It must have been a shock earlier. I think while fixing a loose axis. There is still a lot of hardness. However, the sound is not just the sound of metal and metal colliding. This is still¨C. ¡°It¡¯s magic power¡­¡± I know how it feels when things with magic cages collide with each other. I made them both. The feeling I felt earlier was close to that. If so, I should try to unleash my magic from the Oriharkon. I¡¯ll get ready for it soon. Master, you look happy. And then I smiled back and responded. Chapter 648 Chapter 648: Better than magic? Scoop? Usually, my job is to ¡°use¡± magic. Fill the bespoke items to the limit. I will stop what I don¡¯t have. Of course, there are differences in the rank of the products I made, but the most important difference is the amount of magic power. However, the next step was to deliberately ¡°unplug¡± the magic power that was supposed to be there. Our special order products are hard and strong even in steel because they absorb plenty of magic power. The magic power contained in Oriharkon was quite difficult to see, but when Liddy took a look at it, she said, ¡°It¡¯s pretty much there.¡± Well then, why don¡¯t you release the magic power that¡¯s in there? If Oriharkon¡¯s trait was that it contained a lot of magic power just because it was difficult to see, it might be able to be processed if it was removed. It was like Megistem before the magic was applied. It was also not magic by normal means, but it had fallen out of the tip of my hand. In that state, it was like changing shape with just fingers like clay. When I used my magic power in an effort not to let it go, Megistrum solidified. That¡¯s why I can¡¯t get a single scratch with a normal blade. Hopefully the opposite will happen. What I prepared was a sheet metal that I hadn¡¯t done since I made it. I just poured the molten steel into the mold and hardened it, but of course I didn¡¯t have any magic power. And he laid it upon the golden floor as an underlay, and placed the orihalcon upon it. If I smashed it with a hammer, the magic power of Oriharkon shifted to the sheet metal that had no magic power. In other words, the magic of Oriharkon must be losing its power¡­¡­ I don¡¯t need any strength for this work. Cheat will teach you where to slap, and with minimal force, he will slap the tricks and the Oriharkon with his hammer. Normally, it feels like something shiny is being sucked into the material, but now it is not there. After listening to the gentle metallic sounds for a while, I tried to lift the Oriharkon. The underlayment of the sheet metal was slightly shiny. It was magical. I tried correction and checking, but my magic power wasn¡¯t diminishing. In other words, the magic power of the sheet metal should have been transferred from Oriharkon. Hmmm. I take the Oriharkon and stroke the surface. Hmm, it¡¯s hard to tell the status anyway. I wish I could figure out a little more about the amount of magic power in it. Visit for extra chapters. As if mocking me with such thoughts, Oriharkon shows me his sparkle. But I couldn¡¯t help but bend my navel. I could transfer as much magic power as I could to the sheet metal, and I checked my condition every time. With a small sigh, I put Oriharkon back on the sheet metal. Simple ¨C as usual ¨C I finished my lunch, and in the afternoon, I still relinquished my magic power from Oriharkon. Behind me are a number of sheets of metal that have been transferred to the limit of their magic power from Oriharkon. Does that have any effect on you? There is a possibility that it will not be finished even at midnight, so I decided to check here and there. Considering the amount of magic power transferred to the sheet metal, even if you apply plenty of magic power to 10 long swords, you should still receive change. I was surprised at the amount of magic that could be used to make a knife. Yep. I slammed the Oriharkon with a slightly stronger tongue. It is said this morning that the shaft of the hammer became loose when you hit it vigorously, so don¡¯t make it too strong. Keene, there is a clear sound. However, it sounds somewhat less ¡°clear¡± than I heard this morning. ¡°Maybe this is it¡­¡± I took the orihalcon I had just slapped, and checked if it was slightly distorted by the force of the hammer, suppressing my inner throbbing. Chapter 649 Chapter 649: []/(n, vs) I was thrilled and tried to check, but Oriharkon didn¡¯t change his appearance at all. The tie hasn¡¯t changed either, so when it comes to draws, it¡¯s a draw. ¡°I can¡¯t¡­¡± I dropped my shoulder. I was somewhat prepared for this to happen, but there are still things that can be done without results. Well, this doesn¡¯t seem like the finest material to me. It is said that the arm will be stronger if there is a little tooth response. And let¡¯s make it stronger. Now, what kind of approach should we take this time? I haven¡¯t tried heating it so far. I didn¡¯t try it because I didn¡¯t think there would be any difficulty if it could be processed lightly, but should I try it once? It won¡¯t hurt to try it, so let¡¯s try it. Look at the interval so that it doesn¡¯t affect Ricketts¡¯ ability to make deliveries. ¡°If you say so, you¡¯ll give it priority, but that¡¯s a bit distracting¡­¡± Gow and the flames of the fire bed bark. A slightly stronger fire than usual. Even though the temperature is the same as that of steel, I don¡¯t think it can be processed by heating alone in the first place, and even if it does, it includes the desire to have a higher temperature. Place the Oriharkon on the fire floor. Oriharkon was bursting with flames and sparkling orange. ¡­¡­ No matter how long you wait, it just shines in the light, and there is no change in appearance. In my case, with the aid of cheats, I can clearly see when steel can be processed. Besides, steel tells me that it has changed color to orange and reached the temperature at which it can be processed. However, I don¡¯t think it can be processed even if I look at it with cheat now. Rather, it tells me that there is no change in the state at all. Since the temperature itself seems to be rising, it is a strange condition that can only be clearly seen that it cannot be processed. Yet with a glimmer of hope, he grabbed Oriharkon with a yatko, and lifted him out of the bed of fire, and laid him on the bed of gold. When I put my hand on it, I felt a definite heat. The temperature itself seemed to have gone up. If it was steel, it would hit the Oriharkon with a certain amount of strength. Kin made a clear sound, but as expected, it didn¡¯t twitch. Hmm, I can¡¯t get a grip on this. If I had a specific goal like how to use my magic power, as with Megistrum, I could move towards it, but I couldn¡¯t improve it without knowing where to go. Visit for extra chapters. I have been given two weeks, so I have a grace period to trial and error for a while. However, based on my previous experience in the world, I don¡¯t usually solve it when I don¡¯t see anything on the first day. In that case, why were you there¡­? ¡° ¡°Do you want to give up and change your mind?¡± I was on my own. No, it¡¯s too early to be a stone¡¯s throw. It won¡¯t be too late after a bit of a ruckus. It is very likely that it will only be jittery, but there are still times when it is necessary to do so. That said, I¡¯d like to take a short break now. I thought so and filled the cup with water to drink it out. It feels like cold running through your body. As I did, I felt like I had regained some of my coolness. Now, what are we going to do next? When I thought about it, I felt something big inside the forge. I remember this sign. That¡¯s what I thought was going to be routine until recently. The sign eventually solidifies and takes shape. It was a familiar figure that appeared. She has a smile on her face like a doll. And she said: Just now!! Yes, there was my youngest daughter. Chapter 650 Chapter 650: My daughter. Ahem, a small figure with a stretched chest. I can fully remember the figure of Yura Yura and the flames that were wrapped around her. Maribel! Diana was the one who shouted before me. Somehow the cutest. Everyone slowly stops working. We can¡¯t just throw it out. A little bit of handling hot objects can lead to a big accident. Everyone seemed to be wearing it without saying anything about it, and I felt a little emotion in a strange place. But it¡¯s not cool, because they don¡¯t care if their hands are dirty, and they¡¯re messing with Maribel. Even though Maribel was a little dirty, she didn¡¯t care about it, and I understood her emotions from the growing flames around her. I put my hand on Maribel¡¯s head after everybody had a good time. ¡°Welcome back¡± Maribel said again, with a full smile on Nishi¡¯s face. Just now! At that time, another sign appeared inside the forge. But there¡¯s no sign of being alert to my senses. If it¡¯s this close, I can sense it if it¡¯s bad, and above all, Helen should be reacting instantly. But that girl didn¡¯t move much either. I guess it¡¯s just a precaution, you know, between me and the signs, you were just interrupting your body. And then after that, Signs take shape. The appearance that appeared to emerge from the air was something I still knew. Lewisa-san Thank you ~ Having said that, Ms. Lewisa waved her hand small. She is the ¡°Lord of the Black Forest¡±, but I don¡¯t feel any majesty. I think it¡¯s rude. ¡°Maribel¡¯s¡­¡± That¡¯s why I dropped my gaze on Maribelle. There is a face with a mark on its head. I turn my face to Mr. Lewisa. Visit for extra chapters. Have you finished your training with our daughter? When she heard that, Ms. Lewisa nodded with a smile. ¡°Yes, at least I can handle my strength without disturbing everyone.¡± Well, it depends on how long it grows after that. ¡° Nishishi strokes Maribel¡¯s head gently again. She¡¯s in love with Katya, but I wonder how long she¡¯ll be happy about this. ¡°You won¡¯t tell me to separate the laundry in time¡­?¡± Despite the anguish that came to my chest, Ms. Lewisa continued her conversation. As the Spirit of Fire, I will never inadvertently light a fire here. Lewisa winks gorgeously with Bachin. Unlike me and Camilo, it¡¯s pretty definite. ¡°Besides¡­.¡± Ms. Ruisa took the Oriharkon that had been left on the gold floor. It hasn¡¯t changed in any way since I took it from Camilo. It seems to indicate a defeat as a blacksmith, and it feels like a bit of bitterness will spread through my mouth. You might be able to process this as well. The words that Mr. Lewisa may have spoken, we will be taken for a moment. Yes ~ ~!!! A voice echoes loudly in the workshop in the corner of the quiet ¡°Black Forest¡±. When my daughter became the center of it, she was stretching her chest. Chapter 651 Chapter 651: People and Spirits ¡°Huh, can I ask you something specifically?¡± Aside from my daughter, who has her chest open, I asked Ms. Lewisa. If you have a clue, I¡¯d like to ask you once and for all what it is. If the tactic is to sacrifice Maribel or someone else, we have no choice but to give it up, but if not, ¡°It¡¯s worth a try! It¡¯s a two-week deadline, but you should do it. Ayazo-kun¡­ Yes. Lewisa narrowed her eyes and I corrected my residence. Her eyes have a bit of a serious flavor. The fire here is a normal fire, isn¡¯t it? ¡°Yeah, well, the furnace has a lot of special parts, but the fire is normal.¡± The magic furnace maintains high temperatures with magic, doesn¡¯t need to be broken at all, and doesn¡¯t produce anything like slag, which is a magic furnace, but the fire itself only burns fuel (charcoal). As far as the firebed, the blower is only controlled by magic, and the rest is the same as the ordinary firebed. In a stronger way, both of them can be ignited by magic. Why that is, it¡¯s just that the magic I can use is the upper limit. Still, in this world, unless you¡¯re an elf, you¡¯re much more educated ¨C that is, you¡¯re an aristocrat or a wealthy family ¨C you can¡¯t use magic as much as I do, so only two of us can use magic now, me and Liddy. Anyway, the fire we deal with, including the kitchen, is all ordinary fire. Mr. Lewisa checked it out. ¡°Ahh, it¡¯s getting worse¡­¡± ¡°You mean it can¡¯t be heated by a normal fire!?¡± Riquet was the one who told Lewisa to get excited about me. His eyes were glittering and it seemed that he had switched on. With that momentum, Ms. Lewisa became a little overwhelmed and just nodded her eyes, but she finally coughed up her mind. ¡°Kohon. Right, not with a normal fire.¡± Even at high temperatures, you can¡¯t do that. ¡° If the temperature is high, it¡¯s easy to throw it into the furnace. Lewisa nodded calmly to my words. It seems that the temperature at which iron melts is about 1200¡ãC when carbon is mixed (that is, when it becomes steel). It seems that the magma that erupts from the volcano is actually about 800 to 1200 ¡æ, so when you get the cold lava, if you throw it into our furnace, you can observe the lava here. It was only rational, though. Well, what about the magic fire? Visit for extra chapters. Liddy said in a quiet voice. She can fire with magic. If she does her best, can it actually be processed? However, Ms. Lewisa slowly shook her head to the side. ¡°It was only a fire that came out of magic.¡± It¡¯s not purely made up of magic power, is it? ¡° ¡°¡­ that¡¯s right.¡± Liddy was clearly disappointed. Samya is pounding on the shoulder. Well, a fire made up of only magical power can¡¯t be produced by magic. Mr. Lewisa, who pounds and winks. I say don¡¯t react to it too much. I mean, Maribel can do that? ¡°Yes, I should say that you can do it right now. Even if there is a memory of the¡± previous ¡°, it can sometimes be forgotten if you grow older.¡± Mr. Lewisa with a nostalgic look. She smiled and said to Maribel. You said that you remembered that you were at the blacksmith¡¯s place before. ¡°I told you.¡± Maribel nodded. Ms. Ruisa smiled fluffily again. Could you tell me your name again? After that, Riquet and I breathed in the name that came out of Maribel. Maribel said this after a moment¡¯s silence. ¡°Don Dorgo.¡± Chapter 652 Chapter 652: Legendary blacksmiths and brave men Don Dorgo, the name of the blacksmith who struck the hero with his sword 600 years ago when a great war broke out between demons and other races in this world. As Riquet knows, it is the so-called ¡°legendary blacksmith¡± who remained by name until later times. I made an Oriharkon sword that was 2 meters long and 60 centimeters wide. According to the legend, Maribel was the one who helped him to ¡°receive power from God.¡± If God intervened in what Maribel did to Don Dorgo, it would not be a mistake for him to be empowered. Speaking of which¡­ Riquet¡¯s gaze gathered. Rike pulled himself back a little. She keeps on speaking. ¡°The man who used the sword Don Dorgo struck¡­ what kind of a hero was he?¡± Two meters long and 60 centimeters wide, half of the Oriharkon was a person who used a lump-like thing as a weapon to spin the gnome, which is of great concern to me. If Maribel remembers, I want you to tell me the same thing. Ms. Lewisa seems to remember it directly, but I feel that the question of ¡°I¡¯ve been here for 600 years¡± is going to be cleared up. ¡°Hmm, I only came once, but it was huge!¡± Was it big, Helen? Her name suddenly came up, but Helen quickly took a careless posture. I don¡¯t know if I should call myself a mercenary, but I¡¯m standing up straight and looking good. Helen is taller than me. I¡¯m by no means the lower one, but I¡¯m taller than I am, so I¡¯m supposed to be quite tall. Still, it would be quite a struggle to swing it around. Maribel shook his head sideways. ¡°No. Anne was bigger than you.¡± Me? Anne pointed to herself. She is half of the Giants and the Humans. Even though I¡¯m taller than Helen and I barely have any trouble getting in and out of the house and forge, my bed is bigger than everyone else¡¯s. Being bigger than her means you¡¯re pretty tall. Was the hero a giant? Riket said, and I nodded silently. Somehow, the hero thought that it was the human race, and literally imagined that it was the muscle Molly Macho Man (or pervert) who could spin the great sword. However, it seems that the truth is that it is not so, but because it is a giant tribe in the first place, it has a large body and it has only been made accordingly. Hmm, history romance is just a normal thing when you know the truth when you open the lid. ¡°He was a beautiful man.¡± Visit for extra chapters. ¡°Was it a woman?¡± This time, Maribel nods to my words. I thought this was completely a man, too. Speaking of which, I hear that in this world, the fences of various races and genders were considerably removed in the war of 600 years ago. Could it be because the hero who brought together all the races except the demons was neither a human race nor a man? It¡¯s probably not as simple as all of this, but it must have contributed to it. I feel like I¡¯ve heard some amazing things. ¡°It¡¯s like the truth about history.¡± Diana¡¯s words with a sigh. I smiled bitterly. Even if there are still many stories left today, it seems that there is no big difference between the previous world and ours in not communicating the details or in adding the creations of future generations. In this case, the race and gender of the hero weren¡¯t conveyed in detail. No, it¡¯s possible I didn¡¯t let him tell you. If people who do not know the missing information supplement it, it will be filled with something different from the original information, overwritten, and it will remain as ¡°real¡±. I guess I¡¯ll do the same for my information. Anyway, the spirit that helped me make such a brave sword. Her story is not yet in detail, but she is here now. If in the future we were to strike with the sword of a brave man¡­ I don¡¯t think such a joke story will come to fruition quickly, but this could be the first step. When I realized that, I fixed my habitation a little bit. Well then, let¡¯s begin the first step of processing the Oriharkon. Applause resounds in the forge. All right, cheats included, but let¡¯s put all my strength into it. Chapter 653 Chapter 653: Magic Flame ¡°Magic Flame¡±, as Lewisa put it, was all that was needed to generate Oriharkon. Even though I¡¯m a blacksmith, I¡¯m sure you¡¯ll treat me like a blacksmith, but I¡¯m sure there will be a very limited number of people in this world who think they can ¡°try the flame of magic¡± because the use of magic is expensive. I had to maintain a high output for quite some time. As for Maribel, who was the Spirit of Fire, as long as she had magic power, she could maintain that area indefinitely. In other words, there is no need to worry about ¡°running out of fuel¡± in our home, which seems to be filled with even more magic power in the ¡°Black Forest¡±, which has a lot of magic power in this world. Yo-yo, yo-yo When I asked the person himself, he said it with a laugh, so I guess I can afford it. Okay, can you give it a try? It¡¯s quite a good time already. ¡°The sun hasn¡¯t set yet, but I¡¯ve got dinner ready for you¡­¡± Let¡¯s do it today if my fingers get caught on the edge of the survey. Until just now, I didn¡¯t even have to use my finger. Got it! Maribel nods vigorously. She looks like she¡¯s wrapped in fire, but she doesn¡¯t feel any heat when she strokes her head. It was like that in the beginning, but there was a good chance that it would get hot if I was distracted before. It seemed that there was some consideration for saying that it would be difficult to care about sleeping in the other side of the hut (even though Krull, Lucy, and Hayate were going to leave before they got burned). My children are all good. For a moment, stop the air blowing from the fire floor and drop the fire. It was a world of red and flames, white, black and gray. Maribel stood right in the middle of it. You can clean your feet later when you go to the hot springs with ¡°mothers¡±. Here we go. The signal was early, and the flame surrounding Maribel grew louder and louder. Unlike before, the color of the flame is blue. Normally, depending on whether the temperature is high or what is burning, the flame will get its colour. I think it is a flame colour reaction, but my cheat is letting me know that it is not either. Strangely enough, the charcoal doesn¡¯t seem to catch fire. This is truly a magic flame, and it is a ¡°first-class product¡± produced by the Spirit of Flame. ¡°Beautiful¡­¡± I don¡¯t think so, Diana murmured. The magical flame that passes between the deep blue and the colour of the sky with white on it is certainly beautiful. Well, put it here. Maribel pointed to a part of the firebed. I¡¯ll gently place Oriharkon where directed. A small boxy yard of white and black and blue adds a golden color. Visit for extra chapters. Maribel rests his hand gently on the surface of Oriharkon. ¡°Fufu¡± When I thought I had put in a little temper, the flames rose more flashily than before. The house is going to be the worst, but it seems like something bad has happened to Maribel, and she looks towards Lewisa. But all she did was smile and nod. I received a direct guarantee from the Lord of the Black Forest. Let¡¯s keep an eye on him for now. Maribel put his hand on it a little bit. The Oriharkon is starting to feel like steel everywhere. Fine! Maribel yells out loud and leaves Oriharkon, and I quickly grab a yako. I immediately laid the orihalcon on the golden floor and struck it with a hammer. Keine, or chirin, sounded clear. ¡°It sounds different than before¡­¡± I make a sound with Kin again, and I shake my head down. Then, I grabbed it with Yatko and used the cheat to check the surface. Oh, how about that? Maribel asks with a worried look. It doesn¡¯t matter, but it¡¯s not her fault, but it still bothers me. ¡°It¡¯s a success.¡± I thumbs up to Maribel like that. The Oriharkon I grabbed in Yatko. There was a small trace of it that was struck with a twice-drawn hammer. Chapter 654 Chapter 654: Take a breath. It¡¯s plain, but it¡¯s definitely a big step. I was at a loss because I couldn¡¯t even scratch it, so I can only be happy when I think about the future. I want to celebrate right now, but I¡¯m sure it¡¯s only one step away. Let¡¯s get out of here before it floats. From what I just felt, two weeks would give you plenty of time on your schedule for a knife size¡­. but the unexpected comes at a time like that. In the previous world, I thought, ¡°This will be enough,¡± and the schedule I set was very close to it many times. Every time I did that, I stayed up all night. You won¡¯t be able to stay up all night in this world, and if you don¡¯t have Oriharkon to work on, you¡¯ll have a choice, but you¡¯ll have to use Maribel to work on Oriharkon. In other words, Maribel will be hanging out all night. That¡¯s exactly what I wanted to avoid. I will leave it as a last resort. In that case, I think we should normally proceed a little bit today¡­ ¡° Well, let¡¯s clean up and have dinner today. I told you. Hatena floats above everyone¡¯s heads. I wasn¡¯t the only one who was completely focused. Everyone reacted with their faces and voices as I pointed. You can see the orange light from the window. The world is telling us that today is the end of the day. The celebration of Oriharkon is still ahead. I get up and hit my hips. And I know it doesn¡¯t suit me, but I closed one eye with a flutter. Maribel, we need to celebrate your return. For a moment Maribel¡¯s face filled with smiles. Nico, his family, and Lewisa are watching. Oh, that¡¯s right. Of course, Lewisa-san will be with you. When I said that, Ruisa smiled so full that she couldn¡¯t beat Maribel. Well then, Samia and Riquet will have to fetch some good meat and some vegetables from Lydie and Anne. ¡°Who are we?¡± Diana asked me. There was also Helen next door. ¡°The two of you¡­¡± Two eyes shining brightly. I think it¡¯s a little bad, but I¡¯ll tell you the answer. ¡°Just do as you always do.¡± Diana and Helen collapsed. ¡°I don¡¯t have a problem letting you do the other thing. I need you to maintain your strength in case you two have to.¡± I don¡¯t think that the two of you will suddenly lose your skills after taking a day off from practicing the sword, but I want you to be able to raise the floor as a fighting force rather than leaving the work to me. This is an honest demand when considering the security of our home. Besides, I also play with my daughters. It seems that my daughters spend a lot of time watching the sword practice after having a bit of fun. There¡¯s Lewisa today, and I don¡¯t want her to be entertained, but I want her to be a bit of an opponent. When they heard of the important assignment, their faces sparkled. If you are told to choose two family members who often play with their daughters from the top, they may be the two. But naturally, I didn¡¯t say that.